Page Range | 83107-83622 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
81 FR 83619 - Establishing a Community Solutions Council | |
81 FR 83241 - Sunshine Act Meeting; Deletion of Items from Meeting | |
81 FR 83243 - Sunshine Act Meeting | |
81 FR 83112 - Special Conditions: Pilatus Aircraft, Ltd., Model PC-12, PC-12/45, and PC-12/47 Airplanes, Lithium Batteries | |
81 FR 83169 - Federal Property Management Regulations; Technical Amendments | |
81 FR 83137 - Allocation of Assets in Single-Employer Plans; Valuation of Benefits and Assets; Expected Retirement Age | |
81 FR 83163 - Endothall; Pesticide Tolerances | |
81 FR 83235 - Proposed Consent Decree, Clean Air Act Citizen Suit | |
81 FR 83237 - Notice of Receipt of Requests to Voluntarily Cancel Certain Pesticide Registrations | |
81 FR 83236 - Crowders Mountain Site, Kings Mountain, Gaston County, North Carolina; Notice of Settlement | |
81 FR 83235 - Section 9 Lease Site, Coconino County, AZ; Notice of Proposed CERCLA Settlement Agreement for Recovery of Past Response Costs | |
81 FR 83196 - Notice of Solicitation of Applications (NOSA) Inviting Applications for the Rural Economic Development Loan and Grant Programs for Fiscal Year 2017 | |
81 FR 83333 - Annual Determination of Staffing Shortages | |
81 FR 83203 - Endangered Species; File No. 19621 | |
81 FR 83205 - New England Fishery Management Council; Public Meeting | |
81 FR 83204 - Western Pacific Fishery Management Council; Public Meeting | |
81 FR 83295 - New Postal Products | |
81 FR 83230 - Charter Renewal of Department of Defense Federal Advisory Committee | |
81 FR 83254 - Allocations, Common Application, Waivers, and Alternative Requirements for Community Development Block Grant Disaster Recovery Grantees | |
81 FR 83230 - Charter Renewal of Department of Defense Federal Advisory Committees | |
81 FR 83275 - Notice of a Federal Advisory Committee; Manufactured Housing Consensus Committee; Teleconference | |
81 FR 83327 - Petition for Exemption; Summary of Petition Received; The Boeing Company | |
81 FR 83324 - Notice of Rail Energy Transportation Advisory Committee Vacancy | |
81 FR 83242 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request (3064-0200) | |
81 FR 83201 - Certain Cased Pencils From the People's Republic of China: Preliminary Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review and Partial Rescission; 2014-2015 | |
81 FR 83246 - Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records Notice | |
81 FR 83324 - U.S. National Commission for UNESCO; Notice of Meeting | |
81 FR 83208 - Fisheries of the Gulf of Mexico and South Atlantic; Southeast Data, Assessment, and Review (SEDAR); Stock Identification (ID) Webinar for Gray Snapper | |
81 FR 83243 - Change in Bank Control Notices; Acquisitions of Shares of a Bank or Bank Holding Company | |
81 FR 83243 - Formations of, Acquisitions by, and Mergers of Bank Holding Companies | |
81 FR 83329 - Notice of Application for Approval of Discontinuance or Modification of a Railroad Signal System | |
81 FR 83330 - Petition for Waiver of Compliance | |
81 FR 83329 - Petition for Waiver of Compliance | |
81 FR 83281 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed eCollection eComments Requested; Special Agent Medical Preplacement (ATF F 2300.10) | |
81 FR 83281 - Privacy Act of 1974: System of Records | |
81 FR 83331 - Notice of Rate To Be Used for Federal Debt Collection, and Discount and Rebate Evaluation | |
81 FR 83289 - Crow Butte Resources, Inc. | |
81 FR 83287 - Report on Changes to Low-Level Waste Burial Charges | |
81 FR 83171 - Revisions to Transportation Safety Requirements and Compatibility With International Atomic Energy Agency Transportation Standards | |
81 FR 83245 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for Office of Management and Budget Review; Comment Request; Preparing a Claim of Categorical Exclusion or an Environmental Assessment for Submission to the Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition | |
81 FR 83244 - Report of the Center for Veterinary Medicine Working Group on the Regulation of Animal Drug Availability Act Combination Drug Medicated Feeds; Availability | |
81 FR 83243 - Substantiation for Structure/Function Claims Made in Infant Formula Labels and Labeling: Draft Guidance for Industry; Reopening of the Comment Period | |
81 FR 83234 - Proposed Agency Information Collection Extension | |
81 FR 83333 - Multiemployer Pension Plan Application To Reduce Benefits | |
81 FR 83233 - Secretary of Energy Advisory Board | |
81 FR 83233 - Nuclear Energy Advisory Committee | |
81 FR 83232 - Chevron U.S.A. Inc.; Application for Blanket Authorization To Export Previously Imported Liquefied Natural Gas on a Short-Term Basis | |
81 FR 83228 - National Telecommunications and Information Administration; Notice of Public Meeting on Developing the Digital Marketplace for Copyrighted Works | |
81 FR 83231 - Availability of the Bonneville Purchasing Instructions (BPI) and Bonneville Financial Assistance Instructions (BFAI) | |
81 FR 83278 - Endangered Species; Receipt of Applications for Permit | |
81 FR 83240 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Comment Request | |
81 FR 83328 - Buy America Waiver Notification | |
81 FR 83278 - Trinity River Adaptive Management Working Group; Public Meeting, Teleconference, and Web-Based Meeting | |
81 FR 83280 - Notice To Extend the Public Comment Period for the Draft Environmental Impact Statement for the Navajo Generating Station-Kayenta Mine Complex Project, Arizona | |
81 FR 83331 - National Advisory Committee on Travel and Tourism Infrastructure; Notice of Public Meeting | |
81 FR 83184 - Approval and Promulgation of Air Quality Implementation Plans; Oklahoma; Infrastructure and Interstate Transport for the 2012 Fine Particulate Matter and Interstate Transport for the 2010 Sulfur Dioxide National Ambient Air Quality Standards | |
81 FR 83323 - Forms Submitted to the Office of Management and Budget for Extension of Clearance | |
81 FR 83325 - Generalized System of Preferences (GSP): Initiation of a Review of Argentina for Possible Designation as a Beneficiary Developing Country | |
81 FR 83196 - Meeting of the Council for Native American Farming and Ranching | |
81 FR 83139 - Safety Zone; Great Egg Harbor Bay, Marmora, NJ | |
81 FR 83279 - Announcement of Public Briefing on Development of a Database of Greenhouse Gas Emissions Associated With Fossil Fuel Extraction From Federal Lands | |
81 FR 83190 - Hazardous Materials: PIPES Act Requirements for Identification Numbers on Cargo Tanks Containing Petroleum Based Fuel | |
81 FR 83277 - 30-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Multifamily Family Self-Sufficiency (MF FSS) Program Escrow Credit Data | |
81 FR 83253 - 30-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Monthly Report of Excess Income and Annual Report of Uses of Excess Income | |
81 FR 83276 - 30-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Federal Labor Standards Questionnaire Complaint Intake Form | |
81 FR 83332 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request for Regulation Project | |
81 FR 83332 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request for Form 8453-R | |
81 FR 83206 - Atlantic Highly Migratory Species; Atlantic Shark Management Measures; 2017 Research Fishery | |
81 FR 83288 - Pressurized Water Reactor Control Rod Ejection and Boiling Water Reactor Control Rod Drop Accidents | |
81 FR 83280 - National Register of Historic Places; Notification of Pending Nominations and Related Actions | |
81 FR 83110 - Federal Employees Health Benefits Program Coverage for Certain Firefighters and Intermittent Emergency Response Personnel | |
81 FR 83291 - Excepted Service | |
81 FR 83297 - Product Change-Priority Mail Negotiated Service Agreement | |
81 FR 83174 - Removal of Transferred OTS Regulations Regarding Consumer Protection in Sales of Insurance and Amendments to FDIC Consumer Protection in Sales of Insurance Regulation | |
81 FR 83301 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC; Order Instituting Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove a Proposed Rule Change Related to the Payment of a Credit by Execution Access, LLC Based on Volume Thresholds Met on the NASDAQ Options Market | |
81 FR 83303 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; New York Stock Exchange LLC; Order Instituting Proceedings To Determine Whether To Approve or Disapprove a Proposed Change, as Modified by Amendment Nos. 1 and 2, Amending the Co-Location Services Offered by the Exchange To Add Certain Access and Connectivity Fees | |
81 FR 83313 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; C2 Options Exchange, Incorporated; Notice of Filing of a Proposed Rule Change Relating to Opening of Series for Trading on the Exchange | |
81 FR 83308 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE MKT LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Change Amending the Fees for NYSE MKT BBO and NYSE MKT Trades To Lower the Enterprise Fee | |
81 FR 83297 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; New York Stock Exchange LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Amending the Fees for NYSE BBO and NYSE Trades To Lower the Enterprise Fee | |
81 FR 83320 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Bats BZX Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Extend the Pilot Period for the Supplemental Competitive Liquidity Provider Program | |
81 FR 83322 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; BOX Options Exchange LLC; Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change To Amend the Treatment of Quotes To Provide That All Quotes on BOX Are Liquidity Adding Only | |
81 FR 83296 - Product Change-Priority Mail Negotiated Service Agreement | |
81 FR 83296 - Product Change-First-Class Package Service Negotiated Service Agreement | |
81 FR 83170 - Pay Administration Under the Fair Labor Standards Act | |
81 FR 83107 - Veterans' Preference | |
81 FR 83141 - Procedural Regulations for the Copyright Royalty Board: Rates and Terms for Statutory Licenses; Technical Amendment | |
81 FR 83324 - Interagency Task Force on Veterans Small Business Development | |
81 FR 83230 - President's Advisory Commission on Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders | |
81 FR 83209 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to the U.S. Air Force Conducting Maritime Weapon Systems Evaluation Program Operational Testing Within the Eglin Gulf Test and Training Range | |
81 FR 83251 - Office of the Director, National Institutes of Health; Notice of Meeting | |
81 FR 83252 - National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
81 FR 83250 - National Institute on Drug Abuse; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
81 FR 83253 - National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
81 FR 83250 - National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
81 FR 83250 - National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
81 FR 83251 - National Cancer Institute; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
81 FR 83251 - Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
81 FR 83252 - Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
81 FR 83250 - Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
81 FR 83238 - 2017 Exim Bank Advisory Committee Nomination Process | |
81 FR 83142 - Air Plan Approval/Disapproval; AL Infrastructure Requirements for the 2010 1-Hour NO2 | |
81 FR 83202 - Marine Mammals; File No. 20443 | |
81 FR 83204 - Marine Mammals and Endangered Species; File Nos. 13927, 16553, and 20532 | |
81 FR 83156 - Air Quality Plan; Georgia; Infrastructure Requirements for the 2012 PM2.5 | |
81 FR 83154 - Revisions to the California State Implementation Plan; South Coast Air Quality Management District; Control of Oxides of Nitrogen Emissions From Off-Road Diesel Vehicles | |
81 FR 83158 - Designation of Areas for Air Quality Planning Purposes; Ohio; Redesignation of the Ohio Portion of the Campbell-Clermont KY-OH Sulfur Dioxide Nonattainment Area | |
81 FR 83160 - Revisions to Procedure 2-Quality Assurance Requirements for Particulate Matter Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems at Stationary Sources | |
81 FR 83189 - Revisions to Procedure 2-Quality Assurance Requirements for Particulate Matter Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems at Stationary Sources | |
81 FR 83114 - Clarifications and Revisions to Military Aircraft, Gas Turbine Engines and Related Items License Requirements | |
81 FR 83126 - Amendment to the International Traffic in Arms Regulations: Revision of U.S. Munitions List Categories VIII and XIX | |
81 FR 83182 - Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Helicopters Deutschland GmbH | |
81 FR 83440 - U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Mitigation Policy | |
81 FR 83336 - Proposed Exemptions From Certain Prohibited Transaction Restrictions | |
81 FR 83152 - Air Plan Approval; KY Infrastructure Requirements for the 2010 1-Hour NO2 | |
81 FR 83284 - Privacy Act System of Records, Amended System of Records | |
81 FR 83135 - Rule Exempting an Amended System of Records From Certain Provisions of the Privacy Act | |
81 FR 83144 - Promulgation of Air Quality Implementation Plans; Arizona; Regional Haze Federal Implementation Plan; Reconsideration | |
81 FR 83180 - Airworthiness Directives; Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation Airplanes | |
81 FR 83556 - Safety Standard for Portable Generators | |
81 FR 83494 - Exemptions To Facilitate Intrastate and Regional Securities Offerings |
Rural Business-Cooperative Service
Industry and Security Bureau
International Trade Administration
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Patent and Trademark Office
Bonneville Power Administration
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Office
Food and Drug Administration
National Institutes of Health
Coast Guard
Fish and Wildlife Service
Geological Survey
National Park Service
Reclamation Bureau
Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives Bureau
Employee Benefits Security Administration
Copyright Royalty Board
Federal Aviation Administration
Federal Highway Administration
Federal Railroad Administration
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration
Fiscal Service
Internal Revenue Service
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents electronic mailing list, go to https://public.govdelivery.com/accounts/USGPOOFR/subscriber/new, enter your e-mail address, then follow the instructions to join, leave, or manage your subscription.
U.S. Office of Personnel Management.
Final rule.
The U.S. Office of Personnel Management (OPM) is issuing a final rule that implements statutory changes pertaining to veterans' preference. These changes were made in response to the Hubbard Act, which broadened the category of individuals eligible for veterans' preference; and to implement the VOW (Veterans Opportunity to Work) to Hire Heroes Act of 2011, which requires Federal agencies to treat certain active duty service members as preference eligibles for purposes of an appointment to the competitive service, even though the service members have not been discharged or released from active duty and do not have a Department of Defense (DD) Form 214,
This rule will be effective December 21, 2016.
Michael Gilmore by telephone on (202) 606-2429, by fax at (202) 606-4430, by TTY at (202) 418-3134, or by email at
On December 29, 2014, OPM issued an interim rule at 79 FR 77833, which implemented statutory changes pertaining to veterans' preference. This action was taken to align OPM's regulations with existing statutes. Specifically, the interim rule (1) was issued in response to the Hubbard Act, which establishes a new category of preference for veterans discharged or released from active duty by reason of a sole survivorship discharge; (2) implemented the VOW (Veterans Opportunity to Work) to Hire Heroes Act of 2011, which provides for treatment of certain applicants as veterans or disabled veterans if they have not been separated or discharged from active duty, but submit a certification that they are expected to be discharged or released under honorable conditions within 120 days; (3) referenced the existing requirements for the alternative ranking and selection procedure called “category rating;” and (4) added a reference to the end date of Operation Iraqi Freedom.
During the 60-day comment period between December 29, 2014, and February 27, 2015, OPM received a total of 12 sets of comments, of which 4 were from individuals and 8 were from Federal agencies.
Six agencies sought guidance on corrective actions and remedies for applicants who may have erroneously received veterans' preference after the ending date of Operation Iraqi Freedom. These comments are outside the scope of the rulemaking. OPM notes that corrective actions and remedies are already addressed in the
Four agencies asked OPM to amend the rule to extend preference eligibility to any persons who erroneously received preference after the end of Operation Iraqi Freedom, at least until December 29, 2014 (the date of the interim rule). OPM lacks authority to change the end date of Operation Iraqi Freedom or to create a category of veterans' preference that is not prescribed by law.
One agency commented that implementation of the VOW act may delay the hiring process while the hiring agency verifies the service member's character of discharge from the military. This agency believes the veteran has 120 days (from receipt of the veteran's job application) during which he or she can be considered for a federal job, and this 120-day period will extend an agency's time-to-hire. The commenter specifically asked if an agency must now hold a vacancy open until each veteran applicant has been discharged or released from active duty under honorable conditions.
OPM disagrees that implementation of the VOW act will result in delays in the hiring process. The certification letter is a statement that the individual is
However, submission of the certification letter does not extend the hiring process. The VOW to Hire Veterans Act of 2011 does not require agencies to hold positions open until every applicant has been discharged or released from active duty or to delay hiring selections.
Four agencies asked OPM to specify the format and contents of a certification letter in greater detail. As described in the supplementary information accompanying the interim rule, the certification letter should be on the letterhead of the appropriate military branch in which the veteran served, and it should specify the veteran's military service dates, the veteran's expected date of release or discharge from active duty service, and the veteran's expected character of service. Commenters requested that OPM also require that the
One of these agencies asked how hiring agencies should publicize the contents of the certification letter to applicants. This comment is outside the scope of the rulemaking. However, OPM notes that agencies have the discretion to describe the VOW certification letter contents in their job opportunity announcements, or describe the contents of these letters on the agency's Web site. Agency headquarters human resources offices can circulate information about the certification letter to agency components, delegated examining units, Veterans Employment Program Offices (VEPOs), etc.
One agency suggested that the last sentence of § 211.102(h) be revised to state that before appointment, “the service member's character of service and qualifying discharge or release must be verified through a DD Form 214 or equivalent DD form,” or that OPM provide examples of documents agencies may consider to be the equivalent of a DD Form 214. The current text refers to “equivalent documentation” instead of an “equivalent DD form.” OPM is not adopting this suggestion. The reference to “equivalent documentation” was intended to include documentation such as disability letters issued by the Department of Veterans Affairs, and other official documents issued by a branch of the armed forces which may not be designated as a Department of Defense form but may help a veteran establish his or her entitlement to veterans' preference.
Another agency suggested that OPM require the certification letter to be dated within 120 days of the closing date of the job announcement to which the veteran is applying. OPM cannot adopt this suggestion. The Vow to Hire Veterans Act of 2011 (at 5 U.S.C. 2108a(a)(2) and (b)(2)) specifies that a certification is an expectation that the service member will be “discharged or released from active duty in the armed forces under honorable conditions not later than 120 days
The same agency asked OPM to clarify how agencies should adjudicate veterans' preference for individuals who submit certification letters showing that the expected date of discharge or release from active duty has already passed. The agency recommended that OPM amend the regulation to treat such “expired” certificates as conclusive evidence that the service member has been discharged or released from active duty under honorable conditions. OPM does not accept this recommendation because the certification expresses only an expectation, and cannot be conclusive evidence that the expected event has in fact occurred.
One agency suggested that OPM add a clause to the final rule which “grandfathers” or grants veterans' preference based on a sole survivorship discharge to individuals who met the requirements of the Hubbard Act prior to the effective date of the interim regulation. (The President signed the Act on August 29, 2008. OPM's interim rule became effective on December 29, 2014). In response, section 211.102(c) of the interim regulation already recognized, as qualifying, discharges or releases from active duty after August 29, 2008 by reason of a sole survivorship discharge. Therefore no additional changes are needed in the final rule to address the agency's comment.
Another agency asked where a sole survivorship discharge would be documented on an individual's Department of Defense (DD) form 214. While this comment is outside the scope of the rulemaking, OPM notes that an individual's sole survivorship discharge may be indicated on the DD-214 in several places: The block pertaining to “character of service,” the section pertaining to “service data,” or the section labeled “remarks.” Individuals receiving sole survivor releases or discharges from their active duty service may have separate documentation which they can submit along with their resumes in order to claim preference.
One individual asked OPM to identify the types of positions classified as scientific and professional positions, for purposes of 5 U.S.C. 3319(b), which states, with respect to category rating, that “[f]or other than scientific and professional positions at GS-9 of the General Schedule (equivalent or higher), qualified preference-eligibles who have a compensable service-connected disability of 10 percent or more shall be listed in the highest quality category.” This comment is outside the scope of the rulemaking. In addition, OPM notes that adopting the recommendation would result in an unnecessarily lengthy listing in the Code of Federal Regulations and would be subject to periodic change. OPM already publishes a list of scientific and professional job series and titles in appendix K of the
The same individual also recommended that we amend the rule to allow certain disabled veterans to “float” (
Two individuals and one agency expressed their support for and approval of the interim rule. The agency noted that the rule's provision implementing the VOW to Hire Heroes Act of 2011 is consistent with the existing practice of granting “tentative preference” to applicants who have not yet been separated or discharged from active duty.
One agency recommended that OPM amend section 211.102(d)(5) of the interim rule to clarify the retention standing, during a reduction in force, of a Federal employee who is still in a terminal leave status with the military. OPM addressed this in the supplementary information accompanying the interim rule. We stated that veterans' preference does not apply to persons not yet discharged or released from active duty. As a result, such individuals would not receive veterans' preference during a reduction in force.
Four commenters asked whether (or when) OPM would update its implementing guidance pertaining to the provisions in the interim regulation. These comments are outside the scope of the rulemaking. OPM notes in response that it has updated the VetGuide, our Federal Employment Policy Handbook: Veterans and the Civil Service.
One agency recommended that OPM amend the rule to delegate veterans' preference adjudication for the government solely to the Department of Labor or the Department of Veterans Affairs, not to each delegated examining agency, for purposes of quality and consistency. This comment is outside the scope of the rulemaking. Moreover, OPM believes that it would complicate the hiring process if each agency had to refer its veterans preference adjudication decisions to other agencies, and no case has been presented to OPM for designating any particular agency or agencies to conduct consolidated adjudication services.
Another agency suggested OPM remove the second or consecutive occurrence of the word “in” which appears in section 211.102(d)(2), and that we change the word “raking” to “rating” in section 211.102(d)(4). OPM has adopted these suggestions.
This rule has been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget in accordance with Executive Order 12866.
I certify that this regulation would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities because it affects only Federal employees.
Government employees, Veterans.
Accordingly, OPM revises part 211 of title 5, Code of Federal Regulations, to read as follows:
5 U.S.C. 1302, 2108, 2108a.
The purpose of this part is to define veterans' preference and the administration of preference in Federal employment. (5 U.S.C. 2108, 2108a)
For the purposes of preference in Federal employment, the following definitions apply:
(a)
(1) In a war;
(2) In a campaign or expedition for which a campaign badge has been authorized;
(3) During the period beginning April 28, 1952, and ending July 1, 1955;
(4) For more than 180 consecutive days, other than for training, any part of which occurred during the period beginning February 1, 1955, and ending October 14, 1976;
(5) During the period beginning August 2, 1990, and ending January 2, 1992; or
(6) For more than 180 consecutive days, other than for training, any part of which occurred during the period beginning September 11, 2001, and ending on August 31, 2010, the last day of Operation Iraqi Freedom.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(1) Preference eligibles other than sole survivor veterans are entitled to have 5 or 10 points added to their earned score on a civil service examination in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 3309.
(2) Under numerical ranking and selection procedures for competitive service hiring, preference eligibles are entered on registers in the order prescribed by § 332.401 of this chapter.
(3) Under excepted service examining procedures in part 302 of this chapter, preference eligibles are listed ahead of persons with the same ratings who are not preference eligibles, or listed ahead of non-preference eligibles if numerical scores have not been assigned.
(4) Under alternative ranking and selection procedures,
(5) Preference eligibles, other than those who have not yet been discharged or released from active duty, are accorded a higher retention standing than non-preference eligibles in the event of a reduction in force in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 3502.
(6) Veterans' preference does not apply, however, to inservice placement actions such as promotions.
(e)
(f)
(1) For veterans defined in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) and disabled veterans defined in paragraph (b) of this section, means active duty with military pay and allowances in the armed forces, and includes training, determining physical fitness, and service in the Reserves or National Guard; and
(2) For veterans defined in paragraphs (a)(4) through (6) of this section, means full-time duty with military pay and allowances in the armed forces, and does not include training, determining physical fitness, or service in the Reserves or National Guard.
(g)
(h)
Agencies are responsible for making all preference determinations except for preference based on a common law marriage. Such a claim must be referred to OPM's General Counsel for decision.
Office of Personnel Management.
Final rule.
The Office of Personnel Management (OPM) is issuing a final rule to amend the Federal Employees Health Benefits (FEHB) Program regulations to make certain firefighters hired under a temporary appointment and certain intermittent emergency response personnel eligible to be enrolled in a health benefits plan under the FEHB Program. These amendments were the subject of interim rules published on July 19, 2012 and November 14, 2012.
This rule is effective November 21, 2016.
Michael W. Kaszynski, Senior Policy Analyst at
This final rule provides eligibility for health insurance coverage under the Federal Employees Health Benefits (FEHB) Program to certain wildfire protection employees and certain intermittent emergency response personnel. The Federal Government has a critical need to hire and quickly deploy qualified firefighters, other fire protection personnel, and certain intermittent emergency response personnel to areas of the country where disasters caused by humans or nature require their services. The Federal agencies that routinely deploy firefighters to respond to these disasters, including the Departments of Agriculture and Interior, have used temporary appointment authorities which provide the flexibility they need to quickly increase their firefighting workforce during wildfire emergencies and then to decrease the workforce when the emergencies are resolved.
Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 8913(b), OPM has broad authority to prescribe the conditions under which employees are eligible to enroll in the FEHB Program and is empowered to include or exclude employees on the basis of the nature and type of their employment or conditions pertaining to their appointments, including the duration of the appointments. This regulation allows agencies to make FEHB coverage offers to these firefighters and fire protection personnel, as well as their families, pursuant to OPM's broad regulatory authority under 5 U.S.C. 8913(b), allowing them to obtain health insurance through their employers on day one of employment.
OPM deems the extension of offers of coverage to be appropriate because firefighters face unique hazards and risks to their health. The day-to-day job of a firefighter involves frequent exposure to environmental risk factors that can precipitate the onset of severe and life-threatening diseases like cancer. See Guidotti TL,
Although firefighters are eligible for workers' compensation for injuries suffered on the job, they nonetheless have a heightened need for health insurance coverage, so that they can obtain preventive care and benefit from early detection of the chronic and life-threatening conditions from which they face increased risk, in addition to receiving treatment for illnesses and injuries from which they are currently suffering. Providing firefighters coverage under the FEHB Program acknowledges the unique hazards and increased risks that they face for their Federal service and enhances the quality of their lives by ensuring access to the medical benefits necessary to promote prevention and early intervention, as well as treatment for diseases that cannot be prevented.
In addition, in order to protect the public health and safety, the Departments of Agriculture and Interior have had a critical need over the years for experienced firefighting personnel. The agencies wish not only to recruit experienced firefighters this year, but also to maintain their interest in returning to serve during subsequent fire seasons. Offering health insurance coverage on day one of employment will support these Departments' efforts to recruit and retain qualified firefighters and fire protection personnel for both this year's and future fire seasons. OPM is working closely with the Departments of Agriculture and Interior to ensure firefighters are able to promptly enroll for FEHB coverage with minimal burden.
OPM recognizes that there may be other groups of employees not currently eligible for the FEHB Program because of the nature of their work schedules, but who are similarly situated to firefighting personnel in that they perform emergency response services. Accordingly, OPM has also added a new subsection (i) to its regulations that permits agencies to request that OPM extend FEHB coverage to such employees. OPM intends to construe this subsection narrowly, applying it only to employees engaged in emergency response services similar to the services being performed by those responding to the wildfires, and only when requested by their employing agencies.
On July 19, 2012, OPM issued an interim final regulation to extend eligibility for health insurance coverage and a full Government contribution under the FEHB Program to temporary firefighters and fire protection personnel at 77 FR 42417. In addition, recognizing that there may be other groups of employees not currently covered by the FEHB Program because of the temporary nature of their appointments, the interim rule allowed agencies to request that OPM extend FEHB coverage to similarly situated temporary employees. We also solicited comments from the public regarding whether OPM should explicitly provide FEHB coverage to employees who are appointed pursuant to section 306(b)(1) of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5149(b)(1)) (“Stafford Act”) to respond to major disasters and emergencies declared by the President.
In the meantime, a major natural disaster, Hurricane Sandy, struck the East Coast of the United States at the end of October 2012. The storm resulted in loss of life and major destruction of property across a wide swath of the Eastern seaboard. In affected areas, 8.5 million people went without power, gasoline was scarce, and massive flooding and cold temperatures increased the hardship on those living in the storm's path. President Obama declared that major disasters had
Federal agencies, including the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA), worked with state and local partners to respond to this emergency. Over 3,000 FEMA employees were immediately deployed to the hardest hit areas. These FEMA workers may have been exposed to dangerous conditions, and put their health and safety at risk in assisting others. Many of FEMA emergency employees continue to work schedules that prevent them from being eligible for FEHB coverage on day one of employment due to OPM's regulations, specifically 5 CFR 890.102(c)(3), 890.102(j)(1), and 890.102(j)(2). Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 8913(b), OPM has broad authority to prescribe the conditions under which employees are eligible to enroll in the FEHB Program. OPM may include or exclude employees on the basis of the nature and type of their employment or conditions pertaining to their appointments, “such as short-term appointment, seasonal or intermittent employment, and employment of like nature.”
In addition, if OPM grants any such requests, it is reserving the authority to limit FEHB coverage for intermittent employees only to the periods during which they are in a pay status. This would promote parity between intermittent employees and temporary employees like the wildland firefighters, who receive FEHB coverage only when called up for duty. It would also allow OPM the discretion to craft an appropriate approach to health insurance coverage based on the potentially diverse work schedules of intermittent employees.
We have received a number of comments on our two interim final regulations from Federal agencies, an employee association, a trade association of carriers, and a number of individual employees and union members. Most commenters expressed support for the interim final regulations. The following summarizes and responds to the remaining comments:
Notwithstanding paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section, an employee who is in a position identified by OPM that provides emergency response services for wildland fire protection is eligible to be enrolled in a health benefits plan under this part.
BAL 12-203 clarifies the intent of the new rule with the following critically relevant statements:
“The following positions [. . .] are covered for purposes of 5 CFR 890.102(h): Any position (including supervisory positions) the duties of which include high risk or life-threatening work to control and extinguish wildland fires, to rescue persons endangered by fire, or to reduce or eliminate potential fire hazards, or involving the provision of direct on-site assistance to others engaged in such work.
“[I]n determining whether to extend health benefits coverage for employees, agencies should focus on the duties performed, regardless of the position's title, occupational series, grade level or geographic location.”
Therefore, there is no conflict between the rule and the BAL. The rule correctly points out that OPM has the ultimate authority to make eligibility determinations while the BAL delegates this authority to the agencies as it does for most FEHB Program eligibility determinations.
OPM has considered these comments and determined that the interim final regulations should be finalized and published with no changes.
I certify that this regulation will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities because the regulation only adds additional groups to the list of groups eligible for coverage under the FEHB Program.
This rule has been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget in accordance with Executive Orders 13563 and 12866.
We have examined this rule in accordance with Executive Order 13132, “Federalism,” and have determined that this rule will not have any negative impact on the rights, roles and responsibilities of State, local, or tribal governments.
Administrative practice and procedure, Government employees, Health facilities, Health insurance, Health professions, Hostages, Iraq, Kuwait, Lebanon, Military personnel, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Retirement.
Accordingly, OPM is amending 5 CFR part 890 as follows:
5 U.S.C. 8913; Sec. 890.301 also issued under sec. 311 of Pub. L. 111-03, 123 Stat. 64; Sec. 890.111 also issued under section 1622(b) of Pub. L. 104-106, 110 Stat. 521; Sec. 890.112 also issued under section 1 of Pub. L. 110-279, 122 Stat. 2604; 5 U.S.C. 8913; Sec. 890.803 also issued under 50 U.S.C. 403p, 22 U.S.C. 4069c and 4069c-1; subpart L also issued under sec. 599C of Pub. L. 101-513, 104 Stat. 2064, as amended; Sec. 890.102 also issued under sections 11202(f), 11232(e), 11246 (b) and (c) of Pub. L. 105-33, 111 Stat. 251; and section 721 of Pub. L. 105-261, 112 Stat. 2061.
(h) Notwithstanding paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section, an employee who is in a position identified by OPM that provides emergency response services for wildland fire protection is eligible to be enrolled in a health benefits plan under this part.
(i) Notwithstanding paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this section, upon request by the employing agency, OPM may grant eligibility to employees performing similar types of emergency response services to enroll in a health benefits plan under this part. In granting eligibility requests, OPM may limit the coverage of intermittent employees under a health benefits plan to the periods of time during which they are in a pay status.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final special conditions.
These special conditions are issued for the Pilatus Aircraft, Ltd., Model PC-12, PC-12/45, and PC-12/47 airplanes. This airplane as modified by Finnoff Aviation will have a novel or unusual design feature associated with the installation of a rechargeable lithium battery. The applicable airworthiness regulations do not contain adequate or appropriate safety standards for this design feature. These special conditions contain the additional safety standards that the Administrator considers necessary to establish a level of safety equivalent to that established by the existing airworthiness standards.
These special conditions are effective November 21, 2016 and are applicable on November 10, 2016.
Ruth Hirt, Federal Aviation Administration, Programs and Procedures, ACE-114, Small Airplane Directorate, Aircraft Certification Service, 901 Locust; Kansas City, Missouri 64106; telephone (816) 329-4108; facsimile (816) 329-4090.
On September 28, 2015, Finnoff Aviation applied for a supplemental type certificate for installation of a rechargeable lithium battery in the Model PC-12, PC-12/45, and PC-12/47 airplanes. The Model PC-12, PC-12/45, and PC-12/47 airplanes are single-engine turboprop-powered business aircraft that can accommodate up to nine passengers with a take-off weight up to 10,450 pounds.
The current regulatory requirements for part 23 airplanes do not contain adequate requirements for the application of rechargeable lithium batteries in airborne applications. This type of battery possesses certain failure and operational characteristics with maintenance requirements that differ significantly from that of the nickel-cadmium (Ni-Cd) and lead-acid rechargeable batteries currently approved in other normal, utility, acrobatic, and commuter category airplanes. Therefore, the FAA is issuing this special condition to address (1) all characteristics of the rechargeable lithium batteries and their installation that could affect safe operation of the modified Model PC-12, PC-12/45, and PC-12/47 airplanes, and (2) appropriate Instructions for Continued Airworthiness (ICAW) that include maintenance requirements to ensure the availability of electrical power from the batteries when needed.
Under the provisions of § 21.101, Finnoff Aviation must show that the Model PC-12, PC-12/45, and PC-12/47 airplanes, as changed, continue to meet the applicable provisions of the regulations incorporated by reference in Type Certificate No. A78EU
If the Administrator finds that the applicable airworthiness regulations (
In addition to the applicable airworthiness regulations and special conditions, the Model PC-12, PC-12/45, and PC-12/47 airplanes must comply with the fuel vent and exhaust emission requirements of 14 CFR part 34 and the noise certification requirements of 14 CFR part 36.
The FAA issues special conditions, as defined in 14 CFR 11.19, in accordance with § 11.38, and they become part of the type-certification basis under § 21.101.
Special conditions are initially applicable to the model for which they are issued. Should the applicant apply for a supplemental type certificate to modify any other model included on the same type certificate to incorporate the same or similar novel or unusual design feature, the special conditions would
The Model PC-12, PC-12/45, and PC-12/47 airplanes will incorporate the following novel or unusual design features: Installation of a rechargeable lithium battery as the main or engine start aircraft battery.
Presently, there is limited experience with use of rechargeable lithium batteries and rechargeable lithium battery systems in applications involving commercial aviation. However, other users of this technology, ranging from personal computers, wireless telephone manufacturers to the electric vehicle industry, have noted safety problems with rechargeable lithium batteries. These problems include overcharging, over-discharging, flammability of cell components, cell internal defects, and during exposure to extreme temperatures that are described in the following paragraphs.
These problems experienced by users of lithium batteries raise concern about the use of these batteries in commercial aviation. The intent of the special condition is to establish appropriate airworthiness standards for lithium battery installations in the Model PC-12, PC-12/45, and PC-12/47 airplanes and to ensure, as required by §§ 23.1309 and 23.601, that these battery installations are neither hazardous nor unreliable.
In summary, the lithium battery installation will consider the following items:
(a) The flammable fluid fire protection requirement is § 23.863. In the past, this rule was not applied to batteries of normal, utility, acrobatic, and commuter category airplanes since the electrolytes utilized in Ni-Cd and lead-acid batteries are not flammable.
(b) New Instructions for Continuous Airworthiness that include maintenance requirements to ensure that batteries used as spares have been maintained in an appropriate state of charge and installed lithium batteries have been sufficiently charged at appropriate intervals. These instructions must also describe proper repairs, if allowed, and battery part number configuration control.
(c) The applicant must conduct a system safety assessment for the failure condition classification of a failure of the battery charging and monitoring functionality (per Advisory Circular AC 23.1309-1E),
(d) New requirements, in the special conditions section, address the hazards of overcharging and over-discharging that are unique to lithium batteries, which should be applied to all rechargeable lithium battery and battery installations on the Model PC-12, PC-12/45, and PC-12/47 airplanes in lieu of the requirements of § 23.1353(a)(b)(c)(d)(e), amendment 23-49.
These special conditions are not intended to replace § 23.1353(a)(b)(c)(d)(e) at amendment 23-49 in the certification basis of Model PC-12, PC-12/45, and PC-12/47 airplanes. These special conditions apply only to rechargeable lithium batteries and lithium battery systems and their installations. The requirements of § 25.1353 at amendment 23-49 remains in effect for batteries and battery installations on Model PC-12, PC-12/45, and PC-12/47 airplanes that do not use rechargeable lithium batteries.
Notice of proposed special conditions No. 23-16-02-SC for the Pilatus Aircraft, Ltd., Model PC-12, PC-12/45, and PC-12/47 Airplanes, Lithium Batteries was published in the
The special conditions are applicable to the Model PC-12, PC-12/45, and PC-12/47 airplanes. Should Finnoff Aviation apply at a later date for a supplemental type certificate to modify any other model included on Type Certificate No. A78EU
Under standard practice, the effective date of final special conditions would be 30 days after the date of publication in the
This action affects only certain novel or unusual design features on one model series of airplanes. It is not a rule of general applicability and it affects only the applicant who applied to the FAA for approval of these features on the airplane.
Aircraft, Aviation safety, Signs and symbols.
The authority citation for these special conditions is as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113 and 44701; 14 CFR 21.16 and 21.101; and 14 CFR 11.38 and 11.19.
Accordingly, pursuant to the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the following special conditions are issued as part of the type certification basis for Pilatus Aircraft, Ltd., Model PC-12, PC-12/45, and PC-12/47 airplanes modified by Finnoff Aviation.
1. Installation of Lithium Batteries must show compliance to the following requirements:
(1) Safe cell temperatures and pressures must be maintained during—
i. Normal operations;
ii. Any probable failure conditions of charging or discharging or battery monitoring system;
iii. Any failure of the charging or battery monitoring system not shown to be extremely remote.
(2) The rechargeable lithium battery installation must be designed to preclude explosion or fire in the event of (1)(ii) and (1)(iii) failures.
(3) Design of the rechargeable lithium batteries must preclude the occurrence of self-sustaining, uncontrolled increases in temperature or pressure.
(4) No explosive or toxic gasses emitted by any rechargeable lithium battery in normal operation or as the result of any failure of the battery charging system, monitoring system, or battery installation which is not shown to be extremely remote, may accumulate in hazardous quantities within the airplane.
(5) Installations of rechargeable lithium batteries must meet the requirements of § 23.863(a) through (d) at amendment 23-34.
(6) No corrosive fluids or gases that may escape from any rechargeable lithium battery may damage surrounding structure or any adjacent systems, equipment, electrical wiring, or the airplane in such a way as to cause a major or more severe failure condition, in accordance with § 23.1309(c) at amendment 23-62 and applicable regulatory guidance.
(7) Each rechargeable lithium battery installation must have provisions to prevent any hazardous effect on structure or essential systems that may be caused by the maximum amount of heat the battery can generate during a short circuit of the battery or of its individual cells.
(8) Rechargeable lithium battery installations must have—
i. A system to automatically control the charging rate of the battery to prevent battery overheating and overcharging, or;
ii. A battery temperature sensing and over-temperature warning system with a means for automatically disconnecting the battery from its charging source in the event of an over-temperature condition, or;
iii. A battery failure sensing and warning system with a means for automatically disconnecting the battery from its charging source in the event of battery failure.
(9) Any rechargeable lithium battery installation functionally required for safe operation of the airplane must incorporate a monitoring and warning feature that will provide an indication to the appropriate flight crewmembers whenever the State of Charge (SOC) of the batteries has fallen below levels considered acceptable for dispatch of the airplane.
(10) The Instructions for Continued Airworthiness required by § 23.1529 at amendment 23-26 must contain maintenance requirements to assure that the battery has been sufficiently charged at appropriate intervals specified by the battery manufacturer and the equipment manufacturer that contain the rechargeable lithium battery or rechargeable lithium battery system. This is required to ensure that lithium rechargeable batteries and lithium rechargeable battery systems will not degrade below specified ampere-hour levels sufficient to power the aircraft system. The Instructions for Continued Airworthiness must also contain procedures for the maintenance of replacement batteries in spares storage to prevent the installation of batteries that have degraded charge retention ability or other damage due to prolonged storage at a low state of charge. Replacement batteries must be of the same manufacturer and part number as approved by the FAA.
Note: The term “sufficiently charged” means that the battery will retain enough of a charge, expressed in ampere-hours, to ensure that the battery cells will not be damaged. A battery cell may be damaged by lowering the charge below a point where there is a reduction in the ability to charge and retain a full charge. This reduction would be greater than the reduction that may result from normal operational degradation.
(11) In showing compliance with the proposed special conditions herein, paragraphs (1) through (8), and the RTCA document, Minimum Operational Performance Standards for Rechargeable Lithium Battery Systems, DO-311, may be used. The list of planned DO-311 tests should be documented in the certification or compliance plan and agreed to by the geographic ACO. Alternate methods of compliance other than DO-311 tests must be coordinated with the directorate and geographic ACO.
Bureau of Industry and Security, Department of Commerce.
Final rule.
This rule modifies the Commerce Control List (CCL) entries for two types of items: Military aircraft and related items, and military gas turbine engines and related items. The rule adds clarifying text to the descriptions of the types of military aircraft controlled on the CCL. The lists of items that are subject only to the anti-terrorism reason for control are clarified and expanded. This rule, which is being published simultaneously with a rule by the Department of State, is based on a review of Categories VIII and XIX of the United States Munitions List (USML). This rule and the related Department of State rule are part of a plan to review rules published as part of the Export Control Reform Initiative (ECRI). This rule also furthers the retrospective regulatory review directed by the President in Executive Order 13563.
This rule is effective December 31, 2016.
Thomas DeFee or Jeffrey Leitz in the Office of Strategic Industries and Economic Security, Munitions Control Division by telephone at (202) 482-4506 or by email at
The Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS), Department of Commerce maintains the Export Administration Regulations (EAR), including the Commerce Control List (CCL). The Export Control Reform Initiative (ECRI), a fundamental reform of the U.S. export control system announced by the President in 2010, has resulted in the transfer to the CCL of military and other items the President determined did not warrant control on the USML, including certain military aircraft, military gas turbine engines, and related items. The USML is part of the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) maintained by the Department of State. A core element of the ECRI is regularly streamlining USML categories and adding items that the President determines do not warrant USML control to the CCL. On December 10, 2010, the Department of State provided notice to the public of its intent, pursuant to the ECRI, to revise the USML to create a more “positive list” that describes controlled items using, to the extent possible, objective criteria rather than broad, open-ended, subjective, or design intent-based criteria (
All references to the USML in this rule are to the list of defense articles controlled for the purpose of export or temporary import pursuant to the ITAR, and not to the defense articles on the USML that are controlled by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) for the purpose of permanent import under its regulations.
As part of the ECRI, certain military aircraft and gas turbine engines along with related parts, components, accessories and attachments, materials, software, and technology were added to the CCL on October 15, 2013 (
The advantage of revising the USML into a more positive list is that its controls can be tailored to satisfy the national security and foreign policy objectives of the ITAR by maintaining control over those defense articles that provide a critical military or intelligence advantage, or otherwise warrant control under the ITAR, without inadvertently controlling items in normal commercial use or less sensitive military items. This approach, however, requires that both the USML and the CCL be regularly revised and updated to account for technological developments, practical application issues identified by exporters and reexporters, and changes in the military and commercial applications of items affected by the USML and the 600 series Export Control Classification Numbers (ECCNs).
In 2015, the Departments of Defense, State and Commerce reviewed the implementation of these changes to assess the effectiveness and utility of the 2013 amendments. That review included soliciting public comments by the Department of Commerce (
After an interagency review of those public comments by the Departments of Defense, State, and Commerce, the Departments of Commerce and State published proposed rules to revise treatment of aircraft and gas turbine engines along with related parts, components, accessories and attachments, materials, software, and technology on the USML and the CCL (
This rule also furthers the retrospective regulatory review directed by the President in Executive Order 13563.
This commenter also recommended that BIS consider clarifying or eliminating the requirement to obtain a letter of assurance in support of technology license applications as set forth in Supplement No. 2 to part 748, paragraph (o)(3)(i). The commenter stated that the requirement in that paragraph to submit the letter to BIS “upon request” combined with the requirement that, if the letter cannot be obtained, to state the reason the letter cannot be obtained in the license application creates ambiguity concerning the requirement.
The interpretation was originally adopted as a series of notes in 600 series, Product Group A ECCNs so that commodities that were being transferred from the USML to the CCL would be subject to the same standard with respect to coverage of unfinished goods when on the CCL as they had been when on the USML. Because these commodities were previously on the USML, parties to transactions that are subject to the ITAR and the U.S. Government have substantial experience in dealing with the interpretation in connection with the commodities that are now in the 600 series. However, no such experience exists with respect to commodities that are not in the 600 series. To avoid possible unintended consequences, extending the interpretation to items outside the 600 series should not be undertaken without a comprehensive review to determine exactly which ECCNs would be affected and how they would be affected. Additionally, such a change would be outside the scope of what was in the proposed rule.
Although the interpretation does not define the term “clearly identifiable,” its text does provide some guidance. That term applies to unfinished products that “have reached a stage in manufacturing where they are clearly identifiable by mechanical properties, material composition, geometry, or function as commodities controlled by any Product Group A . . . `600 series' ECCN.” When, based on consideration of its mechanical properties, material composition, geometry, or function, an unfinished product can be recognized readily as a commodity that is controlled in a 600 series, Product Group A ECCN, it is clearly identifiable as that commodity. This term has been used to describe the affected commodities for years when they were controlled on the USML, and BIS is not aware of any confusion on this point.
Finally, the interpretation is intended to identify when an unfinished product is to be treated for export control purposes as it would be treated if finished. It is not intended to apply to raw materials that have not been subjected to any manufacturing processes. To determine whether a raw material not identified on the USML would be controlled on the CCL as such (
Therefore, BIS is making no changes to the rule in response to this recommendation.
If a commodity or software is enumerated on the USML or in a 600 series ECCN, it is based on a decision that the commodity or software warrants control as a military item. BIS is making no change to the rule in response to this comment.
This final rule revises ECCN 9A115, which, prior to publication of this rule, referred readers only to the ITAR. The revised text alerts readers that both the ITAR USML Category VIII(d) and ECCN 9A610.e and .u need to be consulted when making jurisdictional and classification determinations regarding such items.
To avoid an inconsistent treatment of the similarly structured .x to the .y paragraphs, the same change is being made to 3A611.x. This will not only be logically consistent with the changes
The same commenter also proposed removing the text of proposed 9A619.y.2 and revising the text of 9A619.y.3 to read the same as commenter's proposed text for ECCN 9A610.y.10,
The commenter noted that the proposed revision would clarify that hoses and lines are for fluid and that any couplings, fitting or brackets are specific to those lines or hoses. The commenter stated that the current “. y” entries for engine and aircraft lines are inconsistent. Parts common to the airframe and engine should be treated at the same level of control. The current and proposed text of 9A619.y.2 “Oil lines and hoses” could be removed as unnecessary.
One commenter stated that the proposed change could cause materials developed decades ago and that are in widespread commercial use to be controlled as military items because companies may not be able to definitively prove that these materials were not developed to have properties peculiarly responsible for achieving or exceeding the performance levels, characteristics, or functions in the relevant ECCN or USML paragraph. The commenter cited Alloy 454, DS 1000 and yttrium oxide stabilized zirconium oxide as examples of such materials. This commenter made a similar comment regarding USML Category XIX in the Department of State proposed rule. The commenter asserted that paragraphs (f)(13) through (15) in that category would place on the USML materials that are currently controlled in ECCN 9A619 or even materials that are EAR99.
This rule also adds technology for the “development,” “production,” operation, installation, maintenance, repair, overhaul, or refurbishing of materials controlled in ECCN 9C619.b to ECCN 9E619.b, which imposes the national security (NS Column 1), regional stability (RS Column 1), antiterrorism (AT Column 1) and United Nations embargo reasons for control on the technology and limits use of License Exception STA to “build to print” technology.
To resolve the LM-100J classification issues while still maintaining an appropriate level of control over the export of such aircraft, this final rule revises the Note 1 in ECCN 9A610 to expressly include the LM-100J in paragraph .a, thereby treating it as a 600 series military aircraft. The Department of State final rule explicitly excludes the LM-100J from Category VIII(a)(14). This classification will retain the license requirement for all destinations except Canada and, like all other aircraft controlled under ECCN 9A610.a, License Exception STA will not be available for the LM-100J aircraft unless such use is approved pursuant to the procedures set forth in § 740.20(g) of the EAR.
This rule also updates the text of ECCN 9A610.w to reflect amendments made to that paragraph since the February 9 rule was published by adding references to “pneumatic” and “fly-by-light” flight control systems (
Since August 21, 2001, the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, has been in lapse. However, the President, through Executive Order 13222 of August 17, 2001, 3 CFR, 2001 Comp., p. 783 (2002), as amended by Executive Order 13637 of March 8, 2013, 78 FR 16129 (March 13, 2013), and as extended by the Notice of August 4, 2016, 81 FR 52587 (August 8, 2016) has continued the EAR in effect under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act. BIS continues to carry out the provisions of the Export Administration Act, as appropriate and to the extent permitted by law, pursuant to Executive Order 13222 as amended by Executive Order 13637.
1. Executive Orders 13563 and 12866 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distribute impacts, and equity).
2. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no person is required to respond to, nor is subject to a penalty for failure to comply with, a collection of information, subject to the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
3. This rule does not contain policies with Federalism implications as that term is defined under E.O. 13132.
4. The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (SBREFA), 5 U.S.C. 601
Exports.
Exports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, parts 770 and 774 of the Export Administration Regulations (15 CFR parts 730-774) are amended as follows:
50 U.S.C. 4601
(n)
50 U.S.C. 4601
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity controlled by this entry or for an article controlled by USML Category XI, and not enumerated or described in any USML category or in any paragraph other than the .x paragraph of another 600 series ECCN or in paragraph .y of this entry.
ECCN 3A611.x includes “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” for a radar, telecommunications, acoustic system or equipment or computer “specially designed” for military application that are neither controlled in any USML category nor controlled in any paragraph other than the .x paragraph of another “600 series” ECCN.
ECCN 3A611.x controls “parts” and “components” “specially designed” for underwater sensors or projectors controlled by USML Category XI(c)(12) containing single-crystal lead magnesium niobate lead titanate (PMN-PT) based piezoelectrics.
“Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” subject to the EAR and within the scope of any 600 series .x entry that are of a type that are or would potentially be for use in or with multiple platforms (
y. Specific “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” for a commodity subject to control in a “600 series” ECCN or a defense article and not elsewhere specified in any paragraph other than the .y paragraph of a “600 series” ECCN or the USML as follows, and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefore:
For purposes of paragraph .a the term `military aircraft' means the LM-100J aircraft and any aircraft “specially designed” for a military use that are not enumerated in USML paragraph VIII(a). The term includes: Trainer aircraft; cargo aircraft; utility fixed wing aircraft; military helicopters; observation aircraft; military non-expansive balloons and other lighter than air aircraft; and unarmed military aircraft, regardless of origin or designation. Aircraft with modifications made to incorporate safety of flight features or other FAA or NTSB modifications such as transponders and air data recorders are “unmodified” for the purposes of this paragraph .a.
9A610.a does not control ‘military aircraft' that:
a. Were first manufactured before 1946;
b. Do not incorporate defense articles enumerated or otherwise described on the U.S. Munitions List, unless the items are required to meet safety or airworthiness standards of a Wassenaar Arrangement Participating State; and
c. Do not incorporate weapons enumerated or otherwise described on the U.S. Munitions List, unless inoperable and incapable of being returned to operation.
b. L-100 aircraft manufactured prior to 2013.
c.-d. [Reserved]
e. Mobile aircraft arresting and engagement runway systems for aircraft controlled by either USML Category VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a
f. Pressure refueling equipment and equipment that facilitates operations in confined areas, “specially designed” for aircraft controlled by either USML paragraph VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a.
g. Aircrew life support equipment, aircrew safety equipment and other devices for emergency escape from aircraft controlled by either USML paragraph VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a.
h. Parachutes, paragliders, complete parachute canopies, harnesses, platforms, electronic release mechanisms, “specially designed” for use with aircraft controlled by either USML paragraph VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a, and “equipment” “specially designed” for military high altitude parachutists, such as suits, special helmets, breathing systems, and navigation equipment.
i. Controlled opening equipment or automatic piloting systems, designed for parachuted loads.
j. Ground effect machines (GEMS), including surface effect machines and air cushion vehicles, “specially designed” for use by a military.
k. through s. [Reserved]
t. Composite structures, laminates, and manufactures thereof “specially designed” for unmanned aerial vehicles controlled under USML Category VIII(a) with a range equal to or greater than 300 km.
Composite structures, laminates, and manufactures thereof “specially designed” for unmanned aerial vehicles controlled under USML Category VIII(a) with a maximum range less than 300 km are controlled in paragraph .x of this entry.
u. Apparatus and devices “specially designed” for the handling, control, activation and non-ship-based launching of UAVs or drones controlled by either USML paragraph VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a, and capable of a range equal to or greater than 300 km.
Apparatus and devices “specially designed” for the handling, control, activation and non-ship-based launching of UAVs or drones controlled by either USML paragraph VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a with a maximum range less than 300 km are controlled in paragraph .x of this entry.
v. Radar altimeters designed or modified for use in UAVs or drones controlled by either USML paragraph VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a., and capable of delivering at least 500 kilograms payload to a range of at least 300 km.
Radar altimeters designed or modified for use in UAVs or drones controlled by either USML paragraph VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a. that are not capable of delivering at least 500 kilograms payload to a range of at least 300 km are controlled in paragraph .x of this entry.
w. Pneumatic hydraulic, mechanical, electro-optical, or electromechanical flight control systems (including fly-by-wire and fly-by-light systems) and attitude control equipment designed or modified for UAVs or drones controlled by either USML paragraph VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a., and capable of delivering at least 500 kilograms payload to a range of at least 300 km.
Pneumatic, hydraulic, mechanical, electro-optical, or electromechanical flight control systems (including fly-by-wire and fly-by-light systems) and attitude control equipment designed or modified for UAVs or drones controlled by either USML paragraph VIII(a) or ECCN 9A610.a., not capable of delivering at least 500 kilograms payload to a range of at least 300 km are controlled in paragraph .x of this entry.
x. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity enumerated or otherwise described in ECCN 9A610 (except for 9A610.y) or a defense article enumerated or otherwise described in USML Category VIII and not elsewhere specified on the USML or in 9A610.y, 9A619.y, or 3A611.y.
y. Specific “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” for a commodity subject to control in this entry, ECCN 9A619, or for a defense article in USML Categories VIII or XIX and not elsewhere specified in the USML or the CCL, and other aircraft commodities “specially designed” for a military use, as follows, and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefor:
y.1. Aircraft tires;
y.2. Analog gauges and indicators;
y.3. Audio selector panels;
y.4. Check valves for hydraulic and pneumatic systems;
y.5. Crew rest equipment;
y.6. Ejection seat mounted survival aids;
y.7. Energy dissipating pads for cargo (for pads made from paper or cardboard);
y.8. Fluid filters and filter assemblies;
y.9. Galleys;
y.10. Fluid hoses, straight and unbent lines (for a commodity subject to control in this entry or defense article in USML Category VIII), and fittings, couplings, clamps (for a commodity subject to control in this entry or defense article in USML Category VIII) and brackets therefor;
y.11. Lavatories;
y.12. Life rafts;
y.13. Magnetic compass, magnetic azimuth detector;
y.14. Medical litter provisions;
y.15. Cockpit or cabin mirrors;
y.16. Passenger seats including palletized seats;
y.17. Potable water storage systems;
y.18. Public address (PA) systems;
y.19. Steel brake wear pads (does not include sintered mix or carbon/carbon materials);
y.20. Underwater locator beacons;
y.21. Urine collection bags/pads/cups/pumps;
y.22. Windshield washer and wiper systems;
y.23. Filtered and unfiltered panel knobs, indicators, switches, buttons, and dials;
y.24. Lead-acid and Nickel-Cadmium batteries;
y.25. Propellers, propeller systems, and propeller blades used with reciprocating engines;
y.26. Fire extinguishers;
y.27. Flame and smoke/CO
y.28. Map cases;
y.29. `Military Aircraft' that were first manufactured from 1946 to 1955 that do not incorporate defense articles enumerated or otherwise described on the U.S. Munitions List, unless the items are required to meet safety or airworthiness standards of a Wassenaar Arrangement Participating State;
y.30. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments,” other than electronic items or navigation equipment, for use in or with a commodity controlled by ECCN 9A610.h;
y.31. Identification plates and nameplates; and
y.32. Fluid manifolds.
The revisions read as follows:
x. Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” that are “specially designed” for a commodity controlled by this ECCN 9A619 (other than ECCN 9A619.c) or for a defense article enumerated in USML Category XIX and not specified elsewhere on the USML or in ECCN 3A611.y, 9A610.y or 9A619.y.
“Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” specified in USML subcategory XIX(f) are subject to the controls of that paragraph. “Parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” specified in ECCN 3A611.y, 9A610.y or 9A619.y are subject to the controls of that paragraph.
y. Specific “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” for a commodity subject to control in this entry, ECCN 9A610, or for a defense article in USML Category VIII or Category XIX and not elsewhere specified on the USML or in the CCL, and other commodities, as follows, and “parts,” “components,” “accessories,” and “attachments” “specially designed” therefor:
y.1. Oil tank and reservoirs;
y.2. Oil lines and tubes;
y.3. Fluid hoses, and lines (for a commodity subject to control in this entry or a defense article in USML Category XIX), fittings, couplings, and brackets therefor;
y.4. Fluid filters and filter assemblies;
y.5. Clamps (for a commodity subject to control in this entry or a defense article in USML Category XIX);
y.6. Shims;
y.7. Identification plates and nameplates;
y.8. Fluid manifolds; and
y.9. Check valves for fluid systems.
* * *
Materials enumerated elsewhere in the CCL, such as in a CCL Category 1 ECCN, are controlled pursuant to controls of the applicable ECCN.
Materials “specially designed” for both aircraft enumerated in USML Category VIII and aircraft enumerated in ECCN 9A610 are subject to the controls of this ECCN
b. [Reserved]
* * *
a. Materials not controlled by paragraph .b of this entry and not elsewhere specified in the CCL or on the USML, and “specially designed” for commodities enumerated or otherwise described in USML Category XIX or ECCN 9A619 (except 9A619.y).
b. Materials “specially designed” for use in certain gas turbine engines, as follows:
b.1. Powders “specially designed” for thermal or environmental barrier coating of defense articles enumerated or described in USML Category XIX paragraphs (f)(1)-(f)(4) for engines listed in (f)(1);
b.2. Superalloys (
b.3. Imide matrix, metal matrix, or ceramic matrix composite material (
Materials enumerated elsewhere in the CCL, such as in a CCL Category 1 ECCN, are controlled pursuant to the controls of the applicable ECCN.
Materials described in paragraph .a of this entry that are “specially designed” for both an engine enumerated in USML Category XIX and an engine enumerated in ECCN 9A619 are subject to the controls of this ECCN 9C619
Materials described in this entry that are or have been used in gas turbine engines in production (
The addition reads as follows.
b. * * *
b.15. Technology “required” for the “development” or “production” of “parts” or “components” controlled in 9A610.x and “specially designed” for damage or failure-adaptive flight control systems controlled in Category VIII(h)(7) of the USML.
The revision and addition read as follows:
* * *
“Build-to-print technology” “required” for the “production” of items described in paragraphs b.1 through b.10 of this entry is classified under 9E619.a.
b. * * *
b.10. Materials controlled by ECCN 9C619.b.
Department of State.
Final rule.
As part of the President's Export Control Reform (ECR) initiative, the Department of State amends the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) to revise Categories
This final rule is effective on December 31, 2016.
Mr. C. Edward Peartree, Director, Office of Defense Trade Controls Policy, Department of State, telephone (202) 663-2792; email
The Directorate of Defense Trade Controls (DDTC), U.S. Department of State, administers the International Traffic in Arms Regulations (ITAR) (22 CFR parts 120-130). The items subject to the jurisdiction of the ITAR,
All references to the USML in this rule are to the list of defense articles controlled for the purpose of export or temporary import pursuant to the ITAR, and not to the defense articles on the USML that are controlled by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) for the purpose of permanent import under its regulations.
This final rule revises USML Category VIII, covering aircraft and related articles. The revisions are undertaken in order to ensure that the category, which was last revised in 2013, is clear, does not inadvertently control items in normal commercial use, accounts for technological developments, and properly implements the national security and foreign policy objectives of the ECR initiative. The Department published a proposed rule for these revisions, as well as the revisions to Category XIX described below, on February 9, 2016 (81 FR 6797).
Paragraph (a) is revised to clarify that the controls for all paragraphs are applicable “whether manned, unmanned, remotely piloted, or optionally piloted,” by modifying paragraph (a)(5) to clarify the design feature meriting USML control, and by deleting paragraph (a)(6) and placing it into reserve, because the relevant control is subsumed by revised paragraph (a)(5). Paragraphs (a)(7), (a)(8), and (a)(9) are modified to clarify the respective design features meriting USML control. The text of paragraphs (a)(11) and (a)(13) is deleted and the paragraphs are placed into reserve. Paragraph (a)(14) is modified to exclude L-100 and LM-100J aircraft from the scope of control. Note 2 to paragraph (a) is revised to clarify the definition of the described term.
Paragraph (d) is modified to delete the “ship-based” control parameter and to clarify the intent and scope of the control.
Paragraph (e) reflects having been placed into reserve in the final rule published by the Department on October 12, 2016 (81 FR 70340).
Notes 1 and 3 to paragraph (f) are modified to incorporate clarifying language.
Several changes are made to paragraph (h). Paragraph (h)(1) is revised to update the list of subject platforms, and to delete the reference to “equipment” because the specific types of equipment that warrant ITAR control are now enumerated separately in paragraph (h)(29). The Note to paragraph (h)(1) is modified to incorporate technical corrections and to enhance the clarity of the note. Paragraph (h)(2) is revised to focus the scope of control on certain rotorcraft gearboxes meeting specific technical parameters, and a note to paragraph (h)(2) is added to clarify certain terminology used therein. Paragraph (h)(4)(ii) is modified to clarify the scope of control. Paragraph (h)(5) is updated to add the words “On-aircraft” in order to clarify the scope of control, while paragraph (h)(6) is updated to add the words “or rocket” after “missile.” Paragraph (h)(7) is modified to clarify the scope of control. Paragraph (h)(8) is modified to clarify the meaning of “threat-adaptive autonomous flight control systems.” Paragraph (h)(10) is modified to enhance the clarity of the control text. Paragraph (h)(13) is deleted and placed into reserve. Paragraph (h)(16) is modified to incorporate a technical correction. Paragraph (h)(18) is modified to control parts and components that are specially designed to meet the same performance criteria as the systems identified in the paragraph. Paragraph (h)(19) is modified to remove reference to ECCN 9A610.
Current paragraphs (h)(23) through (h)(26) are placed into reserve, with new controls added as paragraphs (h)(27) through (h)(29). Finally, the note to Category VIII is modified to update the paragraphs of paragraph (h) that are affected, as well as to reflect paragraph (e) having been placed into reserve.
A commenting party expressed concern that the objective of the USML review process, first announced in a Notice of Inquiry on March 2, 2015 (80 FR 11314), is to reconsider or reverse the effect of the ECR initiative. The Department clarifies that the purpose of the USML review process is to review and update the subject USML categories, as needed, to account for technological developments, practical application issues identified by exporters and reexporters, and changes in the military and commercial applications of items affected by the list. The “positive list” structure adopted in each of the revised USML categories requires an ongoing process of review in order to ensure that the list is current and reflective of the modern state of the subject technology. This ongoing effort has been anticipated since the start of the ECR initiative and is not intended to reconsider or reverse the effort.
A commenter requested clarification as to why paragraph (h)(2) had been removed from the Note to Category VIII. Paragraph (h)(2) has been revised significantly to control only a class of rotorcraft gearboxes for which there is no current civil application. Given the reduced scope of control in the revised paragraph (h)(2), inclusion in the Note to Category VIII is no longer appropriate.
Three commenting parties recommended that paragraph (a)(5) be deleted, given the proposed reference to “unmanned” aircraft in paragraph (a), while an additional commenter suggested that the proposed paragraph (a)(5) was less clear than the existing version of the same paragraph. In light of these comments, the Department modified the paragraph to control only those unmanned aerial vehicles that are
Two commenters suggested that the proposed revisions to paragraph (a)(7) were less clear than the existing version of the same paragraph, and could potentially capture an overly broad scope of aircraft with intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance (ISR) capabilities where such aircraft incorporate a defense article. The Department agreed with these commenters and revised the paragraph to control only those aircraft that are specially designed to incorporate a defense article for the purpose of performing an intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance function, in order to better focus the scope of control and exclude certain aircraft that merely incorporate a defense article.
One commenter expressed concern that proposed paragraph (a)(8) would control technical data for electronic warfare or command, control, and communication aircraft that simply incorporated a defense article, while another party requested clarification of these terms as well as the significant military equipment (SME) designation for this paragraph. The Department notes that command, control, and communication systems are currently designated as SME in USML Category XI, so analogous treatment is appropriate in this paragraph. While the Department has not defined the referenced terms, as there were no examples provided of demonstrated uncertainty in the regulated community, the scope of the paragraph has been revised to control only those referenced aircraft types that are specially designed to incorporate a defense article for the purpose of performing a referenced function.
A commenting party recommended the replacement of each instance of the words “capable of” with “equipped to” or “designed for,” as appropriate in the context of the paragraph at issue. The Department reviewed each paragraph in which these words appeared and made the appropriate revisions where the paragraph did not otherwise provide technical parameters or performance criteria that sufficiently constrained and identified the class of articles subject to control.
Three commenters suggested that paragraph (a)(14) be revised to limit the scope of control to aircraft with uniquely military capabilities, to the exclusion of aircraft platforms such as the L-100 and LM-100J. One commenter asserted that the systems and functions that make the C-130J a sophisticated military platform are removed on the LM-100J, and that militarization of the latter platform would be very difficult. In response to these comments, the Department revised paragraph (a)(14) to exclude the L-100 and LM-100J aircraft.
A commenting party requested clarification regarding the classification of parts and components that are not enumerated or otherwise described on the USML, and are common to the C-130 and the L-100 aircraft. As with all parts and components classification concerns, the commenter is advised to follow the standard order of review guidance provided on the DDTC Web site (
A commenter recommended the deletion of paragraph (a)(15)(ii), based on the observation that paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(14) do not specify whether the subject aircraft is of U.S. or foreign origin. The Department notes that paragraph (a)(15)(ii) follows paragraph (a)(15)(i), which captures aircraft not otherwise enumerated in paragraph (a) but bearing any enumerated military designation. Since foreign-origin aircraft would not bear a U.S. military designation, paragraph (a)(15)(ii) exists to capture the foreign equivalents of the U.S.-origin aircraft controlled by paragraph (a)(15)(i).
One commenting party recommended a revision of paragraph (d) to limit its scope to launching and recovery equipment for aircraft controlled in paragraph (a) that meet a minimum weight threshold, so as to exclude small UAVs. The Department disagreed with this recommendation, noting that the paragraph controls only launching and recovery equipment that is specially designed to allow a subject aircraft to land on a vessel described in Category VI(a)-(c). This language controls a sufficiently narrow class of aircraft and adequately excludes many small UAV platforms.
A commenter expressed concern regarding the removal of the word “equipment” from paragraph (h)(1), as it potentially confuses the jurisdiction of such equipment. To clarify the scope of controlled equipment and avoid a perception that equipment designed for aircraft enumerated in paragraph (h)(1) is
A commenting party recommended the exclusion from paragraph (h)(1) of those parts identified in ECCNs 9A610.y or 9A619.y. The Department disagreed with this recommendation. The structure of CCL controls is distinguishable from those in the USML, with the CCL utilizing “reasons for control” and country licensing policies that are not available under the ITAR or AECA. As such, provisions from the CCL cannot easily be adopted for the purposes of the USML. Given the unique policy considerations applicable to the enumerated aircraft in paragraph (h)(1) and their low observable/counter low observable capabilities, the Department declines to exclude classes of parts and components for these highly sensitive platforms.
One commenter recommended that paragraph (h)(2) be revised to control only those rotorcraft gearboxes that are qualified to a particular military standard. The Department disagreed with this comment, because military standards are not developed and published to advance export control-related objectives and may be revised frequently for reasons unrelated to export controls, which may additionally reduce the clarity of the USML through successive iterations of revisions to these standards.
Two commenters asserted that individual performance criteria specific in paragraph (h)(2) are not uniquely military in nature. The Department notes that both criteria are required for
A commenter suggested that tail boom folding systems controlled under paragraph (h)(3) could be useful in civil applications to optimize the use of space. The Department did not revise the control because the commenter did not provide an example of a current civil application for the articles controlled in this paragraph.
A commenter recommended that paragraph (h)(5) be reviewed in concert with ECCN 9A610.e to ensure that the two entries did not overlap. The Department reviewed the entries and made no change to the paragraph, as it is sufficiently limited in scope to on-aircraft arresting gear and excludes arresting gear used on the ground.
One commenting party recommended that paragraph (h)(6) be revised to control “rocket launchers” in addition to “missile launchers,” and further recommended criteria to exclude from control certain airborne UAV launching capabilities. The Department agreed with the addition of “rocket launchers” and revised the paragraph accordingly. However, the Department disagreed with the recommended airborne launching criteria, as the ability to deploy a UAV from an aircraft in flight is a current military capability.
A commenting party suggested that the Department had not offered a sufficient rationale to move to the USML specially designed parts and components for the systems controlled in paragraph (h)(7). The Department agreed with this comment and deleted the proposed addition. The disposition of the relevant parts and components will be addressed in the Department of Commerce's companion rule.
A commenting party recommended that paragraph (h)(8) be merged with paragraph (h)(12), in order to create a single paragraph for flight control systems that excludes commercial UAV “sense-and-avoid” capabilities. The Department observes that the ability of the subject UAVs to “avoid collisions” is only one aspect of the control parameter, which also requires the capability to “stay together” by virtue of the subject flight control system. No example has been presented of a commercial UAV flight control system that provides the capability for multiple UAVs to both “avoid collisions” and “stay together.” Accordingly, the Department did not revise the paragraph.
One commenter suggested that paragraph (h)(10) include a note, similar to the Note to Category XI(a)(3), indicating that the paragraph does not control radio altimeter equipment conforming to Federal Aviation Administration TSO-C87. The Department did not add this note to paragraph (h)(10), because commercial altimeters conforming to this standard would not possess either of the low probability of intercept capabilities described in the paragraph. Since current commercial altimeters cannot meet the criteria of paragraph (h)(10), it is not necessary to include a note that would impact only these commercial items.
Three commenting parties suggested that the Department had not offered a sufficient rationale to move to the USML specially designed parts and components for the systems controlled in paragraph (h)(18). The Department partially agreed with this comment and revised the proposed addition. The only parts and components added to paragraph (h)(18) are those that are specially designed to function after impact of a 7.62 mm or larger projectile. This is the same criterion that applies to the drive systems and flight control systems subject to control under this paragraph; thus, this paragraph unifies the articles subject to control under a common parameter of military criticality.
Two commenters recommended revisions to enhance the clarity of paragraph (h)(20). This paragraph pertains to classified defense articles and classified information, and replicates the structure of similar entries in other revised USML categories that are outside of the scope of this rule. To maintain conformity with those entries, the Department has noted these commenters' recommendations and will reconsider them in the context of a later review of all USML entries relating to classified defense articles and classified information.
Four commenting parties asserted that the proposed paragraph (h)(27) did not control articles providing a critical military advantage, would control variable speed gearboxes in commercial use, or would otherwise limit commercial development utilizing such technology. The Department notes that former paragraph (h)(2), prior to the revisions set forth in this rule, controlled “variable speed gearboxes” generally. Accordingly, the proposed paragraph (h)(27) constituted a reduction in the range of variable speed gearboxes subject to the ITAR to those employed in next-generation military technology. In light of the comments received, the Department has further refined paragraph (h)(27) to clarify the meaning of “variable speed gearbox,” as well as to articulate the varying output speed currently in use in military applications.
A commenting party observed that the proposed paragraph (h)(28) would capture dual-use electrical power or thermal management systems used with Category XIX engines. The Department agreed with this comment and revised the paragraph to control electrical power or thermal management systems specially designed for an engine controlled in Category XIX.
A commenter requested clarification that the use of the term “pound” in paragraph (h)(28)(i) refers only to the generator and not the controller. The Department updated the paragraph to clarify that the referenced threshold excludes the mass of the controller for the purpose of calculating the gravimetric power density. The commenter additionally requested clarification as to whether the threshold reflects the total heat exchanger capacity or a single heat exchanger. The Department updated the paragraph to address the concerns expressed in the comment.
The same commenter asserted that paragraph (h)(28)(iii) lacked clarity and should be deleted. The Department agreed with this comment and deleted the paragraph. Consequentially, proposed paragraph (h)(28)(iv) now appears in this final rule as paragraph (h)(28)(iii). Additionally, the commenter requested clarification regarding the conditions for measuring the threshold in proposed paragraph (h)(28)(iv). The Department did not insert additional criteria regarding measurement conditions because the paragraph as drafted describes the threshold for ITAR control at a sufficient level of granularity.
A commenter proposed revisions to proposed paragraph (h)(29) to better articulate the scope of software to be controlled. A second commenter recommended deletion of the paragraph, since algorithms and software are already controlled as technical data. The Department agreed with the second commenter and deleted the proposed paragraph, having determined that the subject software is already controlled under paragraph (i).
Three commenters suggested that proposed paragraph (h)(30) would result in expense to industry with questionable regulatory benefit, and would require the re-review of certain parts and components to determine whether classification under the new paragraph is appropriate.
The Department notes that Category VIII was among the first two categories to undergo revision pursuant to the ECR initiative, a primary goal of which was to create a “positive list” that would inevitably require periodic revisions to keep reflective of the current state of technology. The experience of industry with the earliest revised categories, as well as the U.S. government in enforcing the regulations, has identified areas in which adjustments to Categories VIII and XIX were necessary to best articulate the articles subject to control.
The former treatment of equipment in paragraph (h)(1) potentially created the impression that equipment for enumerated aircraft was broadly controlled under that paragraph. For additional clarity, a newly-created paragraph, now found at (h)(29), enumerates certain types of equipment that merit ITAR control. While the Department's review considered in all cases the potential impact to industry in revising aspects of these categories, the primary standard of review was the “critical military or intelligence advantage” standard set forth in ITAR § 120.3(b). As a general principle, where migration of items from the CCL to the USML was considered, the Department sought first to accommodate the item in a revised ECCN. The articles that newly appear on or have returned to the USML in this rule are those that constitute or are specially designed for next-generation technology and thus satisfy ITAR § 120.3. In response to comments received, the Department revised the paragraph to better articulate the specific types of equipment that meet this standard.
Finally, a commenter recommended replacing the words “technical data” in paragraph (x) with “technology,” to align the text with other revised categories and utilize the appropriate EAR terminology. The Department agreed and made the recommended change.
This final rule revises USML Category XIX, covering gas turbine engines. As with USML Category VIII, the revisions are undertaken in order to ensure that the category is clear, does not inadvertently control items in normal commercial use, accounts for technological developments, and properly implements the national security and foreign policy objectives of the ECR initiative.
Paragraph (a) is modified to clarify the scope of controlled engines and to incorporate technical corrections. Paragraph (b)(1) is revised to update the performance criteria meriting control, while paragraph (b)(2) is revised to clarify the specific power threshold specified therein.
Paragraph (c) is modified to incorporate conforming and technical changes and to make clear that the paragraph applies only to gas turbine engines, while paragraph (d) is modified to update the list of subject engines. The Note to paragraph (e) is modified to incorporate a conforming change.
Several changes are included within paragraph (f). Paragraph (f)(1) is modified to incorporate technical corrections and to update the list of subject engines. Paragraph (f)(2) introduces additional text to clarify the scope of controlled hot section components, and to reorganize the text according to the nature of the articles. New controls are included in paragraphs (f)(7) through (f)(12).
A commenter asserted that the PT6C-67A, a commercial model, would exceed the threshold proposed in paragraph (b)(1). In response to this comment, the Department increased the relevant threshold to 2000 mechanical shp (1491 kW).
Three commenting parties recommended clarification regarding the specific power threshold set forth in paragraph (b)(2). The Department agreed with these commenters and revised the relevant language to include a unit of measurement for the specific power threshold and maximum takeoff shaft horsepower. The Department further notes that given the additional modifications to paragraph (b)(2) described below, and the requirement that an engine must meet all of the criteria of paragraph (b)(2) to be subject to ITAR control, the revised paragraph should not pose a risk of capturing next-generation commercial engine models.
Two commenters asserted that the term “armament gas” in paragraph (b)(2) is unclear and requested a definition. The Department disagreed with the commenters because the term can be interpreted based on the plain meaning of the words “armament gas ingestion”—that is, the term describes an engine that is specially designed to ingest gas released from armaments.
Three commenting parties requested clarification regarding the term “transient maneuvers” in paragraph (b)(2), and requested revision to capture only maneuvers that are unique to military scenarios. The Department agreed with these comments and revised the parameter to capture non-civil transient maneuvers.
Three commenting parties suggested that the phrase “controlled in this category” in paragraph (c) be revised to read “controlled in Category VIII.” The Department partially agreed and revised the phrase to read “controlled in this subchapter.”
A commenter recommended the removal of the GE38 engine from paragraph (d), indicating that it is a marketing name that was used during the development of the T408 and will not be used in production. The Department agrees with this observation but also notes that GE38 models remain in use in test aircraft. Accordingly, the GE38 reference will remain in paragraph (d) while such engines are still in use.
One commenter recommended the removal of the MT7 engine from paragraph (d), arguing that it is a derivative of the AE1107C and that oil sump sealing is being designed out of the model. While the comment appears to describe a design modification that has not yet occurred, the Department further notes that the subject engine is unique to a destroyer platform. For these reasons, the MT7 was retained in paragraph (d).
The Department has removed the TF60 engine from paragraph (d) in response to a public comment that recommended its removal.
A commenter questioned whether the word “systems” in paragraph (e) should be interpreted to also indicate controls of parts and components thereof. The Department confirms that paragraph (e) is limited to specified systems and includes no reference to “parts and components thereof”; accordingly, parts and components thereof are not controlled under paragraph (e).
Two comments asserted, with respect to paragraph (f) as well as several paragraphs thereof, that materials should not be controlled in this category because Category XIII is intended to contain all materials entries. The Department disagreed in part with these comments. Where the materials at issue pertain only to a particular class of defense articles that are controlled in a single subcategory—as with these materials relevant only to gas turbine engines controlled in Category XIX—there is little utility in requiring the reader to review multiple USML categories for articles of potential relevance. Were these materials of broad applicability for a variety of defense articles controlled under more than one USML category, the Department would locate the relevant USML entries in Category XIII. However, in this case, ECCN 9C619 remains the appropriate category for the materials described in the proposed rule. The companion rule the Commerce Department has published explains the new licensing policies pertaining to such materials. No
Two commenting parties recommended the exclusion from paragraph (f)(1) of those parts identified in ECCNs 9A610.y or 9A619.y. The Department disagreed with this comment for reasons similar to those explained above in the context of a similar comment on Category VIII(h)(1), regarding the different structures and objectives of CCL ECCNs as well as the national security interest in retaining control over the parts and components of engines with evolving or next-generation applications.
One commenter expressed concern regarding the removal of the word “equipment” from paragraph (f)(1). As with Category VIII(h)(1), the word was removed to avoid the impression that all equipment, including production equipment, relevant to the enumerated aircraft was subject to control under this paragraph. The Department has created a new paragraph (f)(12), which appeared in the proposed rule as proposed paragraph (f)(16), to enumerate certain types of equipment that merit control.
Three commenters requested clarification of the word “actively” in paragraph (f)(2), and requested the addition of a definition. The Department agreed that the term, which first appeared in the proposed rule, did not improve the clarity of the paragraph and deleted each instance of the term.
A commenting party recommended the reorganization of paragraph (f)(2) to refer to “intermediate pressure turbine blades” after “high pressure turbine blades” and before “low pressure turbine blades.” The Department agreed and revised the paragraph accordingly.
A commenting party expressed difficulty interpreting the meaning of “engine monitoring systems” in paragraph (f)(5) and suggested that a definition of the term might be beneficial. The Department disagreed with the comment because the term can be sufficiently understood without a new definition, given the existing definition of “system” set forth in ITAR § 120.45(g).
Four parties commented generally on the new paragraphs that appeared in the proposed rule as (f)(7) through (f)(16), arguing that USML control of the subject articles will result in expense to industry by requiring reclassification of articles previously subject to the EAR. As with Category VIII, described above, Category XIX was among the first two categories to undergo revision pursuant to the ECR initiative, a primary goal of which was to create a “positive list” that would inevitably require periodic revisions to keep reflective of the current state of technology. The experience of industry with the earliest revised categories, as well as the U.S. government in enforcing the regulations, has identified areas in which adjustments to Categories VIII and XIX were necessary to best articulate the articles subject to control.
While the Department's review considered in all cases the potential impact to industry in revising aspects of these categories, the primary standard of review was the “critical military or intelligence advantage” standard set forth in ITAR § 120.3(b). As a general principle, where a migration of items from the CCL to the USML was considered, the Department sought first to accommodate the item in a revised ECCN. The articles that nevertheless appear in new USML entries in this rule constitute or are specially designed for next-generation technology and thus satisfy ITAR § 120.3.
The Department disagrees with the commenters' characterization of proposed paragraph (f)(16), now appearing as paragraph (f)(12), which controls certain enumerated types of equipment. Since “equipment” was referenced generally in the previous iteration of paragraph (f), the objective of this addition is to better clarify the equipment subject to ITAR control. With respect to the remaining proposed paragraphs, the Department applied this standard and determined that proposed paragraphs (f)(7), (f)(13), (f)(14), and (f)(15) were not necessary for inclusion in the USML. Accordingly, these proposed paragraphs have been deleted. The considerations that prompted the addition of proposed paragraph (f)(7) are adequately addressed through paragraph (g), while the remaining deleted proposed entries will be addressed by the Department of Commerce in ECCN 9C619.
The Department retained proposed paragraph (f)(8), now appearing in the category as paragraph (f)(7), because the referenced equipment allows for the production of gas turbine engines and parts and components that offer a critical military advantage.
Among the retained new paragraphs and in response to public comments, the Department revised proposed paragraphs (f)(9) through (f)(12)—now appearing as paragraphs (f)(8) through (f)(11)—to reference only systems specially designed for gas turbine engines controlled in Category XIX, in order to avoid a chilling effect on potential commercial applications of these technologies.
The Department revised proposed paragraph (f)(16), now appearing in this final rule as paragraph (f)(12), to enumerate certain types of equipment that is specially designed for a defense article described in paragraph (f)(1).
Finally, a commenter recommended replacing the words “technical data” in paragraph (x) with “technology,” to align the text with other revised categories and utilize the appropriate EAR terminology. The Department agreed and made the recommended change.
The Department of State is of the opinion that controlling the import and export of defense articles and services is a foreign affairs function of the United States Government and that rules implementing this function are exempt from sections 553 (Rulemaking) and 554 (Adjudications) of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA). Although the Department is of the opinion that this rule is exempt from the rulemaking provisions of the APA, the Department published this rule as a proposed rule (81 FR 6797) with a 45-day provision for public comment and without prejudice to its determination that controlling the import and export of defense services is a foreign affairs function.
Since this rule is exempt from the rulemaking provisions of 5 U.S.C. 553, it does not require analysis under the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
This amendment does not involve a mandate that will result in the expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more in any year and it will not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. Therefore, no actions were deemed necessary under the provisions of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995.
This amendment has been found not to be a major rule within the meaning of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996.
This amendment will not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in accordance with Executive Order 13132, it is determined that this amendment
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributed impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This rule has been designated a “significant regulatory action,” although not economically significant, under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, the rule has been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).
The Department of State has reviewed the amendment in light of sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988 to eliminate ambiguity, minimize litigation, establish clear legal standards, and reduce burden.
The Department of State has determined that this rulemaking will not have tribal implications, will not impose substantial direct compliance costs on Indian tribal governments, and will not preempt tribal law. Accordingly, Executive Order 13175 does not apply to this rulemaking.
Following is a listing of approved collections that will be affected by revision of the U.S. Munitions List (USML) and the Commerce Control List pursuant to the President's Export Control Reform (ECR) initiative. This rule continues the implementation of ECR. The list of collections pertains to revision of the USML in its entirety, not only to the categories published in this rule. The Department is not proposing or making changes to these collections in this rule. The information collections impacted by the ECR initiative are as follows:
(1) Statement of Registration, DS-2032, OMB No. 1405-0002.
(2) Application/License for Permanent Export of Unclassified Defense Articles and Related Unclassified Technical Data, DSP-5, OMB No. 1405-0003.
(3) Application/License for Temporary Import of Unclassified Defense Articles, DSP-61, OMB No. 1405-0013.
(4) Application/License for Temporary Export of Unclassified Defense Articles, DSP-73, OMB No. 1405-0023.
(5) Application for Amendment to License for Export or Import of Classified or Unclassified Defense Articles and Related Technical Data, DSP-6, -62, -74, -119, OMB No. 1405-0092.
(6) Request for Approval of Manufacturing License Agreements, Technical Assistance Agreements, and Other Agreements, DSP-5, OMB No. 1405-0093.
(7) Maintenance of Records by Registrants, OMB No. 1405-0111.
Arms and munitions, Exports.
Accordingly, for the reasons set forth above, Title 22, Chapter I, Subchapter M, part 121 is amended as follows:
Secs. 2, 38, and 71, Pub. L. 90-629, 90 Stat. 744 (22 U.S.C. 2752, 2778, 2797); 22 U.S.C. 2651a; Pub. L. 105-261, 112 Stat. 1920; Section 1261, Pub. L. 112-239; E.O. 13637, 78 FR 16129.
(a) Aircraft, whether manned, unmanned, remotely piloted, or optionally piloted, as follows (MT if the aircraft, excluding manned aircraft, has a range equal to or greater than 300 km):
* (1) Bombers;
* (2) Fighters, fighter bombers, and fixed-wing attack aircraft;
* (3) Turbofan- or turbojet-powered trainers used to train pilots for fighter, attack, or bomber aircraft;
* (4) Attack helicopters;
* (5) Unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs) specially designed to incorporate a defense article;
* (6) [Reserved]
* (7) Aircraft specially designed to incorporate a defense article for the purpose of performing an intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance function;
* (8) Aircraft specially designed to incorporate a defense article for the purpose of performing an electronic warfare function; airborne warning and control aircraft; or aircraft specially designed to incorporate a defense article for the purpose of performing a command, control, and communications function;
(9) Aircraft specially designed to incorporate a defense article for the purpose of performing an air refueling function;
(10) Target drones;
(11) [Reserved]
(12) Aircraft capable of being refueled in-flight including hover-in-flight refueling (HIFR);
(13) [Reserved]
(14) Aircraft with a roll-on/roll-off ramp, capable of airlifting payloads over 35,000 lbs. to ranges over 2,000 nm without being refueled in-flight, and landing onto short or unimproved airfields, other than L-100 and LM-100J aircraft;
* (15) Aircraft not enumerated in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(14) as follows:
(i) U.S.-origin aircraft that bear an original military designation of A, B, E, F, K, M, P, R, or S; or
(ii) Foreign-origin aircraft specially designed to provide functions equivalent to those of the aircraft listed in paragraph (a)(15)(i) of this category; or
(16) Aircraft that are armed or are specially designed to be used as a platform to deliver munitions or otherwise destroy targets (
(b)-(c) [Reserved]
(d) Launching and recovery equipment specially designed to allow an aircraft described in paragraph (a) of this category to take off or land on a vessel described in Category VI paragraphs (a) through (c) (MT if the launching and recovery equipment is for an aircraft, excluding manned aircraft, that has a range equal to or greater than 300 km).
For the definition of “range,” see note to paragraph (a) of this category.
(e) [Reserved]
(f) Developmental aircraft funded by the Department of Defense via contract or other funding authorization, and specially designed parts, components, accessories, and attachments therefor.
(g) [Reserved]
(h) Parts, components, accessories, attachments, associated equipment and systems, as follows:
(1) Parts, components, accessories, and attachments specially designed for the following U.S.-origin aircraft: The B-1B, B-2, B-21, F-15SE, F/A-18 E/F, EA-18G, F-22, F-35, and future variants thereof; or the F-117 or U.S. Government technology demonstrators. Parts, components, accessories, and attachments of the F-15SE and F/A-18 E/F that are common to earlier models of these aircraft, unless listed in paragraph (h) of this category, are subject to the EAR;
This paragraph does not control parts, components, accessories, and attachments that are common to aircraft described in paragraph (a) of this category but not identified in paragraph (h)(1), and those identified in paragraph (h)(1). For example, when applying § 120.41(b)(3), a part common to only the F-16 and F-35 is not specially designed for purposes of this paragraph. A part common to only the F-22 and F-35—two aircraft models identified in paragraph (h)(1)—is specially designed for purposes of this paragraph, unless one of the other paragraphs is applicable under § 120.41(b) of this subchapter.
(2) Rotorcraft gearboxes with internal pitch line velocities exceeding 20,000 feet per minute and able to operate 30 minutes with loss of lubrication without an emergency or auxiliary lubrication system, and specially designed parts and components therefor;
Loss of lubrication means a situation where oil/lubrication is mostly or completely lost from a transmission/gearbox such that only a residual coating remains due to the lubrication system failure.
(3) Tail boom folding systems, stabilator folding systems or automatic rotor blade folding systems, and specially designed parts and components therefor;
(4) Wing folding systems, and specially designed parts and components therefor, for:
(i) Aircraft powered by power plants controlled under USML Category IV(d); or
(ii) Aircraft with any of the following characteristics and powered by gas turbine engines:
(A) The portion of the wing outboard of the wing fold is required for sustained flight;
(B) Fuel can be stored outboard of the wing fold;
(C) Control surfaces are outboard of the wing fold;
(D) Hard points are outboard of the wing fold;
(E) Hard points inboard of the wing fold allow for in-flight ejection; or
(F) The aircraft is designed to withstand maximum vertical maneuvering accelerations greater than +3.5g/−1.5g.
(5) On-aircraft arresting gear (
(6) Bomb racks, missile or rocket launchers, missile rails, weapon pylons, pylon-to-launcher adapters, unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV) airborne launching systems, external stores support systems for ordnance or weapons, and specially designed parts and components therefor (MT if the bomb rack, missile launcher, missile rail, weapon pylon, pylon-to-launcher adapter, UAV airborne launching system, or external stores support system is for an aircraft, excluding manned aircraft, or missile that has a “range” equal to or greater than 300 km);
(7) Damage or failure-adaptive flight control systems, that do not consist solely of redundant internal circuitry, specially designed for aircraft controlled in this category;
(8) Threat-adaptive autonomous flight control systems, where a “threat-adaptive autonomous flight control system” is a flight control system that, without input from the operator or pilot, adjusts the aircraft control or flight path to minimize risk caused by hostile threats;
(9) Non-surface-based flight control systems and effectors (
(10) Radar altimeters with output power management LPI (low probability of intercept) or signal modulation (
(11) Air-to-air refueling systems and hover-in-flight refueling (HIFR) systems, and specially designed parts and components therefor;
(12) Unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV) flight control systems and vehicle management systems with swarming capability (
(13) [Reserved]
(14) Lift fans, clutches, and roll posts for short take-off, vertical landing (STOVL) aircraft and specially designed parts and components for such lift fans and roll posts;
(15) Integrated helmets incorporating optical sights or slewing devices, which include the ability to aim, launch, track, or manage munitions (
(16) Fire control computers, stores management systems, armaments control processors, and aircraft-weapon interface units and computers (
(17) Mission computers, vehicle management computers, and integrated core processers specially designed for aircraft controlled in this category;
(18) Drive systems, flight control systems, and parts and components therefor, specially designed to function after impact of a 7.62mm or larger projectile;
(19) Thrust reversers specially designed to be deployed in flight for aircraft controlled in this category;
* (20) Any part, component, accessory, attachment, equipment, or system that:
(i) Is classified;
(ii) Contains classified software directly related to defense articles in this subchapter or 600 series items subject to the EAR; or
(iii) Is being developed using classified information.
Classified means classified pursuant to Executive Order 13526, or predecessor order, and a security classification guide developed pursuant thereto or equivalent, or to the corresponding classification rules of another government or international organization;
(21)-(26) [Reserved]
(27) Variable speed gearboxes, where a “variable speed gearbox” has the ability to vary the gearbox output speed by mechanical means within the gearbox while the gearbox input speed from the engine or other source is constant, and is capable of varying output speed by 20% or greater and providing power to rotors, proprotors, propellers, propfans, or liftfans; and specially designed parts and components therefor;
(28) Electrical power or thermal management systems specially designed for an engine controlled in Category XIX and having any of the following:
(i) Electrical power generators that provide greater than 300kW of electrical power (per generator) with gravimetric power densities exceeding 2kW/pound (excluding the mass of the controller for the purpose of calculating the gravimetric power density);
(ii) Heat exchangers that exchange 60 kW/K-m
(iii) Direct-cooling thermal electronic package heat exchangers that transfer 20kW of heat or greater at 100W/cm
(29) Any of the following equipment if specially designed for a defense article described in paragraph (h)(1):
(i) Scale test models;
(ii) Full scale iron bird ground rigs used to test major aircraft systems; or
(iii) Jigs, locating fixtures, templates, gauges, molds, dies, or caul plates.
(i) Technical data (see § 120.10 of this subchapter) and defense services (see § 120.9 of this subchapter) directly related to the defense articles described in paragraphs (a) through (h) of this category and classified technical data directly related to items controlled in ECCNs 9A610, 9B610, 9C610, and 9D610 and defense services using classified technical data. (See § 125.4 of this subchapter for exemptions.) (MT for technical data and defense services related to articles designated as such.)
(j)-(w) [Reserved]
(x) Commodities, software, and technology subject to the EAR (see § 120.42 of this subchapter) used in or with defense articles controlled in this category.
* (a) Turbofan and Turbojet engines (including those that are technology demonstrators, developmental engines, or variable cycle engines) capable of 15,000 lbf (66.7 kN) of thrust or greater that have any of the following:
(1) With or specially designed for thrust augmentation (afterburner);
(2) Thrust or exhaust nozzle vectoring;
(3) Parts or components controlled in paragraph (f)(6) of this category;
(4) Specially designed for sustained 30 second inverted flight or negative g maneuver; or
(5) Specially designed for high power extraction (greater than 50 percent of engine thrust at altitude) at altitudes greater than 50,000 feet.
* (b) Turboshaft and Turboprop engines (including those that are technology demonstrators or developmental engines) that have any of the following:
(1) Capable of 2000 mechanical shp (1491 kW) or greater and specially designed with oil sump sealing when the engine is in the vertical position; or
(2) Capable of a specific power of 225 shp/(lbm/sec) or greater and specially designed for armament gas ingestion and non-civil transient maneuvers, where specific power is defined as maximum takeoff shaft horsepower (shp) divided by compressor inlet flow (lbm/sec).
* (c) Gas turbine engines (including technology demonstrators, developmental engines, and variable cycle engines) specially designed for unmanned aerial vehicle systems controlled in this subchapter, cruise missiles, or target drones (MT if for an engine used in an aircraft, excluding manned aircraft, or missile that has a “range” equal to or greater than 300 km).
* (d) GE38, AGT1500, CTS800, MT7, T55, HPW3000, GE3000, T408, and T700 engines.
Engines subject to the control of this paragraph are licensed by the Department of Commerce when incorporated in an aircraft subject to the EAR and controlled under ECCN 9A610. Such engines are subject to the controls of the ITAR in all other circumstances.
* (e) Digital engine control systems (
Digital electronic control systems autonomously control the engine throughout its whole operating range from demanded engine start until demanded engine shut-down, in both normal and fault conditions.
(f) Parts, components, accessories, attachments, associated equipment, and systems as follows:
(1) Parts, components, accessories, and attachments specially designed for the following U.S.-origin engines (and military variants thereof): F101, F107, F112, F118, F119, F120, F135, F136, F414, F415, and J402;
This paragraph does not control parts, components, accessories, and attachments that are common to engines enumerated in paragraph (a) through (d) of this category but not identified in paragraph (f)(1), and those identified in paragraph (f)(1). For example, a part common to only the F110 and F136 is not specially designed for purposes of this paragraph. A part common to only the F119 and F135—two engine models identified in paragraph (f)(1)—is specially designed for purposes of this paragraph, unless one of the other paragraphs is applicable under § 120.41(b).
* (2) Hot section components (
(3) Uncooled turbine blades, vanes, disks, and tip shrouds specially designed for gas turbine engines controlled in this category;
(4) Combustor cowls, diffusers, domes, and shells specially designed for gas turbine engines controlled in this category;
(5) Engine monitoring systems (
* (6) Any part, component, accessory, attachment, equipment, or system that:
(i) Is classified;
(ii) Contains classified software directly related to defense articles in this subchapter or 600 series items subject to the EAR; or
(iii) Is being developed using classified information.
“Classified” means classified pursuant to Executive Order 13526, or predecessor order, and a security classification guide developed pursuant thereto or equivalent, or to the corresponding classification rules of another government or international organization;
(7) Investment casting cores, core dies, or wax pattern dies for parts or components enumerated in paragraphs (f)(1), (f)(2), or (f)(3) of this category;
(8) Pressure gain combustors specially designed for engines controlled in this category, and specially designed parts and components therefor;
(9) Three-stream fan systems, specially designed for gas turbine engines controlled in this Category, that allow the movement of airflow between the streams to control fan pressure ratio or bypass ratio (by means other than use of fan corrected speed or the primary nozzle area to change the fan pressure ratio or bypass ratio), and specially designed parts, components, accessories, and attachments therefor;
(10) High pressure compressors, specially designed for gas turbine engines controlled in this Category, with core-driven bypass streams that have a pressure ratio greater than one, occurring across any section of the bypass duct, and specially designed parts, components, accessories, and attachments therefor;
(11) Intermediate compressors of a three-spool compression system, specially designed for gas turbine engines controlled in this Category, with an intermediate spool-driven bypass stream that has a pressure ratio greater than one, occurring across any section of the bypass duct, and specially designed parts, components, accessories, and attachments therefor; or
(12) Any of the following equipment if specially designed for a defense article described in paragraph (f)(1): Jigs, locating fixtures, templates, gauges, molds, dies, caul plates, or bellmouths.
(g) Technical data (see § 120.10 of this subchapter) and defense services (see § 120.9 of this subchapter) directly related to the defense articles described in paragraphs (a) through (f) of this category and classified technical data directly related to items controlled in ECCNs 9A619, 9B619, 9C619, and 9D619 and defense services using the classified technical data. (See § 125.4 of this subchapter for exemptions.) (MT for technical data and defense services related to articles designated as such.)
(h)-(w) [Reserved]
(x) Commodities, software, and technology subject to the EAR (see § 120.42 of this subchapter) used in or with defense articles controlled in this category.
Use of this paragraph is limited to license applications for defense articles controlled in this category where the purchase documentation includes commodities, software, or technology subject to the EAR (see § 123.1(b) of this subchapter).
National Labor Relations Board.
Direct final rule.
The National Labor Relations Board (NLRB) exempts an amended system of records, NLRB-17, Personnel Security Records, from certain provisions of the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a, pursuant to sections (k)(1), (2), (3), (5), (6), and (7) of that Act.
This rule is effective January 20, 2017 without further action, unless adverse comment is received by December 21, 2016. If adverse comment is received, the NLRB will publish a timely withdrawal of the rule in the
All persons who desire to submit written comments for consideration by the Agency regarding the rule shall mail them to the Agency's Senior Agency Official for Privacy, National Labor Relations Board, 1015 Half Street SE., Third Floor, Washington, DC 20570-0001, or submit them electronically to
Prem Aburvasamy, Senior Agency Official for Privacy, National Labor Relations Board, 1015 Half Street SE., Third Floor, Washington, DC 20570-0001, (855)-209-9394,
Elsewhere in today's issue of the
Pursuant to subsections (k)(1), (2), (3), (5), (6), and (7) of the Privacy Act, and for the reasons set forth below, the Board includes within Section 102.119, additional paragraphs (o) and (p), exempting portions of the amended system of records (NLRB-17) from subsections (c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4)(G), (e)(4)(H), (e)(4)(I), and (f) of the Privacy Act.
Subsection (k)(1) of the Privacy Act authorizes the head of an agency to exempt a system of records from subsections (c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4)(G), (e)(4)(H), (e)(4)(I), and (f) of the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4)(G), (e)(4)(H), (e)(4)(I), (f)) (hereinafter, “the applicable subsections”) if records are properly classified pursuant to an Executive Order, within the meaning of section 552(b)(1).
Subsection (k)(3) of the Privacy Act authorizes the head of an agency to exempt a system of records from the applicable subsections where the information is maintained in connection with providing protective services to the President of the United States or other individuals pursuant to section 3056 of title 18 of the U.S. Code.
Subsections (k)(2), (5), and (7) of the Privacy Act, in combination, authorize the head of an agency to exempt a system of records from the applicable subsections if records are created or maintained for the purpose of determining suitability, eligibility, qualifications, or potential for promotion for Federal civilian employment, military service, Federal contracts, or access to classified
Subsection (k)(6) of the Privacy Act authorizes the head of an agency to exempt a system of records from applicable subsections when they might compromise the objectivity of testing and examination materials used for a personnel investigation for employment or promotion in the Federal service.
The requirements of the applicable subsections, if applied to the amended system of records, NLRB-17, would substantially compromise the ability of the Agency's Security Branch staff to effectively conduct background investigations concerning the suitability, eligibility, and fitness for service of applicants for Federal employment and contract positions at the Agency, in addition to determining the appropriate level of access to the Agency's facilities. For instance, the disclosure requirements as set forth in the provisions for notice, access, amendment, review, and accountings, could enable subject individuals to take action to jeopardize the physical safety or anonymity of confidential sources used during background proceedings. Additionally, the disclosure of information gathered during a background investigation may unreasonably weaken the interests of protecting properly classified information and the objectivity of certain examination materials.
This rule relates to individuals rather than small business entities. Accordingly, pursuant to the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601-612, this rule will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small business entities.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
The rule will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among levels of government. Therefore, it is determined that this rule does not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132.
In accordance with Executive Order 12866, it has been determined that this rule is not a “significant regulatory action,” and therefore does not require a Regulatory Impact Analysis.
Privacy, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons stated in the Supplementary Information section, Part 102 of title 29, chapter I of the Code of Federal Regulations, is amended as follows:
Sections 1, 6, National Labor Relations Act (29 U.S.C. 151, 156). Section 102.117 also issued under section 552(a)(4)(A) of the Freedom of Information Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. 552(a)(4)(A)), and Section 102.117a also issued under section 552a(j) and (k) of the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a(j) and (k)). Sections 102.143 through 102.155 also issued under section 504(c)(1) of the Equal Access to Justice Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. 504(c)(1)).
(o) Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(1), (2), (3), (5), (6), and (7) of the Privacy Act, the system of records maintained by the NLRB containing Personnel Security Records shall be exempted from the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4)(G), (H), and (I), and (f) insofar as the system may contain:
(1) Records properly classified pursuant to an Executive Order, within the meaning of section 552(b)(1);
(2) Investigatory material compiled for law enforcement purposes other than material within the scope of 5 U.S.C. 552a(j)(2);
(3) Information maintained in connection with providing protective services to the President of the United States or other individuals pursuant to section 3056 of title 18 of the U.S. Code;
(4) Investigatory material compiled solely for the purpose of determining suitability, eligibility or qualifications for Federal civilian employment and Federal contact or access to classified information;
(5) Testing and examination materials used for a personnel investigation for employment or promotion in the Federal service;
(6) Evaluation materials, compiled during the course of a personnel investigation, that are used solely to determine potential for promotion in the armed services.
(p) The Privacy Act exemptions contained in paragraph (o) of this section are justified for the following reasons:
(1)(i) 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3) requires an agency to make the accounting of each disclosure of records available to the individual named in the record at his/her request. These accountings must state the date, nature, and purpose of each disclosure of a record and the name and address of the recipient. 5 U.S.C. 552a(d) requires an agency to permit an individual to gain access to records pertaining to him/her, to request amendment to such records, to request a review of an agency decision not to amend such records, and to contest the information contained in such records.
(ii) Personnel investigations may contain properly classified information which pertains to national defense and foreign policy obtained from another Federal agency. Application of exemption (k)(1) is necessary to preclude an individual's access to and amendment of such classified information under 5 U.S.C. 552a(d).
(iii) Personnel investigations may contain investigatory material compiled for law enforcement purposes other than material within the scope of 5 U.S.C. 552a(j)(2). Application of exemption (k)(2) is necessary to preclude an individual's access to or amendment of such records under 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3) and (d).
(iv) Personnel investigations may also contain information obtained from another Federal agency that relates to providing protective services to the President of the United States or other individuals pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 3056. Application of exemption (k)(3) is necessary to preclude an individual's access to and amendment of such records under 5 U.S.C. 552a(d).
(v) Exemption (k)(5) is claimed with respect to the requirements of 5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3) and (d) because this system contains investigatory material compiled solely for determining suitability, eligibility, and qualifications for Federal employment. To the extent that the disclosure of material would reveal the identity of a source who furnished information to the Government under an express promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence, or prior to September 27, 1975, under an implied promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence, the applicability of exemption (k)(5) will be required to honor promises of confidentiality should an individual request access to or amendment of the record, or access to the accounting of disclosures of the record. Similarly, personnel investigations may contain evaluation material used to determine potential for promotion in the armed services. Application of exemption (k)(7) is necessary to the extent that the disclosure of data would compromise the anonymity of a source under an express promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence, or, prior to September 27, 1975, under an implied promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence. Both of these exemptions are necessary to safeguard the integrity of background investigations by minimizing the threat of harm to confidential sources, witnesses, and law enforcement personnel. Additionally, these exemptions reduce the risks of improper influencing of sources, the destruction of evidence, and the fabrication of testimony.
(vi) All information in this system that meets the criteria articulated in exemption (k)(6) is exempt from the requirements of 5 U.S.C. 552a(d), relating to access to and amendment of records by an individual. This exemption is claimed because portions of this system relate to testing or examining materials used solely to determine individual qualifications for appointment or promotion to the Federal service. Access to or amendment to this information by an individual would compromise the objectivity and fairness of the testing or examining process.
(2) 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(1) requires an agency to maintain in its records only such information about an individual as is relevant and necessary to accomplish a purpose of the agency required by statute or by executive order of the President. This requirement could foreclose investigators from acquiring or receiving information the relevance and necessity of which is not readily apparent and could only be ascertained after a complete review and evaluation of all the evidence. This system of records is exempt from this requirement because in the course of personnel background investigations, the accuracy of information obtained or introduced occasionally may be unclear, or the information may not be strictly relevant or necessary to favorably or unfavorably adjudicate a specific investigation at a specific point in time. However, in the interests of protecting the public trust and national security, it is appropriate to retain all information that may aid in establishing patterns in such areas as criminal conduct, alcohol and drug use, financial dishonesty, allegiance, foreign preference of influence, and psychological conditions, that are relevant to future personnel security or suitability determinations.
(3) 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4)(G) and (H) require an agency to publish a
(4) 5 U.S.C. 552a(e)(4)(I) requires an agency to publish a
(5) 5 U.S.C. 552a(f) requires an agency to promulgate rules which shall establish procedures whereby an individual can be notified in response to a request if any system of records named by the individual contains a record pertaining to that individual. The application of this provision could compromise the progress of an investigation concerning the suitability, eligibility, and fitness for service of applicants for Federal employment and impede a prompt assessment of the appropriate access to the Agency's facilities. Although this system would be exempt from the requirements of subsection (f) of the Act, the Agency has promulgated rules which establish agency procedures because, under certain circumstances, it could be appropriate for an individual to have access to all or a portion of that individual's records in this system of records.
By direction of the Board.
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
Final rule.
This rule amends the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation's regulation on Allocation of Assets in Single-Employer Plans by substituting a new table for determining expected retirement ages for participants in pension plans undergoing distress or involuntary termination with valuation dates falling in 2017. This table is needed in order to compute the value of early retirement benefits and, thus, the total value of benefits under a plan.
Effective January 1, 2017.
Deborah C. Murphy (
The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) administers the pension plan termination insurance program under
Under § 4044.51(b) of the asset allocation regulation, early retirement benefits are valued based on the annuity starting date, if a retirement date has been selected, or the expected retirement age, if the annuity starting date is not known on the valuation date. Sections 4044.55 through 4044.57 set forth rules for determining the expected retirement ages for plan participants entitled to early retirement benefits. Appendix D of part 4044 contains tables to be used in determining the expected early retirement ages.
Table I in appendix D (Selection of Retirement Rate Category) is used to determine whether a participant has a low, medium, or high probability of retiring early. The determination is based on the year a participant would reach “unreduced retirement age” (
Tables II-A, II-B, and II-C (Expected Retirement Ages for Individuals in the Low, Medium, and High Categories respectively) are used to determine the expected retirement age after the probability of early retirement has been determined using Table I. These tables establish, by probability category, the expected retirement age based on both the earliest age a participant could retire under the plan and the unreduced retirement age. This expected retirement age is used to compute the value of the early retirement benefit and, thus, the total value of benefits under the plan.
This document amends appendix D to replace Table I-16 with Table I-17 in order to provide an updated correlation, appropriate for calendar year 2017, between the amount of a participant's benefit and the probability that the participant will elect early retirement. Table I-17 will be used to value benefits in plans with valuation dates during calendar year 2017.
PBGC has determined that notice of, and public comment on, this rule are impracticable and contrary to the public interest. Plan administrators need to be able to estimate accurately the value of plan benefits as early as possible before initiating the termination process. For that purpose, if a plan has a valuation date in 2017, the plan administrator needs the updated table being promulgated in this rule. Accordingly, the public interest is best served by issuing this table expeditiously, without an opportunity for notice and comment, to allow as much time as possible to estimate the value of plan benefits with the proper table for plans with valuation dates in early 2017.
PBGC has determined that this action is not a “significant regulatory action” under the criteria set forth in Executive Order 12866.
Because no general notice of proposed rulemaking is required for this regulation, the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 does not apply (5 U.S.C. 601(2)).
Pension insurance, Pensions.
In consideration of the foregoing, 29 CFR part 4044 is amended as follows:
29 U.S.C. 1301(a), 1302(b)(3), 1341, 1344, 1362.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Temporary final rule.
The Coast Guard is establishing a temporary safety zone on the waters of Great Egg Harbor Bay in Marmora, NJ. The safety zone includes all waters within 500 yards of a blasting vessel and equipment being used to conduct bridge pile blasting operations, which is the final phase of the demolition of the Route 9, Beesley Point Bridge bascule span. This safety zone will only be enforced during times of explosive detonation. The safety zone will temporarily restrict vessel traffic from transiting or anchoring in a portion of the Great Egg Harbor Bay while pile blasting and removal operations are being conducted to facilitate the removal of bridge piles from the demolished Route 9, Beesley Point Bridge.
This rule is effective without actual notice from November 21, 2016 through November 24, 2016. For the purposes of enforcement, actual notice will be used from November 15, 2016, until November 21, 2016. During this period the safety zone will only be enforced during times of explosive detonation.
To view documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, go to
If you have questions about this rule, call or email Marine Science Technician First Class Tom Simkins, U.S. Coast Guard, Sector Delaware Bay, Waterways Management Division, Coast Guard; telephone (215)271-4889, email
In June 2013, demolition work began on the Route 9, Beesley Point Bridge between Somers Point and Marmora, NJ. Route 52 Construction, the company performing this demolition work, has completed all demolition of the bridge and piles except the portion of the bridge which has the bascule span opening for the navigational channel. The removal of the remaining piles, which are secured to the sea floor bed, will be completed by using explosives after which the piles and debris will be removed. The Captain of the Port has determined that potential hazards associated with pile blasting operations, beginning on or about November 15, 2016, will be a safety concern for anyone operating within 500 yards of pile blasting operations during times of explosive detonation.
The Coast Guard is issuing this temporary rule without prior notice and opportunity to comment pursuant to authority under section 4(a) of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. 553(b)). This provision authorizes an agency to issue a rule without prior notice and opportunity to comment when the agency for good cause finds that those procedures are “impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.” Under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for not publishing a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) with respect to this rule because the final details for this event were not received by the Coast Guard until November 8, 2016, and the safety zone is needed for blasting and demolition operations which will begin November 15, 2016. It is impracticable to publish an NPRM and consider comments due to the short window of time until the operation begins. Allowing this event to go forward without a safety zone in place would expose mariners and the public to unnecessary dangers associated with explosive detonation.
We are issuing this rule, and under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for making it effective less than 30 days after publication in the
The Coast Guard is issuing this rule under authority in 33 U.S.C. 1231. The Captain of the Port has determined that potential hazards are associated with demolition and pile blasting operations of the Route 9, Beesley Point Bridge, over the Great Egg Harbor Bay, in Marmora, NJ, from November 15, 2016, through November 24, 2016. The rule will provide a safety buffer around the blasting vessel during times of explosive detonation.
The purpose of this rule is to promote maritime safety and protect vessels from the hazards of bridge demolition and pile blasting operations, and to maintain safety of navigation in the Great Egg Harbor Bay, in the vicinity of the Route 9, Beesley Point Bridge. The rule will provide a safety buffer around the crane and barge while demolition operations are conducted, and will provide a safety buffer around the blasting vessel during times of explosive detonation.
On November 15, 2016, demolition work will begin on the remaining portion of the Route 9, Beesley Point Bridge, over the Great Egg Harbor Bay, in Marmora, NJ. The Captain of the Port has determined that the hazards associated with demolition and pile blasting operations requires a safety zone.
The safety zone will be enforced starting on or after November 15, 2016, only during times of explosive detonation, and encompasses all navigable waters in the Great Egg Harbor Bay within 500 yards of vessels and machinery being used to conduct pile blasting and removal operations. The duration of the enforcement of the zone is intended to protect personnel, vessels, and the marine environment in these navigable waters while explosive detonation occurs. There will be two blasting events occurring on consecutive days to complete both piers. Actual dates and times of explosive detonation will be published with a combination of broadcast notice to mariners, local notice to mariners, posted warning signs, 500 yard marine traffic safety zone maintained by the contractors safety boats, a 10 minute, 5 minutes, and 1 minute warning made by the blasting vessel via VHF-FM channel 16,
Entry into, transiting, or anchoring within the safety zone is prohibited unless authorized by the Captain of the Port or his designated representative. No vessels may transit through the safety zone during times of explosive detonation. During pile blasting explosive detonation, vessels will be required to maintain a 500 yard distance from vessels and equipment used to conduct pile blasting and removal operations. This 500 yard radius will be secured by two contractor safety boats in the adjacent waterways.
We developed this rule after considering numerous statutes and Executive order related to rulemaking. Below we summarize our analyses based on a number of these statutes and Executive orders, and we discuss First Amendment rights of protestors.
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits. Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This rule has not been designated a “significant regulatory action,” under Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, it has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.
This finding is based on the limited size of the zone and that vessels will only be affected during times of explosive detonation. In addition, the zone will be well publicized to allow mariners to make alternative plans for transiting the affected area.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, 5 U.S.C. 601-612, as amended, requires Federal agencies to consider the potential impact of regulations on small entities during rulemaking. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for-profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations of less than 50,000. The Coast Guard certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
It is expected that there will be minimal disruption to the maritime community. Before the effective period, the Coast Guard will issue maritime advisories widely available to users of the river to allow mariners to make alternative plans for transiting the affected areas. In addition, vessels may transit the navigation channel, except during time of explosive detonation.
Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-121), we want to assist small entities in understanding this rule. If the rule would affect your small business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction and you have questions concerning its provisions or options for compliance, please contact the person listed in the
Small businesses may send comments on the actions of Federal employees who enforce, or otherwise determine compliance with, Federal regulations to the Small Business and Agriculture Regulatory Enforcement Ombudsman and the Regional Small Business Regulatory Fairness Boards. The Ombudsman evaluates these actions annually and rates each agency's responsiveness to small business. If you wish to comment on actions by employees of the Coast Guard, call 1-888-REG-FAIR (1-888-734-3247). The Coast Guard will not retaliate against small entities that question or complain about this rule or any policy or action of the Coast Guard.
This rule will not call for a new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520).
A rule has implications for federalism under Executive Order 13132, Federalism, if it has a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. We have analyzed this rule under that Order and have determined that it is consistent with the fundamental federalism principles and preemption requirements described in Executive Order 13132.
Also, this rule does not have tribal implications under Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it does not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. If you believe this rule has implications for federalism or Indian tribes, please contact the person listed in the
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or more in any one year. Though this rule will not result in such an expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this rule elsewhere in this preamble.
We have analyzed this rule under Department of Homeland Security Management Directive 023-01 and Commandant Instruction M16475.lD, which guide the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have determined that this action is one of a category of actions that do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. This rule involves a safety zone encompassing all navigable waters in the Great Egg Harbor Bay within 500 yards of vessels and machinery being used to conduct pile blasting and removal operations during times of explosive detonation. It is categorically excluded from further review under paragraph 34(g) of Figure 2-1 of the Commandant Instruction. An environmental analysis checklist supporting this determination and a Categorical Exclusion Determination are available in the docket where indicated under
The Coast Guard respects the First Amendment rights of protesters. Protesters are asked to contact the person listed in the
Harbors, Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures, Waterways.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard amends 33 CFR part 165 as follows:
33 U.S.C. 1231; 50 U.S.C. 191; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-1, 6.04-6, and 160.5; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a)
(b)
(1) All vessels and persons are prohibited from entering into or moving within the safety zone described in paragraph (a) of this section while they are subject to enforcement, unless authorized by the Captain of the Port or by his designated representative.
(2) Persons or vessels seeking to enter or pass through the safety zone must contact the Captain of the Port or his designated representative to seek permission to transit the area. The Captain of the Port, Delaware Bay can be contacted at telephone number 215-271-4807 or on Marine Band Radio VHF Channel 16 (156.8 MHz).
(3) No vessels may transit through the safety zone described in paragraph (a) of this section during times of explosives detonation. During pile blasting detonation, vessels will be required to maintain a 500 yard distance from the blasting vessel and equipment. Actual dates and times of explosive detonation will be announced with a combination of broadcast notice to mariners, local notice to mariners, posted warning signs, 500 yard marine traffic safety zone maintained by the contractors safety boats, 10 minute, 5 minutes, and 1 minute warning made by the blasting vessel via VHF-FM channel 16, and warning signals at 5 minutes with 3 short blasts of the air horn, and 1 minute warning of 2 short blasts of the air horn. The schedule of the signals will be posted along with all other required signage.
(4) This section applies to all vessels except those engaged in the following operations: Enforcing laws, servicing aids to navigation, and emergency response vessels.
(c)
(d)
(e)
Copyright Royalty Board, Library of Congress.
Final rule; technical amendment.
The Copyright Royalty Judges are amending their regulations to relocate the provisions regarding coin-operated phonorecord players from the section of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) that contains Copyright Arbitration Royalty Panel (CARP) regulations to the section of the CFR that contains Copyright Royalty Board (CRB) regulations so that the Copyright Office may remove the outdated CARP regulation.
Effective on November 21, 2016.
Kimberly Whittle, Attorney Advisor, by telephone at (202) 707-7658 or by email at
On October 3, 2016, the Copyright Office published a proposed rulemaking that, in part, proposes to eliminate obsolete CARP regulations from the CFR. 81 FR 67940, 67942. One of the CARP provisions, the regulation regarding rates for the statutory license for jukeboxes, is not obsolete and is therefore the only provision that would remain.
The Copyright Royalty Judges hereby relocate that provision by adding it to Chapter III of title 37 of the CFR, the chapter governing CRB activities.
Copyright, Jukeboxes, Rates.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, the Copyright Royalty Judges amend 37 CFR chapter III by adding part 388 to read as follows:
17 U.S.C. 116, 801(b)(1).
This part 388 establishes the compulsory license fees for coin-operated phonorecord players beginning on January 1, 1982, in accordance with the provisions of 17 U.S.C. 116.
As used in this part, the term
(a) Is employed solely for the performance of nondramatic musical works by means of phonorecords upon being activated by insertion of coins, currency, tokens, or other monetary units or their equivalent;
(b) Is located in an establishment making no direct or indirect charge for admission;
(c) Is accompanied by a list of the titles of all the musical works available for performance on it, which list is affixed to the phonorecord player or posted in the establishment in a prominent position where it can be readily examined by the public; and
(d) Affords a choice of works available for performance and permits the choice to be made by the patrons of the establishment in which it is located.
(a) Commencing January 1, 1982, the annual compulsory license fee for a coin-operated phonorecord player shall be $25.
(b) Commencing January 1, 1984, the annual compulsory license fee for a coin-operated phonorecord player shall be $50.
(c) Commencing January 1, 1987, the annual compulsory license fee for a coin-operated phonorecord player shall be $63.
(d) If performances are made available on a particular coin-operated phonorecord player for the first time after July 1 of any year, the compulsory license fee for the remainder of that year shall be one half of the annual rate of paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this section, whichever is applicable.
(e) Commencing January 1, 1990, the annual compulsory license fee for a coin-operated phonorecord player is suspended through December 31, 1999, or until such earlier or later time as the March 1990 license agreement between AMOA and ASCAP/BMI/SESAC is terminated.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is taking final action to approve in part, and disapprove in part, portions of the April 23, 2013, and December 9, 2015, of the State Implementation Plan (SIP) submissions, submitted by the State of Alabama, through the Alabama Department of Environmental Management (ADEM), to demonstrate that the State meets certain infrastructure requirements of the Clean Air Act (CAA or Act) for the 2010 1-hour nitrogen dioxide (NO
This rule will be effective December 21, 2016.
EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket Identification No. EPA-R04-OAR-2014-0756. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Richard Wong, Air Regulatory Management Section, Air Planning and Implementation Branch, Pesticides and Toxics Management Division, Region 4, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 61 Forsyth Street SW., Atlanta, Georgia 30303-8960. The telephone number is (404) 562-8726. Mr. Richard Wong can also be reached via electronic mail at
On January 22, 2010 (75 FR 6474, February 9, 2010), EPA promulgated a new 1-hour primary NAAQS for NO
In a proposed rulemaking published on July 20, 2016 (81 FR 47124), EPA proposed to approve Alabama's 2010 1-hour NO
EPA is taking final action to approve Alabama's infrastructure SIP submissions for the 2010 1-hour NO
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable federal regulations.
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
The SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000), nor will it impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law.
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by January 20, 2017. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements.
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Volatile organic compounds.
40 CFR part 52 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(e) * * *
(c)
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is revising portions of the Arizona Regional Haze Federal Implementation Plan (2014 FIP) applicable to the Phoenix Cement Company (PCC) Clarkdale Plant and the CalPortland Cement (CPC) Rillito Plant. This 2014 FIP was adopted earlier under the provisions of the Clean Air Act (CAA). We are finalizing without change our proposal to replace the control technology demonstration requirements for nitrogen oxides (NO
This rule will be effective December 21, 2016.
The EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-R09-OAR-2015-0846. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Colleen McKaughan, U.S. EPA, Region 9, Air Division, Air-1, 75 Hawthorne Street, San Francisco, CA 94105; telephone number: (520) 498-0118; email address:
Throughout this document, “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to the EPA.
For the purpose of this document, we are giving meaning to certain words or initials as follows:
• The words or initials
• The initials
• The words
• The initials
• The term
• The initials
• The initials
• The words
• The initials
• The initials NO
• The initials
• The initials
• The initials
• The initials
• The initials
This section provides a brief overview of the requirements of the CAA and the EPA's Regional Haze Rule, as they apply to this particular action. Please refer to our previous rulemakings on the Arizona Regional Haze State Implementation Plan (SIP) for additional background regarding the visibility protection provisions of the CAA and the Regional Haze Rule.
Congress created a program for protecting visibility in the nation's national parks and wilderness areas in section 169A of the 1977 Amendments to the CAA. This section of the CAA establishes as a national goal the “prevention of any future, and the remedying of any existing, impairment of visibility in mandatory Class I Federal areas which impairment results from man-made air pollution.”
The Arizona Department of Environmental Quality (ADEQ) submitted a Regional Haze SIP to the EPA on February 28, 2011. The EPA acted on ADEQ's Regional Haze SIP in three separate rulemakings. Specifically, the first final rule approved in part and disapproved in part the State's Best Available Retrofit Technology (BART) determinations for three power plants (Apache Generating Station, Cholla Power Plant, and Coronado Generating Station), and promulgated a FIP for NO
Among other things, the 2014 FIP includes requirements for NO
PCC and CPC each submitted a petition to the EPA on November 3, 2014, seeking administrative reconsideration and a partial stay of the 2014 FIP under CAA section 307(d)(7)(B) and the Administrative Procedure Act.
The EPA sent letters to PCC and CPC on January 16, 2015 and January 27, 2015, respectively, granting reconsideration of the control technology demonstration project requirements pursuant to CAA section 307(d)(7)(B).
On June 30, 2016, the EPA proposed to revise the 2014 FIP based on our reconsideration of the control technology demonstration requirements for the PCC Clarkdale Plant and CPC Rillito Plant.
In light of the objections to the control technology demonstration requirements raised by CPC and PCC, we re-evaluated the necessity of these requirements for the Rillito and Clarkdale plants once additional information became available on the performance of SNCR at cement kilns. Although one of the objections to the control technology demonstration requirements raised in the petitions for reconsideration was that EPA lacks authority to impose such a requirement in a regional haze FIP, we disagree with that narrow interpretation of our authority. We note that the EPA's authority in promulgating a regional haze FIP derives not only from the visibility protection provisions of the CAA and our implementing regulations, but also from other provisions of the CAA. CAA section 302(y) defines a FIP, in pertinent part, as a plan (or portion thereof) promulgated by the EPA “to fill all or a portion of a gap or otherwise correct all or a portion of an inadequacy” in a SIP, “and which includes enforceable emission limitations or other control measures, means or techniques (including economic incentives, such as marketable permits or auctions or emissions allowances).” CAA section 302(k), in turn, defines “emission limitation” to include (among other things) “any design, equipment, work practice or operational standard promulgated under [the CAA].” Therefore, the EPA has authority to include design, equipment, work practice and operational standards, such as those included in the control technology demonstration requirements, in a FIP. Furthermore, CAA section 114 provides that in order to develop any SIP or FIP, or to “carry[] out any provision of [the CAA],” the EPA may require owners or operators of emission sources to install monitoring equipment, sample emissions, and “provide such other information as the [EPA] may reasonably require.” Accordingly, the EPA also has authority to require collection and submittal of emission and operating data in the manner set forth in the control technology demonstration requirements. Nonetheless, we are now finalizing our action to remove the control technology demonstration requirements, including the requirement for an optimization protocol, from the 2014 FIP for the reasons set out in our proposal and elsewhere in this document.
The EPA proposed to remove the control technology demonstration requirements for Kiln 4 at the CPC Rillito Plant after we evaluated NO
In our proposed action to revise the 2014 FIP, we noted that the 50 percent control efficiency for PCC Clarkdale Kiln 4 is already more stringent than the control efficiency demonstrated at the Mojave Plant, and we proposed to find that the 50 percent control efficiency specified in the 2014 FIP for PCC Clarkdale was supported by the available data. Therefore, the additional information from the 2014 FIP control technology demonstration project is no longer needed because the PCC SNCR control efficiency in the 2014 FIP is more stringent than the SNCR performance at Mojave. The EPA proposed to remove the control technology demonstration requirements for Kiln 4 at the PCC Clarkdale Plant and replace them with revised recordkeeping and reporting conditions.
As described in III.A above, we proposed to find that it is no longer necessary for CPC and PCC to comply with the relatively prescriptive and detailed control technology demonstration requirements established in our 2014 FIP, and we are replacing those provisions with a set of revised recordkeeping and reporting requirements.
The CAA requires that any revision to an implementation plan shall not be approved by the Administrator if the revision would interfere with any applicable requirement concerning
Our proposed action provided a 45-day public comment period. During this period, we received three comments: A comment letter from PCC,
If EPA is going to revise the existing FIP's requirements based on recent data from a cement plant in California, it should also examine the recent success of SCR controls at the cement plants in Illinois and Texas. Reconsidering the FIP's requirements based on recent data from other plants should not be a one-way ratchet toward weakening the FIP's requirements. Instead, in order to make a reasonable and fully-informed decision on reconsideration, EPA should also re-examine whether more stringent SCR controls are warranted. [Footnote omitted]
Contrary to Earthjustice's contention, our evaluation of the data from the Mojave Plant does not justify re-examining all other cement manufacturing facilities in the United States to establish whether a NO
In our proposed action to revise the FIP, we specifically noted several site-specific factors indicating that a SNCR system at CPC Rillito Kiln 4 would underperform the SNCR system at the kiln at the Mojave Plant. Given the relatively low SNCR effectiveness on the Mojave Plant, we noted in our proposed action that the final NO
Similarly, in our proposed action to revise the 2014 FIP, we noted that the final NO
In the current rulemaking, EPA proposes to relax the existing FIP requirements for the Rillito and Clarkdale cement plants because of recent information regarding SNCR performance on other cements kilns in the United States. 81 FR at 42602-03. Specifically, EPA has reviewed recent SNCR performance data from the Mojave cement plant in California. EPA believes this recent SNCR data from California justifies replacing the existing “control optimization” requirements for the two Arizona plants with less stringent recordkeeping and reporting requirements.
The EPA is taking final action to revise portions of the Arizona Regional Haze FIP to replace the control technology demonstration requirements at the PCC Clarkdale Plant and the CPC Rillito Plant with a series of recordkeeping and reporting requirements. The revisions to the reporting and recordkeeping conditions we are finalizing in this action, exactly as we proposed them, require documenting and submitting certain design and optimization activities that are part of a typical SNCR system installation. These revisions are detailed in the regulatory text at 40 CFR 52.145(k).
We are also making a minor technical correction to the regulatory text for this action by correcting the equation provided in 40 CFR 52.145(k)(7)(ii)(B)(1) to make the equation consistent with the text in that section.
We find that today's revision will not interfere with any applicable requirement concerning attainment, reasonable further progress, or any other applicable requirement of the CAA, because the FIP revision will not alter the amount or timing of emission reductions from the Clarkdale Plant or the Rillito Plant.
Finally, the EPA granted a 90-day administrative stay on August 15, 2016 that expires on November 14, 2016.
The EPA believes that this action does not have disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority populations, low-income populations, and/or indigenous peoples, as specified in Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994). Today's revisions to portions of the Arizona Regional Haze FIP will not alter the amount or timing of emission reductions from the Clarkdale Plant or the Rillito Plant.
Additional information about these statutes and Executive Orders can be found at
This action is exempt from review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) because it applies to only two facilities and is therefore not a rule of general applicability.
This action does not impose an information collection burden under the PRA. This rule applies to only two facilities. Therefore, its recordkeeping and reporting provisions do not constitute a “collection of information” as defined under 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c).
I certify that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the RFA. This action will not impose any requirements on small entities. For purposes of assessing the impacts of today's rule on small entities,
This action does not contain an unfunded mandate of $100 million or more as described in UMRA, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538. This action may significantly or uniquely affect small governments. As a tribal government, SRPMIC is considered a “small government” under UMRA. See 2 U.S.C. 658(11) and (13). The EPA consulted with SRPMIC concerning the regulatory requirements that might significantly or uniquely affect it.
This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
This action has tribal implications. However, it will neither impose substantial direct compliance costs on federally recognized tribal governments, nor preempt tribal law. This action eliminates the SNCR optimization requirements that currently apply to the PCC Clarkdale Plant. The profits from the Clarkdale Plant are used to provide government services to SRPMIC's members.
The EPA consulted with tribal officials under the EPA Policy on Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribes early in the process of developing this regulation to permit them to have meaningful and timely input into its development.
The EPA interprets Executive Order 13045 as applying only to those regulatory actions that concern health or safety risks that the EPA has reason to believe may disproportionately affect children, per the definition of “covered regulatory action” in section 2-202 of the Executive Order. This action is not subject to Executive Order 13045 because it does not concern an environmental health risk or safety risk.
This action is not subject to Executive Order 13211 because it is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866.
This rulemaking does not involve technical standards. The EPA is not revising any technical standards or imposing any new technical standards in this action.
The EPA believes that this action does not have disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority populations, low-income populations and/or indigenous peoples, as specified in Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994). The documentation for this decision is contained in section VI above.
Pursuant to CAA section 307(d)(1)(B), this action is subject to the requirements of CAA section 307(d), as it revises a FIP under CAA section 110(c).
This rule is exempt from the CRA because it is a rule of particular applicability.
Under section 307(b)(1) of the Clean Air Act, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by January 20, 2017. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this rule for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements. See CAA section 307(b)(2).
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Nitrogen oxides, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Visibility.
42 U.S.C. 7401
Part 52, chapter I, title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
The revision reads as follows:
(k)
(2)
(3)
(ii) The owner/operator of kiln 4 of the Rillito Plant, as identified in paragraph (k)(1) of this section, shall not emit or cause to be emitted from kiln 4 NO
(4)
(5)
(ii) If the owner/operator of the Clarkdale Plant chooses to comply with the emission limit of paragraph (k)(4) of this section in lieu of paragraph (k)(3)(i) of this section, the owner/operator shall comply with the NO
(6) [Reserved]
(7)
(B) At all times after the compliance date specified in paragraph (k)(5) of this section, the owner/operator of the unit at the Rillito Plant shall maintain, calibrate, and operate a CEMS, in full compliance with the requirements found at 40 CFR 60.63(f) and (g), to accurately measure concentration by volume of NO
(ii)
(B)(
(
(C) At the end of each kiln operating day, the owner/operator shall calculate and record a new 30-day rolling average emission rate in lb/ton clinker from the arithmetic average of all valid hourly emission rates for the current kiln operating day and the previous 29 successive kiln operating days.
(D) Upon and after the completion of installation of ammonia injection on a unit, the owner/operator shall install, and thereafter maintain and operate, instrumentation to continuously monitor and record levels of ammonia injection for that unit.
(8)
(i)
(ii)
(iii) Upon and after the completion of installation of ammonia injection on the unit, the owner/operator shall install, and thereafter maintain and operate, instrumentation to continuously monitor and record levels of ammonia injection for that unit.
(9)
(i) All CEMS data, including the date, place, and time of sampling or measurement; emissions and parameters sampled or measured; and results.
(ii) All records of clinker production.
(iii) Daily 30-day rolling emission rates of NO
(iv) Records of quality assurance and quality control activities for emissions measuring systems including, but not limited to, any records specified by 40 CFR part 60, Appendix F, Procedure 1.
(v) Records of ammonia injection, as recorded by the instrumentation required in paragraph (k)(7)(ii)(D) of this section.
(vi) Records of all major maintenance activities conducted on emission units, air pollution control equipment, CEMS and clinker production measurement devices.
(vii) Any other records specified by 40 CFR part 60, subpart F, or 40 CFR part 60, Appendix F, Procedure 1.
(10)
(i) All CEMS data, including the date, place, and time of sampling or measurement; emissions and parameters sampled or measured; and results.
(ii) Monthly rolling 12-month emission rates of NO
(iii) Records of quality assurance and quality control activities for emissions measuring systems including, but not limited to, any records specified by 40 CFR part 60, Appendix F, Procedure 1.
(iv) Records of ammonia injection, as recorded by the instrumentation required in paragraph (k)(8)(iii) of this section.
(v) Records of all major maintenance activities conducted on emission units, air pollution control equipment, and CEMS measurement devices.
(vi) Any other records specified by 40 CFR part 60, subpart F, or 40 CFR part 60, Appendix F, Procedure 1.
(11)
(i) Prior to commencing construction of the ammonia injection system, the owner/operator shall submit to the EPA a report describing the design of the SNCR system. This report shall include: reagent type, description of the locations selected for reagent injection, reagent injection rate (expressed as a molar ratio of reagent to exhaust gas), equipment list, equipment arrangement, and a summary of kiln characteristics that were relied upon as the design basis for the SNCR system.
(ii) Within 30 days following the NO
(iii) The owner/operator shall submit a report that lists the daily 30-day rolling emission rates for NO
(iv) The owner/operator shall submit excess emissions reports for NO
(v) The owner/operator shall submit CEMS performance reports, to include dates and duration of each period during which the CEMS was inoperative
(vi) The owner/operator shall also submit results of any CEMS performance tests specified by 40 CFR part 60, Appendix F, Procedure 1 (Relative Accuracy Test Audits, Relative Accuracy Audits, and Cylinder Gas Audits).
(vii) When no excess emissions have occurred or the CEMS has not been inoperative, repaired, or adjusted during the reporting period, the owner/operator shall state such information in the reports required by paragraph (k)(9)(ii) of this section.
(12)
(i) The owner/operator shall submit a report that lists the monthly rolling 12-month emission rates for NO
(ii) The owner/operator shall submit excess emissions reports for NO
(iii) The owner/operator shall submit CEMS performance reports, to include dates and duration of each period during which the CEMS was inoperative (except for zero and span adjustments and calibration checks), reason(s) why the CEMS was inoperative and steps taken to prevent recurrence, and any CEMS repairs or adjustments.
(iv) The owner/operator shall also submit results of any CEMS performance tests specified by 40 CFR part 60, Appendix F, Procedure 1 (Relative Accuracy Test Audits, Relative Accuracy Audits, and Cylinder Gas Audits).
(v) When no excess emissions have occurred or the CEMS has not been inoperative, repaired, or adjusted during the reporting period, the owner/operator shall state such information in the reports required by paragraph (k)(9)(ii) of this section.
(13)
(ii) The owner/operator shall submit semiannual progress reports on construction of any such equipment.
(iii) The owner/operator shall submit notification of initial startup of any such equipment.
(iv) By June 30, 2018, the owner/operator of the Clarkdale Plant shall notify EPA Region 9 by letter whether it will comply with the emission limits in paragraph (k)(3)(i) of this section or whether it will comply with the emission limits in paragraph (k)(4) of this section. In the event that the owner/operator does not submit timely and proper notification by June 30, 2018, the owner/operator of the Clarkdale Plant may not choose to comply with the alternative emission limits in paragraph (k)(4) of this section and shall comply with the emission limits in paragraph (k)(3)(i) of this section.
(14)
(ii) After completion of installation of ammonia injection on a unit, the owner or operator shall inject sufficient ammonia to achieve compliance with NO
(15)
Environmental Protection Agency.
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is taking final action to approve portions of the State Implementation Plan (SIP) submission, submitted by the Commonwealth of Kentucky, Energy and Environment Cabinet, Department for Environmental Protection, through the Kentucky Division for Air Quality (KDAQ), on April 26, 2013, to demonstrate that the Commonwealth meets the infrastructure requirements of the Clean Air Act (CAA or Act) for the 2010 1-hour nitrogen dioxide (NO
This rule will be effective December 21, 2016.
EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket Identification No. EPA-R04-OAR-
Richard Wong, Air Regulatory Management Section, Air Planning and Implementation Branch, Air, Pesticides and Toxics Management Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 4, 61 Forsyth Street SW., Atlanta, Georgia 30303-8960. Mr. Wong can be reached via telephone at (404) 562-8726 or via electronic mail at
On January 22, 2010, (published at 75 FR 6474, February 9, 2010), EPA promulgated a new 1-hour primary NAAQS for NO
In a proposed rulemaking published on June 27, 2016 (81 FR 41488), EPA proposed to approve Kentucky's 2010 1-hour NO
With the exception of the PSD permitting requirements for major sources of sections 110(a)(2)(C), prong 3 of D(i), and (J), the interstate transport requirements of section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(I) and (II) (prongs 1, 2, and 4), and the regulation of minor sources and minor modifications under section 110(a)(2)(C), EPA is taking final action to action to approve Kentucky's infrastructure submission submitted on April 26, 2013, for the 2010 1-hour NO
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable federal regulations.
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
The SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000), nor will it impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law.
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by January 20, 2017. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements.
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Volatile organic compounds.
40 CFR part 52 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(e) * * *
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is taking final action to approve South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD or “the District”) Rule 2449, Control of Oxides of Nitrogen Emissions from Off-Road Diesel Vehicles, as a revision to the SCAQMD portion of the California State Implementation Plan (SIP). SCAQMD Rule 2449 adopts by reference title 13, chapter 9, section 2449.2 of the California Code of Regulations, “Surplus Off-Road Opt-In for NO
This rule will be effective on December 21, 2016.
The EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-R09-OAR-2015-0819. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Laura Lawrence, EPA Region IX, (415) 947-3407,
Throughout this document, “we,” “us” and “our” refer to the EPA.
On March 10, 2016 (81 FR 12637), under section 110(k) of the Clean Air Act (CAA or “the Act”), the EPA proposed to approve SCAQMD Rule 2449, “Control of Oxides of Nitrogen Emissions from Off-Road Diesel Vehicles” into the South Coast portion of the California SIP. SCAQMD Rule 2449 adopts by reference title 13, chapter 9, section 2449.2 of the California Code of Regulations, “Surplus Off-Road Opt-In for NO
Off-road diesel vehicles collectively represent one of the largest sources of NO
Since our action proposing approval of Rule 2449, SCAQMD has adopted revisions to the SOON program guidelines. The revised guidelines were adopted on March 4, 2016, and sent to CARB for evaluation on August 17, 2016. CARB approved the guidelines on October 6, 2016.
We proposed to approve this rule because we determined that it complied with the relevant CAA requirements. Our proposed action contains more information on the rule and our evaluation.
The EPA's proposed action provided a 30-day public comment period. During this period, we received no comments.
Pursuant to section 110(k)(3) of the Act and for the reasons stated in our proposed rule, the EPA is approving CARB's September 5, 2014 submittal of SCAQMD Rule 2449, “Control of Oxides of Nitrogen Emissions from Off-Road Diesel Vehicles,” as a revision to the SCAQMD portion of the California SIP.
In this rule, the EPA is finalizing regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with requirements of 1 CFR 51.5, the EPA is finalizing the incorporation by reference of SCAQMD Rule 2449 in the amendments to 40 CFR part 52 set forth below. The EPA has made, and will continue to make, SCAQMD Rule 2449 available through
Under the Clean Air Act, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, the EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the Clean Air Act. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the Clean Air Act; and
• does not provide the EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, the SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where the EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications and will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000).
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the Clean Air Act, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by January 20, 2017. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements (see section 307(b)(2)).
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Part 52, chapter I, title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(c) * * *
(482) New regulations for the following APCDs were submitted on September 5, 2014 by the Governor's designee.
(i) Incorporation by reference.
(A) South Coast Air Quality Management District.
(
Environmental Protection Agency.
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is taking final action to approve a portion of the State Implementation Plan (SIP) submission, submitted by the State of Georgia, through the Georgia Department of Natural Resources, Environmental Protection Division, on December 14, 2015, to demonstrate that the State meets the infrastructure requirements of the Clean Air Act (CAA or Act) for the 2012 annual fine particulate matter (PM
This rule will be effective December 21, 2016.
EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket Identification No. EPA-R04-OAR-2014-0425. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Tiereny Bell, Air Regulatory Management Section, Air Planning and Implementation Branch, Air, Pesticides and Toxics Management Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 4, 61 Forsyth Street SW., Atlanta, Georgia 30303-8960. Ms. Bell can be reached via electronic mail at
On December 14, 2012, EPA promulgated a revised primary annual PM
In a proposed rulemaking published on August 23, 2016 (81 FR 57544), EPA proposed to approve portions of Georgia's December 14, 2015, SIP submission for the 2012 Annual PM
EPA is taking final action to approve Georgia's infrastructure submission submitted on December 14, 2015, for the 2012 Annual PM
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, the SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000), nor will it impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law.
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by January 20, 2017. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements.
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Volatile organic compounds.
40 CFR part 52 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(e) * * *
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
In accordance with the Clean Air Act (CAA), the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is redesignating the Ohio portion of the Campbell-Clermont KY-OH sulfur dioxide (SO
This final rule is effective on November 21, 2016.
EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-R05-OAR-2015-0599. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Mary Portanova, Environmental Engineer, Control Strategies Section, Air Programs Branch (AR-18J), Environmental Protection Agency, Region 5, 77 West Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60604, (312) 353-5954,
Throughout this document whenever “we,” “us,” or “our” is used, we mean EPA. This supplementary information section is arranged as follows:
On July 20, 2016 (81 FR 47144), EPA proposed to redesignate the Ohio portion of the Campbell-Clermont KY-OH nonattainment area to attainment of the 2010 SO
EPA received one comment on the proposal. Cheri A. Budzynski commented on August 19, 2016, on behalf of the Ohio Utility Group and its member companies (the Utilities). The comment states that the Utilities support the proposed action and believe that it should be finalized. This was the only comment EPA received on this notice of proposed rulemaking.
On March 18, 2016 (81 FR 14736), EPA published a finding that Ohio had failed to submit a nonattainment State Implementation Plan (SIP) for the Campbell-Clermont KY-OH SO
EPA is redesignating Pierce Township, Clermont County, Ohio, to attainment of the 2010 SO
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(d), EPA finds there is good cause for this action to become effective immediately upon publication. This is because a delayed effective date is unnecessary due to the nature of a redesignation to attainment, which relieves the area from certain CAA requirements that would otherwise apply to it. The immediate effective date for this action is authorized under both 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(1), which provides that rulemaking actions may become effective less than 30 days after publication if the rule grants or recognizes an exemption or relieves a restriction, and section 553(d)(3), which allows an effective date less than 30 days after publication as otherwise provided by the agency for good cause found and published with the rule. The purpose of the 30-day waiting period prescribed in section 553(d) is to give affected parties a reasonable time to adjust their behavior and prepare before the final rule takes effect. This rule, however, does not create any new regulatory requirements such that affected parties would need time to prepare before the rule takes effect. Rather, this rule relieves Ohio of various requirements for the Ohio portion of the Campbell-Clermont area. For these reasons, EPA finds good cause under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3) for this action to become effective on the date of publication of this action.
Under the CAA, redesignation of an area to attainment and the accompanying approval of the
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, the SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications and will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000).
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by January 20, 2017. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements. (See section 307(b)(2).)
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sulfur oxides.
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, National parks, Wilderness areas.
40 CFR parts 52 and 81 are amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(e) * * *
(a) * * *
(16) Approval—The 2010 SO
42 U.S.C. 7401,
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Direct final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is taking direct final action to update a procedure in the New Source Performance Standards (NSPS). The procedure provides the ongoing quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) procedures for assessing the acceptability of particulate matter (PM) continuous emissions monitoring systems (CEMS). The procedure explains the criteria for passing an annual response correlation audit (RCA) and the criteria for passing an annual relative response audit (RRA). The procedure currently contains a requirement that the annual QA/QC test results for affected facilities must fall within the same response range that was used to develop the existing PM CEMS correlation curve. As a result, some facilities are unable to meet the criteria for passing their annual QA/QC test because their emissions are now lower than the range previously set during their correlation testing. We are modifying the procedure to allow facilities to extend their PM CEMS correlation regression line to the lowest PM CEMS response obtained during the annual RCA or RRA, when these PM CEMS responses are less than the lowest response used to develop the existing correlation curve. This change will ensure that facilities that have reduced their emissions since completing their correlation testing will no longer be penalized because their lower emissions fall outside their initial response range. This action also corrects a typographical error in the procedure.
This rule is effective on February 21, 2017 without further notice, unless the EPA receives adverse comment by December 21, 2016. If the EPA receives adverse comment, we will publish a timely withdrawal in the
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2016-0382, to the
Questions concerning this direct final rule should be addressed to Ms. Kimberly Garnett, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Air Quality Assessment Division, Measurement Technology Group (E143-02), Research Triangle Park, NC 27711; telephone number: (919) 541-1158; fax number: (919) 541-0516; email address:
The information in this
The EPA is publishing this rule without a prior proposed rule because we view this as a non-controversial action and anticipate no adverse comment. This action modifies Procedure 2, sections 10.4(5) and (6), to allow facilities that have reduced their PM emissions since their PM CEMS correlation curve was developed to extend their correlation regression line to the point corresponding to the lowest PM CEMS response obtained during an annual RCA or RRA. This extended correlation regression line will then be used to determine if results of this RCA or RRA meet the criteria specified in section 10.4, paragraphs (5) and (6) of Procedure 2, respectively. This change will ensure that facilities that have reduced their emissions since completing their correlation testing will no longer be penalized because their lower emissions fall outside their initial response range. This action also corrects a typographical error in the introduction to section 10.4, paragraph (6) of Procedure 2. In the “Proposed Rules” section of this
The entities potentially affected by this rule include any facility that is required to install and operate a PM CEMS under any provision of title 40 of the CFR. If you have any questions regarding the applicability of this action to a particular entity, consult the person listed in the
In addition to being available in the docket, an electronic copy of this rule will also be available online at
Under section 307(b)(1) of the Clean Air Act (CAA), petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit by January 20, 2017. Clean Air Act section 307(d)(7)(B) further provides that “[o]nly an objection to a rule or procedure that was raised with reasonable specificity during the period for public comment (including any public hearing) may be raised during judicial review.” This section also provides a mechanism for the EPA to reconsider the rule “[i]f the person raising an objection can demonstrate to the Administrator that it was impracticable to raise such objection within [the period for public comment] or if the grounds for such objection arose after the period for public comment (but within the time specified for judicial review) and if such objection is of central relevance to the outcome of the rule.” Any person seeking to make such a demonstration should submit a Petition for Reconsideration to the Office of the Administrator, U.S. EPA, Room 3000, EPA WJC, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460, with a copy to both the person(s) listed in the preceding
Rather than file an immediate petition for judicial review of this direct final rule, parties with objections are encouraged to file comments in response to the parallel notice of proposed rulemaking published in the “Proposed Rules” section of today's
On January 12, 2004, the EPA promulgated Procedure 2—Quality Assurance Requirements for Particulate Matter Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems at Stationary Sources (69 FR 1786). Procedure 2, sections 10.4(5) and (6), contain the requirement that when conducting the annual RCA or RRA QA/QC test procedures, a specified amount of the required number of PM CEMS response values, or data points, must lie within the PM CEMS response range used to develop the PM CEMS correlation curve. In other words, when conducting the annual QA/QC tests, the PM CEMS response values should not be higher or lower than the values used to develop the correlation curve for that PM CEMS. Recently, as PM emission limits have been reduced and facilities have installed more robust PM emission control devices, a number of facilities have found that their PM emissions are lower than their PM CEMS correlation curve. As a result, the facilities are now unable to meet the criteria for a passing the annual Procedure 2 QA/QC tests.
In order to rectify this situation, we are modifying Procedure 2, sections 10.4(5) and (6), to allow facilities to extend their correlation regression line to the lowest PM CEMS response obtained during a RCA or RRA. When a RCA or RRA is performed, if any of the PM CEMS response values are lower than the response range of the existing correlation curve, the facility will take the existing correlation regression line and extend it to the lowest PM CEMS response value found during the annual RCA or RRA. The extension of the existing regression line will be accomplished by using the lowest PM CEMS response value, or x-value, found during the RCA or RRA, solving the regression line equation for the corresponding y-value and then extending the regression line to this new lowest point. This extended correlation regression line will then be used to determine if the RCA or RRA data meet
This action also corrects a typographical error in the introduction to section 10.4, paragraph (6) of Procedure 2. Paragraph (6) which originally read, “To pass an RRA, you must meet the criteria specified in paragraphs (6)(i) and (ii) . . .”, is being corrected to read: “To pass an RRA, you must meet the criteria specified in paragraphs (6)(i) through (iii) . . .” Without this revision, paragraph (6)(iii) would remain unused in Procedure 2. This typographical correction is necessary to fulfill the intent of Procedure 2, section 10.4(6), when promulgated.
This action is not a significant regulatory action and was, therefore, not submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review.
This action does not impose an information collection burden under the PRA. This action does not contain any information collection activities.
I certify that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the RFA. This action will not impose any requirements on small entities. There are no small entities in the regulated industry for which Procedure 2 applies.
This action does not contain any unfunded mandate as described in UMRA, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538, and does not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. This action imposes no enforceable duty on any state, local or tribal governments, or the private sector.
This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
This action does not have tribal implications, as specified in Executive Order 13175. Procedure 2 is applicable to facility owners and operators who are responsible for one or more PM CEMS used for monitoring emissions. Thus, Executive Order 13175 does not apply to this action.
The EPA interprets Executive Order 13045 as applying only to those regulatory actions that concern environmental health or safety risks that the EPA has reason to believe may disproportionately affect children, per the definition of “covered regulatory action” in section 2-202 of the Executive Order. This action is not subject to Executive Order 13045 because it does not concern an environmental health risk or safety risk.
This action is not subject to Executive Order 13211 because it is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866.
This rulemaking does not involve technical standards.
The EPA believes that this action is not subject to Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994) because it does not establish an environmental health or safety standard. This regulatory action is a procedural change and does not have any impact on human health or the environment.
This action is subject to the CRA, and the EPA will submit a rule report to each House of Congress and to the Comptroller General of the United States. This action is not a “major rule” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).
Pursuant to CAA section 307(d)(1)(V), the Administrator determines that this action is subject to provisions of section 307(d). Section 307(d) establishes procedural requirements specific to rulemaking under the CAA. Section 307(d)(1)(V) provides that the provisions of section 307(d) apply to “such other actions as the Administrator may determine.”
Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Air pollution control, Continuous emission monitoring systems, Particulate matter, Procedures.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, title 40, chapter I of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
10.4 * * *
(5) What are the criteria for passing a RCA? To pass a RCA, you must meet the criteria specified in paragraphs (5)(i) through (iii) of this section. If your PM CEMS fails to meet these RCA criteria, it is out of control, with the following exception: If any of the PM CEMS response values resulting from your RCA are lower than the lowest PM CEMS response value of your existing correlation curve, you may extend your correlation regression line to the point corresponding to the lowest PM CEMS response value obtained during the RCA. This extended correlation regression line must then be used to determine if the RCA data meets the criteria specified in paragraphs (5)(i) through (iii) of this section.
(i) For all 12 data points, the PM CEMS response value can be no greater than the greatest PM CEMS response value used to develop your correlation curve.
(ii) For 9 of the 12 data points, the PM CEMS response value must lie within the PM CEMS output range used to develop your correlation curve.
(iii) At least 75 percent of a minimum number of 12 sets of PM CEMS and reference method measurements must fall within a specified area on a graph of the correlation regression line. The specified area on the graph of the correlation regression line is
(6) What are the criteria to pass a RRA? To pass a RRA, you must meet the criteria specified in paragraphs (6)(i) through (iii) of this section. If your PM CEMS fails to meet these RRA criteria, it is out of control, with the following exception: If any of the PM CEMS response values resulting from your RRA are lower than the lowest PM CEMS response value of your existing correlation curve, you may extend your correlation regression line to the point corresponding to the lowest PM CEMS response value obtained during the RRA; this extended correlation regression line must then be used to determine if the RRA data meets the criteria specified in paragraphs (6)(i) through (iii) of this section.
(i) For all three data points, the PM CEMS response value can be no greater than the greatest PM CEMS response value used to develop your correlation curve.
(ii) For two of the three data points, the PM CEMS response value must lie within the PM CEMS output range used to develop your correlation curve.
(iii) At least two of the three sets of PM CEMS and reference method measurements must fall within the same specified area on a graph of the correlation regression line as required for the RCA and described in paragraph (5)(iii) of this section.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
This regulation establishes tolerances for residues of endothall in or on multiple commodities which are identified and discussed later in this document. United Phosphorus, Inc. requested these tolerances under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA).
This regulation is effective November 21, 2016. Objections and requests for hearings must be received on or before January 20, 2017 and must be filed in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178 (see also Unit I.C. of the
The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2014-0613, is available at
Michael Goodis, Registration Division (7505P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001; main telephone number: (703) 305-7090; email address:
You may be potentially affected by this action if you are an agricultural producer, food manufacturer, or pesticide manufacturer. The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide to help readers determine whether this document applies to them. Potentially affected entities may include:
• Crop production (NAICS code 111).
• Animal production (NAICS code 112).
• Food manufacturing (NAICS code 311).
• Pesticide manufacturing (NAICS code 32532).
You may access a frequently updated electronic version of EPA's tolerance regulations at 40 CFR part 180 through the Government Printing Office's e-CFR site at
Under FFDCA section 408(g), 21 U.S.C. 346a, any person may file an objection to any aspect of this regulation and may also request a hearing on those objections. You must file your objection or request a hearing on this regulation in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178. To ensure proper receipt by EPA, you must identify docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2014-0613 in the subject line on the first page of your submission. All objections and requests for a hearing must be in writing, and must be received by the Hearing Clerk on or before January 20, 2017. Addresses for mail and hand delivery of objections and hearing requests are provided in 40 CFR 178.25(b).
In addition to filing an objection or hearing request with the Hearing Clerk as described in 40 CFR part 178, please submit a copy of the filing (excluding any Confidential Business Information (CBI)) for inclusion in the public docket. Information not marked confidential pursuant to 40 CFR part 2 may be disclosed publicly by EPA without prior notice. Submit the non-CBI copy of your objection or hearing request, identified by docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2014-0613, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at
In the
Based upon review of the data supporting the petition, EPA has adjusted the proposed tolerance for ruminant kidney from 0.06 to 0.05. The reason for this change is explained in Unit IV.C.
Section 408(b)(2)(A)(i) of FFDCA allows EPA to establish a tolerance (the legal limit for a pesticide chemical residue in or on a food) only if EPA determines that the tolerance is “safe.” Section 408(b)(2)(A)(ii) of FFDCA defines “safe” to mean that “there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue, including all anticipated dietary exposures and all other exposures for which there is reliable information.” This includes exposure through drinking water and in residential settings, but does not include occupational exposure. Section 408(b)(2)(C) of FFDCA requires EPA to give special consideration to exposure of infants and children to the pesticide chemical residue in establishing a tolerance and to “ensure that there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result to infants and children from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue . . . .”
Consistent with FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(D), and the factors specified in FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(D), EPA has reviewed the available scientific data and other relevant information in support of this action. EPA has sufficient data to assess the hazards of and to make a determination on aggregate exposure for endothall including exposure resulting from the tolerances established by this action. EPA's assessment of exposures and risks associated with endothall follows.
EPA has evaluated the available toxicity data and considered its validity, completeness, and reliability as well as the relationship of the results of the studies to human risk. EPA has also considered available information concerning the variability of the sensitivities of major identifiable subgroups of consumers, including infants and children.
Endothall is a caustic chemical with toxicity being the result of a direct degenerative effect on tissue. By acute exposure, endothall is a skin sensitizer and an extreme irritant by the acute oral and ocular routes of administration. The most sensitive effect of endothall following oral administration is direct irritation of the gastrointestinal system. This effect was evident in several species and in several studies. The dog is particularly sensitive to endothall toxicity. Endothall caused gastric epithelial hyperplasia in dogs treated orally with endothall for 52 weeks (a no observed adverse effect level (NOAEL) was not determined). Besides gastric irritant effects, decreased body weight in the dog was also a sensitive effect following 13 weeks of endothall administration. The decreased body weights were most likely attributable to the constant and direct irritation of the gastric lining. In the rat, gastric irritation was noted at a dose level that was 1 to 2 orders of magnitude lower than doses resulting in kidney lesions. Proliferative lesions of the gastric epithelium were observed in F
Dermally, endothall destroys the stratum corneum and then the underlying viable epidermis. In the 21-day dermal toxicity study, severe dermal effects were observed at the lowest dose tested. Available studies clearly demonstrate that local irritation (portal of entry effect) is the most sensitive and initial effect.
Acute inhalation toxicity of endothall is low; however, nasal and pulmonary toxicity were evident in the 5-day and 28-day inhalation toxicity studies in the rat including rales, labored respiration, pale lungs (gross necropsy), increased absolute and relative lung weights, subacute inflammation, alveolar proteinosis, and nasal hemorrhage inflammation, erosion, and ulceration.
Endothall does not cause pre-natal toxicity following in utero exposure to rats nor pre-and postnatal toxicity following exposures to rats for 2-generations. In the developmental mouse study, there was severe maternal toxicity (
Available studies showed no evidence of neurotoxicity and do not indicate potential immunotoxicity. Endothall does not belong to the class of compounds (
Specific information on the studies received and the nature of the adverse effects caused by endothall as well as the no-observed-adverse-effect-level (NOAEL) and the lowest-observed-adverse-effect-level (LOAEL) from the toxicity studies can be found at
Once a pesticide's toxicological profile is determined, EPA identifies toxicological points of departure (POD) and levels of concern to use in evaluating the risk posed by human exposure to the pesticide. For hazards that have a threshold below which there is no appreciable risk, the toxicological POD is used as the basis for derivation of reference values for risk assessment. PODs are developed based on a careful analysis of the doses in each toxicological study to determine the dose at which no adverse effects are observed (the NOAEL) and the lowest dose at which adverse effects of concern are identified (the LOAEL). Uncertainty/safety factors are used in conjunction with the POD to calculate a safe exposure level—generally referred to as a population-adjusted dose (PAD) or a reference dose (RfD)—and a safe margin of exposure (MOE). For non-threshold risks, the Agency assumes that any amount of exposure will lead to some
A summary of the toxicological endpoints for endothall used for human risk assessment is shown in Table 1 of this unit.
1.
i.
No such effects were identified in the toxicological studies for endothall; therefore, a quantitative acute dietary exposure assessment is unnecessary.
ii.
Anticipated residues of meat, milk, poultry, and eggs have been estimated by using the maximum or average residues in feed stuffs as well as the maximum allowed 5 ppm concentration of endothall in livestock drinking water. Tolerance level residues were used for finfish and shellfish.
EPA used average percent crop treated (PCT) data for alfalfa, cotton, and potato, the crops to which endothall is directly applied, as well as PCT data for irrigated crops.
iii.
iv.
Section 408(b)(2)(F) of FFDCA states that the Agency may use data on the actual percent of food treated for assessing chronic dietary risk only if:
•
•
•
The Agency estimated the PCT for existing uses as follows for irrigated crops: Apple 78%, fresh market apple 84%, processing apple 49%, apple juice 22%, canned apple 55%, barley for grain 40%, corn for grain 21%, dry beans 35%, grape 97%, fresh market grape 99%, processed grape 96%, green peas 42%, oats for grain 8%, peanut for nuts 34%, rice 100%, sorghum for grain 19%, soybean for beans 12%, strawberry 92%, fresh market strawberry 90%, processed strawberry 100%, sugarbeet for sugar 37%, sugarcane for sugar 54%, watermelon 38%, wheat for grain 13%. For direct uses of endothall, PCT estimates used include alfalfa 1%, cotton 1%, and potatoes 2.5%.
In most cases, EPA uses available data from United States Department of Agriculture/National Agricultural Statistics Service (USDA/NASS), proprietary market surveys, and the National Pesticide Use Database for the chemical/crop combination for the most recent 6 to 7 years. EPA uses an average PCT for chronic dietary risk analysis. The average PCT figure for each existing use is derived by combining available public and private market survey data for that use, averaging across all observations, and rounding to the nearest 5%, except for those situations in which the average PCT is less than one. In those cases, 1% is used as the average PCT and 2.5% is used as the maximum PCT. EPA uses a maximum PCT for acute dietary risk analysis. The maximum PCT figure is the highest observed maximum value reported within the recent 6 years of available public and private market survey data for the existing use and rounded up to the nearest multiple of 5%.
The Agency believes that the three conditions discussed in Unit III.C.1.iv. have been met. With respect to Condition a, PCT estimates are derived from Federal and private market survey data, which are reliable and have a valid basis. The Agency is reasonably certain that the percentage of the food treated is not likely to be an underestimation. As to Conditions b and c, regional consumption information and consumption information for significant subpopulations is taken into account through EPA's computer-based model for evaluating the exposure of significant subpopulations including several regional groups. Use of this consumption information in EPA's risk assessment process ensures that EPA's exposure estimate does not understate exposure for any significant subpopulation group and allows the Agency to be reasonably certain that no regional population is exposed to residue levels higher than those estimated by the Agency. Other than the data available through national food consumption surveys, EPA does not have available reliable information on the regional consumption of food to which endothall may be applied in a particular area.
2.
Based on the Pesticide Root Zone Model/Exposure Analysis Modeling System (PRZM/EXAMS) and Simple First-Order Degradation the estimated drinking water concentrations (EDWCs) of endothall for chronic exposures for non-cancer assessments are estimated to be 31 ppb for surface water and ground water. This represents a conservative estimate of high-end chronic exposure from endothall from the use most likely to generate the highest exposures (treatment of a reservoir).
Modeled estimates of drinking water concentrations were directly entered into the dietary exposure model.
3.
Endothall is currently registered for the following uses that could result in residential exposures: Aquatic applications. EPA assessed residential exposure using the following assumptions: There are no registered residential uses resulting in residential handler exposure to endothall. Therefore, a quantitative residential handler exposure assessment was not performed. Residential post-application exposure/risk estimates were assessed for certain scenarios. The scenarios, routes of exposure and lifestages assessed include inhalation exposure during recreational swimming (both adults and children 3 to < 6 years old) and ingestion of water during recreational swimming (both adults and children 3 to < 6 years old.) The assessment of these lifestages is health protective for the exposures and risk estimates for any other potentially exposed lifestages. Further information regarding EPA standard assumptions and generic inputs for residential exposures may be found at
4.
EPA has not found endothall to share a common mechanism of toxicity with any other substances, and endothall does not appear to produce a toxic metabolite produced by other substances. For the purposes of this tolerance action, therefore, EPA has assumed that endothall does not have a
1.
2.
3.
i. The toxicity database is complete.
ii. There are no concerns for neurotoxicity, and thus no need to retain the 10X for the lack of a developmental neurotoxicity study.
iii. There is no indication of increased susceptibility of rats or rabbits in utero and/or postnatal exposure in the developmental and reproductive toxicity studies;
iv. There are no residual uncertainties identified in the exposure databases. The residential post-application exposure assessments are based upon the 2012 Residential Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs). These assessments of exposure are not likely to underestimate exposure to endothall. There is no residual uncertainty in the exposure database for endothall with respect to dietary exposure. An adequate database with respect to both the nature and magnitude of residues expected in food has been provided. The chronic dietary food exposure assessment is conservative as field trial data along with 100% of crop treated assumptions for some commodities, and default processing factors for some commodities were used. Also, conservative modeled drinking water estimates of exposure were included in the assessments which are likely to exaggerate actual exposures from drinking water. These assessments will not underestimate the exposure and risks posed by endothall.
EPA determines whether acute and chronic dietary pesticide exposures are safe by comparing aggregate exposure estimates to the acute PAD (aPAD) and chronic PAD (cPAD). For linear cancer risks, EPA calculates the lifetime probability of acquiring cancer given the estimated aggregate exposure. Short-, intermediate-, and chronic-term risks are evaluated by comparing the estimated aggregate food, water, and residential exposure to the appropriate PODs to ensure that an adequate MOE exists.
1.
2.
3.
Endothall is currently registered for uses that could result in short-term residential exposure, and the Agency has determined that it is appropriate to aggregate chronic exposure through food and water with short-term residential exposures to endothall.
Using the exposure assumptions described in this unit for short-term exposures, EPA has concluded the combined short-term food, water, and residential exposures result in aggregate MOEs of 1,200 for adults and 210 for children. Because EPA's level of concern for endothall is a MOE of 100 or below, these MOEs are not of concern.
4.
5.
6.
Adequate enforcement methodology (GC with microcoulometric nitrogen detection for plants, Method KP-245R0 for livestock, and Method KP-218R0 for
The methods may be requested from: Chief, Analytical Chemistry Branch, Environmental Science Center, 701 Mapes Rd., Ft. Meade, MD 20755-5350; telephone number: (410) 305-2905; email address:
In making its tolerance decisions, EPA seeks to harmonize U.S. tolerances with international standards whenever possible, consistent with U.S. food safety standards and agricultural practices. EPA considers the international maximum residue limits (MRLs) established by the Codex Alimentarius Commission (Codex), as required by FFDCA section 408(b)(4). The Codex Alimentarius is a joint United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization/World Health Organization food standards program, and it is recognized as an international food safety standards-setting organization in trade agreements to which the United States is a party. EPA may establish a tolerance that is different from a Codex MRL; however, FFDCA section 408(b)(4) requires that EPA explain the reasons for departing from the Codex level. The Codex has not established a MRL for endothall.
The registrant requested modification of tolerances for all livestock commodities at the LOQ of the enforcement method (0.01 ppm for milk, 0.05 ppm for the remaining commodities) with the exception of ruminant kidney for which a tolerance of 0.06 ppm was proposed based on residues of 0.051 ppm observed in the cow feeding study. Based on available data and calculations of anticipated residues, EPA has determined that 0.05 ppm would be sufficient to cover residues for all meat, poultry, and egg commodities, including ruminant kidney.
In this rulemaking, EPA is reducing the existing tolerances for cattle, goat, hog, and sheep kidney; cattle, liver; poultry, meat byproducts to 0.05 ppm and for milk to 0.01 ppm. The petitioner requested these reductions. EPA has determined that the reduction is appropriate based on available data and residue levels resulting from registered use patterns. In accordance with the World Trade Organization's (WTO) Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures Agreement, EPA notified the WTO of the request to revise these tolerances. In this action, EPA is allowing the existing higher tolerances to remain in effect for 6 months following the publication of this rule in order to allow a reasonable interval for producers in the exporting countries to adapt to the requirements of these modified tolerances. On May 22, 2017, those existing higher tolerances will expire, and the new reduced tolerances for ruminant kidney, cattle, liver and poultry, meat byproducts and milk will remain to cover residues of endothall on those commodities. Before that date, residues of endothall on those commodities would be permitted up to the higher tolerance levels; after that date, residues of endothall on ruminant kidney, cattle, liver and poultry, meat byproducts and milk will need to comply with the new lower tolerance levels. This reduction in tolerance is not discriminatory; the same food safety standard contained in the FFDCA applies equally to domestically produced and imported foods.
Therefore, tolerances are amended for residues of endothall, in or on cattle, fat from 0.01 to 0.05 parts per million (ppm); cattle, kidney from 0.20 to 0.05 ppm; cattle, liver from 0.10 to 0.05 ppm; cattle, meat from 0.03 to 0.05 ppm; goat, fat from 0.005 to 0.05 ppm; goat, kidney from 0.15 to 0.05 ppm; goat, meat from 0.015 to 0.05 ppm; hog, fat from 0.005 to 0.05 ppm; hog, kidney from 0.10 to 0.05 ppm; hog, meat from 0.01 to 0.05 ppm; milk from 0.03 to 0.01 ppm; poultry, fat from 0.015 to 0.05 ppm; poultry, meat from 0.015 to 0.05 ppm; poultry, meat byproducts from 0.2 to 0.05 ppm; sheep, fat from 0.005 to 0.05 ppm; sheep, kidney from 0.15 to 0.05 ppm; and sheep, meat from 0.015 to 0.05 ppm.
This action establishes tolerances under FFDCA section 408(d) in response to a petition submitted to the Agency. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has exempted these types of actions from review under Executive Order 12866, entitled “Regulatory Planning and Review” (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993). Because this action has been exempted from review under Executive Order 12866, this action is not subject to Executive Order 13211, entitled “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use” (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001) or Executive Order 13045, entitled “Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks” (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997). This action does not contain any information collections subject to OMB approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501
Since tolerances and exemptions that are established on the basis of a petition under FFDCA section 408(d), such as the tolerance in this final rule, do not require the issuance of a proposed rule, the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601
This action directly regulates growers, food processors, food handlers, and food retailers, not States or tribes, nor does this action alter the relationships or distribution of power and responsibilities established by Congress in the preemption provisions of FFDCA section 408(n)(4). As such, the Agency has determined that this action will not have a substantial direct effect on States or tribal governments, on the relationship between the national government and the States or tribal governments, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government or between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. Thus, the Agency has determined that Executive Order 13132, entitled “Federalism” (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999) and Executive Order 13175, entitled “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments” (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000) do not apply to this action. In addition, this action does not impose any enforceable duty or contain any unfunded mandate as described under Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA) (2 U.S.C. 1501
This action does not involve any technical standards that would require Agency consideration of voluntary consensus standards pursuant to section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA) (15 U.S.C. 272 note).
Pursuant to the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801
Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Agricultural commodities, Pesticides and pests, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Therefore, 40 CFR chapter I is amended as follows:
21 U.S.C. 321(q), 346a and 371.
The revisions and additions read as follows:
(d) * * *
Office of Government-wide Policy, General Services Administration (GSA).
Final rule.
GSA is amending the Federal Property Management Regulations (FPMR) to delete repetitive information that has already migrated to the Federal Management Regulation (FMR).
Mr. Robert Holcombe, Director, Personal Property Policy, at 202-501-3828, or email
GSA is amending the FPMR to make editorial changes to FPMR Parts 101-42 and 101-45. Sections therein should have been removed when the policy migrated from FPMR parts 101-42 and 101-45 (with regards to items requiring special handling) to FMR part 102-40.
GSA indicated in the preamble of FMR Change-2015-01; FPMR Case 2003-101-1; FMR Case 2003-102-4, which was published in the
Disposition of personal property with special handling requirements; sale, abandonment or destruction of personal property.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, 41 CFR parts 101-42 and 101-45 is amended as follows:
Sec. 205(c), 63 Stat. 390; 40 U.S.C. 486(c).
40 U.S.C. 545 and 40 U.S.C. 121(c).
U.S. Office of Personnel Management.
Proposed rule.
The U.S. Office of Personnel Management (OPM) proposes to revise the regulations issued under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (“FLSA” or “Act”). The revised regulations are intended to provide a clearer understanding of coverage under the Act and to ensure that the FLSA's intended overtime protections are fully implemented. By way of this rulemaking, OPM seeks to harmonize OPM's regulations with revisions made to the Department of Labor's (DOL) FLSA regulations by updating the salary-based nonexemption level and by providing for future automatic updates to that level consistent with the automatic updating mechanism utilized in DOL's FLSA regulations.
Comments must be received on or before December 21, 2016.
You may submit comments, identified by RIN number “3206-AN41,” using either of the following methods:
Adam Garcia (813) 616-9296, or email:
The U.S. Office of Personnel Management (OPM) is publishing a proposed rule to amend regulations issued under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (“FLSA” or “Act”). The purpose of this amendment is to update and harmonize OPM's FLSA regulations with certain changes made by the Department of Labor (DOL), Wage and Hour Division, 29 CFR part 541, RIN 1235-AA11, Defining and Delimiting the Exemptions for Executive, Administrative, Professional, Outside Sales and Computer Employees (
OPM proposes to update the salary-based nonexemption level, increasing it to the annual rate of basic pay of $47,476, in order to ensure that the FLSA's intended overtime protections are fully implemented, and to simplify the identification of nonexempt employees, thus making the exemption easier for agency employers and employees to understand. OPM also proposes to make future automatic updates to the salary level to prevent the level from becoming outdated due to the often lengthy passage of time between rulemakings by incorporating the same automatic updating methodology utilized in the U.S. Department of Labor's (DOL) FLSA regulations.
Part 551 provides the regulations, criteria, and conditions set forth by OPM as prescribed by the Fair Labor Standards Act (“FLSA” or “Act”). OPM's administration of the Act must comply with the terms of the Act, but the law does not require OPM's regulations to mirror the DOL's FLSA regulations. OPM's administration of the Act must be consistent with the DOL's administration of the Act only to the extent practicable and only to the extent that this consistency is required to maintain compliance with the terms of the Act.
The FLSA guarantees a minimum wage and overtime pay at a rate of not less than one and one-half times the employee's regular rate for hours worked in excess of 40 in a workweek. While these protections extend to most employees, the FLSA does provide a number of exemptions. OPM proposes to update and revise the regulations issued under the FLSA implementing the criteria for exemption from the minimum wage and overtime pay provisions. One of the criteria required to qualify as an exempt employee is that the employee must be paid a certain salary level. The salary level required for exemption under OPM's FLSA regulations (5 CFR 551.203) is currently the annual rate of basic pay of $23,660.
On March 13, 2014, President Obama signed a Presidential Memorandum directing the Department of Labor to update the overtime regulations regarding executive, administrative, and professional employees, who are exempt from the FLSA's minimum wage and overtime standards. 79 FR 18737 (April 3, 2014). Consistent with the President's goal of ensuring workers are paid a fair day's pay for a fair day's work, the memorandum instructed DOL to look for ways to modernize and simplify the regulations while ensuring that the FLSA's intended overtime protections are fully implemented.
On July 6, 2015, the DOL issued proposed regulations in the
In order to maintain consistency with DOL's updates to the salary level provisions under their FLSA regulations, OPM proposes to revise 5 CFR 551.203 to include the updated salary level (annual rate of basic pay of $47,476). In addition, OPM proposes to include a new paragraph (c) in section 551.203, providing for future automatic updates to the salary level, consistent with the automatic updating mechanism utilized in DOL's FLSA regulations. These updates are being proposed to ensure that the FLSA's intended overtime protections are fully implemented.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-354) (RFA) establishes “as a principle of regulatory issuance that agencies shall endeavor, consistent with the objectives of the rule and of applicable statutes, to fit regulatory and informational requirements to the scale of the businesses, organizations, and
The RFA covers a wide range of small entities, including small businesses, not-for-profit organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions. Agencies must perform a review to determine whether a rule will have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. If the agency determines that it will, the agency must prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis as described in the RFA. However, if an agency determines that a rule is not expected to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, section 605(b) of the RFA provides that the head of the agency may so certify and a regulatory flexibility analysis is not required. The certification must include a statement providing the factual basis for this determination, and the reasoning should be clear. These regulations will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities because they would apply only to Federal agencies and employees.
This rule will not result in the expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more in any one year, and it will not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. Therefore, no actions were deemed necessary under the provisions of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995.
OPM has determined that this rule is not a “significant regulatory action” under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review”. Nevertheless, the Office certifies that this regulation has been drafted in accordance with the principles of Executive Order 12866, section 1(b), and Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review.” Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits, including consideration of potential economic, environmental, public health, and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity. The benefits of this proposed rule include simplification of the identification of nonexempt employees, inclusion of a mechanism to prevent the rule from becoming outdated, and harmonization with Department of Labor FLSA regulations. Additionally, the proposed rule provides equity in the treatment of Federal and private sector FLSA minimum wage and overtime pay treatment. The Office does not foresee any burdens to the public.
This rule will not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in accordance with section 6 of Executive Order 13132, this rule does not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant the preparation of a federalism summary impact statement.
This rule meets the applicable standards set forth in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988.
The provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13, 44 U.S.C. chapter 35, and its implementing regulations, 5 CFR part 1320, do not apply to this proposed rule because there are no new or revised recordkeeping or reporting requirements.
Government employees, and wages.
Accordingly, OPM proposes to amend title 5, Code of Federal Regulations, part 551, as follows:
5 U.S.C. 5542(c); Sec. 4(f) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended by Pub. L. 93-259, 88 Stat. 55 (29 U.S.C. 204(f)).
(a) An employee, including a supervisory employee, whose annual rate of basic pay is less than $47,476 is nonexempt, unless:
(1) The employee is subject to § 551.211 (Effect of performing different work or duties for a temporary period of time on FLSA exemption status); or
(2) The employee is subject to § 551.212 (Foreign exemption criteria); or
(3) The employee is a professional engaged in the practice of law or medicine as prescribed in paragraphs (c) and (d) of § 551.208.
(b) For the purpose of this section, “rate of basic pay” means the rate of pay fixed by law or administrative action for the position held by an employee, including any applicable locality payment under 5 CFR part 531, subpart F, special rate supplement under 5 CFR part 530, subpart C, or similar payment or supplement under other legal authority, before any deductions and exclusive of additional pay of any other kind, such as premium payments, differentials, and allowances.
(c) Beginning on January 1, 2020, and every three years thereafter, the salary-based nonexemption level will be updated to equal the annualized earnings amount of the 40th percentile of weekly earnings of full-time non-hourly workers in the lowest-wage Census Region in the second quarter of the year preceding the update as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Notice of issues paper, public meeting, and request for comment.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is considering a potential amendment to its regulations that would revise the regulations on packaging and transporting radioactive material. The NRC is gathering information about potential changes that may be proposed in a subsequent rulemaking activity. The NRC is requesting public comment on the issues paper about potential changes that is referenced in this document. The
Submit comments by January 20, 2017. Comments received after this date will be considered if it is practical to do so, but the NRC is able to ensure consideration only for comments received before this date. A public meeting will be held December 5-6, 2016.
You may submit comments by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
•
For additional direction on obtaining information and submitting comments, see “Obtaining Information and Submitting Comments” in the
Emma Wong, Office of Nuclear Material Safety and Safeguards, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-7091;
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2016-0179 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information for this action. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this action by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Please include Docket ID NRC-2016-0179 in your comment submission.
The NRC cautions you not to include identifying or contact information that you do not want to be publicly disclosed in your comment submission. The NRC will post all comment submissions at
If you are requesting or aggregating comments from other persons for submission to the NRC, then you should inform those persons not to include identifying or contact information that they do not want to be publicly disclosed in their comment submission. Your request should state that the NRC does not routinely edit comment submissions to remove such information before making the comment submissions available to the public or entering the comment into ADAMS.
In accordance with Commission direction, the NRC has initiated a rulemaking effort that addresses the need to make the regulations in part 71 of title 10 of the
To facilitate discussion and public comments, the NRC has prepared an issues paper that describes potential rulemaking issues (IAEA and non-IAEA-related) for the next revision to 10 CFR part 71. The issues paper will be posted at
The issues paper was developed in coordination with the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT), because the DOT and the NRC co-regulate transportation of radioactive materials in the United States and have historically coordinated to harmonize their respective regulations to these IAEA revisions through the rulemaking process. Coordination ensures that consistent regulatory standards are maintained between the NRC's and the DOT's radioactive material transportation regulations, and coordinated publication of any final rules and associated regulatory guidance documents by each agency.
The NRC identified changes made in SSR-6 published in 2012 by comparing it to the previous revision of SSR-6 published in 2009, and then identified affected sections of 10 CFR part 71. Based on this comparison, the NRC identified compatibility issues to potentially be addressed through the rulemaking process. The NRC also identified changes based on the current draft of the new revision of SSR-6, which is expected to be published in 2018. These issues are discussed in greater detail in the issues paper that will be posted at
The NRC is seeking to gauge perspectives from the public before proceeding to the development of the proposed rule. The NRC is particularly interested in receiving comment and supporting rationale from the public about the potential changes in the packaging and transportation of radioactive material requirements. The following topics are discussed in the issues paper and will be discussed at the public meeting:
Specifically, the NRC is interested in public and industry comments related to: (1) Quantitative information expressed as a realistic range of estimated costs and benefits for the potential changes described in the issues paper; (2) operational data about radiation exposures (increased or reduced) that might result from implementing the potential changes; (3) whether the potential changes are appropriate; and (4) whether there are any additional changes that should be considered, and if so, the supporting rationale and quantitative information for the additional change. The NRC will consider the stakeholders' comments to help quantify the potential impact of any proposed changes.
The NRC will provide another opportunity for public comment in any subsequent proposed rule that may be developed. Comments received in response to this
The NRC will conduct a public meeting to describe the issues paper and answer clarifying questions from the public about the potential changes in the packaging and transportation of radioactive material requirements. The NRC will not be accepting verbal or written comments at the public meeting. All comments must be submitted as indicated in the
The meeting will be held on December 5-6, 2016, at Two White Flint North, 11545 Rockville Pike, Rockville, MD 20852-2738, between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. in Room T02B03. Public access to the meeting room is through the adjacent building located at One White Flint North, 11555 Rockville Pike.
This is a Category 3 meeting. Public participation is actively sought for this meeting to fully engage the public in a discussion of regulatory issues. The purpose of the meeting is for the NRC to present the potential changes to the requirements in 10 CFR part 71.
The NRC provides reasonable accommodation to individuals with disabilities where appropriate. If reasonable accommodation is needed to participate in this meeting, or if a meeting notice or other information about this meeting is needed in another format (
Individuals should monitor the NRC's public meeting Web page for information about the public meeting at:
The NRC may post additional materials to the Federal rulemaking Web site at
The NRC has implemented a program to address the possible cumulative effects of regulation (CER), in the development of a regulatory basis for a rulemaking. The CER describes the challenges that licensees or other impacted entities (such as shippers, receivers, carriers, and State regulatory agencies) may face while implementing new or revised regulatory positions, programs, and requirements (
(1) In light of any current or projected CER challenges, what should be a reasonable effective date, compliance date, or submittal date(s) from the time a final rule is published to the actual implementation of new or revised requirements in 10 CFR part 71 including changes to programs, procedures, or facilities?
(2) If current or projected CER challenges exist, what should be done to address this situation? For example if more time is required to implement a new or revised requirement, what period of time would be sufficient and why would such a time frame is necessary?
(3) Do other regulatory actions (
(4) Are there unintended consequences? Does a new or revised requirement create conditions that would be contrary to the requirement's intent? If so, what are the consequences and how should they be addressed?
(5) Please provide information on the costs and benefits for a new or revised requirement. The information should be expressed as a realistic range of estimated costs and benefits. This information would be used for the NRC's regulatory analysis of the proposed changes.
The Plain Writing Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111-274) requires Federal agencies to write documents in a clear, concise, and well-organized manner. The NRC has written this document to be consistent with the Plain Writing Act as well as the Presidential Memorandum, “Plain Language in Government Writing,” published June 10, 1998 (63 FR 31883). The NRC requests comment on this document with respect to the clarity and effectiveness of the language used.
The NRC does not intend to provide formal comment responses for information provided from the public comment period on the issues paper. The NRC will consider comments on the issues paper in the rule development process. If the NRC develops a regulatory basis sufficient to support a proposed rule, there will be an opportunity for additional public comment when the draft regulatory basis and the proposed rule are published. If supporting guidance is developed for the proposed rule, stakeholders will have an opportunity to
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Notice of proposed rulemaking.
In this notice of proposed rulemaking, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) proposes to rescind and remove from the Code of Federal Regulations the subpart entitled “Consumer Protection in Sales of Insurance” (“the subpart”) that was included in the regulations transferred to the FDIC from the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) on July 21, 2011 in connection with the implementation of applicable provisions of title III of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”). The requirements for State savings associations in this subpart are substantively similar to the requirements in the FDIC's part which is also entitled “Consumer Protection in Sales of Insurance” (“the part”) and is applicable for all insured depository institutions (“IDIs”) for which the FDIC has been designated the appropriate Federal banking agency.
The FDIC proposes to rescind in its entirety the subpart and to modify the scope of the part to include State savings associations and their subsidiaries to conform to and reflect the scope of the FDIC's current supervisory responsibilities as the appropriate Federal banking agency. The FDIC also proposes to define “FDIC-supervised insured depository institution or institution” and “State savings association.” Finally, the FDIC proposes to transfer an anticoercion and antitying provision from the subpart that is applicable to State savings associations.
Upon removal of the subpart, the Consumer Protection in Sales of Insurance, regulations applicable for all IDIs for which the FDIC has been designated the appropriate Federal banking agency will be found in the part.
Comments must be received on or before January 20, 2017.
You may submit comments by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Please include your name, affiliation, address, email address, and telephone number(s) in your comment. Where appropriate, comments should include a short Executive Summary consisting of no more than five single-spaced pages. All statements received, including attachments and other supporting materials, are part of the public record and are subject to public disclosure. You should submit only information that you wish to make publicly available.
All comments received will be posted generally without change to
Martha L. Ellett, Counsel, Consumer Compliance Section, Legal Division, (202) 898-6765; John Jackwood, Sr. Policy Analyst, Division of Depositor and Consumer Protection, (202) 898-3991.
The Dodd-Frank Act
Section 316(c) of the Dodd-Frank Act, codified at 12 U.S.C. 5414(c), further directed the FDIC and the OCC to consult with one another and to publish a list of the continued OTS regulations that would be enforced by the FDIC and the OCC, respectively. On June 14, 2011, the FDIC's Board of Directors approved a “List of OTS Regulations to be enforced by the OCC and the FDIC Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.” This list was published by the FDIC and the OCC as a Joint Notice in the
Although section 312(b)(2)(B)(i)(II) of the Dodd-Frank Act, codified at 12 U.S.C. 5412(b)(2)(B)(i)(II), granted the OCC rulemaking authority relating to both State and Federal savings associations, nothing in the Dodd-Frank Act affected the FDIC's existing authority to issue regulations under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDI Act”) and other laws as the “appropriate Federal banking agency” or under similar statutory terminology. Section
As noted, on June 14, 2011, pursuant to this authority, the FDIC's Board of Directors reissued and redesignated certain transferring regulations of the former OTS. These transferred OTS regulations were published as new FDIC regulations in the
One of the OTS rules transferred to the FDIC governed OTS oversight of consumer protections for depository institution sales of insurance. The OTS rule, formerly found at 12 CFR part 536, was transferred to the FDIC with only minor nonsubstantive changes and is now found in the FDIC's rules at part 390, subpart I, entitled “Consumer Protection in Sales of Insurance.” Before the transfer of the OTS rules and continuing today, the FDIC's rules contained part 343, also entitled “Consumer Protection in Sales of Insurance,” a rule governing FDIC oversight of consumer protection regulations that apply to retail sales practices, solicitations, advertising, or offers of any insurance product with respect to IDIs for which the FDIC has been designated the appropriate Federal banking agency. After careful review and comparison of part 390, subpart I, and part 343, the FDIC proposes to rescind part 390, subpart I, because, as discussed below, it is substantively redundant to existing part 343 and simultaneously we propose to make technical conforming edits to our existing rule.
Section 305 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLB Act”)
Section 47 of the FDI Act instructs the Federal banking agencies to consult and coordinate with one another and prescribe and publish joint consumer protection regulations that apply to retail sales practices, solicitations, advertising, or offers of insurance products by depository institutions or persons engaged in these activities at an office of the institution or on behalf of the institution.
The scope of part 343 in the FDIC's regulations and of part 390, subpart I in the OTS's regulations is also substantively similar. The FDIC regulations apply to any bank
Accordingly, the portions of the OTS regulations that applied to State savings associations, their subsidiaries and their affiliates, originally codified at 12 CFR part 536 and subsequently transferred to
Although the former OTS rule and part 390, subpart I, covers savings and loan holding companies that are affiliated with savings associations in addition to savings associations, the FDIC does not supervise savings and loan or bank holding companies for purposes of this rule. Section 312 of the Dodd-Frank Act
After careful comparison of the FDIC's part 343 with the transferred OTS rule in part 390, subpart I, the FDIC has concluded that the transferred OTS rules governing consumer protection in sales of insurance are substantively redundant. Based on the foregoing, the FDIC proposes to rescind and remove from the Code of Federal Regulations the transferred OTS rules located at part 390, subpart I, and to make minor conforming changes to part 343 to incorporate State savings associations.
Regarding the functions of the former OTS that were transferred to the FDIC, section 316(b)(3) of the Dodd-Frank Act, 12 U.S.C. 5414(b)(3), in pertinent part, provides that the former OTS's regulations will be enforceable by the FDIC until they are modified, terminated, set aside, or superseded in accordance with applicable law. After reviewing the rules currently found in part 390, subpart I, the FDIC proposes (1) to rescind part 390, subpart I, in its entirety; (2) to modify to the scope of part 343 to include State savings associations and their subsidiaries to conform to and reflect the scope of FDIC's current supervisory responsibilities as the appropriate Federal banking agency for State savings associations; (3) delete the definition of bank and replace it with a definition of FDIC-supervised insured depository institution or institution, which means any State nonmember insured bank or State savings association for which the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation is the appropriate Federal banking agency pursuant to section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(q)); (4) add a new subsection (i), which would define “State savings association” as having the same meaning as in section 3(b)(3) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(b)(3)); (5) transfer an anticoercion and antitying provision from part 390, subpart I, that is applicable to State savings associations to part 343; and (6) make conforming technical edits throughout, including replacing the term “institution” in place of “bank” throughout the rule where necessary.
If the proposal is finalized, oversight of consumer protection in sales of insurance in part 343 would apply to all FDIC-supervised institutions, including State savings associations, and part 390, subpart I, would be removed because it is largely redundant of the rules found in part 343. Rescinding part 390, subpart I, will serve to streamline the FDIC's rules and eliminate unnecessary regulations.
The FDIC invites comments on all aspects of this proposed rulemaking, and specifically requests comments on the following:
(1) Are there any specific provisions of part 343 that are outdated or obsolete, or are behind industry standards? If so, please describe and recommend alternate methodology.
(2) What impacts, positive or negative, can you foresee in the FDIC's proposal to rescind part 390, subpart I?
Written comments must be received by the FDIC no later than January 20, 2017.
In accordance with the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act (“PRA”) of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3501-3521, the FDIC may not conduct or sponsor, and the respondent is not required to respond to, an information collection unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”) control number.
The Proposed Rule would rescind and remove from FDIC regulations part 390, subpart I from the FDIC regulations. This rule was transferred with only nominal changes to the FDIC from the OTS when the OTS was abolished by title III of the Dodd-Frank Act. Part 390, subpart I, is largely redundant of the FDIC's existing part 343 regarding consumer protections for depository institution sales of insurance. The information collections contained in part 343 are cleared by OMB under the FDIC's Insurance Sales Consumer Protections information collection (OMB Control No. 3064-0140). The FDIC reviewed its burden estimates for the collection at the time it assumed responsibility for supervision of State savings associations transferred from the OTS and determined that no changes to the burden estimates were necessary. The Proposed Rule would not revise the Insurance Sales Consumer Protections information collection under OMB Control No. 3064-0140 or create any new information collection pursuant to the PRA. Consequently, no submission will be made to the Office of Management and Budget for review. The FDIC requests comment on its conclusion that this NPR does not revise the Insurance Sales Consumer Protections information collection 3064-0140.
Finally, the Proposed Rule would (1) amend part 343 to include State savings associations and their subsidiaries within its scope; and (2) define “FDIC-supervised insured depository institution or institution” and “State savings association;” (3) transfer an anticoercion and antitying provision from part 390, subpart I, that is applicable to State savings associations to part 343; and (4) make conforming technical edits throughout These measures clarify that State savings associations, as well as State nonmember banks are subject to part 343. With respect to part 343, the Proposed Rule does not revise any existing, or create any new information collection pursuant to the PRA. Consequently, no submission will be made to the Office of Management and Budget for review. The FDIC requests
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (“RFA”), requires that, in connection with a notice of proposed rulemaking, an agency prepare and make available for public comment an initial regulatory flexibility analysis that describes the impact of the proposed rule on small entities (defined in regulations promulgated by the Small Business Administration to include banking organizations with total assets of less than or equal to $550 million).
As discussed in this notice of proposed rulemaking, part 390, subpart I, was transferred from OTS part 536, which governed consumer protections for depository institution sales of insurance. OTS part 536 had been in effect since 2001 and all State savings associations were required to comply with it. Because it is substantially same as existing part 343 of the FDIC's rules and therefore redundant, the FDIC proposes rescinding and removing the transferred regulation now located in part 390, subpart I. As a result, all FDIC-supervised institutions—including State savings associations and their subsidiaries—would be required to comply with part 343 if they are selling, soliciting, advertising, or offering any insurance product. Because all State savings associations and their subsidiaries have been required to comply with substantially similar consumer protection rules if they engaged in sales of insurance since 2001,
Section 722 of the GLB Act, codified at 12 U.S.C. 4809, requires each Federal banking agency to use plain language in all of its proposed and final rules published after January 1, 2000. The FDIC invites comments on whether the Proposed Rule is clearly stated and effectively organized, and how the FDIC might make it easier to understand. For example:
• Has the FDIC organized the material to suit your needs? If not, how could it present the rule more clearly?
• Have we clearly stated the requirements of the rule? If not, how could the rule be more clearly stated?
• Does the rule contain technical jargon that is not clear? If so, which language requires clarification?
• Would a different format (grouping and order of sections, use of headings, paragraphing) make the regulation easier to understand? If so, what changes would make the regulation easier to understand?
• What else could we do to make the regulation easier to understand?
Under section 2222 of the Economic Growth and Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act of 1996 (“EGRPRA”), the FDIC is required to review all of its regulations, at least once every 10 years, in order to identify any outdated or otherwise unnecessary regulations imposed on insured institutions.
Banks, banking; Consumer protection in sales of insurance; Savings associations.
Consumer protection in sales of insurance.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Board of Directors of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation proposes to revise part 343 of title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations and amend part 390 of title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as set forth below:
12 U.S.C. 1819 (Seventh and Tenth); 12 U.S.C. 1831x.
This part establishes consumer protections in connection with retail sales practices, solicitations, advertising, or offers of any insurance product or annuity to a consumer by:
(a) Any institution; or
(b) Any other person that is engaged in such activities at an office of the institution or on behalf of the institution.
As used in this part:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(1) Attempting to cause or causing or threatening another person physical harm, severe emotional distress, psychological trauma, rape, or sexual assault;
(2) Engaging in a course of conduct or repeatedly committing acts toward another person, including following the person without proper authority, under circumstances that place the person in reasonable fear of bodily injury or physical harm;
(3) Subjecting another person to false imprisonment; or
(4) Attempting to cause or causing damage to property so as to intimidate or attempt to control the behavior of another person.
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)(1)
(i) An institution; or
(ii) Any other person only when the person sells, solicits, advertises, or offers an insurance product or annuity to a consumer at an office of the institution or on behalf of an institution.
(2) For purposes of this definition, activities on behalf of an institution include activities where a person, whether at an office of the institution or at another location sells, solicits, advertises, or offers an insurance product or annuity and at least one of the following applies:
(i) The person represents to a consumer that the sale, solicitation, advertisement, or offer of any insurance product or annuity is by or on behalf of the institution;
(ii) The institution refers a consumer to a seller of insurance products or annuities and the institution has a contractual arrangement to receive commissions or fees derived from a sale of an insurance product or annuity resulting from that referral; or
(iii) Documents evidencing the sale, solicitation, advertising, or offer of an insurance product or annuity identify or refer to the institution.
(a)
(1) The purchase of an insurance product or annuity from the institution or any of its affiliates; or
(2) An agreement by the consumer not to obtain, or a prohibition on the consumer from obtaining, an insurance product or annuity from an unaffiliated entity.
(b)
(1) The fact that an insurance product or annuity sold or offered for sale by you or any subsidiary of the institution is not backed by the Federal government or the institution, or the fact that the insurance product or annuity is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;
(2) In the case of an insurance product or annuity that involves investment risk, the fact that there is an investment risk, including the potential that principal may be lost and that the product may decline in value; or
(3) In the case of an institution or subsidiary of the institution at which insurance products or annuities are sold or offered for sale, the fact that:
(i) The approval of an extension of credit to a consumer by the institution or subsidiary may not be conditioned on the purchase of an insurance product or annuity by the consumer from the institution or a subsidiary of the institution; and
(ii) The consumer is free to purchase the insurance product or annuity from another source.
(c)
(a)
(1) The insurance product or annuity is not a deposit or other obligation of, or guaranteed by, the institution or an affiliate of the institution;
(2) The insurance product or annuity is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or any other agency of the United States, the institution, or (if applicable) an affiliate of the institution; and
(3) In the case of an insurance product or annuity that involves an investment risk, there is investment risk associated with the product, including the possible loss of value.
(b)
(1) The consumer's purchase of an insurance product or annuity from the institution or any of its affiliates; or
(2) The consumer's agreement not to obtain, or a prohibition on the consumer from obtaining, an insurance product or annuity from an unaffiliated entity.
(c)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(ii) Any disclosure required by paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section that is provided by electronic media is not required to be provided orally.
(5)
(6)
(A) A plain-language heading to call attention to the disclosures;
(B) A typeface and type size that are easy to read;
(C) Wide margins and ample line spacing;
(D) Boldface or italics for key words; and
(E) Distinctive type size, style, and graphic devices, such as shading or sidebars, when the disclosures are combined with other information.
(ii) You have not provided the disclosures in a meaningful form if you merely state to the consumer that the required disclosures are available in printed material, but do not provide the printed material when required and do not orally disclose the information to the consumer when required.
(iii) With respect to those disclosures made through electronic media for which paper or oral disclosures are not required, the disclosures are not meaningfully provided if the consumer may bypass the visual text of the disclosures before purchasing an insurance product or annuity.
(7)
(i) Obtain an oral acknowledgment of receipt of the disclosures and maintain sufficient documentation to show that the acknowledgment was given; and
(ii) Make reasonable efforts to obtain a written acknowledgment from the consumer.
(d)
(a)
(b)
An institution may not permit any person to sell or offer for sale any insurance product or annuity in any part of its office or on its behalf, unless the person is at all times appropriately qualified and licensed under applicable State insurance licensing standards with regard to the specific products being sold or recommended.
Any consumer who believes that any institution or any other person selling, soliciting, advertising, or offering insurance products or annuities to the consumer at an office of the institution or on behalf of the institution has violated the requirements of this part should contact the Division of Depositor and Consumer Protection, Consumer Response Center, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, at the following address: 1100 Walnut Street, Box #11, Kansas City, MO 64106, or telephone 1-877-275-3342, or FDIC Electronic Customer Assistance Form at
12 U.S.C. 1831y.
By order of the Board of Directors.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).
We propose to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for all Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation Model G-1159B airplanes. This proposed AD was prompted by a review of airplane maintenance records, which revealed that incorrect rudder assemblies were installed on certain airplanes. This proposed AD would require certain inspections, and replacement or modification of the rudder assembly if necessary. We are proposing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.
We must receive comments on this proposed AD by January 5, 2017.
You may send comments, using the procedures found in 14 CFR 11.43 and 11.45, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
For service information identified in this NPRM, contact Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation, Technical Publications Dept., P.O. Box 2206, Savannah, GA 31402-2206; telephone 800-810-4853; fax 912-965-3520; email
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Krista Greer, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe Branch, ACE-117A, FAA, Atlanta Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), 1701 Columbia Avenue, College Park, GA 30337; phone: 404-474-5544; fax: 404-474-5606; email:
We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposal. Send your comments to an address listed under the
We will post all comments we receive, without change, to
We reviewed Gulfstream airplane maintenance records which revealed that incorrect rudder assemblies were installed on certain Gulfstream Model G-1159B airplanes (also referred to by marketing designation GIIB). Investigation revealed that the Gulfstream GII/GIIB Illustrated Parts Catalog (IPC) did not clearly specify that the rudder assemblies for Model G-1159 airplanes (also referred to by marketing designation GII) have part number (P/N) 1159CS20004-3, and the rudder assemblies for Model G-1159B airplanes have P/N 1159CS25000-3/-9. Installation of rudders for Model G-1159 airplanes on Model G-1159B airplanes does not comply with the design fail-safe requirements for Model G-1159B airplanes. Although the rudder assembly designs are similar, the upper hinge configuration for Model G-1159B airplanes includes a dual load path to prevent control surface flutter in the event of middle or upper hinge failure. Installation of an incorrect rudder assembly could result in flutter and subsequent loss of the rudder, which could result in loss of control of the airplane.
We reviewed Gulfstream GII/IIB Customer Bulletin 468, dated February 17, 2016 (for Model G-1159 and Model G-1159B airplanes). The service information describes procedures for inspecting the rudder assembly to determine the part number, verifying that the part number of the rudder assembly matches what is recorded in the airplane maintenance records, inspecting the rudder hinges, and modifying the rudder assembly. This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all the relevant information and determined the unsafe condition described previously is likely to exist or develop in other products of the same type design.
This proposed AD would require accomplishing the actions specified in the service information described previously.
We estimate that this proposed AD affects 24 airplanes of U.S. registry. We estimate the following costs to comply with this proposed AD:
We estimate the following costs to do any necessary replacements or modifications that would be required based on the results of the proposed inspection. We have no way of determining the number of aircraft that might need these replacements or modifications:
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:
(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,
(2) Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),
(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and
(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
We must receive comments by January 5, 2017.
None.
This AD applies to all Gulfstream Model G-1159B airplanes, certificated in any category.
Model G-1159B airplanes are also referred to by marketing designation GIIB.
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 27; Flight Controls.
This AD was prompted by a review of airplane maintenance records, which revealed that incorrect rudder assemblies were installed on certain airplanes. We are issuing this AD to detect and correct the installation of incorrect rudder assemblies, which could result in flutter and subsequent loss of the rudder, and consequent loss of control of the airplane.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
Within 12 months after the effective date of this AD, do an inspection to determine the part number of the rudder assembly, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Gulfstream GII/IIB Customer Bulletin Number 468, dated February 17, 2016, except as provided by paragraph (i)(1) of this AD. If the rudder assembly does not have part number (P/N) 1159CS20004-3, within 12 months after the effective date of this AD, verify that the rudder assembly part number recorded in the aircraft maintenance records matches the part number of the rudder assembly installed on the airplane and if the rudder assembly part number does not match, correct the aircraft maintenance records accordingly.
If, during the inspection required by paragraph (g) of this AD, a rudder assembly having P/N 1159CS20004-3 is found, before further flight, do a general visual inspection of the middle and upper rudder hinges to determine if a one-piece or two-piece hinge is installed, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Gulfstream GII/IIB Customer Bulletin Number 468, dated February 17, 2016, and do the applicable action specified in paragraph (h)(1) or (h)(2) of this AD, except as required by paragraph (i)(2) of this AD.
(1) For airplanes with a one-piece hinge installed: Do the actions specified in paragraph (h)(1)(i) or (h)(1)(ii) of this AD.
(i) Modify the rudder assembly, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Gulfstream GII/IIB Customer
Gulfstream GII/IIB Customer Bulletin Number 468, dated February 17, 2016, refers to Gulfstream GII Aircraft Service Change Number 300, Amendment 1, dated May 21, 1984, as an additional source of guidance for accomplishment of the rudder modification.
(ii) Replace the rudder assembly with a rudder assembly that has been modified as specified in Gulfstream GII Aircraft Service Change Number 300. Do the replacement using a method approved in accordance with the procedures specified in paragraph (k)(1) of this AD.
(2) For airplanes with a two-piece hinge installed: Re-identify the rudder assembly as having incorporated the actions in Gulfstream GII Aircraft Service Change Number 300, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Gulfstream GII/IIB Customer Bulletin Number 468, dated February 17, 2016.
(1) Where Gulfstream GII/IIB Customer Bulletin Number 468, dated February 17, 2016, specifies to record the rudder part number and serial number on the service reply card, that action is not required by this AD.
(2) Where Gulfstream GII/IIB Customer Bulletin Number 468, dated February 17, 2016, specifies to contact Gulfstream for instructions on modifying the rudder assembly, this AD requires modifying the rudder assembly before further flight using a method approved in accordance with the procedures specified in paragraph (k)(1) of this AD.
Special flight permits, as described in Section 21.197 and Section 21.199 of the Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR 21.197 and 21.199), are not allowed.
(1) The Manager, Atlanta Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the ACO, send it to the attention of the person identified in paragraph (l)(1) of this AD.
(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office.
(3) Except as required by paragraph (i) of this AD: For service information that contains steps that are labeled as Required for Compliance (RC), the provisions of paragraphs (k)(3)(i) and (k)(3)(ii) of this AD apply.
(i) The steps labeled as RC, including substeps under an RC step and any figures identified in an RC step, must be done to comply with the AD. An AMOC is required for any deviations to RC steps, including substeps and identified figures.
(ii) Steps not labeled as RC may be deviated from using accepted methods in accordance with the operator's maintenance or inspection program without obtaining approval of an AMOC, provided the RC steps, including substeps and identified figures, can still be done as specified, and the airplane can be put back in an airworthy condition.
(1) For more information about this AD, contact Krista Greer, Aerospace Engineer, Airframe Branch, ACE-117A, FAA, Atlanta Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), 1701 Columbia Avenue, College Park, GA 30337; phone: 404-474-5544; fax: 404-474-5606; email:
(2) For service information identified in this AD, contact Gulfstream Aerospace Corporation, Technical Publications Dept., P.O. Box 2206, Savannah, GA 31402-2206; telephone 800-810-4853; fax 912-965-3520; email
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).
We propose to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for Airbus Helicopters Deutschland GmbH (Airbus Helicopters) MBB-BK 117 D-2 helicopters. This proposed AD would require repetitively inspecting the bushings of the inner and outer forward trusses of both engines. This proposed AD is prompted by reports of delaminated and worn engine mount bushings. The proposed actions are intended to detect delaminated engine mount bushings, which can lead to excessive vibration, cracking, failure of the engine mount front support pins, and loss of helicopter control.
We must receive comments on this proposed AD by January 20, 2017.
You may send comments by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
For service information identified in this proposed rule, contact Airbus Helicopters, 2701 N. Forum Drive, Grand Prairie, TX 75052; telephone (972) 641-0000 or (800) 232-0323; fax (972) 641-3775; or at
Matt Fuller, Senior Aviation Safety Engineer, Safety Management Group, Rotorcraft Directorate, FAA, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy, Fort Worth, TX 76177; telephone (817) 222-5110; email
We invite you to participate in this rulemaking by submitting written comments, data, or views. We also invite comments relating to the economic, environmental, energy, or
We will file in the docket all comments that we receive, as well as a report summarizing each substantive public contact with FAA personnel concerning this proposed rulemaking. Before acting on this proposal, we will consider all comments we receive on or before the closing date for comments. We will consider comments filed after the comment period has closed if it is possible to do so without incurring expense or delay. We may change this proposal in light of the comments we receive.
EASA, which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, has issued EASA AD No. 2015-0198, dated September 30, 2015, to correct an unsafe condition for Airbus Helicopters Model MBB-BK 117 D-2 helicopters. EASA advises that during a pre-flight check of an MBB-BK 117 D-2 helicopter, an engine mount bushing was found delaminated. More cases of delaminated engine mount bushings were reported following additional investigations. According to EASA, this condition could lead to cracks and eventually failure of the engine mount front support pins, possibly resulting in loss of helicopter control.
The EASA AD consequently requires repetitive inspections of the engine mount bushings and depending of the findings, repairing or replacing the bushings.
These helicopters have been approved by the aviation authority of Germany and are approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with Germany, EASA, its technical representative, has notified us of the unsafe condition described in its AD. We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all known relevant information and determined that an unsafe condition is likely to exist or develop on other products of the same type design.
We reviewed Airbus Helicopters Alert Service Bulletin (ASB) MBB-BK117 D-2-71A-002, Revision 0, dated September 28, 2015, for Model MBB-BK 117 D-2 helicopters. The ASB introduces repetitive visual inspections of the engine mount bushings for defects, deformation, separation of the rubber, and missing rubber after reports of delaminated engine mount bushings and bushings with damage to the metal inner sleeve. If there is any deformation or separation of the rubber, the ASB specifies performing a detailed inspection of the bushing in accordance with the aircraft maintenance manual.
This proposed AD would require within 50 hours time-in-service (TIS) and at intervals not to exceed 50 hours TIS thereafter, visually inspecting the bushings of the inner and outer forward trusses of both engines, and depending on the outcome of the inspections, replacing or repairing the bushings before further flight.
The EASA AD allows for a 10 hour time-in-service, non-cumulative tolerance for its required compliance times. This proposed AD would not.
We estimate that this proposed AD would affect 5 helicopters of U.S. Registry and that labor costs average $85 per work hour. Based on these estimates, we expect the following costs:
• Inspecting the bushings would require 1 work hour. No parts would be needed, for a total cost of $85 per helicopter and $425 for the U.S. fleet.
• Replacing a bushing would require 1 work hour and $373 for parts, for a total cost of $458 per bushing.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed, I certify this proposed regulation:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska to the extent that it justifies making a regulatory distinction; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
We prepared an economic evaluation of the estimated costs to comply with this proposed AD and placed it in the AD docket.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD applies to Airbus Helicopters Deutschland GmbH Model MBB-BK 117 D-2 helicopters with a bushing part number 105-60386 installed, certificated in any category.
This AD defines the unsafe condition as a delaminated engine mount bushing. This
We must receive comments by January 20, 2017.
You are responsible for performing each action required by this AD within the specified compliance time unless it has already been accomplished prior to that time.
Within 50 hours time-in-service (TIS) and thereafter at intervals not to exceed 50 hours TIS:
(1) Visually inspect each engine mount bushing (bushing) for separation of the rubber from the metal or missing rubber.
(2) If any rubber has separated from the metal or if there is missing rubber, inspect the bushing for deformation, corrosion, and mechanical damage.
(i) Replace the bushing with an airworthy bushing if there is any deformation, separation of the rubber from the metal, corrosion, or mechanical damage, or repair the bushing if the deformation, separation of the rubber, corrosion, or mechanical damage is within the maximum repair damage limitations.
(ii) If the inner and outer parts of the bushing are separated with missing rubber, replace the bushing with an airworthy bushing.
(1) The Manager, Safety Management Group, FAA, may approve AMOCs for this AD. Send your proposal to: Matt Fuller, Senior Aviation Safety Engineer, Safety Management Group, Rotorcraft Directorate, FAA, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy, Fort Worth, TX 76177; telephone (817) 222-5110; email
(2) For operations conducted under a 14 CFR part 119 operating certificate or under 14 CFR part 91, subpart K, we suggest that you notify your principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office or certificate holding district office before operating any aircraft complying with this AD through an AMOC.
(1) Airbus Helicopters Alert Service Bulletin ASB MBB-BK117 D-2-71A-002, Revision 0, dated September 28, 2015, which is not incorporated by reference, contains additional information about the subject of this proposed rule. For service information identified in this proposed rule, contact Airbus Helicopters, 2701 N. Forum Drive, Grand Prairie, TX 75052; telephone (972) 641-0000 or (800) 232-0323; fax (972) 641-3775; or at
(2) The subject of this AD is addressed in European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) AD No. 2015-0198, dated September 30, 2015. You may view the EASA AD on the Internet at
Joint Aircraft Service Component (JASC) Code: 7200, Engine (Turbine, Turboprop).
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing to approve and disapprove elements of State Implementation Plan (SIP) submissions from the State of Oklahoma for the 2012 Fine Particulate Matter (PM
We are proposing to disapprove the visibility component of 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(II), often referred to as prong 4. We are also proposing to disapprove the portion of the January 28, 2015 SIP submission from Oklahoma for the 2010 Sulfur Dioxide (SO
Written comments must be received on or before December 21, 2016.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket No. EPA-R06-OAR-2015-0142, at
Tracie Donaldson, 214-665-6633,
In this document “we,” “us,” and “our” means the EPA.
On October 17, 2006, following a periodic review of the NAAQS for PM
On June 22, 2010, we revised the primary NAAQS for SO
Pursuant to section 110(a)(1) of the CAA, states are required to submit i-SIPs that provide for the implementation, maintenance and enforcement of a new or revised NAAQS within 3 years following the promulgation of such new or revised NAAQS. Section 110(a)(2) lists specific requirements that i-SIPs must include to adequately address such new or revised NAAQS, as applicable. In an effort to assist states in complying with this requirement, EPA issued guidance addressing the i-SIP.
Our technical evaluation of the Oklahoma 2012 PM
The State's submittal on June 16, 2016 demonstrates how the existing Oklahoma SIP meets the infrastructure requirements for the 2012 PM
At this time ODEQ has not submitted the infrastructure submittal regarding the prevention of emissions which significantly contribute to nonattainment of the PM
We find that Oklahoma has not included measures that conform to the mutually agreed upon regional haze reasonable progress goals. A FIP cannot be relied upon to satisfy this requirement.
Sections 110(a)(2)(A) and (C), discussed earlier in this rulemaking, also require that the state have adequate authority to implement and enforce the SIP without legal impediments. The State's submittals describe the Oklahoma statutes and SIP regulations governing the various functions of personnel within the ODEQ, including the administrative, technical support, planning, enforcement, and permitting functions of the program. See the TSD for further detail.
With respect to funding, the OCAA and the SIP provide the ODEQ with authority to hire and compensate employees; accept and administer grants or other funds; require the ODEQ to establish an emissions fee schedule for sources in order to fund the reasonable costs of administering various air pollution control programs; and authorizes the ODEQ to collect additional fees necessary to cover reasonable costs associated with processing air permit applications. The EPA conducts periodic program reviews to ensure that the state has adequate resources and funding to, among other things, implement and enforce the SIP. See the OCAA and 27A O.S. 2-5-105.
As required by the CAA, the Oklahoma statutes and the SIP stipulate that any board or body that approves permits or enforcement orders must have at least a majority of members who represent the public interest and do not derive any “significant portion” of their income from persons subject to permits and enforcement orders; and the members of the board or body, or the head of an agency with similar powers, are required to adequately disclose any potential conflicts of interest. See 27A O.S. 2-3-101 (addressing staff) and 27A O.S. 2-3-201 (addressing the Executive Director).
Oklahoma has not delegated authority to implement any of the provisions of its plan to local governmental entities—the ODEQ acts as the primary air pollution control agency.
The OCAA and SIP require stationary sources to monitor or test emissions and to file reports containing information relating to the nature and amount of emissions. There also are SIP-approved State regulations pertaining to sampling and testing and requirements for reporting of emissions inventories. In addition, SIP-approved rules establish general requirements for maintaining records and reporting emissions.
The OCAA provides the ODEQ with authority to address environmental emergencies. The ODEQ has an “Emergency Episode Plan,” which includes contingency measures and these provisions are in the SIP (56 FR 5656). The ODEQ has general emergency powers to address any possible dangerous air pollution episode if necessary to protect the environment and public health.
(2)
(3)
The ODEQ has the authority and duty under the OCAA to conduct air quality
See the discussion of section 110(a)(2)(J)(1) and (2) earlier in this proposed rulemaking for a description of the SIP's public participation process, the authority to advise and consult, and the PSD SIP public participation requirements. Additionally, the OCAA requires cooperative action between itself and other agencies of the State, towns, cities, counties, industry, other states, affected groups, and the federal government in the prevention and control of air pollution.
States can satisfy the requirement to prevent interference with another state's measures to protect visibility by having an EPA approved Regional Haze Program in place. State agencies may also “elect to satisfy prong 4 by providing, as an alternative to relying on its regional haze SIP alone, a demonstration in its infrastructure SIP submission that emissions within its jurisdiction do not interfere with other air agencies' plans to protect visibility.”
Therefore, while the FIP provides an appropriate level of SO
EPA is proposing to partially approve and partially disapprove the June 16, 2016, infrastructure SIP submission from Oklahoma, which addresses the requirements of CAA sections 110(a)(1) and (2) as applicable to the 2012 PM
Based upon review of this infrastructure SIP submission and relevant statutory and regulatory authorities and provisions referenced in these submissions or referenced in the Oklahoma SIP, we believe Oklahoma has the infrastructure in place to address the following required elements of sections 110(a)(1) and (2) to ensure that the 2012 PM
Sections 110(a)(2)(A), (B), (C), (D)(i)(II) for interference with PSD, (D)(ii), (E)(i), (E)(ii), (F), (G), (H), (J), (K), (L) and (M).
We are not proposing to approve Interstate transport provisions (prongs 1&2): Section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(I) which were not included in this submission.
We are proposing to disapprove the Interstate transport provisions for visibility protection (prong 4): Section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(II).
We are also proposing to disapprove the January 28, 2015 SIP submission from Oklahoma for the 2010 Sulfur Dioxide (SO
This action is not a significant regulatory action and was therefore not submitted to the Office of Management and Budget for review.
This action does not impose an information collection burden under the PRA. There is no burden imposed under the PRA because this action merely proposes to approve i-SIP provisions that are consistent with the CAA and disapprove i-SIP provisions that are inconsistent with the CAA.
I certify that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the RFA. This action merely proposes to approve i-SIP provisions that are consistent with the CAA and disapprove i-SIP provisions that are inconsistent with the CAA; therefore this action will not impose any requirements on small entities.
This action does not contain any unfunded mandate as described in UMRA, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538, and does not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. The action imposes no enforceable duty on any state, local or tribal governments or the private sector. This action merely proposes to approve i-SIP provisions that are consistent with the CAA and disapprove i-SIP provisions that are inconsistent with the CAA; and therefore will have no impact on small governments.
This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
This action does not have tribal implications as specified in Executive Order 13175. This action does not apply on any Indian reservation land, any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction, or non-reservation areas of Indian country. Thus, Executive Order 13175 does not apply to this action.
EPA interprets Executive Order 13045 as applying only to those regulatory actions that concern environmental health or safety risks that the EPA has reason to believe may disproportionately affect children, per the definition of “covered regulatory action” in section 2-202 of the Executive Order. This action is not subject to Executive Order 13045 because it merely proposes to disapprove a SIP submission as not meeting the CAA.
This action is not subject to Executive Order 13211, because it is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866.
This rulemaking does not involve technical standards.
The EPA believes the human health or environmental risk addressed by this action will not have potential disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority, low-income or indigenous populations. This action merely proposes to approve i-SIP provisions that are consistent with the CAA and disapprove i-SIP provisions that are inconsistent with the CAA.
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Interstate transport of pollution, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sulfur oxides.
42 U.S.C. 7401
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing revisions to a procedure in the New Source Performance Standards (NSPS). The procedure provides the ongoing quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) procedures for assessing the acceptability of particulate matter (PM) continuous emissions monitoring systems (CEMS). The procedure explains the criteria for passing an annual response correlation audit (RCA) and the criteria for passing an annual relative response audit (RRA). The procedure currently contains a requirement that the annual QA/QC test results for affected facilities must fall within the same response range as was used to develop the existing PM CEMS correlation curve. As a result, some facilities are unable to meet the criteria for passing their annual QA/QC test simply because their emissions are now lower than the range previously set during correlation testing. We are proposing to modify the procedure to allow facilities to extend their PM CEMS correlation regression line to the lowest PM CEMS response obtained during the RCA or RRA, when these PM CEMS responses are less than the lowest response used to develop the existing correlation curve. We also propose to correct a typographical error in the procedure.
Written comments must be received by December 21, 2016.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2016-0382, at
Ms. Kimberly Garnett, U.S. EPA, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Air Quality Assessment Division, Measurement Technology Group (E143-02), Research Triangle Park, NC 27711; telephone number: (919) 541-1158; fax number: (919) 541- 0516; email address:
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing revisions to a procedure in the New Source Performance Standards (NSPS). We also propose to correct a typographical error in the introduction to Paragraph (6) of section 10.4 of Procedure 2. Without this revision, paragraph (6)(iii) would remain unused in Procedure 2. This typographical correction is necessary to fulfill the intent of Procedure 2, section 10.4(6), when promulgated.
The EPA proposes a revision to Procedure 2, sections 10.4(5)and (6), to allow facilities that have reduced their emissions since completing their PM CEMS correlation testing to extend their correlation regression line to the point corresponding to the lowest PM CEMS response obtained during the RCA or RRA. This extended correlation regression line will be used to determine if results of this RCA or RRA meet the criteria specified in Section 10.4, paragraphs (5) and (6) of Procedure 2, respectively. This change will ensure that facilities that have reduced their emissions since completing their correlation testing will no longer be penalized because their lower emissions fall outside their initial response range. This action also proposes to correct a typographical error in the introduction to section 10.4, paragraph (6) of Procedure 2. Paragraph (6), which originally read, “To pass an RRA, you must meet the criteria specified in paragraphs (6)(i) and (ii) . . .”, is being corrected to read: “To pass an RRA, you must meet the criteria specified in paragraphs (6)(i) through (iii) . . .” Without this revision, paragraph (6)(iii) would remain unused in Procedure 2. This typographical correction is necessary to fulfill the intent of Procedure 2, section 10.4(6), when promulgated in 69 FR 1786. We have published a direct final rule approving the revisions to Procedure 2 in the “Rules and Regulations” section of this
If we receive no adverse comment, we will not take further action on this proposed rule. If the EPA receives adverse comment, we will publish a timely withdrawal in the
We do not intend to institute a second comment period on this action. Any parties interested in commenting must do so at this time. For further information about commenting on this rule, please see the information provided in the
The regulatory text for the proposal is identical to that for the direct final rule published in the “Rules and Regulations” section of this
The entities potentially affected by this rule include any facility that is required to install and operate a PM CEMS under any provision of title 40 of the CFR. If you have any questions regarding the applicability of this action to a particular entity, consult the person listed in the
Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Air pollution control, Continuous emission monitoring systems, Particulate matter, Procedures.
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA), DOT.
Advance notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPRM).
PHMSA is publishing this advance notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPRM) in response to the Protecting our Infrastructure of Pipelines and Enhancing Safety (PIPES) Act of 2016, which reauthorizes the pipeline safety program and requires a number of reports and mandates. The PIPES Act requires PHMSA to take regulatory actions to establish minimum safety standards for underground natural gas storage facilities; to update the minimum safety standards for permanent, small scale liquefied natural gas pipeline facilities; and to publish an ANPRM to address a petition for rulemaking proposing hazardous materials regulations related to the marking of identification numbers on cargo tanks. This ANPRM specifically addresses the PIPES Act requirement applicable to the petition for rulemaking related to the marking of identification numbers on cargo tanks. PHMSA will consider the comments, data, and information received in any future action related to the petition.
Comments must be received by February 21, 2017.
You may submit comments identified by the Docket Number PHMSA-2016-0079 (HM-213E) through any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Steven Andrews, (202) 366-8553, Office of Hazardous Materials Standards, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
On November 12, 2015, PHMSA received a petition for rulemaking from the Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance (CVSA) proposing amendments to the Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMR; 49 CFR parts 171-180) applicable to the marking of cargo tanks transporting petroleum distillates. In an acknowledgment letter dated November 10, 2015, PHMSA assigned the CVSA petition to Petition Number P-1667
In this ANPRM, PHMSA outlines issues raised by these two petitions and discusses the background relevant to the marking of cargo tanks containing petroleum distillates. PHMSA further poses a series of questions and solicits public comment to determine the best practice for addressing the issues outlined in these two petitions.
Federal hazardous materials transportation law (49 U.S.C. 5101
(1) To help ensure that hazardous materials are packaged and handled safely and securely during transportation;
(2) to provide effective communication to transportation workers and emergency responders of the hazards of the materials being transported; and
(3) to minimize the consequences of an incident should one occur.
The hazardous material regulatory system is a risk management system that is prevention-oriented and focused on identifying a safety or security hazard and reducing the probability and quantity of a hazardous material release.
Under the HMR, hazardous materials are categorized into hazard classes and packing groups based on analysis of and experience with the risks they present during transportation. The HMR do the following:
(1) Specify appropriate packaging and handling requirements for hazardous materials based on this classification, and require a shipper to communicate the material's hazards through the use of shipping papers, package marking and labeling, and vehicle placarding;
(2) require shippers to provide emergency response information applicable to the specific hazard or hazards of the material being transported; and
(3) mandate training requirements for persons who prepare hazardous materials for shipment or transport hazardous materials in commerce.
The HMR also include operational requirements applicable to each mode of transportation.
The Administrative Procedure Act (APA), 5 U.S.C. 551
On June 22, 2016, President Barack Obama signed the Protecting our Infrastructure of Pipelines and Enhancing Safety (PIPES) Act, which in part requires PHMSA to publish an ANPRM to address P-1667 related to the marking of identification numbers on cargo tanks.
As mandated by section 15 of the PIPES Act, the objective of this ANPRM is to solicit comments on P-1667. It further solicits comments on the related petition for rulemaking, P-1668.
Through P-1667 and P-1668, the CVSA and ATA, respectively, asked PHMSA to revise § 172.336(c) of the HMR. In P-1667, CVSA proposed that PHMSA reinstate language that existed in § 172.336(c)(4) and (5) prior to the publication of the HM-219 final rule [78 FR 14702] on March 7, 2013. Prior to HM-219, the paragraphs in § 172.336(c)(4) and (5) read as follows:
(4) For each of the different liquid petroleum distillate fuels, including gasoline, in a compartmented cargo tank or tank car, if the identification number is displayed for the distillate fuel having the lowest flash point. After October 1, 2000, if a compartmented cargo tank or tank car contains such fuels together with a gasoline and alcohol fuel blend containing more than ten percent ethanol, the identification number “3475” or “1987” must also be displayed as appropriate in addition to the identification number for the liquid petroleum distillate fuel having the lowest flash point.
(5) For each of the different liquid petroleum distillate fuels, including gasoline transported in a cargo tank, if the identification number is displayed for the liquid petroleum distillate fuel having the lowest flash point.
CVSA indicated in its petition that the current regulations, as revised by the HM-219 final rule, are inconsistent with the previous requirements. CVSA further noted that the table in § 172.336 has created confusion and lack of uniformity for industry, enforcement, and first responders in regard to the display of identification numbers on multi-compartmented cargo tanks containing different petroleum distillate fuels.
In P-1668, ATA proposed removing the requirement to display the identification number of the petroleum distillate with the lowest flashpoint, in addition to the identification number for the fuel blend as “3475” or “1987,” on a multi-compartmented cargo tank carrying an alcohol fuel blend with more than 10 percent ethanol. ATA further noted that its comments to the HM-218D final rule [73 FR 4699] that was published on January 28, 2008, suggested a uniform marking for all gasoline and gasoline/alcohol fuel blends, as well as an update to the Emergency Response Guide (ERG) requiring alcohol-resistant foam for all releases. ATA noted that PHMSA disagreed with this statement at the time because “the new shipping description for gasoline/ethanol fuel blends would enhance emergency responders” ability to respond effectively to incidents involving these materials.
ATA identified several variations between Guide 127 and 128 in the ERG, used in the event of an unintentional release by emergency responders. The fuel blend identification numbers UN 1987 and 3475 are attributed to Guide 127 and Guide 128 as appropriate for several liquid petroleum distillates including UN 1203, 1270, and 1993. As noted by ATA, Guides 127 and 128 differ in the use of “alcohol-resistant foam” versus “regular foam” in the event of small and large fires. PHMSA has indicated that alcohol-resistant foam is necessary for emergency response involving polar/water-miscible flammable liquids, such as ethanol and gasoline fuel blends. In its petition, ATA reiterated the National Tank Truck Carriers' (NTTC) comments to HM-218D, suggesting that rather than displaying the identification number of the petroleum distillate and the alcohol/ethanol fuel blend, PHMSA should instead require the use of alcohol-resistant foam for both fuels in emergency response situations. Furthermore, ATA cited that emergency responders currently use alcohol-resistant foam to treat both types of fuel in the event of an unintentional release, recognizing that the identification number marking for fuel blends with greater than 10 percent ethanol is not needed for emergency response purposes.
The rulemaking history pertaining to the marking of cargo tanks containing fuel oil and petroleum distillates, as applicable to P-1667, is complex. On June 6, 1979, the Research and Special Programs Administration (RSPA), PHMSA's predecessor agency, published a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) (HM-126A) associated with the use of identification numbers on packages.
RSPA received numerous comments to the HM-126A NPRM expressing concern that the identification number requirements for cargo tanks proposed and codified in § 172.328(e) would limit a carrier's ability to transport fuel oils and distillate fuels in multi-compartmented cargo tanks and tank cars. As a result, in May 22, 1980, RSPA published a final rule titled, “Identification Numbers, Hazardous Substances, International Descriptions, Improved Descriptions, Forbidden Materials, and Organic Peroxides,” which amended the HMR and codified language in § 172.336(c)(3) stating that identification markings are not required for different distillate fuels in the same cargo tank or tank car, if the identification number is displayed for the distillate fuel having the lowest flash point.
The May 22, 1980 final rule generated a number of appeals. On November 10, 1980 [45 FR 74640], RSPA published a response to appeals to the May 22, 1980 final rule. In the response, RSPA noted that the provisions for allowing cargo tanks and multi-compartment cargo tanks to only display the identification number of the distillate fuel with lowest flash point were intended to eliminate the need for continuous changes in identification numbers for operations where gasoline and fuel oil are transported in the same cargo tank for different trips that occur on the same day. However, in response to these appeals, RSPA revised the HMR. To address compartmented cargo tanks, RSPA moved regulatory text initially found in § 172.336 from paragraph (c)(3) to (c)(4); and to address cargo tanks and tank cars, RSPA moved regulatory text initially found in § 172.336(c)(3) to (c)(5). These two provisions allowed for the display of the identification number of the liquid distillate fuel having the lowest flash point carried in a cargo tank; however, as noted above, RSPA intended for this exception to be allowed for different trips that occurred on the same day.
In an April 20, 1987 final rule (HM-166) [52 FR 13034], RSPA revised the HMR and added the term “Gasohol” to § 172.336(c)(4) and (5). This term accounted for new formulations of gasoline mixed with ethyl alcohol (
In a January 28, 2008 final rule (HM-218D) [73 FR 4699], PHMSA revised the HMR and added “UN 3475, Ethanol and
In a March 7, 2013 final rule (HM-219) [78 FR 14702], based on a petition for rulemaking (P-1522) from Shell Chemicals,
On October 16, 2000, RSPA issued an interpretation letter (Ref. No. 00-0208
On June 26, 2015, PHMSA issued an interpretation letter (Ref. No. 14-0178
The PIPES Act specifically requires PHMSA to issue an ANPRM to solicit public comment on P-1667. In addition, PHMSA is considering the regulatory changes proposed in P-1668. We invite comment on the following key issues and request that commenters provide data sources to support their positions. If commenters suggest modification to the existing regulatory requirements, PHMSA requests that comments provided be as specific as possible.
1. Are carriers currently marking cargo tanks with the identification number of a petroleum distillate fuel, including gasoline and gasohol, when that material is not present in that cargo tank? If so, why are carriers undertaking this practice? When and where does this practice occur? How prevalent is this practice?
2. If the answer to question 1 above is yes, how is this being done without violating the prohibitive marking requirements in § 172.303 of the HMR?
1. Would marking a cargo tank with the identification number for the liquid petroleum distillate fuel having the lowest flash point, rather than with the identification numbers representing
2. Does responding to an incident involving diesel fuel differ from responding to an incident involving gasoline—if so, how?
1. How many entities and shipments would be affected by modifying the existing regulatory requirements related to the hazard communication standards for cargo tanks transporting petroleum distillate fuels? In addition, how many of the effected entities would be considered small businesses?
2. What are the potential costs of modifying the existing regulatory requirements related to hazardous materials communication on cargo tanks pursuant to the petitioners' suggestions? If no specific quantitative data is available, what types of costs would be reasonable to anticipate (
3. What consequences would be mitigated or prevented by modifying the hazard communication requirements for cargo tanks transporting petroleum distillate fuels? Have there been instances in the U.S. safety record when the current requirements and industry practices related to the identification number markings have resulted in emergency response complications, injury, or death?
4. What are the potential quantifiable safety and societal benefits of modifying the existing regulatory requirements related to hazardous materials communication for cargo tanks?
5. What are the potential environmental impacts and human health effects of modifying the existing regulatory requirements?
This ANPRM has not been designated a “significant regulatory action” under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review.” 58 FR 51735 (Oct. 4, 1993). Accordingly,
Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review,” 76 FR 3821 (Jan. 21, 2011), supplements and reaffirms the principles, structures, and definitions governing regulatory review that were established in Executive Order 12866. Together, Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 require agencies to regulate in the “most cost-effective manner,” to make a “reasoned determination that the benefits of the intended regulation justify its costs,” and to develop regulations that “impose the least burden on society.”
Additionally, Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 require agencies to provide a meaningful opportunity for public participation. Therefore, PHMSA solicits comment on the key issues addressed in this ANPRM.
Executive Order 13132, “Federalism,” 64 FR 43255 (Aug. 10, 1999), requires agencies to assure meaningful and timely input by State and local officials in the development of regulatory policies that may have “substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.” We invite State and local governments with an interest in this rulemaking to comment on any effect that revisions to the HMR relative to identification numbers displayed on cargo tanks may cause.
Executive Order 13175, “Consultation and Coordination and Indian Tribal Governments,” 65 FR 67249 (Nov. 9, 2000), requires agencies to assure meaningful and timely input from Indian tribal government representatives in the development of rules that “significantly or uniquely affect” Indian communities and impose “substantial and direct compliance costs” on such communities. We invite Indian tribal governments to provide comments on the costs and effects that this or a future rulemaking could potentially have on them.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601
As such, PHMSA solicits input from small entities on the issues presented in this ANPRM. If you believe that revisions to the HMR relative to identification numbers on cargo tanks would have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, please submit a comment to PHMSA. In your comment, please explain how and to what extent your business or organization could be affected, and whether there are alternative approaches to this regulation the agency should consider that would minimize any significant impact on small business while still meeting the agency's statutory objectives
Any future proposed rule would be developed in accordance with Executive Order 13272, “Proper Consideration of Small Entities in Agency Rulemaking,” 67 FR 53461 (Aug. 16, 2002), as well as DOT's procedures and policies, so as to promote compliance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act to ensure that potential impacts on small entities of a regulatory action are properly considered.
Section 1320.8(d), title 5, Code of Federal Regulations requires that PHMSA provide interested members of the public and affected agencies an opportunity to comment on information collection and recordkeeping requests. It is possible that new or revised information collection requirements could occur as a result of any future rulemaking action. We invite comment on the need for any collection of information and paperwork burdens that may apply as result of a future rulemaking.
The National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, 42 U.S.C. 4321-4375, requires Federal agencies to consider the consequences of major Federal actions and prepare a detailed statement on actions significantly affecting the quality of the human environment. The Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) regulations require Federal agencies to conduct an environmental review considering (1) the need for the proposed action, (2) alternatives to the proposed action, (3) probable environmental impacts of the proposed action and alternatives, and (4) the agencies and persons consulted during the consideration process.
Anyone is able to search the electronic form of any written communications and comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the document (or signing the document, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union, etc.). You may review DOT's complete Privacy Act Statement in the
Under Executive Order 13609, “Promoting International Regulatory Cooperation,” 77 FR 26413 (May 4, 2012), agencies must consider whether the impacts associated with significant variations between domestic and international regulatory approaches are unnecessary, or may impair the ability of American business to export and compete internationally. In meeting shared challenges involving health, safety, labor, security, environmental, and other issues, international regulatory cooperation can identify approaches that are at least as protective as those that are, or would be, adopted in the absence of such cooperation. International regulatory cooperation can also reduce, eliminate, or prevent unnecessary differences in regulatory requirements.
Similarly, the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, Public Law 96-39, as amended by the Uruguay Round Agreements Act, Public Law 103-465, prohibits Federal agencies from establishing any standards or engaging in related activities that create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of the United States. For purposes of these requirements, Federal agencies may participate in the establishment of international standards, so long as the standards have a legitimate domestic objective, such as providing for safety, and do not operate to exclude imports that meet this objective. The statute also requires consideration of international standards and, where appropriate, that they be the basis for U.S. standards.
PHMSA participates in the establishment of international standards in order to protect the safety of the American public, and we have assessed the effects of this ANPRM to ensure that
Federal hazardous materials transportation law, 49 U.S.C. 5101
A regulation identifier number (RIN) is assigned to each regulatory action listed in the Unified Agenda of Federal Regulations. The Regulatory Information Service Center publishes the Unified Agenda in April and October of each year. The RIN contained in the heading of this document can be used to cross-reference this action with the Unified Agenda.
Office of Tribal Relations, USDA.
Notice of public meeting.
This notice announces a forthcoming meeting of The Council for Native American Farming and Ranching (CNAFR), a public advisory committee of the Office of Tribal Relations (OTR). Notice of the meetings are provided in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended. This will be the first meeting held during fiscal year 2017 and will consist of, but not be limited to: Hearing public comments, update of USDA programs and activities, and discussion of committee priorities. This meeting will be open to the public.
The meeting will be held on December 8, 2015, 10:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., and December 9, 2015, 8:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. The meeting will be open to the public on both days. Note that a period for public comment will be held on December 8, 2015, from 2:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m.
The meeting will be held at the Flamingo Hotel, 3555 S. Las Vegas Boulevard, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109, in the El Dorado Room.
Questions should be directed to Josiah Griffin, Acting Designated Federal Officer; USDA/Office of Tribal Relations, 1400 Independence Ave. SW., Whitten Bldg., 501-A; Stop 0160; Washington, DC 20250; by Fax: (202) 720-1058 or email:
In accordance with the provisions of Section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), as amended (5 U.S.C. App. 2), USDA established an advisory council for Native American farmers and ranchers. The CNAFR is a discretionary advisory committee established under the authority of the Secretary of Agriculture.
The CNAFR will operate under the provisions of the FACA and report to the Secretary of Agriculture. The purpose of the CNAFR is (1) to advise the Secretary of Agriculture on issues related to the participation of Native American farmers and ranchers in USDA programs; (2) to transmit recommendations concerning any changes to USDA regulations or internal guidance or other measures that would eliminate barriers to program participation for Native American farmers and ranchers; (3) to examine methods of maximizing the number of new farming and ranching opportunities created by USDA programs through enhanced extension and financial literacy services; (4) to examine methods of encouraging intergovernmental cooperation to mitigate the effects of land tenure and probate issues on the delivery of USDA programs; (5) to evaluate other methods of creating new farming or ranching opportunities for Native American producers; and (6) to address other related issues as deemed appropriate.
The Secretary of Agriculture selected a diverse group of members representing a broad spectrum of persons interested in providing solutions to the challenges of the aforementioned purposes. Equal opportunity practices were considered in all appointments to the CNAFR in accordance with USDA policies. The Secretary selected the members in November 2016.
Interested persons may present views, orally or in writing, on issues relating to agenda topics before the CNAFR. Written submissions may be submitted to the contact person on or before November 30, 2015. Oral presentations from the public will be heard from 2:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m. on December 8, 2015. Those individuals interested in making formal oral presentations should notify the contact person and submit a brief statement of the general nature of the issue they wish to present and the names and addresses of proposed participants by November 30, 2015. All oral presentations will be given three (3) to five (5) minutes depending on the number of participants.
The OTR will also make the agenda available to the public via the OTR Web site
Rural Business-Cooperative Service, USDA.
Notice.
This Notice is to invite applications for loans and grants under the Rural Economic Development Loan and Grant (REDLG) Programs pursuant to 7 CFR part 4280, subpart A for fiscal year (FY) 2017, subject to the availability of funding. This Notice is being issued in order to allow applicants sufficient time to leverage financing, prepare and submit their applications, and give the Agency time to process applications within FY 2017. Successful applications will be selected by the Agency for funding and subsequently awarded to the extent that funding may ultimately be made available through appropriations. An announcement on the Web site at
All applicants are responsible for any expenses incurred in developing their applications.
The deadlines for completed applications to be received in the USDA Rural Development State Offices no later than 4:30 p.m. (local time) are: Second Quarter, December 31, 2016; Third Quarter, March 31, 2017; and Fourth Quarter, June 30, 2017.
Submit applications in paper format to the USDA Rural Development State Office for the State where the Project is located. A list of the USDA Rural Development State Office contacts can be found at:
Specialty Programs Division, Business Programs, Rural Business-Cooperative Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 1400 Independence Avenue SW., MS 3226, Room 4204-South, Washington, DC 20250-3226, or call 202-720-1400. For further information on this Notice, please contact the USDA Rural Development State Office in the State in which the applicant's headquarters is located.
1.
2.
Awards under the REDLG Programs will be made on a competitive basis using specific selection criteria contained in 7 CFR part 4280, subpart A. Information required to be in the application package includes Standard Form (SF) 424, “Application for Federal Assistance;” a Resolution of the Board of Directors; AD-1047, “Debarment/Suspension Certification;” AD-1049 “Certification Regarding Drug-Free Workplace Requirements;” SF LLL, Restrictions on Lobbying; RD 400-1, “Equal Opportunity Agreement;” RD 400-4, “Assurance Agreement;” Assurance Statement for the Uniform Act; Seismic Certification (if construction); paperwork required in accordance with 7 CFR part 1970, “Environmental Policies and Procedures.” If the proposal involves new construction; large increases in employment; hazardous waste; a change in use, size, capacity, purpose, or location from an original facility; or is publicly controversial, the following is required: environmental documentation in accordance with 7 CFR part 1970;” RUS Form 7, “Financial and Statistical Report;” and RUS Form 7a, “Investments, Loan Guarantees, and Loans,” or similar information; and written narrative of Project description. Applications will be tentatively scored by the State Offices and submitted to the National Office for review.
3.
4.
Loans and grants may be made to any entity that is identified by USDA Rural Development as an eligible borrower under the Rural Electrification Act of 1936, as amended (Act). In accordance with 7 CFR 4280.13, applicants that are not delinquent on any Federal debt or otherwise disqualified from participation in these Programs are eligible to apply. An applicant must be eligible under 7 U.S.C. 940c. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any former Rural Utilities Service borrower that has repaid or prepaid an insured, direct, or guaranteed loan under the Act, or any not-for-profit utility that is eligible to receive an insured or direct loan under such Act shall be eligible for assistance under section 313(b)(2)(B) of such Act in the same manner as a borrower under such Act. All other restrictions in this Notice will apply.
The Agency requires the following information to make an eligibility determination. These applications must include, but are not limited to, the following:
(a) An original and one copy of SF 424, “Application for Federal Assistance (For Non-construction);”
(b) Copies of applicant's organizational documents showing the applicant's legal existence and authority to perform the activities under the Grant;
(c) A proposed scope of work, including a description of the proposed Project, details of the proposed activities to be accomplished and timeframes for completion of each task, the number of months duration of the Project, and the estimated time it will take from grant approval to beginning of Project implementation;
(d) A written narrative that includes, at a minimum, the following items:
(i) An explanation of why the Project is needed, the benefits of the proposed Project, and how the Project meets the Grant eligible purposes;
(ii) Area to be served, identifying each governmental unit,
(iii) Description of how the Project will coordinate Economic Development activities with other Economic Development activities within the Project area;
(iv) Businesses to be assisted, if appropriate, and Economic Development to be accomplished;
(v) An explanation of how the proposed Project will result in newly created, increased, or supported jobs in the area and the number of projected new and supported jobs within the next 3 years;
(vi) A description of the applicant's demonstrated capability and experience in providing the proposed Project assistance, including experience of key staff members and persons who will be providing the proposed Project activities and managing the Project;
(vii) The method and rationale used to select the areas and businesses that will receive the service;
(viii) A brief description of how the work will be performed, including whether organizational staff or consultants or contractors will be used; and
(ix) Other information the Agency may request to assist it in making a grant award determination.
(e) The last 3 years of financial information to show the applicant's financial capacity to carry out the proposed work. If the applicant is less than 3 years old, at a minimum, the information should include all balance sheet(s), income statement(s), and cash flow statement(s). A current audited report is required if available;
(f) Documentation regarding the availability and amount of other funds to be used in conjunction with the funds from REDLG; and
(g) A budget which includes salaries, fringe benefits, consultant costs, indirect costs, and other appropriate direct costs for the Project.
For loans, either the Ultimate Recipient or the Intermediary must provide supplemental funds for the Project equal to at least 20 percent of the loan to the Intermediary. For grants, the Intermediary must establish a Revolving Loan Fund (or Fund) and contribute an amount equal to at least 20 percent of the Grant. The supplemental contribution must come from Intermediary's funds which may not be from other Federal Grants, unless permitted by law.
Applications will only be accepted for projects that promote rural economic development and job creation.
There are no “responsiveness” or “threshold” eligibility criteria for these loans and grants. There is no limit on the number of applications an applicant may submit under this announcement. In addition to the forms listed under the program description, Form AD 3030 “Representations Regulation Felony Conviction and Tax Delinquent Status for Corporate Applicants,” must be completed in the affirmative.
None of the funds made available by this or any other Act may be used to enter into a contract, memorandum of understanding, or cooperative agreement with, make a grant to, or provide a loan or loan guarantee to, any corporation that has any unpaid Federal tax liability that has been assessed, for which all judicial and administrative remedies have been exhausted or have lapsed, and that is not being paid in a timely manner pursuant to an agreement with the authority responsible for collecting the tax liability, where the awarding agency is aware of the unpaid tax liability, unless a Federal agency has considered suspension or debarment of the corporation and has made a determination that this further action is not necessary to protect the interests of the Government.
None of the funds made available by this or any other Act may be used to enter into a contract, memorandum of understanding, or cooperative agreement with, make a grant to, or provide a loan or loan guarantee to, any corporation that was convicted of a felony criminal violation under any Federal law within the preceding 24 months, where the awarding agency is aware of the conviction, unless a Federal agency has considered suspension or debarment of the corporation and has made a determination that this further action is not necessary to protect the interests of the Government.
Applications will not be considered for funding if they do not provide sufficient information to determine eligibility or are missing required elements.
For further information, entities wishing to apply for assistance should contact the USDA Rural Development State Office provided in the
Applications must be submitted in paper format. Applications submitted to a Rural Development State Office must be received by the closing date and local time deadline.
All applicants must have a Dun and Bradstreet Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) number which can be obtained at no cost via a toll-free request line at (866) 705-5711 or at
Please note that applicants must locate the downloadable application package for this program by the Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance Number or FedGrants Funding Opportunity Number, which can be found at
An application must contain all of the required elements. Each selection priority criterion outlined in 7 CFR 4280.42(b) must be addressed in the application. Failure to address any of the criterion will result in a zero-point score for that criterion and will impact the overall evaluation of the application. Copies of 7 CFR part 4280, subpart A, will be provided to any interested applicant making a request to a Rural Development State Office. An original copy of the application must be filed with the Rural Development State Office for the State where the Intermediary is located.
The applicant documentation and forms needed for a complete application are located in the PROGRAM DESCRIPTION section of this Notice, and 7 CFR part 4280, subpart A. There are no specific formats required per this Notice, and applicants may request
(a) There are no specific limitations on the number of pages or other formatting requirements other than those described in the PROGRAM DESCRIPTION section.
(b) There are no specific limitations on the number of pages, font size and type face, margins, paper size, number of copies, and the sequence or assembly requirements.
(c) The component pieces of this application should contain original signatures on the original application.
(a)
(b) The deadline date means that the completed application package must be received in the USDA Rural Development State Office by the deadline date and time established above. All application documents identified in this Notice are required.
(c) If completed applications are not received by the deadline established above, the application will neither be reviewed nor considered under any circumstances.
(d) The Agency will determine the application receipt date based on the actual date postmarked.
(e) If the grantee has a previously approved indirect cost rate, it is permissible, otherwise, the applicant may elect to charge the 10 percent indirect cost permitted under 2 CFR 200.414(f). Due to the time required to evaluate Indirect Cost Rates, it is likely that all funds will be awarded by the time the Indirect Cost Rate is determined. No foreign travel is permitted. Pre-Federal award costs will only be permitted with prior written approval by the Agency.
(f) Applicants must submit applications in hard copy format as previously indicated in the APPLICATION AND SUBMISSION INFORMATION section of this Notice. If the applicant wishes to hand deliver its application, the addresses for these deliveries can be located in the
(g) If you require alternative means of communication for program information (
All eligible and complete applications will be evaluated and scored based on the selection criteria and weights contained in 7 CFR part 4280, subpart A. Failure to address any one of the criteria by the application deadline will result in the application being determined ineligible, and the application will not be considered for funding.
The State Offices will review applications to determine if they are eligible for assistance based on requirements contained in 7 CFR part 4280, subpart A. If determined eligible, your application will be submitted to the National Office. Funding of projects is subject to the Intermediary's satisfactory submission of the additional items required by that subpart and the USDA Rural Development Letter of Conditions. The Agency reserves the right to award additional discretionary points under 7 CFR 4280.43.
In order to distribute funds among the greatest number of projects possible, applications will be reviewed, prioritized, and funded by ranking each State's highest scoring Project in highest to lowest score order. The highest scoring Project from each State will be considered that State's Priority One Project. Priority One projects will be ranked according to score from highest to lowest. The second highest scoring Project from each State will be considered the State's Priority Two Project. Priority Two projects will be ranked according to score from highest to lowest and so forth until all projects have been scored and ranked in priority order. All Priority One projects will be funded before any Priority Two projects and so forth until funds are depleted, so as to ensure broad geographic distribution of funding.
Successful applicants will receive notification for funding from the Rural Development State Office. Applicants must comply with all applicable statutes and regulations before the loan/grant award can be approved. Provided the application and eligibility requirements have not changed, an application not selected will be reconsidered in three subsequent quarterly funding competitions for a total of four competitions. If an application is withdrawn, it can be resubmitted and will be evaluated as a new application.
Additional requirements that apply to intermediaries or grantees selected for these Programs can be found in 7 CFR part 4280, subpart A. Awards are subject to USDA grant regulations at 2 CFR Chapter IV which incorporated the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) regulations 2 CFR 200.
All successful applicants will be notified by letter which will include a Letter of Conditions, and a Letter of Intent to Meet Conditions. This letter is not an authorization to begin performance. If the applicant wishes to consider beginning performance prior to the loan or grant being officially closed, all pre-award costs must be approved in writing and in advance by the Agency. The loan or grant will be considered officially awarded when all conditions in the Letter of Conditions have been met and the Agency obligates the funding for the Project.
Additional requirements that apply to intermediaries or grantees selected for these Programs can be found in 7 CFR 4280, subpart A; the Grants and Agreements regulations of the U.S. Department of Agriculture codified in 2 CFR parts 400.1 to 400.18, and successor regulations to these parts.
In addition, all recipients of Federal financial assistance are required to report information about first-tier sub-awards and executive compensation (see 2 CFR part 170). You will be required to have the necessary processes and systems in place to comply with the Federal Funding Accountability and Transparency Act of 2006 (Pub. L. 109-282) reporting requirements (see 2 CFR 170.200(b), unless you are exempt under 2 CFR 170.110(b)).
The following additional requirements apply to intermediaries or grantees selected for these Programs:
(a) Form RD 4280-2 “Rural Business-Cooperative Service Financial Assistance Agreement.”
(b) Letter of Conditions.
(c) Form RD 1940-1, “Request for Obligation of Funds.”
(d) Form RD 1942-46, “Letter of Intent to Meet Conditions.”
(e) Form AD-1047, “Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, and Other Responsibility Matters-Primary Covered Transactions.”
(f) Form AD-1048 “Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and voluntary Exclusion-Lower Tier Covered Transactions.”
(g) Form AD-1049, “Certification Regarding a Drug-Free Workplace Requirement (Grants).”
(h) Form AD-3031, “Assurance Regarding Felony Conviction or Tax Delinquent Status for Corporate Applicants.” Must be signed by corporate applicants who receive an award under this Notice.
(i) Form RD 400-4, “Assurance Agreement.” Each prospective recipient must sign Form RD 400-4, Assurance Agreement, which assures USDA that the recipient is in compliance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 7 CFR part 15 and other Agency regulations. That no person will be discriminated against based on race, color or national origin, in regard to any program or activity for which the re-lender receives Federal financial assistance. That nondiscrimination statements are in advertisements and brochures.
Collect and maintain data provided by ultimate recipients on race, sex, and national origin and ensure Ultimate Recipients collect and maintain this data. Race and ethnicity data will be collected in accordance with OMB
The applicant and the ultimate recipient must comply with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Age Discrimination Act of 1975, Executive Order 12250, Executive Order 13166 Limited English Proficiency (LEP), and 7 CFR part 1901, subpart E.
(i) SF LLL, “Disclosure of Lobbying Activities,” if applicable.
(j) Use Form SF 270, “Request for Advance or Reimbursement.”
(a) A Financial Status Report and a Project performance activity report will be required of all grantees on a quarterly basis until initial funds are expended and yearly thereafter, if applicable, based on the Federal fiscal year. The grantee will complete the Project within the total time available to it in accordance with the Scope of Work and any necessary modifications thereof prepared by the grantee and approved by the Agency. A final Project performance report will be required with the final Financial Status Report. The final report may serve as the last quarterly report. The final report must provide complete information regarding the jobs created and supported as a result of the grant if applicable. Grantees must continuously monitor performance to ensure that time schedules are being met, projected work by time periods is being accomplished, and other performance objectives are being achieved. Grantees must submit an original of each report to the Agency no later than 30 days after the end of the quarter. The Project performance reports must include, but not be limited to, the following:
(1) A comparison of actual accomplishments to the objectives established for that period;
(2) Problems, delays, or adverse conditions, if any, which have affected or will affect attainment of overall Project objectives, prevent meeting time schedules or objectives, or preclude the attainment of particular Project work elements doing established time periods. This disclosure shall be accompanied by a statement of the action taken or planned to resolve the situation; and
(3) Objectives and timetable established for the next reporting period.
(4) Any special reporting requirements, such as jobs supported and created, businesses assisted, or economic development which results in improvements in median household incomes, and any other specific requirements, should be placed in the reporting section of the Letter of Conditions.
(5) Within 90 days after the conclusion of the Project, the grantee will provide a final Project evaluation report. The last quarterly payment will be withheld until the final report is received and approved by the Agency. Even though the grantee may request reimbursement on a monthly basis, the last 3 months of reimbursements will be withheld until a final report, Project performance, and financial status report are received and approved by the Agency.
In addition to any reports required by 2 CFR 200 and 2 CFR 400.1 to 400.18, the Intermediary or grantee must provide reports as required by 7 CFR part 4280, subpart A.
For general questions about this announcement, please contact your USDA Rural Development State Office provided in the
All grants made under this Notice are subject to Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 as required by the USDA (7 CFR part 15, subpart A) and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Title VIII of the Civil Rights Act of 1968, Title IX, Executive Order 13166 (Limited English Proficiency), Executive Order 11246, and the Equal Credit Opportunity Act of 1974.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the information collection requirement contained in this Notice is approved by OMB under OMB Control Number 0570-0070.
All applicants, in accordance with 2 CFR part 25, must have a DUNS number, which can be obtained at no cost via a toll-free request line at (866) 705-5711 or online at
In accordance with Federal civil rights law and U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) civil rights regulations and policies, the USDA, its Agencies, offices, and employees, and institutions participating in or administering USDA Programs are prohibited from discriminating based on race, color, national origin, religion, sex, gender identity (including gender expression), sexual orientation, disability, age, marital status, family/parental status, income derived from a public assistance program, political beliefs, or reprisal or retaliation for prior civil rights activity, in any program or activity conducted or funded by USDA (not all bases apply to all programs). Remedies and complaint filing deadlines vary by program or incident.
Persons with disabilities who require alternative means of communication for program information (
To file a program discrimination complaint, complete the USDA Program Discrimination Complaint Form, AD-3027, found online at
(1)
(2)
(3)
USDA is an equal opportunity provider, employer, and lender.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
In response to requests from interested parties, the Department of Commerce (the Department) is conducting an administrative review of the antidumping duty order on certain cased pencils (pencils) from the People's Republic of China (PRC). The period of review (POR) is December 1, 2014, through November 30, 2015. The Department preliminarily finds that Shandong Rongxin Import & Export Co., Ltd. (Rongxin) is not eligible for a separate rate, and, thus, remains part of the PRC-wide entity. In addition, we are rescinding the administrative review with respect to Orient International Holding Shanghai Foreign Trade Co., Ltd. (SFTC), and Wah Yuen Stationery Co. Ltd. and its affiliate, Shandong Wah Yuen Stationery Co. Ltd., and its claimed affiliate, Tianjin Tonghe Stationery Co. Ltd. (collectively, Wah Yuen), because the requests for administrative review of these companies were timely withdrawn. Interested parties are invited to comment on these preliminary results.
Effective November 21, 2016.
Mary Kolberg, AD/CVD Operations, Office I, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-1785.
On December 1, 2015, the Department published a notice of an opportunity to request an administrative review of the antidumping duty order on cased pencils from the PRC.
The merchandise subject to the order includes certain cased pencils from the PRC. The subject merchandise is currently classifiable under Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) subheading 9609.1010. A full description of the scope of the order is contained in the Preliminary Decision Memorandum.
Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.213(d)(1), the Secretary will rescind an administrative review, in whole or in part, if a party that requested the review withdraws the request within 90 days of the date of publication of the
The Department is conducting this review in accordance with section 751(a)(1)(B) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act). We have preliminary determined that Rongxin is not eligible for a separate rate; as such, the Department has not calculated a margin for these preliminary results. For a full description of the methodology and analysis underlying our determination,
The Department preliminarily determines that, for the period
The Department will disclose the analysis performed for these preliminary results within five days of the date of publication of this notice.
Any interested party may request a hearing within 30 days of publication of this notice.
The Department intends to issue the final results of this administrative review, including the results of its analysis of issues raised in any briefs, within 120 days of publication of these preliminary results, pursuant to section 751(a)(3)(A) of the Act, unless extended.
Upon issuing the final results of review, the Department will determine, and U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) shall assess, antidumping duties on all appropriate entries covered by this review.
If, in the course of this review, we reverse our preliminary determination and find that Rongxin is eligible for a separate rate, and Rongxin's weighted-average dumping margin is above
The final results of this review shall be the basis for the assessment of antidumping duties on entries of merchandise covered by the final results of this review and for future cash deposits of estimated antidumping duties, where applicable.
The following cash deposit requirements will be effective upon publication of the final results of this administrative review for shipments of the subject merchandise from the PRC entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the publication date, as provided by sections 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act: (1) If we reverse our decision that Rongxin is entitled to a separate rate, then the cash deposit rate will be the rate established in the final results of this review (except, if the rate is zero or
This notice also serves as a preliminary reminder to importers of their responsibility under 19 CFR 351.402(f)(2) to file a certificate regarding the reimbursement of antidumping duties prior to liquidation of the relevant entries during this review period. Failure to comply with this requirement could result in the Department's presumption that reimbursement of antidumping duties occurred and the subsequent assessment of double antidumping duties.
We are issuing and publishing these results in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.213(d)(4) and 351.221(b)(4).
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; receipt of application.
Notice is hereby given that the Alaska Department of Fish and Game, PO Box 115526, Juneau, AK 99811-5526 [Responsible Party: Robert Small, Ph.D.], has applied in due form for a permit to conduct research on marine mammals.
Written, telefaxed, or email comments must be received on or before December 21, 2016.
The application and related documents are available for review by selecting “Records Open for Public Comment” from the “Features” box on the Applications and Permits for
These documents are also available upon written request or by appointment in the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, 1315 East-West Highway, Room 13705, Silver Spring, MD 20910; phone (301) 427-8401; fax (301) 713-0376.
Written comments on this application should be submitted to the Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, at the address listed above. Comments may also be submitted by facsimile to (301) 713-0376, or by email to
Those individuals requesting a public hearing should submit a written request to the Chief, Permits and Conservation Division at the address listed above. The request should set forth the specific reasons why a hearing on this application would be appropriate.
Rosa González or Sara Young, (301) 427-8401.
The subject permit is requested under the authority of the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972, as amended (MMPA; 16 U.S.C. 1361
The applicant requests a five-year permit to study harbor seals (
In compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321
Concurrent with the publication of this notice in the
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; receipt of application for a permit modification.
Notice is hereby given that Michael Arendt, South Carolina Department of Natural Resources, Marine Resources Division, 217 Fort Johnson Road, Charleston, SC 29412, has requested a modification to scientific research Permit No. 19621.
Written, telefaxed, or email comments must be received on or before December 21, 2016.
The modification request and related documents are available for review by selecting “Records Open for Public Comment” from the Features box on the Applications and Permits for Protected Species (APPS) home page,
Written comments on this application should be submitted to the Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, at the address listed above. Comments may also be submitted by facsimile to (301) 713-0376, or by email to
Those individuals requesting a public hearing should submit a written request to the Chief, Permits and Conservation Division at the address listed above. The request should set forth the specific reasons why a hearing on this application would be appropriate.
Amy Hapeman or Malcolm Mohead, (301) 427-8401.
The subject modification to Permit No. 19621, issued on June 16, 2016 (81 FR 43589) is requested under the authority of the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531
Permit No. 19621 authorizes the Dr. Arendt to study loggerhead (
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of a public meeting and scoping sessions.
The Western Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) will hold public meetings and scoping sessions to discuss fishery management regulations for the Monument Expanded Area in the Northwestern Hawaiian Islands.
The Council will hold meetings in Hawaii from Tuesday, December 6 through Saturday, December 17, 2016. For specific dates, times and agendas, see
The meetings will be held in Hilo, Kona, Kahului, Maui, Lihue, Kauai, Honolulu, Oahu, Kaunakakai, Molokai, HI. See
Kitty M. Simonds, Executive Director, Western Pacific Fishery Management Council; telephone: (808) 522-8220.
The Council will hold meetings in Hilo, HI, on Tuesday, December 6, 2016, between 6 p.m. and 9 p.m.; in Kona, HI, on Wednesday, December 7, 2016, between 6 p.m. and 9 p.m.; in Kahului, Maui, HI, on Thursday, December 8, 2016, between 6 p.m. and 9 p.m.; in Lihue, Kauai, HI on Tuesday, December 13, 2016, between 6 p.m. and 9 p.m.; in Honolulu, Oahu, HI, on Thursday, December 15, 2016, between 6 p.m. and 9 p.m.; and in Kaunakakai, Molokai, HI, on Saturday, December 17, 2016, between 1 p.m. and 4 p.m. All times listed are local island times.
The Hilo meeting will be held at the Hilo Intermediate School Cafeteria, 587 Waianuenue Ave, Hilo, HI 96720. The Kona meeting will be held at the West Hawaii Civic Center, Building G, 74-5044 Ane Keohokalole Hwy, Kailua-Kona, HI 96740. The Maui meeting will be held at the Courtyard Maui Kahului Airport, 532 Keolani Pl, Kahului, HI 96732. The Kauai meeting will be held at the Chiefess Kamakahelei Middle School, 4431 Nuhou St, Lihue, HI 96766. The Oahu meeting will be held at the Ala Moana Hotel, 410 Atkinson Dr, Honolulu, HI 96814. The Molokai meeting will be held at Kaunakakai Elementary School Cafeteria, 30 Ailoa St, Kaunakakai, HI 96761.
Public scoping and comment periods will be provided in the agenda. The order in which agenda items are addressed may change. The meetings will run as late as necessary to complete scheduled business.
These meetings are physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to Kitty M. Simonds, (808) 522-8220 (voice) or (808) 522-8226 (fax), at least 5 days prior to the meeting date.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; issuance of permits.
Notice is hereby given that permits or permit amendments have been issued to the following entities:
The permits and related documents are available for review upon written request or by appointment in the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, 1315 East-West Highway, Room 13705, Silver Spring, MD 20910; phone (301) 427-8401; fax (301) 713-0376.
Carrie Hubard (File Nos. 13927-03, 16553-01) and Shasta McClenahan or Jennifer Skidmore (File No. 20532) at (301) 427-8401.
Requests for a permit or permit amendment had been submitted by the above-named applicants. The requested permits have been issued under the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1361
In compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321
As required by the ESA, as applicable, issuance of these permits was based on a finding that such permits: (1) Were applied for in good faith; (2) will not operate to the disadvantage of such endangered species; and (3) are consistent with the purposes and policies set forth in section 2 of the ESA.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; public meeting.
The New England Fishery Management Council (Council), Atlantic Herring Committee, Atlantic Herring Advisory Panel and Atlantic Herring Plan Development Team is scheduling a public workshop on the Atlantic Herring Acceptable Biological Catch Control Rule Management Strategy Evaluation to consider actions affecting New England fisheries in the exclusive economic zone (EEZ). Recommendations from this group will be brought to the full Council for formal consideration and action, if appropriate.
This workshop will be held on Wednesday, December 7, 2016 at 9 a.m. and Thursday, December 8, 2016 at 8:30 a.m.
The workshop will be held at the Sheraton Harborside Hotel, 250 Market Street, Portsmouth, ME 03801; phone: (888) 627-7138; fax: (603) 431-7805.
Thomas A. Nies, Executive Director, New England Fishery Management Council; telephone: (978) 465-0492.
The New England Fishery Management Council is currently developing Amendment 8 to the Atlantic Herring Fishery Management Plan. Through Amendment 8, the Council expects to establish a long-term control rule for the acceptable biological catch (ABC) of Atlantic herring that may explicitly account for herring's role in the ecosystem and address the biological and ecological requirements of the Atlantic herring resource. A control rule is a method for establishing an annual catch limit or target fishing level based on scientific information. A long-term control rule is needed to provide guidance on setting an annual ABC to account for scientific uncertainty, stock status, and the Council's risk tolerance to maintain a sustainable Atlantic herring stock that includes consideration of herring as a forage species.
In January 2016, the Council approved conducting a Management Strategy Evaluation (MSE) to support the development of alternatives for an ABC control rule. MSE is a collaborative decision-making process involving more public input and technical analysis than the normal amendment development process. The MSE will help determine how a range of control rules may perform relative to potential objectives.
The Council held an initial public workshop in May 2016 to develop recommendations for a range of potential objectives of the ABC control rule, how progress towards these objectives may be measured, and the control rules to test. In June 2016, after reviewing the workshop recommendations and additional input from the Herring Plan Development Team, Advisory Panel, and Committee, the Council approved moving forward with the MSE. Technical work has been underway ever since.
The purpose of this workshop is to provide continued opportunities for public input on the Management Strategy Evaluation of Atlantic herring ABC control rules.
The Council is holding this workshop to: Develop a common understanding of the outcomes of the MSE technical simulations, which tested the performance of a range of ABC control rules relative to potential objectives, identified at the May 2016 public workshop and approved by the Council in June. The workshop also aims to get input from stakeholders on: Identifying acceptable ranges of performance for various metrics, so that tradeoffs in achieving objectives may be identified; narrowing the range of Atlantic herring ABC control rule alternatives to consider in more detail; and what, if any, additional (minor) MSE simulation work would be helpful for establishing a long-term ABC control rule. Finally, the workshop will provide a chance for stakeholders of the Atlantic herring fishery to have greater input than typically possible at Council meetings, through constructive and open dialogue among resource users, scientists, fishery managers, and members of the public.
This meeting is physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of intent; request for applications.
NMFS announces its request for applications for the 2017 shark research fishery from commercial shark fishermen with directed or incidental shark limited access permits. The shark research fishery allows for the collection of fishery-dependent and biological data for future stock assessments and to meet the research objectives of the Agency. The only commercial vessels authorized to land sandbar sharks are those participating in the shark research fishery. Shark research fishery permittees may also land other large coastal sharks (LCS), small coastal sharks (SCS), smoothhound sharks, and pelagic sharks. Commercial shark fishermen who are interested in participating in the shark research fishery need to submit a completed Shark Research Fishery Permit Application in order to be considered.
Shark Research Fishery Applications must be received no later December 21, 2016.
Please submit completed applications to the HMS Management Division at:
•
•
•
For copies of the Shark Research Fishery Permit Application, please write to the HMS Management Division at the address listed above, call (301) 427-8503 (phone), or fax a request to (301) 713-1917. Copies of the Shark Research Fishery Application are also available at the HMS Web site at
Karyl Brewster-Geisz, Guý DuBeck, Larry Redd, at (301) 427-8503 (phone) or (301) 713-1917 (fax), or Delisse Ortiz at 240-681-9037 (phone).
The Atlantic shark fisheries are managed under the authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act). The Consolidated HMS Fishery Management Plan (FMP) is implemented by regulations at 50 CFR part 635.
The shark research fishery was established, in part, to maintain time series data for stock assessments and to meet NMFS' research objectives. Since the shark research fishery was established in 2008, the research fishery has allowed for: The collection of fishery-dependent data for current and future stock assessments; the operation of cooperative research to meet NMFS' ongoing research objectives; the collection of updated life-history information used in the sandbar shark (and other species) stock assessment; the collection of data on habitat preferences that might help reduce fishery interactions through bycatch mitigation; evaluation of the utility of the mid-Atlantic closed area on the recovery of dusky sharks and collection of hook-timer and pop-up satellite archival tag (PSAT) information to determine at-vessel and post-release mortality of dusky sharks; and collection of sharks to determine the weight conversion factor from dressed weight to whole weight.
The shark research fishery allows selected commercial fishermen the opportunity to earn revenue from selling additional sharks, including sandbar sharks. Only the commercial shark fishermen selected to participate in the shark research fishery are authorized to land sandbar sharks subject to the sandbar quota available each year. The base quota is 90.7 metric tons (mt) dressed weight (dw) per year, although this number may be reduced in the event of overharvests, if any. The selected shark research fishery permittees will also be allowed to land other LCS, SCS, smoothhound sharks, and pelagic sharks per any restrictions established on their shark research fishery permit. Generally, the shark research fishery permits are valid only for the calendar year for which they are issued.
The specific 2017 trip limits and number of trips per month will depend on the availability of funding, number of selected vessels, the availability of observers, the available quota, and the objectives of the research fishery, and will be included in the permit terms at time of issuance. The number of participants in the research fishery changes each year. In 2016, five fishermen were chosen to participate. From 2008 through 2016, there has been an average of seven participants each year with the range from five to eleven. The trip limits and the number of trips taken per month have changed each year the research fishery has been active. Participants may also be limited on the amount of gear they can deploy on a given set (
In the 2016 fishing season, NMFS split the sandbar and LCS research fishery quotas equally among selected participants, with each vessel allocated 14.5 mt dw of sandbar shark research fishery quota and 8.0 mt dw of other LCS research fishery quota. NMFS also established a regional dusky bycatch limit where once three or more dusky sharks were brought to the vessel dead in any of five regions across the Gulf of Mexico and Atlantic through the entire year, any shark research fishery permit holder in that region was not able to soak their gear for longer than 3 hours. If, after the change in soak time, there were three or more additional dusky shark interactions (alive or dead) observed, shark research fishery permit holders were not able to make a trip in that region for the remainder of the year, unless otherwise permitted by NMFS. There were slightly different measures established for shark research fishery participants in the mid-Atlantic shark closed area in order to allow NMFS observers to place satellite archival tags on dusky sharks and collect other scientific information on dusky sharks while also minimizing any dusky shark mortality.
Participants were also required to keep any dead sharks, unless they were a prohibited species, in which case they were required to release them. If the regional non-blacknose SCS, blacknose, smoothhound and/or pelagic shark management group quotas were closed, then the shark research fishery permit holder fishing in the closed region had to discard all of the species from the closed management groups regardless of condition. Any sharks, except prohibited species or closed
In order to participate in the shark research fishery, commercial shark fishermen need to submit a completed Shark Research Fishery Application by the deadline noted above (see
Each year, the research objectives are developed by a shark board, which is comprised of representatives within NMFS, including representatives from the Southeast Fisheries Science Center (SEFSC) Panama City Laboratory, Northeast Fisheries Science Center Narragansett Laboratory, the Southeast Regional Office Protected Resources Division, and the HMS Management Division. The research objectives for 2017 are based on various documents, including the 2012 Biological Opinion for the Continued Authorization of the Atlantic Shark Fisheries and the Federal Authorization of a Smoothhound Fishery, as well as recent stock assessments for the U.S. South Atlantic blacknose, U.S Gulf of Mexico blacknose, U.S. Gulf of Mexico blacktip, sandbar, and dusky sharks (all these stock assessments can be found at
• Collect reproductive, length, sex, and age data from sandbar and other sharks throughout the calendar year for species-specific stock assessments;
• Monitor the size distribution of sandbar sharks and other species captured in the fishery;
• Continue on-going tagging shark programs for identification of migration corridors and stock structure using dart and/or spaghetti tags;
• Maintain time-series of abundance from previously derived indices for the shark bottom longline observer program;
• Sample fin sets (
• Acquire fin-clip samples of all shark and other species for genetic analysis;
• Attach satellite archival tags to endangered smalltooth sawfish to provide information on critical habitat and preferred depth, consistent with the requirements listed in the take permit issued under Section 10 of the Endangered Species Act to the SEFSC observer program;
• Attach satellite archival tags to prohibited dusky and other sharks, as needed, to provide information on daily and seasonal movement patterns, and preferred depth;
• Evaluate hooking mortality and post-release survivorship of dusky, hammerhead, blacktip, and other sharks using hook-timers and temperature-depth recorders;
• Evaluate the effects of controlled gear experiments in order to determine the effects of potential hook changes to prohibited species interactions and fishery yields;
• Examine the size distribution of sandbar and other sharks captured throughout the fishery including in the Mid-Atlantic shark time/area closure off the coast of North Carolina from January 1 through July 31; and
• Develop allometric and weight relationships of selected species of sharks (
Shark Research Fishery Permit Applications will be accepted only from commercial shark fishermen who hold a current directed or incidental shark limited access permit. While incidental permit holders are welcome to submit an application, to ensure that an appropriate number of sharks are landed to meet the research objectives for this year, NMFS will give priority to directed permit holders as recommended by the shark board. As such, qualified incidental permit holders will be selected only if there are not enough qualified directed permit holders to meet research objectives.
The Shark Research Fishery Permit Application includes, but is not limited to, a request for the following information: Type of commercial shark permit possessed; past participation and availability in the commercial shark fishery (not including sharks caught for display); past involvement and compliance with HMS observer programs per 50 CFR 635.7; past compliance with HMS regulations at 50 CFR part 635; past and present availability to participate in the shark research fishery year-round; ability to fish in the regions and season requested; ability to attend necessary meetings regarding the objectives and research protocols of the shark research fishery; and ability to carry out the research objectives of the Agency. Preference will be given to those applicants who are willing and available to fish year-round and who affirmatively state that they intend to do so, in order to ensure the timely and accurate data collection NMFS needs to meet this year's research objectives. An applicant who has been charged criminally or civilly (
The HMS Management Division will review all submitted applications and develop a list of qualified applicants from those applications that are deemed complete. A qualified applicant is an applicant that has submitted a complete application by the deadline (see
Once the selection process is complete, NMFS will notify the selected applicants and issue the shark research fishery permits. The shark research fishery permits will be valid only in calendar year 2017. If needed, NMFS will communicate with the shark research fishery permit holders to arrange a captain's meeting to discuss the research objectives and protocols. NMFS held mandatory captain's meetings before observers were placed on vessels since 2013 and expects to hold one again in late 2016 or early 2017. Once the fishery starts, the shark research fishery permit holders must contact the NMFS observer coordinator to arrange the placement of a NMFS-approved observer for each shark research trip. Additionally, selected applicants are expected to allow observers the opportunity to perform their duties as required and assist observers as necessary.
A shark research fishery permit will only be valid for the vessel and owner(s) and terms and conditions listed on the permit, and, thus, cannot be transferred to another vessel or owner(s). Shark research fishery permit holders must carry a NMFS-approved observer in order to land sandbar sharks. Issuance of a shark research permit does not guarantee that the permit holder will be assigned a NMFS-approved observer on any particular trip. Rather, issuance indicates that a vessel may be issued a NMFS-approved observer for a particular trip, and on such trips, may be allowed to harvest Atlantic sharks, including sandbar sharks, in excess of the retention limits described in 50 CFR 635.24(a). These retention limits will be based on available quota, number of vessels participating in the 2017 shark research fishery, the research objectives set forth by the shark board, the extent of other restrictions placed on the vessel, and may vary by vessel and/or location. When not operating under the auspices of the shark research fishery, the vessel would still be able to land LCS, SCS, smoothhound sharks, and pelagic sharks subject to existing retention limits on trips without a NMFS-approved observer.
NMFS annually invites commercial shark permit holders (directed and incidental) to submit an application to participate in the shark research fishery. Permit applications can be found on the HMS Management Division's Web site at
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of SEDAR 51 Stock ID Webinar for Gray Snapper.
The SEDAR 51 assessment of the Gray Snapper will consist of a data workshop, a review workshop, and a series of assessment Webinars,
The SEDAR 51 Stock ID Webinar will be held from 1 p.m. to 4 p.m. on December 7, 2016, to view the agenda see
Julie A. Neer, SEDAR Coordinator; (843) 571-4366. Email:
The Gulf of Mexico, South Atlantic, and Caribbean Fishery Management Councils, in conjunction with NOAA Fisheries and the Atlantic and Gulf States Marine Fisheries Commissions have implemented the Southeast Data, Assessment and Review (SEDAR) process, a multi-step method for determining the status of fish stocks in the Southeast Region. SEDAR is a multi-step process including: (1) Data Workshop; (2) Assessment Process utilizing webinars; and (3) Review Workshop. The product of the Data Workshop is a data report that compiles and evaluates potential datasets and recommends which datasets are appropriate for assessment analyses. The product of the Assessment Process is a stock assessment report that describes the fisheries, evaluates the status of the stock, estimates biological benchmarks, projects future population conditions, and recommends research and monitoring needs. The assessment is independently peer reviewed at the Review Workshop. The product of the Review Workshop is a Summary documenting panel opinions regarding the strengths and weaknesses of the stock assessment and input data. Participants for SEDAR Workshops are appointed by the Gulf of Mexico, South Atlantic, and Caribbean Fishery Management Councils and NOAA Fisheries Southeast Regional Office, HMS Management Division, and Southeast Fisheries Science Center. Participants include data collectors and database managers; stock assessment scientists, biologists, and researchers; constituency representatives including fishermen, environmentalists, and NGO's; International experts; and staff of Councils, Commissions, and state and federal agencies.
The items of discussion in the Stock ID Webinars are as follows:
1. Participants will use review genetic studies, growth patterns, existing stock definitions, prior SEDAR stock ID recommendations, and any other relevant information on Gray
2. Participants will make recommendations on biological stock structure and define the unit stock or stocks to be addressed through this assessment.
3. Participants will provide recommendations to address Council management jurisdictions, to support management of the stock or stocks, and specification of management benchmarks and fishing levels by Council jurisdiction in a manner consistent with the productivity measures of the stock.
4. Participants will document work group discussion and recommendations through a Data Workshop working paper for SEDAR 51.Although non-emergency
These meetings are physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to the Council office (see
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request for comments.
NMFS (hereinafter, “we”) received an application from the U.S. Department of the Air Force, Headquarters 96th Air Base Wing (Air Force), Eglin Air Force Base (Eglin AFB), requesting an Incidental Harassment Authorization (IHA or Authorization) to take marine mammals, by harassment, incidental to a Maritime Weapon Systems Evaluation Program (Maritime WSEP) within a section of the Eglin Gulf Test and Training Range in the northern Gulf of Mexico.
Eglin AFB's Maritime WSEP activities are military readiness activities per the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), as amended by the National Defense Authorization Act of 2004 (NDAA). Per the MMPA, NMFS requests comments on its proposal to issue an Authorization to Eglin AFB to incidentally take, by Level B and Level A harassment, two species of marine mammals, the Atlantic bottlenose dolphin (
NMFS must receive comments and information no later than December 21, 2016.
Address comments on the application to Jolie Harrison, Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910. The mailbox address for providing email comments is
To obtain an electronic copy of Eglin AFB's application, a list of the references used in this document, and Eglin AFB's Environmental Assessment (EA) titled, “Maritime Weapons System Evaluation Program,” write to the previously mentioned address, telephone the contact listed here (see
Dale Youngkin, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401.
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972, as amended (MMPA; 16 U.S.C. 1361
An Authorization for incidental takings for marine mammals shall be granted if NMFS finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring, and reporting of such taking are set forth. NMFS has defined “negligible impact” in 50 CFR 216.103 as “an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival.”
The NDAA (Pub. L. 108-136) removed the “small numbers” and “specified geographical region” limitations indicated earlier and amended the definition of harassment as it applies to a “military readiness activity” to read as follows (section 3(18)(B) of the MMPA): (i) Any act that injures or has the significant potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A Harassment); or (ii) any act that disturbs or is likely to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of natural behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, surfacing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering, to a point where such behavioral patterns are abandoned or significantly altered (Level B Harassment).
On February 4, 2016, we issued an Authorization to Eglin AFB to take marine mammals, by harassment, incidental to a Maritime Weapon Systems Evaluation Program (Maritime WSEP) within the Eglin Gulf Test and Training Range (EGTTR) in the Gulf of Mexico from February 4, 2016 through February 3, 2017 (see 81 FR 7307; February 11, 2016). These proposed missions were very similar to previous Maritime WSEP mission activities for which incidental harassment
Due to the ongoing nature of these activities, as well as the fact that other mission activities are conducted within the EGTTR, we have discussed developing a rulemaking to encompass all mission activities in the EGTTR, and anticipate that the Maritime WSEP activities will be part of that future rulemaking. However, this IHA is being proposed due to timing constraints to ensure that these activities are in compliance with the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA) while the future rulemaking is in process.
Eglin AFB proposes to conduct Maritime WESP missions within the EGTTR airspace over the Gulf of Mexico within Warning Area 151 (W-151), specifically within sub-area W-151A (see Figure 2-1 of Eglin AFB's application and Figure 1 below). The proposed Maritime WSEP training activities are planned to occur during daylight hours in February and March 2017, however, the activities could occur between February 4, 2017, and February 3, 2018.
Eglin AFB proposes to use multiple types of live munitions (
The following aspects of the proposed Maritime WSEP training activities have the potential to take marine mammals: Exposure to impulsive noise and pressure waves generated by live ordnance detonation at or near the surface of the water. Take, by Level B harassment, of individuals of common bottlenose dolphin or Atlantic spotted dolphin could potentially result from the specified activity. Additionally, although NMFS does not expect it to occur, Eglin AFB has also requested authorization for Level A Harassment of up to three individuals of either common bottlenose dolphins or Atlantic spotted dolphins. Therefore, Eglin AFB has requested authorization to take individuals of two cetacean species by Level A and Level B harassment.
Eglin AFB's Maritime WSEP training activities may potentially impact marine mammals at or near the water surface in the absence of mitigation. Marine mammals could potentially be harassed, injured, or killed by exploding and non-exploding projectiles, and falling debris. However, based on analyses provided in Eglin AFB's 2016 application, Eglin AFB's previous applications and Authorizations Eglin AFB's 2015 Environmental Assessment (EA), and past monitoring reports for the authorized activities conducted in February and March 2016 and 2015, and for reasons discussed later in this document, we do not anticipate that Eglin AFB's Maritime WSEP activities would result in any serious injury or mortality to marine mammals.
For Eglin AFB, this would be the third such Authorization, if issued, following the Authorization issued effective from February 4, 2016, through February 3, 2017 (see 81 FR 7307; February 11, 2016). This IHA would be effective from February 4, 2017, through February 3, 2018, if issued. The monitoring report associated with the 2016 Authorization is available at
Eglin AFB proposes to conduct live ordnance testing and training in the Gulf of Mexico as part of the Maritime WSEP operational testing missions. The Maritime WSEP test objectives are to evaluate maritime deployment data, evaluate tactics, techniques and procedures, and to determine the impact of techniques and procedures on combat Air Force training. The need to conduct this type of testing has developed in response to increasing threats at sea posed by operations conducted from small boats, which can carry a variety of weapons, can form in large or small numbers, and may be difficult to locate, track, and engage in the marine environment. Because of limited Air Force aircraft and munitions testing on engaging and defeating small boat threats, Eglin AFB proposes to employ live munitions against boat targets in the EGTTR in order to continue development of techniques and procedures to train Air Force strike aircraft to counter small maneuvering surface vessels.
Eglin AFB proposes to schedule up to eight Maritime WSEP training missions occurring during a one-week period in February 2017 and a one-week period in March 2017. The proposed missions would occur for up to four hours each day during the morning hours, with multiple live munitions being released per day. However, the proposed Authorization, would be effective to cover those activities anytime during the period from February 4, 2017 through February 3, 2018.
The specific planned mission location is approximately 17 miles (mi) (27.3 kilometers (km)) offshore from Santa Rosa Island, Florida, in nearshore waters of the continental shelf in the Gulf of Mexico. All activities would take place within the EGTTR, defined as the airspace over the Gulf of Mexico controlled by Eglin AFB, beginning at a point three nautical miles (nmi) (3.5 mi; 5.5 km) from shore. The EGTTR consists of subdivided blocks including Warning Area 151 (W-151) where the proposed activities would occur, specifically in sub-area W-151A (shown in Figure 1).
The Maritime WSEP training missions include the release of multiple types of inert and live munitions from fighter and bomber aircraft, unmanned aerial vehicles, and gunships against small, static, towed, and remotely-controlled boat targets. Munition types include bombs, missiles, rockets, and gunnery rounds (Table 1).
The proposed Maritime WSEP training activities involve detonations above the water, near the water surface, and under water within the EGTTR. However, because the tests will focus on weapons/target interaction, Eglin AFB will not specify a particular aircraft for a given test as long as it meets the delivery parameters.
Eglin AFB would deploy the munitions against static, towed, and remotely-controlled boat targets within the W-151A. Eglin AFB would operate the remote-controlled boats from an
Table 2 lists the number, height, or depth of detonation, explosive material, and net explosive weight (NEW) in pounds (lbs) of each munition proposed for use during the Maritime WSEP activities.
At least two ordnance delivery aircraft will participate in each live weapons release training mission, which lasts approximately four hours. Before delivering the ordnance, mission aircraft would make a dry run over the target area to ensure that it is clear of commercial and recreational boats. Jets will fly at a minimum air speed of 300 knots (approximately 345 miles per hour, depending on atmospheric conditions) and at a minimum altitude of 305 m (1,000 ft). Due to the limited flyover duration and potentially high speed and altitude, the pilots would not participate in visual surveys for protected species. Eglin AFB's 2016 and 2015 Authorization renewal request, 2014 application for the same activities, and 2015 EA and Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI) contain additional detailed information on the Maritime WSEP training activities and are all available online (
Table 3 lists marine mammal species with potential or confirmed occurrence in the proposed activity area during the project timeframe and summarizes key information regarding stock status and abundance. Please see NMFS' 2015 and 2014 Stock Assessment Reports (SAR), available at
An additional 19 cetacean species could occur within the northeastern Gulf of Mexico, mainly occurring at or beyond the shelf break (
Of these species, only the sperm whale is listed as endangered under the Endangered Species Act (ESA) and as depleted throughout its range under the MMPA. Sperm whale occurrence within W-151A is unlikely because almost all reported sightings have occurred in water depths greater than 200 m (656.2 ft).
Because these species are unlikely to occur within the W-151A area, Eglin AFB has not requested and we are not proposing to authorize take for them. Thus, we do not consider these species further in this notice.
We have reviewed Eglin AFB's species descriptions, including life history information, distribution, regional distribution, diving behavior, and acoustics and hearing, for accuracy and completeness. That information is contained in sections 3 and 4 of Eglin AFB's 2016 Authorization application and to Chapter 3 in Eglin AFB's EA rather than reprinting the information here.
The endangered West Indian manatee (
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that components (
In the following discussion, we provide general background information on sound and marine mammal hearing before considering potential effects to marine mammals from sound produced by underwater detonations.
Sound travels in waves, the basic components of which are frequency, wavelength, velocity, and amplitude. Frequency is the number of pressure waves that pass by a reference point per unit of time and is measured in hertz (Hz) or cycles per second. Wavelength is the distance between two peaks of a sound wave; lower frequency sounds have longer wavelengths than higher frequency sounds and attenuate (decrease) more rapidly in shallower water. Amplitude is the height of the sound pressure wave or the “loudness” of a sound and is typically measured using the decibel (dB) scale. A dB is the ratio between a measured pressure (with sound) and a reference pressure (sound at a constant pressure, established by scientific standards). It is a logarithmic unit that accounts for large variations in amplitude; therefore, relatively small changes in dB ratings correspond to large changes in sound pressure. When referring to sound pressure levels (SPLs; the sound force per unit area), sound is referenced in the context of underwater sound pressure to 1 microPascal (μPa). One pascal is the pressure resulting from a force of one newton exerted over an area of one square meter. The source level (SL) represents the sound level at a distance of 1 m from the source (referenced to 1 μPa). The received level is the sound level at the listener's position. Note that we reference all underwater sound levels in this document to a pressure of 1 μPa.
Root mean square (rms) is the quadratic mean sound pressure over the duration of an impulse. Acousticians calculate rms by squaring all of the sound amplitudes, averaging the squares, and then taking the square root of the average (Urick 1983). Rms accounts for both positive and negative values; squaring the pressures makes all values positive so that one can account for the values in the summation of pressure levels (Hastings and Popper 2005). Researchers often use this measurement in the context of discussing behavioral effects, in part because behavioral effects, which often result from auditory cues, may be better expressed through averaged units than by peak pressures.
When underwater objects vibrate, or activity occurs, sound-pressure waves are created that alternately compress and decompress the water as the sound wave travels. These underwater sound waves radiate in all directions away from the source similar to ripples on the surface of a pond except in cases where the sound is directional. Aquatic life and underwater receptors such as hydrophones detect the changes in pressure associated with the compressions and decompressions of underwater sound waves as underwater sound or noise. Even in the absence of sound from the specified activity, the underwater environment has noise, or ambient sound, which is the environmental background sound levels lacking a single source or point (Richardson
The sum of the various natural and anthropogenic sound sources at any given location and time comprising the ambient, or background, sound depends on the source levels (as determined by weather conditions and levels of biological and anthropogenic activities) and the ability of sounds to propagate through the environment. In turn, sound propagation is dependent on the spatially and temporally varying properties of the water column and sea floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a result of the dependence on a large number of varying factors, ambient sound levels can be expected to vary widely over both coarse and fine spatial and temporal scales. Sound levels at a given frequency and location can vary by 10-20 dB from day to day (Richardson
Sounds fall into one of two general sound types: Impulsive (defined in the following paragraphs) and non-pulsed. The distinction between these two sound types is important because they have differing potential to cause physical effects, particularly with regard to hearing (
When considering the influence of various kinds of sound on the marine environment, it is necessary to understand that different kinds of marine life are sensitive to different frequencies of sound. Current data indicate that not all marine mammal species have equal hearing capabilities (Richardson
Animals are less sensitive to sounds at the outer edges of their functional hearing range and are more sensitive to a range of frequencies within the middle of their functional hearing range. For mid-frequency cetaceans, such the common bottlenose dolphin and the Atlantic spotted dolphin (the two marine mammal species with expected occurrence in the EGTTR WSEP mission area), functional hearing estimates occur between approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz with best hearing estimated to occur between approximately 10 to less than 100 kHz (Finneran
On August 4, 2016, NMFS released its Technical Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine Mammal Hearing (Technical Guidance)(NMFS 2016; 81 FR 51694). This new guidance established new thresholds for predicting onset of temporary (TTS) and permanent (PTS) threshold shifts for impulsive (
Bottlenose dolphins can typically hear within a broad frequency range of 0.04 to 160 kHz (Au 1993; Turl 1993). Electrophysiological experiments suggest that the bottlenose dolphin brain has a dual analysis system: One specialized for ultrasonic clicks and another for lower-frequency sounds, such as whistles (Ridgway 2000). Scientists have reported a range of highest sensitivity between 25 and 70 kHz, with peaks in sensitivity at 25 and 50 kHz (Nachtigall
Sounds emitted by common bottlenose dolphins fall into two broad categories: Pulsed sounds (including clicks and burst-pulses) and narrow-band continuous sounds (whistles), which usually are frequency modulated. Clicks have a dominant frequency range of 110 to 130 kHz and a source level of 218 to 228 dB re: 1 μPa (peak-to-peak) (Au 1993) and 3.4 to 14.5 kHz at 125 to 173 dB re 1 μPa (peak-to-peak) (Ketten 1998). Whistles are primarily associated with communication and can serve to identify specific individuals (
Researchers have recorded a variety of sounds including whistles, echolocation clicks, squawks, barks, growls, and chirps for the Atlantic spotted dolphin. Whistles have dominant frequencies below 20 kHz (range: 7.1 to 14.5 kHz) but multiple harmonics extend above 100 kHz, while burst pulses consist of frequencies above 20 kHz (dominant frequency of approximately 40 kHz) (Lammers
The Maritime WSEP training exercises proposed for the incidental take of marine mammals have the potential to take marine mammals by exposing them to impulsive noise and pressure waves generated by live ordnance detonation at or near the surface of the water. Exposure to energy, pressure, or direct strike by ordnance has the potential to result in non-lethal injury (Level A harassment), disturbance (Level B harassment), serious injury, and/or mortality. In addition, NMFS also considered the potential for harassment from vessel and aircraft operations.
Underwater explosive detonations send a shock wave and sound energy through the water and can release gaseous by-products, create an oscillating bubble, or cause a plume of water to shoot up from the water surface. The shock wave and accompanying noise are of most concern to marine animals. Depending on the intensity of the shock wave and size, location, and depth of the animal, an animal can be injured, killed, suffer non-lethal physical effects, experience hearing related effects with or without behavioral responses, or exhibit temporary behavioral responses or tolerance from hearing the blast sound. Generally, exposures to higher levels of impulse and pressure levels would result in greater impacts to an individual animal.
The effects of underwater detonations on marine mammals are dependent on several factors, including the size, type, and depth of the animal; the depth, intensity, and duration of the sound; the depth of the water column; the substrate of the habitat; the standoff distance between activities and the animal; and the sound propagation properties of the environment. Thus, we expect impacts to marine mammals from MaritimeWSEP activities to result primarily from acoustic pathways. As such, the degree of the effect relates to the received level and duration of the sound exposure, as influenced by the distance between the animal and the source. The further away from the source, the less intense the exposure should be.
The potential effects of underwater detonations from the proposed Maritime WSEP training activities may include one or more of the following: Temporary or permanent hearing impairment; non-auditory physical or physiological effects; behavioral disturbance; and masking (Richardson
In the absence of mitigation, impacts to marine species could result from physiological and behavioral responses to both the type and strength of the acoustic signature (Viada
Marine mammals exposed to high intensity sound repeatedly or for prolonged periods can experience hearing threshold shift (TS), which is the loss of hearing sensitivity at certain frequency ranges (Kastak
TTS is the mildest form of hearing impairment that can occur during exposure to a strong sound (Kryter 1985). While experiencing TTS, the hearing threshold rises, and a sound must be stronger in order to be heard. In terrestrial mammals, TTS can last from minutes or hours to days (in cases of strong TTS). For sound exposures at or somewhat above the TTS threshold, hearing sensitivity in both terrestrial and marine mammals recovers rapidly after exposure to the sound ends. Few data on sound levels and durations necessary to elicit mild TTS have been obtained for marine mammals. According to Finneran and Jenkins (2012) the TTS onset thresholds for mid-frequency cetaceans are based on TTS data from a beluga whale exposed to an underwater impulse produced from a seismic watergun. TTS thresholds also use a dual criterion, and in a given analysis the more conservative of the two criteria is applied. The TTS thresholds for bottlenose and Atlantic spotted dolphins consist of the SEL of an underwater blast weighted to the hearing sensitivity of mid-frequency cetaceans and a peak SPL measure of the same. The dual thresholds for TTS in mid-frequency cetaceans are:
• SEP (mid-frequency weighted) of 170 dB re 1 μPa
• Peak SPL (unweighted) of 224 dB re 1 μPa
When PTS occurs, there is physical damage to the sound receptors in the ear. In severe cases, there can be total or partial deafness, while in other cases the animal has an impaired ability to hear sounds in specific frequency ranges (Kryter 1985). There is no specific evidence that exposure to pulses of sound can cause PTS in any marine mammal. However, given the possibility that mammals close to a sound source might incur TTS, there has been further speculation about the possibility that some individuals might incur PTS. Single or occasional occurrences of mild TTS are not indicative of permanent auditory damage, but repeated or (in some cases) single exposures to a level well above that causing TTS onset might elicit PTS.
Relationships between TTS and PTS thresholds have not been studied in marine mammals, but they are assumed to be similar to those in humans and other terrestrial mammals. PTS might occur at a received sound level at least several dB above that inducing mild TTS if the animal were exposed to strong sound pulses with rapid rise time. There is no empirical data for onset of PTS in any marine mammal for ethical reasons and researchers must extrapolate PTS-onset based on hearing loss growth rates (
• SEL(mid-frequency weighted) of 185 dB re 1 μPa
• Peak SPL (unweighted) of 230 dB re 1 μPa.
Non-auditory physiological effects or injuries that theoretically might occur in marine mammals exposed to strong underwater sound include stress and other types of organ or tissue damage (Cox
An acoustic source is considered a potential stressor if, by its action on the animal, via auditory or non-auditory means, it may produce a stress response in the animal. Here, the stress response will refer to an increase in energetic expenditure that results from exposure to the stressor and which is predominantly characterized by either the stimulation of the sympathetic nervous system (SNS) or the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis (Reeder and Kramer 2005). The SNS response to a stressor is immediate and acute and occurs by the release of the catecholamine neurohormones norepinephrine and epinephrine (
Elgin AFB proposes to use several types of explosive sources during its training exercises. Proposed detonations could be either in air, at the water surface, or underwater, depending on the mission and type of munition. Airburst detonations have little transfer of energy underwater, but surface and underwater detonations are of most concern regarding potential effects to marine mammals. The underwater explosions from these weapons would send a shock wave and blast noise through the water, release gaseous by-products, create an oscillating bubble, and cause a plume of water to shoot up from the water surface. The shock wave and blast noise are of most concern to marine animals. In general, potential impacts from explosive detonations can range from brief effects (such as short term behavioral disturbance), tactile perception, physical discomfort, slight injury of the internal organs, and death of the animal (Yelverton
Non-lethal injury includes slight injury to internal organs and the auditory system, however, delayed lethality can be a result of individual or cumulative sublethal injuries (DoN, 2001). Immediate lethal injury would be a result of massive combined trauma to internal organs as a direct result of proximity to the point of detonation (DoN 2001).
Disturbance includes a variety of effects, including subtle changes in behavior, more conspicuous changes in activities, and displacement, or abandonment of habitat. Behavioral responses to sound are highly variable and context-specific and reactions, if any, depend on species, state of maturity, experience, current activity, reproductive state, auditory sensitivity, time of day, and many other factors (Richardson
Studies on marine mammals' tolerance to sound in the natural environment are relatively rare. Richardson
The opposite process is sensitization, when an unpleasant experience leads to subsequent responses, often in the form
Numerous studies have shown that underwater sounds are often readily detectable by marine mammals in the water at distances of many kilometers. However, other studies have shown that marine mammals at distances more than a few kilometers away often show no apparent response to activities of various types (Miller
Controlled experiments with captive marine mammals showed pronounced behavioral reactions, including avoidance of loud sound sources (Ridgway
Because the few available studies show wide variation in response to underwater sound, it is difficult to quantify exactly how sound from the Maritime WSEP operational testing would affect marine mammals. It is likely that the onset of underwater detonations could result in temporary, short term changes in an animal's typical behavior and/or avoidance of the affected area. These behavioral changes may include (Richardson
The biological significance of any of these behavioral disturbances is difficult to predict, especially if the detected disturbances appear minor. However generally, one could expect the consequences of behavioral modification to be biologically significant if the change affects growth, survival, or reproduction. Significant behavioral modifications that could potentially lead to effects on growth, survival, or reproduction include:
• Drastic changes in diving/surfacing patterns (such as those thought to cause beaked whale stranding due to exposure to military mid-frequency tactical sonar);
• Habitat abandonment due to loss of desirable acoustic environment; and
• Cessation of feeding or social interaction.
The onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic sound depends on both external factors (characteristics of sound sources and their paths) and the specific characteristics of the receiving animals (hearing, motivation, experience, demography) and is difficult to predict (Southall
Natural and artificial sounds can disrupt behavior by masking, or interfering with, a marine mammal's ability to hear other sounds. Masking occurs when the receipt of a sound interferes with by another coincident sound at similar frequencies and at similar or higher levels (Clark
While it may occur temporarily, we do not expect auditory masking to result in detrimental impacts to an individual's or population's survival, fitness, or reproductive success. Dolphin movement is not restricted within the W-151A test area, allowing for movement out of the area to avoid masking impacts and the sound resulting from the underwater detonations is short in duration. Also, masking is typically of greater concern for those marine mammals that utilize low frequency communications, such as baleen whales and, as such, is not likely to occur for marine mammals in the W-151A test area.
The marine mammals most vulnerable to vessel strikes are slow-moving and/or spend extended periods of time at the surface in order to restore oxygen levels within their tissues after deep dives (
Dolphins within the Gulf of Mexico are continually exposed to recreational, commercial, and military vessels. Behaviorally, marine mammals may or may not respond to the operation of vessels and associated noise. Responses to vessels vary widely among marine mammals in general, but also among different species of small cetaceans. Responses may include attraction to the vessel (Richardson
Aircraft produce noise at frequencies that are well within the frequency range of cetacean hearing and also produce visual signals such as the aircraft itself and its shadow (Richardson
There are fewer reports of reactions of odontocetes to aircraft than those of pinnipeds. Responses to aircraft include diving, slapping the water with pectoral fins or tail fluke, or swimming away from the track of the aircraft (Richardson
Another potential risk to marine mammals is direct strike by ordnance, in which the ordnance physically hits an animal. While strike from an item falling through the water column is possible, the potential risk of a direct hit to an animal within the target area would be so low because objects sink slowly and most projectiles fired at targets usually hit those targets.
Detonations of live ordnance would result in temporary changes to the water environment. Munitions could hit the targets and not explode in the water. However, because the targets are located over the water, in water explosions could occur. An underwater explosion from these weapons could send a shock wave and blast noise through the water, release gaseous by-products, create an oscillating bubble, and cause a plume of water to shoot up from the water surface. However, these effects would be temporary and not expected to last more than a few seconds.
Similarly, Eglin AFB does not expect any long-term impacts with regard to hazardous constituents to occur. Eglin AFB considered the introduction of fuel, debris, ordnance, and chemical materials into the water column within its EA and determined the potential effects of each to be insignificant. We summarize Eglin AFB's analyses in the following paragraphs (for a complete discussion of potential effects, please refer to section 3.3 in Eglin AFB's EA).
Metals typically used to construct bombs, missiles, and gunnery rounds include copper, aluminum, steel, and lead, among others. Aluminum is also present in some explosive materials. These materials would settle to the seafloor after munitions detonate. Metal ions would slowly leach into the substrate and the water column, causing elevated concentrations in a small area around the munitions fragments. Some of the metals, such as aluminum, occur naturally in the ocean at varying concentrations and would not necessarily impact the substrate or water column. Other metals, such as lead, could cause toxicity in microbial communities in the substrate. However, such effects would be localized to a very small distance around munitions fragments and would not significantly affect the overall habitat quality of sediments in the northeastern Gulf of Mexico. In addition, metal fragments would corrode, degrade, and become encrusted over time.
Chemical materials include explosive byproducts and also fuel, oil, and other fluids associated with remotely controlled target boats. Explosive byproducts would be introduced into the water column through detonation of live munitions. Explosive materials would include 2,4,6-trinitrotoluene (TNT) and Research Department Formula X (RDX), among others. Various byproducts are produced during and immediately after detonation of TNT and RDX. During the very brief time that a detonation is in progress, intermediate products may include carbon ions, nitrogen ions, oxygen ions, water, hydrogen cyanide, carbon monoxide, nitrogen gas, nitrous oxide, cyanic acid, and carbon dioxide (Becker 1995). However, reactions quickly occur between the intermediates, and the final products consist mainly of water, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, and nitrogen gas, although small amounts of other compounds are typically produced as well.
Chemicals introduced into the water column would be quickly dispersed by waves, currents, and tidal action, and eventually become uniformly distributed. A portion of the carbon compounds such as carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide would likely become integrated into the carbonate system (alkalinity and pH buffering capacity of seawater). Some of the nitrogen and carbon compounds,
Explosive material that is not consumed in a detonation could sink to the substrate and bind to sediments. However, the quantity of such materials is expected to be inconsequential. When munitions function properly, nearly full combustion of the explosive materials will occur, and only extremely small amounts of raw material will remain. In addition, any remaining materials would be naturally degraded. TNT decomposes when exposed to sunlight (ultraviolet radiation), and is also degraded by microbial activity (Becker, 1995). Several types of microorganisms have been shown to metabolize TNT. Similarly, RDX decomposes by hydrolysis, ultraviolet radiation exposure, and biodegradation.
While we anticipate that the specified activity may result in marine mammals avoiding certain areas due to temporary ensonification, this impact to habitat and prey resources would be temporary and reversible. The main impact associated with the proposed activity would be temporarily elevated noise levels and the associated direct effects on marine mammals, previously discussed in this notice. Marine mammals are anticipated to temporarily vacate the area of live fire events. However, these events usually do not last more than 90 to 120 minutes at a time, and animals are anticipated to return to the activity area during periods of non-activity. Thus, based on the preceding discussion, we do not anticipate that the proposed activity would have any habitat-related effects that could cause significant or long-term consequences for individual marine mammals or their populations.
In order to issue an Authorization under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such activity, and other means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact on such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and the availability of such species or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses (where relevant).
The NDAA of 2004 amended the MMPA as it relates to military-readiness activities and the incidental take authorization process such that “least practicable adverse impact” shall include consideration of personnel safety, practicality of implementation, and impact on the effectiveness of the military readiness activity.
NMFS and Eglin AFB have worked to identify potential practicable and effective mitigation measures, which include a careful balancing of the likely benefit of any particular measure to the marine mammals with the likely effect of that measure on personnel safety, practicality of implementation, and impact on the “military-readiness activity.” We refer the reader to Section 11 of Eglin AFB's application for more detailed information on the proposed mitigation measures which include the following:
Eglin AFB would station a large number of range clearing boats (approximately 30 to 35) around the test site to prevent non-participating vessels from entering the human safety zone. Based on the composite footprint, range clearing boats will be located approximately 15.28 km (9.5 mi) from the detonation point (see Figure 11-1 in Eglin AFB's application). However, the actual distance will vary based on the size of the munition being deployed.
Trained protected species observers (PSO) would be aboard five of these boats and will conduct protected species surveys before and after each test. The protected species survey vessels will be dedicated solely to observing for marine species during the pre-mission surveys while the remaining safety boats clear the area of non-authorized vessels. The protected species survey vessels will begin surveying the area at sunrise. The area to be surveyed will encompass the zone of influence (ZOI), which is discussed in more detail below.
Because of human safety issues, observers will be required to leave the test area at least 30 minutes in advance of live weapon deployment and move to a position on the safety zone periphery, approximately 15.28 km (9.5 mi) from the detonation point. Observers will continue to scan for marine mammals from the periphery. Animals that may enter the area after Eglin AFB has completed the pre-mission surveys and prior to detonation would not reach the predicted smaller slight lung injury and/or mortality zones.
Historically, Eglin AFB has conservatively used the number of live weapons deployed to estimate take of marine mammals. This method assumed a fresh population of marine mammals for each detonation to calculate the number taken. However, NMFS requested mission-day scenarios in order to be able to model accumulated energy. Therefore, each mission-day scenario is considered a separate event to model takes as opposed to modeling for each live detonation. Eglin developed three mission-day categories (Category A, which represents levels of activities considered a worst-case scenario consisting of ordnances with large explosive weights as well as surface and subsurface detonations; Category B, which represents a `typical' mission day based on levels of weapons releases during past Maritime WSEP activities; and Category C, which represents munitions with smaller explosive weights and surface detonations only), and estimated the number of days each category would be executed during the 2017 Maritime WSEP missions (See Table 1-3 in Eglin AFB's application for the Mission Day Scenarios). Table 4 below provides the categorization of mission days (Table 1-3 in Eglin AFB's application), and Table 5 provides the maximum range of effects for all criteria and thresholds for mission-day Categories A, B, and C. These ranges were calculated based on explosive acoustic characteristics, sound propagation, and sound transmission loss in the study area (which incorporates water depth, sediment type, wind speed, bathymetry, and temperature/salinity profiles). Refer to Appendix A of Eglin AFB's application for a complete description of the acoustic modeling methodology used in the analysis.
Mortality and slight lung injury threshold ranges would extend from 47 to 216 m and 84 to 595 m, respectively, depending on the mission-day category. These ranges would fall within the Level A harassment ranges. Based on the planned activities on a given mission day, and the ranges presented in Table 4, Eglin AFB would ensure that the area equating to the Level A harassment threshold range is free of protected species. By clearing the Level A harassment threshold range of protected species, animals that may enter the area after the completed pre-mission surveys but prior to detonation would not reach the smaller slight lung injury or mortality zones. Because of human safety issues, Eglin AFB would require observers to leave the test area at least 30 minutes in advance of live weapon deployment and move to a position on the safety zone periphery, approximately 15 km (9.5 mi) from the detonation point. Observers would continue to scan for marine mammals from the periphery, but effectiveness would be limited as the boat would remain at a designated station.
The GRATV will be located about 183 m (600 ft) from the target. The larger mortality threshold ranges correspond to the modified Goertner model adjusted for the weight of an Atlantic spotted dolphin calf, and extend from 0 to 216 m (0 to 709 ft) from the target, depending on the ordnance, and the Level A ranges for both common bottlenose and Atlantic spotted dolphins extend up to 945 m (3,100 ft) from the target, depending on the ordnance and harassment criterion. Given these distances, observers could reasonably be expected to view a substantial portion of the mortality zone in front of the camera, although a small portion would be behind or to the side of the camera view. Based on previous monitoring reports for this activity, the pre-training surveys for delphinids and other protected species within the mission area are effective. Observers can view some portion of the Level A harassment zone, although the view window would be less than that of the mortality zone (a large percentage would be behind or to the side of the camera view).
In addition to the two types of visual monitoring discussed earlier in this section, Eglin AFB personnel are present within the mission area (on boats and the GRATV) on each day of testing well in advance of weapon deployment, typically near sunrise. They will perform a variety of tasks including target preparation, equipment checks, etc., and will opportunistically observe for marine mammals and indicators as feasible throughout test preparation. However, we consider these observations as supplemental to the proposed mitigation monitoring and would only occur as time and schedule permits. Eglin AFB personnel would relay information on these types of sightings to the Lead Biologist, as described in the following mitigation sections.
Eglin AFB range clearing vessels and protected species survey vessels will be on site at least two hours prior to the mission. The Lead Biologist on board one survey vessel will assess the overall suitability of the mission site based on environmental conditions (sea state) and presence/absence of marine mammal indicators. Eglin AFB personnel will communicate this information to Tower Control and personnel will relay the information to the Safety Officer in Central Control Facility.
Vessel-based surveys will begin approximately one and one-half hours prior to live weapons deployment. Surface vessel observers will survey the ZOI and relay all marine species and indicator sightings, including the time of sighting, GPS location, and direction of travel, if known, to the Lead Biologist. The Lead Biologist will document all sighting information on report forms which he/she will submit to Eglin Natural Resources after each mission. Surveys would continue for approximately one hour. During this time, Eglin AFB personnel in the mission area will also observe for marine species as feasible. If marine mammals or indicators are observed within the ZOI for that day's mission activities, the range will be declared “fouled,” a term that signifies to mission personnel that conditions are such that a live ordnance drop cannot occur (
At approximately 30 minutes prior to live weapon deployment, marine species observers will be instructed to leave the mission site and remain outside the safety zone, which on average will be 15.28 km (9.5 mi) from the detonation point. The actual size is determined by weapon net explosive weight and method of delivery. The survey team will continue to monitor for protected species while leaving the area. As the survey vessels leave the area, marine species monitoring of the immediate target areas will continue at the Central Control Facility through the live video feed received from the high definition cameras on the GRATV. Once the survey vessels have arrived at the perimeter of the safety zone (approximately 30 minutes after leaving the area per instructions from Eglin AFB, depending on actual travel time), Eglin AFB will declare the range as “green” and the mission will proceed, assuming all non-participating vessels have left the safety zone as well.
Immediately prior to live weapons drop, the Test Director and Safety Officer will communicate to confirm the results of marine mammal surveys and the appropriateness of proceeding with the mission. The Safety Officer will have final authority to proceed with, postpone, or cancel the mission. Eglin AFB would postpone the mission if:
• Any of the high-definition video cameras are not operational for any reason;
• Any marine mammal is visually detected within the ZOI. Postponement would continue until the animal(s) that caused the postponement is: (1) Confirmed to be outside of the ZOI on a heading away from the targets; or (2) not seen again for 30 minutes and presumed to be outside the ZOI due to the animal swimming out of the range;
• Any large schools of fish or large flocks of birds feeding at the surface are within the ZOI. Postponement would continue until Eglin AFB personnel confirm that these potential indicators are outside the ZOI:
• Any technical or mechanical issues related to the aircraft or target boats; or
• Any non-participating vessel enters the human safety zone prior to weapon release.
In the event of a postponement, protected species monitoring would continue from the Central Control Facility through the live video feed. Observers would also continue to monitor from the vessels at the safety perimeter, with limited effectiveness due to the distance from the detonation site.
Post-mission monitoring determines the effectiveness of pre-mission mitigation by reporting sightings of any marine mammals. Post-detonation monitoring surveys will commence once the mission has ended or, if required, as soon as personnel declare the mission area safe. Vessels will move into the survey area from outside the safety zone and monitor for at least 30 minutes, concentrating on the area down-current of the test site. This area is easily identifiable because of the floating debris in the water from impacted targets. Up to 10 Eglin AFB support vessels will be cleaning debris and collecting damaged targets from this area thus spending several hours in the area once Eglin AFB completes the mission. Observers will document and report any marine mammal species, number, location, and behavior of any animals observed to Eglin Natural Resources.
Eglin AFB would delay or reschedule Maritime WSEP missions if the Beaufort sea state is greater than number 4 at the time of the testing activities. The Lead Biologist aboard one of the survey vessels will make the final determination of whether conditions are conducive for sighting protected species or not.
We have carefully evaluated Eglin AFB's proposed mitigation measures in the context of ensuring that we prescribe the means of effecting the least practicable impact on the affected marine mammal species and stocks and their habitat. Our evaluation of potential measures included consideration of the following factors in relation to one another:
• The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful implementation of the measure is expected to minimize adverse impacts;
• The proven or likely efficacy of the specific measure to minimize adverse impacts as planned; and
• The practicability of the measure for applicant implementation.
Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed by NMFS should be able to accomplish, have a reasonable likelihood of accomplishing (based on current science), or contribute to the accomplishment of one or more of the general goals listed here:
1. Avoidance or minimization of injury or death of marine mammals wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may contribute to this goal);
2. A reduction in the numbers of marine mammals (total number or number at biologically important time or location) exposed to stimuli expected to result in incidental take (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to reducing takes by behavioral harassment only);
3. A reduction in the number of times (total number or number at biologically important time or location) individuals would be exposed to stimuli that we expect to result in the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to reducing harassment takes only);
4. A reduction in the intensity of exposures (either total number or number at biologically important time or location) to training exercises that we expect to result in the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1,
5. Avoidance or minimization of adverse effects to marine mammal habitat, paying special attention to the food base, activities that block or limit passage to or from biologically important areas, permanent destruction of habitat, or temporary destruction/disturbance of habitat during a biologically important time; and
6. For monitoring directly related to mitigation—an increase in the probability of detecting marine mammals, thus allowing for more effective implementation of the mitigation.
Based on our evaluation of Eglin AFB's proposed measures, as well as other measures that may be relevant to the specified activity, we have preliminarily determined that the proposed mitigation measures provide the means of effecting the least practicable impact on marine mammal species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance (while also considering personnel safety, practicality of implementation, and the impact of effectiveness of the military readiness activity).
In order to issue an Authorization for an activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA states that we must set forth “requirements pertaining to the monitoring and reporting of such taking.” The MMPA implementing regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that requests for an authorization must include the suggested means of accomplishing the necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased knowledge of the species and our expectations of the level of taking or impacts on populations of marine mammals present in the proposed action area.
Eglin AFB submitted a marine mammal monitoring plan in their Authorization application. We may modify or supplement the plan based on comments or new information received from the public during the public comment period. Any monitoring requirement we prescribe should improve our understanding of one or more of the following:
• Occurrence of marine mammal species in action area (
• Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment (
• Individual responses to acute stressors, or impacts of chronic exposures (behavioral or physiological);
• How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1) Long-term fitness and survival of an individual; or (2) Population, species, or stock;
• Effects on marine mammal habitat and resultant impacts to marine mammals; and
• Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
NMFS proposes to include the following measures in the Maritime WSEP Authorization (if issued). They are:
(1) Eglin AFB will track the use of the EGTTR for test firing missions and protected species observations, through the use of mission reporting forms;
(2) Eglin AFB will submit a summary report of marine mammal observations and Maritime WSEP activities to the NMFS Southeast Regional Office (SERO) and the Office of Protected Resources 90 days after expiration of the current Authorization. This report must include the following information: (i) Date and time of each Maritime WSEP exercise; (ii) a complete description of the pre-exercise and post-exercise activities related to mitigating and monitoring the effects of Maritime WSEP exercises on marine mammal populations; and (iii) results of the Maritime WSEP exercise monitoring, including number of marine mammals (by species) that may have been harassed due to presence within the activity zone;
(3) Eglin AFB will monitor for marine mammals in the proposed action area. If Eglin AFB personnel observe or detect any dead or injured marine mammals prior to testing, or detects any injured or dead marine mammal during live fire exercises, Eglin AFB must cease operations and submit a report to NMFS within 24 hours and
(4) Eglin AFB must immediately report any unauthorized takes of marine mammals (
Eglin AFB complied with the mitigation and monitoring required under the previous Authorization for 2016 WSEP activities. Marine mammal monitoring occurred before, during, and after each Maritime WSEP mission. During the course of these activities, Eglin AFB's monitoring did not suggest that they had exceeded the take levels authorized under Authorization. In accordance with the 2015 Authorization, Eglin AFB submitted a monitoring report (available at:
Under the 2016 Authorization, Eglin AFB anticipated conducting Maritime WSEP training missions over approximately two to three weeks, but actually conducted a total of five mission days: February 11 and March 14-17 associated with live ordnance delivery. Due to weather conditions and high sea states, no live missions were conducted February 8-10. Munitions that were actually dropped accounted for only approximately 41 percent of what was authorized in the 2016 IHA.
During the February 2016 mission, Eglin AFB released one AGM-65 Maverick. The AGM-65 Maverick is a penetrating blast-fragment warhead that detonates at the surface, and has 86 lb NEW. Eglin AFB conducted the required monitoring for marine mammals or indicators of marine mammals (
During the March 2016 live fire missions, Eglin AFB expended two AGM-65 Mavericks and twelve AGM-114 Hellfire missiles. The NEW of the munitions that detonated at the water surface or up to 3 m (10 ft) below the surface are 86 lb for the AGM-65 Maverick missiles and 13 lb for the AGM-114 Hellfire missiles. Eglin AFB conducted the required monitoring for marine mammals or indicators of marine mammals (
After each mission, Eglin AFB re-entered the ZOI to begin post-mission surveys for marine mammals and debris-clean-up operations. Eglin AFB personnel did not observe reactions indicative of disturbance during the pre-mission surveys and did not observe any marine mammals during the post-mission surveys. In summary, Eglin AFB reports that no observable instances of take of marine mammals occurred incidental to the Maritime WSEP training activities under the 2016 Authorization.
The definition of harassment as it applies to a “military readiness activity” is: (i) Any act that injures or has the significant potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A Harassment); or (ii) any act that disturbs or is likely to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of natural behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, surfacing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering, to a point where such behavioral patterns are abandoned or significantly altered (Level B Harassment).
NMFS' analysis identified the physiological responses, and behavioral responses that could potentially result from exposure to underwater explosive detonations. In this section, we will relate the potential effects to marine mammals from underwater detonation of explosives to the MMPA regulatory definitions of Level A and Level B harassment. This section will also quantify the effects that might occur from the proposed military readiness activities in W-151.
At NMFS' recommendation, Eglin AFB updated the thresholds used for onset of temporary threshold shift (TTS; Level B Harassment) and onset of permanent threshold shift (PTS; Level A Harassment) to be consistent with the thresholds outlined in NMFS's new “Technical Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine Mammal Hearing” (NMFS, 2016). NMFS believes that the thresholds outlined in the new Technical Guidance represent the best available science. The report is available on the internet at:
Of the potential effects described earlier in this document, the following are the types of effects that fall into the Level B harassment category:
Behavioral disturbance that rises to the level described in the above definition, when resulting from exposures to non-impulsive or impulsive sound, is Level B harassment. Some of the lower level physiological stress responses discussed earlier would also likely co-occur with the predicted harassments, although these responses are more difficult to detect and fewer data exist relating these responses to specific received levels of sound. When predicting Level B harassment based on estimated behavioral responses, those takes may have a stress-related physiological component.
As discussed previously, TTS can affect how an animal behaves in response to the environment, including conspecifics, predators, and prey. NMFS classifies TTS (when resulting from exposure to explosives and other impulsive sources) as Level B harassment, not Level A harassment (injury).
Of the potential effects that were described earlier, the following are the types of effects that fall into the Level A Harassment category:
PTS (resulting either from exposure to explosive detonations) is irreversible and NMFS considers this to be an injury.
Table 6 in this document outlines the acoustic thresholds used by NMFS for this Authorization when addressing noise impacts from explosives.
Table 7 provides the estimated maximum range or radius, from the detonation point to the various thresholds described in Tables 4-6 (Note: for PTS and TTS dual metrics, the more conservative metric was used).
The ranges presented above were used to calculate the ZOI for each criterion/threshold. To eliminate double counting of `takes', impact areas from higher impact categories (
Density estimates for bottlenose dolphin and spotted dolphin were obtained from Duke University Marine Geospatial Ecology Lab Reports (Roberts et al., 2016). Raster data from Duke University were imported into ArcGIS and overlaid onto the Maritime WSEP mission area. Density values were provided in 100 km
Table 9 indicates the modeled potential for lethality, injury, and non-injurious harassment (including behavioral harassment) to marine mammals in the absence of mitigation measures. Eglin AFB and NMFS estimate that approximately three marine mammals could be exposed to injurious Level A harassment noise levels (187 dB SEL) and approximately 326 animals could be exposed to Level B harassment (TTS and Behavioral) noise levels in the absence of mitigation measures.
Based on the mortality exposure estimates calculated by the acoustic model and the anticipated effectiveness of mitigation measures, zero marine mammals are expected to be affected by pressure levels associated with mortality or serious injury. Zero marine mammals are expected to be exposed to pressure levels associated with slight lung injury or gastrointestinal tract injury.
NMFS generally considers PTS to fall under the injury category (Level A Harassment). An animal would need to stay very close to the sound source for an extended amount of time to incur a serious degree of PTS, which could increase the probability of mortality. In this case, it would be highly unlikely for this scenario to unfold given the nature of any anticipated acoustic exposures that could potentially result from a mobile marine mammal that NMFS generally expects to exhibit avoidance
NMFS has defined “negligible impact” in 50 CFR 216.103 as “. . . an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival” (
To avoid repetition, the discussion below applies to each of the species for which we propose to authorize incidental take for Eglin AFB's activities, given that expected impacts are expected to be the same for both species.
In making a negligible impact determination, we consider:
• The number of anticipated injuries, serious injuries, or mortalities;
• The number, nature, and intensity, and duration of Level B harassment;
• The context in which the takes occur (
• The status of stock or species of marine mammals (
• Impacts on habitat affecting rates of recruitment/survival; and
• The effectiveness of monitoring and mitigation measures to reduce the number or severity of incidental take.
For reasons stated previously in this document and based on the following factors, Eglin AFB's specified activities are not likely to cause long-term behavioral disturbance, serious injury, or death.
The takes from Level B harassment would be due to potential behavioral disturbance and TTS. The takes from Level A harassment would be due to some, likely lesser, degree of PTS. Activities would only occur over a timeframe of two to three weeks in beginning in February 2017, with one or two missions occurring per day. It is possible that some individuals may be taken more than once if those individuals are located in the exercise area on two different days when exercises are occurring.
Noise-induced threshold shifts (TS, which includes PTS) are defined as increases in the threshold of audibility (
In addition, there are different degrees of PTS: ranging from slight/mild to moderate and from severe to profound (Clark 1981). Profound PTS or the complete loss of the ability to hear in one or both ears is commonly referred to as deafness (CDC 2004; WHO 2006). High-frequency PTS, presumably as a normal process of aging that occurs in humans and other terrestrial mammals, has also been demonstrated in captive cetaceans (Ridgway and Carder 1997; Yuen
In terms of what is analyzed for the potential PTS (Level A harassment) in marine mammals as a result of Eglin AFB's Maritime WSEP operations, if it occurs, NMFS has determined that the levels would be slight/mild because most cetaceans would be expected to show relatively high levels of avoidance. Further, it is uncommon to sight marine mammals within the target area, especially for prolonged durations. Results from monitoring programs associated other Eglin AFB activities and for Eglin AFB's 2016 Maritime WSEP activities have shown the absence of marine mammals within the EGTTR during and after maritime operations. Avoidance varies among individuals and depends on their activities or reasons for being in the area.
NMFS' predicted estimates for Level A harassment take are likely overestimates of the likely injury that will occur. NMFS expects that successful implementation of the required vessel-based and video-based mitigation measures would avoid Level A take in some instances. Also, NMFS expects that some individuals would avoid the source at levels expected to result in injury. Nonetheless, although NMFS expects that Level A harassment is unlikely to occur at the numbers proposed to be authorized, because it is difficult to quantify the degree to which the mitigation and avoidance will reduce the number of animals that might incur PTS, we are proposing to authorize (and analyze) the modeled number of Level A takes (three), which does not take the mitigation or avoidance into consideration. However, we anticipate that any PTS incurred because of mitigation and the likely short duration of exposures, would be in the form of only a small degree of permanent threshold shift and not total deafness.
While animals may be impacted in the immediate vicinity of the activity, because of the short duration of the actual individual explosions themselves (versus continual sound source operation) combined with the short duration of the Maritime WSEP operations, NMFS has preliminarily determined that there will not be a substantial impact on marine mammals or on the normal functioning of the nearshore or offshore Gulf of Mexico ecosystems. We do not expect that the proposed activity would impact rates of recruitment or survival of marine mammals since we do not expect mortality (which would remove individuals from the population) or serious injury to occur. In addition, the proposed activity would not occur in areas (and/or times) of significance for the marine mammal populations potentially affected by the exercises (
Moreover, the mitigation and monitoring measures proposed for the Authorization (described earlier in this document) are expected to further minimize the potential for harassment. The protected species surveys would require Eglin AFB to search the area for marine mammals, and if any are found in the live fire area, then the exercise would be suspended until the animal(s) has left the area or relocated. Moreover, marine species observers located in the Eglin control tower would monitor the high-definition video feed from cameras located on the instrument barge anchored on-site for the presence of protected species. Furthermore, Maritime WSEP missions would be delayed or rescheduled if the sea state is greater than a 4 on the Beaufort Scale at the time of the test. In addition, Maritime WSEP missions would occur no earlier than two hours after sunrise and no later than two hours prior to sunset to ensure adequate daylight for pre- and post-mission monitoring.
Based on the preliminary analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the mitigation and monitoring measures, NMFS finds that Eglin AFB's Maritime WSEP operations will result in the incidental take of marine mammals, by Level A and Level B harassment only, and that the taking from the Maritime WSEP exercises will not have an adverse effect on annual rates of recruitment or survival, and therefore will have a negligible impact on the affected species or stocks.
There are no relevant subsistence uses of marine mammals implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has preliminarily determined that the total taking of affected species or stocks would not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.
Due to the location of the activity and past experience with similar authorizations for these activities, no ESA-listed marine mammal species are likely to be affected. Therefore, NMFS has preliminarily determined that this proposed Authorization would have no effect on ESA-listed species. However, prior to the agency's decision on the issuance or denial of this Authorization, NMFS will make a final determination on whether additional consultation is necessary.
In 2015, Eglin AFB provided NMFS with an EA titled, Maritime Weapon Systems Evaluation Program (WSEP) Operational Testing in the Eglin Gulf Testing and Training Range (EGTTR), Florida. The EA analyzed the direct, indirect, and cumulative environmental impacts of the specified activities on marine mammals. NMFS, after review and evaluation of the Eglin AFB EA for consistency with the regulations published by the Council of Environmental Quality (CEQ) and NOAA Administrative Order 216-6, Environmental Review Procedures for Implementing the National Environmental Policy Act, adopted the EA. After considering the EA, the information in the 2014 IHA application, and the
In accordance with NOAA Administrative Order 216-6 (Environmental Review Procedures for Implementing the National Environmental Policy Act, May 20, 1999), NMFS will again review the information contained in Eglin AFB's EA and determine whether the EA accurately and completely describes the preferred action alternative and the potential impacts on marine mammals. Based on this review and analysis, NMFS may reaffirm the 2015 FONSI statement on issuance of an annual authorization under section 101(a)(5) of the MMPA or supplement the EA if necessary.
As a result of these preliminary determinations, we propose to issue an Authorization to Eglin AFB for conducting Maritime WSEP activities, for a period of one year from the date of issuance, provided the previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements are incorporated. The proposed Authorization language is provided in the next section. The wording contained in this section is proposed for inclusion in the Authorization (if issued).
1. This Authorization is valid for a period of one year from February 4, 2017 through February 3, 2018.
2. This Authorization is valid only for activities associated with the Maritime WSEP operations utilizing munitions identified in the Attachment.
3. The incidental taking, by Level A and Level B harassment, is limited to: Atlantic bottlenose dolphin (
The taking by serious injury or death of these species, the taking of these species in violation of the conditions of this Incidental Harassment Authorization, or the taking by harassment, serious injury or death of any other species of marine mammal is prohibited and may result in the
4. Mitigation.
When conducting this activity, the following mitigation measures must be undertaken:
• If daytime weather and/or sea conditions preclude adequate monitoring for detecting marine mammals and other marine life, maritime strike operations must be delayed until adequate sea conditions exist for monitoring to be undertaken. Daytime maritime strike exercises will be conducted only when sea surface conditions do not exceed Beaufort sea state 4 (
• On the morning of the maritime strike mission, the test director and safety officer will confirm that there are no issues that would preclude mission execution and that the weather is adequate to support monitoring and mitigation measures.
• Mission-related surface vessels will be stationed on site.
• Vessel-based observers on board at least one vessel will assess the overall suitability of the test site based on environmental conditions (
• Vessel-based surveys and video camera surveillance will commence. Vessel-based observers will survey the zone of impact (ZOI) calculated for that day's mission category and relay all marine mammal and indicator sightings, including the time of sighting and direction of travel (if known) to the safety officer. Surveys will continue for approximately one hour.
• If marine mammals or marine mammal indicators are observed within the ZOI, the test range will be declared “fouled,” which will signify to mission personnel that conditions are such that a live ordnance drop cannot occur.
• If no marine mammals or marine mammal indicators are observed, the range will be declared “green,” which will signify to mission personnel that conditions are such that a live ordnance drop may occur.
• Approximately 30 minutes prior to live weapon deployment, vessel-based observers will be instructed to leave the test site and remain outside the safety zone, which will be approximately 9.5 miles from the detonation point (actual size will be determined by weapon net explosive weight (NEW) and method of delivery) during the conduct of the mission.
• Monitoring for marine mammals will continue from the periphery of the safety zone while the mission is in progress. Other safety boat crews will be instructed to observe for marine mammals during this time.
• After survey vessels have left the test site, marine species monitoring will continue for the Eglin control tower through the video feed received from the high definition cameras on the instrument barge.
• Immediately prior to live weapons drop, the Test Director and Safety Officer will communicate to confirm the results of the marine mammal survey and the appropriateness of proceeding with the mission. The Safety Ffficer will have final authority to proceed with, postpone, move, or cancel the mission.
• The mission will be postponed or moved if: Any marine mammal is visually detected within the ZOI, or large schools of fish, jellyfish, Sargassum rafts, or large flocks of birds feeding at the surface are observed within the ZOI. Postponement will continue until the animal(s) that caused the postponement is (1) confirmed to be outside of the ZOI due to swimming out of the range on a heading away from the targets; or (2) not seen again for 30 minutes and presumed to be outside the ZOI due to the animal swimming outside of the range. Postponement will continue until these potential indicators are confirmed to be outside the ZOI.
• In the event of a postponement, pre-mission monitoring will continue as long as weather and daylight hours allow (no later than two hours prior to sunset).
• Post-mission surveys will commence as soon as Explosive Ordnance Disposal (EOD) personnel declare the test area safe. These surveys will be conducted by the same vessel-based observers that conducted the pre-mission surveys.
• Survey vessels will move into the ZOI from outside the safety zone and monitor for at least 30 minutes, concentrating on the area down-current of the test site. Any marine mammals killed or injured as a result of the test will be documented and immediately reported to the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) Southeast Region Marine Mammal Stranding Network at 877-433-8299 and the Florida Marine Mammal Stranding Hotline at 888-404-3922. The species, number, location, and behavior of any animals observed will be documented and reported.
• If post-mission surveys determine that an injury or lethal take of a marine mammal has occurred, the next maritime strike mission will be suspended until the test procedure and the monitoring methods have been reviewed with NMFS and appropriate changes made.
5. Monitoring.
The holder of this Authorization is required to cooperate with the National Marine Fisheries Service and any other Federal, state or local agency monitoring the impacts of the activity on marine mammals.
The holder of this Authorization will track their use of the EGTTR for the Maritime WSEP missions and marine mammal observations, through the use of mission reporting forms.
Maritime strike missions will coordinate with other activities conducted in the EGTTR (
Any dead or injured marine mammals observed or detected prior to testing or injured or killed during live drops, must be immediately reported to the NMFS Southeast Region Marine Mammal Stranding Network at 877-433-8299 and the Florida Marine Mammal Stranding Hotline at 888-404-3922.
Any unauthorized impacts on marine mammals must be immediately reported to the National Marine Fisheries Service's Southeast Regional Administrator, at 727-842-5312, and the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, at 301-427-8401.
The monitoring team will document any marine mammals that were killed or injured as a result of the test and, if practicable, coordinate with the local stranding network and NMFS to assist with recovery and examination of any dead animals, as needed.
Activities related to the monitoring described in this Authorization, including the retention of marine mammals, do not require a separate scientific research permit issued under
6. Reporting.
A draft report of marine mammal observations and Maritime WSEP mission activities must be submitted to the National Marine Fisheries Service's Southeast Regional Office, Protected Resources Division, 263 13th Ave. South, St. Petersburg, FL 33701 and NMFS's Office of Protected Resources, 1315 East West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910. This draft report must include the following information:
• Date and time of each maritime strike mission;
• A complete description of the pre-exercise and post-exercise activities related to mitigating and monitoring the effects of maritime strike missions on marine mammal populations;
• Results of the monitoring program, including numbers by species/stock of any marine mammals noted injured or killed as a result of the maritime strike mission and number of marine mammals (by species if possible) that may have been harassed due to presence within the ZOI; and
• A detailed assessment of the effectiveness of sensor based monitoring in detecting marine mammals in the area of Maritime WSEP operations.
The draft report will be subject to review and comment by NMFS. Any recommendations made by NMFS must be addressed in the final report prior to acceptance by NMFS. The draft report will be considered the final report for this activity under this Authorization if NMFS has not provided comments and recommendations within 90 days of receipt of the draft report.
7. Additional Conditions.
• The maritime strike mission monitoring team will participate in the marine mammal species observation training. Designated crew members will be selected to receive training as protected species observers (PSO). PSOs will receive training in protected species survey and identification techniques through a NMFS-approved training program.
• The holder of this Authorization must inform the Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service, (301-427-8400) or designee (301-427-8401) prior to the initiation of any changes to the monitoring plan for a specified mission activity.
• A copy of this Authorization must be in the possession of the Safety Officer on duty each day that maritime strike missions are conducted.
• Failure to abide by the Terms and Conditions contained in this Incidental Harassment Authorization may result in a modification, suspension or revocation of the Authorization.
We request comment on our analysis, the draft authorization, and any other aspect of this
United States Patent and Trademark Office, U.S. Department of Commerce; National Telecommunications and Information Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce.
Notice of public meeting.
The Department of Commerce's Internet Policy Task Force (Task Force) will hold a conference at the United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) facility in Alexandria, Virginia, on December 9, 2016, to discuss current initiatives and technologies used to develop a more robust and collaborative digital marketplace for copyrighted works and to consider ways forward to help achieve that result. This follows up on an earlier public meeting held by the Task Force on April 1, 2015, which focused on how the Government can assist in facilitating the development and use of standard identifiers for all types of works of authorship.
The public meeting will be held on December 9, 2016, from 8:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time. Registration will begin at 8:00 a.m.
The public meeting will be held at the United States Patent and Trademark Office in the Madison Auditorium, which is located at 600 Dulany Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314. All major entrances to the building are accessible to people with disabilities. In addition, the meeting will be webcast for public viewing at the following USPTO Regional Offices: the Rocky Mountain Regional Office, 1961 Stout Street, Denver, Colorado 80294; the West Coast Regional Office, 26 S. Fourth Street, San Jose, California 95113; and the Texas Regional Office, 207 South Houston Street, Suite 159, Dallas, Texas 75202.
For further information regarding the meeting, contact Nadine Herbert or Susan Allen, Office of Policy and International Affairs, USPTO, Madison Building, 600 Dulany Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314; telephone (571) 272-9300; email
The Department of Commerce established the Internet Policy Task Force (Task Force) in 2010 to identify leading public policy and operational issues impacting the U.S. private sector's ability to realize the potential for economic growth and job creation through the Internet. The Task Force's July 2013 report,
In October 2013, the USPTO and NTIA published a request for public comments
At a subsequent public meeting in December 2013, two panels addressed issues related to this topic: access to rights information and online licensing transactions. An archive of the webcast of the public meeting is available at
In April 2015, the Task Force held another public meeting to discuss: The potential for the enhanced use and interoperability of standard identifiers across different sectors and geographical borders; whether the United States should develop or participate in an online licensing platform such as the U.K.'s Copyright Hub; and what the role of the Government should be in furthering any of these efforts. A transcript and videos of the public meeting are available at
The Copyright Office also has solicited public comments and held public meetings on related issues, notably on strategies for the electronic recordation of documents relating to transfers of copyright ownership, including the use of standard identifiers and other metadata standards, and sought comments on how visual works, particularly photographs, graphic artworks, and illustrations, are monetized, enforced, and registered under the Copyright Act.
In the previous public comments and meetings, the Task Force heard from stakeholders that the government can play a useful role by facilitating dialogues between and among industry sectors and by convening stakeholder groups to make recommendations on specific issues. Building upon this feedback, and in light of significant marketplace and technological developments that have taken place since the April 2015 public meeting, the Task Force is organizing this meeting to facilitate constructive, cross-industry dialogue among stakeholders about ways to promote a more robust and collaborative online marketplace for copyrighted works. We will discuss the potential for interoperability across digital registries and standards work in this field, and consider the relevant emerging technologies (
Topics to be covered will include: (1) Initiatives to take forward the digital content marketplace, with a focus on standards, interoperability, and digital registries and database initiatives to track ownership and usage rights; (2) innovative technologies designed to improve the ways consumers access and use different types of digital content (
On December 9, 2016, the Task Force will hold a public meeting to hear stakeholder input and to consider future work in this area. The event will seek participation and comments from interested stakeholders, including creators, right holders, and online services that produce and distribute copyright protected digital content, as well as technology providers, cultural heritage institutions, public interest groups, and academics.
The meeting will be webcast. The agenda and webcast information will be available no later than the week prior to the meeting on the Internet Policy Task Force Web site, at
The meeting will be open to members of the public to attend, space permitting, on a first-come, first-served basis. Online registration for the meeting, which is not mandatory, is available at
Department of Defense.
Renewal of Federal Advisory Committee.
The Department of Defense (DoD) is publishing this notice to announce that it is renewing the charter for the Defense Health Board (“the Board”).
Jim Freeman, Advisory Committee Management Officer for the Department of Defense, 703-692-5952.
The Board's charter is being renewed in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) of 1972 (5 U.S.C., Appendix, as amended) and 41 CFR 102-3.50(d). The Board's charter and contact information for the Board's Designated Federal Officer (DFO) can be found at
The Board provides the Secretary of Defense and the Deputy Secretary of Defense, through the Under Secretary of Defense for Personnel and Readiness, independent advice and recommendations to maximize the safety and quality of, as well as the access to, health care for DoD health care beneficiaries.
The Board is composed of no more than 19 members who are eminent authorities in one or more of the following disciplines: Health care research/academia, infectious disease, occupational/environmental health, public health, health care policy, trauma medicine/systems, clinical health care, strategic decision making, bioethics or ethics, beneficiary representative, neuroscience, and behavioral health. Except for reimbursement of official Board-related travel and per diem, Board members serve without compensation.
The public or interested organizations may submit written statements to the Board membership about the Board's mission and functions. Written statements may be submitted at any time or in response to the stated agenda of planned meeting of the Board. All written statements shall be submitted to the DFO for the Board, and this individual will ensure that the written statements are provided to the membership for their consideration.
Department of Defense.
Renewal of Federal Advisory Committee.
The Department of Defense (DoD) is publishing this notice to announce that it is renewing the charter for the Department of Defense Military Family Readiness Council (“the Council”).
Jim Freeman, Advisory Committee Management Officer for the Department of Defense, 703-692-5952.
The Council's charter is being renewed under the provisions of 10 U.S.C. 1781a, as amended and in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) of 1972 (5 U.S.C., Appendix, as amended) and 41 CFR 102-3.50(a). The Council's charter and contact information for the Council's Designated Federal Officer (DFO) can be found at
The Council shall review and provide independent advice and recommendations to the Secretary of Defense and the Deputy Secretary of Defense, through the Under Secretary of Defense for Personnel and Readiness, regarding the plans required under 10 U.S.C. 1781b, monitor requirements for the support of military family readiness by the DoD, and evaluate and assess the effectiveness of the military family readiness programs and activities of the DoD.
The Council is composed of 18 members as specified in 10 U.S.C. 1781a(b), as amended. All members of the Council are appointed to provide advice on behalf of the Government on the basis of their best judgment without representing any particular point of view and in a manner that is free from conflict of interest. Except for reimbursement of official Council-related travel and per diem, Council members serve without compensation.
The public or interested organizations may submit written statements to the Council membership about the Council's mission and functions. Written statements may be submitted at any time or in response to the stated agenda of planned meeting of the Council. All written statements shall be submitted to the DFO for the Council, and this individual will ensure that the written statements are provided to the membership for their consideration.
President's Advisory Commission on Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders, Department of Education.
Announcement of open meetings.
This notice sets forth the schedule and agenda of the meeting of the President's Advisory Commission on Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders (Commission). The notice also describes the functions of the Commission. Notice of the meeting is required by § 10 (a) (2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act and is intended to notify the public of its opportunity to attend.
The Commission meetings will be held on Tuesday, December 6, 2016 from 1:00 p.m.—5:30 p.m. EST and Wednesday, December 7, 2016 from 8:30 a.m.—12:30 p.m. EST at the U.S. Department of Education, 550 12th SW., 10th Floor, Washington, DC 20202. On Thursday, December 8, the Commission will be convening with the White House Initiative on AAPIs Regional Network (RN) from 9:00am—5:00pm at the U.S. Department of Education, 550 12th SW., 10th Floor, Washington, DC 20202.
Justin Trinidad, White House Initiative on Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders, Potomac Center Plaza, 550 12th Street SW., Washington, DC 20202; email:
Members of the public who wish to attend the meetings must RSVP to Justin Trinidad via email at
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
Executive Order No. 13515, as amended by Executive Orders 13585 and extended by 13708.
Bonneville Power Administration (BPA), DOE
Notice of document availability.
Copies of the Bonneville Purchasing Instructions (BPI), which contain the policy and establish the procedures that BPA uses in the solicitation, award, and administration of its purchases of goods and services, including construction, are available in printed form or at the following Internet address:
Copies of the Bonneville Financial Assistance Instructions (BFAI), which contain the policy and establish the procedures that BPA uses in the solicitation, award, and administration of financial assistance instruments (principally grants and cooperative agreements), are available in printed form or available at the following Internet address:
Unbound copies of the BPI or BFAI may be obtained by sending a request to the Head of the Contracting Activity, Routing CGP-7, Bonneville Power Administration, P.O. Box 3621, Portland, Oregon 97208-3621.
Head of Contracting Activity (503) 230-5498.
BPA was established in 1937 as a Federal Power Marketing Agency in the Pacific Northwest. BPA operations are financed from power revenues rather than annual appropriations. BPA's purchasing operations are conducted under 16 U.S.C. 832
BPA's solicitations and contracts include notice of applicability and availability of the BPI and the BFAI, as
Office of Fossil Energy, DOE.
Notice of application.
The Office of Fossil Energy (FE) of the Department of Energy (DOE) gives notice of receipt of an application (Application), filed on September 22, 2016, by Chevron U.S.A. Inc. (Chevron), requesting blanket authorization to export liquefied natural gas (LNG) previously imported into the United States from foreign sources in an amount up to the equivalent of 72 billion cubic feet (Bcf) of natural gas on a short-term or spot market basis for a two-year period commencing on December 8, 2016 or as soon thereafter as the authorization is granted. The LNG would be exported from the Sabine Pass LNG Terminal owned by Sabine Pass LNG, L.P., in Cameron Parish, Louisiana, to any country with the capacity to import LNG via ocean-going carrier and with which trade is not prohibited by U.S. law or policy. Chevron states that it has contracted for 1.0 Bcf/day of terminal capacity from Sabine Pass LNG, L.P., for an initial term of 20 years that will expire June 30, 2029, with the option to extend the term for another 20 years. Chevron states that it does not seek authorization to export domestically-produced natural gas supplies, and notes that it currently holds a blanket authorization to import LNG from various international sources by vessel in an amount up to the equivalent of 800 Bcf of natural gas. The Application was filed under section 3 of the Natural Gas Act (NGA). Additional details can be found in Chevron's Application, posted on the DOE/FE Web site at:
Protests, motions to intervene or notices of intervention, as applicable, requests for additional procedures, and written comments are to be filed using procedures detailed in the Public Comment Procedures section no later than 4:30 p.m., Eastern time, December 21, 2016.
The Application will be reviewed pursuant to section 3 of the NGA, as amended, and the authority contained in DOE Delegation Order No. 00-002.00N (July 11, 2013) and DOE Redelegation Order No. 00-002.04F (July 11, 2013). In reviewing this LNG export application, DOE will consider domestic need for the gas, as well as any other issues determined to be appropriate, including whether the arrangement is consistent with DOE's policy of promoting competition in the marketplace by allowing commercial parties to freely negotiate their own trade arrangements. Parties that may oppose this application should comment in their responses on these issues.
The National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA), 42 U.S.C. 4231,
In response to this Notice, any person may file a protest, comments, or a motion to intervene or notice of intervention, as applicable. Any person wishing to become a party to the proceeding must file a motion to intervene or notice of intervention. The filing of comments or a protest with respect to the Application will not serve to make the commenter or protestant a party to the proceeding, although protests and comments received from persons who are not parties will be considered in determining the appropriate action to be taken on the Application. All protests, comments, motions to intervene, or notices of intervention must meet the requirements specified by the regulations in 10 CFR part 590.
Filings may be submitted using one of the following methods: (1) Emailing the filing to
Please Note: If submitting a filing via email, please include all related documents and attachments (
A decisional record on the Application will be developed through responses to this notice by parties, including the parties' written comments and replies thereto. Additional procedures will be used as necessary to achieve a complete understanding of the facts and issues. If an additional procedure is scheduled, notice will be provided to all parties. If no party requests additional procedures, a final Opinion and Order may be issued based on the official record, including the Application and responses filed by
The Application is available for inspection and copying in the Division of Natural Gas Regulatory Activities docket room, Room 3E-042, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585. The docket room is open between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays. The Application and any filed protests, motions to intervene or notice of interventions, and comments will also be available electronically by going to the following DOE/FE Web address:
Office of Nuclear Energy, Department of Energy.
Notice of open meeting.
This notice announces a meeting of the Nuclear Energy Advisory Committee (NEAC). Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 94-463, 86 Stat. 770) requires that public notice of these meetings be announced in the
Friday, December 9, 2016, 9:00 a.m.-4:30 p.m.
Westin Crystal City, 1800 Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington, VA 22202.
Bob Rova, Designated Federal Officer, U.S. Department of Energy, 19901 Germantown Rd., Germantown, MD 20874; telephone (301) 903-9096; email
Department of Energy.
Notice of open meeting.
This notice announces an open meeting of the Secretary of Energy Advisory Board (SEAB). SEAB was reestablished pursuant to the Federal Advisory Committee Act. This notice is provided in accordance with the Act.
December 12, 2016, 4:00 p.m.-5:00 p.m.
Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Room 1E-245, Washington, DC 20585.
Karen Gibson, Designated Federal Officer, U.S. Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585;
Individuals and representatives of organizations who would like to offer comments and suggestions may do so during the meeting. Approximately 15 minutes will be reserved for public comments. Time allotted per speaker will depend on the number who wish to speak but will not exceed 5 minutes.
Those not able to attend the meeting or who have insufficient time to address the committee are invited to send a written statement to Karen Gibson, U.S. Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585, email to
Minutes: The minutes of the meeting will be available on the SEAB Web site or by contacting Ms. Gibson. She may be reached at the postal address or email address above, or by visiting SEAB's Web site at
Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, U.S. Department of Energy (DOE).
Submission for Office of Management and Budget (OMB) review; comment request.
The Department of Energy has submitted to the OMB for clearance, a proposal to amend an information collection request by adding an additional collection to an ICR that already includes two previously approved collections. The two previously approved collections address DOE's Plug-in Electric Vehicle (PEV) Scorecard, and the National Clean Fleets Partnership. DOE is not proposing to expand the scope of these information collection efforts. The proposed new collection is entitled “Ride and Drive Surveys for PEV Showcases”. DOE's Clean Cities initiative has developed a three-part voluntary ride-and-drive survey to assist its coalitions and stakeholders in assessing the level of interest, understanding, and acceptance of PEVs and alternative fuel vehicles (AFV) by the purchasing public. The principal objective of the Survey is to provide DOE and stakeholders with an objective assessment and estimate of how ready the purchasing public is for PEVs, and to help DOE's Clean Cities coalitions prepare for the successful deployment of these vehicles. DOE intends the surveys to be completed by individuals who are participating in one of many ride-and-drive events.
Comments regarding this proposed information collection must be received on or before December 21, 2016. If you anticipate difficulty in submitting comments within that period, contact the person listed below as soon as possible.
Written comments should be sent to:
And to
Mr. Dennis Smith at the address listed above in
The amended information collection request contains (1) OMB No. 1910-5171; (2) Information Collection Request Title: Clean Cities Vehicle Programs; (3) Type of Review: Amended collection; (4) Purpose: As part of DOE's Office of Vehicle Technologies 2016 Funding Opportunity Announcement (FOA) awards, DOE is awarding entities funding to run PEV showcases where drivers can experience driving a variety of PEVs and learn about charging electric vehicles. These awards are 50 percent cost share awards, meaning that recipients of an award under this FOA must supply 50 percent of the funds to complete each awarded project. Projects undertaken pursuant to this FOA are expected to include a survey component related to potential vehicle driver behavior. Thus, the DOE Clean Cities program has developed an initiative, the Ride and Drive Surveys for PEV Showcases, that includes a three-part voluntary ride-and-drive survey to assist its coalitions and stakeholders in assessing the level of interest, understanding, and acceptance of AFVs by the purchasing public. The principal objective of the Surveys is to provide DOE and stakeholders with an objective assessment and estimate of how ready the purchasing public is for PEVs, and to help DOE's Clean Cities coalitions prepare for the successful deployment of these vehicles.
For the Ride and Drive Surveys for PEV Showcases collection, the effort will target public citizens who are participating in one of many Ride-and-Drive events. There are three phases to the Survey: (1) Pre Ride-and-Drive; (2) post Ride-and-Drive; and (3) a few months/some time later to discern if the respondent followed through with acquisition of a PEV or another AFV. Respondents would provide answers in the first two phases through a user-friendly paper survey and on-line survey, and in the third phase they would answer questions via an electronic interface, although a paper survey may be used for those lacking access to an electronic device or computer.
The Surveys' effort will rely on responses to questions the respondent chooses to answer. The multiple-choice questions will address the following topic areas: (1) Demographics; (2) Current vehicle background; (3) How they learned about ride and drive event; (3) Perceptions of PEVs before and after driving; (4) Post-drive vehicle experience; (5) Purchase expectations; (6) Follow-up survey on purchases; (7) Purchase information; (8) Barriers; and (9) Future intentions.
DOE expects a total respondent population for the amended collection (which would include the three collections) of approximately 16,250 respondents (an increase of 15,000 over the number of respondents for the two currently approved collections). Selecting the multiple choice answers in completing the three components of the Survey is expected to take 30 minutes, leading to a total burden of approximately 28,250 hours (an increase 2,500 hours above the total burden in hours for the two currently approved collections).
(5)
42 U.S.C. 13233; 42 U.S.C. 13252 (a)-(b); 42 U.S.C. 13255.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice; request for comment.
In accordance with Section 122(i) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (CERCLA), 42 U.S.C. 9622(i), notice is hereby given of a proposed administrative settlement with two parties for recovery of response costs concerning the Section 9 Lease Site in Coconino County, Arizona. The settlement is entered into pursuant to Section 122(h)(1) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. 9622(h)(1), and it requires the settling parties to pay $230,000 to the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). The settlement includes a covenant not to sue the settling parties for certain costs pursuant to Sections 106 or 107(a) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. 9606 or 9607(a). For thirty (30) days following the date of publication of this Notice in the
Pursuant to Section 122(i) of CERCLA, EPA will receive written comments relating to this proposed settlement for thirty (30) days following the date of publication of this Notice in the
The proposed settlement is available for public inspection at EPA Region IX, 75 Hawthorne Street, San Francisco, California. A copy of the proposed settlement may be obtained from Joshua Wirtschafter, EPA Region IX, 75 Hawthorne Street, ORC-3, San Francisco, CA 94105, telephone number 415-972-3912. Comments should reference the Section 9 Lease Site, Coconino County, Arizona, and should be addressed to Joshua Wirtschafter at the above address.
Joshua Wirtschafter, Assistant Regional Counsel (ORC-3), Office of Regional Counsel, U.S. EPA Region IX, 75 Hawthorne Street, San Francisco, CA 94105; phone: (415) 972-3912; fax: (417) 947-3570; email:
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice of proposed consent decree; request for public comment.
In accordance with section 113(g) of the Clean Air Act, as amended (“CAA” or the “Act”), notice is hereby given of a proposed consent decree to address a lawsuit filed by Donald van der Vaart, in his official capacity as Secretary of North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality (“NCDEQ”), and by NCDEQ (collectively “Plaintiffs”) in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of North Carolina:
Written comments on the proposed consent decree must be received by December 21, 2016.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID number EPA-HQ-OGC-2016-0643, online at
Alexander Bond, Air and Radiation Law Office (2344A), Office of General Counsel, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone: (202) 564-3822; fax number: (202) 564-5603; email address:
On June 24, 2016, Plaintiffs filed an amended complaint alleging that EPA failed to perform duties mandated by CAA to take final action to approve or disapprove the December 9, 2013 Petition submitted by several states within the OTR requesting EPA to expand the OTR pursuant to 42 U.S.C 7506a(a) to include North Carolina and several other states. Under the terms of the proposed consent decree, EPA must sign a notice for public comment that proposes certain actions regarding the December 9, 2013 Petition as to the State of North Carolina, no later than January 18, 2017, and must sign a final
For a period of thirty (30) days following the date of publication of this notice, the Agency will accept written comments relating to the proposed consent decree from persons who are not named as parties or intervenors to the litigation in question. EPA or the Department of Justice may withdraw or withhold consent to the proposed consent decree if the comments disclose facts or considerations that indicate that such consent is inappropriate, improper, inadequate, or inconsistent with the requirements of the Act. Unless EPA or the Department of Justice determines that consent to this proposed consent decree should be withdrawn, the terms of the consent decree will be affirmed.
The official public docket for this action (identified by EPA-HQ-OGC-2016-0643) contains a copy of the proposed consent decree. The official public docket is available for public viewing at the Office of Environmental Information (OEI) Docket in the EPA Docket Center, EPA West, Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC. The EPA Docket Center Public Reading Room is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays. The telephone number for the Public Reading Room is (202) 566-1744, and the telephone number for the OEI Docket is (202) 566-1752.
An electronic version of the public docket is available through
It is important to note that EPA's policy is that public comments, whether submitted electronically or in paper, will be made available for public viewing online at
You may submit comments as provided in the
If you submit an electronic comment, EPA recommends that you include your name, mailing address, and an email address or other contact information in the body of your comment and with any disk or CD ROM you submit. This ensures that you can be identified as the submitter of the comment and allows EPA to contact you in case EPA cannot read your comment due to technical difficulties or needs further information on the substance of your comment. Any identifying or contact information provided in the body of a comment will be included as part of the comment that is placed in the official public docket, and made available in EPA's electronic public docket. If EPA cannot read your comment due to technical difficulties and cannot contact you for clarification, EPA may not be able to consider your comment.
Use of the
Environmental Protection Agency.
Notice of settlement.
Under 122(h) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA), the United States Environmental Protection Agency has entered into a settlement with North Carolina Department of Natural and Cultural Resources, concerning the Crowders Mountain Superfund Site located in Kings Mountain, Gaston County, North Carolina. The settlement addresses recovery of CERCLA costs for a cleanup action performed by the EPA at the Site.
The Agency will consider public comments on the settlement until December 21, 2016. The Agency will consider all comments received and may modify or withdraw its consent to the proposed settlement if comments received disclose facts or considerations which indicate that the proposed settlement is inappropriate, improper, or inadequate.
Copies of the settlement are available from the Agency by contacting Ms. Paula V. Painter, Program Analyst, using the contact information provided in this notice. Comments may also be submitted by referencing the Site's name through one of the following methods:
•
•
Paula V. Painter at 404/562-8887.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
In accordance with the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), EPA is issuing a notice of receipt of requests by registrants to voluntarily cancel certain pesticide registrations. EPA intends to grant these requests at the close of the comment period for this announcement unless the Agency receives substantive comments within the comment period that would merit its further review of the requests, or unless the registrants withdraw its requests. If these requests are granted, any sale, distribution, or use of products listed in this notice will be permitted after the registrations have been cancelled only if such sale, distribution, or use is consistent with the terms as described in the final order.
Comments must be received on or before May 22, 2017.
Submit your comments, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0517, by one of the following methods:
•
•
Submit written withdrawal request by mail to: Information Technology and Resources Management Division (7502P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001. ATTN: Christopher Green.
•
Christopher Green, Information Technology and Resources Management Division (7502P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001; telephone number: (703) 347-0367; email address:
This action is directed to the public in general, and may be of interest to a wide range of stakeholders including environmental, human health, and agricultural advocates; the chemical industry; pesticide users; and members of the public interested in the sale, distribution, or use of pesticides.
1.
2.
This notice announces receipt by the Agency of requests from registrants to cancel 18 pesticide products registered under FIFRA section 3 (7 U.S.C. 136a) or 24(c) (7 U.S.C. 136v(c)). These registrations are listed in sequence by registration number (or company number and 24(c) number) in Table 1 of this unit.
Unless the Agency determines that there are substantive comments that warrant further review of the requests or the registrants withdraw their requests, EPA intends to issue an order in the
Table 2 of this unit includes the names and addresses of record for all registrants of the products in Table 1 of this unit, in sequence by EPA company number. This number corresponds to the first part of the EPA registration numbers of the products listed in this unit.
Section 6(f)(1) of FIFRA (7 U.S.C. 136d(f)(1)) provides that a registrant of a pesticide product may at any time request that any of its pesticide registrations be canceled. FIFRA further provides that, before acting on the request, EPA must publish a notice of receipt of any such request in the
Registrants who choose to withdraw a request for cancellation should submit such withdrawal in writing to the person listed under
Existing stocks are those stocks of registered pesticide products that are currently in the United States and that were packaged, labeled, and released for shipment prior to the effective date of the cancellation action. Because the Agency has identified no significant potential risk concerns associated with these pesticide products, upon cancellation of the products identified in Table 1 of Unit II., EPA anticipates allowing registrants to sell and distribute existing stocks of these products for 1 year after publication of the Cancellation Order in the
7 U.S.C. 136
Nominations are now being accepted for EXIM Bank's 2017 Advisory Committee. The Congressionally-established Advisory Committee holds quarterly meetings in which its primary task is to advise the Bank concerning its policy and programs, in particular on the extent to which the Bank is meeting its mandate to provide competitive financing that equips U.S. exporters to compete for business in the global marketplace. Pending approval by EXIM's Board of Directors, the first meeting of the 2017 Advisory Committee is scheduled to be held in late January 2017.
The nomination period will be open for four weeks beginning Wednesday, November 16-Friday, December 16, 2016.
Companies and supporters of potential nominees must submit a letter on company letterhead stating reasons why their candidate should be considered for the Advisory Committee. Self-nominations are permitted. All nomination forms must be completed and signed by all potential candidates.
All nominations are due COB Friday, December 16, 2016. Please email the candidate questionnaire form and additional information including supporter letters on letterhead to:
Export-Import Bank of the U.S.
Submission for OMB Review and Comments Request.
The Export-Import Bank of the United States (Ex-Im Bank), as part
By neutralizing the effect of export credit insurance and guarantees offered by foreign governments and by absorbing credit risks that the private section will not accept, Ex-Im Bank enables U.S. exporters to compete fairly in foreign markets on the basis of price and product. This collection of information is necessary, pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 635(a)(1), to determine eligibility of the applicant for Ex-Im Bank support.
This form is used by a financial institution (or broker acting on its behalf) in order to obtain approval for non-honoring coverage of short-term letters of credit. The information received provides Ex-Im Bank staff with the information necessary to make a determination of the eligibility of the applicant and transaction for Ex-Im Bank assistance under its programs.
The application can be viewed at
Comments should be received on or before December 21, 2016 to be assured of consideration.
Comments may be submitted electronically on
The following Agenda items have been deleted from the list of items scheduled for consideration at the Thursday, November 17, 2016, Open Meeting and previously listed in the Commission's Notice of November 10, 2016. The items remain on circulation.
The following Consent Agenda item has been deleted from the list of items scheduled for consideration at the Thursday, November 17, 2016, Open Meeting and previously listed in the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).
Notice and request for comment.
The FDIC, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the renewal of existing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. chapter 35). On August 24, 2016, (81 FR 57908), the FDIC requested comment for 60 days on a proposal to revise the “Joint Standards for Assessing the Diversity Policies and Practices” information collection by adding a form to the information collection entitled “Diversity Self-Assessment Template for Entities Regulated by the FDIC.” No comments were received. The FDIC hereby gives notice of its plan to submit to OMB a request to approve the renewal of these collections, and again invites comment on this renewal.
Comments must be submitted on or before December 21, 2016.
Interested parties are invited to submit written comments to the FDIC by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
All comments should refer to the relevant OMB control number. A copy of the comments may also be submitted to the OMB desk officer for the FDIC: Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503.
Manny Cabeza, at the FDIC address above.
Proposal to renew the following currently approved collections of information:
1.
The FDIC may use the information submitted by the entities it regulates to monitor progress and trends in the financial services industry with regard to diversity and inclusion in employment and contracting activities and to identify and highlight those policies and practices that have been successful. The FDIC will continue to reach out to the regulated entities and other interested parties to discuss diversity and inclusion in the financial services industry and share leading practices. The FDIC may also publish information disclosed by the entity, such as any identified leading practices, in any form that does not identify a particular institution or individual or disclose confidential business information.
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the collections of information are necessary for the proper performance of the FDIC's functions, including whether the information has practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the estimates of the burden of the information collections, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collections of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. All comments will become a matter of public record.
Federal Maritime Commission.
November 17, 2016—10 a.m.
800 North Capitol Street NW., First Floor Hearing Room, Washington, DC.
The meeting agenda originally published November 15, 2016, 81 FR 80055, is revised to add item 4 in the Closed Session. The change was made upon a unanimous vote of the Commission. The first portion of the meeting will be held in Open Session and will be streamed live at
Rachel E. Dickon, Assistant Secretary, (202) 523 5725.
The notificants listed below have applied under the Change in Bank Control Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)) and § 225.41 of the Board's Regulation Y (12 CFR 225.41) to acquire shares of a bank or bank holding company. The factors that are considered in acting on the notices are set forth in paragraph 7 of the Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(7)).
The notices are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank indicated. The notices also will be available for inspection at the offices of the Board of Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing to the Reserve Bank indicated for that notice or to the offices of the Board of Governors. Comments must be received not later than December 6, 2016.
1.
The companies listed in this notice have applied to the Board for approval, pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841
The applications listed below, as well as other related filings required by the Board, are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank indicated. The applications will also be available for inspection at the offices of the Board of Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing on the standards enumerated in the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1842(c)). If the proposal also involves the acquisition of a nonbanking company, the review also includes whether the acquisition of the nonbanking company complies with the standards in section 4 of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1843). Unless otherwise noted, nonbanking activities will be conducted throughout the United States.
Unless otherwise noted, comments regarding each of these applications must be received at the Reserve Bank indicated or the offices of the Board of Governors not later than December 13, 2016.
1.
1.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice of availability; reopening of the comment period.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or we) is reopening the comment period for the notice, published in the
Submit either electronic or written comments by February 21, 2017.
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” We will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in our consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
Gillian Robert-Baldo, Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition (HFS-850), Food and Drug Administration, 5001 Campus Dr., College Park, MD 20740, 240-402-1451.
In the
Following publication of the September 9, 2016, notice of availability, we received a request for a 90-day extension of the comment period. The request expressed concern that the current 60-day comment period does not allow sufficient time to develop a thoughtful and comprehensive response to the draft guidance. We have considered the request and are reopening the comment period for an additional 90 days, until February 21, 2017. We believe that this reopening allows adequate time for interested persons to submit comments without significantly delaying finalizing the guidance.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice of availability.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing the availability of a report of a Center for Veterinary Medicine (CVM) working group proposing possible changes to the current review processes for new animal drug applications (NADAs) providing for the use of multiple new animal drugs in combination drug medicated feeds. This report was developed for the use of the CVM committee that will be participating in discussions concerning the reauthorization of the animal drug user fee program for 5 additional years through fiscal year 2023 (per the Animal Drug User Fee Amendments (ADUFA) IV).
For access to the docket to read background documents or the electronic and written/paper comments received, go to
Submit written requests for single copies of the report to the Policy and Regulations Staff (HFV-6), Center for Veterinary Medicine, Food and Drug Administration, 7519 Standish Pl., Rockville, MD 20855. Send one self-addressed adhesive label to assist that office in processing your requests. See the
Linda M. Wilmot, Center for Veterinary Medicine (HFV-120), Food and Drug Administration, 7500 Standish Pl., Rockville, MD 20855, 240-402-0829,
In the
In the
Persons with access to the Internet may obtain this document on the CVM ADUFA Meetings Web page:
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing that a proposed collection of information has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Fax written comments on the collection of information by December 21, 2016.
To ensure that comments on the information collection are received, OMB recommends that written comments be faxed to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, OMB, Attn: FDA Desk Officer, FAX: 202-395-7285, or emailed to
FDA PRA Staff, Office of Operations, Food and Drug Administration, Three White Flint North, 10A63, 11601 Landsdown St., North Bethesda, MD 20852,
In compliance with 44 U.S.C. 3507, FDA has submitted the following proposed collection of information to OMB for review and clearance.
As an integral part of its decision making process, we are obligated under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) to consider the environmental impact of our actions, including allowing notifications for food contact substances to become effective and approving food additive petitions, color additive petitions, GRAS affirmation petitions, requests for exemption from regulation as a food additive, and actions on certain food labeling citizen petitions, nutrient content claims petitions, and health claims petitions. In 1997, we amended our regulations in part 25 (21 CFR part 25) to provide for categorical exclusions for additional classes of actions that do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment (62 FR 40570, July 29, 1997). As a result of that rulemaking, we no longer routinely require submission of information about the manufacturing and production of our regulated articles. We also have eliminated the previously required Environmental Assessment (EA) and abbreviated EA formats from the amended regulations. Instead, we have provided guidance that contains sample formats to help industry submit a claim of categorical exclusion or an EA to the Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition (CFSAN). The guidance document entitled “Preparing a Claim of Categorical Exclusion or an Environmental Assessment for Submission to the Center for Food Safety and Applied Nutrition” identifies, interprets, and clarifies existing requirements imposed by statute and regulation, consistent with the Council on Environmental Quality regulations (40 CFR 1507.3). It consists of recommendations that do not themselves create requirements; rather, they are explanatory guidance for our own procedures in order to ensure full compliance with the purposes and provisions of NEPA.
The guidance provides information to assist in the preparation of claims of categorical exclusion and EAs for submission to CFSAN. The following questions are covered in this guidance: (1) What types of industry-initiated actions are subject to a claim of categorical exclusion? (2) What must a claim of categorical exclusion include by regulation? (3) What is an EA? (4) When is an EA required by regulation and what format should be used? (5) What are extraordinary circumstances? and (6) What suggestions does CFSAN have for preparing an EA? Although CFSAN encourages industry to use the EA formats described in the guidance because standardized documentation submitted by industry increases the efficiency of the review process, alternative approaches may be used if these approaches satisfy the requirements of the applicable statutes and regulations. We are requesting the extension of OMB approval for the
In the
We estimate the burden of this collection of information as follows:
The estimates for respondents and numbers of responses are based on the annualized numbers of petitions and notifications qualifying for categorical exclusions listed under § 25.32(i) and (q) that the Agency has received in the past 3 years. Please note that, in the past 3 years, there have been no submissions that requested an action that would have been subject to the categorical exclusion in § 25.32(o). To avoid counting this burden as zero, we have estimated the burden for this categorical exclusion at one respondent making one submission a year for a total of one annual submission. The burden for submitting a categorical exclusion is captured under § 25.15(a) and (d).
To calculate the estimate for the hours per response values, we assumed that the information requested in this guidance for each of these three categorical exclusions is readily available to the submitter. For the information requested for the exclusion in § 25.32(i), we expect that submitter will need to gather information from appropriate persons in the submitter's company and prepare this information for attachment to the claim for categorical exclusion. We believe that this effort should take no longer than 8 hours per submission. For the information requested for the categorical exclusions in § 25.32(o) and (q), the submitters will almost always merely need to copy existing documentation and attach it to the claim for categorical exclusion. We believe that collecting this information should also take no longer than 8 hours per submission.
For the information requested for the environmental assessments in § 25.40(a) and (c), we believe that submitters will submit an average of 57 environmental assessments annually. We estimate that each submitter will prepare an EA within 3 weeks (120 hours) and revise the EA based on Agency comments (between 40 to 60 hours), for a total preparation time of 180 hours. The burden relating to this collection has been previously approved under OMB control number 0910-0322, “Environmental Impact Consideration—21 CFR part 25”. Upon approval of this collection of information by OMB, FDA will revise OMB control number 0910-0322 to remove the annual reporting burden for categorical exclusions and environmental assessment requests related to food additive petitions, color additive petitions, requests for exemption from regulation as a food additive, and submission of a food contact notification for a food contact substance. The future burden for categorical exclusion or environmental assessments for these requests will be captured under OMB control number 0910-0541, this collection of information.
Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), Office of the Secretary (OS)
Notice to establish a new system of records, and to delete related systems.
In accordance with the requirements of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, HHS is establishing a new, department-wide system of records, System No. 09-90-1601 “Outside Experts Recruited for Non-FACA Activities,” and deleting four related systems of records that are obsolete or that will be rendered duplicative by the new system. The new system will cover recruitment and other administrative records about individuals outside the HHS workforce who serve or are considered for service on HHS mission-related committees and other assignments requiring specific outside expertise or experience (excluding those that are subject to the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), which are covered under System No. 09-90-0059). The new department-wide System No. 09-90-1601 and the related system deletions are more fully explained in the
The new system of records established in this Notice is effective upon publication, with the exception of the routine uses. The routine uses will be effective 30 days after publication of this Notice, unless comments are received that warrant a revision to this Notice. Written comments on the Notice should be submitted within 30 days. The deletion of System Numbers 09-20-0168, 09-30-0049, 09-37-0022, and 09-90-0080 will be effective 30 days after publication of this Notice.
The public should address written comments to: Beth Kramer, HHS Privacy Act Officer, FOIA/PA Division, Hubert H. Humphrey Building—Suite 729H, 200 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20201,
Beth Kramer, HHS Privacy Act Officer, FOIA/PA Division, Hubert H. Humphrey Building—Suite 729H, 200 Independence Avenue SW.,
The records to be covered in the new system of records are similar in type and function to the records covered in System No. 09-90-0059, which pertain to individuals who serve or are considered for service on committees that are subject to the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), 5 U.S.C. App.,
•
•
•
•
A report on the new system of records has been sent to Congress and OMB in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552a(r).
The following systems of records are being deleted as duplicative of new department-wide System No. 09-90-1601:
The following system of records is being deleted as duplicative of System No. 09-90-0059 Federal Advisory Committee Membership Files as to files that pertain to candidates for FACA committees, and as duplicative of new department-wide System No. 09-90-1601 as to files that pertain to candidates for non-FACA committees and other activities:
The Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a) governs the means by which the U.S. Government collects, maintains, and uses information about individuals in a system of records. A “system of records” is a group of any records under the control of a federal agency from which information about an individual is retrieved by the individual's name or other personal identifier. The Privacy Act requires each agency to publish in the
The following systems of record are deleted, effective 30 days after publication of this Notice:
09-90-1601
Outside Experts Recruited for Non-FACA Activities
Unclassified.
Physical locations include:
• CDC program offices that recruit consultants to assist in statistical projects and reporting programs conducted or sponsored by NCHS, in Atlanta, GA and Hyattsville, MD;
• FDA's committee management office in Silver Spring, MD;
• Program offices at ACF in Washington, DC, at HRSA in Rockville, MD, and at SAMHSA in Rockville, MD,
• Locations of SAMHSA contractors that arrange use of consultants on SAMHSA projects.
Records in this system pertain to individuals outside the HHS workforce who serve or are considered for service on HHS mission-related committees or other assignments that require specific outside expertise or experience (for example, medical, scientific, or manufacturing expertise, or patient advocacy experience), but that are not subject to the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), 5 U.S.C. App.,
The records consist of recruitment and other administrative records, including:
• An application and resume or curricula vitae, describing the individual's qualifications;
• Nomination/recommendation records, or other records used in evaluating an individual's qualifications and any potential conflicts of interest and selecting an individual for a specific assignment; and
• Records used to plan and arrange the individual's participation in the assigned activities, including scheduling records and records used to coordinate parking, badging, and payment of any stipend or honorarium.
The records may contain these data elements:
• The individual's name and other identifying information (
• Contact information (
• Occupation, job titles, employers, employment status and history, and whether currently employed by the federal government;
• Work and organizational affiliations, memberships, credentials, and licenses;
• Degrees held, and general educational and/or experience background;
• Racial classification or ethnic background;
• Areas of specialization, expertise, or experience, and special qualifications (
• Dates and descriptions of past assignments or past experience;
• Sources and references, and any information provided by sources/references; and
• Information about availability and any special needs.
Any special needs, medical condition, or similar information contained in an individual's records is maintained and used in accordance with relevant provisions of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, 29 U.S.C. 791
The records will be used within the agency on a need-to-know basis for the purpose of staffing committees and other assignments and managing administrative matters pertaining to individuals serving on committees and other assignments, including to:
• Prepare reports and lists of past, present, and recommended members, vacancies, acceptances, and separations;
• Send recruitment notices to individual prospective candidates, and send informational notices to selectees;
• Identify qualified candidates and document the selections; and
• Manage and coordinate the selected individuals' participation in assignment activities (including sharing information within the agency to coordinate aspects such as badging, parking, travel, training, and payment of any stipend or honorarium).
In addition to the statutory disclosures of information permitted in the Privacy Act at 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(2) and (b)(4)-(11), HHS may make the following disclosures of information about an individual from this system of records to parties outside the agency without the individual's prior, written consent:
1. Disclosures may be made to federal agencies and Department contractors that have been engaged by HHS to assist in accomplishment of an HHS function relating to the purposes of this system of records and that have a need to have access to the records in order to assist HHS in performing the activity. Any contractor will be required to comply with the requirements of the Privacy Act.
2. Records may be disclosed to parties such as educational institutions, current and former employers, and qualified experts, when necessary to check or obtain an opinion about a candidate's qualifications.
3. Records about consultants and patient advocates may be disclosed to parties organizing or hosting assignment activities, such as grantee institutions and federal, foreign, state, tribal, local, and other government agencies and public authorities (
4. Records may be disclosed to supervisors and administrative assistants at the individual's place of employment, for administrative purposes such as coordinating the individual's participation in the activities.
5. Records may be disclosed to external parties that audit committee or assignment activities.
6. Relevant information will be included in any required reports to the President, the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), and the General Services Administration (GSA) about committees and other assignments that are mission-related.
7. Information may be disclosed to the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) or to a court or other tribunal, when:
a. The agency or any component thereof, or
b. Any employee of the agency in his or her official capacity, or
c. Any employee of the agency in his or her individual capacity where DOJ has agreed to represent the employee, or
d. The United States Government, is a party to litigation or has an interest in such litigation and, by careful review, HHS determines that the records are both relevant and necessary to the litigation and that, therefore, the use of such records by the DOJ, court or other tribunal is deemed by HHS to be compatible with the purpose for which the agency collected the records.
8. Records may be disclosed to student volunteers and other individuals performing functions for the
9. Disclosures may be made to the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) and/or the General Services Administration (GSA) for the purpose of records management inspections conducted under 44 U.S.C. 2904 and 2906.
10. Information may be disclosed to a Member of Congress or a Congressional staff member in response to a written inquiry of the Congressional office made at the written request of the constituent about whom the record is maintained. The Congressional office does not have any greater authority to obtain records than the individual would have if requesting the records directly.
11. Records may be disclosed to the U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) if captured in an intrusion detection system used by HHS and DHS pursuant to a DHS cybersecurity program that monitors Internet traffic to and from federal government computer networks to prevent a variety of types of cybersecurity incidents.
12. Disclosures may be made to appropriate federal agencies and Department contractors that have a need to know the information for the purpose of assisting the Department's efforts to respond to a suspected or confirmed breach of the security or confidentiality of information maintained in this system of records, when the information disclosed is relevant and necessary to that assistance.
Records are stored in hard-copy files and electronic media.
Records are retrieved by the individual's name.
Safeguards conform to the HHS Information Security and Privacy Program,
Records pertaining to recruitment and use of outside peer reviewers are destroyed three years after final action; they are retained longer if required for business use (see General Records Schedule (GRS) 1.2, Item 010, Grant and Cooperative Agreement Program Management Records). Records pertaining to recruitment and use of other outside individuals (
For CDC/NCHS Consultant Records:
• Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Director, National Center for Health Statistics, OPHSS, Prince George's Metro IV Bldg., Rm. 7209, MS P08, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 3311 Toledo Road, Hyattsville, MD 20782
• Food and Drug Administration (FDA), Advisory Committee Oversight & Management Staff, 10903 New Hampshire Avenue, Bldg. WO32, Rm. 5129, Silver Spring, MD 20993-002
For ACF Peer Reviewer Records:
• Administration for Children and Families (ACF), Privacy Act Contact, Office of Information Systems 330 C Street, NW., Washington, DC 20201
• Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA), Chief, Policy, Analysis & Training Branch, Division of Independent Review, Office of Federal Assistance Management, 5600 Fishers Lane, Rockville, MD 20857
• Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), Director, Division of Grant Review, 5600 Fishers lane, Rockville, MD 20852
• Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), Director, Division of Contracts Management, Office of Program Services, 5600 Fishers Lane, Rockville, MD 20852
An individual who wishes to know if this system contains records about him or her should submit a written request to the relevant System Manager indicated above. The individual must verify his or her identity by providing either a notarization of the request or a written certification that the requester is who he or she claims to be and understands that the knowing and willful request for acquisition of a record pertaining to an individual under false pretenses is a criminal offense under the Privacy Act, subject to a five thousand dollar fine.
An individual seeking access to records about him in this system should submit a request following the same procedure indicated under “Notification Procedure.”
An individual seeking to amend the content of information about him or her in this system should contact the relevant System Manager indicated above and reasonably identify the record, specify the information contested, state the corrective action sought, and provide the reasons for the amendment, with supporting justification.
Most information is obtained directly from the individual record subject.
None.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. Appendix 2); notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The purpose of this meeting is to evaluate requests for preclinical development resources for potential new therapeutics for the treatment of cancer. The outcome of the evaluation will provide information to internal NCI committees that will decide whether NCI should support requests and make available contract resources for development of the potential therapeutic to improve the treatment of various forms of cancer. The research proposals and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the proposed research projects, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Toby Hecht, Ph.D., Executive Secretary, Development Experimental Therapeutics Program, National Cancer Institute, NIH, 9609 Medical Center Drive, Room 3W110, Rockville, MD 20850, (240) 276-5683,
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
This notice is being published less than 15 days prior to the meeting due to the timing limitations imposed by the review and funding cycle.
Pursuant to section 10(a) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is
The meeting will be open to the public, with attendance limited to space available. Individuals who plan to attend and need special assistance, such as sign language interpretation or other reasonable accommodations, should notify the contact person listed below in advance of the meeting.
Information is also available on the Institute's/Center's home page:
OMB's “Mandatory Information Requirements for Federal Assistance Program Announcements” (45 FR 39592, June 11, 1980) requires a statement concerning the official government programs contained in the Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance. Normally NIH lists in its announcements the number and title of affected individual programs for the guidance of the public. Because the guidance in this notice covers virtually every NIH and Federal research program in which DNA recombinant molecule techniques could be used, it has been determined not to be cost effective or in the public interest to attempt to list these programs. Such a list would likely require several additional pages. In addition, NIH could not be certain that every Federal program would be included as many Federal agencies, as well as private organizations, both national and international, have elected to follow the NIH Guidelines. In lieu of the individual program listing, NIH invites readers to direct questions to the information address above about whether individual programs listed in the Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance are affected.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
This notice is being published less than 15 days prior to the meeting due to the timing limitations imposed by the review and funding cycle.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
This notice is being published less than 15 days prior to the meeting due to the timing limitations imposed by the review and funding cycle.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.
Notice.
HUD has submitted the proposed information collection requirement described below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act. The purpose of this notice is to allow for an additional 30 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; fax: 202-395-5806. Email:
Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QMAC, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; email Colette Pollard at
Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Pollard.
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
The
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond: Including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Community Planning and Development, HUD.
Notice.
This notice allocates $500 million in Community Development Block Grant disaster recovery (CDBG-DR) funds appropriated by the Continuing Appropriations Act, 2017 for the purpose of assisting long-term recovery in Louisiana, Texas and West Virginia. This notice describes applicable waivers and alternative requirements, relevant statutory provisions for grants provided under this notice, the grant award process, criteria for plan approval, and eligible disaster recovery activities. Given the extent of damage to housing in the largest eligible disaster and the very limited data at present on unmet infrastructure and economic revitalization needs, this notice requires each grantee to primarily consider and address its unmet housing recovery needs.
Jessie Handforth Kome, Acting Director, Office of Block Grant Assistance, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Room 7286, Washington, DC 20410, telephone number 202-708-3587. Persons with hearing or speech impairments may access this number via TTY by calling the Federal Relay Service at 800-877-8339. Facsimile inquiries may be sent to Ms. Kome at 202-401-2044. (Except for the”800” number, these telephone numbers are not toll-free.). Email inquiries may be sent to
Section 145 of the Continuing Appropriations Act, 2017 (Pub. L. 114-223, approved September 29, 2016) (Appropriations Act) makes available $500 million in Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) funds for necessary expenses for activities authorized under title I of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974 (42 U.S.C. 5301
Based on a review of the impacts from these disasters, and estimates of unmet need, HUD is making the following allocations:
Table 1 also shows the HUD-identified “most impacted and distressed” areas impacted by the disasters that did not receive a direct award. At least 80 percent of the total funds provided within each State under this notice must address unmet needs within the HUD-identified “most impacted and distressed” areas, as identified in the last column in Table 1. Grantees may determine where the remaining 20 percent may be spent by
Each grantee receiving an allocation under this notice must submit an action plan for disaster recovery, or “action plan,” no later than 90 days after the effective date of this notice. HUD will only approve action plans that meet the specific requirements identified in this notice under section VI, “Applicable Rules, Statutes, Waivers, and Alternative Requirements.”
The Appropriations Act requires that prior to the obligation of CDBG-DR funds a grantee shall submit a plan detailing the proposed use of all funds, including criteria for eligibility, and how the use of these funds will address long-term recovery and restoration of infrastructure and housing and economic revitalization in the most impacted and distressed areas. This action plan for disaster recovery must describe uses and activities that: (1) Are authorized under title I of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974 (HCD Act) or allowed by a waiver or alternative requirement published in this notice; and (2) respond to disaster-related impact to infrastructure, housing, and economic revitalization in the most impacted and distressed areas. To inform the plan, grantees must conduct an assessment of community impacts and unmet needs to guide the development and prioritization of planned recovery activities, pursuant to paragraph A.2.a. in section VI below.
In accordance with the HCD Act, funds may be used to meet a matching, share, or contribution requirement for any other Federal program when used to carry out an eligible CDBG-DR activity. This includes programs or activities administered by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) and the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE), among other Federal sources. CDBG-DR funds, however, may not be used for activities reimbursable by or for which funds are made available by FEMA or USACE.
This notice also requires each grantee to expend 100 percent of its allocation of CDBG-DR funds on eligible activities within 6 years of HUD's execution of the grant agreement.
The Appropriations Act requires the Secretary to certify, in advance of signing a grant agreement, that the grantee has in place proficient financial controls and procurement processes and has established adequate procedures to prevent any duplication of benefits as defined by section 312 of the Stafford Act, ensure timely expenditure of funds, maintain comprehensive Web sites regarding all disaster recovery activities assisted with these funds, and detect and prevent waste, fraud, and abuse of funds. To provide a basis for the certification, each grantee must submit documentation to the Department demonstrating its compliance with the above requirements. For a complete list of the required certification documentation, see paragraph A.1.a. under section VI of this notice. The certification documentation must be submitted within 60 days of the effective date of this notice, or with the grantee's submission of its action plan, whichever is earlier.
In advance of signing a grant agreement and consistent with 2 CFR 200.205 of the Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards (Uniform Requirements), HUD will evaluate each grantee's capacity to effectively manage the funds and the associated risks they pose through a review of supplemental risk analysis documentation. This notice requires each grantee to submit risk analysis documentation demonstrating that it can effectively manage the funds, ensure timely communication of application status to applicants for disaster recovery assistance, and that it has adequate capacity to manage the funds and address any capacity needs. For a complete listing of the required risk analysis documentation, see paragraph A.1.b. under section VI of this notice. Documentation applicable to the risk analysis must be submitted within 60 days of the effective date of this notice, or with the grantee's submission of its action plan, whichever is earlier.
Additionally, this notice requires grantees to submit to the Department for approval a projection of expenditures and outcomes as part of its action plan. Any subsequent changes, updates or revision of the projections will require the grantee to amend its action plan to reflect the new projections. This will enable HUD, the public, and the grantee to track planned versus actual performance.
Grantees must also enter expected completion dates for each activity in HUD's Disaster Recovery Grant Reporting (DRGR) system. When target dates are not met or are extended, a grantee is required to explain the reason for the delay in the Quarterly Performance Report (QPR) activity narrative. For additional guidance on DRGR system reporting requirements, see paragraph A.3 under section VI of this notice. More information on the timely expenditure of funds is included in paragraphs A.24 of section VI of this notice. Other reporting, procedural, and monitoring requirements are discussed under “Grant Administration” in section VI of this notice.
The grant terms and specific conditions of the award will reflect HUD's risk assessment of the grantee and will require the grantee to adhere to the description of its implementation plan submitted in its certification and risk analysis documentation. HUD will also institute an annual risk analysis as well as on-site monitoring of grantee management to further guide oversight of these funds.
The Appropriations Act authorizes the Secretary to waive or specify alternative requirements for any provision of any statute or regulation that the Secretary administers in connection with the obligation by the Secretary, or use by the recipient, of these funds, except for requirements related to fair housing, nondiscrimination, labor standards, and the environment. Waivers and alternative requirements are based upon a determination by the Secretary that good cause exists and that the waiver or alternative requirement is not inconsistent with the overall purposes of title I of the HCD Act. HUD also has regulatory waiver authority under 24 CFR 5.110, 91.600, and 570.5. Grantees may request waivers as described in section VI of this notice.
To begin expenditure of CDBG-DR funds, the following expedited steps are necessary:
• Grantee follows citizen participation plan for disaster recovery in accordance with the requirements in paragraph A.4 of section VI of this notice.
• Grantee consults with stakeholders, including required consultation with affected local governments and public housing authorities (as identified in section VI of this notice).
• Within 60 days of the effective date of this notice (or when the grantee submits its action plan, whichever is earlier), the grantee submits certification documentation providing a basis for the Secretary's certification that the grantee has in place proficient financial controls and procurement processes and has established adequate procedures to prevent any duplication of benefits as defined by section 312 of the Stafford
• Within 60 days of the effective date of this notice (or when the grantee submits its action plan, whichever is earlier) the grantee submits its risk analysis documentation allowing HUD to evaluate the grantee's risk and capacity to effectively manage the funds.
• Grantee publishes its action plan for disaster recovery on the grantee's required disaster recovery Web site for no less than 14 calendar days to solicit public comment.
• Grantee responds to public comment and submits its action plan (which includes Standard Form 424 (SF-424) and certifications) to HUD no later than 90 days after the date of this notice.
• HUD expedites review (allotted 60 days from date of receipt) and approves the action plan according to criteria identified in this notice.
• HUD sends an action plan approval letter, grant terms and conditions, and grant agreement to the grantee. If the action plan is not approved, a letter will be sent identifying its deficiencies; the grantee must then resubmit the action plan within 45 days of the notification letter.
• Grantee signs and returns the grant agreement.
• Grantee ensures that the final HUD-approved action plan is posted on its official Web site.
• HUD establishes the grantee's line of credit.
• Grantee requests and receives DRGR system access (if the grantee does not already have DRGR access).
• Grantee enters the activities from its published action plan into the DRGR system and submits its DRGR action plan to HUD (funds can be drawn from the line of credit only for activities that are established in the DRGR system).
• The grantee may draw down funds from the line of credit after the Responsible Entity completes applicable environmental review(s) pursuant to 24 CFR part 58 or as authorized by the Appropriations Act and, as applicable, receives from HUD or the State an approved Request for Release of Funds and certification.
• The grantee must begin to draw down funds no later than 180 days after the effective date of this notice.
This section of the notice describes requirements imposed by the Appropriations Act, as well as applicable waivers and alternative requirements. For each waiver and alternative requirement, the Secretary has determined that good cause exists and is consistent with the overall purpose of the HCD Act. The waivers and alternative requirements provide additional flexibility in program design and implementation to support full and swift recovery following the disasters, while also ensuring that statutory requirements are met. The following requirements apply only to the CDBG-DR funds appropriated in the Appropriations Act, and not to funds provided under the annual formula State or Entitlement CDBG programs, or those provided under any other component of the CDBG program, such as the Section 108 Loan Guarantee Program, or any prior CDBG-DR appropriation.
Grantees may request additional waivers and alternative requirements from the Department as needed to address specific needs related to their recovery activities. Except where noted, waivers and alternative requirements described below apply to all grantees under this notice. Under the requirements of the Appropriations Act, waivers and alternative requirements are effective five days after they are published in the
Except as described in this notice, statutory and regulatory provisions governing the State CDBG program shall apply to grantees receiving an allocation under this notice. Applicable statutory provisions can be found at 42 U.S.C. 5301
1.
a.
(1) Financial Controls. A grantee has proficient financial controls if each of the following criteria is satisfied:
a. The grantee's most recent single audit and consolidated annual financial report (CAFR) indicates that the grantee has no material weaknesses, deficiencies, or concerns that HUD considers to be relevant to the financial management of the CDBG program. If the single audit or CAFR identified weaknesses or deficiencies, the grantee must provide documentation showing how those weaknesses have been removed or are being addressed; and
b. The grantee has assessed its financial standards and has completed the HUD monitoring guide for financial standards (FY2017 Guide for Review of Financial Management (the Financial Management Guide), available on the HUD Exchange Web site at
(2) Procurement. A grantee has in place a proficient procurement process if it has either: (a) Adopted 2 CFR 200.318 through 200.326 (subject to 2 CFR 200.110, as applicable); or (b) the effect of the grantee's procurement process/standards are equivalent to the effect of procurements under 2 CFR 200.318 through 200.326, meaning that the process/standards, while not identical, operate in a manner that provides for full and open competition.
(3) Duplication of benefits. A grantee has adequate procedures to prevent the duplication of benefits where the grantee identifies its uniform processes for each of the following: (a) Verifying all sources of disaster assistance received by the grantee or applicant, as applicable; (b) determining an applicant's unmet need(s) before awarding assistance; and (c) ensuring beneficiaries agree to repay the assistance if they later receive other disaster assistance for the same purpose. Grantee procedures shall provide that prior to the award of assistance, the grantee will use the best, most recent available data from FEMA, the Small Business Administration (SBA), insurers, and other sources of funding to prevent the duplication of benefits. Departmental guidance to assist in preventing a duplication of benefits is provided in a notice published in the
(4) Timely expenditures. A grantee has adequate procedures to determine timely expenditures if it indicates to HUD how the grantee will track expenditures each month, how it will monitor expenditures of its recipients and subrecipients, how it will reprogram funds in a timely manner for activities that are stalled, and how it will project expenditures to provide for the expenditure of all CDBG-DR funds within the period provided for in paragraph A.24 of section VI of this notice.
(5) Comprehensive disaster recovery Web site. A grantee has adequate procedures to maintain a comprehensive Web site regarding all disaster recovery activities if its procedures indicate that the grantee will have a separate page dedicated to its disaster recovery that includes the information described at paragraph A.23 of section VI of this notice. The procedures should also indicate the frequency of Web site updates. At minimum, grantees must update their Web site quarterly.
(6) Procedures to detect fraud, waste and abuse. A grantee has adequate procedures to detect fraud, waste and abuse if its procedures indicate how the grantee will verify the accuracy of information provided by applicants; if it provides a monitoring policy indicating how and why monitoring is conducted, the frequency of monitoring, and which items are monitored; and if it demonstrates that it has an internal auditor and includes a document signed by the internal auditor that describes his or her role in detecting fraud, waste, and abuse.
b.
Evidence of grantee management capacity will be provided through the grantee's risk analysis documentation which must be submitted within 60 days of the effective date of this notice or with the grantee's submission of its action plan, whichever date is earlier. The grantee must certify to the accuracy of its risk analysis documentation submissions as required by paragraph E.47 in section VI of this notice. A grantee has sufficient management capacity if each of the following criteria is satisfied:
(1) Timely information on application status. A grantee has adequate procedures to inform applicants of the status of their applications for recovery assistance, at all phases, if its procedures indicate methods for communication (
(2) Preaward Implementation Plan. To enable HUD to assess risk as described in 2 CFR 200.205(c), the grantee will submit an implementation plan to the Department. The plan must describe the grantee's capacity to carry out the recovery and how it will address any capacity gaps. HUD will determine a plan is adequate to reduce risk if, at a minimum it addresses:
a. Capacity Assessment. The grantee has conducted an assessment of its capacity to carry out recovery efforts, and has developed a timeline with milestones describing when and how the grantee will address all capacity gaps that are identified.
b. Staffing. The plan shows that the grantee has assessed staff capacity and identified personnel for the purpose of case management in proportion to the applicant population; program managers who will be assigned responsibility for each primary recovery area (
c. Internal and Interagency Coordination. The grantee's plan describes how it will ensure effective communication between different departments and divisions within the grantee's organizational structure that are involved in CDBG-DR-funded recovery efforts; between its lead agency and subrecipients responsible for implementing the grantee's action plan; and with other local and regional planning efforts to ensure consistency.
d. Technical Assistance. The grantee's implementation plan describes how it will procure and provide technical assistance for any personnel that the grantee does not employ at the time of action plan submission, and to fill gaps in knowledge or technical expertise required for successful and timely recovery implementation where identified in the capacity assessment.
e. Accountability. The grantee's plan identifies the principal lead agency responsible for implementation of the State's CDBG-DR award and indicates that the head of that agency will report directly to the Governor of the State.
2.
a.
The action plan must contain:
1. An impact and unmet needs assessment. Each grantee must develop a needs assessment to understand the type and location of community needs and to target limited resources to those areas with the greatest need. Grantees receiving an award under this notice must conduct a needs assessment to inform the allocation of CDBG-DR resources. At a minimum, the needs assessment must:
• Evaluate all aspects of recovery including housing (interim and permanent, owner and rental, single-family and multifamily, affordable and market rate, and housing to meet the needs of persons who were homeless pre-disaster), infrastructure, and economic revitalization;
• Account for the various forms of assistance available to, or likely to be available to, affected communities (
• Assess whether public services (
• Use the most recent available data (cite data sources) to inform the action plan, particularly with regard to estimating the portion of need likely to be addressed by insurance proceeds, other Federal assistance, or any other funding sources (thus producing an estimate of unmet need);
• Describe impacts geographically by type at the lowest level practicable (
• Take into account the costs of incorporating mitigation and resilience measures to protect against future hazards, including the anticipated effects of climate change on those hazards.
CDBG-DR funds may be used to reimburse costs for developing the action plan, including the needs assessment, environmental review, and citizen participation requirements. HUD has developed a Disaster Impact and Unmet Needs Assessment Kit to guide CDBG-DR grantees through a process for identifying and prioritizing critical unmet needs for long-term community recovery, and it is available on the HUD Exchange Web site at
Disaster recovery needs evolve over time and the needs assessment and action plan are expected to be amended as conditions change and additional needs are identified.
2. A description of the connection between identified unmet needs and the allocation of CDBG-DR resources. Grantees must propose an allocation of CDBG-DR funds that primarily considers and addresses unmet housing needs. Grantees may also allocate funds for economic revitalization and infrastructure activities, but in doing so, must identify how any remaining unmet housing needs will be addressed or how its economic revitalization and infrastructure activities will contribute to the long-term recovery and restoration of housing in the most impacted and distressed areas. Grantee action plans may provide for the allocation of funds for administration and planning activities and for public service activities, subject to the caps on such activities as described below.
3. Each grantee must include a description of how it will identify and address the rehabilitation (as defined at 24 CFR 570.202), reconstruction, replacement, and new construction of housing and shelters in the areas affected by the disaster. This includes any rental housing that is affordable to low or moderate income households (as defined by the grantee as provided in B.31 of section VI of this notice); public housing (including administrative offices); emergency shelters and housing for the homeless; private market units receiving project-based assistance or with tenants that participate in the Section 8 Housing Choice Voucher Program; and any other housing that is assisted under a HUD program.
4. A description of how the grantee's programs will promote housing for vulnerable populations, including a description of activities it plans to address: (a) The transitional housing, permanent supportive housing, and permanent housing needs of individuals and families (including subpopulations) that are homeless and at-risk of homelessness; (b) the prevention of low-income individuals and families with children (especially those with incomes below 30 percent of the area median) from becoming homeless; and (c) the special needs of persons who are not homeless but require supportive housing (
5. A description of how the grantee plans to minimize displacement of persons or entities, and assist any persons or entities displaced.
6. A description of the maximum amount of assistance available to a beneficiary under each of the grantee's disaster recovery programs. A grantee may find it necessary to provide exceptions on a case-by-case basis to the maximum amount of assistance and must describe the process it will use to make such exceptions in its action plan. At minimum, each grantee must adopt policies and procedures that communicate how it will analyze the circumstances under which an exception is needed and how it will demonstrate that the amount of assistance is necessary and reasonable.
7. A description of how the grantee plans to: (a) Adhere to the advanced elevation requirements established in paragraph B.28 of section VI of this notice; (b) promote sound, sustainable long-term recovery planning informed by a post-disaster evaluation of hazard risk, especially land-use decisions that reflect responsible flood plain management and take into account continued sea level rise, if applicable; and (c) coordinate with other local and regional planning efforts to ensure consistency. This information should be based on the history of FEMA flood mitigation efforts, and take into account projected increase in sea level (if applicable) and frequency and intensity
Additionally, a grantee proposing an allocation of grant funds for infrastructure must include a description of how the proposed infrastructure activities will advance long-term resilience to natural hazards and how the grantee intends to align these investments with other planned state or local capital improvements. Grantees should describe how preparedness and mitigation measures will be integrated into rebuilding activities and how the grantee will promote community-level and/or regional (
The action plan must provide for the use of CDBG-DR funds to develop a disaster recovery and response plan that addresses long-term recovery and pre- and post-disaster hazard mitigation, if one does not currently exist.
8. A description of how the grantee will leverage CDBG-DR funds with funding provided by other Federal, State, local, private, and nonprofit sources to generate a more effective and comprehensive recovery. Examples of other Federal sources are those provided by HUD, FEMA (specifically the Public Assistance Program, Individual Assistance Program, and Hazard Mitigation Grant Program), SBA (specifically the Disaster Loans program), Economic Development Administration, USACE, and the U.S. Department of Agriculture. The grantee should seek to maximize the number of activities and the degree to which CDBG funds are leveraged. Grantees shall identify leveraged funds for each activity, as applicable, in the DRGR system.
9. A description of how the grantee will: (a) Design and implement programs or activities with the goal of protecting people and property from harm; (b) emphasize high quality, durability, energy efficiency, sustainability, and mold resistance; (c) support adoption and enforcement of modern building codes and mitigation of hazard risk, including possible sea level rise, high winds, storm surge, and flooding, where appropriate; and (d) implement and ensure compliance with the Green Building standards required in paragraph B.28 of section VI of this notice. All rehabilitation, reconstruction, and new construction should be designed to incorporate principles of sustainability, including water and energy efficiency, resilience, and mitigating the impact of future disasters. Whenever feasible, grantees should follow best practices such as those provided by the U.S. Department of Energy's Guidelines for Home Energy Professionals—Professional Certifications and Standard Work Specifications. HUD also encourages grantees to implement green infrastructure policies to the extent practicable. Additional tools for green infrastructure are available at the Environmental Protection Agency's Web site
10. A description of the standards to be established for construction contractors performing work in the jurisdiction and a mechanism for homeowners and small business owners to appeal rehabilitation contractor work. HUD strongly encourages the grantee to require a warranty period post-construction, with formal notification to homeowners on a periodic basis (
11. A description of how the grantee will manage program income, and the purpose(s) for which it may be used. Waivers and alternative requirements related to program income can be found in this notice at paragraph A.17 of section VI.
12. A description of monitoring standards and procedures that are sufficient to ensure program requirements, including an analysis for duplication of benefits, are met and that provide for continual quality assurance and adequate program oversight.
b.
1. How the needs assessment informed allocation determinations, including the rationale behind the decision(s) to provide funds to State-identified “most impacted and distressed” areas that were not defined by HUD as being “most impacted and distressed,” if applicable.
2. The threshold factors and grant size limits that are to be applied.
3. The projected uses for the CDBG-DR funds, by responsible entity, activity, and geographic area, when the State carries out an activity directly.
4. For each proposed program and/or activity carried out directly, its respective CDBG activity eligibility category (or categories) as well as national objective(s).
5. How the method of distribution to local governments or programs/activities carried out directly will result in long-term recovery from specific impacts of the disaster.
6. When funds are allocated to UGLGs, all criteria used to distribute funds to local governments including the relative importance of each criterion.
7. When applications are solicited for programs carried out directly, all criteria used to select applications for funding, including the relative importance of each criterion.
1. Housing. Typical housing activities include new construction and rehabilitation of single-family or multifamily units. Most often, grantees use CDBG-DR funds to rehabilitate damaged homes and rental units. However, grantees may also fund new construction (see paragraph B.28 of section VI of this notice) or rehabilitate units
a.
b.
2. Economic Revitalization. For CDBG-DR purposes, economic revitalization may include any CDBG-DR eligible activity that demonstrably restores and improves some aspect of the local economy. The activity may address job losses, or negative impacts to tax revenues or businesses. Examples of eligible activities include providing loans and grants to businesses, funding job training, making improvements to commercial/retail districts, and financing other efforts that attract/retain workers in devastated communities.
All economic revitalization activities must address an economic impact(s) caused by the disaster (
3. Infrastructure. Typical infrastructure activities include the repair, replacement, or relocation of damaged public facilities and improvements including, but not limited to, bridges, water treatment facilities, roads, and sewer and water lines. In proposing an allocation of CDBG-DR funds under this notice for infrastructure, a grantee must identify how any remaining unmet housing needs will be addressed or how its infrastructure activities will contribute to the long-term recovery and restoration of housing in the most impacted and distressed areas.
Grantees that use CDBG-DR funds to assist flood control structures (
4. Preparedness and Mitigation. The Appropriations Act states that funds shall be used for recovering from a Presidentially declared major disaster and all assisted activities must respond to the impacts of the declared disaster. HUD encourages grantees to incorporate preparedness and mitigation measures into the aforementioned rebuilding activities, to rebuild communities that are more resilient to future disasters. Mitigation measures that are not incorporated into those rebuilding activities must be a necessary expense related to disaster relief or long-term recovery that responds to the eligible disaster. Furthermore, the costs associated with these measures may not prevent the grantee from meeting unmet needs.
5. Connection to the Disaster. Grantees must maintain records about each activity funded, as described in paragraph A.14 of section VI of this notice. In regard to physical losses, damage or rebuilding estimates are often the most effective tools for demonstrating the connection to the disaster. For housing market, economic, and/or nonphysical losses, post-disaster analyses or assessments may best document the relationship between the loss and the disaster.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
3.
a.
This notice waives the requirements for submission of a performance report pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 12708 and 24 CFR 91.520. Alternatively, HUD is requiring that grantees enter information in the DRGR system in sufficient detail to permit the Department's review of grantee performance on a quarterly basis through the Quarterly Performance Report (QPR) and to enable remote review of grantee data to allow HUD to assess compliance and risk. HUD-issued general and appropriation-specific guidance for DRGR reporting requirements can be found on the HUD exchange at
b.
The action plan must also be entered into the DRGR system so that the grantee is able to draw its CDBG-DR funds. The grantee may enter activities into the DRGR system before or after submission of the action plan to HUD. To enter an activity into the DRGR system, the grantee must know the activity type, national objective, and the organization that will be responsible for the activity.
All funds programmed or budgeted at a general level in the DRGR system will be restricted from access on the grantee's line of credit. Grantees must describe activities in DRGR at the necessary level of detail in order for HUD to release funds and make them available for use by the grantee.
Each activity entered into the DRGR system must also be categorized under a “project.” Typically, projects are based on groups of activities that accomplish a similar, broad purpose (
c.
d.
e.
Each QPR will include information about the uses of funds in activities identified in the DRGR action plan during the applicable quarter. This includes, but is not limited to, the project name, activity, location, and national objective; funds budgeted, obligated, drawn down, and expended; the funding source and total amount of any non-CDBG-DR funds to be
4.
a.
Grantees are responsible for ensuring that all citizens have equal access to information about the programs, including persons with disabilities and limited English proficiency (LEP). Each grantee must ensure that program information is available in the appropriate languages for the geographic areas to be served. Since State grantees under this notice may make grants throughout the State, including to entitlement communities, States should carefully evaluate the needs of disabled persons and those with limited English proficiency. For assistance in ensuring that this information is available to LEP populations, recipients should consult the
Subsequent to publication of the action plan, the grantee must provide a reasonable time frame (again, no less than 14 days) and method(s) (including electronic submission) for receiving comments on the plan or substantial amendment. In its action plan, each grantee must specify criteria for determining what changes in the grantee's plan constitute a substantial amendment to the plan. At a minimum, the following modifications will constitute a substantial amendment: A change in program benefit or eligibility criteria; the addition or deletion of an activity; or the allocation or reallocation of a monetary threshold specified by the grantee in their action plan. The grantee may substantially amend the action plan if it follows the same procedures required in this notice for the preparation and submission of an action plan for disaster recovery.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
5.
For activities carried out by entities eligible under section 105(a)(15) of the HCD Act, such entity will be subject to the definition of a nonprofit under that section rather than the definition located in 24 CFR 570.204, even in cases where the entity is receiving assistance through a local government that is an Entitlement jurisdiction.
6.
7.
Consistent with the approach encouraged through the National Disaster Recovery Framework and National Preparedness Goal, all grantees must consult with States, tribes, local governments, Federal partners, nongovernmental organizations, the private sector, and other stakeholders and affected parties in the surrounding geographic area to ensure consistency of the action plan with applicable regional redevelopment plans. Grantees are encouraged to establish a recovery task force with representative members of each sector to advise the grantee on how its recovery activities can best contribute towards the goals of regional redevelopment plans.
8.
A grantee may seek to reduce the overall benefit requirement below 70 percent of the total grant, but must submit a justification that, at a minimum: (a) Identifies the planned activities that meet the needs of its low- and moderate-income population; (b) describes proposed activity(ies) and/or program(s) that will be affected by the alternative requirement, including their proposed location(s) and role(s) in the grantee's long-term disaster recovery plan; (c) describes how the activities/programs identified in (b) prevent the grantee from meeting the 70 percent requirement; and (d) demonstrates that low- and moderate-income persons' disaster-related needs have been sufficiently met and that the needs of non-low- and moderate-income persons or areas are disproportionately greater, and that the jurisdiction lacks other resources to serve them.
9.
10.
a.
b.
(1)
11.
The Department notes that almost all effective recoveries in the past have relied on some form of area-wide or comprehensive planning activity to guide overall redevelopment independent of the ultimate source of implementation funds. To assist grantees, the Department is waiving the requirements at 24 CFR 570.483(b)(5) or (c)(3), which limit the circumstances under which the planning activity can meet a low- and moderate-income or slum-and-blight national objective. Instead, States must comply with 24 CFR 570.208(d)(4) when funding disaster recovery-assisted, planning-only grants, or directly administering planning activities that guide recovery in accordance with the Appropriations Act. In addition, the types of planning activities that States may fund or undertake are expanded to be consistent with those of entitlement communities identified at 24 CFR 570.205.
As provided in paragraph A.2 of section VI of this notice, grantees are required to use their planning funds to develop a disaster recovery and response plan that addresses long-term recovery and pre- and post-disaster hazard mitigation.
Plans should include an assessment of natural hazard risks, including risks expected to increase due to climate change, to low- and moderate-income residents based on an analysis of data and findings in (1) the National Climate Assessment (NCA),
12.
Grantees need not issue formal certification statements to qualify an activity as meeting the urgent need national objective. Instead, grantees must document how each program and/or activity funded under the urgent need national objective responds to a disaster-related impact. For each activity that will meet an urgent need national objective, grantees must reference in their action plan needs assessment the type, scale, and location of the disaster-related impacts that each program and/or activity is addressing within 24-months of its first obligation of grant funds. Following this 24-month period, no new program or activity intended to meet the urgent need national objective may be introduced and allocated funds without a waiver from HUD. Grantees are advised to use the low- and moderate-income benefit national objective for all activities that qualify under the criteria for that national objective. At least 70 percent of the entire CDBG-DR grant award must
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
a.
(1) For purposes of this subpart, “program income” is defined as gross income generated from the use of CDBG-DR funds, except as provided in subparagraph (d) of this paragraph, and received by a State, local government, tribe or a subrecipient of a State, local government, or tribe. When income is generated by an activity that is only partially assisted with CDBG-DR funds, the income shall be prorated to reflect the percentage of CDBG-DR funds used (
(a) Proceeds from the disposition by sale or long-term lease of real property purchased or improved with CDBG-DR funds.
(b) Proceeds from the disposition of equipment purchased with CDBG-DR funds.
(c) Gross income from the use or rental of real or personal property acquired by a State, UGLG, or tribe or subrecipient of a State, local government, or tribe with CDBG-DR funds, less costs incidental to generation of the income (
(d) Net income from the use or rental of real property owned by a State, local government, or tribe or subrecipient of a State, local government, or tribe, that was constructed or improved with CDBG-DR funds.
(e) Payments of principal and interest on loans made using CDBG-DR funds.
(f) Proceeds from the sale of loans made with CDBG-DR funds.
(g) Proceeds from the sale of obligations secured by loans made with CDBG-DR funds.
(h) Interest earned on program income pending disposition of the income, including interest earned on funds held in a revolving fund account.
(i) Funds collected through special assessments made against nonresidential properties and properties owned and occupied by households not of low- and moderate-income, where the special assessments are used to recover all or part of the CDBG-DR portion of a public improvement.
(j) Gross income paid to a State, local government, or tribe, or paid to a subrecipient thereof, from the ownership interest in a for-profit entity in which the income is in return for the provision of CDBG-DR assistance.
(2) “Program income” does not include the following:
(a) The total amount of funds that is less than $35,000 received in a single year and retained by a State, local government, tribe, or retained by a subrecipient thereof.
(b) Amounts generated by activities eligible under section 105(a)(15) of the HCD Act and carried out by an entity under the authority of section 105(a)(15) of the HCD Act.
b.
c.
(1) Program income received (and retained, if applicable) before or after close out of the grant that generated the program income, and used to continue disaster recovery activities, is treated as additional disaster recovery CDBG funds subject to the requirements of this notice and must be used in accordance with the grantee's action plan for disaster recovery. To the maximum extent feasible, program income shall be used or distributed before additional withdrawals from the U.S. Treasury are made, except as provided in subparagraph D of this paragraph.
(2) In addition to the regulations dealing with program income found at 24 CFR 570.489(e) and 570.504, the following rules apply: A grantee may transfer program income before close out of the grant that generated the program income to its annual CDBG program. In addition, State grantees may transfer program income before close out to any annual CDBG-funded activities carried out by a local government or tribe within the State. Program income received by a grantee, or received and retained by a subrecipient, after close out of the grant that generated the program income, may also be transferred to a grantee's annual CDBG award. In all cases, any program income received that is
d. Revolving loan funds. State grantees, and local governments or tribes (provided assistance by a State grantee) may establish revolving funds to carry out specific, identified activities. A revolving fund, for this purpose, is a separate fund (with a set of accounts that are independent of other program accounts) established to carry out specific activities. These activities generate payments, which will be used to support similar activities going forward. These payments to the revolving fund are program income and must be substantially disbursed from the revolving fund before additional grant funds are drawn from the U.S. Treasury for payments that could be funded from the revolving fund. Such program income is not required to be disbursed for nonrevolving fund activities.
State grantees may also establish a revolving fund to distribute funds to local governments or tribes to carry out specific, identified activities. The same requirements, outlined above, apply to this type of revolving loan fund. Note that no revolving fund established per this notice shall be directly funded or capitalized with CDBG-DR grant funds, pursuant to 24 CFR 570.489(f)(3).
18.
19.
a.
HUD is waiving the one-for-one replacement requirements because they do not account for the large, sudden changes that a major disaster may cause to the local housing stock, population, or economy. Further, the requirement may discourage grantees from converting or demolishing disaster-damaged housing when excessive costs would result from replacing all such units. Disaster-damaged housing structures that are not suitable for rehabilitation can pose a threat to public health and safety and to economic revitalization. Grantees should reassess post-disaster population and housing needs to determine the appropriate type and amount of lower-income dwelling units to rehabilitate and/or rebuild. Grantees should note, however, that the demolition and/or disposition of PHA-owned public housing units is covered by section 18 of the United States Housing Act of 1937, as amended, and 24 CFR part 970.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
20.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
To facilitate expedited historic preservation reviews under section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 (54 U.S.C. Section 306108), HUD strongly encourages grantees to allocate general administration funds to retain a qualified historic preservation professional, and support the capacity of the State Historic Preservation Officer/Tribal Historic Preservation Officer to review CDBG-DR projects. For more information on qualified historic preservation professional standards see
21.
22.
Additionally, if a State grantee chooses to provide funding to another State agency, the State may specify in its procurement policies and procedures whether that State agency must follow the procurement policies and procedures that the State is subject to, or whether the State agency must follow the same policies and procedures to which all other subrecipients are subject.
HUD may request periodic updates from grantees that employ contractors. A contractor is a third-party firm that the grantee acquires through a procurement process to perform specific functions, consistent with the procurement requirements in the CDBG program regulations. For contractors employed to provide discrete services or deliverables only, HUD is establishing an additional alternative requirement to expand on existing provisions of 2 CFR 200.317 through 200.326 and 24 CFR 570.489(g) as follows:
a. Grantees are also required to ensure all contracts and agreements (with subrecipients, recipients, and contractors) clearly state the period of performance or date of completion;
b. Grantees must incorporate performance requirements and liquidated damages into each procured contract or agreement. Contracts that describe work performed by general management consulting services need not adhere to this requirement; and
c. Grantees may contract for administrative support but may not delegate or contract to any other party any inherently governmental responsibilities related to management of the funds, such as oversight, policy development, and financial management. Technical assistance resources for procurement are available to grantees either through HUD staff or through technical assistance providers engaged by HUD or the grantee.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
Prior to a reduction, withdrawal, or adjustment of a CDBG-DR grant, or other actions taken pursuant to this section, the recipient shall be notified of the proposed action and be given an opportunity for an informal consultation.
Consistent with the procedures described in this notice, the Department may adjust, reduce, or withdraw the CDBG-DR grant or take other actions as appropriate, except for funds that have been expended for eligible approved activities.
28.
In addition, 42 U.S.C. 5305(a) is waived and alternative requirements adopted to the extent necessary to permit new housing construction, and to require the following construction standards on structures constructed or rehabilitated with CDBG-DR funds as part of activities eligible under 42 U.S.C. 5305(a). All references to “substantial damage” and “substantial improvement” shall be as defined in 44 CFR 59.1 unless otherwise noted:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
All Critical Actions, as defined at 24 CFR 55.2(b)(3), within the 0.2 percent annual floodplain (or 500-year) floodplain must be elevated or floodproofed (in accordance with the FEMA standards) to the higher of the 0.2 percent annual floodplain flood elevation or three feet above the 1 percent annual floodplain. If the 0.2 percent annual floodplain or elevation is unavailable for Critical Actions, and the structure is in the 1 percent annual floodplain, then the structure must be elevated or floodproofed at least three feet above the 1 percent annual floodplain level. Applicable State, local, and tribal codes and standards for floodplain management that exceed these requirements, including elevation, setbacks, and cumulative substantial damage requirements, will be followed.
f.
g.
29.
30.
31.
32.
Therefore, 42 U.S.C. 5305(a) and associated regulations are waived to the extent necessary to allow the provision of housing incentives. These grantees must maintain documentation, at least at a programmatic level, describing how the amount of assistance was determined to be necessary and reasonable, and the incentives must be in accordance with the grantee's approved action plan and published program design(s). This waiver does not permit a compensation program. If the grantee requires the incentives to be used for a particular purpose by the household receiving the assistance, then the eligible use for that activity will be that required use, not an incentive.
In undertaking a larger scale migration or relocation recovery effort that is intended to move households out of high-risk areas, the grantee should consider how it can protect and sustain the impacted community and its assets. Grantees must also weigh the benefits and costs, including anticipated insurance costs, of redeveloping high-risk areas that were impacted by a disaster. Accordingly, grantees are prohibited from offering incentives to return households to disaster-impacted floodplains, unless the grantee can demonstrate to HUD how it will resettle such areas in a way that mitigates the risks of future disasters and increasing insurance costs resulting from continued occupation of high-risk areas, through mechanisms that can reduce risks and insurance costs, such as new land use development plans, building codes or construction requirements, protective infrastructure development, or through restrictions on future disaster assistance to such properties.
33.
34.
35.
Grantees are encouraged to use buyouts strategically, as a means of acquiring contiguous parcels of land for uses compatible with open space, recreational, natural floodplain functions, other ecosystem restoration, or wetlands management practices. To the maximum extent practicable, grantees should avoid circumstances in which parcels that could not be acquired through a buyout remain alongside parcels that have been acquired through the grantee's buyout program.
Regardless of purchase price, all buyout activities are a type of acquisition of real property (as permitted by 42 U.S.C. 5305(a)(1)). However, only acquisitions that meet the definition of a “buyout” are subject to the post-acquisition land use restrictions imposed by the applicable prior notices. The key factor in determining whether the acquisition is a buyout is whether the intent of the purchase is to reduce risk from future flooding or to reduce the risk from the hazard that lead to the property's Disaster Risk Reduction Area designation. To conduct a buyout in a Disaster Risk Reduction Area, the grantee must establish criteria in its policies and procedures to designate the area subject to the buyout, pursuant to the following requirements: (1) The hazard must have been caused or exacerbated by the Presidentially declared disaster for which the grantee received its CDBG-DR allocation; (2) the hazard must be a predictable environmental threat to the safety and well-being of program beneficiaries, as evidenced by the best available data and science; and (3) the Disaster Risk Reduction Area must be clearly delineated so that HUD and the public may easily determine which properties are located within the designated area.
The distinction between buyouts and other types of acquisitions is important, because grantees may only redevelop an acquired property if the property is not acquired through a buyout program (
1. Any property acquired, accepted, or from which a structure will be removed pursuant to the project will be dedicated and maintained in perpetuity for a use that is compatible with open space, recreational, or floodplain and wetlands management practices.
2. No new structure will be erected on property acquired, accepted, or from which a structure was removed under the acquisition or relocation program other than: (a) A public facility that is open on all sides and functionally related to a designated open space (
3. After receipt of the assistance, with respect to any property acquired, accepted, or from which a structure was removed under the acquisition or relocation program, no subsequent application for additional disaster assistance for any purpose or to repair damage or make improvements of any sort will be made by the recipient to any Federal entity in perpetuity.
The entity acquiring the property may lease it to adjacent property owners or other parties for compatible uses in return for a maintenance agreement. Although Federal policy encourages leasing rather than selling such property, the property may also be sold.
In all cases, a deed restriction or covenant running with the property must require that the buyout property be dedicated and maintained for compatible uses in perpetuity.
4. Grantees have the discretion to determine an appropriate valuation method (including the use of pre-flood value or post-flood value as a basis for property value). However, in using CDBG-DR funds for buyouts, the grantee must uniformly apply whichever valuation method it chooses.
5. All buyout activities must be classified using the “buyout” activity type in the DRGR system.
6. Any State grantee implementing a buyout program or activity must consult with affected UGLGs.
7. When undertaking buyout activities, in order to demonstrate that a buyout meets the low- and moderate-income housing national objective, grantees must meet all requirements of the HCD Act and applicable regulatory criteria described below. Grantees are encouraged to consult with HUD prior to undertaking a buyout program with the intent of using the low- and moderate-income housing (LMH) national objective. 42 U.S.C. 5305(c)(3) provides that any assisted activity under
(a) The buyout program combines the acquisition of properties with another direct benefit—Low- and Moderate-Income housing activity, such as down payment assistance—that results in occupancy and otherwise meets the applicable LMH national objective criteria in 24 CFR part 570 (
(b) The program meets the low- and moderate income area benefit criteria to demonstrate national objective compliance, provided that the grantee can document that the properties acquired through buyouts will be used in a way that benefits all of the residents in a particular area where at least 51 percent of the residents are low- and moderate-income persons. When using the area benefit approach, grantees must define the service area based on the end use of the buyout properties; or
(c) The program meets the criteria for the low- and moderate-income limited clientele national objective, including the prohibition on the use of the limited clientele national objective when an activity's benefits are available to all residents of the area. A buyout program could meet the national objective criteria for the limited clientele national objective if it restricts buyout program eligibility to exclusively low- and moderate-income persons, and the buyout provides an actual benefit to the low- and moderate income sellers by providing pre-disaster valuation uniformly to those who participate in the program.
c.
1. Properties purchased through a buyout program may not typically be redeveloped, with a few exceptions. (see subparagraph a.2 above).
2. Grantees may redevelop an acquired property if the property is not acquired through a buyout program and the purchase price is based on the property's post-disaster value, consistent with applicable cost principles (the pre-disaster value may not be used). In addition to the purchase price, grantees may opt to provide relocation assistance to the owner of a property that will be redeveloped if the property is purchased by the grantee or subrecipient through voluntary acquisition, and the owner's need for additional assistance is documented.
3. In carrying out acquisition activities, grantees must ensure they are in compliance with their long-term redevelopment plans.
36.
37.
a.
b.
1. Section 582 of the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994, as amended, (42 U.S.C. 5154a) prohibits flood disaster assistance in certain circumstances. In general, it provides that no Federal disaster relief assistance made available in a flood disaster area may be used to make a payment (including any loan assistance payment) to a person for repair, replacement, or restoration for damage to any personal, residential, or commercial property if that person at any time has received Federal flood disaster assistance that was conditioned on the person first having obtained flood insurance under applicable Federal law and the person has subsequently failed to obtain and maintain flood insurance as required under applicable Federal law on such property. This means that a grantee may not provide disaster assistance for the repair, replacement, or restoration to a person who has failed to meet this requirement and must implement a process to check and monitor for compliance.
2. Section 582 also imposes a responsibility on a grantee that receives CDBG-DR funds or that designates annually appropriated CDBG funds for disaster recovery. That responsibility is to inform property owners receiving disaster assistance that triggers the flood insurance purchase requirement that they have a statutory responsibility to notify any transferee of the requirement to obtain and maintain flood insurance, and that the transferring owner may be liable if he or she fails to do so. These requirements are enumerated at
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
This notice waives the public benefit standards at 42 U.S.C. 5305(e)(3), 24 CFR 570.482(f)(1), (f)(2), (f)(3), (f)(4)(i), (f)(5), and (f)(6) for economic revitalization activities designed to create or retain jobs or businesses (including, but not limited to, long-term, short-term, and infrastructure projects). However, grantees shall report and maintain documentation on the creation and retention of total jobs; the number of jobs within certain salary ranges; the average amount of assistance provided per job, by activity or program; and the types of jobs. Paragraph (g) of 24 CFR 570.482 is also waived to the extent these provisions are related to public benefit.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
a. The grantee certifies that it has in effect and is following a residential anti-displacement and relocation assistance plan in connection with any activity assisted with funding under the CDBG program.
b. The grantee certifies its compliance with restrictions on lobbying required by 24 CFR part 87, together with disclosure forms, if required by part 87.
c. The grantee certifies that the action plan for disaster recovery is authorized under State and local law (as applicable) and that the grantee, and any entity or entities designated by the grantee, and any contractor, subrecipient, or
d. The grantee certifies that it will comply with the acquisition and relocation requirements of the URA, as amended, and implementing regulations at 49 CFR part 24, except where waivers or alternative requirements are provided for in this notice.
e. The grantee certifies that it will comply with section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 (12 U.S.C. 1701u), and implementing regulations at 24 CFR part 135.
f. The grantee certifies that it is following a detailed citizen participation plan that satisfies the requirements of 24 CFR 91.115 (except as provided for in notices providing waivers and alternative requirements for this grant). Also, each UGLG receiving assistance from a State grantee must follow a detailed citizen participation plan that satisfies the requirements of 24 CFR 570.486 (except as provided for in notices providing waivers and alternative requirements for this grant).
g. The grantee certifies that it has consulted with affected UGLGs in counties designated in covered major disaster declarations in the non-entitlement, entitlement, and tribal areas of the State in determining the uses of funds, including the method of distribution of funding, or activities carried out directly by the State.
h. The grantee certifies that it is complying with each of the following criteria:
1. Funds will be used solely for necessary expenses related to disaster relief, long-term recovery, restoration of infrastructure and housing and economic revitalization in the most impacted and distressed areas for which the President declared a major disaster in 2016 pursuant to the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act of 1974 (42 U.S.C. 5121
2. With respect to activities expected to be assisted with CDBG-DR funds, the action plan has been developed so as to give the maximum feasible priority to activities that will benefit low- and moderate-income families.
3. The aggregate use of CDBG-DR funds shall principally benefit low- and moderate-income families in a manner that ensures that at least 70 percent (or another percentage permitted by HUD in a waiver published in an applicable
4. The grantee will not attempt to recover any capital costs of public improvements assisted with CDBG-DR grant funds, by assessing any amount against properties owned and occupied by persons of low- and moderate-income, including any fee charged or assessment made as a condition of obtaining access to such public improvements, unless: (a) Disaster recovery grant funds are used to pay the proportion of such fee or assessment that relates to the capital costs of such public improvements that are financed from revenue sources other than under this title; or (b) for purposes of assessing any amount against properties owned and occupied by persons of moderate income, the grantee certifies to the Secretary that it lacks sufficient CDBG funds (in any form) to comply with the requirements of clause (a).
i. The grantee certifies that the grant will be conducted and administered in conformity with title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000d).
j. The grantee certifies that the grant will be conducted and administered in conformity with the Fair Housing Act (42 U.S.C. 3601-3619) and implementing regulations, and that it will affirmatively further fair housing, which means that it will take meaningful actions to further the goals identified in an AFH conducted in accordance with the requirements of 24 CFR 5.150 through 5.180, and that it will take no action that is materially inconsistent with its obligation to affirmatively further fair housing.
k. The grantee certifies that it has adopted and is enforcing the following policies, and, in addition, States receiving a direct award must certify that they will require UGLGs that receive grant funds to certify that they have adopted and are enforcing:
1. A policy prohibiting the use of excessive force by law enforcement agencies within its jurisdiction against any individuals engaged in nonviolent civil rights demonstrations; and
2. A policy of enforcing applicable State and local laws against physically barring entrance to or exit from a facility or location that is the subject of such nonviolent civil rights demonstrations within its jurisdiction.
l. The grantee certifies that it (and any subrecipient or administering entity) currently has or will develop and maintain the capacity to carry out disaster recovery activities in a timely manner and that the grantee has reviewed the requirements of this notice and requirements of the Appropriations Act applicable to funds allocated by this notice, and certifies to the accuracy of its certification documentation referenced at A.1.a. under section VI and its risk analysis document referenced at A.1.b. under section VI.
m. The grantee certifies that it will not use CDBG-DR funds for any activity in an area identified as flood prone for land use or hazard mitigation planning purposes by the State, local, or tribal government or delineated as a Special Flood Hazard Area in FEMA's most current flood advisory maps, unless it also ensures that the action is designed or modified to minimize harm to or within the floodplain, in accordance with Executive Order 11988 and 24 CFR part 55. The relevant data source for this provision is the State, local, and tribal government land use regulations and hazard mitigation plans and the latest-issued FEMA data or guidance, which includes advisory data (such as Advisory Base Flood Elevations) or preliminary and final Flood Insurance Rate Maps.
n. The grantee certifies that its activities concerning lead-based paint will comply with the requirements of 24 CFR part 35, subparts A, B, J, K, and R.
o. The grantee certifies that it will comply with environmental requirements at 24 CFR part 58.
p. The grantee certifies that it will comply with applicable laws.
The Appropriations Act directs that these funds be available until expended. However, in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 1555, HUD shall close the appropriation account and cancel any remaining obligated or unobligated balance if the Secretary or the President determines that the purposes for which the appropriation has been made have been carried out and no disbursements have been made against the appropriation for two consecutive fiscal years. In such case, the funds shall not be available for obligation or expenditure for any purpose after the account is closed.
The Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance numbers for the disaster recovery grants under this notice are as follows: 14.218; 14.228.
A Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI) with respect to the environment has been made in accordance with HUD regulations at 24 CFR part 50, which implement section 102(2)(C) of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C.
This section describes the methods behind HUD's allocation of $500 million in the 2016 CDBG-DR Funds. Section 145(a) of Division C of the Continuing Appropriations Act, Public Law 114-223, enacted on September 29, 2016, appropriates $500 million through the Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) program for necessary expenses for authorized activities related to disaster relief, long-term recovery, restoration of infrastructure and housing, and economic revitalization in the most impacted and distressed areas resulting from a major disaster declared in 2016 and occurring prior to September 29, 2016.
This section requires that funds be awarded directly to the State or unit of general local government at the discretion of the Secretary. The key underlying metric used in the allocation process is the unmet need that remains to be addressed from qualifying disasters. Although funds may be used to address infrastructure and economic revitalization needs in addition to housing, this allocation only uses unmet needs related to housing to determine the most impacted and distressed areas that are eligible for grants and then to determine the amount of funding to be made available to each grantee. HUD only uses unmet housing needs for two reasons: (1) There is very limited data on infrastructure and economic revitalization unmet needs for the largest of the eligible disasters, and (2) the total funding provided through this allocation is limited relative to need.
Methods for estimating unmet housing needs. The data HUD staff have identified as being available to calculate unmet needs for qualifying disasters come from the FEMA Individual Assistance program data on housing-unit damage as of September 28, 2016.
The core data on housing damage for both the unmet housing needs calculation and the concentrated damage are based on home inspection data for FEMA's Individual Assistance program. HUD calculates “unmet housing needs” as the number of housing units with unmet needs times the estimated cost to repair those units less repair funds already provided by FEMA, where:
Each of the FEMA inspected owner units are categorized by HUD into one of five categories:
○
○
○
○
○
To meet the statutory requirement of “most impacted” in this legislative language, homes are determined to have a high level of damage if they have damage of “major-low” or higher. That is, they have a real property FEMA inspected damage of $8,000 or flooding over 1 foot. Furthermore, a homeowner is determined to have unmet needs if they reported damage and no insurance to cover that damage.
FEMA does not inspect rental units for real property damage so personal property damage is used as a proxy for unit damage. Each of the FEMA inspected renter units are categorized by HUD into one of five categories:
○
○
○
○
○
For rental properties, to meet the statutory requirement of “most impacted” in this legislative language, homes are determined to have a high level of damage if they have damage of “major-low” or higher. That is, they have a FEMA personal property damage assessment of $2,000 or greater or flooding over 1 foot. Furthermore, landlords are presumed to have adequate insurance coverage unless the unit is occupied by a renter with income of $20,000 or less. Units that are occupied by a tenant with income less than $20,000 are used to calculate likely unmet needs for affordable rental housing.
The average cost to fully repair a home for a specific disaster to code within each of the damage categories noted above is calculated using the average real property damage repair costs determined by the Small Business Administration for its disaster loan program for the subset of homes inspected by both SBA and FEMA for 2011 to 2013 disasters. Because SBA is inspecting for full repair costs, it is presumed to reflect the full cost to repair the home, which is generally more than the FEMA estimates on the cost to make the home habitable.
For each household determined to have unmet housing needs (as described above), their estimated average unmet housing need less assumed assistance from FEMA, SBA, and Insurance was calculated at $27,455 for major damage (low); $45,688 for major damage (high); and $59,493 for severe damage.
(1) Limits allocations to those disasters where FEMA had determined the damage was sufficient to declare the disaster as eligible to receive Individual and Households Program (IHP) funding. Only 11 of 33 disasters that were declared in 2016 have an IHP designation.
(2) Limits the allocations to data from counties with high levels of damage. For this allocation, HUD is using the amount of serious unmet housing need as its measure of concentrated damage and limits the data used for the allocation only to counties exceeding a “natural break” in the data for their total amount of serious unmet housing needs. For the 2016 events, the serious unmet housing needs break at the county level occurs at $25 million.
(3) Among disasters with data meeting the first two thresholds, HUD limits the allocation to jurisdictions that have substantially higher unmet needs than other jurisdictions. Louisiana, Texas, and West Virginia have far greater unmet needs than other jurisdictions affected by major disasters declared since January 1, 2016.
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing—Federal Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD).
Notice of a Federal Advisory Committee Meeting: Manufactured Housing Consensus Committee (MHCC).
This notice sets forth the schedule and proposed agenda for a teleconference meeting of the MHCC. The teleconference meeting is open to the public. The agenda provides an opportunity for citizens to comment on the business before the MHCC.
The teleconference meeting will be held on December 12, 2016, 1:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time
Pamela Beck Danner, Administrator and Designated Federal Official (DFO), Office of Manufactured Housing Programs, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street SW., Room 9168, Washington, DC 20410, telephone 202-708-6423 (this is not a toll-free number). Persons who have difficulty hearing or speaking may access this number via TTY by calling the toll-free Federal Information Relay Service at 800-877-8339.
Notice of this meeting is provided in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5. U.S.C. App. 10(a)(2) through implementing regulations at 41 CFR 102-3.150. The MHCC was established by the National Manufactured Housing Construction and Safety Standards Act of 1974, 42 U.S.C. 5403(a)(3), as amended by the Manufactured Housing Improvement Act of 2000 (Pub. L. 106-569). According to 42 U.S.C. 5403, as amended, the purposes of the MHCC are to:
• Provide periodic recommendations to the Secretary to adopt, revise, and interpret the Federal manufactured housing construction and safety standards in accordance with this subsection;
• Provide periodic recommendations to the Secretary to adopt, revise, and interpret the procedural and enforcement regulations, including regulations specifying the permissible scope and conduct of monitoring in accordance with subsection (b);
• Be organized and carry out its business in a manner that guarantees a fair opportunity for the expression and consideration of various positions and for public participation.
The MHCC is deemed an advisory committee not composed of Federal employees.
Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.
Notice.
HUD is seeking approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, HUD is requesting comment from all interested parties on the proposed collection of information. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 30 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; fax:202-395-5806, Email:
Anna P. Guido, Reports Management Officer, QMAC, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; email Anna P. Guido at Anna P.
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
The
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.
Notice.
HUD has submitted the proposed information collection requirement described below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act. The purpose of this notice is to allow for an additional 30 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; fax: 202-395-5806. Email:
Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QMAC, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; email Colette Pollard at
Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Pollard.
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
The
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Notice.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, announce a public meeting of the Trinity River Adaptive Management Working Group (TAMWG). The TAMWG is a Federal advisory committee that affords stakeholders the opportunity to give policy, management, and technical input concerning Trinity River (California) restoration efforts to the Trinity Management Council (TMC). The TMC interprets and recommends policy, coordinates and reviews management actions, and provides organizational budget oversight.
Joseph C. Polos, by mail at U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 1655 Heindon Road, Arcata, CA 95521; by telephone at 707-822-7201; or by email at
In accordance with the requirements of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. App., we announce that the Trinity River Adaptive Management Working Group will hold a meeting. The TAMWG affords stakeholders the opportunity to give policy, management, and technical input concerning Trinity River (California) restoration efforts to the TMC. The TMC interprets and recommends policy, coordinates and reviews management actions, and provides organizational budget oversight.
The final agenda will be posted on the Internet at
Interested members of the public may submit relevant information or questions for the TAMWG to consider during the meeting. Written statements must be received by the date listed in
Registered speakers who wish to expand on their oral statements, or those who wished to speak but could not be accommodated on the agenda, may submit written statements to Elizabeth Hadley up to 7 days after the meeting.
Summary minutes of the meeting will be maintained by Elizabeth Hadley (see
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Notice of receipt of applications for permit.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, invite the public to comment on the following applications to conduct certain activities with endangered species. With some exceptions, the Endangered Species Act (ESA) prohibit activities with listed species unless Federal authorization is acquired that allows such activities.
We must receive comments or requests for documents on or before December 21, 2016.
•
•
Brenda Tapia, (703) 358-2104 (telephone); (703) 358-2281 (fax);
Send your request for copies of applications or comments and materials concerning any of the applications to the contact listed under
Please make your requests or comments as specific as possible. Please confine your comments to issues for which we seek comments in this notice, and explain the basis for your comments. Include sufficient information with your comments to allow us to authenticate any scientific or commercial data you include.
The comments and recommendations that will be most useful and likely to influence agency decisions are: (1) Those supported by quantitative information or studies; and (2) Those that include citations to, and analyses of, the applicable laws and regulations. We will not consider or include in our administrative record comments we receive after the close of the comment period (see
Comments, including names and street addresses of respondents, will be available for public review at the street address listed under
To help us carry out our conservation responsibilities for affected species, and in consideration of section 10(a)(1)(A) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531
The applicant requests a permit to import scientific specimens of wild chimpanzees (
The applicant requests a permit to export and reimport nonliving museum specimens of endangered and threatened species previously accessioned into the applicant's collection for scientific research. This notification covers activities to be conducted by the applicant over a 5-year period.
The following applicants each request a permit to import the sport-hunted trophy of one male bontebok (
U.S. Geological Survey, Department of the Interior.
Notice of Meeting.
USGS will conduct a public briefing on its work to develop a publicly accessible database on the greenhouse gas emissions associated with extraction of fossil fuels from federal lands.
The meeting will be held on Friday, December 2, 2016 from 9 a.m. to 11 a.m. ET.
The meeting will be held in the USGS Auditorium (1C111), USGS National Center, 12201 Sunrise Valley Drive, Reston, VA 20192.
Mr. Robin O'Malley, Climate and Land Use Change Mission Area, U.S. Geological Survey, 12201 Sunrise Valley Drive, Mail Stop 516, Reston, VA 20192,
In January 2015, Interior Secretary Jewell requested that the U.S. Geological Survey “establish and maintain a public database to account for the annual carbon emissions from fossil fuels developed on federal lands.” This meeting will provide a briefing on the basic methods, data sources, and likely format and content of project output. Results and data will not be presented; these will be contained in reports that undergo full USGS peer review and are expected in mid-2017. Note: In addition to carbon dioxide (CO
The meeting location is open to the public and is wheel-chair accessible. Please contact USGS (see above) if additional assistive/interpretive or other services are required. We will do our best to meet any such needs. Public parking is available without charge in the USGS Visitor Lot.
National Park Service, Interior.
Notice.
The National Park Service is soliciting comments on the significance of properties nominated before October 22, 2016, for listing or related actions in the National Register of Historic Places.
Comments should be submitted by December 6, 2016.
Comments may be sent via U.S. Postal Service to the National Register of Historic Places, National Park Service, 1849 C St. NW., MS 2280, Washington, DC 20240; by all other carriers, National Register of Historic Places, National Park Service, 1201 Eye St. NW., 8th floor, Washington, DC 20005; or by fax, 202-371-6447.
The properties listed in this notice are being considered for listing or related actions in the National Register of Historic Places. Nominations for their consideration were received by the National Park Service before October 22, 2016. Pursuant to section 60.13 of 36 CFR part 60, written comments are being accepted concerning the significance of the nominated properties under the National Register criteria for evaluation.
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
A request for removal has been received for the following resources:
60.13 of 36 CFR part 60.
Bureau of Reclamation, Interior.
Notice of extension.
The Bureau of Reclamation is extending the public comment period for the Draft Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the Navajo Generating Station-Kayenta Mine Complex Project to Thursday, December 29, 2016. The Notice of Availability and Notice of Public Meetings for the Draft EIS was published in the
Comments on the Draft EIS will be accepted until close of business on Thursday, December 29, 2016.
You may submit written comments by the following methods:
•
•
• Facsimile: (623) 773-6483.
• At the public meetings.
Ms. Sandra Eto, (623) 773-6254, or by email at
In response to a formal request for an extension, the Bureau of Reclamation is extending the close of the public comment period for the Draft EIS to Thursday, December 29, 2016.
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives, Department of Justice.
60-day notice.
The Department of Justice (DOJ), Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF), will submit the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Comments are encouraged and will be accepted for 60 days until January 20, 2017.
If you have additional comments, particularly with respect to the estimated public burden or associated response time, have suggestions, need a copy of the proposed information collection instrument with instructions, or desire any additional information, please contact Danielle Thompson Murray, Special Agent/Industry Operations Investigator Recruitment, Diversity and Hiring Division, either by mail at Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, 99 New York Ave. NE., Washington, DC 20226, or by telephone at 202-648-9098.
Written comments and suggestions from the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed collection of information are encouraged. Your comments should address one or more of the following four points:
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Evaluate whether and if so how the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected can be enhanced; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
If additional information is required contact: Jerri Murray, Department Clearance Officer, United States Department of Justice, Justice Management Division, Policy and Planning Staff, Two Constitution Square, 145 N Street NE., Room 3E-405B, Washington, DC 20530.
National Credit Union Administration (NCUA)
Notice of a new system of records.
Pursuant to the Privacy Act of 1974, the National Credit Union Administration (NCUA) is proposing to establish a new system of records, and add three routine uses to NCUA's Standard Routine Uses.
This action will be effective without further notice on January 3, 2017 unless comments are received that would result in a contrary determination.
You may submit comments to NCUA by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Michael Mcneill, Office of the Chief Financial Officer, Division of Financial Control, Director, 1775 Duke Street St. Alexandria, VA 22314, or telephone: (703) 518-6572, or Linda Dent, Senior Agency Official for Privacy, Office of General Counsel, at the National Credit Union Administration, 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314, or telephone: (703) 518-6567.
In accordance with the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, NCUA is issuing public notice of its intent to establish a new system of records, NCUA Financial and Acquisition Management System, NCUA-19. The system of records described in this notice maintains records related to NCUA's core financial and acquisition system, and is used to ensure that all of NCUA's obligations and expenditures conform with laws, existing rules and regulations, and good business practices.
(2) NCUA Is Proposing To Add Three Routine Uses to its Standard Routine Uses
As a part of NCUA's ongoing privacy program efforts, NCUA has determined that its Standard Routine Uses should be updated to include three new routine uses. The first new routine use, which will be Standard Routine Use #10, will permit NCUA to share information with contractors, grantees, and interns, when necessary to accomplish an agency function. Individuals provided information under this routine use will be subject to the same Privacy Act requirements and limitations on disclosure as are applicable to NCUA employees.
The second new routine use, which will be Standard Routine Use #11, will permit NCUA to share information with appropriate parties in response to a federal data breach. The addition of this routine use increases NCUA's compliance with OMB M-07-16.
The third routine use, which will be Standard Routine Use #12, will permit NCUA to share information with the Office of Management and Budget pursuant to OMB Circular A-19.
For convenience, the proposed new system of records, “NCUA Financial and Acquisition Management System, NCUA-19,” and NCUA's Standard Routine Uses, with the proposed new routine uses italicized, are published below.
NCUA Financial and Acquisition Management System, NCUA-19
None.
Enterprise Services Center, 6500 South MacArthur Blvd., Oklahoma City, OK 73169; NCUA, 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, VA 22314.
Chief Financial Officer, Office of the Chief Financial Officer, NCUA, 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, VA 22314.
12 U.S.C. 1751; 31 U.S.C. 3501,
This system serves as the core financial and acquisition system and integrates program, financial, and budgetary information. Records are collected to ensure that all obligations and expenditures (other than those in the pay and leave system) are in conformance with laws, existing rules and regulations, and good business practices, and to maintain subsidiary records at the proper account and/or organizational level where responsibility for control of costs exists.
NCUA employees, contractors, suppliers, vendors, interns, and customers.
Employee personnel information: Limited to current and former NCUA employees, and includes name, address, Social Security number (SSN). Business-related information: Limited to contractors/vendors, customers, and credit unions (but not their members), and includes name of the company/agency, point of contact, telephone number, mailing address, email address, contract number, vendor number (system unique identifier), DUNS number, and TIN, which could be a SSN in the case of individuals set up as sole proprietors, and total assets and insured shares. Financial information: Includes financial institution name, lockbox number, routing transit number, deposit account number, account type, debts (
The information maintained in Department of Transportation, (DOT)/Enterprise Service Center (ESC) systems including: Purchase orders, contracts, vouchers, invoices, contracts, disbursements, receipts/collections,
In addition to those disclosures generally permitted under 5 U.S.C. 552a(b) of the Privacy Act, these records or information contained therein may specifically be disclosed outside NCUA as a routine use pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(3) as follows:
1. NCUA's Standard Routine Uses apply to this system of records (see below).
2. Records may be shared with a vendor that NCUA is doing business with if a dispute about payments or amounts due arises. In such a situation, only the minimum amount of information need to resolve the dispute will be shared with the vendor.
Records are maintained in paper and/or electronic form. Records are also maintained on NCUA's network back-up tapes. Electronic records are stored in computerized databases. Records are stored in locked file rooms and/or file cabinets.
Records are retrieved by any one or more of the following: Records may be retrieved by a name of employee, employee ID, employee NCUA email address, social security number (SSN) for employees, SSN/Tax Identification Number (TIN) for vendors doing business with the NCUA, name for both employees and vendors, supplier number (system unique) for both employees and vendors, DUNS and DUNS + 4.
Records are maintained in accordance with the General Records Retention Schedules issued by the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) or a NCUA records disposition schedule approved by NARA.
Records existing on paper are destroyed beyond recognition. Records existing on computer storage media are destroyed according to the applicable NCUA media sanitization practice.
NCUA has adopted appropriate administrative, technical, and physical controls in accordance with NCUA's information security policies to protect the security, integrity, and availability of the information, and to ensure that records are not disclosed to or accessed by unauthorized individuals.
Records are safeguarded in a secured environment. Buildings where records are stored have security cameras and 24 hour security guard service. The records are kept in limited access areas during duty hours and in locked file cabinets and/or locked offices or file rooms at all other times. Access is limited to those personnel whose official duties require access. Computerized records are safeguarded through use of access codes and information technology security. Contractors and other recipients providing supplies and/or services to the NCUA are contractually obligated to maintain equivalent safeguards.
Individuals should submit a written request to the Privacy Officer, NCUA, 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, VA 22314, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved, and the name of the system containing the record.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with NCUA's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (12 CFR 792.55).
Individuals wishing to request an amendment to their records should submit a written request to the Privacy Officer, NCUA, 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, VA 22314, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. A statement specifying the changes to be made in the records and the justification therefor.
d. The address to which the response should be sent.
e. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals wishing to learn whether this system of records contains information about them should submit a written request to the Privacy Officer, NCUA, 1775 Duke Street, Alexandria, VA 22314, and provide the following information:
a. Full name.
b. Any available information regarding the type of record involved.
c. The address to which the record information should be sent.
d. You must sign your request.
Attorneys or other persons acting on behalf of an individual must provide written authorization from that individual for the representative to act on their behalf.
Individuals requesting access must also comply with NCUA's Privacy Act regulations regarding verification of identity and access to records (12 CFR 792.55).
None.
1. If a record in a system of records indicates a violation or potential violation of civil or criminal law or a regulation, and whether arising by general statute or particular program statute, or by regulation, rule, or order, the relevant records in the system or records may be disclosed as a routine use to the appropriate agency, whether federal, state, local, or foreign, charged with the responsibility of investigating or prosecuting such violation or charged with enforcing or implementing the statute, rule, regulation, or order issued pursuant thereto.
2. A record from a system of records may be disclosed as a routine use to a federal, state, or local agency which maintains civil, criminal, or other relevant enforcement information or other pertinent information, such as current licenses, if necessary, to obtain information relevant to an agency decision concerning the hiring or retention of an employee, the issuance of a security clearance, the letting of a contract, or the issuance of a license, grant, or other benefit.
3. A record from a system of records may be disclosed as a routine use to a federal agency, in response to its request, for a matter concerning the hiring or retention of an employee, the issuance of a security clearance, the reporting of an investigation of an employee, the letting of a contract, or the issuance of a license, grant, or other benefit by the requesting agency, to the extent that the information is relevant and necessary to the requesting agency's decision in the matter.
4. A record from a system of records may be disclosed as a routine use to an authorized appeal grievance examiner, formal complaints examiner, equal employment opportunity investigator, arbitrator or other duly authorized official engaged in investigation or settlement of a grievance, complaint, or appeal filed by an employee. Further, a record from any system of records may be disclosed as a routine use to the Office of Personnel Management in accordance with the agency's responsibility for evaluation and oversight of federal personnel management.
5. A record from a system of records may be disclosed as a routine use to officers and employees of a federal agency for purposes of audit.
6. A record from a system of records may be disclosed as a routine use to a member of Congress or to a congressional staff member in response to an inquiry from the congressional office made at the request of the
7. A record from a system of records may be disclosed as a routine use to the officers and employees of the General Services Administration (GSA) in connection with administrative services provided to this Agency under agreement with GSA.
8. Records in a system of records may be disclosed as a routine use to the Department of Justice, when: (a) NCUA, or any of its components or employees acting in their official capacities, is a party to litigation; or (b) Any employee of NCUA in his or her individual capacity is a party to litigation and where the Department of Justice has agreed to represent the employee; or (c) The United States is a party in litigation, where NCUA determines that litigation is likely to affect the agency or any of its components, is a party to litigation or has an interest in such litigation, and NCUA determines that use of such records is relevant and necessary to the litigation, provided, however, that in each case, NCUA determines that disclosure of the records to the Department of Justice is a use of the information contained in the records that is compatible with the purpose for which the records were collected.
9. Records in a system of records may be disclosed as a routine use in a proceeding before a court or adjudicative body before which NCUA is authorized to appear (a) when NCUA or any of its components or employees are acting in their official capacities; (b) where NCUA or any employee of NCUA in his or her individual capacity has agreed to represent the employee; or (c) where NCUA determines that litigation is likely to affect the agency or any of its components, is a party to litigation or has an interest in such litigation, and NCUA determines that use of such records is relevant and necessary to the litigation, provided, however, NCUA determines that disclosure of the records to the Department of Justice is a use of the information contained in the records that is compatible with the purpose for which the records were collected.
National Labor Relations Board.
Notice of an Amended Privacy Act System of Records.
Pursuant to the provisions of the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a, the Agency publishes this notice of its intention to amend a system of records, NLRB-17, Personnel Security Records. All persons are advised that, in the absence of submitted comments considered by the Agency as warranting modification of the notice as here proposed, it is the intention of the Agency that the notice shall be effective upon expiration of the comment period without further action.
Written comments must be submitted no later than December 21, 2016.
All persons who desire to submit written comments for consideration by the Agency in connection with this proposed notice of the amended system of records shall mail them to the Agency's Senior Agency Official for Privacy, National Labor Relations Board, 1015 Half Street SE., Third Floor, Washington, DC 20570-0001, or submit them electronically to
Virginia Ephraim, IT Security and Privacy Compliance Specialist, National Labor Relations Board, 1015 Half Street SE., Third Floor, Washington, DC 20570-0001, (855)-209-9394,
The Agency exempts an amended system of records, NLRB-17, Personnel Security Records, from the following provisions of the Privacy Act: (c)(3), (d), (e)(1), (e)(4)(G), (e)(4)(H), (e)(4)(I), and (f). The Agency is claiming exemptions pursuant to Sections 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(1), (2), (3), (5), (6), and (7) of that Act. The Agency's direct final rule setting forth these exemptions appears elsewhere in today's issue of the
A report of the proposal to establish these systems of records was filed pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(r) with Congress and the Office of Management and Budget.
By direction of the Board.
Personnel Security Records
Most personnel security records are not classified. However, in some cases, records of certain individuals, or portions of some records, may be classified in the interest of national security.
National Labor Relations Board, Division of Administration, Security Branch; the current street address of the NLRB can be found at
Individuals who may require regular, ongoing access to National Labor Relations Board facilities and its information technology systems, or information classified in the interest of national security, including applicants
Records in the system include the following:
A. Copies of investigative information (
B. Correspondence relating to adjudication matters and results of suitability decisions in cases adjudicated by the Office of Personnel Management, Federal Investigative Services in accordance with 5 CFR 731.
C. Records of personnel background investigations regarding suitability that have been provided by other Federal agencies.
D. Records of adjudicative and HSPD-12 decisions by other Federal agencies, including clearance determinations and/or polygraph results.
E. Assorted government-wide forms that are routinely used by the Agency in making suitability determinations and granting clearances.
Categories A-E above may include the following types of information about individuals: name, former names, birth date, birth place, Social Security number, home address, phone numbers, employment history, residential history, education and degrees earned, names of associates and references and their contact information, citizenship, names of relatives, birthdates and places of relatives, citizenship of relatives, names of relatives who work for the federal government, criminal history, mental health history, drug use, financial information, fingerprints, summary report of investigation, results of suitability decisions, level of security clearance, date of issuance of security clearance, requests for appeal, witness statements, investigator's notes, tax return information, credit reports, NLRB identification cards, and employee photographs, security violations, circumstances of violation, and agency action taken.
Exec. Order 10450 Security requirement for Government Employment; Exec. Order 10865 Safeguarding classified information within industry; Exec. Order 12333 (amended) US Intelligence Activities; Exec. Order 12356 National Security Information; Homeland Security Presidential Directive (HSPD) 12, Policy for a Common Identification Standard for Federal Employees and Contractors; OMB Memo M-05-24, August 2005 Implementation of HSPD-12-policy for a Common Identification Standard for Federal Employees and Contractors; OPM Memo, July 2008, Final Credentialing Standards for Issuing Personal Identity Verification Cards under HSPD-12; FIPS PUB 201-2, August 2013, Federal Information Processing Standards Publication, Personal Identity Verification (PIV) of Federal Employees and Contractors; Title 5 U.S.C. Sec 3301 Civil Service—Generally; Title 5 U.S.C. Sec 9101 Access to Criminal History Records for National Security and Other Purposes; Title 5 U.S.C. Parts 1400 National Security Positions ; Title 5 U.S.C. Parts 736 Personnel Investigations; Title 42 U.S.C. Sec 2165 Security Restrictions; Title 42 U.S.C. Sec 2201 General Duties of Commission; Title 50 U.S.C. Sec 781-858 Internal Security; Title 50 U.S.C. Sec 881—887 National Defense Facilities ; NLRB Administrative Policies and Procedures Manual, Sec-1(B) Suitability and Security Regulations.
Records in this system are used by the NLRB Security Branch staff for documentation and support of decisions regarding clearance for access to classified information, and determining suitability, eligibility, and fitness for service of applicants for federal employment and contract positions, as well as current employees undergoing reinvestigation at the National Labor Relations Board. The records in this system may be used to document security violations and supervisory actions in response to such violations.
Records and/or information are disclosed to:
1. Designated officers and employees of agencies (excluding the National Labor Relations Board) and offices in the executive, legislative, or judicial branches of the Federal government, with a need to evaluate qualifications, suitability, or loyalty to the United States Government, as well as the granting of a security clearance or access to classified information or restricted areas.
2. A Federal, state, local, tribal, or other charged agency maintaining civil, criminal, or other relevant enforcement information, if necessary to obtain information relevant to an NLRB decision concerning the hiring or retention of an employee, or the issuance of a security clearance, contract, grant, license, or other benefit, to the extent necessary to identify the individual, inform the source of the nature and purpose of the investigation, and to identify the type of information requested.
3. A Federal, state, local, tribal, or other charged agency in response to its request in connection with the hiring or retention of an employee or the issuance of a security clearance, to the extent that the information is relevant and necessary to the requesting agency's decisions on that matter.
4. Except as noted on Forms SF 85, 85-P, 86, and 87, when a record on its face, or in conjunction with other records, indicates a violation or potential violation of law, whether civil, criminal, or regulatory in nature, and whether arising by general statute or particular program statute, or by regulation, rule, or order issued, disclosure may be made to the appropriate public authority, whether Federal, state, local, tribal, or other authority charged with the responsibility of investigating or prosecuting such violation, or to any agency in connection with its oversight review responsibility.
5. A Member of Congress or to a Congressional staff member in response to an inquiry of the Congressional office made at the written request of the constituent about whom the record is maintained. However, the investigative file, or parts thereof, will only be released to a Congressional office if the Agency receives a signed statement under 28 U.S.C. 1746 from the subject of the investigation.
6. The Department of Justice for use in litigation when either (a) the Agency or any component thereof, (b) any employee of the Agency in his or her official capacity, (c) any employee of the Agency in his or her individual capacity where the Department of Justice has agreed to represent the employee, or (d) the United States Government is a party to litigation or has an interest in such litigation, and the Agency determines that the records are both relevant and necessary to the litigation.
7. A court or other adjudicative body before which the Agency is authorized to appear, when either (a) the Agency or any component thereof, (b) any employee of the Agency in his or her official capacity, (c) any employee of the
None.
Records are maintained in paper format in file folders, on digital images, and in electronic databases.
Data may be retrieved by name, Social Security number, or date of birth.
Paper—Paper files are stored in a locked file cabinet or a secure facility with an intrusion alarm system at NLRB Headquarters in the Security branch. Access is limited to personnel security officers and their duly authorized representatives who have a need to know the information for the performance of their official duties. The U.S. Postal Service and other postal providers are used to transmit hard copy records sent to and from field offices, other agencies, and designated individuals.
Electronic—Comprehensive electronic records are maintained in the Security Branch and on the NLRB network. Electronic records are maintained in computer databases in a secure room accessible only by a personal identity verification card reader which is limited to Office of Chief Information Officer designated employees. Information that is transmitted electronically from field offices is encrypted. Access to the records is restricted to security staff with a specific role in the Personal Identity Verification (PIV) program and Personnel Security process requiring access to background investigation information to perform their duties, and who have been given access rights to that part of the system, including background investigation records. An audit trail is maintained and reviewed periodically to identify unauthorized access for both programs. Persons given roles in the PIV program must complete training specific to their roles to ensure they are knowledgeable about how to protect personally identifiable information.
Chief Security Officer, National Labor Relations Board; the current street address of the NLRB can be found at
For records not exempted under 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(1), (2), (3), (5), (6), and (7) of the Privacy Act, an individual may inquire as to whether this system contains a record pertaining to such individual by sending a request in writing, signed, to the System Manager at the address above, in accordance with the procedures set forth in 29 CFR 102.119(a).
When an individual requests notification whether the system of records covered by this Notice contains records pertaining to that individual, the request should provide the individual's full name, date of birth, agency name, and work location. An individual requesting notification of records in person must provide identity documents sufficient to satisfy the custodian of the records that the requester is entitled to such notification, such as a government-issued photo ID. Individuals requesting notification via mail must furnish, at minimum, name, date of birth, Social Security number, and home address in order to establish identity.
For records not exempted under 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(1), (2), (3), (5), (6), and (7) of the Privacy Act, an individual seeking to gain access to records in this system pertaining to him or her should contact the System Manager at the address above, in accordance with the procedures set forth in 29 CFR 102.119(b) and (c).
When an individual requests access to records contained within the system of records covered by this Notice pertaining to that individual, the request should provide the individual's full name, date of birth, agency name, and work location. An individual requesting access in person must provide identity documents sufficient to satisfy the custodian of the records that the requester is entitled to such access, such as a government-issued photo ID. Individuals requesting access via mail must furnish, at minimum, name, date of birth, Social Security number, and home address in order to establish identity. Requesters should also reasonably specify the record contents being sought. Investigative information created by other agencies (Record Category A, above) remain the property of those agencies and requests regarding such material must be directed to them.
Current NLRB employees employed in bargaining units covered by a collective-bargaining agreement should refer to the applicable provisions of that agreement.
For records not exempted under 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(1), (2), (3), (5), (6), and (7) of the Privacy Act, an individual may request amendment of a record pertaining to such individual maintained in this system by directing a request to the System Manager at the address above, in accordance with the procedures set forth in 29 CFR 102.119(d).
When an individual seeks to contest records contained within the system of records covered by this Notice pertaining to that individual, the request should provide the individual's full name, date of birth, agency name, and work location. An individual seeking to contest records in person must provide identity documents sufficient to satisfy the custodian of the records that the requester is entitled to contest such records, such as a government-issued photo ID. Individuals seeking to contest records via mail must furnish, at minimum, name, date of birth, social security number, and home address in order to establish identity. Requesters should also reasonably identify the record, specify the information they are contesting, state the corrective action sought and the reasons for the correction along with supporting justification showing why the record is not accurate, timely, relevant, or complete. Investigative information created by other agencies (Record Category A, above) remain the property of those agencies and requests regarding such material must be directed to them.
For records not exempted under 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(1), (2), (3), (5), (6), and (7) of the Privacy Act, record source
Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(k)(1), (2), (3), (5), (6), and (7) of the Privacy Act, the Agency has exempted portions of this system that relate to providing an accounting of disclosures to the data subject, and access to and amendment of records (5 U.S.C. 552a(c)(3),(d), (e)(1), (e)(4)(G), (e)(4)(H), (e)(4)(I), and (f)). This system may contain the following types of information:
1. Properly classified information subject to the provisions of section 552(b)(1), which states as follows: (A) specifically authorized under criteria established by an Executive order to be kept secret in the interest of national defense or foreign policy and (B) are in fact properly classified pursuant to such Executive order.
2. Investigatory material compiled for law enforcement purposes, other than material within the scope of subsection (j)(2) of this section: provided, however, that if any individual is denied any right, privilege, or benefit that he would otherwise be entitled by Federal law, or for which he would otherwise be eligible, as a result of the maintenance of such material, such material shall be provided to such individual, except to the extent that the disclosure of such material would reveal the identity of a source who furnished information to the Government under an express promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence, or, prior to the effective date of this section, under an implied promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence.
3. Information maintained in connection with providing protective services to the President of the United States or other individuals pursuant to section 3056 of title 18 of the U.S. Code.
4. Investigatory material compiled solely for the purpose of determining suitability, eligibility, or qualifications for Federal civilian employment and Federal contact or access to classified information. Materials may be exempted to the extent that release of the material to the individual whom the information is about would reveal the identity of a source who furnished information to the Government under an express promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence or, prior to September 27, 1975, furnished information to the Government under an implied promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence.
5. Testing and examination materials, compiled during the course of a personnel investigation, that are used solely to determine individual qualifications for appointment or promotion in the Federal service, when disclosure of the material would compromise the objectivity or fairness of the testing or examination process.
6. Evaluation materials, compiled during the course of a personnel investigation, that are used solely to determine potential for promotion in the armed services may be exempted to the extent that the disclosure of the data would reveal the identity of a source who furnished information to the Government under an express promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence or, prior to September 27, 1975, under an implied promise that the identity of the source would be held in confidence.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Draft NUREG; request for comment.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is issuing for public comment draft NUREG-1307 Revision 16, “Report on Waste Burial Charges: Changes in Decommissioning Waste Disposal Costs at Low-Level Waste Burial Facilities.” This report, which is revised periodically, explains the formula acceptable to the NRC for determining the minimum decommissioning fund requirements for nuclear power reactors. Specifically, this report provides adjustment factors, and updates to these values, for the labor, energy, and waste components of the minimum formula.
Submit comments by December 20, 2016. Comments received after this date will be considered if it is practical to do so, but the Commission is able to ensure consideration only for comments received before this date.
You may submit comments by any of the following methods:
• Federal Rulemaking Web site: Go to
• Mail comments to: Cindy Bladey, Office of Administration, Mail Stop: OWFN-12-H08, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001.
For additional direction on obtaining information and submitting comments, see “Obtaining Information and Submitting Comments” in the
Emil Tabakov, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-6814, email:
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2016-0220 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information for this action. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this action by any of the following methods:
•
• NRC's Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS): You may obtain publicly-available documents online in the ADAMS Public Documents collection at
• NRC's PDR: You may examine and purchase copies of public documents at the NRC's PDR, Room O1-F21, One White Flint North, 11555 Rockville Pike, Rockville, Maryland 20852.
Please include Docket ID NRC-2016-0220 in your comment submission.
The NRC cautions you not to include identifying or contact information that you do not want to be publicly disclosed in your comment submission. The NRC will post all comment submissions at
If you are requesting or aggregating comments from other persons for submission to the NRC, then you should inform those persons not to include identifying or contact information that they do not want to be publicly disclosed in their comment submission. Your request should state that the NRC does not routinely edit comment submissions to remove such information before making the comment submissions available to the public or entering the comment into ADAMS.
NUREG-1307, Revision 16, “Report on Waste Burial Charges: Changes in Decommissioning Waste Disposal Costs at Low-Level Waste Burial Facilities,” modifies the previous revision to this report issued in January 2013 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13023A030), and incorporates updates to the adjustment factors for the labor, energy, and waste components of the NRC minimum decommissioning fund formula. This revision also incorporates changes resulting from newly available low-level waste disposal capacity at the Andrews County, Texas facility established in 2012, and changes made to waste disposal costs resulting from a contractor reassessment of the assumptions for LLW classification. As a result of these changes, the minimum decommissioning fund formula amounts calculated by licensees, based on revised low-level waste burial factors presented in this report, will likely reflect (on average) lower minimum decommissioning fund requirements than those previously reported by licensees in 2015.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Draft regulatory guide; request for comment.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is issuing for public comment draft regulatory guide (DG) DG-1327, “Pressurized Water Reactor Control Rod Ejection and Boiling Water Reactor Control Rod Drop Accidents.” This DG proposes new guidance for analyzing accidents such as control rod ejection for pressurized water reactors and control rod drop for boiling-water reactors. It defines fuel cladding failure thresholds for ductile failure, brittle failure, and pellet-clad mechanical interaction and provides radionuclide release fractions for use in assessing radiological consequences. It also describes analytical limits and guidance for demonstrating compliance with regulations governing reactivity limits.
Submit comments by February 21, 2017. Comments received after this date will be considered if it is practical to do so, but the NRC is able to ensure consideration only for comments received on or before this date. Although a time limit is given, comments and suggestions in connection with items for inclusion in guides currently being developed or improvements in all published guides are encouraged at any time.
You may submit comments by any of the following methods (unless this document describes a different method for submitting comments on a specified subject):
•
•
For additional direction on accessing information and submitting comments, see “Obtaining Information and Submitting Comments” in the
Paul Clifford, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, telephone: 301-415-4043, email:
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2016-0233 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this action. You may obtain publically-available information related to this action, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Please include Docket ID NRC-2016-0233 in your comment submission. The NRC cautions you not to include identifying or contact information that you do not want to be publicly disclosed in your comment submission. The NRC posts all comment submissions at
If you are requesting or aggregating comments from other persons for submission to the NRC, then you should inform those persons not to include identifying or contact information that they do not want to be publicly disclosed in their comment submission. Your request should state that the NRC does not routinely edit comment submissions to remove such information before making the comment submissions available to the public or entering the comment submissions into ADAMS.
The NRC is issuing for public comment a DG in the NRC's “Regulatory Guide” series. This series was developed to describe and make available to the public information regarding methods that are acceptable to the NRC staff for implementing specific parts of the NRC's regulations, techniques that the staff uses in evaluating specific issues or postulated events, and data that the staff needs in its review of applications for permits and licenses.
The DG, entitled “Pressurized Water Reactor Control Rod Ejection and Boiling Water Reactor Control Rod Drop Accidents,” is a proposed new guide temporarily identified by its task number, DG-1327. DG-1327 proposes new guidance for analyzing reactivity-initiated accidents such as control rod ejection for pressurized water reactors and control rod drop for boiling-water reactors. It defines fuel cladding failure thresholds for ductile failure, brittle failure, and pellet-clad mechanical interaction and provides radionuclide release reactions for use in assessing radiological consequences. It also describes analytical limits and guidance for demonstrating compliance with regulations governing reactivity limits.
The draft guide also incorporates new empirical data from in-pile, prompt power pulse test programs and analyses from several international publications on fuel rod performance under reactivity initiated accident conditions to provide guidance on acceptable analytical methods, assumptions, and limits for evaluating a pressurized water reactor control rod ejection accident.
The draft guide expands the existing guidance for control rod ejection accidents in Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.77, “Assumptions Used for Evaluation a Control Rod Ejection Accident for Pressurized Water Reactors.” However, the NRC intends to maintain RG 1.77 for existing licensees who do not make any design changes within the scope of RG 1.77.
Draft regulatory guide DG-1327 describes one acceptable method for demonstrating compliance with Appendix A of part 50 of title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (10 CFR), “General Design Criteria 28,
This draft regulatory guide, if finalized, would not constitute backfitting as defined in 10 CFR 50.109 (the Backfit Rule) and is not otherwise inconsistent with the issue finality provisions in 10 CFR part 52, “Licenses, Certifications and Approvals for Nuclear Power Plants.” Existing licensees and applicants of final design certification rules will not be required to comply with the positions set forth in this draft regulatory guide, unless the licensee or design certification rule applicant seeks a voluntary change to its licensing basis with respect to CRE for PWRs or CRD for BWRs, and where the NRC determines that the safety review must include consideration of these events. Further information on the staff's use of the draft regulatory guide, if finalized, is contained in the draft regulatory guide under Section D. Implementation.
Applicants and potential applicants are not, with certain exceptions, protected by either the Backfit Rule or any issue finality provisions under part 52. Neither the Backfit Rule nor the issue finality provisions under part 52—with certain exclusions discussed below—were intended to apply to every NRC action which substantially changes the expectations of current and future applicants. Therefore, the positions in any final draft regulatory guide, if imposed on applicants, would not represent backfitting (except as discussed below).
The exceptions to the general principle are applicable whenever a combined license applicant references a part 52 license (
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Exemption; issuance.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is issuing an exemption to Crow Butte Resources, Inc. (CBR) for the purpose of complying with occupational dose limits in response to a request from CBR dated September 21, 2015. Issuance of this exemption will allow CBR to disregard certain radionuclides that contribute to the total activity of a mixture when determining internal dose to assess compliance with occupational dose equivalent limits at its in situ uranium recovery (ISR) facility in Crawford, Nebraska.
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2008-0208 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this document. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this document using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Ronald A. Burrows, Office of Nuclear Material Safety and Safeguards; U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-6443; email:
Crow Butte Resources, Inc. operates the Crow Butte ISR facility in Crawford, Nebraska (the Crow Butte Project) under NRC source materials license SUA-1534 (ADAMS Accession No. ML13324A101). At the Crow Butte Project, CBR performs airborne uranium particulate monitoring in the plant in accordance with Section 5.8.3.1 of its Technical Report (ADAMS Accession No. ML091470116). As described in its Technical Report, CBR measures airborne uranium by taking samples of particulate matter in air at locations within the plant using glass fiber filters and air pumps. The measurement of airborne uranium is performed by gross alpha counting of air filters.
In Section 5.7.4.3.1, “Airborne Particulate Uranium Monitoring,” of the NRC staff's 2014 Safety Evaluation Report (SER) for the renewal of CBR's license for the Crow Butte Project (ADAMS Accession No. ML14149A433), the NRC staff stated that CBR did not demonstrate that gross alpha counting would differentiate all airborne radioactivity in air samples, including radionuclides that are not uranium, some of which may not emit alpha particles and, therefore, will not be detected. As a result, the NRC staff imposed license condition 10.8 in CBR's license SUA-1534, which states that the licensee shall conduct isotopic analyses for alpha- and beta-emitting radionuclides on airborne samples at each in-plant air particulate sampling location at a frequency of once every 6 months for the first 2 years and annually thereafter to ensure compliance with section 20.1204(g) of title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (10 CFR). The license condition also states that for any changes to operations, the licensee shall conduct an evaluation to determine if more frequent isotopic analyses are required for compliance with 10 CFR 20.1204(g).
In its September 21, 2015, response to NRC staff requests for additional information (RAIs), CBR clarified its approach to determining internal dose by air sampling, including an analysis of how CBR meets the requirement in 10 CFR 20.1204(g) for disregarding certain radionuclides contained in mixtures of radionuclides in air (ADAMS Accession No. ML15310A373). As part of its analysis, CBR stated that it accounts for all of the alpha-emitting radioactive material in air when measuring uranium, as described in its Technical Report, but it does not account for total activity (
In its September 21, 2015, RAI response, CBR requested an exemption from including the internal dose from beta-emitting radionuclides in occupational dose calculations. In support of this request, CBR provided the following information: (1) CBR accounts for all alpha activity on the sample filters used in its air sampling program, which accounts for nearly all of the internal dose received from airborne radionuclides typically present at an in-situ recovery facility other than radon-222 (radon) and its short-lived progeny; (2) the contribution to occupational dose from internal exposure to airborne beta-emitting radionuclides (other than radon-222 and its short-lived progeny) is very small relative to other sources of occupational dose (such as external dose and internal dose from inhalation of radon-222 and its short-lived progeny, which are accounted for separately); and (3) it would be administratively complex to attempt to track, and account for, a comparatively small internal dose from airborne non-radon beta-emitting radionuclides at the Crow Butte Project.
The NRC may, under 10 CFR 20.2301, upon application by a licensee or upon its own initiative, grant an exemption from the requirements of the regulations in 10 CFR part 20, if the NRC determines the exemption is authorized by law and would not result in undue hazard to life or property. As described in the NRC staff's safety evaluation report for this exemption request (ADAMS Accession No. ML16078A238), the NRC staff found that this exemption is authorized by law and will not result in undue hazard to life or property. Therefore, the NRC is granting CBR an exemption from the requirement in 10 CFR 20.1204(g)(1) to use the total activity of the mixture in demonstrating compliance with the dose limits specified in § 20.1201. The licensee must still consider all radionuclides in demonstrating compliance with the requirements in § 20.1502(b). In conjunction with granting this exemption, the NRC is revising license condition 10.8 of CBR's license SUA-1534 to reflect the terms of the exemption.
The NRC staff concluded that the exemption is authorized by law as 10 CFR 20.2301 expressly allows for an exemption to the requirements in 10 CFR part 20, and the exemption will not be contrary to any provision of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended.
The exemption is related to the requirement in 10 CFR 20.1501(a) for licensees to make, or cause to be made, appropriate surveys. In accordance with 10 CFR 20.1204(g), when concentrations of radioactive material in air are relied upon to determine internal dose, a licensee may disregard certain radionuclides contained in a mixture of radionuclides in air if the following three conditions are met: (1) the licensee uses the total activity of the mixture in demonstrating compliance with the dose limits in § 20.1201 and in
CBR has demonstrated, and the NRC staff has verified, that its surveys under § 20.1501(a) and its method of determination under § 20.1204 account for nearly all of the occupational dose and that any additional contribution to occupational dose from internal exposure to airborne non-radon beta-emitting radionuclides is very small. Furthermore, in conjunction with granting this exemption, the NRC staff is revising CBR license condition 10.8 to require CBR to periodically assess the mixture of airborne radionuclides present at its facility against a specific regulatory limit. This will ensure that CBR will be aware of changes in the mixture of airborne radionuclides at the Crow Butte Project and that the contribution to occupational dose from internal exposure to beta-emitting radionuclides will remain small. Therefore, granting this exemption presents no undue hazard to life or property.
The NRC staff has determined that granting of an exemption from the requirements of 10 CFR 20.1204(g)(1) belongs to a category of regulatory actions which the NRC, by regulation, has determined do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the environment, and as such do not require an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement. Specifically, the exemption from the requirement to include all radionuclides that contribute to total activity under 10 CFR 20.1204(g)(1) is eligible for categorical exclusion under 10 CFR 51.22(c)(25) based on the NRC staff's determinations that requirements from which exemption is sought involve inspection or surveillance requirements (a survey under 10 CFR 20.1501(a)), and that the exemption will result in no significant change in the types or significant increase the amount of any offsite effluents; no significant increase to individual or cumulative public or occupational radiation exposure; no significant construction impact; and no significant increase to the potential for, or consequence from, radiological accidents.
Section 7 of the Endangered Species Act (the Act) [16 U.S.C. 1531
Accordingly, the NRC has determined that, pursuant to 10 CFR 20.2301, the exemption is authorized by law and will not present an undue hazard to life or property. The NRC hereby grants CBR an exemption from the requirement in 10 CFR 20.1204(g)(1) to use the total activity of the mixture in demonstrating compliance with the dose limits in § 20.1201.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
U.S. Office of Personnel Management (OPM).
Notice.
This notice identifies Schedule A, B, and C appointing authorities applicable to a single agency that were established or revoked from March 1, 2016, to March 31, 2016.
Senior Executive Resources Services, Senior Executive Services and Performance Management, Employee Services, 202-606-2246.
In accordance with 5 CFR 213.103, Schedule A, B, and C appointing authorities available for use by all agencies are codified in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR). Schedule A, B, and C appointing authorities applicable to a single agency are not codified in the CFR, but the Office of Personnel Management (OPM) publishes a notice of agency-specific authorities established or revoked each month in the
Schedule A
No Schedule A Authorities to report during March 2016.
Schedule B
No Schedule B Authorities to report during March 2016.
Schedule C
The following Schedule C appointing authorities were approved during March 2016.
The following Schedule C appointing authorities were revoked during March 2016.
Postal Regulatory Commission.
Notice.
The Commission is noticing recent Postal Service filings for the Commission's consideration concerning negotiated service agreements. This notice informs the public of the filing, invites public comment, and takes other administrative steps.
Submit comments electronically via the Commission's Filing Online system at
David A. Trissell, General Counsel, at 202-789-6820.
The Commission gives notice that the Postal Service filed request(s) for the Commission to consider matters related to negotiated service agreement(s). The request(s) may propose the addition or removal of a negotiated service agreement from the market dominant or the competitive product list, or the modification of an existing product currently appearing on the market dominant or the competitive product list.
Section II identifies the docket number(s) associated with each Postal Service request, the title of each Postal Service request, the request's acceptance date, and the authority cited by the Postal Service for each request. For each request, the Commission appoints an officer of the Commission to represent the interests of the general public in the proceeding, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 505 (Public Representative). Section II also establishes comment deadline(s) pertaining to each request.
The public portions of the Postal Service's request(s) can be accessed via the Commission's Web site (
The Commission invites comments on whether the Postal Service's request(s) in the captioned docket(s) are consistent with the policies of title 39. For request(s) that the Postal Service states concern market dominant product(s), applicable statutory and regulatory requirements include 39 U.S.C. 3622, 39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR part 3010, and 39 CFR part 3020, subpart B. For request(s) that the Postal Service states concern competitive product(s), applicable statutory and regulatory requirements include 39 U.S.C. 3632, 39 U.S.C. 3633, 39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR part 3015, and 39 CFR part 3020, subpart B. Comment deadline(s) for each request appear in section II.
1.
2.
This notice will be published in the
Postal Service
Notice.
The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.
Elizabeth A. Reed, 202-268-3179.
The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 14, 2016, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a
Postal Service
Notice.
The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.
Elizabeth A. Reed, 202-268-3179.
The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 14, 2016, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a
Postal Service
Notice.
The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.
Elizabeth A. Reed, 202-268-3179.
The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 14, 2016, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a
Postal Service
Notice.
The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.
Elizabeth A. Reed, 202-268-3179.
The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on November 14, 2016, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
The Exchange proposes to amend the fees for NYSE BBO and NYSE Trades to lower the Enterprise Fee. The proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend the fees for NYSE BBO and NYSE Trades market data products,
The Exchange currently charges an enterprise fee of $185,000 per month for an unlimited number of professional and non-professional users for each of NYSE BBO and NYSE Trades.
As an example, under the current fee structure for per user fees, if a firm had 40,000 professional users who each received NYSE Trades at $4 per month and NYSE BBO at $4 per month, without the Enterprise Fee, the firm would be subject to $320,000 per month in professional user fees. Under the current pricing structure, the charge would be capped at $185,000 and effective November 1, 2016 it would be capped at $37,500.
Under the proposed enterprise fee, the firm would pay a flat fee of $37,500 for an unlimited number of professional and non-professional users for both products. As is the case currently, a data recipient that pays the enterprise fee would not have to report the number of such users on a monthly basis.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of Section 6 of the Act,
The proposed fee change is also equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because it would apply to all data recipients that choose to subscribe to NYSE BBO and NYSE Trades.
The proposed enterprise fees for NYSE BBO and NYSE Trades are reasonable because they could result in a fee reduction for data recipients with a large number of professional and nonprofessional users, as described in the example above. If a data recipient
The Exchange notes that NYSE BBO and NYSE Trades are entirely optional. The Exchange is not required to make NYSE BBO and NYSE Trades available or to offer any specific pricing alternatives to any customers, nor is any firm required to purchase NYSE BBO and NYSE Trades. Firms that do purchase NYSE BBO and NYSE Trades do so for the primary goals of using them to increase revenues, reduce expenses, and in some instances compete directly with the Exchange (including for order flow); those firms are able to determine for themselves whether NYSE BBO and NYSE Trades or any other similar products are attractively priced or not.
Firms that do not wish to purchase NYSE BBO and NYSE Trades have a variety of alternative market data products from which to choose,
The decision of the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit in
In fact, the legislative history indicates that the Congress intended that the market system `evolve through the interplay of competitive forces as unnecessary regulatory restrictions are removed' and that the SEC wield its regulatory power `in those situations where competition may not be sufficient,' such as in the creation of a `consolidated transactional reporting system.'
As explained below in the Exchange's Statement on Burden on Competition, the Exchange believes that there is substantial evidence of competition in the marketplace for proprietary market data and that the Commission can rely upon such evidence in concluding that the fees established in this filing are the product of competition and therefore satisfy the relevant statutory standards. In addition, the existence of alternatives to these data products, such as consolidated data and proprietary data from other sources, as described below, further ensures that the Exchange cannot set unreasonable fees, or fees that are unreasonably discriminatory, when vendors and subscribers can select such alternatives.
As the
In addition, the Exchange believes that the proposed fees are reasonable when compared to fees for comparable products offered by at least one other exchange. For example, Bats BZX Exchange (“BYX”) charges an enterprise fee of $15,000 per month for each of BZX Top and BZX Last Sale, which includes best bid and offer and last sale data, respectively.
For these reasons, the Exchange believes that the proposed fees are reasonable, equitable, and not unfairly discriminatory.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. An exchange's ability to price its proprietary market data feed products is constrained by actual competition for the sale of proprietary market data products, the joint product nature of exchange platforms, and the existence of alternatives to the Exchange's proprietary data.
The market for proprietary data products is currently competitive and inherently contestable because there is fierce competition for the inputs necessary for the creation of proprietary data and strict pricing discipline for the proprietary products themselves. Numerous exchanges compete with one another for listings and order flow and sales of market data itself, providing ample opportunities for entrepreneurs who wish to compete in any or all of those areas, including producing and distributing their own market data.
Moreover, competitive markets for listings, order flow, executions, and transaction reports provide pricing discipline for the inputs of proprietary data products and therefore constrain markets from overpricing proprietary market data. Broker-dealers send their order flow and transaction reports to multiple venues, rather than providing them all to a single venue, which in turn reinforces this competitive constraint. As a 2010 Commission Concept Release noted, the “current market structure can be described as dispersed and complex” with “trading volume . . . dispersed among many highly automated trading centers that compete for order flow in the same stocks” and “trading centers offer[ing] a wide range of services that are designed to attract different types of market participants with varying trading needs.”
If an exchange succeeds in competing for quotations, order flow, and trade executions, then it earns trading revenues and increases the value of its proprietary market data products because they will contain greater quote and trade information. Conversely, if an exchange is less successful in attracting quotes, order flow, and trade executions, then its market data products may be less desirable to customers in light of the diminished content and data products offered by competing venues may become more attractive. Thus, competition for quotations, order flow, and trade executions puts significant pressure on an exchange to maintain both execution and data fees at reasonable levels.
In addition, in the case of products that are also redistributed through market data vendors, such as Bloomberg and Thompson Reuters, the vendors themselves provide additional price discipline for proprietary data products because they control the primary means of access to certain end users. These vendors impose price discipline based upon their business models. For example, vendors that assess a surcharge on data they sell are able to refuse to offer proprietary products that their end users do not or will not purchase in sufficient numbers. Vendors will not elect to make available NYSE BBO or NYSE Trades unless their customers request it, and customers will not elect to pay the proposed fees unless NYSE BBO and NYSE Trades can provide value by sufficiently increasing revenues or reducing costs in the customer's business in a manner that will offset the fees. All of these factors operate as constraints on pricing proprietary data products.
Transaction execution and proprietary data products are complementary in that market data is both an input and a byproduct of the execution service. In fact, proprietary market data and trade executions are a paradigmatic example of joint products with joint costs. The decision of whether and on which platform to post an order will depend on the attributes of the platforms where the order can be posted, including the execution fees, data availability and quality, and price and distribution of data products. Without a platform to post quotations, receive orders, and execute trades, exchange data products would not exist.
The costs of producing market data include not only the costs of the data distribution infrastructure, but also the costs of designing, maintaining, and operating the exchange's platform for posting quotes, accepting orders, and executing transactions and the cost of regulating the exchange to ensure its fair operation and maintain investor confidence. The total return that a trading platform earns reflects the revenues it receives from both products and the joint costs it incurs.
Moreover, an exchange's broker-dealer customers generally view the costs of transaction executions and market data as a unified cost of doing business with the exchange. A broker-dealer will only choose to direct orders to an exchange if the revenue from the transaction exceeds its cost, including the cost of any market data that the broker-dealer chooses to buy in support of its order routing and trading decisions. If the costs of the transaction are not offset by its value, then the broker-dealer may choose instead not to purchase the product and trade away from that exchange.
Other market participants have noted that proprietary market data and trade executions are joint products of a joint platform and have common costs.
Analyzing the cost of market data product production and distribution in isolation from the cost of all of the inputs supporting the creation of market data and market data products will inevitably underestimate the cost of the data and data products because it is impossible to obtain the data inputs to create market data products without a fast, technologically robust, and well-regulated execution system, and system and regulatory costs affect the price of both obtaining the market data itself and creating and distributing market data products. It would be equally misleading, however, to attribute all of an exchange's costs to the market data portion of an exchange's joint products. Rather, all of an exchange's costs are incurred for the unified purposes of attracting order flow, executing and/or routing orders, and generating and selling data about market activity. The total return that an exchange earns reflects the revenues it receives from the joint products and the total costs of the joint products.
As noted above, the level of competition and contestability in the market is evident in the numerous alternative venues that compete for order flow, including 13 equities self-regulatory organization (“SRO”) markets, as well as various forms of alternative trading systems (“ATSs”), including dark pools and electronic communication networks (“ECNs”), and internalizing broker-dealers. SRO markets compete to attract order flow and produce transaction reports via trade executions, and two FINRA-regulated Trade Reporting Facilities compete to attract transaction reports from the non-SRO venues.
Competition among trading platforms can be expected to constrain the aggregate return that each platform earns from the sale of its joint products, but different trading platforms may choose from a range of possible, and equally reasonable, pricing strategies as the means of recovering total costs. For example, some platforms may choose to pay rebates to attract orders, charge relatively low prices for market data products (or provide market data products free of charge), and charge relatively high prices for accessing posted liquidity. Other platforms may choose a strategy of paying lower rebates (or no rebates) to attract orders, setting relatively high prices for market data products, and setting relatively low prices for accessing posted liquidity. For example, BATS Global Markets (“Bats”) and Direct Edge, which previously operated as ATSs and obtained exchange status in 2008 and 2010, respectively, provided certain market data at no charge on their Web sites in order to attract more order flow, and used revenue rebates from resulting additional executions to maintain low execution charges for their users.
The large number of SROs, ATSs, and internalizing broker-dealers that currently produce proprietary data or are currently capable of producing it provides further pricing discipline for proprietary data products. Each SRO, ATS, and broker-dealer is currently permitted to produce and sell proprietary data products, and many currently do, including but not limited to the Exchange, NYSE Arca, Inc., NYSE MKT LLC, NASDAQ, Bats [sic], and Direct Edge.
The fact that proprietary data from ATSs, internalizing broker-dealers, and vendors can bypass SROs is significant in two respects. First, non-SROs can compete directly with SROs for the production and sale of proprietary data products. By way of example, Bats [sic] and NYSE Arca both published proprietary data on the Internet before registering as exchanges. Second, because a single order or transaction report can appear in an SRO proprietary product, a non-SRO proprietary product, or both, the amount of data available via proprietary products is greater in size than the actual number of orders and transaction reports that exist in the marketplace. Indeed, in the case of NYSE BBO and NYSE Trades, the data provided through these products appears both in (i) real-time core data products offered by the Securities Information Processors (SIPs) for a fee, and (ii) free SIP data products with a 15-minute time delay, and finds a close substitute in similar products of competing venues.
Those competitive pressures imposed by available alternatives are evident in the Exchange's proposed pricing.
In addition to the competition and price discipline described above, the market for proprietary data products is also highly contestable because market entry is rapid and inexpensive. The history of electronic trading is replete with examples of entrants that swiftly grew into some of the largest electronic trading platforms and proprietary data producers: Archipelago, Bloomberg Tradebook, Island, RediBook, Attain, TrackECN, BATS Trading and Direct Edge. A proliferation of dark pools and other ATSs operate profitably with fragmentary share of consolidated market volume.
In determining the proposed changes to the fees for the NYSE BBO and NYSE Trades, the Exchange considered the competitiveness of the market for proprietary data and all of the implications of that competition. The Exchange believes that it has considered all relevant factors and has not considered irrelevant factors in order to establish fair, reasonable, and not unreasonably discriminatory fees and an equitable allocation of fees among all users. The existence of numerous alternatives to the Exchange's products, including proprietary data from other sources, ensures that the Exchange cannot set unreasonable fees, or fees that are unreasonably discriminatory, when vendors and subscribers can elect these alternatives or choose not to purchase a specific proprietary data product if the attendant fees are not justified by the returns that any particular vendor or data recipient would achieve through the purchase.
No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.
The foregoing rule change is effective upon filing pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)
At any time within 60 days of the filing of such proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings under Section 19(b)(2)(B)
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On August 29, 2016, The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
Under the proposal, EA
Under the proposal, if a dual access client qualifies for NOM's MARS Payment Tier 2 in a given month, EA would credit the dual access client (or the dual access client's affiliate, if applicable) $22,000 on its EA bill for the corresponding month.
The Commission is instituting proceedings pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act,
The Commission believes it is appropriate to institute disapproval proceedings at this time in view of the legal and policy issues raised by the proposal. The sections of the Act applicable to the proposed rule change include:
• Section 6(b)(4) of the Act,
• Section 6(b)(5) of the Act,
• Section 6(b)(8) of the Act,
The Commission requests that interested persons provide written submissions of their views, data, and arguments with respect to the issues identified above, as well as any other concerns they may have with the proposal. Although there do not appear to be any issues relevant to approval or disapproval that would be facilitated by an oral presentation of views, data, and arguments, the Commission will consider, pursuant to Rule 19b-4, any request for an opportunity to make an oral presentation.
The Commission invites the written views of interested persons concerning whether the proposal is consistent with Sections 6(b)(4), 6(b)(5), 6(b)(8), or any other provision of the Act, or the rules and regulations thereunder. The Commission asks that commenters address the sufficiency and merit of the Exchange's statements in support of the proposal, in addition to any other comments they may wish to submit about the proposed rule change. In particular, the Commission seeks comment on the following:
1. Do commenters agree with the Exchange's belief that the proposal: (a) Provides for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees, and other charges among its members and issuer and other persons using its facilities; (b) is not designed to permit unfair discrimination between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers; and (c) will not impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act? Why or why not?
2. What are commenters' views on the impact that the proposal would have on the current market structure? Please explain.
3. What are commenters' views on the likely effect of the proposal on competition? Specifically, what are commenters' views on the likely effect on the fees, volume, and quality of trading on NOM, EA, and the platforms that compete with NOM or EA for volume? In providing an answer, please consider any effect on the structure and process of competition, including number of competitors and/or any exit
4. What are commenters' views on how the proposal would affect NOM Participants and EA clients? Would the “dual access” requirement affect the number NOM Participants or EA clients?
5. What are commenters' views on the impact of the proposal on NOM Participants who would meet the required MARS thresholds but are not dual access clients and thus would not be able to benefit from the credit on EA?
6. What are commenters' views on the impact of the proposal on EA clients who are not NOM Participants and thus would not be eligible for the credits?
7. What are commenters' views on how EA would likely recoup the cost of the proposed credit?
8. What are commenters' views on whether the proposal would affect competitors to NOM and EA or clients of such competitors? Specifically, what are commenters' views on the impact of the proposal on exchanges that do not have affiliated broker-dealers/Alternative Trading Systems that transact securities not listed on a national securities exchange—
9. What are commenters' views on how the proposal would impact the incentives for existing exchanges or new entities to create multiple trading venues or broker-dealers/Alternative Trading Systems under one group?
10. What are commenters' views on the impact the proposal would have, if any, on the trading of options orders across multiple options exchanges? Please explain. What are commenters' views on the impact the proposal would have, if any, on the best execution of investor orders, including the implicit costs of executing their orders (such as spreads and price impact)? Please explain.
Commenters are requested to provide empirical data and other factual support for their views.
Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On July 29, 2016, the New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE” or the “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
On September 23, 2016, the NYSE submitted a response (“Response Letter”).
On November 2, 2016, the Exchange filed Amendment No. 2 to the proposed rule change.
The proposed rule change seeks to amend the co-location services offered by the Exchange to (1) provide additional information regarding access to trading and execution services and connectivity to data provided to Users with local area networks available in the data center; and (2) establish fees relating to a User's
As discussed more fully in the Notice, a User can purchase access to the Liquidity Center Network (“LCN”) and/or internet protocol (“IP”) network in the data center through the purchase of a 1, 10, or 40 Gb LCN circuit, a 10 Gb LX Circuit, bundled network access, Partial Cabinet Solution bundle, or 1, 10 or 40 Gb IP network access.
As discussed more fully below, the Exchange offers connectivity to three types of data products: Included Data Products, Premium NYSE Data Products, and Third Party Data Feeds.
As part of its data product offerings, the Exchange now proposes to provide connectivity to Premium NYSE Data Products from the Exchange and its Affiliate SROs to Users over either the LCN and/or IP network “because such access and connectivity is directly related to the purpose of co-location.”
As discussed more fully in the Notice, the Premium NYSE Data Products are “equity market data products that are
As is the case with Included Data Products, a User of Premium NYSE Data Products must enter into a contract with the data provider for each feed and the provider would then authorize the Exchange to provide connectivity of the particular feed to that User's LCN or IP Network port.
The Exchange's proposal further seeks to offer Third Party Data Feeds to Users and to charge a connectivity fee per feed as reflected on its Price List.
In order to connect to a Third Party Data Feed, a User must enter into a contract with the relevant third party market or content service provider, under which the third party market or content service provider charges the User for the data feed.
As part of its data center offerings, the Exchange also seeks to provide access and connectivity to Third Party Systems/content service providers, the DTCC
For each service, a User must execute a contract with the respective Service Provider and/or third party certification and testing feed provider(s) pursuant to which a User pays each the associated fee(s) for their services.
As noted above, the Commission received one comment letter.
As discussed above, the Exchange submitted a response to the commenter.
In response to the commenter's argument regarding different methods of access to trading, the Exchange stated that “it is a vendor of fair and non-discriminatory access, and like any vendor with multiple product offerings, different purchasers may make different choices regarding which products they wish to purchase.”
In Amendment No. 2, the Exchange offers additional justification for the proposed rule change.
The Commission is instituting proceedings pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(2)(B) of the Act, the Commission is providing notice of the following grounds for disapproval that are under consideration:
• Section 6(b)(4) of the Act, which requires that the rules of a national securities exchange “provide for the equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees, and other charges among its members and issuers and other persons using its facilities,”
• Section 6(b)(5) of the Act, which requires, among other things, that the rules of a national securities exchange be “designed to perfect the operation of a free and open market and a national market system” and “protect investors and the public interest,” and not be “designed to permit unfair discrimination between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers,”
• Section 6(b)(8) of the Act, which requires that the rules of a national securities exchange “not impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of [the Act].”
As discussed above, the Exchange's proposal would, among other things, establish fees relating to a User's access to trading and execution services, connectivity to data feeds and to testing and certification feeds, connectivity to clearing, and other services. The Exchange believes that the proposed fees are consistent with Sections 6(b)(4), (5), and (8) of the Act because the fees charged for co-location services are constrained by the active competition for the order flow and other business from such market participants.
Additionally, the Exchange states that both Included Data Products and Premium NYSE Data Products are “directly related to the purpose of co-location.” The Commission is concerned that the Exchange has not made clear why including the cost of connectivity to the Included Data Products in the purchase of a LCN or IP network connection and charging an additional fee to obtain the Premium NYSE Data Products is an equitable allocation of reasonable dues, fees, and other charges among Users in the data center; does not unfairly discriminate between customers, issuers, brokers, or dealers; and does not impose a burden on competition which is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Commission is concerned that the Exchange has not identified a distinction between the provision of connectivity to Included Data Products and the provision of connectivity to Premium NYSE Data Products, as opposed to a distinction between the utility of the Included Data Products and Premium NYSE Data Products to Users, which the Exchange has demonstrated, even though these are all NYSE proprietary data products. Therefore, the Commission is concerned that the Exchange has not identified a reasonable basis for charging Users a separate connectivity fee for the Premium NYSE Data Products while including connectivity in the purchase price for a LCN/IP network connection. The Exchange stated in its filing that both are “directly related to the purpose of co-location” but it has not clearly justified why this permits including the connectivity fee for Included Data Products as part of the LCN or IP Network connection, even for those Users that do not use the Included Data Products, but not including the connectivity fee for the Premium NYSE Data Products as well.
Similarly, the Exchange justifies the costs associated with providing these feeds by stating “[i]n order to offer connectivity to the Premium NYSE Data Products, the Exchange must provide, maintain and operate the data center facility hardware and technology infrastructure. The Exchange must handle the installation, administration, monitoring, support and maintenance of the connectivity, including by ensuring that the network infrastructure has the
The Commission requests that interested persons provide written submissions of their views, data and arguments with respect to the concerns identified above, as well as any other concerns they may have with the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment Nos. 1 and 2. In particular, the Commission invites the written views of interested persons concerning whether the proposal, as modified by Amendment Nos. 1 and 2, is consistent with Sections 6(b)(4), (5), or (8)
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments regarding whether the proposal, as modified by Amendment Nos. 1 and 2, should be approved or disapproved by December 12, 2016. Any person who wishes to file a rebuttal to any other person's submission must file that rebuttal by December 27, 2016. In light of the concerns raised by the proposed rule change, as discussed above, the Commission invites additional comment on the proposed rule change, as modified by Amendment Nos. 1 and 2, as the Commission continues its analysis of the proposed rule change's consistency with Sections 6(b)(4), (5) and (8),
Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
The Exchange proposes to amend the fees for NYSE MKT BBO and NYSE MKT Trades to lower the Enterprise Fee. The proposed change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend the fees for NYSE MKT BBO and NYSE MKT Trades market data products,
The Exchange currently charges an enterprise fee of $15,000 per month for an unlimited number of professional and non-professional users for each of NYSE MKT BBO and NYSE MKT Trades.
As an example, under the current fee structure for per user fees, if a firm had 10,000 professional users who each received NYSE MKT Trades at $1 per month and NYSE MKT BBO at $1 per month, without the Enterprise Fee, the firm would be subject to $20,000 per month in professional user fees. Under the current pricing structure, the charge would be capped at $15,000 and effective November 1, 2016 it would be capped at $3,000.
Under the proposed enterprise fee, the firm would pay a flat fee of $3,000 for an unlimited number of professional and non-professional users for both products. As is the case currently, a data recipient that pays the enterprise fee would not have to report the number of such users on a monthly basis.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of Section 6 of the Act,
The proposed fee change is also equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because it would apply to all data recipients that choose to subscribe to NYSE MKT BBO and NYSE MKT Trades.
The proposed enterprise fees for NYSE MKT BBO and NYSE MKT Trades are reasonable because they could result in a fee reduction for data recipients with a large number of professional and nonprofessional users, as described in the example above. If a data recipient has a smaller number of professional users of NYSE MKT BBO and/or NYSE MKT Trades, then it may continue to use the per user fee structure. By reducing prices for data recipient with a large number of professional and non-professional users, the Exchange believes that more data recipients may choose to offer NYSE MKT BBO and NYSE MKT Trades, thereby expanding the distribution of this market data for the benefit of investors. The Exchange also believes that offering an enterprise fee expands the range of options for offering NYSE MKT BBO and NYSE MKT Trades and allows data recipients greater choice in selecting the most appropriate level of data and fees for the professional and non-professional users they are servicing.
The Exchange notes that NYSE MKT BBO and NYSE MKT Trades are entirely optional. The Exchange is not required to make NYSE MKT BBO and NYSE MKT Trades available or to offer any specific pricing alternatives to any customers, nor is any firm required to purchase NYSE MKT BBO and NYSE MKT Trades. Firms that do purchase NYSE MKT BBO and NYSE MKT Trades do so for the primary goals of using them to increase revenues, reduce expenses, and in some instances compete directly with the Exchange (including for order flow); those firms are able to determine for themselves whether NYSE MKT BBO and NYSE MKT Trades or any other similar products are attractively priced or not.
Firms that do not wish to purchase NYSE MKT BBO and NYSE MKT Trades have a variety of alternative market data products from which to choose,
The decision of the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit in
In fact, the legislative history indicates that the Congress intended that the market system `evolve through the interplay of competitive forces as unnecessary regulatory restrictions are removed' and that the SEC wield its regulatory power `in those situations where competition may not be sufficient,' such as in the creation of a `consolidated transactional reporting system.'
As explained below in the Exchange's Statement on Burden on Competition, the Exchange believes that there is substantial evidence of competition in the marketplace for proprietary market data and that the Commission can rely upon such evidence in concluding that the fees established in this filing are the product of competition and therefore satisfy the relevant statutory standards. In addition, the existence of alternatives to these data products, such as consolidated data and proprietary data from other sources, as described below, further ensures that the Exchange cannot set unreasonable fees, or fees that are unreasonably discriminatory, when vendors and subscribers can select such alternatives.
As the
In addition, the Exchange believes that the proposed fees are reasonable when compared to fees for comparable products offered by at least one other exchange. For example, Bats BYX Exchange (“BYX”) charges an enterprise fee of $10,000 per month for each of BYX Top and BYX Last Sale, which includes best bid and offer and last sale data, respectively.
For these reasons, the Exchange believes that the proposed fees are reasonable, equitable, and not unfairly discriminatory.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. An exchange's ability to price its proprietary market data feed products is constrained by actual competition for the sale of proprietary market data products, the joint product nature of exchange platforms, and the existence of alternatives to the Exchange's proprietary data.
The market for proprietary data products is currently competitive and inherently contestable because there is fierce competition for the inputs necessary for the creation of proprietary data and strict pricing discipline for the proprietary products themselves. Numerous exchanges compete with one another for listings and order flow and sales of market data itself, providing ample opportunities for entrepreneurs who wish to compete in any or all of those areas, including producing and distributing their own market data. Proprietary data products are produced and distributed by each individual exchange, as well as other entities, in a vigorously competitive market. Indeed, the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) (the primary antitrust regulator) has expressly acknowledged the aggressive actual competition among exchanges, including for the sale of proprietary market data. In 2011, the DOJ stated that exchanges “compete head to head to offer real-time equity data products. These data products include the best bid and offer of every exchange and information on each equity trade, including the last sale.”
Moreover, competitive markets for listings, order flow, executions, and transaction reports provide pricing discipline for the inputs of proprietary data products and therefore constrain markets from overpricing proprietary market data. Broker-dealers send their order flow and transaction reports to multiple venues, rather than providing them all to a single venue, which in turn reinforces this competitive constraint. As a 2010 Commission Concept Release noted, the “current market structure can be described as dispersed and complex” with “trading volume . . . dispersed among many highly automated trading centers that compete for order flow in the same stocks” and “trading centers offer[ing] a wide range of services that are designed to attract different types of market participants with varying trading needs.”
If an exchange succeeds in competing for quotations, order flow, and trade executions, then it earns trading revenues and increases the value of its proprietary market data products because they will contain greater quote and trade information. Conversely, if an exchange is less successful in attracting quotes, order flow, and trade executions, then its market data products may be less desirable to customers in light of the diminished content and data products offered by competing venues may become more attractive. Thus, competition for quotations, order flow, and trade executions puts significant pressure on an exchange to maintain both execution and data fees at reasonable levels.
In addition, in the case of products that are also redistributed through market data vendors, such as Bloomberg and Thompson Reuters, the vendors
Transaction execution and proprietary data products are complementary in that market data is both an input and a byproduct of the execution service. In fact, proprietary market data and trade executions are a paradigmatic example of joint products with joint costs. The decision of whether and on which platform to post an order will depend on the attributes of the platforms where the order can be posted, including the execution fees, data availability and quality, and price and distribution of data products. Without a platform to post quotations, receive orders, and execute trades, exchange data products would not exist.
The costs of producing market data include not only the costs of the data distribution infrastructure, but also the costs of designing, maintaining, and operating the exchange's platform for posting quotes, accepting orders, and executing transactions and the cost of regulating the exchange to ensure its fair operation and maintain investor confidence. The total return that a trading platform earns reflects the revenues it receives from both products and the joint costs it incurs.
Moreover, an exchange's broker-dealer customers generally view the costs of transaction executions and market data as a unified cost of doing business with the exchange. A broker-dealer will only choose to direct orders to an exchange if the revenue from the transaction exceeds its cost, including the cost of any market data that the broker-dealer chooses to buy in support of its order routing and trading decisions. If the costs of the transaction are not offset by its value, then the broker-dealer may choose instead not to purchase the product and trade away from that exchange.
Other market participants have noted that proprietary market data and trade executions are joint products of a joint platform and have common costs.
Analyzing the cost of market data product production and distribution in isolation from the cost of all of the inputs supporting the creation of market data and market data products will inevitably underestimate the cost of the data and data products because it is impossible to obtain the data inputs to create market data products without a fast, technologically robust, and well-regulated execution system, and system and regulatory costs affect the price of both obtaining the market data itself and creating and distributing market data products. It would be equally misleading, however, to attribute all of an exchange's costs to the market data portion of an exchange's joint products. Rather, all of an exchange's costs are incurred for the unified purposes of attracting order flow, executing and/or routing orders, and generating and selling data about market activity. The total return that an exchange earns reflects the revenues it receives from the joint products and the total costs of the joint products.
As noted above, the level of competition and contestability in the market is evident in the numerous alternative venues that compete for order flow, including 13 equities self-regulatory organization (“SRO”) markets, as well as various forms of alternative trading systems (“ATSs”), including dark pools and electronic communication networks (“ECNs”), and internalizing broker-dealers. SRO markets compete to attract order flow and produce transaction reports via trade executions, and two FINRA-regulated Trade Reporting Facilities compete to attract transaction reports from the non-SRO venues.
Competition among trading platforms can be expected to constrain the aggregate return that each platform earns from the sale of its joint products, but different trading platforms may choose from a range of possible, and equally reasonable, pricing strategies as the means of recovering total costs. For example, some platforms may choose to pay rebates to attract orders, charge relatively low prices for market data products (or provide market data products free of charge), and charge relatively high prices for accessing posted liquidity. Other platforms may choose a strategy of paying lower rebates (or no rebates) to attract orders, setting relatively high prices for market data products, and setting relatively low prices for accessing posted liquidity. For example, Bats Global Markets (“Bats”) and Direct Edge, which previously operated as ATSs and obtained exchange status in 2008 and 2010, respectively, provided certain market data at no charge on their Web sites in order to attract more order flow, and used revenue rebates from resulting additional executions to maintain low execution charges for their users.
The large number of SROs, ATSs, and internalizing broker-dealers that
The fact that proprietary data from ATSs, internalizing broker-dealers, and vendors can bypass SROs is significant in two respects. First, non-SROs can compete directly with SROs for the production and sale of proprietary data products. By way of example, Bats [sic] and NYSE Arca both published proprietary data on the Internet before registering as exchanges. Second, because a single order or transaction report can appear in an SRO proprietary product, a non-SRO proprietary product, or both, the amount of data available via proprietary products is greater in size than the actual number of orders and transaction reports that exist in the marketplace. Indeed, in the case of NYSE MKT BBO and NYSE MKT Trades, the data provided through these products appears both in (i) real-time core data products offered by the Securities Information Processors (SIPs) for a fee, and (ii) free SIP data products with a 15-minute time delay, and finds a close substitute in similar products of competing venues.
Those competitive pressures imposed by available alternatives are evident in the Exchange's proposed pricing.
In addition to the competition and price discipline described above, the market for proprietary data products is also highly contestable because market entry is rapid and inexpensive. The history of electronic trading is replete with examples of entrants that swiftly grew into some of the largest electronic trading platforms and proprietary data producers: Archipelago, Bloomberg Tradebook, Island, RediBook, Attain, TrackECN, BATS Trading and Direct Edge. A proliferation of dark pools and other ATSs operate profitably with fragmentary share of consolidated market volume.
In determining the proposed changes to the fees for the NYSE MKT BBO and NYSE MKT Trades, the Exchange considered the competitiveness of the market for proprietary data and all of the implications of that competition. The Exchange believes that it has considered all relevant factors and has not considered irrelevant factors in order to establish fair, reasonable, and not unreasonably discriminatory fees and an equitable allocation of fees among all users. The existence of numerous alternatives to the Exchange's products, including proprietary data from other sources, ensures that the Exchange cannot set unreasonable fees, or fees that are unreasonably discriminatory, when vendors and subscribers can elect these alternatives or choose not to purchase a specific proprietary data product if the attendant fees are not justified by the returns that any particular vendor or data recipient would achieve through the purchase.
No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.
The foregoing rule change is effective upon filing pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)
At any time within 60 days of the filing of such proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings under Section 19(b)(2)(B)
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
C2 proposes to amend its rules related to the opening of series for trading on the Exchange. The text of the proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site (
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
C2 proposes to amend its rules related to the opening of series for trading on the Exchange. Rule 6.11 describes the process the automated trading system used by the Exchange for the trading of options contracts (the “System”) uses to open series on the Exchange each trading day. The Exchange may also use this same process for closing series or opening series after a trading halt. The Exchange proposes to make various changes to this rule to reorganize and simplify the rule as well as make other changes to the opening procedures in order to reflect current System functionality.
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 6.11 by reorganizing the provisions of the rule to describe the opening (and sometimes closing) procedures in a more sequential manner, clarifying the timing of each stage of the process and enhancing or modifying the description of certain provisions within the rule. The System generally processes the opening of each series as follows:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Rule 6.11(a) currently provides for a period of time before the opening of trading in the underlying security or, in the case of index options, prior to 8:30 a.m.
The proposed rule change amends Rule 6.11(a)(1) by deleting the provision that indicates the Exchange will designate eligible order size, order type and order origin code as order terms for which the Exchange may designate eligibility for submission during the pre-opening period on a class-by-class basis. The Exchange currently does not, and does not intend to, restrict the size or origin code of orders that may be submitted during the pre-opening period, so this provision is no longer necessary. Additionally, the System currently accepts all quotes and all order types during the pre-opening period except for immediate-or-cancel, fill-or-fill [sic], intermarket sweep orders, and Market-Maker trade prevention orders, as acceptance of those order types during the pre-opening period would be inconsistent with their terms.
The proposed rule change proposes to amend Rule 6.11(a)(2) in several ways. First, the proposed rule change amends the description of when the System begins disseminating expected opening information. Currently, the rule states, at specified intervals of time determined by the Exchange, the System will disseminate information about resting orders in the book that remain from the prior business day and orders and quotes submitted before the opening, which may include the EOP and EOS. The Exchange proposes to revise this provision to state beginning at a time (determined by the Exchange) no earlier than three hours prior to the expected initiation of an opening rotation for a series, the System disseminates EOIs to all market participants that have elected to receive them at regular intervals of time (the length of which is determined by the Exchange) or less frequently if there are no updates to the opening information since the previously disseminated EOI. This revised rule text clarifies the time at which the System will begin disseminating expected opening information, which may be different (and generally later) than the beginning of the pre-opening period, as the Exchange believes recipients generally want to receive EOIs closer to the opening of trading.
Second, the proposed rule change also amends Rule 6.11(a)(2) to more specifically describe the information regarding the expected opening of a series that the System disseminates. Currently, subparagraph (a)(2) provides the System will disseminate information about resting orders in the book that remain from the prior business day and any orders and quotes submitted before the opening, including the expected opening price and size. The Exchange proposes to simplify this provision by stating that the expected opening information will be based on resting orders in the book (which includes orders remaining from the prior trading day and orders entered during the pre-opening period) and quotes submitted prior to the opening of trading. Additionally, in addition to the EOP and EOS, these messages may include additional information based on the circumstances, such as a description of the reason why a series may not or did not open (
Third, the proposed rule change amends the provision about what the EOP is and when it is calculated. Currently, Rule 6.11(a)(2) states the EOP is the price at which the greatest number of orders and quotes in the book are expected to trade and an EOP may only be calculated if (a) there are market orders in the book, or the book is crossed or locked and (b) at least one quote is present. The proposed rule change revises this language to state the EOP is the price at which any opening trade is expected to execute. The EOS is the size of any expected opening trade. As further discussed below, the definition of opening price is included in proposed paragraph (c), so the proposed rule change deletes that definition from paragraph (a)(2) and only includes the definition in proposed paragraph (c), as the Exchange believes it is less confusing to include the opening price definition in the rules only one time. Additionally, the proposed rule change deletes the language the EOP may only be calculated if there are market orders in the book or the book is crossed. Because the EOP is a price of an expected opening trade, it is only possible to have a trade if there are market orders or a locked or crossed market, so the Exchange believes this language is unnecessary. Further, the proposed rule change states the System will only disseminate EOP and EOS messages if the width between the highest quote bid and lowest quote offer on the Exchange or disseminated by other exchanges is no wider than the OEPW range (as defined below).
Rule 6.11(b) currently provides, unless unusual circumstances exist, at a randomly selected time within a number of seconds after the opening trade and/or the opening quote is disseminated in the market for the underlying security
• With respect to equity and ETP options, after the opening trade or the opening quote is disseminated in the market for the underlying security, or at 8:30 for classes determined by the Exchange (including over-the-counter equity classes); or
• with respect to index options, at 8:30 a.m., or at the later of 8:30 a.m. and the time the Exchange receives a disseminated index value for classes determined by the Exchange.
The Exchange believes this proposed change more accurately describes the timing at which the System initiates the opening rotation procedure for each type of option, which generally occurs immediately after the triggering event rather than a randomly selected number of seconds after the event. The proposed rule change provides, while the dissemination of the opening trade or quote in the market for the underlying security is generally the trigger to initiate the opening rotation for an equity or ETP class, the Exchange may determine to open certain equity and ETP classes at 8:30 a.m. instead if it does not have access to underlying information for those classes. The Exchange does not receive underlying information regarding the opening of certain equities.
In addition, the Exchange proposes to amend current Rule 6.11(b)(1), which is proposed Rule 6.11(b)(2), to state the System notifies market participants of the opening rotation initiation upon initiating the opening rotation procedure (defined as the “Rotation Notice”) rather than following the opening trade or quote. The initiation of the opening rotation for a series triggers the dissemination of the notice, so the Exchange believes this proposed change more accurately and simply describes when market participants will receive the rotation notice.
Current Rule 6.11(c) provides after the rotation notice is sent, the System will enter into a rotation period, during which the opening price will be established for each series. During the rotation period,
The proposed rule change reorganizes paragraph (c) to describe when the opening rotation period begins (which is after the System initiates the opening rotation procedure and sends the rotation notice) (proposed introduction to paragraph (c)), what happens during the period (proposed subparagraph (c)(1)), the handling of EOIs during the period (proposed subparagraph (c)(2)), and when the period ends (proposed subparagraph (c)(3)). The Exchange believes this will more clearly describe for investors the opening rotation process.
The proposed rule change adds detail regarding what occurs during the opening rotation period. Specifically, while the rules currently state the System establishes the opening trade price for a series during the opening rotation period, the proposed rule change adds proposed subparagraph (c)(1), which states the System does this (as well as establish the opening BBO) by matching and executing resting orders and quotes against each other. The proposed rule change moves the definition of opening trade price to proposed subparagraph (c)(1)(A) from current subparagraph (g)(1) (which references the “single clearing price” at which orders and quotes are matched at the open) so the rules include discussions of the opening trade price in a single location within the rules. The proposed rule change amends the definition of the opening trade price of a series to be the “market-clearing” price, which is the single price at which the largest number of contracts in the book can execute, leaving bids and offers that cannot trade with each other. The Exchange believes it is more appropriate to clear the largest size from the book at the open, even if that size is comprised of a smaller number of orders and quotes (as stated in proposed Rule 6.11(a)(2)). The EOS is the size of any expected opening trade. This is consistent with the change to the definition of EOP, as discussed above. The proposed rule change adds if there are multiple prices at which the same number of contracts would clear, the System uses the price at or nearest to the midpoint of the range consisting of the higher of the opening NBB and widest bid point of the OEPW range, and the lower of the opening NBO and widest offer point of the OEPW range.
The proposed rule change also adds proposed paragraph (c)(1)(B), which states all orders (except complex orders) and quotes in a series in the book prior to the opening rotation period participate in the opening rotation for a series. Contingency orders that participate in the opening rotation may execute during the opening rotation period only if their contingencies are triggered. The proposed rule change also notes complex orders do not participate in the opening rotation. While the System accepts those orders prior to the open, the Exchange believes it would complicate the opening rotation if they participated in the opening rotation and attempted to execute against the leg markets. Because proposed subparagraph (c)(1)(B) describes the matching process that occurs during the opening rotation period, the proposed rule change moves the rule provision regarding the priority order of orders and quotes during this matching process from current subparagraph (g)(1) to proposed subparagraph (c)(1)(C).
The proposed rule change also revises the language regarding the messages disseminated during the opening rotation period to provide the System will continue to disseminate EOIs (not just the EOP and EOS). This proposed revision is consistent with the proposed language described above regarding dissemination of EOIs during the pre-opening period (and incorporates the proposed definition of EOIs). The proposed rule change provides the Exchange with the authority to determine a shorter interval length for the dissemination of EOIs during the opening rotation period than during the pre-opening period, as the Exchange believes market participants may want to receive these messages more frequently closer to the opening. This flexibility is intended to ensure the Exchange may disseminate these messages to market participants as frequently as it deems necessary to ensure a fair and orderly opening.
Proposed subparagraph (c)(3) updates the description of the length of the opening rotation period and how the System processes series to open
The proposed rule change deletes the language in current paragraph (d) stating as the opening price is determined by series, the System will disseminate through OPRA the opening quote and the opening trade price, if any. The System disseminates all quote and trade price information to OPRA once a series opens pursuant to the OPRA plan, including opening quote and trade price information, so the Exchange believes it is unnecessary to include this provision specifically in the opening rule.
Current Rule 6.11(e) provides the System will not open a series if one of the following conditions is met:
(1) There is no quote present in the series;
(2) the opening price is not within an acceptable range (as determined by the Exchange) compared to the lowest quote offer and the highest quote bid;
(3) the opening trade would be at a price that is not the national best bid or offer; or
(4) the opening trade would leave a market order imbalance (
Current paragraph (f) describes what happens when each of these conditions is present:
(1) If the condition in paragraph (e)(1) is present (
(2) If the condition in paragraph (e)(2) is present (
(3) If the condition in paragraph (e)(3) is present (
(4) If the condition in paragraph (e)(4) is present (
The proposed rule change amends the opening conditions to provide in proposed paragraph (d) as follows:
(1) If there are no quotes on the Exchange or disseminated from at least one away exchange present in the series, the System does not open the series. There are no exceptions to this opening condition. The Exchange generally requires an opening quote to ensure there will be liquidity in a series when it opens;
(2) if the width between the best quote bid and best quote offer, which may consist of Market-Makers quotes or bids and offers disseminated from an away exchange (for purposes of proposed paragraph (d), the “opening quote”), is wider than an acceptable opening price range (as determined by the Exchange on a class-by-class and premium basis) (the “Opening Exchange Prescribed Width range” or “OEPW range”)
(3) if the opening trade price would be outside the OEPW range or the NBBO, the System opens the series by matching orders and quotes to the extent they can trade and reports the opening trade, if any, at an opening trade price not outside either the OEPW range or NBBO. The System then exposes any remaining marketable buy (sell) orders at the widest offer (bid) point of the OEPW range or NBO (NBB), whichever is lower (higher). The Exchange believes using the term OEPW range with respect to the acceptable range for opening price in the rules is a more accurate description of the appropriate range for opening prices (as this is the term used in circulars and among Participants). The OEPW range is used as a price protection measure. Additionally, the proposed rule change clarifies that a series will open if the opening trade price is at the widest part of the OEPW range (it will expose orders if it is outside the OEPW range). The proposed rule change makes nonsubstantive, simplifying changes to this opening condition and clarifies that the opening trade price must be something not outside the OEPW range or the NBBO (including the ends of the applicable range). Other proposed changes make the language in this paragraph consistent with language used in the other conditions in proposed paragraphs (d);
(4) if the opening trade would leave a market order imbalance, which means there are more market orders to buy or to sell for the particular series than can be satisfied by the orders and quotes on the opposite side, the System opens the series by matching orders and quotes to the extent they can trade and reports the opening trade, if any, at the opening trade price. The System then exposes any remaining marketable buy (sell) orders at the widest offer (bid) point of the OEPW range or NBO (NBB), whichever is lower (higher). The proposed rule change deletes language stating a series will open at a minimum price increment even if there is a sell market order imbalance. Because the System will open by matching orders and quotes, then exposing remaining orders, when there is a market order imbalance for any series, including those that will open at a minimum price increment as the rule currently states, there is no reason to highlight this situation in the rule. The proposed rule change also makes nonsubstantive, simplifying changes to this provision. Other proposed changes make the language in this paragraph consistent with language used in the other conditions in proposed paragraph (d); or
(5) if the opening quote bid (offer) or the NBB (NBO) crosses the opening quote offer (bid) or the NBO (NBB) by more than an amount determined by the Exchange on a class-by-class and premium basis, the System does not open the series.
The proposed rule change moves provisions related to the exposure of orders at the open from current subparagraph (g)(2) and Interpretation and Policy .04 to proposed paragraph (d) to eliminate duplicative language and to include all provisions regarding the opening exposure process are including in the same place within the rules.
The Exchange also proposes to add to paragraph (d) if the System does not open a series pursuant paragraphs (d), notwithstanding proposed paragraph (c) (which states the opening rotation period may not last more than 60 seconds), the opening rotation period continues (including the dissemination of EOIs, which is consistent with language the Exchange proposes to delete regarding the notifications sent to market participants if one of the opening conditions is present) until the condition causing the delay is satisfied or the Exchange otherwise determines it is necessary to open a series in accordance with proposed paragraph (e). This is currently how the System operates, and the Exchange believes it will benefit investors to explicitly state this in the rules, particularly because, under these circumstances, the opening rotation period will last longer than the standard length of time determined by the Exchange. The Exchange believes it is important for Participants to continue to receive EOIs, particularly those describing why a series is not open, so they have close to real-time information regarding the potential opening of a series.
The proposed rule change amends Rule 6.11 as follows:
• Current Rule 6.11 provides in various places the Help Desk may deviate from the opening procedures, including paragraphs (b)(2) and (h). The Exchange believes it is simpler to have one single rule provision within Rule 6.11 that applies to the entire rule stating the Help Desk may determine whether to modify the opening procedures when they deem necessary. The Exchange proposes to delete these references and combine them into current paragraph (h) and proposed paragraph (e). The proposed rule change lists examples of actions the Help Desk has flexibility to take when necessary in the interests of commencing or maintaining a fair and orderly market (some of which are listed throughout current Rule 6.11), in the event of unusual market conditions or in the public interest, including delaying or compelling the opening of any series in any options class and modifying timers or settings described in Rule 6.11. The proposed rule change adds the Exchange will make and maintain records to document all determinations to deviate from the standard manner of the opening procedure, and periodically review these determinations for consistency with the interests of a fair and orderly market.
• The proposed rule change also amends current Rule 6.11(i) and proposed Rule 6.11(f) to indicate the procedure described in Rule 6.11 may be used to reopen a series, in addition to a class, after a trading halt. This proposed changes addresses a potential situation in which only certain series are subjected to halt. As series open on an individual basis, the Exchange does not believe this to be a significant change. The proposed rule change also adds detail regarding notice of use of this opening procedure following a trading halt and clarifies the procedure would be the same, however, based on then-existing facts and circumstances, there may be no pre-opening period or a shorter pre-opening period than the regular pre-opening period. Specifically, proposed paragraph (f) states the Exchange will announce the reopening of a class or series after a trading halt as soon as practicable via electronic message to Participants that request to receive such messages.
• The Exchange proposes to amend Interpretation and Policy .01, which states the Exchange may determine on a class-by-class basis which electronic algorithm from Rule 6.12 applies to the class during rotations. The proposed rule change makes the electronic algorithm that applies to a class intraday the algorithm that applies to a class during rotations, but still leaves the Exchange with the same flexibility to apply a different algorithm to a class during rotations if it deems necessary or appropriate. This proposed change merely makes the intraday algorithm the default opening algorithm for a class. The Exchange believes it is important to maintain this flexibility so that it can facilitate a robust opening with sufficient liquidity in all classes.
• The Exchange proposes to amend Interpretation and Policy .02, which states all pronouncements regarding determinations by the Exchange pursuant to Rule 6.11 and the Interpretations and Policies thereunder will be announced to Participants via Regulatory Circular. In addition to nonsubstantive changes to make the language more plain English, the proposed rule change adds determinations will be made via Regulatory Circular with appropriate advanced notice to ensure Trading Permit Holders are aware of these determinations and have sufficient time to make any necessary changes in response to the determinations. The proposed rule change also adds notice of determinations may be made as otherwise provided, as other parts of Rule 6.11 state certain notifications will be made in a different manner (for example, via electronic message).
The proposed rule change makes numerous nonsubstantive and clerical changes throughout Rule 6.11 (including its Interpretations and Policies), including adding or amending headings and defined terms, updating cross-references, adding introductory and clarifying language, using consistent language and punctuation, replacing terms such as “option series” with series (all series listed for trading on the Exchange are for options, making it unnecessary to include “option”), and using more plain English.
The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the Exchange and, in particular, the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Act.
In particular, the proposed rule change enhances the description of the opening procedures in the rules to reflect how the System opens series, which perfects the mechanism of a free and open market and ultimately protects investors. The Exchange believes the proposed rule changes to reorganize and enhance the description of the opening (and sometimes) closing procedures will benefit investors, because the rule as amended more accurately and clearly describes how the System opens series on the Exchange. Thus, investors will have a better understanding of how their quotes and orders will be handled during opening rotations if they elect to submit quotes and orders during the pre-opening period or if they have orders resting on the book from the prior trading day. Similarly, the Exchange believes the deletion of duplicative provisions from Rule 6.11 will benefit investors by eliminating potential confusion about the applicability of those provisions. The nonsubstantive and clerical changes will create more consistency and clarity throughout and otherwise simplify the rule. Further, the Exchange believes the additional information regarding notification of the use of the opening procedure following a trading halt will clarify for Participants when and how they will know from the Exchange such use is occurring.
The revised opening conditions are intended to promote just and equitable principles of trade, as they ensure that series open in a fair and orderly market with sufficient liquidity in the series and opportunities for execution at prices that are consistent with then-current market conditions rather than potentially extreme prices. These proposed changes ensure that market participants are aware of all circumstances under which the System may not open a series.
C2 does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The opening procedures as revised by the proposed rule change will still apply to all market participants in the same manner as they do today. The proposed rule change more accurately describes the opening procedures that are currently in place on the Exchange, which procedures are designed to open series on the Exchange in a fair and orderly manner. These changes have no impact on competition. The purposes of the opening conditions are to ensure there is sufficient liquidity in a series when it opens and the series opens at prices consistent with the current market conditions (at the Exchange and other exchanges) rather than extreme prices that could result in unfavorable executions to market participants. The nonsubstantive changes and clerical changes have no impact on competition, as they are intended to eliminate confusion within and simplify the rules.
The Exchange neither solicited nor received comments on the proposed rule change.
Within 45 days of the date of publication of this notice in the
A. By order approve or disapprove such proposed rule change, or
B. institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
The Exchange filed a proposal to extend the pilot period for the Exchange's Supplemental Competitive Liquidity Provider Program (the “Program”), which is currently set to expire on November 4, 2016 to expire on July 31, 2017.
The text of the proposed rule change is available at the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
On August 30, 2011, the Exchange received approval of rules applicable to the qualification, listing and delisting of securities of issuers on the Exchange.
The Program was approved by the Commission on a pilot basis running one-year from the date of implementation.
The Exchange established the Program in order to enhance liquidity on the Exchange in certain ETPs listed on the Exchange (and thereby enhance the Exchange's ability to compete as a listing venue) by providing a mechanism by which ETP CLPs compete for part of a daily quoting incentive on the basis of providing the most aggressive quotes with the greatest amount of size. Such competition has the ability to reduce spreads, facilitate the price discovery process, and reduce costs for investors trading in such securities, thereby promoting capital formation and helping the Exchange to compete as a listing venue. The Exchange is proposing to extend the current pilot period for the Program from November 4, 2016 to July 31, 2017 in order to allow the Exchange to gather additional data related to the Program as the Program continues to operate.
Prior to the end of the pilot period ending July 31, 2017, the Exchange will post a report relating to the Program (the “Assessment Report”) on its Web site three months before the end of the pilot period or at the time it files to terminate the pilot, whichever comes first. The proposed Assessment Report would list the program objectives that are the focus of the pilot and, for each, provide (a) a statistical analysis that includes evidence that is sufficient to inform a reader about whether the program has met those objectives during the pilot period, along with (b) a narrative explanation of whether and how the evidence indicates the pilot has met the objective, including both strengths and weaknesses of the evidence in this regard. The Assessment Report also would include a discussion of (a) the procedures used in selecting any samples that are used in constructing tables or statistics for inclusion in the Assessment Report, (b) the definitions of any variables and statistics reported in the tables, including test statistics, (c) the statistical significance levels of any test statistics and (d) other statistical or qualitative information that may enhance the usefulness of the Assessment Report as a basis for evaluating the performance of the program. The Assessment Report would present statistics on product performance relative to the performance of comparable or other suitable benchmark products (including test statistics that permit the reader to evaluate the statistical significance of any differences reported or discussed in the report), along with information on the procedures that were used to identify those comparable or benchmark products, the characteristics of each comparable or benchmark products, the characteristics of each product that is
As such, the Exchange believes that it is appropriate to extend the current operation of the Program in order to allow the Exchange to gather additional data related to the Program as the Program continues to operate and the Exchange prepares the Assessment Report. Through this filing, the Exchange seeks to extend the current pilot period of the Program until July 31, 2017.
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder that are applicable to a national securities exchange, and, in particular, with the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Act.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The proposed rule change extends an established pilot period until July 31, 2017, thus allowing the Program to enhance competition in both the listings market and in competition for market makers. The Program will continue to promote competition in the listings market by providing issuers with a vehicle for paying the Exchange additional fees in exchange for incentivizing tighter spreads and deeper liquidity in listed securities and allow the Exchange to continue to compete with similar programs at Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
The Exchange also believes that extending the pilot period will allow the Program to continue to enhance competition among market participants by creating incentives for market makers to compete to make better quality markets. By continuing to require that market makers both meet the quoting requirements and also compete for the daily financial incentives, the quality of quotes on the Exchange will continue to improve. This, in turn, will attract more liquidity to the Exchange and further improve the quality of trading in exchange-listed securities participating in the Program, which will also act to bolster the Exchange's listing business.
The Exchange has not solicited, and does not intend to solicit, comments on this proposed rule change. The Exchange has not received any written comments from Members or other interested parties.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (A) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (B) impose any significant burden on competition; and (C) by its terms, become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6) normally does not become operative before 30 days from the date of the filing. However, pursuant to Rule 19b-4(f)(6)(iii),
The Exchange has asked the Commission to waive the 30-day operative delay. The Exchange asserts that waiver of the operative delay will allow the Exchange to extend the Program prior to its expiration on November 4, 2016, which will ensure that the Program continues to operate uninterrupted while the Exchange and the Commission continue to analyze data regarding the Program.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (1) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (2) for the protection of investors; or (3) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposal is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On September 13, 2016, BOX Options Exchange LLC (“BOX” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
The Exchange proposes to amend the treatment of incoming quotes to BOX so that they are only accepted if they are liquidity adding.
The Exchange also proposes to amend the treatment of incoming quotes after they interact with the Price Improvement Period (“PIP”).
The Exchange represents that it will provide BOX Participants with notice, via Information Circular, about the implementation date of the proposed rule change.
After careful review, the Commission finds that the proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a national securities exchange and, in particular, with Section 6(b) of the Act.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Selective Service System.
Notice.
The following forms have been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for extension of clearance in compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35):
Copies of the above identified form can be obtained upon written request to the Selective Service System, Reports Clearance Officer, 1515 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia 22209-2425.
Written comments and recommendations for the proposed extension of clearance of the form should be sent within 60 days of the publication of this notice to the Selective Service System, Reports Clearance Officer, 1515 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia 22209-2425.
A copy of the comments should be sent to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attention: Desk Officer, Selective Service System, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Room 3235, Washington, DC 20503.
Selective Service System.
Notice.
The following forms have been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for extension of clearance in compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35):
Copies of the above identified form can be obtained upon written request to the Selective Service System, Reports Clearance Officer, 1515 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia 22209-2425.
Written comments and recommendations for the proposed extension of clearance of the form should be sent within 60 days of the publication of this notice to the Selective Service System, Reports Clearance Officer, 1515 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia 22209-2425.
A copy of the comments should be sent to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attention: Desk Officer, Selective Service System, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Room 3235, Washington, DC 20503.
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Notice of open Federal Interagency Task Force meeting.
The U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) is issuing this notice to announce the location, date, time and agenda for the next meeting of the Interagency Task Force on Veterans Small Business Development. The meeting will be open to the public.
Wednesday, December 7, 2016, from 1:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m.
U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW., Washington, DC 20416.
Pursuant to section 10(a)(2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C., Appendix 2), SBA announces the meeting of the Interagency Task Force on Veterans Small Business Development (Task Force). The Task Force is established pursuant to Executive Order 13540 to coordinate the efforts of Federal agencies to improve capital, business development opportunities, and pre-established federal contracting goals for small business concerns owned and controlled by veterans and service-disabled veterans. Moreover, the Task Force shall coordinate administrative and regulatory activities and develop proposals relating to “six focus areas”: (1) Improving capital access and capacity of small business concerns owned and controlled by veterans and service-disabled veterans through loans, surety bonding, and franchising; (2) ensuring achievement of the pre-established Federal contracting goals for small business concerns owned and controlled by veterans and service-disabled veterans through expanded mentor-protégé assistance and matching such small business concerns with contracting opportunities; (3) increasing the integrity of certifications of status as a small business concern owned and controlled by a veteran or service-disabled veteran; (4) reducing paperwork and administrative burdens on veterans in accessing business development and entrepreneurship opportunities; (5) increasing and improving training and counseling services provided to small business concerns owned and controlled by veterans; and (6) making other improvements relating to the support for veterans business development by the Federal Government.
The 2016 Annual Meeting of the U.S. National Commission for the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) will take place on Monday, December 12, 2016, at the U.S. Department of State in Washington, DC (2201 C Street NW.). The Commission will hold a series of informational plenary, subject-specific committee, and thematic breakout sessions and discuss final recommendations, which will be open to the public 9:30 a.m. to 11:45 a.m. and from 12:30 p.m. to approximately 4:30 p.m.
Members of the public who wish to attend any of these meetings or who need reasonable accommodation should contact the U.S. National Commission for UNESCO at the email address below no later than Thursday, December 8, 2016for further information about admission, as seating is limited. Those who wish to make oral comments during the public comment section held during the afternoon session should request to be scheduled by Thursday, December 8, 2016. Each individual will be limited to five minutes, with the total oral comment period not exceeding thirty minutes.
Access to the building is strictly controlled. For pre-clearance purposes, those planning to attend will need to provide full name, address, date of birth, citizenship, driver's license or passport number, and email address. This information will greatly facilitate entry into the building.
Written comments should be submitted by Tuesday, December 6, 2016 to allow time for distribution to the Commission members prior to the meeting. The National Commission may be contacted via email at
Personal information regarding attendees is requested pursuant to Public Law 99-399 (Omnibus Diplomatic Security and Antiterrorism Act of 1986), as amended; Public Law 107-56 (USA PATRIOT Act); and Executive Order 13356. The purpose of the collection is to validate the identity of individuals who enter Department facilities. The data will be entered into the Visitor Access Control System (VACS-D) database. Please see the Security Records System of Records Notice (State-36) at
Surface Transportation Board.
Notice of vacancy on federal advisory committee and solicitation of nominations.
The Surface Transportation Board (Board) hereby gives notice of one vacancy on its Rail Energy Transportation Advisory Committee (RETAC) for a representative of private railcar owners, lessors, or
Suggestions for a candidate for membership on RETAC are due December 21, 2016.
Suggestions may be submitted either via the Board's e-filing format or in paper format. Any person using e-filing should attach a document and otherwise comply with the instructions at the E-FILING link on the Board's Web site, at
Jason Wolfe at 202-245-0239. [Assistance for the hearing impaired is available through the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339.]
The Board exercises broad authority over transportation by rail carriers, including rates and services (49 U.S.C. 10701-10747, 11101-11124), construction, acquisition, operation, and abandonment of railroad lines (49 U.S.C. 10901-10907), and consolidation, merger, or common control arrangements between railroads (49 U.S.C. 10902, 11323-11327).
In 2007, the Board established RETAC as a federal advisory committee consisting of a balanced cross-section of energy and rail industry stakeholders to provide independent, candid policy advice to the Board and to foster open, effective communication among the affected interests on issues such as rail performance, capacity constraints, infrastructure planning and development, and effective coordination among suppliers, railroads, and users of energy resources. RETAC operates under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App. 2, 1-16).
RETAC's membership is balanced and representative of interested and affected parties, consisting of not less than: Five representatives from the Class I railroads; three representatives from Class II and III railroads; three representatives from coal producers; five representatives from electric utilities (including at least one rural electric cooperative and one state- or municipally-owned utility); four representatives from biofuel refiners, processors, or distributors, or biofuel feedstock growers or providers; one representative of the petroleum shipping industry; and, two representatives from private car owners, car lessors, or car manufacturers. RETAC may also include up to two members with relevant experience but not necessarily affiliated with one of the aforementioned industries or sectors. (At present, the at-large seats are occupied by representatives of railway labor and the downstream petroleum production industry.) Members are selected by the Chairman of the Board with the concurrence of a majority of the Board. The Chairman may invite representatives from the U.S. Departments of Agriculture, Energy, and Transportation and the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission to serve on RETAC in advisory capacities as
RETAC meets at least twice per year. Meetings are generally held at the Board's headquarters in Washington, DC, but may be held in other locations. Members of RETAC serve without compensation and without reimbursement of travel expenses unless reimbursement of such expenses is authorized in advance by the Board's Managing Director. Further information about RETAC is available on the RETAC page of the Board's Web site at
The Board is soliciting nominations from the public for a candidate to fill one vacancy on RETAC for a representative of private railcar owners, lessors, or manufacturers, for a three-year term ending September 30, 2019. According to revised guidance issued by the Office of Management and Budget, it is permissible for federally registered lobbyists to serve on advisory committees, such as RETAC, as long as they do so in a representative capacity, rather than an individual capacity.
Nominations for a candidate to fill this vacancy should be submitted in letter form and should include: (1) The name of the candidate; (2) the interest the candidate will represent; (3) a summary of the candidate's experience and qualifications for the position; (4) a representation that the candidate is willing to serve as a member of RETAC; and, (5) a statement that the candidate agrees to serve in a representative capacity. Suggestions for a candidate for membership on RETAC should be filed with the Board by December 21, 2016. Please note that submissions will be available to the public at the Board's offices and posted on the Board's Web site under Docket No. EP 670 (Sub-No. 2).
49 U.S.C. 1321; 49 U.S.C. 11101; 49 U.S.C. 11121.
By the Board, Scott M. Zimmerman, Acting Director, Office of Proceedings.
Office of the United States Trade Representative.
This notice announces the initiation of a review to consider designation of Argentina as a beneficiary developing country under the GSP program, and the schedule for public comments and a public hearing relating to whether Argentina meets the criteria for designation.
December 23, 2016 at midnight EST: Deadline for submission of comments, pre-hearing briefs, and requests to appear at the January 10, 2017, public hearing.
January 10, 2017: The GSP Subcommittee of the Trade Policy Staff Committee (TPSC) will convene a public hearing on the GSP eligibility review of Argentina in Rooms 1 and 2, 1724 F Street NW., Washington DC 20508, beginning at 9:00 a.m.
January 24, 2017 at midnight EST: Deadline for submission of post-hearing briefs.
Naomi Freeman, GSP Program, Office of the United States Trade Representative, 1724 F Street NW., Room 514, Washington DC 20508. The telephone number is (202) 395-2974, the fax number is (202) 395-9674, and the email address is
The GSP program is authorized by Title V of the Trade Act of 1974 (19 U.S.C. 2461,
On May 28, 2012, Argentina was suspended from the GSP program as a result of a presidential determination that the country was not meeting the statutory GSP eligibility requirements. The United States cited Argentina's failure to enforce arbitral awards in its decision to suspend Argentina from the GSP program. On October 28, 2016, the Government of Argentina requested designation as a beneficiary of the GSP program.
The GSP Subcommittee of the TPSC will hold a hearing on January 10, 2017, beginning at 9:00 a.m., to receive information regarding the eligibility of Argentina for GSP trade benefits. The hearing will be held at in Rooms 1 and 2, 1724 F Street NW., Washington DC 20508 and will be open to the public and to the press. A transcript of the hearing will be made available on
All interested parties wishing to make an oral presentation at the hearing must submit, following the “Requirements for Submissions” set out below, the name, address, telephone number, and email address, if available, of the witness(es) representing their organization by midnight, December 23, 2016. Requests to present oral testimony must be accompanied by a written brief or summary statement, in English, and also must be received by midnight, December 23, 2016. Oral testimony before the GSP Subcommittee will be limited to five-minute presentations that summarize or supplement information contained in briefs or statements submitted for the record. Post-hearing briefs or statements will be accepted if they conform with the requirements set out below and are submitted, in English, by midnight, January 24, 2017. Parties not wishing to appear at the public hearing may submit pre-hearing and post-hearing briefs or comments by these deadlines.
The GSP Subcommittee strongly encourages submission of all post-hearing briefs or statements by the January 24, 2017 deadline in order to receive timely consideration in the GSP Subcommittee's review of GSP eligibility of Argentina. However, if there are new developments or information that parties wish to share with the GSP Subcommittee after this date, the regulations.gov docket will remain open until a final decision is made. Comments, letters, or other submissions related to Argentina's eligibility review must be posted to the docket in order to be considered by the GSP Subcommittee.
All submissions in response to this notice must conform to the GSP regulations set forth at 15 CFR part 2007, except as modified below. These regulations are available on the USTR Web site at
All submissions must be in English and must be submitted electronically via
To make a submission via
The
For any comments submitted electronically that contains business confidential information, the file name of the business confidential version should begin with the characters “BC”. Any page containing business confidential information must be clearly marked “BUSINESS CONFIDENTIAL” on the top of that page and the submission should clearly indicate, via brackets, highlighting, or other means, the specific information that is business confidential. A filer requesting business confidential treatment must certify that the information is business confidential and would not customarily be released to the public by the submitter. Additionally, the submitter should type “Business Confidential GSP Review of Argentina” in the “Type Comment” field.
Filers of submissions containing business confidential information also must submit a public version of their comments. The file name of the public version should begin with the character “P”. The “BC” and “P” should be followed by the name of the person or entity submitting the comments. Filers submitting comments containing no business confidential information should name their file using the name of the person or entity submitting the comments. The non-business confidential version will be placed in the docket at
Each submitter will receive a submission tracking number upon completion of the submissions procedure at
Submissions will be placed in the docket and open to public inspection, except information granted business confidential status under 15 CFR
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice of petition for exemption received.
This notice contains a summary of a petition seeking relief from specified requirements of Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR). The purpose of this notice is to improve the public's awareness of, and participation in, this aspect of the FAA's regulatory activities. Neither publication of this notice nor the inclusion or omission of information in the summary is intended to affect the legal status of the petition or its final disposition.
Comments on this petition must identify the petition docket number involved and must be received on or before December 12, 2016.
You may send comments identified by docket number FAA-2016-9097 using any of the following methods:
• Government-wide rulemaking Web site: Go to
•
•
•
Lynette Mitterer, ANM-113, Federal Aviation Administration, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356, email
This notice is published pursuant to 14 CFR 11.85.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice of petition for exemption received.
This notice contains a summary of a petition seeking relief from specified requirements of Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR). The purpose of this notice is to improve the public's awareness of, and participation in, this aspect of the FAA's regulatory activities. Neither publication of this notice nor the inclusion or omission of information in the summary is intended to affect the legal status of the petition or its final disposition.
Comments on this petition must identify the petition docket number involved and must be received on or before December 12, 2016.
You may send comments identified by docket number FAA-2016-9322 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Lynette Mitterer, ANM-113, Federal Aviation Administration, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356, email
This notice is published pursuant to 14 CFR 11.85.
Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), DOT.
Notice.
This notice provides information regarding FHWA's finding that a Buy America waiver is appropriate for the use of non-domestic iron and steel components in brake assembly with 5″ mill duty shoe, machinery rod ends with 2″ bore, static load capacity 378955 lb. for rehabilitation of Cow Bayou Swing Bridge in the State of Texas.
The effective date of the waiver is November 22, 2016.
For questions about this notice, please contact Mr. Gerald Yakowenko, FHWA Office of Program Administration, (202) 366-1562, or via email at
An electronic copy of this document may be downloaded from the
The FHWA's Buy America policy in 23 CFR 635.410 requires a domestic manufacturing process for any steel or iron products (including protective coatings) that are permanently incorporated in a Federal-aid construction project. The regulation also provides for a waiver of the Buy America requirements when the application would be inconsistent with the public interest or when satisfactory quality domestic steel and iron products are not sufficiently available. This notice provides information regarding FHWA's finding that a Buy America waiver is appropriate for use of non-domestic iron and steel components in brake assembly with 5″ mill duty shoe, machinery rod ends with 2″ bore, static load capacity 378955 lb. for rehabilitation of Cow Bayou Swing Bridge in the State of Texas.
In accordance with the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2016 (Pub. L. 114-113) and the Continuing Appropriations Act of 2017 (Pub. L. 114-223), FHWA published a notice of intent to issue a waiver on its Web site:
In accordance with the provisions of section 117 of the SAFETEA-LU Technical Corrections Act of 2008 (Pub. L. 110-244, 122 Stat. 1572), FHWA is providing this notice as its finding that a waiver of Buy America requirements is appropriate. The FHWA invites public comment on this finding for an additional 15 days following the effective date of the finding. Comments may be submitted to FHWA's Web site via the link provided to the waiver page noted above.
Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), DOT.
Notice.
This notice provides information regarding FHWA's finding that a Buy America waiver is appropriate for the use of non-domestic iron and steel components in four rolling elements of bearing units with 17.3” inner diameter and radial load capacity of 816,000 lb. each for I-5 trunnion shaft replacement project in the State of Oregon.
The effective date of the waiver is November 22, 2016.
For questions about this notice, please contact Mr. Gerald Yakowenko, FHWA Office of Program Administration, (202) 366-1562, or via email at
An electronic copy of this document may be downloaded from the
The FHWA's Buy America policy in 23 CFR 635.410 requires a domestic manufacturing process for any steel or iron products (including protective coatings) that are permanently incorporated in a Federal-aid construction project. The regulation also provides for a waiver of the Buy America requirements when the application would be inconsistent with the public interest or when satisfactory quality domestic steel and iron products are not sufficiently available. This notice provides information regarding FHWA's finding that a Buy America waiver is appropriate for use of non-domestic iron and steel components in four rolling element bearing units with 17.3″ inner diameter and radial load capacity of 816,000 lb. each for I-5 trunnion shaft replacement project in the State of Oregon.
In accordance with the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2016 (Pub. L. 114-113) and the Continuing Appropriations Act of 2017 (Pub. L. 114-223), FHWA published a notice of intent to issue a waiver on its Web site:
The Oregon State DOT, contractors, and subcontractors involved in the procurement of bearing units, are reminded of the need to comply with the Cargo Preference Act in 46 CFR part 38, if applicable.
In accordance with the provisions of section 117 of the SAFETEA-LU Technical Corrections Act of 2008 (Pub. L. 110-244, 122 Stat. 1572), FHWA is providing this notice as its finding that a waiver of Buy America requirements is appropriate. The FHWA invites public comment on this finding for an additional 15 days following the effective date of the finding. Comments may be submitted to FHWA's Web site via the link provided to the waiver page noted above.
23 U.S.C. 313; Pub. L. 110-161, 23 CFR 635.410.
In accordance with part 211 of Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), this provides the public notice that by a document dated October 20, 2016, Sonoma Marin Area Rail Transit District (SMART) requests a rescission of its existing waiver in Docket Number FRA-2008-0010.
In a April 3, 2009 decision letter, the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) approved SMART's application for discontinuance and removal of the interlocking signal system on three drawbridges located on the former Northwestern Pacific Railroad. Among these three was the Haystack Landing Drawbridge over the Petaluma River at milepost (MP) 37.2. SMART is now requesting that the conditions of this relief be changed in order to facilitate the establishment of commuter rail operations on the entire mainline of the former Northwestern Pacific Railroad (NWP). This line is owned by SMART, has has been rebuilt to Class IV track standards, has been equipped with an Automatic Train Control (ATC) system meeting the requirements of 49 CFR part 236, and the deteriorated former swing span has been demolished and replaced with a newly rebuilt single-leaf bascule bridge meeting modern standards. The ATC system is interlocked with the new Haystack Landing Drawbridge and its approaches, including a complete surface alignment and locking detection system, which is compliant with 49 CFR 236.312. This system is interlocked with the new Control Point at Hopper South, formerly known as Petaluma South, which will enforce speeds of 50 mph for passenger trains and 40 mph for freight trains over the bridge when it is properly lined and locked. SMART notes that the conditions of the waiver in Docket Number FRA-2008-0010 shall remain in effect on the other two drawbridges. Those locations are the Brazos Drawbridge at MP 64.7; and the Black Point Drawbridge at MP 28.
A copy of the petition, as well as any written communications concerning the petition, is available for review online at
Interested parties are invited to participate in these proceedings by submitting written views, data, or comments. FRA does not anticipate scheduling a public hearing in connection with these proceedings since the facts do not appear to warrant a hearing. If any interested party desires an opportunity for oral comment, they should notify FRA, in writing, before the end of the comment period and specify the basis for their request.
All communications concerning these proceedings should identify the appropriate docket number and may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Web site:
• Fax: 202-493-2251.
• Mail: Docket Operations Facility, U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., W12-140, Washington, DC 20590.
• Hand Delivery: 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Room W12-140, Washington, DC 20590, between 9 a.m. and 5 p.m., Monday through Friday, except Federal Holidays.
Communications received by December 21, 2016 will be considered by FRA before final action is taken. Comments received after that date will be considered as far as practicable.
Anyone is able to search the electronic form of any written communications and comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the document, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union, etc.). In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT solicits comments from the public to better inform its processes. DOT posts these comments, without edit, including any personal information the commenter provides, to
In accordance with Part 235 of Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations and 49 U.S.C. 20502(a), this document provides the public notice that by a document dated October 18, 2016, Red River Valley & Western Railroad Company (RRVW) petitioned the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) seeking approval for the discontinuance or modification of a signal system. FRA assigned the petition Docket Number FRA-2016-0101.
RRVW seeks approval to retire and remove two stop signs located on its
The reason given for the proposed discontinuance is that RRVW experienced a change in traffic patterns in the last decade and a significant change this past year. The Second Subdivision mainline track has experienced a decline in traffic due to shuttle train traffic rerouting through a new turnout installed at Davenport that now handles a majority of these trains over the Fourth Subdivision instead of the Second Subdivision. Yard limits would remain in effect on both the Second and Fourth Subdivisions. Maximum authorized track speed for these restricted limits is 20 mph, being able to stop short within half the range of vision of the stop sign and other requirements listed by the General Code of Operating Rules 6.13 and 6.27. Maximum speed through the interlocking is 12 mph.
A copy of the petition, as well as any written communications concerning the petition, is available for review online at
Interested parties are invited to participate in these proceedings by submitting written views, data, or comments. FRA does not anticipate scheduling a public hearing in connection with these proceedings since the facts do not appear to warrant a hearing. If any interested party desires an opportunity for oral comment, they should notify FRA, in writing, before the end of the comment period and specify the basis for their request.
All communications concerning these proceedings should identify the appropriate docket number and may be submitted by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Communications received by January 5, 2017 will be considered by FRA before final action is taken. Comments received after that date will be considered as far as practicable.
Anyone is able to search the electronic form of any written communications and comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the document, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union, etc.). In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT solicits comments from the public to better inform its processes. DOT posts these comments, without edit, including any personal information the commenter provides, to
In accordance with part 211 of Title 49 of Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), this provides the public notice that by a document dated August 16, 2016, the Appanoose County Community Railroad (APNC) has petitioned the Federal Railroad Administration (FRA) for a waiver of compliance from certain provisions of the Federal railroad safety regulations contained at 49 CFR 223.11. FRA assigned the petition Docket Number FRA-2016-0087.
APNC has petitioned FRA to grant a waiver of compliance from 49 CFR part 223, Safety Glazing Standards—Locomotives, Passenger Cars and Cabooses, for two locomotives, respectively numbered APNC 973 and APNC 116. APNC is a shortline railroad that operates over approximately 34.5 miles of track, and the majority of its operations are through rural or lightly populated areas. Locomotive number APNC 973 is a GP-7 type locomotive and was built in 1953. Locomotive number APNC 116 is a GP-7M type locomotive and was built in 1953. APNC's petition states that existing glazing on both locomotives is in good condition. The petition further states that APNC has no history of glazing related accidents or injuries and is, therefore, requesting a waiver of the safety glazing requirements.
A copy of the petition, as well as any written communications concerning the petition, is available for review online at
Interested parties are invited to participate in these proceedings by submitting written views, data, or comments. FRA does not anticipate scheduling a public hearing in connection with these proceedings since the facts do not appear to warrant a hearing. If any interested party desires an opportunity for oral comment, they should notify FRA, in writing, before the end of the comment period and specify the basis for their request.
All communications concerning these proceedings should identify the appropriate docket number and may be submitted by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Communications received by January 5, 2017 will be considered by FRA before final action is taken. Comments received after that date will be considered as far as practicable.
Anyone is able to search the electronic form of any written communications and comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the
Department of Transportation.
Notice of public meeting.
This notice announces the first meeting of the National Advisory Committee on Travel and Tourism Infrastructure (NACTTI). At the meeting, members will be sworn-in and begin a discussion of the work they will undertake during their appointment term. The agenda and any additional information for the meeting will be posted, at least one week in advance of the meeting, on the Department of Transportation Web site at
The meeting will be held on December 8, 2016, from 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m., and December 9, 2016, from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., EDT.
The meeting will be held at Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591. Individuals wishing for audio participation and any person requiring accessibility accommodations should contact the Official listed in the for further information contact section.
Anthony Robinson, Special Advisor, U.S. Department of Transportation, Office of the Secretary, at
NACTTI was created in accordance with Section 1431 of the
The meeting will be open to the public on a first-come, first served basis, as space is limited. Members of the public who wish to attend in-person are asked to register, including name and affiliation, to
There will be 30 minutes allotted for oral comments from members of the public joining the meeting. To accommodate as many speakers as possible, the time for public comments may be limited to 5 minutes per person. Individuals wishing to reserve speaking time during the meeting must submit a request at the time of registration, as well as the name, address, and organizational affiliation of the proposed speaker. If the number of registrants requesting to make statements is greater than can be reasonably accommodated during the meeting, the Office of the Secretary may conduct a lottery to determine the speakers. Speakers are requested to submit a written copy of their prepared remarks by 5:00 p.m. EDT on December 1, 2016, for inclusion in the meeting records and for circulation to NACTTI members.
Persons who wish to submit written comments for consideration by NACTTI must send them via email to
Copies of the meeting minutes will be available within 90 days of the meeting on the NACTTI Internet Web site at
Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Treasury.
Notice.
The Secretary of the Treasury is responsible for computing and publishing the percentage rate that is used in assessing interest charges for outstanding debts owed to the Government (The Debt Collection Act of 1982, as amended (codified at 31 U.S.C. 3717)). This rate is also used by agencies as a comparison point in evaluating the cost-effectiveness of a cash discount. In addition, this rate is used in determining when agencies should pay purchase card invoices when the card issuer offers a rebate (5 CFR 1315.8). Notice is hereby given that the applicable rate for calendar year 2017 is 1.00 percent.
January 1, 2017 through December 31, 2017.
E-Commerce Division, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, Department of the Treasury, 401 14th Street SW., Washington, DC 20227 (Telephone: 202-874-9428).
The rate reflects the current value of funds to the Treasury for use in connection with Federal Cash Management systems and is based on investment rates set for purposes of Public Law 95-147, 91 Stat. 1227 (October 28, 1977). Computed each year by averaging Treasury Tax and Loan (TT&L) investment rates for the 12-month period ending every September 30, rounded to the nearest whole percentage, for applicability effective each January 1. Quarterly revisions are made if the annual average, on a moving basis, changes by 2 percentage points. The rate for calendar year 2017 reflects the average investment rates for the 12-month period that ended September 30, 2016.
31 U.S.C. 3717.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
The Department of the Treasury, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13 (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)). Currently, the IRS is soliciting comments concerning tax on certain foreign procurement.
Written comments should be received on or before January 20, 2017 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to Tuawana Pinkston, Internal Revenue Service, Room 6526, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224.
Requests for additional information or copies of the regulations should be directed to Allan Hopkins, at Internal Revenue Service, Room 6129, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington DC 20224, or through the internet at
The following paragraph applies to all of the collections of information covered by this notice:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number. Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their contents may become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
The Department of the Treasury, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13 (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)). Currently, the IRS is soliciting comments concerning Form 8453-R, Declaration and Signature for Electronic Filing of Forms 8947 and 8963.
Written comments should be received on or before January 20, 2017 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to Tuawana Pinkston, Internal Revenue Service, Room 6526, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224.
Requests for additional information or copies of the form and instructions should be directed to Martha R. Brinson, Internal Revenue Service, Room 6129, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224, or through the Internet at
The following paragraph applies to all of the collections of information covered by this notice:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number.
Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their contents may become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
Department of the Treasury.
Notice of availability; Request for comments.
On September 28, 2016, the Department published a notice of availability and request for comments regarding an application to Treasury to reduce benefits under the New York State Teamsters Conference Pension and Retirement Fund in accordance with the Multiemployer Pension Reform Act of 2014 (MPRA). The purpose of this notice is to reopen the comment period to provide more time for interested parties to provide comments.
Comments must be received on or before December 21, 2016.
You may submit comments electronically through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
Comments may also be mailed to the Department of the Treasury, MPRA Office, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Room 1224, Washington, DC 20220. Attn: Eric Berger. Comments sent via facsimile and email will not be accepted.
Additional Instructions. All comments received, including attachments and other supporting materials, will be made available to the public. Do not include any personally identifiable information (such as Social Security number, name, address, or other contact information) or any other information in your comment or supporting materials that you do not want publicly disclosed. Treasury will make comments available for public inspection and copying on
For information regarding the application from the New York State Teamsters Conference Pension and Retirement Fund, please contact Treasury at (202) 622-1534 (not a toll-free number).
The Multiemployer Pension Reform Act of 2014 (MPRA) amended the Internal Revenue Code to permit a multiemployer plan that is projected to have insufficient funds to reduce pension benefits payable to participants and beneficiaries if certain conditions are satisfied. In order to reduce benefits, the plan sponsor is required to submit an application to the Secretary of the Treasury, which Treasury, in consultation with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) and the Department of Labor, is required to approve or deny.
On August 31, 2016, the Board of Trustees of the New York State Teamsters Conference Pension and Retirement Fund (NYS Teamsters Pension Fund) submitted an application for approval to reduce benefits under the plan. As required by MPRA, that application has been published on Treasury's Web site at
This notice announces the reopening of the comment period in order to give additional time for interested parties to provide comments. Comments are requested from interested parties, including contributing employers, employee organizations, and participants and beneficiaries of the NYS Teamsters Pension Fund. Consideration will be given to any comments that are received by Treasury on or before December 21, 2016. Treasury is publishing this notice in the
Comments are requested from interested parties, including participants and beneficiaries, employee organizations, and contributing employers of the NYS Teamsters Pension Fund. Consideration will be given to any comments that are timely received by Treasury.
Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
Section 7412 of title 38, United States Code (U.S.C.) requires the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) Inspector General (IG) to determine and report on the top five occupations of VA personnel covered under 38 U.S.C. 7401, for which there are the largest staffing shortages. The top five occupations are calculated over the five-year period preceding the determination, and the Secretary of Veterans Affairs is required to publish these findings in the
Karen Rasmussen, Management Review Service (10AR), Veterans Health Administration, 810 Vermont Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20420 Telephone: (202) 461-6643. (This is not a toll-free number.)
The Secretary of Veterans Affairs, or designee, approved this document and authorized the undersigned to sign and submit the document to the Office of the Federal Register for publication electronically as an official document of the Department of Veterans Affairs. Gina S. Farrisee, Deputy Chief of Staff, Department of Veterans Affairs, approved this document on November 2, 2016 for publication.
Employee Benefits Security Administration, Labor.
Notice of proposed exemptions.
This document contains notices of pendency before the Department of Labor (the Department) of proposed exemptions from certain of the prohibited transaction restrictions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA or the Act) and/or the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the Code). This notice includes the following proposed exemptions:D-11856, Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. and Certain Current and Future Asset Management Affiliates of Deutsche Bank AG;D-11859, Citigroup, Inc.; D-11861, JPMorgan Chase & Co.; D-11862, Barclays Capital Inc.; D-11906, JPMorgan Chase & Co.; D-11907, UBS Assets Management, UBS Realty Investors, UBS Hedge Fund Solutions LLC, UBS O'Connor LLC, and Certain Future Affiliates in UBS's Asset Management and Wealth Management Americas Divisions; D-11908, Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. and Certain Current and Future Asset Management Affiliates of Deutsche Bank; D-11909, Citigroup, Inc.; and, D-11910, Barclays Capital Inc.
All interested persons are invited to submit written comments or requests for a hearing on the pending exemptions, unless otherwise stated in the Notice of Proposed Exemption, within 45 days from the date of publication of this
Comments and requests for a hearing should state: (1) The name, address, and telephone number of the person making the comment or request, and (2) the nature of the person's interest in the exemption and the manner in which the person would be adversely affected by the exemption. A request for a hearing must also state the issues to be addressed and include a general description of the evidence to be presented at the hearing. All written comments and requests for a hearing (at least three copies) should be sent to the Employee Benefits Security Administration (EBSA), Office of Exemption Determinations, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Suite 400, Washington, DC 20210. Attention: Application No. __, stated in each Notice of Proposed Exemption. Interested persons are also invited to submit comments and/or hearing requests to EBSA via email or FAX. Any such comments or requests should be sent either by email to:
Notice of the proposed exemptions will be provided to all interested persons in the manner agreed upon by the applicant and the Department within 15 days of the date of publication in the
The proposed exemptions were requested in applications filed pursuant to section 408(a) of the Act and/or section 4975(c)(2) of the Code, and in accordance with procedures set forth in 29 CFR part 2570, subpart B (76 FR 66637, 66644, October 27, 2011).
The applications contain representations with regard to the proposed exemptions which are summarized below. Interested persons are referred to the applications on file with the Department for a complete statement of the facts and representations.
The Department is considering granting a temporary exemption under the authority of section 408(a) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA or the Act), and section 4975(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and in accordance with the procedures set forth in 29 CFR part 2570, subpart B (76 FR 66637, 66644, October 27, 2011).
If the proposed temporary exemption is granted, certain entities with specified relationships to Deutsche Bank AG (hereinafter, the DB QPAMs, as further defined in Section II(b)) will not be precluded from relying on the exemptive relief provided by Prohibited Transaction Exemption (PTE) 84-14,
(a) The DB QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than Deutsche Bank, and employees of such DB QPAMs) did not know of, have reason to know of, or participate in the criminal conduct of DSK and DB Group Services that is the subject of the Convictions (for purposes of this paragraph (a), “participate in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Convictions);
(b) The DB QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than Deutsche Bank, and employees of such DB QPAMs) did not receive direct compensation, or knowingly receive indirect compensation, in connection with the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions;
(c) The DB QPAMs will not employ or knowingly engage any of the individuals that participated in the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions (for purposes of this paragraph (c), “participated in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Convictions);
(d) A DB QPAM will not use its authority or influence to direct an “investment fund” (as defined in Section VI(b) of PTE 84-14) that is subject to ERISA or the Code and managed by such DB QPAM to enter into any transaction with DSK or DB Group Services, or engage DSK or DB Group Services to provide any service to such investment fund, for a direct or indirect fee borne by such investment fund, regardless of whether such transaction or service may otherwise be within the scope of relief provided by an administrative or statutory exemption;
(e) Any failure of the DB QPAMs to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 arose solely from the Convictions;
(f) A DB QPAM did not exercise authority over the assets of any plan subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA (an ERISA-covered plan) or section 4975 of the Code (an IRA) in a manner that it knew or should have known would: Further the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions; or cause the QPAM, affiliates, or related parties to directly or indirectly profit from the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions;
(g) DSK and DB Group Services will not provide discretionary asset management services to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, nor will otherwise act as a fiduciary with respect to ERISA-covered plan and IRA assets;
(h)(1) Each DB QPAM must immediately develop, implement, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures (the Policies) requiring and reasonably designed to ensure that:
(i) The asset management decisions of the DB QPAM are conducted independently of Deutsche Bank's corporate management and business activities, including the corporate management and business activities of DB Group Services and DSK;
(ii) The DB QPAM fully complies with ERISA's fiduciary duties and with ERISA and the Code's prohibited transaction provisions, and does not knowingly participate in any violations of these duties and provisions with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs;
(iii) The DB QPAM does not knowingly participate in any other person's violation of ERISA or the Code with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs;
(iv) Any filings or statements made by the DB QPAM to regulators, including but not limited to, the Department of Labor, the Department of the Treasury, the Department of Justice, and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, on behalf of ERISA-covered plans or IRAs are materially accurate and complete, to the best of such QPAM's knowledge at that time;
(v) The DB QPAM does not make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with such regulators with respect to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, or make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients;
(vi) The DB QPAM complies with the terms of this temporary exemption; and
(vii) Any violation of, or failure to comply with, an item in subparagraph (ii) through (vi), is corrected promptly upon discovery, and any such violation or compliance failure not promptly corrected is reported, upon the discovery of such failure to promptly correct, in writing, to appropriate corporate officers, the head of compliance and the General Counsel (or their functional equivalent) of the relevant DB QPAM, the independent auditor responsible for reviewing compliance with the Policies, and an appropriate fiduciary of any affected ERISA-covered plan or IRA where such fiduciary is independent of Deutsche Bank; however, with respect to any ERISA-covered plan or IRA sponsored by an “affiliate” (as defined in Section VI(d) of PTE 84-14) of Deutsche Bank or beneficially owned by an employee of Deutsche Bank or its affiliates, such fiduciary does not need to be independent of Deutsche Bank. A DB QPAM will not be treated as having failed to develop, implement, maintain, or follow the Policies, provided that it corrects any instance of noncompliance promptly when discovered or when it reasonably should have known of the noncompliance (whichever is earlier), and provided that it adheres to the reporting requirements set forth in this subparagraph (vii);
(2) Each DB QPAM must immediately develop and implement a program of training (the Training), conducted at least annually, for all relevant DB QPAM asset/portfolio management, trading, legal, compliance, and internal audit personnel. The Training must be set forth in the Policies and at a minimum, cover the Policies, ERISA and Code compliance (including applicable fiduciary duties and the prohibited transaction provisions), ethical conduct, the consequences for not complying with the conditions of this temporary exemption (including any loss of exemptive relief provided herein), and prompt reporting of wrongdoing;
(i)(1) Each DB QPAM submits to an audit conducted by an independent auditor, who has been prudently selected and who has appropriate technical training and proficiency with ERISA and the Code, to evaluate the adequacy of, and the DB QPAM's compliance with, the Policies and Training described herein. The audit requirement must be incorporated in the Policies. The audit period under this proposed temporary exemption begins on October 24, 2016, and continues through the entire effective period of this temporary exemption (the Audit Period). The Audit Period will cover the contiguous periods of time during which PTE 2016-12, the Extension of PTE 2015-15 (81 FR 75153, October 28, 2016) (the Extension) and this proposed temporary exemption are effective. The audit terms contained in this paragraph (i) supersede the terms of paragraph (f) of the Extension. However, in determining compliance with the conditions for the Extension and this proposed temporary exemption, including the Policies and Training requirements, for purposes of conducting the audit, the auditor will rely on the conditions for exemptive relief as then applicable to the respective portions of the Audit Period. The audit must be completed no later than six (6) months after the period to which the audit applies;
(2) To the extent necessary for the auditor, in its sole opinion, to complete its audit and comply with the conditions for relief described herein, and as permitted by law, each DB QPAM and, if applicable, Deutsche
(3) The auditor's engagement must specifically require the auditor to determine whether each DB QPAM has developed, implemented, maintained, and followed the Policies in accordance with the conditions of this temporary exemption, and has developed and implemented the Training, as required herein;
(4) The auditor's engagement must specifically require the auditor to test each DB QPAM's operational compliance with the Policies and Training. In this regard, the auditor must test a sample of each QPAM's transactions involving ERISA-covered plans and IRAs sufficient in size and nature to afford the auditor a reasonable basis to determine the operational compliance with the Policies and Training;
(5) For each audit, on or before the end of the relevant period described in Section I(i)(1) for completing the audit, the auditor must issue a written report (the Audit Report) to Deutsche Bank and the DB QPAM to which the audit applies that describes the procedures performed by the auditor during the course of its examination. The Audit Report must include the auditor's specific determinations regarding: The adequacy of the DB QPAM's Policies and Training; the DB QPAM's compliance with the Policies and Training; the need, if any, to strengthen such Policies and Training; and any instance of the respective DB QPAM's noncompliance with the written Policies and Training described in Section I(h) above. Any determination by the auditor regarding the adequacy of the Policies and Training and the auditor's recommendations (if any) with respect to strengthening the Policies and Training of the respective DB QPAM must be promptly addressed by such DB QPAM, and any action taken by such DB QPAM to address such recommendations must be included in an addendum to the Audit Report (which addendum is completed prior to the certification described in Section I(i)(7) below). Any determination by the auditor that the respective DB QPAM has implemented, maintained, and followed sufficient Policies and Training must not be based solely or in substantial part on an absence of evidence indicating noncompliance. In this last regard, any finding that the DB QPAM has complied with the requirements under this subsection must be based on evidence that demonstrates the DB QPAM has actually implemented, maintained, and followed the Policies and Training required by this temporary exemption; and
(6) The auditor must notify the respective DB QPAM of any instance of noncompliance identified by the auditor within five (5) business days after such noncompliance is identified by the auditor, regardless of whether the audit has been completed as of that date;
(7) With respect to each Audit Report, the General Counsel, or one of the three most senior executive officers of the DB QPAM to which the Audit Report applies, must certify in writing, under penalty of perjury, that the officer has reviewed the Audit Report and this temporary exemption; addressed, corrected, or remedied any inadequacy identified in the Audit Report; and determined that the Policies and Training in effect at the time of signing are adequate to ensure compliance with the conditions of this proposed temporary exemption, and with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code;
(8) The Risk Committee of Deutsche Bank's Board of Directors is provided a copy of each Audit Report; and a senior executive officer with a direct reporting line to the highest ranking legal compliance officer of Deutsche Bank must review the Audit Report for each DB QPAM and must certify in writing, under penalty of perjury, that such officer has reviewed each Audit Report;
(9) Each DB QPAM provides its certified Audit Report, by regular mail to: the Department's Office of Exemption Determinations (OED), 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Suite 400, Washington, DC 20210, or by private carrier to: 122 C Street NW., Suite 400, Washington, DC 20001-2109, no later than 45 days following its completion. The Audit Report will be part of the public record regarding this temporary exemption. Furthermore, each DB QPAM must make its Audit Report unconditionally available for examination by any duly authorized employee or representative of the Department, other relevant regulators, and any fiduciary of an ERISA-covered plan or IRA, the assets of which are managed by such DB QPAM;
(10) Each DB QPAM and the auditor must submit to OED: (A) Any engagement agreement(s) entered into pursuant to the engagement of the auditor under this exemption; and (B) any engagement agreement entered into with any other entity retained in connection with such QPAM's compliance with the Training or Policies conditions of this proposed temporary exemption, no later than six (6) months after the effective date of this temporary exemption (and one month after the execution of any agreement thereafter);
(11) The auditor must provide OED, upon request, all of the workpapers created and utilized in the course of the audit, including, but not limited to: The audit plan; audit testing; identification of any instance of noncompliance by the relevant DB QPAM; and an explanation of any corrective or remedial action taken by the applicable DB QPAM; and
(12) Deutsche Bank must notify the Department at least 30 days prior to any substitution of an auditor, except that no such replacement will meet the requirements of this paragraph unless and until Deutsche Bank demonstrates to the Department's satisfaction that such new auditor is independent of Deutsche Bank, experienced in the matters that are the subject of the exemption, and capable of making the determinations required of this exemption;
(j) Effective as of the effective date of this temporary exemption, with respect to any arrangement, agreement, or contract between a DB QPAM and an ERISA-covered plan or IRA for which a DB QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services, each DB QPAM agrees:
(1) To comply with ERISA and the Code, as applicable with respect to such ERISA-covered plan or IRA; to refrain from engaging in prohibited transactions that are not otherwise exempt (and to promptly correct any inadvertent prohibited transactions); and to comply with the standards of prudence and loyalty set forth in section 404 of ERISA with respect to each such ERISA-covered plan and IRA;
(2) Not to require (or otherwise cause) the ERISA-covered plan or IRA to waive, limit, or qualify the liability of the DB QPAM for violating ERISA or the Code or engaging in prohibited transactions;
(3) Not to require the ERISA-covered plan or IRA (or sponsor of such ERISA-covered plan or beneficial owner of such IRA) to indemnify the DB QPAM for violating ERISA or engaging in prohibited transactions, except for violations or prohibited transactions caused by an error, misrepresentation, or misconduct of a plan fiduciary or other party hired by the plan fiduciary who is independent of Deutsche Bank;
(4) Not to restrict the ability of such ERISA-covered plan or IRA to terminate or withdraw from its arrangement with the DB QPAM (including any investment in a separately managed account or pooled fund subject to ERISA
(5) Not to impose any fees, penalties, or charges for such termination or withdrawal with the exception of reasonable fees, appropriately disclosed in advance, that are specifically designed to prevent generally recognized abusive investment practices or specifically designed to ensure equitable treatment of all investors in a pooled fund in the event such withdrawal or termination may have adverse consequences for all other investors, provided that such fees are applied consistently and in like manner to all such investors;
(6) Not to include exculpatory provisions disclaiming or otherwise limiting liability of the DB QPAM for a violation of such agreement's terms, except for liability caused by an error, misrepresentation, or misconduct of a plan fiduciary or other party hired by the plan fiduciary who is independent of Deutsche Bank and its affiliates; and
(7) To indemnify and hold harmless the ERISA-covered plan or IRA for any damages resulting from a violation of applicable laws, a breach of contract, or any claim arising out of the failure of such DB QPAM to qualify for the exemptive relief provided by PTE 84-14 as a result of a violation of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 other than the Convictions;
Within four (4) months of the effective date of this temporary exemption, each DB QPAM will provide a notice of its obligations under this Section I(j) to each ERISA-covered plan and IRA for which the DB QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services;
(k) The DB QPAMs comply with each condition of PTE 84-14, as amended, with the sole exceptions of the violations of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 that are attributable to the Convictions;
(l) Deutsche Bank disgorged all of its profits generated by the spot/futures-linked market manipulation activities of DSK personnel that led to the Conviction against DSK entered on January 25, 2016, in Seoul Central District Court;
(m) Each DB QPAM will maintain records necessary to demonstrate that the conditions of this temporary exemption have been met, for six (6) years following the date of any transaction for which such DB QPAM relies upon the relief in the temporary exemption;
(n) During the effective period of this temporary exemption, Deutsche Bank: (1) Immediately discloses to the Department any Deferred Prosecution Agreement (a DPA) or Non-Prosecution Agreement (an NPA) that Deutsche Bank or any of its affiliates enter into with the U.S Department of Justice, to the extent such DPA or NPA involves conduct described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 or section 411 of ERISA; and (2) immediately provides the Department any information requested by the Department, as permitted by law, regarding the agreement and/or the conduct and allegations that led to the agreements; and
(o) A DB QPAM will not fail to meet the terms of this temporary exemption, solely because a different DB QPAM fails to satisfy a condition for relief under this temporary exemption described in Sections I(c), (d), (h), (i), (j), (k), and (m).
(a) The term “Convictions” means (1) the judgment of conviction against DB Group Services, in Case 3:15-cr-00062-RNC to be entered in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut to a single count of wire fraud, in violation of 18 U.S.C. 1343, and (2) the judgment of conviction against DSK entered on January 25, 2016, in Seoul Central District Court, relating to charges filed against DSK under Articles 176, 443, and 448 of South Korea's Financial Investment Services and Capital Markets Act for spot/futures-linked market price manipulation. For all purposes under this exemption, “conduct” of any person or entity that is the “subject of [a] Conviction” encompasses any conduct of Deutsche Bank and/or their personnel, that is described in the Plea Agreement (including the Factual Statement thereto), Court judgments (including the judgment of the Seoul Central District Court), criminal complaint documents from the Financial Services Commission in Korea, and other official regulatory or judicial factual findings that are a part of this record;
(b) The term “DB QPAM” means a “qualified professional asset manager” (as defined in section VI(a)
(c) The term “Deutsche Bank” means Deutsche Bank AG but, unless indicated otherwise, does not include its subsidiaries or affiliates;
(d) The term “U.S. Conviction Date” means the date that a judgment of conviction against DB Group Services, in Case 3:15-cr-00062-RNC, is entered in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut;
(e) The term “DB Group Services” means DB Group Services UK Limited, an “affiliate” of Deutsche Bank (as defined in Section VI(c) of PTE 84-14) based in the United Kingdom;
(f) The term “DSK” means Deutsche Securities Korea Co., a South Korean “affiliate” of Deutsche Bank (as defined in Section VI(c) of PTE 84-14);
(g) The term “Plea Agreement” means the Plea Agreement (including the Factual Statement thereto), dated April 23, 2015, between the Antitrust Division and Fraud Section of the Criminal Division of the U.S. Department of Justice (the DOJ) and DB Group Services resolving the actions brought by the DOJ in Case 3:15-cr-00062-RNC against DB Group Services for wire fraud in violation of Title 18, United States Code, Section 1343 related to the manipulation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR); and
(h) The terms “ERISA-covered plan” and “IRA” mean, respectively, a plan subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA and a plan subject to section 4975 of the Code;
The proposed exemption would provide relief from certain of the restrictions set forth in sections 406 and 407 of ERISA. If granted, no relief from a violation of any other law would be provided by this exemption.
Furthermore, the Department cautions that the relief in this proposed temporary exemption would terminate immediately if, among other things, an entity within the Deutsche Bank corporate structure is convicted of a crime described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 (other than the Conviction) during the effective period of the exemption. While such an entity could apply for a new exemption in that circumstance, the Department would not be obligated to grant the exemption. The terms of this proposed temporary exemption have been specifically designed to permit plans to terminate their relationships in an orderly and cost effective fashion in the event of an additional conviction or a determination that it is otherwise prudent for a plan to terminate its relationship with an entity covered by the proposed exemption.
1. Deutsche Bank AG (together with its current and future affiliates, Deutsche Bank) is a German banking corporation and a commercial bank. Deutsche Bank, with and through its affiliates, subsidiaries and branches, provides a wide range of banking, fiduciary, recordkeeping, custodial, brokerage and investment services to, among others, corporations, institutions, governments, employee benefit plans, government retirement plans and private investors. Deutsche Bank had €68.4 billion in total shareholders' equity and €1,709 billion in total assets as of December 31, 2014.
2. Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. (DIMA) is an investment adviser registered with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. DIMA and other wholly-owned subsidiaries of Deutsche Bank provide discretionary asset-management services to employee benefit plans and IRAs. Such entities include: (A) DIMA; (B) Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., which is a dual-registrant with the SEC under the Advisers Act as an investment adviser and broker-dealer; (C) RREEF America L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company and investment adviser registered with the SEC under the Advisers Act; (D) Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York and supervised by the New York State Department of Financial Services, a member of the Federal Reserve and an FDIC-insured bank; (E) Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, a national banking association, organized under the laws of the United States and supervised by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and a member of the Federal Reserve; (F) Deutsche Bank Trust Company, NA, a national banking association, organized under the laws of the United States and supervised by the OCC; (G) Deutsche Alternative Asset Management (Global) Limited, a London-based investment adviser registered with the SEC under the Advisers Act; (H) Deutsche Investments Australia Limited, a Sydney, Australia-based investment adviser registered with the SEC under the Advisers Act; (I) DeAWM Trust Company (DTC), a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of New Hampshire and subject to supervision of the New Hampshire Banking Department; and the four following entities which currently do not rely on PTE 84-14 for the management of any ERISA-covered plan or IRA assets, but may in the future: (J) Deutsche Asset Management (Hong Kong) Ltd.; (K) Deutsche Asset Management International GmbH; (L) DB Investment Managers, Inc.; and (M) Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch.
3.
4.
5. The Department notes that the rules set forth in section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA) and section 4975(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
6. Under the authority of ERISA section 408(a) and Code section 4975(c)(2), the Department has the authority to grant exemptions from such “prohibited transactions” in accordance with the procedures set forth in 29 CFR part 2570, subpart B (76 FR 66637, 66644, October 27, 2011).
7. Class Prohibited Transaction Exemption 84-14 (PTE 84-14)
8. However, Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 prevents an entity that may otherwise meet the definition of QPAM from utilizing the exemptive relief provided by PTE 84-14, for itself and its client plans, if that entity or an affiliate thereof or any owner, direct or indirect, of a 5 percent or more interest in the QPAM has, within 10 years immediately preceding the transaction, been either convicted or released from imprisonment, whichever is later, as a result of certain specified criminal activity described in that section. The Department notes that Section I(g) was included in PTE 84-14, in part, based on the expectation that a QPAM, and those who may be in a position to influence its policies, maintain a high standard of integrity.
9. Deutsche Bank represents that certain current and future “affiliates” of DSK and DB Group Services, as that term is defined in Section VI(d) of PTE 84-14, may act as QPAMs in reliance on the relief provided in PTE 84-14 (these entities are collectively referred to as the “DB QPAMs” or the “Applicant”). The DB QPAMs are currently comprised of several wholly-owned direct and indirect subsidiaries of Deutsche Bank including: (A) DIMA; (B) Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., which is a dual-registrant with the SEC under the Advisers Act as an investment adviser and broker-dealer; (C) RREEF America L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company and investment adviser registered with the SEC under the Advisers Act; (D) Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York and supervised by the New York State Department of Financial Services, a member of the Federal Reserve and an FDIC-insured bank; (E) Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, a national banking association, organized under the laws of the United States and supervised by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and a member of the Federal Reserve; (F) Deutsche Bank Trust Company, NA, a national banking association, organized under the laws of the United States and supervised by the OCC; (G) Deutsche Alternative Asset Management (Global) Limited, a London-based investment adviser registered with the SEC under the Advisers Act; (H) Deutsche Investments Australia Limited, a Sydney, Australia-based investment adviser registered with the SEC under the Advisers Act; (I) DeAWM Trust Company (DTC), a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of New Hampshire and subject to supervision of the New Hampshire Banking Department; and the four following entities which currently do not rely on PTE 84-14 for the management of any ERISA-covered plan or IRA assets, but may in the future: (J) Deutsche Asset Management (Hong Kong) Ltd.; (K) Deutsche Asset Management International GmbH; (L) DB Investment Managers, Inc.; and (M) Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch.
10. DIMA notes that discretionary asset management services are provided to ERISA-covered plans, IRAs and others under the following Asset & Wealth Management (AWM) business lines, each of which may be served by one or more of the DB QPAMs: (A) Wealth Management—Private Client Services and Wealth Management—Private Bank ($178.1 million in ERISA assets, $643.9 million in IRA assets and $1.8 million in rabbi trust assets); (B) Active Management ($299 million in ERISA assets, $227.9 million in governmental plan assets, and $141.7 million in rabbi trust assets); (C) Alternative and Real Assets ($7.4 billion in ERISA-covered and governmental plan assets);
11. The Applicant represents that the AWM business is separate from Group Services. The DB QPAMs that serve the AWM business have their own boards of directors. The Applicant represents that the AWM business has its own legal and compliance teams. The Applicant further notes that the DB QPAMs are subject to certain policies and procedures that are designed to, among other things, ensure that asset management decisions are made without inappropriate outside influence, applicable law and governing documents are followed, personnel act with professionalism and in the best interests of clients, clients are treated fairly, confidential information is protected, conflicts of interest are avoided, errors are reported and a high degree of integrity is maintained.
12. Deutsche Securities Korea Co. (DSK), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Deutsche Bank, is a broker-dealer organized in Korea and supervised by the Financial Supervisory Service in Korea. The Absolute Strategy Group (ASG) of Deutsche Bank's Hong Kong Branch (DB HK) conducts index arbitrage trading for proprietary accounts in Asian markets, including Korea. On January 25, 2016, DSK was convicted in Seoul Central District Court (the Korean Court), under Articles 176, 443, and 448 of South Korea's Financial Investment Services and Capital Markets Act (FSCMA) for spot/futures-linked market price manipulation. The Korean Court issued a written decision (the Korean Decision) in connection with the Korean Conviction.
13. Deutsche Bank represents that index arbitrage trading is a trading strategy through which an investor such as Deutsche Bank seeks to earn a return by identifying and exploiting a difference between the value of futures contracts in respect of a relevant equity index and the spot value of the index, as determined by the current market price of the constituent stocks. For instance, where the futures contracts are deemed to be overpriced by reference to the spot value of the index (
14. Deutsche Bank represents that ASG pursued an index arbitrage trading strategy in various Asian markets, including Korea. In Korea, the index arbitrage position involved the Korean Composite Stock Price Index (KOSPI 200 Index), which reflects stocks commonly traded on the Korea Exchange (KRX). Deutsche Bank represents that, while ASG tried to track the KOSPI 200 Index as closely as possible, there is a limit on foreign ownership for certain shares such as telecommunication companies. Thus, once ASG's cash position reached this limitation, DSK carried the remainder and ASG's book, combined with DSK's book for Korea telecommunication companies, reflected ASG's overall KOSPI 200 index arbitrage position.
15. On November 11, 2010, the Applicant states that ASG “unwound” an arbitrage position on the KOSPI 200 Index through DSK.
16. Prior to the unwinding, but after the decision to unwind was made, ASG had taken certain derivative positions, including put options on the KOSPI 200 Index. Thus, ASG earned a profit when the KOSPI 200 Index declined as a result of the unwind trades (the derivative positions and unwind trades cumulatively referred to as the Trades). DSK had also purchased put options on that day that resulted in it earning a profit as a result of the drop of the KOSPI 200 Index. The aggregate amount of profit earned from such Trades was approximately $40 million.
17. The Seoul Central District Prosecutor's Office (the Korean Prosecutors) alleged that the Trades constitute spot/futures linked market manipulation, a criminal violation under Korean securities law. In this regard, the Korean Prosecutors alleged that ASG unwound its cash position of certain securities listed on the KRX(spot) through DSK, and caused a fluctuation in the market price of securities related to exchange-traded derivatives (the put options) for the purpose of gaining unfair profit from such exchange-traded derivatives. On August 19, 2011, the Korean Prosecutors indicted DSK and four individuals on charges of stock market manipulation to gain unfair profits. Two of the individuals, Derek Ong and Bertrand Dattas, worked for ASG at DB HK. Mr. Ong was a Managing Director and head of ASG, with power and authority with respect to the KOSPI 200 Index arbitrage trading conducted by Deutsche Bank. Mr. Dattas served as a Director of ASG and was responsible for the direct operations of the KOSPI 200 Index arbitrage trading. Philip Lonergan, the third individual, was employed by Deutsche Bank Services (Jersey) Limited. At the time of the transaction, Mr. Lonergan was seconded to DB HK and served as Head of Global Market Equity, Trading and Risk. Mr. Lonergan served as Mr. Ong's regional superior and was in charge of risk management for his team. The fourth individual charged, Do-Joon Park, was employed by DSK, serving as a Managing Director of Global Equity Derivatives (GED) at DSK and was in charge of the index arbitrage trading using DSK's book that had been integrated into and managed by ASG. Mr. Park was also a de facto chief officer of equity and derivative product operations of DSK.
18. The Korean Prosecutors' case against DSK was based on Korea's criminal vicarious liability provision, under which DSK may be held vicariously liable for an act of its employee (
19. The trial commenced in January 2012 in the Korean Court. The Korean Court convicted both DSK and Mr. Park on January 25, 2016. The Korean Court sentenced Mr. Park to five years imprisonment. Upon conviction, the
20. DB Group Services is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Deutsche Bank located in the United Kingdom. On April 23, 2015, DB Group Services pled guilty in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut to a single count of wire fraud, in violation of 18 U.S.C. 1343 (the Plea Agreement), related to the manipulation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) described below. In connection with the Plea Agreement with DB Group Services, the DOJ filed a Statement of Fact (the DOJ Plea Factual Statement) that details the underlying conduct that serves as the basis for the criminal charges and impending US Conviction.
21. According to the DOJ Plea Factual Statement, LIBOR is a benchmark interest rate used in financial markets around the world. Futures, options, swaps, and other derivative financial instruments traded in the over-the-counter market. The LIBOR for a given currency is derived from a calculation based upon submissions from a panel of banks for that currency (the Contributor Panel) selected by the British Bankers' Association (BBA). Each member of the Contributor Panel would submit its rates electronically. Once each Contributor Panel bank had submitted its rate, the contributed rates were ranked. The highest and lowest quartiles were excluded from the calculation, and the middle two quartiles (
22. The DOJ Plea Factual Statement states that, from 2006 to 2011, Deutsche Bank's Global Finance and Foreign Exchange business units (GFFX) had employees in multiple entities associated with Deutsche Bank, in multiple locations around the world including London and New York. Deutsche Bank, through the GFFX unit, employed traders in both its Pool Trading groups (Pool) and its Money Market Derivatives (MMD) groups. Many of the GFFX traders based in London were employed by DB Group Services.
23. According to the DOJ Plea Factual Statement, Deutsche Bank's Pool traders engaged in, among other things, cash trading and overseeing Deutsche Bank's internal funding and liquidity. Deutsche Bank's Pool traders traded a variety of financial instruments. Deutsche Bank's Pool traders were primarily responsible for formulating and submitting Deutsche Bank's LIBOR and EURIBOR daily contributions. Deutsche Bank's MMD traders, on the other hand, were responsible for, among other things, trading a variety of financial instruments, some of which, such as interest rate swaps and forward rate agreements, were tied to LIBOR and EURIBOR. The DOJ Plea Factual Statement notes that both the Pool traders and the MMD traders worked in close proximity and reported to the same chain of command. DB Group Services employed many of Deutsche Bank's London-based Pool and MMD traders.
24. Deutsche Bank and DB Group Services's derivatives traders (the Derivatives Traders) were responsible for trading a variety of financial instruments, some of which, such as interest rate swaps and forward rate agreements, were tied to reference rates such as LIBOR and EURIBOR. According to the DOJ Plea Factual Statement, from approximately 2003 through at least 2010, the Derivatives Traders defrauded their counterparties by secretly manipulating U.S. Dollar (USD), Yen, and Pound Sterling LIBOR, as well as the EURO Interbank Offered Rate (EURIBOR, and collectively, the IBORs or IBOR). The Derivatives Traders requested that the IBOR submitters employed by Deutsche Bank and other banks send in IBORs that would benefit the Derivatives Traders' trading positions, rather than rates that complied with the definitions of the IBORs. According to the DOJ, Deutsche Bank employees engaged in this collusion through face-to-face requests, electronic communications, which included both emails and electronic chats, and telephone calls.
25. The DOJ Plea Factual Statement explains that when the Derivatives Traders' requests for favorable IBOR submissions were taken into account by the submitters, the resultant contributions affected the value and cash flows of derivatives contracts, including interest rate swap contracts. In accommodating these requests, the Derivatives Traders and submitters were engaged in a deceptive course of conduct in an effort to gain an advantage over their counterparties. As part of this effort: (1) The Deutsche Bank Pool and MMD Traders submitted materially false and misleading IBOR contributions; and (2) Derivatives Traders, after initiating and continuing their effort to manipulate IBOR contributions, entered into derivative transactions with counterparties that did not know that the Deutsche Bank personnel were often manipulating the relevant rate.
26. The DOJ Plea Factual Statement notes that from 2003 through at least 2010, DB Group Services employees regularly sought to manipulate USD LIBOR to benefit their trading positions and thereby benefit themselves and Deutsche Bank. During most of this period, traders at Deutsche Bank who traded products linked to USD LIBOR were primarily located in London and New York. DB Group Services employed almost all of the USD LIBOR traders who were located in London and involved in the misconduct. Throughout the period during which the misconduct occurred, the Deutsche Bank USD LIBOR submitters in London sat within feet of the USD LIBOR traders. This physical proximity enabled the traders and submitters to conspire to make and solicit requests for particular LIBOR submissions.
27. Pursuant to the Plea Agreement that DB Group Services entered into with the DOJ on April 23, 2015, pleading guilty to wire fraud for manipulation of LIBOR, DB Group Services also agreed: (A) To work with its parent company (Deutsche Bank) in fulfilling obligations undertaken by the Bank in connection with its own settlements; (B) to continue to fully cooperate with the DOJ and any other law enforcement or government agency designated by the DOJ in a manner consistent with applicable laws and regulations; and (C) to pay a fine of $150 million.
28. On April 23, 2015, Deutsche Bank AG entered into a deferred prosecution agreement (DPA) with the DOJ, in disposition of a 2-count criminal information charging Deutsche Bank with one count of wire fraud, in violation of Title 18, United States Code, Section 1343, and one count of price-fixing, in violation of the Sherman Act, Title 15, United States Code, Section 1. By entering into the DPA, Deutsche Bank AG agreed, among other things: (A) To continue to cooperate with the DOJ and any other law enforcement or government agency; (B) to retain an independent compliance monitor for three years, subject to extension or early termination, to be selected by the DOJ from among qualified candidates proposed by the Bank; (C) to further strengthen its internal controls as recommended by the monitor and as required by other settlements; and (D) to pay a penalty of $625 million.
29. On April 23, 2015, Deutsche Bank AG and Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch (DB NY) also entered into a consent order with the New York State Department of Financial Services (NY DFS) in which Deutsche Bank AG and DB NY agreed to pay a penalty of $600 million. Furthermore, Deutsche Bank AG and DB NY engaged an independent monitor selected by the NY DFS in the exercise of the NY DFS's sole discretion, for a 2-year engagement. Finally, the NY DFS ordered that certain employees involved in the misconduct be terminated, or not be allowed to hold or assume any duties, responsibilities, or activities involving compliance, IBOR submissions, or any matter relating to U.S. or U.S. Dollar operations.
30. Furthermore, the United States Commodities Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) entered a consent order, dated April 23, 2015, requiring Deutsche Bank AG to cease and desist from certain violations of the Commodity Exchange Act, to pay a fine of $800 million, and to agree to certain undertakings.
31. The United Kingdom's Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) issued a final notice (Final Notice), dated April 23, 2015, imposing a fine of £226.8 million on Deutsche Bank AG. In its Final Notice, the FCA cited Deutsche Bank's inadequate systems and controls specific to IBOR. The FCA noted that Deutsche Bank had defective systems to support the audit and investigation of misconduct by traders; and Deutsche Bank's systems for identifying and recording traders' telephone calls and for tracing trading books to individual traders were inadequate. The FCA's Final Notice provided that Deutsche Bank took over two years to identify and produce all relevant audio recordings requested by the FCA. Furthermore, according to the Final Notice, Deutsche Bank gave the FCA misleading information about its ability to provide a report commissioned by Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht, Germany's Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (BaFin). In addition, the FCA notes in its Final Notice that Deutsche Bank provided it with a false attestation that stated that its systems and controls in relation to LIBOR were adequate, an attestation known to be false by the person who drafted it. The Final Notice provides that, in one instance, Deutsche Bank, in error, destroyed 482 tapes of telephone calls, despite receiving an FCA notice requiring their preservation, and provided inaccurate information to the regulator about whether other records existed.
32. Finally, BaFin set forth preliminary findings based on an audit of LIBOR related issues in a May 15, 2015, letter to Deutsche Bank. At that time, BaFin raised certain questions about the extent of certain senior managers' possible awareness of wrongdoing within Deutsche Bank.
33. The Korean Conviction caused the DB QPAMs to violate Section I(g) of PTE 84-14. As a result, the Department granted, and later extended the effective period for, PTE 2015-15, which allows the DB QPAMs to rely on the relief provided by PTE 84-14, notwithstanding the January 25, 2016 Korean Conviction. The Department granted, and extended, PTE 2015-15 in order to protect ERISA-covered plans and IRAs from IRAs from certain costs and/or investment losses that could have occurred to the extent the DB QPAMs lost their ability to rely on PTE 84-14 as a result of the Korean Conviction. PTE 2015-15 and its extension, PTE 2016-12 (81 FR 75153, October 28, 2016) (the Extension) are subject to enhanced conditions that are protective of the rights of the participants and beneficiaries of affected ERISA-covered plans and IRAs.
34. The Applicant represents that date on which the US Conviction will be entered (the U.S. Conviction Date) is tentatively scheduled for April 3, 2017, will also cause DB QPAMs to violate Section I(g) of PTE 84-14. Therefore, Deutsche Bank requests a single, new exemption that would permit the DB QPAMs, and their ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients, to continue to utilize the relief in PTE 84-14, notwithstanding both the Korean Conviction and the US Conviction.
35. The Department is proposing a temporary exemption herein to allow the DB QPAMs to rely on PTE 84-14 notwithstanding the Korean Conviction and the US Conviction, subject to a comprehensive suite of protective conditions designed to protect the rights of the participants and beneficiaries of the ERISA-covered plans and IRAs that are managed by DB QPAMs. This proposed temporary exemption would be effective for a period of up to one year beginning on the U.S. Conviction Date; and ending on the earlier of the date that is twelve months after the U.S. Conviction Date or the effective date of a final agency action made by the Department in connection with Exemption Application No. D-11908. In this regard, elsewhere today in the
This temporary exemption will allow the Department sufficient time to contemplate whether or not to grant the five-year exemption without risking the sudden loss of exemptive relief for the DB QPAMs upon the expiration of the relief provided by the Extension. The Extension expires upon the earlier of April 23, 2017 or the effective date of a final agency action in connection with this proposed temporary exemption (
36. This temporary exemption will not apply to Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. (DBSI).
This temporary exemption will also not apply with respect to Deutsche Bank AG (the parent entity) or any of its branches. The Applicant represents that neither Deutsche Bank AG nor its branches have relied on the relief provided by PTE 84-14 since the date of the Korean Conviction.
37. Finally, the Applicant represents that it currently does not have a reasonable basis to believe that any pending criminal investigation
38. Deutsche Bank represents that it has voluntarily disgorged its profits generated from exercising derivative positions and put options in connection with the activity associated with the Korean Conviction. DSK also suspended its proprietary trading from April 2011 to 2012, and thereafter DSK only engaged in limited proprietary trading (but not index arbitrage trading).
39. Deutsche Bank states that Mr. Ong and Mr. Dattas were terminated for cause by DB HK on December 6, 2011, and Mr. Lonergan was terminated on January 31, 2012. In addition, Mr. Park was suspended for six months due to Korean administrative sanctions, and remained on indefinite administrative leave, until being terminated effective January 25, 2016. John Ripley, a New York-based employee of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (DBSI) who was not indicted, was also terminated in October 2011.
40. Deutsche Bank represents that it has significantly modified its compensation structure. Specifically, Deutsche Bank: Eliminated the use of “percentage of trading profit” contracts once held by two traders involved in the LIBOR case; extended the vesting/distribution period for deferred compensation arrangements; made compliance with its internal policies a significant determinant of bonus awards; and modified its compensation plans to facilitate forfeiture/clawback of compensation when employees are found after the fact to have engaged in wrongdoing. Deutsche Bank represents that the forfeiture/clawback provisions of its compensation plans have been altered so as to permit action against employees even when misconduct is discovered years later.
41. With respect to the LIBOR-related misconduct, Deutsche Bank represents that it has separated from or disciplined the employees responsible. With the exceptions described below, none of the employees determined to be responsible for the misconduct remains employed by Deutsche Bank. Deutsche Bank represents that, during the initial phase of its internal investigation into the LIBOR matters, it terminated the two employees most responsible for the misconduct, including the Global Head of Money Market and Derivatives Trading.
42. Deutsche Bank then terminated five benchmark submitters in its Frankfurt office, including the Head of Global Finance and Foreign Exchange in Frankfurt. Four of these employees successfully challenged their termination in a German Labor court, and one employee entered into a separation agreement with Deutsche Bank after initially indicating that he would challenge the termination decision. With respect to the four employees who challenged their termination, the Bank agreed to mediate the employee labor disputes and reached settlements with the four employees. Pursuant to the settlements, the two more senior employees remained on paid leave through the end of 2015 and then have no association with Deutsche Bank. The two more junior employees have returned to the Bank in non-risk-taking roles. They do not work for any DB QPAMs and have no involvement in the Bank's AWM business or the setting of interest rate benchmarks. Deutsche Bank represents that it also terminated four additional individuals, and another eight individuals left the bank before facing disciplinary action.
43. Deutsche Bank represents that it will take action to terminate any additional employees who are determined to have been involved in the improper benchmark manipulation conduct, as well as those who knew about it and approved it. Moreover, the Applicant states that Deutsche Bank has taken further steps, both on its own and in consultation with U.S. and foreign regulators, to discipline those whose performance fell short of DB's expectations in connection with the above-described conduct.
44. The Applicant represents that the proposed exemption is in the interests of affected ERISA-covered plans and IRAs. Deutsche Bank represents that the DB QPAMS provide discretionary asset management services under several business lines, including (A) Alternative and Real Assets (ARA); (B) Alternatives & Fund Solutions (AFS); (C) Active Management (AM); and (D) Wealth Management—Private Client Services and Wealth Management—Private Bank. Deutsche Bank asserts that plans will incur direct transaction costs in liquidating and reinvesting their portfolios. According to Deutsche Bank, the direct transaction costs of liquidating and reinvesting ERISA-covered plan, IRA and ERISA-like assets
45. Deutsche Bank states that its managers provide discretionary asset management services, through both separately managed accounts and four pooled funds subject to ERISA, to a total of 46 ERISA-covered plan accounts, with total assets under management (AuM) of $1.1 billion. Deutsche Bank estimates that the underlying plans cover in total at least 640,000 participants. Deutsche Bank represents that its managers provide asset management services, through both separately managed accounts and pooled funds subject to ERISA, to a total of 22 governmental plan accounts, with total AuM of $7.1 billion. The underlying plans cover at least 3 million participants. With respect to church plans and rabbi trust accounts, Deutsche Bank investment managers separately manage accounts and a pooled fund subject to ERISA, to a total of 4 church plan and rabbi trust accounts, with total AuM of $318.3 million. With respect to ERISA-covered Plan, IRA, Governmental Plan and Church Plan Accounts in Non-Plan Asset Pooled Funds, Deutsche Bank represents that its asset managers manages 175 ERISA-covered plan accounts with interests totaling $4.23 billion, 178 IRAs with interests totaling $29 million, 66 governmental plan accounts with interests totaling $2.08 billion, and 14 church plan accounts with interests totaling $67.1 million.
46. Deutsche Bank contends that ERISA-covered, IRA, governmental plan and other plan investors that terminate or withdraw from their relationship with their DB QPAM manager may be harmed in several specific ways, including: The costs of searching for and evaluating a new manager; the costs of leaving a pooled fund and finding a replacement fund or investment vehicle; and the lack of a secondary market for certain investments and the costs of liquidation.
47. Deutsche Bank represents that its ARA business line provides discretionary asset management services to, among others, 17 ERISA accounts and 18 governmental plan accounts. The largest account has $1.6 billion in AuM. ERISA-covered and governmental plans total $7.4 billion in AuM. Deutsche Bank estimates that the underlying plans cover at least 2.7 million participants. ARA provides these services through separately managed accounts and pooled funds subject to ERISA. ARA also provides discretionary asset management services, through a separately managed account, to one church plan with total AuM of $168.6 million and, through a pooled fund subject to ERISA, to two church plans with total AuM of $7.9 million.
Deutsche Bank argues that PTE 84-14 is the sole exemption available to ARA for investments in direct real estate for separately managed accounts.
48. Deutsche Bank represents that, as a result of terminating ARA's management, a typical plan client may incur $30,000 to $40,000 in consulting fees in searching for a new manager as well as $10,000 to $30,000 in legal fees. Furthermore, with respect to direct real estate investments, Deutsche Bank states that plan clients may face direct transaction costs of 30-100 basis points for early liquidation, or a $4.8 million to $16 million loss for its largest ARA governmental plan client; as well as a 10-20% discount for early liquidation, or a $162.5 million to $325 million loss for the largest ARA governmental plan client. With respect to non-direct real estate investments, Deutsche Bank states that plan clients may face direct transaction costs of 20-60 basis points, or $933,000 for ARA's largest ERISA client.
49. Deutsche Bank notes that ARA manages seven unregistered real estate investment trusts and other funds that currently rely on one or more exceptions to the Department's plan asset regulation. Interests in the funds are held by 131 ERISA-covered plan accounts, 63 governmental plan accounts and 14 church plan accounts. Deutsche Bank represents that the largest holding in these funds by an ERISA-covered plan account is $647.4 million. Holdings by all ERISA plan accounts in these funds total $4.21 billion. The underlying ERISA-covered plans cover at least 2 million participants. The largest holding by a governmental plan account in these funds is $286.5 million. Holdings of all governmental plan accounts in these funds total $2.07 billion. The underlying plans cover at least 6.1 million participants. The largest holding by a church plan is $16 million. Holdings of all church plans in these funds total $67.1 million.
50. Deutsche Bank represents that its AFS business line manages 28 unregistered, closed-end, private equity funds, with $2.8 billion in total assets, in which ERISA-covered, IRA and governmental plans invest. Interests in these funds are held by, among others, 44 ERISA-covered plan accounts, 178 IRAs and 3 governmental plan accounts. Holdings by all ERISA-covered plan accounts total $20.8 million. Deutsche Bank notes that the underlying plans cover at least 57,000 participants. Holdings by all IRAs total $29 million. Holdings by all governmental plans total $14.1 million. These funds invest primarily in equity interests issued by other private equity funds. The funds currently rely on the 25% benefit plan investor participation exception under the Department's plan asset regulation.
51. Deutsche Bank contends that, in the event the AFS business line cannot rely upon the exemptive relief of PTE 84-14, all plans would have to undertake the time and expense of identifying suitable transferees, accept a discounted sale price, comply with applicable transfer rules and pay the funds a transfer fee, which may run to $5,000 or more. Deutsche Bank states that, in locating a replacement fund, a typical plan could incur 6-8 months of delay, $30,000-$40,000 in consultant fees for a private manager/fund search, 25-50 hours in client time and $10,000-$30,000 in legal fees to review subscription agreements and negotiate side letters.
52. Deutsche Bank represents that its AM business line provides discretionary asset management services to separately managed plan accounts, including five ERISA-covered plan accounts and three governmental plan accounts. The largest ERISA account is $164.2 million. Total ERISA AuM is $299.2 million. The underlying ERISA-covered plans cover at least 143,000 participants. The largest governmental plan account is $164.3 million. Total governmental plan AuM is $227.9 million. The underlying plans cover at least 731,000 participants. Deutsche Bank notes that AM also provides such services to one rabbi trust with total AuM of $141.7 million.
53. Deutsche Bank represents that the AM line manages these accounts with a variety of strategies, including: (A) Equities, (B) fixed income, (C) overlay, (D) commodities, and (E) cash. These strategies involve a range of asset classes
54. Deutsche Bank estimates that, in the event the AM business line cannot rely upon the exemptive relief of PTE 84-14, plan clients would typically incur $30,000 to $40,000 in consulting fees related to a new manager search, up to 5 basis points in direct transaction costs, and $15,000-$30,000 in legal costs to negotiate each new futures, cleared derivatives, swap or other trading agreements.
55. Deutsche Bank represents that its Wealth Management—Private Client Services and Wealth Management—Private Bank business lines manage $178.1 million in ERISA assets, $643.9 million in IRA assets, and $1.8 million of rabbi trust assets (Wealth Management—Private Bank). Deutsche Bank asserts that causing plan clients to change managers will lead the plans and IRAs to incur transaction costs, estimated at 2.5 basis points overall.
56. The Applicant has proposed certain conditions it believes are protective of plans and IRAs with respect to the transactions described herein. The Department has determined to revise and supplement the proposed conditions so that it can make its required finding that the requested exemption is protective of the rights of participants and beneficiaries of affected plans and IRAs.
57. Several of the conditions underscore the Department's understanding, based on Deutsche Bank's representations, that the affected DB QPAMs were not involved in the misconduct that is the subject of the Convictions. The temporary exemption, if granted as proposed, mandates that the DB QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than Deutsche Bank, and employees of such DB QPAMs) did not know of, have reason to know of, or participate in the criminal conduct of DSK and DB Group Services that is the subject of the Convictions. For purposes of this requirement, “participate in” includes an individual's knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Convictions. Furthermore, the DB QPAMs (including their officers, directors, employees, and agents other than Deutsche Bank) cannot have received direct compensation, or knowingly received indirect compensation, in connection with the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions.
58. The proposed temporary exemption defines the Convictions as: (1) The judgment of conviction against DB Group Services, in Case 3:15-cr-00062-RNC to be entered in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut to a single count of wire fraud, in violation of 18 U.S.C. 1343 (the US Conviction); and (2) the judgment of conviction against DSK entered on January 25, 2016, in Seoul Central District Court, relating to charges filed against DSK under Articles 176, 443, and 448 of South Korea's Financial Investment Services and Capital Markets Act for spot/futures-linked market price manipulation (the Korean Conviction). The Department notes that the “conduct” of any person or entity that is the “subject of [a] Conviction” encompasses any conduct of Deutsche Bank and/or their personnel, that is described in the Plea Agreement (including the Factual Statement), Court judgments (including the judgment of the Seoul Central District Court), criminal complaint documents from the Financial Services Commission in Korea, and other official regulatory or judicial factual findings that are a part of this record.
59. The Department expects that DB QPAMs will rigorously ensure that the individuals associated with the misconduct will not be employed or knowingly engaged by such QPAMs. In this regard, the proposed temporary exemption mandates that the DB QPAMs will not employ or knowingly engage any of the individuals that knowingly participated in the spot/futures-linked market manipulation or LIBOR manipulation activities that led to the Convictions, respectively. For purposes of this condition, “participated in” includes an individual's knowing or tacit approval of the behavior that is the subject of the Convictions. Further, a DB QPAM will not use its authority or influence to direct an “investment fund” (as defined in Section VI(b) of PTE 84-14) that is subject to ERISA or the Code and managed by such DB QPAM to enter into any transaction with DSK or DB Group Services, nor otherwise engage DSK or DB Group Services to provide additional services to such investment fund, for a direct or indirect fee borne by such investment fund, regardless of whether such transaction or services may otherwise be within the scope of relief provided by an administrative or statutory exemption.
60. The DB QPAMs must comply with each condition of PTE 84-14, as amended, with the sole exceptions of the violations of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 that are attributable to the Convictions. Further, any failure of the DB QPAMs to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 must result solely from the US Conviction and the Korean Conviction.
61. No relief will be provided by this temporary exemption to the extent that a DB QPAM exercised its authority over the assets of any plan subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA (an ERISA-covered plan) or section 4975 of the Code (an IRA) in a manner that it knew or should have known would: Further the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions; or cause the QPAM, affiliates, or related parties to directly or indirectly profit from the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions.
Further, no temporary relief will be provided to the extent DSK or DB Group Services provides any discretionary asset management services to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs or otherwise act as a fiduciary with respect to ERISA-covered plan or IRA assets.
62.
63.
64.
This proposed temporary exemption requires that the audit described herein must “look back” to cover the period of time beginning on the effective date of the Extension, October 24, 2016, and ending on the earlier the date that is twelve months following the U.S. Conviction Date; or the effective date of a final agency action made by the Department in connection with Exemption Application No. D-11908 (the Audit Period). The audit must be completed no later than six (6) months after the Audit Period. In order to harmonize the audit required herein with the audit required by the Extension, the audit requirement described in paragraph (i) of this temporary exemption expressly supersedes paragraph (f) of the Extension. However, in determining the DB QPAMs' compliance with the provisions of the Extension and the temporary exemption for purposes of conducting the audit, the auditor will rely on the conditions for exemptive relief as then applicable to the respective portions of the Audit Period.
The audit condition requires that, to the extent necessary for the auditor, in its sole opinion, to complete its audit and comply with the conditions for relief described herein, and as permitted by law, each DB QPAM and, if applicable, Deutsche Bank, will grant the auditor unconditional access to its business, including, but not limited to: Its computer systems; business records; transactional data; workplace locations; training materials; and personnel.
The auditor's engagement must specifically require the auditor to determine whether each DB QPAM has complied with the Policies and Training conditions described herein, and must further require the auditor to test each DB QPAM's operational compliance with the Policies and Training. The auditor must issue a written report (the Audit Report) to Deutsche Bank and the DB QPAM to which the audit applies that describes the procedures performed by the auditor during the course of its examination. The Audit Report must include the auditor's specific determinations regarding: The adequacy of the DB QPAM's Policies and Training; the DB QPAM's compliance with the Policies and Training; the need, if any, to strengthen such Policies and Training; and any instance of the respective DB QPAM's noncompliance with the written Policies and Training.
Any determination by the auditor regarding the adequacy of the Policies and Training and the auditor's recommendations (if any) with respect to strengthening the Policies and Training of the respective DB QPAM must be promptly addressed by such DB QPAM, and any action taken by such DB QPAM to address such recommendations must be included in an addendum to the Audit Report. Any determination by the auditor that the respective DB QPAM has implemented, maintained, and followed sufficient Policies and Training must not be based solely or in substantial part on an absence of evidence indicating noncompliance. In this last regard, any finding that the DB QPAM has complied with the requirements under this subsection must be based on evidence that demonstrates the DB QPAM has actually implemented, maintained, and followed the Policies and Training required by this temporary exemption. Furthermore, the auditor must notify the respective DB QPAM of any instance of noncompliance identified by the auditor within five (5) business days after such noncompliance is identified by the auditor, regardless of whether the audit has been completed as of that date.
This proposed temporary exemption requires that certain senior personnel of Deutsche Bank review the Audit Report, make certifications, and take various corrective actions. In this regard, the General Counsel, or one of the three most senior executive officers of the DB QPAM to which the Audit Report applies, must certify in writing, under penalty of perjury, that the officer has reviewed the Audit Report and this exemption; addressed, corrected, or remedied any inadequacy identified in the Audit Report; and determined that the Policies and Training in effect at the time of signing are adequate to ensure compliance with the conditions of this proposed temporary exemption and with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code. The Risk Committee of Deutsche Bank's Board of Directors is provided a copy of each Audit Report; and a senior executive officer with a direct reporting line to the highest ranking legal compliance officer of Deutsche Bank must review the Audit Report for each DB QPAM and must certify in writing, under penalty of
In order to create a more transparent record in the event that the proposed temporary relief is granted, each DB QPAM must provide its certified Audit Report to the Department no later than 45 days following its completion. The Audit Report will be part of the public record regarding this temporary exemption. Furthermore, each DB QPAM must make its Audit Report unconditionally available for examination by any duly authorized employee or representative of the Department, other relevant regulators, and any fiduciary of an ERISA-covered plan or IRA, the assets of which are managed by such DB QPAM. Additionally, each DB QPAM and the auditor must submit to the Department any engagement agreement(s) entered into pursuant to the engagement of the auditor under this temporary exemption; and any engagement agreement entered into with any other entity retained in connection with such QPAM's compliance with the Training or Policies conditions of this proposed temporary exemption, no later than six (6) months after the effective date of this temporary exemption (and one month after the execution of any agreement thereafter). Finally, if the temporary exemption is granted, the auditor must provide the Department, upon request, all of the workpapers created and utilized in the course of the audit, including, but not limited to: The audit plan; audit testing; identification of any instance of noncompliance by the relevant DB QPAM; and an explanation of any corrective or remedial action taken by the applicable DB QPAM.
In order to enhance oversight of the compliance with the temporary exemption, Deutsche Bank must notify the Department at least 30 days prior to any substitution of an auditor, and Deutsche Bank must demonstrate to the Department's satisfaction that any new auditor is independent of Deutsche Bank, experienced in the matters that are the subject of the temporary exemption, and capable of making the determinations required of this temporary exemption.
65.
66. Within four (4) months of the effective date of this proposed temporary exemption, each DB QPAM will provide a notice of its obligations under Section I(j) to each ERISA-covered plan and IRA client for which the DB QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services.
67. Each DB QPAM must maintain records necessary to demonstrate that the conditions of this proposed temporary exemption have been met, for six (6) years following the date of any transaction for which such DB QPAM relies upon the relief in the proposed temporary exemption.
68. Certain of the conditions of the temporary exemption are specifically directed at Deutsche Bank. In this regard, Deutsche Bank must have disgorged all of its profits generated by the spot/futures-linked market manipulation activities of DSK personnel that led to the Conviction against DSK entered on January 25, 2016, in Seoul Central District Court.
69. The proposed temporary exemption mandates that, during the effective period of this temporary exemption, Deutsche Bank: Must (1) immediately disclose to the Department any Deferred Prosecution Agreement (a DPA) or Non-Prosecution Agreement (an NPA) that Deutsche Bank or an affiliate enters into with the U.S Department of Justice, to the extent such DPA or NPA involves conduct described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 or section 411 of ERISA; and (2) immediately provide the Department any information requested by the Department, as permitted by law, regarding the agreement and/or the conduct and allegations that led to the agreements. In this regard, any conduct that would have constituted a violation of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 or given rise to the prohibition described under section 411 of ERISA if such conduct had resulted in a conviction, but instead was the subject of a DPA or NPA
70. Deutsche Bank represents that the proposed temporary exemption is administratively feasible because it does not require any monitoring by the Department but relies on an independent auditor to determine that the exemption conditions are being complied with. Furthermore, the requested temporary exemption does not require the Department's oversight because, as a condition of this proposed temporary exemption, neither DB Group Services nor DSK will provide any fiduciary or QPAM services to ERISA covered plans and IRAs.
71. Given the revised and new conditions described above, the Department has tentatively determined that the temporary relief sought by the Applicant satisfies the statutory requirements for an exemption under section 408(a) of ERISA.
All written comments and/or requests for a hearing must be received by the Department within five days of the date of publication of this proposed temporary exemption in the
All comments will be made available to the public.
Scott Ness of the Department, telephone (202) 693-8561. (This is not a toll-free number.)
The Department is considering granting a temporary exemption under the authority of section 408(a) of the Act (or ERISA) and section 4975(c)(2) of the Code, and in accordance with the procedures set forth in 29 CFR part 2570, subpart B (76 FR 66637, 66644, October 27, 2011).
If the proposed temporary exemption is granted, the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs and the Citigroup Related QPAMs, as defined in Sections II(a) and II(b), respectively, will not be precluded from relying on the exemptive relief provided by Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 84-14 (PTE 84-14 or the QPAM Exemption),
(a) Other than a single individual who worked for a non-fiduciary business within Citigroup's Markets and Securities Services business, and who had no responsibility for, and exercised no authority in connection with, the management of plan assets, the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs and the Citigroup Related QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than Citicorp, and employees of such Citigroup QPAMs) did not know of, have reason to know of, or participate in the criminal conduct of Citicorp that is the subject of the Conviction (for purposes of this paragraph (a), “participate in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Conviction);
(b) Other than a single individual who worked for a non-fiduciary business within Citigroup's Markets and Securities Services business, and who had no responsibility for, and exercised no authority in connection with, the management of plan assets, the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs and the Citigroup Related QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than Citicorp, and employees of such Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs), did not receive direct compensation, or knowingly receive indirect compensation in connection with the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction;
(c) The Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs will not employ or knowingly engage any of the individuals that participated in the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction (for purposes of this paragraph (c), “participated in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Conviction);
(d) A Citigroup Affiliated QPAM will not use its authority or influence to direct an “investment fund” (as defined in Section VI(b) of PTE 84-14), that is subject to ERISA or the Code and managed by such Citigroup Affiliated QPAM, to enter into any transaction with Citicorp or the Markets and Securities Services business of Citigroup, or to engage Citicorp or the Markets and Securities Services business of Citigroup, to provide any service to such investment fund, for a direct or indirect fee borne by such investment fund, regardless of whether such transaction or service may otherwise be within the scope of relief provided by an administrative or statutory exemption;
(e) Any failure of a Citigroup Affiliated QPAM or a Citigroup Related QPAM to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 arose solely from the Conviction;
(f) A Citigroup Affiliated QPAM or a Citigroup Related QPAM did not exercise authority over the assets of any plan subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA (an ERISA-covered plan) or section 4975 of the Code (an IRA) in a manner that it knew or should have known would: Further the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction; or cause the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM or the Citigroup Related QPAM or its affiliates or related parties to directly or indirectly profit from the criminal
(g) Citicorp and the Markets and Securities Services business of Citigroup will not provide discretionary asset management services to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, nor will otherwise act as a fiduciary with respect to ERISA-covered plan and IRA assets;
(h)(1) Within four (4) months of the Conviction, each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM must develop, implement, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures (the Policies) requiring and reasonably designed to ensure that:
(i) The asset management decisions of the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM are conducted independently of the corporate management and business activities of Citigroup, including the corporate management and business activities of the Markets and Securities Services business of Citigroup;
(ii) The Citigroup Affiliated QPAM fully complies with ERISA's fiduciary duties, and with ERISA and the Code's prohibited transaction provisions, and does not knowingly participate in any violations of these duties and provisions with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs;
(iii) The Citigroup Affiliated QPAM does not knowingly participate in any other person's violation of ERISA or the Code with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs;
(iv) Any filings or statements made by the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM to regulators, including but not limited to, the Department, the Department of the Treasury, the Department of Justice, and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, on behalf of ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, are materially accurate and complete, to the best of such QPAM's knowledge at that time;
(v) The Citigroup Affiliated QPAM does not make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with such regulators with respect to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, or make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with ERISA-covered plans and IRA clients;
(vi) The Citigroup Affiliated QPAM complies with the terms of this temporary exemption; and
(vii) Any violation of, or failure to comply with an item in subparagraphs (ii) through (vi), is corrected promptly upon discovery, and any such violation or compliance failure not promptly corrected is reported, upon discovering the failure to promptly correct, in writing, to appropriate corporate officers, the head of compliance, and the General Counsel (or their functional equivalent) of the relevant Citigroup Affiliated QPAM, and an appropriate fiduciary of any affected ERISA-covered plan or IRA, where such fiduciary is independent of Citigroup; however, with respect to any ERISA-covered plan or IRA sponsored by an “affiliate” (as defined in Section VI(d) of PTE 84-14) of Citigroup or beneficially owned by an employee of Citigroup or its affiliates, such fiduciary does not need to be independent of Citigroup. A Citigroup Affiliated QPAM will not be treated as having failed to develop, implement, maintain, or follow the Policies, provided that it corrects any instance of noncompliance promptly when discovered, or when it reasonably should have known of the noncompliance (whichever is earlier), and provided that it adheres to the reporting requirements set forth in this subparagraph (vii);
(2) Within four (4) months of the date of the Conviction, each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM must develop and implement a program of training (the Training), conducted at least annually, for all relevant Citigroup Affiliated QPAM asset/portfolio management, trading, legal, compliance, and internal audit personnel. The Training must be set forth in the Policies and, at a minimum, cover the Policies, ERISA and Code compliance (including applicable fiduciary duties and the prohibited transaction provisions), ethical conduct, the consequences for not complying with the conditions of this temporary exemption (including any loss of exemptive relief provided herein), and prompt reporting of wrongdoing;
(i)(1) Effective as of the effective date of this temporary exemption, with respect to any arrangement, agreement, or contract between a Citigroup Affiliated QPAM and an ERISA-covered plan or IRA for which a Citigroup Affiliated QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services, each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM agrees:
(i) To comply with ERISA and the Code, as applicable, with respect to such ERISA-covered plan or IRA; to refrain from engaging in prohibited transactions that are not otherwise exempt (and to promptly correct any inadvertent prohibited transactions); and to comply with the standards of prudence and loyalty set forth in section 404 of ERISA, as applicable, with respect to each such ERISA-covered plan and IRA;
(ii) Not to require (or otherwise cause) the ERISA covered plan or IRA to waive, limit, or qualify the liability of the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM for violating ERISA or the Code or engaging in prohibited transactions;
(iii) Not to require the ERISA-covered plan or IRA (or sponsor of such ERISA-covered plan or beneficial owner of such IRA) to indemnify the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM for violating ERISA or the Code, or engaging in prohibited transactions, except for violations or prohibited transactions caused by an error, misrepresentation, or misconduct of a plan fiduciary or other party hired by the plan fiduciary, which is independent of Citigroup, and its affiliates;
(iv) Not to restrict the ability of such ERISA-covered plan or IRA to terminate or withdraw from its arrangement with the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM (including any investment in a separately managed account or pooled fund subject to ERISA and managed by such QPAM), with the exception of reasonable restrictions, appropriately disclosed in advance, that are specifically designed to ensure equitable treatment of all investors in a pooled fund in the event such withdrawal or termination may have adverse consequences for all other investors as a result of the actual lack of liquidity of the underlying assets, provided that such restrictions are applied consistently and in like manner to all such investors;
(v) Not to impose any fee, penalty, or charge for such termination or withdrawal, with the exception of reasonable fees, appropriately disclosed in advance, that are specifically designed to prevent generally recognized abusive investment practices, or specifically designed to ensure equitable treatment of all investors in a pooled fund in the event such withdrawal or termination may have adverse consequences for all other investors, provided that each such fee is applied consistently and in like manner to all such investors;
(vi) Not to include exculpatory provisions disclaiming or otherwise limiting liability of the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM for a violation of such agreement's terms, except for liability caused by an error, misrepresentation, or misconduct of a plan fiduciary or other party hired by the plan fiduciary which is independent of Citigroup, and its affiliates; and
(vii) To indemnify and hold harmless the ERISA-covered plan or IRA for any damages resulting from a violation of applicable laws, a breach of contract, or any claim arising out of the failure of such Citigroup Affiliated QPAM to qualify for the exemptive relief provid
(2) Within four (4) months of the date of the Conviction, each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM will provide a notice of its obligations under this Section I(i) to each ERISA-covered plan and IRA for which a Citigroup Affiliated QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services;
(j) The Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs must comply with each condition of PTE 84-14, as amended, with the sole exception of the violation of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 that is attributable to the Conviction;
(k) Each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM will maintain records necessary to demonstrate that the conditions of this temporary exemption have been met, for six (6) years following the date of any transaction for which such Citigroup Affiliated QPAM relies upon the relief in the temporary exemption;
(l) During the effective period of this temporary exemption, Citigroup: (1) Immediately discloses to the Department any Deferred Prosecution Agreement (a DPA) or Non-Prosecution Agreement (an NPA) with the U.S. Department of Justice to the extent such DPA or NPA involves conduct described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 or section 411 of ERISA; and
(2) Immediately provides the Department any information requested by the Department, as permitted by law, regarding the agreement and/or the conduct and allegations that led to the agreement; and
(m) A Citigroup Affiliated QPAM or a Citigroup Related QPAM will not fail to meet the terms of this temporary exemption solely because a different Citigroup Affiliated QPAM or Citigroup Related QPAM fails to satisfy a condition for relief under this temporary exemption, described in Sections I(c), (d), (h), (i), (j), and (k).
(a) The term “Citigroup Affiliated QPAM” means a “qualified professional asset manager” (as defined in section VI(a)
(b) The term “Citigroup Related QPAM” means any current or future “qualified professional asset manager” (as defined in section VI(a) of PTE 84-14) that relies on the relief provided by PTE 84-14, and with respect to which Citigroup owns a direct or indirect five percent or more interest, but with respect to which Citigroup is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Section VI(d)(1) of PTE 84-14).
(c) The terms “ERISA-covered plan” and “IRA” mean, respectively, a plan subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA and a plan subject to section 4975 of the Code;
(d) The term “Citigroup” means Citigroup, Inc., the parent entity, and does not include any subsidiaries or other affiliates;
(e) The term “Conviction” means the judgment of conviction against Citigroup for violation of the Sherman Antitrust Act, 15 U.S.C. 1, which is scheduled to be entered in the District Court for the District of Connecticut (the District Court)(Case Number 3:15-cr-78-SRU), in connection with Citigroup, through one of its euro/U.S. dollar (EUR/USD) traders, entering into and engaging in a combination and conspiracy to fix, stabilize, maintain, increase or decrease the price of, and rig bids and offers for, the EUR/USD currency pair exchanged in the FX spot market by agreeing to eliminate competition in the purchase and sale of the EUR/USD currency pair in the United States and elsewhere. For all purposes under this temporary exemption, “conduct” of any person or entity that is the “subject of [a] Conviction” encompasses any conduct of Citigroup and/or their personnel, that is described in the Plea Agreement, (including the Factual Statement), and other official regulatory or judicial factual findings that are a part of this record; and
(f) The term “Conviction Date” means the date that a judgment of Conviction against Citicorp is entered by the District Court in connection with the Conviction.
The proposed exemption would provide relief from certain of the restrictions set forth in sections 406 and 407 of ERISA. No relief from a violation of any other law would be provided by this exemption, including any criminal conviction described herein.
Furthermore, the Department cautions that the relief in this proposed exemption would terminate immediately if, among other things, an entity within the Citigroup corporate structure is convicted of a crime described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 (other than the Conviction) during the effective period of the exemption. While such an entity could apply for a new exemption in that circumstance, the Department would not be obligated to grant the exemption. The terms of this proposed exemption have been specifically designed to permit plans to terminate their relationships in an orderly and cost effective fashion in the event of an additional conviction or a determination that it is otherwise prudent for a plan to terminate its relationship with an entity covered by the proposed exemption.
1. Citigroup is a global diversified financial services holding company incorporated in Delaware and headquartered in New York, New York. Citigroup and its affiliates provide consumers, corporations, governments and institutions with a broad range of financial products and services, including consumer banking and credit, corporate and investment banking, securities brokerage, trade and securities
2. Citigroup currently operates, for management reporting purposes, via two primary business segments which include: (a) Citigroup's Global Consumer Banking businesses (GCB); and (b) Citigroup's Institutional Clients Group (ICG).
GCB includes a global, full-service consumer franchise delivering a wide array of retail banking, commercial banking, Citi-branded credit cards and investment services through a network of local branches, offices and electronic delivery systems. GCB had 3,280 branches in 35 countries around the world. For the year ended December 31, 2014, GCB had $399 billion of average assets and $331 billion of average deposits.
ICG provides a broad range of banking and financial products and services to corporate, institutional, public sector and high-net-worth clients in approximately 100 countries. ICG transacts with clients in both cash instruments and derivatives, including fixed income, foreign currency, equity and commodity products. ICG is divided into several business lines including: (a) Citi Corporate and Investment Banking; (b) Treasury and Trade Solutions; (c) Markets and Securities Services; and (d) Citi Private Bank (CPB).
3. The Applicant represents that Citigroup has several affiliates that provide investment management services.
Within the United States, Citigroup's Advisory Businesses are conducted within CPB and GCG. Together, CPB and GCG provide services to over 44,000 customer advisory accounts with assets under management totaling over $33 billion. Of these, there are over 20,000 accounts for ERISA pension plans and individual retirement accounts (IRAs) (collectively, Retirement Accounts), with assets under management of approximately $3.8 billion.
Although each of the advisory programs offered by the Advisory Businesses is unique, most utilize independent third-party managers on a discretionary or nondiscretionary basis, as determined by the client. Other programs such as Citi Investment Management (CIM), which operates through both the CGMI and CPB business units, primarily provide advice concerning the selection of individual securities for CPB clients.
CPB, GCG, CBNA, CGMI and their affiliates provide administrative, management and/or technical services designed to implement and monitor client's investment guidelines, and in certain nondiscretionary programs, offer recommendations on investing and re-investing portfolio assets for the client's consideration. CPB provides private banking services, and offers its clients access to a broad array of products and services available through bank and non-bank affiliates of Citigroup. GCG services include U.S. and international retail banking, U.S. consumer lending, international consumer finance, and commercial finance. Citibank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Citigroup and a national banking association which provides fiduciary advisory services.
4. CGMI is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Citigroup whose principal activities include retail and institutional private client services which include: (a) Advice with respect to financial markets; (b) the execution of securities and commodities transactions as a broker or dealer; (c) securities underwriting; (d) investment banking; (e) investment management (including fiduciary and administrative services); and (f) trading and holding securities and commodities for its own account. CGMI holds a number of registrations, including registration as an investment adviser, a securities broker-dealer, and a futures commission merchant.
CPA is also a wholly-owned subsidiary of Citigroup and provides advisory services to private investment funds that are organized to invest primarily in other private investment funds advised by third-party managers.
The Applicant represents that trading decisions and investment strategy of current Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs for their clients is not shared with Citigroup employees outside of the Advisory Business, nor do employees of the Advisory Business consult with other Citigroup affiliates prior to making investment decisions on behalf of clients.
5. On May 20, 2015, the Applicant filed an application for exemptive relief from the prohibitions of sections 406(a) and 406(b) of ERISA, and the sanctions resulting from the application of section 4975 of the Code, by reason of section 4975(c)(1) of the Code, in connection with a conviction that would make the relief in PTE 84-14 unavailable to any current or future Citigroup-related investment managers.
The U.S. Department of Justice (Department of Justice) has conducted an investigation of certain conduct and practices of Citigroup in the FX spot market. To resolve the Department of Justice's investigation, Citicorp, a Delaware corporation that is a financial services holding company and the direct parent company of Citibank, entered into a plea agreement with the Department of Justice (the Plea Agreement), to be approved by the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut (the District Court), pursuant to which Citicorp has pleaded guilty to one count of an antitrust violation of the Sherman Antitrust Act, 15 U.S.C. 1 (15 U.S.C. 1). The Plea Agreement acknowledges that Citigroup has provided “substantial assistance” to the Department of Justice in carrying out its investigation.
As set forth in the Plea Agreement, from at least December 2007 and continuing to at least January 2013 (the Relevant Period), Citicorp, through one London-based euro/U.S. dollar (EUR/USD) trader employed by Citibank, entered into and engaged in a conspiracy to fix, stabilize, maintain, increase or decrease the price of, and rig bids and offers for, the EUR/USD currency pair exchanged in the FX spot market by agreeing to eliminate competition in the purchase and sale of the EUR/USD currency pair in the United States and elsewhere. The criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction included near daily
Under the terms of the Plea Agreement, the Department of Justice and Citicorp have agreed that the District Court should impose a sentence requiring Citicorp to pay a criminal fine of $925 million. The Plea Agreement also provides for a three-year term of probation, with conditions to include, among other things, Citigroup's continued implementation of a compliance program designed to prevent and detect the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction throughout its operations, as well as Citigroup's further strengthening of its compliance and internal controls as required by other regulatory or enforcement agencies that have addressed the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction, including: (a) The U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the CFTC), pursuant to its settlement with Citibank on November 11, 2014, requiring remedial measures to strengthen the control framework governing Citigroup's FX trading business; (b) the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, pursuant to its settlement with Citibank on November 11, 2014, requiring remedial measures to improve the control framework governing Citigroup's wholesale trading and benchmark activities; (c) the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (FCA), pursuant to its settlement with Citibank on November 11, 2014; and (d) the U.S. Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB), pursuant to its settlement with Citigroup entered into concurrently with the Plea Agreement with Department of Justice, requiring remedial measures to improve Citigroup's controls for FX trading and activities involving commodities and interest rate products.
6. The Applicant states that in January 2016, Nigeria's Federal Director of Public Prosecutions filed charges against a Nigerian subsidiary of Citibank and fifteen individuals (some of whom are current or former employees of that subsidiary) relating to specific credit facilities provided to a certain customer in 2000 to finance the import of goods. The Applicant represents that these charges are the latest of a series of charges that were filed and then withdrawn between 2007 and 2011. The Applicant also represents that to its best knowledge, it does not have a reasonable basis to believe that the discretionary asset management activities of any Citigroup QPAMs are subject to these charges. Further, the Applicant represents that it does not have a reasonable basis to believe that there are any pending criminal investigations involving Citigroup or any of its affiliates that would cause a reasonable plan or IRA customer not to hire or retain the institution as a QPAM.
7. Notwithstanding the aforementioned charges, once the Conviction is entered, the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs and the Citigroup Related QPAMs, as well as their client plans that are subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA (ERISA-covered plans) or section 4975 of the Code (IRAs), will no longer be able to rely on PTE 84-14, pursuant to the anti-criminal rule set forth in section I(g) of the class exemption, absent an individual exemption. The Applicant is seeking an individual exemption that would permit the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs and the Citigroup Related QPAMs, and their ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients to continue to utilize the relief in PTE 84-14, notwithstanding the anticipated Conviction, provided that such QPAMs satisfy the additional conditions imposed by the Department in the proposed temporary exemption herein.
8. The Applicant represents that the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction was neither widespread nor pervasive. The Applicant states that such criminal conduct consisted of isolated acts perpetrated by a single EUR/USD trader employed in Citigroup's Markets and Securities Services business in the United Kingdom who was removed from the activities of the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs, both geographically and organizationally. The Applicant represents that this London-based EUR/USD trader was not an officer or director of Citigroup, and did not have any involvement in, or influence over, Citigroup or any of the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs. The Applicant states that this London-based EUR/USD trader had minimal management responsibilities, which related exclusively to Citigroup's G10 Spot FX trading business, outside of the United States. As represented by the Applicant, once senior management became aware of the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction, Citibank took action to terminate the employee.
9. The Applicant represents that no current or former employee of Citigroup or of any Citigroup Affiliated QPAM who previously has been or who subsequently may be identified by Citigroup, or any U.S. or non-U.S. regulatory or enforcement agencies, as having been responsible for the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction will have any involvement in providing asset management services to plans and IRAs or will be an officer, director, or employee of the Applicant or of any Citigroup Affiliated QPAM.
10. The Applicant represents that Citigroup's Advisory Businesses are operated independently from Citigroup's Markets and Securities Services, the segment of Citigroup in which foreign exchange trading is conducted.
11. The Applicant represents that Citigroup's independent control functions, including Compliance, Finance, Legal and Risk, set standards according to which Citigroup and its businesses are expected to manage and oversee risks, including compliance with applicable laws, regulatory requirements, policies and standards of ethical conduct. Among other things, the independent control functions provide advice and training to Citigroup's businesses and establish tools, methodologies, processes and oversight of controls used by the businesses to foster a culture of compliance and control and to satisfy those standards.
12. The Applicant represents that compliance at Citigroup is an
13. The Applicant represents that, if the exemption is denied, the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs may be unable to effectively manage assets subject to ERISA or the prohibited transaction provisions of the Code where PTE 84-14 is needed to avoid engaging in a prohibited transaction. The Applicant further represents that plans and participants would be harmed because they would be unnecessarily deprived of the current and future opportunity to utilize the Applicant's experience in and expertise with respect to the financial markets and investing. The Applicant anticipates that, if the exemption is denied, some of Citigroup's 20,000 existing Retirement Account clients may feel forced to terminate their advisory relationship with Citigroup, incurring expenses related to: (a) Consultant fees and other due diligence expenses for identifying new managers; (b) transaction costs associated with a change in investment manager, including the sale and purchase of portfolio investments to accommodate the investment policies and strategy of the new manager, and the cost of entering into new custodial arrangements; and (c) lost investment opportunities in connection with the change.
14. The Applicant has proposed certain conditions it believes are protective of participants and beneficiaries of ERISA-covered plans and IRAs with respect to the transactions described herein. The Department has determined to revise and supplement the proposed conditions so that it can make its required finding that the requested exemption is protective of the rights of participants and beneficiaries of affected plans and IRAs. In this regard, the Department has tentatively determined that the following conditions adequately protect the rights of participants and beneficiaries of affected plans and IRAs with respect to the transactions that would be covered by this temporary exemption.
Relief under this proposed exemption is only available to the extent: (a) Other than with respect to a single individual who worked for a non-fiduciary business within Citigroup's Markets and Securities Services business and who had no responsibility for, and exercised no authority in connection with, the management of plan assets, Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs, including their officers, directors, agents other than Citicorp, and employees of such Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs, did not know of, have reason to know of, or participate in the criminal conduct of Citicorp that is the subject of the Conviction (For purposes of the foregoing condition, the term “participate in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Conviction.); (b) any failure of those QPAMs to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 arose solely from the Conviction; and (c) other than a single individual who worked for a non-fiduciary business within Citigroup's Markets and Securities Services business, and who had no responsibility for, and exercised no authority in connection with, the management of plan assets, the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs and the Citigroup Related QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than Citicorp, and employees of such Citigroup QPAMs) did not receive direct compensation, or knowingly receive indirect compensation, in connection with the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction.
15. The Department expects the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs to rigorously ensure that the individual associated with the criminal conduct of Citicorp will not be employed or knowingly engaged by such QPAMs. In this regard, the temporary exemption, if granted as proposed, mandates that the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs will not employ or knowingly engage any of the individuals that participated in the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction. For purposes of this condition, the term “participated in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Conviction.
16. Further, the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM will not use its authority or influence to direct an “investment fund,” (as defined in Section VI(b) of PTE 84-14), that is subject to ERISA or the Code and managed by such Citigroup Affiliated QPAM to enter into any transaction with Citicorp or the Markets and Securities business of Citigroup, or to engage Citigroup or the Markets and Securities business of Citigroup to provide any service to such investment fund, for a direct or indirect fee borne by such investment fund, regardless of whether such transaction or service may otherwise be within the scope of relief provided by an administrative or statutory exemption.
17. The Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs and the Citigroup Related QPAMs must comply with each condition of PTE 84-14, as amended, with the sole exception of the violation of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 that is attributable to the Conviction. Further, any failure of the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs or the Citigroup Related QPAMs to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 arose solely from the Conviction.
No relief will be provided by the temporary exemption to the extent that a Citigroup Affiliated QPAM or a Citigroup Related QPAM exercised authority over the assets of an ERISA-covered plan or IRA in a manner that it knew or should have known would: Further the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction; or cause the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM or the Citigroup Related QPAM, or its affiliates or related parties to directly or indirectly profit from the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction. Further, no relief will be provided to the extent Citicorp or the Markets and Securities business of Citigroup provides any discretionary asset management services to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, or otherwise acts as a fiduciary with respect to ERISA-covered plan or IRA assets.
18. The Department believes that robust policies and training are warranted where, as here, the criminal misconduct has occurred within a corporate organization that is affiliated with one or more QPAMs managing
19. The Department has also imposed a condition that requires each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM within four (4) months of the date of the Conviction, to develop and implement a program of training (the Training), conducted at least annually, for all relevant Citigroup Affiliated QPAM asset/portfolio management, trading, legal, compliance, and internal audit personnel. The Training must be set forth in the Policies and, at a minimum, cover the Policies, ERISA and Code compliance (including applicable fiduciary duties and the prohibited transaction provisions), ethical conduct, the consequences for not complying with the conditions of this temporary exemption, (including any loss of exemptive relief provided herein), and prompt reporting of wrongdoing.
20. This temporary exemption requires the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs to enter into certain contractual obligations in connection with the provision of services to their clients. It is the Department's view that the condition for exemptive relief requiring these contractual obligations is essential to the Department's ability to make its findings that the proposed temporary exemption is protective of the rights of the participants and beneficiaries of ERISA-covered and IRA plan clients of Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs under section 408(a) of ERISA. In this regard, Section I(i) of the proposed temporary exemption provides that, as of the effective date of this temporary exemption, with respect to any arrangement, agreement, or contract between a Citigroup Affiliated QPAM and an ERISA-covered plan or IRA for which a Citigroup Affiliated QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services, each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM must agree: (a) To comply with ERISA and the Code, as applicable, with respect to such ERISA-covered plan or IRA, and refrain from engaging in prohibited transactions that are not otherwise exempt (and to promptly correct any inadvertent prohibited transactions), and to comply with the standards of prudence and loyalty set forth in section 404 of ERISA, as applicable, with respect to each such ERISA-covered plan and IRA; (b) to indemnify and hold harmless the ERISA-covered plan or IRA for any damages resulting from a violation of applicable laws, a breach of contract, or any claim arising out of the failure of such Citigroup Affiliated QPAM to qualify for the exemptive relief provided by PTE 84-14 as a result of a violation of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 other than the Conviction; (c) not to require (or otherwise cause) the ERISA-covered plan or IRA to waive, limit, or qualify the liability of the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM for violating ERISA or the Code or engaging in prohibited transactions; (d) not to require the ERISA-covered plan or IRA (or sponsor of such ERISA-covered plan or beneficial owner of such IRA) to indemnify the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM for violating ERISA or the Code, or engaging in prohibited transactions, except for a violation or a prohibited transaction caused by an error, misrepresentation, or misconduct of a plan fiduciary or other party hired by the plan fiduciary who is independent of Citigroup, and its affiliates; (e) not to restrict the ability of such ERISA-covered plan or IRA to terminate or withdraw from its arrangement with the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM (including any investment in a separately-managed account or pooled fund subject to ERISA and managed by such QPAM), with the exception of reasonable restrictions, appropriately disclosed in advance, that are specifically designed to ensure equitable treatment of all investors in a pooled fund in the event such withdrawal or termination may have adverse consequences for all other investors as a result of an actual lack of liquidity of the underlying assets, provided that such restrictions are applied consistently and in like manner to all such investors; and (f) not to impose any fee, penalty, or charge for such termination or withdrawal with the exception of reasonable fees, appropriately disclosed in advance, that are specifically designed to prevent generally recognized abusive investment practices or specifically designed to ensure equitable treatment of all investors in a pooled fund in the event such withdrawal or termination may have adverse consequences for all other investors, provided that each such fee is applied consistently and in like manner to all such investors. Furthermore, any contract, agreement or arrangement between a Citigroup Affiliated QPAM and its ERISA-covered plan or IRA client must not contain exculpatory provisions disclaiming or otherwise limiting liability of the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM for a violation of such agreement's terms, except for liability caused by an error, misrepresentation, or misconduct of a plan fiduciary or other party hired by the plan fiduciary which is independent of Citigroup, and its affiliates.
21. Within four (4) months of the date of the Conviction, each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM will provide a notice of its obligations under Section I(i) to each ERISA-covered plan and IRA for which the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services. In addition, each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM must maintain records necessary
22. Furthermore, the proposed temporary exemption mandates that, during the effective period of this temporary exemption, Citigroup must immediately disclose to the Department any Deferred Prosecution Agreement (a DPA) or a Non-Prosecution Agreement (an NPA) that Citigroup or an affiliate enters into with the Department of Justice, to the extent such DPA or NPA involves conduct described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 or section 411 of ERISA. In addition, Citigroup or an affiliate must immediately provide the Department any information requested by the Department, as permitted by law, regarding the agreement and/or conduct and allegations that led to the agreement.
23. The proposed exemption would provide relief from certain of the restrictions set forth in Section 406 and 407 of ERISA. Such a granted exemption would not provide relief from any other violation of law. Pursuant to the terms of this proposed exemption, any criminal conviction not expressly described herein, but otherwise described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 and attributable to the Applicant for purposes of PTE 84-14, would result in the Applicant's loss of this exemption.
24. The Applicant represents that the proposed temporary exemption is administratively feasible because it does not require any monitoring by the Department. In addition, the limited effective duration of the temporary exemption provides the Department with the opportunity to determine whether long-term exemptive relief is warranted, without causing sudden and potentially costly harm to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs.
25. Given the revised and new conditions described above, the Department has tentatively determined that the relief sought by the Applicant satisfies the statutory requirements for a temporary exemption under section 408(a) of ERISA.
Written comments and requests for a public hearing on the proposed temporary exemption should be submitted to the Department within five (5) days from the date of publication of this
Mr. Joseph Brennan of the Department at (202) 693-8456. (This is not a toll-free number.)
The Department is considering granting a temporary exemption under the authority of section 408(a) of the Act (or ERISA) and section 4975(c)(2) of the Code, and in accordance with the procedures set forth in 29 CFR part 2570, subpart B (76 FR 66637, 66644, October 27, 2011).
If the proposed temporary exemption is granted, the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs and the JPMC Related QPAMs, as defined in Sections II(a) and II(b), respectively, will not be precluded from relying on the exemptive relief provided by Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 84-14 (PTE 84-14 or the QPAM Exemption),
(a) Other than a single individual who worked for a non-fiduciary business within JPMorgan Chase Bank and who had no responsibility for, and exercised no authority in connection with, the management of plan assets, the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs and the JPMC Related QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than JPMC, and employees of such JPMC QPAMs) did not know of, have reason to know of, or participate in the criminal conduct of JPMC that is the subject of the Conviction (for purposes of this paragraph (a), “participate in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Conviction);
(b) Other than a single individual who worked for a non-fiduciary business within JPMorgan Chase Bank and who had no responsibility for, and exercised no authority in connection with, the management of plan assets, the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs and the JPMC Related QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than JPMC, and employees of such JPMC QPAMs) did not receive direct compensation, or knowingly receive indirect compensation in connection with the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction;
(c) The JPMC Affiliated QPAMs will not employ or knowingly engage any of the individuals that participated in the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction (for purposes of this paragraph (c), “participated in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Conviction);
(d) A JPMC Affiliated QPAM will not use its authority or influence to direct an “investment fund” (as defined in Section VI(b) of PTE 84-14), that is subject to ERISA or the Code and managed by such JPMC Affiliated QPAM to enter into any transaction with JPMC or the Investment Banking Division of JPMorgan Chase Bank, or engage JPMC or the Investment Banking Division of JPMorgan Chase Bank to provide any service to such investment fund, for a direct or indirect fee borne by such investment fund, regardless of whether such transaction or service may otherwise be within the scope of relief provided by an administrative or statutory exemption;
(e) Any failure of a JPMC Affiliated QPAM or a JPMC Related QPAM to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 arose solely from the Conviction;
(f) A JPMC Affiliated QPAM or a JPMC Related QPAM did not exercise authority over plan assets in a manner that it knew or should have known would: Further the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction; or cause the JPMC QPAM or its affiliates or related parties to directly or indirectly profit from the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction;
(g) JPMC and the Investment Banking Division of JPMorgan Chase Bank will not provide discretionary asset management services to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, and will not otherwise act as a fiduciary with respect to ERISA-covered plan and IRA assets;
(h)(1) Within four (4) months of the Conviction, each JPMC Affiliated QPAM must develop, implement, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures (the Policies) requiring and reasonably designed to ensure that:
(i) The asset management decisions of the JPMC Affiliated QPAM are conducted independently of the corporate management and business activities of JPMC, including the Investment Banking Division of JPMorgan Chase Bank;
(ii) The JPMC Affiliated QPAM fully complies with ERISA's fiduciary duties, and with ERISA and the Code's prohibited transaction provisions, and does not knowingly participate in any violations of these duties and provisions with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs;
(iii) The JPMC Affiliated QPAM does not knowingly participate in any other person's violation of ERISA or the Code with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs;
(iv) Any filings or statements made by the JPMC Affiliated QPAM to regulators, including but not limited to, the Department, the Department of the Treasury, the Department of Justice, and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, on behalf of ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, are materially accurate and complete, to the best of such QPAM's knowledge at that time;
(v) The JPMC Affiliated QPAM does not make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with such regulators with respect to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, or make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with ERISA-covered plans and IRA clients;
(vi) The JPMC Affiliated QPAM complies with the terms of this temporary exemption; and
(vii) Any violation of, or failure to comply with an item in subparagraphs (ii) through (vi), is corrected promptly upon discovery, and any such violation or compliance failure not promptly corrected is reported, upon discovering the failure to promptly correct, in writing, to appropriate corporate officers, the head of compliance, and the General Counsel (or their functional equivalent) of the relevant JPMC Affiliated QPAM, and an appropriate fiduciary of any affected ERISA-covered plan or IRA, where such fiduciary is independent of JPMC; however, with respect to any ERISA-covered plan or IRA sponsored by an “affiliate” (as defined in Section VI(d) of PTE 84-14) of JPMC or beneficially owned by an employee of JPMC or its affiliates, such fiduciary does not need to be independent of JPMC. A JPMC Affiliated QPAM will not be treated as having failed to develop, implement, maintain, or follow the Policies, provided that it corrects any instance of noncompliance promptly when discovered, or when it reasonably should have known of the noncompliance (whichever is earlier), and provided that it adheres to the reporting requirements set forth in this subparagraph (vii);
(2) Within four (4) months of the date of the Conviction, each JPMC Affiliated QPAM must develop and implement a program of training (the Training), conducted at least annually, for all relevant JPMC Affiliated QPAM asset/portfolio management, trading, legal, compliance, and internal audit personnel. The Training must be set forth in the Policies and, at a minimum, cover the Policies, ERISA and Code compliance (including applicable fiduciary duties and the prohibited transaction provisions), ethical conduct, the consequences for not complying with the conditions of this temporary exemption (including any loss of exemptive relief provided herein), and prompt reporting of wrongdoing;
(i)(1) Effective as of the effective date of this temporary exemption, with respect to any arrangement, agreement, or contract between a JPMC Affiliated QPAM and an ERISA-covered plan or IRA for which a JPMC Affiliated QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services, each JPMC Affiliated QPAM agrees:
(i) To comply with ERISA and the Code, as applicable, with respect to such ERISA-covered plan or IRA; to refrain from engaging in prohibited transactions that are not otherwise exempt (and to promptly correct any inadvertent prohibited transactions); and to comply with the standards of prudence and loyalty set forth in section 404 of ERISA, as applicable, with respect to each such ERISA-covered plan and IRA;
(ii) Not to require (or otherwise cause) the ERISA covered plan or IRA to waive, limit, or qualify the liability of the JPMC Affiliated QPAM for violating ERISA or the Code or engaging in prohibited transactions;
(iii) Not to require the ERISA-covered plan or IRA (or sponsor of such ERISA-covered plan or beneficial owner of such IRA) to indemnify the JPMC Affiliated QPAM for violating ERISA or the Code, or engaging in prohibited transactions, except for violations or prohibited transactions caused by an error, misrepresentation, or misconduct of a plan fiduciary or other party hired by the plan fiduciary, which is independent of JPMC and its affiliates;
(iv) Not to restrict the ability of such ERISA-covered plan or IRA to terminate or withdraw from its arrangement with the JPMC Affiliated QPAM (including any investment in a separately managed account or pooled fund subject to ERISA and managed by such QPAM), with the exception of reasonable restrictions, appropriately disclosed in advance, that are specifically designed to ensure equitable treatment of all investors in a pooled fund in the event such withdrawal or termination may have adverse consequences for all other investors as a result of the actual lack of liquidity of the underlying assets, provided that such restrictions are applied consistently and in like manner to all such investors;
(v) Not to impose any fee, penalty, or charge for such termination or withdrawal, with the exception of reasonable fees, appropriately disclosed in advance, that are specifically designed to prevent generally recognized abusive investment practices, or specifically designed to ensure equitable treatment of all investors in a pooled fund in the event such withdrawal or termination may have adverse consequences for all other investors, provided that each such fee is applied consistently and in like manner to all such investors;
(vi) Not to include exculpatory provisions disclaiming or otherwise limiting liability of the JPMC Affiliated QPAM for a violation of such agreement's terms, except for liability caused by an error, misrepresentation, or misconduct of a plan fiduciary or other party hired by the plan fiduciary which is independent of JPMC, and its affiliates; and
(vii) To indemnify and hold harmless the ERISA-covered plan or IRA for any damages resulting from a violation of applicable laws, a breach of contract, or any claim arising out of the failure of such JPMC Affiliated QPAM to qualify for the exemptive relief provided by
(2) Within four (4) months of the date of the Conviction, each JPMC Affiliated QPAM will provide a notice of its obligations under this Section I(i) to each ERISA-covered plan and IRA for which a JPMC Affiliated QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services;
(j) The JPMC Affiliated QPAMs must comply with each condition of PTE 84-14, as amended, with the sole exception of the violation of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 that is attributable to the Conviction;
(k) Each JPMC Affiliated QPAM will maintain records necessary to demonstrate that the conditions of this temporary exemption have been met, for six (6) years following the date of any transaction for which such JPMC Affiliated QPAM relies upon the relief in the temporary exemption;
(l) During the effective period of this temporary exemption, JPMC: (1) Immediately discloses to the Department any Deferred Prosecution Agreement (a DPA) or Non-Prosecution Agreement (an NPA) with the U.S. Department of Justice to the extent such DPA or NPA involves conduct described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 or section 411 of ERISA; and
(2) Immediately provides the Department any information requested by the Department, as permitted by law, regarding the agreement and/or the conduct and allegations that led to the agreement; and
(m) A JPMC Affiliated QPAM or a JPMC Related QPAM will not fail to meet the terms of this temporary exemption solely because a different JPMC Affiliated QPAM or JPMC Related QPAM fails to satisfy a condition for relief under this temporary exemption, as described in Sections I(c), (d), (h), (i), (j) and (k).
(a) The term “JPMC Affiliated QPAM” means a “qualified professional asset manager” (as defined in Section VI(a)
(b) The term “JPMC Related QPAM” means any current or future “qualified professional asset manager” (as defined in section VI(a) of PTE 84-14) that relies on the relief provided by PTE 84-14, and with respect to which JPMC owns a direct or indirect five percent or more interest, but with respect to which JPMC is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Section VI(d)(1) of PTE 84-14).
(c) The terms “ERISA-covered plan” and “IRA” mean, respectively, a plan subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA and a plan subject to section 4975 of the Code;
(d) The term “JPMC” means JPMorgan Chase and Co., the parent entity, but does not include any subsidiaries or other affiliates;
(e) The term “Conviction” means the judgment of conviction against JPMC for violation of the Sherman Antitrust Act, 15 U.S.C. 1, which is scheduled to be entered in the District Court for the District of Connecticut (the District Court) (Case Number 3:15-cr-79-SRU), in connection with JPMC, through one of its euro/U.S. dollar (EUR/USD) traders, entering into and engaging in a combination and conspiracy to fix, stabilize, maintain, increase or decrease the price of, and rig bids and offers for, the EUR/USD currency pair exchanged in the FX spot market by agreeing to eliminate competition in the purchase and sale of the EUR/USD currency pair in the United States and elsewhere. For all purposes under this temporary exemption, “conduct” of any person or entity that is the “subject of [a] Conviction” encompasses any conduct of JPMC and/or their personnel, that is described in the Plea Agreement, (including the Factual Statement), and other official regulatory or judicial factual findings that are a part of this record; and
(f) The term “Conviction Date” means the date that a judgment of Conviction against JPMC is entered by the District Court in connection with the Conviction.
The proposed exemption would provide relief from certain of the restrictions set forth in sections 406 and 407 of ERISA. No relief from a violation of any other law would be provided by this exemption including any criminal conviction described herein.
Furthermore, the Department cautions that the relief in this proposed exemption would terminate immediately if, among other things, an entity within the JPMC corporate structure is convicted of a crime described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 (other than the Conviction) during the effective period of the exemption. While such an entity could apply for a new exemption in that circumstance, the Department would not be obligated to grant the exemption. The terms of this proposed exemption have been specifically designed to permit plans to terminate their relationships in an orderly and cost effective fashion in the event of an additional conviction or a determination that it is otherwise prudent for a plan to terminate its relationship with an entity covered by the proposed exemption.
1. JPMC is a financial holding company and global financial services firm, incorporated in Delaware and headquartered in New York, New York, with approximately 240,000 employees and operations in over 60 countries. According to the Applicant, JPMC provides a variety of services, including investment banking, financial services for consumers and small business, commercial banking, financial transaction processing, and asset management.
The Applicant represents that JPMC's principal bank subsidiaries are: (a) JPMorgan Chase Bank, a national banking association wholly owned by JPMC, with U.S. branches in 23 states; and (b) Chase Bank USA, National Association, a national banking association that is JPMC's credit card-issuing bank. The Applicant also represents that two of JPMC's principal non-bank subsidiaries are its investment bank subsidiary, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, and its primary investment management subsidiary, J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. (JPMIM). The bank and nonbank subsidiaries of JPMC operate internationally through overseas branches and subsidiaries, representative offices and subsidiary foreign banks.
The Applicant explains that entities within the JPMC's asset management line of business (Asset Management) serve institutional and retail clients worldwide through the Global Investment Management (GIM) and Global Wealth Management (GWM) businesses. The Applicant represents that JPMC's Asset Management line of business had total client assets of about $2.4 trillion and discretionary assets under management of approximately $1.7 trillion at the end of 2014.
2. The Applicant represents that JPMC has several affiliates that provide investment management services.
3. In addition to the QPAMs identified above, the Applicant has other affiliated managers that meet the definition of a QPAM that do not currently manage ERISA or IRA assets on a discretionary basis, but may in the future, including: J.P. Morgan Partners, LLC; Sixty Wall Street Management Company LLC; J.P. Morgan Private Investments Inc.; J.P. Morgan Asset Management (UK) Limited; JPMorgan Funds Limited; and Bear Stearns Asset Management, Inc. The Applicant requests that affiliates that manage ERISA or IRA assets be covered by the exemption. The Applicant also acquires and creates new affiliates frequently, and to the extent that these new affiliates meet the definition of a QPAM and manage ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, the Applicant requests that these entities be covered by the exemption. The Applicant represents that JPMC owns, directly or indirectly, a 5% or greater interest in certain investment managers (and may in the future own similar interests in other managers), but such managers are not affiliated in the sense that JPMC has actual control over their operations and activities. JPMC does not have the authority to exercise a controlling influence over these investment managers and is not involved with the managers' clients, strategies, or ERISA assets under management, if any.
Section VI(e) of PTE 84-14 defines the term “control” as the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a person other than an individual.
4. On May 20, 2015, the Applicant filed an application for exemptive relief from the prohibitions of sections 406(a) and 406(b) of ERISA, and the sanctions resulting from the application of section 4975 of the Code, by reason of section 4975(c)(1) of the Code, in connection with a conviction that would make the relief in PTE 84-14 unavailable to any current or future JPMC-related investment managers.
On May 20, 2015, the U.S. Department of Justice (Department of Justice) filed a criminal information in the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut (the District Court) against JPMC, charging JPMC with a one-count violation of the Sherman Antitrust Act, 15 U.S.C. 1 (the Information). The Information charges that, from at least as early as July 2010 until at least January 2013, JPMC, through one of its euro/U.S. dollar (EUR/USD) traders, entered into and engaged in a combination and conspiracy to fix, stabilize, maintain, increase or decrease the price of, and rig bids and offers for, the EUR/USD currency pair exchanged in the FX spot market by agreeing to eliminate competition in the purchase and sale of the EUR/USD currency pair in the United States and elsewhere. The criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction involved near daily conversations, some of which were in code, in an exclusive electronic chat room used by certain EUR/USD traders, including the EUR/USD trader described herein.
5. JPMC sought to resolve the charges through a Plea Agreement presented to the District Court on May 20, 2015. Under the Plea Agreement, JPMC agreed to enter a plea of guilty to the charge set out in the Information (the Plea). In addition, JPMC has made an admission of guilt to the District Court. The Applicant expects that the District Court will enter a judgment against JPMC that will require remedies that are materially the same as those set forth in the Plea Agreement.
Pursuant to the Plea Agreement, the District Court will order a term of probation and JPMC will be subject to certain conditions. First, JPMC must not commit another crime in violation of the federal laws of the United States or engage in the Conduct set forth in Paragraphs 4(g)-(i) of the Plea Agreement during the term of probation, and shall make disclosures relating to certain other sales-related practices. Second, JPMC must notify the probation officer upon learning of the commencement of any federal criminal investigation in which JPMC is a target, or of any federal criminal prosecution against it. Third, JPMC must implement and must continue to implement a compliance program designed to prevent and detect the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction.
6. Pursuant to the Plea Agreement, JPMC must promptly bring to the Department of Justice Antitrust Division's attention: (a) All credible information regarding criminal violations of U.S. antitrust laws by the defendant or any of its employees as to which the JPMC's Board of Directors, management (that is, all supervisors within the bank), or legal and compliance personnel are aware; (b) all federal criminal or regulatory investigations in which the defendant is a subject or a target, and all administrative or regulatory proceedings or civil actions brought by any federal governmental authority in the United States against the defendant or its employees, to the extent that such investigations, proceedings or actions allege violations of U.S. antitrust laws.
7. Pursuant to the Plea Agreement, JPMC must promptly bring to the Department of Justice Criminal Division, Fraud Section's attention: (a) All credible information regarding criminal violations of U.S. law concerning fraud, including securities or commodities fraud by the defendant or any of its employees as to which the JPMC's Board of Directors, management (that is, all supervisors within the bank), or legal and compliance personnel are aware; and (b) all criminal or regulatory investigations in which JPMC is or may be a subject or a target, and all administrative proceedings or civil actions brought by any governmental authority in the United States against JPMC or its employees, to the extent such investigations, proceedings or actions allege violations of U.S. law concerning fraud, including securities or commodities fraud.
Pursuant to Paragraph 9(c) of the Plea Agreement, the Department of Justice agreed “that it [would] support a motion or request by [JPMC] that sentencing in this matter be adjourned until the Department of Labor has issued a ruling on the defendant's request for an exemption . . . .” According to the Applicant, sentencing has not yet occurred in the District Court, nor has sentencing been scheduled.
8. Along with the Department of Justice, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Board (FRB), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), and the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) have conducted or have been conducting investigations into the practices of JPMC and its direct and indirect subsidiaries relating to FX trading.
The FRB issued a cease and desist order on May 20, 2015, against JPMC concerning unsafe and unsound banking practices relating to JPMC's FX business and requiring JPMC to cease and desist, assessing against JPMC a civil money penalty of $342,000,000, and requiring JPMC to agree to take certain affirmative actions (FRB Order).
The OCC issued a cease and desist order on November 11, 2014, against JPMorgan Chase Bank concerning deficiencies and unsafe or unsound practices relating to JPMorgan Chase Bank's wholesale FX business and requiring JPMorgan Chase Bank to cease and desist, ordering JPMorgan Chase Bank to pay a civil money penalty of $350,000,000, and requiring JPMorgan Chase Bank to agree to take certain affirmative actions (OCC Order).
The CFTC issued a cease and desist order on November 11, 2014, against JPMorgan Chase Bank relating to certain FX trading activities and requiring JPMorgan Chase Bank to cease and desist from violating certain provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act, ordering JPMorgan Chase Bank to pay a civil monetary penalty of $310,000,000, and requiring JPMorgan Chase Bank to agree to certain conditions and undertakings (CFTC Order).
The FCA issued a warning notice on November 11, 2014, against JPMorgan Chase Bank for failing to control business practices in its G10 spot FX trading operations and caused JPMorgan Chase Bank to pay a financial penalty of £222,166,000 (FCA Order).
9. In addition to the investigations described above, relating to FX trading, the Applicant is or has been the subject of other investigations, by: (a) The Hong Kong Monetary Authority, which concluded its investigation of the Applicant on December 14, 2014, and found no evidence of collusion among the banks investigated, rigging of FX benchmarks published in Hong Kong, or market manipulation, and imposed no financial penalties on the Applicant; (b) the South Africa Reserve Bank, which released the report of its inquiry of the Applicant on October 19, 2015, and found no evidence of widespread malpractice or serious misconduct by the Applicant in the South Africa FX market, and noted that most authorized dealers have acceptable arrangements and structures in place as well as whistle-blowing policies and client complaint processes; (c) the Australian Securities & Investments Commission, (d) the Japanese Financial Services Agency, (e) the Korea Fair Trade Commission, and (f) the Swiss Competition Commission. According to the Applicant, it is cooperating with the inquiries by these organizations.
In addition, the French criminal authorities have been investigating a series of transactions involving senior managers of Wendel Investissement (Wendel) during the period 2004-2007. In 2007, the Paris branch of JPMorgan Chase Bank provided financing for the transactions to Wendel managers. The Applicant explains that JPMC is responding to and cooperating with the investigation, and to date, no decision or indictment has been made by the French court.
In addition, the Applicant represents that the Criminal Division of the Department of Justice is investigating the Applicant's compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other laws with respect the Applicant's hiring practices related to candidates referred by clients, potential clients, and government officials, and its engagement of consultants in the Asia Pacific region. The Applicant states that it is responding to and cooperating with this investigation.
The Applicant also represents that to its best knowledge, it does not have a reasonable basis to believe that the discretionary asset management activities of any affiliated QPAM are subject to the aforementioned investigations. Further, the Applicant represents that JPMC currently does not have a reasonable basis to believe that there are any pending criminal investigations involving JPMC or any of its affiliated companies that would cause a reasonable plan or IRA customer not to hire or retain the institution as a QPAM.
10. Once the Conviction is entered, the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs and the JPMC Related QPAMs, as well as their client plans that are subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA (ERISA-covered plans) or section 4975 of the Code (IRAs), will no longer be able to rely on PTE 84-14, pursuant to the anti-criminal rule set forth in section I(g) of the class exemption, absent an individual exemption. The Applicant is seeking an individual exemption that would permit the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs and the JPMC Related QPAMs, and their ERISA-
11. According to the Applicant, the criminal conduct giving rise to the Plea did not involve any of the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs acting in the capacity of investment manager or trustee. JPMC represents that its participation in the antitrust conspiracy described in the Plea Agreement is limited to a single EUR/USD trader in London. The Applicant represents that the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction was not widespread, nor was it pervasive; rather it was isolated to a single trader. No current or former personnel from JPMC or its affiliates have been sued individually in this matter for the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction, and the individual referenced in the Complaint as responsible for such criminal conduct is no longer employed by JPMC or its affiliates.
The Applicant submits that the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction did not involve any of JPMC's asset management staff. The Applicant represents that: (a) Other than a single individual who worked for a non-fiduciary business within JPMorgan Chase Bank and who had no responsibility for, and exercised no authority in connection with, the management of plan assets, the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs, and the JPMC Related QPAMs (including officers, directors, agents other than JPMC, and employees of such QPAMs who had responsibility for, or exercised authority in connection with, the management of plan assets) did not know of, did not have reason to know of, and did not participate in the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction; and (b) no current or former employee of JPMC or of any JPMC Affiliated QPAM who previously has been or who subsequently may be identified by JPMC, or any U.S. or non-U.S. regulatory or enforcement agencies, as having been responsible for the such criminal conduct has or will have any involvement in providing asset management services to plans and IRAs or will be an officer, director, or employee of the Applicant or of any JPMC Affiliated QPAM.
12. According to the Applicant, the transactions covered by the temporary exemption include the full range of everyday investment transactions that a plan might enter into, including the purchase and sale of debt and equity securities, both foreign and domestic, both registered and sold under Rule 144A or otherwise (
13. The Applicant represents that the investment management businesses that are operated out of the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs are separated from the non-investment management businesses of the Applicant. Each of these investment management businesses, including the investment management business of JPMorgan Chase Bank (as well as the agency securities lending business of JPMorgan Chase Bank), have systems, management, dedicated risk and compliance officers and legal coverage that are separate from the foreign exchange trading activities that were the subject of the Plea Agreement.
The Applicant represents that the investment management businesses of the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs are subject to policies and procedures and JPMC Affiliated QPAM personnel engage in training designed to ensure that such businesses understand and manage their fiduciary duties in accordance with applicable law. Thus, the Applicant maintains that the management of plan assets is conducted separately from: (a) The non-investment management business activities of the Applicant, including the investment banking, treasury services and other investor services businesses of the Corporate & Investment Bank business of the Applicant (CIB); and/or (b) the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Plea Agreement. Generally, the policies and procedures create information barriers, which prevent employees of the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs from gaining access to inside information that an affiliate may have acquired or developed in connection with investment banking, treasury services or other investor services business activities. These policies and procedures apply to employees, officers, and directors of the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs. The Applicant maintains an employee hotline for employees to express any concerns of wrongdoing anonymously.
The Applicant represents that, to the best of its knowledge: (a) No JPMC employees are involved in the trading decisions or investment strategies of the JPMC Affiliated or Related QPAMs; (b) the JPMC Affiliated and Related QPAMs do not consult with JPMC employees prior to making investment decisions on behalf of plans; (c) JPMC does not control the asset management decisions of the JPMC Affiliated or Related QPAMs; (d) the JPMC Affiliated and Related QPAMs do not need JPMC's consent to make investment decisions, correct errors, or adopt policies or training for staff; and (e) there is no interaction between JPMC employees and the JPMC Affiliated or Related QPAMs in connection with the investment management activities of the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs.
14. The Applicant represents that, if the proposed temporary exemption is denied, the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs may be unable to manage efficiently the strategies for which they have contracted with thousands of plans and IRAs. Transactions currently dependent on the QPAM Exemption could be in default and be terminated at a significant cost to the plans. In particular, the Applicant represents that the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs have entered, and could in the future enter, into contracts on behalf of, or as investment adviser of, ERISA-covered plans, collective trusts and other funds subject to ERISA for certain outstanding transactions, including but not limited to: The purchase and sale of debt and equity securities, both foreign and domestic, both registered and sold under Rule 144A or otherwise (
The JPMC Affiliated QPAMs also have entered into, and could in the future enter into, contracts for other transactions such as swaps, forwards, and real estate financing and leasing on
15. The Applicant represents that real estate transactions, for example, could be subject to significant disruption without the QPAM Exemption. Clients of the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs have over $27 billion in ERISA and public plan assets in commingled funds invested in real estate strategies, with approximately 235 holdings. Many transactions in these accounts rely on Parts I, II and III of the QPAM Exemption as a backup to the collective investment fund exemption (which may become unavailable to the extent a related group of plans has a greater than 10% interest in the collective investment fund). The Applicant estimates that there would be significant loss in value if assets had to be quickly liquidated—over a 10% bid-ask spread—in addition to substantial reinvestment costs and opportunity costs. There could also be prepayment penalties. In addition, real estate transactions are affected in funds that are not deemed to hold plan assets under applicable law. While funds may have other available exemptions for certain transactions, that fact could change in the future.
16. The JPMC Affiliated QPAMs also rely on the QPAM Exemption when buying and selling fixed income products. Stable value strategies, for example, rely on the QPAM Exemption to enter into wrappers and insurance contracts that permit the assets to be valued at book value. Many counterparties specifically require a representation that the QPAM Exemption applies, and those contracts could be in default if the requested exemption were not granted. Depending on the market value of the assets in these funds at the time of termination, such termination could result in losses to the stable value funds. The Applicant states that, while the market value currently exceeds book value, that can change at any time, and could result in market value adjustments to withdrawing plans and withdrawal delays under their contracts.
17. The Applicant submits that nearly 400 accounts managed by the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs (including commingled funds and separately managed accounts) invest in fixed income products, with a total portfolio of approximately $49.3 billion in market value of ERISA and public plan assets in commingled funds. Fixed income strategies in which those accounts are invested include investment-grade short, intermediate, and long duration bonds, as well as securitized products, and high yield and emerging market investments. If the QPAM Exemption were lost, the Applicant estimates that its clients could incur average weighted liquidation costs of approximately 65 basis points of the total market value in fixed income products, assuming normal market conditions where the holdings can be liquidated at a normal bid-offer spread without significant widening. While short and intermediate term bonds could be liquidated for between 15-50 basis points, long duration bonds may be more difficult to liquidate and costs may range from 75-100 basis points. Costs of liquidating high-yield and emerging market investments could range from 75-150 basis points. Such costs do not include reinvestment costs for transitioning to a new manager.
18. The Applicant states that, futures, options, and cleared and bilateral swaps, which certain strategies rely on to hedge risk and obtain certain exposures on an economic basis, rely on the QPAM Exemption. The Applicant further states that the QPAM Exemption is particularly important for securities and other instruments that may be traded on a principal basis, such as mortgage-backed securities, corporate debt, municipal debt, other U.S. fixed income securities, Rule 144A securities, non-US fixed income securities, non-US equity securities, U.S. and non-US over-the-counter instruments such as forwards and options, structured products and FX.
19. The Applicant represents that plans that decide to continue to employ the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs could be prohibited from engaging in certain transactions that would be beneficial to such plans, such as hedging transactions using over-the-counter options or derivatives. Counterparties to such transactions are far more comfortable with the QPAM Exemption than any other exemption, and a failure of the QPAM Exemption to be available could trigger a default or early termination by the plan or pooled trust. Even if other exemptions are available to such counterparties, the Applicant predicts that the cost of the transaction might increase to reflect any lack of comfort in transacting business using a less familiar exemption. The Applicant represents that plans may also face collateral consequences, such as missed investment opportunities, administrative delay, and the cost of investing in cash pending reinvestments.
20. The Applicant represents that, to the extent that plans and IRAs believe they need to withdraw from their arrangements, they could incur significant transaction costs, including costs associated with the liquidation of investments, finding new asset managers, and the reinvestment of plan assets.
21. The Applicant has proposed certain conditions it believes are protective of participants and beneficiaries of ERISA-covered plans and IRAs with respect to the transactions described herein. The Department has determined that it is necessary to modify and supplement the conditions before it can tentatively determine that the requested exemption meets the statutory requirements of section 408(a) of ERISA. In this regard, the Department has tentatively determined that the following
The exemption, if granted as proposed, is only available to the extent: (a) Other than with respect to a single individual who worked for a non-fiduciary business within JPMorgan Chase Bank and who had no responsibility for, and exercised no authority in connection with, the management of plan assets, the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs, including their officers, directors, agents other than JPMC, and employees of such JPMC Affiliated QPAMs, did not know of, have reason to know of, or participate in the criminal conduct of JPMC that is the subject of the Conviction (Again, for purposes of the foregoing condition, the term “participate in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Conviction.); (b) any failure of those QPAMs to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 arose solely from the Conviction; and (c) other than a single individual who worked for a non-fiduciary business within JPMorgan Chase Bank and who had no responsibility for, and exercised no authority in connection with, the management of plan assets, the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs and the JPMC Related QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than JPMC, and employees of such JPMC QPAMs) did not receive direct compensation, or knowingly receive indirect compensation, in connection with the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction.
22. The Department expects the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs to rigorously ensure that the individual associated with the criminal conduct of JPMC will not be employed or knowingly engaged by such QPAMs. In this regard, the temporary exemption, if granted as proposed, mandates that the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs will not employ or knowingly engage any of the individuals that participated in the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction. For purposes of this condition, the term “participated in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Conviction.
23. Further, the JPMC Affiliated QPAM will not use its authority or influence to direct an “investment fund,” (as defined in Section VI(b) of PTE 84-14), that is subject to ERISA or the Code and managed by such JPMC Affiliated QPAM to enter into any transaction with JPMC or the Investment Banking Division of JPMorgan Chase Bank, or to engage JPMC or the Investment Banking Division of JPMorgan Chase Bank to provide any service to such investment fund, for a direct or indirect fee borne by such investment fund, regardless of whether such transaction or service may otherwise be within the scope of relief provided by an administrative or statutory exemption.
24. The JPMC Affiliated QPAMs and the JPMC Related QPAMs must comply with each condition of PTE 84-14, as amended, with the sole exception of the violation of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 that is attributable to the Conviction. Further, any failure of the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs or the JPMC Related QPAMs to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 arose solely from the Conviction.
No relief will be provided by the temporary exemption to the extent that a JPMC Affiliated QPAM or a JPMC Related QPAM exercised authority over plan assets in a manner that it knew or should have known would: Further the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction; or cause the JPMC QPAM or its affiliates or related parties to directly or indirectly profit from the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction.
Further, no relief will be provided to the extent JPMC or the Investment Banking Division of JPMorgan Chase Bank provides any discretionary asset management services to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, or otherwise acts as a fiduciary with respect to ERISA-covered plan or IRA assets.
25. The Department believes that robust policies and training are warranted where, as here, the criminal misconduct has occurred within a corporate organization that is affiliated with one or more QPAMs managing plan assets in reliance on PTE 84-14. Therefore, this proposed temporary exemption requires that within four (4) months of the date of the Conviction, each JPMC Affiliated QPAM must develop, implement, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures (the Policies) requiring and reasonably designed to ensure that: The asset management decisions of the JPMC Affiliated QPAM are conducted independently of the corporate management and business activities of JPMC, including the Investment Banking Division of JPMorgan Chase Bank; the JPMC Affiliated QPAM fully complies with ERISA's fiduciary duties, and with ERISA and the Code's prohibited transaction provisions, and does not knowingly participate in any violation of these duties and provisions with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs; the JPMC Affiliated QPAM does not knowingly participate in any other person's violation of ERISA or the Code with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs; any filings or statements made by the JPMC Affiliated QPAM to regulators, including, but not limited to, the Department, the Department of the Treasury, the Department of Justice, and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, on behalf of ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, are materially accurate and complete, to the best of such QPAM's knowledge at that time; the JPMC Affiliated QPAM does not make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with such regulators with respect to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, or make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients; and the JPMC Affiliated QPAM complies with the terms of this temporary exemption. Any violation of, or failure to comply with these items is corrected promptly upon discovery, and any such violation or compliance failure not promptly corrected is reported, upon discovering the failure to promptly correct, in writing, to appropriate corporate officers, the head of compliance, and the General Counsel (or their functional equivalent) of the relevant JPMC Affiliated QPAM, and an appropriate fiduciary of any affected ERISA-covered plan or IRA, which fiduciary is independent of JPMC.
26. The Department has also imposed a condition that requires each JPMC Affiliated QPAM, within four (4) months of the date of the Conviction, to develop and implement a program of training (the Training), conducted at least annually, for all relevant JPMC Affiliated QPAM asset/portfolio management, trading, legal, compliance, and internal audit personnel. The Training must be set forth in the Policies and, at a minimum, cover the Policies, ERISA and Code compliance (including applicable fiduciary duties and the prohibited transaction provisions), ethical conduct, the consequences for not complying with the conditions of this temporary exemption, (including any loss of exemptive relief provided herein), and prompt reporting of wrongdoing.
27. This temporary exemption requires the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs to enter into certain contractual obligations in connection with the provision of services to their clients. It is the Department's view that the condition for exemptive relief requiring these contractual obligations is essential to the Department's ability to make its findings that the proposed temporary
In this regard, effective as of the effective date of this temporary exemption, with respect to any arrangement, agreement, or contract between a JPMC Affiliated QPAM and an ERISA-covered plan or IRA for which a JPMC Affiliated QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services, each JPMC Affiliated QPAM agrees: (a) To comply with ERISA and the Code, as applicable, with respect to such ERISA-covered plan or IRA, to refrain from engaging in prohibited transactions that are not otherwise exempt (and to promptly correct any inadvertent prohibited transactions), and to comply with the standards of prudence and loyalty set forth in section 404 of ERISA, as applicable, with respect to each such ERISA-covered plan and IRA; (b) not to require (or otherwise cause) the ERISA covered plan or IRA to waive, limit, or qualify the liability of the JPMC Affiliated QPAM for violating ERISA or the Code or engaging in prohibited transactions; (c) not to require the ERISA-covered plan or IRA (or sponsor of such ERISA-covered plan or beneficial owner of such IRA) to indemnify the JPMC Affiliated QPAM for violating ERISA or the Code, or engaging in prohibited transactions, except for violations or prohibited transactions caused by an error, misrepresentation, or misconduct of a plan fiduciary or other party hired by the plan fiduciary, which is independent of JPMC, and its affiliates; (d) not to restrict the ability of such ERISA-covered plan or IRA to terminate or withdraw from its arrangement with the JPMC Affiliated QPAM (including any investment in a separately managed account or pooled fund subject to ERISA and managed by such QPAM), with the exception of reasonable restrictions, appropriately disclosed in advance, that are specifically designed to ensure equitable treatment of all investors in a pooled fund in the event such withdrawal or termination may have adverse consequences for all other investors as a result of the actual lack of liquidity of the underlying assets, provided that such restrictions are applied consistently and in like manner to all such investors; (e) not to impose any fee, penalty, or charge for such termination or withdrawal, with the exception of reasonable fees, appropriately disclosed in advance, that are specifically designed to prevent generally recognized abusive investment practices, or specifically designed to ensure equitable treatment of all investors in a pooled fund in the event such withdrawal or termination may have adverse consequences for all other investors, provided that each such fee is applied consistently and in like manner to all such investors; (f) not to include exculpatory provisions disclaiming or otherwise limiting liability of the JPMC Affiliated QPAM for a violation of such agreement's terms, except for liability caused by an error, misrepresentation, or misconduct of a plan fiduciary or other party hired by the plan fiduciary which is independent of JPMC, and its affiliates; and (g) to indemnify and hold harmless the ERISA-covered plan or IRA for any damages resulting from a violation of applicable laws, a breach of contract, or any claim arising out of the failure of such JPMC Affiliated QPAM to qualify for the exemptive relief provided by PTE 84-14 as a result of a violation of Section I (g) of PTE 84-14 other than the Conviction.
28. Within four (4) months of the date of the Conviction, each JPMC Affiliated QPAM will provide a notice of its obligations under this Section I(i) to each ERISA-covered plan and IRA for which a JPMC Affiliated QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services. In addition, each JPMC Affiliated QPAM must maintain records necessary to demonstrate that the conditions of this temporary exemption have been met for six (6) years following the date of any transaction for which such JPMC Affiliated QPAM relies upon the relief in the temporary exemption.
29. Furthermore, the proposed temporary exemption mandates that, during the effective period of this temporary exemption, JPMC must immediately disclose to the Department any Deferred Prosecution Agreement (a DPA) or a Non-Prosecution Agreement (an NPA) that JPMC or an affiliate enters into with the Department of Justice, to the extent such DPA or NPA involves conduct described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 or section 411 of ERISA. In addition, JPMC or an affiliate must immediately provide the Department any information requested by the Department, as permitted by law, regarding the agreement and/or conduct and allegations that led to the agreement.
30. The proposed exemption would provide relief from certain of the restrictions set forth in Section 406 and 407 of ERISA. Such a granted exemption would not provide relief from any other violation of law. Pursuant to the terms of this proposed exemption, any criminal conviction not expressly described herein, but otherwise described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 and attributable to the Applicant for purposes of PTE 84-14, would result in the Applicant's loss of this exemption.
31. The Applicant represents that the proposed temporary exemption is administratively feasible because it does not require any monitoring by the Department. In addition, the limited effective duration of the temporary exemption provides the Department with the opportunity to determine whether long-term exemptive relief is warranted, without causing sudden and potentially costly harm to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs.
32. Given the revised and new conditions described above, the Department has tentatively determined that the relief sought by the Applicant satisfies the statutory requirements for a temporary exemption under section 408(a) of ERISA.
Written comments and requests for a public hearing on the proposed temporary exemption should be submitted to the Department within seven (7) days from the date of publication of this
Mr. Joseph Brennan of the Department at (202) 693-8456. (This is not a toll-free number.)
The Department is considering granting a temporary exemption under the authority of section 408(a) of Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, (ERISA or the Act) and section 4975(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and in accordance
If the proposed temporary exemption is granted, the Barclays Affiliated QPAMs and the Barclays Related QPAMs, as defined in Sections II(a) and II(b), respectively, will not be precluded from relying on the exemptive relief provided by Prohibited Transaction Exemption 84-14 (PTE 84-14 or the QPAM Exemption),
(a) Other than certain individuals who: Worked for a non-fiduciary business within BCI; had no responsibility for, and exercised no authority in connection with, the management of plan assets; and are no longer employed by BCI, the Barclays Affiliated QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than BPLC, and employees of such QPAMs who had responsibility for, or exercised authority in connection with the management of plan assets) did not know of, have reason to know of, or participate in the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction (for purposes of this paragraph (a), “participate in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Conviction);
(b) The Barclays Affiliated QPAMs and the Barclays Related QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than BPLC, and employees of such QPAMs) did not receive direct compensation, or knowingly receive indirect compensation, in connection with the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction;
(c) The Barclays Affiliated QPAMs will not employ or knowingly engage any of the individuals that participated in the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction (for purposes of this paragraph (c), “participated in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Conviction);
(d) A Barclays Affiliated QPAM will not use its authority or influence to direct an “investment fund,” (as defined in Section VI(b) of PTE 84-14) that is subject to ERISA or the Code and managed by such Barclays Affiliated QPAM, to enter into any transaction with BPLC or BCI, or to engage BPLC or BCI, to provide any service to such investment fund, for a direct or indirect fee borne by such investment fund, regardless of whether such transaction or service may otherwise be within the scope of relief provided by an administrative or statutory exemption;
(e) Any failure of a Barclays Affiliated QPAM or a Barclays Related QPAM to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 arose solely from the Conviction;
(f) A Barclays Affiliated QPAM or a Barclays Related QPAM did exercise authority over the assets of any plan subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA (an ERISA-covered plan) or section 4975 of the Code (an IRA) in a manner that it knew or should have known would: further the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction; or cause the Barclays Affiliate QPAM or the Barclays Related QPAM, or its affiliates or related parties to directly or indirectly profit from the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction;
(g) BPLC and BCI will not provide discretionary asset management services to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, nor will otherwise act as a fiduciary with respect to ERISA-covered plan and IRA assets;
(h)(1) Prior to a Barclays Affiliated QPAM's engagement by any ERISA-covered plan or IRA for discretionary asset management services, the Barclays Affiliated QPAM must develop, implement, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures (the Policies) requiring and reasonably designed to ensure that:
(i) The asset management decisions of the Barclays Affiliated QPAM are conducted independently of the corporate management and business activities of BPLC and BCI;
(ii) The Barclays Affiliated QPAM fully complies with ERISA's fiduciary duties and with ERISA and the Code's prohibited transaction provisions, and does not knowingly participate in any violations of these duties and provisions with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs;
(iii) The Barclays Affiliated QPAM does not knowingly participate in any other person's violation of ERISA or the Code with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs;
(iv) Any filings or statements made by the Barclays Affiliated QPAM to regulators, including but not limited to, the Department of Labor, the Department of the Treasury, the Department of Justice, and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, on behalf of ERISA-covered plans or IRAs are materially accurate and complete, to the best of such QPAM's knowledge at that time;
(v) The Barclays Affiliated QPAM does not make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with such regulators with respect to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, or make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients;
(vi) The Barclays Affiliated QPAM complies with the terms of this temporary exemption; and
(vii) Any violation of, or failure to comply with, an item in subparagraphs (ii) through (vi), is corrected promptly upon discovery, and any such violation or compliance failure not promptly corrected is reported, upon discovering the failure to promptly correct, in writing, to appropriate corporate officers, the head of compliance, and the General Counsel (or their functional equivalent) of the relevant Barclays Affiliated QPAM, and an appropriate fiduciary of any affected ERISA-covered plan or IRA where such fiduciary is independent of BPLC; however, with respect to any ERISA-covered plan or IRA sponsored by an “affiliate” (as defined in Section VI(d) of PTE 84-14) of BPLC or beneficially owned by an employee of BPLC or its affiliates, such fiduciary does not need to be independent of BPLC. A Barclays Affiliated QPAM will not be treated as having failed to develop, implement, maintain, or follow the Policies, provided that it corrects any instance of noncompliance promptly when discovered or when it reasonably should have known of the noncompliance (whichever is earlier), and provided that it adheres to the reporting requirements set forth in this subparagraph (vii);
(2) Prior to a Barclays Affiliated QPAM's engagement by any ERISA covered plan or IRA for discretionary asset management services, the Barclays
(i) Effective as of the effective date of this temporary exemption with respect to any arrangement, agreement, or contract between a Barclays Affiliated QPAM and an ERISA-covered plan or IRA for which such Barclays Affiliated QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services, each Barclays Affiliated QPAM agrees:
(1) To comply with ERISA and the Code, as applicable with respect to such ERISA-covered plan or IRA; to refrain from engaging in prohibited transactions that are not otherwise exempt (and to promptly correct any inadvertent prohibited transactions); and to comply with the standards of prudence and loyalty set forth in section 404 of ERISA with respect to each such ERISA-covered plan and IRA;
(2) Not to require (or otherwise cause) the ERISA-covered plan or IRA to waive, limit, or qualify the liability of the Barclays Affiliated QPAM for violating ERISA or the Code or engaging in prohibited transactions;
(3) Not to require the ERISA-covered plan or IRA (or sponsor of such ERISA-covered plan or beneficial owner of such IRA) to indemnify the Barclays Affiliated QPAM for violating ERISA or engaging in prohibited transactions, except for violations or prohibited transactions caused by an error, misrepresentation, or misconduct of a plan fiduciary or other party hired by the plan fiduciary who is independent of BPLC, and its affiliates;
(4) Not to restrict the ability of such ERISA-covered plan or IRA to terminate or withdraw from its arrangement with the Barclays Affiliated QPAM (including any investment in a separately managed account or pooled fund subject to ERISA and managed by such QPAM), with the exception of reasonable restrictions, appropriately disclosed in advance, that are specifically designed to ensure equitable treatment of all investors in a pooled fund in the event such withdrawal or termination may have adverse consequences for all other investors as a result of an actual lack of liquidity of the underlying assets, provided that such restrictions are applied consistently and in like manner to all such investors;
(5) Not to impose any fees, penalties, or charges for such termination or withdrawal with the exception of reasonable fees, appropriately disclosed in advance, that are specifically designed to prevent generally recognized abusive investment practices or specifically designed to ensure equitable treatment of all investors in a pooled fund in the event such withdrawal or termination may have adverse consequences for all other investors, provided that such fees are applied consistently and in like manner to all such investors;
(6) Not to include exculpatory provisions disclaiming or otherwise limiting liability of the Barclays Affiliated QPAM for a violation of such agreement's terms, except for liability caused by an error, misrepresentation, or misconduct of a plan fiduciary or other party hired by the plan fiduciary who is independent of BPLC, and its affiliates; and
(7) To indemnify and hold harmless the ERISA-covered plan or IRA for any damages resulting from a violation of applicable laws, a breach of contract, or any claim arising out of the failure of such Barclays Affiliated QPAM to qualify for the exemptive relief provided by PTE 84-14 as a result of a violation of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 other than the Conviction.
Within four (4) months of the date of the Conviction, each Barclays Affiliated QPAM will provide a notice of its obligations under this Section I(i) to each ERISA-covered plan and IRA for which a Barclays Affiliated QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services;
(j) The Barclays Affiliated QPAMs comply with each condition of PTE 84-14, as amended, with the sole exceptions of the violations of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 that are attributable to the Conviction;
(k) Each Barclays Affiliated QPAM will maintain records necessary to demonstrate that the conditions of this temporary exemption have been met, for six (6) years following the date of any transaction for which such Barclays Affiliated QPAM relies upon the relief in the temporary exemption;
(l) During the effective period of this temporary exemption, BPLC: (1) Immediately discloses to the Department any Deferred Prosecution Agreement (a DPA) or Non-Prosecution Agreement (an NPA) that BPLC or an affiliate enters into with the U.S. Department of Justice, to the extent such DPA or NPA involves conduct described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 or section 411 of ERISA; and
(2) Immediately provides the Department any information requested by the Department, as permitted by law, regarding the agreement and/or the conduct and allegations that led to the agreements; and
(m) A Barclays Affiliated QPAM or a Barclays Related QPAM will not fail to meet the terms of this temporary exemption solely because a different Barclays Affiliated QPAM or Barclays Related QPAM fails to satisfy a condition for relief under this temporary exemption, described in Sections I(c), (d), (h), (i), (j) and (k).
(a) The term “Barclays Affiliated QPAM” means a “qualified professional asset manager” (as defined in Section VI(a)
(b) The term “Barclays Related QPAM” means any current or future “qualified professional asset manager” (as defined in Section VI(a) of PTE 84-14) that relies on the relief provided by PTE 84-14, and with respect to which BPLC owns a direct or indirect five percent or more interest, but with respect to which BPLC is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Section VI(d)(1) of PTE 84-14).
(c) The terms “ERISA-covered plan” and “IRA” mean, respectively, a plan subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA and a plan subject to section 4975 of the Code;
(d) The term “BPLC” means Barclays PLC, the parent entity, and does not include any subsidiaries or other affiliates;
(e) The term “Conviction” means the judgment of conviction against BPLC for violation of the Sherman Antitrust Act, 15 U.S.C. 1, which is scheduled to be entered in the District Court for the District of Connecticut (the District Court), Case Number 3:15-cr-00077-SRU-1, in connection with BPLC,
(f) The term “Conviction Date” means the date that a judgment of Conviction against BPLC is entered by the District Court in connection with the Conviction.
The proposed exemption would provide relief from certain of the restrictions set forth in sections 406 and 407 of ERISA. No relief from a violation of any other law would be provided by this exemption.
Furthermore, the Department cautions that the relief in this proposed exemption would terminate immediately if, among other things, an entity within the BPLC corporate structure is convicted of a crime described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 (other than the Conviction) during the effective period of the exemption. While such an entity could apply for a new exemption in that circumstance, the Department would not be obligated to grant the exemption. The terms of this proposed exemption have been specifically designed to permit plans to terminate their relationships in an orderly and cost effective fashion in the event of an additional conviction or a determination that it is otherwise prudent for a plan to terminate its relationship with an entity covered by the proposed exemption.
1. BCI is a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and was, until December 28, 2015, an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. As a registered broker-dealer, BCI is regulated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.
BCI is incorporated in the State of Connecticut and headquartered in New York, with 18 U.S. branch offices. BCI is wholly-owned by Barclays Group US Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Barclays Bank PLC, which, in turn, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of BPLC, a non-operating holding company.
Barclays Bank PLC wholly owns, indirectly, one bank subsidiary in the United States—Barclays Bank Delaware, a Delaware chartered commercial bank supervised and regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Delaware Office of the State Bank Commissioner and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. Barclays Bank Delaware does not manage ERISA plan or IRA assets currently, but may do so in the future.
BPLC's asset management business, Barclays Wealth and Investment Management (BWIM), offers wealth management products and services for many types of clients, including individual and institutional clients. BWIM operates through over 20 offices worldwide. Prior to December 4, 2015, BWIM functioned in the United States through BCI.
On December 4, 2015, BCI consummated a sale of its U.S. operations of BWIM, including Barclays Wealth Trustees, to Stifel Financial Corp. As a result of the transaction, as of that date, neither BCI nor any of its affiliates continued to manage ERISA-covered plan or IRA assets.
2. On May 20, 2015, the Department of Justice filed a one-count criminal information (the Information) in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut charging BPLC, an affiliate of BCI, with participating in a combination and a conspiracy to fix, stabilize, maintain, increase or decrease the price of, and rig bids and offers for, Euro/USD currency pairs exchanged in the foreign currency exchange spot market by agreeing to eliminate competition in the purchase and sale of such currency pairs in the United States and elsewhere, in violation of the Sherman Antitrust Act, 15 U.S.C. 1. For example, BPLC engaged in communications with other financial services firms in an electronic chat room limited to specific EUR/USD traders, each of whom was employed, at certain times, by one of the financial services firms engaged in the FX Spot Market.
BPLC also participated in a conspiracy to decrease competition in the purchase and sale of the EUR/USD currency pair. BPLC and other financial services firms coordinated the trading of the EUR/USD currency pair in connection with certain benchmark currency “fixes” which occurred at specific times each trading day. In addition, BPLC and other financial services firms refrained from certain trading behavior, by withholding bids and offers, when another firm held an open risk position, so that the price of the currency traded would not move in a direction adverse to the firm with the open risk position.
Also, on May 20, 2015, pursuant to a plea agreement (the Plea Agreement), BPLC entered a plea of guilty for the violation of Sherman Antitrust Act, 15 U.S.C. 1. Under the Plea Agreement, BPLC pled guilty to the charge set out in the Information. The judgment of Conviction has not yet been entered.
BPLC paid a criminal fine of $710 million to the Department of Justice, of which $650 million is attributable to the charge set out in the Information. The remaining $60 million is attributable to conduct covered by the non-prosecution agreement that BPLC entered into on June 26, 2012, with the Criminal Division, Fraud Section of the Department of Justice related to BPLC's submissions of benchmark interest rates, including the London InterBank Offered Rate (known as LIBOR). In addition, Barclays Bank PLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of BPLC, entered into a settlement agreement with the U.K.
As part of the settlement, Barclays Bank PLC consented to the entry of an Order Instituting Proceedings Pursuant to Sections 6(c)(4)(A) and 6(d) of the Commodity Exchange Act, Making Findings, and Imposing Remedial Sanctions by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) imposing a civil money penalty of $400 million (the CFTC Order). In addition, Barclays Bank PLC and its New York branch consented to the entry of an Order to Cease and Desist and Order of Assessment of a Civil Money Penalty Issued Upon Consent Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as Amended, by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Federal Reserve) imposing a civil money penalty of $342 million (the Board Order). Barclays Bank PLC and its New York branch also consented to the entry of a Consent Order under New York Bank Law 44 and 44-a by the New York Department of Financial Services (DFS) imposing a civil money penalty of $485 million
3. In addition to the settlements described above, relating to FX trading, in July 2015, the Israeli tax authorities commenced a criminal investigation relating to the Value Added Tax returns of Barclays Bank PLC in Israel. The Applicant represents that the investigation is ongoing, and the outcome is anticipated to be a non-material financial penalty.
In addition, the Applicant represents that Barclays Italy is the subject of three separate criminal proceedings before the Tribunal of Rome, which stem from individual allegations of usury, fraud and forgery in connection with a mortgage, and embezzlement. With respect to this investigation, Applicant also anticipates the outcome will be a non-material financial penalty.
The Applicant represents that to the best of its knowledge, it does not have a reasonable basis to believe that the discretionary activities of any affiliated QPAM are the subject of the investigation or the criminal proceedings discussed above. The Applicant also represents that it does not have a reasonable basis to believe that any pending criminal investigation involving the Applicant or its affiliates would cause a reasonable plan or IRA customer not to hire or retain a QPAM affiliated with the Applicant.
4. PTE 84-14 is a class exemption that permits certain transactions between a party in interest with respect to an employee benefit plan and an investment fund in which the plan has an interest and which is managed by a “qualified professional asset manager” (QPAM), if the conditions of the exemption are satisfied. These conditions include Section I(g), which precludes a person who may otherwise meet the definition of a QPAM from relying on the relief provided by PTE 84-14 if that person or its “affiliate”
5. The Applicant represents that BPLC is currently affiliated (within the meaning of Part VI(d) of PTE 84-14) with only two entities that could meet the definition of “QPAM” in Part VI(a) of PTE 84-14, namely Barclays Bank Delaware and Barclays Bank PLC, New York Branch, both of which are subject to its control (within the meaning of Part VI(d)(1) of PTE 84-14). The Applicant states that BPLC or a subsidiary may, in the future, invest in non-controlled, minimally related QPAMs that could constitute Barclays Related QPAMs, as defined in the proposed exemption.
However, the exemption described herein does not extend to the convicted entity, BPLC, or BCI. Regarding BCI, according to the Applicant, the New York Department of Financial Services referred to 14 people who DFS believed should be sanctioned in some way. According to Barclays' human resources records, seven of those individuals were line managers with some supervisory authority at some point during the relevant time period. Five of those individuals were employed by both Barclays Bank PLC and BCI. Nine of the fourteen worked, at one time or another, in New York. The Department views BCI's level of involvement in the misconduct that gave rise to the Conviction as unacceptable, and is not proposing relief herein for that entity to act as a QPAM.
6. The Applicant states that the Department of Justice and BPLC negotiated a settlement reflected in the Plea Agreement, in which BPLC agreed to lawfully undertake the following pursuant to the Plea Agreement:
(a) Payment by BPLC of a total monetary penalty in the amount of $710 million;
(b) During the probation term of three years, BPLC will not commit another crime under U.S. federal law or engage
(c) BPLC will notify the probation officer upon learning of the commencement of any federal criminal investigation in which BPLC is a target, or federal criminal prosecution against it;
(d) During the probation term, BPLC will prominently post and maintain on its Web site and, within 30 days after BPLC pleads guilty, make best efforts to send spot FX customers and counterparties (other than customers and counterparties who BPLC can establish solely engaged in buying or selling foreign currency through its consumer bank units and not its spot FX sales or trading staff) a retrospective disclosure notice regarding certain historical conduct involving FX Spot Market transactions with customers via telephone, email and/or electronic chat;
(e) BPLC will implement a compliance program designed to prevent and detect the conduct underlying the Plea Agreement throughout its operations including those of its affiliates and subsidiaries and provide an annual progress report to the Department of Justice and the probation officer;
(f) BPLC will further strengthen its compliance and internal controls as required by the CFTC and the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority and any other regulatory or enforcement agencies that have addressed the conduct underlying the Plea Agreement, which shall include, but not be limited to, a thorough review of the activities and decision-making by employees of BPLC's legal and compliance functions with respect to the historical conduct underlying the Plea Agreement, and promptly report to the Department of Justice and the probation officer all of its remediation efforts required by these agencies, as well as remediation and implementation of any compliance program and internal controls, policies and procedures related to the criminal conduct underlying the Plea Agreement;
(g) BPLC will report to the Department of Justice all credible information regarding criminal violations of U.S. antitrust laws and of U.S. law concerning fraud, including securities or commodities fraud, by BPLC or any of its employees, as to which BPLC's Board of Directors, management (that is, all supervisors within the bank), or legal and compliance personnel are aware;
(h) BPLC will bring to the Antitrust Division's attention all federal criminal investigations in which BPLC is identified as a subject or a target, and all administrative or regulatory proceedings or civil actions brought by any federal or state governmental authority in the United States against BPLC or its employees, to the extent that such investigations, proceedings or actions allege facts that could form the basis of a criminal violation of U.S. antitrust laws, and also bring to the Criminal Division, Fraud Section's attention all federal criminal or regulatory investigations in which BPLC is identified as a subject or a target, and all administrative or regulatory proceedings or civil actions brought by any federal governmental authority in the United States against BPLC or its employees, to the extent that such investigations, proceedings or actions allege violation of U.S. law concerning fraud, including securities or commodities fraud;
(i) BPLC and all of the entities in which BPLC had, indirectly or directly, a greater than 50% ownership interest as of the date of the Plea Agreement, including Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Capital Services Ltd. (
(j) During the probation term, BPLC will cooperate fully with the Department of Justice and any other law enforcement authority or government agency designated by the Department of Justice, in a manner consistent with applicable law and regulations, with regard to a certain sealed investigation.
(k) BPLC must expeditiously seek relief from the Department by filing an application for the QPAM Exemption and will provide all information requested by the Department in a timely manner.
7. The Applicant represents that BPLC and its subsidiaries and affiliates, including Barclays Bank PLC and its New York branch (collectively, the Bank) have implemented and will continue to implement policies and procedures designed to prevent the recurrence of the conduct that is the subject of the FX Settlements as required by the Plea Agreement.
8. The Applicant states that the Bank has made substantial investments in the independent, external review of its governance, operational model, and risk and control programs, conducted by Sir Anthony Salz, including interviews of more than 600 employees, clients, and competitors, as well as consideration of more than 9,000 responses to an internal staff survey. The Applicant represents that the Bank has taken steps to clearly articulate its policies and values and disseminate that information firm-wide through trainings.
The Applicant states that the Bank continues to develop a strong institutionalized framework of supervision and accountability running from the desk level to the top of the organization. The Applicant represents that the Bank continues to institute an enhanced global compliance and controls system, supported by substantial financial and human resources, and charged with enforcing and continually monitoring adherence to BPLC's policies.
9. The Applicant proposed certain conditions it believes are protective of the rights of participants and beneficiaries of ERISA-covered plans and IRAs with respect to the transactions described herein. The Department has determined to revise and supplement the proposed conditions so that it can make its required finding that the requested exemption is protective of the rights of participants and beneficiaries of affected plans and IRAs. In this regard, the Department has tentatively determined that the following conditions adequately protect the rights of participants and beneficiaries of affected plans and IRAs with respect to the transactions that
10. Relief under this proposed exemption is only available to the extent: (a) Other than with respect to certain individuals who worked for a non-fiduciary business within BCI and who had no responsibility for, and exercised no authority in connection with, the management of plan assets, the Barclays Affiliated QPAMs, including their officers, directors, agents other than BPLC and employees of such Barclays Affiliated QPAMs, did not know of, have reason to know of, or participate in the criminal conduct of BPLC that is the subject of the Conviction (for purposes of this condition, the term “participated in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Conviction); (b) any failure of those QPAMs to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 arose solely from the Conviction; and (c) the Barclays Affiliated QPAMs and the Barclays Related QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than BPLC, and employees of such QPAMs) did not receive direct compensation, or knowingly receive indirect compensation, in connection with the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction.
11. The Department expects the Barclays Affiliated QPAMs to rigorously ensure that the individuals associated with the criminal conduct of BPLC will not be employed or knowingly engaged by such QPAMs. In this regard, the temporary exemption, if granted as proposed, mandates that the Barclays Affiliated QPAMs will not employ or knowingly engage any of the individuals that participated in criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction. Again, for purposes of this condition, the term “participated in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Conviction.
Further, the Barclays Affiliated QPAM will not use its authority or influence to direct an “investment fund,” (as defined in Section VI(b) of PTE 84-14), that is subject to ERISA or the Code and managed by such Barclays Affiliated QPAM, to enter into any transaction with BPLC or BCI, or to engage BPLC or BCI, to provide any service to such investment fund, for a direct or indirect fee borne by such investment fund, regardless of whether such transaction or service may otherwise be within the scope of relief provided by an administrative or statutory exemption.
12. The Barclays Affiliated QPAMs and Barclays Related QPAMs must comply with each condition of PTE 84-14, as amended, with the sole exception of the violation of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 that is attributable to the Conviction. Further, any failure of the Barclays Affiliated QPAMs or the Barclays Related QPAMs to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 arose solely from the Conviction.
13. No relief will be provided by the temporary exemption to the extent that a Barclays Affiliated QPAM or a Barclays Related QPAM exercised authority over the assets of an ERISA-covered plan or IRA in a manner that it knew or should have known would: Further the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction; or cause the Barclays Affiliated QPAM or the Barclays Related QPAM, affiliates, or related parties to directly or indirectly profit from the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction. Further, no relief will be provided to the extent BPLC or BCI provides any discretionary asset management services to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, or otherwise acts as a fiduciary with respect to ERISA-covered plan and IRA assets.
13. The Department believes that robust policies and training are warranted where, as here, the criminal misconduct has occurred within a corporate organization that is affiliated with one or more QPAMs managing plan or IRA assets in reliance on PTE 84-14. Therefore, this proposed temporary exemption requires that prior to a Barclays Affiliated QPAM's engagement by any ERISA-covered plan or IRA for discretionary asset management services, each Barclays Affiliated QPAM must develop, implement, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures (the Policies) requiring and reasonably designed to ensure that: The asset management decisions of the Barclays Affiliated QPAM are conducted independently of the corporate management and business activities of BPLC and BCI; the Barclays Affiliated QPAM fully complies with ERISA's fiduciary duties, and with ERISA and the Code's prohibited transaction provisions, and does not knowingly participate in any violations of these duties and provisions with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs; the Barclays Affiliated QPAM does not knowingly participate in any other person's violation of ERISA or the Code with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs; any filings or statements made by the Barclays Affiliated QPAM to regulators, including but not limited to, the Department, the Department of the Treasury, the Department of Justice, and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, on behalf of ERISA-covered plans or IRAs are materially accurate and complete, to the best of such QPAM's knowledge at that time; the Barclays Affiliated QPAM does not make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with such regulators with respect to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, or make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients; and the Barclays Affiliated QPAM complies with the terms of this temporary exemption. Any violation of, or failure to comply with, these items is corrected promptly upon discovery, and any such violation or compliance failure not promptly corrected is reported, upon discovering the failure to promptly correct, in writing, to appropriate corporate officers, the head of compliance and the General Counsel (or their functional equivalent) of the relevant Barclays Affiliated QPAM, and an appropriate fiduciary of any affected ERISA-covered plan or IRA, where such fiduciary is independent of BPLC.
13. The Department has also imposed a condition that requires that prior to a Barclays Affiliated QPAM's engagement by any ERISA-covered plan or IRA for discretionary asset management services reliant on PTE 84-14, each Barclays Affiliated QPAM develops and implements a program of training (the Training), conducted at least annually, for all relevant Barclays Affiliated QPAM asset/portfolio management, trading, legal, compliance, and internal audit personnel. The Training must be set forth in the Policies and, at a minimum, cover the Policies, ERISA and Code compliance (including applicable fiduciary duties and the prohibited transaction provisions), ethical conduct, the consequences for not complying with the conditions of this temporary exemption (including any loss of exemptive relief provided herein), and prompt reporting of wrongdoing.
14. This temporary exemption requires the Barclays Affiliated QPAMs to enter into certain contractual obligations in connection with the provision of services to their clients. It is the Department's view that the condition for exemptive relief requiring these contractual obligations is essential to the Department's ability to make its findings that the proposed temporary exemption is protective of the rights of the participants and beneficiaries of ERISA-covered and IRA plan clients of Barclays Affiliated QPAMs under section 408(a) of ERISA. In this regard, Section I(i) of the proposed temporary exemption provides that, as of the effective date of this temporary exemption with respect to any
15. Within four (4) months of the date of the Conviction, each Barclays Affiliated QPAM will: Provide a notice of its obligations under Section I(i) to each ERISA-covered plan and IRA for which the Barclays Affiliated QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services.
16. In addition, each Barclays Affiliated QPAM must maintain records necessary to demonstrate that the conditions of this temporary exemption have been met for six (6) years following the date of any transaction for which such Barclays Affiliated QPAM relies upon the relief in the temporary exemption.
17. Furthermore, the proposed temporary exemption mandates that, during the effective period of this temporary exemption, BPLC must immediately disclose to the Department any Deferred Prosecution Agreement (a DPA) or a Non-Prosecution Agreement (an NPA) that BPLC or an affiliate enters into with the Department of Justice, to the extent such DPA or NPA involves conduct described in section I(g) of PTE 84-14 or section 411 of ERISA. In addition, BPLC or an affiliate must immediately provide the Department any information requested by the Department, as permitted by law, regarding the agreement and/or the conduct and allegations that led to the agreement.
18. The proposed exemption would provide relief from certain of the restrictions set forth in Section 406 and 407 of ERISA. Such a granted exemption would not provide relief from any other violation of law. Pursuant to the terms of this proposed exemption, any criminal conviction not expressly described herein, but otherwise described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 and attributable to the Applicant for purposes of PTE 84-14, would result in the Applicant's loss of this exemption.
19. The Applicant represents that the proposed temporary exemption is administratively feasible because it does not require any monitoring by the Department. In addition, the limited effective duration of the temporary exemption provides the Department with the opportunity to determine whether long-term exemptive relief is warranted, without causing sudden and potentially costly harm to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs.
20. Given the revised and new conditions described above, the Department has tentatively determined that the relief sought by the Applicant satisfies the statutory requirements for an exemption under section 408(a) of ERISA.
Written comments and requests for a public hearing on the proposed temporary exemption should be submitted to the Department within five (5) days from the date of publication of this
Ms. Anna Mpras Vaughan of the Department, telephone (202) 693-8565. (This is not a toll-free number.)
The Department is considering granting a five-year exemption under the authority of section 408(a) of the Act (or ERISA) and section 4975(c)(2) of the Code, and in accordance with the procedures set forth in 29 CFR part 2570, subpart B (76 FR 66637, 66644, October 27, 2011).
If the proposed five-year exemption is granted, certain asset managers with specified relationships to JPMC (the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs and the JPMC Related QPAMs, as defined further in Sections II(a) and II(b), respectively) will not be precluded from relying on the exemptive relief provided by Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 84-14 (PTE 84-14 or the QPAM Exemption),
(a) Other than a single individual who worked for a non-fiduciary business within JPMorgan Chase Bank and who had no responsibility for, and exercised no authority in connection with, the management of plan assets, the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs and the JPMC Related QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than JPMC, and employees of such QPAMs who had responsibility for, or exercised authority in connection with the management of plan assets) did not know of, did not have reason to know of, or participate in the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction. For purposes of this paragraph (a), “participate in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Conviction;
(b) Other than a single individual who worked for a non-fiduciary business within JPMorgan Chase Bank and who had no responsibility for, and exercised no authority in connection with, the management of plan assets, the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs and the JPMC Related QPAMs (including their officers, directors, and agents other than JPMC, and employees of such JPMC QPAMs) did not receive direct compensation, or knowingly receive indirect compensation in connection with the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction;
(c) The JPMC Affiliated QPAMs will not employ or knowingly engage any of the individuals that participated in the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction For the purposes of this paragraph (c), “participated in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying Conviction;
(d) A JPMC Affiliated QPAM will not use its authority or influence to direct an “investment fund” (as defined in Section VI(b) of PTE 84-14), that is subject to ERISA or the Code and managed by such JPMC Affiliated QPAM, to enter into any transaction with JPMC or the Investment Banking Division of JPMorgan Chase Bank, or engage JPMC or the Investment Banking Division of JPMorgan Chase Bank to provide any service to such investment fund, for a direct or indirect fee borne by such investment fund, regardless of whether such transaction or service may otherwise be within the scope of relief provided by an administrative or statutory exemption;
(e) Any failure of a JPMC Affiliated QPAM or a JPMC Related QPAM to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 arose solely from the Conviction;
(f) A JPMC Affiliated QPAM or a JPMC Related QPAM did not exercise authority over the assets of any plan subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA (an ERISA-covered plan) or section 4975 of the Code (an IRA) in a manner that it knew or should have known would: Further the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction; or cause the JPMC QPAM or its affiliates or related parties to directly or indirectly profit from the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction;
(g) JPMC and the Investment Banking Division of JPMorgan Chase Bank will not provide discretionary asset management services to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, and will not otherwise act as a fiduciary with respect to ERISA-covered plan or IRA assets;
(h)(1) Within four (4) months of the Conviction, each JPMC Affiliated QPAM must develop, implement, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures (the Policies) requiring and reasonably designed to ensure that:
(i) The asset management decisions of the JPMC Affiliated QPAM are conducted independently of JPMC's management and business activities, including the corporate management and business activities of the Investment Banking Division of JPMorgan Chase Bank;
(ii) The JPMC Affiliated QPAM fully complies with ERISA's fiduciary duties, and with ERISA and the Code's prohibited transaction provisions, and does not knowingly participate in any violation of these duties and provisions with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs;
(iii) The JPMC Affiliated QPAM does not knowingly participate in any other person's violation of ERISA or the Code with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs;
(iv) Any filings or statements made by the JPMC Affiliated QPAM to regulators, including, but not limited to, the Department, the Department of the Treasury, the Department of Justice, and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, on behalf of ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, are materially accurate and complete, to the best of such QPAM's knowledge at that time;
(v) The JPMC Affiliated QPAM does not make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with such regulators with respect to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, or make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with ERISA-covered plans and IRA clients;
(vi) The JPMC Affiliated QPAM complies with the terms of this five-year exemption; and
(vii) Any violation of, or failure to comply with an item in subparagraphs (ii) through (vi), is corrected promptly upon discovery, and any such violation or compliance failure not promptly corrected is reported, upon the discovery of such failure to promptly correct, in writing, to appropriate corporate officers, the head of compliance, and the General Counsel (or their functional equivalent) of the relevant JPMC Affiliated QPAM, the independent auditor responsible for reviewing compliance with the Policies, and an appropriate fiduciary of any affected ERISA-covered plan or IRA that is independent of JPMC; however, with respect to any ERISA-covered plan or IRA sponsored by an “affiliate” (as defined in Section VI(d) of PTE 84-14) of JPMC or beneficially owned by an employee of JPMC or its affiliates, such fiduciary does not need to be independent of JPMC. A JPMC Affiliated QPAM will not be treated as having failed to develop, implement, maintain, or follow the Policies, provided that it corrects any instance of noncompliance promptly when discovered, or when it reasonably should have known of the noncompliance (whichever is earlier), and provided that it adheres to the reporting requirements set forth in this subparagraph (vii);
(2) Within four (4) months of the date of the Conviction, each JPMC Affiliated QPAM must develop and implement a program of training (the Training), conducted at least annually, for all relevant JPMC Affiliated QPAM asset/portfolio management, trading, legal, compliance, and internal audit personnel. The Training must:
(i) Be set forth in the Policies and, at a minimum, cover the Policies, ERISA and Code compliance (including applicable fiduciary duties and the prohibited transaction provisions), ethical conduct, the consequences for not complying with the conditions of this five-year exemption (including any loss of exemptive relief provided herein), and prompt reporting of wrongdoing; and
(ii) Be conducted by an independent professional who has been prudently selected and who has appropriate technical and training and proficiency with ERISA and the Code;
(i)(1) Each JPMC Affiliated QPAM submits to an audit conducted annually by an independent auditor, who has been prudently selected and who has appropriate technical training and proficiency with ERISA and the Code, to evaluate the adequacy of, and the JPMC Affiliated QPAM's compliance with, the Policies and Training described herein. The audit requirement must be incorporated in the Policies. Each annual audit must cover a consecutive twelve month period starting with the twelve month period that begins on the effective date of the five-year exemption, and each annual audit must be completed no later than six (6) months after the period to which the audit applies;
(2) To the extent necessary for the auditor, in its sole opinion, to complete its audit and comply with the conditions for relief described herein, and as permitted by law, each JPMC Affiliated QPAM and, if applicable, JPMC, will grant the auditor unconditional access to its business, including, but not limited to: Its computer systems; business records; transactional data; workplace locations; training materials; and personnel;
(3) The auditor's engagement must specifically require the auditor to determine whether each JPMC Affiliated QPAM has developed, implemented, maintained, and followed the Policies in accordance with the conditions of this five-year exemption, and has developed and implemented the Training, as required herein;
(4) The auditor's engagement must specifically require the auditor to test each JPMC Affiliated QPAM's operational compliance with the Policies and Training. In this regard, the auditor must test a sample of each QPAM's transactions involving ERISA-covered plans and IRAs sufficient in size and nature to afford the auditor a reasonable basis to determine the operational compliance with the Policies and Training;
(5) For each audit, on or before the end of the relevant period described in Section I(i)(1) for completing the audit, the auditor must issue a written report (the Audit Report) to JPMC and the JPMC Affiliated QPAM to which the audit applies that describes the procedures performed by the auditor during the course of its examination. The Audit Report must include the auditor's specific determinations regarding:
(i) The adequacy of the JPMC Affiliated QPAM's Policies and Training; the JPMC Affiliated QPAM's compliance with the Policies and Training; the need, if any, to strengthen such Policies and Training; and any instance of the respective JPMC Affiliated QPAM's noncompliance with the written Policies and Training described in Section I(h) above. Any determination by the auditor regarding the adequacy of the Policies and Training and the auditor's recommendations (if any) with respect to strengthening the Policies and Training of the respective JPMC Affiliated QPAM must be promptly addressed by such JPMC Affiliated QPAM, and any action taken by such JPMC Affiliated QPAM to address such recommendations must be included in an addendum to the Audit Report (which addendum is completed prior to the certification described in Section I(i)(7) below). Any determination by the auditor that the respective JPMC Affiliated QPAM has implemented, maintained, and followed sufficient Policies and Training must not be based solely or in substantial part on an absence of evidence indicating noncompliance. In this last regard, any finding that the JPMC Affiliated QPAM has complied with the requirements under this subsection must be based on evidence that demonstrates the JPMC Affiliated QPAM has actually implemented, maintained, and followed the Policies and Training required by this five-year exemption. Furthermore, the auditor must not rely on the Annual Report created by the compliance officer (the Compliance Officer) as described in Section I(m) below in lieu of independent determinations and testing performed by the auditor as required by Section I(i)(3) and (4) above; and
(ii) The adequacy of the Annual Review described in Section I(m) and the resources provided to the Compliance Officer in connection with such Annual Review;
(6) The auditor must notify the respective JPMC Affiliated QPAM of any instance of noncompliance identified by the auditor within five (5) business days after such noncompliance is identified by the auditor, regardless of whether the audit has been completed as of that date;
(7) With respect to each Audit Report, the General Counsel, or one of the three most senior executive officers of the JPMC Affiliated QPAM to which the Audit Report applies, must certify in writing, under penalty of perjury, that the officer has reviewed the Audit Report and this exemption; addressed, corrected, or remedied any inadequacy identified in the Audit Report; and determined that the Policies and Training in effect at the time of signing are adequate to ensure compliance with the conditions of this proposed five-year exemption, and with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code;
(8) The Risk Committee of JPMC's Board of Directors is provided a copy of each Audit Report; and a senior executive officer with a direct reporting line to the highest ranking legal compliance officer of JPMC must review the Audit Report for each JPMC Affiliated QPAM and must certify in writing, under penalty of perjury, that such officer has reviewed each Audit Report;
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12) JPMC must notify the Department at least 30 days prior to any substitution of an auditor, except that no such replacement will meet the requirements of this paragraph unless and until JPMC demonstrates to the Department's satisfaction that such new auditor is independent of JPMC, experienced in the matters that are the subject of the exemption, and capable of making the determinations required of this exemption;
(j) Effective as of the effective date of this five-year exemption, with respect to any arrangement, agreement, or contract between a JPMC Affiliated QPAM and an ERISA-covered plan or IRA for which a JPMC Affiliated QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services, each JPMC Affiliated QPAM agrees and warrants:
(1) To comply with ERISA and the Code, as applicable with respect to such ERISA-covered plan or IRA; to refrain from engaging in prohibited transactions that are not otherwise exempt (and to promptly correct any inadvertent prohibited transactions); and to comply with the standards of prudence and loyalty set forth in section 404 of ERISA, as applicable, with respect to each such ERISA-covered plan and IRA;
(2) To indemnify and hold harmless the ERISA-covered plan or IRA for any damages resulting from a JPMC Affiliated QPAM's violation of applicable laws, a JPMC Affiliated QPAM's breach of contract, or any claim brought in connection with the failure of such JPMC Affiliated QPAM to qualify for the exemptive relief provided by PTE 84-14 as a result of a violation of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 other than the Conviction;
(3) Not to require (or otherwise cause) the ERISA-covered plan or IRA to waive, limit, or qualify the liability of the JPMC Affiliated QPAM for violating ERISA or the Code or engaging in prohibited transactions;
(4) Not to require the ERISA-covered plan or IRA (or sponsor of such ERISA-covered plan or beneficial owner of such IRA) to indemnify the JPMC Affiliated QPAM for violating ERISA or engaging in prohibited transactions, except for violations or prohibited transactions caused by an error, misrepresentation, or misconduct of a plan fiduciary or other party hired by the plan fiduciary who is independent of JPMC, and its affiliates;
(5) Not to restrict the ability of such ERISA-covered plan or IRA to terminate or withdraw from its arrangement with the JPMC Affiliated QPAM (including any investment in a separately managed account or pooled fund subject to ERISA and managed by such QPAM), with the exception of reasonable restrictions, appropriately disclosed in advance, that are specifically designed to ensure equitable treatment of all investors in a pooled fund in the event such withdrawal or termination may have adverse consequences for all other investors as a result of an actual lack of liquidity of the underlying assets, provided that such restrictions are applied consistently and in like manner to all such investors;
(6) Not to impose any fees, penalties, or charges for such termination or withdrawal with the exception of reasonable fees, appropriately disclosed in advance, that are specifically designed to prevent generally recognized abusive investment practices or specifically designed to ensure equitable treatment of all investors in a pooled fund in the event such withdrawal or termination may have adverse consequences for all other investors, provided that such fees are applied consistently and in like manner to all such investors; and
(7) Not to include exculpatory provisions disclaiming or otherwise limiting liability of the JPMC Affiliated QPAM for a violation of such agreement's terms, except for liability caused by an error, misrepresentation, or misconduct of a plan fiduciary or other party hired by the plan fiduciary who is independent of JPMC, and its affiliates;
(8) Within four (4) months of the date of the Conviction, each JPMC Affiliated QPAM must provide a notice of its obligations under this Section I(j) to each ERISA-covered plan and IRA for which an JPMC Affiliated QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services. For all other prospective ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients for which a JPMC Affiliated QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary services, the JPMC Affiliated QPAM will agree in writing to its obligations under this Section I(j) in an updated investment management agreement between the JPMC Affiliated QPAM and such clients or other written contractual agreement;
(k)(1)
(2)
(l) The JPMC Affiliated QPAMs must comply with each condition of PTE 84-14, as amended, with the sole exception of the violation of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 that is attributable to the Conviction;
(m)(1) JPMC designates a senior compliance officer (the Compliance Officer) who will be responsible for compliance with the Policies and Training requirements described herein. The Compliance Officer must conduct an annual review (the Annual Review) to determine the adequacy and effectiveness of the implementation of the Policies and Training. With respect to the Compliance Officer, the following conditions must be met:
(i) The Compliance Officer must be a legal professional with extensive experience with, and knowledge of, the regulation of financial services and products, including under ERISA and the Code; and
(ii) The Compliance Officer must have a direct reporting line to the highest-ranking corporate officer in charge of legal compliance that is independent of JPMC's other business lines;
(2) With respect to each Annual Review, the following conditions must be met:
(i) The Annual Review includes a review of: Any compliance matter related to the Policies or Training that was identified by, or reported to, the Compliance Officer or others within the compliance and risk control function (or its equivalent) during the previous year; any material change in the business activities of the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs; and any change to ERISA, the Code, or regulations related to fiduciary duties and the prohibited transaction provisions that may be applicable to the activities of the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs;
(ii) The Compliance Officer prepares a written report for each Annual Review (each, an Annual Report) that (A) summarizes his or her material activities during the preceding year; (B) sets forth any instance of noncompliance discovered during the preceding year, and any related corrective action; (C) details any change to the Policies or Training to guard against any similar instance of noncompliance occurring again; and (D) makes recommendations, as necessary, for additional training, procedures, monitoring, or additional and/or changed processes or systems, and management's actions on such recommendations;
(iv) Each Annual Report must be provided to appropriate corporate officers of JPMC and each JPMC Affiliated QPAM to which such report relates; the head of compliance and the General Counsel (or their functional equivalent) of the relevant JPMC Affiliated QPAM; and must be made unconditionally available to the independent auditor described in Section I(i) above;
(v) Each Annual Review, including the Compliance Officer's written Annual Report, must be completed at least three (3) months in advance of the date on which each audit described in Section I(i) is scheduled to be completed;
(n) Each JPMC Affiliated QPAM will maintain records necessary to demonstrate that the conditions of this exemption have been met, for six (6) years following the date of any transaction for which such JPMC Affiliated QPAM relies upon the relief in the exemption;
(2) Immediately provides the Department any information requested by the Department, as permitted by law, regarding the agreement and/or conduct and allegations that led to the agreement. After review of the information, the Department may require JPMC, its affiliates, or related parties, as specified by the Department, to submit a new application for the continued availability of relief as a condition of continuing to rely on this exemption. If the Department denies the relief requested in the new application, or does not grant such relief within twelve months of application, the relief described herein is revoked as of the date of denial or as of the expiration of the twelve month period, whichever date is earlier;
(p) Each JPMC Affiliated QPAM, in its agreements with ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients, or in other written disclosures provided to ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients, within 60 days prior to the initial transaction upon which relief hereunder is relied, and then at least once annually, will clearly and prominently: Inform the ERISA-covered plan and IRA client that the client has the right to obtain copies of the QPAM's written Policies adopted in accordance with the exemption; and
(q) A JPMC Affiliated QPAM or a JPMC Related QPAM will not fail to meet the terms of this exemption solely because a different JPMC Affiliated QPAM or JPMC Related QPAM fails to satisfy a condition for relief described in Sections I(c), (d), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l), (n) and (p).
(a) The term “JPMC Affiliated QPAM” means a “qualified professional asset manager” (as defined in Section VI(a)
(b) The term “JPMC Related QPAM” means any current or future “qualified professional asset manager” (as defined in section VI(a) of PTE 84-14) that relies on the relief provided by PTE 84-14, and with respect to which JPMC owns a direct or indirect five percent or more interest, but with respect to which JPMC
(c) The terms “ERISA-covered plan” and “IRA” mean, respectively, a plan subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA and a plan subject to section 4975 of the Code.
(d) The term “JPMC” means JPMorgan Chase and Co., the parent entity, but does not include any subsidiaries or other affiliates;
(e) The term “Conviction” means the judgment of conviction against JPMC for violation of the Sherman Antitrust Act, 15 U.S.C. 1, which is scheduled to be entered in the District Court for the District of Connecticut (the District Court) (Case Number 3:15-cr-79-SRU), in connection with JPMC, through one of its euro/U.S. dollar (EUR/USD) traders, entering into and engaging in a combination and conspiracy to fix, stabilize, maintain, increase or decrease the price of, and rig bids and offers for, the EUR/USD currency pair exchanged in the FX spot market by agreeing to eliminate competition in the purchase and sale of the EUR/USD currency pair in the United States and elsewhere. For all purposes under this exemption, “conduct” of any person or entity that is the “subject of [a] Conviction” encompasses any conduct of JPMC and/or their personnel, that is described in the Plea Agreement, (including the Factual Statement), and other official regulatory or judicial factual findings that are a part of this record; and
(f) The term “Conviction Date” means the date that a judgment of Conviction against JPMC is entered by the District Court in connection with the Conviction.
The proposed five-year exemption would provide relief from certain of the restrictions set forth in sections 406 and 407 of ERISA. No relief from a violation of any other law would be provided by this exemption including any criminal conviction described herein.
The Department cautions that the relief in this proposed five-year exemption would terminate immediately if, among other things, an entity within the JPMC corporate structure is convicted of a crime described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 (other than the Conviction) during the effective period of the exemption. While such an entity could apply for a new exemption in that circumstance, the Department would not be obligated to grant the exemption. The terms of this proposed five-year exemption have been specifically designed to permit plans to terminate their relationships in an orderly and cost effective fashion in the event of an additional conviction or a determination that it is otherwise prudent for a plan to terminate its relationship with an entity covered by the proposed exemption.
1. JPMC
The Applicant explains that entities within the JPMC's asset management line of business (Asset Management) serve institutional and retail clients worldwide through the Global Investment Management (GIM) and Global Wealth Management (GWM) businesses. The Applicant represents that JPMC's Asset Management line of business had total client assets of about $2.4 trillion and discretionary assets under management of approximately $1.7 trillion at the end of 2014.
2. The Applicant represents that JPMC has several affiliates that provide investment management services.
3. In addition to the QPAMs identified above, the Applicant has other affiliated managers that meet the definition of a QPAM that do not currently manage ERISA or IRA assets on a discretionary basis, but may in the future, including: J.P. Morgan Partners, LLC; Sixty Wall Street Management Company LLC; J.P. Morgan Private Investments Inc.; J.P. Morgan Asset Management (UK) Limited; JPMorgan Funds Limited; and Bear Stearns Asset Management, Inc. The Applicant requests that affiliates that manage ERISA or IRA assets be covered by the five-year exemption. The Applicant also acquires and creates new affiliates frequently, and to the extent that these new affiliates meet the definition of a QPAM and manage ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, the Applicant requests that these entities be covered by the five-year exemption. The Applicant represents that JPMC owns, directly or indirectly, a 5% or greater interest in certain investment managers (and may in the future own similar interests in other managers), but such managers are not affiliated in the sense that JPMC has actual control over their operations and activities. JPMC does not have the authority to exercise a controlling influence over these investment managers and is not involved with the managers' clients, strategies, or ERISA assets under management, if any.
Section VI(e) of PTE 84-14 defines the term “control” as the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a person other than an individual.
4. On May 20, 2015, the Applicant filed an application for exemptive relief from the prohibitions of sections 406(a) and 406(b) of ERISA, and the sanctions resulting from the application of section 4975 of the Code, by reason of section 4975(c)(1) of the Code, in connection with a conviction that would make the relief in PTE 84-14 unavailable to any current or future JPMC-related investment managers.
On May 20, 2015, the U.S. Department of Justice (Department of Justice) filed a criminal information in the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut (the District Court) against JPMC, charging JPMC with a one-count violation of the Sherman Antitrust Act, 15 U.S.C. 1 (the Information). The Information charges that, from at least as early as July 2010 until at least January 2013, JPMC, through one of its euro/U.S. dollar (EUR/USD) traders, entered into and engaged in a combination and conspiracy to fix, stabilize, maintain, increase or decrease the price of, and rig bids and offers for, the EUR/USD currency pair exchanged in the FX spot market by agreeing to eliminate competition in the purchase and sale of the EUR/USD currency pair in the United States and elsewhere. The criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction involved near daily conversations, some of which were in code, in an exclusive electronic chat room used by certain EUR/USD traders, including the EUR/USD trader described herein.
5. JPMC sought to resolve the charges through a Plea Agreement presented to the District Court on May 20, 2015. Under the Plea Agreement, JPMC agreed to enter a plea of guilty to the charge set out in the Information (the Plea). In addition, JPMC has made an admission of guilt to the District Court. The Applicant expects that the District Court will enter a judgment against JPMC that will require remedies that are materially the same as those set forth in the Plea Agreement.
Pursuant to the Plea Agreement, the District Court will order a term of probation and JPMC will be subject to certain conditions. First, JPMC must not commit another crime in violation of the federal laws of the United States or engage in the Conduct set forth in Paragraphs 4(g)-(i) of the Plea Agreement during the term of probation, and shall make disclosures relating to certain other sales-related practices. Second, JPMC must notify the probation officer upon learning of the commencement of any federal criminal investigation in which JPMC is a target, or federal criminal prosecution against it. Third, JPMC must implement and must continue to implement a compliance program designed to prevent and detect the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction. Fourth, JPMC must further strengthen its compliance and internal controls as required by the CFTC, the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA), and any other regulatory or enforcement agencies that have addressed the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction, as set forth in the factual basis section of the Plea Agreement, and report to the probation officer and the United States, upon request, regarding its remediation and implementation of any compliance program and internal controls, policies, and procedures that relate to the conduct described in the factual basis section of the Plea Agreement.
6. Pursuant to the Plea Agreement, JPMC must promptly bring to the Department of Justice Antitrust Division's attention: (a) All credible information regarding criminal violations of U.S. antitrust laws by the defendant or any of its employees as to which the JPMC's Board of Directors, management (that is, all supervisors within the bank), or legal and compliance personnel are aware; (b) all federal criminal or regulatory investigations in which the defendant is a subject or a target, and all administrative or regulatory proceedings or civil actions brought by any federal governmental authority in the United States against the defendant or its employees, to the extent that such investigations, proceedings or actions allege violations of U.S. antitrust laws.
7. Pursuant to the Plea Agreement, JPMC must promptly bring to the Department of Justice Criminal Division, Fraud Section's attention: (a) All credible information regarding criminal violations of U.S. law concerning fraud, including securities or commodities fraud by the defendant or any of its employees as to which the JPMC's Board of Directors, management (that is, all supervisors within the bank), or legal and compliance personnel are aware; and (b) all criminal or regulatory investigations in which JPMC is or may be a subject or a target, and all administrative proceedings or civil actions brought by any governmental authority in the United States against JPMC or its employees, to the extent such investigations, proceedings or actions allege violations of U.S. law concerning fraud, including securities or commodities fraud.
Pursuant to Paragraph 9(c) of the Plea Agreement, the Department of Justice agreed “that it [would] support a motion or request by [JPMC] that sentencing in this matter be adjourned until the Department of Labor has issued a ruling on the defendant's request for an exemption. . . .” According to the Applicant, sentencing has not yet occurred in the District Court, nor has sentencing been scheduled.
8. Along with the Department of Justice, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Board (FRB), the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), the Commodity Futures Trading
The FRB issued a cease and desist order on May 20, 2015, against JPMC concerning unsafe and unsound banking practices relating to JPMC's FX business and requiring JPMC to cease and desist, assessing against JPMC a civil money penalty of $342,000,000, and requiring JPMC to agree to take certain affirmative actions (FRB Order).
The OCC issued a cease and desist order on November 11, 2014, against JPMorgan Chase Bank concerning deficiencies and unsafe or unsound practices relating to JPMorgan Chase Bank's wholesale FX business and requiring JPMorgan Chase Bank to cease and desist, ordering JPMorgan Chase Bank to pay a civil money penalty of $350,000,000, and requiring JPMorgan Chase Bank to agree to take certain affirmative actions (OCC Order).
The CFTC issued a cease and desist order on November 11, 2014, against JPMorgan Chase Bank relating to certain FX trading activities and requiring JPMorgan Chase Bank to cease and desist from violating certain provisions of the Commodity Exchange Act, ordering JPMorgan Chase Bank to pay a civil monetary penalty of $310,000,000, and requiring JPMorgan Chase Bank to agree to certain conditions and undertakings (CFTC Order).
The FCA issued a warning notice on November 11, 2014, against JPMorgan Chase Bank for failing to control business practices in its G10 spot FX trading operations and caused JPMorgan Chase Bank to pay a financial penalty of £222,166,000 (FCA Order).
9. In addition to the investigations described above, relating to FX trading, the Applicant is or has been the subject of other investigations, by: (a) The Hong Kong Monetary Authority, which concluded its investigation of the Applicant on December 14, 2014, and found no evidence of collusion among the banks investigated, rigging of FX benchmarks published in Hong Kong, or market manipulation, and imposed no financial penalties on the Applicant; (b) the South Africa Reserve Bank, which released the report of its inquiry of the Applicant on October 19, 2015, and found no evidence of widespread malpractice or serious misconduct by the Applicant in the South Africa FX market, and noted that most authorized dealers have acceptable arrangements and structures in place as well as whistle-blowing policies and client complaint processes; (c) the Australian Securities & Investments Commission, (d) the Japanese Financial Services Agency, (e) the Korea Fair Trade Commission, and (f) the Swiss Competition Commission. According to the Applicant, it is cooperating with the inquiries by these organizations.
In addition, the French criminal authorities have been investigating a series of transactions entered into by senior managers of Wendel Investissement (Wendel) during the period 2004-2007. In 2007, the Paris branch of JPMorgan Chase Bank provided financing for the transactions to a number of Wendel managers. The Applicant explains that JPMC is responding to and cooperating with the investigation, and to date, no decision or indictment has been made by the French court.
In addition, the Applicant represents that the Criminal Division of the Department of Justice is investigating the Applicant's compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other laws with respect the Applicant's hiring practices related to candidates referred by clients, potential clients, and government officials, and its engagement of consultants in the Asia Pacific region. The Applicant states that it is responding to, and cooperating with, this investigation.
The Applicant also represents that to its best knowledge, it does not have a reasonable basis to believe that the discretionary asset management activities of any affiliated QPAM are subject to the aforementioned investigations. Further, the Applicant represents that JPMC currently does not have a reasonable basis to believe that there are any pending criminal investigations involving JPMC or any of its affiliated companies that would cause a reasonable plan or IRA customer not to hire or retain the institution as a QPAM.
10. Once the Conviction is entered, the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs and the JPMC Related QPAMs, as well as their client plans that are subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA (ERISA-covered plans) or section 4975 of the Code (IRAs), will no longer be able to rely on PTE 84-14, pursuant to the anti-criminal rule set forth in section I(g) of the class exemption, absent an individual exemption. The Applicant is seeking an individual exemption that would permit the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs and the JPMC Related QPAMs, and their ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients to continue to utilize the relief in PTE 84-14, notwithstanding the anticipated Conviction, provided that such QPAMs satisfy the additional conditions imposed by the Department in the proposed five-year exemption herein.
11. According to the Applicant, the criminal conduct giving rise to the Plea did not involve any of the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs acting in the capacity of investment manager or trustee. JPMC's participation in the antitrust conspiracy described in the Plea Agreement is limited to a single EUR/USD trader in London. The Applicant represents that the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction was not widespread, nor was it pervasive; rather it was isolated to a single trader. No current or former personnel from JPMC or its affiliates have been sued individually in this matter for the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction, and the individual referenced in the Complaint as responsible for such criminal conduct is no longer employed by JPMC or its affiliates.
The Applicant submits that the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction did not involve any of JPMC's asset management staff. The Applicant represents that: (a) Other than a single individual who worked for a non-fiduciary business within JPMorgan Chase Bank and who had no responsibility for, and exercised no authority in connection with, the management of plan assets, the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs, and the JPMC Related QPAMs (including officers, directors, agents other than JPMC, and employees of such QPAMs who had responsibility for, or exercised authority in connection with, the management of plan assets) did not know of, did not have reason to know of, and did not participate in the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction; and (b) no current or former employee of JPMC or of any JPMC Affiliated QPAM who previously has been or who subsequently may be identified by JPMC, or any U.S. or non-U.S. regulatory or enforcement agencies, as having been responsible for the such criminal conduct has or will have any involvement in providing asset management services to plans and IRAs or will be an officer, director, or employee of the Applicant or of any JPMC Affiliated QPAM.
12. According to the Applicant, the transactions covered by this five-year exemption include the full range of everyday investment transactions that a plan might enter into, including the purchase and sale of debt and equity securities, both foreign and domestic, both registered and sold under Rule 144A or otherwise (
13. The Applicant represents that the investment management businesses that are operated out of the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs are separated from the non-investment management businesses of the Applicant. Each of these investment management businesses, including the investment management business of JPMorgan Chase Bank (as well as the agency securities lending business of JPMorgan Chase Bank), have systems, management, dedicated risk and compliance officers and legal coverage that are separate from the foreign exchange trading activities that were the subject of the Plea Agreement.
The Applicant represents that the investment management businesses of the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs are subject to policies and procedures and JPMC Affiliated QPAM personnel engage in training designed to ensure that such businesses understand and manage their fiduciary duties in accordance with applicable law. Thus, the Applicant maintains that the management of plan assets is conducted separately from: (a) The non-investment management business activities of the Applicant, including the investment banking, treasury services and other investor services businesses of the Corporate & Investment Bank business of the Applicant (CIB); and/or (b) the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Plea Agreement. Generally, the policies and procedures create information barriers, which prevent employees of the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs from gaining access to inside information that an affiliate may have acquired or developed in connection with the investment banking, treasury services or other investor services business activities. These policies and procedures apply to employees, officers, and directors of the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs. The Applicant maintains an employee hotline for employees to express any concerns of wrongdoing anonymously.
The Applicant represents that, to the best of its knowledge: (a) No JPMC employees are involved in the trading decisions or investment strategies of the JPMC Affiliated or Related QPAMs; (b) the JPMC Affiliated and Related QPAMs do not consult with JPMC employees prior to making investment decisions on behalf of plans; (c) JPMC does not control the asset management decisions of the JPMC Affiliated or Related QPAMs; (d) the JPMC Affiliated and Related QPAMs do not need JPMC's consent to make investment decisions, correct errors, or adopt policies or training for staff; and (e) there is no interaction between JPMC employees and the JPMC Affiliated or Related QPAMs in connection with the investment management activities of the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs.
14. The Applicant states that, if the proposed five-year exemption is denied, the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs may be unable to manage efficiently the strategies for which they have contracted with thousands of plans and IRAs. Transactions currently dependent on the QPAM Exemption could be in default and be terminated at a significant cost to the plans. In particular, the Applicant represents that the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs have entered, and could in the future enter, into contracts on behalf of, or as investment adviser of, ERISA-covered plans, collective trusts and other funds subject to ERISA for certain outstanding transactions, including but not limited to: The purchase and sale of debt and equity securities, both foreign and domestic, both registered and sold under Rule 144A or otherwise (
The JPMC Affiliated QPAMs also have entered into, and could in the future enter into, contracts for other transactions such as swaps, forwards, and real estate financing and leasing on behalf of their ERISA clients. According to the Applicant, these and other strategies and investments require the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs to meet the conditions in the QPAM Exemption. The Applicant states that certain derivatives transactions and other contractual agreements automatically and immediately could be terminated without notice or action, or could become subject to termination upon notice from a counterparty, in the event the Applicant no longer qualifies for relief under the QPAM Exemption.
15. The Applicant represents that real estate transactions, for example, could be subject to significant disruption without the QPAM Exemption. Clients of the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs have over $27 billion in ERISA and public plan assets in commingled funds invested in real estate strategies, with approximately 235 holdings. Many transactions in these accounts rely on Parts I, II and III of the QPAM Exemption as a backup to the collective investment fund exemption (which may become unavailable to the extent a related group of plans has a greater than 10% interest in the collective investment fund). The Applicant estimates that there would be significant loss in value if assets had to be quickly liquidated—over a 10% bid-ask spread—in addition to substantial reinvestment costs and opportunity costs. There could also be prepayment penalties. In addition, real estate transactions are affected in funds that are not deemed to hold plan assets under applicable law. While funds may have other available exemptions for certain transactions, that fact could change in the future.
16. The JPMC Affiliated QPAMs also rely on the QPAM Exemption when buying and selling fixed income products. Stable value strategies, for example, rely on the QPAM Exemption to enter into wrappers and insurance contracts that permit the assets to be valued at book value. Many counterparties specifically require a representation that the QPAM Exemption applies, and those contracts could be in default if the requested exemption were not granted. Depending on the market value of the assets in these funds at the time of termination, such termination could result in losses to the stable value funds. The Applicant states that, while the market value currently exceeds book value, that can change at any time, and could result in market value adjustments to withdrawing plans and withdrawal delays under their contracts.
17. The Applicant submits that nearly 400 accounts managed by the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs (including commingled funds and separately managed accounts) invest in fixed
18. The Applicant states that, futures, options, and cleared and bilateral swaps, which certain strategies rely on to hedge risk and obtain certain exposures on an economic basis, rely on the QPAM Exemption. The Applicant further states that the QPAM Exemption is particularly important for securities and other instruments that may be traded on a principal basis, such as mortgage-backed securities, corporate debt, municipal debt, other US fixed income securities, Rule 144A securities, non-US fixed income securities, non-US equity securities, US and non-US over-the-counter instruments such as forwards and options, structured products and FX.
19. The Applicant represents that plans that decide to continue to employ the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs could be prohibited from engaging in certain transactions that would be beneficial to such plans, such as hedging transactions using over-the-counter options or derivatives. Counterparties to such transactions are far more comfortable with the QPAM Exemption than any other exemption, and a failure of the QPAM Exemption to be available could trigger a default or early termination by the plan or pooled trust. Even if other exemptions were acceptable to such counterparties, the Applicant predicts that the cost of the transaction might increase to reflect any lack of comfort in transacting business using a less familiar exemption. The Applicant represents that plans may also face collateral consequences, such as missed investment opportunities, administrative delay, and the cost of investing in cash pending reinvestments.
20. The Applicant represents that, to the extent that plans and IRAs believe they need to withdraw from their arrangements, they could incur significant transaction costs, including costs associated with the liquidation of investments, finding new asset managers, and the reinvestment of plan assets.
21. The Applicant has proposed certain conditions it believes are protective of participants and beneficiaries of ERISA-covered plans and IRAs with respect to the transactions described herein. The Department has determined that it is necessary to modify and supplement the conditions before it can tentatively determine that the requested exemption meets the statutory requirements of section 408(a) of ERISA. In this regard, the Department has tentatively determined that the following conditions adequately protect the rights of participants and beneficiaries of affected plans and IRAs with respect to the transactions that would be covered by this proposed five-year exemption.
The five-year exemption, if granted as proposed, is only available to the extent: (a) Other than with respect to a single individual who worked for a non-fiduciary business within JPMorgan Chase Bank and who had no responsibility for, and exercised no authority in connection with, the management of plan assets, JPMC Affiliated QPAMs, including their officers, directors, agents other than JPMC, and employees, did not know of, have reason to know of, or participate in the criminal conduct of JPMC that is the subject of the Conviction (for purposes of this requirement, “participate in” includes an individual's knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Conviction); (b) any failure of those QPAMs to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 arose solely from the Conviction; and (c) other than a single individual who worked for a non-fiduciary business within JPMorgan Chase Bank and who had no responsibility for, and exercised no authority in connection with, the management of plan assets, the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs and the JPMC Related QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than JPMC, and employees of such JPMC QPAMs) did not receive direct compensation, or knowingly receive indirect compensation, in connection with the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction.
22. The Department expects the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs will rigorously ensure that the individual associated with the misconduct will not be employed or knowingly engaged by such QPAMs. In this regard, the five-year exemption mandates that the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs will not employ or knowingly engage any of the individuals that participated in the FX manipulation that is the subject of the Conviction. For purposes of this condition, “participated in” includes an individual's knowing or tacit approval of the behavior that is the subject of the Conviction.
23. Further, the JPMC Affiliated QPAM will not use its authority or influence to direct an “investment fund,” (as defined in Section VI(b) of PTE 84-14), that is subject to ERISA or the Code and managed by such JPMC Affiliated QPAM to enter into any transaction with JPMC or the Investment Banking Division of JPMorgan Chase Bank, or to engage JPMC or the Investment Banking Division of JPMorgan Chase Bank to provide any service to such investment fund, for a direct or indirect fee borne by such
24. The JPMC Affiliated QPAMs and the JPMC Related QPAMs must comply with each condition of PTE 84-14, as amended, with the sole exception of the violation of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 that is attributable to the Conviction. Further, any failure of the JPMC Affiliated QPAMs or the JPMC Related QPAMs to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 arose solely from the Conviction.
No relief will be provided by this five-year exemption if a JPMC Affiliated QPAM or a JPMC Related QPAM exercised authority over plan assets in a manner that it knew or should have known would: Further the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction; or cause the JPMC QPAM or its affiliates or related parties to directly or indirectly profit from the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction. Also, no relief will be provided by this five-year exemption to the extent JPMC or the Investment Banking Division of JPMorgan Chase Bank: Provides any discretionary asset management services to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs; or otherwise acts as a fiduciary with respect to ERISA-covered plan or IRA assets.
25. The Department believes that robust policies and training are warranted where, as here, the criminal misconduct has occurred within a corporate organization that is affiliated with one or more QPAMs managing plan or IRA assets. Therefore, this proposed five-year exemption requires that within four (4) months of the Conviction, each JPMC Affiliated QPAM must develop, implement, maintain, and follow written policies (the Policies) requiring and reasonably designed to ensure that: The asset management decisions of the JPMC Affiliated QPAM are conducted independently of the corporate management and business activities of JPMC, including the management and business activities of the Investment Banking Division of JPMorgan Chase Bank; the JPMC Affiliated QPAM fully complies with ERISA's fiduciary duties, and with ERISA and the Code's prohibited transaction provisions, and does not knowingly participate in any violation of these duties and provisions with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs; the JPMC Affiliated QPAM does not knowingly participate in any other person's violation of ERISA or the Code with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs; any filings or statements made by the JPMC Affiliated QPAM to regulators, including, but not limited to, the Department of Labor, the Department of the Treasury, the Department of Justice, and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, on behalf of ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, are materially accurate and complete, to the best of such QPAM's knowledge at that time; the JPMC Affiliated QPAM does not make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with such regulators with respect to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, or make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients; and the JPMC Affiliated QPAM complies with the terms of this five-year exemption. Any violation of, or failure to comply with these Policies must be corrected promptly upon discovery, and any such violation or compliance failure not promptly corrected is reported, upon discovering the failure to promptly correct, in writing, to appropriate corporate officers, the head of compliance, and the General Counsel (or their functional equivalent) of the relevant JPMC Affiliated QPAM, the independent auditor responsible for reviewing compliance with the Policies, and an appropriate fiduciary of any affected ERISA-covered plan or IRA, which fiduciary is independent of JPMC. A JPMC Affiliated QPAM will not be treated as having failed to develop, implement, maintain, or follow the Policies, provided that it corrects any instance of noncompliance promptly when discovered or when it reasonably should have known of the noncompliance (whichever is earlier), and provided that it reports such instance of noncompliance as explained above.
26. The Department has also imposed a condition that requires each JPMC Affiliated QPAM, within four (4) months of the date of the Conviction, to develop and implement a program of training (the Training), conducted at least annually, for all relevant JPMC Affiliated QPAM asset/portfolio management, trading, legal, compliance, and internal audit personnel. The Training must be set forth in the Policies and, at a minimum, cover the Policies, ERISA and Code compliance (including applicable fiduciary duties and the prohibited transaction provisions), ethical conduct, the consequences for not complying with the conditions of this five-year exemption (including any loss of exemptive relief provided herein), and prompt reporting of wrongdoing. Further, the Training must be conducted by an independent professional who has been prudently selected and who has appropriate technical training and proficiency with ERISA and the Code.
27.
28. Among other things, the audit condition requires that, to the extent necessary for the auditor, in its sole opinion, to complete its audit and comply with the conditions for relief described herein, and as permitted by law, each JPMC Affiliated QPAM and, if applicable, JPMC, will grant the auditor unconditional access to its business, including, but not limited to: Its computer systems; business records; transactional data; workplace locations; training materials; and personnel.
In addition, the auditor's engagement must specifically require the auditor to determine whether each JPMC Affiliated QPAM has complied with the Policies and Training conditions described herein, and must further require the auditor to test each JPMC Affiliated QPAM's operational compliance with the Policies and Training. The auditor must issue a written report (the Audit Report) to JPMC and the JPMC Affiliated QPAM to which the audit applies that describes the procedures performed by the auditor during the course of its examination. The Audit Report must include the auditor's specific determinations regarding: The adequacy of the JPMC Affiliated QPAM's Policies and Training; the JPMC Affiliated QPAM's compliance with the Policies and Training; the need, if any, to strengthen such Policies and Training; and any instance of the respective JPMC
Any determination by the auditor regarding the adequacy of the Policies and Training and the auditor's recommendations (if any) with respect to strengthening the Policies and Training of the respective JPMC Affiliated QPAM must be promptly addressed by such JPMC Affiliated QPAM, and any action taken by such JPMC Affiliated QPAM to address such recommendations must be included in an addendum to the Audit Report. Further, any determination by the auditor that the respective JPMC Affiliated QPAM has implemented, maintained, and followed sufficient Policies and Training must not be based solely or in substantial part on an absence of evidence indicating noncompliance. In this last regard, any finding that the JPMC Affiliated QPAM has complied with the requirements, as described above, must be based on evidence that demonstrates the JPMC Affiliated QPAM has actually implemented, maintained, and followed the Policies and Training required by this five-year exemption. Finally, the Audit Report must address the adequacy of the Annual Review required under this exemption and the resources provided to the Compliance Officer in connection with such Annual Review. Moreover, the auditor must notify the respective JPMC Affiliated QPAM of any instance of noncompliance identified by the auditor within five (5) business days after such noncompliance is identified by the auditor, regardless of whether the audit has been completed as of that date.
29. This exemption requires that certain senior personnel of JPMC review the Audit Report and make certain certifications and take various corrective actions. In this regard, the General Counsel, or one of the three most senior executive officers of the JPMC Affiliate QPAM to which the Audit Report applies, must certify, in writing, under penalty of perjury, that the officer has reviewed the Audit Report and this five-year exemption; addressed, corrected, or remedied an inadequacy identified in the Audit Report; and determined that the Policies and Training in effect at the time of signing are adequate to ensure compliance with the conditions of this proposed five-year exemption and with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code. The Risk Committee of JPMC's Board of Directors is provided a copy of each Audit Report; and a senior executive officer with a direct reporting line to the highest ranking legal compliance officer of JPMC must review the Audit Report for each JPMC Affiliated QPAM and must certify in writing, under penalty of perjury, that such officer has reviewed each Audit Report.
30. In order to create a more transparent record in the event that the proposed relief is granted, each JPMC Affiliated QPAM must provide its certified Audit Report to the Department no later than thirty (30) days following its completion. The Audit Report will be part of the public record regarding this five-year exemption.
Further, each JPMC Affiliated QPAM must make its Audit Report unconditionally available for examination by any duly authorized employee or representative of the Department, other relevant regulators, and any fiduciary of an ERISA-covered plan or IRA, the assets of which are managed by such JPMC Affiliated QPAM. Additionally, each JPMC Affiliated QPAM and the auditor must submit to the Department any engagement agreement(s) entered into pursuant to the engagement of the auditor under this five-year exemption. Also, they must submit to the Department any engagement agreement entered into with any other entity retained in connection with such QPAM's compliance with the Training or Policies conditions of this proposed five-year exemption no later than six (6) months after the Conviction Date (and one month after the execution of any agreement thereafter).
Finally, if the exemption is granted, the auditor must provide the Department, upon request, all of the workpapers created and utilized in the course of the audit, including, but not limited to: The audit plan; audit testing; identification of any instance of noncompliance by the relevant JPMC Affiliated QPAM; and an explanation of any corrective or remedial action taken by the applicable JPMC Affiliated QPAM.
In order to enhance oversight of the compliance with the exemption, JPMC must notify the Department at least thirty (30) days prior to any substitution of an auditor, and JPMC must demonstrate to the Department's satisfaction that any new auditor is independent of JPMC, experienced in the matters that are the subject of the exemption, and capable of making the determinations required of this five-year exemption.
31.
In this regard, effective as of the effective date of this five-year exemption, with respect to any arrangement, agreement, or contract between a JPMC Affiliated QPAM and an ERISA-covered plan or IRA for which a JPMC Affiliated QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services, each JPMC Affiliated QPAM agrees and warrants: (a) To comply with ERISA and the Code, as applicable with respect to such ERISA-covered plan or IRA, to refrain from engaging in prohibited transactions that are not otherwise exempt (and to promptly correct any inadvertent prohibited transactions), and to comply with the standards of prudence and loyalty set forth in section 404 of ERISA, as applicable, with respect to each such ERISA-covered plan and IRA; (b) to indemnify and hold harmless the ERISA-covered plan or IRA for any damages resulting from a JPMC Affiliated QPAM's violation of applicable laws, a JPMC Affiliated QPAM's breach of contract, or any claim brought in connection with the failure of such JPMC Affiliated QPAM to qualify for the exemptive relief provided by PTE 84-14 as a result of a violation of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 other than the Conviction; (c) not to require (or otherwise cause) the ERISA-covered plan or IRA to waive, limit, or qualify the liability of the JPMC Affiliated QPAM for violating ERISA or the Code or engaging in prohibited transactions; (d) not to require the ERISA-covered plan or IRA (or sponsor of such ERISA-covered plan or beneficial owner of such IRA) to indemnify the JPMC Affiliated QPAM for violating ERISA or engaging in prohibited transactions, except for violations or prohibited transactions caused by an error, misrepresentation, or misconduct of a plan fiduciary or other party hired by the plan fiduciary who is independent of JPMC, and its affiliates; (e) not to restrict the ability of such ERISA-covered plan or IRA to terminate or withdraw from its arrangement with the JPMC Affiliated QPAM (including any investment in a separately managed account or pooled fund subject to ERISA and managed by such QPAM), with the exception of reasonable restrictions, appropriately disclosed in advance, that are specifically designed to ensure equitable treatment of all investors in a
32. Further, within four (4) months of the date of the Conviction, each JPMC Affiliated QPAM must provide a notice of its obligations under Section I(j) to each ERISA-covered plan and IRA for which an JPMC Affiliated QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services. For all other prospective ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients for which a JPMC Affiliated QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary services, the JPMC Affiliated QPAM will agree in writing to its obligations under Section I(j) in an updated investment management agreement between the JPMC Affiliated QPAM and such clients or other written contractual agreement.
33.
Within fifteen (15) days of the publication of this proposed five-year exemption in the
In addition, each JPMC Affiliated QPAM will provide a
34. This proposed five-year exemption also requires JPMC to designate a senior compliance officer (the Compliance Officer) who will be responsible for compliance with the Policies and Training requirements described herein. The Compliance Officer will have several obligations that it must comply with, as described in Section I(m) above. These include conducting an annual review (the Annual Review) to determine the adequacy and effectiveness of the implementation of the Policies and Training; the preparation of a written report for each Annual Review (each, an Annual Report) that, among other things, summarizes his or her material activities during the preceding year; and sets forth any instance of noncompliance discovered during the preceding year, and any related corrective action. Each Annual Report must be provided to appropriate corporate officers of JPMC and each JPMC Affiliated QPAM to which such report relates; the head of compliance and the General Counsel (or their functional equivalent) of the relevant JPMC Affiliated QPAM; and must be made unconditionally available to the independent auditor described above.
35. Each JPMC Affiliated QPAM must maintain records necessary to demonstrate that the conditions of this exemption have been met for six (6) years following the date of any transaction for which such JPMC Affiliated QPAM relies upon the relief in the proposed five-year exemption.
36. The proposed five-year exemption mandates that, during the effective period of this five-year exemption JPMC must immediately disclose to the Department any Deferred Prosecution Agreement (a DPA) or Non-Prosecution Agreement (an NPA) that JPMC or an affiliate enters into with the U.S. Department of Justice, to the extent such DPA or NPA involved conduct described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 or section 411 of ERISA. In addition, JPMC must immediately provide the Department any information requested by the Department, as permitted by law, regarding the agreement and/or the conduct and allegations that led to the agreement. The Department may,
37. Finally, each JPMC Affiliated QPAM, in its agreements with ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients, or in other written disclosures provided to ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients, within sixty (60) days prior to the initial transaction upon which relief hereunder is relied, will clearly and prominently: Inform the ERISA-covered plan or IRA client that the client has the right to obtain copies of the QPAM's written Policies adopted in accordance with this five-year exemption.
38. The Applicant represents that the proposed exemption is administratively feasible because it does not require any monitoring by the Department. Furthermore, the requested five-year exemption does not require the Department's oversight because, as a condition of this proposed five-year exemption, neither JPMC nor the Investment Banking Division of JPMorgan Chase Bank will provide any fiduciary or QPAM services to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs.
39. Given the revised and new conditions described above, the Department has tentatively determined that the relief sought by the Applicant satisfies the statutory requirements for a five-year exemption under section 408(a) of ERISA.
Notice of the proposed exemption will be provided to all interested persons within 30 days of the publication of the notice of proposed five-year exemption in the
Mr. Joseph Brennan of the Department at (202) 693-8456. (This is not a toll-free number.)
The Department is considering granting a five-year exemption under the authority of section 408(a) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA or the Act), and section 4975(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and in accordance with the procedures set forth in 29 CFR part 2570, subpart B (76 FR 66637, 66644, October 27, 2011).
If the proposed five-year exemption is granted, certain asset managers with specified relationships to UBS, AG (hereinafter, the UBS QPAMs, as further defined in Section II(b)) will not be precluded from relying on the exemptive relief provided by Prohibited Transaction Exemption 84-14 (PTE 84-14),
(a) The UBS QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than UBS, and employees of such UBS QPAMs) did not know of, have reason to know of, or participate in: (1) The FX Misconduct; or (2) the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions (for the purposes of this Section I(a), “participate in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the FX Misconduct or the misconduct that is the subject of the Convictions);
(b) The UBS QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than UBS, and employees of such UBS QPAMs) did not receive direct compensation, or knowingly receive indirect compensation, in connection with: (1) The FX Misconduct; or (2) the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions;
(c) The UBS QPAMs will not employ or knowingly engage any of the individuals that participated in: (1) The FX Misconduct or (2) the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions (for the purposes of this Section I(c), “participated in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the FX Misconduct or the misconduct that is the subject of the Convictions);
(d) A UBS QPAM will not use its authority or influence to direct an “investment fund” (as defined in Section VI(b) of PTE 84-14) that is subject to ERISA or the Code and managed by such UBS QPAM, to enter into any transaction with UBS or UBS Securities Japan or engage UBS or UBS Securities Japan to provide any service to such investment fund, for a direct or indirect fee borne by such investment fund, regardless of whether such
(e) Any failure of the UBS QPAMs to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 arose solely from the Convictions;
(f) A UBS QPAM did not exercise authority over the assets of any plan subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA (an ERISA-covered plan) or section 4975 of the Code (an IRA) in a manner that it knew or should have known would: Further the FX Misconduct or the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions; or cause the UBS QPAM, its affiliates or related parties to directly or indirectly profit from the FX Misconduct or the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions;
(g) UBS and UBS Securities Japan will not provide discretionary asset management services to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, nor will otherwise act as a fiduciary with respect to ERISA-covered plan or IRA assets;
(h)(1) Each UBS QPAM must immediately develop, implement, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures (the Policies) requiring and reasonably designed to ensure that:
(i) The asset management decisions of the UBS QPAM are conducted independently of UBS's corporate management and business activities, including the corporate management and business activities of the Investment Bank division and UBS Securities Japan;
(ii) The UBS QPAM fully complies with ERISA's fiduciary duties, and with ERISA and the Code's prohibited transaction provisions, and does not knowingly participate in any violation of these duties and provisions with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs;
(iii) The UBS QPAM does not knowingly participate in any other person's violation of ERISA or the Code with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs;
(iv) Any filings or statements made by the UBS QPAM to regulators, including but not limited to, the Department of Labor, the Department of the Treasury, the Department of Justice, and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, on behalf of ERISA-covered plans or IRAs are materially accurate and complete, to the best of such QPAM's knowledge at that time;
(v) The UBS QPAM does not make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with such regulators with respect to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, or make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients;
(vi) The UBS QPAM complies with the terms of this five-year exemption; and
(vii) Any violation of, or failure to comply with, an item in subparagraphs (ii) through (vi), is corrected promptly upon discovery, and any such violation or compliance failure not promptly corrected is reported, upon discovery of such failure to promptly correct, in writing, to appropriate corporate officers, the head of compliance and the General Counsel (or their functional equivalent) of the relevant UBS QPAM, the independent auditor responsible for reviewing compliance with the Policies, and an appropriate fiduciary of any affected ERISA-covered plan or IRA that is independent of UBS; however, with respect to any ERISA-covered plan or IRA sponsored by an “affiliate” (as defined in Section VI(d) of PTE 84-14) of UBS or beneficially owned by an employee of UBS or its affiliates, such fiduciary does not need to be independent of UBS. A UBS QPAM will not be treated as having failed to develop, implement, maintain, or follow the Policies, provided that it corrects any instance of noncompliance promptly when discovered, or when it reasonably should have known of the noncompliance (whichever is earlier), and provided that it adheres to the reporting requirements set forth in this subparagraph (vii);
(2) Each UBS QPAM must immediately develop and implement a program of training (the Training), conducted at least annually, for all relevant UBS QPAM asset/portfolio management, trading, legal, compliance, and internal audit personnel. The Training must:
(i) Be set forth in the Policies and at a minimum, cover the Policies, ERISA and Code compliance (including applicable fiduciary duties and the prohibited transaction provisions), ethical conduct, the consequences for not complying with the conditions of this five-year exemption (including any loss of exemptive relief provided herein), and prompt reporting of wrongdoing; and
(ii) Be conducted by an independent professional who has been prudently selected and who has appropriate technical training and proficiency with ERISA and the Code;
(i)(1) Each UBS QPAM submits to an audit conducted annually by an independent auditor, who has been prudently selected and who has appropriate technical training and proficiency with ERISA and the Code, to evaluate the adequacy of, and the UBS QPAM's compliance with, the Policies and Training described herein. The audit requirement must be incorporated in the Policies. Each annual audit must cover a consecutive twelve month period starting with the twelve month period that begins on the date of the Conviction Date (the Initial Audit Period). If this proposed five-year exemption is granted within one year of the effective date of the proposed temporary exemption for UBS QPAMs (Exemption Application No. D-11863),
(2) To the extent necessary for the auditor, in its sole opinion, to complete its audit and comply with the conditions for relief described herein, and as permitted by law, each UBS QPAM and, if applicable, UBS, will grant the auditor unconditional access to its business, including, but not limited to: Its computer systems; business records; transactional data; workplace locations; training materials; and personnel;
(3) The auditor's engagement must specifically require the auditor to determine whether each UBS QPAM has developed, implemented, maintained, and followed the Policies in accordance with the conditions of this five-year exemption, and has developed and implemented the Training, as required herein;
(4) The auditor's engagement must specifically require the auditor to test
(5) For each audit, on or before the end of the relevant period described in Section I(i)(1) for completing the audit, the auditor must issue a written report (the Audit Report) to UBS and the UBS QPAM to which the audit applies that describes the procedures performed by the auditor during the course of its examination. The Audit Report must include the auditor's specific determinations regarding:
(i) The adequacy of the UBS QPAM's Policies and Training; the UBS QPAM's compliance with the Policies and Training; the need, if any, to strengthen such Policies and Training; and any instance of the respective UBS QPAM's noncompliance with the written Policies and Training described in Section I(h) above. Any determination by the auditor regarding the adequacy of the Policies and Training and the auditor's recommendations (if any) with respect to strengthening the Policies and Training of the respective UBS QPAM must be promptly addressed by such UBS QPAM, and any action taken by such UBS QPAM to address such recommendations must be included in an addendum to the Audit Report (which addendum is completed prior to the certification described in Section I(i)(7) below). Any determination by the auditor that the respective UBS QPAM has implemented, maintained, and followed sufficient Policies and Training must not be based solely or in substantial part on an absence of evidence indicating noncompliance. In this last regard, any finding that the UBS QPAM has complied with the requirements under this subsection must be based on evidence that demonstrates the UBS QPAM has actually implemented, maintained, and followed the Policies and Training required by this five-year exemption. Furthermore, the auditor must not rely on the Annual Report created by the Compliance Officer as described in Section I(m) below in lieu of independent determinations and testing performed by the auditor as required by Section I(i)(3) and (4) above; and
(ii) The adequacy of the Annual Review described in Section I(m) and the resources provided to the Compliance officer in connection with such Annual Review;
(6) The auditor must notify the respective UBS QPAM of any instance of noncompliance identified by the auditor within five (5) business days after such noncompliance is identified by the auditor, regardless of whether the audit has been completed as of that date;
(7) With respect to each Audit Report, the General Counsel, or one of the three most senior executive officers of the UBS QPAM to which the Audit Report applies, must certify in writing, under penalty of perjury, that the officer has reviewed the Audit Report and this five-year exemption; addressed, corrected, or remedied any inadequacy identified in the Audit Report; and determined that the Policies and Training in effect at the time of signing are adequate to ensure compliance with the conditions of this proposed five-year exemption and with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code;
(8) The Risk Committee, the Audit Committee, and the Corporate Culture and Responsibility Committee of UBS's Board of Directors are provided a copy of each Audit Report; and a senior executive officer of UBS's Compliance and Operational Risk Control function must review the Audit Report for each UBS QPAM and must certify in writing, under penalty of perjury, that such officer has reviewed each Audit Report;
(9) Each UBS QPAM must provide its certified Audit Report, by regular mail to: the Department's Office of Exemption Determinations (OED), 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Suite 400, Washington DC 20210, or by private carrier to: 122 C Street NW., Suite 400, Washington, DC 20001-2109, no later than 45 days following its completion. The Audit Report will be part of the public record regarding this five-year exemption. Furthermore, each UBS QPAM must make its Audit Report unconditionally available for examination by any duly authorized employee or representative of the Department, other relevant regulators, and any fiduciary of an ERISA-covered plan or IRA, the assets of which are managed by such UBS QPAM;
(10) Each UBS QPAM and the auditor must submit to OED: (A) Any engagement agreement entered into pursuant to the engagement of the auditor under this five-year exemption; and (B) any engagement agreement entered into with any other entity retained in connection with such QPAM's compliance with the Training or Policies conditions of this proposed five-year exemption no later than six (6) months after the effective date of this five-year exemption (and one month after the execution of any agreement thereafter);
(11) The auditor must provide OED, upon request, all of the workpapers created and utilized in the course of the audit, including, but not limited to: The audit plan; audit testing; identification of any instance of noncompliance by the relevant UBS QPAM; and an explanation of any corrective or remedial action taken by the applicable UBS QPAM; and
(12) UBS must notify the Department at least 30 days prior to any substitution of an auditor, except that no such replacement will meet the requirements of this paragraph unless and until UBS demonstrates to the Department's satisfaction that such new auditor is independent of UBS, experienced in the matters that are the subject of the five-year exemption and capable of making the determinations required of this five-year exemption;
(j) Effective as of the effective date of this five-year exemption, with respect to any arrangement, agreement, or contract between a UBS QPAM and an ERISA-covered plan or IRA for which such UBS QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services, each UBS QPAM agrees and warrants:
(1) To comply with ERISA and the Code, as applicable with respect to such ERISA-covered plan or IRA; to refrain from engaging in prohibited transactions that are not otherwise exempt (and to promptly correct any inadvertent prohibited transactions); and to comply with the standards of prudence and loyalty set forth in section 404 of ERISA, as applicable;
(2) Not to require (or otherwise cause) the ERISA-covered plan or IRA to waive, limit, or qualify the liability of the UBS QPAM for violating ERISA or the Code or engaging in prohibited transactions;
(3) Not to require the ERISA-covered plan or IRA (or sponsor of such ERISA-covered plan or beneficial owner of such IRA) to indemnify the UBS QPAM for violating ERISA or engaging in prohibited transactions, except for violations or prohibited transactions caused by an error, misrepresentation, or misconduct of a plan fiduciary or other party hired by the plan fiduciary who is independent of UBS;
(4) Not to restrict the ability of such ERISA-covered plan or IRA to terminate or withdraw from its arrangement with the UBS QPAM (including any investment in a separately managed account or pooled fund subject to ERISA and managed by such QPAM), with the exception of reasonable restrictions, appropriately disclosed in advance, that are specifically designed to ensure
(5) Not to impose any fees, penalties, or charges for such termination or withdrawal with the exception of reasonable fees, appropriately disclosed in advance, that are specifically designed to prevent generally recognized abusive investment practices or specifically designed to ensure equitable treatment of all investors in a pooled fund in the event such withdrawal or termination may have adverse consequences for all other investors, provided that such fees are applied consistently and in like manner to all such investors;
(6) Not to include exculpatory provisions disclaiming or otherwise limiting liability of the UBS QPAM for a violation of such agreement's terms, except for liability caused by an error, misrepresentation, or misconduct of a plan fiduciary or other party hired by the plan fiduciary who is independent of UBS and its affiliates; and
(7) To indemnify and hold harmless the ERISA-covered plan and IRA for any damages resulting from a violation of applicable laws, a UBS QPAM's breach of contract, or any claim arising out of the failure of such UBS QPAM to qualify for the exemptive relief provided by PTE 84-14 as a result of a violation of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 other than the Convictions;
(8) Within four (4) months of the effective date of this proposed five-year exemption, each UBS QPAM must provide a notice of its obligations under this Section I(j) to each ERISA-covered plan and IRA for which the UBS QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services. For all other prospective ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients for which a UBS QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services, the UBS QPAM will agree in writing to its obligations under this Section I(j) in an updated investment management agreement or advisory agreement between the UBS QPAM and such clients or other written contractual agreement;
(k)(1)
(2)
(l) The UBS QPAMs must comply with each condition of PTE 84-14, as amended, with the sole exceptions of the violations of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 that are attributable to the Convictions;
(m)(1) UBS designates a senior compliance officer (the Compliance Officer) who will be responsible for compliance with the Policies and Training requirements described herein. The Compliance Officer must conduct an annual review (the Annual Review) to determine the adequacy and effectiveness of the implementation of the Policies and Training. With respect to the Compliance Officer, the following conditions must be met:
(i) The Compliance Officer must be a legal professional with extensive experience with, and knowledge of, the regulation of financial services and products, including under ERISA and the Code; and
(ii) The Compliance Officer has a dual-reporting line within UBS's Compliance and Operational Risk Control (C&ORC) function: (A) A divisional reporting line to the Head of Compliance and Operational Risk Control, Asset Management, and (B) a regional reporting line to the Head of Americas Compliance and Operational Risk Control. The C&ORC function will be organizationally independent of UBS's business divisions—including Asset Management and the Investment Bank—and is led by the Global Head of C&ORC, who will report directly to UBS's Chief Risk Officer;
(2) With respect to each Annual Review, the following conditions must be met:
(i) The Annual Review includes a review of: Any compliance matter related to the Policies or Training that was identified by, or reported to, the Compliance Officer or others within the Compliance and Operational Risk Control function during the previous year; any material change in the business activities of the UBS QPAMs; and any change to ERISA, the Code, or regulations related to fiduciary duties and the prohibited transaction provisions that may be applicable to the activities of the UBS QPAMs;
(ii) The Compliance Officer prepares a written report for each Annual Review (each, an Annual Report) that (A) summarizes his or her material activities during the preceding year; (B) sets forth any instance of noncompliance discovered during the preceding year, and any related corrective action; (C)
(iii) In each Annual Report, the Compliance Officer must certify in writing that to his or her knowledge: (A) The report is accurate; (B) the Policies and Training are working in a manner which is reasonably designed to ensure that the Policies and Training requirements described herein are met; (C) any known instance of noncompliance during the preceding year and any related correction taken to date have been identified in the Annual Report; (D) the UBS QPAMs have complied with the Policies and Training in all respects, and/or corrected any instances of noncompliance in accordance with Section I(h) above; and (E) UBS has provided the Compliance Officer with adequate resources, including, but not limited to, adequate staffing;
(iv) Each Annual Report must be provided to appropriate corporate officers of UBS and each UBS QPAM to which such report relates; the head of Compliance and the General Counsel (or their functional equivalent) of the relevant UBS QPAM; and must be made unconditionally available to the independent auditor described in Section I(i) above;
(v) Each Annual Review, including the Compliance Officer's written Annual Report, must be completed at least three (3) months in advance of the date on which each audit described in Section I(i) is scheduled to be completed;
(n) UBS imposes its internal procedures, controls, and protocols on UBS Securities Japan to: (1) Reduce the likelihood of any recurrence of conduct that that is the subject of the 2013 Conviction, and (2) comply in all material respects with the Business Improvement Order, dated December 16, 2011, issued by the Japanese Financial Services Authority;
(o) UBS complies in all material respects with the audit and monitoring procedures imposed on UBS by the United States Commodity Futures Trading Commission Order, dated December 19, 2012;
(p) Each UBS QPAM will maintain records necessary to demonstrate that the conditions of this five-year exemption have been met, for six (6) years following the date of any transaction for which such UBS QPAM relies upon the relief in the five-year exemption;
(q) During the effective period of this five-year exemption UBS: (1) Immediately discloses to the Department any Deferred Prosecution Agreement (a DPA) or Non-Prosecution Agreement (an NPA) that UBS or an affiliate enters into with the U.S Department of Justice, to the extent such DPA or NPA involves conduct described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 or section 411 of ERISA; and (2) immediately provides the Department any information requested by the Department, as permitted by law, regarding the agreement and/or the conduct and allegations that led to the agreement;
After review of the information, the Department may require UBS, its affiliates, or related parties, as specified by the Department, to submit a new application for the continued availability of relief as a condition of continuing to rely on this exemption. If the Department denies the relief requested in the new application, or does not grant such relief within twelve months of application, the relief described herein is revoked as of the date of denial or as of the expiration of the twelve month period, whichever date is earlier;
(r) Each UBS QPAM, in its agreements with ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients, or in other written disclosures provided to ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients, within 60 days prior to the initial transaction upon which relief hereunder is relied, and then at least once annually, will clearly and prominently: Inform the ERISA-covered plan or IRA client that the client has the right to obtain copies of the QPAM's written Policies adopted in accordance with this five-year exemption; and
(s) A UBS QPAM will not fail to meet the terms of this five-year exemption, solely because a different UBS QPAM fails to satisfy a condition for relief under this five-year exemption described in Sections I(c), (d), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l), (p), and (r).
(a) The term “Convictions” means the 2013 Conviction and the 2016 Conviction. The term “2013 Conviction” means the judgment of conviction against UBS Securities Japan Co. Ltd. in Case Number 3:12-cr-00268-RNC in the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut for one count of wire fraud in violation of Title 18, United Sates Code, sections 1343 and 2 in connection with submission of YEN London Interbank Offered Rates and other benchmark interest rates. The term “2016 Conviction” means the anticipated judgment of conviction against UBS AG in Case Number 3:15-cr-00076-RNC in the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut for one count of wire fraud in violation of Title 18, United States Code, Sections 1343 and 2 in connection with UBS's submission of Yen London Interbank Offered Rates and other benchmark interest rates between 2001 and 2010. For all purposes under this proposed five-year exemption, “conduct” of any person or entity that is the “subject of [a] Conviction” encompasses any conduct of UBS and/or their personnel, that is described in the Plea Agreement, (including Exhibits 1 and 3 attached thereto), and other official regulatory or judicial factual findings that are a part of this record.
(b) The term “UBS QPAM” means UBS Asset Management (Americas) Inc., UBS Realty Investors LLC, UBS Hedge Fund Solutions LLC, UBS O'Connor LLC, and any future entity within the Asset Management or the Wealth Management Americas divisions of UBS AG that qualifies as a “qualified professional asset manager” (as defined in Section VI(a)
(c) The term “UBS” means UBS AG.
(d) The term “Conviction Date” means the date that a judgment of conviction against UBS is entered in the 2016 Conviction.
(e) The term “FX Misconduct” means the conduct engaged in by UBS personnel described in Exhibit 1 of the Plea Agreement (Factual Basis for Breach) entered into between UBS AG and the Department of Justice Criminal Division, on May 20, 2015 in connection with Case Number 3:15-cr-00076-RNC filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut.
(f) The term “UBS Securities Japan” means UBS Securities Japan Co. Ltd, a wholly-owned subsidiary of UBS incorporated under the laws of Japan.
(g) The term “Plea Agreement” means the Plea Agreement (including Exhibits 1 and 3 attached thereto) entered into between UBS AG and the Department of Justice Criminal Division, on May 20,
Elsewhere in the
The five-year exemption proposed herein would permit certain asset managers affiliated with UBS and its affiliates to continue to rely on PTE 84-14 for a period of five years from its effective date. Upon the effective date of the proposed five-year exemption, the Temporary Exemption, if still effective, would expire.
The proposed five-year exemption would provide relief from certain of the restrictions set forth in sections 406 and 407 of ERISA. If granted, no relief or waiver of a violation of any other law would be provided by this five-year exemption.
Furthermore, the Department cautions that the relief in this proposed five-year exemption would terminate immediately if, among other things, an entity within the UBS corporate structure is convicted of a crime described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 (other than the Convictions) during the effective period of the five-year exemption. While such an entity could apply for a new exemption in that circumstance, the Department would not be obligated to grant the exemption. The terms of this proposed five-year exemption have been specifically designed to permit plans to terminate their relationships in an orderly and cost effective fashion in the event of an additional conviction or a determination that it is otherwise prudent for a plan to terminate its relationship with an entity covered by the proposed five-year exemption.
1. UBS AG (UBS) is a Swiss-based global financial services company organized under the laws of Switzerland. UBS has banking divisions and subsidiaries throughout the world, with its United States headquarters located in New York, New York and Stamford, Connecticut. UBS and its affiliates employ approximately 20,000 people in the United States.
2. The operational structure of UBS and its affiliates (collectively, the UBS Group) consists of a Corporate Center function and five business divisions: Wealth Management; Wealth Management Americas; Retail & Corporate; Asset Management; and the Investment Bank.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7. The Department notes that the rules set forth in section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA) and section 4975(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code) proscribe certain “prohibited transactions” between plans and related parties with respect to those plans, known as “parties in interest.”
8. Prohibited Transaction Exemption 84-14 (PTE 84-14)
9. However, Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 prevents an entity that may otherwise meet the definition of QPAM from utilizing the exemptive relief provided by PTE 84-14, for itself and its client plans, if that entity or an “affiliate”
10. UBS Asset Management (Americas) Inc., UBS Realty Investors LLC, UBS Hedge Fund Solutions LLC, and UBS O'Connor LLC are affiliates of UBS, AG (UBS)
11. The Applicants represent further that the UBS QPAMs provide investment management services to 36 ERISA plan and IRA clients through separately-managed accounts and pooled funds. These ERISA plan clients are all large plans and several have more than 500,000 participants and beneficiaries. Collectively, the UBS QPAMs currently manage approximately $22.1 billion of ERISA Plan and IRA assets (excluding ERISA Plan and IRA assets invested in pooled funds that are not plan asset funds). Several types of investment strategies are used by the UBS QPAMs to invest ERISA plan and IRA assets. These strategies include investments of approximately $3.3 billion in alternative investments/hedge funds, $835 million in equity investments, $8.6 billion in fixed income, $2.2 billion in multi-asset investments, $5.8 billion in derivative investments and $1.4 billion in real estate investments.
12. The DOJ determined that, prior to and after UBS signed the LIBOR NPA on December 18, 2012, certain employees of UBS engaged in fraudulent and deceptive currency trading and sales practices in conducting certain FX market transactions via telephone, email and/or electronic chat, to the detriment of UBS's customers.
13. According to the Factual Basis for Breach, the FX Misconduct included the addition of undisclosed markups to certain FX transactions. In that regard, sales staff misrepresented to customers on certain transactions that markups were not being added, when in fact they were.
14. The Factual Basis for Breach explains that for certain limit orders, UBS personnel would use a price level different from the one specified by the customers, without the customers' knowledge, to “track” certain limit orders. This practice was done to obtain an undisclosed markup on the trade for UBS if the market hit both the customer's limit price and UBS's altered tracking price. Additionally, the practice also subjected customers to the potential that their limit orders would be delayed or not filled when the market hit the customer's limit price but not UBS's altered tracking price.
15. The Factual Basis for Breach also details how certain customers obtaining quotes and placing trades over the phone would, on occasion, request an “open-line” so they could hear the conversation regarding price quotes between the UBS trader and salesperson. Certain of these customers had an expectation the price they heard from the trader did not include a sales markup for their transaction currency. While on certain “open-line” phone calls, UBS traders and salespeople used hand signals to fraudulently conceal markups from these customers.
16. The Factual Basis for Breach describes how, from about October 2011 to at least January 2013, a UBS FX trader conspired with other financial services firms acting as dealers in the FX spot market, by agreeing to restrain competition in the purchase and sale of the Euro/U.S. dollar currency pair. To achieve this, among other things, the conspirators: (i) Coordinated the trading of the Euro/U.S. dollar currency pair in connection with the European Central Bank and the World Markets/Reuters benchmark currency “fixes;” and (ii) refrained from certain trading behavior by withholding offers and bids when one conspirator held an open risk position. They did this so that the price of the currency traded would not move in a direction adverse to the conspirator with an open risk position.
17. The Factual Basis for Breach explains that in determining that UBS was in breach of the LIBOR NPA, the DOJ considered UBS's FX Misconduct described above in light of UBS's obligation under the LIBOR NPA to commit no further crimes. The DOJ also took into account UBS's three recent prior criminal resolutions
18. The Statement of Facts (SOF) in Exhibit 3 of the Plea Agreement describes the circumstances of UBS's scheme to defraud counterparties to interest rate derivatives transactions, by secretly manipulating benchmark interest rates to which the profitability of those transactions was tied. According to the SOF, LIBOR is a benchmark interest rate used in financial markets worldwide, namely on exchanges and in over-the-counter markets, to settle trades for futures, options, swaps, and other derivative financial instruments. In addition, LIBOR is often used as a reference rate for mortgages, credit cards, student loans, and other consumer lending products. LIBOR and the other benchmark interest rates play a fundamentally important role in financial markets throughout the world due their widespread use.
19. Each business day the LIBOR average benchmark interest rates are calculated and published by Thomson Reuters, acting as agent for the British Bankers' Association (BBA), for ten currencies (including the United States Dollar, the British Pound Sterling, and
20. UBS has also been a member of the Contributor Panel for the Euro Interbank Offered Rate (Euribor) since 2005. The European Banking Federation (EBF) oversees the Euribor reference rate which is the rate expected to be offered by one prime bank to another for Euro interbank term deposits within the Euro zone. The Euribor Contributor Panel bank rate submissions are ranked, and the highest and lowest 15% of all the submissions are excluded from the calculation. The Euribor fix is then formulated using the average of the remaining rate submissions.
21. In addition, UBS was also a member of the Contributor Panel for the Euroyen TIBOR from at least 2005 until 2012. The Japanese Bankers Association (JBA) oversees the TIBOR reference rate. Yen deposits maintained in accounts outside of Japan are referred to as “Euroyen” and the prevailing lending market rates between prime banks in the Japan Offshore Market is Euroyen TIBOR. Euroyen TIBOR is calculated by averaging the rate submissions of Contributor Panel members after discarding the two highest and lowest rate submissions. The Euroyen TIBOR rates and the Contributor Panel members' rate submissions are made available worldwide.
22. The SOF also describes the wide-ranging and systematic efforts, practiced nearly on a daily basis, by several UBS employees to manipulate YEN LIBOR in order to benefit UBS's trading positions through internal manipulation within UBS, by using cash brokers to influence other Contributor Panel banks' Yen LIBOR submissions, and by colluding directly with employees at other Contributor Panel banks to influence those banks' Yen LIBOR submissions.
23. The SOF provides that, at various times from at least 2001 through June 2010, certain UBS derivatives traders manipulated submissions for various interest rate benchmarks, and colluded with employees at other banks and cash brokers to influence certain benchmark rates to benefit their trading positions. The SOF explains that the UBS derivatives traders directly and indirectly exercised improper influence over UBS's submissions for LIBOR, Euroyen TIBOR and Euribor. In this regard, those UBS derivatives traders requested, and sometimes directed, that certain UBS benchmark interest submitters submit a particular benchmark interest rate contribution or a higher, lower, or unchanged rate for LIBOR, Euroyen TIBOR, and Euribor that would be beneficial to the traders. These UBS traders' requests for favorable benchmark rates submissions were regularly accommodated by the UBS submitters.
24. The SOF also details how cash brokers
25. UBS acknowledges that the SOF is true and correct and that the wrongful acts taken by the participating employees in furtherance of the misconduct set forth above were within the scope of their employment at UBS. Furthermore, UBS acknowledges that the participating employees intended, at least in part, to benefit UBS through the actions described above.
26. The 2013 Conviction caused the UBS QPAMs to violate Section I(g) of PTE 84-14. On September 13, 2013, the Department granted PTE 2013-09, which allows the UBS QPAMs to rely on the relief provided in PTE 84-14, notwithstanding the 2013 Conviction of UBS Securities Japan.
27. The 2016 Conviction will cause the UBS QPAMs to violate Section I(g) of PTE 84-14, once a judgment of conviction is entered by the District Court. As a consequence, the UBS QPAMs will not be able to rely upon the exemptive relief provided by PTE 84-14 for a period of ten years as of the 2016 Conviction Date. Furthermore, the 2016 Conviction will also cause Section I(h) of PTE 2013-09 to be violated, as of the 2016 Conviction Date. UBS QPAMs will become ineligible for the relief provided by PTE 84-14 as a result of both the 2013 Conviction and 2016 Conviction. Therefore, the Applicants request a single, new exemption that provides relief for the UBS QPAMs to rely on PTE 84-14 notwithstanding the 2013 Conviction and the 2016 Conviction, effective as of the 2016 Conviction Date.
28. The Department is proposing a five-year exemption herein to allow the UBS QPAMs to rely on PTE 84-14 notwithstanding the Convictions, subject to a comprehensive suite of protective conditions that are designed to protect the rights of the participants and beneficiaries of the ERISA-covered plans and IRAs that are managed by UBS QPAMs.
Elsewhere in the
29. Finally, excluding the Convictions and the FX Misconduct, UBS represents that it currently does not have a reasonable basis to believe there are any pending criminal investigations involving the Applicants or any of their affiliated companies that would cause a reasonable plan or IRA customer not to hire or retain the institution as a QPAM.
Furthermore, this proposed five-year exemption will not apply to any other conviction(s) of UBS or its affiliates for crimes described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14. The Department notes that, in such event, the Applicants and their ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients should be prepared to rely on exemptive relief other than PTE 84-14 for any prohibited transactions entered into after the date of such conviction(s), withdraw from any arrangements that solely rely on PTE 84-14 for exemptive relief; or avoid engaging in any such prohibited transactions in the first place.
30. The Applicants represent that UBS took extensive remedial actions and implemented internal control procedures before, during, and after the LIBOR investigations and FX Misconduct, in order to reform its compliance structure and strengthen its corporate culture. UBS represents that it undertook the following structural reforms and compliance enhancements:
31. Furthermore, the Applicants represent that UBS took disciplinary action against forty-four individuals in connection with the LIBOR misconduct, and against sixteen individuals in connection with the FX Misconduct. The individuals involved in the disciplinary actions included traders, benchmark submitters, compliance personnel, salespeople and managers. The disciplinary actions encompassed the termination or separation of thirty employees and also included financial consequences, such as forfeiture of deferred compensation, loss of bonuses and bonus reductions.
32. The Applicants represent that the requested exemption is in the interest of affected plans and their participants and beneficiaries because it will enable ERISA plan and IRA clients to have the opportunity to enter into transactions that are beneficial to the plan and may otherwise be prohibited or more costly. The Applicants maintain that if the exemption request is denied, the UBS QPAMs will be unable to cause ERISA-covered plan clients to engage in many routine and standard transactions that occur across many asset classes. According to the Applicants, these
33. The Applicants represent that, if the exemption request is denied, and ERISA plan and IRA clients leave the UBS QPAMs, these clients would typically incur transition costs associated with identifying appropriate replacement investment managers and liquidating and re-investing the assets currently managed by the UBS QPAMs. The Applicants estimate that the aggregate transition costs for liquidating and re-investing of each asset class for UBS's ERISA plan and IRA clients would be approximately $280 million.
34. The Applicants have proposed certain conditions it believes are protective of ERISA-covered plans and IRAs with respect to the transactions described herein. The Department has determined to revise and supplement the proposed conditions so that it can make its required finding that the requested five-year exemption is protective of the rights of participants and beneficiaries of affected plans and IRAs.
35. Several of these conditions underscore the Department's understanding, based on the Applicant's representations, that the affected UBS QPAMs were not involved in the FX Misconduct or the misconduct that is the subject of the Convictions. For example, the five-year exemption, if granted as proposed, mandates that the UBS QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than UBS, and employees of such UBS QPAMs) did not know of, have reason to know of, or participate in: (1) The FX Misconduct; or (2) the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions (for purposes of this requirement, “participate in” includes an individual's knowing or tacit approval of the FX Misconduct and the misconduct that is the subject of the Convictions). Under this the proposed five-year exemption, the term “Convictions” includes the 2013 Conviction and the 2016 Conviction. The term “2013 Conviction” means the judgment of conviction against UBS Securities Japan Co. Ltd. in Case Number 3:12-cr-00268-RNC in the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut for one count of wire fraud in violation of Title 18, United Sates Code, sections 1343 and 2 in connection with submission of YEN London Interbank Offered Rates and other benchmark interest rates. The term “2016 Conviction” means the anticipated judgment of conviction against UBS AG in Case Number 3:15-cr-00076-RNC in the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut for one count of wire fraud in violation of Title 18, United States Code, Sections 1343 and 2 in connection with UBS's submission of Yen London Interbank Offered Rates and other benchmark interest rates between 2001 and 2010. Furthermore, for all purposes under the proposed five-year exemption, “conduct” of any person or entity that is the “subject of [a] Conviction” encompasses any conduct of UBS and/or their personnel, that is described in the Plea Agreement, (including Exhibits 1 and 3 attached thereto), the plea agreement entered into between UBS Securities Japan and the Department of Justice Criminal Division, on December 19, 2012, in connection with Case Number 3:12-cr-00268-RNC (and attachments thereto), and other official regulatory or judicial factual findings that are a part of this record. The proposed five-year exemption defines the FX Misconduct as the conduct engaged in by UBS personnel described in Exhibit 1 of the Plea Agreement entered into between UBS AG and the Department of Justice Criminal Division, on May 20, 2015 in connection with Case Number 3:15-cr-00076-RNC filed in the US District Court for the District of Connecticut.
36. Further, the UBS QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than UBS, and employees of such UBS QPAMs) may not have received direct compensation, or knowingly have received indirect compensation, in connection with: (1) The FX Misconduct; or (2) the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions.
37. The Department expects that UBS QPAMs will rigorously ensure that the individuals associated with the UBS misconduct will not be employed or knowingly engaged by such QPAMs. In this regard, the proposed five-year exemption mandates that the UBS QPAMs will not employ or knowingly engage any of the individuals that participated in: (1) The FX Misconduct or (2) the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions. For purposes of this condition, “participated in” includes an individual's knowing or tacit approval of the FX Misconduct or the conduct that is the subject of Convictions. Further, a UBS QPAM will not use its authority or influence to direct an “investment fund,” (as defined in Section VI(b) of PTE 84-14) that is subject to ERISA or the Code and managed by such UBS QPAM, to enter into any transaction with UBS or UBS Securities Japan, nor otherwise engage UBS or UBS Securities Japan to provide
38. The UBS QPAMs must comply with each condition of PTE 84-14, as amended, with the sole exceptions of the violations of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 that are attributable to the Convictions. Further, any failure of the UBS QPAMs to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 must result solely from the Convictions.
39. No relief will be provided by this five-year exemption to the extent a UBS QPAM exercised authority over the assets of any plan subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA (an ERISA-covered plan) or section 4975 of the Code (an IRA) in a manner that it knew or should have known would: Further the FX Misconduct or the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions; or cause the UBS QPAM, its affiliates or related parties to directly or indirectly profit from the FX Misconduct or the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions. The conduct that is the subject of the Convictions includes that which is described in the Plea Agreement (including Exhibits 1 and 3 attached thereto) and the plea agreement entered into between UBS Securities Japan and the Department of Justice Criminal Division, on December 19, 2012, in connection with Case Number 3:12-cr-00268-RNC (and attachments thereto). The FX Misconduct engaged in by UBS personnel includes that which is described in Exhibit 1 of the Plea Agreement (Factual Basis for Breach) entered into between UBS AG and the Department of Justice Criminal Division, on May 20, 2015 in connection with Case Number 3:15-cr-00076-RNC filed in the US District Court for the District of Connecticut. Further, no five-year relief will be provided to the extent UBS, or UBS Securities Japan, provides any discretionary asset management services to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs or otherwise act as a fiduciary with respect to ERISA-covered plan or IRA assets.
40.
41.
42.
43. The audit condition requires that, to the extent necessary for the auditor, in its sole opinion, to complete its audit and comply with the conditions for relief described herein, and as permitted by law, each UBS QPAM and, if applicable, UBS, will grant the auditor unconditional access to its business, including, but not limited to: Its computer systems; business records; transactional data; workplace locations; training materials; and personnel.
44. The auditor's engagement must specifically require the auditor to determine whether each UBS QPAM has complied with the Policies and Training conditions described herein, and must further require the auditor to test each UBS QPAM's operational compliance with the Policies and Training.
45. On or before the end of the relevant period described in Section I(i)(1) for completing the audit, the auditor must issue a written report (the Audit Report) to UBS and the UBS QPAM to which the audit applies that describes the procedures performed by the auditor during the course of its examination. The Audit Report must include the auditor's specific determinations regarding: The adequacy of the UBS QPAM's Policies and Training; the UBS QPAM's compliance with the Policies and Training; the need, if any, to strengthen such Policies and Training; and any instance of the respective UBS QPAM's noncompliance with the written Policies and Training.
Any determination by the auditor regarding the adequacy of the Policies and Training and the auditor's recommendations (if any) with respect to strengthening the Policies and Training of the respective UBS QPAM must be promptly addressed by such UBS QPAM, and any action taken by such UBS QPAM to address such recommendations must be included in an addendum to the Audit Report. Any determination by the auditor that the respective UBS QPAM has implemented, maintained, and followed sufficient Policies and Training must not be based solely or in substantial part on an absence of evidence indicating noncompliance. In this last regard, any finding that the UBS QPAM has complied with the requirements under this subsection must be based on evidence that demonstrates the UBS QPAM has actually implemented, maintained, and followed the Policies and Training required by this proposed five-year exemption. Finally, the Audit Report must address the adequacy of the Annual Review required under this exemption and the resources provided to the Compliance Officer in connection with such Annual Review.
46. Furthermore, the auditor must notify the respective UBS QPAM of any instance of noncompliance identified by the auditor within five (5) business days after such noncompliance is identified by the auditor, regardless of whether the audit has been completed as of that date.
This proposed five-year exemption requires that certain senior personnel of UBS review the Audit Report, make certain certifications, and take various corrective actions. In this regard, the General Counsel, or one of the three most senior executive officers of the UBS QPAM to which the Audit Report applies, must certify in writing, under penalty of perjury, that the officer has reviewed the Audit Report and this proposed five-year exemption; addressed, corrected, or remedied any inadequacy identified in the Audit Report; and determined that the Policies and Training in effect at the time of signing are adequate to ensure compliance with the conditions of this proposed five-year exemption and with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code.
47. The Risk Committee, the Audit Committee, and the Corporate Culture and Responsibility Committee of UBS's Board of Directors are provided a copy of each Audit Report; and a senior executive officer of UBS's Compliance and Operational Risk Control function must review the Audit Report for each UBS QPAM and must certify in writing, under penalty of perjury, that such officer has reviewed each Audit Report.
In order to create a more transparent record in the event that the proposed relief is granted, each UBS QPAM must provide its certified Audit Report to the Department no later than 45 days following its completion. The Audit Report will be part of the public record regarding this proposed five-year exemption. Furthermore, each UBS QPAM must make its Audit Report unconditionally available for examination by any duly authorized employee or representative of the Department, other relevant regulators, and any fiduciary of an ERISA-covered plan or IRA, the assets of which are managed by such UBS QPAM.
48. Additionally, each UBS QPAM and the auditor must submit to the Department any engagement agreement entered into pursuant to the engagement of the auditor under this proposed five-year exemption; and any engagement agreement entered into with any other entity retained in connection with such QPAM's compliance with the Training or Policies conditions of this proposed five-year exemption no later than six (6) months after the effective date of this five-year exemption (and one month after the execution of any agreement thereafter). Finally, if the five-year exemption is granted, the auditor must provide the Department, upon request, all of the workpapers created and utilized in the course of the audit, including, but not limited to: The audit plan; audit testing; identification of any instance of noncompliance by the relevant UBS QPAM; and an explanation of any corrective or remedial action taken by the applicable UBS QPAM.
In order to enhance oversight of the compliance with the exemption, UBS must notify the Department at least 30 days prior to any substitution of an auditor, and UBS must demonstrate to the Department's satisfaction that any new auditor is independent of UBS, experienced in the matters that are the subject of the five-year exemption, and capable of making the determinations required of this five-year exemption.
49.
50. Within four (4) months of the effective date of this proposed five-year exemption each UBS QPAM will provide a notice of its obligations under this Section I(j) to each ERISA-covered plan and IRA for which a UBS QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services. For all other prospective ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients for which a UBS QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services, the UBS QPAM will agree in writing to its obligations under this Section I(j) in an updated investment management agreement or advisory agreement between the UBS QPAM and such clients or other written contractual agreement.
51.
Within fifteen (15) days of the publication of this proposed five-year exemption in the
In addition, each UBS QPAM will provide a
52. This proposed five-year exemption also requires UBS to designate a senior compliance officer (the Compliance Officer) who will be responsible for compliance with the Policies and Training requirements described herein. The Compliance Officer will have several obligations that it must comply with, as described in Section I(m) above. These include conducting an annual review (the Annual Review) to determine the adequacy and effectiveness of the implementation of the Policies and Training; preparing a written report for each Annual Review (each, an Annual Report) that, among other things, summarizes his or her material activities during the preceding year; and sets forth any instance of noncompliance discovered during the preceding year, and any related corrective action. Each Annual Report must be provided to appropriate corporate officers of UBS and each UBS QPAM to which such
53. Each UBS QPAM must maintain records necessary to demonstrate that the conditions of this proposed five-year exemption have been met, for six (6) years following the date of any transaction for which such UBS QPAM relies upon the relief in the five-year exemption.
54. Certain conditions of the proposed five-year exemption are directed UBS and UBS Securities Japan. These requirements were included in PTE 2013-09 as conditions to providing exemptive relief and have been included in this proposed five-year exemption. In this regard, UBS must impose internal procedures, controls, and protocols on UBS Securities Japan to: (1) Reduce the likelihood of any recurrence of conduct that that is the subject of the 2013 Conviction, and (2) comply in all material respects with the Business Improvement Order, dated December 16, 2011, issued by the Japanese Financial Services Authority. Additionally, UBS must comply in all material respects with the audit and monitoring procedures imposed on UBS by the United States Commodity Futures Trading Commission Order, dated December 19, 2012.
55. The proposed five-year exemption requires that, during the effective period of this proposed five-year exemption UBS: (1) Immediately discloses to the Department any Deferred Prosecution Agreement (a DPA) or Non-Prosecution Agreement (an NPA) that UBS or an affiliate enters into with the U.S. Department of Justice, to the extent such DPA or NPA involves conduct described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 or section 411 of ERISA; and (2) immediately provides the Department any information requested by the Department, as permitted by law, regarding the agreement and/or the conduct and allegations that led to the agreement. After review of the information, the Department may require UBS, its affiliates, or related parties, as specified by the Department, to submit a new application for the continued availability of relief as a condition of continuing to rely on this exemption. In this regard, the UBS QPAM (or other party submitting the application) will have the burden of justifying the relief sought in the application. If the Department denies the relief requested in the new application, or does not grant such relief within twelve months of application, the relief described herein is revoked as of the date of denial or as of the expiration of the twelve-month period, whichever date is earlier.
56. Finally, each UBS QPAM, in its agreements with ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients, or in other written disclosures provided to ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients, within 60 days prior to the initial transaction upon which relief hereunder is relied, will clearly and prominently inform the ERISA-covered plan or IRA client that the client has the right to obtain copies of the QPAM's written Policies adopted in accordance with this five-year exemption.
57. The Applicants represents that the proposed five-year exemption, is administratively feasible because it does not require any monitoring by the Department but relies on an independent auditor to determine that the exemption conditions are being complied with. Furthermore, the requested five-year exemption does not require the Department's oversight because, as a condition of this proposed five-year exemption, neither UBS nor UBS Securities Japan will provide any fiduciary or QPAM services to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs.
58. Given the revised and new conditions described above, the Department has tentatively determined that the five-year relief sought by the Applicants satisfies the statutory requirements for an exemption under section 408(a) of ERISA.
Notice of the proposed exemption will be provided to all interested persons within fifteen (15) days of the publication of the notice of proposed five-year exemption in the
Mr. Brian Mica of the Department, telephone (202) 693-8402. (This is not a toll-free number.)
The Department is considering granting a five-year exemption under the authority of section 408(a) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA or the Act) and section 4975(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and in accordance with the procedures set forth in 29 CFR part 2570, subpart B (76 FR 66637, 66644, October 27, 2011).
If the proposed five-year exemption is granted, certain asset managers with specified relationships to Deutsche Bank AG (hereinafter, the DB QPAMs, as further defined in Section II(b)) will not be precluded from relying on the exemptive relief provided by Prohibited Transaction Exemption 84-14 (PTE 84-14),
(a) The DB QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than Deutsche Bank, and employees of such DB QPAMs) did not know of, have reason to know of, or participate in the criminal conduct of DSK and DB Group Services that is the subject of the Convictions (for purposes of this Section I(a), “participate in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Convictions);
(b) The DB QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than Deutsche Bank, and employees of such DB QPAMs) did not receive direct compensation, or knowingly receive indirect compensation in connection with the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions;
(c) The DB QPAMs will not employ or knowingly engage any of the individuals that participated in the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions (for the purposes of this Section I(c), “participated in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Convictions);
(d) A DB QPAM will not use its authority or influence to direct an “investment fund” (as defined in Section VI(b) of PTE 84-14) that is subject to ERISA or the Code and managed by such DB QPAM to enter into any transaction with DSK or DB Group Services, or engage DSK or DB Group Services to provide any service to such investment fund, for a direct or indirect fee borne by such investment fund, regardless of whether such transaction or service may otherwise be within the scope of relief provided by an administrative or statutory exemption;
(e) Any failure of the DB QPAMs to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 arose solely from the Convictions;
(f) A DB QPAM did not exercise authority over the assets of any plan subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA (an ERISA-covered plan) or section 4975 of the Code (an IRA) in a manner that it knew or should have known would: Further the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions; or cause the QPAM, affiliates, or related parties to directly or indirectly profit from the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions;
(g) DSK and DB Group Services will not provide discretionary asset management services to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, nor will otherwise act as a fiduciary with respect to ERISA-covered plan or IRA assets;
(h)(1) Each DB QPAM must immediately develop, implement, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures (the Policies) requiring and reasonably designed to ensure that:
(i) The asset management decisions of the DB QPAM are conducted independently of Deutsche Bank's corporate management and business activities, including the corporate management and business activities of DB Group Services and DSK;
(ii) The DB QPAM fully complies with ERISA's fiduciary duties and with ERISA and the Code's prohibited transaction provisions, and does not knowingly participate in any violation of these duties and provisions with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs;
(iii) The DB QPAM does not knowingly participate in any other person's violation of ERISA or the Code with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs;
(iv) Any filings or statements made by the DB QPAM to regulators, including but not limited to, the Department, the Department of the Treasury, the Department of Justice, and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, on behalf of ERISA-covered plans or IRAs are materially accurate and complete, to the best of such QPAM's knowledge at that time;
(v) The DB QPAM does not make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with such regulators with respect to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, or make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients;
(vi) The DB QPAM complies with the terms of this five-year exemption; and
(vii) Any violation of, or failure to comply with, an item in subparagraphs (ii) through (vi), is corrected promptly upon discovery, and any such violation or compliance failure not promptly corrected is reported, upon the discovery of such failure to promptly correct, in writing, to appropriate corporate officers, the head of compliance and the General Counsel (or their functional equivalent) of the relevant DB QPAM, the independent auditor responsible for reviewing compliance with the Policies, and an appropriate fiduciary of any affected ERISA-covered plan or IRA that is independent of Deutsche Bank; however, with respect to any ERISA-covered plan or IRA sponsored by an “affiliate” (as defined in Section VI(d) of PTE 84-14) of Deutsche Bank or beneficially owned by an employee of Deutsche Bank or its affiliates, such fiduciary does not need to be independent of Deutsche Bank. A DB QPAM will not be treated as having failed to develop, implement, maintain, or follow the Policies, provided that it corrects any instance of noncompliance promptly when discovered, or when it reasonably should have known of the noncompliance (whichever is earlier), and provided that it adheres to the reporting requirements set forth in this subparagraph (vii);
(2) Each DB QPAM must immediately develop and implement a program of training (the Training), conducted at least annually, for all relevant DB QPAM asset/portfolio management, trading, legal, compliance, and internal audit personnel. The Training must:
(i) Be set forth in the Policies and at a minimum, cover the Policies, ERISA and Code compliance (including applicable fiduciary duties and the prohibited transaction provisions), ethical conduct, the consequences for not complying with the conditions of this five-year exemption (including any loss of exemptive relief provided herein), and prompt reporting of wrongdoing; and
(ii) Be conducted by an independent professional who has been prudently selected and who has appropriate technical training and proficiency with ERISA and the Code;
(i)(1) Each DB QPAM submits to an audit conducted annually by an independent auditor, who has been prudently selected and who has appropriate technical training and proficiency with ERISA and the Code, to evaluate the adequacy of, and the DB QPAM's compliance with, the Policies and Training described herein. The audit requirement must be incorporated in the Policies. Each annual audit must cover a consecutive twelve month period beginning on the effective date of this five-year exemption and must be completed no later than six (6) months after the period to which the audit applies;
(2) To the extent necessary for the auditor, in its sole opinion, to complete its audit and comply with the conditions for relief described herein, and as permitted by law, each DB QPAM and, if applicable, Deutsche Bank, will grant the auditor unconditional access to its business, including, but not limited to: Its computer systems; business records; transactional data; workplace locations; training materials; and personnel;
(3) The auditor's engagement must specifically require the auditor to determine whether each DB QPAM has developed, implemented, maintained, and followed the Policies in accordance with the conditions of this five-year exemption, and has developed and implemented the Training, as required herein;
(4) The auditor's engagement must specifically require the auditor to test each DB QPAM's operational compliance with the Policies and Training. In this regard, the auditor must test a sample of each QPAM's transactions involving ERISA-covered plans and IRAs sufficient in size and nature to afford the auditor a reasonable basis to determine the operational compliance with the Policies and Training;
(5) For each audit, on or before the end of the relevant period described in Section I(i)(1) for completing the audit, the auditor must issue a written report (the Audit Report) to Deutsche Bank and the DB QPAM to which the audit applies that describes the procedures performed by the auditor during the course of its examination. The Audit Report must include the auditor's specific determinations regarding:
(i) The adequacy of the DB QPAM's Policies and Training; the DB QPAM's compliance with the Policies and Training; the need, if any, to strengthen such Policies and Training; and any instance of the respective DB QPAM's noncompliance with the written Policies and Training described in Section I(h) above. Any determination by the auditor regarding the adequacy of the Policies and Training and the auditor's recommendations (if any) with respect to strengthening the Policies and Training of the respective DB QPAM must be promptly addressed by such DB QPAM, and any action taken by such DB QPAM to address such recommendations must be included in an addendum to the Audit Report (which addendum is completed prior to the certification described in Section I(i)(7) below). Any determination by the auditor that the respective DB QPAM has implemented, maintained, and followed sufficient Policies and Training must not be based solely or in substantial part on an absence of evidence indicating noncompliance. In this last regard, any finding that the DB QPAM has complied with the requirements under this subsection must be based on evidence that demonstrates the DB QPAM has actually implemented, maintained, and followed the Policies and Training required by this five-year exemption. Furthermore, the auditor must not rely on the Annual Report created by the Compliance Officer as described in Section I(m) below in lieu of independent determinations and testing performed by the auditor as required by Section I(i)(3) and (4) above; and
(ii) The adequacy of the Annual Review described in Section I(m) and the resources provided to the Compliance officer in connection with such Annual Review;
(6) The auditor must notify the respective DB QPAM of any instance of noncompliance identified by the auditor within five (5) business days after such noncompliance is identified by the auditor, regardless of whether the audit has been completed as of that date;
(7) With respect to each Audit Report, the General Counsel, or one of the three most senior executive officers of the DB QPAM to which the Audit Report applies, must certify in writing, under penalty of perjury, that the officer has reviewed the Audit Report and this exemption; addressed, corrected, or remedied any inadequacy identified in the Audit Report; and determined that the Policies and Training in effect at the time of signing are adequate to ensure compliance with the conditions of this proposed five-year exemption and with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code;
(8) The Risk Committee of Deutsche Bank's Board of Directors is provided a copy of each Audit Report; and a senior executive officer with a direct reporting line to the highest ranking legal compliance officer of Deutsche Bank must review the Audit Report for each DB QPAM and must certify in writing, under penalty of perjury, that such officer has reviewed each Audit Report;
(9) Each DB QPAM provides its certified Audit Report, by regular mail to: The Department's Office of Exemption Determinations (OED), 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Suite 400, Washington, DC 20210, or by private carrier to: 122 C Street NW., Suite 400, Washington, DC 20001-2109, no later than 45 days following its completion. The Audit Report will be part of the public record regarding this five-year exemption. Furthermore, each DB QPAM must make its Audit Report unconditionally available for examination by any duly authorized employee or representative of the Department, other relevant regulators, and any fiduciary of an ERISA-covered plan or IRA, the assets of which are managed by such DB QPAM;
(10) Each DB QPAM and the auditor must submit to OED: (A) Any engagement agreement(s) entered into pursuant to the engagement of the auditor under this exemption; and (B) any engagement agreement entered into with any other entity retained in connection with such QPAM's compliance with the Training or Policies conditions of this proposed exemption, no later than six (6) months after the effective date of this five-year exemption (and one month after the execution of any agreement thereafter);
(11) The auditor must provide OED, upon request, all of the workpapers created and utilized in the course of the audit, including, but not limited to: The audit plan; audit testing; identification of any instance of noncompliance by the relevant DB QPAM; and an explanation of any corrective or remedial action taken by the applicable DB QPAM; and
(12) Deutsche Bank must notify the Department at least 30 days prior to any substitution of an auditor, except that no such replacement will meet the requirements of this paragraph unless and until Deutsche Bank demonstrates to the Department's satisfaction that such new auditor is independent of Deutsche Bank, experienced in the matters that are the subject of the exemption and capable of making the determinations required of this exemption;
(j) Effective as of the effective date of this five-year exemption, with respect to any arrangement, agreement, or contract between a DB QPAM and an ERISA-covered plan or IRA for which a DB QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services, each DB QPAM agrees and warrants:
(1) To comply with ERISA and the Code, as applicable with respect to such ERISA-covered plan or IRA; to refrain from engaging in prohibited transactions that are not otherwise exempt (and to promptly correct any inadvertent prohibited transactions); and to comply with the standards of prudence and loyalty set forth in section 404 of ERISA with respect to each such ERISA-covered plan and IRA;
(2) Not to require (or otherwise cause) the ERISA-covered plan or IRA to waive, limit, or qualify the liability of the DB QPAM for violating ERISA or the Code or engaging in prohibited transactions;
(3) Not to require the ERISA-covered plan or IRA (or sponsor of such ERISA-covered plan or beneficial owner of such IRA) to indemnify the DB QPAM for violating ERISA or engaging in prohibited transactions, except for violations or prohibited transactions caused by an error, misrepresentation, or misconduct of a plan fiduciary or other party hired by the plan fiduciary who is independent of Deutsche Bank;
(4) Not to restrict the ability of such ERISA-covered plan or IRA to terminate or withdraw from its arrangement with the DB QPAM (including any investment in a separately managed account or pooled fund subject to ERISA and managed by such QPAM), with the exception of reasonable restrictions, appropriately disclosed in advance, that are specifically designed to ensure equitable treatment of all investors in a pooled fund in the event such withdrawal or termination may have adverse consequences for all other investors as a result of an actual lack of liquidity of the underlying assets, provided that such restrictions are applied consistently and in like manner to all such investors;
(5) Not to impose any fees, penalties, or charges for such termination or withdrawal with the exception of reasonable fees, appropriately disclosed in advance, that are specifically designed to prevent generally recognized abusive investment practices or specifically designed to ensure equitable treatment of all investors in a pooled fund in the event such withdrawal or termination may have adverse consequences for all other investors, provided that such fees are applied consistently and in like manner to all such investors;
(6) Not to include exculpatory provisions disclaiming or otherwise limiting liability of the DB QPAM for a violation of such agreement's terms, except for liability caused by an error, misrepresentation, or misconduct of a plan fiduciary or other party hired by the plan fiduciary who is independent of Deutsche Bank and its affiliates; and
(7) To indemnify and hold harmless the ERISA-covered plan or IRA for any damages resulting from a violation of applicable laws, a breach of contract, or any claim arising out of the failure of such DB QPAM to qualify for the exemptive relief provided by PTE 84-14 as a result of a violation of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 other than the Convictions;
(8) Within four (4) months of the effective date of this proposed five-year exemption, each DB QPAM must provide a notice of its obligations under this Section I(j) to each ERISA-covered plan and IRA for which the DB QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services. For all other prospective ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients for which a DB QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services, the DB QPAM must agree in writing to its obligations under this Section I(j) in an updated investment management agreement or advisory agreement between the DB QPAM and such clients or other written contractual agreement;
(k)(1)
(2)
(l) The DB QPAMs must comply with each condition of PTE 84-14, as amended, with the sole exceptions of the violations of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 that are attributable to the Convictions;
(m)(1) Deutsche Bank designates a senior compliance officer (the Compliance Officer) who will be responsible for compliance with the Policies and Training requirements described herein. The Compliance Officer must conduct an annual review (the Annual Review) to determine the adequacy and effectiveness of the implementation of the Policies and Training. With respect to the Compliance Officer, the following conditions must be met:
(i) The Compliance Officer must be a legal professional with extensive experience with, and knowledge of, the regulation of financial services and products, including under ERISA and the Code; and
(ii) The Compliance Officer must have a direct reporting line to the highest-ranking corporate officer in charge of legal compliance that is independent of Deutsche Bank's other business lines;
(2) With respect to each Annual Review, the following conditions must be met:
(i) The Annual Review includes a review of: Any compliance matter related to the Policies or Training that was identified by, or reported to, the Compliance Officer or others within the compliance and risk control function (or its equivalent) during the previous year; any material change in the business activities of the DB QPAMs; and any change to ERISA, the Code, or regulations related to fiduciary duties and the prohibited transaction provisions that may be applicable to the activities of the DB QPAMs;
(ii) The Compliance Officer prepares a written report for each Annual Review (each, an Annual Report) that (A) summarizes his or her material activities during the preceding year; (B) sets forth any instance of noncompliance discovered during the preceding year, and any related corrective action; (C) details any change to the Policies or Training to guard against any similar instance of noncompliance occurring again; and (D) makes recommendations, as necessary, for additional training, procedures, monitoring, or additional and/or changed processes or systems, and management's actions on such recommendations;
(iii) In each Annual Report, the Compliance Officer must certify in writing that to his or her knowledge: (A) The report is accurate; (B) the Policies and Training are working in a manner which is reasonably designed to ensure that the Policies and Training requirements described herein are met; (C) any known instance of noncompliance during the preceding year and any related correction taken to date have been identified in the Annual Report; (D) the DB QPAMs have complied with the Policies and Training in all respects, and/or corrected any instances of noncompliance in accordance with Section I(h) above; and (E) Deutsche Bank has provided the Compliance Officer with adequate resources, including, but not limited to, adequate staffing;
(iv) Each Annual Report must be provided to appropriate corporate officers of Deutsche Bank and each DB QPAM to which such report relates; the head of Compliance and the General Counsel (or their functional equivalent) of the relevant DB QPAM; and must be made unconditionally available to the independent auditor described in Section I(i) above;
(v) Each Annual Review, including the Compliance Officer's written Annual Report, must be completed at least three (3) months in advance of the date on which each audit described in Section I(i) is scheduled to be completed;
(n) Deutsche Bank disgorged all of its profits generated by the spot/futures-linked market manipulation activities of DSK personnel that led to the Conviction against DSK entered on January 25, 2016, in Seoul Central District Court;
(o) Each DB QPAM will maintain records necessary to demonstrate that the conditions of this exemption have been met, for six (6) years following the date of any transaction for which such DB QPAM relies upon the relief in the exemption;
(p)(1) During the effective period of this five-year exemption, Deutsche Bank immediately discloses to the Department any Deferred Prosecution Agreement (a DPA) or Non-Prosecution Agreement (an NPA) entered into by Deutsche Bank or any of its affiliates with the U.S Department of Justice, in connection with conduct described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 or section 411 of ERISA; and (2) Immediately provides the Department any information requested by the Department, as permitted by law, regarding such agreement and/or conduct and allegations that led to the agreement. After review of the information, the Department may require Deutsche Bank or its affiliates, as specified by the Department, to submit a new application for the continued availability of relief as a condition of continuing to rely on this exemption. If the Department denies the relief requested in the new application, or does not grant such relief within twelve (12) months of the application, the relief described herein is revoked as of the date of denial or as of the expiration of the twelve month period, whichever date is earlier;
(q) Each DB QPAM, in its agreements with ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients, or in other written disclosures provided to ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients, within 60 days prior to the initial transaction upon which relief hereunder is relied, and then at least once annually, will clearly and prominently inform the ERISA-covered plan and IRA client that the client has the right to obtain copies of the QPAM's written Policies adopted in accordance with this five-year exemption; and
(r) A DB QPAM will not fail to meet the terms of this exemption, solely because a different DB QPAM fails to satisfy a condition for relief under this exemption described in Sections I(c), (d), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l), (o), and (q).
(a) The term “Convictions” means (1) the judgment of conviction against DB Group Services, in Case 3:15-cr-00062-RNC to be entered in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut to a single count of wire fraud, in violation of 18 U.S.C. 1343, and (2) the judgment of conviction against DSK entered on January 25, 2016, in Seoul Central District Court, relating to charges filed against DSK under Articles 176, 443, and 448 of South Korea's Financial Investment Services and Capital Markets Act for spot/futures-linked market price manipulation. For all purposes under this exemption, “conduct” of any person or entity that is the “subject of [a] Conviction” encompasses any conduct of Deutsche Bank and/or their personnel, that is described in the Plea Agreement (including the Factual Statement thereto), Court judgments (including the judgment of the Seoul Central District Court), criminal complaint documents from the Financial Services Commission in Korea, and other official regulatory or judicial factual findings that are a part of this record;
(b) The term “DB QPAM” means a “qualified professional asset manager” (as defined in Section VI(a)
(c) The term “Deutsche Bank” means Deutsche Bank AG but, unless indicated otherwise, does not include its subsidiaries or affiliates;
(d) The term “U.S. Conviction Date” means the date that a judgment of conviction against DB Group Services, in Case 3:15-cr-00062-RNC, is entered in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut;
(e) The term “DB Group Services” means DB Group Services UK Limited, an “affiliate” of Deutsche Bank (as defined in Section VI(c) of PTE 84-14) based in the United Kingdom;
(f) The term “DSK” means Deutsche Securities Korea Co., a South Korean “affiliate” of Deutsche Bank (as defined in Section VI(c) of PTE 84-14); and
(g) The term “Plea Agreement” means the Plea Agreement (including the Factual Statement thereto), dated April 23, 2015, between the Antitrust Division and Fraud Section of the Criminal Division of the U.S. Department of Justice (the DOJ) and DB Group Services resolving the actions brought by the DOJ in Case 3:15-cr-00062-RNC against DB Group Services for wire fraud in violation of Title 18, United States Code, Section 1343 related to the manipulation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR).
The five-year exemption proposed herein would permit certain asset managers affiliated with Deutsche Bank and its affiliates to continue to rely on PTE 84-14 for a period of five years from its effective date. Upon the effective date of the proposed five-year exemption, the Temporary Exemption, if still effective, would expire.
The proposed exemption would provide relief from certain of the restrictions set forth in sections 406 and 407 of ERISA. If granted, no relief from a violation of any other law would be provided by this exemption.
Furthermore, the Department cautions that the relief in this proposed five-year exemption would terminate immediately if, among other things, an entity within the Deutsche Bank corporate structure is convicted of a crime described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 (other than the Convictions) during the effective period of the five-year exemption. While such an entity could apply for a new exemption in that circumstance, the Department would not be obligated to grant the exemption. The terms of this proposed five-year exemption have been specifically designed to permit plans to terminate their relationships in an orderly and cost effective fashion in the event of an additional conviction or a determination that it is otherwise prudent for a plan to terminate its relationship with an entity covered by the proposed five-year exemption.
1. Deutsche Bank AG (together with its current and future affiliates, Deutsche Bank) is a German banking corporation and a commercial bank. Deutsche Bank, with and through its affiliates, subsidiaries and branches, provides a wide range of banking, fiduciary, recordkeeping, custodial, brokerage and investment services to, among others, corporations, institutions, governments, employee benefit plans, government retirement plans and private investors. Deutsche Bank had €68.4 billion in total shareholders' equity and €1,709 billion in total assets as of December 31, 2014.
2. Deutsche Investment Management Americas Inc. (DIMA) is an investment adviser registered with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. DIMA and other wholly-owned subsidiaries of Deutsche Bank provide discretionary asset-management services to employee benefit plans and IRAs. Such entities include: (A) DIMA; (B) Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., which is a dual-registrant with the SEC under the Advisers Act as an investment adviser and broker-dealer; (C) RREEF America L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company and investment adviser registered with the SEC under the Advisers Act; (D) Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York and supervised by the New York State Department of Financial Services, a member of the Federal Reserve and an FDIC-insured bank; (E) Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, a national banking association, organized under the laws of the United States and supervised by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and a member of the Federal Reserve; (F) Deutsche Bank Trust Company, NA, a national banking association, organized under the laws of the United States and supervised by the OCC; (G) Deutsche Alternative Asset Management (Global) Limited, a London-based investment adviser registered with the SEC under the Advisers Act; (H) Deutsche Investments Australia Limited, a Sydney, Australia-based investment adviser registered with the SEC under the Advisers Act; (I) DeAWM Trust Company (DTC), a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of New Hampshire and subject to supervision of the New Hampshire Banking Department; and the four following entities which currently do not rely on PTE 84-14 for the management of any ERISA-covered plan or IRA assets, but may in the future: (J) Deutsche Asset Management (Hong Kong) Ltd.; (K) Deutsche Asset Management International GmbH; (L) DB Investment Managers, Inc.; and (M) Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch.
3.
4.
5. The Department notes that the rules set forth in section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA) and section 4975(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code) proscribe certain “prohibited transactions” between plans and related parties with respect to those plans, known as “parties in interest.”
6. Under the authority of section 408(a) of ERISA and section 4975(c)(2) of the Code, the Department has the authority to grant exemptions from such “prohibited transactions” in accordance with the procedures set forth in 29 CFR part 2570, subpart B (76 FR 66637, 66644, October 27, 2011).
7. Class Prohibited Transaction Exemption 84-14 (PTE 84-14)
8. However, Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 prevents an entity that may otherwise meet the definition of QPAM from utilizing the exemptive relief provided by PTE 84-14, for itself and its client plans, if that entity or an affiliate thereof or any owner, direct or indirect, of a 5 percent or more interest in the QPAM has, within 10 years immediately preceding the transaction, been either convicted or released from imprisonment, whichever is later, as a result of certain specified criminal activity described in that section. The Department notes that Section I(g) was included in PTE 84-14, in part, based on the expectation that a QPAM, and those who may be in a position to influence its policies, maintain a high standard of integrity.
9. Deutsche Bank represents that certain current and future “affiliates” of DSK and DB Group Services, as that term is defined in section VI(d) of PTE 84-14, may act as QPAMs in reliance on the relief provided in PTE 84-14 (these entities are collectively referred to as the “DB QPAMs” or the “Applicant”). The DB QPAMs are currently comprised of several wholly-owned direct and indirect subsidiaries of Deutsche Bank including: (A) DIMA; (B) Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., which is a dual-registrant with the SEC under the Advisers Act as an investment adviser and broker-dealer; (C) RREEF America L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company and investment adviser registered with the SEC under the Advisers Act; (D) Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a corporation organized under the laws of the State of New York and supervised by the New York State Department of Financial Services, a member of the Federal Reserve and an FDIC-insured bank; (E) Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, a national banking association, organized under the laws of the United States and supervised by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and a member of the Federal Reserve; (F) Deutsche Bank Trust Company, NA, a national banking association, organized under the laws of the United States and supervised by the OCC; (G) Deutsche Alternative Asset Management (Global) Limited, a London-based investment adviser registered with the SEC under the Advisers Act; (H) Deutsche Investments Australia Limited, a Sydney, Australia-based investment adviser registered with the SEC under the Advisers Act; (I) DeAWM Trust Company (DTC), a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of New Hampshire and subject to supervision of the New Hampshire Banking Department; and the four following entities which currently do not rely on PTE 84-14 for the management of any ERISA-covered plan or IRA assets, but may in the future: (J) Deutsche Asset Management (Hong Kong) Ltd.; (K) Deutsche Asset Management International GmbH; (L) DB Investment
10. The Applicant notes that discretionary asset management services are provided to ERISA-covered plans, IRAs and others under the following Asset & Wealth Management (AWM) business lines, each of which may be served by one or more of the DB QPAMs: (A) Wealth Management—Private Client Services and Wealth Management—Private Bank ($178.1 million in ERISA assets, $643.9 million in IRA assets and $1.8 million in rabbi trust assets); (B) Active Management ($299 million in ERISA assets, $227.9 million in governmental plan assets, and $141.7 million in rabbi trust assets); (C) Alternative and Real Assets ($7.4 billion in ERISA-covered and governmental plan assets);
11. The Applicant represents that the AWM business is separate from Group Services. The DB QPAMs that serve the AWM business have their own boards of directors. The Applicant represents that the AWM business has its own legal and compliance teams. The Applicant further notes that the DB QPAMs are subject to certain policies and procedures that are designed to, among other things, ensure that asset management decisions are made without inappropriate outside influence, applicable law and governing documents are followed, personnel act with professionalism and in the best interests of clients, clients are treated fairly, confidential information is protected, conflicts of interest are avoided, errors are reported and a high degree of integrity is maintained.
12. Deutsche Securities Korea Co. (DSK), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Deutsche Bank, is a broker-dealer organized in Korea and supervised by the Financial Supervisory Service in Korea. The Absolute Strategy Group (ASG) of Deutsche Bank's Hong Kong Branch (DB HK) conducts index arbitrage trading for proprietary accounts in Asian markets, including Korea. On January 25, 2016, DSK was convicted in Seoul Central District Court (the Korean Court), under Articles 176, 443, and 448 of South Korea's Financial Investment Services and Capital Markets Act (FSCMA) for spot/futures-linked market price manipulation. The Korean Court issued a written decision (the Korean Decision) in connection with the Korean Conviction.
13. Deutsche Bank represents that index arbitrage trading is a trading strategy through which an investor such as Deutsche Bank seeks to earn a return by identifying and exploiting a difference between the value of futures contracts in respect of a relevant equity index and the spot value of the index, as determined by the current market price of the constituent stocks. For instance, where the futures contracts are deemed to be overpriced by reference to the spot value of the index (
14. Deutsche Bank represents that ASG pursued an index arbitrage trading strategy in various Asian markets, including Korea. In Korea, the index arbitrage position involved the Korean Composite Stock Price Index (KOSPI 200 Index), which reflects stocks commonly traded on the Korea Exchange (KRX). Deutsche Bank represents that, while ASG tried to track the KOSPI 200 Index as closely as possible, there is a limit on foreign ownership for certain shares such as telecommunication companies. Thus, once ASG's cash position reached this limitation, DSK carried the remainder; and ASG's book, combined with DSK's book for Korea telecommunication companies, reflected ASG's overall KOSPI 200 index arbitrage position.
15. On November 11, 2010, ASG unwound an arbitrage position on the KOSPI 200 Index through DSK. The “unwind” included a sale of $2.1 billion worth of stocks in the KRX during the final 10 minutes of trading (
16. Prior to the unwinding, but after the decision to unwind was made, ASG had taken certain derivative positions, including put options on the KOSPI 200 Index. Thus, ASG earned a profit when the KOSPI 200 Index declined as a result of the unwind trades (the derivative positions and unwind trades cumulatively referred to as the Trades). DSK had also purchased put options on that day that resulted in it earning a profit as a result of the drop of the KOSPI 200 Index. The aggregate amount of profit earned from such Trades was approximately $40 million.
17. The Seoul Central District Prosecutor's Office (the Korean Prosecutors) alleged that the Trades constitute spot/futures linked market manipulation, a criminal violation under Korean securities law. In this regard, the Korean Prosecutors alleged that ASG unwound its cash position of certain securities listed on the KRX (spot) through DSK, and caused a fluctuation in the market price of securities related to exchange-traded derivatives (the put options) for the purpose of gaining unfair profit from such exchange-traded derivatives. On August 19, 2011, the Korean Prosecutors indicted DSK and four individuals on charges of stock market manipulation to gain unfair profits. Two of the individuals, Derek Ong and Bertrand Dattas, worked for ASG at DB HK. Mr. Ong was a Managing Director and head of ASG, with power and authority with respect to the KOSPI 200 Index arbitrage trading conducted by Deutsche Bank. Mr. Dattas served as a Director of ASG and was responsible for the direct operations of the KOSPI 200 Index arbitrage trading. Philip Lonergan, the third individual, was employed by Deutsche Bank Services (Jersey) Limited. At the time of the transaction, Mr. Lonergan was seconded to DB HK and served as Head of Global Market Equity, Trading and Risk. Mr. Lonergan
18. The Korean Prosecutors' case against DSK was based on Korea's criminal vicarious liability provision, under which DSK may be held vicariously liable for an act of its employee (
19. The trial commenced in January 2012 in the Korean Court. The Korean Court convicted both DSK and Mr. Park on January 25, 2016. The Korean Court sentenced Mr. Park to five years imprisonment. Upon conviction, the Korean Court ordered DSK to pay a criminal fine of KRW 1.5 billion. Furthermore, the Korean Court ordered that Deutsche Bank forfeit KRW 43,695,371,124, while KRW 1,183,362,400 was ordered forfeited by DSK.
20. DB Group Services is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Deutsche Bank located in the United Kingdom. On April 23, 2015, DB Group Services pled guilty in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut to a single count of wire fraud, in violation of 18 U.S.C. 1343 (the Plea Agreement), related to the manipulation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) described below. In connection with the Plea Agreement with DB Group Services, the DOJ filed a Statement of Fact (the DOJ Plea Factual Statement) that details the underlying conduct that serves as the basis for the criminal charges and impending US Conviction.
21. According to the DOJ Plea Factual Statement, LIBOR is a benchmark interest rate used in financial markets around the world. Futures, options, swaps, and other derivative financial instruments traded in the over-the-counter market. The LIBOR for a given currency is derived from a calculation based upon submissions from a panel of banks for that currency (the Contributor Panel) selected by the British Bankers' Association (BBA). Each member of the Contributor Panel would submit its rates electronically. Once each Contributor Panel bank had submitted its rate, the contributed rates were ranked. The highest and lowest quartiles were excluded from the calculation, and the middle two quartiles (
22. The DOJ Plea Factual Statement states that, from 2006 to 2011, Deutsche Bank's Global Finance and Foreign Exchange business units (GFFX) had employees in multiple entities associated with Deutsche Bank, in multiple locations around the world including London and New York. Deutsche Bank, through the GFFX unit, employed traders in both its Pool Trading groups (Pool) and its Money Market Derivatives (MMD) groups. Many of the GFFX traders based in London were employed by DB Group Services.
23. According to the DOJ Plea Factual Statement, Deutsche Bank's Pool traders engaged in, among other things, cash trading and overseeing Deutsche Bank's internal funding and liquidity. Deutsche Bank's Pool traders traded a variety of financial instruments. Deutsche Bank's Pool traders were primarily responsible for formulating and submitting Deutsche Bank's LIBOR and EURIBOR daily contributions. Deutsche Bank's MMD traders, on the other hand, were responsible for, among other things, trading a variety of financial instruments, some of which, such as interest rate swaps and forward rate agreements, were tied to LIBOR and EURIBOR. The DOJ Plea Factual Statement notes that both the Pool traders and the MMD traders worked in close proximity and reported to the same chain of command. DB Group Services employed many of Deutsche Bank's London-based Pool and MMD traders.
24. Deutsche Bank and DB Group Services's derivatives traders (the Derivatives Traders) were responsible for trading a variety of financial instruments, some of which, such as interest rate swaps and forward rate agreements, were tied to reference rates such as LIBOR and EURIBOR. According to the DOJ Plea Factual Statement, from approximately 2003 through at least 2010, the Derivatives Traders defrauded their counterparties by secretly manipulating U.S. Dollar (USD), Yen, and Pound Sterling LIBOR, as well as the EURO Interbank Offered Rate (EURIBOR, and collectively, the IBORs or IBOR). The Derivatives Traders requested that the IBOR submitters employed by Deutsche Bank and other banks send in IBORs that would benefit the Derivatives Traders' trading positions, rather than rates that complied with the definitions of the IBORs. According to the DOJ, Deutsche Bank employees engaged in this collusion through face-to-face requests, electronic communications, which included both emails and electronic chats, and telephone calls.
25. The DOJ Plea Factual Statement explains that when the Derivatives Traders' requests for favorable IBOR submissions were taken into account by the submitters, the resultant contributions affected the value and cash flows of derivatives contracts, including interest rate swap contracts. In accommodating these requests, the Derivatives Traders and submitters were engaged in a deceptive course of conduct in an effort to gain an advantage over their counterparties. As part of this effort: (1) The Deutsche Bank Pool and MMD Traders submitted materially false and misleading IBOR contributions; and (2) Derivatives Traders, after initiating and continuing their effort to manipulate IBOR contributions, entered into derivative transactions with counterparties that did not know that the Deutsche Bank personnel were often manipulating the relevant rate.
26. The DOJ Plea Factual Statement notes that from 2003 through at least 2010, DB Group Services employees regularly sought to manipulate USD LIBOR to benefit their trading positions and thereby benefit themselves and Deutsche Bank. During most of this period, traders at Deutsche Bank who traded products linked to USD LIBOR were primarily located in London and New York. DB Group Services employed almost all of the USD LIBOR traders who were located in London and involved in the misconduct. Throughout the period during which the misconduct occurred, the Deutsche Bank USD LIBOR submitters in London sat within feet of the USD LIBOR traders. This physical proximity enabled the traders and submitters to conspire to make and solicit requests for particular LIBOR submissions.
27. Pursuant to the Plea Agreement that DB Group Services entered into with the DOJ on April 23, 2015, pleading guilty to wire fraud for manipulation of LIBOR, DB Group Services also agreed: (A) To work with its parent company (Deutsche Bank) in fulfilling obligations undertaken by the Bank in connection with its own settlements; (B) to continue to fully cooperate with the DOJ and any other law enforcement or government agency
28. On April 23, 2015, Deutsche Bank AG entered into a deferred prosecution agreement (DPA) with the DOJ, as a disposition for a 2-count criminal information charging Deutsche Bank with one count of wire fraud, in violation of Title 18, United States Code, Section 1343, and one count of price-fixing, in violation of the Sherman Act, Title 15, United States Code, Section 1. By entering into the DPA, Deutsche Bank AG agreed, among other things: (A) To continue to cooperate with the DOJ and any other law enforcement or government agency; (B) to retain an independent compliance monitor for three years, subject to extension or early termination, to be selected by the DOJ from among qualified candidates proposed by the Bank; (C) to further strengthen its internal controls as recommended by the monitor and as required by other settlements; and (D) to pay a penalty of $625 million.
29. On April 23, 2015, Deutsche Bank AG and Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch (DB NY) also entered into a consent order with the New York State Department of Financial Services (NY DFS) in which Deutsche Bank AG and DB NY agreed to pay a penalty of $600 million. Furthermore, Deutsche Bank AG and DB NY engaged an independent monitor selected by the NY DFS in the exercise of the NY DFS's sole discretion, for a 2-year engagement. Finally, the NY DFS ordered that certain employees involved in the misconduct be terminated, or not be allowed to hold or assume any duties, responsibilities, or activities involving compliance, IBOR submissions, or any matter relating to U.S. or U.S. Dollar operations.
30. Furthermore, the United States Commodities Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) entered a consent order, dated April 23, 2015, requiring Deutsche Bank AG to cease and desist from certain violations of the Commodity Exchange Act, to pay a fine of $800 million, and to agree to certain undertakings.
31. The United Kingdom's Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) issued a final notice (Final Notice), dated April 23, 2015, imposing a fine of £226.8 million on Deutsche Bank AG. In its Final Notice, the FCA cited Deutsche Bank's inadequate systems and controls specific to IBOR. The FCA noted that Deutsche Bank had defective systems to support the audit and investigation of misconduct by traders; and Deutsche Bank's systems for identifying and recording traders' telephone calls and for tracing trading books to individual traders were inadequate. The FCA's Final Notice provided that Deutsche Bank took over two years to identify and produce all relevant audio recordings requested by the FCA. Furthermore, according to the Final Notice, Deutsche Bank gave the FCA misleading information about its ability to provide a report commissioned by Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht, Germany's Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (BaFin). In addition, the FCA notes in its Final Notice that Deutsche Bank provided it with a false attestation that stated that its systems and controls in relation to LIBOR were adequate, an attestation known to be false by the person who drafted it. The Final Notice provides that, in one instance, Deutsche Bank, in error, destroyed 482 tapes of telephone calls, despite receiving an FCA notice requiring their preservation, and provided inaccurate information to the regulator about whether other records existed.
32. Finally, BaFin set forth preliminary findings based on an audit of LIBOR related issues in a May 15, 2015, letter to Deutsche Bank. At that time, BaFin raised certain questions about the extent of certain senior managers' possible awareness of wrongdoing within Deutsche Bank.
33. The Korean Conviction caused the DB QPAMs to violate Section I(g) of PTE 84-14. As a result, the Department granted PTE 2015-15, which allows the DB QPAMs to rely on the relief provided by PTE 84-14, notwithstanding the January 25, 2016 Korean Conviction. The Department granted PTE 2015-15 in order to protect ERISA-covered plans and IRAs from certain costs and/or investment losses that could have occurred to the extent the DB QPAMs lost their ability to rely on PTE 84-14 as a result of the Korean Conviction. On October 28, 2016, the Department published in the
34. The Applicant represents that the US Conviction, tentatively scheduled for April 3, 2017, will also cause DB QPAMs to violate Section I(g) of PTE 84-14. Therefore, Deutsche Bank requests a single, new exemption that would permit the DB QPAMs, and their ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients, to continue to utilize the relief in PTE 84-14, notwithstanding both the Korean Conviction and the US Conviction.
35. The Department is proposing the five-year exemption herein to allow the DB QPAMs to rely on PTE 84-14 notwithstanding the Korean Conviction and the US Conviction, subject to a comprehensive suite of protective conditions designed to protect the rights of the participants and beneficiaries of the ERISA-covered plans and IRAs that are managed by DB QPAMs.
36. Concurrently with this proposed five-year exemption, elsewhere in the
37. This five-year exemption will not apply to Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc. (DBSI).
The five-year exemption will also not apply with respect to Deutsche Bank AG (the parent entity) or any of its branches. The Applicant represents that neither Deutsche Bank AG nor its branches have relied on the relief provided by PTE 84-14 since the date of the Korean Conviction.
38. Finally, the Applicant represents that it currently does not have a reasonable basis to believe that any pending criminal investigation
39. Deutsche Bank represents that it has voluntarily disgorged its profits generated from exercising derivative positions and put options in connection with the activity associated with the Korean Conviction. DSK also suspended its proprietary trading from April 2011 to 2012, and thereafter DSK only engaged in limited proprietary trading (but not index arbitrage trading).
40. Deutsche Bank states that Mr. Ong and Mr. Dattas were terminated for cause by DB HK on December 6, 2011, and Mr. Lonergan was terminated on January 31, 2012. In addition, Mr. Park was suspended for six months due to Korean administrative sanctions, and remained on indefinite administrative leave, until being terminated effective January 25, 2016. John Ripley, a New York-based employee of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. (DBSI) who was not indicted, was also terminated in October 2011.
41. Deutsche Bank represents that it has significantly modified its compensation structure. Specifically, Deutsche Bank: Eliminated the use of “percentage of trading profit” contracts once held by two traders involved in the LIBOR case; extended the vesting/distribution period for deferred compensation arrangements; made compliance with its internal policies a significant determinant of bonus awards; and modified its compensation plans to facilitate forfeiture/clawback of compensation when employees are found after the fact to have engaged in wrongdoing. Deutsche Bank represents that the forfeiture/clawback provisions of its compensation plans have been altered so as to permit action against employees even when misconduct is discovered years later.
42. With respect to the LIBOR-related misconduct, Deutsche Bank represents that it has separated from or disciplined the employees responsible. With the exceptions described below, none of the employees determined to be responsible for the misconduct remains employed by Deutsche Bank. Deutsche Bank represents that, during the initial phase of its internal investigation into the LIBOR matters, it terminated the two employees most responsible for the misconduct, including the Global Head of Money Market and Derivatives Trading.
43. Deutsche Bank then terminated five benchmark submitters in its Frankfurt office, including the Head of Global Finance and Foreign Exchange in Frankfurt. Four of these employees successfully challenged their termination in a German Labor court, and one employee entered into a separation agreement with Deutsche Bank after initially indicating that he would challenge the termination decision. With respect to the four employees who challenged their termination, the Bank agreed to mediate the employee labor disputes and reached settlements with the four employees. Pursuant to the settlements, the two more senior employees remained on paid leave through the end of 2015 and then have no association with Deutsche Bank. The two more junior employees have returned to the Bank in non-risk-taking roles. They do not work for any DB QPAMs and have no involvement in the Bank's AWM business or the setting of interest rate benchmarks. Deutsche Bank represents that it also terminated four additional individuals, and another eight individuals left the bank before facing disciplinary action.
44. Deutsche Bank represents that it will take action to terminate any additional employees who are determined to have been involved in the improper benchmark manipulation conduct, as well as those who knew about it and approved it. Moreover, the Applicant states that Deutsche Bank has taken further steps, both on its own and in consultation with U.S. and foreign regulators, to discipline those whose performance fell short of DB's
45. The Applicant represents that the proposed exemption is in the interests of affected ERISA-covered plans and IRAs. Deutsche Bank represents that the DB QPAMS provide discretionary asset management services under several business lines, including (A) Alternative and Real Assets (ARA); (B) Alternatives & Fund Solutions (AFS); (C) Active Management (AM); and (D) Wealth Management—Private Client Services and Wealth Management—Private Bank. Deutsche Bank asserts that plans will incur direct transaction costs in liquidating and reinvesting their portfolios. According to Deutsche Bank, the direct transaction costs of liquidating and reinvesting ERISA-covered plan, IRA and ERISA-like assets under the various business lines (other than core real estate) could range from 2.5 to 25 basis points, resulting in an estimated dollar cost of approximately $5-7 million. Deutsche Bank also states that an unplanned liquidation of the Alternatives and Real Assets business' direct real estate portfolios could result in portfolio discounts of 10-20% of gross asset value, in addition to transaction costs ranging from 30 to 100 basis points, for estimated total cost to plan investors of between $281 million and $723 million, depending on the liquidation period.
46. Deutsche Bank states that its managers provide discretionary asset management services, through both separately managed accounts and four pooled funds subject to ERISA, to a total of 46 ERISA-covered plan accounts, with total assets under management (AuM) of $1.1 billion. Deutsche Bank estimates that the underlying plans cover in total at least 640,000 participants. Deutsche Bank represents that its managers provide asset management services, through both separately managed accounts and pooled funds subject to ERISA, to a total of 22 governmental plan accounts, with total AuM of $7.1 billion. The underlying plans cover at least 3 million participants. With respect to church plans and rabbi trust accounts, Deutsche Bank investment managers separately manage accounts and a pooled fund subject to ERISA, to a total of 4 church plan and rabbi trust accounts, with total AuM of $318.3 million. With respect to ERISA-covered Plan, IRA, Governmental Plan and Church Plan Accounts in Non-Plan Asset Pooled Funds, Deutsche Bank represents that its asset managers manages 175 ERISA-covered plan accounts with interests totaling $4.23 billion, 178 IRAs with interests totaling $29 million, 66 governmental plan accounts with interests totaling $2.08 billion, and 14 church plan accounts with interests totaling $67.1 million.
47. Deutsche Bank contends that ERISA-covered, IRA, governmental plan and other plan investors that terminate or withdraw from their relationship with their DB QPAM manager may be harmed in several specific ways, including: The costs of searching for and evaluating a new manager; the costs of leaving a pooled fund and finding a replacement fund or investment vehicle; and the lack of a secondary market for certain investments and the costs of liquidation.
48. Deutsche Bank represents that its ARA business line provides discretionary asset management services to, among others, 17 ERISA accounts and 18 governmental plan accounts. The largest account has $1.6 billion in AuM. ERISA-covered and governmental plans total $7.4 billion in AuM. Deutsche Bank estimates that the underlying plans cover at least 2.7 million participants. ARA provides these services through separately managed accounts and pooled funds subject to ERISA. ARA also provides discretionary asset management services, through a separately managed account, to one church plan with total AuM of $168.6 million and, through a pooled fund subject to ERISA, to two church plans with total AuM of $7.9 million.
49. Deutsche Bank argues that PTE 84-14 is the sole exemption available to ARA for investments in direct real estate for separately managed accounts. Deutsche Bank represents that, as a result of terminating ARA's management, a typical plan client may incur $30,000 to $40,000 in consulting fees in searching for a new manager as well as $10,000 to $30,000 in legal fees. Furthermore, with respect to direct real estate investments, Deutsche Bank states that plan clients may face direct transaction costs of 30-100 basis points for early liquidation, or a $4.8 million to $16 million loss for its largest ARA governmental plan client; as well as a 10-20% discount for early liquidation, or a $162.5 million to $325 million loss for the largest ARA governmental plan client. With respect to non-direct real estate investments, Deutsche Bank states that plan clients may face direct transaction costs of 20-60 basis points, or $933,000 for ARA's largest ERISA client.
50. Deutsche Bank notes that ARA manages seven unregistered real estate investment trusts and other funds that currently rely on one or more exceptions to the Department's plan asset regulation. Interests in the funds are held by 131 ERISA-covered plan accounts, 63 governmental plan accounts and 14 church plan accounts. Deutsche Bank represents that the largest holding in these funds by an ERISA-covered plan account is $647.4 million. Holdings by all ERISA plan accounts in these funds total $4.21 billion. The underlying ERISA-covered plans cover at least 2 million participants. The largest holding by a governmental plan account in these funds is $286.5 million. Holdings of all governmental plan accounts in these funds total $2.07 billion. The underlying plans cover at least 6.1 million participants. The largest holding by a church plan is $16 million. Holdings of all church plans in these funds total $67.1 million.
51. Deutsche Bank represents that its AFS business line manages 28 unregistered, closed-end, private equity funds, with $2.8 billion in total assets, in which ERISA-covered, IRA and governmental plans invest. Interests in these funds are held by, among others, 44 ERISA-covered plan accounts, 178 IRAs and 3 governmental plan accounts. Holdings by all ERISA-covered plan accounts total $20.8 million. Deutsche Bank notes that the underlying plans cover at least 57,000 participants. Holdings by all IRAs total $29 million. Holdings by all governmental plans total $14.1 million. These funds invest primarily in equity interests issued by other private equity funds. The funds currently rely on the 25% benefit plan investor participation exception under the Department's plan asset regulation.
52. Deutsche Bank contends that, in the event the AFS business line cannot rely upon the exemptive relief of PTE 84-14, all plans would have to undertake the time and expense of identifying suitable transferees, accept a discounted sale price, comply with applicable transfer rules and pay the funds a transfer fee, which may run to $5,000 or more. Deutsche Bank states that, in locating a replacement fund, a typical plan could incur 6-8 months of delay, $30,000-$40,000 in consultant fees for a private manager/fund search, 25-50 hours in client time and $10,000-$30,000 in legal fees to review subscription agreements and negotiate side letters.
53. Deutsche Bank represents that its AM business line provides discretionary asset management services to separately managed plan accounts, including five ERISA-covered plan accounts and three governmental plan accounts. The largest ERISA account is $164.2 million. Total ERISA AuM is $299.2 million. The underlying ERISA-covered plans cover at least 143,000 participants. The largest governmental plan account is $164.3 million. Total governmental plan AuM is $227.9 million. The underlying plans cover at least 731,000 participants. Deutsche Bank notes that AM also provides such services to one rabbi trust with total AuM of $141.7 million.
54. Deutsche Bank represents that the AM line manages these accounts with a variety of strategies, including: (A) Equities, (B) fixed income, (C) overlay, (D) commodities, and (E) cash. These strategies involve a range of asset classes and types, including: (A) U.S. and foreign fixed income (Treasuries, Agencies, corporate bonds, asset-backed securities, mortgage and commercial mortgage-backed securities, deposits); (B) US and foreign mutual funds and ETFs; (C) US and foreign futures, (D) currency; (E) swaps (interest rate and credit default); (F) US and foreign equities; and (G) short term investment funds.
55. Deutsche Bank estimates that, in the event the AM business line cannot rely upon the exemptive relief of PTE 84-14, plan clients would typically incur $30,000 to $40,000 in consulting fees related to a new manager search, up to 5 basis points in direct transaction costs, and $15,000-$30,000 in legal costs to negotiate each new futures, cleared derivatives, swap or other trading agreements.
56. Deutsche Bank represents that its Wealth Management—Private Client Services and Wealth Management—Private Bank business lines manage $178.1 million in ERISA assets, $643.9 million in IRA assets, and $1.8 million of rabbi trust assets (Wealth Management—Private Bank). Deutsche Bank asserts that causing plan clients to change managers will lead the plans and IRAs to incur transaction costs, estimated at 2.5 basis points overall.
57. The Applicant has proposed certain conditions it believes are protective of plans and IRAs with respect to the transactions described herein. The Department has determined to revise and supplement the proposed conditions so that it can make its required finding that the requested exemption is protective of the rights of participants and beneficiaries of affected plans and IRAs.
58. Several of the conditions underscore the Department's understanding, based on Deutsche Bank's representations, that the affected DB QPAMs were not involved in the misconduct that is the subject of the Convictions. The five-year exemption, if granted as proposed, mandates that the DB QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than Deutsche Bank, and employees of such DB QPAMs) did not know of, have reason to know of, or participate in the criminal conduct of DSK and DB Group Services that is the subject of the Convictions (for purposes of this requirement, “participate in” includes an individual's knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Convictions). Furthermore, the DB QPAMs (including their officers, directors, employees, and agents other than Deutsche Bank) cannot have received direct compensation, or knowingly received indirect compensation, in connection with the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions.
59. The proposed five-year exemption defines the Convictions as: (1) The judgment of conviction against DB Group Services, in Case 3:15-cr-00062-RNC to be entered in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut to a single count of wire fraud, in violation of 18 U.S.C. 1343 (the US Conviction); and (2) the judgment of conviction against DSK entered on January 25, 2016, in Seoul Central District Court, relating to charges filed against DSK under Articles 176, 443, and 448 of South Korea's Financial Investment Services and Capital Markets Act for spot/futures-linked market price manipulation (the Korean Conviction). The Department notes that the “conduct” of any person or entity that is the “subject of [a] Conviction” encompasses any conduct of Deutsche Bank and/or their personnel, that is described in the Plea Agreement (including the Factual Statement), Court judgments (including the judgment of the Seoul Central District Court), criminal complaint documents from the Financial Services Commission in Korea, and other official regulatory or judicial factual findings that are a part of this record.
60. The Department expects that DB QPAMs will rigorously ensure that the individuals associated with the misconduct will not be employed or knowingly engaged by such QPAMs. In this regard, the five-year exemption mandates that the DB QPAMs will not employ or knowingly engage any of the individuals that participated in the spot/futures-linked market manipulation or LIBOR manipulation activities that led to the Convictions, respectively. For purposes of this condition, “participated in” includes an individual's knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct that is the subject of the Convictions. Further, a DB QPAM will not use its authority or influence to direct an “investment fund,” (as defined in Section VI(b) of PTE 84-14) that is subject to ERISA or the Code and managed by such DB QPAM, to enter into any transaction with DSK or DB Group Services, nor otherwise engage DSK or DB Group Services to provide additional services to such investment fund, for a direct or indirect fee borne by such investment fund, regardless of whether such transaction or services may otherwise be within the scope of relief provided by an administrative or statutory exemption.
61. The DB QPAMs must comply with each condition of PTE 84-14, as amended, with the sole exceptions of the violations of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 that are attributable to the Convictions. Further, any failure of the DB QPAMs to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 must result solely from the LIBOR Conviction and the Korean Conviction.
62. No relief will be provided by this five-year exemption to the extent that a DB QPAM exercised authority over the assets of any plan subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA (an ERISA-covered plan) or section 4975 of the Code (an IRA) in a manner that it knew or should have known would: Further the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions; or cause the QPAM, affiliates, or related parties to directly or indirectly profit from the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Convictions. The conduct that is the subject of the Convictions includes that which is described in the plea agreement with the U.S. Department of Justice, dated April 23, 2015 (the Plea Agreement), which is expected to result in the District Court issuing the US Conviction; the deferred prosecution agreement between Deutsche Bank AG and the DOJ, dated April 23, 2015 (the DPA); and in connection with the January 25, 2016 conviction (the Korean Conviction) of DSK, in Seoul Central District Court (the Korean Court) for spot/futures linked market manipulation. Further, no five-year relief will be provided to the extent DSK or DB Group Services provide any discretionary asset management services to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs or
63.
64.
65.
The audit condition requires that, to the extent necessary for the auditor, in its sole opinion, to complete its audit and comply with the conditions for relief described herein, and as permitted by law, each DB QPAM and, if applicable, Deutsche Bank, will grant the auditor unconditional access to its business, including, but not limited to: Its computer systems; business records; transactional data; workplace locations; training materials; and personnel. The auditor's engagement must specifically require the auditor to determine whether each DB QPAM has complied with the Policies and Training conditions described herein, and must further require the auditor to test each DB QPAM's operational compliance with the Policies and Training. On or before the end of the relevant period described in Section I(i)(1) for completing the audit, the auditor must issue a written report (the Audit Report) to Deutsche Bank and the DB QPAM to which the audit applies that describes the procedures performed by the auditor during the course of its examination. The Audit Report must include the auditor's specific determinations regarding: The adequacy of the DB QPAM's Policies and Training; the DB QPAM's compliance with the Policies and Training; the need, if any, to strengthen such Policies and Training; and any instance of the respective DB QPAM's noncompliance with the written Policies and Training.
Any determination by the auditor regarding the adequacy of the Policies and Training and the auditor's recommendations (if any) with respect to strengthening the Policies and Training of the respective DB QPAM must be promptly addressed by such DB QPAM, and any action taken by such DB QPAM to address such recommendations must be included in an addendum to the Audit Report. Any determination by the auditor that the respective DB QPAM has implemented, maintained, and followed sufficient Policies and Training must not be based solely or in substantial part on an absence of evidence indicating noncompliance. In this last regard, any finding that the DB QPAM has complied with the requirements under this subsection must be based on evidence that demonstrates the DB QPAM has actually implemented, maintained, and followed the Policies and Training required by this five-year exemption. Finally, the Audit Report must address the adequacy of the Annual Review required under this exemption and the resources provided to the Compliance officer in connection with such Annual Review. Furthermore, the auditor must notify the respective DB QPAM of any
This five-year exemption requires that certain senior personnel of Deutsche Bank review the Audit Report, make certifications, and take various corrective actions. In this regard, the General Counsel, or one of the three most senior executive officers of the DB QPAM to which the Audit Report applies, must certify in writing, under penalty of perjury, that the officer has reviewed the Audit Report and this exemption; addressed, corrected, or remedied any inadequacy identified in the Audit Report; and determined that the Policies and Training in effect at the time of signing are adequate to ensure compliance with the conditions of this proposed five-year exemption and with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code. The Risk Committee of Deutsche Bank's Board of Directors is provided a copy of each Audit Report; and a senior executive officer with a direct reporting line to the highest ranking legal compliance officer of Deutsche Bank must review the Audit Report for each DB QPAM and must certify in writing, under penalty of perjury, that such officer has reviewed each Audit Report.
In order to create a more transparent record in the event that the proposed relief is granted, each DB QPAM must provide its certified Audit Report to the Department no later than 45 days following its completion. The Audit Report will be part of the public record regarding this five-year exemption. Furthermore, each DB QPAM must make its Audit Report unconditionally available for examination by any duly authorized employee or representative of the Department, other relevant regulators, and any fiduciary of an ERISA-covered plan or IRA, the assets of which are managed by such DB QPAM. Additionally, each DB QPAM and the auditor must submit to the Department any engagement agreement(s) entered into pursuant to the engagement of the auditor under this exemption; and any engagement agreement entered into with any other entity retained in connection with such QPAM's compliance with the Training or Policies conditions of this proposed exemption, no later than six (6) months after the effective date of this five-year exemption (and one month after the execution of any agreement thereafter). Finally, if the exemption is granted, the auditor must provide the Department, upon request, all of the workpapers created and utilized in the course of the audit, including, but not limited to: The audit plan; audit testing; identification of any instance of noncompliance by the relevant DB QPAM; and an explanation of any corrective or remedial action taken by the applicable DB QPAM.
In order to enhance oversight of the compliance with the exemption, Deutsche Bank must notify the Department at least 30 days prior to any substitution of an auditor, and Deutsche Bank must demonstrate to the Department's satisfaction that any new auditor is independent of Deutsche Bank, experienced in the matters that are the subject of the exemption, and capable of making the determinations required of this exemption.
66.
Within four (4) months of the effective date of this proposed five-year exemption, each DB QPAM will provide a notice of its obligations under this Section I(j) to each ERISA-covered plan and IRA for which a DB QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services. For all other prospective ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients for which a DB QPAM provides asset management or discretionary other fiduciary services, the DB QPAM will agree in writing to its obligations under this Section I(j) in an updated investment management agreement or advisory agreement between the DB QPAM and such clients or other written contractual agreement.
67.
Within fifteen (15) days of the publication of this proposed five-year exemption in the
In addition, each DB QPAM will provide a
68. This proposed five-year exemption also requires Deutsche Bank to designate a senior compliance officer (the Compliance Officer) who will be responsible for compliance with the Policies and Training requirements described herein. The Compliance Officer will have several obligations that it must comply with, as described in Section I(m) above. These include conducting an annual review (the Annual Review) to determine the adequacy and effectiveness of the implementation of the Policies and Training; and preparing a written report for each Annual Review (each, an Annual Report) that, among other things, summarizes his or her material activities during the preceding year and sets forth any instance of noncompliance discovered during the preceding year, and any related corrective action. Each Annual Report must be provided to appropriate corporate officers of Deutsche Bank and each DB QPAM to which such report relates; the head of Compliance and the General Counsel (or their functional equivalent) of the relevant DB QPAM; and must be made unconditionally available to the independent auditor described above.
69. Each DB QPAM must maintain records necessary to demonstrate that the conditions of this proposed five-year exemption have been met, for six (6) years following the date of any transaction for which such DB QPAM relies upon the relief in the five-year exemption.
70. In order for DB QPAMs to rely on the exemption provided herein, Deutsche Bank must have disgorged all of its profits generated by the spot/futures-linked market manipulation activities of DSK personnel that led to the Conviction against DSK entered on January 25, 2016, in Seoul Central District Court.
71. The proposed five-year exemption mandates that, during the effective period of this five-year exemption, Deutsche Bank discloses to the Department any Deferred Prosecution Agreement (a DPA) or Non-Prosecution Agreement (an NPA) entered into by Deutsche Bank or any of its affiliates with the U.S Department of Justice, in connection with conduct described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 or section 411 of ERISA. Furthermore, Deutsche Bank must immediately provide the Department any information requested by the Department, as permitted by law, regarding the agreement and/or conduct and allegations that led to the agreement. After review of the information, the Department may require Deutsche Bank or its affiliates, as specified by the Department, to submit a new application for the continued availability of relief as a condition of continuing to rely on this exemption. In this regard, the QPAM (or other party submitting the application) will have the burden of justifying the relief sought in the application. If the Department denies the relief requested in the new application, or does not grant such relief within twelve (12) months of the application, the relief described herein is revoked as of the date of denial or as of the expiration of the twelve month period, whichever date is earlier.
72. Finally, each DB QPAM, in its agreements with ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients, or in other written disclosures provided to ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients, within 60 days prior to the initial transaction upon which relief hereunder is relied, will clearly and prominently inform the ERISA-covered plan or IRA client that the client has the right to obtain copies of the QPAM's written Policies adopted in accordance with this five-year exemption.
73. Deutsche Bank represents that the proposed five-year exemption is administratively feasible because it does not require any monitoring by the Department but relies on an independent auditor to determine that the exemption conditions are being complied with. Furthermore, the requested five-year exemption does not require the Department's oversight because, as a condition of this proposed five-year exemption, neither DB Group Services nor DSK will provide any fiduciary or QPAM services to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs.
74. Given the revised and new conditions described above, the Department has tentatively determined that the five-year relief sought by the Applicant satisfies the statutory requirements for an exemption under section 408(a) of ERISA.
Notice of the proposed exemption will be provided to all interested persons within 15 days of the publication of the notice of proposed five-year exemption in the
All comments will be made available to the public.
Scott Ness of the Department, telephone (202) 693-8561. (This is not a toll-free number.)
The Department is considering granting a five-year exemption under the authority of section 408(a) of the Act (or ERISA) and section 4975(c)(2) of the Code, and in accordance with the procedures set forth in 29 CFR part 2570, subpart B (76 FR 66637, 66644, October 27, 2011).
If the proposed five-year exemption is granted, certain asset managers with specified relationships to Citigroup (the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs and the Citigroup Related QPAMs, as defined further in Sections II(a) and II(b), respectively) will not be precluded from relying on the exemptive relief provided by Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 84-14 (PTE 84-14 or the QPAM Exemption),
(a) Other than a single individual who worked for a non-fiduciary business within Citigroup's Markets and Securities Services business, and who had no responsibility for, and exercised no authority in connection with, the management of plan assets, the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs and the Citigroup Related QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than Citicorp, and employees of such QPAMs who had responsibility for, or exercised authority in connection with the management of plan assets) did not know of, did not have reason to know of, or participate in the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction (for purposes of this paragraph (a), “participate in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Conviction);
(b) Other than a single individual who worked for a non-fiduciary business within Citigroup's Markets and Securities Services business, and who had no responsibility for, and exercised no authority in connection with, the management of plan assets, the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs and the Citigroup Related QPAMs (including their officers, directors, and agents other than Citigroup, and employees of such Citigroup QPAMs) did not receive direct compensation, or knowingly receive indirect compensation in connection with the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction;
(c) The Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs will not employ or knowingly engage any of the individuals that participated in the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction (for the purposes of this paragraph (c), “participated in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying Conviction);
(d) A Citigroup Affiliated QPAM will not use its authority or influence to direct an “investment fund” (as defined in Section VI(b) of PTE 84-14), that is subject to ERISA or the Code and managed by such Citigroup Affiliated QPAM, to enter into any transaction with Citicorp or the Markets and Securities Services business of Citigroup, or to engage Citicorp or the Markets and Securities Services business of Citigroup, to provide any service to such investment fund, for a direct or indirect fee borne by such investment fund, regardless of whether such transaction or service may otherwise be within the scope of relief provided by an administrative or statutory exemption;
(e) Any failure of a Citigroup Affiliated QPAM or a Citigroup Related QPAM to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 arose solely from the Conviction;
(f) A Citigroup Affiliated QPAM or a Citigroup Related QPAM did not exercise authority over the assets of any plan subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA (an ERISA-covered plan) or section 4975 of the Code (an IRA) in a manner that it knew or should have known would: Further the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction; or cause the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM or the Citigroup Related QPAM or its affiliates or related parties to directly or indirectly profit from the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction;
(g) Citicorp and the Markets and Securities Services business of Citigroup will not provide discretionary asset management services to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, or otherwise act as a fiduciary with respect to ERISA-covered plan or IRA assets;
(h)(1) Within four (4) months of the Conviction, each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM must develop, implement, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures (the Policies) requiring and reasonably designed to ensure that:
(i) The asset management decisions of the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM are
(ii) The Citigroup Affiliated QPAM fully complies with ERISA's fiduciary duties, and with ERISA and the Code's prohibited transaction provisions, and does not knowingly participate in any violation of these duties and provisions with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs;
(iii) The Citigroup Affiliated QPAM does not knowingly participate in any other person's violation of ERISA or the Code with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs;
(iv) Any filings or statements made by the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM to regulators, including, but not limited to, the Department, the Department of the Treasury, the Department of Justice, and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, on behalf of ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, are materially accurate and complete, to the best of such QPAM's knowledge at that time;
(v) The Citigroup Affiliated QPAM does not make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with such regulators with respect to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, or make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with ERISA-covered plans and IRA clients;
(vi) The Citigroup Affiliated QPAM complies with the terms of this five-year exemption; and
(vii) Any violation of, or failure to comply with an item in subparagraphs (ii) through (vi), is corrected promptly upon discovery, and any such violation or compliance failure not promptly corrected is reported, upon the discovery of such failure to promptly correct, in writing, to appropriate corporate officers, the head of compliance, and the General Counsel (or their functional equivalent) of the relevant Citigroup Affiliated QPAM, the independent auditor responsible for reviewing compliance with the Policies, and an appropriate fiduciary of any affected ERISA-covered plan or IRA that is independent of Citigroup; however, with respect to any ERISA-covered plan or IRA sponsored by an “affiliate” (as defined in Section VI(d) of PTE 84-14) of Citigroup or beneficially owned by an employee of Citigroup or its affiliates, such fiduciary does not need to be independent of Citigroup. A Citigroup Affiliated QPAM will not be treated as having failed to develop, implement, maintain, or follow the Policies, provided that it corrects any instance of noncompliance promptly when discovered, or when it reasonably should have known of the noncompliance (whichever is earlier), and provided that it adheres to the reporting requirements set forth in this subparagraph (vii);
(2) Within four (4) months of the date of the Conviction, each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM must develop and implement a program of training (the Training), conducted at least annually, for all relevant Citigroup Affiliated QPAM asset/portfolio management, trading, legal, compliance, and internal audit personnel. The Training must:
(i) Be set forth in the Policies and, at a minimum, cover the Policies, ERISA and Code compliance (including applicable fiduciary duties and the prohibited transaction provisions), ethical conduct, the consequences for not complying with the conditions of this five-year exemption (including any loss of exemptive relief provided herein), and prompt reporting of wrongdoing; and
(ii) Be conducted by an independent professional who has been prudently selected and who has appropriate technical and training and proficiency with ERISA and the Code;
(i)(1) Each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM submits to an audit conducted annually by an independent auditor, who has been prudently selected and who has appropriate technical training and proficiency with ERISA and the Code, to evaluate the adequacy of, and the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM's compliance with, the Policies and Training described herein. The audit requirement must be incorporated in the Policies. Each annual audit must cover a consecutive twelve (12) month period starting with the twelve (12) month period that begins on the effective date of the five-year exemption, and each annual audit must be completed no later than six (6) months after the period to which the audit applies;
(2) To the extent necessary for the auditor, in its sole opinion, to complete its audit and comply with the conditions for relief described herein, and as permitted by law, each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM and, if applicable, Citigroup, will grant the auditor unconditional access to its business, including, but not limited to: Its computer systems; business records; transactional data; workplace locations; training materials; and personnel;
(3) The auditor's engagement must specifically require the auditor to determine whether each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM has developed, implemented, maintained, and followed the Policies in accordance with the conditions of this five-year exemption, and has developed and implemented the Training, as required herein;
(4) The auditor's engagement must specifically require the auditor to test each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM's operational compliance with the Policies and Training. In this regard, the auditor must test a sample of each QPAM's transactions involving ERISA-covered plans and IRAs sufficient in size and nature to afford the auditor a reasonable basis to determine the operational compliance with the Policies and Training;
(5) For each audit, on or before the end of the relevant period described in Section I(i)(1) for completing the audit, the auditor must issue a written report (the Audit Report) to Citigroup and the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM to which the audit applies that describes the procedures performed by the auditor during the course of its examination. The Audit Report must include the auditor's specific determinations regarding:
(i) The adequacy of the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM's Policies and Training; the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM's compliance with the Policies and Training; the need, if any, to strengthen such Policies and Training; and any instance of the respective Citigroup Affiliated QPAM's noncompliance with the written Policies and Training described in Section I(h) above. Any determination by the auditor regarding the adequacy of the Policies and Training and the auditor's recommendations (if any) with respect to strengthening the Policies and Training of the respective Citigroup Affiliated QPAM must be promptly addressed by such Citigroup Affiliated QPAM, and any action taken by such Citigroup Affiliated QPAM to address such recommendations must be included in an addendum to the Audit Report (which addendum is completed prior to the certification described in Section I(i)(7) below). Any determination by the auditor that the respective Citigroup Affiliated QPAM has implemented, maintained, and followed sufficient Policies and Training must not be based solely or in substantial part on an absence of evidence indicating noncompliance. In this last regard, any finding that the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM has complied with the requirements under this subsection must be based on evidence that demonstrates the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM has actually implemented, maintained, and followed the Policies and Training required by this five-year exemption. Furthermore, the auditor must not rely on the Annual
(ii) The adequacy of the Annual Review described in Section I(m) and the resources provided to the Compliance Officer in connection with such Annual Review;
(6) The auditor must notify the respective Citigroup Affiliated QPAM of any instance of noncompliance identified by the auditor within five (5) business days after such noncompliance is identified by the auditor, regardless of whether the audit has been completed as of that date;
(7) With respect to each Audit Report, the General Counsel, or one of the three most senior executive officers of the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM to which the Audit Report applies, must certify in writing, under penalty of perjury, that the officer has reviewed the Audit Report and this exemption; addressed, corrected, or remedied any inadequacy identified in the Audit Report; and determined that the Policies and Training in effect at the time of signing are adequate to ensure compliance with the conditions of this proposed five-year exemption, and with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code;
(8) The Risk Committee of Citigroup's Board of Directors is provided a copy of each Audit Report; and a senior executive officer with a direct reporting line to the highest ranking legal compliance officer of Citigroup must review the Audit Report for each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM and must certify in writing, under penalty of perjury, that such officer has reviewed each Audit Report;
(9) Each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM provides its certified Audit Report, by regular mail to: The Department's Office of Exemption Determinations (OED), 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Suite 400, Washington, DC 20210, or by private carrier to: 122 C Street NW., Suite 400, Washington, DC 20001-2109, no later than 30 days following its completion. The Audit Report will be part of the public record regarding this five-year exemption. Furthermore, each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM must make its Audit Report unconditionally available for examination by any duly authorized employee or representative of the Department, other relevant regulators, and any fiduciary of an ERISA-covered plan or IRA, the assets of which are managed by such Citigroup Affiliated QPAM;
(10) Each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM and the auditor must submit to OED: (A) Any engagement agreement(s) entered into pursuant to the engagement of the auditor under this five-year exemption; and (B) any engagement agreement entered into with any other entity retained in connection with such QPAM's compliance with the Training or Policies conditions of this five-year exemption, no later than six (6) months after the Conviction Date (and one month after the execution of any agreement thereafter);
(11) The auditor must provide OED, upon request, all of the workpapers created and utilized in the course of the audit, including, but not limited to: The audit plan; audit testing; identification of any instance of noncompliance by the relevant Citigroup Affiliated QPAM; and an explanation of any corrective or remedial action taken by the applicable Citigroup Affiliated QPAM; and
(12) Citigroup must notify the Department at least thirty (30) days prior to any substitution of an auditor, except that no such replacement will meet the requirements of this paragraph unless and until Citigroup demonstrates to the Department's satisfaction that such new auditor is independent of Citigroup, experienced in the matters that are the subject of the exemption, and capable of making the determinations required of this exemption;
(j) Effective as of the effective date of this five-year exemption, with respect to any arrangement, agreement, or contract between a Citigroup Affiliated QPAM and an ERISA-covered plan or IRA for which a Citigroup Affiliated QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services, each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM agrees and warrants:
(1) To comply with ERISA and the Code, as applicable with respect to such ERISA-covered plan or IRA; to refrain from engaging in prohibited transactions that are not otherwise exempt (and to promptly correct any inadvertent prohibited transactions); and to comply with the standards of prudence and loyalty set forth in section 404 of ERISA, as applicable, with respect to each such ERISA-covered plan and IRA;
(2) To indemnify and hold harmless the ERISA-covered plan or IRA for any damages resulting from a Citigroup Affiliated QPAM's violation of applicable laws, a Citigroup Affiliated QPAM's breach of contract, or any claim brought in conection with the failure of such Citigroup Affiliated QPAM to qualify for the exemptive relief provided by PTE 84-14 as a result of a violation of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 other than the Conviction;
(3) Not to require (or otherwise cause) the ERISA-covered plan or IRA to waive, limit, or qualify the liability of the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM for violating ERISA or the Code or engaging in prohibited transactions;
(4) Not to require the ERISA-covered plan or IRA (or sponsor of such ERISA-covered plan or beneficial owner of such IRA) to indemnify the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM for violating ERISA or engaging in prohibited transactions, except for violations or prohibited transactions caused by an error, misrepresentation, or misconduct of a plan fiduciary or other party hired by the plan fiduciary who is independent of Citigroup, and its affiliates;
(5) Not to restrict the ability of such ERISA-covered plan or IRA to terminate or withdraw from its arrangement with the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM (including any investment in a separately managed account or pooled fund subject to ERISA and managed by such QPAM), with the exception of reasonable restrictions, appropriately disclosed in advance, that are specifically designed to ensure equitable treatment of all investors in a pooled fund in the event such withdrawal or termination may have adverse consequences for all other investors as a result of an actual lack of liquidity of the underlying assets, provided that such restrictions are applied consistently and in like manner to all such investors;
(6) Not to impose any fees, penalties, or charges for such termination or withdrawal with the exception of reasonable fees, appropriately disclosed in advance, that are specifically designed to prevent generally recognized abusive investment practices or specifically designed to ensure equitable treatment of all investors in a pooled fund in the event such withdrawal or termination may have adverse consequences for all other investors, provided that such fees are applied consistently and in like manner to all such investors;
(7) Not to include exculpatory provisions disclaiming or otherwise limiting liability of the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM for a violation of such agreement's terms, except for liability caused by an error, misrepresentation, or misconduct of a plan fiduciary or other party hired by the plan fiduciary which is independent of Citigroup, and its affiliates; and
(8) Within four (4) months of the date of the Conviction, each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM must provide a notice of its obligations under this Section I(j) to each ERISA-covered plan and IRA for which a Citigroup Affiliated QPAM
(k)(1)
(2)
(l) The Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs must comply with each condition of PTE 84-14, as amended, with the sole exception of the violation of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 that is attributable to the Conviction;
(m)(1) Citigroup designates a senior compliance officer (the Compliance Officer) who will be responsible for compliance with the Policies and Training requirements described herein. The Compliance Officer must conduct an annual review (the Annual Review) to determine the adequacy and effectiveness of the implementation of the Policies and Training. With respect to the Compliance Officer, the following conditions must be met:
(i) The Compliance Officer must be a legal professional with extensive experience with, and knowledge of, the regulation of financial services and products, including under ERISA and the Code; and
(ii) The Compliance Officer must have a direct reporting line to the highest-ranking corporate officer in charge of legal compliance that is independent of Citigroup's other business lines;
(2) With respect to each Annual Review, the following conditions must be met:
(i) The Annual Review includes a review of: Any compliance matter related to the Policies or Training that was identified by, or reported to, the Compliance Officer or others within the compliance and risk control function (or its equivalent) during the previous year; any material change in the business activities of the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs; and any change to ERISA, the Code, or regulations related to fiduciary duties and the prohibited transaction provisions that may be applicable to the activities of the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs;
(ii) The Compliance Officer prepares a written report for each Annual Review (each, an Annual Report) that (A) summarizes his or her material activities during the preceding year; (B) sets forth any instance of noncompliance discovered during the preceding year, and any related corrective action; (C) details any change to the Policies or Training to guard against any similar instance of noncompliance occurring again; and (D) makes recommendations, as necessary, for additional training, procedures, monitoring, or additional and/or changed processes or systems, and management's actions on such recommendations;
(iii) In each Annual Report, the Compliance Officer must certify in writing that to his or her knowledge: (A) The report is accurate; (B) the Policies and Training are working in a manner which is reasonably designed to ensure that the Policies and Training requirements described herein are met; (C) any known instance of noncompliance during the preceding year and any related correction taken to date have been identified in the Annual Report; (D) the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs have complied with the Policies and Training in all respects, and/or corrected any instances of noncompliance in accordance with Section I(h) above; and (E) Citigroup has provided the Compliance Officer with adequate resources, including, but not limited to, adequate staffing;
(iv) Each Annual Report must be provided to appropriate corporate officers of Citigroup and each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM to which such report relates; the head of compliance and the General Counsel (or their functional equivalent) of the relevant Citigroup Affiliated QPAM; and must be made unconditionally available to the independent auditor described in Section I(i) above;
(v) Each Annual Review, including the Compliance Officer's written Annual Report, must be completed at least three (3) months in advance of the date on which each audit described in Section I(i) is scheduled to be completed;
(n) Each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM will maintain records necessary to demonstrate that the conditions of this exemption have been met, for six (6) years following the date of any transaction for which such Citigroup Affiliated QPAM relies upon the relief in the exemption;
(o) During the effective period of the five-year exemption, Citigroup: (1) Immediately discloses to the Department any Deferred Prosecution Agreement (a DPA) or a Non-Prosecution Agreement (an NPA) with the U.S. Department of Justice, entered into by Citigroup or any of its affiliates in connection with conduct described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 or section 411 of ERISA; and
(2) Immediately provides the Department any information requested by the Department, as permitted by law, regarding the agreement and/or conduct and allegations that led to the agreement. The Department may, following its review of that information, require Citigroup or a party specified by the Department, to submit a new application for the continued availability of relief as a condition of continuing to rely on this exemption. If the Department denies the relief requested in that application, or does not grant such relief within twelve (12) months of the application, the relief described herein would be revoked as of the date of denial or as of the expiration of the twelve month period, whichever date is earlier;
(p) Each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM, in its agreements with ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients, or in other written disclosures provided to ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients, within 60 days prior to the initial transaction upon which relief hereunder is relied, and then at least once annually, will clearly and prominently: Inform the ERISA-covered plan and IRA client that the client has the right to obtain copies of the QPAM's written Policies adopted in accordance with the exemption; and
(q) A Citigroup Affiliated QPAM or a Citigroup Related QPAM will not fail to meet the terms of this exemption, solely because a different Citigroup Affiliated QPAM or Citigroup Related QPAM fails to satisfy a condition for relief described in Sections I(c), (d), (h), (i), (j), (k), (l), (n) and (p).
(a) The term “Citigroup Affiliated QPAM” means a “qualified professional asset manager” (as defined in section VI(a)
(b) The term “Citigroup Related QPAM” means any current or future “qualified professional asset manager” (as defined in section VI(a) of PTE 84-14) that relies on the relief provided by PTE 84-14, and with respect to which Citigroup owns a direct or indirect five percent or more interest, but with respect to which Citigroup is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Section VI(d)(1) of PTE 84-14).
(c) The terms “ERISA-covered plan” and “IRA” mean, respectively, a plan subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA and a plan subject to section 4975 of the Code;
(d) The term “Citicorp” means Citicorp, Inc., the parent entity, but does not include any subsidiaries or other affiliates;
(e) The term “Conviction” means the judgment of conviction against Citigroup for violation of the Sherman Antitrust Act, 15 U.S.C. 1, which is scheduled to be entered in the District Court for the District of Connecticut (the District Court) (Case Number 3:15-cr-78-SRU), in connection with Citigroup, through one of its euro/U.S. dollar (EUR/USD) traders, entering into and engaging in a combination and conspiracy to fix, stabilize, maintain, increase or decrease the price of, and rig bids and offers for, the EUR/USD currency pair exchanged in the FX spot market by agreeing to eliminate competition in the purchase and sale of the EUR/USD currency pair in the United States and elsewhere. For all purposes under this five-year, “conduct” of any person or entity that is the “subject of [a] Conviction” encompasses any conduct of Citigroup and/or their personnel, that is described in the Plea Agreement, (including the Factual Statement), and other official regulatory or judicial factual findings that are a part of this record; and
(f) The term “Conviction Date” means the date that a judgment of Conviction against Citicorp is entered by the District Court in connection with the Conviction.
The proposed five-year exemption would provide relief from certain of the restrictions set forth in sections 406 and 407 of ERISA. No relief from a violation of any other law would be provided by this exemption, including any criminal conviction described herein.
The Department cautions that the relief in this proposed five-year exemption would terminate immediately if, among other things, an entity within the Citigroup corporate structure is convicted of a crime described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 (other than the Conviction) during the effective period of the exemption. While such an entity could apply for a new exemption in that circumstance, the Department would not be obligated to grant the exemption. The terms of this proposed five-year exemption have been specifically designed to permit plans to terminate their relationships in an orderly and cost effective fashion in the event of an additional conviction or a determination that it is otherwise prudent for a plan to terminate its relationship with an entity covered by the proposed exemption.
1. Citigroup is a global diversified financial services holding company incorporated in Delaware and headquartered in New York, New York. Citigroup and its affiliates provide
2. Citigroup currently operates, for management reporting purposes, via two primary business segments which include: (a) Citigroup's Global Consumer Banking businesses (GCB); and (b) Citigroup's Institutional Clients Group (ICG).
GCB includes a global, full-service consumer franchise delivering a wide array of retail banking, commercial banking, Citi-branded credit cards and investment services through a network of local branches, offices and electronic delivery systems. GCB had 3,280 branches in 35 countries around the world. For the year ended December 31, 2014, GCB had $399 billion of average assets and $331 billion of average deposits.
ICG provides a broad range of banking and financial products and services to corporate, institutional, public sector and high-net-worth clients in approximately 100 countries. ICG transacts with clients in both cash instruments and derivatives, including fixed income, foreign currency, equity and commodity products. ICG is divided into several business lines including: (a) Citi Corporate and Investment Banking; (b) Treasury and Trade Solutions; (c) Markets and Securities Services; and (d) Citi Private Bank (CPB).
3. The Applicant represents that Citigroup has several affiliates that provide investment management services.
Within the United States, Citigroup's Advisory Businesses are conducted within CPB and GCG. Together, CPB and GCG provide services to over 44,000 customer advisory accounts with assets under management totaling over $33 billion. Of these, there are over 20,000 accounts for ERISA pension plans and individual retirement accounts (IRAs) (collectively, Retirement Accounts), with assets under management of approximately $3.8 billion.
Although each of the advisory programs offered by the Advisory Businesses is unique, most utilize independent third-party managers on a discretionary or nondiscretionary basis, as determined by the client. Other programs such as Citi Investment Management (CIM), which operates through both the CGMI and CPB business units, primarily provide advice concerning the selection of individual securities for CPB clients.
CPB, GCG, CBNA, CGMI and their affiliates provide administrative, management and/or technical services designed to implement and monitor client's investment guidelines, and in certain nondiscretionary programs, offer recommendations on investing and re-investing portfolio assets for the client's consideration. CPB provides private banking services, and offers its clients access to a broad array of products and services available through bank and non-bank affiliates of Citigroup. GCG services include U.S. and international retail banking, U.S. consumer lending, international consumer finance, and commercial finance. Citibank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Citigroup and a national banking association which provides fiduciary advisory services.
4. CGMI is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Citigroup whose principal activities include retail and institutional private client services which include: (a) Advice with respect to financial markets; (b) the execution of securities and commodities transactions as a broker or dealer; (c) securities underwriting; (d) investment banking; (e) investment management (including fiduciary and administrative services); and (f) trading and holding securities and commodities for its own account. CGMI holds a number of registrations, including registration as an investment adviser, a securities broker-dealer, and a futures commission merchant.
CPA is also a wholly-owned subsidiary of Citigroup and provides advisory services to private investment funds that are organized to invest primarily in other private investment funds advised by third-party managers.
The Applicant represents that trading decisions and investment strategy of current Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs for their clients is not shared with Citigroup employees outside of the Advisory Business, nor do employees of the Advisory Business consult with other Citigroup affiliates prior to making investment decisions on behalf of clients.
5. On May 20, 2015, the Applicant filed an application for exemptive relief in connection with a conviction that would make the relief in PTE 84-14 unavailable to any current or future Citigroup-related investment managers. In this regard, the U.S. Department of Justice (Department of Justice) conducted an investigation of certain conduct and practices of Citigroup in the FX spot market. Thereafter, Citicorp, a Delaware corporation that is a financial services holding company and the direct parent company of Citibank, entered into a plea agreement with the Department of Justice (the Plea Agreement), to be approved by the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut (the District Court), pursuant to which Citicorp has pleaded guilty to one count of an antitrust violation of the Sherman Antitrust Act, 15 U.S.C. 1 (15 U.S.C. 1).
As set forth in the Plea Agreement, from at least December 2007 and continuing to at least January 2013 (the Relevant Period), Citicorp, through one London-based euro/U.S. dollar (EUR/USD) trader employed by Citibank, entered into and engaged in a conspiracy to fix, stabilize, maintain, increase or decrease the price of, and rig bids and offers for, the EUR/USD currency pair exchanged in the FX spot market by agreeing to eliminate competition in the purchase and sale of the EUR/USD currency pair in the United States and elsewhere. The criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction included near daily conversations, some of which were in code, in an exclusive electronic chat room used by certain EUR/USD traders, including the EUR/USD trader
Under the terms of the Plea Agreement, the Department of Justice and Citicorp have agreed that the District Court should impose a sentence requiring Citicorp to pay a criminal fine of $925 million. The Plea Agreement also provides for a three-year term of probation, with conditions to include, among other things, Citigroup's continued implementation of a compliance program designed to prevent and detect the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction throughout its operations, as well as Citigroup's further strengthening of its compliance and internal controls as required by other regulatory or enforcement agencies that have addressed the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction, including: (a) The U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the CFTC), pursuant to its settlement with Citibank on November 11, 2014, requiring remedial measures to strengthen the control framework governing Citigroup's FX trading business; (b) the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, pursuant to its settlement with Citibank on November 11, 2014, requiring remedial measures to improve the control framework governing Citigroup's wholesale trading and benchmark activities; (c) the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority (FCA), pursuant to its settlement with Citibank on November 11, 2014; and (d) the U.S. Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB), pursuant to its settlement with Citigroup entered into concurrently with the Plea Agreement with Department of Justice, requiring remedial measures to improve Citigroup's controls for FX trading and activities involving commodities and interest rate products.
6. The Applicant states that in January 2016, Nigeria's Federal Director of Public Prosecutions filed charges against a Nigerian subsidiary of Citibank and fifteen individuals (some of whom are current or former employees of that subsidiary) relating to specific credit facilities provided to a certain customer in 2000 to finance the import of goods. The Applicant represents that these charges are the latest of a series of charges that were filed and then withdrawn between 2007 and 2011. The Applicant also represents that to its best knowledge, it does not have a reasonable basis to believe that the discretionary asset management activities of any Citigroup QPAMs are subject to these charges. Further, the Applicant represents that it does not have a reasonable basis to believe that there are any pending criminal investigations involving Citigroup or any of its affiliates that would cause a reasonable plan or IRA customer not to hire or retain the institution as a QPAM.
7. Notwithstanding the aforementioned charges, once the Conviction is entered, the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs and the Citigroup Related QPAMs, as well as their client plans that are subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA (ERISA-covered plans) or section 4975 of the Code (IRAs), will no longer be able to rely on PTE 84-14, pursuant to the anti-criminal rule set forth in section I(g) of the class exemption, absent an individual exemption. The Applicant is seeking an individual exemption that would permit the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs and the Citigroup Related QPAMs, and their ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients to continue to utilize the relief in PTE 84-14, notwithstanding the anticipated Conviction, provided that such QPAMs satisfy the additional conditions imposed by the Department in the proposed five-year exemption herein.
8. The Applicant represents that the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction was neither widespread nor pervasive. The Applicant states that such criminal conduct consisted of isolated acts perpetrated by a single EUR/USD trader employed in Citigroup's Markets and Securities Services business in the United Kingdom who was removed from the activities of the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs, both geographically and organizationally. The Applicant represents that this London-based EUR/USD trader was not an officer or director of Citigroup, and did not have any involvement in, or influence over, Citigroup or any of the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs. The Applicant states that this London-based EUR/USD trader had minimal management responsibilities, which related exclusively to Citigroup's G10 Spot FX trading business, outside of the United States. As represented by the Applicant, once senior management became aware of the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction, Citibank took action to terminate the employee.
9. The Applicant represents that the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs, did not know of, did not have reason to know of, and did not participate in the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction. The Applicant also represents that no current or former employee of Citigroup or of any Citigroup Affiliated QPAM who previously has been or who subsequently may be identified by Citigroup, or any U.S. or non-U.S. regulatory or enforcement agencies, as having been responsible for the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction will have any involvement in providing asset management services to plans and IRAs or will be an officer, director, or employee of the Applicant or of any Citigroup Affiliated QPAM.
10. The Applicant represents that Citigroup's Advisory Businesses are operated independently from Citigroup's Markets and Securities Services, the segment of Citigroup in which foreign exchange trading is conducted.
11. The Applicant represents that Citigroup's independent control functions, including Compliance, Finance, Legal and Risk, set standards according to which Citigroup and its businesses are expected to manage and oversee risks, including compliance with applicable laws, regulatory requirements, policies and standards of ethical conduct. Among other things, the independent control functions provide advice and training to Citigroup's businesses and establish tools, methodologies, processes and oversight of controls used by the businesses to foster a culture of compliance and control and to satisfy those standards.
12. The Applicant represents that compliance at Citigroup is an independent control function within Franchise Risk and Strategy that is designed to protect Citigroup not only by managing adherence to applicable laws, regulations and other standards of conduct, but also by promoting business behavior and activity that is consistent with global standards for responsible finance. The Applicant states that Citigroup has implemented company-wide initiatives designed to further embed ethics in Citigroup's culture. This includes training for more than 40,000 senior employees that fosters ethical decision-making and underscores the importance of escalating issues, a video series featuring senior leaders discussing ethical decisions, regular communications on ethics and culture, and the development of enhanced tools to support ethical decision-making.
13. The Applicant represents that, if the exemption is denied, the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs may be unable to effectively manage assets subject to ERISA or the prohibited transaction provisions of the Code where PTE 84-14 is needed to avoid engaging in a prohibited transaction. The Applicant further represents that plans and participants would be harmed because they would be unnecessarily deprived of the current and future opportunity to utilize the Applicant's experience in and expertise with respect to the financial markets and investing. The Applicant anticipates that, if the exemption is denied, some of Citigroup's 20,000 existing Retirement Account clients may feel forced to terminate their advisory relationship with Citigroup, incurring expenses related to: (a) Consultant fees and other due diligence expenses for identifying new managers; (b) transaction costs associated with a change in investment manager, including the sale and purchase of portfolio investments to accommodate the investment policies and strategy of the new manager, and the cost of entering into new custodial arrangements; and (c) lost investment opportunities in connection with the change.
14. The Applicant has proposed certain conditions it believes are protective of participants and beneficiaries of ERISA-covered plans and IRAs with respect to the transactions described herein. The Department has determined that it is necessary to modify and supplement the conditions before it can tentatively determine that the requested exemption meets the statutory requirements of section 408(a) of ERISA. In this regard, the Department has tentatively determined that the following conditions adequately protect the rights of participants and beneficiaries of affected plans and IRAs with respect to the transactions that would be covered by this proposed five-year exemption.
The five-year exemption, if granted as proposed, is only available to the extent: (a) Other than with respect to a single individual who worked for a non-fiduciary business within Citigroup's Markets and Securities Services business and who had no responsibility for, and exercised no authority in connection with, the management of plan assets, Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs, including their officers, directors, agents other than Citigroup, and employees, did not know of, have reason to know of, or participate in the criminal conduct of Citigroup that is the subject of the Conviction (for purposes of this requirement, the term “participate in” includes an individual's knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Conviction); (b) any failure of those QPAMs to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 arose solely from the Conviction; and (c) other than a single individual who worked for a non-fiduciary business within Citigroup's Markets and Securities Services business, and who had no responsibility for, and exercised no authority in connection with, the management of plan assets, the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs and the Citigroup Related QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than Citigroup, and employees of such Citigroup QPAMs) did not receive direct compensation, or knowingly receive indirect compensation, in connection with the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction.
15. The Department expects the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs will rigorously ensure that the individual associated with the misconduct will not be employed or knowingly engaged by such QPAMs. In this regard, the five-year exemption mandates that the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs will not employ or knowingly engage any of the individuals that participated in the FX manipulation that is the subject of the Conviction. For purposes of this condition, the term “participated in” includes an individual's knowing or tacit approval of the behavior that is the subject of the Conviction.
16. Further, the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM will not use its authority or influence to direct an “investment fund,” (as defined in Section VI(b) of PTE 84-14), that is subject to ERISA or the Code and managed by such Citigroup Affiliated QPAM to enter into any transaction with Citigroup or the Markets and Securities Services business of Citigroup, or to engage Citigroup or the Markets and Securities Services business of Citigroup to provide any service to such investment fund, for a direct or indirect fee borne by such investment fund, regardless of whether such transaction or service may otherwise be within the scope of relief provided by an administrative or statutory exemption.
17. The Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs and the Citigroup Related QPAMs must comply with each condition of PTE 84-14, as amended, with the sole exception of the violation of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 that is attributable to the Conviction. Further, any failure of the Citigroup Affiliated QPAMs or the Citigroup Related QPAMs to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 arose solely from the Conviction.
No relief will be provided by this five-year exemption, if a Citigroup Affiliated QPAM or a Citigroup Related QPAM exercised authority over plan assets in a manner that it knew or should have known would: Further the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction; or cause the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM or the Citigroup Related QPAM or its affiliates or related parties to directly or indirectly profit from the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction. Also, no relief will be provided by this five-year exemption to the extent Citigroup or the Markets and Securities Services business of Citigroup provides any discretionary asset management services to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, or otherwise acts as a fiduciary with respect to ERISA-covered plan or IRA assets.
18. The Department believes that robust policies and training are warranted where, as here, the criminal misconduct has occurred within a corporate organization that is affiliated with one or more QPAMs managing plan or IRA assets. Therefore, this proposed five-year exemption requires
Any violation of, or failure to comply with these Policies must be corrected promptly upon discovery, and any such violation or compliance failure not promptly corrected is reported, upon discovering the failure to promptly correct, in writing, to appropriate corporate officers, the head of compliance, and the General Counsel (or their functional equivalent) of the relevant Citigroup Affiliated QPAM, the independent auditor responsible for reviewing compliance with the Policies, and an appropriate fiduciary of any affected ERISA-covered plan or IRA, which such fiduciary is independent of Citigroup. A Citigroup Affiliated QPAM will not be treated as having failed to develop, implement, maintain, or follow the Policies, provided that it corrects any instance of noncompliance promptly when discovered or when it reasonably should have known of the noncompliance (whichever is earlier), and provided that it reports such instance of noncompliance as explained above.
19. The Department has also imposed a condition that requires each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM, within four (4) months of the date of the Conviction, to develop and implement a program of training (the Training), conducted at least annually, for all relevant Citigroup Affiliated QPAM asset/portfolio management, trading, legal, compliance, and internal audit personnel. The Training must be set forth in the Policies and, at a minimum, cover the Policies, ERISA and Code compliance (including applicable fiduciary duties and the prohibited transaction provisions), ethical conduct, the consequences for not complying with the conditions of this five-year exemption (including any loss of exemptive relief provided herein), and prompt reporting of wrongdoing. Further, the Training must be conducted by an independent professional who has been prudently selected and who has appropriate technical training and proficiency with ERISA and the Code.
20.
21. Among other things, the audit condition requires that, to the extent necessary for the auditor, in its sole opinion, to complete its audit and comply with the conditions for relief described herein, and as permitted by law, each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM and, if applicable, Citigroup, will grant the auditor unconditional access to its business, including, but not limited to: Its computer systems; business records; transactional data; workplace locations; training materials; and personnel.
In addition, the auditor's engagement must specifically require the auditor to determine whether each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM has complied with the Policies and Training conditions described herein, and must further require the auditor to test each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM's operational compliance with the Policies and Training. The auditor must issue a written report (the Audit Report) to Citigroup and the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM to which the audit applies that describes the procedures performed by the auditor during the course of its examination. The Audit Report must include the auditor's specific determinations regarding: The adequacy of the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM's Policies and Training; the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM's compliance with the Policies and Training; the need, if any, to strengthen such Policies and Training; and any instance of the respective Citigroup Affiliated QPAM's noncompliance with the written Policies and Training.
Any determination by the auditor regarding the adequacy of the Policies and Training and the auditor's recommendations (if any) with respect to strengthening the Policies and Training of the respective Citigroup Affiliated QPAM must be promptly addressed by such Citigroup Affiliated QPAM, and any action taken by such Citigroup Affiliated QPAM to address such recommendations must be included in an addendum to the Audit Report. Further, any determination by the auditor that the respective Citigroup Affiliated QPAM has implemented, maintained, and followed sufficient Policies and Training must not be based solely or in substantial part on an absence of evidence indicating noncompliance. In this last regard, any finding that the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM has complied with the requirements, as described above, must be based on evidence that demonstrates the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM has actually implemented, maintained, and followed the Policies and Training required by this five-year exemption. Finally, the Audit Report must address the adequacy of the Annual Review required under this exemption and the resources provided to the Compliance Officer in connection with such Annual Review. Moreover, the auditor must notify the respective Citigroup Affiliated QPAM of any instance of noncompliance identified by the auditor
22. This exemption requires that certain senior personnel of Citigroup review the Audit Report and make certain certifications and take various corrective actions. In this regard, the General Counsel, or one of the three most senior executive officers of the Citigroup Affiliated QPAM to which the Audit Report applies, must certify, in writing, under penalty of perjury, that the officer has reviewed the Audit Report and this five-year exemption; addressed, corrected, or remedied an inadequacy identified in the Audit Report; and determined that the Policies and Training in effect at the time of signing are adequate to ensure compliance with the conditions of this proposed five-year exemption and with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code. The Risk Committee of Citigroup's Board of Directors is provided a copy of each Audit Report; and a senior executive officer with a direct reporting line to the highest ranking legal compliance officer of Citigroup must review the Audit Report for each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM and must certify in writing, under penalty of perjury, that such officer has reviewed each Audit Report.
23. In order to create a more transparent record in the event that the proposed relief is granted, each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM must provide its certified Audit Report to the Department no later than thirty (30) days following its completion. The Audit Report will be part of the public record regarding this five-year exemption.
Further, each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM must make its Audit Report unconditionally available for examination by any duly authorized employee or representative of the Department, other relevant regulators, and any fiduciary of an ERISA-covered plan or IRA, the assets of which are managed by such Citigroup Affiliated QPAM. Additionally, each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM and the auditor must submit to the Department any engagement agreement(s) entered into pursuant to the engagement of the auditor under this five-year exemption. Also, they must submit to the Department any engagement agreement entered into with any other entity retained in connection with such QPAM's compliance with the Training or Policies conditions of this proposed five-year exemption, no later than six (6) months after the Conviction Date (and one month after the execution of any agreement thereafter).
Finally, if the exemption is granted, the auditor must provide the Department, upon request, all of the workpapers created and utilized in the course of the audit, including, but not limited to: The audit plan; audit testing; identification of any instance of noncompliance by the relevant Citigroup Affiliated QPAM; and an explanation of any corrective or remedial action taken by the applicable Citigroup Affiliated QPAM.
In order to enhance oversight of the compliance with the exemption, Citigroup must notify the Department at least thirty (30) days prior to any substitution of an auditor, and Citigroup must demonstrate to the Department's satisfaction that any new auditor is independent of Citigroup, experienced in the matters that are the subject of the exemption, and capable of making the determinations required of this five-year exemption.
24.
30. With respect to current ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients for which
31.
Within fifteen (15) days of the publication of this proposed five-year exemption in the
In addition, each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM will provide a
32. This proposed five-year exemption also requires Citigroup to designate a senior compliance officer (the Compliance Officer) who will be responsible for compliance with the Policies and Training requirements described herein. The Compliance Officer will have several obligations that it must comply with, as described in Section I(m) above. These include conducting an annual review (the Annual Review) to determine the adequacy and effectiveness of the implementation of the Policies and Training; the preparation of a written report for each Annual Review (each, an Annual Report) that, among other things, summarizes his or her material activities during the preceding year; and sets forth any instance of noncompliance discovered during the preceding year, and any related corrective action. Each Annual Report must be provided to appropriate corporate officers of Citigroup and each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM to which such report relates; the head of compliance and the General Counsel (or their functional equivalent) of the relevant Citigroup Affiliated QPAM; and must be made unconditionally available to the independent auditor described above.
33. Each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM must maintain records necessary to demonstrate that the conditions of this exemption have been met for six (6) years following the date of any transaction for which such Citigroup Affiliated QPAM relies upon the relief in the proposed five-year exemption.
34. The proposed five-year exemption mandates that, during the effective period of this five-year exemption, Citigroup must immediately disclose to the Department any Deferred Prosecution Agreement (a DPA) or Non-Prosecution Agreement (an NPA) that Citigroup or an affiliate enters into with the Department of Justice, to the extent such DPA or NPA involved conduct described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 or section 411 of ERISA. In addition, Citigroup must immediately provide the Department any information requested by the Department, as permitted by law, regarding the agreement and/or the conduct and allegations that led to the agreement. The Department may, following its review of that information, require Citigroup or a party specified by the Department, to submit a new application for the continued availability of relief as a condition of continuing to rely on this exemption. In this regard, the QPAM (or other party submitting the application) will have the burden of justifying the relief sought in the application. If the Department denies the relief requested in that application, or does not grant such relief within twelve (12) months of the application, the relief described herein would be revoked as of the date of denial or as of the expiration of the twelve (12) month period, whichever date is earlier.
35. Finally, each Citigroup Affiliated QPAM, in its agreements with ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients, or in other written disclosures provided to ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients, within sixty (60) days prior to the initial transaction upon which relief hereunder is relied, will clearly and prominently: Inform the ERISA-covered plan or IRA client that the client has the right to obtain copies of the QPAM's written
36. The Applicant represents that the proposed exemption is administratively feasible because it does not require any monitoring by the Department. Furthermore, the requested five-year exemption does not require the Department's oversight because, as a condition of this proposed five-year exemption, neither Citigroup nor the Markets and Securities Services business of Citigroup will provide any fiduciary or QPAM services to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs.
37. Given the revised and new conditions described above, the Department has tentatively determined that the relief sought by the Applicant satisfies the statutory requirements for a five-year exemption under section 408(a) of ERISA.
Notice of the proposed exemption will be provided to all interested persons within 15 days of the publication of the notice of proposed five-year exemption in the
Mr. Joseph Brennan of the Department at (202) 693-8456. (This is not a toll-free number.)
The Department is considering granting a five-year exemption under the authority of section 408(a) of the Act (or ERISA) and section 4975(c)(2) of the Code, and in accordance with the procedures set forth in 29 CFR part 2570, subpart B (76 FR 66637, 66644, October 27, 2011).
If the proposed five-year exemption is granted, certain asset managers with specified relationships to Barclays PLC (BPLC) (the Barclays Affiliated QPAMs and the Barclays Related QPAMs, as defined further in Sections II(a) and II(b), respectively) will not be precluded from relying on the exemptive relief provided by Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 84-14 (PTE 84-14 or the QPAM Exemption),
(a) Other than certain individuals who: Worked for a non-fiduciary business within BCI; had no responsibility for, and exercised no authority in connection with, the management of plan assets; and are no longer employed by BPLC, the Barclays Affiliated QPAMs and the Barclays Related QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than BPLC, and employees of such QPAMs who had responsibility for, or exercised authority in connection with the management of plan assets) did not know of, did not have reason to know of, or participate in the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction (for purposes of this paragraph (a), “participate in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Conviction);
(b) The Barclays Affiliated QPAMs and the Barclays Related QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than BPLC, and employees of such Barclays QPAMs) did not receive direct compensation, or knowingly receive indirect compensation, in connection with the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction;
(c) A Barclays Affiliated QPAM will not employ or knowingly engage any of the individuals that participated in the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction (for purposes of this paragraph (c), “participated in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Conviction);
(d) A Barclays Affiliated QPAM will not use its authority or influence to direct an “investment fund,” (as defined in Section VI(b) of PTE 84-14) that is subject to ERISA or the Code and managed by such Barclays Affiliated QPAM to enter into any transaction with BPLC or BCI, or engage BPLC to provide any service to such investment fund, for a direct or indirect fee borne by such investment fund, regardless of whether such transaction or service may otherwise be within the scope of relief provided by an administrative or statutory exemption;
(e) Any failure of a Barclays Affiliated QPAM or a Barclays Related QPAM to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 arose solely from the Conviction;
(f) A Barclays Affiliated QPAM or a Barclays Related QPAM did not exercise authority over the assets of any plan subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA (an ERISA-covered plan) or section 4975 of the Code (an IRA) in a manner that it knew or should have known would: Further the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction; or cause the Barclays Affiliated QPAM or the Barclays Related QPAM or its affiliates or related parties to directly or indirectly profit from the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction;
(g) BPLC and BCI will not provide discretionary asset management services to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, nor will otherwise act as a fiduciary with respect to ERISA-covered plan or IRA assets;
(h)(1) Prior to a Barclays Affiliated QPAM's engagement by any ERISA-covered plan or IRA for discretionary asset management services, where the QPAM represents that it qualifies as a QPAM, the Barclays Affiliated QPAM must develop, implement, maintain, and follow written policies and procedures (the Policies) requiring and reasonably designed to ensure that:
(i) The asset management decisions of the Barclays Affiliated QPAM are conducted independently of the corporate management and business activities of BPLC and BCI;
(ii) The Barclays Affiliated QPAM fully complies with ERISA's fiduciary duties and with ERISA and the Code's prohibited transaction provisions, and does not knowingly participate in any violation of these duties and provisions with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs;
(iii) The Barclays Affiliated QPAM does not knowingly participate in any other person's violation of ERISA or the Code with respect to ERISA-covered plans and IRAs;
(iv) Any filings or statements made by the Barclays Affiliated QPAM to regulators, including, but not limited to, the Department, the Department of the Treasury, the Department of Justice, and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, on behalf of ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, are materially accurate and complete, to the best of such QPAM's knowledge at that time;
(v) The Barclays Affiliated QPAM does not make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with such regulators with respect to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, or make material misrepresentations or omit material information in its communications with ERISA-covered plans and IRA clients;
(vi) The Barclays Affiliated QPAM complies with the terms of this five-year exemption, if granted; and
(vii) Any violation of, or failure to comply with, an item in subparagraphs (ii) through (vi), is corrected promptly upon discovery, and any such violation or compliance failure not promptly corrected is reported, upon the discovery of such failure to promptly correct, in writing, to appropriate corporate officers, the head of compliance, and the General Counsel (or their functional equivalent) of the relevant Barclays Affiliated QPAM, the independent auditor responsible for reviewing compliance with the Policies, and an appropriate fiduciary of any affected ERISA-covered plan or IRA that is independent of BPLC; however, with respect to any ERISA-covered plan or IRA sponsored by an “affiliate” (as defined in Section VI(d) of PTE 84-14) of BPLC or beneficially owned by an employee of BPLC or its affiliates, such fiduciary does not need to be independent of BPLC. A Barclays Affiliated QPAM will not be treated as having failed to develop, implement, maintain, or follow the Policies, provided that it corrects any instance of noncompliance promptly when discovered, or when it reasonably should have known of the noncompliance (whichever is earlier), and provided that it adheres to the reporting requirements set forth in this subparagraph (vii);
(2) Prior to a Barclays Affiliated QPAM's engagement by any ERISA covered plan or IRA for discretionary asset management services, the Barclays Affiliated QPAM must develop and implement a program of training (the Training), conducted at least annually, for all relevant Barclays Affiliated QPAM asset/portfolio management, trading, legal, compliance, and internal audit personnel. The Training must:
(i) Be set forth in the Policies and, at a minimum, cover the Policies, ERISA and Code compliance (including applicable fiduciary duties and the prohibited transaction provisions), ethical conduct, the consequences for not complying with the conditions of this five-year exemption, if granted (including any loss of exemptive relief provided herein), and prompt reporting of wrongdoing; and
(ii) Be conducted by an independent professional who has been prudently selected and who has appropriate technical training and proficiency with ERISA and the Code;
(i)(1) Each Barclays Affiliated QPAM submits to an audit conducted annually by an independent auditor, who has been prudently selected and who has appropriate technical training and proficiency with ERISA and the Code, to evaluate the adequacy of, and the Barclays Affiliated QPAM's compliance with, the Policies and Training described herein. The audit requirement must be incorporated in the Policies. Each annual audit must cover a consecutive twelve (12) month period starting with the twelve (12) month period that begins on the date that a Barclays Affiliated QPAM is first engaged by any ERISA-covered plan or IRA for discretionary asset management services reliant on PTE 84-14, and each annual audit must be completed no later than six (6) months after the period to which the audit applies;
(2) To the extent necessary for the auditor, in its sole opinion, to complete its audit and comply with the conditions for relief described herein, and as permitted by law, each Barclays Affiliated QPAM and, if applicable, BPLC, will grant the auditor unconditional access to its business, including, but not limited to: Its computer systems; business records; transactional data; workplace locations; training materials; and personnel;
(3) The auditor's engagement must specifically require the auditor to determine whether each Barclays Affiliated QPAM has developed, implemented, maintained, and followed the Policies in accordance with the conditions of this five-year exemption, if granted, and has developed and implemented the Training, as required herein;
(4) The auditor's engagement must specifically require the auditor to test each Barclays Affiliated QPAM's operational compliance with the Policies and Training. In this regard, the auditor must test a sample of each QPAM's transactions involving ERISA-covered plans and IRAs sufficient in size and nature to afford the auditor a reasonable basis to determine the operational compliance with the Policies and Training;
(5) For each audit, on or before the end of the relevant period described in Section I(i)(1) for completing the audit, the auditor must issue a written report (the Audit Report) to BPLC and the Barclays Affiliated QPAM to which the audit applies that describes the procedures performed by the auditor during the course of its examination. The Audit Report must include the auditor's specific determinations regarding:
(i) The adequacy of the Barclays Affiliated QPAM's Policies and Training; the Barclays Affiliated QPAM's compliance with the Policies and Training; the need, if any, to strengthen such Policies and Training; and any instance of the respective Barclays Affiliated QPAM's noncompliance with the written Policies and Training described in Section I(h) above. Any determination by the auditor regarding the adequacy of the Policies and Training and the auditor's recommendations (if any) with respect to strengthening the Policies and Training of the respective Barclays Affiliated QPAM must be promptly addressed by such Barclays Affiliated QPAM, and any action taken by such Barclays Affiliated QPAM to address such recommendations must be included in an addendum to the Audit Report (which addendum is completed prior to the certification described in Section I(i)(7) below). Any determination by the auditor that the respective Barclays Affiliated QPAM
(ii) The adequacy of the Annual Review described in Section I(m) and the resources provided to the Compliance Officer in connection with such Annual Review;
(6) The auditor must notify the respective Barclays Affiliated QPAM of any instance of noncompliance identified by the auditor within five (5) business days after such noncompliance is identified by the auditor, regardless of whether the audit has been completed as of that date;
(7) With respect to each Audit Report, the General Counsel or one of the three most senior executive officers of the Barclays Affiliated QPAM to which the Audit Report applies, must certify in writing, under penalty of perjury, that the officer has: reviewed the Audit Report and this exemption, if granted; addressed, corrected, or remedied any inadequacy identified in the Audit Report; and determined that the Policies and Training in effect at the time of signing are adequate to ensure compliance with the conditions of this proposed five-year exemption, if granted, and with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code;
(8) The Risk Committee of BPLC's Board of Directors is provided a copy of each Audit Report; and a senior executive officer with a direct reporting line to the highest ranking legal compliance officer of BPLC must review the Audit Report for each Barclays Affiliated QPAM and must certify in writing, under penalty of perjury, that such officer has reviewed each Audit Report;
(9) Each Barclays Affiliated QPAM provides its certified Audit Report by regular mail to: The Department's Office of Exemption Determinations (OED), 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Suite 400, Washington, DC 20210, or by private carrier to: 122 C Street NW., Suite 400, Washington, DC 20001-2109, no later than 30 days following its completion. The Audit Report will be part of the public record regarding this five-year exemption, if granted. Furthermore, each Barclays Affiliated QPAM must make its Audit Report unconditionally available for examination by any duly authorized employee or representative of the Department, other relevant regulators, and any fiduciary of an ERISA-covered plan or IRA, the assets of which are managed by such Barclays Affiliated QPAM;
(10) Each Barclays Affiliated QPAM and the auditor must submit to OED: (A) Any engagement agreement(s) entered into pursuant to the engagement of the auditor under this five-year exemption, if granted; and (B) any engagement agreement entered into with any other entity retained in connection with such QPAM's compliance with the Training or Policies conditions of this five-year exemption, if granted, no later than six (6) months after the Conviction Date (and one month after the execution of any agreement thereafter);
(11) The auditor must provide OED, upon request, all of the workpapers created and utilized in the course of the audit, including, but not limited to: The audit plan; audit testing; identification of any instance of noncompliance by the relevant Barclays Affiliated QPAM; and an explanation of any corrective or remedial action taken by the applicable Barclays Affiliated QPAM; and
(12) BPLC must notify the Department at least thirty (30) days prior to any substitution of an auditor, except that no such replacement will meet the requirements of this paragraph unless and until BPLC demonstrates to the Department's satisfaction that such new auditor is independent of BPLC, experienced in the matters that are the subject of the exemption, if granted, and capable of making the determinations required of this exemption, if granted;
(j) Effective as of the effective date of this five-year exemption, if granted, with respect to any arrangement, agreement, or contract between a Barclays Affiliated QPAM and an ERISA-covered plan or IRA for which a Barclays Affiliated QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services, each Barclays Affiliated QPAM agrees and warrants:
(1) To comply with ERISA and the Code, as applicable with respect to such ERISA-covered plan or IRA, to refrain from engaging in prohibited transactions that are not otherwise exempt (and to promptly correct any inadvertent prohibited transactions); and to comply with the standards of prudence and loyalty set forth in section 404 of ERISA with respect to each such ERISA-covered plan and IRA;
(2) To indemnify and hold harmless the ERISA-covered plan or IRA for any damages resulting from a Barclays Affiliated QPAM's violation of applicable laws, a Barclays Affiliated QPAM's breach of contract, or any claim brought in connection with the failure of such Barclays Affiliated QPAM to qualify for the exemptive relief provided by PTE 84-14 as a result of a violation of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 other than the Conviction;
(3) Not to require (or otherwise cause) the ERISA covered plan or IRA to waive, limit, or qualify the liability of the Barclays Affiliated QPAM for violating ERISA or the Code or engaging in prohibited transactions;
(4) Not to require the ERISA-covered plan or IRA (or sponsor of such ERISA-covered plan or beneficial owner of such IRA) to indemnify the Barclays Affiliated QPAM for violating ERISA or engaging in prohibited transactions, except for violations or prohibited transactions caused by an error, misrepresentation, or misconduct of a plan fiduciary or other party hired by the plan fiduciary who is independent of BPLC, and its affiliates;
(5) Not to restrict the ability of such ERISA-covered plan or IRA to terminate or withdraw from its arrangement with the Barclays Affiliated QPAM (including any investment in a separately managed account or pooled fund subject to ERISA and managed by such QPAM), with the exception of reasonable restrictions, appropriately disclosed in advance, that are specifically designed to ensure equitable treatment of all investors in a pooled fund in the event such withdrawal or termination may have adverse consequences for all other investors as a result of an actual lack of liquidity of the underlying assets, provided that such restrictions are applied consistently and in like manner to all such investors;
(6) Not to impose any fees, penalties, or charges for such termination or withdrawal with the exception of reasonable fees, appropriately disclosed in advance, that are specifically designed to prevent generally recognized abusive investment practices or specifically designed to ensure equitable treatment of all investors in a pooled fund in the event such withdrawal or termination may have adverse consequences for all other investors, provided that such fees are applied consistently and in like manner to all such investors;
(7) Not to include exculpatory provisions disclaiming or otherwise limiting liability of the Barclays Affiliated QPAM for a violation of such agreement's terms, except for liability caused by an error, misrepresentation, or misconduct of a plan fiduciary or other party hired by the plan fiduciary which is independent of BPLC; and
(8) Within four (4) months of the date of the Conviction, each Barclays Affiliated QPAM must provide a notice of its obligations under this Section I(j) to each ERISA-covered plan and IRA for which a Barclays Affiliated QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services. For all other prospective ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients for which a Barclays Affiliated QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary services, the Barclays Affiliated QPAM will agree in writing to its obligations under this Section I(j) in an updated investment management agreement between the Barclays Affiliated QPAM and such clients or other written contractual agreement;
(k)
(l) The Barclays QPAMs must comply with each condition of PTE 84-14, as amended, with the sole exception of the violation of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 that is attributable to the Conviction;
(m)(1) BPLC designates a senior compliance officer (the Compliance Officer) who will be responsible for compliance with the Policies and Training requirements described herein. The Compliance Officer must conduct an annual review (the Annual Review) to determine the adequacy and effectiveness of the implementation of the Policies and Training. With respect to the Compliance Officer, the following conditions must be met:
(i) The Compliance Officer must be a legal professional with extensive experience with, and knowledge of, the regulation of financial services and products, including under ERISA and the Code; and
(ii) The Compliance Officer must have a direct reporting line to the highest-ranking corporate officer in charge of legal compliance that is independent of BPLC's other business lines;
(2) With respect to each Annual Review, the following conditions must be met:
(i) The Annual Review includes a review of: Any compliance matter related to the Policies or Training that was identified by, or reported to, the Compliance Officer or others within the compliance and risk control function (or its equivalent) during the previous year; any material change in the business activities of the Barclays Affiliated QPAMs; and any change to ERISA, the Code, or regulations related to fiduciary duties and the prohibited transaction provisions that may be applicable to the activities of the Barclays Affiliated QPAMs;
(ii) The Compliance Officer prepares a written report for each Annual Review (each, an Annual Report) that (A) summarizes his or her material activities during the preceding year; (B) sets forth any instance of noncompliance discovered during the preceding year, and any related corrective action; (C) details any change to the Policies or Training to guard against any similar instance of noncompliance occurring again; and (D) makes recommendations, as necessary, for additional training, procedures, monitoring, or additional and/or changed processes or systems, and management's actions on such recommendations;
(iii) In each Annual Report, the Compliance Officer must certify in writing that to his or her knowledge: (A) The report is accurate; (B) the Policies and Training are working in a manner which is reasonably designed to ensure that the Policies and Training requirements described herein are met; (C) any known instance of noncompliance during the preceding year and any related correction taken to date have been identified in the Annual Report; (D) the Barclays Affiliated QPAMs have complied with the Policies and Training in all respects, and/or corrected any instances of noncompliance in accordance with Section I(h) above; and (E) Barclays has provided the Compliance Officer with adequate resources, including, but not limited to, adequate staffing;
(iv) Each Annual Report must be provided to appropriate corporate officers of BPLC and each Barclays Affiliated QPAM to which such report relates; the head of compliance and the General Counsel (or their functional equivalent) of the relevant Barclays Affiliated QPAM; and must be made unconditionally available to the independent auditor described in Section I(i) above;
(v) Each Annual Review, including the Compliance Officer's written Annual Report, must be completed at least three (3) months in advance of the date on which each audit described in Section I(i) is scheduled to be completed;
(n) Each Barclays Affiliated QPAM will maintain records necessary to demonstrate that the conditions of this exemption, if granted, have been met, for six (6) years following the date of any transaction for which such Barclays Affiliated QPAM relies upon the relief in the exemption, if granted;
(o) During the effective period of this five-year exemption, if granted, BPLC: (1) Immediately discloses to the Department any Deferred Prosecution Agreement (a DPA) or a Non-Prosecution Agreement (an NPA) entered into by BPLC or any of its affiliates with the U.S. Department of Justice, in connection with conduct described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 or section 411 of ERISA; and
(2) Immediately provides the Department any information requested by the Department, as permitted by law, regarding the agreement and/or conduct and allegations that led to the agreement. After review of the information, the Department may require BPLC, its affiliates, or related parties, as specified by the Department, to submit a new application for the continued availability of relief as a condition of continuing to rely on this exemption. If the Department denies the relief requested in the new application, or does not grant such relief within twelve (12) months of application, the relief described herein is revoked as of the date of denial or as of the expiration of the twelve (12) month period, whichever date is earlier;
(p) Each Barclays Affiliated QPAM, in its agreements with ERISA-covered plan
(q) A Barclays Affiliated QPAM or a Barclays Related QPAM will not fail to meet the terms of this exemption, if granted, solely because a different Barclays Affiliated QPAM or a Barclays Related QPAM fails to satisfy a condition for relief described in Sections I(c), (d), (h), (i), (j), (k), (n) and (p).
(a) The term “Barclays Affiliated QPAM” means a “qualified professional asset manager” (as defined in Section VI(a)
(b) The term “Barclays Related QPAM” means any current or future “qualified professional asset manager” (as defined in Section VI(a) of PTE 84-14) that relies on the relief provided by PTE 84-14, and with respect to which BPLC owns a direct or indirect five percent or more interest, but with respect to which BPLC is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Section VI(d)(1) of PTE 84-14).
(c) The term “BPLC” means Barclays PLC, the parent entity, and does not include any subsidiaries or other affiliates.
(d) The terms “ERISA-covered plan” and “IRA” mean, respectively, a plan subject to Part 4 of Title I of ERISA and a plan subject to section 4975 of the Code.
(e) The term “Conviction” means the judgment of conviction against BPLC in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut (the Court), Case No. 3:15-cr-00077-SRU-1, for participating in a combination and conspiracy to fix, stabilize, maintain, increase or decrease the price of, and rig bids and offers for, euro/U.S. dollar currency pairs exchanged in the foreign currency exchange spot market by agreeing to eliminate competition in the purchase and sale of such currency pairs in the United States and elsewhere, in violation of the Sherman Antitrust Act, 15 U.S.C. 1.
(f) The term “Conviction Date” means the date that a judgment of conviction against BCI is entered by the Court in connection with the Conviction.
The proposed five-year exemption, if granted, would provide relief from certain of the restrictions set forth in sections 406 and 407 of ERISA. No relief from a violation of any other law would be provided by this exemption, if granted, including any criminal conviction described herein.
The Department cautions that the relief in this proposed five-year exemption, if granted, would terminate immediately if, among other things, an entity within the BPLC corporate structure is convicted of a crime described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 (other than the Conviction) during the effective period of the exemption. While such an entity could apply for a new exemption in that circumstance, the Department would not be obligated to grant the exemption. The terms of this proposed five-year exemption have been specifically designed to permit plans to terminate their relationships in an orderly and cost effective fashion in the event of an additional conviction or a determination that it is otherwise prudent for a plan to terminate its relationship with an entity covered by the proposed exemption.
1. BCI is a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and was, until December 28, 2015, an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. As a registered broker-dealer, BCI is regulated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.
BCI is incorporated in the State of Connecticut and headquartered in New York, with 18 U.S. branch offices. BCI is wholly-owned by Barclays Group US Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Barclays Bank PLC, which, in turn, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of BPLC, a non-operating holding company.
Barclays Bank PLC wholly owns, indirectly, one bank subsidiary in the United States—Barclays Bank Delaware, a Delaware chartered commercial bank supervised and regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Delaware Office of the State Bank Commissioner and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. Barclays Bank Delaware does not manage ERISA plan or IRA assets currently, but may do so in the future.
BPLC's asset management business, Barclays Wealth and Investment Management (BWIM), offers wealth management products and services for many types of clients, including individual and institutional clients. BWIM operates through over 20 offices worldwide. Prior to December 4, 2015, BWIM functioned in the United States through BCI.
On December 4, 2015, BCI consummated a sale of its U.S. operations of BWIM, including Barclays Wealth Trustees, to Stifel Financial Corp. As a result of the transaction, as of that date, neither BCI nor any of its affiliates continued to manage ERISA-covered plan or IRA assets. However,
2. On May 20, 2015, the Department of Justice filed a one-count criminal information (the Information) in the United States District Court for the District of Connecticut charging BPLC, an affiliate of BCI, with participating in a combination and a conspiracy to fix, stabilize, maintain, increase or decrease the price of, and rig bids and offers for, Euro/USD currency pairs exchanged in the foreign currency exchange spot market by agreeing to eliminate competition in the purchase and sale of such currency pairs in the United States and elsewhere, in violation of the Sherman Antitrust Act, 15 U.S.C. 1. For example, BPLC engaged in communications with other financial services firms in an electronic chat room limited to specific EUR/USD traders, each of whom was employed, at certain times, by one of the financial services firms engaged in the FX Spot Market.
BPLC also participated in a conspiracy to decrease competition in the purchase and sale of the EUR/USD currency pair. BPLC and other financial services firms coordinated the trading of the EUR/USD currency pair in connection with certain benchmark currency “fixes” which occurred at specific times each trading day. In addition, BPLC and other financial services firms refrained from certain trading behavior, by withholding bids and offers, when another firm held an open risk position, so that the price of the currency traded would not move in a direction adverse to the firm with the open risk position.
Also, on May 20, 2015, pursuant to a plea agreement (the Plea Agreement), BPLC entered a plea of guilty for the violation of Sherman Antitrust Act, 15 U.S.C. 1. Under the Plea Agreement, BPLC pled guilty to the charge set out in the Information. The judgment of Conviction has not yet been entered.
BPLC agreed to pay a criminal fine of $710 million to the Department of Justice, of which $650 million is attributable to the charge set out in the Information. The remaining $60 million is attributable to conduct covered by the non-prosecution agreement that BPLC entered into on June 26, 2012, with the Criminal Division, Fraud Section of the Department of Justice related to BPLC's submissions of benchmark interest rates, including the London InterBank Offered Rate (known as LIBOR). In addition, Barclays Bank PLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of BPLC, entered into a settlement agreement with the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority to pay a monetary penalty of £284.432 million ($440.9 million).
As part of the settlement, Barclays Bank PLC consented to the entry of an Order Instituting Proceedings Pursuant to Sections 6(c)(4)(A) and 6(d) of the Commodity Exchange Act, Making Findings, and Imposing Remedial Sanctions by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) imposing a civil money penalty of $400 million (the CFTC Order). In addition, Barclays Bank PLC and its New York branch consented to the entry of an Order to Cease and Desist and Order of Assessment of a Civil Money Penalty Issued Upon Consent Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as Amended, by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Federal Reserve) imposing a civil money penalty of $342 million (the Board Order). Barclays Bank PLC and its New York branch also consented to the entry of a Consent Order under New York Bank Law 44 and 44-a by the New York Department of Financial Services (DFS) imposing a civil money penalty of $485 million
3. PTE 84-14 is a class exemption that permits certain transactions between a party in interest with respect to an employee benefit plan and an investment fund in which the plan has an interest and which is managed by a “qualified professional asset manager” (QPAM), if the conditions of the exemption are satisfied. These conditions include Section I(g), which precludes a person who may otherwise meet the definition of a QPAM from relying on the relief provided by PTE 84-14 if that person or its “affiliate”
4. The Applicant represents that BPLC is currently affiliated (within the meaning of Part VI(d) of PTE 84-14) with only two entities that could meet the definition of “QPAM” in Part VI(a) of PTE 84-14, namely Barclays Bank Delaware and Barclays Bank PLC, New York Branch, both of which are subject to its control (within the meaning of Part VI(d)(1) of PTE 84-14). The Applicant states that BPLC or a subsidiary may, in the future, invest in non-controlled, minimally related QPAMs that could constitute Barclays Related QPAMs, as defined in the proposed exemption.
5. The Applicant states that the Department of Justice and BPLC negotiated a settlement reflected in the Plea Agreement, in which BPLC agreed to lawfully undertake the following pursuant to the Plea Agreement:
(a) Pay a total monetary penalty in the amount of $710 million;
(b) Not commit another crime under U.S. federal law or engage in the conduct that gave rise to the Plea Agreement, during a probation term of three years;
(c) Notify the probation officer upon learning of the commencement of any
(d) Prominently post and maintain on its Web site and, within 30 days after pleading guilty, make best efforts to send spot FX customers and counterparties (other than customers and counterparties who BPLC can establish solely engaged in buying or selling foreign currency through its consumer bank units and not its spot FX sales or trading staff) a retrospective disclosure notice regarding certain historical conduct involving FX Spot Market transactions with customers via telephone, email and/or electronic chat, during the probation term;
(e) Implement a compliance program designed to prevent and detect the conduct underlying the Plea Agreement throughout its operations including those of its affiliates and subsidiaries and provide an annual progress report to the Department of Justice and the probation officer;
(f) Further strengthen its compliance and internal controls as required by the CFTC and the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority and any other regulatory or enforcement agencies that have addressed the conduct underlying the Plea Agreement, which shall include, but not be limited to, a thorough review of the activities and decision-making by employees of BPLC's legal and compliance functions with respect to the historical conduct underlying he Plea Agreement, and promptly report to the Department of Justice and the probation officer all of its remediation efforts required by these agencies, as well as remediation and implementation of any compliance program and internal controls, policies and procedures related to the misconduct underlying he Plea Agreement;
(g) Report to the Department of Justice all credible information regarding criminal violations of U.S. antitrust laws and of U.S. law concerning fraud, including securities or commodities fraud, by BPLC or any of its employees, as to which BPLC's Board of Directors, management (that is, all supervisors within the bank), or legal and compliance personnel are aware;
(h) Bring to the Antitrust Division's attention all federal criminal investigations in which BPLC is identified as a subject or a target, and all administrative or regulatory proceedings or civil actions brought by any federal or state governmental authority in the United States against BPLC or its employees, to the extent that such investigations, proceedings or actions allege facts that could form the basis of a criminal violation of U.S. antitrust laws, and also bring to the Criminal Division, Fraud Section's attention all federal criminal or regulatory investigations in which BPLC is identified as a subject or a target, and all administrative or regulatory proceedings or civil actions brought by any federal governmental authority in the United States against BPLC or its employees, to the extent that such investigations, proceedings or actions allege violation of U.S. law concerning fraud, including securities or commodities fraud;
(i) Cooperate fully and truthfully (along with certain related entities in which it had, indirectly or directly, a greater than 50% ownership interest as of the date of the Plea Agreement) with the Department of Justice in its investigation and prosecution of the conduct underlying the Plea Agreement, or any other currency pair in the FX Spot Market, or any foreign exchange forward, foreign exchange option or other foreign exchange derivative, or other financial product, to the extent such other financial product has been disclosed to the Department of Justice (excluding a certain sealed investigation). This would include producing non-privileged non-protected materials, wherever located; using its best efforts to secure continuing cooperation of the current or former directors, officers and employees of BPLC and its Related Entities; and identifying witnesses who, to BPLC's knowledge, may have material information regarding the matters under investigation;
(j) Cooperate fully with the Department of Justice and any other law enforcement authority or government agency designated by the Department of Justice, in a manner consistent with applicable law and regulations, with regard to a certain sealed investigation; and
(k) Expeditiously seek relief from the Department by filing an application for the QPAM Exemption and will provide all information requested by the Department in a timely manner.
6. The Applicant represents that BPLC and its subsidiaries and affiliates, including Barclays Bank PLC and its New York branch (collectively, the Bank) have implemented and will continue to implement policies and procedures designed to prevent the recurrence of the conduct that is the subject of the FX Settlements as required by the Plea Agreement. The Applicant states that the Bank's efforts in this regard are recognized in the Plea Agreement itself, which acknowledges “the substantial improvements to [BPLC's] compliance and remediation program to prevent recurrence of the charged offense.”
The Applicant states that the Bank's efforts in this regard also have been recognized by the CFTC, the Federal Reserve, the DFS and the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority. For example, the Applicant states that the Board Order notes that the Bank recently completed a number of initiatives aimed at strengthening its governance and controls framework to control and monitor risk in the FX business, and that the Federal Reserve Bank of New York concluded that the current design of the Bank's FX governance and controls framework is generally sound. The Applicant further states that the DFS Order notes that the Bank has implemented remedial measures to address the conduct identified in the Order.
The Applicant also states that the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority, in its settlement agreement, also acknowledges that the Bank has undertaken and is continuing to undertake remedial action and recognizes that the Bank has committed significant resources to improving the business practices and associated controls relating to its FX operations.
The Applicant states that the CFTC Order notes the Bank's review of its business practices and systems and controls, which included remedial efforts across the Bank at the Group, Compliance and Front Office levels. The Applicant represents that at the Group level, an independent review of the Bank's business practices was conducted, which, among other things, led to the introduction of a new code of conduct which sets out the ethical and professional behaviors expected of employees. The Applicant states that at the Group level and with respect to its investment banking operations, the Bank has undertaken significant work to strengthen the role of Compliance. The Applicant represents that the work has included increasing Compliance's visibility on board and management committees, developing a process and reporting framework to support monitoring and verification activity undertaken by Compliance, holding standardized and structured monthly business line meetings between Compliance and the Global Head of the business they cover, formalizing a breach review process to ensure consistent and effective treatment of Compliance policy breaches, enhancing and transitioning to a centralized model for trade surveillance and e-
7. The Applicant states that the Bank has made substantial investments in the independent, external review of its governance, operational model, and risk and control programs, conducted by Sir Anthony Salz, including interviews of more than 600 employees, clients, and competitors, as well as consideration of more than 9,000 responses to an internal staff survey.
The Applicant represents that the Bank has taken steps to clearly articulate its policies and values and disseminate that information firm-wide through trainings.
The Applicant states that the Bank continues to develop a strong institutionalized framework of supervision and accountability running from the desk level to the top of the organization. For example, the Applicant states that Barclays established in 2013 a dedicated Board-level committee, the Board Conduct, Operational and Reputation Risk Committee, that is responsible for ensuring, on behalf of the Board, the efficiency of the processes for identification and management of conduct risk, reputation risk and operational risk. This committee reports to the BPLC's Board of Directors. In addition, the Applicant states that the Bank has established numerous business-specific committees—comprising senior business personnel and regional executives, among others—that are responsible for considering the principal risks as they relate to the associated businesses. The Applicant represents that each of these committees meets on a quarterly basis, and all report up to the Board Conduct, Operational and Reputation Risk Committee.
The Applicant represents that the Bank continues to institute an enhanced global compliance and controls system, supported by substantial financial and human resources, and charged with enforcing and continually monitoring adherence to BPLC's policies. The Applicant states that Junior Compliance employees receive approximately 600 hours of Compliance-related training over a two-year period. The Applicant states that more senior Compliance personnel receive additional training.
8. The Applicant has proposed certain conditions it believes are protective of participants and beneficiaries of ERISA-covered plans and IRAs with respect to the transactions described herein. The Department has determined that it is necessary to modify and supplement the conditions before it can tentatively determine that the requested exemption meets the statutory requirements of section 408(a) of ERISA. In this regard, the Department has tentatively determined that the following conditions adequately protect the rights of participants and beneficiaries of affected plans and IRAs with respect to the transactions that would be covered by this proposed five-year exemption, if granted.
The five-year exemption, if granted, as proposed, is only available to the extent that, (a) other than certain individuals who: (i) Worked for a non-fiduciary business within BCI; (ii) had no responsibility for, and exercised no authority in connection with, the management of plan assets; and (iii) are no longer employed by BPLC, the Barclays Affiliated QPAMs and the Barclays Related QPAMs (including their officers, directors, agents other than BPLC, and employees of such QPAMs who had responsibility for, or exercised authority in connection with the management of plan assets) did not know of, did not have reason to know of, or participate in the criminal conduct of BPLC that is the subject of the Conviction (for purposes of this requirement, the term “participate in” includes the knowing or tacit approval of the misconduct underlying the Conviction); (b) any failure of the Barclays Affiliated QPAM or a Barclays Related QPAM to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 arose solely from the Conviction; and (c) the Barclays Affiliated QPAMs and (including their officers, directors, agents other than BPLC, and employees of such Barclays QPAMs) did not receive direct compensation, or knowingly receive indirect compensation, in connection with the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction.
9. The Department expects the Barclays Affiliated QPAMs will rigorously ensure that the individuals associated with the misconduct will not be employed or knowingly engaged by such QPAMs. In this regard, the five-year exemption, if granted, mandates that the Barclays Affiliated QPAMs will not employ or knowingly engage any of the individuals that participated in the FX manipulation that is the subject of the Conviction. For purposes of this condition, the term “participated in” includes an individual's knowing or tacit approval of the behavior that is the subject of the Conviction.
10. Further, a Barclays Affiliated QPAM will not use its authority or influence to direct an “investment fund,” (as defined in Section VI(b) of PTE 84-14) that is subject to ERISA or the Code and managed by such Barclays Affiliated QPAM to enter into any transaction with BPLC or BCI or engage BPLC or BCI to provide any service to such investment fund, for a direct or indirect fee borne by such investment fund, regardless of whether such transaction or service may otherwise be within the scope of relief provided by an administrative or statutory exemption.
11. The Barclays Affiliated QPAMs and the Barclays Related QPAMs must comply with each condition of PTE 84-14, as amended, with the sole exception of the violation of Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 that is attributable to the Conviction. Further, any failure of a Barclays Affiliated QPAM or a Barclays Related QPAM to satisfy Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 arose solely from the Conviction.
No relief will be provided by this five-year exemption, if granted, if a Barclays Affiliated QPAM or a Barclays Related QPAM exercised authority over the assets of an ERISA-covered plan or an IRA in a manner that it knew or should have known would: Further the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction; or cause the Barclays Affiliated QPAM or the Barclays Related QPAM, or its affiliates or related parties to directly or indirectly profit from the criminal conduct that is the subject of the Conviction. Also, no relief will be provided by this five-year exemption, if granted, to the extent BPLC or BCI provides any discretionary asset management services to ERISA-covered plans or IRAs, or otherwise acts as a fiduciary with respect to ERISA-covered plan or IRA assets.
12. The Department believes that robust policies and training are warranted where, as here, the criminal misconduct has occurred within a corporate organization that is affiliated with one or more QPAMs managing plan or IRA assets. Therefore, this proposed five-year exemption, if granted, requires that prior to a Barclays Affiliated QPAM's engagement by any ERISA-covered plan or IRA for discretionary asset management services, where the QPAM represents that it qualifies as a QPAM, the Barclays Affiliated QPAM must develop,
13. Any violation of, or failure to comply with, these Policies must be corrected promptly upon discovery, and any such violation or compliance failure not promptly corrected is reported, upon discovering the failure to promptly correct, in writing, to appropriate corporate officers, the head of compliance, and the General Counsel (or their functional equivalent) of the relevant Barclays Affiliated QPAM, the independent auditor responsible for reviewing compliance with the Policies, and an appropriate fiduciary of any affected ERISA-covered plan or IRA, which fiduciary is independent of BPLC. A Barclays Affiliated QPAM will not be treated as having failed to develop, implement, maintain, or follow the Policies, provided that it corrects any instance of noncompliance promptly when discovered, or when it reasonably should have known of the noncompliance (whichever is earlier), and provided that it reports such instance of noncompliance as explained above.
14. The Department has also imposed a condition that requires each Barclays Affiliated QPAM, prior to its engagement by any ERISA covered plan or IRA, to develop and implement a Training program, conducted at least annually, for all relevant Barclays Affiliated QPAM asset/portfolio management, trading, legal, compliance, and internal audit personnel. The Training must be set forth in the Policies and, at a minimum, cover the Policies, ERISA and Code compliance (including applicable fiduciary duties and the prohibited transaction provisions), ethical conduct, the consequences for not complying with the conditions of this five-year exemption, if granted, (including any loss of exemptive relief provided herein), and prompt reporting of wrongdoing. Further, the Training must be conducted by an independent professional who has been prudently selected and who has appropriate technical training and proficiency with ERISA and the Code.
15.
16. Among other things, the audit condition requires that, to the extent necessary for the auditor, in its sole opinion, to complete its audit and comply with the conditions for relief described herein, and as permitted by law, each Barclays Affiliated QPAM and, if applicable, BPLC, will grant the auditor unconditional access to its business, including, but not limited to: Its computer systems, business records, transactional data, workplace locations, training materials, and personnel.
In addition, the auditor's engagement must specifically require the auditor to determine whether each Barclays Affiliated QPAM has complied with the Policies and Training conditions described herein, and must further require the auditor to test each Barclays Affiliated QPAM's operational compliance with the Policies and Training. The auditor must issue a written report (the Audit Report) to BPLC and the Barclays Affiliated QPAM to which the audit applies that describes the procedures performed by the auditor during the course of its examination. The Audit Report must include the auditor's specific determinations regarding: The adequacy of the Barclays Affiliated QPAM's Policies and Training; the Barclays Affiliated QPAM's compliance with the Policies and Training; the need, if any, to strengthen such Policies and Training; and any instance of the respective Barclays Affiliated QPAM's noncompliance with the written Policies and Training.
17. Any determination by the auditor regarding the adequacy of the Policies and Training and the auditor's recommendations (if any) with respect to strengthening the Policies and Training of the respective Barclays Affiliated QPAM must be promptly addressed by such Barclays Affiliated QPAM, and any action taken by such Barclays Affiliated QPAM to address such recommendations must be included in an addendum to the Audit Report. Further, any determination by the auditor that the respective Barclays Affiliated QPAM has implemented, maintained, and followed sufficient Policies and Training must not be based solely or in substantial part on an absence of evidence indicating noncompliance. In this last regard, any finding that the Barclays Affiliated QPAM has complied with the requirements, as described above, must be based on evidence that demonstrates the Barclays Affiliated QPAM has actually implemented, maintained, and followed the Policies and Training required by this five-year exemption. Finally, the Audit Report must address the adequacy of the Annual Review required under this exemption and the resources provided to the Compliance Officer in connection with such Annual Review. Moreover, the auditor must notify the respective Barclays Affiliated QPAM of any instance of
18. This exemption, if granted, requires that certain senior personnel of BPLC review the Audit Report and make certain certifications and take various corrective actions. In this regard, the General Counsel or one of the three most senior executive officers of the Barclays Affiliated QPAM to which the Audit Report applies, must certify, in writing, under penalty of perjury, that the officer has reviewed the Audit Report and this five-year exemption, if granted; addressed, corrected, or remedied an inadequacy identified in the Audit Report; and determined that the Policies and Training in effect at the time of signing are adequate to ensure compliance with the conditions of this proposed five-year exemption, if granted, and with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code. The Risk Committee of BPLC's Board of Directors is provided a copy of each Audit Report; and a senior executive officer with a direct reporting line to the highest ranking legal compliance officer of BPLC must review the Audit Report for each Barclays Affiliated QPAM and must certify in writing, under penalty of perjury, that such officer has reviewed each Audit Report.
19. In order to create a more transparent record in the event that the proposed relief is granted, each Barclays Affiliated QPAM must provide its certified Audit Report to the Department no later than thirty (30) days following its completion. The Audit Report will be part of the public record regarding this five-year exemption, if granted. Further, each Barclays Affiliated QPAM must make its Audit Report unconditionally available for examination by any duly authorized employee or representative of the Department, other relevant regulators, and any fiduciary of an ERISA-covered plan or IRA, the assets of which are managed by such Barclays Affiliated QPAM. Additionally, each Barclays Affiliated QPAM and the auditor must submit to the Department any engagement agreement(s) entered into pursuant to the engagement of the auditor under this five-year exemption, if granted. Also, they must submit to the Department any engagement agreement entered into with any other entity retained in connection with such QPAM's compliance with the Training or Policies conditions of this proposed five-year exemption, if granted, no later than six (6) months after the Barclays Affiliated QPAM is first engaged by any ERISA covered plan or IRA for discretionary asset management services reliant on PTE 84-14 (and one month after the execution of any agreement thereafter).
Finally, if the exemption is granted, the auditor must provide the Department, upon request, all of the workpapers created and utilized in the course of the audit, including, but not limited to: The audit plan; audit testing; identification of any instance of noncompliance by the relevant Barclays Affiliated QPAM; and an explanation of any corrective or remedial action taken by the applicable Barclays Affiliated QPAM.
In order to enhance oversight of the compliance with the exemption, if granted, BPLC must notify the Department at least thirty (30) days prior to any substitution of an auditor, and BPLC must demonstrate to the Department's satisfaction that any new auditor is independent of BPLC, experienced in the matters that are the subject of the exemption, if granted, and capable of making the determinations required of this five-year exemption, if granted.
20.
21. Within four (4) months of the date of the Conviction, each Barclays Affiliated QPAM must provide a notice of its obligations under this Section I(j) to each ERISA-covered plan and IRA for which a Barclays Affiliated QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary fiduciary services. For all other prospective ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients for which a Barclays Affiliated QPAM provides asset management or other discretionary services, the Barclays Affiliated QPAM will agree in writing to its obligations under this Section I(j) in an updated investment management agreement between the Barclays Affiliated QPAM and such clients or other written contractual agreement. In no event may any of these obligations be waived, qualified, or limited by any other agreement, side letter, or investment term.
22.
23. This proposed five-year exemption, if granted, also requires BPLC to designate a senior compliance officer (the Compliance Officer) who will be responsible for compliance with the Policies and Training requirements described herein. The Compliance Officer will have several obligations that it must comply with, as described in Section I(m) above. These include conducting an annual review (the Annual Review) to determine the adequacy and effectiveness of the implementation of the Policies and Training; the preparation of a written report for each Annual Review (each, an Annual Report) that, among other things, summarizes his or her material activities during the preceding year; and sets forth any instance of noncompliance discovered during the preceding year, and any related corrective action. Each Annual Report must be provided to appropriate corporate officers of BPLC and each Barclays Affiliated QPAM to which such report relates; the head of compliance and the General Counsel (or their functional equivalent) of the relevant Barclays Affiliated QPAM; and must be made unconditionally available to the independent auditor described above.
24. Each Barclays Affiliated QPAM must maintain records necessary to demonstrate that the conditions of this exemption, if granted, have been met, for six (6) years following the date of any transaction for which such Barclays Affiliated QPAM relies upon the relief in the proposed five-year exemption, if granted.
25. The Department stresses that it is proposing this five-year exemption based on representations from BCI that it has changed and improved its corporate culture and compliance capabilities. Consistent with this, the proposed five-year exemption mandates that, during the effective period, BPLC must immediately disclose to the Department any Deferred Prosecution Agreement (a DPA) or Non-Prosecution Agreement (an NPA) that BPLC or an affiliate enters into with the U.S. Department of Justice, to the extent such DPA or NPA involved conduct described in Section I(g) of PTE 84-14 or section 411 of ERISA. In addition, BPLC must immediately provide the Department any information requested by the Department, as permitted by law, regarding the agreement and/or the conduct and allegations that led to the agreement.
The Department may, following its review of that information, require BPLC or a party specified by the Department, to submit a new application for the continued availability of relief as a condition of continuing to rely on this exemption. In this regard, the QPAM (or other party submitting the application) will have the burden of justifying the relief sought in the application. If the Department denies the relief requested in that application, or does not grant such relief within twelve (12) months of the application, the relief described herein would be revoked as of the date of denial or as of the expiration of the twelve (12) month period, whichever date is earlier.
26. Finally, each Barclays Affiliated QPAM, in its agreements with ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients, or in other written disclosures provided to ERISA-covered plan and IRA clients, within sixty (60) days prior to the initial transaction upon which relief hereunder is relied, will clearly and prominently: Inform the ERISA-covered plan or IRA client that the client has the right to obtain copies of the QPAM's written Policies adopted in accordance with this five-year exemption, if granted.
27. The Applicant represents that the proposed exemption, if granted, is administratively feasible because it does not require any ongoing monitoring by the Department. Furthermore, the requested five-year does not require the Department's oversight because, as a condition of this proposed five-year exemption, neither BPLC nor BCI may provide any fiduciary or QPAM services to ERISA-covered plan or IRAs.
28. Given the revised and new conditions described above, the Department has tentatively determined that the relief sought by the Applicant satisfies the statutory requirements for an exemption under section 408(a) of ERISA.
As BCI ceased acting as a discretionary asset manager as of December 4, 2015, notice of the proposed exemption (the Notice) will be given solely by publication of the Notice in the
All comments will be made available to the public.
Ms. Anna Mpras Vaughan of the Department at (202) 693-8565. (This is not a toll-free number.)
The attention of interested persons is directed to the following:
(1) The fact that a transaction is the subject of an exemption under section 408(a) of the Act and/or section 4975(c)(2) of the Code does not relieve a fiduciary or other party in interest or disqualified person from certain other provisions of the Act and/or the Code, including any prohibited transaction provisions to which the exemption does not apply and the general fiduciary responsibility provisions of section 404 of the Act, which, among other things, require a fiduciary to discharge his duties respecting the plan solely in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan and in a prudent fashion in accordance with section 404(a)(1)(b) of the Act; nor does it affect the requirement of section 401(a) of the Code that the plan must operate for the exclusive benefit of the employees of the employer maintaining the plan and their beneficiaries;
(2) Before an exemption may be granted under section 408(a) of the Act and/or section 4975(c)(2) of the Code, the Department must find that the exemption is administratively feasible, in the interests of the plan and of its participants and beneficiaries, and protective of the rights of participants and beneficiaries of the plan;
(3) The proposed exemptions, if granted, will be supplemental to, and not in derogation of, any other provisions of the Act and/or the Code, including statutory or administrative exemptions and transitional rules. Furthermore, the fact that a transaction is subject to an administrative or statutory exemption is not dispositive of whether the transaction is in fact a prohibited transaction; and
(4) The proposed exemptions, if granted, will be subject to the express condition that the material facts and representations contained in each application are true and complete, and that each application accurately describes all material terms of the transaction which is the subject of the exemption.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Notice of final policy.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), announce revisions to our Mitigation Policy, which has guided Service recommendations on mitigating the adverse impacts of land and water developments on fish, wildlife, plants, and their habitats since 1981. The revisions are motivated by changes in conservation challenges and practices since 1981, including accelerating loss of habitats, effects of climate change, and advances in conservation science. The revised Policy provides a framework for applying a landscape-scale approach to achieve, through application of the mitigation hierarchy, a net gain in conservation outcomes, or at a minimum, no net loss of resources and their values, services, and functions resulting from proposed actions. The primary intent of the Policy is to apply mitigation in a strategic manner that ensures an effective linkage with conservation strategies at appropriate landscape scales.
This Policy is effective on November 21, 2016.
Comments and materials received, as well as supporting documentation used in the preparation of this Policy, including an environmental assessment, are available on the Internet at
Craig Aubrey, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Division of Environmental Review, 5275 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-3803, telephone 703-358-2442.
The revised Policy integrates all authorities that allow the Service either to recommend or to require mitigation of impacts to Federal trust fish and wildlife resources, and other resources identified in statute, during development processes. It is intended to serve as a single umbrella policy under which the Service may issue more detailed policies or guidance documents covering specific activities in the future. Citations for the many statutes and other authorities referenced in this document are in Appendix A.
The primary intent of revising the 1981 Mitigation Policy (1981 Policy) is to apply mitigation in a strategic manner that ensures an effective linkage with conservation strategies at appropriate landscape scales, consistent with the Presidential Memorandum on Mitigating Impacts on Natural Resources from Development and Encouraging Related Private Investment (November 3, 2015), the Secretary of the Interior's Order 3330 entitled “Improving Mitigation Policies and Practices of the Department of the Interior” (October 31, 2013), and the Departmental Manual Chapter (600 DM 6) on Implementing Mitigation at the Landscape-scale (October 23, 2015). Within this context, our revisions of the 1981 Policy: (a) Clarify that this Policy addresses all resources for which the Service has authorities to recommend mitigation for impacts to resources; and (b) provide an updated framework for applying mitigation measures that will maximize their effectiveness at multiple geographic scales.
By memorandum, the President directed all Federal agencies that manage natural resources to avoid and minimize damage to natural resources and to effectively offset remaining impacts, consistent with the principles declared in the memorandum and existing statutory authority. Under the memorandum, all Federal mitigation policies shall clearly set a net benefit goal or, at minimum, a no net loss goal for natural resources, wherever doing so is allowed by existing statutory authority and is consistent with agency mission and established natural resource objectives. This Policy implements the President's directions for the Service.
Secretarial Order 3330 established a Department-wide mitigation strategy to ensure consistency and efficiency in the review and permitting of infrastructure development projects and in conserving natural and cultural resources. The Order charged the Department's Energy and Climate Change Task Force with developing a report that addresses how to best implement consistent, Department-wide mitigation practices and strategies. The report of the Task Force, “A Strategy for Improving the Mitigation Policies and Practices of the Department of the Interior” (April 2014), describes guiding principles for mitigation to improve process efficiency, including the use of landscape-scale approaches rather than project-by-project or single-resource mitigation approaches. This revision of the Service's Mitigation Policy complies with a deliverable identified in the Strategy that seeks to implement the guiding principles set forth in the Secretary's Order, the corresponding Strategy, and subsequent 600 DM 6.
In 600 DM 6, the Department of the Interior established policy intended to improve permitting processes and help achieve beneficial outcomes for project proponents, affected communities, and the environment. By implementing this Manual Chapter, the Department will:
(a) Effectively mitigate impacts to Department-managed resources and their values, services, and functions;
(b) provide project developers with added predictability and efficient and timely environmental reviews;
(c) improve the resilience of resources in the face of climate change;
(d) encourage strategic conservation investments in lands and other resources; increase compensatory mitigation effectiveness, durability, transparency, and consistency; and
(e) better utilize mitigation measures to help achieve Departmental goals.
The final Policy implements the Department's directions for the Service. As with the 1981 Policy, the Service intends, with this revision, to conserve, protect, and enhance fish, wildlife, plants, and their habitats for future generations. Effective mitigation is a powerful tool for furthering this mission.
This final Policy differs from the proposed revised Policy in a few substantive respects, which we list below, and contains many editorial changes in response to comments we received that requested greater clarity of expression regarding various aspects of the Policy purpose, authorities, scope, general principles, framework for formulating mitigation measures, and definitions. The most common editorial change to the final Policy addresses the concern that the proposed revised Policy was unclear regarding the Service's authorities to either recommend or require mitigation. The proposed revised Policy frequently used the phrase “recommend or require” as a general descriptor for Service-formulated mitigation measures, because we have authority to require mitigation in some contexts, but not in others. The final Policy adds new text to the Authority section that identifies those circumstances under which we have specific authority to require, consistent with other applicable laws and regulations, one or more forms of
This Policy provides a common framework for the Service to apply when identifying mitigation measures across the full range of our authorities, including those for which we may require mitigation, but the Policy cannot and does not alter or substitute for the regulations implementing any of our authorities. We summarize below the few substantive changes to the proposed revised Policy, listed by section.
In section 4 of the Policy, General Policy and Principles, we added a principle to emphasize the importance of the avoidance tier of the mitigation hierarchy. This new principle reinforces existing direction in the proposed revised Policy that Service staff will recommend avoidance of all impacts to high-value habitats as the only effective means of mitigating impacts at these locations.
In section 5.5, Habitat Valuation, we clarify that habitats of “high-value” to an evaluation species are scarce and of high suitability and high importance. As with the proposed revised Policy, the final Policy directs Service personnel to seek avoidance of all impacts to high-value habitats.
In section 5.6.3, Compensation, we added a paragraph that describes onsite compensation and distinguishes it from rectifying impacts. We added another paragraph that indicates how third parties may assume the responsibilities for implementing proponent-responsible compensation. Other revisions to this section are editorial in nature, intended to better communicate Service intentions about the use of compensation in mitigating impacts to species. These revisions include reorganizing material into new subsections at 5.6.3.1, Equivalent Standards, and at 5.6.3.2, Research and Education.
In section 6, Definitions, we added definitions for “baseline” and “habitat credit exchange” and modified the definition of “practicable.”
In Appendix A, Authorities and Direction for Service Mitigation Recommendations, we updated the listed authorities, regulations, and guidance documents where necessary. To better reflect their relationship with this Policy and to respond to comments received, we have modified the discussions of the Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act, Clean Water Act, Fish and Wildlife Conservation Act, Marine Mammal Protection Act, Migratory Bird Treaty Act, and Natural Resource Damage Assessment and Restoration processes.
We made clarifying edits and additions to Appendix C, Compensatory Mitigation in Financial Assistance Awards Approved or Administered by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. We added a sentence in the first paragraph recognizing that the regulations at 50 CFR part 84 authorize the use of Natural Resource Damage Assessment funds as a match in the National Coastal Wetlands Conservation Program. In part B, we added “the proposed use of mitigation funds on land acquired with Federal financial assistance” as a common issue related to mitigation in financial assistance. In part G, we clarified the circumstances under which the Service can approve financial assistance to satisfy mitigation requirements of State, tribal, or local governments. In part H, we revised the topic question from “Can a mitigation proposal be located on land acquired under a Service financial assistance award?” to “Can a project on land already designated for the conservation of natural resources generate credits for compensatory mitigation?” and revised the answer accordingly. We added a topic to those included in the proposed revised Policy at part I: “Does the Service's Mitigation Policy affect financial assistance programs and awards managed by other Federal entities?” This addition describes the various circumstances in which this question is relevant.
The Service's motivations for revising the 1981 Policy include:
• Accelerating loss, including degradation and fragmentation, of habitats and subsequent loss of ecosystem function since 1981;
• Threats that were not fully evident in 1981, such as effects of climate change, the spread of invasive species, and outbreaks of epizootic diseases, are now challenging the Service's conservation mission;
• The science of fish and wildlife conservation has substantially advanced in the past three decades;
• The Federal statutory, regulatory, and policy context of fish and wildlife conservation has substantially changed since the 1981 Policy; and
• A need to clarify the Service's definition and usage of mitigation in various contexts, including the conservation of species listed as threatened or endangered under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (ESA), which was expressly excluded from the 1981 Policy.
In the context of impacts to environmental resources (including their values, services, and functions) resulting from proposed actions, “mitigation” is a general label for measures that a proponent takes to avoid, minimize, and compensate for such impacts. The 1981 Policy adopted the definition of mitigation in the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ) National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) regulations (40 CFR 1508.20). The CEQ mitigation definition remains unchanged since codification in 1978 and states that “Mitigation includes:
• Avoiding the impact altogether by not taking a certain action or parts of an action;
• minimizing impacts by limiting the degree or magnitude of the action and its implementation;
• rectifying the impact by repairing, rehabilitating, or restoring the affected environment;
• reducing or eliminating the impact over time by preservation and maintenance operations during the life of the action; and
• compensating for the impact by replacing or providing substitute resources or environments.”
This definition is adopted in this Policy, and the use of its components in various contexts is clarified. In 600 DM 6, the Department of the Interior states that mitigation, as enumerated by CEQ, is compatible with Departmental policy; however, as a practical matter, the mitigation elements are categorized into three general types that form a sequence: Avoidance, minimization, and compensatory mitigation for remaining unavoidable (also known as residual) impacts. The 1981 Policy further stated that the Service considers the sequence of the CEQ mitigation definition elements to represent the desirable sequence of steps in the mitigation planning process. The Service generally affirms this hierarchical approach in this Policy. We advocate first avoiding and then minimizing impacts that critically impair our ability to achieve conservation objectives for affected resources. We also provide guidance that recognizes how action- and resource-specific circumstances may warrant departures from the preferred mitigation sequence; for example, when impacts to a species may occur at a location that is not critical to achieving the conservation objectives for that species, or when current conditions are likely to change substantially due to the effects of a changing climate. In such
The Service's mission is to conserve, protect, and enhance fish, wildlife, and plants, and their habitats for the continuing benefit of the American people. This mission includes a responsibility to make mitigation recommendations or to specify mitigation requirements during the review of actions based on numerous authorities related to specific plant and animal species, habitats, and broader ecological functions. Our authorities to engage actions that may affect these resources extends to all U.S. States and territories, on public and on private property. This unique standing necessitates that we clarify our integrated interests and expectations when seeking mitigation for impacts to fish, wildlife, plants, and their habitats.
This Policy serves as overarching Service guidance applicable to all actions for which the Service has specific authority to recommend or require the mitigation of impacts to fish, wildlife, plants, and their habitats. In most cases, applications of this Policy are advisory. Service recommendations provided under the guidance of this Policy are intended to help action proponents incorporate appropriate means and measures into their actions that will most effectively conserve resources affected by those actions. As necessary and as budgetary resources permit, we intend to adapt or develop Service program-specific policies, handbooks, and guidance documents, consistent with the applicable statutes, to integrate the spirit and intent of this Policy.
Since the publication of the Service's 1981 Policy, land use changes in the United States have reduced the habitats available to fish and wildlife. By 1982, approximately 72 million acres of the lower 48 States had already been developed. Between 1982 and 2012, the American people developed an additional 44 million acres for a total of 114 million acres developed. Of all historic land development in the United States, excluding Alaska, over 37 percent has occurred since 1982. Much of this newly developed land had been existing habitats, including 17 million acres converted from forests.
A projection that the U.S. population will increase from 310 million to 439 million between 2010 and 2050 suggests that land conversion trends like these will continue. In that period, development in the residential housing sector alone may add 52 million (42 percent more) units, plus 37 million replacement units. By 2060, a loss of up to 38 million acres (an area the size of Florida) of forest habitats alone is possible. Attendant pressures on remaining habitats will also increase fragmentation, isolation, and degradation through myriad indirect effects. The loss of ecological function will radiate beyond the extent of direct habitat losses. Given these projections, the near-future challenges for conserving species and habitats are daunting. As more lands and waters are developed for human uses, it is incumbent on the Service to help project proponents successfully and strategically mitigate impacts to fish and wildlife and prevent systemic losses of ecological function.
Accelerating climate change is resulting in impacts that pose a significant challenge to conserving species, habitat, and ecosystem functions. Climatic changes can have direct and indirect effects on species abundance and distribution, and may exacerbate the effects of other stressors, such as habitat fragmentation and diseases. The conservation of habitats within ecologically functioning landscapes is essential to sustaining fish, wildlife, and plant populations and improving their resilience in the face of climate change impacts, new diseases, invasive species, habitat loss, and other threats. Therefore, this Policy emphasizes the integration of mitigation planning with a landscape approach to conservation.
Over the past 30 years, the concepts of adaptive management (resource management decisionmaking when outcomes are uncertain) have gained general acceptance as the preferred science-based approach to conservation. Adaptive management is an iterative process that involves: (a) Formulating alternative actions to meet measurable objectives; (b) predicting the outcomes of alternatives based on current knowledge; (c) conducting research that tests the assumptions underlying those predictions; (d) implementing alternatives; (e) monitoring the results; and (f) using the research and monitoring results to improve knowledge and adjust actions and objectives accordingly. Adaptive management further serves the need of most natural resources managers and policy makers to provide accountability for the outcomes of their efforts,
Working with many partners, the Service is increasingly applying the principles of adaptive management in a landscape approach to conservation. Mitigating the impacts of actions for which the Service has advisory or regulatory authorities continues to play a significant role in accomplishing our conservation mission under this approach. Our aim with this Policy is to align mitigation with conservation strategies at appropriate landscape scales so that mitigation most effectively contributes to achieving the conservation objectives we are pursuing with our partners, and to align mitigation recommendations and requirements with Secretarial Order 3330 and 600 DM.
Although many Service authorities pertain to specific taxa or groups of species, most specifically recognize that these resources rely on functional ecosystems to survive and persist for the continuing benefit of the American people. Mitigation is a powerful tool for sustaining species and the habitats upon which they depend; therefore, the Service's Mitigation Policy must effectively deal with impacts to the ecosystem functions, properties, and components that sustain fish, wildlife, plants, and their habitats. The 1981 Policy focused on habitat: “the area which provides direct support for a given species, population, or community.” It defined criteria for assigning the habitats of project-specific evaluation species to one of four resource categories, using a two-factor framework based on the relative scarcity of the affected habitat type and its suitability for the evaluation species, with mitigation guidelines for each category. We maintain a focus on habitats in this Policy by using evaluation species and a valuation framework for their affected habitats, because habitat conservation is still generally the best means of achieving conservation objectives for species. However, our revisions of the evaluation species and habitat valuation concepts are intended to address more explicitly the landscape context of species and habitat conservation to improve mitigation effectiveness and efficiency. In addition, we recognize that some situations warrant measures that are not habitat based to address certain species-specific impacts.
The 1981 Policy did not apply to the conservation of species listed as threatened or endangered under the ESA. Excluding listed species from the 1981 Policy was based on: (a) A recognition that all Federal actions that could affect listed species and designated critical habitats must comply with the consultation provisions of section 7 of the ESA; and (b) a position that “the traditional concept of mitigation” did not apply to such actions. This Policy supersedes this exclusion for the Service. Mitigation, which we define in this Policy as measures to avoid, minimize, and compensate for impacts, is an essential means of achieving the overarching purpose of the ESA, which is to conserve listed species and the ecosystems upon which they depend.
Effective mitigation prevents or reduces further declines in populations and/or habitat resources that would otherwise slow or impede recovery of listed species. It is fully consistent with the purposes of the ESA for the Service to identify measures that mitigate the impacts of proposed actions to listed species and designated critical habitat. Although this Policy is intended, in part, to clarify the role of mitigation in endangered species conservation, nothing herein replaces, supersedes, or substitutes for the ESA or its implementing regulations.
Under ESA section 7, the Service has consistently recognized or applied mitigation in the form of:
(a) Measures that are voluntarily included as part of a proposed Federal action that avoid, minimize, rectify, reduce over time, or compensate for unavoidable (also known as residual) impacts to a listed species;
(b) components of reasonable and prudent alternatives (RPAs) to avoid jeopardizing the continued existence of listed species or destroying or adversely modifying designated critical habitat; and
(c) reasonable and prudent measures (RPMs) within an incidental take statement to minimize the impacts of anticipated incidental taking on the affected listed species.
The March 8, 2016, notice announcing our proposed revisions to the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service) Mitigation Policy (Policy) (81 FR 12380) requested written comments, information, and recommendations from governmental agencies, tribes, the scientific community, industry groups, environmental interest groups, and any other interested members of the public.
That notice established a 60-day comment period ending May 9, 2016. Several commenters requested an extension of time to provide their comments, asked the Service to revise and recirculate the Policy for comment, or asked the Service to withdraw the Policy to allow interested parties additional time to comment. We subsequently published a notice on May 12, 2016 (81 FR 29574), reopening the comment period for an additional 30 days, through June 13, 2016.
During the comment period, we received approximately 189 comments from Federal, State, and local government entities, industry, trade associations, conservation organizations, nongovernmental organizations, private citizens, and others. The range of comments varied from those that provided general statements of support or opposition to the draft Policy, to those that provided extensive comments and information supporting or opposing the draft Policy or specific aspects thereof. The majority of comments submitted included detailed suggestions for revisions addressing major concepts as well as editorial suggestions for specific wording or line edits.
All comments submitted during the comment period have been fully considered in preparing the final Policy. All substantive information provided has been incorporated, where appropriate, directly into this final Policy or is addressed below. The comments we received were grouped into general issues specifically relating to the draft Policy, and are presented below along with the Service's responses to these substantive comments.
Circumstances under which the Service currently has specific authority to
1. Actions that the Service carries out,
2. Actions that the Service funds;
3. Actions to restore damages to fish and wildlife resources caused by oil spills and other hazardous substance releases, under the Oil Pollution Act (OPA) and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA);
4. Actions of other Federal agencies that require an incidental take statement under section 7 of the ESA (measures to minimize the impacts of incidental taking on the species);
5. Actions that require an incidental take permit under section 10 of the ESA (measures to minimize and mitigate the impacts of the taking on the species to the maximum extent practicable);
6. Fishway prescriptions under section 18 of the Federal Power Act (FPA), which minimize, rectify, or reduce over time through management, the impacts of non-Federal hydropower facilities on fish passage;
7. License conditions under section 4(e) of the FPA for non-Federal hydropower facilities affecting Service properties (
8. Actions that require a Letter of Authorization or Incidental Harassment Authorization under the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA); and
9. Actions that require a permit for non-purposeful (incidental) take of eagles under the Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act (BGEPA).
The circumstances cited above under which the Service currently has specific authority to
In all other circumstances not listed above, the Policy will guide the Service's formulation of recommendations, not requirements, to proponents of actions that cause impacts to fish and wildlife resources and which are within the defined scope (section 3) of the Policy.
Several commenters wanted the Policy to contain explicit guidance on the function of the Service's mitigation authorities under each statute and on implementation of the new Policy in relation to those authorities. Two commenters were concerned about the way the Service will coordinate its responsibilities with similar duties carried out by other agencies and how the Policy applies in situations when more than one statute applies to a particular action.
This Policy covers engagement under all of the Service's mitigation authorities, and does not replace interagency procedure established in another document. The Policy was developed in accordance with the Presidential Memorandum on Mitigating Impacts on Natural Resources from Development and Encouraging Related Private Investment (November 3, 2015), and the Secretary of the Interior's Order 3330 entitled “Improving Mitigation Policies and Practices of the Department of the Interior” (October 31, 2013). Having multiple agency mitigation policies using common principles, terms, and approaches provides greater consistency and predictability for the public.
Commenters stated that the Service's authority is limited to migratory birds, threatened or endangered species, eagles, and certain marine mammals. They said that States have authority for all other species. They also requested acknowledgement that States have sole authority for resource management and that the Service should restrict the Policy to only federally protected species.
In this Policy, we note that the Service has traditionally described its trust resources as migratory birds, federally listed endangered and threatened species, certain marine mammals, and inter-jurisdictional fish. Our engagement in mitigation processes is likely to focus on those trust resources, but under certain authorities, the Service's recommendations are not strictly limited to covering only trust resources. This Policy does not establish new authority. We respect the role of States and State authorities. We have revised section 3.2 to replace the term “expanded basis” to avoid the perception that the Policy is expanding authorities.
The ESA does not prohibit impacts to critical habitat, but section 7(a)(2) does prohibit Federal actions from destroying or adversely modifying critical habitat, without special exemption under section 7(h). We do not anticipate conflicts between the advisory recommendations under this Policy provided in advance of the initiation of consultation and subsequent review of actions under section 7(a)(2) relative to critical habitat. However, we have added language in the Policy that specifically cautions Service personnel about providing compensation recommendations in the context of actions that may affect designated critical habitat. Recommendations for measures that mitigate impacts (all five types) to the listed species
As we developed this Policy, the Service is simultaneously in the process of developing revised regulations that will establish the specific mitigation ratio (prior to being adjusted to account for uncertainties and risks in the mitigation method) for eagle permits.
The FWCA applies to those resources described in section 8 of the statute, where the terms “wildlife” and “wildlife resources” are defined to include birds, fishes, mammals, and all other classes of wild animals, and all types of aquatic and land vegetation upon which wildlife is dependent. In practice, Service recommendations made under FWCA are likely to focus on linkages of effects to trust resources, as prioritized by Service field and regional offices, but recommendations can cover resources as the statute defines. Because of the breadth of this coverage, we agree with the commenter that Service recommendations under the FWCA can include measures intended to address systemic ecological functions and agree that the purposes of the statute envision this application.
One commenter said the Service was incorrect in writing that the Fish and Wildlife Conservation Act implicitly provided for mitigation of impacts to migratory birds. They said that the language does not authorize the Service to engage in any management activities associated with migratory birds, particularly over private parties, only directing the Service to monitor and assess population trends and species status of migratory nongame birds.
The Service does not have specific statutory authority pursuant to the MBTA to
In addition, Executive Order (E.O.) 13186 directs Federal agencies “taking actions that have, or are likely to have, a measurable negative effect on migratory bird populations” to sign a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with the Service “that shall promote the conservation of migratory bird populations.”
In Appendix A, we have modified the text of section (A)(7) to clarify the requirements of the Fish and Wildlife Conservation Act and have made minor clarifying edits to the MBTA text of section (A)(10).
Our authority to require specific mitigation actions of action proponents is limited, and is governed by the regulations of the statute that confers such authority, not this Policy. Our goal with this Policy is to provide a common framework for the Service to apply when identifying mitigation measures across the full range of our authorities to promote better conservation outcomes for species. Service personnel are obligated to explain mitigation recommendations, including our valuation of the affected habitats. Action proponents may adopt or reject Service recommendations about how they may maintain or improve the status of species as part of their proposed actions. Therefore, we do not anticipate “lengthy disputes” between the Service and action proponents over habitat valuations.
A “unique” habitat is the rarest valuation possible on the scarcity parameter, and an “irreplaceable” habitat rates high on the importance parameter. The third parameter, suitability, is defined as “the relative ability of the affected habitat to support one or more elements of the evaluation species' life history compared to other similar habitats in the landscape context.” A unique habitat would have no other similar habitats in the relevant landscape context for comparative purposes; therefore, its suitability is not assessable. In practice, if a unique and irreplaceable habitat is supporting an evaluation species, we will consider it as a “high-value” habitat under this Policy.
Our view of “vulnerability” as a habitat-valuation parameter is that it is difficult to define and assess consistently. A workable definition would likely overlap substantially with the scarcity parameter, which is more readily evaluated given data about the spatial distribution of a habitat type in the relevant landscape context, and also with the replicability concept under the importance parameter. Regardless whether a non-overlapping definition is possible, adding vulnerability as a fourth habitat-valuation parameter would then dilute the influence of the other three. Scarcity and suitability, which were features of the 1981 Policy, and importance, which is applicable to interpreting how conservation plans describe the significance of particular areas, are each amenable to reasonably consistent assessment by Service personnel. These three parameters sufficiently serve the purpose of habitat valuation under this Policy, which is to prioritize the type of mitigation we recommend.
Although species to which regulatory requirements apply, such as species listed under the ESA, are automatic evaluation species under the Policy, the Policy does not assign priorities among evaluation species. Accordingly, our habitat-valuation methodology is the same whether one or multiple evaluation species use an affected habitat. The scarcity parameter is not species-specific; however, the suitability and importance parameters are. A particular affected habitat is not necessarily of the same suitability for and importance to different evaluation species and may, therefore, receive different valuations. The highest valuation informs the relative priority for avoiding, minimizing, and compensating for impacts.
We are clarifying Service determinations of “high-value habitat,” for which the Service recommendation is to avoid all impacts. Consistent with our commitment to the mitigation hierarchy under Principle “b” of section 4, the Service will not recommend compensation as the sole means of mitigating impacts when practicable options for avoiding or minimizing impacts are available. However, to achieve the Policy's goal of maintaining or improving the status of evaluation species, all Service mitigation recommendations will necessarily include some degree of compensation, unless it is the rare circumstance where it is possible to avoid all impacts while still accomplishing the purpose of the action or we are compelled to recommend the no-action alternative. Our habitat-valuation guidance (section 5.5) informs the relative emphasis we place on the mitigation types in the hierarchy. Higher valued habitats warrant primarily avoidance and minimization measures, in that order, to the maximum extent practicable. Compensation is likely, but not necessarily, a more effective means of maintaining or improving the status of species affected in lower valued habitats. Applicable conservation plans for the evaluation species (Principle “c” of section 4) will inform Service personnel whether compensation should receive greater emphasis. Service personnel are obligated to explain recommendations per the guidance of section 5.8, Documentation.
Some commenters said the Policy should not require avoidance of all impacts to high-value habitats, as strict adherence to this measure has the potential to stop crucial infrastructure projects. They said requiring avoidance of high-value habitats and imposing limitations on timing, location, and operation of the project will result in added project costs. They proposed that avoidance recommendations be made or implemented on a case-by-case basis. Some commenters suggested the Policy clarify the Service's authority for recommending a “no action” alternative. One commenter said the Service cannot recommend avoidance of all impacts when such a position would deny a property owner any beneficial use of their property. Otherwise, a regulatory taking would result. Commenters said that because the Service has no basis to deny an action, the Policy should expressly state it does not allow for the Service to veto proposed projects on which it consults.
This Policy provides a common framework for identifying mitigation measures. It does not create authorities for requiring mitigation measures to be implemented. The authorities for reviewing projects and providing mitigation recommendations or requirements derive from the underlying statutes and regulations. On a case-by-case basis, as noted in the Policy at section 5.7, Recommendations, we may recommend the “no action” alternative when appropriate and practicable means of avoiding significant impacts to high-value habitats and associated species are not available. These recommendations will be linked to avoiding impacts to high-value habitats. Depending on the spatial configuration and location of habitats relative to project elements, recommending avoidance of all impacts to high-value habitats will not always equate to recommending no action.
Also, we note that the Policy does not indicate avoidance of all high-value habitats is required. The Policy provides guidance to Service staff for making a recommendation to avoid all high-value habitats or to adopt a “no action” alternative in certain circumstances. If we provide such materials to an action agency for consideration in their authorization process, a regulatory taking would not result from making recommendations. This Policy will not effectively compel a property owner to suffer a physical invasion of property and will not deny all economically beneficial or productive use of the land or aquatic resources. This Policy provides a common framework for the Service to apply when identifying mitigation measures across the full range of our authorities, including those for which we may require mitigation. This broad program direction for the Service's application of its various authorities does not itself result in any particular action concerning a specific property. In addition, this Policy substantially advances a legitimate government interest (conservation of species and their habitat) and does not present a barrier to all reasonable and expected beneficial use of private property.
Under this Policy, which has not discarded the definition of rectify, “onsite compensation” has a narrower meaning. Onsite compensation involves provision of a habitat resource within the action area that was
We expect additional detail regarding compensatory mitigation mechanisms will be included in future step-down policies that are specific to compensatory mitigation. In this Policy, we use terminology that supports and accommodates future Service policies rather than pre-determines their content. For example, we do not yet know what compensatory mitigation mechanisms will be preferred in future Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act regulations, so it would be inappropriate to state firm preferences here.
Other commenters expressed the need for flexibility regarding the preference for conservation reasons. One commenter said overemphasizing the timing of mitigation could limit the Policy's goal of net conservation gain. They suggested the Policy de‐emphasize mitigation timing in favor of tailored mitigation that addresses the needs of unique species and habitats. They were also concerned that a preference for advance mitigation would give priority to for‐profit conservation/mitigation banks, and may not adequately tailor mitigation for the impacted resources. Another commenter noted that some initial flexibility may be necessary as new mitigation programs are created at the State and local levels.
We agree that flexibility is necessary in recommendations for compensatory mitigation measures and mechanisms that are most likely to successfully secure resources. Advance mitigation is the Service's preference, as it is the compensatory mitigation timing that is most likely to achieve success in regard to procuring funding. We recognize that concurrent mitigation or mitigation occurring after impacts may be necessary in some cases or may represent the best ecological outcome in others. The Policy does not establish an explicit preference for conservation or mitigation banking or other compensatory mitigation mechanisms. Conservation or mitigation banking typically secures resources before impacts occur, but any compensatory mitigation mechanism that does so may also be considered consistent with the Service's preference.
Several commenters suggested fewer barriers or checks on mitigating private-land impacts on public lands, and the removal of the statement that compensatory mitigation should generally occur on lands with the same ownership classification as at the location of impacts. These commenters said requiring mitigation on lands with the same ownership classification is unnecessarily restrictive, adding that, when implemented, the standards for compensatory mitigation will force a positive result regardless of land ownership. One commenter said public land managers do not and will not have the funding necessary to stabilize and recover some resources, and it is, therefore, imperative that private conservation investments, including mitigation for adverse activities, be applied on public lands if it will provide maximum conservation benefit for the affected resource.
We recognize that funds to properly manage or restore public lands are often insufficiently available today, absent infusion of mitigation dollars. This argument may have merit in some cases, but we remain concerned about consequences. It is possible that funding availability is reduced and opportunities to restore or protect at-risk habitats on private lands are precluded when compensatory mitigation is sited on public lands. If passed, those opportunities on private lands are often permanently gone. Given the irregular footprint of public lands across much of the United States, we are also concerned about strategic conservation of wildlife if the aggregation of mitigation onto public lands is further streamlined without articulating at least some test or application of criteria prior to making such recommendations. If we remove all checks on locating compensatory mitigation for private land impacts on public lands, we may risk making the “export” of habitats from private to public lands a routine practice, as it may often be the lower cost option. This outcome would counter the Service's intent that the Policy be applied using a landscape-level approach.
We agree with the commenters who said there is potential for the public to subsidize the development that causes resource impacts if access to public lands for compensatory mitigation is streamlined to an inappropriate extent. This could potentially facilitate impacts or de-incentivize avoidance on private lands by artificially reducing the costs of compensatory mitigation for project proponents.
We are also concerned about the unintended consequence of reducing private conservation investment. Streamlined access to public lands for proponents needing to provide mitigation for impacts on private lands could undermine private conservation investment and banking opportunities, or weaken the economic conditions necessary for bank establishment by artificially reducing proponents' mitigation costs (
One commenter said the Policy should require the public land agency include the compensatory mitigation requirements as specific conditions in the special use permit or other required authorizations. This commenter also said a long-term management plan should be included in the use authorization, permit, or other legally binding document. They said that in order to ensure long-term management plans are binding, they should be established through a contractual agreement between the public land management agency and a third party with a conservation mission.
One commenter said compensatory mitigation on Federal lands for impacts on private lands must include full-cost compensation for the use of public lands, either through monetary compensation or implementation of additional projects to further the purposes of the Federal lands.
One commenter said land managers must demonstrate that actions taken in already-protected areas meet mitigation objectives and are not used solely for the benefit of existing protected area management goals. They added that when compensatory mitigation is sited within protected areas, land managers must uphold accountability by maintaining a ledger of mitigation actions undertaken and completed in addition to existing conservation obligations.
One commenter said the Policy, at minimum, should give preference to private lands with high conservation potential yet currently lacking conservation assurances (
Two commenters said the Policy should require public land managers commit to long-term protection and management, and that they implement and fully fund alternative compensatory mitigation in the event of a change in law that allows incompatible uses to occur on mitigation lands. They said this would provide better certainty to project proponents when mitigating on public lands.
Public lands that are proposed for siting compensatory mitigation may include Federal, State, county, and municipal lands. The existence and nature of mechanisms to ensure durability and additionality varies widely across land management agencies. Given this variation, it is prudent for this Policy to provide general guidelines for Service staff to examine before recommending mitigation of private land impacts on public lands. As described in section 5.7.2, these include additionality, durability, legal consistency, and whether the proposal would lead to the best possible conservation outcome.
This Policy prohibits the use of the Federal share or the required minimum match of a financial assistance project to satisfy Federal mitigation requirements, except in exceptional situations described in the Policy. This prohibition is consistent with the basic principles of the regulations implementing the compensatory mitigation requirements of the CWA, which is the authority for most funds spent on mitigation. The regulations were published in the
The preamble of the final rule for these regulations clarifies the intent of §§ 230.93(j)(2) and 332.3(j)(2) by stating that, for example, if a Federal program has a 50 percent landowner match requirement, neither the federally funded portion of the project, nor the landowner's 50 percent match, which is part of the requirements for obtaining Federal funding, may be used for compensatory mitigation credits. However, if the landowner provides a greater than 50 percent match, any improvements provided by the landowner over and above those required for Federal funding could be used as compensatory mitigation credits.
The Policy acknowledges these regulations for mitigation required by the CWA (Dept. of the Army permits). It also adopts the underlying principles of these regulations as the foundation of the Policy for mitigation required by authorities other than the CWA. Restricting the role of financial assistance funds for mitigation purposes is a reasonable requirement to avoid the equivalent of a Federal subsidy to those who are legally obligated to compensate for the environmental impacts of their proposed projects.
The regulations on compensatory mitigation under the CWA were published jointly in the
Consistent with the DOD and EPA regulations, the Appendix C, section (C)(1)(a) of the Policy allows the match in a Federal financially assisted project to be used to generate mitigation credits if: The mitigation credits are solely the result of any match over and above the required minimum. This surplus match must supplement what will be accomplished by the Federal funds and the required minimum match to maximize the overall ecological benefits of the restoration or conservation project.
This was a basic principle in the regulations that implement the compensatory mitigation requirements of the CWA, which is the authority for most funds spent on compensatory mitigation. The Service's revised Policy is based on the same principle. If we were to allow the match required as a prerequisite for an award to generate mitigation credits, it would effectively subsidize those who are legally obligated to compensate for the environmental impacts of their proposed projects.
(a) Federal funding statutorily authorized and/or appropriated for use as compensatory mitigation for specific projects or categories of projects (Appendix C, section E(1)(b)).
(b) Federal funds needed to mitigate environmental damage caused by a federally funded project (Appendix C, section E(1)(c)).
(c) Revenue from a Natural Resource Damage Assessment and Restoration Fund settlement as long as the financial assistance program does not prohibit its use (Appendix C, section F).
The Policy also affirms that States, tribes, and local governments are free to use Federal financial assistance (
We did not accept the commenter's recommended language because it could lead to incorrect interpretations of the Policy.
The commenter also recommended “public conservation funds” be used to meet baseline conditions under the commenter's definition of “baseline.” We addressed this issue in a previous response.
Sections 332.3(j)(2) and 230.93(j)(2) of 40 CFR part 230 state that, except for projects undertaken by Federal agencies, or where Federal funding is specifically authorized to provide compensatory mitigation, federally funded aquatic resource restoration or conservation projects undertaken for purposes other than compensatory mitigation, such as the Wetlands Reserve Program, Conservation Reserve Program, and Partners for Wildlife Program activities, cannot be used for the purpose of generating compensatory mitigation credits for activities authorized by [Department of the Army] permits. However, compensatory mitigation credits may be generated by activities undertaken in conjunction with,
The CWA may have a limited effect on the habitat of the greater sage-grouse, but the underlying principles of its regulations are reasonable and appropriate for applicability to other statutory authorities for mitigation. Limiting any credits from projects on public lands to those based on resource functions provided
(a) The proceeds are over and above the required minimum match. This surplus match must supplement what will be accomplished by the Federal
(b) The statutory authority(ies) for the financial-assistance program and program-specific regulations (if any) do not prohibit the use of match or program funds for mitigation.
This prohibition is consistent with the underlying principles of the regulations implementing the compensatory mitigation requirements of the CWA, which is the authority for most funds spent on mitigation. Please see relevant excerpts from the regulations published jointly by The Department of Defense and the EPA within our response to comment #108 above.
The Service's revised Policy defers to these regulations for mitigation required by the CWA (Dept. of the Army permits). It also adopts the underlying principles of these regulations as the foundation for mitigation required by authorities other than the CWA. Restricting the ability of financial assistance programs to generate compensatory mitigation credits is a reasonable requirement to avoid the equivalent of a Federal subsidy to those who are legally obligated to compensate for the environmental impacts of their proposed projects.
The rationale of allowing the use of Federal funds to satisfy mitigation requirements of State, tribal, or local governments is based on 33 CFR 332.3(j)(1) and 40 CFR 230.93(j)(1), which have the force and effect of law only for the compensatory mitigation requirements of the CWA. However, the basic approach of these regulations is reasonable and appropriate for use as the foundation of a Service policy on mitigation in the context of financial assistance when the authority for mitigation is in a statute other than the CWA.
The regulations at 33 CFR 332.3(j)(1) and 40 CFR 230.93(j)(1) read:
(j)
The wording of Appendix C, section G may have led the commenter to incorrectly conclude that Service-administered financial assistance may be awarded explicitly for the purpose of satisfying the mitigation requirements of a State, tribal, or local government. We changed the wording of section G to avoid any misunderstanding on this issue.
In addition to the 2008 CWA regulations, an element of continuity in this Policy is its treatment of the Natural Resource Damage Assessment and Restoration Fund. This Policy incorporates the findings of a 1999 Solicitor's Opinion determining that revenue from this fund was eligible as match.
As for the commenter's recommendation that we consult with the States and other affected governments before selecting plans to guide mitigation, on March 8, 2016, we published the proposed revised Policy in the
As for the comment that we engage the Joint Federal/State Task Force on Federal Assistance Policy on the potential impacts to the WSFR program, we welcome any JTF engagement on the implementation of Appendix C. We are also open to future input that: (a) Clearly improves implementation of Appendix C; (b) fully complies with existing statutes and regulations; (c) carries out the general policy and principles stated in section 4 of the Policy, with special attention to the goal of a net conservation gain; (d) maintains a consistent approach in satisfying the requirements of all statutory authorities for mitigation to the extent possible; (e) ensures
Section G of Appendix C of the revised Policy may be of special interest to the Association of Fish and Wildlife Agencies, as it affirms the rights of States, tribes, and local governments to structure the mitigation requirements of their own laws and regulations however they choose. The Service's revised Policy does not affect mitigation required by State, tribal, or local law.
We added the 43 CFR part 24 reference to Appendix A, section C per the comment.
To address the comment that we give great deference to State-prepared plans that guide mitigation, we will convert the existing section H in Appendix C to section I, and add the following to the new section H: When evaluating existing plans under sections H.2.a or b, the Service must defer to State and tribal plans to determine which additional benefits to count toward achieving the mitigation planning goal
The Service has more than 60 financial assistance programs, which collectively disburse. . . .
(1) A master plan for a land-management unit has an objective that calls for a specific conservation action to be accomplished in the next 15 years. If funding has not yet been appropriated or allocated to accomplish the conservation action, would the master-plan objective qualify as a “foreseeably expected” conservation effort planned for the future?
(2) The establishing statutory authority of a land-management agency makes that agency responsible for specific management actions, but the agency does not have enough funds to carry out these management actions? Would those management actions for which the agency is statutorily responsible qualify as an “existing or foreseeably expected” conservation effort?
(3) The partners in a grant-funded land-acquisition project have committed to use non-Federal and non-match funds to complete specific types of restoration or enhancement on the project area. These commitments contributed to the project being recommended for funding by the grant program's ranking panel. Would these commitments qualify as an “existing or foreseeably expected” conservation effort?
Long-term protection may be provided through real estate instruments such as conservation easements held by entities such as Federal, State, tribal, or local resource agencies, nonprofit conservation organizations, or private land manager; the transfer of title to such entities; or by restrictive covenants. For government property, long-term protection may be provided through Federal facility management plans or integrated natural resources management plans.
These regulations regard facility-management plans and integrated natural-resources management plans as providing long-term protection. We used this as part of the basis for clarifying what would qualify as “existing or foreseeably expected conservation efforts planned for the future.” We addressed the issues and scenarios raised by the commenter in Appendix C, section H.
(a) Real property owned by “instrumentalities” of government, such as a regional water management district?
(b) An interest in real property that is less than full fee title, such as a conservation easement or a leasehold estate?
(c) Real property owned by tribal governments?
(d) Real property held by nongovernmental entities, but acquired with Federal financial assistance. In such cases, the Federal awarding agency does not have an ownership interest in the property, but it does have the following legal rights defined in regulation:
(1) Approving encumbrances to the title,
(2) Approving or giving instructions for disposition of real property no longer needed for its originally authorized purpose, and
(3) Receiving a share of the proceeds resulting from disposition of real property when the Federal awarding agency authorizes sale on the open market or transfer to the grant recipient.
The measures described in section 5.7.2 are effectively those described in the regulatory language as: Those provided by public programs already planned.
Appendix C, section H explains how to determine what qualifies as “baseline conditions . . . that a public land management agency is foreseeably expected to implement absent the mitigation.”
Even if a mitigation project under the CWA will not affect one of its financially assisted projects, the Service may be a member of the Interagency Review Team that reviews documentation for the establishment of mitigation banks and in-lieu fee programs. The respective roles of the Corps and the Service in carrying out the compensatory mitigation requirements of the CWA are described in more detail in 33 CFR parts 325 and 332, and 40 CFR part 230.
For mitigation projects that will affect a financially assisted project in a program where it approves or administers awards, the Service is responsible for the following decisions:
The Service makes this decision based on 2 CFR 200.311(b) and 2 CFR 200.313(a-c), which addresses real property and equipment (respectively), with special reference to the Service's authority to approve encumbrances and its right to receive a share of proceeds from a disposition when property is no longer needed for the purposes of the original award. 50 CFR 80.132-135 also apply to real property acquired under the Wildlife Restoration program, Sport Fish Restoration program, and Enhanced Hunter Education and Safety programs, and will guide mitigation in financial assistance programs.
The Service makes this decision based on 2 CFR 200.311(b). Regulations at 50 CFR 80.132-135 may also be applicable to a capital improvement funded by an award from the Wildlife Restoration program, Sport Fish Restoration program, and Enhanced Hunter Education and Safety programs. “Capital improvement” means (a) a structure that costs at least $25,000 to build; or (b) the alteration, renovation, or repair of a structure that increases the structure's useful life by at least 10 years or its market value by at least $25,000. A financial assistance program may have its own definitions of capital improvement for purposes of compensatory mitigation as long as it includes all capital improvements as defined here.
The Service makes this decision based on 2 CFR 200.300.311(a) and (b). Regulations at 50 CFR 80.134 also apply to real property managed, maintained, or operated by an award from the Wildlife Restoration program, Sport Fish Restoration program, and Enhanced Hunter Education and Safety programs.
The Service makes this decision based on 2 CFR 200.300; 2 CFR 200.403(a); and 2 CFR 200.404(a), (b), and (d). For compensatory mitigation required by the CWA, the Service makes this decision in compliance with 33 CFR 332.3(j)(2) and 40 CFR 230.93(j)(2). The final rule for these regulations was published in the
We have analyzed this Policy in accordance with the criteria of the National Environmental Policy Act, as amended (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4332(c)), the Council on Environmental Quality's Regulations for Implementing the Procedural Provisions of NEPA (40 CFR parts 1500-1508), and the Department of the Interior's NEPA procedures (516 DM 2 and 8; 43 CFR part 46). Issuance of policies, directives, regulations, and guidelines are actions that may generally be categorically excluded under NEPA (43 CFR 46.210(i)). Based on comments received, we determined that a categorical exclusion can apply to this Policy, but nevertheless, the Service chose to prepare an environmental assessment (EA) to inform decision makers and the public regarding the possible effects of the policy revisions. We announced our intent to prepare an EA pursuant to NEPA when we published the proposed revised policy. We requested comments on the scope of the NEPA review, information regarding important environmental issues that should be addressed, the alternatives to be analyzed, and issues that should be addressed at the programmatic stage in order to inform the site-specific stage during the comment period on the proposed revised policy. Comments from the public were considered in the drafting of the final EA. The final EA is available on the Internet at
The multiple authorities for this action include the: Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531
This Policy applies to all actions for which the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service) has specific authority to either recommend or to require the mitigation of impacts to fish, wildlife, plants, and their habitats. Most applications of this Policy are advisory. The purpose of this Policy is to provide guidance to Service personnel in formulating and delivering recommendations and requirements to action agencies and project proponents so that they may avoid, minimize, and compensate for action-caused impacts to species and their habitats.
The guidance of this Policy:
• Provides a framework for formulating measures to maintain or improve the status of affected species through an application of the mitigation hierarchy informed by a valuation of their affected habitats;
• will help align Service-recommended mitigation with conservation objectives for affected resources and the strategies for achieving those objectives at ecologically relevant scales;
• will allow action agencies and proponents to anticipate Service recommendations and plan for mitigation measures early, thus avoiding delays and assuring equal consideration of fish and wildlife conservation with other action purposes; and
• allows for variations appropriate to action- and resource-specific circumstances.
This Policy supersedes the Fish and Wildlife Service Mitigation Policy (46 FR 7644-7663) published in the
The Service has jurisdiction over a broad range of fish and wildlife resources. Service authorities are codified under multiple statutes that address management and conservation of natural resources from many perspectives, including, but not limited to, the effects of land, water, and energy development on fish, wildlife, plants, and their habitats. We list below the statutes that provide the Service, directly or indirectly through delegation from the Secretary of the Interior, specific authority for conservation of these resources and that give the Service a role in mitigation planning for actions affecting them. We further discuss the Service's mitigation planning role under each statute and list additional authorities in Appendix A.
• Actions that the Service carries out,
• actions that the Service funds;
• actions to restore damages to fish and wildlife resources caused by spills of oil and other hazardous materials under the Oil Pollution Act and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act;
• actions of other Federal agencies that require an incidental take statement under section 7 of the ESA (measures to minimize the impact of the incidental taking on the species);
• actions of non-Federal entities that require an incidental take permit under section 10 of the ESA (measures to minimize and mitigate the impacts of the taking on the species to the maximum extent practicable);
• fishway prescriptions under section 18 of the FPA, which minimize, rectify, or reduce over time through management, the impacts of non-Federal hydropower facilities on fish passage;
• license conditions under section 4(e) of the FPA for non-Federal hydropower facilities affecting Service properties (
• actions that require a “Letter of Authorization” or “Incidental
• actions that require a permit for non-purposeful (incidental) take of eagles under the Eagle Act.
This Policy applies to all Service activities related to evaluating the effects of proposed actions and subsequent recommendations or requirements to mitigate impacts to resources, defined in section 3.2. For purposes of this Policy, actions include: (a) Activities conducted, authorized, licensed, or funded by Federal agencies (including Service-proposed activities); (b) non-Federal activities to which one or more of the Service's statutory authorities apply to make mitigation recommendations or specify mitigation requirements; and (c) the Service's provision of technical assistance to partners in collaborative mitigation planning processes that occur outside of individual action review.
This Policy may apply to specific resources based on any Federal authority or combination of authorities, such as treaties, statutes, regulations, or Executive Orders, that empower the Federal Government to manage, control, or protect fish, wildlife, plants, and their habitats that are affected by proposed actions. Such Federal authority need not be exclusive, comprehensive, or primary, and in many cases, may overlap with that of States or tribes or both.
This Policy applies to those resources identified in statute or implementing regulations that provide the Service authority to make mitigation recommendations or specify mitigation requirements for the actions described in section 3.1. The scope of resources addressed by this Policy is inclusive of, but not limited to, the Federal trust fish and wildlife resources concept.
The Service has traditionally described its trust resources as migratory birds, federally listed endangered and threatened species, certain marine mammals, and inter-jurisdictional fish. Some authorities narrowly define or specifically identify covered taxa, such as threatened and endangered species, marine mammals, or the species protected by the Migratory Bird Treaty Act. This Policy applies to trust resources; however, Service Regions and field stations retain discretion to recommend mitigation for other resources under appropriate authorities.
The types of resources for which the Service is authorized to recommend mitigation also include those that contribute broadly to ecological functions that sustain species. The definitions of the terms “wildlife” and “wildlife resources” in the Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act include birds, fishes, mammals, and all other classes of wild animals, and all types of aquatic and land vegetation upon which wildlife is dependent. Section 404 of the Clean Water Act (33 CFR 320.4) codifies the significance of wetlands and other waters of the United States as important public resources for their habitat value, among other functions.
The Endangered Species Act envisions a broad consideration when describing its purposes as providing a means whereby the ecosystems upon which endangered and threatened species depend may be conserved and when directing Federal agencies at section 7(a)(1) to utilize their authorities in furtherance of the purposes of the ESA by carrying out programs for the conservation of listed species. The purpose of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) also establishes an expansive focus in promoting efforts that will prevent or eliminate damage to the environment while stimulating human health and welfare. In NEPA, Congress recognized the profound impact of human activity on the natural environment, particularly through population growth, urbanization, industrial expansion, resource exploitation, and new technologies. NEPA further recognized the critical importance of restoring and maintaining environmental quality, and declared a Federal policy of using all practicable means and measures to create and maintain conditions under which humans and nature can exist in productive harmony. These statutes address systemic concerns and provide authority for protecting habitats and landscapes.
This Policy does not apply retroactively to completed actions or to actions specifically exempted under statute from Service review. It does not apply where the Service has already agreed to a mitigation plan for pending actions, except where: (a) New activities or changes in current activities would result in new impacts; (b) a law enforcement action occurs after the Service agrees to a mitigation plan; (c) an after-the-fact permit is issued; or (d) where new authorities or failure to implement agreed-upon recommendations, warrant new mitigation planning. Service personnel may elect to apply this Policy to actions that are under review as of the date of its final publication.
This Policy applies to actions that the Service proposes, including those for which the Service is the lead or co-lead Federal agency for compliance with NEPA. However, it applies only to the mitigation of impacts to fish, wildlife, plants, and their habitats that are reasonably foreseeable from such proposed actions. When it is the Service that proposes an action, the Service acknowledges its responsibility, during early planning for design of the action, to consult with Tribes, and to consider the effects to, and mitigation for, impacts to resources besides fish, wildlife, plants, and their habitats (
NEPA requires the action agency to evaluate the environmental effects of alternative proposals for agency action, including the environmental effects of proposed mitigation (
The Service has more than 60 financial assistance programs, which collectively disburse more than $1 billion annually to non-Federal recipients through grants and cooperative agreements. Most programs leverage Federal funds by requiring or encouraging the commitment of matching cash or in-kind contributions. Recipients have acquired approximately 10 million acres in fee title, conservation easements, or leases through these programs. To foster consistent application of financial assistance programs with respect to mitigation processes, Appendix C addresses the limited role that specific types of mitigation can play in financial assistance programs.
The mission of the Service is working with others to conserve, protect, and enhance fish, wildlife, plants, and their habitats for the continuing benefit of the American people. In furtherance of this mission, the Service has a responsibility to ensure that impacts to fish, wildlife, plants, and their habitats in the United States, its territories, and possessions are considered when actions are planned, and that such impacts are mitigated so that these resources may provide a continuing benefit to the American people. Consistent with Congressional direction through the statutes listed in the “Authority” section of this Policy, the Service will provide timely and effective recommendations to conserve, protect, and enhance fish, wildlife, plants, and their habitats when proposed actions may reduce the benefits thereof to the public.
Fish and wildlife and their habitats are resources that provide commercial, recreational, social, and ecological value to the Nation. For Tribal Nations, specific fish and wildlife resources and associated landscapes have traditional cultural and religious significance. Fish and wildlife are conserved and managed for the people by State, Federal, and tribal governments. If reasonably foreseeable impacts of proposed actions are likely to reduce or eliminate the public benefits that are provided by such resources, these governments have shared responsibility or interest in recommending means and measures to mitigate such losses. Accordingly, in the interest of serving the public, it is the policy of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service to seek to mitigate losses of fish, wildlife, plants, their habitats, and uses thereof resulting from proposed actions.
The following fundamental principles will guide Service-recommended mitigation, as defined in this Policy, across all Service programs.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
This section of the Policy provides the conceptual framework and guidance for implementing the general policy and principles declared in section 4 in an action- and landscape-specific mitigation context. Implementation of the general policy and principles as well as the direction provided in 600 DM 6 occurs by integrating landscape scale decisionmaking within the Service's existing process for assessing effects of an action and formulating mitigation measures. The key terms used in describing this framework are defined in section 6, Definitions.
The Service recommends or requires mitigation under one or more Federal authorities (section 2) when necessary and appropriate to avoid, minimize, and/or compensate for impacts to resources (section 3.2) resulting from
The Service's mitigation goal is to improve or, at minimum, maintain the current status of affected resources, as allowed by applicable statutory authority and consistent with the responsibilities of action proponents under such authority (see section 4). This Policy provides a framework for formulating mitigation means and measures (see section 5.6) intended to efficiently achieve the mitigation planning goal based upon best available science. This framework seeks to integrate mitigation recommendations and requirements into conservation planning to better protect or enhance populations and those features on a landscape that are necessary for the long-term persistence of biodiversity and ecological functions. Functional ecosystems enhance the resilience of fish and wildlife populations challenged by the widespread stressors of climate change, invasive species, and the continuing degradation and loss of habitat through human alteration of the landscape. Achieving the mitigation goal of this Policy involves:
• Avoiding and minimizing those impacts that most seriously compromise resource sustainability;
• rectifying and reducing over time those impacts where restoring or maintaining conditions in the affected area most efficiently contributes to resource sustainability; and
• strategically compensating for impacts so that actions result in an improvement in the affected resources, or at a minimum, result in a no net loss of those resources.
When appropriate, the Service will seek a net gain in the conservation outcome of actions we engage for purposes of this Policy. It is consistent with the Service's mission to identify and promote opportunities for resource enhancement during action planning,
• Carry out programs for the conservation of endangered and threatened species (Endangered Species Act, section 7(a)(1));
• consult with the Service regarding both mitigation and enhancement in water resources development (Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act, section 2);
• enhance the quality of renewable resources (National Environmental Policy Act, section 101(b)(6)); and/or
• restore and enhance bird habitat (Executive Order 13186, section 3(e)(2)).
To serve the public interest in fish and wildlife resources, the Service works under various authorities (see section 2) with partners to establish conservation objectives for species, and to develop and implement plans for achieving such objectives in various landscapes. We define a landscape as an area encompassing an interacting mosaic of ecosystems and human systems that is characterized by common management concerns (see section 6, Definitions). Relative to this Policy, such management concerns relate to conserving species. The geographic scale of a landscape is variable, depending on the interacting elements that are meaningful to particular conservation objectives and may range in size from large regions to a single watershed or habitat type. When proposed actions may affect species in a landscape addressed in one or more established conservation plans, such plans will provide the basis for Service recommendations to avoid and minimize particular impacts, rectify and reduce over time others, and compensate for others. The criteria in this Policy for selecting evaluation species (section 5.4) and assessing the value of their affected habitats (section 5.5) are designed to place mitigation planning in a landscape conservation context by applying the various types of mitigation where they are most effective at achieving the mitigation policy goal.
The Service recognizes the inefficiency of automatically applying under all circumstances each mitigation type in the traditional mitigation sequence. As DM 6 also recognizes, in limited situations, specific circumstances may exist that warrant an alternative from this sequence, such as when seeking to achieve the maximum benefit to affected resources and their values, services, and functions. For example, the cost and effort involved in avoiding impacts to a habitat that is likely to become isolated or otherwise unsuitable for evaluation species in the foreseeable future may result in less conservation when compared to actions that achieve a greater conservation benefit if used to implement offsite compensatory mitigation in area(s) that are more important in the long term to achieving conservation objectives for the affected resource(s). Conversely, onsite avoidance is the priority where impacts would substantially impair progress toward achieving conservation objectives.
The Service will rely upon existing conservation plans that are based upon the best available scientific information, consider climate-change adaptation, and contain specific objectives aimed at the biological needs of the affected resources. Where existing conservation plans are not available that incorporate all of these elements or are not updated with the best available scientific information, Service personnel will otherwise incorporate the best available science into mitigation decisions and recommendations and continually seek better information in areas of greatest uncertainty. Service personnel will use a landscape approach based on analysis of information regarding resource needs, including priorities for impact avoidance and potential compensatory mitigation sites. Such information includes development trends and projected habitat loss or conversion, cumulative impacts of past development activities, the presence and needs of species, and restoration potential. Service personnel may access this information in existing mapping products, survey data, reports, studies, or other sources.
The Service supports the planning and implementation of proactive mitigation plans in a landscape conservation context,
Developing proactive mitigation should involve stakeholders in a transparent process for defining objectives and the means to achieving those objectives. Planning for proactive mitigation should establish standards for determining the appropriate scale, type, and location of mitigation for impacts to specific resources within a specified area. Adopted plans that incorporate these features are likely to substantially shorten the time needed for regulatory review and approval as actions are subsequently proposed. Proactive mitigation plans, not limited to those developed under a programmatic NEPA decisionmaking process or a Habitat Conservation Plan process, will provide efficiencies for project-level Federal actions and will also better address potential cumulative impacts.
Procedurally, proactive mitigation should draw upon existing land-use plans and databases associated with human infrastructure, including transportation, and water and energy development, as well as ecological data and conservation plans for floodplains, water quality, high-value habitats, and key species. Stakeholders and Service personnel process these inputs to design a conservation network that considers needed community infrastructure and clearly prioritizes the role of mitigation in conserving natural features that are necessary for long-term maintenance of ecological functions on the landscape. As development actions are proposed, an effective proactive regional mitigation plan will provide a transparent process for identifying appropriate mitigation opportunities within the regional framework and selecting the mitigation projects with the greatest aggregated conservation benefits.
The Service shares responsibility for conserving fish and wildlife with State, local, and tribal governments and other Federal agencies and stakeholders. Our role in mitigation may involve Service biological opinions, permits, or other regulatory determinations as well as providing technical assistance. The Service must work in collaboration and coordination with other governments, agencies, organizations, and action proponents to implement this Policy. Whenever appropriate, the Service will:
a. Coordinate activities with the appropriate Federal, State, tribal, and local agencies and other stakeholders who have responsibilities for fish and wildlife resources when developing mitigation recommendations for resources of concern to those entities;
b. consider resources and plans made available by State, local, and tribal governments and other Federal agencies;
c. seek to apply compatible approaches and avoid duplication of efforts with those same entities;
d. collaborate with Federal and State agencies, tribes, local agencies and other stakeholders in the formulation of landscape-level mitigation plans; and
e. cooperate with partners to develop, maintain, and disseminate tools and conduct training in mitigation methodologies and technologies.
The Service should engage agencies and applicants during the early planning and design stage of actions. The Service is encouraged to engage in early coordination during the NEPA Federal decisionmaking process to resolve issues in a timely manner (516 DM 8.3). Coordination during early planning, including participation as a cooperating agency or on interdisciplinary teams, can lead to better conservation outcomes. For example, the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) is most likely to adopt alternatives that avoid or minimize impacts when the Service provides early comments under section 4(f) of the Transportation Act of 1966 relative to impacts to refuges or other Service-supported properties. When we identify potential impacts to tribal interests, the Service, in coordination with affected tribes, may recommend mitigation measures to address those impacts. Recommendations will carry more weight when the Service and tribe have overlapping authority for the resources in question and when coordinated through government-to-government consultation.
Coordination and collaboration with stakeholders allows the Service to confirm that the persons conducting mitigation activities, including contractors and other non-Federal persons, have the appropriate experience and training in mitigation best practices, and where appropriate, include measures in employee performance appraisal plans or other personnel or contract documents, as necessary. Similarly, this allows for the development of rigorous, clear, and consistent guidance, suitable for field staff to implement mitigation or to deny authorizations when impacts to resources and their values, services, and functions are not acceptable. Collaboratively working across Department of the Interior bureaus and offices allows the Service to conduct periodic reviews of the execution of mitigation activities to confirm consistent implementation of the principles of this Policy.
When collaborating with stakeholders, Service staff should utilize the principles and recommendations set forth in the Council on Environmental Quality handbook,
Effects are changes in environmental conditions caused by an action that are relevant to the resources (fish, wildlife, plants, and their habitats) covered by this Policy. This Policy addresses mitigation for impacts to these resources. We define impacts as adverse effects relative to the affected resources. Impacts may be direct, indirect, or cumulative. Indirect effects are often major drivers in ecological systems. Because indirect impacts from an action occur later in time or farther removed in distance, they may have landscape-scale implications. Mitigation is the general label for all measures implemented to avoid, minimize, and/or compensate for its predicted impacts.
The Service should design mitigation measures to achieve the mitigation goal, when appropriate, of net gain, or a minimum of no net loss for affected resources. This design should take into account the degree of risk and uncertainty associated with both predicted project effects and predicted outcomes of the mitigation measures. The following principles shall guide the Service's assessment of anticipated effects and the expected effectiveness of mitigation measures.
1. The Service will consider action effects and mitigation outcomes within planning horizons commensurate with the expected duration of the action's impacts. In predicting whether mitigation measures will achieve the mitigation policy goal for the affected resources during the planning horizon, the Service will recognize that predictions about the more-distant future are more uncertain and adjust the mitigation recommendations accordingly.
2. Action proponents should provide reasonable predictions about environmental conditions relevant to the affected area both with and without the action over the course of the planning horizon (
3. The Service will use the best available effect assessment methodologies that:
a. Display assessment results in a manner that allows decisionmakers, action proponents, and the public to compare present and predicted future conditions for affected resources;
b. measure adverse and beneficial effects using equivalent metrics to determine mitigation measures necessary to achieve the mitigation policy goal for the affected resources (
c. predict effects over time, including changes to affected resources that would occur with and without the action, changes induced by climate change, and changes resulting from reasonably foreseeable actions;
d. are practical, cost-effective, and commensurate with the scope and scale of impacts to affected resources;
e. are sufficiently sensitive to estimate the type and relative magnitude of effects across the full spectrum of anticipated beneficial and adverse effects;
f. may integrate predicted effects with data from other disciplines such as cost or socioeconomic analysis; and
g. allow for incorporation of new data or knowledge as action planning progresses.
4. Where appropriate effects assessment methods or technologies useful in valuation of mitigation are not available, Service employees will apply best professional judgment supported by best available science to assess impacts and to develop mitigation recommendations.
Section 3.2 identifies the resources to which this Policy applies. Depending on the authorities under which the Service is engaging an action for mitigation purposes, these resources may include: Particular species; fish, wildlife, and plants more generally; and their habitats, including those contributing to ecological functions that sustain species. However, one or more species
Selecting evaluation species in addition to those for which the Service must provide a regulatory determination varies according to action-specific circumstances. In practice, an initial examination of the habitats affected and review of typically associated species of conservation interest are usually the first steps in identifying evaluation species. The purpose of Service mitigation planning is to develop a set of recommendations that would improve or, at minimum, maintain the current status of the affected resources. When available, conservation planning objectives (
An evaluation species must occur within the affected area for at least one stage of its life history, but as other authorities permit, the Service may consider evaluation species that are not currently present in the affected area if the species is:
a. Identified in approved State or Federal fish and wildlife conservation, restoration, or improvement plans that include the affected area; or
b. likely to occur in the affected area during the reasonably foreseeable future with or without the proposed action due to natural species succession.
Evaluation species may or may not occupy the affected area year-round or when direct effects of the action would occur.
The Service should select the smallest set of evaluation species necessary to relate the effects of an action to the full suite of affected resources and applicable authorities, including all species for which the Service is required to issue opinions, permits, or regulatory determinations. When an action affects multiple resources, evaluation species should represent other affected species or aspects of the environment so that the mitigation measures formulated for the evaluation species will mitigate impacts to other similarly affected resources to the greatest extent possible. Characteristics of evaluation species that are useful in mitigation planning may include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Species that are addressed in conservation plans relevant to the affected area and for which habitat objectives are articulated;
b. species strongly associated with an affected habitat type;
c. species for which habitat limiting factors are well understood;
d. species that perform a key role in ecological processes (
e. species that require large areas of contiguous habitat, connectivity between disjunct habitats, or a distribution of suitable habitats along migration/movement corridors, which may, therefore, serve as indicators of ecosystem functions;
f. species that belong to a group of species (a guild) that uses a common environmental resource;
g. species for which sensitivity to one or more anticipated effects of the proposed action is documented;
h. species with special status (
i. species of cultural or religious significance to tribes;
j. species that provide monetary and non-monetary benefits to people from consumptive and non-consumptive uses including, but not limited to, fishing, hunting, bird watching, and educational, aesthetic, scientific, or subsistence uses;
k. species with characteristics such as those above that are also easily monitored to evaluate the effectiveness of mitigation actions; and/or
l. species that would be subject to direct mortality as a result of an action (
Species conservation relies on functional ecosystems, and habitat conservation is generally the best means of achieving species population objectives. Section 5.4 provides the guidance for selecting evaluation species to represent these habitat resources. The value of specific habitats to evaluation species varies widely, such that the loss or degradation of higher value habitats has a greater impact on achieving conservation objectives than the loss or degradation of an equivalent area of lower value habitats. To maintain landscape capacity to support species, our mitigation policy goal (Section 4) applies to all affected habitats of evaluation species, regardless of their value in a conservation context. However, the Service will recognize variable habitat value in formulating appropriate means and measures to mitigate the impacts of proposed actions, as described in this section. The primary purpose of habitat valuation is to determine the relative emphasis the Service will place on avoiding, minimizing, and compensating for impacts to habitats of evaluation species.
The Service will assess the overall value of affected habitats by considering their: (a) Scarcity; (b) suitability for evaluation species; and (c) importance to the conservation of evaluation species.
•
•
•
The Service has flexibility in applying appropriate methodologies and best available science when assessing the overall value of affected habitats, but also has a responsibility to communicate the rationale applied, as described in section 5.8 (Documentation Standards). These three parameters are the considerations that will inform Service determinations of the relative value of an affected habitat that will then be used to guide application of the mitigation hierarchy under this Policy.
For all habitats, the Service will apply appropriate and practicable measures to avoid and minimize impacts over time, generally in that order, before applying compensation as mitigation for remaining impacts. For habitats we determine to be of high-value (
The relative emphasis given to mitigation types within the mitigation hierarchy depends on the landscape context and action-specific circumstances that influence the efficacy and efficiency of available mitigation means and measures. For example, it is generally more effective and efficient to achieve the mitigation policy goal by maximizing avoidance and minimization of impacts to habitats that are either rare, of high suitability, or of high importance, than to rely on other measures, because these qualities are typically not easily repaired, enhanced through onsite management, or replaced through compensatory actions. Similarly, compensatory measures may receive greater emphasis when strategic application of such measures (
When more than one evaluation species uses an affected habitat, the highest valuation will govern the Service's mitigation recommendations or requirements. Regardless of the habitat valuation, Service mitigation recommendations or requirements will represent our best judgment as to the most practicable means of ensuring that a proposed action improves or, at minimum, maintains the current status of the affected resources.
The means and measures that the Service recommends for achieving the goal of this Policy (see section 4) are action- and resource-specific applications of the five general types of impact mitigation: Avoid, minimize, rectify, reduce over time, and compensate. The third and fourth mitigation types, rectify and reduce over time, are combined under the minimization label (
The emphasis that the Service gives to each mitigation type depends on the evaluation species selected (section 5.4) and the value of their affected habitats (section 5.5). Habitat valuation aligns mitigation with conservation planning for the evaluation species by identifying where it is critical to avoid habitat impacts altogether and where compensation measures may more effectively advance conservation objectives. All appropriate mitigation measures have a clear connection with the anticipated effects of the action and are commensurate with the scale and nature of those effects.
Nothing in this Policy supersedes the statutes and regulations governing prohibited “take” of wildlife (
Avoiding impacts is the first tier of the mitigation hierarchy. Avoidance ensures that an action or a portion of the action has no direct or indirect effects during the planning horizon on fish, wildlife, plants, and their habitats. Actions may avoid direct effects to a resource (
a. Design the timing, location, and/or operations of the action so that specific resource impacts would not occur.
b. Add structural features to the action, where such action is sustainable (
c. Adopt a non-structural alternative to the action that is sustainable and that would not cause resource losses (
d. Adopt the no-action alternative.
Minimizing impacts, together with rectifying and reducing over time, is the second tier of the mitigation hierarchy. Minimizing is reducing the intensity of the impact (
a. Reduce the overall spatial extent and/or duration of the action.
b. Adjust the daily or seasonal timing of the action.
c. Retain key habitat features within the affected area that would continue to support life-history processes for the evaluation species.
d. Adjust the spatial configuration of the action to retain corridors for species movement between functional habitats.
e. Apply best management practices to reduce water quality degradation.
f. Adjust the magnitude, timing, frequency, duration, and/or rate-of-change of water flow diversions and flow releases to minimize the alteration of flow regime features that support life-history processes of evaluation species.
g. Install screens and other measures necessary to reduce aquatic life entrainment/impingement at water intake structures.
h. Install fences, signs, markers, and other measures necessary to protect resources from impacts (
Rectifying impacts may possibly improve, relative to no-action conditions, a loss in habitat availability and/or suitability for evaluation species within the affected area and contribute to a net conservation gain. Rectifying impacts may also involve directly restoring a loss in populations through stocking. Generalized examples follow:
a. Repair physical alterations of the affected areas to restore pre-action conditions or improve habitat suitability for the evaluation species (
b. Plant and ensure the survival of appropriate vegetation where necessary in the affected areas to restore or improve habitat conditions (quantity and suitability) for the evaluation species and to stabilize soils and stream channels.
c. Provide for fish and wildlife passage through or around action-imposed barriers to movement.
d. Consistent with all applicable laws, regulations, policies, and conservation plans, stock species that experienced losses in affected areas when habitat conditions are able to support them in affected areas.
Reducing impacts over time is preserving, enhancing, and maintaining the populations, habitats, and ecological functions that remain in an affected area following the impacts of the action, including areas that are successfully restored or improved through rectifying mitigation measures. Preservation, enhancement, and maintenance operations may improve upon conditions that would occur without the action and contribute to a net conservation gain (
a. Control land uses and limit disturbances to portions of the affected area that may continue to support the evaluation species.
b. Control invasive species in the affected areas.
c. Manage fire-adapted habitats in the affected areas with an appropriate timing and frequency of prescribed fire, consistent with applicable laws, regulations, policies, and conservation plans.
d. Maintain or replace equipment and structures in affected areas to prevent losses of fish and wildlife resources due to equipment failure (
e. Ensure proper training of personnel in operations necessary to preserve existing or restored fish and wildlife resources in the affected area.
Compensating for impacts is the third and final tier of the mitigation hierarchy. Compensation is protecting, maintaining, enhancing, and/or restoring habitats and ecological functions for an evaluation species, generally in an area outside the action's affected area. Mitigating some percentage of unavoidable impacts through measures that minimize, rectify, and reduce losses over time is often appropriate and practicable, but the costs or difficulties of mitigation may rise rapidly thereafter to achieve the mitigation planning goal entirely within the action's affected area. In such cases, a lesser or equivalent effort applied in another area may achieve greater benefits for the evaluation species. Likewise, the effort necessary to mitigate the impacts to a habitat of low suitability and low importance of a type that is relatively abundant in the landscape context (low-value habitat) will more likely achieve sustainable benefits for an evaluation species if invested in enhancing a habitat of moderate suitability and high importance. This Policy is designed to apply the various types of mitigation where they may achieve the greatest efficiency toward accomplishing the mitigation planning goal.
Onsite restoration of an affected resource meets the definition of rectify and is not considered compensation under this Policy. Although compensation is usually accomplished outside the affected area, onsite compensation under the definitions of this Policy involves provision of a habitat resource within the affected area that was not adversely affected by the action, but that would effectively address the action's effect on the conservation of the evaluation species. For example, an action reduces food resources for an evaluation species, but in dry years, water availability is a more limiting factor to the species' status in the affected area. Increasing the reliability of water resources onsite may represent a practicable measure that will more effectively maintain or improve the species' status than some degree of rectifying the loss of food resources alone, even though the action did not affect water availability. In this example, measures to restore food resources are rectification, and measures to increase water availability are onsite compensation.
Multiple mechanisms may accomplish compensatory mitigation, including habitat credit exchanges and other emerging mechanisms. Proponent-responsible mitigation, mitigation/conservation banks, and in-lieu fee funds are the three most common mechanisms. Descriptions of their general characteristics follow:
a.
b.
c.
The Service's preference is that proponents offset unavoidable resource losses in advance of their actions. Further, the Service considers the banking of habitat value for the express purpose of compensating for future unavoidable losses to be a legitimate form of mitigation, provided that withdrawals from a mitigation/conservation bank are commensurate with losses of habitat value (considering suitability and importance) for the evaluation species and not based solely upon the affected habitat acreage or the cost of land purchase and management. Resource losses compensated through purchase of conservation or mitigation bank credits may include, but are not limited to, habitat impacts to species covered by one or more Service authorities.
The mechanisms for delivering compensatory mitigation differ according to: (1) Who is ultimately responsible for the success of the mitigation (the action proponent or a third party); (2) whether the mitigation site is within or adjacent to the impact site (onsite) or at another location that provides either equivalent or additional resource value (offsite); and (3) when resource benefits are secured (before or after resource impacts occur).
Regardless of the delivery mechanism, species conservation strategies and other landscape-level conservation plans that are based on the best scientific information available are expected to provide the basis for establishing and operating compensatory mitigation sites and programs. Such strategies and plans should also inform the assessment of species-specific impacts and benefits within a defined geography.
Service recommendations or requirements will apply equivalent ecological, procedural, and administrative standards for all compensatory mitigation mechanisms. Departmental guidance at DM 6.6 C declares a preference for compensatory mitigation measures that will maximize the benefit to affected resources, reduce risk to achieving effectiveness, and use transparent methodologies. Mitigation that the Service recommends or approves through any compensatory mitigation mechanism should incorporate, address, or identify the following that are intended to ensure successful implementation and durability:
a. Type of resource(s) and/or its value(s), service(s), and function(s), and amount(s) of such resources to be provided (usually expressed in acres or some other physical measure), the method of compensation (restoration, establishment, preservation, etc.), and the manner in which a landscape-scale approach has been considered;
b. factors considered during the site selection process;
c. site protection instruments to ensure the durability of the measure;
d. baseline information;
e. the mitigation value of such resources (usually expressed as a number of credits or other units of value), including a rationale for such a determination;
f. a mitigation work plan including the geographic boundaries of the measure, construction methods, timing, and other considerations;
g. a maintenance plan;
h. performance standards to determine whether the measure has achieved its intended outcome;
i. monitoring requirements;
j. long-term management commitments;
k. adaptive management commitments; and
l. financial assurance provisions that are sufficient to ensure, with a high degree of confidence, that the measure will achieve and maintain its intended outcome, in accordance with the measure's performance standards.
Third parties may assume the responsibilities for implementing proponent-responsible compensation. The third party accepting responsibility for the compensatory actions would assume all of the proponent's obligations for ensuring their success and durability.
Research and education, although important to the conservation of many resources, are not typically considered compensatory mitigation, because they do not directly offset adverse effects to species or their habitats. In rare circumstances, research or education that is directly linked to reducing threats, or that provides a quantifiable benefit to the species, may be included as part of a mitigation package. These circumstances may exist when: (a) The major threat to a resource is something other than habitat loss; (b) the Service can reasonably expect the outcome of research or education to more than offset the impacts; (c) the proponent commits to using the results/recommendations of the research to mitigate action impacts; or (d) no other reasonable options for mitigation are available.
Consistent with applicable authorities, the Policy's fundamental principles, and the mitigation planning principles described herein, the Service will provide recommendations to mitigate the impacts of proposed actions at the earliest practicable stage of planning to ensure maximum
The Service will strive to provide mitigation recommendations, including reasonable alternatives to the proposed action, which, if fully and properly implemented, would achieve the best possible outcome for affected resources while also achieving the stated purpose of the proposed action. However, on a case-by-case basis, the Service may recommend the “no action” alternative. For example, when appropriate and practicable means of avoiding significant impacts to high-value habitats and associated species are not available, the Service may recommend the “no action” alternative.
Unless action-specific circumstances warrant otherwise, the Service will observe the following preferences in providing compensatory mitigation recommendations:
Similarly, Service-recommended or required mitigation should emphasize avoiding impacts to habitats located within a planned conservation network, consistent with the Habitat Valuation guidance (section 5.5).
Where existing conservation networks or landscape conservation plans are not available for the affected resources, Service personnel should develop mitigation recommendations based on best available scientific information and professional judgment that would maximize the effectiveness of the mitigation measures for the affected resources, consistent with this Policy's guidance on Integrating Mitigation Planning with Conservation Planning (section 5.1).
When appropriate as specified in this Policy, the Service may recommend establishing compensatory mitigation at locations on private, public, or tribal lands that provide the maximum conservation benefit for the affected resources. The Service will generally, but not always, recommend compensatory mitigation on lands with the same ownership classification as the lands where impacts occurred,
The Service generally only supports locating compensatory mitigation on (public or private) lands that are already designated for the conservation of natural resources if additionality (see section 6, Definitions) is clearly demonstrated and is legally attainable. In particular, the Service usually does not support offsetting impacts to private lands by locating compensatory mitigation on public lands designated for conservation purposes because this practice risks a long-term net loss in landscape capacity to sustain species by relying increasingly on public lands to serve conservation purposes. However, the Service acknowledges that public ownership does not automatically confer long-term protection and/or management for evaluation species in all cases, which may justify locating compensatory mitigation measures on public lands, including compensation for impacts to evaluation species on public or private lands. The Service may recommend compensating for private-land impacts to evaluation species on public lands (whether designated for conservation of natural resources or not) when:
a. Compensation is an appropriate means of achieving the mitigation planning goal, as specified in this Policy;
b. the compensatory mitigation would provide additional conservation benefits above and beyond measures the public agency is foreseeably expected to implement absent the mitigation (only such additional benefits are counted towards achieving the mitigation planning goal);
c. the additional conservation benefits are durable,
d. consistent with and not otherwise prohibited by all relevant statutes, regulations, and policies; and
e. the public land location would provide the best possible conservation outcome, such as when private lands suitable for compensatory mitigation are unavailable or are available but do not provide an equivalent or greater contribution towards offsetting the impacts to meet the mitigation planning goal for the evaluation species.
Ensuring the durability of compensatory mitigation on public lands may require multiple tools beyond land use plan designations, including right-of-way grants, withdrawals, disposal or lease of land for conservation, conservation easements, cooperative agreements, and agreements with third parties. Mechanisms to ensure durability of land protection for compensatory mitigation on public and private lands vary among agencies, but should preclude conflicting uses and ensure that protection and management
When the public lands under consideration for use as compensatory mitigation for impacts on private lands are National Wildlife Refuge System (NWRS) lands, additional considerations covered in the Service's Final Policy on the NWRS and Compensatory Mitigation Under the Section 10/404 Program (64 FR 49229-49234, September 10, 1999) may apply. Under that policy, the Regional Director will recommend the mitigation plan proposing to site compensatory mitigation on NWRS lands to the Director for approval.
The Service should advise action proponents and decisionmaking agencies at timely stages of the planning process. To ensure effective consideration of Service recommendations, it is generally possible to communicate key concerns that will inform our recommendations early in the mitigation planning process, communicate additional components during and following an initial assessment of effects, and provide final written recommendations toward the end of the process, but in advance of a final decision for the action. The following outline lists the components applicable to these three planning stages. Because actions vary substantially in scope and complexity, these stages may extend over a period of years or occur almost simultaneously, which may necessitate consolidating some of the components listed below. For all actions, the level of the Service's analysis and documentation should be commensurate with the scope and severity of the potential impacts to resources. Where compensation is used to address impacts, additional information outlined in section 5.6.3 may be necessary.
1. Inform the proponent of the Service's goal to improve or, at minimum, maintain the status of affected resources, and that the Service will identify opportunities for a net conservation gain if appropriate.
2. Coordinate key data collection and planning decisions with the proponent, relevant tribes, and Federal and State resource agencies; including, but not limited to:
a. Delineate the affected area;
b. define the planning horizon;
c. identify species that may occur in the affected area that the Service is likely to consider as evaluation species for mitigation planning;
d. identify landscape-scale strategies and conservation plans and objectives that pertain to these species and the affected area;
e. define surveys, studies, and preferred methods necessary to inform effects analyses; and
f. as necessary, identify reasonable alternatives to the proposed action that may achieve the proponent's purpose and the Service's no-net-loss goal for resources.
3. As early as possible, inform the proponent of the presence of probable high-value habitats in the affected area (see section 5.5), and advise the proponent of Service policy to avoid all impacts to such habitats.
1. Coordinate selection of evaluation species with relevant tribes, Federal and State resource agencies, and action proponents.
2. Communicate the Service's assessment of the value of affected habitats to evaluation species.
3. If high-value habitats are affected, advise the proponent of the Service's policy to avoid all impacts to such habitats.
4. Assess action effects to evaluation species and their habitats.
5. Formulate mitigation options that would achieve the mitigation policy goal (an appropriate net conservation gain or, at minimum, no net loss) in coordination with the proponent and relevant tribes, and Federal and State resource agencies.
The Service's final mitigation recommendations should communicate in writing the following:
1. The authorities under which the Service is providing the mitigation recommendations consistent with this Policy.
2. A description of all mitigation measures that are reasonable and appropriate to ensure that the proposed action improves or, at minimum, maintains the current status of affected fish, wildlife, plants, and their habitats.
3. The following elements should be specified within a mitigation plan or equivalent by either the Service, action proponents, or in collaboration:
a. Measurable objectives;
b. implementation assurances, including financial, as applicable;
c. effectiveness monitoring;
d. additional adaptive management actions as may be indicated by monitoring results; and
e. reporting requirements.
4. An explanation of the basis for the Service recommendations, including, but not limited to:
a. Evaluation species used for mitigation planning;
b. the assessed value of affected habitats to evaluation species;
c. predicted adverse and beneficial effects of the proposed action;
d. predicted adverse and beneficial effects of the recommended mitigation measures; and
e. the rationale for our determination that the proposed action, if implemented with Service recommendations, would achieve the mitigation policy goal.
5. The Service's expectations of the proponent's responsibility to implement the recommendations.
The Service encourages, supports, and will initiate, whenever practicable and within our authority, post-action monitoring studies and evaluations to determine the effectiveness of recommendations in achieving the mitigation planning goal. In those instances where Service personnel determine that action proponents have not carried out those agreed-upon mitigation means and measures, the Service will request that the parties responsible for regulating the action initiate corrective measures, or will initiate access to available assurance measures. These provisions also apply when the Service is the action proponent.
Definitions in this section apply to the implementation of this Policy and were developed to provide clarity and consistency within the policy itself, and to ensure broad, general applicability to all mitigation processes in which the Service engages. Some Service authorities define some of the terms in this section differently or more specifically, and the definitions herein do not substitute for statutory or regulatory definitions in the exercise of those authorities.
(a) Avoid the impact altogether by not taking the action or parts of the action;
(b) minimize the impact by limiting the degree or magnitude of the action and its implementation;
(c) rectify the impact by repairing, rehabilitating, or restoring the affected environment;
(d) reduce or eliminate the impact over time by preservation and maintenance operations during the life of the action; and
(e) compensate for the impact by replacing or providing substitute resources or environments.
This section is intended to describe the interaction of existing policies and regulations with this Policy in agency processes. Descriptions regarding the application of mitigation concepts generally, and elements of this Policy specifically, for each of the listed authorities follow:
The Eagle Act prohibits take of bald eagles and golden eagles except pursuant to Federal regulations. The Eagle Act regulations at title 50, part 22 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), define the “take” of an eagle to include the following actions: “pursue, shoot, shoot at, poison, wound, kill, capture, trap, collect, destroy, molest, or disturb” (§ 22.3).
Except for protecting eagle nests, the Eagle Act does not directly protect eagle habitat. However, because disturbing eagles is a violation of the Act, some activities within
The Eagle Act allows the Secretary of the Interior to authorize certain otherwise prohibited activities through regulations. The Service is authorized to prescribe regulations permitting the taking, possession, and transportation of bald and golden eagles provided such permits are “compatible with the preservation of the bald eagle or the golden eagle” (16 U.S.C. 668a). Permits are issued for scientific and exhibition purposes; religious purposes of Native American tribes; falconry (golden eagles only); depredation; protection of health and safety; golden eagle nest take for resource development and recovery; nonpurposeful (incidental) take; and removal or destruction of eagle nests.
The Eagle Act provides for mitigation in the form of avoidance and minimization by restricting permitted take to circumstances where take is “necessary.” While not expressly addressed, compensatory mitigation can also be used as a tool for ensuring that authorized take is consistent with the preservation standard of the Eagle Act. The regulations for eagle nest take permits and eagle non-purposeful incidental take permits explicitly provide for compensatory mitigation. Although eagle habitat (beyond nest structures) is not directly protected by the Eagle Act, the statute and implementing regulations do not preclude the use of habitat restoration, enhancement, and protection as compensatory mitigation.
At the time of development of this Appendix A, the threshold for authorized take of golden eagles is set at zero throughout the United States because golden eagle populations appear to be stable and potentially declining, and may not be able to absorb additional take while still maintaining current numbers of breeding pairs over time. Accordingly, all permits for golden eagle take must incorporate compensatory mitigation. Because golden eagle populations are currently primarily constrained by a high level of unauthorized human-caused mortality, rather than habitat loss, permits for golden eagle take require mitigation to be in the form of a reduction of a source of mortality; however, habitat restoration and enhancement could potentially offset permitted take in some situations, once reliable standards and metrics are developed to support the application of habitat-based mitigation to offset permitted take.
Several locations within the statute under section 404 describe the responsibilities and roles of the Service. The authority at section 404(m) is most directly relevant to the Service's engagement of Clean Water Act permitting processes to recommend mitigation for impacts to aquatic resources nationwide and is routinely used by Ecological Services Field Offices. At section 404(m), the Secretary of the Army is required to notify the Secretary of the Interior, through the Service Director, that an individual permit application has been received or that the Secretary proposes to issue a general permit. The Service will submit any comments in writing to the Secretary of the Army (Corps of Engineers) within 90 days. The Service has the opportunity to engage several thousand Corps permit actions affecting aquatic habitats and wildlife annually and to assist the Corps of Engineers in developing permit terms that avoid, minimize, or compensate for permitted impacts. The Department of the Army has also entered into a Memorandum of Agreement with the Department of the Interior under section 404(q) of the Clean Water Act. The current Memorandum of Agreement, signed in 1992, provides procedures for elevating national or regional issues relating to resources, policy, procedures, or regulation interpretation.
A primary purpose of the Endangered Species Act (ESA) of 1973 as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531
The Service may permit incidental taking resulting from a non-Federal action under ESA section 10(a)(1)(B) after approving the proponent's habitat conservation plan (HCP) under section 10(a)(2)(A). The HCP must specify the steps the permit applicant will take to minimize and mitigate such impacts, and the funding that will be available to implement such steps. The basis for issuing a section 10 permit includes a finding that the applicant will, to the maximum extent practicable, minimize and mitigate the impacts of incidental taking, and a finding that the taking will not appreciably reduce the likelihood of the survival and recovery of the species in the wild.
This Policy applies to all actions that may affect ESA-protected resources except for conservation/recovery permits under section 10(a)(1)(A). The Service will recommend mitigation for impacts to listed species, designated critical habitat, and other species for which the Service has authorized mitigation responsibilities consistent with the guidance of this Policy, which proponents may adopt as conservation measures to be added to the project descriptions of proposed actions. Such adoption may ensure that actions are not likely to jeopardize species or adversely modify designated critical habitat; however, such adoption alone does not constitute compliance with the ESA. Federal agencies must complete consultation per the requirements of section 7 to receive Service concurrence with “may affect, not likely to adversely affect” determinations, biological opinions for “likely to adversely affect” determinations, and incidental take statement terms and conditions. Proponents of actions that do not require Federal authorization or funding must complete the requirements under section 10(a)(2) to receive an incidental take permit. Mitigation planning under this Policy applies to all species and their habitats for which the Service has authorities to recommend mitigation on a particular action, including listed species and critical habitat. Although this Policy is intended, in part, to clarify the role of mitigation in endangered species conservation, nothing herein replaces, supersedes, or substitutes for the ESA implementing regulations.
All forms of mitigation are potential conservation measures of a proposed Federal action in the context of section 7 consultation and are factored into Service analyses of the effects of the action, including any voluntary mitigation measures proposed by a project proponent that are above and beyond those required by an action agency. Service regulations at 50 CFR 402.14(g)(8) affirm the need to consider “any beneficial actions” in formulating a biological opinion, including those “taken prior to the initiation of consultation.” Because jeopardy and adverse modification analyses weigh effects in the action area relative to the status of the species throughout its listed range and to the status of all designated critical habitat units, respectively, “beneficial actions” may also include proposed conservation measures for the affected species within its range but outside of the area of adverse effects (
Mitigation measures included in proposed actions that avoid and minimize the likelihood of adverse effects and incidental take are also relevant to the Service's concurrence with “may affect, not likely to adversely affect” determinations through informal consultation. All mitigation measures included in proposed actions that benefit listed species and/or designated critical habitat, including compensatory measures, are relevant to jeopardy and adverse modification conclusions in Service biological opinions.
Likewise, the Service may apply all forms of mitigation, consistent with the guidance of this Policy, in formulating a reasonable and prudent alternative that would avoid jeopardy/adverse modification, provided that it is also consistent with the regulatory
For Federal actions that are not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of listed species or result in the destruction or adverse modification of habitat, the Service may provide a statement specifying those reasonable and prudent measures that are necessary or appropriate to minimize the impacts of taking incidental to such actions on the affected listed species. That incidental take statement must comply with all applicable regulations. No proposed mitigation measures relieve an action proponent of the obligation to obtain incidental take exemption through an incidental take statement (Federal actions) or authorization through an incidental take permit (non-Federal actions), as appropriate, for unavoidable incidental take that may result from a proposed action.
E.O. 13186 directs Federal departments and agencies to avoid or minimize adverse impacts on “migratory bird resources,” defined as “migratory birds and the habitats upon which they depend.” These acts of avian protection and conservation are implemented under the auspices of the MBTA, the Eagle Act, the Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act (16 U.S.C. 661-666c), the ESA, the National Environmental Policy Act, and “other established environmental review process” (section 3(e)(6)). Additionally, E.O. 13186 directs Federal agencies whose activities will likely result in measurable negative effects on migratory bird populations to collaboratively develop and implement an MOU with the Service that promotes the conservation of migratory bird populations. These MOUs can clarify how an agency can mitigate the effects of impacts and monitor implemented conservation measures. MOUs can also define how appropriate corrective measures can be implemented when needed, as well as what proactive conservation actions or partnerships can be formed to advance bird conservation, given the agency's existing mission and mandate.
The Service policy regarding its responsibility to E.O. 13186 (720 FW 2) states “all Service employees should: A. Implement their mission-related activities and responsibilities in a way that furthers the conservation of migratory birds and minimizes and avoids the potential adverse effects of migratory bird take, with the goal of eliminating take” (2.2 A). The policy also stipulates that the Service will support the conservation intent of the migratory bird conventions by integrating migratory bird conservation measures into our activities, including measures to avoid or minimize adverse impacts on migratory bird resources; restoring and enhancing the habitat of migratory birds; and preventing or abating the pollution or detrimental alteration of the environment for the benefit of migratory birds.
E.O. 13653 directs Federal agencies to improve the Nation's preparedness and resilience to climate change impacts. The agencies are to promote: (1) Engaged and strong partnerships and information sharing at all levels of government; (2) risk-informed decisionmaking and the tools to facilitate it; (3) adaptive learning, in which experiences serve as opportunities to inform and adjust future actions; and (4) preparedness planning.
Among the provisions under section 3,
The
The Service policy on climate change adaptation (056 FW 1) states that the Service will “effectively and efficiently incorporate and implement climate change adaptation measures into the Service's mission, programs, and operations.” This includes using the best available science to coordinate an appropriate adaptive response to impacts on fish, wildlife, plants, and their habitats. The policy also specifically calls for delivering landscape conservation actions that build resilience or support the ability of fish, wildlife, and plants to adapt to climate change.
The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) authorizes non-Federal hydropower projects pursuant to the FPA. The Service's roles in hydropower project review are primarily defined by the FPA, as amended in 1986 by the Electric Consumers Protection Act, which explicitly ascribes those roles to the Service. The Service has mandatory conditioning authority for projects on National Wildlife Refuge System lands under section 4(e) and to prescribe fish passage to enhance and protect native fish runs under section 18. Under section 10(j), FERC is required to include license conditions that are based on recommendations made pursuant to the Fish and Wildlife Coordination Act by States, NOAA, and the Service for the adequate and equitable protection, mitigation, and enhancement of fish, wildlife, and their habitats.
Specifically, Federal Conservation of Migratory Nongame Birds (16 U.S.C. 2912) requires the Service to “identify the effects of environmental changes and human activities on species, subspecies, and populations of all migratory nongame birds” (section 2912(2)); “identify conservation actions to assure that species, subspecies, and populations of migratory nongame birds . . . do not reach the point at which the measures provided pursuant to the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531-1543), become necessary” (section 2912(4)); and “identify lands and waters in the United States and other nations in the Western Hemisphere whose protection, management, or acquisition will foster the conservation of species, subspecies, and populations of migratory nongame birds. . . .” (section 2912(5)).
The FWCA requires Federal agencies developing water-related projects to consult with the Service, NOAA, and the States regarding fish and wildlife impacts. The FWCA establishes fish and wildlife conservation as a coequal objective of all federally funded, permitted, or licensed water-related development projects. Federal action agencies are to include justifiable means and measures for fish and wildlife, and the Service's mitigation and enhancement recommendations are to be given full and equal consideration with other project purposes. The Service's mitigation recommendations may include measures addressing a broad set of habitats beyond the aquatic impacts triggering the FWCA and taxa beyond those covered by other resource laws. Action agencies are not bound by the FWCA to implement Service conservation recommendations in their entirety.
The MMPA prohibits the take (
Section 101(a)(5) allows for the authorization of incidental, but not intentional, take of small numbers of marine mammals by U.S. citizens while engaged in a specified activity (other than commercial fishing) within a specified geographical
Section 101(a)(5)(A) of the MMPA provides for the promulgation of Incidental Take Regulations (ITRs), which can be issued for a period of up to 5 years. The ITRs set forth permissible methods of taking pursuant to the activity and other means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact on the species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species or stock for subsistence uses. In addition, ITRs include requirements pertaining to the monitoring and reporting of such takings.
Under the ITRs, a U.S. citizen may request a Letter of Authorization (LOA) for activities proposed in accordance with the ITRs. The Service evaluates each LOA request based on the specific activity and geographic location, and determines whether the level of taking is consistent with the findings made for the total taking allowable under the applicable ITRs. If so, the Service may issue an LOA for the project and will specify the period of validity and any additional terms and conditions appropriate to the request, including mitigation measures designed to minimize interactions with, and impacts to, marine mammals. The LOA will also specify monitoring and reporting requirements to evaluate the level and impact of any taking. Depending on the nature, location, and timing of a proposed activity, the Service may require applicants to consult with potentially affected subsistence communities in Alaska and develop additional mitigation measures to address potential impacts to subsistence users. Regulations specific to LOAs are codified at 50 CFR 18.27(f).
Section 101(a)(5)(D) established an expedited process to request authorization for the incidental, but not intentional, take of small numbers of marine mammals for a period of not more than one year if the taking will be limited to harassment,
The IHA prescribes permissible methods of taking by harassment and includes other means of effecting the least practicable impact on marine mammal species or stocks and their habitats, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance. In addition, as appropriate, the IHA will include measures that are necessary to ensure no unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or stock for subsistence purposes in Alaska. IHAs also specify monitoring and reporting requirements pertaining to the taking by harassment.
ITRs and IHAs can provide considerable conservation and management benefits to covered marine mammals. The Service shall recommend mitigation for impacts to species covered by the MMPA that are under its jurisdiction consistent with the guidance of this Policy and to the extent compatible with the authorities of the MMPA. Proponents may adopt these recommendations as components of proposed actions. However, such adoption itself does not constitute compliance with the MMPA. In addition, IHAs or LOAs issued under ITRs specify the permissible methods of taking and other means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact on the species or stock and its habitat, and on the availability for subsistence purposes. Those authorizations also outline required monitoring and reporting of takes.
The MBTA does not allow the take of migratory birds without a permit or other regulatory authorization (
The Service has implied authority to permit incidental take of migratory birds, though incidental take has only been authorized in limited situations (
NEPA requires Federal agencies to integrate environmental values into decisionmaking processes by considering impacts of their proposed actions and reasonable alternatives. Agencies disclose findings through an environmental assessment or a detailed environmental impact statement and are required to identify and include all relevant and reasonable mitigation measures that could improve the action. The Council on Environmental Quality's implementing regulations under NEPA define mitigation as a sequence, where mitigation begins with avoidance of impacts; followed by minimization of the degree or magnitude of impacts; rectification of impacts through repair, restoration, or rehabilitation; reducing impacts over time during the life of the action; and lastly, compensation for impacts by providing replacement resources. Effective mitigation through this ordered approach starts at the beginning of the NEPA process, not at the end. Implementing regulations require that the Service be notified of all major Federal actions affecting fish and wildlife and our recommendations solicited. Engaging this process allows the Service to provide comments and recommendations for mitigation of fish and wildlife impacts.
The Service's Final Policy on the National Wildlife Refuge System and Compensatory Mitigation under the section 10/404 Program establishes guidelines for the use of Refuge lands for siting compensatory mitigation for impacts permitted through section 404 of the Clean Water Act (CWA) and section 10 of the Rivers and Harbors Act (RHA). The Refuge Mitigation Policy clarifies that siting mitigation for off-Refuge impacts on Refuge lands is appropriate only in limited and
Under the Oil Pollution Act (33 U.S.C. 2701
The Service is often a participating bureau, supporting the Department of the Interior, during NRDAR. A restoration settlement, in the form of damages provided through a settlement document, is usually determined by quantifying the type and amount of restoration necessary to offset the injury caused by the spill or release. The type of restoration conducted depends on the resources injured by the release (
In the
This appendix addresses Service responsibilities for applying this Policy when we are formulating our own proposed actions under the NEPA decision making process. Service personnel may also use this appendix as guidance for providing mitigation recommendations when reviewing the proposed actions of other Federal agencies under NEPA. However, comments that we provide are advisory to other Federal agencies in the NEPA context as an agency with special expertise regarding mitigating impacts to fish and wildlife resources. Consistent with their authorities, action agencies choose whether to adopt, in whole or in part, mitigation recommendations received from other agencies and the public, including the Service. Any requirements of other Federal agencies to mitigate impacts to fish and wildlife resources are governed by applicable statutes and regulations.
NEPA was enacted to promote efforts to prevent or eliminate damage to the environment and biosphere (42 U.S.C. 4321). The NEPA process is intended to help officials make decisions based on an understanding of environmental consequences and take actions that protect, restore, and enhance the environment (40 CFR part 1501). At the earliest stage possible in the planning process, and prior to making any detailed environmental review, the Service will “consult with and obtain the comments of any Federal agency which has jurisdiction by law or special expertise with respect to any environmental impact involved.” (42 U.S.C. 4332(C)) Early coordination avoids delays, reduces potential conflicts, and helps ensure compliance with other statutes and regulations. When scoping the issues for the review, the Service will “invite the participation of affected Federal, State, and local agencies, any affected Indian tribe, the proponent of the action, and other interested persons (including those who might not be in accord with the action on environmental grounds).” (40 CFR 1501.7(a)(1))
NEPA requires consideration of the impacts from connected, cumulative, and similar actions, and their relationship to the maintenance and enhancement of long-term productivity (42 U.S.C. 4332). Mitigation measures should be developed that effectively and efficiently address the predicted and actual impacts, relative to the ability to maintain and enhance long-term productivity. The consideration of mitigation (type, timing, degree, etc.) should be consistent with and based upon the evaluation of direct, indirect, and cumulative impacts. The Service should also consider and encourage public involvement in development of mitigation planning, including components such as compliance and effectiveness monitoring, and adaptive management processes.
Consistent with the January 14, 2011, CEQ Memorandum: Appropriate Use of Mitigation and Monitoring and Clarifying the Appropriate Use of Mitigated Findings of No Significant Impacts, Service-proposed actions should incorporate measures to avoid, minimize, rectify, reduce, and compensate for impacts into initial proposal designs and described as part of the action. Measures to achieve net gain or no-net-loss outcomes have the greatest potential to achieve environmentally preferred outcomes that are encouraged by the memorandum, and measures to achieve net gain outcomes have the greatest potential to enhance long-term productivity. We should analyze mitigation measures considered, but not incorporated into the proposed action, as one or more alternatives. For illustrative purposes, our NEPA documents may address mitigation alternatives or consider mitigation measures that the Service does not have legal authority to implement. However, the Service should not commit to mitigation alternatives or measures considered or analyzed without sufficient legal authorities or sufficient resources to perform or ensure the effectiveness of the mitigation (CEQ 2011). The Service should monitor the compliance and effectiveness of our mitigation commitments. For applicant-driven actions, some or most of the responsibility for mitigation monitoring may lie with the applicant; however, the Service retains the ultimate responsibility to ensure that monitoring is occurring when needed and that the results of monitoring are properly considered in an adaptive management framework.
When carrying out its responsibilities under NEPA, the Service will apply the mitigation meanings and sequence in the NEPA regulations (40 CFR 1508.20). In particular, the Service will retain the ability to distinguish between:
• Minimizing impacts by limiting the degree or magnitude of the action and its implementation;
• rectifying the impact by repairing, rehabilitating, or restoring the affected environment; and
• reducing or eliminating the impact over time by preservation and maintenance operations during the life of the action.
Other statutes besides NEPA that compel the Service to address the possible environmental impacts of mitigation activities for fish and wildlife resources commonly include the National Historic Preservation Act of 1996 (NHPA) (16 U.S.C 470
The CEQ Regulations Implementing NEPA include provisions to reduce paperwork (§ 1500.4), delay (§ 1505.5), and duplication with State and local procedures (§ 1506.2) and combine documents in compliance with NEPA. A key component of the provisions to reduce paperwork directs Federal agencies to use environmental impact statements for programs, policies, or plans, and to tier from statements of broad scope to those of narrower scope, in order to eliminate repetitive discussions of the same issues (§§ 1501.1(i), 1502.4, and 1502.20). To the fullest extent possible, the Service should coordinate with State, tribal, local, and other Federal entities to conduct joint mitigation planning, research, and environmental review processes. Mitigation planning can also provide efficiencies when it is used to reduce the impacts of a proposed project to the degree it eliminates significant impacts and avoids the need for an environmental impact statement. When using this approach, employing a mitigated Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI), the Service should ensure consistency with the aforementioned January 14, 2011, CEQ memorandum.
Use of this Policy will help focus our NEPA discussion on issues for fish, wildlife, plants, and their habitats, and will avoid unnecessarily lengthy background information. When appropriate, the Service should use the process for establishing evaluation species and resource categories to concentrate our environmental analyses on relevant and significant issues.
Programmatic NEPA reviews can establish standards for consideration and implementation of mitigation, and can more effectively address cumulative impacts. The programmatic NEPA reviews can facilitate decisions on agency actions that precede site- or project-specific decisions and actions, such as mitigation alternatives or commitments for subsequent actions, or narrowing of future alternatives. To ensure that landscape-scale mitigation planning is effectively implemented and meets conservation goals, as appropriate, the Service should seek and consider collaborative opportunities to conduct programmatic NEPA decisionmaking processes on Service actions that are similar in timing, impacts, alternatives, resources, and mitigation. The Service should consider developing standard mitigation protocols or objectives in a programmatic NEPA review in order to provide a framework and scope for the subsequent tiered analysis of environmental impacts. Existing landscape-scale conservation and mitigation plans that have already undergone a NEPA process will provide efficiencies for Federal actions taken on a project-specific basis and will also better address potential cumulative impacts. However, the Service may incorporate plans or components of plans by reference (40 CFR 1502.21), while addressing impacts from plans or components within the NEPA process on the Service action. When considering programmatic NEPA reviews, the Service should adopt approaches consistent with the December 18, 2014, CEQ Memorandum: Effective Use of Programmatic NEPA Reviews.
Appropriate treatment of climate change in NEPA reviews is essential to development of meaningful mitigation. The Service approach should be consistent with the August 1, 2016, CEQ Memorandum: Final Guidance for Federal Departments and Agencies on Consideration of Greenhouse Gas Emissions and the Effects of Climate Change in National Environmental Policy Act Reviews, which guides the consideration of reasonable alternatives and recommends agencies consider the short- and long-term effects and benefits in the alternatives and mitigation analysis.
Collaboration is an important component of mitigation planning, especially at the landscape or programmatic level. A collaborative NEPA process can offer the Service many benefits regarding development and implementation of mitigation, including, but not limited to: Better information regarding mitigation options by accessing relevant scientific and technical expertise and knowledge relating to local resources; a fairer process by involving most or all interests involved in determining mitigation; conflict prevention by dealing with issues related to mitigation as they arise; and easier implementation because all the stakeholders feel vested in the implementation of mitigation. Therefore, when considering and engaging in collaboration, the Service should, to the extent applicable, utilize the principles and recommendations set forth in the Office of Management and Budget and CEQ Memorandum on Environmental Collaboration and Conflict Resolution (2012) and the CEQ handbook,
NEPA also provides a process through which all Tribal Trust responsibilities can be addressed simultaneous to consultation, but care should be taken to ensure that culturally sensitive information is not disclosed. Resources that may be impacted by Service actions or mitigation measures include culturally significant or sacred landscapes, species associated with those landscapes, or species that are separately considered culturally significant or sacred. The Service should coordinate or consult with affected tribes to develop methods for evaluating impacts, significance criteria, and meaningful mitigation to sacred or culturally significant species and their locales. Because climate change has been identified as an Environmental Justice (EJ) issue for tribes, adverse climate change-related effects to culturally significant or sacred landscapes or species may be cumulatively greater, and may indicate the need for a separate EJ analysis. Affected tribes can be those for which the locale of the action or landscape mitigation planning lies within traditional homelands and can include traditional migration areas. The final determination of whether a tribe is affected is made by the tribe, and should be ascertained during consultation or a coordination process. When government-to-government consultation takes place, the consultation process will be guided by the Service Tribal Consultation Handbook.
The Service has overarching Tribal Trust Doctrine responsibilities under the Eagle Act, the National Historic Preservation Act (NHPA), the American Indian Religious Freedom Act (AIRFA) (42 U.S.C. 1996), Religious Freedom Restoration Act of 1993 (RFRA) (42 U.S.C. 2000bb
When the Service is the lead or co-lead Federal agency for NEPA compliance, this Policy may inform several components of the NEPA process and make it more effective and more efficient in conserving the affected Federal trust resources. This section discusses the role of this Policy in Service decisionmaking under NEPA.
The Service should use internal and external scoping to help identify appropriate evaluation species, obtain information about the relative scarcity, suitability, and importance of affected habitats for resource category assignments, identify issues associated with these species and habitats, and identify issues associated with other affected resources. Climate change vulnerability assessments can be a valuable tool for identifying or screening new evaluation species. The Service should coordinate external scoping with agencies having special expertise or jurisdiction by law for the affected resources.
The purpose and need statement of the NEPA document should incorporate relevant conservation objectives for evaluation species and their habitats, and the need to ensure either a net gain or no-net-loss. Because the statement of purpose and need frames the development of the proposed action and
The alternatives should include, as appropriate, an alternative that includes design components or mitigation measures to achieve a net benefit for affected resources and an alternative that includes design components or mitigation measures to achieve no-net-loss of affected resources. Alternatives that include provisions for mitigation based upon different climate change projections will help guide the development of appropriate responses, and will facilitate the ability to change mitigation responses more quickly to ones already analyzed but not previously adopted.
The affected environment discussion should focus on significant environmental issues associated with evaluation species and their habitats and highlight resource vulnerabilities that may require mitigation features in the project design. This section should document the relative scarcity, suitability, and importance of affected habitats, along with the sensitivity and status of the species and habitats. It should identify relevant temporal and spatial scales for each resource and the appropriate indicators of effects and units of measurement for evaluating mitigation features. This section should also identify habitats for evaluation species that are currently degraded but have a moderate to high potential for restoration or improvement.
Explicit significance criteria provide the benchmarks or standards for evaluating effects under NEPA. Potentially significant impacts to resources require decisionmaking supported by an environmental impact statement. Determining significance considers both the context and intensity of effects. For resources covered by this Policy, the sensitivity and status of affected species, and the relative scarcity, suitability, and importance of affected habitats, provide the context component of significance criteria. Measures of the severity of effects (degree, duration, spatial extent, etc.) provide the intensity component of significance criteria. Significance criteria may help identify appropriate levels and types of mitigation; however, the Service should consider mitigation for impacts that do not exceed thresholds for significance as well as those that do.
The analysis of environmental consequences should address the relationship of effects to the maintenance and enhancement of long-term productivity (40 CFR 1502.16), and include the timing and duration of direct, indirect, and cumulative effects to resources, short-term versus long-term effects (adverse and beneficial), and how the timing and duration of mitigation would influence net effects over time. The Service's net gain goal for fish and wildlife resources under this Policy applies to the full planning horizon of a proposed action. Guidance under section V.B.3 (Assessment Principles) of this Policy supplements existing Service, Department, and government-wide guidance for the Service's environmental consequences analyses for affected fish and wildlife resources under NEPA.
The long-term benefits of mitigation measures, whether onsite or offsite relative to the proposed action, often depend on their placement in the landscape relative to other environmental resources and stressors. Therefore, cumulative effects analyses, including the effects of climate change, are especially important to consider in designing mitigation measures for fish and wildlife resources. Cumulative effects analyses should include consideration of direct and indirect effects of climate change and should incorporate mitigation measures to address altered conditions. Cumulative effects are doubly important in actions affecting species in decline, such as ESA-listed or candidate species, marine mammals, and Birds of Conservation Concern, for which the Service should design mitigation that will improve upon existing conditions and offset as much as practicable reasonably foreseeable adverse cumulative effects. Also, to the extent practicable, cumulative effects analyses should address the synergistic effects of multiple foreseeable resource stressors. For example, in parts of some western States, the combination of climate change, invasive grasses, and nitrogen deposition may substantially increase fire frequency and intensity, adversely affecting some resources to a greater degree than the sum of these stressors considered independently.
The analyses of climate change effects should address effects to and changes for the evaluation species, resource categories, mitigation measures, and the potential for changes in the effects of mitigation measures. Anticipated changes may result in the need to choose different or additional evaluation species and habitat, at different points in time.
Mitigation measures should be included as commitments within a Record of Decision (ROD) for an EIS, and within a mitigated FONSI. The decision documents should clearly identify: (a) Measures to achieve outcomes of no net loss or net gain; (b) the types of mitigation measures adopted for each evaluation species or suite of species; (c) the spatial and temporal application and duration of the measures; (d) compliance and effectiveness monitoring; (e) criteria for remedial action; and (f) unmitigable residual effects.
The basic authority for Federal financial assistance is in the Federal Grant and Cooperative Agreement Act of 1977 (31 U.S.C. 6301
Federal financial assistance is the transfer of cash or anything of value from a Federal agency to a non-Federal entity to carry out a public purpose authorized by a U.S. law. If the Federal Government will be substantially involved in carrying out the project, the instrument for transfer must be a cooperative agreement. Otherwise, it must be a grant agreement. We use the term
Most mitigation issues in financial assistance relate to: (a) The proposed use of mitigation funds on land acquired with Federal financial assistance, and (b) using either mitigation funds or in-kind
1. Neither the Federal nor matching share in financially assisted aquatic-resource-restoration projects or aquatic resource conservation projects can be used to generate mitigation credits for DA-authorized activities except as authorized by 33 CFR 332.3(j)(2) and 40 CFR 230.93(j)(2). These exceptional situations are any of the following:
a. The mitigation credits are solely the result of any match over and above the required minimum. This surplus match must supplement what will be accomplished by the Federal funds and the required-minimum match to maximize the overall ecological benefits of the restoration or conservation project.
b. The Federal funding for the award is statutorily authorized and/or appropriated for the purpose of mitigation.
c. The work funded by the financial assistance award is subject to a DA permit that requires mitigation as a condition of the permit. An example is an award that funds a boat ramp that will adversely affect adjacent wetlands and the impact must be mitigated. The recipient may pay the cost of the mitigation with either the Federal funds or the non-Federal match.
2. Match cannot be used to generate mitigation credits under the exceptional situations described in section C(1)(a-c) if the financial assistance program's statutory authority or program-specific regulations prohibit the use of match or program funds for compensatory mitigation.
1. In-lieu-fee programs and mitigation banks are mechanisms authorized in 33 CFR part 332 and 40 CFR part 230 to provide mitigation for activities authorized by a DA permit. The Service must not approve a proposal to use proceeds from the purchase of credits in an in-lieu-fee program or mitigation bank as match unless both of the following apply:
a. The proceeds are over and above the required minimum match. This surplus match must supplement what will be accomplished by the Federal funds and the required-minimum match to maximize the overall ecological benefits of the project.
b. The statutory authority for the financial assistance program and program-specific regulations (if any) do not prohibit the use of match or program funds for mitigation.
2. The reasons that the Service cannot approve a proposal to use proceeds from the purchase of credits in an in-lieu-fee program or mitigation bank as match except as described in section D(1)(a-b) are:
a. Proceeds from the purchase of credits are legally required compensation for resources or resource functions impacted elsewhere. The sponsor of the in-lieu-fee program or mitigation bank uses these proceeds for the restoration, establishment, enhancement, and/or preservation of the resources impacted. The purchase price of the credits is based on the full cost of providing the compensatory mitigation.
b. When credits are purchased from an in-lieu-fee program sponsor or a mitigation bank to compensate for impacts authorized by a DA permit, the responsibility for providing the compensatory mitigation transfers to the sponsor of the in-lieu-fee program or mitigation bank. The process is not complete until the sponsor provides the compensatory mitigation according to the terms of the in-lieu-fee program instrument or mitigation-banking instrument approved by the District Engineer of the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.
The limitations on the use of mitigation in a Federal financially assisted project are generally the same regardless of the source of the mitigation requirement, but only the limitations regarding mitigation required by a DA permit are currently established in regulation. Limitations for a permit or authority other than a DA permit are established in this Policy. They are:
1. Neither the Federal nor matching share in a financially assisted project can be used to satisfy Federal mitigation requirements except in any of the following situations:
a. The mitigation credits are solely the result of any match over and above the required minimum. This surplus match must supplement what will be accomplished by the Federal funds and the required minimum match to maximize the overall ecological benefits of the project.
b. The Federal funding for the award is statutorily authorized and/or appropriated for use as compensatory mitigation for specific projects or categories of projects.
c. The project funded by the Federal financial assistance award is subject to a permit or authority that requires mitigation as a condition of the permit. An example is an award that funds a boat ramp that will adversely affect adjacent wetlands and the impact must be mitigated. The recipient may pay the cost of the mitigation with either the Federal funds or the non-Federal match.
2. Match cannot be used to satisfy Federal mitigation requirements under the exceptional situations described in section E(1)(a-c) if the financial assistance program's statutory authority or program-specific regulations prohibit the use of match or program funds for mitigation.
3. If any regulations govern the specific type of mitigation, and if these regulations address the role of mitigation in a Federal financially assisted project, the regulations will prevail in any conflict between those regulations and section E of Appendix C.
1. The Service can approve such a proposal as long as the financial assistance program does not prohibit the use of match or program funds for compensatory mitigation. In certain cases, this revenue qualifies as match because:
a. Federal and non-Federal entities jointly recover the fees, fines, and/or penalties and deposit the fees, fines, and/or penalties as joint and indivisible recoveries into a fiduciary fund for this purpose.
b. The governing body of the NRDAR Fund may include Federal and non-Federal trustees, who must unanimously approve the transfer to a non-Federal trustee for use as non-Federal match.
c. The project is consistent with a negotiated settlement agreement and will carry out the provisions of the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, as amended, Federal Water Pollution Control Act of 1972, and the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 for damage assessment activities.
d. The use of the funds by the non-Federal trustee is subject to binding controls.
1. The Service may approve an award that satisfies a compensatory mitigation requirement of a State, tribal, or local government, if satisfying the mitigation requirement is incidental to a project purpose consistent with the purposes(s) of the program. It is solely the responsibility of the State, tribal, or local government to determine that its mitigation requirement has been satisfied and to submit any required certifications to that effect.
2. Satisfying a State, tribal, or local government mitigation requirement with Federal financial assistance or contributing match originating from such a requirement to a Federal award must not be contrary to any law, regulation, or policy of the State, tribal, or local government, as applicable.
1. A project on public, private, or federally recognized tribal lands already designated for conservation of natural resources can generate credits for compensatory mitigation if it meets the requirements of section 5.7.2. One of these requirements is that the benefits of the mitigation measures must be additional. If the authority for the compensatory mitigation is the Clean Water Act and if public land is proposed as the site of the project, it must also comply with 33 CFR 332.3(a)(3) and 40 CFR 230.93(a)(3), both of which read:
Public land includes only those real property interests owned or held by Federal, State, and local governments, and instrumentalities of any of these governments.
To be either “additional” or “over and above,” the benefits must improve upon the baseline conditions of the impacted resources and their values, services, and functions in a manner that is demonstrably new and would not have occurred without the compensatory mitigation measure. Baseline conditions are: (a) Those that exist, and (b) those that a public land-management agency is foreseeably expected to implement absent the mitigation.
2. Examples of baseline conditions that a land-management agency or organization is foreseeably expected to implement are:
a. Management outcomes or environmental benefits required for a land-management unit by a statute, regulation, covenant in a deed, facility-management plan, or an integrated natural resources management plan,
b. Management responsibilities assigned to an agency by statute, regulation, facility management plan, or integrated natural resources management plan,
c. Commitments made under a financial-assistance award by the recipient, a subrecipient, or a partner to achieve certain management outcomes or environmental benefits for a land-management unit. The source of the funding to carry out these commitments may be the awarding agency, a match provider, and/or other contributors.
3. Projects that are not part of annual operations and maintenance are not baseline conditions if they are unfunded and have little prospect of funding, even if these projects are authorized in a statute or called for in a plan. Examples of projects that may be authorized in a statute or called for in a plan, but may have little prospect for funding are: (a) Construction of a high-volume pump station, (b) demolition of a dam, (c) reforestation of 1,000 acres of former agricultural land, and (d) acquisition of real property.
4. If it is unclear whether the proposed mitigation would provide additional conservation benefits after considering the above guidance, financial assistance managers must use judgment in making a decision. The overarching principles in making this decision should be: (a) Consistency with regulations, and (b) avoidance of an unauthorized subsidy to anyone who has a legal obligation to compensate for the environmental impacts of a project.
5. Service staff must be involved in the decision to locate mitigation on real property acquired under a Service-approved or administered financial assistance award for one or both of the following reasons:
a. The Service has a responsibility to ensure that real property acquired under one of its financial assistance awards is used for its authorized purpose as long as it is needed for that purpose.
b. If the proposed legal arrangements or the site-protection instrument to use the land for mitigation would encumber the title, the recipient of the award that funded the acquisition of the real property must obtain the Service's approval. If the proposed legal arrangements would dispose of any real-property rights, the recipient must request disposition instructions from the Service.
1. This Policy affects only those Federal financial assistance programs and awards in which the Service has the authority to approve or disapprove applications for financial assistance or changes in the terms and conditions of an award. It also affects real property or equipment acquired or improved with a Service-administered financial assistance award where the recipient must continue to manage the real property or equipment for its originally authorized purpose as long as it is needed for those purposes.
2. The Policy has no effect on other Federal agencies' policies on match or cost share as long as those policies do not affect:
a. Restrictions in the Policy on the use of Service-approved or administered financial assistance awards for generating compensatory mitigation credits, and
b. the Service's responsibilities as identified in Federal statutes or their implementing regulations.
3. This Policy does not take precedence over the requirements of any Federal statute or regulation whether that statute or regulation applies to a Service program or a program of another Federal agency.
Consumer Product Safety Commission.
Notice of proposed rulemaking.
The U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission has determined preliminarily that there may be an unreasonable risk of injury and death associated with portable generators. To address this risk, the Commission proposes a rule that limits CO emissions from operating portable generators. Specifically, the proposed rule would require that portable generators powered by handheld spark-ignition (SI) engines and Class I SI engines not exceed a weighted CO emission rate of 75 grams per hour (g/hr); generators powered by one-cylinder, Class II SI engines must not exceed a weighted CO emission rate of 150 g/h; and generators powered by Class II SI engines with two cylinders must not exceed a weighted emission rate of 300 g/h.
Submit comments by February 6, 2017.
You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. CPSC-2006-0057, by any of the following methods:
Janet Buyer, Project Manager, Directorate for Engineering Sciences, Consumer Product Safety Commission, 5 Research Place, Rockville, MD 20850; telephone: 301-987-2293; email:
A portable generator is an engine-driven machine that converts chemical energy from the fuel powering the engine into rotational energy, which, in turn, is converted to electrical power. Reports of portable generator-related fatalities and injuries prompted the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (Commission or CPSC) to publish an advance notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPR) in December 2006 to consider whether there may be an unreasonable risk of injury and death associated with portable generators (71 FR 74472 (December 12, 2006)). The ANPR began a rulemaking proceeding under the Consumer Product Safety Act (CPSA). The Commission received 10 comments in response to the ANPR. Subsequently, in a two-part technology demonstration program, CPSC contracted with the University of Alabama (UA) to conduct a low CO emission prototype generator technology development and durability demonstration and contracted with NIST to conduct comparative testing of an unmodified carbureted generator and prototype generators in an attached garage of a test house facility. CPSC staff published a report regarding the results of the UA technology demonstration and received 12 comments in response to this report. NIST published a report concerning its comparative testing of generators and received four comments in response to its report. The Commission is now issuing a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPR) that would establish requirements for carbon monoxide emission rates.
Portable generators are “consumer products” that can be regulated by the Commission under the authority of the CPSA.
Section 9 of the CPSA specifies the procedure that the Commission must follow to issue a consumer product safety standard under section 7. In accordance with section 9, the Commission may commence rulemaking by issuing an ANPR; as noted previously, the Commission issued an ANPR on portable generators in December 2006. (71 FR 74472 (December 12, 2006)). Section 9 authorizes the Commission to issue an NPR including the proposed rule and a preliminary regulatory analysis, in accordance with section 9(c) of the CPSA and request comments regarding the risk of injury identified by the Commission, the regulatory alternatives being considered, and other possible alternatives for addressing the risk.
According to section 9(f)(1) of the CPSA, before promulgating a consumer product safety rule, the Commission must consider, and make appropriate findings to be included in the rule, on the following issues:
• The degree and nature of the risk of injury that the rule is designed to eliminate or reduce;
• the approximate number of consumer products subject to the rule;
• the need of the public for the products subject to the rule and the
• the means to achieve the objective of the rule while minimizing adverse effects on competition, manufacturing, and commercial practices.
• the voluntary standard is not likely to eliminate or adequately reduce the risk of injury, or that
• substantial compliance with the voluntary standard is unlikely.
A portable generator is an engine-driven machine that converts chemical energy from the fuel powering the engine to mechanical energy, which, in turn, is converted to electrical power. The engine can be fueled by gasoline, liquid propane, or diesel fuel.
Portable generators that are the subject of the proposed standard commonly are purchased by household consumers to provide electrical power during emergencies (
One of the primary features of a generator is the amount of electrical power the generator can provide on a continuous basis. This power, commonly referred to in the industry as “rated power,” is advertised in units of watts or kilowatts (kW), and can range anywhere from under 1 kW for the smallest portable generators, to nominally 15 kW for the largest portable generators.
Carbon monoxide is a colorless, odorless, poisonous gas formed during incomplete combustion of fossil fuels, such as the fuels used in engines that power portable generators. The initial effects of CO poisoning result primarily from oxygen deprivation (hypoxia) due to compromised uptake, transport, and delivery of oxygen to cells. Carbon monoxide has a 250-fold higher affinity for hemoglobin than does oxygen. Thus, inhaled CO rapidly enters the bloodstream and effectively displaces oxygen from red blood cells, resulting in the formation of carboxyhemoglobin (COHb).
The Commission publishes an annual report that summarizes CO incidents associated with engine-driven generators and other engine-driven tools.
Based on CPSC's National Electronic Injury Surveillance System (NEISS) database,
In addition to using the NEISS database to estimate CO poisoning injuries for the years 2004 through 2012, the Commission examined the narratives of the 292 records of CO-related ED visits to NEISS-member hospitals associated with generators for the years 2004 through 2014. The narratives helped illustrate the range of treatments received, the symptoms, and the reasons why victims went to a hospital ED.
The Commission used the Injury Cost Model (ICM) to estimate the number of injuries treated in locations other than hospital EDs. The ICM uses empirical relationships between the characteristics of injuries and victims in cases initially treated in hospital EDs and those initially treated in other medical settings (
Table 1 presents a list of the most commonly identified symptoms given in the NEISS case narratives of 292 cases involving generator-related CO injuries that occurred in the 11-year period from 2004 through 2014. In many cases, multiple symptoms were reported, but in 29 percent of the cases (85 of 292), symptoms were not described in the NEISS narrative, although the diagnosis was reported. The weighted proportion of the total appears to account for the selection probabilities of each case.
Table 2 presents a summary of the reasons why the patients said they went to the emergency room for treatment or to be checked out. In the majority of cases, the medical records, from which the narratives were abstracted, provided little or no information on how the patients knew they needed to go to the emergency room or how they got there. However, in 47 of the 93 cases in which this information was available, the patient realized something was wrong and arranged to get to the emergency room.
Table 3 presents a summary of the location of the generator involved with the CO poisoning event. The three most common locations identified were “Inside the home” (33%); “Inside the garage” (25%); and “In the basement” (18%). In 11 percent of the reported cases, the generator was located outside. In half of the “Outside the home” scenarios, the narrative specifically states the location was near a window, door, or air conditioner.
The high number of estimated injuries relative to fatalities suggests that many more people leave the scene of the generator, are rescued, or seek care than fatally succumb to CO poisoning. As detailed in subsequent sections, reduced CO emissions will greatly extend the time it takes for CO exposures to result in incapacitation and subsequent death. Moreover, in some cases, reduced CO emissions will actually prevent incapacitation and death from happening, even if an individual does not leave the exposure location. In situations where a generator is operated indoors, the extended window of time will allow exposed individuals a much greater chance of terminating their CO exposure or increase the chance of being found by others before serious injury and/or death can occur. Exposure termination could occur for several reasons, including the following:
• Exposed individuals might leave the exposure location to engage in everyday activities (
• In some cases, exposure termination might occur without the individual leaving the location, simply because the generator runs out of fuel, or power is restored and the generator is shut down in response, which allows CO levels to decay naturally without reaching lethal exposure.
• Exposed individuals might respond to a CO alarm activation.
• Exposed individuals might recognize a growing health concern and leave to seek treatment or summon help (call a friend, relative, or 9-1-1), even if they do not necessarily recognize CO emissions as the cause of early nonspecific adverse health effects of CO poisoning.
• Exposed individuals might be found in an impaired state by other, lesser affected, co-exposed individuals who had been in locations farther away from the generator.
• Exposed individuals might be found by concerned outside parties conducting welfare checks, or by outside parties simply arriving at their home for other reasons, such as, to co-commute to work, a social or official visit, or the return home of a co-occupant from work or school.
The Commission notes that all the reasons specified above for exposure termination have been reported in incidents where there are survivors of carbureted, generator-related CO poisoning. More such cases would be expected with reduced CO emissions, due to an overall downward shift in expected CO poisoning severity. The Commission recognizes that consumers cannot be relied upon to react appropriately to any indication of a CO exposure, and that even those who recognize a developing CO hazard, might decide to enter the area where a generator is located in an attempt to switch it off. This behavior is known to have resulted in lethal outcomes with carbureted generators because CO can accumulate to levels that can cause near-immediate loss of consciousness due to hypoxia/anoxia. However, with reduced CO emissions, the peak CO levels attained in an unventilated area where the generator is operated will be considerably lower than the level that would cause near-immediate loss of consciousness. This potentially could reduce the incidence of death among individuals who enter an unventilated area to turn off a generator, by allowing them time to egress the area before being overcome.
As stated in the previous section, as of May 2015, there were 562 incidents involving fatalities from portable generators reported to CPSC, which occurred between 2004 through 2014. CPSC assigned In-Depth Investigations (IDI) for 535 of these 562 incidents (95 percent), to gather more detailed information about the incident and the product(s) in use. CPSC categorized the incident data in the IDI reports according to the location where the incident occurred:
• 75 percent of deaths (565 deaths, 422 incidents) occurred in a fixed-structure home location, which includes detached and attached houses, apartments, fixed mobile homes, and cabins used as a permanent residence;
• 16 percent (117 deaths, 81 incidents) occurred at non-fixed-home locations or temporary structures, such as trailers, horse trailers, recreational vehicles (RV), cabins (used as a temporary shelter), tents, campers, and boats, and vehicles in which the consumer brought the generator on board or into the vehicle;
• 6 percent (48 deaths, 46 incidents) occurred in external structures at home locations, such as sheds and detached garages;
• 3 percent (21 deaths, 13 incidents) occurred at unknown or other locations.
In the same 11-year period, 42 deaths from 30 incidents
Of the 565 deaths (422 incidents) that occurred at a fixed structure home:
• 45 percent (256 deaths, 191 incidents) occurred when the generator was operated in the living space
• 25 percent (140 deaths, 108 incidents) occurred when the generator was in the attached garage or enclosed carport;
• 25 percent (139 deaths, 98 incidents) occurred when the generator was in the basement or crawlspace;
• 3 percent (16 deaths, 12 incidents) occurred when the generator was operated outside;
• 2 percent occurred when the generator was at the fixed-structure home site, but exact location was unknown.
The reason the generator was needed was identified in more than 80 percent of the 562 incidents. Following are the three biggest causes:
• 27 percent (152 incidents) were associated with the use of generators during a temporary power outage stemming from a weather problem or a problem with power distribution;
• 21 percent of the fatal incidents (116 incidents) were associated with the use of generators after a power shutoff by the utility company for nonpayment of a bill, a bill dispute, or other reason.
• 19 percent of the fatal incidents (109 incidents) did not indicate why the generator was in use, or why there was no electricity at the location of the incident.
Of the 152 fatal incidents associated with a power outage due to weather or a problem with power distribution, 93 percent were due to specific weather conditions. Ice or snow storms are associated with the largest percentage of weather-related CO fatal incidents, accounting for nearly half (49%) of the power outage-related incidents. Hurricanes and tropical storms were associated with 28 percent of CO fatal incidents. More than half (31 of 61) of the generator-related CO fatalities that were hurricane- or tropical storm-related (20 of 42 fatal incidents) occurred in 2005, a year of above-average hurricane activity.
The size of the generator involved in a CO fatality was identified in 45 percent of the 562 incidents. Because most of the generators that were associated with fatal CO poisoning were gasoline-fueled,
The proposed standard would apply to portable generators powered by small handheld and non-handheld SI engines. The Commission categorized the size of the generator using the EPA's classification of the small SI engine powering it: A handheld engine, a non-handheld Class I engine, or a non-handheld Class II engine. The Commission further categorized the generators powered by non-handheld Class II engines by whether the engine had a single cylinder or twin cylinders. The Commission defines the
• A
• A
• A
• A
Although the Commission categorized generators based on the EPA classification of the engines powering them, it is important to distinguish these engines from the portable generators that they are used in because the engines are also used in other products. To provide a clear distinction, the Commission refers to
Generators within the scope of the proposed rule provide receptacle outlets for AC output circuits and are intended to be moved, although not necessarily with wheels. Products that would not be covered by the proposed rule include permanently installed stationary generators, 50 hertz generators, marine generators, generators permanently installed in recreational vehicles, generators intended to be pulled by vehicles, generators intended to be mounted in truck beds, and generators that are part of welding machines. Generators powered by compression-ignition (CI) engines (engines fueled by diesel) are also excluded from the scope of the proposed rule. These inclusions and exclusions are largely consistent with the scope of the two U.S. voluntary standards for portable generators, UL 2201—
The great majority of the units that fall within the scope of the proposed standard are gasoline-fueled, but portable generators powered by engines fueled by liquid propane (LP) present similar risks of CO poisoning, and these units also would be covered by the proposed rule. Some portable generators can operate fueled by gasoline, LP and natural gas, and these would also be covered by the scope of the proposed rule.
The proposed rule specifies different limits on weighted carbon monoxide emission rates for different classes of generators in recognition of the effects
The proposed rule does not dictate how generators would meet the CO emission limits. Rather, under the proposed rule, firms have the flexibility to determine the appropriate technology to meet the specified performance requirements. To determine feasibility and to estimate likely costs of the proposed rule, staff's briefing package, and this preamble, discuss ways that staff believes companies might modify generators to meet the CO emission limits. However, companies could use other approaches.
The proposed rule describes the test procedure and equipment that the Commission would use to assess compliance with the standard. Manufacturers, however, need not use this particular test, so long as the test they use effectively assesses compliance with the standard. The Commission believes this approach provides added flexibility to manufacturers to reduce testing burdens. The Commission welcomes comments on the benefits and costs of this approach versus requiring a specifc test method for manufacturers to demonstrate compliance.
In accordance with Section 9 of CPSA, the proposed rule contains a provision that prohibits a manufacturer from “stockpiling,” or substantially increasing the manufacture or importation of noncomplying generators between the date that the proposed rule may be promulgated as a final rule, and the final rule's effective date. The rule would prohibit the manufacture or importation of noncomplying portable generators by engine class in any period of 12 consecutive months between the date of promulgation of the final rule and the effective date, at a rate that is greater than 125% of the rate at which they manufactured or imported portable generators with engines of the same class during the base period for the manufacturer. The base period is any period of 365 consecutive days, chosen by the manufacturer or importer, in the 5-year period immediately preceding promulgation of the rule.
Generator sales can vary substantially from year to year, depending upon factors such as widespread power outages caused by hurricanes and winter storms. Annual unit shipment and import data obtained by CPSC staff show that it has not been uncommon for shipments to have varied by 40 percent or more from year to year at least once in recent years. The anti-stockpiling provision is intended to allow manufacturers and importers sufficient flexibility to meet normal changes in demand that may occur in the period between promulgation of a rule and its effective date, while limiting their ability to stockpile noncomplying generators for sale after the effective date. The Commission seeks comments on the proposed product manufacture or import limits and the base period for the stockpiling provision.
CPSC staff developed a two-part technology demonstration program to demonstrate that the small SI engine powering a commercially available portable generator could be modified with existing emission control technology to reduce its CO emission rate to levels expected to reduce the risk of fatal and severe CO poisoning. The objective of the first part of the program was to develop, from a current carbureted engine-driven generator, a prototype with a CO emission rate reduced to the lowest technically feasible level: (1) Without negatively impacting the engine's power output, durability, maintainability, fuel economy, and risk of fire and burn; and (2) while also ensuring that the engine continued to meet EPA's small SI engine exhaust emission standard for hydrocarbons and oxides of nitrogen (HC+NO
The Commission contracted with the University of Alabama (UA) to conduct the prototype development and durability phase of the program. The prototype development started with a commercially available generator with an advertised continuous electrical power output rating of 5.0 kW that was powered by a small, air-cooled, single-cylinder non-handheld Class II carbureted engine with a 389 cubic centimeter (cc) displacement and overhead valve (OHV) configuration. The prototype was a modification of that engine. To develop the prototype, UA replaced the engine's carburetor with a closed-loop electronic fuel-injection (EFI) system, used an oxygen sensor in the exhaust for closed-loop fuel-control feedback, tuned the fuel control to stoichiometry
CES's testing in accordance with EPA test procedures showed that the prototype engine, while mounted on a dynamometer and equipped with the muffler that had a catalyst installed, had a 6.0 g/kW-hr CO emission rate. This CO emission rate is 99 percent below the EPA's Phase 2 and Phase 3 CO standard of 610 g/kW-hr.
The Commission entered into an interagency agreement with NIST to conduct the second part of the program. In this part of the demonstration program, NIST operated one generator in its unmodified carbureted configuration and another generator in the prototype configuration in the attached garage of a test house on NIST's campus. The test house is used for conducting indoor air quality (IAQ) studies. NIST measured the CO accumulation in the garage and transport into the house. The results provide a sense of how quickly a commonly fatal consumer scenario develops with an existing carbureted generator, and what the comparative results are from the same tests with the fuel-injected catalyzed prototype.
NIST compared the garage CO concentrations from the prototype and the unmodified carbureted generator, after equal periods of generator run-time in the tests, with the garage bay door fully closed. NIST found that the prototype showed 97 percent reduction in the amount of CO released into the garage, compared to the unmodified carbureted generator. This reduction is consistent with UA's findings and translated to much lower levels of CO transporting throughout the house. Taking into consideration the CO time course profile (which is the CO concentration over time) of each room of the house and of the garage, the Commission performed health effects modeling and estimated that the prototype generator resulted in a significantly extended time interval for hypothetical occupants to escape or to be rescued before being incapacitated. For example, in one test in which the garage bay door and connecting door to the house were both closed, the time interval increased by a factor of 12 with the prototype, compared to the unmodified carbureted generator (from 8 minutes to 96 minutes) for the deadly scenario of a consumer in the garage with the generator. The time interval increased even more for occupants inside the house.
The Commission believes that this increased time interval could give occupants an opportunity to remove themselves from the exposure before being incapacitated (perhaps due to their symptoms or other reasons such as an unrelated need to leave the house) or to be found alive by others. In contrast, the Commission predicts that the high CO emission rate of the unmodified carbureted generator would cause some of the occupants, depending on where they are located, to experience relatively quick onset of confusion, loss of muscular coordination, loss of consciousness, and death, without having first experienced milder CO poisoning symptoms associated with low or slowly rising CO-induced hypoxia.
A technology demonstration conducted by EPA further demonstrates the feasibility of significantly lowering CO emission generators using EFI.
EPA used low-cost engine management and fuel injection systems that were similar to that which UA used for the CPSC prototype generator. While the UA generator prototype used a closed-loop system and tuned the fuel to stoichiometry at the high loads, in interest of cost-savings, the EPA engines did not use an oxygen sensor necessary to make it a closed-loop fuel system. For its engines, EPA replaced the carburetor with open-loop EFI that was calibrated rich of stoichiometry,
Although the EPA noted that some engines may need improvements to accommodate stoichiometric fuel control (such as redesign of cooling fins, fan design, combustion chamber design, and a pressurized oil lube system), EPA concluded that closed-loop EFI with fuel control at or near stoichiometry
CPSC staff believes that with a focus on reducing CO emissions, a lower weighted CO emission rate could have been achieved by using an oxygen sensor for closed-loop feedback, operation closer to stoichiometric at the higher loads, and a different catalyst formulated for higher conversion efficiency of CO.
CPSC staff tested three fuel-injected generators created by three different manufacturers.
The second generator is a 5.5 kW rated power generator powered by a single-cylinder Class II engine with nominal 400 cc displacement and OHV configuration, equipped with an oxygen sensor for some form of partial closed-loop operation and a catalyst. The engine is calibrated rich of stoichiometry at all loads. Based on staff's testing in normal atmospheric oxygen that found a nominal weighted CO rate of 560 g/hr, staff believes a CO emission rate of nominally 100 g/hr is possible, if the generator were operated closer to stoichiometric for at least some of the loads and used a catalyst formulated for higher CO conversion efficiency.
The third generator is a 5.5 kW rated power generator powered by a closed-loop fuel-injected single-cylinder Class II engine with nominal 400 cc displacement and OHV configuration. It has a catalyst for aftertreatment and the engine is calibrated to stoichiometric AFR with closed-loop operation at all loads. Staff's testing of this generator in normal atmospheric oxygen found a weighted CO rate of 81 g/hr.
To assess the epidemiological benefits of reduced CO emission generators, CPSC contracted NIST to perform a series of CO exposure simulations that would model the operation of a portable generator in various locations within various house configurations and other structures, and at various CO emission rates.
NIST modeled 40 different structures, including houses with basements and others with crawlspaces, as well as ones with slab-on-ground construction, with and without attached garages, and including older construction and newer construction homes. Three different external residential structures designed to represent detached garages and sheds were included in the 40 structures. The 37 different house models included detached home, attached home, and manufactured home designs. House models and other structures used in the modeling study were matched to 503 out of the 659 actual generator-related CO fatalities reported to CPSC over the period 2004 to 2012. One hundred fifty-six fatalities (659 minus 503) were not included in the modeling analysis because the generator was either outdoors or in a structure such as a camper, RV, tent, church, boat, or apartment complex that was not similar to any of the structure models used by NIST. The Commission believes that reduced emission generator use in these scenarios would most likely have produced fewer CO fatalities than the number observed in the incident data.
CPSC staff chose the modeled CO emission rates based on: (1) CPSC's estimates of elevated CO emission rates expected for the four categories of current carbureted generator products when operating in a reduced oxygen environment, and (2) a series of reduced CO generation rates that allowed CPSC to assess benefits and costs of various levels of reduced emissions within technically feasible rates for each generator category.
The first part of the modeling study used the NIST multizone airflow and contaminant transport model CONTAM, which predicted CO levels in different areas of each structure, over a 24-hour period.
Staff determined CO emission rates, run times, and heat release rates for NIST to model for current, carbureted generators (baseline carbureted generators) based on data from EPA's non-road small spark-ignition engine (NRSI) certification data Web site and advertised power ratings and engine specifications for representative products. These baseline parameters are shown in Table 4, and an explanation of the basis for the parameters follows.
To determine values for CO emission rates, run times, and heat-release rates representative of current generators involved in the fatal incidents, staff considered the generators produced by six large generator manufacturers. All of these manufacturers are members of the Portable Generator Manufacturers Association (PGMA), and, as documented on PGMA's Web site, are the major manufacturers of portable generators sold in North America and a significant majority of the industry.”
Staff used the engine specifications provided by the generator manufacturer to search the EPA's NRSI engine certification data Web site to find the published CO emission rate corresponding to each generator's engine. Staff then calculated the weighted CO emission rate (in g/hr) for each generator's engine, by multiplying the g/kW-hr rate by 46.7 percent of the maximum engine power (46.7 percent of the maximum engine power is the weighted average based on the EPA six-mode calculations).
Considering that 95 percent of the generator-related CO fatalities in CPSC's databases occurred when the generator was operated in an enclosed space, it is important for modeling studies to consider the CO emission rate when a carbureted generator is operating in such enclosed space scenarios. Evidence supporting this view is seen in results of findings from generator tests conducted by NIST under a prior interagency agreement with CPSC.
The generators' run time on a full tank of gas that was associated with 50 percent of the advertised rated load was used to determine the full-tank run time used in the modeling. Fifty percent load was used because, as stated above, 46.7 percent of the engine's maximum power represents the weighted load profile, which is nominally 50 percent. Staff generally used manufacturer's product specifications for run time at 50 percent load, and in a few cases, used engineering estimates to determine the run times. Staff chose to model run times based on a full tank of fuel as a conservative assumption, despite knowledge of scenarios where a generator was used to allow completion of a specific short-duration task, in temporary power outage situations where power was restored within a few hours before a full tank of fuel could be consumed, or in scenarios where the generator was still running when victims were found, had summoned help, and/or had removed themselves from the area.
Staff estimated heat-release rates for these generators based on the fuel-consumption rate at 50 percent load, the manufacturer's specification for the generator's tank capacity, a heat of combustion of gasoline of 42.5 MJ/kg, and an assumed conservative 35 percent thermal efficiency of the engine.
NIST used the same values for run times and heat-release rates for the reduced CO emission rates of each generator category as those used for current generators.
Simulations were run for each model structure and model generator location for 28 representative weather days to determine the CO time course profiles, which are the minute-by-minute CO concentration levels in each of the various rooms of the house. The 28 weather days were chosen to include 14 cold weather days (Detroit, MI), seven weather days from warm months (Miami, FL) and seven transition months weather days (Columbus, OH) to represent the distribution of fatalities, which has been seen to skew towards cold-weather days in a similar manner.
The second part of the modeling study used the CONTAM-generated CO time course profiles as input values to predict corresponding COHb levels expected in healthy adults, as a function of time, using Coburn Forster Kane (CFK) modeling.
To assess the impact of low-emission generators on potential reductions in CO fatalities, the number of observed fatalities from the incident data were assigned to one of the model structures. The initial step was to assign the fatalities that occurred in an “exact match” structure type. “Exact match” structures are defined as those that match all of the NIST structure characteristic parameters used in the analysis to describe the structure, such as floor area, number of floors, existence of a garage and/or basement. Where exact matches could not be assigned, fatalities were apportioned among best matching structure types (those matching the most number of NIST parameters).
These simulations included various generator location scenarios, dependent on house/structure model designs (
The victim's location in the modeled house is assumed to have equal probability of occurring in any living space room. This assumption was made for three reasons. In multi-fatality incidents, victims were often found in different locations within a house. In many cases, the victim's location could not be determined from available reports. Moreover, it was frequently unclear whether victims were located in a single area in which they were found for the entire time or if the individual moved around through various parts of the structure. An example of the latter case could be that an individual felt sick and moved, perhaps, to a bedroom to lie down before expiring.
Next, CPSC staff incorporated criteria that staff developed to evaluate modeled COHb profiles considered indicative of
Although the relationship is not absolute, physiological, epidemiological, and clinical studies provide evidence that acute CO poisoning effects in healthy adults tend to follow toxicological dose-response principles, and that risk of more serious adverse CO poisoning effects worsen progressively as blood levels of COHb increase.
(1) If peak level is ≥60% COHb, assume death.
(2) If peak level is ≥50% COHb but <60%, assume death unless average duration of elevation >50% COHb is less than 2 hours, and average duration of elevation between ≥40% and <50% COHb is less than 4 hours.
(3) If peak level is ≥40% COHb, but <50% COHb, assume death if duration of the average in this range exceeds 6 hours.
(4) If peak level is ≤40% COHb, assume survival.
The final part of the modeling study used patterns evident in fatal incident data (such as the known percentages of deaths related to various generator locations for various generator sizes and structure types) to modulate the modeled COHb data to estimate the number of fatal CO exposures reported for each generator category that could have been averted at each reduced emission rate. The modeling included exposure duration of up to 24 hours, estimated on a minute-by-minute resolution, and determined the status of living versus dead for modeled occupants at each minute in time. The model assumed equal probabilities of intervention over a 24-hour period. This assumption was used because frequently, one could not determine from the incident data how long of an interval between when the generator was started and when the victim died or some other type of intervention occurred.
Although CPSC incident data reflect primarily fatal CO incidents, the assumption that surviving people eventually depart the exposure is supported by staff's estimates of at least 25,400 medically attended CO injuries involving generators over the period of the deaths modeled and the fact that in some fatal incidents, there were surviving victims. For each scenario (CO emission rate, structure model, generator location, occupied zone, weather day), the model produced estimated COHb levels. From these COHb levels, staff determined at each minute interval, whether the victim was dead or alive, based on the criteria outlined above. The average per-minute interval over the 28 days produced a probability of fatality at the given time. Under the assumption of equal probability of intervention over the 24-hour period, the average probability of fatality over the 24-hour period is the overall fatality rate for the given scenario. For the current carbureted generator model simulation, the probability was normalized (scaled up) to 100 percent of the allocated deaths because this is based on the actual incident data. The reduced emission rate simulation results were scaled up by the same factor to normalize the data. The difference between the allocated deaths per scenario and the number estimated for the reduced emission levels is the estimate of the deaths averted for the specified scenario. The summation of all the modeled scenarios (at a given emission level) represents an estimate of the potential deaths averted, if a reduced emission level generator had been in use in place of the current carbureted types. Thus, the same scenarios and assumptions were used for each generator size, generator location, structure, and weather day combination for current and reduced emissions generators so that the comparison was consistent and the assumptions would apply in the same way to current and reduced emissions.
Table 5 presents a summary of the number of deaths that potentially could have been averted over the 2004 to 2012 time span, if low-emission generators were used in place of the high CO output generators that were in use during this period. CPSC staff estimates that a total of 208 out of 503 deaths
Staff expects that some additional, but unquantified deaths, could be averted in the remaining 24 percent of fatalities that were not modeled, especially in fatal incidents where a generator was operated outdoors, and/or, that had co-exposed survivors. Staff's epidemiological benefits analysis is contained in TAB K of the staff's briefing package.
On January 4, 2007, the CPSC voted unanimously (2-0) to require manufacturers of portable generators to warn consumers of carbon monoxide (CO) hazards through a mandatory label containing performance and technical data related to the performance and safety of portable generators. The required warning label informs purchasers: “Using a generator indoors CAN KILL YOU IN MINUTES”; “Generator exhaust contains carbon monoxide. This is a poison you cannot see or smell”; “NEVER use inside a home or garage, EVEN IF doors and windows are open”; “Only use OUTSIDE and far away from windows, doors, and vents.” The label also includes pictograms. The label requirement went into effect on May 14, 2007, and is required for any portable generator manufactured or imported after that date.
Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. (UL) and the PGMA have each been accredited by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) to develop a U.S. safety standard for portable generators. However, only PGMA has developed an ANSI standard for portable generators, ANSI/PMGA G300-2015. UL has also developed a standard, UL 2201, which has not become an ANSI standard, due to lack of consensus. International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 8528-13:2016,
In 2002, UL formed a standards technical panel (STP) to develop the first voluntary standard in the United States, dedicated solely to portable generators, UL 2201
The requirements in UL 2201 cover internal combustion engine-driven generators rated 15 kW or less, 250 V or less, which are provided only with receptacle outlets for the AC output circuits. The scope section of UL 2201 states that the standard addresses: “the electric shock, fire, and casualty aspects associated with the mechanical performance and the electrical features of portable engine-driven generator assemblies.” The standard restates the mandatory CPSC label requirement, but the standard does not otherwise address the risks related to CO poisoning. UL 2201 includes construction requirements to define minimum acceptability of components of the fuel system, engine, alternator, output wiring and devices, frame/enclosures and others, to ensure their suitability in this application to mitigate the risk of shock, fire and physical injury to users. The standard includes tests applicable to electrical, fire or mechanical hazards, as well as manufacturing tests.
UL has been unable to achieve consensus within the STP for UL 2201 to be recognized as an ANSI standard. Therefore UL 2201, first published in 2009, currently exists as a UL standard without ANSI recognition.
In January 2014, CPSC staff sent a letter to the UL 2201 STP Chair to request that a task group be formed to work on proposals to address the CO hazard that would eventually be balloted by the STP.
The Commission is unaware of any portable generator that is, or has been, certified to UL 2201; as such, it is unlikely that there would be substantial compliance with the standard it if CO emissions requirements were incorporated.
In 2011, PGMA was accredited by ANSI to be a standards development organization, allowing PGMA, in addition to UL, to develop a standard for portable generators. PGMA is the accredited standards development organization for ANSI PGMA G300—
PGMA G300 provides a method for testing the safety and performance of portable generators “rated 15 kW or smaller; single phase; 300 V or lower; 60 hertz; gasoline, liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) and diesel engine driven portable generators intended for multiple use and intended to be moved, though not necessarily with wheels.” PGMA G300 includes construction requirements for engines, fuel systems, frame/enclosures, alternators, and output wiring and devices. The standard includes safety tests intended to address electrical, fire or mechanical hazards during intended generator operation. It also includes a section on testing for determination of output power rating that it delineates as non-safety based. PGMA G300 also includes manufacturing tests to ensure minimum levels of safety for production units. Although the standard restates the mandatory CPSC label requirement for portable generators, it does not otherwise address the risks related to CO poisoning.
CPSC staff continues to work with PGMA and urge them to address the CO hazard.
On September 19, 2016, PGMA emailed a letter to Chairman Kaye indicating that PGMA is in the process of re-opening G300 and announcing its intent to develop a “performance strategy focused on CO concentrations.”
ISO 8528-13:2016
The Commission does not believe that any of the standards discussed in the previous section are adequate because they fail to address the risk of CO hazard beyond restating the CPSC mandatory labeling requirement and the Commission does not believe that the mandatory labeling requirements, alone, are sufficient to address the hazard. Additionally, the Commission is not aware of any firms certifying products to these standards. Thus, the Commission does not believe there is substantial compliance with the standards. Therefore, the Commission concludes that the voluntary standards are not adequate in addressing CO deaths and injuries.
In this section, we describe and respond to comments to the ANPR for portable generators. We present a summary of each of the commenter's topics, followed by the Commission's response. The Commission received 10 comments in response to the ANPR. Subsequently, in a two-part technology demonstration, CPSC contracted with UA to conduct a generator prototype development and durability demonstration program and contracted with NIST to conduct comparative testing of an unmodified carbureted generator and prototype generators in an attached garage of a test house facility. CPSC staff published a report regarding the results of the two-part technology demonstration program that included both the UA development and durability program and the NIST comparative testing program
The commenter recommends that CPSC conduct a study to determine the effectiveness of the CPSC-mandated CO warning. The commenter states that testing is needed because of the importance of “educating owners about the proper use of their generators.” Based on this assertion, the Commission infers that the commenter's measure of effectiveness is the extent to which the warning is understood by consumers, assuming the warning had initially captured and maintained the
The Commission supports the testing of warnings and other hazard communications. However, as discussed in the preamble to the mandatory labeling final rule, an independent contractor already performed focus-group testing with low-literacy individuals on the product label initially proposed in the notice of proposed rulemaking (NPR), and the Commission revised the final label to address the message text comprehension problems identified during testing.
1.
Staff notes that the CPSC prototype generator was meant to be a durability program demonstration to support substantially reduced CO emission rates and encourage research on an approach to mitigate the risk of fatal and severe CO poisoning. The prototype portable generator was not intended to be a production unit, as manufacturers would need to consider appropriate suitable designs for their engine families in portable generators. Staff's prototype findings have since been repeated by others who patterned their reduced CO emissions prototype generators on the design concept developed for CPSC by the University of Alabama.
2.
CPSC staff acknowledges the EMA concern that adoption of a portable generator engine, specifically designed to reduce CO emissions, may have
3.
4.
Emission and engine test data were collected on the as-received, carburetor-fueled generators units. According to the University of Alabama report,
Another comparison of cylinder head temperatures involves the baseline generator, which remained unmodified as the original unit, and the prototype generator. According to the
5.
This 500-hour prototype emission test performance was due to portions of the fuel look-up tables
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
1.
2.
The Commission recognizes that even healthy individuals can exhibit variability in individual susceptibility to CO health effects under identical exposure scenarios. The Commission understands that, in clinical situations, CO poisoning symptoms and health effects do not necessarily correlate well with a patient's initial COHb measurement, which is often confounded (generally reduced by factors such as time interval relative to cessation of CO exposure and provision of supplemental oxygen). Clearly, COHb measurements can be of limited value to physicians when determining appropriate treatment plans for individual patients. Rather than make clinical decisions, the Commission needed to provide controlled, systematic comparisons of how CPSC's reduced CO emissions prototype generator could be expected to reduce the lethal CO hazard presented by the unmodified original generator. Therefore, CPSC used identical physiological input parameters for a healthy adult to model COHb formation and elimination from empirical generator CO time course exposure data. CPSC used predicted times taken to rise to, and progress through, three convenience benchmark percentile COHb values to compare the relative CO poisoning hazard presented by a generator before and after design modifications to reduce its CO emission rate. The Commission considered these benchmark values to approximate relatively mild (20% COHb), potentially incapacitating (40% COHb), and likely lethal (60% COHb) exposure levels. Although indicating health effects generally first reported at these benchmark COHb levels, CPSC did not intend to convey that they represented precise measures when appearance of symptoms and adverse health effects would be expected in all individuals. CPSC noted that rapidly rising, high-level CO exposures of several thousand ppm (as can occur with current carbureted generators) would result in extreme oxygen deprivation and fast-rising COHb levels, causing rapid incapacitation, loss of consciousness and death, without individuals necessarily experiencing milder, progressively worsening CO poisoning symptoms typically manifested in slowly rising or lower-level CO exposures.
As further detailed in the staff's briefing package, the available physiological research data and clinical findings in the scientific literature support the use of “COHb benchmarks,” for approximate estimation and comparison of CO-related health effects expected during generator-related exposures.
The legislative history indicates that Congress contemplated a stricter ban on the CPSC's jurisdiction and rejected it. Specifically, the Senate version of the bill for § 31 would have precluded CPSC's jurisdiction if the product was “subject to safety regulations” under one of the statutes listed in section 31 of the CPSA. S. Rep. No. 92-749, 92d Cong., 2d Sess. 12-13 (1972). In contrast, as the
The CAA and the EPA regulations promulgated under it that address CO emissions from portable generators have not sufficiently reduced or eliminated the risk of CO poisoning associated with portable generators that the CPSC seeks to address. Deaths and injuries associated with CO emissions from portable generators have increased since the EPA adopted its regulations limiting CO emissions from the type of engines used in portable generators.
The CAA and the EPA's regulations create national standards intended to address large-scale ambient air pollution, not acute CO exposure from portable generators. The CAA and the EPA's regulations, created under 42 U.S.C. 7407, are designed to reduce CO emissions in regional areas that exceed National Ambient Air Quality Standards. These requirements are not designed to reduce the localized risk to consumers from acute CO poisoning when portable generators are used in the home.
Additionally, EPA's 2008 adoption of an averaging program for CO emissions from marine engines further demonstrates that its regulations are not concerned with the risk of acute CO poisoning, but only large-scale overall emission levels. This averaging program allows a manufacturer to exceed the EPA's CO emission limits for a group of similar engines, as long as the manufacturer offsets that increase with another “engine family” with emission levels below the EPA's limit. 73 FR 59,034 (Oct. 8, 2008). It is noteworthy that this averaging program applies to CO emissions from marine engines, which the EPA explicitly acknowledges are associated with “a substantial number of CO poisonings and deaths.” 73 FR 59,034, 59,048 (Oct. 8, 2008). Under this program, emissions from an individual engine are inconsequential to EPA's rule, and so is the individual consumer's exposure level. Rather, the EPA's determination of CO emission limits focuses on ambient air pollution on a large scale.
Finally, the structure of the CAA and its delegations of authority make the EPA unable to adequately address the risk of injury associated with CO poisoning to consumers from portable
One comment in support of the use of residential CO alarm technology noted that a CO sensor that is used to activate ventilation systems in parking garages can be used for turning off the generator when it senses 35 ppm CO. The Commenter also recommended that the system be interlocked to prevent generator operation every 2 to 3 years, when the sensor's useful life is expended, and to prevent operation, if the user disables the system.
The commenter who did not recommend the use of residential CO alarm technology expressed the belief that COS sensing technology near a generator may impair its operation, causing users to disconnect the sensors to ensure a steady source of electricity. The Commenter also noted that CO sensors require routine maintenance, and their capabilities can degrade with time and during extended periods of inactivity, adding that it may be unreasonable to expect consumers to regularly check and maintain the CO sensing equipment, particularly when the generator is not even being used.
In that investigation, the Commission found that when the generator was operated inside the TMS building, the CO migrated and accumulated on the far side of the room more quickly than near the generator. The CO alarms on the generator never activated before those located elsewhere in the space activated, with the time difference generally ranging from 5 to 10 minutes. In some tests, CO levels in some parts of the room reached up to 1,000 ppm before the CO alarm on the generator activated and shut off the generator. When the generator was operated in wide-open outdoors in a light breeze condition, CO concentrations ranging up to 350 ppm were measured in the immediate vicinity of the generator. Although this did not activate the CO alarms mounted on the generator to shut it off, the Commission believes this could occur in some circumstances. This would detrimentally affect the utility of the generator when used in a proper location.
In addition to these performance deficiencies, the Commission is concerned about the ability of CO sensors to survive the environments produced by an operating generator. Currently available electrochemical and semiconductor CO sensors, which dominate the CO sensing market, have numerous vulnerabilities that will compromise their ability to maintain accuracy if they are used in an atmosphere containing high concentrations of hydrocarbons, as is present in a generator's exhaust, particularly when used in a confined space.
Regarding one commenter's recommendation to use CO sensors that turn on ventilation fans in parking garages, a recent energy efficiency study examining the performance of parking garages that have CO-sensing activated ventilation indicates that this type of system is subject to failure if not maintained on the manufacturer's recommended schedule (California Utilities Statewide Codes and Standards Team, 2011). Systems employing both electrochemical and solid state technology that were five and 12 years old, respectively, failed likely because they had not been calibrated. A properly maintained 2-year-old electrochemical sensor-equipped system performed well. The commenter suggested that to account for the referenced 2 to 3 year expected sensor life, the consumer replace the sensor at the end of the sensor's useful life. The Commission believes that it is not appropriate for consumers to be required to replace a primary safety device, let alone replace it every 2 to 3 years, when the life of the overall product is much longer. Furthermore, making the sensor replaceable makes it vulnerable to tampering. Notwithstanding the previously mentioned CO concentrations that CPSC measured around a generator operating in a proper location, the conflict between making the sensor consumer-replaceable and tamper-proof leads the Commission to conclude that currently available sensors are not likely to be effective, given the long service life of portable generators. With respect to the recommendation for a 35 ppm CO set point for an on-board sensor, CPSC measured CO concentrations in excess of 35 ppm in the immediate vicinity of the generator, while operating outdoors within 11 minutes after starting the generator (Fig C2 in Brown, 2013). A 35 ppm limit for shutoff would greatly limit the utility of portable generators when used properly.
One commenter raised a number of behavioral and technical issues on the utility of such a system. This commenter noted that the same technical comments he made on the generator-mounted safety shutoff concept, discussed above, apply to the remote-sensing concept as well. This commenter also noted that remote-sensing technologies require consumers to take affirmative actions to properly locate sensors inside buildings and to monitor them to make sure that they continue to be operational. The commenter stated that the risk of the CO poisoning hazard would not be mitigated when consumers fail to locate or use the sensing technology properly or the detector malfunctions due to infrequent use or lack of maintenance.
Another commenter enumerated a number of concerns about the concept of a remote CO-shutoff system that included:
Regarding the staff report, the commenter objected that only one model generator was included in the tests and that only a limited number of hazard scenarios were tested. The commenter provided a list of options that would need to be investigated to document remote CO-sensing device acceptability. The options include: (1) Effectiveness of the mandatory warning label; (2) effects of environmental conditions on CO dispersion in a building; (3) effect of generator load profile on CO dispersion; (4) effect of walls and building materials on the sensor's radio frequency (RF) signal to the generator; and (5) maximum distance between sensor/transmitter and the generator. Additional areas the commenter listed include: (6) Consumer's ability to reset the system in adverse conditions (darkness, storms); (7) timing of product sales (pre- or post-storm); (8) minimum component performance requirements; and (9) minimum battery requirements.
The study was limited to proof-of-concept and did not consider issues such as life expectancy, reliability, usability, and environmental conditions. All of these factors would need to be considered in developing a remote CO detection/shut-off system for portable generators for consumer use.
In addition to having the same sensor-related concerns as those stated above in CPSC's response to the on-board CO sensing shutoff concept, CPSC has additional concerns, a primary one being that a system of this sort would need to be provided with the generator and would require the consumer to properly install the sensing devices. The consumer could easily defeat the features by operating the generator in an enclosed location and intentionally placing the sensor outdoors or other locations away from where the CO is infiltrating in order to keep the generator running. Another scenario of concern involves the user placing the CO sensor in a room where he/she thinks the CO will infiltrate, but the CO infiltrates faster in another room that the system is not monitoring. Transmitter range is another concern; if a consumer properly locates the generator outdoors at a distance far enough from the dwelling to prevent CO infiltration, the distance may render the generator inoperable if it is not within range of the sensor signal. Based on the concerns mentioned above, the Commission is not pursuing this concept as a means of reducing the CO hazard associated with portable generators.
On February 12, 2007, counsel for American Honda Motor Co., Inc., Briggs & Stratton Company, and Yamaha Motor Corporation, USA (the companies), submitted comments jointly on the December 12, 2006 advance notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPR), concerning portable generators. The companies made the following comments on economic issues:
1.
2.
3.
The proposed standard would apply to “portable generators” powered by small handheld and non-handheld SI engines, and would include requirements intended to limit carbon monoxide emission rates from these portable generators. The requirements are intended to reduce an unreasonable risk of injury associated with portable generators.
Generators within the scope of the proposed rule provide receptacle outlets for AC output circuits and are intended to be moved, although not necessarily with wheels. Products that would not be covered by the proposed rule include permanently installed stationary generators, 50 hertz generators, marine generators, generators installed in recreational vehicles, generators intended to be pulled by vehicles, generators intended to be mounted in truck beds, and generators that are part of welding machines.
The requirements would apply to four categories of portable generators: (1) Handheld generators; (2) class 1 generators; (3) class 2 single-cylinder generators; and (4) class 2 twin-cylinder generators. Handheld engines have total engine displacement of 80 cubic centimeters (cc) or less; non-handheld engines include EPA Class I engines, which have total engine displacement of less than 225cc, and Class II engines, which have displacement of 225cc and more. Class II engines have an upper limit determined by rated engine power, 19 kilowatts (kW), which is equivalent to 25 horsepower. Although the Commission categorized generators by the EPA classification of the engines powering them, it is important to distinguish these engines from the portable generators in which they are used because the engines are used in other products as well. To provide a clear distinction, the Commission refers to engines according to EPA's classification: Handheld engines, non-handheld Class I engines and non-handheld Class II engines, while referring to portable generators according to the Commission's definitions, handheld generators, class 1 generators, class 2 single-cylinder generators and class 2 twin-cylinder generators.
Under the CPSA, the effective date for a consumer product safety standard must not exceed 180 days from the date the final rule is published, unless the Commission finds, for good cause, that a later effective date is in the public interest. To meet the proposed performance requirements, it is likely that engines will need closed-loop fuel-injection, and with the exception of some handheld engines, the addition of a catalyst. Implementing closed-loop EFI and catalyst integration on all class II (single- and twin-cylinder) engines powering generators may require design modifications, such as redesign of cooling fins and a fan, to accommodate fuel control closer to stoichiometry. The Commission believes 180 days may not be adequate time to allow for such design modifications, and is instead proposing an effective date of 1 year following publication of the final rule, at which time portable generators with Class II single- and twin-cylinder engines, or class 2 single- and twin-cylinder portable generators, would be required to comply with the applicable requirements of the rule. The Commission proposes a compliance date of 3 years after publication of the final rule for generators powered by Class I engines and handheld generators, or class 1 and handheld generators. This later compliance date is to address manufacturers' concerns that, while industry has gained some limited experience with incorporating fuel injection on handheld and Class I engines, there may be different challenges associated with accommodating the necessary emission control technologies on these smaller engines. In addition, later compliance dates potentially could reduce the impact on manufacturers of generators, including small manufacturers, by providing them with more time to develop engines that would meet the requirements of the proposed rule, or, in the case of small manufacturers that do not manufacture the engines used in their generators, by providing them with additional time to find a supplier for compliant engines so that their generator production would not be interrupted.
The proposed standard would provide that the definitions in section 3 of the Consumer Product Safety Act (15 U.S.C. 2051) apply. In addition, the proposed standard would include the following definitions:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d) c
The proposed rule would require that portable generators powered by handheld engines and Class I engines, or handheld and class 1 generators, not exceed a weighted CO at a weighted rate more than 75 grams per hour (g/h); generators powered by one-cylinder Class II engines, or class 2 generators, must not exceed a weighted CO emission rate of 150 g/h; and generators powered by Class II engines with two cylinders, or class 2 twin-cylinder generators, not exceed a weighted CO emission rate of 300 g/h. The weighted emission rates are based on weighting of six modes of generator operation, ranging from maximum generator load capability (mode 1) to no load (mode 6), similar to a procedure used by EPA to certify compliance with its emission standards for small SI engines.
The proposed rule would impose different limits on weighted CO emission rates for different categories of generators in recognition of the effects of factors such as engine size and other engine characteristics on CO emissions, in addition to the different challenges that may be faced in meeting CO emission rates expressed in grams per hour. The proposed rule would apply different criteria to generators, based on EPA's classification of engines (and on the number of engine cylinders), rather than on power ratings of either the generators or the engines. This determination was based mainly on the absence of standard methods for defining the rated power, maximum power, or surge power of generators. Furthermore, staff determined that the technically feasible emission rates were different for different categories of generators. Staff also found differences in hazard patterns for different categories; this is reflected in the determination of epidemiological benefits (for example more fatalities associated with large generators involved their use in garages as opposed to basements, while for small generators the reverse was true, as described in detail in staff's briefing package in Tab K).
The requirements of the proposed rule are based on technically feasible emission rates and an analysis of the benefits and costs associated with these technically feasible emission rates. The benefits analysis and cost analysis are explained in detail in Section VI and Section X, respectively, of this preamble.
The proposed rule details the test procedure that the Commission would use to determine compliance with the standard, but also provides that any test procedure that will accurately determine the emission level of the portable generator may be used.
The procedure the Commission would use is largely based on a test method that was developed in a collaborative effort with industry stakeholders and is explained in greater detail in Tab J of the briefing package. In brief, the Commission intends to perform the tests in ambient temperature in the range of 10-38 °C (50-100 °F) using E10 gasoline. The six loads that will be applied to the generator for determining the weighted CO emission rate are based on the generator's maximum load capability. Maximum load capability is determined by increasing the load applied to the generator to the maximum observed power output, without causing the voltage or frequency to deviate by more than 10 percent of the nameplate rated voltage and 5 percent of the nameplate rated frequency and can be maintained for 45 minutes with stable oil temperature. The loads will be applied using a resistive load bank capable of achieving each specified load condition to within 5 percent and will be measured using a power meter with an accuracy of ± 5 percent. The Commission will use constant volume sampling (CVS) emissions measurement equipment, as described in the EPA's regulations 40 CFR part 1054 and 40 CFR part 1065 as of 2016. If the generator is equipped with an economy mode or similar feature that has the engine operating in low speed when not loaded, the setting that produces the highest weighted CO emission rate will be used to verify whether the applicable carbon monoxide emissions rate is met.
In accordance with Section 9 of the CPSA, the proposed rule contains a provision that prohibits a manufacturer from “stockpiling” or substantially increasing the manufacture or importation of noncomplying generators between the date of the final rule and its effective date (or compliance date, in the case of generators with handheld and Class I engines). The rule would prohibit the manufacture or importation of noncomplying portable generators by engine class in any period of 12 consecutive months between the date of the promulgation of the rule and the effective/compliance date at a rate that is greater than 125 percent of the rate at which they manufactured or imported portable generators with engines of the same class during the base period for the manufacturer. The base period is any period of 365 consecutive days, chosen by the manufacturer or importer, in the 5-year period immediately preceding the promulgation of the final rule.
Generator sales can vary substantially from year to year, depending upon factors such as widespread power outages caused by hurricanes and winter storms. Annual unit shipment and import data obtained by CPSC staff show that it has not been uncommon for shipments to have varied by 40 percent or more from year to year at least once in recent years. The 5 year period in the anti-stockpiling provision is intended to allow manufacturers and importers sufficient flexibility to meet normal changes in demand that may occur in the period between the promulgation of a rule and its effective/compliance date while limiting their ability to stockpile noncomplying generators for sale after that date. Allowing manufacturers to produce noncomplying generators in amounts that total 125 percent of their peak 365-day period over the prior 5 years could give manufacturers enough flexibility to respond to demand if there is a year of major power outages that create a demand for consumers to purchase portable generators. The Commission is aware of some large manufacturers that have seen year-to-year shipments increase by 50 percent and 70%, so the Commission believes that the allowable stockpiling percentage over a base period should be greater for generators than most other consumer products. The Commission
In accordance with the requirements of the CPSA, we are proposing to make the findings stated in section 9 of the CPSA. The proposed findings are discussed in section XVI of this preamble.
The Commission is proposing to issue a rule under sections 7 and 9 of the CPSA. The CPSA requires that the Commission prepare a preliminary regulatory analysis and that the preliminary regulatory analysis be published with the text of the proposed rule. 15 U.S.C. 2058(c). The following discussion is extracted from staff's memorandum, “Draft Proposed Rule Establishing Safety Standard for Portable Generators: Preliminary Regulatory Analysis.”
The CPSC is issuing a proposed rule for portable generators. This rulemaking proceeding was initiated by an ANPR published in the
Following is a preliminary regulatory analysis of the proposed rule, including a description of the potential costs and potential benefits.
As indicated in Section VII.B of this preamble, two organizations, Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL), and the Portable Generator Manufacturers Association (PGMA), have been accredited by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) to develop U.S. safety standards for portable generators. Although each organization has developed a standard (designated as UL 2201 and PGMA G300, respectively), only PGMA's standard has achieved the consensus needed to be recognized by ANSI (as ANSI/PGMA G300-2015). A UL 2201 task group has been working on developing proposals to address CO hazards of portable generators; however, the task group has not yet sent a proposal to the standards technical panel established by UL to consider for adoption into UL 2201. The current version of UL 2201 includes the mandatory CPSC label, but does not otherwise address the risks related to CO poisoning. In the Commission's view, the label alone is insufficient to address the risk of injury from CO poisoning. CPSC is unaware of any portable generator that has been certified to UL 2201. Therefore, it is unlikely whether there would be substantial compliance with UL 2201 if the standard were to incorporate CO emissions requirements (Buyer, 2016b).
PGMA G300 also includes the mandatory CPSC label for portable generators, but it does not otherwise address the risks related to CO poisoning. In a letter emailed to Chairman Kaye on September 19, 2016, PGMA announced its intention to reopen G300 to develop a “performance strategy focused on CO concentrations.” As discussed in Section VII.B of this preamble, the Commission does not have an adequate basis to determine that PGMA's modification to G300 would likely eliminate or reduce the risk of injury or that there likely will be substantial compliance with the voluntary standard, once modified. In addition, based on the complex nature of setting CO limits and the fact that G300 is just now being re-opened, the Commission is not convinced that a modification to the voluntary standard adequately addressing the risk of injury identified in the rulemaking would be accomplished within a reasonable period of time. CPSC believes that significant technical work, requiring significant time, would be required to develop appropriate requirements and test methods within the broad framework identified in the PGMA letter
Based on data obtained from Power Systems Research, Inc. (“PSR”), a total of 78 domestic or foreign manufacturers produced or exported gasoline-powered portable generators for the U.S. market in recent years. However, most of these manufacturers were based in other countries. The Commission has identified 20 domestic manufacturers of gasoline-powered portable generators, 13 of which would be considered small businesses based on the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) size guidelines for North American Industry Classification System (“NAICS”) category 335312 (Motor and Generator Manufacturing), which categorizes manufacturers as small if they have fewer than 1,250 employees.
Few of the 78 firms involved in production for the U.S. market in recent years have held significant market shares: Less than half of these firms have reportedly had annual shipments of 1,000 units of more, and only six firms have had annual shipments of 50,000 units or more. From 2009 through 2013, the top five manufacturers combined for an estimated 62 percent of the U.S. market for portable generators with power ranges more likely to be in consumer use and the top 10 manufacturers combined for about 84 percent of unit sales during that period. Under the CPSA, firms that import generators from foreign producers would be considered manufacturers of the products. A review of import records for portable generators found that the annual number of individual importers of record has ranged from about 25 to 30 in recent years. These firms would be responsible for certifying that the products they import comply with the rule, should it be finalized by the Commission.
CPSC Directorate for Economic Analysis staff acquired information on annual unit sales of portable generators through contract purchases from market research firms, from federal data sources (
As shown by the chart, consumer demand for portable generators from year to year fluctuates with power outages, such as those caused by hurricanes and other storms along the Gulf and Atlantic coasts and by winter storms in other areas. Periods of increased demand for portable generators may be followed by reduced demand because a larger percentage of households had made recent purchases. Evidence of the importance of weather-related power outages in driving demand for portable generators was highlighted in the fiscal 2007 annual report issued by Briggs & Stratton, a leading manufacturer of engines used in the production of generators (its own and others). The report, noted that for 2007, the company had “a 66% reduction of engine shipments for portable generators caused by a lack of events, such as hurricanes, that cause power outages” (Briggs & Stratton, 2007). Additionally, spurred by widespread concerns over the possible impact of Y2K in disrupting power supplies, estimated portable generator shipments rose to about 2.2 million in 1999, still the highest year for estimated sales (RTI, 2006).
Data obtained by the Commission in recent years show that portable generators purchased by consumers and in household use generally range from under 1 kW of rated power up to perhaps 15 kW of rated power. The Commission believes that the most powerful portable generators are mainly purchased for construction or commercial use, although some also end up in household use.
Data on recent portable generator shipments, as shown in Table 6, compared to information on consumer purchases before 2010, indicate that the U.S. market has shifted toward smaller, less powerful units. Synovate surveys on generators purchased by consumers from 2004 to 2006, found that about 9 percent of units likely purchased for consumer use (< 15kW) had continuous electrical outputs of under 2 kW and about 12 percent had ratings of 2-3.49 kW (Synovate, 2008). Data acquired from PSR and individual manufacturers on portable generator shipments in more recent years show that units with power ratings of under 2 kW comprised an estimated 21 percent of the market, and units with power ratings of 2-3.49 kW have held an estimated market share of about 36 percent over 2010 to 2014 (as shown in Table 6). The market share of larger units, with outputs of 6.5 kW or more, fell from about 22 percent of the market in 2004 to 2006, to about 9 percent over 2010 to 2014.
Small spark-ignition engines used in the manufacture of portable generators are classified (by EPA and for the CPSC proposed rule) according to their total cylinder displacement in cubic centimeters (cc). Data on this engine characteristic were obtained from PSR and individual firms for recent shipments of portable generators, which enabled CPSC to estimate engine classes for the kilowatt ranges discussed above. Data on shipments of portable generators for 2010 through 2014 show that portable generators with Class I engines (those with a total cylinder displacement of <225 cc) comprised about 59 percent of units shipped, and those with Class II engines (those with total displacement ≥225 cc) comprised about 41 percent. We estimate that total annual shipments of portable generators over 2010 to 2014 averaged almost 1.4 million units; about 816,000 of these generators had Class I engines and about 568,000 had Class II engines.
Although sometimes used in non-handheld equipment (such as portable generators), engines are classified as handheld by EPA if they have total displacement of less than or equal to 80 cc. Based on information provided by PSR and individual firms, we estimate that generators with handheld engines account for an average of about 10,000 to 20,000 units sold annually; about 1 percent of the overall consumer market for portable generators; and perhaps 2 percent of the units with smaller (<225 cc) engines.
Chart 2 shows the relationship between rated kilowatt power of portable generators and their engine classes for 2010 through 2014. As can be seen, generators with rated power of under 2 kW were made with Class I engines; and virtually all of those with rated power of 5 kW or greater were made with Class II engines. For units with 2 to 3.49 kW (which was the largest single kW category, accounting for 36 percent of units in 2010 to 2014), the great majority (93%) were made
Engines used in the manufacture of portable generators intended for consumer use have either one or two cylinders for combustion of fuel. Based on information on engine characteristics gathered and reported by PSR, virtually all of the portable generators with sustained power ratings below 6.5 kW that were sold from 2010 to 2014 were powered with one-cylinder engines. These power categories comprised about 91 percent of all units purchased by consumers during that period, as shown in Table 1. PSR data reveal that one-cylinder engines powered about 91 percent of the generators with 6.5 to 7.99 kW and about 58 percent of units with power ratings from 8 to 9.99 kW. It is in more powerful generators, with sustained power ratings of 10 kW and greater, that two-cylinder engines are more common, accounting for about 93 percent of units sold from 2010 to 2014. Overall, the data indicate that one-cylinder engines were used in the manufacture of at least 95 percent of total unit sales of portable generators to consumers, and in about 89 percent of the Class II engines used to produce portable generators.
The Commission believes that compliance with the CO emission requirements of the proposed rule likely would lead OEM manufacturers of portable generators to select engines that have fuel distribution systems that are more capable of controlling air-to-fuel ratios than traditional carbureted systems.
Spark-ignition engines used in portable generators have either two or four piston strokes per combustion cycle. Two-stroke engines have simpler designs with fewer moving parts, making them easier to maintain and lighter in weight at a given displacement than four-stroke engines. They also reportedly can produce up to 40 percent more power than four-stroke engines with the same displacement (MECA, 2009). These characteristics, and the ability to operate in many directions without flooding, make two-stroke engines attractive for use in handheld equipment, such as chainsaws, trimmers and leaf-blowers. Portable generators and other larger non-handheld equipment, such as lawn and garden equipment and pressure-washers, typically have 4-stroke engines. Although all of the portable generators reported in PSR's database of recent shipments had 4-stroke engines, the Commission found portable units with small (<80 cc) 2-stroke engines advertised for sale on internet Web sites. These units likely comprise an extremely small share of the market for portable generators.
With the wide range of engine power and other features available on portable generators shipped in recent years, these products also have been offered to consumers at a wide range of retail prices. The most recent survey data on retail prices was provided to the Commission by Synovate and covered the years 2004 through 2006. Consumer survey data developed by Synovate found that the average retail price paid by consumers for portable generators intended primarily for backup power in the event of electric power outages (the primary stated purpose for the purchase by about 75% of consumers) was about $1,040 in 2006.
More recent pricing information was gained through an informal survey of advertised prices for portable generators by CPSC staff in October 2015 (which included units available in stores and via the Internet). This survey found that that retail prices generally vary by kW rating of the units, engine class and number of cylinders. For rated generator power, average prices were $393 for units under 2 kW; $606 for 2 to 3.49 kW generators; $640 for 3.5 to 4.99 kW units; $936 for those with 5 to 6.49 kW ratings; $1,002 for units with 6.5 to 7.99 kW ratings; and $1,745 for units with kW ratings of 8 or more. Generator characteristics other than power ratings also affect price. For example, “inverter generators” have electronic and magnetic components that convert the AC power to DC power, which is then “inverted” back to clean AC power that maintains a single phase, pure sine wave at the required voltage and frequency suitable for powering sensitive equipment, such as computers. These additional components add to the manufacturing cost, resulting in significantly higher retail prices than units with similar power outputs. For example, our limited retail price survey found that the average retail prices of generators with power ratings of under 2 kW were $242 for units not identified as inverters and $710 for those identified as inverters.
Regarding retail price information by engine class and number of cylinders, staff's informal survey found that generators with handheld engines ranged in price from $133 to $799, with an average price of about $324. Generators with non-handheld Class I engines had a wide price range, from $190 to more than $2,000, with an average price of $534. Generators with one-cylinder Class II engines ranged in price from $329 to $3,999, with an average price of $1,009. Generators with two-cylinder Class II engines ranged in price from $1,600 to $4,999, and the average price of these units was $2,550.
Table 7 shows selected characteristics (displacement, power rating, price and weight) for generators found in an informal retail market survey of generators, by engine class and type.
In this section, we estimate the population of portable generators in use, averaged over the period 2004 to 2012, analyzed by the Directorate for Epidemiology, Division of Hazard Analysis.
We estimated the population of portable generators in use with the CPSC's Product Population Model (PPM), a computer model that projects the number of products in use, given estimates of annual product sales and their expected product life.
Table 8 presents the product population estimates for the years 2004 through 2012; estimated totals have increased from about 9.9 million in 2004, to about 12.5 million in 2012. The average for the years 2004 to 2012 was about 11 million units in use. Table 8 also presents estimates of the numbers of portable generators in use by ranges of kW ratings. These estimates were based on (1) portable generator shipment and purchase data provided by PSR and Synovate for the years 2004 through 2013, augmented by estimates of annual sales developed for some individual manufacturers; and (2) estimates of aggregate annual sales for prior years, in combination with Synovate estimates of market shares for the various power categories for previous years. The PPM was then used to estimate the product population for each power category, assuming an 11-year average product life. According to the population estimates, the largest power category was generators 5 to 6.49 kW, accounting for an average of 3.6 million units in use, or about 33 percent of the total, followed by generators 3.5 to 4.99 kW (averaging about 2 million units and 18.2% of the total).
Note that the estimates provided in Table 8 assume uniform expected product lives across engine sizes and power ratings; that is, the generators with smaller engine sizes are assumed to last as long as the larger engine sizes. Larger engines usually are rated for more hours of operation than smaller engines. Assuming the hour ratings reflect the relative differences in total hours of actual use, our estimates imply fewer hours of use per year for smaller generators versus larger units over their useful lives. This issue is addressed in the sensitivity analysis, and information regarding product lives of units and average annual hours of operation
The proposed rule specifies different requirements for CO emission rates depending on generator engine class and other objective characteristics, rather than engine or generator power ratings. The Directorate for Economic Analysis has estimated historical sales of generators by engine class from estimated sales by kW ratings using data from PSR reporting both generator power and engine displacement. Table 9 presents estimated units in use for 2004 to 2012, by engine class. Based on our analysis, the proportion of generators with smaller engines (handheld and Class I) has increased over the 9-year period. This is consistent with estimates of the increasing share of generators in use with power ratings of under 3.5 kW, shown in Table 8, which follows from the information presented regarding the apparent shift in the U.S. market towards smaller, less powerful units.
This section of the analysis consists of a comparison of the benefits and costs of the proposed rule. The analysis is conducted from a societal perspective, considering all of the significant costs and health outcomes. Benefits and costs are calculated on a per-product-in-use basis. The benefits are based on the reduced risk of fatal and nonfatal injury due to CO poisoning involving portable generators. The costs are defined as the added costs of making the portable generators comply with the proposed rule.
Our primary outcome measure is the expected net benefits (
As discussed in Section III, the Directorate for Epidemiology, Division of Hazard Analysis (EPHA) reports that there were 659 deaths involving portable generators from 2004 to 2012, an average of about 73 annually.
EPHA also provided an estimate of CO-related injuries involving portable generators, based on estimates from the National Electronic Injury Surveillance System (NEISS) during the years 2004 through 2012.
The NEISS injury estimates are limited to individuals initially treated in hospital emergency departments. However, the CPSC's Injury Cost Model (ICM) uses empirical relationships between the characteristics of injuries and victims in cases initially treated in hospital emergency departments and those initially treated in other medical settings (
The ICM is fully integrated with NEISS and provides estimates of the societal costs of injuries reported through NEISS, as well as the costs associated with the estimated medically attended injuries treated outside of hospital emergency departments. The major aggregated societal cost components provided by the ICM include medical costs, work losses, and the intangible costs associated with lost quality of life or pain and suffering.
Medical costs include three categories of expenditures: (1) Medical and hospital costs associated with treating the injury victim during the initial recovery period and in the long run; the costs associated with corrective surgery; the treatment of chronic injuries, and rehabilitation services; (2) ancillary costs, such as costs for prescriptions, medical equipment, and ambulance transport; and (3) costs of health insurance claims processing. Cost estimates for these expenditure categories were derived from a number of national and state databases, including the Medical Expenditure Panel Survey, the Nationwide Inpatient Sample of the Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project, the Nationwide Emergency Department Sample,
Work loss estimates are based on information from the Nationwide Inpatient Sample of the Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project, the Nationwide Emergency Department Sample, Detailed Claims Information (a workers' compensation database), the National Health Interview Survey, the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics and other sources. These estimates include: (1) Forgone earnings of the victim, including lost wage work and household work; (2) forgone earnings of parents and visitors, including lost wage work and household work; (3) imputed long-term work losses of the victim that would be associated with permanent impairment; and (4) employer productivity losses, such as the costs incurred when employers spend time juggling schedules or training replacement workers.
Intangible, or noneconomic, costs of injury reflect the physical and emotional trauma of injury, as well as the mental anguish of victims and caregivers. Intangible costs are difficult to quantify because they do not represent products or resources traded in the marketplace. Nevertheless, they typically represent the largest component of injury cost and need to be accounted for in any benefit-cost analysis involving health outcomes.
According to the ICM, the estimated injury costs of the approximately 2,817 medically attended portable generator CO injuries annually amounted to about $184 million (in 2014 dollars), an estimated average of $65,400 per injury. Medical costs and work losses accounted for about 53 percent of the total, while the non-economic losses associated with pain and suffering accounted for about 47 percent. The societal costs of both fatal and nonfatal CO poisoning injuries involving portable generators amounted to about $821 million ($637 million for fatal
The average annual societal cost estimates for generators in use in 2004 through 2012, by engine class, are presented in more detail in Table 10. Row 1 provides the annual estimates of fatal CO poisoning injuries by engine class, and the estimated percent of all deaths involving each category. Note that information on engine class for generators involved in the deaths was available on only about 48 percent of the cases. The cases in which the engine classes were not known were distributed proportionally to the cases in which the classes were known.
Row 2 shows estimated annual nonfatal injuries by engine class; the nonfatal CO injuries were distributed proportionally to the deaths because very little information is available on the displacement of engines of generators involved in these injuries. Row 3 provides estimates of the aggregate annual societal costs of the deaths and injuries. Societal costs were based on a VSL of $8.7 million per death, and the nonfatal injury costs are from the ICM modeling. Row 4 provides the annual estimates of portable generators in use by engine class, as well as the estimated percent of all units in use for each category. Row 5 provides annual per-unit societal costs of deaths and injuries, which is based on the Row 3 estimates divided by the estimated numbers of portable generators in use (shown in Row 4).
Finally, Row 6 provides per-unit estimates of the present value of the expected societal costs (at a 3% discount rate) over the expected product life of a generator. This figure is useful in benefit-cost analysis because it represents the maximum per-unit benefits that might be derived from a product safety standard, if the standard prevented all deaths and injuries. The present value of expected societal costs is $687 per unit for portable generators with handheld engines (which are estimated to have accounted for less than 1% of units in use during the period 2004 through 2012); $672 per unit for generators with Class I engines (35.5% of units in use); $758 per unit for generators with one-cylinder Class II engines (56.7% of units in use); and $116 per unit for generators with two-cylinder Class II engines (7.1% of units in use). The societal costs associated with the two-cylinder Class II generators are substantially lower than for the other generator categories because of the small relative risk for the two-cylinder models. Because the two-cylinder models accounted for about 7.1 percent of generators in use, but only about 1.2 percent of the deaths, the risk of death with two-cylinder generators was only about 16 percent of the risk associated with generators with one-cylinder engines (
As described in Section IX, the requirements of the proposed performance standard require portable generators powered by handheld engines and Class I engines to emit CO at a weighted rate that is no more than 75 grams per hour (g/hr); generators powered by one-cylinder Class II engines to emit CO at a weighted rate that is no more than 150 g/hr; and generators powered by two-cylinder Class II engines to emit CO at a weighted rate that is no more than 300 g/hr. As noted in CPSC staff's analysis that provides the rationale for the performance requirements, considering expected manufacturing variability of ±50 percent, based on limited testing of
To estimate the expected reduction in societal costs, and hence, the benefits from the proposed rule for portable generators, an interdisciplinary analysis by CPSC staff provided estimates of generator-related consumer CO poisoning deaths reported in the agency's databases that could have been avoided as a result of reduced CO emission rates from generators. An important part of the analysis was indoor air quality modeling by NIST under an interagency agreement to estimate the transport of CO emitted from generators and predicted health effects for scenarios and house characteristics found in CPSC's incident data. CPSC staff then compared the health effects resulting from emission rates from current generators to a range of lower CO emission rates to estimate deaths that could have been avoided for each emission rate.
The NIST modeling and CPSC staff analysis considered scenarios associated with 503 CO poisoning deaths over 2004 to 2012, or about 76 percent of the 659 CO poisoning deaths in CPSC records over the 9-year period. These deaths occurred at various fixed-structure residential settings, including traditional houses, mobile homes, townhomes, and structures attached to a home, in addition to residential sites where generators were operated in separate structures, such as sheds cabins used for temporary (non-residential) shelter and detached garages. For the purposes of this analysis, deaths and injuries occurring in these settings are considered to be those that would be which would be addressable by the proposed rule. However, we note that an unquantified number of the 156 deaths not modeled by NIST might be addressed and prevented by the proposed rule.
Chart 3 presents the results of CPSC staff analyses of estimated reductions in CO poisoning fatalities that would result from lower-weighted emission rates for modeled scenarios under various weighted CO emission rates. At each reduced emission rate, the estimated percentage reduction in fatalities is greater for generators powered with larger engines because of their higher average estimated base rate for CO emissions (4700 g/h for one-cylinder and 9100 g/h for two-cylinder Class II engines vs 1800 g/h for Class I non-handheld engines and 900 g/h for handheld engines).
Emission rates from generators meeting the proposed performance requirements are expected to be higher while operating indoors (at reduced oxygen levels of approximately 17%) than the feasible rates under conditions of approximately 20.9% oxygen: Perhaps 150 g/h for generators with handheld engines and Class I engines, 300 g/h for generators with one-cylinder Class II engines and 600 g/h for generators with two-cylinder Class II engines (three times the technically feasible rate for each generator category).
Table 11 presents estimated reductions in societal costs, and hence, benefits of the reduced CO emissions predicted to result from the proposed standard. The per-unit societal costs per generator, from Table 10, are included at row 1. However, as noted above, not all of these costs would be addressed by the proposed standard or were not included among the major residential scenarios modeled by NIST.
Row 3 shows the staff's estimates of weighted CO emissions from complying generators of the different engine categories that would result from operation in conditions of reduced oxygen. Row 4 shows the estimated reduction in addressable societal costs resulting from the weighted emission rates, based on CPSC staff's estimate of the reduction in CO poisoning deaths.
Multiplying the present value of expected benefits per unit by estimated annual unit sales (in row 6) yields the estimated aggregate present value of benefits from annual sales of portable generators that would comply with the proposed standard. The estimated present value of benefits of reduced CO poisoning from complying portable generators sold in a year totals about $315 million. Nearly 99 percent of the total benefits are attributable to expected sales of generators with Class I engines and one-cylinder Class II engines. These two types of engines are expected to comprise about 94 percent of annual unit sales under the proposed standard.
Projections of benefits of the proposed rule should account for recent changes, and reasonably expected changes, in the market that will affect societal costs and the costs of compliance by manufacturers. One consideration that would be expected to reduce the addressable societal costs of the rule from those estimated for the period of 2004 to 2012 is the relatively recent introduction of units with EFI. Increased use of EFI would also reduce the costs of compliance with a standard based on reduced CO emissions. However, portable generators with EFI have not yet gained a significant share of the consumer market for portable generators, and we have little basis for incorporating projected sales of EFI units into the analysis. Regarding the introduction of EFI on expected hazard costs, most of the EFI-equipped portable generators have reportedly not targeted reductions in CO emissions, specifically. Therefore, a relatively small share of the generator market would not be expected to contribute to substantial reduction in the overall hazard. However, costs of compliance with a mandatory standard would be greatly reduced for units with EFI systems.
In addition to reducing societal costs related to CO poisoning deaths and injuries, product modifications to achieve greatly reduced CO emissions could also result in improved fuel efficiency and other benefits, including easier starting, altitude compensation, fuel adaptability, improved power, better reliability and longer useful product life.
Based on the judgment of CPSC engineering sciences staff, the most likely technical means of compliance with the requirements of the proposed rule would be the use of closed-loop electronic fuel-injection systems to achieve and maintain the needed air-to-fuel ratios under different loads and ambient conditions.
More detailed discussions of the expected product modifications, and other factors leading to cost increases, appear in the following discussion. All cost estimates are expressed in 2014 dollars, for comparison with estimated benefits of the proposed rule.
The likely industry switch from engines with carburetors as the means of fuel delivery to closed-loop EFI is expected to be the most significant factor in determining cost increases under the proposed rule. This technology has been used for a number of years on the small spark-ignition engines in small motorcycles and scooters, as well as in more recent years in a variety of other product applications, including lawnmowers/tractors and golf carts. Although some firms have introduced portable generators with EFI for the consumer market in the last couple of years, generators with this fuel delivery system currently account for a very small fraction of sales. Associated components for closed-loop EFI could include the electronic control unit, fuel pump, injector(s), pressure regulator, throttle body, and a variety of sensors, such as
The effectiveness of EFI in controlling the air-fuel ratio with resulting improved engine combustion efficiency and reduced CO emissions was demonstrated by CPSC staff's technology demonstration project,
Most CO poisoning deaths from portable generators occur when generators are used in enclosed spaces, such as in a closed garage, basement, or room in the living space of a house, or in a partially enclosed space, such as in a garage with the garage door opened part way.
In its assessment of costs of this feature for small spark-ignition engines, the EPA (2006) also projected that Class I engines would also require batteries and alternators/regulators at estimated additional costs totaling about $17 (including original equipment manufacturer and warranty markups). As previously noted, data on shipments of portable generators for 2010 through 2014 show that portable generators with Class I engines comprised about 59 percent of units shipped, and those with Class II engines accounted for about 41 percent of units. Therefore, the estimated cost increase per unit for the EFI-related components identified in this section would be about $94 for generators with Class I engines (55% of units); about $79 for generators with one-cylinder Class II engines (about 36%); and about $85 for generators with two-cylinder Class II engines.
We note that it may be technically feasible, and perhaps eventually less costly for manufacturers to incorporate EFI systems that power-up the fuel pump and electronic components by magnets when starter cords are pulled. Battery-less EFI systems have been available in consumer products for several years, including snowmobiles, outboard motors, and motorcycles. However, we are not aware of the current use of this technology in applications with Class I engines. Comments on prospective use (
Generator manufacturers also are likely to include three-way catalysts
In its assessment of the costs of the Phase 3 emission standards for small SI engines, EPA estimated that 3-way catalysts in mufflers of one-cylinder engines of portable generators could add about $10 to $20 in additional hardware costs to the manufacturing costs per engine, depending on capacity, power, and useful life.
Although EPA assumed that Class I and Class II engines would include catalytic mufflers under Phase 3 emission requirements, a majority of small SI engines submitted for EPA certification in recent years has not included after-treatment devices, such as catalysts. Current engines produced with catalytic after-treatment would incur smaller costs for this feature. In the view of CPSC engineering staff, portable generators powered by 4-stroke handheld engines might not require catalysts to comply with the proposed rule since the catalyst in both CPSC's and EPA's demonstration programs was primarily for NO
In an analysis of small SI engine technologies and costs, ICF International estimated that costs of conversion to EFI from carburetors would require 4 months of design time (engineers) and 6 months for development (by engineers and technicians) for Class I engines and 2 months for design and 2 months for development for Class II engines).
These estimated costs could be applicable for portable generator manufacturers that supply their own engines. Engine manufacturers that supply engines to independent generator manufacturers might successfully pass along research and development costs with markups. EPA estimated that manufacturing and warranty markups by suppliers of EFI and catalytic components total 34 percent. Similar markups of design and development costs by suppliers of complying engines could increase generator manufacturing costs by about $2 to $8 for generators with Class I engines and by about $3 to $5 for generators with Class II engines. Manufacturers of approximately 80 percent of generators supply their own engines. Therefore, average generator manufacturing costs for design and development could be about $4.05 for generators with Class I engines and $2.60 for generators with Class II engines.
Costs of design and development for generators powered by handheld engines were not specifically addressed by EPA. For the purposes of this preliminary analysis, we assume that these costs will be similar to those estimated for units with Class I engines. However, we assume that costs per engine family would be apportioned over perhaps 5,000 to 10,000 units annually. This assumption leads to average generator manufacturing costs for design and development of about $10 per unit for generators with handheld engines. We also acknowledge that models with handheld engines often are valued and promoted for their compactness and light weight. Accommodating new features that might be necessary for compliance with the proposed rule and still provide these desired product characteristics could present greater challenges and costs for product engineers and firms. The Commission welcomes comments on this issue, as well as on components and technologies that might be available to meet these challenges and moderate the impacts of the proposed rule on these models.
Costs of new designs and tooling may also be required for generator frames and housings to accommodate additional components, such as batteries for generators with Class I engines, and to address reported concerns with heat dissipation. Modifications could be minimal for many larger generators with open-frame designs; but some smaller units with housings that enclose engines and other components could require larger, redesigned housings, at greater cost. We have assumed that per-unit tooling costs for generators with handheld engines would be twice that of other generators, but costs may be underestimated for small generators. The Commission welcomes comments on this issue from firms that would be affected by the rule.
The modifications to small SI engines to comply with the CO emission requirements of the CPSC standard would likely require engine manufacturers to seek certifications (as new engine families) under EPA requirements for HC+NO
The proposed rule does not prescribe a particular test that manufacturers must use to assess compliance with the performance requirements. Instead, the proposed rule includes the test procedure and equipment that CPSC would use to assess compliance with the applicable performance requirements of the standard.
Evaluation of more stringent emission standards by the EPA found that pressurized oil lubrication systems for engines would be among the engine design changes. EPA's assessment of this engine feature is that it results in “enhanced performance and decreased emissions” because it allows better calibrations and improved cooling potential.
Aggregate estimated compliance costs to manufacturers of portable generators average approximately $113 per unit for engine and muffler modifications necessary to comply with the CO emission requirements of the proposed standard. Cost elements by engine class and characteristics are shown in Table 12.
In addition to the direct costs of the rule, increases in the retail price of portable generators (as costs are passed forward to consumers) are likely to reduce sales. Additionally, consumers who no longer purchase portable generators because of the higher prices will experience a loss in utility that is referred to as consumer surplus, but is not included in the direct cost estimates described in the last section. These impacts are illustrated conceptually in Chart 4 below. For purposes of this analysis, we assume that cost increases are pushed forward to consumers.
The downward sloping curve in Chart 4 represents the demand for generators; p
Given information on the pre-regulatory price (p
We are not aware of precise estimates of the price elasticity of demand for portable generators; however, the nature of the product could argue for a relatively inelastic demand: Sales of the product often peak when consumers need or anticipate the need for backup power for small and major appliances (
Given these parameters, the quantity demanded might decline by about 11 percent ($114/$324 × −0.3), on average, for generators with handheld engines (reducing sales from about 15,000 to about 13,400 annually); by an average of about 6 percent ($113/$534 × −0.3) for generators with non-handheld Class I engines (projected to reduce sales from about 801,000 to about 750,000 annually); by about 3 percent ($110/$1,009 × −0.3) for generators with one-cylinder Class II engines (projected to reduce sales from about 504,000 to about 487,000); and by about 1 percent ($138/$2,550 × −0.3) for generators with two-cylinder Class II engines
The value of lost consumer surplus resulting from increased prices under the proposed rule (represented by the area of triangle
If the estimate of lost consumer surplus is spread over the remaining units sold, the estimated costs, per product sold, might average about $6.78 for generators with handheld engines ($91,000 ÷ 13,400 units); $3.85 for generators with Class I engines ($2,889,000 ÷ 750,000 units); $1.88 for generators with one-cylinder Class II engines ($914,000 ÷ 487,000 units); and $1.14 for generators with two-cylinder Class II engines ($73,000 ÷ 64,000 units). If these per-unit costs of lost consumer surplus are combined with the direct manufacturing costs estimated previously in this section, the total estimated per-unit costs would amount to about $121 for generators with handheld engines; $117 for generators with Class I engines; $112 for generators with one-cylinder Class II engines; and about $139 for generators with two-cylinder Class II engines. These are the cost figures that will be compared to the expected benefits of the rule.
It is possible, however, that some consumers might perceive greater value for complying generators, in terms of fuel efficiency, greater ease of starting, product quality and safety. These perceptions could moderate the adverse impact on demand (
Table 13 presents both the estimated benefits (Row 1) and the estimated costs (Row 2) of the proposed rule. The expected per-unit benefits were derived in Table 5; they average about $243 for generators with handheld engines; $254 for generators with Class I engines; $214 per unit for generators with one-cylinder Class II engines, and; $4 for generators with two-cylinder Class II engines. The estimated $4 in benefits for the two-cylinder Class II engines reflects the fact that very few consumer deaths have involved these generators in the scenarios modeled by NIST and analyzed by CPSC staff, perhaps because they are less likely to be brought indoors because of their size and weight or loudness during operation. Additionally, given the limits on CO emissions for those generators, only about 17 percent of the addressable societal costs are projected to be prevented by the proposed rule.
The costs, including both manufacturing compliance costs (from Table 12), and the costs associated with lost consumer surplus (from the previous section), amount to $121 for generators with handheld engines; $117 for generators with Class I engines; $112 for generators with one-cylinder Class II engines; and about $139 for generators with two-cylinder Class II engines.
As shown in Row 3, the proposed CO emission standard is estimated to result in net benefits (
Projected annual unit sales under the proposed standard are shown in Row 4. Finally, Row 5 shows aggregate net benefits based on the product of net benefits per unit (Row 3) and product unit sales (Row 4).
An examination of Row 5 indicates that aggregate net benefits would be maximized at about $153 million annually, if only handheld engines, Class I engines, and one-cylinder Class II engines are covered by the proposed rule. Including the two-cylinder Class II engines under the standard would reduce aggregate net benefits to about $145 million. Rather, under the CPSA, the benefits of the rule must bear a reasonable relationship to its costs, and the rule must impose the least burdensome requirement that prevents or adequately reduces the risk of injury. 15 U.S.C. 2058(f)(3)(E) and (F).
Hence, the preliminary regulatory economic analysis suggests that excluding the portable generators with two-cylinder Class II engines from the rule would maximize net benefits, an outcome that would be consistent with OMB direction but not required under the CPSA. Generators with these larger and more powerful engines accounted for just 0.4 percent of the 503 consumer CO poisoning deaths addressed by the simulation analysis performed by NIST and the benefits analysis performed by CPSC staff (Hnatov, Inkster & Buyer, 2016). Portable generators with two-cylinder engines are estimated to have comprised about 7 percent of units in use over 2004 to 2012 (as shown in Tables 9 & 10) and about 5 percent of unit sales in recent years (Table 11).
As discussed previously, the analysis was limited to the 503 out of 659 CO poisoning deaths during the period 2004 through 2012. Commission staff reports that there could be some unquantified benefits associated with 156 deaths not modeled by NIST.
Additionally, one underlying assumption for the benefits estimate is that there would be no behavioral adaptations by consumers in response to the reduced rate of CO emissions from portable generators. Knowledge about reduced CO emissions from generators produced under the proposed rule could reduce consumers' perceptions of injury likelihood and susceptibility, which, in turn, could affect consumer behavior.
The benefit-cost analysis presented above compares benefits and costs of our base-case analysis. In this section, we present a sensitivity analysis to evaluate the impact of variations in some of the important parameters and assumptions used in the base-case analysis. Alternative inputs for the sensitivity analysis included:
• Shorter (8 years) and longer (15 years) expected product-life estimates than the 11 years used in the base analysis;
• A discount rate of 7 percent, rather than 3 percent, to express societal costs and benefits in their present value;
• Compliance costs and lost consumer surplus per-unit that are 25 percent higher than the base analysis;
• Lower ($5.3 million) and higher ($13.3 million) values of a statistical life (VSL) than the $8.7 million value for the base analysis; and
• Lower (by 25%) and higher (by 25%) effectiveness for each engine class and characteristic at reducing societal costs of CO poisoning.
The results of the sensitivity analysis are presented in Table 14, with Part A showing estimated net benefits per unit for generators in our base-case analysis (from Table 13) for each engine class and type, and Part B presenting the estimated net benefits per unit, using the alternative input values.
Variations in the expected product life had a relatively small impact on net benefits; a reduced expected product life decreased expected net benefits slightly, while an increased expected product life increased net benefits (rows a and b).
OMB (2003) recommends conducting a regulatory analysis using a 3 percent and 7 percent discount rate.
Variations in cost estimates would directly impact our estimates of net benefits. Discussions with generator and engine manufacturers suggest that the EPA cost estimates, upon which our analysis was based, may have led to underestimates of the incremental costs of EFI and other components that would be needed for the proposed rule. However, the results of this sensitivity analysis show that even if we had systematically underestimated the costs of the proposed rule by 50 percent, the findings of the analysis would have remained unaltered: Generators with handheld, Class I, and one-cylinder Class II engines would continue to exhibit positive net benefits.
Finally, we considered the impact of variations in the value of statistical life (VSL) on the results of the analysis. Kniesner, Viscusi, Wook and Ziliak (2012) suggested that a reasonable range of values for VSL was between $4 and $10 million (in 2001 dollars),
In summary, for each variation analyzed, the overall estimated net benefits of the proposed standard were found to remain positive for the first three categories of generators. However, as with the base-case analysis, the sensitivity analysis showed that generators with two-cylinder Class II engines had estimated costs that remained substantially greater than the present value of projected benefits.
In accordance with OMB (2003) guidelines to federal agencies on preparation of regulatory impact analyses, the Commission considered several regulatory alternatives available to the Commission that could address the risks of CO poisoning from consumer use of portable generators. The alternatives considered included: (1) Establishing less-stringent (higher allowable) CO emission rates; (2) excluding generators with Class II, two-cylinder engines from the scope of the rule; (3) an option for reducing consumer exposure to CO by using an automatic shutoff; (4) establishing later compliance dates; (5) relying upon informational measures only; and (6) taking no action.
Cost savings from higher allowable CO emission rates might result from lower costs associated with catalysts (if they would not be required, or if less costly materials could suffice), less
Expected reductions in societal costs from CO poisoning in scenarios analyzed by the Commission could be about 30 percent for units with handheld engines; about 36 percent for units with Class I engines; about 30 percent for generators with 1-cylinder Class II engines; and about 11 percent for generators with 2-cylinder Class II engines. We estimate that these reductions in societal costs would be reflected in decreased present value of benefits per unit of nearly $90 for generators with handheld engines (a decrease of 36%); about $70 for generators with Class I engines (−28%); and about $40 for units with 1-cylinder Class II engines (− 18%). It seems likely that cost savings from less stringent CO emission requirements would be less than expected reductions in benefits. Therefore, net benefits of the rule would probably decrease under this regulatory alternative.
The Commission did not consider a more stringent alternative because CPSC engineering staff believes that the rates in the proposed rule are based on the lowest rates that are technically feasible. Comments providing information on the benefits and costs that would be associated with different CO emission rates would be welcome.
The Commission could exempt portable generators with two-cylinder Class II engines from the requirements of the proposed rule. As shown in the base-case analysis, the gross benefits that would be derived from including this class of portable generators within the requirements of the standard would only amount to about $4 per unit. There are two reasons for the small per-unit benefit estimate. First, while generators with two-cylinder Class II engines accounted for 7.1 percent of generators in use during the 2004 through 2012 study period, they accounted for only about 1.2 percent of deaths. Consequently, the relative risk for generators with two-cylinder Class II engines was only about 16 percent of the risk for the handheld and one-cylinder models. Second, the analysis of benefits of the proposed emission limits for generators with two-cylinder Class II engines (300 g/hr at unreduced ambient oxygen levels) suggests that the proposed rule would only prevent about 17 percent of the addressable deaths for this class of generators (Hnatov, Inkster & Buyer, 2016).
The costs of the proposed rule are estimated to amount to $139 per two-cylinder, Class II generator, yielding
Exclusion of generators with two-cylinder engines from the scope of the rule could create an economic incentive for manufacturers of generators with larger one-cylinder engines to either switch to two-cylinder engines for those models, or if they already have two-cylinder models in their product lines, they could be more likely to drop larger one-cylinder models from their product lines. The precise impacts of such business decisions on aggregate net benefits of the rule are not known at this time, but it would likely be of marginal significance. We have no evidence that such substitution would occur or, even if it did, that the impact would be significant. Moreover, the higher cost of manufacturing the two-cylinder generators could offset any cost advantage that would result by avoiding the requirements of the proposed rule.
If it would be technologically feasible and cost-effective for manufacturers to use smaller two-cylinder engines for generators in lower power ratings that are associated with greater per-unit societal costs, the reduction in scope of the rule might also specify a minimum engine displacement. For example, if this issue were a concern to the Commission, it could exempt generators with two-cylinder engines, but only if the two-cylinder models had a displacement above a specified value of total engine displacement.
The Commission is including class 2 twin-cylinder generators in the scope of the proposed rule and seeks comments and input on whether class 2 twin-cylinder generators should be excluded from the scope and input on possible shifts in the market of generators powered by two-cylinder engines, such as those discussed above, that might result if two-cylinder generators were excluded from the scope of the rule. The Commission seeks comments on what an appropriate limit on displacement would be if generators with two-cylinder engines above a certain displacement were excluded from the scope, to avoid creating a market incentive for small twin-cylinder generators that avoid the scope of the proposed rule.
CPSC staff considered options for reducing the risk of CO poisoning that would require portable generators to shut off automatically if they sensed that a potentially hazardous situation was developing, or if they were used in locations that are more likely to result in elevated COHb levels in users. CPSC engineering staff evaluated four shutoff strategies/technologies: (1) A generator-mounted CO-sensing system, which would (ideally) sense higher CO levels during operation indoors and shut off the engine before dangerous levels build up; (2) a CO-sensing system located away from the generator (
As alternative means of limiting exposure to CO, automatic shutoff systems could be incorporated into a standard that limits CO production per hour (such as the draft proposed standard), or they could enable compliance with an alternative standard that requires generators to shut off automatically if they are used in conditions that could lead to accumulation of hazardous levels of CO. Allowing the use of automatic shutoff systems, as either a supplement to limits on CO production per hour or under an alternative shutoff standard could potentially be less costly for manufacturers, and result in greater reductions in CO poisoning for consumers.
However, CPSC staff does not believe that an automatic shutoff standard or option is sufficiently proven to be feasible at this time. As noted, CPSC engineering staff investigated four different approaches for an automatic shutoff system, and was not able to demonstrate how any of the shutoff systems could be implemented satisfactorily. Unresolved concerns with the automatic shutoff technologies studied by CPSC staff include: (1) Possibly creating a false sense of safety, which could lead to increased use of portable generators indoors; (2) alternatives that require CO sensors falsely could identify hazards, which would detrimentally affect the utility of the generator when used in proper locations, and could lead to consumers overriding the mechanism; (3) the system would have to be shown to be durable and capable of functioning after being stored for long periods and being used under widely different conditions; and (4) use of algorithms to shut off engines with ECUs would have to be engine-specific and tailored to each engine function, requiring a significant amount of additional testing on this system. These concerns would have to be resolved before a standard incorporating an automatic shutoff option could be developed.
As noted in the technical rationale for the proposed rule, staff believes that 1 year is sufficient lead time for manufacturers to implement the necessary modifications on both one-cylinder and two-cylinder Class II engines powering generators.
The Commission could decide that the recent industry experience in manufacturing small engines with EFI, cited in the staff's technical rationale (Buyer, 2016), while facilitating compliance for some manufacturers of engines and generators, might not shorten the time needed by other manufacturers that have not gained relevant experience in application of EFI technology to their products. Based on recent discussions with generator manufacturers, a longer time frame before compliance is required would allow firms more time to design and build parts in-house, which could be more cost-effective than outsourcing. Lack of relevant recent experience with incorporating EFI in engine manufacturing could be more common for small manufacturers of generators. As noted in the staff's initial regulatory flexibility analysis, a longer period before the rule becomes effective (or before compliance is required for generators with smaller engines) would provide small engine manufacturers more time to develop engines that would meet the requirements of the proposed rule, and in the case of small manufacturers of generators that do not also manufacture their own engines, “it would provide them with additional time to find a supplier for compliant engines so that their production of generators would not be interrupted [and . . . ] for small importers, a later effective date would provide them with additional time to locate a supplier of compliant generators.”
OMB (2003) notes that informational measures often will be preferable when agencies are considering regulatory action to address a market failure arising from inadequate information. As discussed previously, although labels for generators were improved in 2007, with the introduction of mandatory labels, deaths and injuries from the improper placement of newly purchased generators suggest that at least some consumers poorly understand and process the information contained in the operating instructions and warning labels and consequently, these consumers continue to put themselves and others at risk through the improper placement of generators in enclosed areas. Additionally, a review of injury and market data since improved warning labels have been required finds that there is not sufficient evidence to conclude that the label required in the current labeling standard has reduced the CO fatality risks associated with portable generators. Moreover, findings of other general studies on the effectiveness of labels “make it seem unlikely that any major reductions in fatalities should be anticipated due to the introduction of these labels.”
Other informational measures that the Commission could take include increased provision of information through means such as government publications, telephone hotlines, or public interest broadcast announcements. CPSC has previously taken actions to alert consumers to the dangers of CO poisoning by portable generators, and the Commission believes that continued involvement in these activities is warranted. However, evidence of problems in processing information, and continued occurrence of deaths and injuries from improper use of portable generators, indicate that informational measures do not adequately address the risks presented by these products.
The Commission could take no further regulatory action to establish a mandatory standard on portable
During 2004 to 2012, there was an average of about 73 portable generator-related deaths and at least 2,800 generator-related nonfatal injuries annually. The societal costs of these injuries, as described above, totaled about $820 million annually. During the same period, there was an average of about 11.1 million portable generators in use, suggesting about 0.66 deaths and at least 25.2 nonfatal CO poisonings per 100,000 portable generators in use. Based on indoor air quality modeling by NIST, and a staff technical evaluation of the predicted health effects for scenarios and housing characteristics found in the CPSC incident data, CPSC estimated that the proposed rule would prevent about one-third of these deaths and injuries.
The preliminary regulatory analysis evaluated the benefits and costs of the proposed rule. It distinguished between four categories of portable generators by engine class and type: (1) Those with handheld engines with displacement of 80 cc or less; (2) generators with Class I engines with engine displacement of less than 225 cc; (3) generators with one-cylinder Class II engines with engine displacement of 225 cc or more; and (4) two-cylinder class II generators with engine displacement of 225 cc or more.
Generators with Class I and one-cylinder Class II engines accounted for about 92.2 percent of portable generators in use over the period 2004 through 2012. Generators with handheld engines (with engine displacement of 80 cc or less) and two-cylinder Class II engines (with displacement of 225 cc or more) accounted for 0.7 percent and 7.1 percent of portable generators in use, respectively, over 2004-2012.
The preliminary regulatory analysis suggests that the proposed rule could have substantial benefits for most generators. The estimated gross benefits per generator (over its expected product life) ranged from about $215 to $255 for models with hand-held, Class I, and one-cylinder Class II engines. However, gross benefits for the units with two-cylinder Class II engines amounted to only about $4 per unit.
The estimated costs of the proposed rule were generally similar across generator types, ranging from about $110 to $120 per generator for the models with handheld, Class I, and one-cylinder Class II engines, to about $140 for the models with two-cylinder Class I engines. The retail price increases likely to result from these higher costs could reduce portable generator sales by roughly 50,000 units annually, an overall sales reduction of about 3 to 4 percent. The relative impact on handheld generator sales could be greater because of the lower base price of these models.
Given these benefit and cost estimates, net benefits (
Estimated net benefits can be converted to aggregate annual estimates, given estimates of the annual sales of portable generators. The estimated aggregate net benefits, based on 1 year's sales of the generators with handheld, Class I, and one-cylinder Class II engines amounted to $153 million. Including the models with two-cylinder Class II engines (which account for only about 5 percent of portable generators sold in recent years) under the requirements of the standard would reduce aggregate net benefits to about $145 million annually.
The sensitivity analysis supported the findings of the base analysis. None of the inputs used in the sensitivity analysis altered the main findings that there would be positive net benefits for the generators with handheld, Class I, and one-cylinder Class II engines, but negative net benefits for the generators with two-cylinder Class II engines.
Additionally, we note that benefits of the proposed rule were estimated based on an assumption that consumer behavior would not change in response to knowledge of the reductions in CO emissions from generators. However, a perceived reduction in the risk associated with using the generators in unsafe environments may increase the likelihood that some consumers will use their generators in the house, in the garage, or in outside locations that are near openings to the house—behaviors the CPSC recommends against. Although such a response could offset the expected benefits from the proposed rule, staff anticipates that any impact would be minimal. On the other hand, the benefits estimates were based on 503 of the 659 CO-related deaths during 2004 through 2012. These were the deaths occurring in fixed-residential or similar structures (
This section provides an analysis of the impact on small businesses of a proposed rule that would establish a mandatory safety standard for portable generators. Whenever an agency is required to publish a proposed rule, section 603 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601-612) requires that the agency prepare an initial regulatory flexibility analysis (IRFA) that describes the impact that the rule would have on small businesses and other entities. An IRFA is not required if the head of an agency certifies that the proposed rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. 5 U.S.C. 605. The IRFA must contain:
(1) A description of why action by the agency is being considered;
(2) a succinct statement of the objectives of, and legal basis for, the proposed rule;
(3) a description of and, where feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities to which the proposed rule will apply;
(4) a description of the projected reporting, recordkeeping and other compliance requirements of the proposed rule, including an estimate of the classes of small entities which will be subject to the requirement and the type of professional skills necessary for preparation of the report or record; and
(5) identification to the extent practicable, of all relevant Federal rules which may duplicate, overlap or conflict with the proposed rule.
An IRFA must also contain a description of any significant alternatives that would accomplish the stated objectives of the applicable statutes and that would minimize any significant economic impact of the proposed rule on small entities. Alternatives could include: (1) Establishment of differing compliance or reporting requirements that take into account the resources available to small businesses; (2) clarification, consolidation, or simplification of compliance and reporting requirements for small entities; (3) use of performance rather than design standards; and (4) an exemption from coverage of the rule, or any part of the rule thereof, for small entities.
The proposed rule would limit the rate of CO emitted by portable generators and is intended to reduce the risk of death or injury resulting from the use of a portable generator in or near an enclosed space. The Directorate for Epidemiology, Division of Hazard Analysis (EPHA) reports that there were 659 deaths involving portable generators from 2004 to 2012, an average of about 73 annually.
The objective of the proposed rule is to reduce deaths and injuries resulting from exposure to CO associated with portable electric generators being used in or near confined spaces. The Commission published an ANPR in December 2006, which initiated this proceeding to evaluate regulatory options and potentially develop a mandatory standard to address the risks of CO poisoning associated with the use of portable generators. The proposed rule is being promulgated under the authority of the Consumer Product Safety Act (CPSA).
The proposed rule would apply to small entities that manufacture or import SI portable generators. Based on data collected by Power Systems Research, Trade IQ, and general market research, the Commission has identified more than 70 manufacturers of generators that have at some time supplied portable generators to the U.S. market. However, most of these manufacturers were based in other countries. The Commission has identified 20 domestic manufacturers of gasoline-powered portable generators, of which 13 would be considered small based on the Small Business Administration (SBA) size guidelines for North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) category 335312 (Motor and Generator Manufacturing), which categorizes manufacturers as small if they have fewer than 1,250 employees. Four of the small manufacturers are engaged primarily in the manufacture or supply of larger, commercial, industrial, or backup generators, or other products, such as electric motors, which would not be subject to the draft standard. For the other nine small manufacturers, portable generators could account for a significant portion of the firms' total sales. Of these nine small, domestic manufacturers, six have fewer than 99 employees; one has between 100 and 199 employees; another firm has between 200 and 299 employees; and one has between 300 and 399 employees, based on firm size data from Hoovers, Inc., and interviews with several manufacturers.
In some cases, a small manufacturer may be responsible for designing its own brand of generators but outsource the actual production of the generators to other manufacturers, which are often based in China. Other small manufacturers may assemble using components (including engines) purchased from other suppliers. There may be some small manufacturers that manufacture or fabricate some components of the generators, in addition to assembling them.
Using the same sources of data described above, the Commission identified more than 50 firms that have imported gasoline-powered portable generators. However, in some cases, the firms have not imported generators regularly, and generators appear to account for an insignificant portion of these firm's sales. Of these firms, the Commission believes that 20 may be small importers of gasoline-powered portable generators that could be affected by the proposed rule. Importers were considered to be a small business if they had fewer than 200 employees, based on the SBA guidelines for NAICS category 423610 (Electrical Apparatus and Equipment, Wiring Supplies, and Related Equipment Merchant Wholesalers) or $11.0 million in average annual receipts, based on the SBA guidelines for NAICS category 443141 (Household Appliance Stores). Of the 20 small, potential importers staff identified, all have 50 or fewer employees, based on firm size data from Hoovers, Inc.
The proposed rule would establish a performance standard that would limit the rate of CO that could be produced by portable generators that are typically used by consumers for electrical power in emergencies or other circumstances in which the electrical power has been shut off or is not available. The performance standard would be based on the generator's weighted CO emissions rate, and stated in terms of grams/hour (g/hr), depending upon the class
Section 14 of the CPSA requires that manufacturers, importers, or private labelers of a consumer product subject to a consumer product safety rule to certify, based on a test of each product or a reasonable testing program that the product complies with all rules, bans or standards applicable to the product. The proposed rule details the test procedure that the Commission would use to determine compliance with the standard, but also provides that any test procedure may be used that will accurately determine the emission level of the portable generator. However, for certification purposes, manufacturers must certify that the product conforms to the standard, based on either a test of each product, or any reasonable alternative method to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the standard. For products that manufacturers certify, manufacturers would issue a general certificate of conformity (GCC).
The requirements for GCCs are in Section 14 of the CPSA. Among other requirements, each certificate must identify the manufacturer or private labeler issuing the certificate and any third party conformity assessment body, on whose testing the certificate depends, the place of manufacture, the date and place where the product was tested, each party's name, full mailing address, telephone number, and contact information for the individual responsible for maintaining records of test results. The certificates must be in English. The certificates must be furnished to each distributor or retailer of the product and to the CPSC, if requested.
The most likely method for manufacturers of portable generators to comply with the proposed CO emissions requirement is converting to the use of closed-loop electronic fuel-injection (EFI) systems instead of conventional carburetors, to control the delivery of gasoline to the pistons of generator engines. Manufacturers also are likely to use catalytic converters in the mufflers of the generator engines. As discussed in the preliminary regulatory analysis in Section X, the cost to manufacturers for complying with the proposed rule is expected to be, on average, about $114 per unit for generators with handheld engines (1.1% of unit sales between 2010 and 2014), $113 per unit for generators with Class I engines (57.8% of unit sales between 2010 and 2014); $110 for those with single cylinder Class II engines (36.4% of unit sales between 2010 and 2014); and $138 for those with twin cylinder Class II engines (4.7% of unit sales between 2010 and 2014).
These estimates include the variable costs related to EFI, including an oxygen sensor for a closed-loop system, a battery and alternator or regulator; and 3-way catalysts. The estimates also include the fixed costs associated with the research and development required to redesign the generators, tooling costs, and the costs associated with testing and certification that the redesigned engines comply with the EPA requirements for exhaust constituents they regulate, HC+NO
Manufacturers likely would incur some additional costs to certify that their portable generators meet the requirements of the proposed rule, as required by Section 14 of the CPSA. The certification must be based on a test of each product or a reasonable testing program. Manufacturers may use any testing method that they believe is reasonable and are not required to use the same test method that would be used by CPSC to test for compliance. Based on information from a testing laboratory, the cost of the testing might be more than $6,000 per generator model, although it may be possible to use the results from other tests that manufacturers already may be conducting, such as testing to ensure that the engines comply with EPA requirements, per 40 CFR part 1054, for HC+NO
The Commission welcomes comments from the public regarding the cost or other impacts of the certification requirements under Section 14 of the CPSA and whether it would be feasible to use the results of tests conducted for certifying compliance with EPA requirements to certify compliance with the proposed rule.
To comply with the proposed rule, small manufacturers would incur the costs described above to redesign and manufacture generators that comply with the CO emissions requirements and to certify that they comply. However, to the extent that the volume of generators produced by small manufacturers is lower than that of the larger manufacturers, the costs incurred by smaller manufacturers may be higher than the average costs reported above. One reason to expect that costs for lower-volume manufacturers could be higher than average is that some of the costs are fixed. For example, research and development costs were estimated to be about $203,000, on average, for Class II engines and about $316,000 for Class I engines. On a per-unit basis, the preliminary regulatory analysis estimated that these costs would average about $4 for Class I engines and $3 for Class II engines, but for manufacturers with a production volume only one-half the average production volume, the per-unit costs would be twice the average.
For lower-volume producers, the per-unit costs of the components necessary to modify their engines might also be higher than those for higher-volume producers. As discussed in the preliminary regulatory analysis, generators that meet the requirements of the proposed rule would probably use closed-loop electronic fuel-injection instead of conventional carburetors. Therefore, manufacturers would incur the costs of adding components associated with EFI to the generator, including injectors, pressure regulators, sensors, fuel pumps, and batteries. Based on information obtained from a generator manufacturer, the cost of these components might be as much as 35 percent higher for a manufacturer that purchased only a few thousand units at a time, as opposed to more than 100,000 units.
While the cost for small, low-volume manufacturers that manufacture their own engines might be higher than for high-volume manufacturers, small portable generator manufacturers often do not manufacture the engines used in their generators, but obtain them from engine manufacturers such as Honda, Briggs and Stratton, and Kohler, as well as several engine manufacturers based in China. These engine manufacturers often supply the same engines to other generator or engine-driven tool manufacturers. Because these engine manufacturers would be expected to have higher production volumes and can spread the fixed research and development and tooling costs over a higher volume of production, the potential disproportionate impact on lower-volume generator producers might be mitigated to some extent.
As discussed in the preliminary regulatory analysis, the retail prices CPSC observed for portable generators from manufacturers and importers of all sizes ranged from a low of $133 to $4,399, depending upon the characteristics of the generator. On a per-unit basis, the proposed rule is expected to increase the costs of generators by an average of $110 to $140. Generally, impacts that exceed 1 percent of a firm's revenue are considered to be potentially significant. Because the estimated average cost per generator would be between about 3 percent and 80 percent of the retail prices (or average revenue) of generators, the proposed rule could have a significant impact on manufacturers and importers that receive a significant portion of their revenue from the sale of portable generators.
Based on a conversation with a small manufacturer, CPSC staff believes that the proposed rule may have a disproportionate impact on generator manufacturers that compete largely on the basis of price, rather than brand name or reputation. Currently, CPSC cannot identify how many of the nine domestic small manufacturers of engines compete on the basis of price. One reason for the disproportionate impact is that consumers of the lower priced generators are probably more price sensitive than consumers of the brand name generators and may be more likely to reduce or delay their purchases of generators in response to the cost increases that would be expected to result from the proposed rule. A second reason that manufacturers that compete largely on the basis of price could be disproportionately impacted is that brand name generator manufacturers might have more options for absorbing the cost increases that result from the proposed rule. For example a high-end generator manufacturer might be able to substitute a less expensive, but still adequate engine for a name brand engine that they currently might be using. On the other hand, manufacturers that have been competing primarily on the basis of price are more likely to have already made such substitutions and will have fewer options for absorbing any cost increases. As a result, the price differential between generators aimed at the low-end or price-conscious market segments and the name brand generators will be reduced, which could affect the ability of the manufacturers of generators aimed at the price conscious market to compete with the name-brand manufacturers.
For many small importers, the impact of the proposed rule would be expected to be similar to the impact on small manufacturers. One would expect that the foreign suppliers would pass much of the costs of redesigning and manufacturing portable generators that comply with the proposed rule to their domestic distributors. Therefore, the cost increases experienced by small importers would be similar to those experienced by small manufacturers. As with small manufacturers, the impact of the proposed rule might be greater for those importers that primarily compete on the basis of price. Currently, CPSC cannot identify how many of the 20 domestic, small importers of engines compete on the basis of price.
In some cases, the foreign suppliers might opt to withdraw from the U.S. market, rather than incur the costs of redesigning their generators to comply with the proposed rule. If this occurs, the domestic importers would have to find other suppliers of portable generators or exit the portable generator market. Exiting the portable generator market could be considered a significant impact, if portable generators accounted for a significant percentage of the firm's revenue.
Small importers will be responsible for issuing a GCC certifying that their portable generators comply with the proposed rule should it become final. However, importers may rely upon testing performed and GCCs issued by their suppliers in complying with this requirement.
The Commission has not identified any federal rules that duplicate or conflict with the proposed rule. The EPA promulgated a standard in 2008 for small spark-ignited engines that set a maximum rate for CO emissions. However, the maximum level set by the EPA is higher than the proposed CPSC standard for portable generators.
Under section 603(c) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, an initial regulatory flexibility analysis should “contain a description of any significant alternatives to the proposed rule which accomplish the stated objectives of the applicable statutes and which minimize any significant impact of the proposed rule on small entities.” CPSC examined several alternatives to the proposed rule that could reduce the impact on small entities. These include: (1) Less stringent CO emission rates; (2) limit coverage to one-cylinder engines; (3) an option for reducing consumer exposure to CO by using an automatic shutoff; (4) establishing alternative compliance dates; (5) informational measures; or (6) taking no action. These alternatives are discussed in more detail in Section X.G.
The Commission has identified about nine small generator manufacturers and about 20 small generator importers that would be impacted by the proposed rule.
The most likely means of complying with the proposed rule would be to use closed-loop electronic fuel-injection (EFI) systems, instead of conventional carburetors, to control the delivery of gasoline to the pistons of generator engines and to use catalytic converters in the mufflers of the generator engines to be able to meet the EPA's HC+NO
Manufacturers and suppliers that serve the low-end of the market and compete mostly on the basis of price might be more severely impacted by the proposed rule because their customers may be more price sensitive; and compared with larger manufacturers, they may not have the same options of reducing other costs to mitigate the impact of the proposed rule on the price of generators. Suppliers of name-brand generators or ones that compete on basis other than price might be able to make other adjustments, such as using less expensive engines to mitigate the
Generator manufacturers and importers will be responsible for certifying that their products comply with the requirements of the proposed rule. Testing and certification costs can have a disproportionate impact on small manufacturers, depending upon the cost of the tests and volume of production, relative to larger manufacturers. However, some of these testing costs might be mitigated, if manufacturers could use the results of testing already being conducted (such as, for example, testing to certify compliance with EPA requirements), to offset some of the testing costs required for certification with the proposed rule.
The Commission invites comments on this IRFA and the potential impact of the proposed rule on small entities, especially small businesses. Small businesses that believe they will be affected by the proposed rule are especially encouraged to submit comments. The comments should be specific and describe the potential impact, magnitude, and alternatives that could reduce the impact of the proposed rule on small businesses.
In particular, the Commission seeks comment on:
• The types and magnitude of manufacturing costs that might disproportionately impact small businesses or that were not considered in this analysis;
• the costs of the testing and certification requirements of the proposed rule, including whether EPA testing can be used to meet the certification requirements for the proposed rule;
• whether other factors not considered in this analysis could be significant, such as EPA's Averaging, Banking and Trading (ABT) program that could allow manufacturers of engine families that do have low CO emissions to meet the proposed rule and that also have very low HC+NO
• differential impacts of the proposed rule on small manufacturers or suppliers that compete in different segments of the portable generator market; and finally,
• CPSC would be interested in any comments that provide alternatives that would minimize the impact on small businesses but would still reduce the risk of CO poisoning associated with generators.
The Commission's regulations address whether CPSC is required to prepare an environmental assessment (EA) or an environmental impact statement (EIS). 16 CFR 1021.5. Those regulations state CPSC's actions that ordinarily have “little or no potential for affecting the human environment,” and therefore, are categorically excluded from the need to prepare an EA or EIS. Among those actions are rules, such as the portable generator NPR, which provide performance standards for products.
In accordance with Executive Order 12988 (February 5, 1996), the CPSC states the preemptive effect of the proposed rule, as follows:
The regulation for portable generators is proposed under authority of the CPSA. 15 U.S.C. 2051-2089. Section 26 of the CPSA provides: “whenever a consumer product safety standard under this Act is in effect and applies to a risk of injury associated with a consumer product, no State or political subdivision of a State shall have any authority either to establish or to continue in effect any provision of a safety standard or regulation which prescribes any requirements as to the performance, composition, contents, design, finish, construction, packaging or labeling of such product which are designed to deal with the same risk of injury associated with such consumer product, unless such requirements are identical to the requirements of the Federal Standard”. 15 U.S.C. 2075(a). Upon application to the Commission, a state or local standard may be excepted from this preemptive effect if the state or local standard: (1) Provides a higher degree of protection from the risk of injury or illness than the CPSA standard, and (2) does not unduly burden interstate commerce. In addition, the federal government, or a state or local government, may establish or continue in effect a non-identical requirement for its own use that is designed to protect against the same risk of injury as the CPSC standard if the federal, state, or local requirement provides a higher degree of protection than the CPSA requirement. 15 U.S.C. 2075(b).
Thus, the portable generator requirements proposed in this
Section 14(a) of the CPSA requires that products subject to a consumer product safety rule under the CPSA, or to a similar rule, ban, standard or regulation under any other act enforced by the Commission, must be certified as complying with all applicable CPSC-enforced requirements. 15 U.S.C. 2063(a). A final rule on portable generators would subject portable generators to this certification requirement.
The CPSA requires that consumer product safety rules take effect not later than 180 days from their promulgation unless the Commission finds there is good cause for a later date. 15 U.S.C. 2058(g)(1). The Commission proposes that the rule would take effect 1 year from the date of publication of the final rule for generators powered by Class II engines and three years from the date of publication of the final rule for generators powered by handheld and Class I engines.
Because of the experience gained by engine manufacturers in recent years in designing and building EFI small SI engines, the Commission believes one year from the date of publication of the final rule would provide an appropriate lead-time for generators powered by one and two cylinder Class II engines. The Commission is proposing an effective date of three years from the date of publication of the final rule for generators powered by handheld and Class I engines. This longer period to become compliant addresses manufacturers' concerns that there may be different challenges associated with accommodating the necessary emission control technologies on these smaller engines. In addition, later compliance dates could potentially reduce the impact on manufacturers of generators, including small manufacturers, by providing them with more time to develop engines that would meet the requirements of the proposed rule, or, in the case of small manufacturers that do not manufacture the engines used in their generators, by providing them with additional time to find a supplier for compliant engines so that their production of generators would not be interrupted.
The CPSA requires the Commission to make certain findings when issuing a consumer product safety standard. Specifically, the CPSA requires that the Commission consider and make findings about the degree and nature of the risk of injury; the number of consumer products subject to the rule; the need of the public for the product and the probable effect on utility, cost, and availability of the product; and other means to achieve the objective of the rule, while minimizing the impact on competition, manufacturing, and commercial practices. The CPSA also requires that the Commission find that the rule is reasonably necessary to eliminate or reduce an unreasonable risk of injury associated with the product and issuing the rule must be in the public interest. 15 U.S.C. 2058(f)(3).
In addition, the Commission must find that: (1) If an applicable voluntary standard has been adopted and implemented, that compliance with the voluntary standard is not likely to reduce adequately the risk of injury, or compliance with the voluntary standard is not likely to be substantial; (2) that benefits expected from the regulation bear a reasonable relationship to its costs; and (3) that the regulation imposes the least burdensome requirement that would prevent or adequately reduce the risk of injury.
Carbon monoxide is a colorless, odorless, poisonous gas formed during incomplete combustion of fossil fuels, such as the fuels used in engines that power portable generators. Mild CO poisoning symptoms include headaches, lightheadedness, nausea, and fatigue. More severe CO poisoning can result in progressively worsening symptoms of vomiting, confusion, loss of consciousness, coma, and ultimately, death. The high CO emission rate of current generators can result in situations in which the COHb levels of exposed individuals rise suddenly and steeply, causing them to experience rapid onset of confusion, loss of muscular coordination, and loss of consciousness.
As of May 21, 2015, CPSC databases contained reports of at least 751 generator-related consumer CO poisoning deaths resulting from 562 incidents, which occurred from 2004 through 2014. Due to incident reporting delays, statistics for the two most recent years, 2013 and 2014, are incomplete, because data collection is still ongoing, and the death count most likely will increase in future reports.
Based on NEISS, the Commission estimates that for the 9-year period of 2004 through 2012, there were 8,703 CO injuries seen in emergency departments (EDs) associated with portable generators. The Commission considers this number to represent a lower bound on the true number of generator-related CO injuries treated in EDs from 2004-2012. According to Injury Cost Model (ICM) estimates, there were an additional 16,660 medically-attended CO injuries involving generators during 2004-2012.
For the U.S. market for the years 2010 through 2014, about 6.9 million gasoline-powered portable generators were shipped for consumer use, or an average of about 1.4 million units per year. Shipments of nearly 1.6 million units in 2013 made it the peak year for estimated sales during this period. Consumer demand for portable generators from year-to-year fluctuates with major power outages, such as those caused by tropical or winter storms. Portable generators purchased by consumers and in household use generally range from under 1 kW of rated power up to perhaps 15 kW of rated power. In the last 10 to 15 years, the U.S. market has shifted towards smaller, less powerful units.
Portable generators that are the subject of the proposed standard commonly are purchased by consumers to provide electrical power during emergencies (such as during outages caused by storms), during other times when electrical power to the home has been shut off, when power is needed at locations around the home without access to electricity, and for recreational activities (such as during camping or recreational vehicle trips).
The proposed rule is based on technically feasible CO emission rates, so that the function of portable generators is unlikely to be adversely affected by the rule. Moreover, there may be a positive change in utility in terms of fuel efficiency, greater ease of starting, product quality, and safety of portable generators. There may be a negative effect on the utility of portable generators, however, to the extent consumers are unable to purchase generators due to increased retail prices.
In terms of retail price information, the Commission's review found that generators with handheld engines ranged in price from $133 to $799, with an average price of about $324. Generators with non-handheld Class I engines had a wide price range, from $190 to over $2,000, with an average price of $534. Generators with one-cylinder Class II engines ranged in price from $329 to $3,999, with an average price of $1,009. Generators with two-cylinder Class II engines ranged in price from $1,600 to $4,999, and the average price of these units was $2,550.
Aggregate estimated compliance costs to manufacturers of portable generators average approximately $113 per unit for engine and muffler modifications necessary to comply with the CO emission requirements of the proposed standard. The net estimated manufacturing costs per unit to comply with the proposed standard is $114 for handheld engines, $113 for Class I engines, $110 for Class II, one cylinder engines, and $138 for Class II, two cylinder engines.
The expected product modifications to produce complying generators (EFI & catalysts) are available to manufacturers, and the Commission does not have any indication that firms would exit the market because of the rule. Therefore, the availability of portable generators would not likely be affected by the rule.
The Commission considered alternatives to achieving the objective of the rule of reducing unreasonable risks of injury and death associated with portable generators. For example, the Commission considered less stringent CO emission rates for portable generators; however, cost savings from less-stringent CO emission requirements likely would be less than expected reductions in the benefits, so that the net benefits of the rule probably would decrease under this regulatory alternative. The Commission also considered including an option for reducing CO emissions through use of automatic shutoff systems, which could potentially reduce the impact of the proposed rule by providing an additional option for complying with the proposed rule; however, because of unresolved issues concerning an automatic shutoff, the Commission does not believe that a regulatory alternative based on automatic shutoff technology instead of reduced emissions is feasible for hazard reduction at this time.
As of May 21, 2015, CPSC databases contained reports of at least 751 generator-related consumer CO poisoning deaths resulting from 562 incidents, which occurred from 2004 through 2014. Due to incident reporting
Based on NEISS, the Commission estimates that for the 9-year period of 2004 through 2012, there were 8,703 CO injuries seen in emergency departments (EDs) associated with portable generators. The Commission considers this number to represent a lower bound on the true number of generator-related CO injuries treated in EDs from 2004-2012. According to Injury Cost Model (ICM) estimates, there were an additional 16,660 medically-attended CO injuries involving generators during 2004-2012.
The Commission estimates that the rule would result in aggregate net benefits of about $145 million annually. On a per-unit basis, the Commission estimates the present value of the expected benefits per unit for all units to be $227; the expected costs to manufacturers plus the lost consumer surplus per unit to be $116; and the net benefits per unit to be $110. The Commission concludes preliminarily portable generators pose an unreasonable risk of injury and finds that the proposed rule is reasonably necessary to reduce that unreasonable risk of injury.
This proposed rule is intended to address an unreasonable risk of injury and death posed by portable generators. The Commission believes that adherence to the requirements of the proposed rule will reduce portable generator deaths and injuries in the future; thus, the rule is in the public interest.
The Commission is aware of two U.S. voluntary standards that are applicable to portable generators, UL 2201—
The aggregate annual benefits and costs of the rule are estimated to be about $298 million and $153 million, respectively. Aggregate net benefits from the rule, therefore, are estimated to be about $145 million annually. On a per unit basis, the Commission estimates the present value of the expected benefits per unit for all units to be $227. The Commission estimates the expected costs to manufacturers plus the lost consumer surplus per unit to be $116. Based on this analysis, the Commission preliminarily finds that the benefits expected from the rule bear a reasonable relationship to the anticipated costs of the rule.
The Commission considered less-burdensome alternatives to the proposed rule on portable generators, but preliminarily concluded that none of these alternatives would adequately reduce the risk of injury.
(1) The Commission considered not issuing a mandatory rule, but instead relying upon voluntary standards. As discussed previously, the Commission does not believe that either voluntary standard adequately addresses the CO risk of injury and death associated with portable generators. Furthermore, in the absence of any indication that a portable generator has been certified to either standard, the Commission cannot determine that there would be substantial compliance by industry.
(2) The Commission considered excluding portable generators with two cylinder Class II engines from the scope of the rule. The Commission estimates that net benefits of the proposed rule range from about $100 to about $140 per generator for the models with handheld, Class I and one-cylinder Class II engines. However, the Commission estimates net benefits of negative $135 for the models with two-cylinder Class II engines. Consequently, excluding portable generators with two cylinder Class II engines would result in a less burdensome alternative. However, it is possible that exclusion of generators with two-cylinder Class II engines from the scope of the rule could create an economic incentive for manufacturers of generators with larger one-cylinder engines to either switch to two-cylinder engines for those models, or if they already have two-cylinder models in their product lines, they could be more likely to drop larger one-cylinder models from their product lines. Because the Commission lacks more specific information on the generators with Class II twin cylinder engines, the Commission is proposing this rule with the broader scope of including these generators. The Commission welcomes comments on inclusion of portable generators with Class II twin cylinder engines, or Class 2 twin cylinder generators, in the scope of the rule.
(3) The Commission considered higher allowable CO emission rates, which might result in costs savings from lower costs associated with catalysts (if they would not be required, or if less-costly materials could suffice), less-extensive engine modifications (other than EFI-related costs) and less-extensive generator housing modifications (if housing enlargement and other retooling would be minimized). However, based on Commission estimates, it seems likely that cost savings from less-stringent CO emission requirements would be less than expected reductions in benefits. Therefore, the Commission is not proposing this alternative.
As set forth in the Commission's Plan for Retrospective Review of Existing Rules (Retrospective Review Plan) (
We invite all interested persons to submit comments on any aspect of the proposed rule. More specifically, the Commission seeks comments on the following:
• The cost or other impacts of the certification requirements under Section 14 of the CPSA and whether it would be feasible to use the results of tests conducted for certifying compliance with EPA requirements to certify compliance with the proposed rule;
• The product manufacture or import limits and the base period in the proposed anti-stockpiling provision;
• Prospective use (
• Costs of new designs and tooling that may be required for generator frames and housings to accommodate additional components, such as batteries for generators with handheld or Class I engines, and to address reported concerns with heat dissipation.
• Information on potential challenges in accommodating new features in handheld and Class I engines to comply with the proposed rule, as well as on components and technologies that might be available to meet these challenges and moderate the impacts of the proposed rule on handheld and Class I engines.
• Costs per unit element for testing and certification, including what additional costs per unit element might be if the Commission required specific testing requirements;
• Costs firms experience with testing and certification of engines for EPA emissions testing;
• Advantages and disadvantages of setting performance requirements at 17 percent oxygen instead of normal oxygen as well as comments on the technically feasible CO emission rates for generators operating at 17 percent oxygen, for each of the generator categories.
• Based on estimates made for EPA, estimated variable costs for a pressurized oil system would be about $19 for small spark-ignition engines that that now lack this feature. In the view of the Directorate for Engineering Sciences, pressurized lubrication systems would not be necessary to comply with the draft standard. We welcome comments on this issue.
• Whether to exclude portable generators with two-cylinder Class II engines from the final rule, and if two-cylinder Class II engines were to be excluded, whether a limit on displacement should be included to avoid developing a market for small two-cylinder engines for portable generators that would be exempt from the rule;
• Information on the benefits and costs that would be associated with different CO emission rates;
• Information and data about the expected range of manufacturing variability for CO emissions from EFI equipped small spark ignited engines, including data on emissions variability from production target values and expected manufacturing tolerances.
• Information about the benefits and costs associated with altering the performance requirements for CO emissions such that an alternate performance requirement could be based on limits on those emissions when the generator is operating in air with reduced oxygen content of 17 percent oxygen (or a different reduced level) rather than normal atmospheric oxygen (approximately 20.9 percent), as proposed; if so, what that performance requirement should be and how should CPSC should test to verify compliance.
• Test methods staff use for determining CO emissions from generators in normal atmospheric oxygen levels (approximately 20.9 percent) and at reduced oxygen levels (as described in staff's briefing package), as well information on benefits and costs that could be associated with requiring those specific methods for evaluation and the benefits and costs of not requiring a specific test method.
• The appropriateness of compliance dates that are one year from the date of publication of the final rule for portable generators with Class II engines, or class 2 generators, and three years from the date of publication of the final rule for generators with handheld and Class I engines, or handheld generators and class 1 generators.
• Whether the Commission should instead adopt a compliance date that is 18 months from the date of publication of the final rule for generators with handheld and Class I engines, or handheld generators and class 1 generators.
• Possible alternative technologies that would address the carbon monoxide hazard associated with portable generators other than or in addition to reduced carbon monoxide generation, such as, but not limited to, viable shut-off technology. For any proposed alternate technology, please provide a description of how its performance would be characterized, any challenges to implementation, data showing the viability of the technology in this application and any other information that would help evaluate the efficacy and cost of the alternate approach.
• The feasibility of continuing to lower in the future the CO rate requirements for portable generators as technology advances and whether the Commission can make related findings that CO emission rates lower than those set forth in the proposed rule will further reduce the risk of death and injury associated with this hazard. Provide information on a timetable or other automatic mechanism that would trigger a review of the emission rates for purposes of evaluating the feasibility of establishing lower rates as well as any metrics that would be used to evaluate the state of the technology for the purpose of lowering the CO rates in the rule.
• Potential increase in fuel economy resulting from this proposed performance standard and quantification of costs or benefits associated with such increase.
• Potential impact of this proposed performance standard on the market for handheld generators and costs or benefits associated with such impact.
• Potential impact noise emissions associated with this proposed performance standard and any advantages or disadvantages of such impact.
• The need for retrospective review of this proposed rule, including the need for development of ex ante criteria, pursuant to the selection criteria set forth in the Commission's Retrospective Review Plan. Examples of potential criteria for any future retrospective review of this proposed rule include, but are not limited to: The appropriate data points necessary to evaluate such measures, the appropriate interval for such retrospective review, and the appropriate goals to define success in each measure.
• Additional information on portable generator sales and use.
Comments should be submitted in accordance with the instructions in the
For the reasons stated in this preamble, the Commission proposes requirements for portable generators to address an unreasonable risk of injury associated with portable generators.
Consumer protection, Imports, Information, Safety.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Commission proposes to amend Title 16 of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:
15 U.S.C. 2056, 2058 and 2076.
(a) This part 1241, a consumer product safety standard, establishes
(b) For purposes of this rule, portable generators include single phase; 300 V or lower; 60 hertz; portable generators driven by small handheld and non-handheld (as defined by the Environmental Protection Agency) spark-ignited utility engines intended for multiple use which are provided only with receptacle outlets for the AC output circuits and intended to be moved, though not necessarily with wheels. For purposes of this rule, portable generators do not include:
(1) Permanently installed generators;
(2) 50 hertz generators;
(3) Marine generators;
(4) Trailer mounted generators;
(5) Generators installed in recreational vehicles;
(6) Generators intended to be pulled by vehicles;
(7) Generators that are part of welding machines;
(8) Generators powered by compression-ignition engines fueled by diesel.
(c) Class 2 single cylinder and two cylinder generators, as defined in § 1241.2(c) and (d) manufactured or imported on or after [date that is 365 days after publication of a final rule] shall comply with the requirements stated in § 1241.3(b)(2) and (3). Handheld generators and Class 1 generators, as defined in § 1241.2(a) and (b), manufactured or imported on or after [date that is 3 years after publication of a final rule], shall comply with the requirements stated in § 1241.3(b)(1).
In addition to the definitions in section 3 of the Consumer Product Safety Act (15 U.S.C. 2051), the following definitions apply for purposes of this part 1241.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(a) When tested in accordance with the test procedures stated in § 1241.4 (or similar test procedures), all portable generators covered by this standard shall meet the requirements stated in paragraph (b) of this section.
(b) Emission rate requirements.
(1) Handheld generators and Class 1 generators must not exceed a weighted CO emission rate of 75 grams per hour (g/hr).
(2) Class 2 single cylinder generators must not exceed a weighted CO emission rate of 150 g/hr.
(3) Class 2 two cylinder generators must not exceed a weighted CO emission rate of 300 g/hr.
(a) Any test procedure that will accurately determine the carbon monoxide emission rate of the portable generator may be used. CPSC uses the test procedure stated in this section to determine compliance with the standard.
(b)
(1)
(2)
(3) Emission measurement system means the constant volume sampling (CVS) emission measurement system described in 40 CFR parts 1054 and 1065.
(4) Maximum
(c) Determining maximum generator load.
(1)
(i) Ensure test facility is at ambient conditions 15-30 °C (60-85 °F) and approximately 20.9 percent oxygen.
(ii) Apply a load greater than 60 percent of the manufacturer's rated continuous power for a minimum of 20 minutes to warm the generator to operating temperature.
(iii) Monitoring voltage and frequency, increase the load applied to the generator to the maximum observed power output without causing the voltage or frequency to deviate from the following tolerances:
(A) Voltage Tolerance: ±10 percent of the nameplate rated voltage.
(B) Frequency Tolerance: ±5 percent of the nameplate rated frequency.
(iv) Maintain the maximum observed power output until the operating temperature of the engine stabilizes. The generator is at stable operating temperature when the oil temperature varies by less than 2 °C (4 °F) over three consecutive readings taken 15 minutes apart. For the purpose of determining maximum generator load, if an overload protection device is present, it shall not activate for a period of 45 minutes from the initial operating temperature stability reading. The load may need to be adjusted to maintain the maximum observed power output while the generator temperatures are stabilizing. Record voltage, frequency, amperage, power, and oil and ambient air temperature.
(v) The maximum generator load is the power supplied by the generator assembly that satisfies the tolerances in paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section when the generator is at stable operating temperature as defined in paragraph (c)(iv) of this section. Record the maximum generator load.
(2)
(i) Ensure test facility is at ambient conditions 15-30 °C (60-85 °F) and approximately 20.9 percent oxygen.
(ii) Apply a load greater than 60 percent of the manufacturer's rated continuous power for a minimum of 20 minutes to warm the generator to operating temperature.
(iii) Increase the load applied to the generator to the maximum observed power output.
(iv) Maintain the maximum observed power output until the operating temperature of the engine stabilizes. The generator is at stable operating temperature when the oil temperature varies by less than 2 °C (4 °F) over three consecutive readings taken 15 minutes apart. For the purpose of determining maximum generator load, if an overload protection device is present, it shall not activate for a period of 45 minutes from the initial operating temperature stability reading. The load may need to be adjusted to maintain the maximum observed power output while the generator temperatures are stabilizing. Record voltage, frequency, amperage,
(v) Maximum generator load is the maximum observed power output that satisfies the criteria defined in paragraph (c)(2)(iv) of this section. Record the maximum generator load.
(d)
(1) Place the generator assembly in front of the CVS tunnel with the exhaust facing towards the collector. Connect the load bank and apply a load greater than 60 percent of the manufacturer's rated continuous power for a minimum of 20 minutes to warm the generator to operating temperature.
(2) Adjust the load bank to apply the appropriate mode calculated from the maximum generator load. Modal testing shall be performed in order from mode 1 to mode 6. Mode points are determined by a percentage of the maximum generator load:
(3) Stabilize oil and head temperatures by operating at mode for 5 minutes. After the 5 minute stabilization period, record emissions for at least 2 minutes at a minimum rate of 0.1 Hz with the prescribed mode applied. Record the mean CO emission value for that mode during the data acquisition period.
(4) Repeat steps in paragraphs (d)(2) to (d)(4) for the successive modes listed in paragraph (d)(2).
(5) When all modal mean CO emission rates have been determined, calculate and report the weighted CO emission rate using guidance in paragraph (e).
(e)
(1) Calculate the weighted CO emission rate using the mean CO emission rates determined in paragraph (d).
(2) Report the following results for the generator:
(i) Weighted CO emission rate in grams per hour.
(ii) Modal information including the mean CO emission, and head and oil temperature.
(iii) Maximum generator load information as determined in paragraph (c). Include maximum generator load, voltage, amperage, and frequency.
(a)
(b)
(b)
(c)
(1) As of May 21, 2015, CPSC databases contained reports of at least 751 generator-related consumer CO poisoning deaths resulting from 562 incidents, which occurred from 2004 through 2014. Due to incident reporting delays, statistics for the two most recent years, 2013 and 2014, are incomplete, because data collection is still ongoing, and the death count most likely will increase in future reports.
(2) Based on NEISS, the Commission estimates that for the 9-year period of 2004 through 2012, there were 8,703 CO injuries seen in emergency departments (EDs) associated with portable generators. The Commission considers this number to represent a lower bound on the true number of generator-related CO injuries treated in EDs from 2004-2012. According to Injury Cost Model (ICM) estimates, there were an additional 16,660 medically-attended CO injuries involving generators during 2004-2012.
(d)
(e) The
(1) The proposed rule is based on technically feasible CO emission rates, so that the function of portable generators is unlikely to be adversely affected by the rule. There may be an effect on the utility of portable generators to the extent consumers are unable to purchase generators due to increased retail prices. There may be a positive change in utility in terms of fuel efficiency, greater ease of starting, product quality, and safety of portable generators.
(2) In terms of retail price information, the Commission's review found that generators with handheld engines ranged in price from $133 to $799, with an average price of about $324. Generators with non-handheld Class I engines had a wide price range, from $190 to over $2,000, with an average price of $534. Generators with one-cylinder Class II engines ranged in price from $329 to $3,999 with an average price of $1,009. Generators with two-cylinder Class II engines ranged in price from $1,600 to $4,999 and the average price of these units was $2,550.
(3) Aggregate estimated compliance costs to manufacturers of portable generators average approximately $113 per unit for engine and muffler modifications necessary to comply with the CO emission requirements of the proposed standard. The net estimated manufacturing costs per unit to comply with the proposed standard is $114 for handheld engines, $113 for Class I engines, $110 for Class II, one cylinder engines, and $138 for Class II, two cylinder engines.
(4) The expected product modifications to produce complying generators (EFI & catalysts) are available to manufacturers, and the Commission does not have any indication that firms would exit the market because of the rule. Therefore, the availability of portable generators would not likely be affected by the rule.
(f)
(g)
(1) As of May 21, 2015, CPSC databases contained reports of at least 751 generator-related consumer CO poisoning deaths resulting from 562 incidents, which occurred from 2004 through 2014. Due to incident reporting delays, statistics for the two most recent years, 2013 and 2014, are incomplete, because data collection is still ongoing, and the death count most likely will increase in future reports.
(2) Based on NEISS, the Commission estimates that for the 9-year period of 2004 through 2012, there were 8,703 CO injuries seen in emergency departments (EDs) associated with portable generators. The Commission considers this number to represent a lower bound on the true number of generator-related CO injuries treated in EDs from 2004-2012. According to Injury Cost Model (ICM) estimates, there were an additional 16,660 medically-attended CO injuries involving generators during 2004-2012.
(3) The Commission estimates that the rule would result in aggregate net benefits of about $145 million annually. On a per-unit basis, the Commission estimates the present value of the expected benefits per unit for all units to be $227; the expected costs to manufacturers plus the lost consumer surplus per unit to be $116; and the net benefits per unit to be $110. The Commission concludes preliminarily portable generators pose an unreasonable risk of injury and finds that the proposed rule is reasonably necessary to reduce that unreasonable risk of injury.
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(2) The Commission considered not issuing a mandatory rule, but instead relying upon voluntary standards. As discussed previously, the Commission does not believe that either voluntary standard adequately addresses the CO risk of injury and death associated with portable generators. Furthermore, the Commission doubts that either of the
(3) Excluding portable generators with two cylinder, Class II engines from the scope of the rule. The Commission estimates that net benefits of the proposed rule range from about $100 to about $140 per generator for the models with handheld, Class I and one-cylinder Class II engines. However, net benefits were negative $135 for the models with two-cylinder class II engines. Consequently, excluding portable generators with two cylinder Class II engines would result in a less burdensome alternative. However, it is possible that exclusion of generators with two-cylinder Class II engines from the scope of the rule could create an economic incentive for manufacturers of generators with larger one-cylinder engines to either switch to two-cylinder engines for those models, or if they already have two-cylinder models in their product lines, they could be more likely to drop larger one-cylinder models from their product lines. Because the Commission lacks more specific information on the generators with Class II twin cylinder engines, the Commission is proposing this rule with the broader scope of including these generators.
(4) The Commission considered higher allowable CO emission rates, which might result in costs savings from lower costs associated with catalysts (if they would not be required, or if less-costly materials could suffice), less-extensive engine modifications (other than EFI-related costs) and less-extensive generator housing modifications (if housing enlargement and other retooling would be minimized). However, based on Commission estimates, it seems likely that cost savings from less-stringent CO emission requirements would be less than expected reductions in benefits. Therefore, the Commission is not proposing this less burdensome alternative.
(a) A community-driven, locally led vision and long-term plan for clear outcomes should guide individual projects.
(b) The Federal Government should coordinate its efforts at the Federal, regional, State, local, tribal, and community level, and with cross-sector partners, to offer a more seamless process for communities to access needed support and ensure equitable investments.
(c) The Federal Government should help communities identify, develop, and share local solutions, rely on data to determine what does and does not work, and harness technology and modern collaboration and engagement methods to help share these solutions and help communities meet their local goals.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(b) Consistent with the principles set forth in this order and in accordance with applicable law, including the Federal Advisory Committee Act, the Council should conduct outreach to representatives of nonprofit organizations, civil rights organizations, businesses, labor and professional organizations, start-up and entrepreneurial communities, State, local, and tribal government agencies, school districts, youth, elected officials, seniors, faith and other community-based organizations, philanthropies, technologists, other institutions of local importance, and other interested or affected persons with relevant expertise in the expansion and improvement of efforts to build local capacity, ensure equity, and address economic, social, environmental, and other issues in communities or regions.
(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with applicable law and subject to the availability of appropriations.
(c) This order is not intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.
Final rule; official interpretations.
The Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (Bureau or CFPB) is issuing this final rule to create comprehensive consumer protections for prepaid accounts under Regulation E, which implements the Electronic Fund Transfer Act; Regulation Z, which implements the Truth in Lending Act; and the official interpretations to those regulations. The final rule modifies general Regulation E requirements to create tailored provisions governing disclosures, limited liability and error resolution, and periodic statements, and adds new requirements regarding the posting of account agreements. Additionally, the final rule regulates overdraft credit features that may be offered in conjunction with prepaid accounts. Subject to certain exceptions, such credit features will be covered under Regulation Z where the credit feature is offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner and credit can be accessed in the course of a transaction conducted with a prepaid card.
This rule is effective on October 1, 2017, except for the addition of § 1005.19(b), which is delayed until October 1, 2018.
Jane Raso, Yaritza Velez, and Shiri Wolf, Counsels; Kristine M. Andreassen, Krista Ayoub, and Marta I. Tanenhaus, Senior Counsels, Office of Regulations, at (202) 435-7700.
Regulation E implements the Electronic Fund Transfer Act (EFTA), and Regulation Z implements the Truth in Lending Act (TILA). On November 13, 2014, the Bureau issued a proposed rule to amend Regulations E and Z, which was published in the
The final rule adopts a number of exclusions from the definition of prepaid account, including for gift cards and gift certificates; accounts used for savings or reimbursements related to certain health, dependent care, and transit or parking expenses; accounts used to distribute qualified disaster relief payments; and the P2P functionality of accounts established by or through the United States government whose primary function is to conduct closed-loop transactions on U.S. military installations or vessels, or similar government facilities.
The short form disclosure sets forth the prepaid account's most important fees and certain other information to facilitate consumer understanding of the account's key terms and comparison shopping among prepaid account programs. The long form disclosure, on the other hand, provides a comprehensive list of all of the fees associated with the prepaid account and detailed information on how those fees are assessed, as well as certain other information about the prepaid account program. The final rule also adopts specific content, form, and formatting requirements for both the short form and the long form disclosures.
The first part of the short form contains “static” fees, setting forth standardized fee disclosures that must be provided for all prepaid account programs, even if such fees are $0 or if they relate to features not offered by a particular program. The second part provides information about some additional types of fees that may be charged for that prepaid account program. This includes a statement regarding the number of additional fee types the financial institution may charge consumers; they must also list the two fee types that generate the highest revenue from consumers (excluding certain fees, such as those that fall below a de minimis threshold) for the prepaid account program or across prepaid account programs that share the same fee schedule. The final part of the short form provides certain other key information, including statements regarding registration and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) deposit or National Credit Union Administration (NCUA) share insurance eligibility, and whether an overdraft credit feature may be offered in conjunction with the account. In addition, the final rule requires that short form disclosures for payroll card accounts and government benefit
The long form disclosure, in contrast, sets forth in a table all of the prepaid account's fees and their qualifying conditions, as well as certain other information about the prepaid account program. This includes, for example, more detailed information regarding FDIC or NCUA insurance eligibility and a separate disclosure for the fees associated with any overdraft credit feature that may be offered in conjunction with the prepaid account.
The final rule includes several model short form disclosures that offer a safe harbor to the financial institutions that use them, provided that the model forms are used accurately and appropriately. The final rule also includes one sample long form disclosure as an example of how financial institutions might choose to structure this disclosure.
The final rule also includes requirements to disclose certain information such as any purchase price or activation fee outside, but in close proximity to, the short form disclosure; disclosures required to be printed on the prepaid card itself; and short form and long form disclosure requirements for prepaid accounts with multiple service plans.
The final rule requires financial institutions to provide pre-acquisition disclosures in a foreign language if the financial institution uses that same foreign language in connection with the acquisition of a prepaid account in certain circumstances. The financial institution also must provide the long form disclosure in English upon a consumer's request and on its Web site where it discloses this information in a foreign language.
An issuer may not extend credit via a negative balance on the prepaid account except in several limited circumstances where the credit is incidental and the issuer generally does not charge credit-related fees for that credit; in these circumstances, the incidental credit is not subject to Regulation Z. These exceptions for incidental credit cover situations where the issuer has a general established policy and practice of declining to authorize transactions when the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds to cover the transaction but credit is nonetheless extended as a result of so-called “force pay” transactions, transactions that will not take the account negative by more than $10 (
The final rule's provisions regarding hybrid prepaid-credit cards are largely housed in new Regulation Z § 1026.61. To effectuate these provisions and provide compliance guidance to industry, the final rule also amends certain other existing credit card provisions in Regulation Z. The final rule does not adopt the proposal's provisions that would have made certain account numbers into credit cards where the credit could only be deposited directly to particular prepaid accounts specified by the creditor.
The final rule subjects overdraft credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards to various credit card rules under Regulation Z. For open-end products, this includes rules restricting certain fees charged in the first year after account opening, limitations on penalty fees, and a requirement to assess a consumer's ability to pay. In addition, the final rule requires issuers to wait at least 30 days after a prepaid account is registered before soliciting a consumer to link a covered credit feature to the prepaid account and to obtain consumer consent before linking such a credit feature to a prepaid account. The final rule permits issuers to deduct all or a part of the cardholder's credit card debt automatically from the prepaid account or other deposit account held by the card issuer no more frequently than once per month, pursuant to a signed, written authorization by the cardholder to do so, and requires that issuers allow consumers to have at least 21 days to repay the debt incurred in connection with using such features. It also amends the compulsory use provision under Regulation E so that prepaid account issuers are prohibited from requiring
Prepaid products—in various forms—have been among the fastest growing types of payment instruments in the United States. A 2013 study by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Board) reported that compared with noncash payments such as credit, debit, automated clearing house (ACH), and check, prepaid card payments increased at the fastest rate from 2009 to 2012.
The U.S. market for prepaid products can largely be categorized into two general market segments: Closed-loop and open-loop products. The total amount of funds loaded onto open-loop and closed-loop prepaid products has grown significantly, from approximately $358 billion in 2009 to approximately $594 billion in 2014.
Closed-loop and open-loop prepaid products are regulated by at both the Federal and State level. Regulation E, for example, currently contains protections for consumers who use payroll card accounts and certain government benefit accounts, as well as consumers who use certain gift cards and similar products.
A GPR card is one of the most common and widely available forms of open-loop prepaid products. GPR cards, which can be purchased at retail locations as well as directly from financial institutions, can be loaded with funds through a variety of means and can be used to access loaded funds at POS terminals and ATMs, online, and often through other mechanisms as well. Accordingly, they increasingly can be used as substitutes for traditional checking accounts.
The prevalence of GPR cards has grown rapidly. According to estimates by the Mercator Advisory Group, the amount of funds loaded onto GPR cards grew from under $1 billion in 2003 to nearly $65 billion in 2012.
The Bureau notes that the top five GPR card programs (as measured by the total number of cards in circulation) have maximum balance amounts that vary significantly.
Consumers generally purchase or acquire GPR cards at retail locations, over the telephone, or online. When buying a GPR card at a retail location, consumers typically pay an up-front purchase fee. A GPR card is usually loaded by the retailer at the time of purchase with funds provided by the consumer. Some GPR cards purchased at retail are activated at the time of purchase so that the card can be used immediately for POS purchases and potentially certain other types of transactions; other cards require the consumer to contact the financial institution or program manager online or by phone to activate the card before it can be used. However, in order to take advantage of all of the GPR card's features, including to make ATM withdrawals and to be able to reload the card, consumers are generally required to contact the financial institution or program manager in order to register the card. (Many financial institutions combine the activation and registration process for GPR cards.) After registration, financial institutions often send a permanent card embossed with the consumer's name that, once activated, replaces the temporary card the consumer acquired from the retailer. The process for acquiring GPR cards directly from the financial institution or program manager online or by telephone tends to be more streamlined; financial institutions typically do not charge an up-front purchase fee and registration is completed during the acquisition process before the consumer is mailed a physical card.
Registration is driven both by Bank Secrecy Act (BSA)
GPR cards can generally be reloaded through a variety of means, including direct deposit of wages, pensions, or government benefits; cash reloads conducted at, for example, retail locations designated by the card issuer or program manager,
GPR cards can vary substantially with respect to the fees and charges assessed to consumers, both in terms of their total volume as well as in the number and type of fees assessed. Based on its review of a 2012 study of consumer use of prepaid products by the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, the Bureau believes average cardholder costs for GPR and payroll cards range from approximately $7 to $11 per month, depending on the type and distribution channel of the account.
The 2012 FRB Philadelphia Study found that most of the prepaid products in its study are used for both cash withdrawals and purchases of goods and services, with cash withdrawals accounting for about one-third to one-half of the funds taken off a product, depending on the product. The study also concluded that prepaid cards are used primarily to purchase nondurable goods and noted that many of the products studied were also used to pay bills.
The types of consumers who use GPR cards and their reasons for doing so vary. For consumers who lack access to more established products such as bank accounts and credit cards, GPR cards can be appealing because they are subject to less up-front screening by financial institutions. While CIP requirements for checking and savings
In light of these distinctions, it is not surprising that consumers who lack access to more established financial products such as bank accounts and credit cards consistently make up a sizeable segment of the consumer base that uses GPR cards on a regular basis. For example, a 2014 Pew survey found that 41 percent of prepaid card users did not have a checking account, and that 26 percent of the consumers in this group believed that they would not be approved for a checking account.
Consistent with Pew's findings, a 2013 survey by the FDIC found that approximately 33 percent of those who reported using a prepaid card in the 30 days prior to being surveyed were unbanked.
For consumers with access to traditional financial products and services, GPR cards may be appealing as a limited-use product instead of as a transaction account substitute.
Additionally, for both unbanked and banked consumers, the desire to avoid overdraft services associated with checking accounts appears to motivate many consumers to choose GPR cards over checking accounts. The 2015 Pew Survey reports that most GPR prepaid card users would rather have a purchase denied than overdraft their accounts and incur an overdraft fee.
Based on the Bureau's market research and analysis, the Bureau believes that consumer acceptance of GPR cards will grow. It also believes that some consumers that currently use GPR cards may increasingly find that they no longer want or need to have traditional financial products and services such as a checking account or a credit card in addition to their GPR card as these products continue to evolve. The Bureau notes that GPR card functionality has been expanding. For example, some GPR card programs have started to offer checking account-like features such as the ability to write checks using pre-authorized checks. Similarly, many GPR programs allow third parties to credit the GPR card account via ACH (
In recent years, the GPR card segment has grown increasingly competitive, which has resulted in a decrease in prices, coupled with an increase in transparency for many products.
All of these factors mean that consumers often purchase a card and load initial funds on it before they have an opportunity to review the full terms and conditions. Retail locations often cannot refund the cash loaded onto the card, and the Bureau believes that few consumers are likely to realize that refunds may be available from the GPR card programs. Thus, it is likely far more typical that consumers would spend down the funds initially loaded onto a GPR card and then discard it if they find it to be unsatisfactory as a long-term product. However, monthly maintenance fees may continue to accrue on spent-down cards. Moreover, the 2015 Pew Survey suggests that it can be particularly difficult for unbanked GPR card users to disentangle themselves from their cards. For example, Pew reported that more than 40 percent of unbanked GPR card users put their wages on their GPR cards through direct deposit and approximately 75 percent of them reload their cards regularly.
GPR cards are generally provided by combinations of entities working together rather than by a single, vertically integrated entity operating all aspects of the GPR card program. Although a consumer may only interact with a single entity or limited number of entities, the Bureau believes that the presence of many different companies in the supply chain could expose consumers as well as the entities themselves to greater risks, such as potential losses resulting from the insolvency or malfeasance of a business partner, than those associated with a traditional vertically integrated checking or savings account program. The Bureau discusses the various entities that may be involved in a typical GPR card program below.
Program managers typically establish or negotiate a GPR card program's terms and conditions, market the card, assume most of the financial risks associated with the program, and reap the bulk of the revenue from the program.
Program managers often contract with other third-party service providers to perform specific functions for a GPR card program. To produce, market, and sell GPR cards, program managers often work with manufacturers that are responsible for printing and assembling the cards and associated packaging. Distributors arrange for GPR cards to be sold through various channels including through retailers, money transfer agents, tax preparers, check cashers, and payday lenders. Further, payment processors often provide many of the back-office processing functions associated with initial account opening (including those related to transitioning from temporary to permanent cards), transaction authorization and processing, and account reporting. Lastly, the payment networks themselves also establish and enforce their own rules and security standards related to payment cards generally and prepaid products such as GPR cards specifically. The networks also facilitate card acceptance, routing, processing, and settling of transactions between merchants and card issuers.
Consumers may also receive network-branded open-loop prepaid products from third parties such as employers, student aid sources, insurance companies, and government agencies that disburse funds to consumers by loading the funds into such accounts. These prepaid products are thus taking the place of distributions to the consumer via paper check, direct deposit into a traditional checking or savings account, or cash. The following discussion highlights some of the most common or fastest growing open-loop prepaid products onto which funds are loaded that are distributed to consumers by third parties.
An employer generally works with a financial institution to set up a payroll card program. Among other things, the financial institution issues the payroll cards and holds the funds loaded into the payroll card accounts. Section 1005.10(e)(2) of Regulation E prohibits financial institutions and employers from requiring consumers to agree to have their compensation distributed via a payroll card as a condition of employment. As discussed in greater detail below, the Bureau is finalizing specific disclosure requirements as part of the short form disclosure, to make clear § 1005.10(e)(2)'s applicability to payroll card accounts. Where employees choose to participate in a payroll card program, the employer will provide the employee with a network-branded prepaid card issued by the employer's financial institution partner that
The Bureau understands that employers market payroll cards as an effective means to receive wages for employees who may lack a traditional banking relationship, and that unbanked consumers may find the cards to be a more suitable, cheaper, and safer method of receiving their wages as compared to other methods, such as receiving a check and going to a check-cashing store. Nonetheless, within the last 10 years, there have been increasing concerns raised about payroll cards, with specific focus on potentially harmful fees and practices associated with them. These problematic practices may impact low-income consumers disproportionately, as it has been reported that payroll cards are especially prevalent in industries that have many low-wage, hourly workers.
As explained in greater detail below, the Bureau issued a guidance bulletin in September 2013 to remind employers that they cannot require their employees to receive wages on a payroll card and to explain some of the Regulation E protections that apply to payroll card accounts, such as those pertaining to fee disclosure, access to account history, limited liability for unauthorized use, and error resolution rights.
The Bureau additionally believes that payroll card accounts raise transparency issues beyond those addressed by its payroll card accounts guidance bulletin. Employers may offer a payroll card account when an employee starts employment, when it is likely that the question of how the employee is to be paid will be one of many human resource issues confronting the employee during orientation. An employee may be provided with a stack of forms to complete and may not have the time or opportunity to review them. It is also possible that the employee may be unaware that receiving wages via a payroll card account is optional, particularly if the employer does not present the options clearly. The forms the employee may receive from the employer may not always include all of the relevant information regarding the terms and conditions of the payroll card account, such as fees associated with the card and how cardholders can withdraw funds on the card. Employees who want to complete their hiring paperwork in a single setting may not take the opportunity to comparison shop. Separately, some industry observers have raised concerns about the extent to which payroll card providers share program revenue with employers and, if so, whether that revenue sharing has negative consequences for cardholders, for instance by creating incentives to increase the fees on payroll card products.
Similar to payroll card accounts, some have raised concerns about the ways in which students are encouraged to obtain an endorsed prepaid product and with the potential incentives created by revenue sharing in connection with prepaid cards provided to students. A 2014 Government Accountability Office (GAO) report found that of the U.S. colleges and universities participating in Federal student aid programs for the 2011-2012 school year that had agreements with banks and program managers to provide debit and prepaid card services for students, approximately 20 percent of such agreements were for prepaid cards.
Among other things, the GAO noted concerns about the fees on student debit and prepaid cards, as well as the lack of ATM access and the lack of the schools' neutrality toward the card programs.
Most States offer a choice at least between direct deposit to a traditional checking or savings account or a prepaid product for the receipt of unemployment insurance benefits. However, the Bureau is aware that, in the recent past, several States have required the distribution of at least the first payment of such benefits onto prepaid cards.
State and local government programs for distributing needs-tested benefits are typically referred to as electronic benefit transfer (EBT) programs. Needs-tested benefits include funds related to Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (TANF), Special Supplemental Nutrition Program for Women, Infants, and Children (WIC), and the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP). According to the Board, State agencies administering SNAP disbursed approximately $69 billion onto EBT cards in 2015.
In addition, Treasury's Bureau of the Fiscal Service, on behalf of the United States military, provides both closed-loop and open-loop prepaid cards for use by servicemembers and contractors in the various branches of the armed forces.
Similarly, taxpayers may direct tax refunds onto prepaid cards provided by tax preparers or arranged by government entities. These cards are typically open-loop and may or may not be reloadable. Other disbursements onto prepaid cards include disbursement of mass transit or other commuting-related funds, which are typically onto restricted closed-loop cards. However, the Bureau understands that new transit payment models are emerging, and these models tend to involve open-loop prepaid cards.
As evidenced by the discussions above in connection with payroll and campus cards, prepaid products loaded by third parties can raise a number of consumer protection concerns. Some of these issues appear to be largely the same as GPR cards on items such as the lack of clear, consistent disclosures about fees and other important terms and conditions. Consumers may use these products as their primary transaction accounts, particularly when the products are loaded with all of the consumers' incoming funds (
However, the Bureau believes that some consumer issues may be heightened or unique to particular categories of prepaid products loaded by third parties. For example, in selecting a GPR card, the consumer is making a distinct purchase decision; while some sales channels may be more convenient than others for comparison shopping, the consumer is in any event focused on the transaction as a standalone decision. Where a prepaid product is being provided to a consumer by a third party, however, the consumer may be deciding whether to accept the prepaid product in the course of another activity (such as starting a new job or school term, or dealing with a catastrophic event). Consumers may not understand the extent to which they can reject the product being offered, may not have a practicable option to comparison shop under the circumstances if they do not already have a transaction account to serve as an alternative, and may have concerns about upsetting an employer or other third party by rejecting the option. In addition, where there are revenue sharing arrangements in place, the third party may have a financial incentive to select a product offering with higher fees and to structure the sign-up process in a way that tends to increase participation. Further, the
A consumer may keep cash, debit and credit cards, GPR cards, and gift cards in a physical wallet or purse. “Digital wallets” and “mobile wallets” (
Digital and mobile wallets have been marketed as allowing consumers to electronically transmit funds in multiple settings. Currently, such wallets can be used by a consumer for online purchases,
As described briefly above, most prepaid products as currently offered and marketed do not generally allow consumers to spend more money than is loaded onto the product. Although there are a few exceptions, most providers of prepaid products do not currently offer overdraft services,
As also discussed above, according to the 2014 Pew Survey, a desire to avoid fee-based overdraft services motivates a sizeable portion of consumers to choose prepaid products, such as GPR cards, over checking accounts.
It also appears that many consumers specifically seek to acquire prepaid products that do not offer overdraft credit features because they have had negative experiences with credit products, including checking accounts with overdraft features, or want to avoid fees related to such products. As discussed above, the 2014 Pew Survey found that many prepaid consumers previously had a checking account and either lost that account (due to failure to repay overdrafts or related issues) or gave up the checking account due to overdraft or bounced check fees.
Apart from consumers' reasons for favoring prepaid products, regulatory factors may also have discouraged prepaid product providers from offering overdraft credit features in connection with their products. The Bureau understands that some prepaid issuers have received guidance from their prudential regulators that has deterred these financial institutions from allowing prepaid cards they issue to offer overdraft credit features. Relatedly, the Bureau believes that a 2011 Office of Thrift Supervision enforcement action regarding a linked deposit advance feature may also have had a chilling effect on the offering of deposit advance products in connection with prepaid accounts.
The Bureau understands that currently, credit features are generally not being offered on prepaid accounts. When they are offered, the Bureau understands that they are typically structured as overdraft services,
Revenue from overdraft services does not appear to have significantly influenced the pricing structure of prepaid products overall, as has happened with traditional checking accounts as discussed further below. Indeed, as noted above, overdraft services offered in connection with prepaid products are relatively rare, and fees are relatively modest compared to similar fees associated with checking account overdraft programs. As discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis below, as a result of several regulatory exemptions, the Bureau believes that checking account overdraft programs have evolved from courtesy programs under which financial institutions would decide on a manual, ad hoc basis to cover particular transactions and help consumers avoid negative consequences to automated programs that are the source of as much as two-thirds of financial institutions' deposit account revenue.
The Bureau understands that program managers of prepaid products with overdraft credit features have structured their products to comply with Regulation E's rules regarding overdraft services. Specifically, the Bureau understands that providers of overdraft programs on GPR and payroll card accounts purport to provide a disclosure similar to Model Form A-9 in appendix A to Regulation E.
The Bureau understands that prepaid products with overdraft credit features generally offer such features only to those consumers that meet specified criteria, such as evidence of the receipt of recurring deposits over a certain dollar amount. These recurring deposits presumably allow the financial institution to have some confidence that there will be incoming funds of adequate amounts to repay the debt. Further, the Bureau understands that the terms and conditions of prepaid product overdraft programs typically require that the next deposit of funds into the prepaid product—through either recurring deposits or cash reloads—be used to repay the overdraft, or the provider will claim such funds for the purpose of repaying the overdraft.
Various Federal and State regulations apply to prepaid products. With respect to Federal regulation, there are several Federal regulatory regimes, including those regarding consumer protection, receipt of Federal payments, interchange fees, financial crimes, and Federal student aid disbursement, that apply to some or all types of prepaid products. Some of the most relevant applicable Federal laws and regulations include EFTA and Regulation E; Treasury's rule governing the receipt of Federal payments on prepaid cards;
Prudential regulators have also issued guidance about the application of their regulations to prepaid products, program managers, and financial institutions that issue prepaid products. For example, as discussed in greater detail below, both the FDIC and the NCUA have set criteria regarding how prepaid products may qualify for, as applicable, pass-through deposit (or share) insurance. In addition, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) has a bulletin that provides guidance to depository institutions under its supervision with respect to how to assess and manage the risks associated with prepaid access programs.
Congress enacted EFTA in 1978 with the purpose of “provid[ing] a basic framework establishing the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of participants in electronic fund transfer systems.” EFTA's primary objective is “the provision of individual consumer rights.”
The regulations first promulgated by the Board to implement EFTA now reside in subpart A of Regulation E.
For covered accounts, Regulation E mandates that consumers receive certain initial disclosures, in writing and in a form that the consumer can keep.
As discussed in greater detail in the proposal,
In the mid 2000s, the Board expanded Regulation E to provide specific protections for prepaid products that are payroll card accounts established by an employer for providing an employee's compensation on a regular basis.
More recently, the Board adopted a rule in 2010 to implement certain sections of the Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009 (Credit CARD Act)
The Board considered whether to regulate GPR cards under EFTA and Regulation E several times, both in the course of promulgating these other amendments and independently. For example, when the Board initiated
The Board again considered whether to regulate stored value cards in the course of issuing the Payroll Card Rule, but decided to focus solely on payroll card accounts because at that time they were more often used as transaction account substitutes than were other types of prepaid products.
The Treasury Financial Management Service (FMS), now part of Treasury's Bureau of the Fiscal Service, manages all Federal payments. In 2010, it promulgated an interim final rule that permitted delivery of Federal payment to prepaid cards (the FMS Rule).
Based on Bureau research and as explained in the proposal, the Bureau believes that many GPR card providers have chosen to structure their prepaid products generally to comply with the FMS Rule, rather than tailoring compliance only for those accounts that actually receive Federal payments.
Both the FDIC and NCUA have special rules regarding how the deposit or share insurance they provide generally applies to funds loaded onto prepaid products that are held in pooled accounts at banks and credit unions, as applicable.
Similarly, NCUA regulations generally require that the details of the existence of a relationship which may provide a basis for additional insurance and the interest of other parties in the account must be ascertainable either
The Bureau believes that most prepaid products subject to this final rule are set up to be eligible for FDIC or NCUA pass-through insurance. As discussed in greater detail below in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(2)(xi), this final rule requires a financial institution to indicate on the short form disclosure required pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(2) whether a prepaid account is eligible for FDIC or NCUA pass-through insurance.
Section 1075 of the Dodd-Frank Act added new section 920 to EFTA regarding debit card interchange and amended EFTA section 904(a) to give the Board sole authority to prescribe rules to carry out the purposes of section 920.
FinCEN, a bureau of the Treasury, regulates prepaid products pursuant to its mission to safeguard the financial system from illicit use, combat money laundering, and promote national security through the collection, analysis, and dissemination of financial intelligence and strategic use of financial authorities. In 2011, pursuant to a mandate under the Credit CARD Act, FinCEN published a final rule to amend BSA regulations applicable to money services businesses with respect to stored value or “prepaid access” (FinCEN's Prepaid Access Rule).
ED, among other things, regulates the disbursement of Federal financial aid by colleges and universities. In October 2015, it adopted a final rule that amends its cash management regulations by setting forth new criteria that apply to colleges that partner with vendors to distribute Title IV funds and/or sponsor or directly market accounts to their students.
As discussed in greater detail in the Prepaid Proposal and noted above, some colleges and universities partner with third parties to disburse financial aid proceeds into network-branded open-loop prepaid products endorsed by the colleges and universities, and questions have been raised about revenue sharing between the colleges and universities and these third parties.
As discussed in greater detail in the proposal, many States have passed consumer protection laws or other rules to regulate prepaid products in general, and in particular, certain types of prepaid products such as government benefits cards. For example, in 2013, Illinois imposed pre-acquisition, on-card, and at-the-time-of-purchase disclosure requirements on “general-use reloadable prepaid cards.”
Further, many States have money transmitter laws that may apply to prepaid product providers. The laws vary by State but generally require a company to be licensed and to post a surety bond to cover accountholder losses if it becomes insolvent. Most States further require that the companies hold high-grade investments to back the money in customer accounts. But as noted in the proposal, States vary in the amount of their oversight of companies licensed under the money transmitter laws, and many may not have streamlined processes to pay out funds in the event a prepaid product provider were to file for bankruptcy protection.
As discussed further below, this final rule sets forth certain requirements that apply to overdraft credit features offered in connection with prepaid accounts. In crafting a regime to apply to credit accessed by prepaid cards, the Bureau has been conscious of existing regimes for regulating overdraft lines of credit (where there is a written agreement to pay overdrafts) generally under TILA and its implementing Regulation Z and overdraft services in the context of checking accounts (where there is no written agreement to pay overdrafts) under EFTA and Regulation E. Such overdraft services are exempt from Regulation Z but subject to certain parts of Regulation E.
Credit products are generally subject to TILA and Regulation Z, although the application of specific provisions of the statute and regulation depends on the attributes of the particular credit product. In 1968, Congress enacted TILA to promote the informed use of consumer credit by requiring disclosures about its terms and cost and to provide standardized disclosures. Congress has revised TILA several times and its purpose now is to “assure a meaningful disclosure of credit terms so that the consumer will be able to compare more readily the various credit terms available to him,” to “avoid the uninformed use of credit,” and “to protect the consumer against inaccurate and unfair credit billing and credit card practices.”
Congress has amended TILA on several occasions to provide consumers using certain types of credit products with additional protections. The Fair Credit Billing Act (FCBA),
In 2009, Congress enhanced protections for credit cards in the Credit CARD Act, which it enacted to “establish fair and transparent practices related to the extension of credit” in the credit card market.
Although EFTA does not generally focus on credit issues, Congress provided a specific credit-related protection in that statute. Known as the compulsory use provision, it provides that no person may “condition the extension of credit to a consumer on such consumer's repayment by means of preauthorized electronic fund transfers.”
A separate regulatory regime has evolved over the years with regard to treatment of overdraft services, which started as courtesy programs under which financial institutions would decide on a manual, ad hoc basis to cover particular check transactions for which consumers lacked funds in their deposit accounts rather than to return the transactions and subject consumers to a NSF fee, merchant fees, and other negative consequences from bounced checks. Although Congress did not exempt overdraft services or similar programs offered in connection with deposit accounts when it enacted TILA, the Board in issuing Regulation Z in 1969 carved financial institutions' overdraft programs (also then commonly known as “bounce protection programs”) out of the new regulation.
The Board revisited the exception of bounce protection programs from Regulation Z in 1981, in a rulemaking in which the Board implemented the Truth in Lending Simplification and Reform Act.
The Board also took up the status of bounce protection programs in the early 1980s in connection with the enactment of EFTA. As noted above, EFTA's compulsory use provision generally prohibits financial institutions or other persons from conditioning the extension of credit on a consumer's repayment by means of preauthorized EFTs. The Board, however, exercised its EFTA section 904(c) exception authority to create an exception to the compulsory use provision for credit extended under an overdraft credit plan or extended to maintain a specified minimum balance in the consumer's account.
Overdraft services in the 1990s began to evolve away from the historical model of bounce protection programs in a number of ways. One major industry change was a shift away from manual ad hoc decision-making by financial institution employees to a system involving heavy reliance on automated programs to process transactions and to make overdraft decisions. A second was to impose higher overdraft fees. In addition, broader changes in payment transaction types also increased the impacts of these other changes on overdraft services. In particular, debit card use expanded dramatically, and financial institutions began extending overdraft services to debit card transactions.
In the 1990s, many institutions expanded transactional capabilities by replacing consumers' ATM-only cards with debit cards that consumers could use to make electronic payments to merchants and service providers directly from their checking accounts
As a result of these operational changes, overdraft services became a significant source of revenue for banks and credit unions as the volume of transactions involving checking accounts increased due primarily to the growth of debit cards.
As a result of the growth of debit card transactions and the changing landscape of deposit account overdraft services, Federal banking regulators expressed increasing concern about consumer protection issues and began a series of issuances and rulemakings. First, in September 2001, the OCC released an interpretive letter expressing concern about overdraft protection services.
The Board also signaled concern with overdraft services in a number of rulemaking actions. In a 2002 proposal to amend Regulation Z with regard to the status of certain credit card-related fees and other issues, the Board noted that some overdraft services may not be all that different from overdraft lines of credit and requested comment on whether and how Regulation Z should be applied to banks' bounce-protection services, in light of the Regulation's exclusion of such services but inclusion of lines-of-credit where a finance charge is imposed or is accessed by a debit card.
When the Board finalized the Regulation DD proposal in 2005, it noted that it declined at that time to extend Regulation Z to overdraft services. In doing so, it noted that industry commenters were concerned about the cost of imposing Regulation Z requirements on deposit accounts and about the compliance burden of providing an annual percentage rate (APR) that is calculated based on overdraft fees without corresponding benefits to consumers in better understanding the costs of credit. The Board noted that consumer advocates stated that overdraft services compete with traditional credit products—open-end lines of credit, credit cards, and short-term closed-end loans—all of which are covered under TILA and Regulation Z and provide consumers with the cost of credit expressed as a dollar finance charge and an APR. The Board explained that these commenters believed TILA disclosures would enhance consumers' understanding of the cost of overdraft services and their ability to compare costs of competing financial services. The Board also noted that some members of its Consumer Advisory Council believed that overdraft services are the functional equivalent of a traditional overdraft line of credit and thus should be subject to Regulation Z, but that financial institutions' historical practice of paying occasional overdrafts on an ad hoc basis should not be covered by Regulation Z. While not specifically addressing these concerns, the Board emphasized that its decision not to apply Regulation Z did not preclude future consideration regarding whether it was appropriate to extend Regulation Z to overdraft services.
In February 2005 (prior to the Board having finalized the Regulation DD
The Joint Guidance stated that “the existing regulatory exceptions [
In the late 2000s as controversy regarding overdraft services continued to mount despite the increase in regulatory activity, Federal agencies began exploring various additional measures with regard to overdraft, including whether to require that consumers affirmatively opt in before being charged for overdraft services. First, in May 2008, the Board along with the NCUA and the now-defunct Office of Thrift Supervision proposed to exercise their authority under section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act (FTC Act)
The overdraft opt-in rule in Regulation E applies to all accounts covered by Regulation E, including payroll card accounts. In addressing overdraft services for the first time as a feature of accounts in Regulation E,
Following the adoption of the Board's overdraft opt-in rule, the FDIC expanded on the previously issued Joint Guidance via a Financial Institution Letter to reaffirm its existing supervisory expectations with respect to overdraft payment programs generally and provide specific guidance with respect to automated overdraft payment programs.
Since the Bureau assumed authority from the Board for implementing most of EFTA in 2011, it has taken a number of steps—including research, analysis, and solicitation of comment—to assess the impact and efficacy of the Board's 2009 overdraft opt-in rule. In early 2012, the Bureau issued a Request For Information that sought input from the public on a number of overdraft topics, including lower cost alternatives to overdraft protection programs, consumer alerts and information provided regarding balances and overdraft triggers, the impact of changes to Regulations DD and E and overdraft opt-in rates, the impact of changes in financial institutions' operating policies, the economics of overdraft programs, and the long-term impact on consumers.
In addition, several Federal initiatives have specifically addressed the possibility of credit features being offered in connection with prepaid products. First, the Treasury FMS Rule (described above), adopted in late December 2011, permits Federal payments to be deposited onto a prepaid product only if the product is not attached to a line of credit or loan agreement under which repayment from
Second, as discussed above, the Board's Regulation II generally caps interchange fees that may be imposed on debit card transactions. Regulation II provides an exemption from the fee restrictions for cards provided pursuant to a Federal, State, or local government-administered payment program and for certain reloadable prepaid cards.
Third, as discussed above in part II.B, ED's cash management regulation bans point-of-sale and overdraft fees on accounts, including prepaid card accounts, that are directly marketed to students by a financial institution with which the student's college or university has an arrangement to disburse Federal financial aid on behalf of the post-secondary institution.
Separately, in 2015, the Department of Defense (DOD) issued a final rule
The Bureau has handled approximately 5,600 prepaid card complaints as of August 1, 2016.
In August 2014, the Bureau issued a consumer advisory on virtual currencies that discussed the risks to consumers posed by them.
The Bureau undertook several years of research, analysis, and other outreach before issuing this final rule. As noted above, the Bureau issued the Prepaid ANPR in 2012, which posed a series of questions for public comment about how the Bureau might consider regulating GPR cards. The Bureau sought input on the following topics: (1) The disclosure of fees and terms; (2) if consumers should be informed whether their funds are protected by FDIC pass-through deposit insurance; (3) unauthorized transactions and the costs and benefits of requiring card issuers to provide limited liability protection from unauthorized transactions similar to those protections available for other accounts under Regulation E; and (4) other product features including credit features in general and overdraft services in particular, linked savings accounts, and credit repair or credit building features.
The Bureau received over 220 comments on the Prepaid ANPR.
The Bureau conducted extensive and significant additional outreach and research following the Prepaid ANPR as part of its efforts to study and evaluate prepaid products. The Bureau's pre-proposal outreach included meetings with industry, consumer groups, and non-partisan research and advocacy organizations. The Bureau also conducted market research, monitoring, and related actions pursuant to section 1022(c)(4) of the Dodd-Frank Act, which allows the Bureau to gather information from time to time regarding the organization, business conduct, markets, and activities of covered persons and service providers to aid the Bureau's market monitoring efforts. Further, the Bureau obtained information directly from consumers through focus groups and consumer testing. Additionally, as noted above, the Bureau studied publicly available account agreements for prepaid products that appear to meet the Bureau's proposed definition of the term “prepaid account” that involved Bureau staff reviewing of numerous prepaid products' terms and conditions to determine current industry practices in a number of areas to inform its understanding of the potential costs and benefits of extending various Regulation E provisions to prepaid accounts. The Bureau's consumer testing and Study of Prepaid Account Agreements are discussed in greater detail below.
To prepare this final rule, the Bureau considered, among other things, feedback provided in response to the Prepaid ANPR, feedback provided to the Bureau prior to the issuance of its proposal, including information gathered during consumer testing, interagency consultations, and feedback provided in response to the proposed rule, and additional consumer testing.
The Bureau conducted both pre-proposal and post-proposal qualitative testing of prepaid account prototype disclosure forms with prepaid card users to inform the Bureau's design and development of the model and sample forms included in the final rule. The prototypes included forms that could be used in the context of GPR cards, payroll and government benefits cards, and for prepaid account programs with multiple service plans. The Bureau engaged and directed a third-party vendor selected by competitive bid, ICF International (ICF), to coordinate this qualitative consumer testing. ICF prepared a report memorializing the consumer testing after both pre-proposal and post-proposal testing in, respectively, ICF Report I and ICF Report II.
Pre-proposal testing consisted of (1) four informal focus groups to gather in-depth information about how consumers shop for prepaid cards and the factors they consider when acquiring such products and (2) three rounds of one-on-one interviews to see how consumers interact with the prototype forms developed by the Bureau and use them in comparison shopping exercises. The focus groups were held in Bethesda, Maryland in December 2013; each lasted approximately 90 minutes and included eight to 10 participants. Each of the three rounds of one-on-one interviews lasted approximately 60 to 75 minutes, included nine or 10 participants each, and took place in early 2014 in Baltimore, Maryland; Los Angeles, California; and Kansas City, Missouri.
The findings from the focus groups, as well as responses to the Bureau's ANPR (see the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b) below) and other outreach activities, strongly influenced the Bureau's decision to develop and propose a pre-acquisition disclosure regime that includes both an easily digestible “short form” disclosure highlighting key fees and features of a prepaid account program in a standardized format apt for comparison shopping that could fit on existing packaging material used to market prepaid products on J-hooks in retail locations and a “long form” disclosure containing a comprehensive list of fees and other information germane to the purchase and use of the prepaid account program. Pre-proposal one-on-one testing allowed the Bureau to experiment with various structures and content to arrive at an optimal design.
Post-proposal testing, which consisted of two rounds of one-on-one interviews, had the same goals as pre-proposal interviews but with the added goal of further refining the proposed model and sample short form and long form disclosures. This further refinement was based on the response of testing participants to changes to the prototypes resulting from the Bureau's own internal review as well as public comments received in response to the proposed rule. Each one-on-one interview lasted approximately 75 minutes and took place in Arlington, Virginia in July 2015 and Milwaukee, Wisconsin in August 2015 with 9 and 11 participants, respectively.
Eighty-nine consumers participated in the pre- and post-proposal testing, representing a range of ages, races, and education levels.
In the first round of pre-proposal testing, the Bureau tested short form disclosures that variably included: (1) A “top-line” of four fees displayed more prominently than the other fees, (2) fees grouped together by category, or (3) fees listed without including either the top-line or fee categories. Generally, participants were able to understand the basic fee information presented in all of the prototype disclosure forms. However, many participants expressed a preference for a form that is both easy to read and that prominently displays the most important fee information. These participants also said they believed that prototype forms that included a “top line” disclosure of certain fees met these objectives.
The Bureau also focused on developing and testing a short form that did not disclose all the variations for each fee and full explanations of the conditions under which those variations could be incurred. In other words, the Bureau used testing to determine how to best present a subset of key information about a prepaid product in the short form disclosure, while effectively indicating to consumers that additional information not included on the form was also available. The prototype forms in the first round of testing included a system with sets of multiple asterisks to indicate additional information was available for fees that could vary in amount. Many participants, however, failed to notice the text associated with the asterisks or struggled to accurately connect the various symbols with the appropriate fees.
To improve comprehension, the Bureau introduced forms in the second round of testing that only included a single symbol linked to one line of explanatory text indicating all of the fees that might vary on the form. This modification appeared to increase the frequency with which participants noticed the language associated with the symbol, and thus, the frequency with which participants noticed that fees could vary also increased. In the third round of testing, in addition to reviewing additional short form disclosure prototypes, participants engaged in a shopping exercise with a prototype long form disclosure to compare the relative utility of the short form and long form disclosures.
During its pre-proposal testing, the Bureau posted a blog on its Web site that included two of the prototype short form disclosure designs used during the second round of testing
Post-proposal testing consisted of two rounds of one-on-one interviews intended to further refine the model and sample forms published in the proposed rule. In addition to general refinement of the text and design of the proposed short form and long form disclosures, the Bureau tested new elements introduced as a result of internal Bureau analysis and stakeholder input from comments to the proposal and post-proposal ex-parte communications.
Post-proposal testing of the overall design integrity and effectiveness of the disclosures confirmed participants' general ability to navigate and understand the short and long form disclosures. Nearly all participants were able to successfully identify all fees on the short form disclosure when asked whether the prepaid account had such a fee.
Post-proposal testing of a statement regarding overdraft and credit generally showed participants correctly understood that they would not necessarily be offered credit or overdraft by the prepaid provider, would have to wait 30 days to get the feature, and might be charged fees for the feature.
Post-proposal testing indicated the effectiveness of the removal or addition of some disclosure elements from the proposed short form disclosures that the Bureau is adopting in this final rule. For example, in an attempt to streamline the short form with a single disclosure for like fees, when testing participants were presented with a single fee for ATM withdrawals, as opposed to separate fees for both “in-network” and “out-of-network” withdrawals, all participants seemed to understand that the amount of this fee would not depend on whether the cardholder used an in-network or out-of-network ATM.
Results from the focus groups and one-on-one testing conducted by the Bureau and ICF in pre- and post-proposal consumer testing, fortified with a variety of forms of stakeholder input and the Bureau's own research and analysis, led the Bureau to its final disclosure requirements and the design of the model and sample forms contained in this final rule.
To determine current industry practices with respect to existing compliance with Regulation E and other features and protections currently offered by prepaid products and to inform its understanding of the potential costs and benefits of extending various Regulation E protections to prepaid accounts, the Bureau conducted a study of 325 publicly available account agreements for prepaid products that appeared to meet the Bureau's proposed definition of the term “prepaid account,” and published the results in the Study of Prepaid Account Agreements concurrently with the Bureau's issuance of the proposal.
The study contains the Bureau's analysis of key provisions regarding error resolution protections, including provisional credit; limited liability protections; access to account information; overdraft and treatment of negative balances and declined transaction fees; FDIC or NCUA pass-through insurance; and general disclosure of fees. The agreements the Bureau analyzed included GPR card program agreements (including GPR cards marketed for specific purposes, such as travel or receipt of tax refunds, or for specific users, such as teenagers or students), payroll cards agreements, agreements for cards used for the distribution of certain government benefits, and agreements for similar card programs. The Bureau also included agreements for prepaid products specifically used for P2P transfers that appeared to be encompassed by the proposal's definition of prepaid account. The Bureau did not include gift, incentive and rebate card programs, health spending account and flexible spending account programs, and needs-tested State and local government benefit card programs in the study, because the Bureau proposed to exclude such products from the rulemaking. As discussed in greater detail in the proposal, the Bureau cautioned that its agreement collection was neither comprehensive nor complete. In addition, the study was not intended to be relied upon as an assessment of legal issues, including actual compliance with current Regulation E provisions that apply to payroll card accounts or cards used for the distribution of certain government benefits, the FMS Rule, or the proposal.
In November 2014, the Bureau released for public comment a notice of proposed rulemaking regarding Regulations E and Z that proposed comprehensive consumer protections for prepaid accounts. The proposal was published in the
The Bureau proposed to establish a new definition of “prepaid account” within Regulation E and adopt comprehensive consumer protection rules for such accounts. The proposal would have extended Regulation E protections to prepaid products that are cards, codes, or other devices capable of being loaded with funds, not otherwise accounts under Regulation E and redeemable upon presentation at multiple, unaffiliated merchants for goods or services, or usable at either ATMs or for P2P transfers; and are not gift cards (or certain other types of limited purpose cards), by bringing these products under the proposed definition of “prepaid account.”
The proposal also would have modified Regulation E, as it would pertain to prepaid accounts, in several key respects. First, the proposal would have required financial institutions to make certain disclosures available to consumers before a consumer acquires a prepaid account. These disclosures would have taken two forms, whether provided orally, in writing, or electronically. The first would have been a short form highlighting key fees that the Bureau believed to be most important for consumers to know about prior to acquisition. The second would have been a long form setting forth all of the prepaid account's fees and the conditions under which those fees could be imposed. In certain circumstances, the proposed rule would have provided an exception for financial institutions that offered prepaid cards for sale over the phone or in retail stores that would have allowed such institutions to provide consumers with access to the long form disclosure by telephone or internet, but otherwise not make the long form available until after a consumer had acquired the prepaid account. To facilitate compliance, the proposal contained new model forms and sample forms, as well as revisions to existing Regulation E model forms and model clauses. The use of the model forms would have established a safe harbor for compliance with the short form disclosure requirement.
In addition, with certain modifications, the proposed rule would have extended to all prepaid accounts the existing Regulation E requirements regarding the provision of transaction information to accountholders that currently apply to payroll card accounts, Federal government benefit accounts, and non-needs tested State and local government benefit accounts. These provisions would have allowed financial institutions to either provide periodic statements or, alternatively, make available to the consumer: (1) The account balance, through a readily available telephone line; (2) an electronic history of account transactions that covered at least 18 months; and (3) a written history of account transactions that covered at least 18 months upon request. For all prepaid accounts, the proposed rule would have required financial institutions to disclose monthly and annual summary totals of all fees imposed on a prepaid account, as well as the total amount of all deposits to and debits from a prepaid account when providing a periodic statement or electronic or written account history.
Further, the proposed rule would have modified Regulation E to adopt error resolution and limited liability provisions specific to prepaid accounts. Regulation E limits consumers' liability for unauthorized transfers, provided that the consumer gives timely notice to the financial institution, and requires financial institutions to resolve certain errors in covered accounts. The proposal would have extended these consumer protections to registered prepaid accounts, with modifications to the timing requirements for reporting unauthorized transfers and errors when a financial institution followed the periodic statement alternative described above.
In addition, the proposed rule would have required prepaid account issuers to post prepaid account agreements on the issuers' Web sites (or make them available upon request in limited circumstances) and to submit new and amended agreements to the Bureau on a quarterly basis for posting on a Web site maintained by the Bureau.
The proposed rule would have also revised various other provisions in subparts A and B of Regulation E. With respect to subpart A, the proposed amendments included a revision that would have made clear that, similar to payroll card accounts, a consumer could not be required to establish an account with a particular institution for receipt of government benefits. Additionally, the Bureau proposed to revise official interpretations to Regulation E to incorporate a preemption determination the Bureau made regarding certain State laws related to unclaimed gift cards. With respect to subpart B, which applies to remittance transfers, the Bureau proposed certain conforming and streamlining changes to the official interpretations that would not have affected the substance of the interpretations.
The proposed rule would have modified Regulations Z and E to address the treatment of overdraft services and certain other credit features offered in connection with prepaid accounts.
The proposed rule would have provided that with certain exceptions, the effective date for the requirements set forth in a final rule would be nine months after publication in the
The Bureau set the length of the comment period on the proposal at 90 days from the date on which it was published in the
The Bureau received over 65,000 comments on the proposal during the comment period. Approximately 150 comments were unique, detailed comment letters representing diverse interests. These commenters included consumer advocacy groups; national and regional industry trade associations; prepaid industry members including issuing banks and credit unions, program managers, payment networks, and payment processors; digital wallet providers; virtual currency companies; non-partisan research and advocacy organizations; members of Congress; State and local government agencies; and individual consumers.
Approximately 6,000 consumers submitted comments generally supporting the availability of overdraft services for prepaid products (approximately 1,000 of which were form comments). Approximately 56,000 form comments were submitted by individual consumers as part of a comment submission campaign organized by a national consumer advocacy group, generally in support of the proposal—particularly related to limited liability and the requirement to assess consumers' ability to pay before offering credit attached to prepaid cards.
In addition, the Bureau also considered comments received after the comment period closed via approximately 65 ex parte submissions,
The Bureau is issuing this final rule pursuant to its authority under EFTA, the Dodd-Frank Act, and TILA, as discussed in this part IV and throughout the section-by-section analyses of the final rule in part V below.
EFTA section 902 establishes that the purpose of the statute is to provide a basic framework establishing the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of participants in EFT and remittance transfer systems but that its primary objective is the provision of individual consumer rights. Among other things, EFTA contains provisions regarding disclosures made at the time a consumer contracts for an EFT service,
With respect to disclosures provided prior to opening an account, EFTA section 905(a) states that the terms and conditions of EFTs involving a consumer's account shall be disclosed at the time the consumer contracts for an EFT service, in accordance with regulations of the Bureau. EFTA section 904(b) establishes that the Bureau shall issue model clauses for optional use by financial institutions to facilitate compliance with the disclosure requirements of EFTA section 905 and to aid consumers in understanding the rights and responsibilities of participants in EFTs by utilizing readily understandable language. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis below, the final rule's pre-acquisition disclosure requirements (including those in final § 1005.18(b)) are adopted pursuant to the Bureau's authority under EFTA sections 904(a), (b), 905(a), and its adjustments and exceptions authority under EFTA section 904(c).
As amended by the Dodd-Frank Act, EFTA section 904(a) authorizes the Bureau to prescribe regulations necessary to carry out the purposes of EFTA. As noted above, the express purposes of EFTA, are to establish “the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of participants in electronic fund and remittance transfer systems” and to provide “individual consumer rights.”
Section 1022(b)(1) of the Dodd-Frank Act authorizes the Bureau to prescribe rules “as may be necessary or appropriate to enable the Bureau to administer and carry out the purposes and objectives of the Federal consumer financial laws, and to prevent evasions thereof.” Among other statutes, title X of the Dodd-Frank Act, EFTA, and TILA are Federal consumer financial laws.
Dodd-Frank Act section 1022(c)(1) provides that, to support its rulemaking and other functions, the Bureau shall monitor for risks to consumers in the offering or provision of consumer financial products or services, including developments in markets for such products or services. Section 1022(c)(3) provides that the Bureau shall publish not fewer than one report of significant findings of its monitoring in each calendar year and may make public such information obtained by the Bureau under this section as is in the public interest.
Section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act provides that the Bureau “may prescribe rules to ensure that the features of any consumer financial product or service, both initially and over the term of the product or service, are fully, accurately, and effectively disclosed to consumers in a manner that permits consumers to understand the costs, benefits, and risks associated with the product or service, in light of the facts and circumstances.” The authority granted to the Bureau in section 1032(a) is broad, and empowers the Bureau to prescribe rules regarding
Dodd-Frank Act section 1032(c) provides that, in prescribing rules pursuant to section 1032, the Bureau “shall consider available evidence about consumer awareness, understanding of, and responses to disclosures or communications about the risks, costs, and benefits of consumer financial products or services.” Accordingly, in developing this final rule under Dodd-Frank Act section 1032(a), the Bureau has considered available studies, reports, and other evidence about consumer awareness, understanding of, and responses to disclosures or communications about the risks, costs, and benefits of consumer financial products or services. Moreover, the Bureau has considered the evidence developed through its consumer testing of the model forms as discussed above and in ICF Report I and ICF Report II.
In addition, Dodd-Frank Act section 1032(b)(1) provides that “any final rule prescribed by the Bureau under [section 1032] requiring disclosures may include a model form that may be used at the option of the covered person for provision of the required disclosures.” Any model form issued pursuant to that authority shall contain a clear and conspicuous disclosure that, at a minimum, uses plain language that is comprehensible to consumers, contains a clear format and design, such as an easily readable type font, and succinctly explains the information that must be communicated to the consumer.
As discussed in more detail below, certain portions of this final rule are adopted pursuant to the Bureau's disclosure authority under Dodd-Frank Act section 1032(a).
As discussed above, TILA is a Federal consumer financial law. In adopting TILA, Congress explained that:
[E]conomic stabilization would be enhanced and the competition among the various financial institutions and other firms engaged in the extension of consumer credit would be strengthened by the informed use of credit. The informed use of credit results from an awareness of the cost thereof by consumers. It is the purpose of this subchapter to assure a meaningful disclosure of credit terms so that the consumer will be able to compare more readily the various credit terms available to him and avoid the uninformed use of credit, and to protect the consumer against inaccurate and unfair credit billing and credit card practices.
TILA and Regulation Z define credit broadly as the right granted by a creditor to a debtor to defer payment of debt or to incur debt and defer its payment.
The term “creditor” generally means a person who regularly extends consumer credit that is subject to a finance charge or is payable by written agreement in more than four installments (not including a down payment), and to whom the obligation is initially payable, either on the face of the note or contract, or by agreement when there is no note or contract.
Historically, TILA section 105(a) has served as a broad source of authority for rules that promote the informed use of credit through required disclosures and substantive regulation of certain practices. However, Dodd-Frank Act section 1100A clarified the Bureau's section 105(a) authority by amending that section to provide express authority to prescribe regulations that contain “additional requirements” that the Bureau finds are necessary or proper to effectuate the purposes of TILA, to prevent circumvention or evasion thereof, or to facilitate compliance. This amendment clarified the authority to exercise TILA section 105(a) to prescribe requirements beyond those specifically listed in the statute that meet the standards outlined in section 105(a). Accordingly, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act, TILA section 105(a)
For the reasons discussed in this notice, the Bureau is adopting amendments to Regulation Z with respect to certain prepaid accounts that are associated with overdraft credit features to carry out TILA's purposes and is adopting such additional requirements, adjustments, and exceptions as, in the Bureau's judgment, are necessary and proper to carry out the purposes of TILA, prevent circumvention or evasion thereof, or to facilitate compliance. In developing these aspects of this final rule pursuant to its authority under TILA section 105(a),
As discussed above in part III.C, the Bureau proposed to amend Regulation E, which implements EFTA, along with the official interpretations thereto. The proposal would have created comprehensive consumer protections for prepaid financial products by expressly bringing such products within the ambit of Regulation E as prepaid accounts. In addition, the proposal would have created several new provisions specific to such accounts.
After consideration of the feedback received at every stage of the rulemaking process (in response to the Prepaid ANPR, in the course of developing the proposal, and since issuing the proposal) as well as multiple rounds of consumer testing, and interagency consultations, the Bureau is adopting this same general approach in the final rule, with some modifications, as discussed herein.
The Bureau's rationale for its approach in the final rule, and its response to specific comments addressing each of the proposed revisions and additions, are discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analyses that follow.
In addition to comments regarding specific sections of the proposal, the Bureau received comments addressing more generally its proposed approach to regulating prepaid accounts under Regulation E. Consumer group commenters largely praised the Bureau for proposing to add protections for prepaid accounts. They pointed to what they described as a gap in regulatory protection relating to GPR cards, and noted the importance of additional protections for this product segment, especially in light of what they characterized as increased consumer usage and increased complexity of product offerings in the GPR card market. In particular, following a high-profile service disruption affecting a particular issuer and thousands of its prepaid accountholders, several consumer groups submitted a joint letter commending the Bureau for its proposal to extend Regulation E to all prepaid accounts. The letter suggested that, had Regulation E applied uniformly to all prepaid accounts at the time of the incident, consumers may have had more and better tools at their disposal to address the incident. In addition to generally commending the Bureau for proposing a rule that, in their view, would provide necessary protections for prepaid account consumers that consumers of other account types already have, consumer group commenters voiced general support for specific key portions of the Bureau's proposal, in particular the standardization of prepaid account disclosures, extending Regulation E's limited liability and error resolution provisions to prepaid accounts, and regulating credit features offered in connection with prepaid accounts.
Most consumer group commenters, however, urged the Bureau to go farther by finalizing additional protections beyond those that were proposed. Specifically, several consumer groups urged the Bureau to ban or limit specific fees generally or to do so for specific products. For example, commenters argued that the Bureau should ban or limit balance inquiry fees, fees for making customer service calls, declined transaction or NSF fees, card replacement fees, inactivity fees, maintenance fees, legal process fees, research fees, and account closing fees. Still other commenters argued that the Bureau should ban all fees on cards used by correctional facilities to distribute funds to formerly-incarcerated individuals, or that it should ban or limit all fees for withdrawing salary or wages, or insurance, tax, or student financial aid funds, especially in cases where the cardholder has no choice but to receive those funds on a prepaid account.
Consumer group commenters also sought certain prohibitions unrelated to fees. For example, a number of consumer groups asked the Bureau to prohibit forced arbitration and class action ban clauses in prepaid account agreements. One consumer group urged the Bureau to limit financial institutions' ability to place holds on account funds while a transaction clears. Other consumer groups urged the Bureau to require that additional features be offered in connection with prepaid accounts. For example, a number of consumer groups asked the Bureau to consider requiring, or at least encouraging, financial institutions to offer linked savings accounts in connection with prepaid accounts, and a coalition of consumer groups urged the Bureau to require that consumers' prepaid account usage be reported to the credit reporting agencies.
While most commenters, including industry groups, did not object to the general concept of bringing prepaid products within the ambit of Regulation E, many industry commenters voiced concern about the overall level of burden that would be imposed by the proposal on entities that issue or act as service providers for issuers of prepaid accounts. This includes some trade associations, issuing banks and credit unions, program managers, and others, as well as a member of Congress, who argued that the overall burdens of the proposal would be disproportionate to what they viewed as limited benefits. Some of these commenters argued in particular that the rule was unnecessary because most issuers of GPR cards are already following Regulation E. A subset of these commenters, including an issuing bank, a law firm writing on
Commenters urged the Bureau to exclude specific types of entities from coverage under the rule. In particular, a number of industry commenters noted the unique burdens they believed the rule would place on small banks and credit unions, while a subset of these commenters, including an issuing credit union, trade associations representing banks and credit unions, and a program manager, argued that the Bureau should exempt these smaller institutions from the rule altogether. By contrast, one industry trade association urged the Bureau to take additional steps to supervise and enforce against non-depository financial institutions in the prepaid market, such as by issuing a rule under section 1024 of the Dodd-Frank Act,
The Bureau has considered these general comments and has made certain modifications to the rule, as discussed in detail in the section-by-section analyses that follow, to calibrate carefully with regard to burden concerns. The major provisions of the final rule are organized as follows: § 1005.2(b)(3) adds the term prepaid account to the general definition of account in Regulation E and sets forth a definition for that term, revised from the proposal for clarity and with some additional exclusions. Comment 10(e)(2)-2 clarifies that the existing prohibition on compulsory use in § 1005.10(e)(2) prohibits a government agency from requiring consumers to receive government benefits by direct deposit to any particular institution. Section 1005.15, which includes preexisting provisions applicable to government benefit accounts, also includes new provisions setting forth and clarifying the application of several provisions of revised § 1005.18 (concerning disclosures, access to account information, error resolution and limited liability requirements, and overdraft credit features) to government benefit accounts.
Section 1005.18 contains the bulk of the final rule's specific requirements for prepaid accounts. Section 1005.18(a) states that prepaid accounts must comply with subpart A of Regulation E, except as modified by § 1005.18. Section 1005.18(b)(1) sets forth that, in general, both the short form and long form disclosures must be provided before a consumer acquires a prepaid account. For prepaid accounts sold at retail locations, however, a financial institution may provide the long form disclosure after acquisition so long as the short form contains information enabling the consumer to access the long form by telephone and on a Web site. A similar accommodation is made for prepaid accounts acquired orally by telephone. Section 1005.18(b)(2) contains the general content requirements for the short form disclosure, while § 1005.18(b)(3) addresses specific short form requirements related to disclosure of variable fees and third-party fees, as well as treatment of finance charges on overdraft credit features offered in connection with a prepaid account. Section 1005.18(b)(4) contains the content requirements for the long form disclosure. Section 1005.18(b)(5) requires that certain additional information be disclosed outside but in close proximity to the short form, including the purchase price and activation fee, if any, for the prepaid account. Section 1005.18(b)(6) contains requirements regarding the form of the pre-acquisition disclosures, including specific requirements applicable when disclosures are provided in writing, electronically, or orally by telephone. Section 1005.18(b)(7) sets forth formatting requirements for the short form and long form disclosures generally, as well as formatting requirements for payroll card accounts and prepaid accounts that offer multiple service plans in particular. Section 1005.18(b)(8) requires that fee names and other terms must be used consistently within and across the disclosures required by final § 1005.18(b). Section 1005.18(b)(9) requires financial institutions to provide pre-acquisition disclosures in foreign languages in certain circumstances.
Next, § 1005.18(c) addresses access to account information requirements for prepaid accounts. It states that a financial institution is not required to provide periodic statements if it makes available to the consumer balance information by telephone, at least 12 months of electronic account transaction history, and upon the consumer's request, at least 24 months of written account transaction history. Periodic statements and account transaction histories must disclose the amount of any fees assessed against the account, and must display a summary total of the amount of all fees assessed by the financial institution against the consumer's prepaid account for the prior calendar month and for the calendar year to date. Section 1005.18(d) sets forth alternative disclosure requirements for both the initial disclosures and annual error resolution notices for financial institutions that provide information under the periodic statement alternative in § 1005.18(c).
Section 1005.18(e) clarifies that prepaid accounts must generally comply with the limited liability provisions in existing § 1005.6 and the error resolution requirements in § 1005.11, with some modifications. Specifically, the final rule extends Regulation E's limited liability and error resolution requirements to all prepaid accounts, regardless of whether the financial institution has completed its consumer identification and verification process with respect to the account, but does not require provisional credit for unverified accounts. Section 1005.18(f) contains certain other disclosure requirements, such as a requirement that the initial disclosures required by § 1005.7 include
Section 1005.19 contains the requirements for submitting prepaid account agreements to the Bureau and for posting the agreements to the Web site of the prepaid account issuer. Section 1005.19(a) provides certain definitions specific to § 1005.19. Section 1005.19(b)(1) requires an issuer to make submissions to the Bureau no later than 30 days after an issuer offers, amends, or ceases to offer any prepaid account agreement. Sections 1005.19(b)(2) and (3) set forth the requirements for the submission of amended agreements and the notification of agreements no longer offered. Sections 1005.19(b)(4) and (5) provide de minimis and product testing exceptions to the submission requirement. Section 1005.19(b)(6) sets forth the form and content requirements for prepaid account agreements submitted to the Bureau. Section 1005.19(c) generally requires an issuer to post and maintain on its publicly available Web site prepaid account agreements that are offered to the general public. Section 1005.19(d) requires issuers to provide consumers with access to their individual prepaid account agreements either by posting and maintaining the agreements on their Web site, or by promptly providing a copy of the agreement to the consumer upon request. Section 1005.19(f) provides a delayed effective date of October 1, 2018 for the requirement to submit prepaid account agreements to the Bureau.
The final rule also adds provisions to Regulation E that supplement and complement the final rule amendments to Regulation Z regarding overdraft credit features offered in connection with a prepaid account. As discussed below in the section-by-section analyses under Regulation Z, the final rule generally applies the Regulation Z credit card rules to overdraft credit features that can be accessed in the course of a transaction with the prepaid card where such credit features are provided by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. The final rule generally requires that such overdraft credit features be structured as separate sub-accounts or accounts, distinct from the prepaid asset account. Under the final rule, a prepaid card that can access such an overdraft credit feature is defined as a “hybrid prepaid-credit card,” and the overdraft credit feature is defined as a “covered separate credit feature.” Related modifications to Regulation E include a revision to § 1005.10(e)(1) that prohibits issuers from requiring consumers to set up preauthorized EFTs to repay credit extended through a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. Section 1005.12(a) clarifies whether Regulation E or Regulation Z governs the issuance of a hybrid prepaid-credit card, and a consumer's liability and error resolution rights with respect to transactions that occur in connection with a prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature. Section 1005.17 clarifies that a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card is not an “overdraft service” as that term has been defined under Regulation E in connection with checking accounts. Finally, § 1005.18(g) requires a financial institution to provide the same account terms, conditions, and features on a prepaid account without a covered separate credit feature that it provides on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that have such a credit feature, except that the financial institution may impose higher fees or charges on a prepaid account with such a credit feature.
In finalizing these provisions, the Bureau has carefully considered the general comments summarized above expressing concerns about the Bureau's proposal to extend Regulation E coverage to prepaid accounts. The Bureau believes that comments opposing this approach generally fell into three categories. First, some commenters argued that the potential burden and risk to financial institutions of formally subjecting their prepaid account programs to Regulation E requirements would not produce substantial benefits for consumers because, among other reasons, many programs (particularly those for GPR cards) are already generally operated in compliance with the requirements for payroll cards in Regulation E. Second, some commenters were concerned that the rulemaking would define prepaid accounts broadly to include digital wallets and other emerging products, thereby chilling innovation in the payments market. Third, some commenters were primarily concerned about the burden and complexity of specific portions of the proposal. The Bureau has carefully considered the potential benefits and costs with regard to each of these sub-issues in deciding to finalize the rule.
As discussed in greater detail below in connection with the definition of prepaid account in § 1005.2(b)(3) that shapes the scope of coverage under the final rule, the Bureau believes that there is substantial benefit to consumers in subjecting prepaid accounts to Regulation E coverage even if some issuers are already generally in compliance. The Bureau notes that those issuers who are in fact in compliance will face a substantially lesser implementation burden than those who are not, as discussed in part VII below. Moreover, the Bureau believes that consumer protections are clearer and more effective when companies are accountable for complying with them as a matter of law, rather than by the choice or discretion of individual issuers. Indeed, the Bureau agrees with the consumer group commenters who asserted that uniform coverage of prepaid accounts under Regulation E will better equip and empower consumers to work with financial institutions to address problems with their prepaid accounts.
As discussed in greater detail in connection with § 1005.2(b)(3) below, the Bureau has carefully evaluated the benefits and costs of extending Regulation E to digital wallets and other similar products, as well as to government benefit accounts, payroll card accounts, GPR cards, and other types of prepaid products. The Bureau recognizes that there is some need for tailoring of particular provisions for prepaid accounts in certain circumstances, and has made revisions to various specific requirements to address such nuances. For example, the Bureau has revised proposed § 1005.19(c) such that the final rule does not require issuers to post on their publicly-available Web sites account agreements that are not offered to the general public, such as those for government benefit and payroll card accounts. Nevertheless, the Bureau believes that there is substantial value to both consumers and financial institutions in promoting consistent treatment where logical and appropriate across products. The Bureau has considered the possibility that providers might pass on increased costs to consumers or be more cautious in developing additional products or features, as discussed in part VII below, and believes that such concerns are relatively modest.
Likewise, the Bureau acknowledges industry's concerns about the volume of information financial institutions will have to disclose under the final rule's pre-acquisition disclosure regime, and the potential redundancies between the short form and long form disclosures. The Bureau continues to believe, however, that there is clear consumer benefit to ensuring consumers have access to both of these disclosures pre-acquisition because the disclosures play crucial but distinct roles. The Bureau designed and developed the short form disclosure to provide a concise snapshot of a prepaid account's key fees and features that is both easily noticeable and digestible by consumers. The Bureau believes that the overall standardization of the short form disclosure will facilitate consumers' ability to comparison shop among prepaid account programs. On the other hand, the Bureau also recognizes that providing only a subset of a prepaid account program's fee information on the short form might not provide all consumers with the information they need to make fully-informed acquisition decisions in all cases. For this reason, the final rule also requires the long form disclosure to be provided as a companion disclosure to the short form, offering a comprehensive repository of all of a prepaid account's fees and the conditions under which those fees could be imposed, along with certain other key information about the prepaid account. The Bureau notes that, under the alternative timing regime for disclosures provided in a retail location or by phone, a financial institution may provide the long form disclosure after acquisition so long as the short form contains information enabling the consumer to access the long form by telephone and on a Web site. In sum, the short form and the long form disclosures together provide consumers with an overview of the key information about the prepaid account and an unabridged list of fees and conditions and other important information about the account.
The Bureau has also considered concerns about burden and complexity both with regard to specific elements of the proposal and regarding coverage and compliance more broadly, and has made numerous adjustments to more finely calibrate the final rule to promote compliance and a smooth implementation process, as discussed in more detail with regard to individual provisions in the section-by-section analyses that follow. At the outset, the Bureau notes that the fact that a significant majority of these products are already substantially in compliance with existing Regulation E provisions applicable to payroll card accounts will reduce implementation burdens considerably. Furthermore, the Bureau notes that several provisions of the final rule have been adjusted to take more careful account of current industry practices, and as such should not require significant changes to existing procedures. For example, the Bureau has specifically clarified the timing of acquisition requirements for purposes of delivering pre-acquisition disclosures in final comment 18(b)(1)(i)-1 for payroll card accounts and prepaid accounts generally, and in final comments 15(c)-1 and -2 for government benefit accounts. These revisions are consistent with what the Bureau believes to be the current practices of many employers and government agencies and therefore should not require significant modifications to current procedures.
The Bureau also has incorporated certain burden-reducing measures to address various concerns raised by commenters about the burden on industry they asserted would result from the proposed pre-acquisition disclosure regime. These burden-alleviating modifications include the various changes to the additional fee types disclosures, including disclosure of two fees rather than three; a de minimis threshold; and reassessment and updating required every 24 months rather than 12. Other measures in the final rule that reduce burden include permitting reference in the short form disclosure for payroll card accounts (and government benefit accounts) to State-required information and other fee discounts and waivers pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(B); permitting disclosure of the long form within other disclosures required by Regulation E pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(7)(iii); and flexible updating of third-party fees in the long form disclosure pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii).
As another example, the Bureau has modified the periodic statement alternative in § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii) to require at least 12 months of electronic account transaction history (instead of 18 months as proposed), which commenters explained many financial institutions already make available; the Bureau therefore believes any changes needed to comply with that portion of the rule for most financial institutions should be minimal. Likewise, implementing changes to provide at least 24 months of written account transaction history upon request pursuant to final § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii) should also not be problematic because the Bureau understands financial institutions generally retain several years of account transaction data in archived form. Relatedly, final § 1005.18(c)(5) requires financial institutions to provide a summary total of the fees assessed against the consumer's prepaid account for the prior calendar month and calendar year to date, but not summary totals of all deposits to and debits from a consumer's prepaid account as proposed.
Similarly, regarding the prepaid account agreement posting requirement, the Bureau believes the modification in final § 1005.19(c) to require issuers to post on their publicly-available Web sites only the agreements that are offered to the general public will reduce the number of agreements prepaid account issuers must post. In addition, this is generally consistent with the types of agreements that issuers post to their Web sites already, thus reducing the burden associated with this requirement relative to the proposal. Likewise, the Bureau believes that the revision in final § 1005.19(b)(1) to submit agreements to the Bureau on a rolling basis (instead of quarterly) should reduce the burden of the submission requirement on issuers relative to the proposal.
The Bureau has also given substantial thought to ways in which it can facilitate industry's implementation process for this final rule. For example, the Bureau has extended the general effective date of the rule from the proposed nine months following the publication of the rule in the
In addition to these specific modifications to the rule to reduce burden to industry relative to the proposal, the Bureau is committed to working with industry to facilitate the transition process through regulatory implementation support and guidance, including by developing and providing a compliance guide to covered entities.
Regulatory implementation materials related to this final rule are available at
In light of the modifications the Bureau has made to the rule as proposed, as well as the benefits of the final rule to consumers, the Bureau does not believe that further modifications to its general approach of regulating prepaid accounts under Regulation E—that is, beyond those specific modifications discussed in the following section-by-section analyses—are warranted. Nor does it believe that it would be appropriate to exempt from the final rule entire categories of financial institutions, as some commenters writing on behalf of smaller banks and credit unions suggested. The Bureau notes, however, that to the extent smaller banks or credit unions merely sell prepaid accounts issued by other entities, they are not covered financial institutions under Regulation E, since they do not satisfy either part of the definition of financial institution (
With respect to the comment requesting the Bureau to increase its supervisory authority over non-depository financial institutions in the market for prepaid accounts, the Bureau notes that this final rule's requirements apply equally to depositories and non-depositories alike. The Bureau will continue to monitor the markets, and may consider future rulemakings aimed at defining larger participants in this or other relevant markets, pursuant to its authority under section 1024 of the Dodd-Frank Act.
With respect to specific requests made by consumer groups for additional requirements or prohibitions, the Bureau notes that many of the requests go significantly beyond the scope of what the Bureau contemplated in the proposed rule. Specifically, requests to ban certain fees, either in general or in the context of particular types of cards, are outside the scope of this rulemaking, and as such, the Bureau declines to include any such blanket fee bans in the final rule. Nonetheless, the Bureau recognizes commenters' concerns regarding financial institutions' fee practices, particularly with respect to practices that disproportionately impact vulnerable populations, such as formerly incarcerated individuals, and will continue to monitor these practices going forward. Likewise, the final rule does not address financial institutions' practices with respect to placing holds on funds pending clearance of a transaction.
The request that the Bureau ban arbitration or class action waivers in prepaid account agreements is also outside the scope of this rulemaking. The Bureau notes, however, that if finalized as proposed, the Bureau's recent Arbitration Agreements NPRM would prohibit covered providers of certain consumer financial products and services from using an arbitration agreement to bar the consumer from filing or participating in a class action with respect to the covered consumer financial product or service.
Finally, with respect to consumer group commenters' requests that the Bureau require or encourage financial institutions to add savings or credit building features to prepaid accounts, the Bureau agrees with commenters that such features can be beneficial to consumers. Linked savings programs, for instance, may allow participating consumers to better manage their current spending and set aside funds for planned or unexpected expenses. Nevertheless, the Bureau does not believe it would be appropriate to mandate one at this juncture. The Bureau will continue to encourage financial institutions to expand their offerings in this area, in such a way as to provide protections and opportunities for consumers.
The Bureau explained in the proposal that unless as otherwise provided under the proposed rule, the requirements of current subpart A of Regulation E would extend to prepaid accounts in the same manner they currently apply to payroll card accounts. This aspect of the proposal is adopted as proposed.
A law firm commenter representing a coalition of prepaid issuers asserted that the Bureau should permit financial institutions to provide all required disclosures related to prepaid accounts electronically regardless of whether a financial institution complies with the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act (E-Sign Act),
In general, the Bureau believes that existing § 1005.4(a)(1) should apply to prepaid accounts. Section 1005.4(a)(1) permits the electronic delivery of disclosures required pursuant to subpart A of Regulation E, subject to compliance with the consumer consent and other applicable provisions of the E-Sign Act. However, the final rule permits financial institutions to provide the short form and long form disclosures electronically without E-Sign consent for prepaid accounts that are acquired electronically, including via a mobile device, to ensure that consumers receive relevant disclosure information at the appropriate time. During the pre-acquisition time period for prepaid accounts, the Bureau believes that it is important for consumers who decide to go online to acquire a prepaid account to see the relevant disclosures in electronic form. The Bureau believes that many consumers may decide whether to acquire a particular prepaid account after doing research online, and that if they are not able to see disclosures on the prepaid account program's Web site, they cannot make an informed acquisition decision. But the fact that the consumer has used the Web site once to acquire the account does not mean that the consumer intends to receive all disclosures later in the account relationship via Web site, absent a formal process by which the consumer is informed of and consents to that delivery method. And with accounts acquired through other means, the Bureau similarly believes it is important that consumers have an opportunity to consent to electronic delivery of disclosures in general. Accordingly, the Bureau declines to permit financial institutions to provide all required disclosures related to prepaid accounts electronically regardless of whether a financial institution complies with the E-Sign Act.
Finally, current § 1005.10(c) provides that a consumer can revoke authorization of preauthorized EFTs orally or in writing. If the consumer gives the stop payment request orally, a financial institution may require the consumer to then give written confirmation, or else the oral stop payment order will cease to bind the financial institution. A consumer group commenter requested that the Bureau clarify that consumers can revoke their authorization of preauthorized EFTs in writing, electronically, or orally in any manner, as long as the method provides a consumer's creditor with reasonable notice and opportunity to act. The Bureau declines to modify § 1005.10(c) in this way, as doing so would be outside of the scope of this rulemaking insofar as any such clarification would presumably apply to all Regulation E accounts, not just prepaid accounts.
The Bureau notes that among the other various Regulation E provisions that will apply to prepaid accounts are the limitations on the unsolicited issuance of an access device in existing § 1005.5 and the requirement in existing (§ 1005.13) to retain records that evidence compliance with the requirements of EFTA and Regulation E.
The current definition of account in Regulation E includes an exception for bona fide trust accounts.
The Bureau proposed several changes to § 1005.2(b), as discussed below. In sum, these changes would have created a broad new defined term, “prepaid account,” as a subcategory of the definition of “account” in existing § 1005.2(b)(1), and thus subject to Regulation E. As discussed in detail in the proposal, existing § 1005.2(b)(1) defines an “account” generally for purposes of Regulation E as a demand deposit (checking), savings, or other consumer asset account (other than an occasional or incidental credit balance in a credit plan) held directly or indirectly by a financial institution and established primarily for personal, family, or household purposes. EFTA and existing Regulation E contain explicit provisions applying specifically to payroll card accounts, as well as accounts used for the distribution of government benefits in existing §§ 1005.18 and 1005.15, respectively. Gift cards, although not included in the § 1005.2(b) definition of account, are addressed specifically in § 1005.20. The Board, in adopting rules to include payroll card accounts within the ambit of Regulation E, explicitly stated that Regulation E did not, at that time, cover general spending cards to which a consumer might transfer by direct deposit some portion of the consumer's wages.
After the Bureau assumed authority for implementing most of EFTA pursuant to the transfer of certain authorities from the Board to the Bureau under the Dodd-Frank Act, it analyzed whether other types of prepaid products not already specifically identified in Regulation E could or should be covered by the regulation. It first considered the applicability of EFTA to prepaid products. EFTA, among other things, governs transactions that involve an EFT to or from a consumer's account. It defines an account to be “a demand deposit, savings deposit, or other asset account . . . as described in regulations of the Bureau, established primarily for personal, family, or household purposes.”
The Bureau believed that proposing to apply Regulation E to prepaid accounts was appropriate for several reasons. First, it concluded that consumers' use of prepaid products had evolved significantly since 2006, when the Board last examined the issue in the course of its payroll card account
Second, the Bureau concluded that inclusion aligned appropriately with the purposes of EFTA. The legislative history of EFTA indicates that Congress's primary goal was to protect consumers using EFT services. Although, at the time, providers of electronic payment services argued that enactment of EFTA was premature and that the electronic payment market should be allowed to develop further on its own, Congress believed that establishing a framework of rights and duties for all parties would benefit both consumers and providers. Likewise, in the proposal, the Bureau stated its belief that it was appropriate to establish such a framework for prepaid accounts, because doing so would benefit both consumers and providers.
In addition, were it to finalize the proposal, the Bureau believed that consumers would be better able to assess the risks of using prepaid products. Indeed, the Bureau was concerned that because prepaid cards could be so similar to credit and debit cards (which are protected under Regulations Z and E), consumers may not realize that their prepaid cards lack the same benefits and protections as those other cards. The Bureau stated its belief that the proposal, if finalized, would serve to make those protections more consistent and eliminate a regulatory gap.
With these considerations in mind, the Bureau proposed to bring a broad range of prepaid products within the ambit of Regulation E and also proposed to modify certain substantive provisions of Regulation E as appropriate for different types of prepaid accounts. To facilitate this, the Bureau proposed to add a definition of “prepaid account,” the specifics of which are discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analyses that follow, to the existing definition of “account” in § 1005.2(b). In sum, the proposed definition would have created a broad general umbrella definition for prepaid accounts that are issued on a prepaid basis or loaded with funds thereafter and are usable to conduct transactions with merchants or at an ATM, or usable to facilitate P2P transfers. The definition would not have depended on whether such accounts were reloadable or non-reloadable. Payroll card accounts and government benefit accounts would have been subsumed within the broader definition, though still enumerated as specific subcategories for purposes of tailoring certain substantive rules. The Bureau noted that while not all prepaid products covered by the proposed definition could or would be used as full and ongoing transaction account substitutes, it was concerned that to try to carve out very specific types of products that were, or could be, used for short-term limited purposes would create substantial complexity and could result in consumer confusion as to what protections would apply to otherwise indistinguishable products. The proposed definition would have excluded accounts that were already subject to Regulation E.
As with the comments the Bureau received in response to the ANPR, most commenters to the proposal (industry, consumer advocacy groups, and others) did not object to the general concept of bringing prepaid products within the ambit of Regulation E.
A number of industry commenters, however, took issue with the Bureau's proposal to define prepaid account more broadly than just GPR cards. A number of these commenters, including program managers, a trade association, and a law firm writing on behalf of a coalition of prepaid issuers, stated that the scope of the proposal's coverage was a significant departure from the Bureau's Prepaid ANPR, which they noted focused exclusively on GPR cards and like products. A number of commenters, including trade associations and an issuing bank, urged the Bureau to focus its rulemaking on products that could be used in the same ways as traditional transaction accounts. The commenters contrasted such products, which they contended include GPR cards, with products that have limitations on use, such as non-reloadable cards or so-called reload packs, which are cards that can only be used to load funds onto GPR cards. According to the commenters, products that had limited uses or functions were generally characterized by a more limited relationship between the issuer and consumer, which made these types of products inherently riskier—from a fraud-prevention perspective—and less profitable to financial institutions than GPR cards. The commenters asserted that if these more limited product types were covered under the definition of prepaid account, the cost of adding Regulation E protections may cause issuers of those products to discontinue offering them. A number of trade associations advocated that the Bureau specifically exclude non-reloadable cards for these reasons. Similarly, these and other commenters urged the Bureau to exclude reload packs.
Other industry commenters objected to the Bureau's decision to cover “innovative” payment products, such as
Other commenters, including an issuing bank, several industry trade associations, a think tank, and a group of members of Congress, argued that if the Bureau's prepaid accounts rule applied to such products, it would stifle growth and innovation by imposing a one-size-fits-all regime on a diverse and evolving market. These commenters advocated that the Bureau take an incremental approach to broadening the definition of prepaid account by including GPR cards in this final rule, and reevaluating the possible addition of other products at a later time.
A subset of these commenters, joined by a number of additional trade associations, a payment network, and an issuing bank, argued that the proposed definition was ambiguous and vague. Specifically, these commenters argued that the proposed definition did not draw a sufficiently clear line between accounts that were already covered by Regulation E—namely, demand deposit (checking) accounts, savings accounts, and other consumer asset accounts—and accounts that would newly be covered as prepaid accounts. These commenters expressed concern that under the proposed definition certain accounts could qualify as both prepaid accounts subject to the augmented Regulation E requirements of the proposal and traditional bank accounts (or other consumer asset accounts) subject to existing Regulation E requirements. Relatedly, other commenters stated that certain prepaid account issuers already considered their products covered under Regulation E as consumer asset accounts. As a result, commenters asserted, essentially identical products could be subject to different consumer protection regimes, resulting in inconsistent consumer protections for similar products and heightened compliance risk stemming from industry's uncertainty regarding which regime their products fall under. These commenters urged the Bureau to create a clearer demarcation between prepaid accounts and other types of accounts. Specifically, commenters proposed that the Bureau add greater clarity by limiting the definition of prepaid account. They had various suggestions for how to limit the definition, including,
Consumer groups likewise urged the Bureau to apply Regulation E to those prepaid products that consumers can use as transaction account substitutes because, in part, consumers do not know that their prepaid products lack certain protections offered by other transaction accounts. The consumer groups diverged from industry commenters, however, by largely supporting the breadth of the Bureau's proposed definition. A number of groups agreed with the Bureau's decision to include both reloadable and non-reloadable accounts in the proposed definition, arguing that the focus of the definition should be on how the account is used, not on how it is loaded. A think tank argued that consumer usage supported covering non-reloadable cards, noting that one-third of prepaid account users in its survey do not reuse their account after the initial amount of funds was depleted. A number of consumer groups advocated that the Bureau expand the proposed definition further to include specific types of non-reloadable cards loaded by third parties, such as student loan disbursement cards and prison release cards. Other consumer groups argued that a broad definition was necessary to accommodate new and changing products. These commenters supported the Bureau's decision to cover mobile and virtual payment systems, arguing that, as payment systems evolve, it was important not to adopt a narrow definition that would permit evasion.
Some commenters also urged the Bureau to expand the scope of the definition of government benefit account so that it applied to more categories of government benefit programs. Those comments and the Bureau's response thereto are discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.15(a) below.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing the rule to define the term “account” under Regulation E to include a “prepaid account,” while making several revisions to the proposed definition of prepaid account, as summarized below and discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analyses that follow. EFTA section 903(2) defines an account broadly to be “a demand deposit, savings deposit, or other asset account . . . as described in regulations of the Bureau, established primarily for personal, family, or household purposes.” Insofar as the statute defines account broadly to include any other asset account and for the other reasons discussed below, the Bureau believes it is reasonable to interpret account in EFTA to include prepaid accounts. In general, the Bureau declines to narrow the scope of the proposed definition to cover, for example, only GPR cards, reloadable accounts, or cards that otherwise function as transaction account substitutes, as some commenters had requested.
As it stated in the proposal, the Bureau recognizes that not all types of prepaid products lend themselves to permanent use as transaction account substitutes. Nevertheless, the Bureau continues to believe that the features of non-GPR card prepaid products as well as the ways consumers can and do use those products warrant Regulation E protection and that the prepaid regime provided in this final rule is the most appropriate regime to apply. Consumers can receive significant disbursements of funds—such as tax refunds or pay-outs of home insurance proceeds—on non-reloadable prepaid cards. They can then use such cards for a variety of purposes, including making purchases and paying bills, for which error resolution and other Regulation E protections could be important.
The Bureau is thus finalizing a definition of prepaid account that covers a range of products including GPR cards, as well as other products that may not be used as transaction account substitutes, such as certain non-reloadable accounts and digital wallets. The Bureau recognizes that the scope of the final rule's coverage extends beyond the types of accounts that were the primary focus of in the Prepaid ANPR, as some commenters remarked. The Bureau notes, however, that the ANPR also asked broader questions regarding the potential definitional scope for a prepaid rulemaking. While an ANPR is not a required part of the rulemaking process under the Administrative Procedures Act, the over 220 comments received in response helped inform the scope the Bureau's proposal. The Bureau notes in addition, and in response to comments from consumer groups, that the final rule's definition is broad enough to cover prepaid accounts used by consumers in various scenarios and for various purposes, so long as those accounts meet the specific provisions of the definition, as set forth below. This would include, for example, student loan disbursement cards and prison release cards that meet the other criteria set forth in the definition.
At the same time, the Bureau appreciates commenters' concerns that the single broad proposed umbrella definition could have created too much uncertainty as to treatment of products that were already subject to Regulation E prior to this rulemaking, and their concern that certain additional narrow categories of products should be excluded from the definition due to various unique circumstances. The Bureau has considered various avenues for addressing these concerns, including, as suggested by commenters, limiting coverage under the final rule to only GPR cards or to accounts held by a financial institution in an omnibus (or pooled) structure. As set forth in greater detail below, the Bureau has decided to add further clarity to the proposed definition by adding a reference to the way the account is marketed or labeled, as well as to the account's primary function. The Bureau is not finalizing a definition that would limit coverage to only GPR cards, as stated above, because it continues to believe that the features of non-GPR card prepaid products as well as the ways consumers can and do use those products warrant Regulation E protection. In addition, the Bureau declines to limit coverage under the definition to accounts held in a pooled account structure, because the Bureau believes that the characteristics that make an account a prepaid account should not be dependent on the product's back-office infrastructure.
In addition to minor changes to streamline the definition and sequence of the regulation, the Bureau has reorganized the structure of the definition and added certain wording to the final rule that is designed to more cleanly differentiate products that are subject to this final rule from those that are subject to general Regulation E. First, to streamline the definition and to eliminate redundancies, the Bureau is omitting the phrase “card, code, or other device, not otherwise an account under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, which is established primarily for personal, family, or household purposes” from final § 1005.2(b)(3)(i). Second, the Bureau is clarifying the scope of the definition by adding a reference to the way the account is marketed or labeled, as well as to the account's primary function. Under the final definition, therefore, an account is a prepaid account if it is a payroll card account or government benefit account;
The final rule also contains several additional exclusions from the definition of prepaid account for: (1) Accounts loaded only with funds from a dependent care assistance program or a transit or parking reimbursement arrangement; (2) accounts that are directly or indirectly established through a third party and loaded only with qualified disaster relief payments; and (3) the P2P functionality of accounts established by or through the U.S. government whose primary function is to conduct closed-loop transactions on U.S. military installations or vessels, or similar government facilities. Other than these clarifications and exclusions discussed herein, the Bureau does not intend the changed language in the final rule to significantly alter the scope of the proposed definition of the term prepaid account.
Proposed § 1005.2(b)(3)(i) would have defined the term prepaid account as a card, code, or other device, not otherwise an account under § 1005.2(b)(1), that was established primarily for personal, family, or household purposes, and that satisfied three additional criteria as to how the account was loaded and used, as laid out in proposed § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(A) through (C), which are discussed separately below. This proposed definition of prepaid account was based on the formulation for the definition of general-use prepaid card in the Gift Card Rule (§ 1005.20). Proposed comment 2(b)(3)(i)-1 would have clarified that for purposes of subpart A of Regulation E, except for § 1005.17 (requirements for overdraft services), the term “debit card” also included a prepaid card. Proposed comment 2(b)(3)(i)-2 would have explained that proposed § 1005.2(b)(3) applied only to cards, codes, or other devices that were acquired by or provided to a consumer primarily for personal, family, or household purposes. For further guidance interpreting the phrase “card, code, or other device,” proposed comment 2(b)(3)(i)-2 would have
The Bureau received comment from an industry trade association asserting that defining a prepaid account as a “card, code, or other device” may conflate the actual covered account with the access device that the consumer can use to transact or withdraw from that account. Upon further consideration, the Bureau has revised § 1005.2(b)(3)(i) to remove the phrase “card, code, or other device,” so that the definition does not conflate the access device that may be used to access the underlying account with the account itself. The Bureau intends the definition of prepaid account to cover the account itself, not the device used to access it.
The Bureau has also removed the reference to the prepaid account being an account that is “not otherwise an account under paragraph (b)(1) of this section.” As discussed below, the prepaid account definition's interaction with the existing definition of account in Regulation E is now addressed in other paragraphs of final § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(D). Specifically, excluded from the definition of prepaid account by new § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(D)(
The Bureau has revised comment 2(b)(3)(i)-1 to state that for purposes of subpart A of Regulation E, unless where otherwise specified, the term debit card also includes a prepaid card. The Bureau has removed the proposed reference to § 1005.17 in this paragraph, as the Bureau's revisions to § 1005.17, discussed below, have rendered its reference here unnecessary.
Finally, the Bureau has also removed the phrase “established primarily for personal, family, or household purposes” from the definition of prepaid account. Upon further consideration, the Bureau believes that phrase is unnecessary here as it already appears in the main definition of account in § 1005.2(b)(1), and prepaid accounts are expressly included as a subcategory within that broader definition. The Bureau has likewise removed proposed comment 2(b)(3)(i)-2, which would have provided guidance with respect to the meaning of “established primarily for personal, family, or household purposes.”
As discussed above, the proposed rule would have created a broad general definition of prepaid account that hinged in significant part on how the account could be loaded and used, as set forth in proposed § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(A) through (C). Rather than relying on a single broad umbrella definition, the Bureau has concluded in response to commenters' concerns about ambiguity as to the scope of coverage that it would provide greater clarity to specify several types of products that are included within the general definition of prepaid account, and then specify an additional, narrower category for the balance of covered products by reference to those products' functionality. Accordingly, the final rule has been reorganized to list the specific categories of products first. The reorganization is not intended to substantively alter the scope of the proposed prepaid account definition's coverage.
Final § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(A) defines the first such category, payroll card accounts. As discussed above, Regulation E currently contains provisions specific to payroll card accounts and defines such accounts.
In addition, the Bureau proposed to renumber existing comment 2(b)-2, which concerns certain employment-related cards not covered as payroll card accounts, as comment 2(b)(3)(ii)-1. The Bureau proposed to add to comment 2(b)(3)(ii)-1 an explanation that would have clarified that, while the existing examples given of cards would not be payroll card accounts (
The Bureau did not receive any comments on this portion of the proposal, and as such, is finalizing the regulatory text and commentary largely as proposed, with minor modifications in the commentary for clarity and consistency with terms used elsewhere in this final rule.
As discussed above, Regulation E currently contains provisions in § 1005.15 that are specifically applicable to an account established by a government agency for distributing government benefits to a consumer electronically. While such accounts are currently defined only in existing § 1005.15(a)(2), the Bureau stated its belief in the proposal that given the other modifications to Regulation E proposed therein, it was appropriate to explicitly add such accounts used for the distribution of government benefits as a stand-alone sub-definition of prepaid account as well. Specifically, the Bureau proposed to have § 1005.2(b)(3)(iii) state that the term
The Bureau did not receive any comments on this portion of the proposal.
As noted above, several commenters requested that the Bureau revise the proposed definition of prepaid account to add greater certainty as to the scope of coverage. One commenter, a trade association, specifically suggested that the Bureau modify the definition to only apply to products that are expressly marketed and labeled as “prepaid.” The Bureau agrees that the addition of a provision focusing on marketing and labeling would provide greater clarity. The Bureau believes that all or most GPR cards are currently marketed or labeled as “prepaid,” either on the packaging or display of the card or in related advertising. As such, the Bureau believes that most, if not all, GPR cards will qualify as prepaid accounts under this provision of the definition. In addition, the Bureau believes that, in order to prevent consumer confusion and conform to consumer expectations, accounts that are marketed or labeled as “prepaid” should be accompanied by the same disclosures and protections that consumers will expect prepaid accounts to provide pursuant to this final rule.
The Bureau is thus adopting new § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(C) to define as a prepaid account an account that is marketed or labeled as “prepaid.” The Bureau understands, however, that there are certain products that are intended for specific, limited purposes—for example, prepaid phone cards—that may use the term “prepaid” for marketing or labeling purposes, but which the Bureau did not intend to include under the definition of prepaid account by function of this prong. The Bureau is clarifying, therefore, that in order to qualify as a prepaid account under the “marketed or labeled” prong, an account must also be redeemable upon presentation at multiple, unaffiliated merchants for goods or services or usable at ATMs. Accordingly, although products such as prepaid phone cards are marketed or labeled as “prepaid,” they would not qualify as prepaid accounts under this prong because they are not redeemable at multiple, unaffiliated merchants or usable at ATMs.
To clarify the meaning of “marketed or labeled,” the Bureau is also adopting new comment 2(b)(3)(i)-3. That comment, which draws on similar existing commentary to Regulation E concerning the marketing and labeling of gift cards,
Final § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(D) contains a descriptive, general definition of the term “prepaid account” that largely preserves the structure of the proposed definition, with an increased focus on the account's functionality for greater clarity. The provision builds on elements of proposed § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(A) and (B), which focused on whether an account was issued to a consumer on a prepaid basis or was capable of being loaded with funds thereafter and whether the account was redeemable upon presentation at multiple, unaffiliated merchants for goods or services, usable at ATMs, or usable for P2P transfers. To constitute a prepaid account under final § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(D), an account must satisfy all three of the prongs of final § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(D)(
Proposed § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(A) would have defined a prepaid account as either issued on a prepaid basis to a consumer in a specified amount or not issued on a prepaid basis but capable of being loaded with funds thereafter. This portion of the proposed definition expanded upon the phrase “issued on a prepaid basis” used in the Gift Card Rule's definition of general-use prepaid card in § 1005.20(a)(3),
As it explained in the proposal, the Bureau sought to ensure that accounts that are not loaded at acquisition are nonetheless eligible to be prepaid accounts. The Bureau proposed this approach to address concerns that prepaid providers could restructure existing products to avoid coverage by the proposed rule if they were to separate account acquisition from initial funding. In addition, the Bureau believed the proposed provision would have ensured that consumers who used prepaid accounts received the protections in the proposed rule—particularly the pre-acquisition disclosures regarding fees and other key terms—prior to and upon establishment of the account.
Proposed comment 2(b)(3)(i)-3 would have clarified that to be “issued on a prepaid basis,” a prepaid account had to be loaded with funds when it was first provided to the consumer for use. For example, if a consumer purchased a prepaid account and provided funds that were loaded onto a card at the time of purchase, the prepaid account would have been issued on a prepaid basis. A prepaid account offered for sale in a
Proposed comment 2(b)(3)(i)-4 would have explained that a prepaid account that was not issued on a prepaid basis but was capable of being loaded with funds thereafter included a prepaid card issued to a consumer with a zero balance to which funds could be loaded by the consumer or a third party subsequent to issuance. This would not have included a product that could never store funds, such as a digital wallet that only held payment credentials for other accounts.
Proposed comment 2(b)(3)(i)-5 would have clarified that to satisfy proposed § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(A), a prepaid account would have to either be issued on a prepaid basis or be capable of being loaded with funds. This would have meant that the prepaid account had to be capable of holding funds, rather than merely acting as a pass-through vehicle. For example, if a product was only capable of storing a consumer's payment credentials for other accounts but was incapable of having funds stored on it, such a product would not have been a prepaid account. However, if a product allowed a consumer to transfer funds, which could be stored before the consumer designated a destination for the funds, the product would have satisfied proposed § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(A).
With these examples, the Bureau sought to make clear that it did not intend to extend the proposed definition of prepaid account to a product that could never store funds. To the extent that a digital wallet, for example, merely stores payment credentials (
As discussed above, some industry commenters urged the Bureau to limit the final rule to those products that could be reloaded by a consumer, arguing that such products were more likely to act as transaction account substitutes. Those comments are summarized in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.2(b)(3) above. In short, these commenters argued that, to the extent the Bureau was seeking to create a uniform regulatory regime for like products, non-reloadable products did not function like other accounts already covered by Regulation E and thus should be excluded from coverage. They noted, for example, that non-reloadable cards were not generally accompanied by an expectation of a continued relationship between the financial institution and the consumer. In addition, these commenters argued, such accounts were largely used as a substitute for cash, such that adding disclosure and other substantive requirements to these cards would add unnecessary complexity that would far outweigh consumer expectations or needs with respect to these products. Commenters also noted that with respect to many types of non-reloadable cards, such as cards used to disburse insurance claim proceeds or tax refunds, consumers did not in fact have a choice with respect to which card they received. Comparison shopping in such circumstances, they argued, was unhelpful. Finally, with respect to the Bureau's proposed rationale that including non-reloadable accounts in the definition of prepaid account would help prevent evasion, a trade association stated that they believed that such evasion was unlikely, and further argued that the Bureau could address this risk through the adoption of an anti-evasion provision specifically aimed at preventing financial institutions from morphing their products to avoid coverage under this rule.
With respect to the clarification in proposed comment 2(b)(3)(i)-5 that the prepaid account definition only covered accounts that were capable of holding funds (rather than just acting as a pass-through), several commenters, including issuing banks, a payment network, a digital wallet provider, and a consumer group, agreed with the proposed approach. These commenters asserted that, to the extent a digital wallet was simply acting as a pass-through of credentials for accounts that were already protected under Regulation E (or other regulations), consumers using those digital wallets were already receiving sufficient protections. As stated in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.2(b)(3) above, other commenters objected to the Bureau's decision to cover digital wallets under the rule in any respect.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing the general content of proposed § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(A), renumbered as § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(D)(
The Bureau continues to believe that it would be inappropriate to exclude a product from the definition of prepaid account based on whether it can be reloaded or who can (or cannot) load funds into the account. The Bureau notes that products that may limit consumers from loading funds include payroll card accounts, which are already subject to Regulation E. Other products reloadable only by a third party also may hold funds which similarly represent a meaningful portion of a consumer's available funds. This may be true, for example, for students receiving financial aid disbursements or a consumer receiving worker's compensation payments. The Bureau believes that, like consumers relying on payroll card accounts,
The Bureau also is not persuaded by commenters' objections to the Bureau's proposal to cover digital wallets that can hold funds under the definition of prepaid account. The Bureau continues to believe that digital wallets that can hold funds operate in large part in a similar manner to physical or online prepaid accounts—a consumer can load funds into the account, spend the funds at multiple, unaffiliated merchants (or conduct P2P transfers), and reload the account once the funds are depleted. Accordingly, the Bureau believes that consumers who transact using digital wallets deserve the same protections as consumers who use other prepaid accounts. Indeed, as with other prepaid accounts, a consumer's digital wallet could fall victim to erroneous or fraudulent transactions. In addition, while the Bureau understands that most digital wallets available today do not typically charge many fees (with few exceptions, such as, for example, foreign exchange fees in certain circumstances or a fee for having funds from the account issued to the consumer in the form of a check), it is impossible to rule out that existing or new digital wallet providers will charge such fees in the future. If fees do become standard in this space, consumers ought to know what those fees are and when they will be imposed.
The next part of the Bureau's proposed definition of prepaid account would have addressed how such products must be able to be used to be considered a prepaid account. As the Board noted in adopting the Gift Card Rule, a key difference between a general-use prepaid card and a store gift card is where the card can be used.
The Bureau believed it was appropriate to limit the definition of prepaid account to those products that consumers could use at multiple, unaffiliated merchants for goods or services, at ATMs, or for P2P transfers. The Bureau noted in the proposal that a core feature of a conventional debit card is that it is usable at multiple, unaffiliated merchants and at ATMs. Insofar as a purpose of the Bureau's rulemaking on prepaid accounts is to provide comparable coverage for products with comparable functionality—in this case traditional debit cards and prepaid cards—the Bureau believed it was appropriate to structure the proposed definition in a way that products with similar features had the protections afforded by Regulation E. Pursuant to the proposed definition, therefore, a prepaid account would have been an account that was accepted widely at unaffiliated merchants, rather than only a single merchant or specific group of merchants, such as those located on a college campus or within a mall or defined shopping area.
Next, the Bureau recognized that prepaid products were also growing in popularity as a vehicle for consumers to transmit payments to each other or to businesses. The Bureau noted that an increasing number of products allowed consumers to make P2P or P2B payments without using a third-party branded payment network. These services may not always have wide merchant acceptance, but they do allow consumers to send money to other consumers and businesses. The Bureau proposed to add new comment 2(b)(3)(i)-8 to further explain when accounts capable of P2P transfers were prepaid accounts. Specifically, the comment would have explained that a prepaid account capable of P2P transfers was an account that allowed a consumer to send funds to another consumer or business. As the comment made clear, an account could qualify as a prepaid account if it permitted P2P transfers even if it was neither redeemable upon presentation at multiple, unaffiliated merchants for goods or services, nor usable at ATMs. A transaction involving a store gift card would not have been a P2P transfer if it could have only been used to make payments to the merchant or affiliated group of merchants on whose behalf the card was issued.
The only specific aspect of proposed § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(B) on which the Bureau received comment concerned its decision to include products that could only be used to facilitate P2P transfers. A number of consumer groups and a trade association voiced support for the Bureau's decision to include such products in the proposal. Other industry commenters who commented on the issue either opposed coverage of products usable for P2P transfers or requested that the Bureau adopt specific carve-outs from this prong of the definition. A digital wallet provider urged the Bureau to exclude P2P products from the definition of prepaid account, arguing that P2P functionality is more similar to a closed-loop payment system than to open-loop GPR cards. Two industry trade associations and a law firm writing on behalf of a coalition of prepaid issuers argued that regulation of products used solely to facilitate P2P transfers would be premature, and could limit future development of innovative products, to the detriment of consumers. An issuing bank, a program manager, and a commenter representing non-bank money transfer providers noted that products used to facilitate P2P transfers could be interpreted to include products or services offered by State-licensed money transmitters, which they said are already covered under existing regulations. They argued that to avoid duplicative and potentially inconsistent regulation, the Bureau should specifically exclude any product or service that is subject to State or Federal money transmitter laws.
As described above, the Bureau also received a number of more general comments urging greater clarity to distinguish what existing products are subject to general Regulation E from those subject to the Bureau's final rule governing prepaid accounts.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(B) largely as proposed, but with refinements to limit the scope to accounts whose primary function is among those specifically listed. To
The Bureau has considered the comments regarding the appropriateness of extending the definition of prepaid account to products that can only be used for P2P transfers, and has decided to finalize its decision to include such products in the definition of prepaid account. The Bureau continues to believe that the structure and usage of P2P products warrants their inclusion in the final rule. Unlike many limited-use prepaid products that have acceptance limited to a restricted location (such as at merchants located on a college campus or in a mall), P2P products do not have such a limitation. Indeed, as the Bureau noted in the proposal, insofar as a P2P product could be accepted by anyone that contracts with the P2P provider, the model is not very different from a card association that contracts with unaffiliated merchants. Further, insofar as consumers could use these products to pay anyone with funds stored in the account, the Bureau continues to believe that they should be included in the definition of prepaid account. Accordingly, the Bureau declines to exclude such products from coverage under the final rule. The Bureau is therefore finalizing the reference to P2P transfers in § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(D)(
The Bureau has also revised proposed § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(B), renumbered as § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(D)(
The Bureau intends its change here to narrow the definition of prepaid account to focus on products whose primary function for consumers is to provide general capability to use loaded funds to conduct transactions with merchants, or at ATMs, or to conduct P2P transfers, while excluding products that only provide such capability incidental to a different primary function. For example, the primary function of a traditional brokerage account is to hold funds so that the consumer can conduct transactions through a licensed broker or firm, not to conduct transactions with multiple, unaffiliated merchants for goods or services, or at ATMs, or to conduct P2P transfers. Similarly, the primary function of a savings account is to accrue interest on funds held in the account; such accounts restrict the extent to which the consumer can conduct general transactions and withdrawals.
To provide greater clarity about this intended interpretation, the Bureau is making minor wording revisions to § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(D)(
Next, new comment 2(b)(3)(i)-8.ii clarifies that whether an account satisfies final § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(D) is determined by reference to the account, not the access device associated with the account. An account satisfies final § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(D) even if the account's access device can be used for other purposes,
New comment 2(b)(3)(i)-8.iii clarifies that, where multiple accounts are associated with the same access device, the primary function of each account is determined separately. The comment goes on to clarify that one or more accounts can satisfy final § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(D) even if other accounts associated with the same access device do not. This commentary is intended to address situations where two or more separate “wallets” or “purses” are associated with the same access device. It provides the specific example of a student identification card, which may act as an access device associated with two separate accounts: An account used to conduct transactions with multiple, unaffiliated merchants for goods or services, and an account used to conduct closed-loop
Next, new comment 2(b)(3)(i)-8.iv clarifies that an account satisfies final § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(D) if its primary function is to provide general transaction capability, even if an individual consumer does not in fact use it to conduct multiple transactions. For example, the fact that a consumer may choose to withdraw the entire account balance at an ATM or transfer it to another account held by the consumer does not change the fact that the account's primary function is to provide general transaction capability. The Bureau is including this comment to clarify that an account's primary function is not determined by how frequently an individual consumer chooses to use the account for a given function. This clarification aligns with the Bureau's decision, discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.2(b)(3) above, to cover under the final rule as prepaid accounts those products that do not necessarily act as transaction account substitutes. For example, the Bureau understands that some consumers who receive funds from third parties—such as tax refunds or insurance proceeds—via prepaid accounts may not always transact with the accounts on an ongoing basis, opting instead to withdraw the funds from the account in their entirety after acquisition or transfer them to another account. Pursuant to new comment 2(b)(3)(i)-8.iv, these consumer's accounts would still meet the “primary function” prong set forth in final § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(D)(
Finally, new comment 2(b)(3)(i)-8.v states the corollary of the general rule set forth in § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(D)(
The Bureau is also adopting proposed comment 2(b)(3)(i)-7, renumbered as comment 2(b)(3)(i)-9, which cross-references comments 20(a)(3)-1 and -2 for guidance on the meaning of the term redeemable upon presentation at multiple, unaffiliated merchants.
As discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analyses of § 1005.2(b)(3) and (3)(i)(C) above, the Bureau received several comments requesting that it revise the proposed definition of prepaid account to provide a clearer line between accounts that were already covered by the existing definition of account in § 1005.2(b) and accounts that would be covered by the newly created prepaid account definition. A number of commenters, including a payment network and an industry trade association, noted a specific lack of clarity with respect to products that could arguably qualify as both. To illustrate, they noted that some prepaid accounts offer preauthorized check-writing capability, while some checking accounts allow consumers to transact using the ACH routing number or online passcode. These commenters asked the Bureau to resolve this ambiguity.
As set forth in the section-by-section analyses of § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(C) and (D)(
The next portion of the final definition of prepaid account includes several express exclusions from that definition. In addition to the exclusions included in the proposed rule, the Bureau is adding exclusions for (1) accounts loaded only with funds from a dependent care assistance program or a transit or parking reimbursement arrangement; (2) accounts that are directly or indirectly established through a third party and loaded only with qualified disaster relief payments; and (3) the P2P functionality of accounts established by or through the U.S. government whose primary function is to conduct closed-loop transactions on U.S. military installations or vessels, or similar government facilities. The Bureau notes that, to the extent certain accounts were already covered as accounts under existing Regulation E generally, these exclusions do not change that, and only exclude from the definition of prepaid account.
Proposed § 1005.2(b)(3)(iv) would have addressed prepaid products established in connection with certain health care and employee benefit programs. Specifically, the proposed provision would have stated that the term prepaid account did not include a health savings account, flexible spending account, medical savings account, or a health reimbursement arrangement. Proposed comment 2(b)(3)(iv)-1 would have defined these terms by referencing existing provisions in the Internal Revenue Code. Specifically, the Bureau proposed to define “health savings account” as a health savings account as defined in 26 U.S.C. 223(d); “flexible spending account” as a cafeteria plan which provides health benefits or a health flexible spending arrangement pursuant to 26 U.S.C. 125; “medical savings account” as an Archer MSA as defined in 26 U.S.C. 220(d); and “health reimbursement arrangement” as a health reimbursement arrangement which is treated as employer-provided coverage under an accident or health plan for purposes of 26 U.S.C. 106.
The Bureau believed that, while these health care and employee benefit accounts could, in some ways, be similar to other types of prepaid
The Bureau received several comments in response to this aspect of the proposal. Several consumer groups opposed the exclusion, noting that the accounts at issue can hold large amounts of money that consumers use over long periods of time. These commenters noted further that these types of accounts especially warrant error resolution protections since—according to the commenters—healthcare billing is notoriously error-prone. In addition, these commenters asserted that compliance should not be overly burdensome for issuers of these types of accounts, since many of the underlying benefit programs already provide consumers with error resolution protections.
By contrast, industry commenters, including issuing banks and credit unions, trade associations representing both financial institutions and employers, a payment network, and a program manager, expressed support for the proposed exclusions, and urged the Bureau to expand them further to include additional categories of similar employer-sponsored compensation programs. Specifically, several commenters urged the Bureau to add exclusions for accounts used to disburse parking, transit, dependent care, and wellness benefits. They argued that these programs are similar in several key respects to the types of programs the Bureau excluded from the definition of prepaid account in the proposal. For example, they explained that these accounts are typically funded from the employer's general assets, not by consumers, and as such they belong to the employer rather than the consumer. They argued further that these accounts do not warrant coverage under the rule because they are not consumer asset accounts in the sense that their use is highly restricted and, for certain types of programs, the funds held in them are notional, rather than actual, in nature. A subset of these commenters also urged the Bureau to reconsider referring to specific sections of the Internal Revenue Code when specifying the types of programs that would qualify for the exclusion, noting that the Code's numbering may change in the future.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing exclusions for health savings accounts, flexible spending arrangements, medical savings accounts, and health reimbursement arrangements in proposed § 1005.2(b)(3)(iv), renumbered as § 1005.2(b)(3)(ii)(A). The Bureau is likewise finalizing proposed comment 2(b)(3)(iv)-1, renumbered as 2(b)(3)(ii)-1. The Bureau is persuaded that accounts used to disburse funds related to these programs are fundamentally different from other prepaid accounts covered by the final rule. As stated in the proposal, these products are governed by the terms of their plans and related regulations, such that, for example, health savings accounts and medical savings accounts can typically only be used to pay for qualified medical expenses. The Bureau believes that the limited use of funds under such arrangements distinguish them from consumer transaction accounts. As such, the Bureau believes such accounts are appropriately excluded from the rule. The Bureau believes that the term account is reasonably interpreted not to include these types of products or, in the alternative, to further the purposes of EFTA; the Bureau believes it is necessary and proper to exercise its authority under EFTA section 904(c) to finalize an express exclusion in final § 1005.2(b)(3)(ii)(A).
The Bureau has also considered the comments requesting that additional categories of employer-sponsored compensation be added to the exclusion in § 1005.2(b)(3)(ii)(A). The Bureau agrees that, to the extent other programs exist that are significantly similar to health savings accounts, flexible spending arrangements, medical savings accounts, and health reimbursement arrangements, those programs should also be excluded from the rule for the same reasons. Accordingly, the Bureau is expanding the exclusion to encompass accounts associated with other employer-sponsored benefit arrangements, namely, accounts used to disburse funds from a dependent care assistance program or a transit or parking reimbursement arrangement. The Bureau is adding a reference to these additional program types in final § 1005.2(b)(3)(ii)(A) and the Internal Revenue Code sections that reference them in final comment 2(b)(3)(ii)-1. The Bureau is finalizing that comment with references to the relevant Internal Revenue Code sections because it believes that specificity will help ensure that the exclusions remain limited in scope, and because it believes that the clarity provided by such specificity outweighs the potential difficulty that may occur in the event the numbering scheme of the Internal Revenue Code changes.
The Bureau is otherwise finalizing § 1005.2(b)(3)(ii)(A) and comment 2(b)(3)(ii)-1 as proposed. The Bureau notes, in response to commenters that requested that it add an exclusion for employee wellness programs, that such programs are likely excluded from the rule under the exclusion for loyalty, award, or promotional gift cards. That exclusion applies to loyalty, award, or promotional gift cards, as defined in § 1005.20(a)(4) and (b). Existing comment 20(a)(4)-1.vi lists incentive programs through which an employer provides cards to employees to encourage employee wellness as a type of loyalty, award, or promotional gift card.
Several commenters, including a payment network, an issuing bank, several industry trade associations, and a national relief organization, urged the Bureau to add a separate exclusion for accounts used to distribute disaster relief funds. Most notably, the national relief organization noted that the accounts used to distribute the funds, as well as the funds themselves, are the property of the relief organization, not the consumer, which makes these accounts distinct from other consumer asset accounts the Bureau proposed to cover. Commenters argued that such accounts are different because consumers who receive these accounts cannot shop for them, and tend to use them for a short period of time without reloading—in most cases, the trade association commenter noted, the cards will expire if not used within 60 days. The payment network argued that the proposed pre-acquisition disclosure requirements would delay consumers' receipt of relief funds in the wake of tragic events. In addition, commenters noted that these accounts rarely feature any of the fees that would be required to be disclosed on the proposed short form. Accordingly, these commenters asserted, covering these accounts under the Bureau's final rule on prepaid accounts would increase the cost of providing them to consumers in need for the sake of disclosures that are neither necessary nor useful to those consumers. The national relief organization, which uses prepaid cards to disburse disaster relief funds in some circumstances, noted further that the proposed disclosure requirements in conjunction with the packaging replacement requirements in proposed § 1005.18(h) would render much of its prepaid card inventory useless. A consumer group commenter, by
The Bureau agrees that the nature of these accounts—such as, for example, the fact that the underlying funds are owned by the relief organization, rather than the consumer—warrant their exclusion from the rule. The Bureau believes that such an exclusion is further warranted because, on balance, the burden of requiring these accounts to comply with the requirements of this final rule outweighs the potential utility of those requirements to consumers who have had the misfortune of experiencing a disastrous event. The Bureau does not believe it would be appropriate at this time to place such additional burdens on providers. Accordingly, to further the purposes of EFTA to provide a framework to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of prepaid account consumers, the Bureau believes it is necessary and proper to exercise its authority under EFTA section 904(c) to finalize an express exclusion in new § 1005.2(b)(3)(ii)(B) for accounts that are established directly or indirectly by a third party and loaded only with qualified disaster relief payments. This express exclusion will protect consumers by ensuring that they have quick access to crucial funds provided by disaster relief organizations in the wake of tragic events. The Bureau is also adding new comment 2(b)(3)(ii)-2 to clarify that the exclusion is limited to funds made available through a qualified disaster relief program, as that term is defined in the Internal Revenue Code.
The Bureau received a request through the interagency consultation process to expressly exempt from the prepaid account definition certain accounts, currently marketed under the brand names Eagle Cash and Navy Cash/Marine Cash, that are primarily used by members of the armed forces to conduct closed-loop transactions on military property. According to the request, these accounts allow servicemembers to conduct closed-loop transactions in forward-deployed environments, such as an army base or a naval vessel, where cash is inconvenient and other commercially available payments technologies are unavailable. These accounts sometimes offer a P2P feature that allows users to transfer loaded funds to other accountholders from the closed-loop “purse” of the account, but such functionality, the Bureau understands, is incidental to the primary closed-loop function of the account.
The Bureau agrees that accounts whose primary function is to facilitate closed-loop transactions by members of the armed forces in forward-deployed environments are sufficiently distinguishable and unique to warrant a narrow, express exclusion from the final rule. Accordingly, to further the purposes of EFTA to provide a framework to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of prepaid account consumers, the Bureau believes it is necessary and proper to exercise its authority under EFTA section 904(c) to finalize an express exclusion in new § 1005.2(b)(3)(ii)(C) for the P2P transfer functionality of an account established or through the United States government whose primary function is to conduct closed-loop transactions on U.S. military installations or vessels, or similar government facilities. This express exclusion will protect servicemember consumers by ensuring that they have access to a convenient and well-established payment method at a time when alternate payment methods such as cash or bank accounts may not be available for operational reasons. The Bureau notes that this is a narrow exclusion intended to accommodate a specific set of closed-loop products that are used in unique circumstances, such as on military vessels or bases, or similar government facilities (
Regulation E's gift card provisions cover some prepaid products that also could fall within the proposed definition of prepaid account. In particular, § 1005.20 contains provisions applicable to gift certificates, store gift cards, and general-use prepaid cards.
The Bureau believed that having to apply both the existing gift card regulatory requirements and the proposed prepaid account requirements could adversely impact the gift card market. The Bureau further expressed concern that if the requirements of the proposed rule were applied to gift cards, it was possible that those requirements, in the context of the typical gift card, could confuse consumers. Relatedly, the Bureau noted that, because most gift cards are not reloadable, not usable at ATMs, and not open loop, consumers were less likely to use gift cards as transaction account substitutes. Finally, the Bureau was concerned that, were it to impose provisions for access to account information and error resolution, and create limits on consumers' liability for unauthorized EFTs, the cost structure of gift cards could change dramatically, since, unlike other types of prepaid products, many gift cards do not typically offer these protections. The Bureau noted in the proposal that the exemption in the Gift Card Rule for general-use prepaid cards applies to products that are reloadable
By contrast, the Bureau proposed to exclude from the definition of prepaid account only such general-use prepaid products that were
A number of issuing banks, a digital wallet provider, and an industry trade association submitted comments in support of the proposed exclusion for gift cards. Two trade association commenters urged the Bureau to expand the exclusion to also cover rebate or refund cards used by retailers or other businesses as part of their merchandise return or reimbursement programs. In addition, a program manager and a payment network objected to the Bureau's decision to exclude only those GPR products that were both marketed and labeled as gift cards. These commenters urged the Bureau to exclude any prepaid product that was subject to the Gift Card Rule, regardless of how it was marketed or labeled. They argued that any card subject to the Gift Card Rule was likely to be limited in function and therefore did not warrant coverage by a rule aimed at protecting transaction account substitutes. In the same vein, they argued that the burden of complying with the proposal would far outweigh the benefit to consumers for these products, and could effectively remove these products from the marketplace. In addition, the payment network noted that the fact that some prepaid products could be subject to both the proposal and the Gift Card Rule could confuse consumers and create regulatory ambiguity for industry.
Two consumer group commenters, by contrast, opposed this proposed exclusion. One group urged the Bureau to cover network-branded, open-loop reloadable gift cards loaded with at least $500, while the other urged the Bureau to cover reloadable gift cards with a balance of at least $250, each arguing that a card that is loaded with more than those amounts poses a higher consumer risk associated with unauthorized transactions.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing proposed § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(C) and proposed comment 2(b)(3)(i)-9, renumbered as § 1005.2(b)(3)(ii)(D) and comment 2(b)(3)(ii)-3, respectively, with technical revisions to conform internal references to reordering elsewhere in the final rule. Gift certificates and gift cards do not meet the Bureau's definition of prepaid accounts, as they typically cannot be used with multiple, unaffiliated merchants. With regard to general-use prepaid cards that are both marketed and labeled as a gift card or gift certificate, the Bureau believes it is necessary and proper to finalize this exclusion pursuant to its authority under EFTA section 904(c) to further the purposes of EFTA to provide a framework to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of prepaid account consumers.
After consideration of the comments, the Bureau remains convinced that subjecting this general category of products to both the Gift Card Rule and the requirements of this final rule would place a significant burden on industry without a corresponding consumer benefit. On the other hand, the Bureau continues to believe that the gift card exclusion should not extend to products that consumers may use as or confuse with transaction account substitutes, even if such products are also covered by the Gift Card Rule. To illustrate, the Bureau understands that some consumers may use multiple non-reloadable cards as transaction accounts to pay important household expenses like utilities and groceries, spending them down and discarding them when the funds are depleted. These cards may be subject to the Gift Card Rule because they are not reloadable and thus do not qualify for the GPR card exclusion in § 1005.20(b)(2). However, if these cards are not labeled or marketed as gift cards, it is possible that consumers will unwittingly acquire these cards thinking that they carry the same protections as other prepaid accounts under this final rule. As previously stated, the Bureau believes consumers who use non-reloadable prepaid products in this way deserve the same protections as consumers who use GPR cards. Further, the Bureau believes that consumers generally understand the protections associated with, and limitations of, gift cards to the extent they are labeled as such. Accordingly, the Bureau declines to expand the proposed exclusion for accounts that are
The Bureau has considered the comments asserting that coverage under both the Prepaid and Gift Card Rules will cause consumer confusion and regulatory ambiguity. However, the Bureau understands that, currently, prepaid issuers consciously avoid marketing and labeling their products in such a way as would cause such products to be covered under the Gift Card Rule. As such, the Bureau believes that, in practice, very few products that are subject to the Gift Card Rule will also qualify as prepaid accounts under this final rule.
Finally, the Bureau declines to expressly expand the exclusion for accounts that are both marketed and labeled as gift cards to rebate cards, as two commenters suggested. The Bureau believes such an express exclusion would be unnecessary, since such programs are generally excluded from the rule under the exclusion for loyalty, award, or promotional gift cards, as defined in § 1005.20(a)(4) and (b). Existing comment 20(a)(4)-1.iii lists rebate programs operated or administered by a merchant or product manufacturer that can be redeemed for goods or services.
As discussed above, Regulation E currently contains provisions in § 1005.15 that are specifically applicable to an account established by a government agency for distributing government benefits to a consumer electronically. Existing § 1005.15(a)(2)
As noted in part II.D above, the Bureau received a number of comments on whether the Bureau should regulate virtual currency products and services under this final rule. Commenters included banks, a digital wallet provider, a virtual currency exchange, industry trade associations, consumer advocacy groups, a law firm representing a coalition of prepaid issuers, and a non-governmental virtual currency policy organization.
Industry commenters had mixed reactions to whether the Bureau should regulate virtual currency products and services. Two trade association commenters representing banks stated that the proposed definition of “prepaid account” should be modified to expressly include accounts funded or capable of being funded with virtual currencies and submitted a definition of virtual currency they urged the Bureau to adopt. They asserted that virtual currencies are “funds” under EFTA, and coverage is needed to ensure consumers get the kind of protections they would have if they used other comparable but closely regulated traditional payment systems and products. They further asserted that virtual currency products and systems pose greater risks to consumers than traditional payment products and systems funded with fiat currency.
These trade association commenters further asserted their belief that, with few exceptions, regulating prepaid accounts funded in virtual currencies would be consistent with the Bureau's goal of providing comprehensive consumer protections for prepaid products. With respect to the exceptions, the commenters suggested that it was unnecessary to regulate virtual currencies that can only be used (1) at a specific merchant or defined group of affiliated merchants; (2) within online gaming platforms with no market or application outside of those platforms; or (3) as part of a customer affinity or rewards program. They asserted that their suggested carve outs are similar to the proposed exclusions for certain store gift cards and for loyalty, award, or promotional gift cards, in the proposed definition of prepaid account.
On the other hand, a diverse group of industry commenters and a non-governmental virtual currency policy organization commenter urged the Bureau to expressly provide in the final rule that it does not apply to virtual currency products and services. Commenters expressed concern that regulation would be premature, thus potentially stifling innovation. Several commenters highlighted the low rate of consumer adoption of virtual currency products and services. Commenters also asserted that the Bureau has not adequately studied the virtual currency industry, and that regulations developed for GPR cards are unsuitable to apply to virtual currency products and services because of the differences between such products and services and GPR cards.
A law firm commenting on behalf of a coalition of prepaid issuers and a virtual currency trade association commented that they supported the Bureau's desire to ensure consumer protection rules are applied consistently across different industries that share similar functionalities. However, neither commenter supported regulating virtual currency products and services in the context of the prepaid rulemaking. The law firm commenter asserted that it was premature to regulate virtual currency products and services, and that adopting regulations to apply to virtual currency products and services would impose significant regulatory burden on such products and services and also stifle innovation. It further suggested that the Bureau adopt the approach the Board took with respect to the regulation of prepaid cards generally. It asserted that despite the Board's decision to not extend the coverage of its Payroll Card Rule to GPR cards, issuers of GPR cards have nonetheless applied consumer protection comparable to those established in that rule. The trade association commenter asserted that the Bureau should address virtual currencies in a separate rulemaking.
Consumer group commenters generally urged the Bureau to regulate those virtual currency products and services that are used by or marketed to consumers. Specifically, two consumer group commenters stated that the Bureau was right to develop rules that, they believed, anticipated the increasing role of virtual currencies. One urged the Bureau to extend the definition of account to include virtual currency wallets, stating that such extension would be appropriate because it is important for consumer protection rules to be in place before consumer adoption of such wallets becomes widespread, and the application of Regulation E to virtual currency wallets could incent virtual currency wallet providers to ensure that the funds consumers put into virtual currency wallets are adequately protected (to the extent they are not already doing so). Another consumer group commenter asserted that as long as virtual currencies are used for consumer purposes, consumers need protection. It observed that current virtual currency systems lack such protections and highlighted the lack of protection in the areas of limited liability, dispute rights, and error resolution. However, one consumer group commenter opposed regulating virtual currency products and services as prepaid accounts. The commenter stated that it did not believe that accounts that convert fiat money into stored value in a form that is not fiat currency should be classified as prepaid accounts, because the funds in those accounts would be protected once they are converted back into fiat currency.
As discussed above, the Bureau stated in the proposal that the Bureau's analysis is ongoing with respect to virtual currencies and related products and services. The proposed rule did not resolve specific issues with respect to the application of either existing regulations or the proposed rule to virtual currencies and related products and services. Accordingly, although the Bureau received some comments addressing virtual currency products and services, the Bureau reiterates that application of Regulation E and this final rule to such products and services is outside of the scope of this rulemaking. However, the Bureau notes that as part of its broader administration and enforcement of the enumerated consumer financial protection statutes and title X of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Bureau continues to analyze the nature
Existing § 1005.4(a)(1) sets forth general requirements for disclosures required by Regulation E. Among other things, it provides that the disclosures must be clear and readily understandable. Existing comment 4(a)-1 explains that there are no particular rules governing type size, number of pages, or the relative conspicuousness of various terms in the disclosures. As discussed in greater detail below, the short form and long form disclosures under final § 1005.18(b) are subject to the specific formatting requirements, including prominence and size requirements, that are set forth in final § 1005.18(b)(7). Similarly, remittance transfers subject to subpart B of Regulation E are also subject to specific formatting requirements set forth in existing § 1005.31(c). Accordingly, the Bureau is adopting a conforming change to comment 4(a)-1 to clarify that §§ 1005.18(b)(7) and 1005.31(c) are exceptions to this general principle explained in comment 4(a)-1.
In the discussion below of the Bureau's final changes to Regulation Z, the Bureau explains in detail its approach to the regulation of credit offered in connection with prepaid accounts. (That discussion provides an overall explanation of the Bureau's approach in this rulemaking to credit offered in connection with prepaid accounts, including with respect to changes to Regulation E, the details of which are set forth below.)
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of Regulation Z § 1026.61 below, the Bureau is adopting a new definition of “hybrid prepaid-credit card” in new Regulation Z § 1026.61 which sets forth the circumstances in which a prepaid card is a credit card under Regulation Z.
As discussed in the
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of Regulation Z § 1026.61 below, the Bureau also has decided to exclude prepaid cards from being covered as credit cards under Regulation Z when they access certain specified types of credit. First, under new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii), a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a separate credit feature that does not meet both of the conditions above, for example, where the credit feature is offered by an unrelated third party that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate or its business partner. Such credit features are defined as “non-covered separate credit features,” as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(2) below. Under new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(4), a prepaid card also is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card when the prepaid card accesses incidental credit in the form of a negative balance on the asset account where the prepaid account issuer generally does not charge credit-related fees for the credit.
As part of the Bureau's approach to the regulation of credit offered in connection with prepaid accounts, the Bureau's final rule revises the compulsory use provision of Regulation E, existing § 1005.10(e)(1), to make clear that it applies to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards as defined in new Regulation Z § 1026.61. The Bureau also is providing guidance to explain that incidental credit described in new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(4) is exempt from the compulsory use provisions in Regulation E, similar to checking overdraft services.
EFTA's compulsory use provision, EFTA section 913(1),
Congress enacted the compulsory use provision to prevent financial
In adopting what is now existing § 1005.10(e)(1) in 1981 to implement EFTA section 913(1), the Board used its EFTA exception authority to exclude overdraft credit plans from the general compulsory use rule of EFTA section 913(1).
The Bureau proposed certain modifications to the compulsory use provision. In particular, the proposal would have provided that the provision's exception for overdraft credit plans would not have extended to overdraft credit plans accessed by prepaid cards that are credit cards under Regulation Z. Specifically, the proposal would have amended existing § 1005.10(e)(1) to provide that the exception for overdraft plans from the compulsory use provision does not apply to a credit plan that is a credit card account accessed by an access device for a prepaid account where the access device is a credit card under Regulation Z. Thus, under the proposal, the compulsory use provision in proposed § 1005.10(e)(1) would have applied to overdraft credit plans accessed by prepaid cards that are credit cards under Regulation Z.
Under the proposal, existing comment 10(e)(1)-2 related to the exception for overdraft credit plans would have been amended to explain that this exception does not apply to credit extended under a credit plan that is a credit card account accessed by an access device for a prepaid account where the access device is a credit card under Regulation Z § 1026.2(a)(15)(i).
The proposal would have added comment 10(e)(1)-3 to provide guidance on how the prohibition in proposed § 1005.10(e)(1) would have applied to credit extended under a credit plan that is a credit card account accessed by a prepaid card under Regulation Z as discussed above. Specifically, proposed comment 10(e)(1)-3 would have explained that under proposed § 1005.10(e)(1), creditors must not require by electronic means on a preauthorized, recurring basis repayment of credit extended under a credit plan that is a credit card account accessed by an access device for a prepaid account where the access device is a credit card under Regulation Z.
Proposed comment 10(e)(1)-3 also would have provided that the prohibition in proposed § 1005.10(e)(1) would have applied to any credit extended under a credit card plan as described above, including credit arising from transactions not using the credit card itself but taking place under plans that involve credit cards. For example, if the consumer writes a check that accesses a credit card plan as discussed above, the resulting credit would be subject to the prohibition in proposed § 1005.10(e)(1) since it is incurred through a credit card plan, even though the consumer did not use an associated credit card.
Under Regulation Z proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.F, a prepaid card would not have been a credit card under Regulation Z where the prepaid card only accesses credit that is not subject to any finance charge, as defined in Regulation Z § 1026.4, or any fee described in Regulation Z § 1026.4(c), and is not payable by written agreement in more than four installments. Proposed comment 10(e)(1)-3 would have cross-referenced Regulation Z § 1026.2(a)(15)(i), proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.F to explain that a prepaid card is not a credit card under Regulation Z if the access device only accesses credit that is not subject to any finance charge, as defined in Regulation Z § 1026.4, or any fee described in Regulation Z § 1026.4(c), and is not payable by written agreement in more than four installments. Thus, under the proposal, the prohibition in proposed § 1005.10(e)(1) would not have applied to credit extended in connection with a prepaid account under an overdraft credit plan that is not a credit card account. Under the proposal, an overdraft credit plan would not have been a credit card account if it would have been accessed only by a prepaid card that only accesses credit that is not subject to any finance charge as defined in Regulation Z § 1026.4, or any fee described in Regulation Z § 1026.4(c), and is not payable by written agreement in more than four installments.
Proposed comment 10(e)(1)-3.i also would have explained the connection between the prohibition in proposed § 1005.10(e)(1) on the compulsory use of preauthorized EFT to repay credit extended under a credit plan accessed by prepaid cards that are credit cards under existing Regulation Z § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) and proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.F, and the prohibition on offsets by credit card issuers in proposed Regulation Z § 1026.12(d). Under existing Regulation Z § 1026.12(d)(1), a card issuer may not take any action, either before or after termination of credit card privileges, to offset a cardholder's indebtedness arising from a consumer credit transaction under the relevant credit card plan against funds of the cardholder held on deposit with the card issuer.
Under proposed Regulation Z § 1026.12(d)(3), with respect to credit card accounts that are accessed by prepaid cards, a card issuer generally would not have been prohibited from periodically deducting all or part of the cardholder's credit card debt from a deposit account (such as a prepaid account) held with the card issuer under a plan that is authorized in writing by the cardholder, so long as the creditor does not make such deductions to the plan more frequently than once per calendar month. Therefore, a card issuer for such credit card accounts would have been prohibited under proposed Regulation Z § 1026.12(d)(3) from automatically deducting all or part of the cardholder's credit card debt from a deposit account (such as a prepaid account) held with the card issuer on a daily or weekly basis, or whenever deposits are made to the deposit account. Under proposed Regulation Z § 1026.12(d)(3), with respect to credit card accounts that are accessed by prepaid cards, EFTs pursuant to a plan described in Regulation Z § 1026.12(d)(3) would have been preauthorized EFTs under existing § 1005.2(k) because such EFTs would be authorized in advance to recur periodically (but could not recur more frequently than once per calendar month). Proposed comment 10(e)(1)-3.i thus would have explained that proposed § 1005.10(e)(1) further restricts the card issuer from requiring payment from a deposit account (including a prepaid account) of credit card balances by electronic means on a preauthorized, recurring basis where the credit card
As a technical revision, the proposal also would have moved existing guidance in existing comment 10(e)(1)-1 related to when financial institutions may provide incentives to consumers to agree to automatic repayment plans to a new proposed comment 10(e)(1)-4; no substantive changes were intended.
A trade association and an issuing bank urged the Bureau not to adopt the proposed changes to the compulsory use exception in Regulation E for overdraft credit plans that are accessed by prepaid cards that are credit cards under Regulation Z. These commenters asserted that allowing financial institutions to recoup overdraft balances from incoming credits to the account is the only way for those institutions to mitigate the credit risk caused by overdrafts. These commenters suggested that the Bureau's proposed compulsory use and offset prohibitions, for example, would effectively deny consumers the ability to access short-term credit in connection with prepaid accounts. These concerns about the rule's impact on small-dollar credit are discussed in more detail below in the
Nonetheless, other industry trade associations representing credit unions agreed with the Bureau's proposal not to extend the overdraft credit plan exception in the compulsory use provision in existing § 1005.10(e)(1) to overdraft credit plans accessed by prepaid cards that are credit cards under Regulation Z.
One consumer group likewise supported the Bureau's proposal not to exempt from the compulsory use provision in existing § 1005.10(e)(1) overdraft credit plans that are accessed by prepaid cards that are credit cards under Regulation Z. This commenter stated that giving consumers control over how and when to repay overdraft credit would protect consumers that hold prepaid cards that are credit cards under Regulation Z and give creditors incentives to consider whether those consumers have the ability to pay credit that will be extended under such overdraft credit plans. This commenter also noted that the exemption from the compulsory use provision for overdraft credit plans is not statutory.
Consistent with the intent of the proposal, the Bureau has revised existing comment 10(e)(1)-2 which relates to the exception for overdraft credit plans. The final rule has moved existing comment 10(e)(1)-2 to new comment 10(e)(1)-2.i and revised it to provide that the exception for overdraft credit plans in final § 1005.10(e)(1) applies to overdraft credit plans other than for a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new Regulation Z § 1026.61. Proposed comment 10(e)(1)-3 would have referenced guidance on when a prepaid card would not have been a credit card under Regulation Z as proposed, such that the overdraft exception in proposed § 1005.10(e)(1) would have still applied to credit accessed by those prepaid cards. The final rule moves this guidance to final comment 10(e)(1)-2.ii and revises it as discussed below.
In addition, the Bureau is finalizing the other guidance in proposed comment 10(e)(1)-3, renumbered as new comment 10(e)(1)-3.i, with revisions to be consistent with new Regulation Z § 1026.61. Specifically, final comment 10(e)(1)-3.i explains that under final § 1005.10(e)(1), creditors may not require by electronic means on a preauthorized, recurring basis repayment of credit extended under a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new Regulation Z § 1026.61. Consistent with the proposal, final comment 10(e)(1)-3.i also clarifies that the prohibition in final § 1005.10(e)(1) applies to any credit extended under such a credit feature, including preauthorized checks. Final comment 10(e)(1)-3.i also cross-references new Regulation Z § 1026.61 and new comment 61(a)(1)-3, which provide guidance related to the credit extended under a covered separate credit feature by use of a preauthorized check on the prepaid account.
Also, the Bureau has moved the guidance in proposed comment 10(e)(1)-3.i to new comment 10(e)(1)-3.ii and has revised it to be consistent with new Regulation Z § 1026.61. New comment 10(e)(1)-3.ii explains the connection between the prohibition in final § 1005.10(e)(1) on the compulsory use of preauthorized EFTs to repay credit extended under a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, as defined in Regulation Z § 1026.61, and the prohibition on offsets by credit card issuers in final Regulation Z § 1026.12(d). Specifically, new comment 10(e)(1)-3.ii provides that under existing Regulation Z § 1026.12(d)(1), a card issuer may not take any action, either before or after termination of credit card privileges, to offset a cardholder's indebtedness arising from a consumer credit transaction under the relevant credit card plan against funds of the cardholder held on deposit with the card issuer.
Under final Regulation Z § 1026.12(d)(3), with respect to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards as defined in new Regulation Z § 1026.61, a card issuer generally is not prohibited from periodically deducting all or part of the cardholder's credit card debt from a deposit account (such as a prepaid account) held with the card issuer under a plan that is authorized in writing by the cardholder, so long as the card issuer does not make such deductions to the plan more frequently than once per calendar month. A card issuer therefore is prohibited under final Regulation Z § 1026.12(d)(3) from automatically deducting all or part of the cardholder's
Consistent with the proposal, as a technical revision, the Bureau has moved existing guidance in comment 10(e)(1)-1 related to when financial institutions may provide incentives to consumers to agree to automatic repayment plans to a new comment 10(e)(1)-4; no substantive change is intended.
Consistent with the statutory text and purposes of EFTA, the Bureau is not extending the exception for overdraft credit plans currently in § 1005.10(e)(1) to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards as defined in new Regulation Z § 1026.61. The purposes of EFTA are to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of consumers participating in EFT systems and to provide individual consumer rights.
As discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analyses of Regulation Z §§ 1026.5(b)(2)(ii), 1026.7(b)(11), and 1026.12(d) below, the Bureau also believes that not extending the exception for overdraft credit plans to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards is consistent with the purposes of and provisions in TILA. In particular, TILA section 169 prohibits offsets by credit card issuers.
In particular, the Bureau believes that the revisions to existing § 1005.10(e)(1) complement the offset prohibition and the periodic statement requirements in Regulation Z by helping to ensure that consumers do not lose access to prepaid account funds and lose the ability to prioritize repayment of debts, one of the main purposes of EFTA section 913(1), as implemented by final § 1005.10(e)(1). The Bureau is concerned that absent these protections, with respect to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards, some card issuers might attempt to avoid the TILA offset prohibition by requiring that all or part of the cardholder's credit card debt under the covered separate credit feature be automatically deducted from the prepaid account to help ensure that the debt is repaid (similar to how overdraft services function today). For example, the Bureau believes that without its revisions to the compulsory use provision, financial institutions might require that prepaid account consumers set up automated payment plans to repay the credit card debt under the covered separate credit feature and set the payment due date each month to align with the expected date of incoming deposits to the prepaid account. The Bureau believes that this type of payment arrangement would undermine the purposes of EFTA section 913(1), as implemented by final § 1005.10(e)(1), which is designed to help ensure that consumers do not lose access to account funds and lose the ability to prioritize repayment of debts. Thus, the Bureau does not believe that it is appropriate to extend the exception for overdraft credit plans to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards.
To the extent that the Board justified its original treatment of overdraft credit plans as providing benefits to consumers from automatic payment, the Bureau notes that under this final rule consumers would still be allowed to
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of Regulation Z § 1026.61 below, the Bureau has decided to exclude prepaid cards from being covered as credit cards under Regulation Z when they access certain specified types of credit. First, under new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii), a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a “non-covered separate credit feature,” which means that the separate credit feature either (1) cannot be accessed in the course of a prepaid card transaction to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers, or (2) is offered by an unrelated third party that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. Second, under new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(4), a prepaid card also is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card when the prepaid card accesses incidental credit in the form of a negative balance on the asset account where the prepaid account issuer generally does not charge credit-related fees for the credit. A prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new Regulation Z § 1026.61 or a credit card under final Regulation Z § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) when it accesses credit from these types of credit features. For more detailed explanations of when prepaid cards are not credit cards under Regulation Z, see the section-by-section analyses of Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(2) and (4) below.
New comment 10(e)(1)-2.i provides that the exception for overdraft credit plans in final § 1005.10(e)(1) applies to overdraft credit plans other than for a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in Regulation Z § 1026.61. The final rule also adds new comment 10(e)(1)-2.ii to provide additional guidance on the application of the exception in § 1005.10(e)(1) with respect to the circumstances described above in which a prepaid card is not a credit card when the prepaid card accesses incidental credit in the form of a negative balance on the asset account where the prepaid account issuer generally does not charge credit-related fees for the credit. Specifically, new comment 10(e)(1)-2.ii provides that credit extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of a prepaid account that meets the conditions of Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(4) is considered credit extended pursuant to an overdraft credit plan for purposes of § 1005.10(e)(1). Thus, the exception for overdraft credit plans in § 1005.10(e)(1) applies to this credit.
A credit feature that does not qualify as a covered separate credit feature under new Regulation Z § 1026.61 because it cannot be accessed in the course of a prepaid card transaction to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers would be subject to the compulsory use rule under final § 1005.10(e)(1); the exception to final § 1005.10(e)(1) does not apply because such a credit product is not an overdraft line of credit or overdraft service. The Bureau also does not believe that the exception to § 1005.10(e)(1) would be invoked with regard to a credit feature that does not qualify as a covered separate credit feature under new Regulation Z § 1026.61 because it is offered by an unrelated third party, since that unrelated third party will typically not be aware that the consumer had chosen to link the credit feature to his or her prepaid account.
EFTA section 913(2), as implemented by § 1005.10(e)(2), provides that no financial institution or other person may require a consumer to establish an account for receipt of EFTs with a particular institution as a condition of employment or receipt of a government benefit. Existing comment 10(e)(2)-1 explains that an employer (including a financial institution) may not require its employees to receive their salary by direct deposit to any particular institution. These provisions regarding compulsory use precede the addition of the Payroll Card Rule to Regulation E.
No parallel comment currently exists with respect to the application of the compulsory use provision to the distribution of government benefits. In the proposal, the Bureau noted that questions had arisen as to whether the compulsory use prohibition applied to prepaid cards used to distribute non-needs tested government benefits. EFTA and Regulation E clearly apply to the electronic distribution of non-needs tested government benefits generally, and EFTA section 913(2) prohibits “requiring a consumer to establish an account for receipt of electronic fund transfers with a particular financial institution as a condition of . . . receipt of a government benefit.” To provide greater clarity, the Bureau proposed to add comment 10(e)(2)-2, which would have stated that a government agency could not require consumers to receive government benefits by direct deposit to any particular institutions. The comment would have also stated that a government agency could, alternatively, require recipients to receive their benefits via direct deposit, so long as the recipient could choose which institution would receive the deposit, or provide recipients with a choice of having their benefits deposited at a particular institution or receiving their benefits via another means.
The Bureau sought comment on whether a financial institution complies with the compulsory use prohibition if it provides the first payment to a benefit recipient on a government benefit card and, at that same time, provides information on how to divert or otherwise direct future payments to an account of the consumer's choosing. In addition, the Bureau sought comment on whether a similar restriction on compulsory use should be extended to other types of prepaid accounts (other than payroll card accounts and government benefit accounts), such as cards used by post-secondary educational institutions for financial aid disbursements or insurance companies to pay out claims.
Other commenters, including issuing banks, program managers, trade associations, a payment network, and an employer that disburses compensation via payroll card accounts, asked the Bureau to address situations—for both government benefit accounts and payroll card accounts—where the consumer is provided a choice but does not make a selection. Specifically, these commenters asked the Bureau to confirm in the final rule that a financial institution or other person complies with the compulsory use prohibition by providing a consumer with two or more alternative methods for receiving funds, and, if the consumer fails to affirmatively select from among the available methods within a prescribed period of time, disbursing the consumer's payment to a pre-selected, default enrollment method, such as a payroll card account or government benefit account. According to these commenters, this method of enrollment is standard practice among many employers and government benefit programs, and is in fact permitted under some State laws. Mandating changes to these existing practices, they argued, would require costly system changes.
Several consumer group commenters, by contrast, urged the Bureau to clarify that a financial institution or other person that unilaterally enrolls a consumer in a payroll card account or government benefit account program violates the compulsory use prohibition, regardless of whether the person only disburses the consumer's initial payment onto that card or provides the consumer with information about how to divert future payments to an account of the consumer's choosing. In general, these commenters argued that an automatic, unilateral disbursement of a first payment onto a prepaid card is tantamount to a condition that the consumer have an account with a particular institution in order to receive his or her salary or government benefit, in violation of the compulsory use prohibition. Moreover, these commenters argued, default options are “sticky,” meaning that once consumers are enrolled in one payment method, they are unlikely to go through the effort to un-enroll or otherwise direct payments to another account. In other words, the commenters asserted, a consumer who continues to receive payments to a payroll card account or government benefit account after being unilaterally enrolled in that card program has not made an affirmative choice to be paid that way. A nonprofit organization representing the interests of restaurant workers provided the Bureau with survey results showing that more than a quarter of employees at a particular restaurant company who responded to the organization's survey reported that they were never told that they had options other than a payroll card account by which to receive their wages. With regards to the possibility of a financial institution's use of a default enrollment method where consumers are provided with a choice of payment method but fail to communicate a preference after a certain period of time, one consumer group indicated that it was not categorically opposed to this practice, but suggested that the period the financial institution should have to wait before enrolling a non-responsive consumer in a default enrollment method should be 30 days or more.
One consumer group commenter asked the Bureau to go further and require that, in order to comply with the compulsory use prohibitions, a financial institution or other person obtain a consumer's written consent before disbursing the consumer's payment via a payroll card account or government benefit account. Another consumer group argued that the Bureau should mandate a specific waiting period before a consumer was required to make a selection with respect to his or her preferred payment method.
Several commenters, including several members of Congress, pointed to prison release cards as a particularly troubling example of a prepaid account product that they say comes with high fees and terms and conditions that limit consumers' ability to access their own funds. Funds disbursed onto prison release cards may include prison job wages or public benefits paid to the prisoner while in prison. The commenters argued that consumers who receive these prepaid products should have a choice with respect to how they get paid. In the alternative, the commenters urged the Bureau to limit fees on cards that the consumer has to accept, as well as on cards issued on an unsolicited basis. In response, a commenter that manages several prison release card programs, as well as other “correction-related” services submitted a comment disputing the consumer groups' allegations with respect to its programs. This commenter objected to the suggestion that its prepaid products are or should be subject to the compulsory use provision. Among other arguments, the commenter noted that prison release cards are a superior alternative to checks, which are often accompanied by excessive check cashing fees, or cash, which can be mismanaged by correctional staff. This commenter also took issue with the suggestion that its prepaid account programs are accompanied by particularly high fees, noting that State departments of corrections that bid for its services look carefully at the fees charged to card users. The commenter provided fee schedules for several of its programs that it argued show that the
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting comment 10(e)(2)-2 as proposed with minor modifications for clarity and conformity. The Bureau declines to amend regulatory text or adopt additional commentary as requested by some commenters. The Bureau continues to believe it is important that consumers have a choice with respect to how they receive their salary or government benefits. Whether a financial institution or other person complies with § 1005.10(e)(2), therefore, depends on whether the financial institution or other person provides the consumer with a choice regarding how to receive his or her payment. For example, a financial institution or other person that mandates that consumers receive their salary or government benefit on a specific prepaid card violates EFTA section 913(2) and § 1005.10(e)(2), as the statutory and regulatory text make clear. Accordingly, the Bureau declines to revise § 1005.10(e)(2) to allow government agencies to require consumers to receive government benefits on a prepaid card of the agency's choosing, as some commenters requested.
Likewise, after considering the comments on this issue, the Bureau agrees with consumer group commenters that a financial institution or other person that mandates that a consumer receive the
The Bureau does not at this time and on this record believe it would be appropriate to set a bright-line test based solely on amount of time or whether the consumer agrees to the preferred payment method in writing, as some commenters suggested. As the Bureau noted in the proposal, there are many ways a consumer can obtain a prepaid account, and the Bureau believes its disclosure regime should be—and is—adaptable to this variety.
The Bureau also declines to amend existing regulatory text or adopt additional commentary concerning which alternative payment methods must be made available to a consumer to comply with the compulsory use prohibition. In response to requests for clarification from a member of Congress and an industry commenter on the one hand, and several consumer group commenters on the other, the Bureau notes that the compulsory use prohibition does not amount to a requirement that a financial institution or other person provide a consumer with any particular alternative to a prepaid account. More specifically, § 1005.10(e)(2) does not mandate that a covered person offer a consumer the option of getting paid by paper check (to address concerns from the member of Congress and industry commenter), nor require that one of the payment options made available to the consumer be direct deposit to an account of the consumer's choosing (as the consumer groups requested). Rather, the consumer must not be required to establish a particular account and must be presented with at least one alternative to the prepaid account, which may be a paper check, direct deposit to the consumer's bank account or to her own prepaid account, or some other payment method.
With respect to the comments recommending that the Bureau expand application of the compulsory use prohibition to other types of prepaid accounts, the Bureau has concluded that it would not be appropriate to take such a step at this time. The compulsory use prohibition has been in place and largely unchanged since its adoption in 1978 in EFTA.
The Bureau is making a conforming change to § 1005.11 to except unverified accounts from the provisional credit requirements therein, in conformance with changes to the error resolution requirements for prepaid accounts in revised § 1005.18(e) below.
EFTA section 908 governs the timing and other requirements for consumers and financial institutions pertaining to error resolution, including provisional credit, and is implemented for accounts under Regulation E generally, including payroll card accounts, in § 1005.11. Section 1005.11(c)(1) and (3)(i) require that a financial institution, after receiving notice that a consumer believes an EFT from the consumer's account was not authorized, must investigate promptly and determine whether an error occurred (
The Bureau proposed in § 1005.18(e)(2) to extend to all prepaid accounts the error resolution provisions of Regulation E, including provisional credit, with modifications to the § 1005.11 timing requirements in proposed § 1005.18(e)(2) for financial institutions following the periodic statement alternative in proposed § 1005.18(c)(1). In addition, the Bureau proposed to use its exception authority under EFTA section 904(c) to propose § 1005.18(e)(3); that provision would have provided that for prepaid accounts that are not payroll card accounts or government benefit accounts, if a financial institution disclosed to the consumer the risks of not registering a prepaid account using a notice that is substantially similar to the proposed notice contained in paragraph (c) of appendix A-7, a financial institution would not have been required to comply with the liability limits and error resolution requirements under §§ 1005.6 and 1005.11 for any prepaid account for which it had not completed its collection of consumer identifying information and identity verification.
As discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(e)(3) below, the Bureau is revising the limitation on financial institutions' obligations to provide limited liability and error resolution protections for prepaid accounts that have not completed the consumer identification and verification process. Rather than allow financial institutions to forego providing all of the limited liability and error resolution protections for such unverified accounts, as the Bureau proposed, the final rule allows financial institutions to forego extending provisional credit to such accounts as part of the error resolution process—under the final rule, therefore, financial institutions may take up to 45 days (or 90 days, where applicable) to investigate an error claim without provisionally crediting the account in the amount at issue for prepaid accounts with respect to which the financial institution has not completed its consumer identification and verification process. To implement this revision, the Bureau is adopting an exception to the general requirement in § 1005.11(c)(2) that a financial institution must provide provisional credit if it takes longer than 10 business days to investigate and determine whether an error occurred. As stated above, there are two existing exceptions listed in § 1005.11(c)(2)(i)(A) (no provisional credit where institution required, but did not receive, written confirmation of the oral notice of error within 10 business days) and § 1005.11(c)(2)(i)(B) (no provisional credit where error involves an account subject to the Board's Regulation T). The Bureau is adding a third exception in new § 1005.11(c)(2)(i)(C), which, together with § 1005.11(c)(2)(i), provides that a financial institution does not have to provisionally credit a consumer's account if the alleged error involves a prepaid account, other than a payroll card account or government benefit account, for which the financial institution has not completed its consumer identification and verification process, as set forth in § 1005.18(e)(3)(ii).
By adding an exception for unverified accounts to the provisional credit requirement set forth in § 1005.11(c)(2)(i), the Bureau intends to clarify the scope of the revised exception in final § 1005.18(e)(3). Specifically, although the Bureau is finalizing a provision that would allow financial institutions not to extend provisional credit to prepaid accounts for which the financial institution has not completed its consumer identification and verification process, all other timing and related requirements set forth in § 1005.11(c), as modified by final § 1005.18(e)(2), will apply to both verified and unverified accounts. The addition of new § 1005.11(c)(2)(i)(C), therefore, is intended to make clear that accounts referenced in that provision are only exempted from the provisional credit requirement in § 1005.11(c)(2)(i), and not from any other provisions of § 1005.11(c). Final §§ 1005.11(c)(2)(i)(C) and 1005.18(e)(3) reference each other for added clarity.
A full discussion of the Bureau's revisions to the limited liability and error resolution requirements for prepaid accounts in this final rule can be found in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(e) below.
Existing § 1005.12(a) provides guidance on whether the issuance provisions in existing Regulation E § 1005.5 or the unsolicited issuance provisions in existing Regulations Z § 1026.12(a) apply where access devices under Regulation E also are credit cards under Regulation Z. (For discussion of when this may occur, see Regulation Z below.) In addition, existing § 1005.12(a) also provides guidance on how the provisions on liability for unauthorized use and for resolving errors in existing Regulation E §§ 1005.6 and 1005.11 and existing Regulation Z §§ 1026.12(b) and 1026.13 interact where a credit transaction is incidental to an EFT.
Consistent with EFTA section 911(a),
In contrast, the issuance rules for a credit card under Regulation Z are more restrictive. Consistent with TILA section 132,
Existing § 1005.12(a) provides guidance on whether the issuance provisions in Regulation E or the unsolicited issuance provisions in Regulations Z apply where access devices under Regulation E also are credit cards under Regulation Z. Specifically, existing § 1005.12(a)(1) currently provides that EFTA and Regulation E govern: (1) The addition to an accepted credit card, as defined in Regulation Z (existing § 1026.12, comment 12-2), of the capability to initiate EFTs; (2) the issuance of an access device that permits credit extensions pursuant to an overdraft line of credit (involving a preexisting agreement between a consumer and a financial institution to extend credit only when the consumer's account is overdrawn or to maintain a specified minimum balance in the consumer's account), or under an overdraft service (as defined in existing § 1005.17(a)); and (3) the addition of an overdraft service, as defined in existing § 1005.17(a), to an accepted access device.
On the other hand, existing § 1005.12(a)(2) provides that TILA and Regulation Z apply to (1) the addition of a credit feature to an accepted access device; and (2) the issuance of a credit card that is also an access device, except the issuance of an access device that permits credit extensions pursuant to a preexisting overdraft line of credit or under an overdraft service as discussed above. The application of these various provisions to prepaid accounts and revisions to the relevant prongs of existing § 1005.12 are discussed below. The proposal would have amended provisions in existing § 1005.12(a)(1)(ii) so that the rules in TILA and Regulation Z would govern whether a prepaid card could be a credit card when it is issued. Proposed Regulation Z § 1026.12(h) (renumbered as new § 1026.61(c) in the final rule) would have required a credit card issuer to wait at least 30 days from prepaid account registration before opening a credit card account for a holder of a prepaid account, or providing a solicitation or application to the holder of the prepaid account to open a credit card account that would be accessed by the access device for a prepaid account that is a credit card. Thus, proposed Regulation Z § 1026.12(h) would have prevented a prepaid card from being a credit card at the time it was issued if it was issued before the expiration of the 30-day period set forth in proposed Regulation Z § 1026.12(h). Under the proposal, because a prepaid card could not have been a credit card at the time it was issued if it was issued before the expiration of the 30-day period discussed above, the issuance of such a prepaid card would have been governed under the issuance rules in EFTA and Regulation E.
Existing § 1005.12(a)(2)(ii) currently provides that TILA and Regulation Z apply to the issuance of a credit card that is also an access device, except the issuance of an access device that permits credit extensions pursuant to a preexisting overdraft line of credit or under an overdraft service as discussed in existing § 1005.12(a)(1)(ii). Existing § 1005.12(a)(1)(ii) provides that the issuance rules of EFTA and Regulation E govern the issuance of an access device that permits credit extensions under a preexisting agreement between a consumer and a financial institution only when the consumer's account is overdrawn or to maintain a specified minimum balance in the consumer's account, or under an overdraft service as defined in existing § 1005.17(a).
For checking accounts, a consumer may have a preexisting agreement with the financial institution to cover checks that overdraft the account. This overdraft line of credit would be subject to Regulation Z. If a debit card is then added to access this overdraft line of credit under the preexisting agreement, existing § 1005.12(a)(1)(ii) provides that the debit card (which would also be a credit card under Regulation Z) may be issued under the issuance rules in Regulation E, instead of the issuance rules in Regulation Z. In contrast, Regulation Z's issuance rules apply if the access device can access another type of credit feature when it is issued; for example, one permitting direct extensions of credit that do not involve the asset account. Existing comment 12(a)-2 provides that for access devices that also constitute credit cards, the issuance rules of Regulation E apply if the only credit feature is a preexisting credit line attached to the asset account to cover overdrafts (or to maintain a specified minimum balance) or an overdraft service, as defined in existing § 1005.17(a). Regulation Z rules apply if there is another type of credit feature; for example, one permitting direct extensions of credit that do not involve the asset account.
The proposal would have amended existing § 1005.12(a)(1)(ii) to provide that this provision relating to preexisting overdraft lines of credit and overdraft services does not apply to access devices for prepaid accounts. The proposal also would have moved existing comment 12(a)-2 related to preexisting overdraft lines of credit and overdraft services to proposed comment 12(a)-1 and would have revised the comment to explain that it does not apply to access devices for prepaid accounts. Thus, under the proposal, because the existing exception for preexisting overdraft line of credit and overdraft services would not have applied to an access device for a prepaid account, the issuance rules in TILA and Regulation Z would have applied to the issuance of a prepaid card that also a credit card at the time it is issued.
Nonetheless, under the proposal, in proposed Regulation Z § 1026.12(h) (renumbered as new § 1026.61(c) in the final rule), a prepaid card could not have been a credit card when it was issued if it was issued before the expiration of the 30-day period set forth in proposed § 1026.12(h). Proposed Regulation Z § 1026.12(h) would have required a credit card issuer to wait at least 30 days from prepaid account registration before opening a credit card account for a holder of a prepaid account, or providing a solicitation or application to the holder of the prepaid account to open a credit card account, that would be accessed by the access device for a prepaid account that is a credit card. The Bureau proposed to comment 12(a)-3 to explain that an access device for a prepaid account may not access a credit card account when the access device is issued and would have cross referenced proposed Regulation Z § 1026.12(h). Under the proposal, because a prepaid card could not have been a credit card when it was issued if it was issued before the expiration of the 30-day period set forth in proposed Regulation Z § 1026.12(h), the issuance of such a prepaid card would have been governed under the issuance rules in EFTA and Regulation E.
The proposal also would have amended existing § 1005.12(a)(1)(iii)
The proposal also would have amended existing § 1005.12(a)(2)(i) to provide that the unsolicited issuance rules in TILA and existing Regulation Z § 1026.12(a) would have applied to the addition of a credit feature or plan to an accepted access device, including an access device for a prepaid account, that would make the access device into a credit card under Regulation Z. The proposal would have added proposed comment 12(a)-4 that would have explained that Regulation Z governs the addition of any credit feature or plan to an access device for a prepaid account where the access device also would be a credit card under Regulation Z. Proposed comment 12(a)-4 also would have stated that Regulation Z (existing § 1026.2(a)(20), proposed comment 2(a)(20)-2.ii) would have provided guidance on whether a program constitutes a credit plan, and that Regulation Z (existing § 1026.2(a)(15)(i), proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2) would have defined the term credit card and provided examples of cards or devices that are and are not credit cards.
The Bureau did not receive any specific comments on its proposal to amend existing § 1005.12(a) and related commentary with respect to the issuance rules, other than those related to general comments from industry not to cover overdraft plans offered on prepaid accounts under Regulation Z. See the
As explained in more detail below, with respect to the issuance rules, the Bureau is amending existing § 1005.12(a) and related commentary consistent with the proposal, with revisions to clarify the intent of the provisions and to be consistent with new Regulation Z § 1026.61.
Consistent with the proposal, the Bureau is amending existing § 1005.12(a)(1)(ii) to provide that this provision does not apply to access devices for prepaid accounts. Consistent with the proposal, the final rule moves existing comment 12(a)-2 related to preexisting overdraft lines of credit and overdraft services to final comment 12(a)-1 and revises it to explain that it does not apply to access devices for prepaid accounts. Thus, under the final rule, the existing exception in § 1005.12(a)(1)(ii) for credit extended under a preexisting overdraft line of credit or under an overdraft service does not apply to an access device that accesses a prepaid account. Thus, under the final rule, § 1005.12(a)(2)(ii) provides that the issuance rules in TILA and Regulation Z govern the issuance of an access device for a prepaid account that is a credit card at the time it is issued.
Nonetheless, under new Regulation Z § 1026.61(c), a prepaid card may not be a credit card under Regulation Z when it is issued if the prepaid card is issued prior to expiration of the 30-day period set forth in new § 1026.61(c). New Regulation Z § 1026.61(c) provides that with respect to a covered separate credit feature that could be accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card at any point, a card issuer must not do any of the following until 30 days after the prepaid account has been registered: (1) Open a covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card; (2) make a solicitation or provide an application to open a covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card; or (3) allow an existing credit feature that was opened prior to the consumer obtaining the prepaid account to become a covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(2) below, a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card includes an overdraft credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner that can be accessed by a prepaid card (except as provided in new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(4)). The prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new Regulation Z § 1026.61 and a credit card under final Regulation Z § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
As discussed above, the proposal would have added comment 12(a)-3 to explain that an access device for a prepaid account may not access a credit card account when the access device is issued and would have cross referenced proposed Regulation Z § 1026.12(h). Consistent with the proposal, the Bureau is adopting new comment 12(a)-3, with revisions to clarify the intent of the provision and to be consistent with new Regulation Z § 1026.61. New comment 12(a)-3 provides that an access device for a prepaid account cannot access a covered separate credit feature as defined in new Regulation Z § 1026.61 when the access device is issued if the access device is issued prior to the expiration of the 30-day period set forth in new Regulation Z § 1026.61(c). New comment 12(a)-3 also explains that an access device for a prepaid account that is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card as that term is defined in new Regulation Z § 1026.61
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of Regulation Z § 1026.61 below, the Bureau has decided to exclude prepaid cards from being covered as credit cards under Regulation Z when they access certain specified types of credit. First, under new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii), a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a “non-covered separate credit feature,” which means that the separate credit feature either (1) cannot be accessed in the course of a prepaid card transaction to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers, or (2) is offered by an unrelated third party that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. Second, under new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(4), a prepaid card also is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card when the prepaid card accesses incidental credit in the form of a negative balance on the asset account where the prepaid account issuer generally does not charge credit-related fees for the credit. A prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new Regulation Z § 1026.61 or a credit card under final Regulation Z § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) when it accesses credit from these types of credit features. For more detailed explanations of when prepaid cards are not credit cards under Regulation Z, see the section-by-section analyses of Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(2) and (4) below.
The issuance rules in EFTA and Regulation E apply to those prepaid cards that are not hybrid prepaid-credit cards even though the prepaid card accesses the credit feature at the time the prepaid card is issued.
The proposal would have added comment 12(a)-4 that would have explained that Regulation Z governs the addition of any credit feature or plan to an access device for a prepaid account where the access device also would be a credit card under Regulation Z. Proposed comment 12(a)-4 also would have stated that Regulation Z (existing § 1026.2(a)(20), proposed comment 2(a)(20)-2.ii) would have provided guidance on whether a program constitutes a credit plan, and that Regulation Z (existing § 1026.2(a)(15)(i), proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2) would have defined the term credit card and provided examples of cards or devices that are and are not credit cards. Consistent with the proposal, the Bureau is finalizing new comment 12(a)-4, with revisions to be consistent with new Regulation Z § 1026.61. New comment 12(a)-4 provides that Regulation Z governs the addition of a covered separate credit feature as that term is defined in new Regulation Z § 1026.61 to an existing access device for a prepaid account. In this case, the access device becomes a hybrid prepaid-credit card under Regulation Z. A credit card feature may be added to a previously issued access device for a prepaid account only upon the consumer's application or specific request as described in final Regulation Z § 1026.12(a)(1) and only in compliance with new Regulation Z § 1026.61(c), as discussed above. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(2) below, a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card includes an overdraft credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner that can be accessed by a prepaid card (except as provided in new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(4)). The prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new Regulation Z § 1026.61 and a credit card under final Regulation Z § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
For the reasons set forth in the Overview of the Final Rule's Amendments to Regulation Z section, the Bureau believes that credit card rules in Regulation Z, including the unsolicited issuance rules in final Regulation Z § 1026.12(a), should apply to hybrid prepaid-credit cards that access covered separate credit features. The Bureau believes that the more restrictive issuance rules in Regulation Z for issuance of a credit card are appropriate in this context. As discussed above, consistent with TILA section 132, final Regulation Z § 1026.12(a) provides that no credit card generally may be issued to any person on an unsolicited basis. This is in contrast to Regulation E which allows an access device to be provided to a consumer on an unsolicited basis if four enumerated situations are met.
The Bureau believes in particular that the addition of a covered separate credit feature to an accepted prepaid access device that would make the prepaid card into a hybrid prepaid-credit card causes a significant transformation with respect to a prepaid account. The Bureau believes that applying the Regulation Z unsolicited issuance rules to the addition of such a credit feature to a prepaid access device will help ensure that consumers must take affirmative steps to effect such a transformation by permitting financial institutions to link covered separate credit features to prepaid cards only in response to consumers' applications or requests that the credit features be linked. A card issuer also must comply with new Regulation Z § 1026.61(c) with respect to linking the covered separate credit feature to the prepaid card, as discussed above and in the section-by-section analysis of Regulation Z § 1026.61(c) below. New Regulation Z § 1026.61(c) will help ensure that consumers are fully aware of the implications of their decisions to link covered separate credit features to prepaid cards by prohibiting card issuers from linking a covered separate credit feature to a prepaid card until 30 days after the prepaid account has been registered.
The final rule does not adopt the proposed changes to existing § 1005.12(a)(1)(iii). The final rule moves existing comment 12(a)-3 to new comment 12(a)-2 for organizational purposes, but does not amend the comment as proposed. The Bureau has not adopted the proposed amendments to existing § 1005.12(a)(1)(iii) and new comment 12(a)-2 because the Bureau believes such revisions are unnecessary in light of changes in other parts of the rule. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.17 below, the Bureau is adding § 1005.17(a)(4) to provide that an overdraft service does not include any payment of overdrafts pursuant to (1) a credit feature that is a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new Regulation Z § 1026.61; or (2) credit extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account that meets the conditions of new § 1026.61(a)(4). Thus, because a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card is not an overdraft service under final § 1005.17(a), existing § 1005.12(a)(1)(iii) and new comment 12(a)-2 related to the addition of an overdraft service as defined in final § 1005.17(a) to an access device are not applicable to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card.
Current § 1005.6 generally sets forth provisions for when a consumer may be held liable, within the limitations described in existing § 1005.6(b), for an unauthorized EFT involving the consumer's account. Current § 1005.11 generally sets forth the procedures for resolving errors relating to EFTs involving a consumer's account. The Bureau is adding new § 1005.18(e) to set forth a consumer's liability for unauthorized EFTs and the procedures for investigating errors related to EFTs involving prepaid accounts. See generally the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(e) below.
Relatedly, current Regulation Z § 1026.12(b) sets forth limits on the amount of liability that a credit card issuer may impose on a consumer for unauthorized use of a credit card. Current Regulation Z § 1026.13 generally sets forth error resolution procedures for billing errors that relate to extensions of credit that are made in connection with open-end credit plans or credit card accounts.
Existing Regulation E § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv) currently provides guidance on how the provisions on limits on liability for unauthorized use and the provisions setting forth error resolution procedures under Regulations E and Z apply when credit is extended incident to an EFT. Specifically, current § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv) provides that EFTA and Regulation E govern a consumer's liability for an unauthorized EFT and the investigation of errors involving an extension of credit that occurs pursuant to an overdraft line of credit (under an agreement between the consumer and a financial institution to extend credit when the consumer's account is overdrawn or to maintain a specified minimum balance in the consumer's account), or under an overdraft service, as defined in existing § 1005.17(a).
Current comment 12(a)-1.i provides that for transactions involving access devices that also function as credit cards, whether Regulation E or Regulation Z applies depends on the nature of the transaction. For example, if the transaction solely involves an extension of credit, and does not include a debit to a checking account (or other consumer asset account), the liability limitations and error resolution requirements of Regulation Z apply. If the transaction debits a checking account only (with no credit extended), the provisions of Regulation E apply. If the transaction debits a checking account but also draws on an overdraft line of credit attached to the account, Regulation E's liability limitations apply, in addition to existing Regulation Z § 1026.13(d) and (g) (which apply because of the extension of credit associated with the overdraft feature on the checking account).
With respect to limits on consumer liability for unauthorized use, existing § 1005.12(a) and comment 12(a)-1 are consistent with EFTA section 909(c), which applies EFTA's limits on liability for unauthorized use to transactions which involve both an unauthorized EFT and an extension of credit pursuant to an agreement between the consumer and the financial institution to extend such credit to the consumer in the event the consumer's account is overdrawn.
For the reasons discussed in more detail in the section by section analysis of Regulation Z § 1026.13(i) below, the Bureau proposed to amend existing § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv) by moving the current language to proposed § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(A) and applying it to accounts other than prepaid accounts. The Bureau also proposed to add § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(B) to provide that with respect to a prepaid account, EFTA and Regulation E govern a consumer's liability for an unauthorized EFT and the investigation of errors involving an extension of credit, under a credit plan subject to Regulation Z subpart B, that is incident to an EFT when the consumer's prepaid account is overdrawn.
Proposed § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(B) that would have applied to credit in connection with a prepaid account was similar but not the same as proposed § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(A) that would have applied to accounts other than prepaid accounts. Like proposed § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(A), proposed § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(B) generally would have applied Regulation E's limits on
However, unlike proposed § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(A), proposed § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(B) would not have focused on whether there is an agreement between a consumer and a financial institution to extend credit when the consumer's prepaid account is overdrawn or to maintain a specified minimum balance in the consumer's prepaid account. Instead, proposed § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(B) would have focused on whether credit is extended under a “plan” when the consumer's prepaid account does not have sufficient funds to complete a transaction and the plan is subject to the provisions in Regulation Z subpart B. For example, under the proposal, a credit plan that is accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card would have been subject to the provisions of subpart B. Under the proposal, a prepaid card would have been a credit card under Regulation Z even if the creditor retains discretion not to pay the credit transactions. Thus, proposed § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(B) would have focused on whether credit is extended under an “plan” that is subject to the provisions of subpart B, rather than whether there is an agreement between a consumer and a financial institution to extend credit when the consumer's account is overdrawn or to maintain a specified minimum balance in the consumer's account.
The proposal would have added comment 12(a)-5.i to provide that for an account other than a prepaid account where credit is extended incident to an EFT under an agreement to extend overdraft credit between the consumer and the financial institution, Regulation E's liability limitations and error resolution provisions would have applied, in addition to § 1026.13(d) and (g) of Regulation Z (which apply because of the extension of credit associated with the overdraft feature on the asset account). With respect to an account other than a prepaid account, credit that is incident to an EFT that is not extended under an agreement between the consumer and the financial institution where the financial institution agrees to extend credit is governed solely by the error resolution procedures in Regulation E and Regulation Z § 1026.13(d) and (g) do not apply. With respect to a prepaid account where credit is extended under a credit plan that is subject to Regulation Z subpart B, Regulation E's liability limitations and error resolution provisions would have applied, in addition to Regulation Z § 1026.13(d) and (g) (which apply because of the extension of credit associated with the overdraft feature on the asset account). In addition, proposed comment 12(a)-5.i would have provided that a credit plan is subject to Regulation Z subpart B if it is accessed by an access device that is a credit card under Regulation Z or if it is open-end credit under Regulation Z. An access device for a prepaid account would not have been a credit card if the access device only accesses credit that is not subject to any finance charge, as defined in Regulation Z § 1026.4, or any fee described in Regulation Z § 1026.4(c), and is not payable by written agreement in more than four installments. Proposed comment 12(a)-5.i also would have provided that credit incident to an EFT under a credit plan that only can be accessed by an access device for a prepaid account that is not a credit card is not subject to Regulation Z subpart B and is governed solely by the error resolution procedures in Regulation E because the credit plan would not have accessed by a credit card and the plan would not have been open-end credit. In this case, Regulation Z § 1026.13(d) and (g) would not have applied.
As discussed above, existing comment 12(a)-1.i provides guidance on how the principles in existing § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv) apply to transactions involving access devices that are credit cards under Regulation Z. The proposal would have moved existing comment 12(a)-1.i to proposed comment 12(a)-5.ii and made revisions to make clear that this guidance applies to prepaid cards that would have been credit cards under the proposal. The proposal also would have made technical revisions to proposed comment 12(a)-5.ii for clarity.
Existing comment 12(a)-1.ii.A through D provide examples of how the principles described in existing comment 12(a)-1.i relate to transactions involving access devices that also function as credit cards under Regulation Z. Specifically, these examples describe different types of transactions that involve a debit card that also is a credit card and discuss whether Regulation E or Regulation Z's liability limitations and error resolution requirements apply to those transactions. The proposal would have moved existing comment 12(a)-1.ii.A through D to proposed comment 12(a)-5.iii.A through D respectively. The proposal also would have revised the examples in proposed comment 12(a)-5.iii.A through D to clarify that these examples relate to a credit card that also is an access device that draws on a consumer's checking account, and would have made technical revisions to clarify the intent of the examples. No substantive changes would have been intended with these revisions. The proposal also would have added proposed comment 12(a)-5.iii.E that would have provided that the same principles in proposed comment 12(a)-5.iii.A through D apply to prepaid cards that would have been credit cards under the proposal.
The Bureau did not receive any specific comments on this proposal to amend existing § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv) related to applicability of limits on liability for unauthorized use and error resolution provisions under Regulations E and Z.
The Bureau is amending existing § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv) and adding new § 1005.12(a)(2)(iii) to be consistent with new Regulation Z § 1026.61.
For the reasons discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of Regulation Z § 1026.13(i) below, consistent with the proposal, the Bureau is amending existing § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv) by moving the current language to § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(A) and applying it to transactions that do not involve prepaid accounts. The Bureau also is adding new § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(B) to provide that with respect to transactions that involve a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as those terms are defined in new Regulation Z § 1026.61, EFTA and Regulation E govern a consumer's liability for an unauthorized EFT and the investigation of errors involving an extension of credit that is incident to an EFT that occurs when the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses both funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account and a credit extension from the credit feature with respect to a particular transaction. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(2) below, a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card includes an overdraft credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner that can be accessed by a prepaid card (except as provided in new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(4)). The prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new Regulation Z § 1026.61 and a credit card under final Regulation Z § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
As discussed below, the final rule also adds new § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(C), and (D), and (2)(iii) to provide guidance on whether Regulation E or Regulation Z governs the consumer's liability for unauthorized use and the investigation of errors with respect to transactions made by prepaid cards that are not hybrid prepaid-credit cards as defined in new Regulation Z § 1026.61.
Proposed comment 12(a)-5.i would have provided guidance on the provisions in both proposed § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(A) and (B). As discussed in more detail below, the final rule retains the guidance related to credit extended in connection with prepaid accounts in new comment 12(a)-5.i with revisions to be consistent with new Regulation Z § 1026.61. As discussed in more detail below, the final rule moves guidance related to other types of credit from proposed comment 12(a)-5.i to new comment 12(a)-5.ii and revises it to be consistent with new Regulation Z § 1026.61. Consistent with the proposal, the final rule also moves current comment 12(a)-1.i and ii to new comment 12(a)-5.iii and iv and revises this comment to be consistent with new Regulation Z § 1026.61.
Consistent with the proposal, with respect to transactions that involve a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as those terms are defined in new Regulation Z § 1026.61, new § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(B) does not focus on whether there is an agreement between a consumer and a financial institution to extend credit when the consumer's prepaid account is overdrawn or to maintain a specified minimum balance in the consumer's prepaid account. Under the final rule, whether a prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card does not depend on whether there is an agreement between a consumer and a financial institution to extend credit when the consumer's prepaid account is overdrawn or to maintain a specified minimum balance in the consumer's prepaid account. Instead, under the final rule, a prepaid card is a credit card under Regulation Z when it is a “hybrid prepaid-credit card” as defined in Regulation Z. In particular, new Regulation Z comment 61(a)(1)-1 provides that a prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card if the prepaid card can access credit from a covered separate credit feature even if, for example: (1) The person that can extend the credit does not agree in writing to extend the credit; (2) the person retains discretion not to extend the credit; or (3) the person does not extend the credit once the consumer has exceeded a certain amount of credit.
Thus, consistent with the proposal, new § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(B) focuses on transactions that involve a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as those terms are defined in new Regulation Z § 1026.61, where an extension of credit that is incident to an EFT occurs when the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses both funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account and a credit extension from the credit feature with respect to a particular transaction. These are the situations in which Regulations Z and E would overlap with respect to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards. New § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(B) provides that in these circumstances, EFTA and Regulation E generally govern a consumer's liability for an unauthorized EFT and the investigation of errors with respect to these transactions. Regulation Z's provisions related to a consumer's liability for unauthorized transactions and error resolution procedures generally do not apply, except for existing Regulation Z § 1026.13(d) and (g) that apply to the credit portion of the transaction.
New § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(B) and new comment 12(a)-5.i and iii through iv are discussed first. New § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(C) and (D), and (2)(iii) are discussed second. New § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(A) and new comment 12(a)-5.ii are discussed third.
Proposed comment 12(a)-5.i would have provided guidance on the provisions in both proposed § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(A) and (B). In the final rule, the guidance related to credit extended in connection with prepaid accounts is retained in new comment 12(a)-5.i with revisions to be consistent with new Regulation Z § 1026.61. As discussed in more detail below, the final rule moves guidance related to other types of credit from proposed comment 12(a)-5.i to new comment 12(a)-5.ii with revisions.
Under the final rule, new comment 12(a)-5.i provides that with respect to a transaction that involves a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as those terms are defined in new Regulation Z § 1026.61, where credit is extended under a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card that is incident to an EFT when the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses both funds in the asset feature of a prepaid account and credit extensions from the credit feature with respect to a particular transaction, Regulation E's liability limitations and error resolution provisions apply to the transaction, in addition to existing Regulation Z § 1026.13(d) and (g) (which apply because of the extension of credit associated with the covered separate credit feature).
As discussed above, existing comment 12(a)-1.i provides guidance on how the principles in existing § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv) apply to transactions involving access devices that are credit cards under Regulation Z. The proposal would have moved existing comment 12(a)-1.i to proposed comment 12(a)-5.ii and made revisions to make clear that this guidance applies to prepaid cards that would have been credit cards under the proposal. The proposal also would have made technical revisions to proposed comment 12(a)-5.ii for clarity; no substantive changes were intended. The final rule moves current comment 12(a)-1.i to new comment 12(a)-5.iii and adopts this comment consistent with the proposal, with additional technical revisions for clarity. New comment 12(a)-5.iii provides guidance on how the principles in final § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv) apply to transactions involving access devices that are credit cards under Regulation Z, including hybrid prepaid-credit cards that access covered separate credit features. New comment 12(a)-5.iii provides that for transactions involving access devices that also function as credit cards under Regulation Z, whether Regulation E or Regulation Z applies depends on the nature of the transaction. For example, if the transaction solely involves an extension of credit, and does not access funds in a consumer asset account, such as a checking account or prepaid account, the liability limitations and
Existing examples in comment 12(a)-1.ii.A through D provide examples of how the principles in existing comment 12(a)-1.i relate to transactions involving access devices that also function as credit cards under Regulation Z. Specifically, these examples describe different types of transactions that involve a debit card that also is a credit card and discuss whether Regulation E or Regulation Z's liability limitations and error resolution requirements apply to those transactions. The proposal would have moved existing comment 12(a)-1.ii.A through D to proposed comment 12(a)-5.iii.A through D respectively and would have made several revisions as discussed above.
The final rule moves the existing examples from existing comment 12(a)-1.ii.A through D to new comment 12(a)-5.iv.A through D respectively. Consistent with the proposal, the final rule also revises the examples in new comment 12(a)-5.iv.A through D to clarify that these examples relate to a credit card that also is an access device that draws on a consumer's checking account, and makes technical revisions to clarify the intent of the examples. No substantive changes are intended with these revisions. Consistent with the proposal, the final rule also adds new comment 12(a)-5.iv.E that provides that the same principles in new comment 12(a)-5.iv.A through D apply to an access device for a prepaid account that also is a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a covered separate credit feature under Regulation Z § 1026.61. New comment 12(a)-5.iv.E also provides a cross-reference to final Regulation Z § 1026.13(i)(2) and new comment 13(i)-4 that deals with the interaction between Regulations E and Z with respect to billing error resolution for transactions that involve covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards.
As discussed above, the final rule adds new § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(C), (D), and (2)(iii) to provide guidance on whether Regulation E or Regulation Z governs the consumer's liability for unauthorized use and the investigation of errors with respect to transactions made by prepaid cards that are not hybrid prepaid-credit cards as defined in Regulation Z § 1026.61. New § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(C) provides that Regulation E governs the consumer's liability for an unauthorized EFT and the investigation of errors with respect to transactions that involves credit extended through a negative balance to the asset feature of a prepaid account that meets the conditions set forth in Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(4). New comment 12(a)-5.i clarifies that § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(C) provides that with respect to transactions that involves credit extended through a negative balance to the asset feature of a prepaid account that meets the conditions set forth in Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(4), these transactions are governed solely by the liability limitations and error resolution procedures in Regulation E, and Regulation Z does not apply.
New § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(D) provides that with respect to transactions involving a prepaid account and a non-covered separate credit feature as defined in Regulation Z § 1026.61, Regulation E governs the consumer's liability for an unauthorized EFT and the investigation of errors with respect to transactions that access the prepaid account, as applicable. New § 1005.12(a)(2)(iii) provides that with respect to transactions involving a prepaid account and a non-covered separate credit feature as defined in Regulation Z § 1026.61, Regulation Z governs the consumer's liability for unauthorized use and the investigation of errors with respect to transactions that access the non-covered separate credit feature, as applicable. New comment 12(a)-5.i clarifies that § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(D) and (2)(iii), taken together, provide that with respect to transactions involving a prepaid account and a non-covered separate credit feature as defined in Regulation Z § 1026.61, a financial institution must comply with Regulation E's liability limitations and error resolution procedures with respect to transactions that access the prepaid account as applicable, and the creditor must comply with Regulation Z's liability limitations and error resolution procedures with respect to transactions that access the non-covered separate credit feature, as applicable.
As discussed above, EFTA section 909(c) provides that EFTA's limits on liability for unauthorized use apply to transactions which involve both an unauthorized EFT and an extension of credit pursuant to an agreement between the consumer and the financial institution to extend such credit to the consumer in the event the consumer's account is overdrawn.
As discussed above, proposed comment 12(a)-5.i would have provided guidance on the provisions in both proposed § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(A) and (B). In the final rule, the proposed guidance related to credit extended in connection with prepaid accounts is retained in new comment 12(a)-5.i with revisions. The final rule moves guidance related to other types of credit from proposed comment 12(a)-5.i to new comment 12(a)-5.ii and revises it to be consistent with new Regulation Z § 1026.61.
The final rule adds new comment 12(a)-5.ii to provide guidance with respect to accounts other than prepaid accounts. Specifically, new comment 12(a)-5.ii provides that with respect to an account (other than a prepaid account) where credit is extended incident to an EFT under an agreement to extend overdraft credit between the consumer and the financial institution, Regulation E's liability limitations and error resolution provisions apply to the transaction, in addition to existing Regulation Z § 1026.13(d) and (g) (which apply because of the extension of credit associated with the overdraft feature on the asset account). Access devices that access accounts other than prepaid accounts are credit cards under Regulation Z when there is an agreement by the financial institution to extend credit.
In 2013, the Bureau published a final determination as to whether certain laws of Maine and Tennessee relating to unclaimed gift cards are inconsistent with and preempted by EFTA and Regulation E.
The Bureau proposed to add a summary of its preemption determination with respect to Tennessee's unclaimed property law as comment 12(b)-4. Proposed comment 12(b)-4 would have stated that the Bureau had determined that a provision in the State law of Tennessee is preempted by the Federal law, effective April 25, 2013. It would have further stated that, specifically, section 66-29-116 of Tennessee's Uniform Disposition of Unclaimed (Personal) Property Act is preempted to the extent that it permits gift certificates, store gift cards, and stored-value cards, as defined in § 1005.20(a), to be declined at the point-of-sale sooner than the gift certificates, store gift cards, or stored value cards and their underlying funds are permitted to expire under § 1005.20(e).
Existing comment 12(b)-2 states that the Bureau recognizes State law preemption determinations made by the Board prior to July 21, 2011, unless and until the Bureau makes and publishes any contrary determination. The Bureau proposed to make this statement into a standalone comment in proposed comment 12(b)-2 under the heading
The Bureau received no comments regarding the proposed revisions to the commentary for § 1005.12(b). The Bureau did, however, receive comments from a consumer group and the office of a State Attorney General urging the Bureau to clarify that this final rule does not preempt stronger State laws with respect to payroll, student, prison, and government benefit accounts and to acknowledge that State laws may require additional disclosures and obligations not required by this final rule. These commenters specifically referenced the Illinois payroll card law, which they stated provides certain employee protections that are not contemplated by this rule, and recommended that the Bureau emphasize that employers may have additional obligations and restrictions under State law.
The Bureau also received a comment from a payment network, urging the Bureau to expressly provide that all State law requirements that are inconsistent with the requirements of the Bureau's final rule governing prepaid accounts are preempted. The commenter stated that inconsistent State requirements would detract from any required Federal disclosures and add costs to prepaid programs that
The Bureau is finalizing comments 12(b)-2 and -3 generally as proposed, with several minor modifications for clarity. The Bureau is also finalizing comment 12(b)-4 as proposed, but in lieu of the proposed reference to “stored value cards,” the Bureau is using “general-use prepaid cards” in final comment 12(b)-4.i for consistency with § 1005.20(a). The Bureau considered the comments discussed above from the consumer group, the office of a State Attorney General, and the payment network, but does not believe that a revision to the regulatory text or commentary is necessary. EFTA section 922 makes clear that it does not preempt State laws except to the extent those laws are inconsistent with EFTA (and then only to the extent of that inconsistency). It further provides that “[a] State law is not inconsistent with [EFTA] if the protection such law affords any consumer is greater than the protection afforded by [EFTA].” The Bureau acknowledges that State laws may require additional disclosures and obligations not required by this final rule, and agrees that financial institutions and other persons involved in prepaid account programs, including employers, should be aware of additional obligations and restrictions under State law.
Section 1005.15 of Regulation E currently contains provisions specific to certain accounts established by government agencies for distributing government benefits to consumers electronically, such as through ATMs or POS terminals. In 1997, the Board modified Regulation E to exempt “needs-tested” EBT programs established or administered under State or local law in response to a 1996 change to EFTA made by the Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act of 1996.
The Bureau proposed to modify existing § 1005.15 to address the proposed revisions for government benefit accounts, rather than subsuming the rules for such accounts into proposed § 1005.18 (as the Bureau proposed to do with respect to payroll card accounts). The Bureau sought general comment on whether it should subsume all requirements for government benefit accounts into § 1005.18, as well. The majority of industry commenters who commented on this issue supported maintaining a separate section for requirements specifically applicable to government benefit accounts, arguing that government benefit accounts had unique legal and functional characteristics that warranted separate treatment. No commenter opposed maintaining a separate section for government benefit cards. After considering the comments and reading no reasons to the contrary, the Bureau is maintaining the government benefit account provisions in a separate section (§ 1005.15) as proposed.
Existing § 1005.15(a)(1) provides,
As it stated in the proposal, the Bureau did not intend for the proposed revisions to impact the existing scope of § 1005.15(a). Numerous commenters asked the Bureau to clarify that government benefit accounts would continue to be covered under the existing requirements of Regulation E, rather than under the new requirements applying to prepaid accounts. One industry commenter, for example, argued that the final rule should exempt from coverage all cards used to distribute government benefits, regardless of whether such benefits are needs-tested. Other industry commenters asked the Bureau to exempt cards used to disburse certain types of benefits—for example, child support, unemployment insurance, and workers' compensation benefits. Currently, these commenters noted, the issuers of these cards administer the programs at no cost to the government agency disbursing the benefit, and at little cost to consumers. If saddled with the costs of complying with the various requirements of the proposed rule, they argued, these issuers may increase their fees or stop issuing government benefit cards altogether.
Consumer group commenters, by contrast, advocated that the Bureau expand the scope of the “government benefit account” definition to include additional account types, including accounts that are expressly exempted from Regulation E now. A significant number of consumer group commenters argued that the Bureau should clarify that the exemption for needs-tested government benefit programs established or administered under State or local law does not apply to prepaid accounts. According to these commenters, the rationales for the exemption were either outdated or should not apply to prepaid cards. For example, one consumer group commenter noted that the exemption was intended to relieve regulatory burden for State and local governments, whereas the vast majority of government benefit accounts today are administered by financial institutions that are well-equipped to handle Regulation E compliance. Commenters argued additionally that the recipients of needs-tested benefits are, by definition, the neediest of all prepaid consumers, and thus should be entitled to the full protections of the Bureau's final rule governing prepaid accounts.
The Bureau has considered the comments but believes that changes to the scope of the government benefit account definition are not warranted at this time. As discussed above, the Bureau did not intend its proposed changes to the definition of government benefit account to affect the scope of § 1005.15's coverage, nor did it contemplate or seek comment on whether or how it should narrow or expand the scope of the definition in the final rule. The Bureau understands that the existing scope of the definition, which has been in place since 1997, is well-established and forms the basis of
The Bureau did not propose to modify § 1005.15(b). Accordingly, the Bureau is finalizing that provision unchanged.
The Bureau proposed new disclosure requirements for government benefit accounts that would be provided before a consumer acquired a government benefit account. The requirements in proposed § 1005.15(c) would have been in addition to the initial disclosure requirements in existing § 1005.7(b) and corresponded to the requirements in proposed § 1005.18(b) for prepaid accounts generally.
The Bureau proposed new § 1005.15(c) to extend to government benefit accounts the same pre-acquisition disclosure requirements the Bureau proposed for prepaid accounts, as discussed in detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b) below. Specifically, proposed § 1005.15(c)(1) would have stated that before a consumer acquired a government benefit account, a government agency must comply with the pre-acquisition disclosure requirements applicable to prepaid accounts as set forth in proposed § 1005.18(b), in accordance with the timing requirements of proposed § 1005.18(h).
To address issues of compulsory use (
Proposed comment 15(c)-1 would have explained that proposed Model Form A-10(a) contained a model form for the pre-acquisition short form disclosure requirements for government benefit accounts pursuant to proposed § 1005.15(c), and that government agencies could use Sample Form A-10(e) to comply with the pre-acquisition long form disclosure requirements of proposed § 1005.15(c)(1). Proposed comment 15(c)-2 would have reiterated that proposed § 1005.18(b)(1)(i) generally required delivery of both the short form and long form disclosures before a consumer acquired a prepaid account, and provided, in comment 15(c)-2.i, an example illustrating when a consumer received disclosures before acquisition of an account for purposes of proposed § 1005.15(c)(1). Proposed comment 15(c)-3 would have explained that the disclosures and notice required by proposed § 1005.15(c)(1) and (2) could be given in the same process or appointment during which the consumer acquired or agreed to acquire a government benefit account. When a consumer received benefits eligibility information and signed up or enrolled to receive benefits during the same process or appointment, a government agency that gave the disclosures and notice required by proposed § 1005.15(c)(1) and (2) before issuing a government benefit account would have complied with the timing requirements of proposed § 1005.15(c).
Several industry and government commenters objected to the wholesale application of the proposed pre-acquisition disclosures to government benefit accounts. Specifically, several trade associations, a program manager for government benefit accounts, and two State government agencies urged the Bureau to exempt government benefit accounts from the proposed disclosure regime altogether, or to exempt them from the requirement to provide the short form disclosure. These commenters argued that the timing requirements proposed by the Bureau were too difficult to implement and unnecessary, since consumers could not in fact shop for alternative government benefit cards. One State government agency commenter argued that the application of the proposal to its program could necessitate revisions to its vendor contracts. In addition, commenters argued that most of the information that would be required by the proposed disclosures is already disclosed to consumers of government benefit accounts in the initial disclosures required by existing § 1005.7(b)(5) or would be disclosed via the proposed long form disclosure. Receiving duplicative information in the short form and long form disclosures, these commenters asserted, would lead to consumer confusion and information overload.
Other industry and government commenters did not object to the general application of the pre-acquisition disclosure requirements to
The program manager commenter and a State government agency commenter argued that government benefit accounts should be exempt from the proposed incidence-based fee disclosure requirements. They argued that the calculation required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
A large number of commenters, including payment networks, issuing banks, program managers, industry trade associations, a member of Congress, and several government agencies, urged the Bureau to revise the language of the notice requirement in proposed § 1005.15(c)(2) to inform a consumer that he or she was not required to accept the government benefit account. They argued that the proposed language was overly negative in tone and would dissuade consumers from choosing prepaid accounts by giving them the impression that prepaid products were unsafe or less preferable than other payment options. A program manager for government benefit accounts and a State government agency also urged the Bureau to remove the requirement that the banner notice for government benefit accounts include a sentence encouraging consumers to “ask about other ways to get” their payments. These commenters argued that this language would lead consumers to contact the government agency or their individual caseworkers to get information about the prepaid account program. Such outreach by consumers would place a further burden on already strained resources without aiding consumers, since agencies or caseworkers were unlikely to have the information the consumer is seeking. Consumer group commenters also asked the Bureau to revise the notice language to include information about what alternative payment methods the consumer could choose, arguing that the onus should not be on the consumer to seek out information about what other payment options are available.
The Bureau also received numerous comments, from both industry and consumer groups, regarding the timing requirements of the pre-acquisition disclosures and their application in the government benefit context. As stated above, the Bureau proposed comments 15(c)-2 and -3 to clarify when a consumer enrolling to receive government benefits via a prepaid account received the disclosures in compliance with the timing requirements of § 1005.18(b)(1)(i). An industry trade association, two issuing banks, a program manager for government benefit accounts, and a State government agency, argued that the proposed comments did not provide sufficient clarity. Specifically, they were concerned that proposed comment 15(c)-2.i suggested that “acquisition” in the government benefit context meant the consumer's physical acquisition of the card. According to these commenters, entities charged with administering government benefit account programs often distribute inactive government benefit cards to consumers at the same time as they distribute accompanying disclosures and other paperwork. The commenters were concerned that, as proposed, the commentary would disrupt current practices and place additional implementation burdens on government agencies. Further, they argued that the practice of providing consumers with an inactive card does not harm consumers, since consumers do not accrue any fees or undertake any obligations until the card is activated. Instead, the industry and government commenters urged the Bureau to clarify in revised commentary that acquisition for purposes of government benefit accounts was the point at which the consumer agreed or elected to be paid via a government benefit card. One trade association argued instead that the Bureau should define acquisition in this context as the point at which the consumer activates the government benefit account.
Several consumer group commenters agreed that the Bureau should provide greater clarity regarding what it meant to “acquire” a government benefit account, but argued that the point of acquisition should be defined as earlier in the enrollment process. Two consumer groups specified further that the disclosures should be provided before the consumer acquired the physical (if un-activated) card.
Finally, an industry trade association and an issuing bank argued that the Bureau should exempt government benefit accounts from the requirement in proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing the general requirement in § 1005.15(c) that government agencies comply with the pre-acquisition disclosure requirements in final § 1005.18(b), with a number of revisions, as explained below. The Bureau is finalizing this provision
Largely similar to proposed § 1005.15(c), final § 1005.15(c)(1) states that before a consumer acquires a government benefit account, a government agency shall comply with the pre-acquisition disclosure requirements applicable to prepaid accounts as set forth in § 1005.18(b). As discussed in more detail below, the Bureau is adopting new § 1005.15(c)(2)(i) and (ii), which largely mirror final § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(xiv)(A) and (B). Section 1005.15(c)(2)(i) reflects several changes to the proposed requirement to inform consumers that they are not required to accept the government benefit account, while § 1005.15(c)(2)(ii) provides that agencies may include additional information about how consumers can access their government benefit account funds or balance information for free or for a reduced fee. The Bureau is also adopting new § 1005.15(c)(3) to address the form of the pre-acquisition disclosures required for government benefit accounts pursuant to final § 1005.15(c). Second, the Bureau is not finalizing proposed comment 15(c)-1; accordingly, it has renumbered proposed comments 15(c)-2 and -3 as final comments 15(c)-1 and -2, respectively. Third, the Bureau is adopting new comment 15(c)-3. Finally, the Bureau is finalizing certain revisions to those comments to provide further guidance on when a consumer acquires a government benefit account for purposes of the pre-acquisition disclosure requirements.
Although the Bureau understands that government benefit accounts are distinguishable from other prepaid accounts in several material respects, including the way they are distributed and marketed and the fees associated with them, the Bureau declines to exempt government benefit accounts from the general requirement to provide both a short form and long form disclosure before the consumer acquires the account. The Bureau notes that, pursuant to final § 1005.18(h) and as discussed in the section-by-section analysis thereof, agencies are not required to pull and replace prepaid account packaging materials with non-compliant disclosures that were produced in the normal course of business prior to October 1, 2017.
The Bureau continues to believe that consumers who use these accounts will benefit from the ability to review a set of uniform disclosures regarding their accounts. First, the disclosures provide a clear and conspicuous disclosure of consumers' right under § 1005.10(e)(2) to receive their payment in some other form. The Bureau believes that this important disclosure may be less conspicuous, and therefore potentially less effective, if it were disclosed on the long form disclosure, since the long form disclosure contains far more information in a format that is less hierarchical than the short form disclosure. Second, the new disclosures highlight information that, according to the Bureau's consumer testing, was the most important information consumers needed to inform their decision-making with respect to their preferred payment method.
The Bureau likewise disagrees with industry commenters' suggestion that the statement regarding benefit payment options is negative and implies that government benefit accounts are inferior products, thereby discouraging consumers from using them. As discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv) below, the Bureau examined this issue in its post-proposal consumer testing and found that participants did not construe the language negatively, confirming the Bureau's original understanding from the proposal.
To address comments arguing that agencies should be permitted to include additional information on the short form disclosure for government benefit accounts about how consumers can use their accounts with minimal fee charges, the Bureau is adopting new § 1005.15(c)(2)(ii), which states that an agency may, but is not required to, include a statement in one additional line of text in the short form disclosure directing the consumer to a particular location outside the short form disclosure for information on ways the consumer may access government benefit account funds and balance information for free or for a reduced fee. This statement must be located directly below any statements disclosed pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(3)(i) and (ii), or, if no such statements are disclosed, above the statement required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(x). This
To provide greater clarity and additional guidance on the specific form and formatting requirements that must apply to government benefit account disclosures, the Bureau is moving the reference to Model Form A-10(a) to new § 1005.15(c)(3). New § 1005.15(c)(3) mirrors several form and formatting requirements in final § 1005.18(b). Specifically, it states that when a short form disclosure required by final § 1005.15(c) is provided in writing or electronically, the information required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) through (ix) shall be provided in the form of a table. Except as provided in final § 1005.18(b)(6)(iii)(B), the short form disclosure required by final § 1005.18(b)(2) shall be provided in a form substantially similar to final Model Form A-10(a). Final Sample Form A-10(f) provides an example of the long form disclosure required by final § 1005.18(b)(4) when the agency does not offer multiple service plans.
Because the Bureau has added format requirements for government benefit account disclosures in new § 1005.15(c)(3), proposed comment 15(c)-1 is now superfluous; accordingly, the Bureau is not finalizing that comment. The Bureau has therefore renumbered proposed comments 15(c)-2 and -3 as final comments 15(c)-1 and -2, respectively.
With respect to comments regarding the timing of acquisition requirements in § 1005.15(c), the Bureau agrees that the final rule should provide greater clarity with respect to when a consumer acquires a government benefit account. The Bureau believes that, in providing such clarity, the rule should strike a balance between avoiding significant disruption of current benefit enrollment practices and ensuring that consumers receive the new disclosures early enough in the enrollment process to inform their decision of how to receive their payments, thereby furthering the goals of the compulsory use provision in § 1005.10(e)(2). Accordingly, the Bureau declines to define acquisition as, for example, the point at which the consumer obtains physical possession of a government benefit card, or the point at which a consumer signs an enrollment form, because such a rule could be overly prescriptive and could disrupt current practices and delay benefit disbursement. On the other hand, the Bureau also declines to define acquisition as the point at which a consumer receives his or her first payment on the government benefit card, because it believes that by the time a consumer receives funds via a particular payment method, he or she is less likely to consider alternative options for how to get paid, thereby reducing the value of the pre-acquisition disclosures. Furthermore, the Bureau notes that, pursuant to the compulsory use prohibition in § 1005.10(e)(2), discussed above, consumers cannot be required to receive government benefits by direct deposit to any particular institutions, including a specific prepaid account. In other words, consumers who have the option to receive their government benefits via a government benefit account must be provided with at least one alternative payment method. The Bureau believes that, particularly in such scenarios, the proposed disclosures should be provided in time to help a consumer decide between the alternative payment methods available to him or her.
Accordingly, and in consideration of the comments above, the Bureau is finalizing revisions to proposed comments 15(c)-2 and -3 (re-numbered as comments 15(c)-1 and -2, respectively) to clarify that a consumer acquires a government benefit account when he or she
The Bureau is finalizing the first example in comment 15(c)-1.i generally as proposed. The second example in final comment 15(c)-1.i (which as proposed would have stated that the short form and long form disclosures are provided post-acquisition if a consumer receives them after receiving the government benefit card) has been revised to state that if the consumer does not receive the disclosures required by final § 1005.18(b) to review until the time at which the consumer received the first benefit payment deposited into the government benefit account, these disclosures were provided to the consumer post-acquisition, and were not provided in compliance with final § 1005.15(c). Under the final rule, therefore, a government agency can provide the short form and long form disclosures in the same package as the physical prepaid card and still comply with the requirement in final § 1005.15(c) that the forms be provided prior to acquisition. Likewise, a government agency can provide the pre-acquisition disclosures at the same appointment during which the consumer acquires the government benefit account so long as the disclosures are provided before the consumer actually chooses to receive payments via the account.
Final comment 15(c)-2 also reflects certain other technical revisions for clarity and consistency with the above changes. Specifically, this comment states that the disclosures and notice required by final § 1005.15(c) may be given in the same process or appointment during which the consumer receives a government benefit card. When a consumer receives benefits eligibility information and enrolls to receive benefits during the same process or appointment, a government agency that gives the disclosures and notice required by final § 1005.15(c) before the consumer chooses to receive the first benefit payment on the card complies with the timing requirements of final § 1005.15(c).
The Bureau has added new comment 15(c)-3 to provide clarification regarding the form and formatting requirements for government benefit account disclosures. This comment explains that the requirements in § 1005.15(c) correspond to those for payroll card accounts set forth in § 1005.18(b). The comment also cross-references final comments 18(b)(2)(xiv)(A)-1 and 18(b)(2)(xiv)(B)-1 for additional guidance regarding the requirements set forth in final § 1005.15(c)(2)(i) and (ii), respectively. The Bureau has also added new comment 15(c)-4 to clarify the application of the requirement in § 1005.18(b)(5) that the name of the financial institution be disclosed outside the short form disclosure for government benefit accounts. Pursuant to new comment 15(c)-4, the financial institution whose name must be disclosed pursuant to the requirement in § 1005.18(b)(5) is the financial institution that directly holds the account or issues the account's access device. Also pursuant to comment 15(c)-4, the disclosure provided outside the short form may, but is not required
Finally, the Bureau agrees with commenters that the notice regarding registration of the prepaid account that would have been required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
Section 1005.9(b), which implements EFTA section 906(c), generally requires a periodic statement for each monthly cycle in which an EFT occurred or, if there are no such transfers, a periodic statement at least quarterly.
The Bureau proposed to revise existing § 1005.15(c), renumbered as § 1005.15(d)(1), which would have allowed government agencies to instead provide access to account balance by telephone and at a terminal, 18 months of transaction history online, and 18 months written transaction history upon request. The Bureau believed that, to further the purposes of EFTA to provide a framework to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of prepaid account consumers (including government benefit account consumers), it was necessary and proper to exercise its authority under EFTA section 904(c) to continue the exception to the periodic statement requirements of EFTA section 906(c) for government benefit accounts and to modify that exception in Regulation E to more closely align it with the proposed requirements for prepaid accounts generally. See also the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(c)(1) below.
Proposed § 1005.15(d)(1) and (1)(i) would have stated that a government agency need not furnish periodic statements required by § 1005.9(b) if the agency made available to the consumer the consumer's account balance, through a readily available telephone line and at a terminal (such as by providing balance information at a balance-inquiry terminal or providing it, routinely or upon request, on a terminal receipt at the time of an EFT). This language was unchanged from existing § 1005.15(c)(1). Existing § 1005.18(b)(1)(i) for payroll card accounts and proposed § 1005.18(c)(1)(i) for prepaid accounts, however, did not include the requirement to provide balance information at a terminal. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(c)(1)(i) below, the Bureau sought comment on whether a similar requirement to provide balance information at a terminal should be added to the requirements of proposed § 1005.18(c) for prepaid accounts generally, or whether, alternatively, the requirement should be eliminated from § 1005.15 given the other proposed enhancements and for parity with proposed § 1005.18.
Second, proposed § 1005.15(d)(1)(ii) would have required government agencies to provide an electronic history of the consumer's account transactions, such as through a Web site, that covered at least 18 months preceding the date the consumer electronically accessed the account. As noted above, the requirement to provide an electronic history of a consumer's account transactions was new for government benefit accounts. The Bureau did not believe that the proposed requirement would have imposed significant burden on government agencies, as the Bureau believed that many government benefit account programs already provided electronic access to account information.
Third, proposed § 1005.15(d)(1)(iii) would have required government agencies to provide a written history of the consumer's account transactions promptly in response to an oral or written request and that covered at least 18 months preceding the date the agency received the consumer's request. This provision was similar to existing § 1005.15(c)(2), but was modified to change the time period covered by the written history from 60 days to 18 months, and to otherwise mirror the language used in proposed § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii) for prepaid accounts generally.
A consumer group commenter supported the Bureau's decision to apply the requirement to provide consumers access to a longer account history period to government agencies. A think tank commenter, on the other hand, objected to the decision, arguing that it would be difficult for government agencies to manage beneficiaries' account histories for 18 months. In addition, an industry trade association and an issuing bank opposed the Bureau's decision to maintain the requirement that government agencies wishing to take advantage of the periodic statement alternative provide consumers' account balance information at a terminal, arguing that terminal access was outdated and has been replaced by text or online account access. Two consumer groups, by contrast, supported the continued requirement for balance information at a terminal for government benefit accounts and urged the Bureau to expand the requirement to all prepaid accounts. They argued that ATMs are easy to use and that all consumers have access to ATM terminals, while not all consumers may have access to online account information.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting § 1005.15(d)(1) and comment 15(d)-1 largely as proposed, with minor revisions for consistency with final § 1005.18(c). To further the purposes of EFTA to provide a framework to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of prepaid account consumers (including government benefit account consumers), the Bureau believes it is necessary and proper to exercise its authority under EFTA section 904(c) to continue the exception to the periodic statement requirements of EFTA section 906(c) for government benefit accounts and to modify that exception in Regulation E to more closely align it with the proposed requirements for prepaid accounts generally. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(c)(1) below, the Bureau has modified proposed § 1005.18(c)(1) to require 12 months of electronic account transaction history and 24 months of
In response to the comment that the proposed 18-month access to account information requirements should not be extended to government benefit accounts, the Bureau is not convinced that there is a significant difference between the burden these requirements place on prepaid account issuers as financial institutions and the burden they place on government agencies, since, as the Bureau noted in the proposal, government benefit account programs are typically administered by financial institutions pursuant to a contract between the institution and the agency.
The Bureau proposed § 1005.15(d)(2), which would have required that a government agency comply with the account information requirements as set forth in proposed § 1005.18(c)(2), (3), and (4). As discussed in more detail below, proposed § 1005.18(c)(2) would have required that the electronic and written histories in the periodic statement alternative include the information set forth in § 1005.9(b). This provision currently exists for payroll card accounts in existing § 1005.18(b)(2), but does not presently appear in § 1005.15 for government benefit accounts. Proposed § 1005.18(c)(3) would have required disclosure of all fees assessed against the account, in both the history of account transactions provided as periodic statement alternatives, as well as in any periodic statement. Proposed § 1005.18(c)(4) would have required disclosure, in both the history of account transactions provided as periodic statement alternatives, as well as in any periodic statement, monthly and annual summary totals of fees imposed on and the total amount of deposits and debits made to a prepaid account. Proposed comment 15(d)-1 would have referred to proposed comments 18(c)-1 through -5 for guidance on access to account information requirements.
The Bureau did not receive any comments specifically addressing § 1005.15(d)(2)'s application of the account information requirements in § 1005.18(c)(2) through (4) to government benefit accounts. Accordingly, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.15(d)(2) as proposed with revised cross-references to reflect changes in the numbering of provisions within final § 1005.18(c). To further the purposes of EFTA to provide a framework to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of prepaid account consumers (including government benefit account consumers), the Bureau believes that it is necessary and proper to exercise its authority under EFTA section 904(c) to modify the periodic statement requirements of EFTA section 906(c) to require inclusion of all fees charged and summary totals of both monthly and annual fees. The Bureau believes that these revisions will assist consumers' understanding of the account activity on their government benefit accounts. In addition, the Bureau is also using its disclosure authority pursuant to section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act because it believes that disclosure of all fees and account activity summaries will ensure that the features of government benefit accounts, over the term of the account, are fully, accurately, and effectively disclosed to consumers in a manner that permits consumers to understand the costs, benefits, and risks associated with government benefit accounts.
The Bureau notes, however, that it is finalizing certain revisions to proposed § 1005.18(c)(2) through (4), renumbered as final § 1005.18(c)(3) through (5). Most significantly, the Bureau has removed the requirement that financial institutions provide summary totals of all deposits to and debits from a consumer's prepaid account from the final rule. The specific revisions and their respective rationales are discussed in the section-by-section analyses of § 1005.18(c)(3) through (5) below.
Because the Bureau proposed to modify the periodic statement alternative for government benefit accounts in proposed § 1005.15(d)(1), the Bureau proposed to modify the requirements in existing § 1005.15(d), renumbered as § 1005.15(e), to adjust the corresponding timing provisions therein and to align with the requirements of proposed § 1005.18(d) for prepaid accounts generally. For the reasons set forth below, the Bureau is finalizing the various provisions of § 1005.15(e) as proposed. As specified in final § 1005.15(e), these requirements apply to government agencies that provide access to account information under the periodic statement alternative in final § 1005.15(d)(1). The Bureau has also revised the heading for final § 1005.15(e) to reflect that the section contains modified requirements regarding limitations on liability and error resolution, as well as disclosures.
Proposed § 1005.15(e)(1)(i) would have required a government agency to modify the disclosures required under § 1005.7(b) by disclosing a telephone number that the consumer could call to obtain the account balance, the means by which the consumer could obtain an electronic account history, such as the address of a Web site, and a summary of the consumer's right to receive a written account history upon request (in
Mirroring existing § 1005.15(d)(1)(iii), proposed § 1005.15(e)(1)(ii) would have required a government agency to modify the disclosures required under § 1005.7(b) by providing a notice concerning error resolution that was substantially similar to the notice contained in proposed appendix A-5, in place of the notice required by § 1005.7(b)(10). Those proposed modifications are discussed below in the section-by-section analysis of appendix A-5. The Bureau did not receive any comments on proposed § 1005.15(e)(1)(ii); accordingly, the Bureau is adopting § 1005.15(e)(1)(ii) as proposed.
Mirroring existing § 1005.15(d)(2), proposed § 1005.15(e)(2) would have required that an agency provide an annual notice concerning error resolution that was substantially similar to the notice contained in proposed appendix A-5, in place of the notice required by § 1005.8(b). The Bureau proposed to add that, alternatively, the agency could include on or with each electronic or written history provided in accordance with proposed § 1005.15(d)(1), a notice substantially similar to the abbreviated notice for periodic statements contained in paragraph (b) of appendix A-3, modified as necessary to reflect the error resolution provisions set forth in proposed § 1005.15. The Bureau proposed to allow each electronic and written history to include an abbreviated error resolution notice, in lieu of an annual notice, for parity with proposed § 1005.18(d)(2) for prepaid accounts generally. The Bureau sought comment, however, on whether to continue to require annual error resolution notices for government benefit accounts in certain circumstances, such as when a consumer has not accessed an electronic history or requested a written history in an entire calendar year.
One consumer group commenter urged the Bureau to maintain the requirement that government agencies send annual error resolution notices in connection with government benefit accounts in all instances, regardless of whether the consumer had recently accessed the account. Several industry commenters, including a program manager, an issuing bank, and a trade association, supported the Bureau's decision to allow government agencies to provide an abbreviated error resolution notice on each electronic or written history in lieu of the annual notice. These commenters argued that providing an annual notice is costly, that many such notices get returned to the sender without being opened, and that consumers with dormant accounts who receive these notices may be confused and led to believe that their government benefits were being affected in some way.
The Bureau has considered the above comments. To further the purposes of EFTA to provide a framework to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of prepaid account users and pursuant to its authority under EFTA section 904(c) to adopt an adjustment to the error resolution notice requirement of EFTA section 905(a)(7), the Bureau is finalizing the annual error resolution notice requirement in § 1005.15(e)(2) as proposed. As stated in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(d) below, the Bureau continues to believe that its regime for error resolution notices strikes an appropriate balance by providing consumers with enough information to know about and exercise their rights without overwhelming them with more information than they can process or put to use.
For accounts under Regulation E generally, § 1005.6(a) provides that a consumer may be held liable for an unauthorized EFT resulting from the loss or theft of an access device only if the financial institution has provided certain required disclosures and other conditions are met.
For government agencies that follow the periodic statement alternative in existing § 1005.15(c), existing § 1005.15(d)(3) provides that for purposes of § 1005.6(b)(3), the 60-day period shall being with the transmittal of a written account history or other account information provided to the consumer under existing § 1005.15(c). Proposed § 1005.15(e)(3) would have modified existing § 1005.15(d)(3) to adjust the timing requirements for reporting unauthorized transfers based on the proposed requirement to provide consumers with electronic account history under proposed § 1005.15(d)(1)(ii), as well as written history upon request. Specifically, proposed § 1005.15(e)(3)(i) would have provided that for purposes of existing § 1005.6(b)(3), the 60-day period for reporting any unauthorized transfer began on the earlier of the date the consumer electronically accessed the consumer's account under proposed § 1005.15(d)(1)(ii), provided that the electronic history made available to the consumer reflected the unauthorized transfer, or the date the agency sent a written history of the consumer's account transactions requested by the consumer under proposed § 1005.15(d)(1)(iii) in which the unauthorized transfer was first reflected.
Proposed § 1005.15(e)(3)(ii), which mirrored existing § 1005.18(c)(3)(ii) and proposed § 1005.18(e)(1)(ii), would have provided that an agency could comply with proposed § 1005.15(e)(3)(i) by limiting the consumer's liability for an unauthorized transfer as provided under existing § 1005.6(b)(3) for any transfer reported by the consumer within 120 days after the transfer was credited or debited to the consumer's account.
The Bureau did not receive any comments on this portion of the proposal. To further the purposes of
Section 1005.11(c)(1) and (3)(i) requires that a financial institution, after receiving notice that a consumer believes an EFT from the consumer's account was not authorized, must investigate promptly and determine whether an error occurred (
Existing § 1005.11(c)(2) provides that if the financial institution is unable to complete the investigation within 10 business days, its investigation may take up to 45 days if it provisionally credits the amount of the alleged error back to the consumer's account within 10 business days of receiving the error notice.
For government agencies that follow the periodic statement alternative in existing § 1005.15(c), existing § 1005.15(d)(4) provides that an agency shall comply with the requirements of existing § 1005.11 in response to an oral or written notice of an error from the consumer that is received no later than 60 days after the consumer obtains the written account history or other account information under existing § 1005.15(c) in which the error is first reflected. The Bureau noted in the proposal that this provision only modified the 60-day period for consumers to report an error and did not alter any other provision of § 1005.11.
Proposed § 1005.15(e)(4) would have modified existing § 1005.15(d)(3) to adjust the timing requirements for reporting errors based on the proposed requirement to provide consumers with electronic account history under proposed § 1005.15(d)(1)(ii), as well as written history upon request. Specifically, proposed § 1005.15(e)(4)(i) would have provided that an agency shall comply with the requirements of existing § 1005.11 in response to an oral or written notice of an error from the consumer that is received by the earlier of 60 days after the date the consumer electronically accessed the consumer's account under proposed § 1005.15(d)(1)(ii), provided that the electronic history made available to the consumer reflected the alleged error, or 60 days after the date the agency sent a written history of the consumer's account transactions requested by the consumer under proposed § 1005.15(d)(1)(iii) in which the alleged error was first reflected.
Proposed § 1005.15(e)(4)(ii) would have provide that in lieu of following the procedures in proposed § 1005.15(e)(4)(i), an agency complied with the requirements for resolving errors in existing § 1005.11 if it investigated any oral or written notice of an error from the consumer that was received by the agency within 120 days after the transfer allegedly in error was credited or debited to the consumer's account.
Proposed comment 15(e)-1 would have cross-referenced proposed comments 18(d)-1 through -3 for guidance on modified limited liability and error resolution requirements.
The Bureau did not receive any comments with respect to proposed § 1005.15(e)(4) or comment 15(e)-1. Accordingly, it is finalizing those provisions as proposed. The Bureau is finalizing the proposed provisions to further the purposes of EFTA to provide a framework to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of prepaid account users and to facilitate compliance with its provisions, and because it believes it is necessary and proper to exercise its authority pursuant to EFTA section 904(c) to modify the timing requirements of EFTA section 909(a).
As explained in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(e) below, the Bureau has revised its proposed error resolution requirements for prepaid accounts generally in several key respects in the final rule. Specifically, under the final rule, financial institutions that have not completed their consumer identification and verification process with respect to a particular account will still have to investigate and resolve errors reported with respect to that account. However, pursuant to new § 1005.18(e)(3), financial institutions that have not completed the consumer identification and verification process, that completed the process but were not able to verify the account holder's identity, or that do not have a process by which consumers can register their accounts, can take up to the maximum length of time permitted under § 1005.11(c)(2)(i) or (3)(ii), as applicable, to investigate and resolve the error without having to provisionally credit the consumer's account, as required by § 1005.11(c)(2).
The exclusion set forth in final § 1005.18(e)(3) from certain aspects of existing § 1005.11(c)(2) does not apply to government benefit accounts. This is to retain the current application of these rules to government benefit accounts. As the Bureau explained in the proposal, the Bureau understands that the consumer identifying information associated with a government benefit account is collected and verified by the government agency, another financial institution, or a service provider prior to the account's distribution. Therefore, under the final rule, and as discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(e)(3) below, government agencies and other financial institutions must provide full error resolution protections for government benefit accounts, including provisional credit for accounts when investigations of errors take longer than 10 business days, regardless of whether the
The Bureau proposed § 1005.15(f) to provide that for government benefit accounts, a government agency would have to comply with the requirements governing initial disclosure of fees and other key information applicable to prepaid accounts as set forth in proposed § 1005.18(f), in accordance with the timing requirements of proposed § 1005.18(h). EFTA section 905(a)(4), as implemented by existing § 1005.7(b)(5), requires financial institutions to disclose to consumers, as part of an account's terms and conditions, any charges for EFTs or for the right to make such transfers. The Bureau believed that for prepaid accounts (including government benefit accounts), it was important that the initial account disclosures provided to consumers listed all fees that may be imposed in connection with the account, not just those fees related to EFTs.
Specifically, the Bureau proposed § 1005.15(f), which would have cross-referenced proposed § 1005.18(f) to require that, in addition to disclosing any fees imposed by a government agency for EFTs or the right to make such transfers, the agency would have also had to provide in its initial disclosures given pursuant to § 1005.7(b)(5) all other fees imposed by the agency in connection with a government benefit account. For each fee, an agency would have had to disclose the amount of the fee, the conditions, if any, under which the fee may have been imposed, waived, or reduced, and, to the extent known, whether any third-party fees would have been applied. These disclosures pursuant to proposed §§ 1005.15(f) and 1005.18(f) would have had to include all of the information required to be disclosed pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(B) and would have needed to be provided in a form substantially similar to proposed Sample Form A-10(e). Further, for consistency purposes and to facilitate consumer understanding of a government benefit account's terms, the fee disclosure provided pursuant to § 1005.7(b)(5), as modified by proposed § 1005.18(f), would have to be in the same format of the long form disclosure requirement of proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(A).
The Bureau did not receive any comments regarding this portion of the proposal. Thus, to further the purposes of EFTA to provide a framework to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of prepaid account users, the Bureau believes it is necessary and proper to exercise its authority under EFTA section 904(c) to finalize an adjustment of the requirement implemented in existing § 1005.7(b)(5) for government benefit accounts. Accordingly, it is adopting § 1005.15(f) largely as proposed to cross-reference the requirements set forth in final § 1005.18(f), with revisions for parity with the final text of § 1005.18(f).
The Bureau notes that it is also finalizing certain revisions to proposed § 1005.18(f). The specific revisions and their respective rationales are discussed in detail the section-by-section analyses of § 1005.18(f) and (f)(3) below. In summary, the Bureau has revised proposed § 1005.18(f), renumbered as § 1005.18(f)(1), to require that a financial institution include, as part of the initial disclosures given pursuant to § 1005.7, all of the information required to be disclosed in its pre-acquisition long form disclosure pursuant to final § 1005.18(b). The Bureau has added new § 1005.18(f)(2) to make clear that a financial institution must provide a change-in-terms notice, pursuant to § 1005.8(a), for any change in a term or condition required to be disclosed under §§ 1005.7 or 1005.18(f)(1). Finally, § 1005.18(f)(3) sets forth the required disclosures that must appear on prepaid account access devices (in the proposal, these requirements would have been set forth in proposed § 1005.18(b)(7)). To clarify the application of the requirement in § 1005.18(f)(3) that the name, Web site URL, and telephone number of the financial institution be disclosed on the prepaid account access device to government benefit accounts, the Bureau is adding new comment 15(f)-1. Pursuant to new comment 15(f)-1, the financial institution whose name must be disclosed pursuant to the requirement in § 1005.18(f)(3) is the financial institution that directly holds the account or issues the account's access device.
The Bureau proposed § 1005.15(g), which would have required that for credit plans linked to government benefit accounts, a government agency would have to comply with prohibitions and requirements applicable to prepaid accounts as set forth in proposed § 1005.18(g). The Bureau did not receive any comments regarding this portion of the proposal, and is finalizing § 1005.15(g) largely as proposed with minor modifications to incorporate the term hybrid prepaid-credit card that this final rule is adopting under new Regulation Z § 1026.61. The Bureau has made changes, however, to certain of the underlying requirements in proposed § 1005.18(g). See the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(g) below for additional information on those requirements.
Existing § 1005.17 sets forth requirements that financial institutions must follow in order to provide an “overdraft service” to consumers related to consumers' accounts. Under existing § 1005.17, financial institutions must provide consumers with a notice describing the institution's overdraft service for ATM and one-time debit card transactions, and obtain the consumer's affirmative consent, before fees or charges may be assessed on the consumer's account for paying such overdrafts.
Existing § 1005.17(a) currently defines “overdraft service” to mean a service under which a financial institution assesses a fee or charge on a consumer's account held by the institution for paying a transaction (including a check or other item) when the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds in the account. Existing § 1005.17(a) also provides that the term “overdraft service” does not include any payment of overdrafts pursuant to: (1) A line of credit subject to Regulation Z, including transfers from a credit card account, home equity line of credit, or overdraft line of credit; (2) a service that transfers funds from another account held individually or jointly by a consumer, such as a savings account; or (3) a line of credit or other transaction exempt from Regulation Z pursuant to existing Regulation Z § 1026.3(d). In adopting the provisions in what is now existing § 1005.17, the Board indicated that these methods of covering overdrafts were excluded because they require the express agreement of the consumer.
As discussed in the
In the proposal, the Bureau also noted that the opt-in provision in existing § 1005.17 would not have applied to credit accessed by a prepaid card that would not have been a credit card under the proposal because the card could have only accessed credit that is not subject to any finance charge, as defined in Regulation Z § 1026.4, or any fee described in Regulation Z § 1026.4(c), and is not payable by written agreement in more than four installments. Specifically, existing § 1005.17(a) applies only to overdraft services where a financial institution assessed a fee or charge for the overdraft. For prepaid accounts under the proposal, any fees or charges for ATM or one-time “debit card” transactions (as that term is used in existing § 1005.17) that access an institution's overdraft service would have been considered “finance charges” under the proposal. Thus, under the proposal, a prepaid card that is not a credit card could not be charging any fees or charges for ATM or one-time “debit card” transactions (as that term is used in existing § 1005.17) for accessing the overdraft service, such that the opt-in provision in existing § 1005.17 would apply. Under the proposal, if a prepaid card were charging any fees or charges for ATM or one-time “debit card” transactions (as that term is used in existing § 1005.17) that accessed the overdraft service, the prepaid card would have been a credit card under Regulation Z. In that case, the prepaid card would not have been subject to the opt-in requirement in existing § 1005.17, but would be subject to provisions of Regulation Z, as discussed above.
The Bureau did not receive specific comment on the proposed changes to existing § 1005.17(a)(1), other than those related to general comments from industry not to cover overdraft plans offered on prepaid accounts under Regulation Z and instead cover these overdraft plans under Regulation E § 1005.17. See the
As discussed in more detail below, the final rule moves the language in proposed § 1005.17(a)(1) that specifically would have provided that credit plans accessed by prepaid cards that are credit cards are exempt from the definition of “overdraft service” to new § 1005.17(a)(4) and revises it to be consistent with new Regulation Z § 1026.61. New § 1005.17(a)(4) provides that a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new Regulation Z § 1026.61 is not a “overdraft service” under final § 1005.17(a).
In addition, as discussed in more detail below, consistent with the proposal, new § 1005.17(a)(4) also provides that credit extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of a prepaid account that meets the conditions of new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(4) is not an “overdraft service” under final § 1005.17(a). As discussed below, a prepaid card that accesses such credit is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new Regulation Z § 1026.61.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of Regulation Z § 1026.61 below, the Bureau has decided to exclude prepaid cards from being covered as credit cards under Regulation Z when they access certain specified types of credit. First, under new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii), a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a “non-covered separate credit feature,” which means that the separate credit feature either (1) cannot be accessed in the course of a prepaid card transaction to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers, or (2) is offered by an unrelated third party that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. Second, under new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(4), a prepaid card also is not a hybrid
Consistent with the proposal, the Bureau is adding new § 1005.17(a)(4) to provide that the term “overdraft service” does not include any payment of overdrafts pursuant to credit extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of a prepaid account that meets the conditions set forth in new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(4). As discussed above, a prepaid card would not be a hybrid prepaid-card when it accesses this credit. With respect to such an overdraft credit that meets the conditions for the exception in new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(4), a prepaid account issuer could still qualify for this exemption if the issuer is charging a per transaction fee for paying a transaction on the prepaid account, so long as the amount of the per transaction fee is not higher based on whether the transaction only accesses asset funds in the prepaid account or also accesses credit. For example, assume a $1.50 transaction charge is imposed on the prepaid account for each paid transaction that is made with the prepaid card, including transactions that only access asset funds, transactions that take the account balance negative, and transactions that occur when the account balance is already negative. A prepaid account issuer could still qualify for the exception under new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(4) even if it was charging this $1.50 transaction fee, so long as the prepaid account issuer meets the conditions of new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(4).
The Bureau is adding new § 1005.17(a)(4) to provide that credit which is exempt from Regulation Z under new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(4) is not an overdraft service under final § 1005.17(a) and thus would not be subject to the opt-in requirements in final § 1005.17. This is true even though the prepaid account issuer may be charging a per transaction fee as described above on the prepaid account, including for transactions that access incidental credit as described above. The Bureau believes that the opt-in requirements in final § 1005.17 are not necessary for this types of overdraft credit given that the per transaction fee is the same amount regardless of whether the transaction is only accessing funds in the prepaid account or is also accessing credit.
The Bureau notes that a prepaid account issuer does not satisfy the exception in new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(4) from the definition of “hybrid prepaid-credit card” if it charges on a prepaid account transaction fees for credit extensions on the prepaid account where the amount of the fee is higher based on whether the transaction accesses asset funds in the prepaid account or accesses credit. For example, assume a $15 transaction charge is imposed on the prepaid account each time a transaction is authorized or paid when there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset balance of the prepaid account at the time of the authorization or settlement. Also assume, a $1.50 fee is imposed each time a transaction on the prepaid account only accesses funds in the asset balance of the prepaid account. The $15 charge would disqualify the prepaid account issuer for the exception under new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(4) and the prepaid card would be a “hybrid prepaid-credit card” with respect to that prepaid account. In that case, the prepaid account issuer still would not be subject to final § 1005.17, but would be subject to Regulation Z. In that case, under final Regulation Z § 1026.61(b), the credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card must be structured as a “covered separate credit feature” as discussed above.
While overdraft credit described in new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(4) is exempt from final § 1005.17, this incidental credit generally is covered under Regulation E. For example, as discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.12(a) above, Regulation E's provisions in final §§ 1005.11 and 1005.18(e) regarding error resolution would apply to extensions of this credit. In addition, such credit extensions would be disclosed on Regulation E periodic statements under final § 1005.18(c)(1) or, if the financial institution follows the periodic statement alternative in final § 1005.18(c)(1), on the electronic and written histories of the consumer's prepaid account transactions. This overdraft credit, however, is exempt from the compulsory use provision in final § 1005.10(e)(1). See the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.10(e)(1) above.
Non-covered separate credit features that are functioning as an overdraft credit features with respect to prepaid accounts also typically will not be subject to final § 1005.17 because these credit features typically will be lines of credit that are subject to Regulation Z, which are expressly exempt from the definition of “overdraft service” under final § 1005.17(a)(1).
Currently, § 1005.18 contains provisions specific to payroll card accounts. Because payroll card accounts would be largely subsumed into the proposed definition of prepaid account, the Bureau proposed to revise § 1005.18 by replacing it with provisions governing prepaid accounts, which the Bureau proposed to apply to payroll card accounts as well. Each of the provisions of § 1005.18 is discussed in turn below.
Regarding the Bureau's proposed approach to § 1005.18, several commenters, including industry trade associations, program managers, and issuing banks, argued that payroll card accounts should not be treated the same as other prepaid accounts, because they are already heavily regulated by State laws, and, unlike prepaid accounts sold at retail, are not distributed or marketed to the general public. These commenters thus urged the Bureau to finalize the provisions related to payroll card accounts specifically in a separate section, rather than to subsume those provisions into proposed § 1005.18. They argued that maintaining two separate sections would ease compliance and provide regulatory clarity and certainty for issuers and employers. One issuing bank, however, took the opposite position, arguing that there was no reason to treat payroll card accounts distinctly from other prepaid accounts.
As discussed in more detail in the
The Bureau proposed to modify § 1005.18(a) to state that a financial institution shall comply with all applicable requirements of EFTA and Regulation E with respect to prepaid accounts except as modified by proposed § 1005.18. Proposed § 1005.18(a) would have also referred to proposed § 1005.15 for rules governing government benefit accounts.
Existing comment 18(a)-1 addresses issuance of access devices under § 1005.5 and explains that a consumer is deemed to request an access device for a payroll card account when the consumer chooses to receive salary or other compensation through a payroll card account. The Bureau proposed to add a cross-reference to § 1005.5(b) (regarding unsolicited issuance of access devices) in comment 18(a)-1 and to add additional guidance that would have explained that a consumer was deemed to request an access device for a prepaid account when, for example, the consumer acquired a prepaid account offered for sale at a retail store or acquired a prepaid account by making a request or submitting an application by telephone or online. The Bureau also proposed to revise existing comment 18(a)-2 regarding application of Regulation E to employers and services providers to refer to prepaid accounts in addition to payroll card accounts, but otherwise the proposal would have left current comment 18(a)-2 unchanged.
One program manager commenter asked the Bureau to clarify in existing comment 18(a)-1 that the distribution of an un-activated payroll card to a new employee did not constitute unsolicited issuance of a payroll card account. A number of other industry commenters, including a trade association and two issuing banks, requested that the Bureau make the same clarification with respect to other account types, including disaster relief cards and student ID cards that also function as prepaid accounts. With respect to the first comment, the Bureau did not intend the proposal to alter the application of § 1005.5 to payroll card accounts, nor is this final rule making such a change. As such, the Bureau declines to revise comment 18(a)-1 in the final rule to change the existing guidance with respect to when a consumer solicits a payroll card account.
With respect to the request for similar clarification regarding other types of cards, the Bureau does not believe that such a clarification is warranted.
In sum, the Bureau believes there are significant consumer protection benefits in requiring student ID cards with prepaid functionality to comply with the unsolicited issuance provisions in § 1005.5(b), even in light of any the potential burden to industry. The Bureau therefore declines to add an exception to the unsolicited issuance provisions in § 1005.5(b) for student ID cards, and, likewise, is not adopting any additional guidance with respect to when a student ID card is distributed on an unsolicited basis in § 1005.18. Accordingly, student ID cards with prepaid functionality that are distributed without a consumer's request, and not as a renewal or substitution for an existing access device, are unsolicited and must comply with the requirements of § 1005.5(b).
The Bureau did not receive any additional comments on its proposed revisions to § 1005.18(a). Accordingly, the Bureau is adopting § 1005.18(a) and related commentary as proposed, with certain technical revisions to comment 18(a)-1 for clarity and consistency with the Bureau's changes to § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii), discussed below.
The final rule requires that new disclosures for prepaid accounts be provided to consumers before they acquire a prepaid account. The Bureau believes that providing these disclosures pre-acquisition will ensure that all consumers, regardless of the type of prepaid account they are acquiring, receive relevant information to better inform their decision before they have committed themselves to a particular account.
The new disclosure regime for prepaid accounts requires a financial institution to provide a consumer with both a “short form” and a “long form” disclosure pre-acquisition. The short form sets forth the prepaid account's most important fees and certain other information to facilitate consumer understanding of the account's key terms and aid comparison shopping among prepaid account programs.
The Bureau understands that there are many methods through which a consumer can acquire a prepaid account, and it has designed the final rule's disclosure regime to be adaptable to all these methods. For example, a consumer might purchase a prepaid account at retail, online through a financial institution's Web site (or the Web site of a service provider such as a program manager), or by telephoning the financial institution (or program manager). An employee might receive a payroll card account from an employer, or a student might receive a prepaid account from his or her university in connection with the disbursement of financial aid. A government benefit recipient might receive benefit payments on a government benefit card distributed by the agency responsible for administering those benefits, or an insurance company might distribute prepaid cards to consumers to disburse property or casualty insurance proceeds.
The Bureau has tailored the final rule to accommodate these varied methods while maintaining the overall integrity of the required disclosures. This tailoring includes permitting special formatting for prepaid disclosures delivered electronically; permitting disclosure of discounts and waivers for the periodic fee; permitting information within the short form disclosure for payroll card accounts (and government benefit accounts) directing consumers to sources of information regarding State-required information and other fee discounts and waivers; and accommodating disclosure of fees for optional services as well as those charged on non-traditional prepaid accounts, such as digital wallets, via a requirement to disclose certain information about additional types of fees not otherwise disclosed on the short form. The Bureau believes that creating a generally consistent and comprehensive disclosure regime that applies before the consumer's acquisition of a prepaid account will ensure that any consumer who obtains a prepaid account, regardless of the type of prepaid account or its method of acquisition, will receive relevant information at an opportune time in the acquisition sequence to better inform his or her purchase and use decisions.
The content and structure of the short form and long form disclosures set forth in the final rule largely mirror that of the proposed rule, although the Bureau has refined various elements and reorganized the disclosure provisions in the final rule to simplify the structure and aid compliance. See the individual section-by-section analyses below under this § 1005.18(b) for a more detailed discussion of each aspect of the final pre-acquisition disclosure regime. The following provides a summary of the key provisions in the final rule's pre-acquisition disclosure regime.
Specifically, the static portion of the short form fee disclosures features a “top line” component highlighting four types of fees at the top of the form: The periodic fee, the per purchase fee, ATM withdrawal fees (parsed out for both in- and out-of-network withdrawals in the United States), and the cash reload fee. As discussed in more detail in part III.A above, the Bureau believes these fees are the most important to consumers when shopping for a prepaid account. For this reason, the top line is designed to quickly draw the attention of consumers through its dominant location and use of larger and more prominent type than that used for the remainder of the disclosures on the short form. Located just below the top line are disclosures for three other types of fees: ATM balance inquiry fees (parsed out for both in- and out-of-network balance inquiries in the United States), customer service fees (parsed out for both live and automated customer service), and the inactivity fee. While the final rule generally prohibits disclosure of third-party fees, the final rule requires that the cash reload fee disclosed in the top line include third-party fees.
The static fees are followed by a portion of the disclosure that addresses additional types of fees specific to that prepaid account program. For the final rule, the Bureau has brought together the proposed statement disclosing the number of “other fees” not listed on the short form disclosure and the proposed disclosure of “incidence-based fees” into a common category referred to as “additional fee types” and located these disclosures together on the short form immediately following the static fee disclosures. First, the final rule requires a statement disclosing the number of additional fee types the financial institution may charge consumers with respect to the prepaid account (the proposal would have required disclosure of the total number of individual fees rather than fee types). Second, the final rule requires a statement explaining to consumers that what follows are examples of some of those additional fee types.
Next, the two additional fee types that generate the highest revenue from consumers above a de minimis threshold must be disclosed. These fee types must be calculated for the prepaid account program or across prepaid account programs that share the same fee schedule. In general, financial institutions must assess their additional fee types every 24 months and, if necessary, update their disclosures. There is an exception to this requirement, however, such that financial institutions are not required to pull and replace disclosures provided on, in, or with prepaid account packaging material if there is a change in the additional fee types required to be listed. (Under the proposal, this disclosure would have been based on incidence rather than revenue, would have been three fees rather than two, and updating would have been required every 12 rather than 24 months. The de minimis threshold and assessment across programs that share the same fee schedule are also new to the final rule.) The final rule also contains additional flexibility regarding the timing for reassessments, voluntary disclosures of additional fee types in certain circumstances, and disclosure of fee variations within additional fee types.
The final, non-fee section of the short form is comprised of a series of statements containing certain other key information regarding the prepaid account. The final rule generally requires disclosure of the highest fee when the price of a service or feature may vary and permits use of a symbol, such as an asterisk, to indicate that those fees may vary; the statement linked to that asterisk must appear below the fee disclosures. The final rule also permits use of a different symbol,
For the convenience of the prepaid industry and to help reduce development costs, the Bureau is also providing native design files for print and source code for Web-based disclosures for all of the model and sample forms included in the final rule. These files are available at
Consistent with the proposal, the final rule also provides special rules for
EFTA section 905(a) sets forth disclosure requirements for accounts subject to the Act. The relevant portion of EFTA section 905 states that the terms and conditions of EFTs involving a consumer's account shall be disclosed at the time the consumer contracts for an EFT service, in accordance with regulations of the Bureau. Section 905(a) further states that the disclosures must include, among other things and to the extent applicable, any charges for EFTs or for the right to make such transfers,
In addition, TISA contains disclosure requirements for accounts issued by depository institutions. Specifically, Regulation DD, 12 CFR part 1030, which implements TISA, requires disclosure of the amount of any fee that may be imposed in connection with the account (or an explanation of how the fee will be determined) and the conditions under which the fee may be imposed. Regulation DD § 1030.4(b)(4).
Section 1005.18(b) of the final rule implements, in part, EFTA section 905(a) for prepaid accounts. In addition, pursuant to its authority under EFTA sections 904(a), (b), and (c) and 905(a), and section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Bureau is requiring financial institutions to provide disclosures prior to the time a consumer acquires a prepaid account and for disclosures to include all fees that may be charged for the prepaid account. Also, the Bureau is requiring that in certain circumstances financial institutions provide disclosures in languages other than English.
The Bureau proposed a new pre-acquisition disclosure regime for prepaid accounts, separate from the general requirements under § 1005.7, for several reasons. First, the Bureau was concerned that providing core pricing and usage information at the time the contract is formed or prior to the first EFT would be too late for many consumers to make informed acquisition decisions. As the Bureau explained in the proposal, for instance, the Bureau understood based on its outreach that many financial institutions were providing only limited fee information on the outside of packaging for GPR cards, so that consumers would have to purchase the card to access comprehensive information about the card's fees and terms. Similarly, the Bureau was concerned about the acquisition process for payroll card accounts, where new employees often receive account terms and conditions documents at the same time they received large quantities of other benefits-related paperwork, and about the sequencing of account disclosures in an online environment.
Second, the Bureau believed that it was important to provide specific formatting information that would ensure substantial consistency to facilitate consumers' comparison and selection process across a range of acquisition channels and carefully balance concerns about information overload. The Bureau therefore designed and developed its proposed pre-acquisition disclosures for prepaid accounts over the course of several years through a process that included consumer testing conducted both prior to and after the publication of the proposal and feedback from stakeholders in direct meetings, comments responding to the Prepaid ANPR, and follow up to a blog post of prototype disclosure designs.
The majority of both industry and consumer groups agreed that it was important for consumers to receive disclosures before they purchase a prepaid account. Industry and consumer groups encouraged the Bureau to develop disclosures to accommodate the variety of distribution channels through which prepaid products are distributed and sold, while also considering how distribution may evolve in the future. The majority also strongly supported standardized disclosures, instead of a more general rule requiring only that fees be disclosed clearly and conspicuously without providing specific instructions or model forms. However, industry mostly advocated that on-package disclosures should include only the fees that a consumer would most commonly incur while using a prepaid account, in order to increase the likelihood that consumers would understand and use the disclosures. On the other hand, many
To balance such concerns, the Bureau proposed to require financial institutions to provide both a short form and a long form disclosure, as generally described above, prior to the time the consumer acquires a prepaid account. The proposed short form focused on the fees charged most frequently across most types of prepaid account programs, as well as providing limited information about the three fees incurred most frequently by users of the particular program. The short form thus would have provided largely consistent information for purposes of comparison, while also providing certain unique information about other fees that were charged most frequently to consumers (so-called “incidence-based fees”) and other cues encouraging the consumer to consult the long form for more detailed and comprehensive information. The Bureau also proposed to require that financial institutions provide the disclosures in languages other than English in certain circumstances.
Specifically, proposed § 1005.18(b)(2) would have set forth the substantive requirements for the Bureau's proposed prepaid account pre-acquisition disclosure regime, with content requirements for the short form disclosures addressed by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i), content requirements for the long form disclosure addressed by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii), and form and formatting requirements for both disclosures addressed by proposed § 1005.18(b)(3) and (4), respectively.
Depending on the structure of a particular prepaid account, however, the Bureau recognized that the proposed short form may not capture all of a particular prepaid account's fees or explain the conditions under which a financial institution might impose those fees. The Bureau's pre-proposal consumer testing indicated that when participants were shown prototype short forms, most understood that they represented only a subset of fee information and that they could potentially be charged fees not shown on the form.
The Bureau also recognized that disclosing even this proposed subset of fee information on the short form ran the same risk of information overload that the Bureau believed could occur if all fees were disclosed to a consumer instead of just a subset of fees. The Bureau believed, however, based on its pre-proposal consumer testing and other research, that incorporating elements of visual hierarchy would mitigate these risks. Most importantly, the fee types that would have been disclosed pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau sought comment on its proposed overall approach to the pre-acquisition disclosure regime. Discussed in this section are the comments provided in response as well as certain other general comments received. Comments regarding particular aspects of the proposed pre-acquisition disclosure regime are addressed in the applicable section-by-section analyses below.
Several State government agencies, a majority of consumer groups, and a substantial number of industry commenters (including trade associations, a credit union, and a program manager) expressed general support for the proposed pre-acquisition regime, although most also offered criticisms and recommendations for change of some individual elements. The credit union and industry trade associations complimented the Bureau on the proposed pre-acquisition disclosures, with some commenters calling the short form disclosure an elegant and smart solution that would give consumers a clear, simple, and consumer friendly way to review critical data when shopping for prepaid accounts. Consumer groups and individual consumers who submitted comments as part of a comment submission campaign organized by a national consumer advocacy group also strongly supported the design and content of the proposed short form and long form disclosures as essential to protecting consumers. In particular, the consumer groups praised the short form disclosure's clear standardized form, saying it provides a good balance between simplicity and completeness.
Most industry commenters offered specific criticisms of or recommended changes to specific elements of the proposed pre-acquisition disclosure regime. Industry commenters' more general criticisms of the proposed disclosures included both that the amount of information in the short form disclosure would be overwhelming to consumers (and thus certain aspects should be eliminated, such as the disclosure of the number of additional fees, incidence-based fees, or any incidental fees that are excluded from the disclosure requirements of Regulation DD) and that the short form failed to provide certain information that the commenters believed to be meaningful to consumers' purchase decisions (such as disclosure of fee waivers and discounts instead of disclosure of the highest fee as proposed) and thus that additional information should be added.
More globally, one academic group and several industry commenters (including program managers, a credit union, and a regional credit union trade association) urged the Bureau to eliminate both the short form and long form disclosures. These commenters said variously that the proposed disclosures would overwhelm consumers, burden industry without commensurate benefits to consumers, or duplicate the initial disclosures already required by Regulation E. They also asserted that research by the Bureau and others indicated that few consumers engage in formal comparison shopping among prepaid accounts or that consumers lack the financial literacy or inclination to read disclosures (and thus, the Bureau's efforts to facilitate comparison shopping are unnecessary). One of the program managers and the academic group asserted that the highly competitive prepaid marketplace, which in their view had already produced lower fees and simpler fee structures,
A number of other industry commenters and a group of members of Congress opposed one, but not both, of the proposed pre-acquisition disclosures. A few industry commenters (including an issuing credit union, a credit union association, and a program manager) recommended eliminating the short form disclosure in favor of the long form disclosure. A larger group (including trade associations, issuing banks, credit unions, program managers, a law firm writing on behalf of a coalition of prepaid issuers, and the group of members of Congress) recommended eliminating the long form disclosure in favor of the short form—or at least that the long form not be required to be provided pre-acquisition or only be required to be provided online, over the telephone, or upon request. As a whole, both groups of commenters asserted that requiring both of the proposed disclosures would result in too many disclosures (the short form and long form, prepaid account agreement containing initial disclosures, and State-required disclosures for payroll card accounts), resulting in high compliance costs and disclosure fatigue for consumers.
The industry commenters recommending elimination of the short form asserted that it was redundant of the long form, which they argued would be sufficient alone by virtue of it providing a complete disclosure of fees. The program manager recommended combining the short form and the long form to create a single comprehensive pre-acquisition disclosure. The industry commenters critical of the long form variously asserted that it was redundant of the short form and other disclosures required by Regulation E before a consumer can use the prepaid card (
A number of industry commenters and a State government agency recommended that the Bureau eliminate the proposed short form disclosure requirement for payroll card accounts and government benefit accounts or, alternatively, treat the short form disclosure for these accounts differently from those for GPR cards. Some of these commenters said otherwise these disclosures would be burdensome for financial institutions providing payroll (and government benefit) cards for a number of reasons. They said the proposed disclosures were, in their opinion, duplicative of the initial disclosures required by § 1005.7(b) and that the differences between payroll card accounts (and government benefit accounts) and GPR cards militate against requiring a short form disclosure for the former. They said that, compared to GPR cards, these accounts have fewer fees, features, and conditions, and the statement regarding registration and many specific fees listed in the static portion of the proposed short form are inapplicable. They also pointed to State-required disclosure of certain fee discounts and waivers for these accounts as another distinguishing factor from GPR cards. Some commenters said the proposed disclosures were inapt for payroll card accounts (and government benefit accounts) as there are not the same space constraints as there are for GPR cards sold at retail and, further, consumers cannot comparison shop for these kinds of accounts. Finally, some commenters requested that the Bureau eliminate the long form disclosure for these types of accounts as they said it would be redundant of the short form disclosure and the prepaid account agreement; they also suggested that the long form disclosure could be provided post-acquisition or at the time of registration or activation in the payroll (and government benefit) context.
Rather than eliminating the short form disclosure altogether for payroll card accounts (and government benefit accounts), some industry commenters recommended that the Bureau eliminate certain short form requirements, such as the registration statement which would be inapplicable for these products.
Similarly, some industry commenters argued that differences in other types of prepaid accounts necessitated greater flexibility in the content and delivery requirements for the short form disclosure. For example, some industry commenters, including issuing banks, program managers, and a trade association, recommended that the Bureau exclude non-reloadable prepaid products from the proposed disclosure regime, or at least from certain disclosure requirements such as those regarding registration and eligibility for FDIC insurance. Some industry commenters suggested that requiring standardized disclosures for these products would be of limited use to consumers given how the products are meant to be used, and would come at a prohibitively high cost for issuers; several suggested the burden of complying with the proposed disclosure requirements—for example, the requirement to calculate incidence-based fees—may lead to the removal of certain of these products from market. These commenters suggested instead that the Bureau create a separate disclosure regime for non-reloadable cards, similar to the treatment of loyalty, award, and promotional gift card products under the Gift Card Rule.
Likewise, several trade associations and a provider of digital wallets urged the Bureau not to sweep innovative financial services, such as digital wallets, into a disclosure regime they felt was designed for a specific type of product (
A payment network and a law firm writing on behalf of a coalition of prepaid issuers criticized the proposal for not providing a method for updating or curing outdated pricing, which it said issuers may typically accomplish through disclosures and consumer consent at registration, or at a later point in the customer relationship through a Regulation E change-in-terms notice. The payment network suggested that the Bureau grant a safe harbor and allow financial institutions to keep existing physical cards stocked at retail locations and notify consumers of any changes either by sending change-in-terms notices or by obtaining consumer consent upon registration. This commenter added that this approach would both cure outdated pricing on card packaging and also allow financial institutions to introduce new features that have a fee.
While consumer groups generally supported the proposed disclosures, they also asserted some criticisms focused primarily on requesting that the Bureau prohibit certain fees, add certain information to either or both the short form and long form disclosures, and eliminate the proposed short form disclosure for multiple service plans. A few consumer groups also recommended enhancing the disclosures with visual aids, such as an image of a piggy bank to denote that an account offers a savings feature.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting a disclosure regime in final § 1005.18(b), under which financial institutions must generally provide both a short form and a long form disclosure before consumers acquire prepaid accounts. The final rule generally retains the content, formatting, and delivery requirements of the short form and long form disclosures as proposed, but includes substantial refinements to some individual elements and numerous smaller changes in response to information received through comments received on the proposal, the interagency consultation process, further consumer testing, and other research and analysis. The Bureau believes the final rule's disclosure requirements will achieve the desired results of providing consumers with a succinct and engaging overview of crucial information in the short form disclosure and an unabridged reference for all fees and other crucial information in the long form disclosure.
The Bureau has also made substantial organizational changes to the structure of the final rule to facilitate understanding and compliance. The Bureau also has incorporated certain burden-reducing measures to address various concerns raised by commenters about the burden on industry they asserted would result from the proposed pre-acquisition disclosure regime. The analysis of costs and benefits in part VII.E.1 as well as the section-by-section analyses below both contain discussion of provisions adopted in this final rule that are aimed at reducing burden on industry relative to the proposal. These burden-alleviating modifications include the various changes to the additional fee types disclosures, including disclosure of two fees rather than three; a de minimis threshold; and reassessment and updating required every 24 months rather than 12. Other measures in the final rule that reduce burden include permitting reference in the short form disclosure for payroll card accounts (and government benefit accounts) to State-required information and other fee discounts and waivers pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(B); permitting disclosure of the long form within other disclosures required by Regulation E pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(7)(iii); and flexible updating of third-party fees pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(4)(vii).
Although some industry commenters suggested that the competitive nature of the prepaid market forecloses the need for disclosure regulation, the Bureau believes both consumers and industry are better served by disclosure regulations carefully calibrated to balance the needs and concerns of all parties.
The Bureau is issuing the final rule pursuant to EFTA section 904(a), (b), and (c), and 905(a) and 913(2), and section 1032 of the Dodd-Frank Act. As discussed further below in the section-by-section analyses of § 1005.18(b)(1)(i), (b)(2)(xiv), (b)(4)(ii), and (b)(9), the Bureau believes that adjustment of the timing and fee requirements and the disclosure language is necessary and proper to effectuate the purposes of EFTA to provide a framework to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of prepaid account consumers because the revision will assist consumers' understanding of the terms and conditions of their prepaid accounts. In addition, the Bureau believes that pre-acquisition disclosures of all fees for prepaid accounts as well as certain foreign language disclosures will, consistent with section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act, ensure that the features of the prepaid accounts are fully, accurately, and effectively disclosed to consumers in a manner that permits consumers to understand the costs, benefits, and risks associated with the account.
Specifically, the Bureau believes that by prominently displaying key fees with limited explanatory text, the short form enhances consumers' ability to notice these key fees and enables them to use the disclosure to inform their acquisition choice. The Bureau also believes that the short form's design, and in particular the emphasized top-line portion of the disclosure, creates a visual hierarchy of information that will more effectively draw consumers' attention to a prepaid account's key terms. The Bureau also believes the general visual hierarchy as well as the relatively spare content of the short form increases the likelihood that consumers will engage with the disclosure.
The Bureau understands that, faced with the disclosures in the current marketplace, consumers may spend little time reviewing fee disclosures, particularly when shopping for prepaid accounts in person. The Bureau believes it is therefore important to provide a disclosure that quickly draws
The Bureau believes that consumers offered payroll card accounts at their place of employment can also benefit from this standardization because, even though they cannot comparison shop among payroll card accounts, they can make meaningful comparisons with a prepaid account they may already have or with one they may choose to acquire in lieu of the payroll card account. Moreover, the straightforward standardized format of the short form can enhance consumers' comprehension of the key terms of the payroll card account if they do choose to acquire it. In sum, the Bureau believes that standardizing the short form disclosure across all possible acquisition channels will enhance consumer understanding of the terms of all prepaid accounts and make it easier for consumers to choose the prepaid account that best meets their needs.
The Bureau recognizes that providing only a subset of a prepaid account program's fee information on the short form might not provide all consumers with the information they need to make fully-informed acquisition decisions. For this reason, the new disclosure regime also requires the long form disclosure to be provided as a companion disclosure to the short form, offering a comprehensive repository of all of a prepaid account's fees and the conditions under which those fees could be imposed. The long form disclosure also provides detailed explanations to consumers about conditions that may cause fees to vary, such as the impact of crossing a threshold number of transactions or specific waivers and discounts. Such explanations are generally not permitted on the short form to preserve its simplicity, but may be relevant to some consumers' acquisition decisions.
The Bureau expects that consumers will use the long form if they want to review a comprehensive list of fees before choosing to acquire a prepaid account and learn details about the fees listed on the short form. In sum, the short form and the long form used alone or in tandem provide consumers with either or both an overview of the key information about the prepaid account and an unabridged list of fees and conditions and other important information.
The Bureau believes that providing both disclosures is more beneficial than either form standing alone, and the Bureau does not believe that providing only the long form would be satisfactory. The Bureau understands that the potential size and complexity of the long form could lead consumers to disregard the disclosure in some settings, such as in retail locations where consumers are shopping while standing up, and not use it to comparison shop across products or even to evaluate a single product. However, in the Bureau's pre-proposal testing of a simulated purchase environment, some participants indicated they would use information found only in the long form disclosure,
Second, the short form disclosure is important because consumers may be more likely to view it than the long form disclosure. The short form disclosure was designed to showcase information the Bureau believes is most important to consumers in their general prepaid account purchase and use decisions and such information is intended to complement the information disclosed in the more detailed long form. Pre-proposal testing indicated that consumers would prefer the short form over the long form when shopping for a prepaid card in certain environments, such as at retail while standing up.
Third, while employees cannot comparison shop among payroll card accounts or government benefit accounts, the short form disclosure provides a convenient way to compare key fees and features with the consumer's own prepaid account (if they have one) and, perhaps at a later time, with other prepaid accounts. Consumers may also use the short form disclosure to quickly assess the relative advantage of receiving their wages (or benefits) via the account versus other payment methods, such as direct deposit to a bank account or by check.
Finally, while the Bureau understands that some payroll card accounts (and government benefit accounts) currently charge fewer fees and offer fewer features than GPR cards, requiring the short form disclosure in this context ensures that consumers know that certain features and services are free or unavailable and further, it ensures they will be apprised of the charges for any new fees the payroll (or government benefit) industry may impose on such accounts in the future.
With respect to the request to exempt digital wallets from the pre-acquisition disclosure requirements (particularly the short form), the Bureau believes consumers of digital wallets should have the same opportunity to review fees (or lack thereof) in the short form disclosure as consumers of other prepaid accounts. While the majority of digital wallet models currently on the market may not charge usage fees, as one commenter asserted, this may not hold true in the future, especially if these products become more widely used and the features and services offered broaden. The Bureau is also not persuaded that there are sufficient factors distinguishing digital wallets from other types of prepaid accounts that are marketed or available for acquisition electronically. The Bureau is skeptical that the technical and other constraints suggested by commenters would impact the ability of digital wallets to provide pre-acquisition disclosures. The Bureau is not persuaded, therefore, that a convincing policy rationale exists for treating digital wallets differently than other prepaid accounts with regard to pre-acquisition disclosures.
Two industry commenters, however, stated that financial institutions also sometimes make changes either through disclosures and consumer consent at registration, or at a later point in the customer relationship through a Regulation E change-in-terms notice. The Bureau recognizes that Regulation E provides a system for notifying existing customers of changes in terms to existing accounts, set forth in § 1005.8(a). The Bureau believes that in some circumstances, such procedures may also provide an appropriate means to notify new customers of changes to recently acquired prepaid accounts.
The Bureau also notes that Regulation E also provides a means, separate from a change-in-terms notice, for financial institutions to notify consumers of terms associated with a new EFT service that is added to a consumer's account, in § 1005.7(c).
With regard to comments from some consumer group commenters and the office of a State Attorney General recommending prohibition of certain fees, such requests are outside of the scope of this rulemaking. However, the Bureau intends to monitor compliance with this rule as well as developments in the prepaid market in general, and will consider additional action in future rulemakings if necessary.
Before proposing the pre-acquisition disclosure regime that the Bureau is adopting in this final rule, the Bureau considered and rejected two alternative approaches. As discussed in the proposal, an “all-in” approach would have disclosed a single monthly cost for using a particular prepaid account.
The Bureau received few comments regarding these rejected alternatives. Two program managers expressed their support for the Bureau's decision to reject both the “all-in” and “category heading” approaches for the reasons the Bureau set forth in the proposal and an issuing bank supported the Bureau's reasoning for avoiding the all-in approach. One of the program managers noted that use of payroll cards varies significantly both by individual consumer and the specific employer's payroll card account program. On the other hand, two consumer group commenters recommended that the Bureau reconsider the feasibility of the “all-in” approach. While acknowledging the Bureau's valid concerns about determining typical usage costs given the wide variety of consumer use, they said that providing through the short form disclosure the estimated cost of typical use of a specific prepaid account would help the minority of consumers who are “intensive users” of prepaid accounts and use them essentially as a substitute for checking accounts. They recommended that the Bureau require financial institutions to analyze the distribution of accountholders' actual total expenses and identify total expenses at the 25th and 75th percentiles of distribution. They said this analysis would show that consumers who use a specific prepaid account product frequently for routine financial transactions would be likely to incur costs within a concrete range.
For the reasons the Bureau declined to embrace the “all-in” and “category heading” approaches in the proposal, the Bureau also has rejected these approaches in the final rule in favor of the pre-acquisition disclosure regime described above and throughout this final rule. As discussed in more detail in the proposal
The Bureau also continues to believe the use of the “category heading” approach would not be appropriate because the headings would take up valuable space in the short form disclosure that would limit disclosure of other, more important information, particularly for headings under which there would only be disclosed one fee. Also, as discussed above, the Bureau's pre-proposal consumer testing indicated that the top-line approach embraced in the proposed and final rules proved effective with consumers and the Bureau does not believe that the short form disclosure could effectively accommodate both approaches together. Finally, pre-proposal testing revealed that participant comprehension of fees and their purposes did not improve with the use of category headings. The Bureau also notes that the less space-restricted long form disclosure, pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(7)(i)(B), requires the use of subheadings by the categories of function for which a financial institution may impose fees, as illustrated by Sample Form A-10(e). The Bureau thus declines to adopt a “category heading” approach for the short form disclosure in this final rule.
The Bureau is adopting two comments to accompany § 1005.18(b), as described below.
As discussed above, § 1005.7(b) currently requires financial institutions to provide certain initial disclosures when a consumer contracts for an EFT service or before the first EFT is made involving a consumer's account. The Bureau proposed in revised § 1005.18(b)(1)(i) that, in addition to the initial disclosures that are usually provided in an account's terms and conditions document pursuant to existing § 1005.7(b), a financial institution would also have to provide a consumer with certain fee-related disclosures before a consumer acquired a prepaid account. In the proposal, the Bureau explained its concerns as noted above that while some financial institutions were already providing limited disclosures to consumers prior to acquisition, consumers across a range of acquisition channels did not always have access to consistent and comprehensive information before selecting a prepaid account.
Based on its outreach and research, the Bureau explained in the proposal its understanding that some financial institutions were not disclosing the fees that consumers may find relevant to their acquisition decision until the account was purchased (or otherwise acquired), the packaging material was opened, and the consumer reviewed the enclosed account agreement document. To take just one example, one prepaid product the Bureau looked at imposed an inactivity fee after 90 days of no transactions, but this fee was not disclosed on an outward-facing external surface of the prepaid account access device's packaging material that was visible before purchase. Further, the Bureau expressed concern that new employees might have been receiving terms and conditions documents regarding payroll card accounts at the same time they received substantial other benefits-related paperwork, making the fees difficult for employees to comprehend while sorting through other important and time-sensitive documents. Similarly, certain providers of prepaid accounts online may have been presenting disclosures on their Web sites in a way that made it difficult for consumers to have the chance to review them prior to acquisition.
In the proposal, the Bureau stated its belief that, for several reasons, consumers in all acquisition scenarios would benefit from receiving these new pre-acquisition disclosures prior to contracting for an EFT service or before the first EFT was made involving the account, at which point they would receive the initial disclosures that § 1005.7(b) already requires.
First, the Bureau believed that pre-acquisition disclosures could limit the ability of financial institutions to obscure key fees. For example, many participants in the Bureau's consumer pre-proposal consumer testing reported incurring fees that they did not become aware of until after they purchased their prepaid account.
Second, the Bureau believed that, in order to comparison shop among products, it is helpful for consumers to be able to review disclosures setting forth key terms in like ways before choosing a product. The Bureau recognized that consumers offered prepaid products by third parties like employers or educational institutions may be unable to easily comparison shop. For example, at the time students are offered a student card from their university, such as when registering for school, they might be unable to compare that card with other products. The Bureau believed, however, that even in this scenario, students benefit from receiving the short form and the long form disclosure so that they can better understand the product's terms before deciding to accept it. Additionally, the Bureau believed that both the short and long form disclosures could inform the way in which these consumers decide to use the product once they acquired it.
Third, the Bureau believed that consumers could use their prepaid account for an extended period of time and potentially incur substantial fees over that time. For example, the Bureau noted that, during its pre-proposal consumer testing, participants indicated that they tend to use a given prepaid account, even one they do not like, at least until they spend the entirety of the initial load amount, which could be as much as $500, paying whatever fees are incurred in the course of doing so. Other research is consistent. Specifically, the Bureau cited to one study that indicated that prepaid accounts receiving direct deposit of government benefits might have life spans of as long as three years, and consumers who receive non-government direct deposit on their accounts use them on average for longer than one year.
Regulation E, however, currently only provides for initial disclosures to be delivered at the time a consumer contracts for an EFT service or before the first EFT is made involving a consumer's account. The Bureau was concerned that, in the prepaid account context, this might sometimes be too late. With prepaid accounts, consumers often contract for an EFT service when acquiring the prepaid account and completing an initial load. The Bureau was concerned that, under the timing requirements for initial disclosures in § 1005.7, consumers were receiving fee-related disclosures too late to use them in their decision-making and comparison-shopping. The Bureau therefore proposed § 1005.18(b)(1)(i), which would have required a financial institution, in most cases, to provide the short form and long form disclosures before a consumer acquired a prepaid account.
The Bureau also proposed to add comment 18(b)(1)(i)-1, which would have provided examples of what would and would not qualify as providing disclosures pre-acquisition in the bank branch and payroll contexts. Proposed comment 18(b)(1)(i)-2 would have provided further explanation regarding circumstances when short form and long form disclosures would have been considered to have been delivered after a consumer acquires a prepaid account, and thus in violation of the timing requirement in proposed § 1005.18(b)(1)(i).
As with the timing of acquisition of a government benefit account, discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.15(c) above, the Bureau received numerous comments requesting that it provide further clarification on the meaning of the term acquisition in the payroll card context.
A number of commenters urged that, as with government benefit accounts, acquisition in the payroll card account context should be defined as the point at which the consumer chooses to receive wages via a payroll card account. These commenters included
One employer that uses payroll card accounts to distribute wages to its employees argued that acquisition should mean either the point at which a consumer affirmatively chooses to receive wages via a payroll card account, or the point at which a consumer fails to make a choice from among a previously-presented list of available payment options. According to this commenter, some employers provide payroll cards as the default payment option if an employee fails to affirmatively elect a payment option. This practice, the commenter maintained, should be allowed to continue so long as the employee is notified (and where permitted by State law).
On the other hand, a number of consumer groups stated that under current payroll card disbursement processes, there have been continuing reports of employers steering employees to select payroll card accounts as their payment method. Such reports, they maintained, show that current methods for distributing payroll cards or disclosures do not sufficiently ensure that employees have the time and information they need to evaluate or choose an alternative payment method. Relatedly, two consumer groups also argued that employees should be given a minimum number of days (seven, according to one commenter, and 30, according to the other) before they are required to select a method of payment. Other commenters did not suggest a specific point in time for defining acquisition. Rather, they urged the Bureau to define acquisition in a way that ensures employees receive the pre-acquisition disclosures earlier than they currently receive the initial account opening disclosures pursuant to § 1005.7.
With respect to online acquisition, a digital wallet provider argued that the point of acquisition for a digital wallet should be the point at which the consumer's account first holds a balance, not the point at which the consumer sets up or opens the account. Prior to the point at which the account holds a balance, the commenter argued, the pre-acquisition disclosures are irrelevant and may confuse consumers and cause them to abandon the online sign-up process. In addition, the commenter urged the Bureau to revise proposed comment 18(b)(1)(i)-2 to allow digital wallet providers to collect personally identifiable information before providing the disclosures. The commenter noted that these providers have to collect certain information in order to open the account. In a similar vein, a program manager asked the Bureau to clarify that the collection of certain personally identifiable information from a consumer does not by itself constitute “acquisition.” The commenter provided the example of an individual who goes online and submits her name and address in order to receive more information about a prepaid product by mail. The commenter was concerned that proposed comment 18(b)(1)(i)-2 could be read to require the financial institution to provide the short and long form disclosures before the consumer submitted this information, even if the consumer was providing the information on a third-party Web site while seeking information about multiple prepaid account products.
Also with respect to online acquisition of accounts, a consumer group commenter asked the Bureau to clarify that consumers must be shown both the short form and long form prior to acquiring the account, not just provided a link to them. The commenter argued that there was a lack of clarity in proposed comment 18(b)(1)(i)-2 around this point, since the comment both states that the consumer should not be able to easily bypass the disclosures, and that the financial institution can include a link to the long form on the same Web page as it discloses the short form.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting § 1005.18(b)(1)(i) largely as proposed, with a technical revision. The Bureau is also adopting proposed comments 18(b)(1)(i)-1 and -2 with several revisions. First, the Bureau has added guidance in comment 18(b)(1)(i)-1 to clarify that for purposes of § 1005.18(b)(1)(i), a consumer acquires a prepaid account by purchasing, opening, or choosing to be paid via a prepaid card. Second, the Bureau has added clarification to comment 18(b)(1)(i)-1.ii to explain that, in the context of payroll card accounts, short form and long form disclosures are provided pre-acquisition if they were provided before a consumer chose to receive wages via a payroll card. Third, the Bureau has revised comment 18(b)(1)(i)-2 to clarify that a consumer who goes online to obtain more information about a prepaid account does not acquire a prepaid account by providing personally identifiable information in the process. The comment also provides additional examples of when a consumer who acquires a prepaid account electronically receives the short form and long comments for clarity and consistency.
The Bureau is adopting § 1005.18(b)(1)(i), as well as § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii) and (iii) discussed below, pursuant to its authority under EFTA sections 904(a) and (c), and 905(a), and section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act. As discussed above, the Bureau believes that adjustment of the timing and fee requirements and the disclosure language is necessary and proper to effectuate the purposes of EFTA to provide a framework to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of prepaid account users because the revision will assist consumers' understanding of the terms
Specifically, the Bureau has added language to comment 18(b)(1)(i)-1 stating that a consumer acquires a prepaid account by purchasing, opening, or choosing to be paid via a prepaid account. The Bureau agrees with commenters that additional clarity was needed around the use of the term acquisition in circumstances where the consumer does not
For similar reasons, the Bureau has revised comment 18(b)(1)(i)-1.ii to clarify that, in the payroll card account context, a consumer who is provided with a payroll card and the disclosures required by § 1005.18(b) at the time he or she learns that he or she can receive wages via a payroll card account, but before the consumer chooses to receive wages via a payroll card account, is provided with the disclosures prior to acquisition. The final comment explains that, if a consumer receives the disclosures after the consumer receives the first payroll payment on the payroll card, those disclosures were provided post-acquisition, in violation of § 1005.18(b)(1)(i).
As above with respect to the timing of acquisition of a government benefit card, the Bureau has attempted to strike a balance that ensures that employees receive the new disclosures early enough to inform their payment choices, thereby furthering the goals of the compulsory use prohibition in § 1005.10(e)(2), while minimizing the potential disruption to current employer practices. Further, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.10(e)(2) above, the Bureau believes it is important that consumers have a choice with respect to how they receive their wages or salary. Accordingly, the Bureau believes it is appropriate to adopt a rule requiring financial institutions to provide their new disclosures before the consumer chooses a method of payment. Under the final rule, therefore, consumers must receive both the short form and long form disclosures (which include on the short form disclosure a notice informing consumers they have other options besides the payroll card account to receive their wages) before they choose the payment method that is best for them.
The Bureau declines to require a mandatory waiting period between the time consumers receive the disclosures and the time they are required to elect a payment method, for the reasons set forth in the section-by-section analyses of §§ 1005.10(e)(2) and 1005.15(c) above. Specifically, the Bureau does not believe that it is necessary at this time to specify a single time period that would apply in all enrollment scenarios.
Further, the Bureau is aware that, as noted by an employer commenter and as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.10(e)(2) above, consumers are sometimes given a choice between two or more payment alternatives, but may fail to indicate their preference. Depending on the facts and circumstances—for example, the date by which the consumer has to be paid her wages under State law—it may be reasonable for a financial institution or other person in this scenario to employ a reasonable default enrollment method. However, the Bureau is concerned about reports from consumer group commenters of employees being coerced to accept payroll card accounts as their default method of receiving wages and intends to monitor the payroll card account market for compliance with the compulsory use prohibition and will consider further action in a future rulemaking if necessary. As stated above, the Bureau also believes that by requiring the disclosures to be provided before a consumer acquires a prepaid account, the final rule will help ensure that all prepaid consumers, including employees receiving payroll card accounts, have the information they need to evaluate the prepaid account option (or options) available to them.
With respect to proposed comment 18(b)(1)(i)-2, regarding the timing for delivery of disclosures provided electronically, the Bureau understands that the digital wallet acquisition process may in some respects be different than the acquisition process for other prepaid accounts. However, the Bureau does not believe that this warrants different treatment for purposes of the timing requirement for delivery of pre-acquisition disclosures. In particular, the Bureau notes that the fact that a digital wallet consumer could receive the disclosures before the wallet holds any funds is not unique to digital wallets. Indeed, to qualify as a prepaid account, an account must be issued on a prepaid basis
Next, the Bureau has removed the reference in proposed comment 18(b)(1)(i)-2 to a consumer's provision of personally identifiable information. The Bureau understands that there may be scenarios in which a consumer provides personal information, such as name or address, in order to obtain more information about a particular product. Likewise, there could be instances where a consumer provides personal information for one purpose online, and that information is then used for other purposes, such as to market a prepaid account to the consumer. In either scenario, the consumer did not provide the personal information in order to acquire the prepaid account. Final comment 18(b)(1)(i)-2, therefore, no longer states that a consumer who receives the disclosures after the consumer provides personally identifiable information has received the disclosures post-acquisition. Instead, the comment states that the disclosures required by § 1005.18(b) may be provided before or after a consumer has initiated the acquisition process. If the disclosures are presented after a consumer initiates the acquisition process such disclosures are made pre-acquisition if the consumer receives them before choosing to accept the prepaid account.
Finally, with respect to consumer groups' requests that the Bureau clarify that a consumer must be shown both the short form and long form disclosures prior to a consumer's acquisition of a prepaid account through electronic means, the Bureau has added several examples in final comment 18(b)(1)(i)-2 to illustrate disclosure methods that would comply with final § 1005.18(b)(1)(i). In the first example, set forth in new paragraph i, the
These comments are intended to clarify that a consumer does not receive electronic disclosures prior to acquisition if the consumer is able to bypass some or all of the § 1005.18(b) disclosures before choosing to accept the prepaid account. The Bureau agrees with the consumer group commenter that language in the proposed comment regarding whether or not the consumer could review unrelated information before reviewing the long form disclosure on a separate Web page potentially contradicted this general principle. Accordingly, the Bureau has removed that language from the commentary to the final rule.
In addition to the revisions discussed above, the Bureau is finalizing certain other minor changes to comments 18(b)(1)(i)-1 and -2 for clarity and consistency.
The Bureau proposed an adjustment to the general pre-acquisition timing requirement where consumers acquired prepaid accounts in retail stores. Proposed § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii) would have permitted financial institutions to employ an alternative method of delivering the long form disclosure. Under this alternative timing regime, a financial institution would have been permitted to provide the long form disclosure in writing after the consumer acquired a prepaid account as long as three conditions were met, as discussed below.
In the proposal, the Bureau stated its belief that in many cases it was not feasible for financial institutions that offered prepaid accounts in retail stores to provide printed long form disclosures prior to acquisition. For example, due to size and space limitations on standard J-hook display racks, the Bureau believed that many financial institutions would not have been able to present both the short form and long form disclosures required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) and (ii) on the packaging without overhauling the packaging's design or otherwise adjusting the relevant retail space.
Nevertheless, the Bureau believed it was important that consumers be provided an opportunity to review both the short form and long form disclosures before acquisition. Thus, proposed § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii) would have permitted a financial institution to provide the long form disclosure after a consumer acquired a prepaid account in person in a retail store, as long as three conditions were met. Proposed § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii)(A) would have set forth the first condition: That the access device for the prepaid account available for sale in a retail store had to be inside of a packaging material. This condition would have applied even if the product, when sold, was only a temporary access device. Proposed § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii)(B) would have set forth the second condition: That the short form disclosures required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) had to be provided on or be visible through an outward-facing, external surface of a prepaid account access device's packaging material in the tabular format described in proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii). The Bureau believed that financial institutions offering the majority of current prepaid accounts at retail would be able to satisfy this condition without altering the structure of the existing packaging.
The third condition, set forth in proposed § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii)(C), would have required that a financial institution include the telephone number and URL a consumer could use to access the long form disclosure while in a retail store on the short form disclosure, as required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
Proposed comment 18(b)(1)(ii)-1 would have provided guidance on the definition of retail store. Specifically, proposed comment 18(b)(1)(ii)-1 would have explained that, for purposes of the proposed requirements of § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii), a retail store was a location where a consumer could obtain a prepaid account in person and that was operated by an entity other than a financial institution or an agent of the financial institution. Proposed comment 18(b)(1)(ii)-1 would have further clarified that a bank or credit union branch was not a retail store, but that drug stores and grocery stores at which a consumer can acquire a prepaid account could be retail stores. Proposed comment 18(b)(1)(ii)-1 would have also clarified that a retail store that offered one financial institution's prepaid account products exclusively would be considered an agent of the financial institution, and, thus, both the short form and the long form disclosure would need to be provided pre-acquisition pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(1)(i) in such settings.
The Bureau believed that if a financial institution was the sole provider of prepaid accounts in a given retail store, or was otherwise an agent of the financial institution, then it would be easier for the financial institution to manage the distribution of disclosures to consumers. The Bureau believed that financial institutions with such exclusive relationships should have fewer hurdles to providing both the
Proposed comment 18(b)(1)(ii)-2 would have explained that disclosures were considered to have been provided post-acquisition if they were inside the packaging material accompanying a prepaid account access device that a consumer could not see or access before acquiring the prepaid account, or if it was not readily apparent to a consumer that he or she had the ability to access the disclosures inside of the packaging material. Proposed comment 18(b)(1)(ii)-2 would also provide the example that if the packaging material is presented in a way that consumers would assume they must purchase the prepaid account before they can open the packaging material, the financial institution would be deemed to have provided disclosures post-acquisition.
Proposed comment 18(b)(1)(ii)-3 would have explained that a payroll card account offered to and accepted by consumers working in retail stores would not have been considered a prepaid account acquired in a retail store for purposes of proposed § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii), and thus, a consumer would have had to receive the short form and long form disclosures pre-acquisition pursuant to the timing requirement set forth in proposed § 1005.18(b)(1)(i). The Bureau explained that it did not believe that there were space constraints involved in offering payroll card accounts to retail store employees. Finally, proposed comment 18(b)(1)(ii)-4 would have clarified that pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii)(C), a financial institution could make the long form accessible to a consumer by telephone and by a Web site by, for example, providing the long form disclosure by telephone using an interactive voice response system or by using a customer service agent.
Industry commenters overwhelmingly supported the proposed retail store exception. Despite this general support, however, a large number of industry commenters, including issuing banks, program managers, trade associations, a payment network, and an advocacy organization advocating on behalf of business interests, generally opposed the proposition that neither financial institutions nor their agents could qualify for the proposed retail store exception. These commenters argued that the exclusion of financial institutions and their agents was unnecessary and did not reflect compliance and market realities. Specifically, the commenters asserted that the location of acquisition should not dictate the type of disclosure the consumer receive since, they said, the constraints of providing the long form disclosure in any in-person environment are the same. Thus, they argued, there is no basis for distinguishing between large retailers that carry multiple prepaid account programs and small retailers, who may have no choice but to carry only one financial institution's products, nor between retail stores and bank and credit union branches who may also sell prepaid accounts on J-hooks or in J-hook-style packaging. One program manager argued that the Bureau's failure to distinguish in this context between banks that issue prepaid accounts and smaller financial institutions, like credit unions or smaller banks, that only sell prepaid accounts issued by others, is inequitable in that it places a greater compliance burden on smaller institutions than comparable retailers would face. These commenters urged the Bureau to expand the application of the retail store exception to more or all in-person sales of prepaid accounts.
A subset of these commenters objected specifically to the proposed commentary stating that an entity is an agent of the financial institution for purposes of proposed § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii) if it exclusively sells one financial institution's prepaid account products. These commenters argued that agency status should be an issue determined under State law. They explained that, under several States' laws, a financial institution must appoint any store that sells its products as its agent, which would make such store ineligible for the retail store exception as proposed. Commenters also argued that the exclusive retailer exclusion would be difficult to enforce. For example, they noted that retailers may not be aware that they were selling prepaid accounts from only one financial institution, especially as retailers often deal with a program manager rather than directly with the financial institution itself. The commenters also listed several circumstances under which a retail store could unwittingly become disqualified from the proposed retail store exception by inadvertently offering only that financial institution's prepaid accounts, including, for example, if a retail store offers two financial institutions' prepaid accounts, but the supply of one financial institution's products runs out.
Few consumer groups commented on this issue, but those that did, along with the office of a State Attorney General, opposed the retail store exception generally. They urged the Bureau to instead require that the long form disclosure be provided prior to acquisition in all scenarios because, they argued, consumers are more likely to pay attention to information disclosed on a physical form than on a Web site. They further noted that financial institutions could develop viable alternative disclosure methods that would allow them to disclose physical copies of both the short form and the long form prior to acquisition as part of the prepaid card package—for example, the long form could be disclosed under a flap that could be secured to the package with a Velcro tab. These commenters did not comment, however, on the types of entities that should qualify for the retail store exception if the Bureau were to adopt such a regime in the final rule.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii) with modifications to the situations that qualify for the alternative timing regime for delivery of the long form disclosure for prepaid accounts sold at retail. In general, under the final rule, the alternative timing regime applies when a consumer acquires a prepaid account in person at a retail
The Bureau has considered whether, as some consumer group commenters suggested, it might be more beneficial for consumers to see all of a prepaid account's fees pre-acquisition for prepaid accounts in all acquisition scenarios including at retail to avoid putting the burden on consumers to seek out additional information. The Bureau declines, however, to revise the proposed alternative timing regime for prepaid accounts sold at retail in this way, for the reasons discussed below. The Bureau also declines to permit post-acquisition disclosure of the long form in all in-person acquisition scenarios, as some industry commenters requested.
The Bureau continues to believe that consumers benefit from receiving both the short form and the long form disclosures in writing prior to acquisition, because the disclosures serve different but complementary goals. See the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b) above for a detailed discussion of the reasons the Bureau is generally requiring that financial institutions provide both the short form and the long form disclosures pre-acquisition.
However, the Bureau is cognizant of the potentially significant cost to industry of providing the long form disclosure prior to acquisition at retail and the packaging adjustments that including such a disclosure would likely require based on the space constraints for products sold at retail. Specifically, commenters have confirmed the Bureau's understanding that, if it were to finalize a requirement that the long form disclosure be provided in writing prior to acquisition of a prepaid account in a retail environment, financial institutions would have to undertake a significant overhaul of current packaging designs.
To balance these considerations, the Bureau has revised § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii) and its commentary to broaden in certain respects the type of entity that qualifies for the retail location exception set forth in § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii). Under final § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii), therefore, a financial institution is not required to provide the long form disclosures before a consumer acquires a prepaid account in person at a retail location; provided the following conditions are met: (A) The prepaid account access device is contained inside the packaging material; (B) the short form disclosures are provided on or are visible through an outward-facing, external surface of a prepaid account access device's packaging material; (C) the short form disclosures include the information set forth in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiii) that allows a consumer to access the long form disclosure by telephone and via a Web site; and (D) the long form disclosures are provided after the consumer acquires the prepaid account.
The Bureau is persuaded that, in certain cases, the constraints that apply in retail stores—limited space, distribution of disclosures by someone other than the financial institution that issues the prepaid account—could also apply in the context of other in-person acquisition scenarios, such as in the branches of banks and credit unions that sell another financial institution's prepaid accounts. Accordingly, the Bureau is revising § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii) and its commentary to broaden the scope of the retail exception by referring to a retail
The Bureau has revised comment 18(b)(1)(ii)-1 to remove the commentary stating that a retail store must be operated by an entity other than a financial institution or a financial institution's agent, and giving specific examples of what type of entities would or would not qualify as retail stores. Instead, final comment 18(b)(1)(ii)-1 states that, for purposes of final § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii), a retail location is a store or other physical site where a consumer can purchase a prepaid account in person and that is operated by an entity other than the financial institution that issues the prepaid account.
The Bureau continues to believe, however, that a financial institution selling its own prepaid accounts does not face the same challenges as in other retail locations, and in particular that it is far less difficult for such a financial institution to manage the distribution of disclosures to consumers. In addition, the Bureau believes it is unlikely that any financial institution selling its own prepaid accounts in its own branches also offers prepaid accounts issued by other financial institutions. The Bureau also understands, as stated in the proposal, that financial institutions selling their own prepaid accounts may be less dependent on the J-hook infrastructure to market their products to consumers. Thus, the Bureau believes it is still appropriate to exclude from the retail location exception financial institutions that sell their own prepaid accounts. Accordingly, the Bureau has revised comment 18(b)(1)(ii)-1 to clarify that a branch of a financial institution that offers its own prepaid accounts is not a retail location with respect to those accounts and, thus, both the short form and the long form disclosure must be provided pre-acquisition pursuant to the timing requirements set forth in final § 1005.18(b)(1)(i).
Next, the Bureau is adopting new § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii)(D) to make clear that, to qualify for the retail location exception, the financial institution must provide the long form disclosure after the consumer acquires the prepaid account. Proposed § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii) would have permitted a financial institution, under certain conditions, to provide the long form disclosure after acquisition, but left open a possible interpretation that the financial institution could forego delivering the long form disclosure altogether, which was not the Bureau's intent. For clarity, therefore, the Bureau is adopting § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii)(D) to make delivery of the long form disclosure after acquisition an explicit requirement in § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii). The new provision does not set forth a specific time by which the long form disclosure must be provided after acquisition. In practice, however, the Bureau expects that compliance with final § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii)(D) will typically be accomplished in conjunction with compliance with final § 1005.18(f)(1), which provides that a financial institution must include, as part of the initial disclosures given pursuant to § 1005.7, all of the disclosures required by § 1005.18(b)(4). The initial disclosures required by § 1005.7 must be provided prior to a consumer contracting for an EFT service or before the first EFT involving the account.
Relatedly, the Bureau has removed the portion of proposed comment
Similar to the proposed alternative for retail stores, the Bureau proposed § 1005.18(b)(1)(iii) to provide that before a consumer acquired a prepaid account orally by telephone, a financial institution would have to disclose orally the short form information that would have been required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i). Proposed § 1005.18(b)(1)(iii) would have further stated that a financial institution could provide a written or electronic long form disclosure required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii) after a consumer acquired a prepaid account orally by telephone if the financial institution communicated to a consumer orally, before a consumer acquired the prepaid account, that the information required to be disclosed by § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii) was available orally by telephone and on a Web site. The Bureau believed that as long as consumers were made aware of their ability to access the information contained in the long form disclosure, they would be able to get enough information to make an informed acquisition decision. Those who wished to learn more about the prepaid account could do so, and financial institutions would not be unduly burdened by having to provide the long form disclosure orally to all consumers who acquire prepaid accounts by telephone. A version of the long form disclosure, however, would have still been required to be provided after acquisition in the prepaid account's initial disclosures, pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(f).
Proposed comment 18(b)(1)(iii)-1 would have explained that, for purposes of proposed § 1005.18(b)(1)(iii), a prepaid account was considered to have been acquired orally by telephone when a consumer spoke to a customer service agent or communicated with an automated system, such as an interactive voice response system, to provide personally identifiable payment information to acquire a prepaid account, but would have clarified that prepaid accounts acquired using a mobile device without speaking to a customer service agent or communicating with an automated system were not considered to have been acquired orally by telephone. The Bureau believed that, if a consumer used a smartphone to access a mobile application to acquire a prepaid account, and did not receive disclosures about the prepaid account orally, the disclosures could be provided electronically pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(i)(B). The Bureau believed that in such a scenario the logistical challenges justifying an alternative timing requirement for accounts acquired orally by telephone were not present.
Proposed comment 18(b)(1)(iii)-2 would have explained how disclosures provided orally could comply with the pre-acquisition timing requirement in proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i). Specifically, proposed comment 18(b)(1)(iii)-2 would have clarified that to comply with the pre-acquisition requirement set forth in proposed § 1005.18(b)(1)(i) for prepaid accounts acquired orally by telephone, a financial institution may, for example, read the disclosures required under proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) over the telephone after a consumer had initiated the purchase of a prepaid account by calling the financial institution, but before a consumer agreed to acquire the prepaid account. Proposed comment 18(b)(1)(iii)-2 would have also explained that although the disclosure required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii) was not required to be given pre-acquisition when a consumer acquired a prepaid account orally by telephone, a financial institution would still have to communicate to a consumer that the long form disclosure was available upon request, either orally by telephone or on a Web site. Finally, the proposed comment would have clarified that a financial institution must provide information on all fees in the terms and conditions as required by existing § 1005.7(b)(5), as modified by proposed § 1005.18(f), before the first EFT was made from a consumer's prepaid account.
One consumer group commenter urged the Bureau to provide consumers who acquire a prepaid account by telephone or electronically the option of receiving written disclosures by mail upon request. The Bureau notes that consumers acquiring prepaid accounts through these methods must still receive the initial disclosures required by § 1005.7, which, as modified by final § 1005.18(f)(1), must include all of the information required to be disclosed in its pre-acquisition long form disclosure pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(4). Accordingly, the Bureau does not believe it is necessary to separately provide consumers the right to request a written copy of information they are already required to receive under existing § 1005.7 and final § 1005.18(f)(1).
The Bureau is therefore adopting § 1005.18(b)(1)(iii) and its related commentary largely as proposed, with a few minor revisions. Under final § 1005.18(b)(1)(iii), a financial institution is not required to provide the long form disclosure required by § 1005.18(b)(4) before a consumer acquires a prepaid account orally by telephone if the following conditions are met: (A) The financial institution communicates to the consumer orally, before the consumer acquires the prepaid account, that the long form disclosure is available both by telephone and on a Web site; (B) the financial institution makes the long form disclosure available both by telephone and on a Web site; and (C) the long form disclosures are provided after the consumer acquires the prepaid account.
The Bureau continues to believe that it is appropriate to modify the proposed general pre-acquisition disclosure requirements when a consumer acquires a prepaid account orally by telephone, and that requiring disclosure of only limited information by telephone will increase the likelihood that a consumer will understand any information about the prepaid account when acquiring it orally by telephone. The Bureau believes that, since the final rule mandates that consumers be made aware of their ability to access the information contained in the long form disclosure, consumers will have access to enough information to make an informed acquisition decision.
As stated above, the Bureau is finalizing several modifications to § 1005.18(b)(1)(iii) and its commentary. First, the Bureau has added language to comment 18(b)(1)(iii)-2 to clarify that a financial institution can meet the requirements of final § 1005.18(b)(1)(iii) by providing the required disclosures over the telephone using an interactive voice response or similar system. Second, for the same reason the Bureau is adopting new § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii)(D) above, the Bureau is adopting new § 1005.18(b)(1)(iii)(C) to clarify that, to qualify for the telephone exception, the financial institution would have to provide the long form disclosure after
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2) would have consisted solely of a heading, with the substantive content requirements for the Bureau's proposed prepaid account pre-acquisition disclosure regime located under proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) for the short form disclosure and proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii) for the long form disclosure. The regulatory text of proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) would have consisted of a general statement that would have required that the fees, information, and notices that would have been set forth in the regulatory provisions under proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) be provided in the short form disclosure.
The Bureau has relocated the regulatory text and commentary from proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) to the final rule in § 1005.18(b)(2) (with certain modifications as discussed below).
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) would have required that, before a consumer acquires a prepaid account, a financial institution provide a short form disclosure containing specific information about the prepaid account, including certain notices, fees, and other information, as applicable.
Proposed comment 18(b)(2)(i)-1 would have explained what a provider should disclose on the short form when fees are inapplicable to a particular prepaid account product or are $0. Specifically, the proposed comment would have said that the disclosures required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) must always be provided prior to prepaid account acquisition, even when a particular disclosure is not applicable to a specific prepaid account. The proposed comment would have also provided an example that if a financial institution does not charge a fee to a consumer for withdrawing money at an ATM in the financial institution's network or an affiliated network, which is a type of fee that would have been required to be disclosed pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau also proposed comment 18(b)(2)(i)-2 to further explain how to disclose fees and features on the short form disclosure. Specifically, the proposed comment would have explained that no more than two fees may be disclosed for each fee type required to be listed by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
As the Bureau explained in the proposal, the Bureau believed that simplicity and clarity are important goals for the short form disclosure, particularly in light of the space constraints imposed in retail settings. Insofar as allowing complicated explanations and multiple different fees to be disclosed for a particular feature could disrupt those goals, the Bureau thus proposed that for most fees on the short form, a financial institution only be permitted to list one fee—the highest fee a consumer could incur for a particular activity. The Bureau noted that these limitations would only apply to the short form disclosure; the financial institution could use any other portion of the packaging material or Web site to disclose other relevant fees at its discretion, and would be required to disclose the other variations on the long form.
The Bureau also believed there was particular value in maintaining simplicity on the short form by limiting the top-line portion of the form in order to encourage consumer engagement with the disclosure. Thus, the Bureau proposed to require only four fee types in the top line. For two of those fee types—per purchase fees and ATM withdrawal fees—the Bureau also proposed to require disclosure of two fee values. The Bureau believed that it is important to include two per purchase fees—a per purchase fee when a consumer uses a signature and a per purchase fee when a consumer uses a PIN—because consumers could potentially incur these fees every time they use their prepaid accounts, and the fee could vary depending on how a consumer completes the transaction. The Bureau believed including two per purchase fees would highlight for consumers that the fees for completing a transaction using a PIN versus the fee for using a signature could differ. Similarly, the Bureau believed that it is important to include two ATM withdrawal fees in order to highlight that fees for in-network and out-of-network transactions may differ and to signal to consumers that the product's ATM network may have an impact on the fee incurred, which could lead a consumer to seek out more information about the relevant network. The Bureau noted that in its pre-proposal consumer testing, some participants were
By contrast, the Bureau proposed to allow only one periodic fee and one cash reload fee to be listed in the top line of the short form. The Bureau acknowledged that both of these fees might also vary based, for example, on how often a consumer uses a prepaid account or the method used to reload cash into a prepaid account. Despite this possibility for variation, however, the Bureau believed consumers would benefit more from immediately seeing the two ways the per purchase and ATM withdrawal fees may vary.
Comments received regarding the Bureau's proposed pre-acquisition disclosing regime generally, including those regarding the short form disclosure as a whole, are addressed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b) above. Comments received that address specific disclosure requirements in the short form disclosure are addressed in the section-by-section analysis that corresponds to each specific disclosure requirement. Comments received regarding proposed comment 18(b)(2)(i)-1 (regarding how to disclose features that are inapplicable or free) are discussed below.
Several industry commenters, including program managers, an issuing credit union, a payment network, and an industry trade association, recommended against requiring disclosure of inapplicable fees. They said such disclosures would take up valuable space on the short form and it would confuse consumers to inform them about fees and services that are not offered, especially for non-reloadable prepaid products and government benefits prepaid cards which, the commenters said, do not charge monthly, per purchase, or cash reload fees. Conversely, two consumer groups, a program manager, and an issuing bank supported the disclosure of inapplicable fees as providing a quick and accurate basis for comparison across prepaid accounts. Another program manager and issuing bank both supported the disclosure of inapplicable fees but recommended requiring “not applicable” instead of “N/A” to clarify to consumers that the service itself, not the fee, is inapplicable. One of the consumer groups said “N/A” was confusing and recommended disclosing “not offered” instead.
One issuing bank and an industry trade association recommended against disclosing when no fee is charged. The bank recommended this specifically for the fees that do not appear in the top line because it said they are not commonly charged and the space in the short form could be used for more commonly-charged fees. The bank recommended listing the required fees if there is a charge but, if there is no charge, permitting the issuer to decide what fee to display. A program manager recommended eliminating the “$0” fee requirement for government benefit accounts for fees that do not apply to such accounts.
As noted above, to simplify the structure of the final rule, the Bureau has modified proposed § 1005.18(b)(2) and (2)(i), to locate the content requirements for the short form disclosure in the final rule under § 1005.18(b)(2). Also, for reasons set forth below, the Bureau is adopting revisions to proposed comment 18(b)(2)(i)-1, renumbered as comment 18(b)(2)-1. Second, the Bureau is not finalizing proposed comment 18(b)(2)(i)-2 regarding the number of fees to disclose, as this comment would have repeated information found elsewhere in the final regulatory text and commentary. Finally, the Bureau is adopting new comment 18(b)(2)-2 regarding the prohibition on disclosure of finance charges in the short form.
The Bureau has made both substantive and technical modifications to comment 18(b)(2)-1 to clarify the explanation and examples in the proposed comment that required fees must always be disclosed in the short form—even when the financial institution does not charge a fee or does not offer the feature, in which case the financial institution would disclose “$0” or “N/A,” respectively, as applicable. Although some commenters opposed a requirement to disclose a fee when there is no charge or the feature is not offered, the Bureau is adopting this requirement in the final rule to preserve standardization among short forms such that consumers can see when a feature is offered for free or is not offered at all to better compare prepaid accounts and inform consumer purchase and use decisions. The Bureau recognizes that many payroll card accounts and government benefit accounts do not currently charge certain fees or offer certain features required to be disclosed in the short form, but is finalizing the rule as proposed to allow consumers to compare payroll card accounts or government benefit accounts with their own prepaid accounts or prepaid accounts they may acquire to receive their benefits or wages.
The Bureau's post-proposal consumer testing revealed that nearly all participants understood both “N/A” and “not offered” when disclosed in place of a required fee for features not offered by a financial institution.
The Bureau is adopting new comment 18(b)(2)-2, which clarifies that pursuant to new § 1005.18(b)(3)(vi), a financial institution may not include in the short form disclosure finance charges as described in Regulation Z § 1026.4(b)(11) imposed in connection with a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61. The comment also cross-references new comment 18(b)(3)(vi)-1.
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The proposal set forth the following reasons for the Bureau's proposed
No commenter opposed disclosure of the periodic fee, though an issuing bank requested that the Bureau permit disclosure in the short form of the conditions under which a financial institution may waive the periodic fee and many other commenters urged more generally to provide latitude to financial institutions to disclose conditions for waiver or reduction of all listed fees.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau is finalizing the requirement that financial institutions disclose the periodic fee as the first fee on the short form disclosure because it is a virtually universal charge and, even if a per purchase fee is incurred instead of the periodic fee, the Bureau continues to believe that consumers should be apprised of the trade-off between the two pricing schemes.
The Bureau agrees that it may be particularly important for consumers to be aware of waivers and discounts of the periodic fee, and thus is adopting a new provision in the final rule that permits financial institutions to disclose, in addition to the highest fee, conditions under which the periodic fee may vary. While final § 1005.18(b)(3)(i) requires disclosure of the highest fee when a fee can vary, final § 1005.18(b)(3)(ii) permits a financial institution to disclose a waiver of or reduction in the fee amount for the periodic fee in language lower down in the short form disclosure. See the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(3) below for a discussion of the comments received and analysis leading to the adoption of this alternative for the periodic fee.
To clarify the specific applicability of final § 1005.18(b)(3)(i) and (ii) to the periodic fee disclosure required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(i), the Bureau is adopting new comment 18(b)(2)(i)-1. Comment 18(b)(2)(i)-1 states that, if the amount of a fee disclosed on the short form could vary, the financial institution must disclose in the short form the information required by final § 1005.18(b)(3)(i). If the amount of the periodic fee could vary, the financial institution may opt instead to use an alternative disclosure pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(3)(ii). The Bureau is adopting this comment to direct attention to the alternative disclosure of the periodic fee in the short form permitted by § 1005.18(b)(3)(ii).
With regard to the comment recommending that the Bureau ban the periodic fee for payroll card accounts, such a request is outside the scope of this rulemaking.
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The proposal explained that, although the Bureau understands that most prepaid accounts do not charge per transaction fees for purchases of goods or services from a merchant, some do. The Bureau said that the impact of these fees could be substantial for consumers who make multiple purchases. Often these fees are charged when periodic fees are not, and thus a consumer may be choosing between a prepaid account that has no monthly fee but charges for each purchase and a prepaid account that has a monthly fee but no per purchase charge. Therefore, the Bureau believed it appropriate for all prepaid accounts to disclose on the short form both whether there is a per purchase fee and, if so, the fee for making those purchases. Proposed Model Forms A-10(a) through (d) would have disclosed the per purchase fees on the top line of the short form.
The Bureau's proposed rule further recognized that a handful of prepaid accounts charge a different per purchase fee depending on whether the purchase is processed as a signature or PIN transaction. While PIN debit transactions require input of the accountholder's PIN code at the time of authorization of the transaction, for a signature transaction, the accountholder may sign for the transaction but does not need to enter his or her PIN code. The Bureau therefore proposed model forms for prepaid accounts that disclose both fees for these two authorization methods.
No commenters objected to inclusion of per purchase fees generally in the short form disclosure. An industry trade association, an issuing bank, and a program manager commented on the relevance of requiring the separate disclosure of per purchase fees for PIN and signature. These commenters said that such methods may become obsolete with the evolution of new cardholder verification methods (CVMs) and that many current transactions do not technically require either PIN or signature, such as online purchases. These commenters, plus another industry trade association and the office of a State Attorney General, suggested permitting disclosure of one per purchase fee if the PIN and signature fees are the same. The office of a State Attorney General also urged the Bureau to ban per purchase fees for payroll card accounts.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
With regard to the comment recommending that the Bureau ban per purchase fees for payroll card accounts, such a request is outside the scope of this rulemaking.
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau understood that the ATM fees for most prepaid accounts differ depending on whether the ATM is in a network of which the financial institution that issued the card is a member or an affiliate. Insofar as accessing ATM networks of which the issuing financial institution is not a member or an affiliate often costs the financial institution more, it typically charges a higher fee to a consumer for using that out-of-network ATM. Given that such potential variances are common, the Bureau believed that disclosure of fees for both in- and out-of-network ATMs withdrawals is important. Although the Bureau noted in the proposal that many participants during its pre-proposal consumer testing were unfamiliar with the difference between “in-network” and “out-of-network” ATMs, the Bureau believed the inclusion of these two fees on the top line of the proposed short form would highlight for consumers that such fee variations can occur and the importance of understanding the ATM network associated with a particular prepaid account program.
Proposed comment 18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
Several industry and consumer group commenters and one office of a State Attorney General commented on the Bureau's proposed ATM withdrawal fee disclosure. In response to the Bureau's question regarding whether additional information is needed on the short form to explain the distinction between in-network versus out-of-network ATMs, a prepaid program manager, an issuing bank, and an industry trade association commented that it was unnecessary to require such an explanation, asserting that consumers generally understand the terminology and if not, consumers could direct their questions to the prepaid issuer or to the Bureau. The program manager also suggested permitting disclosure of a single ATM fee if the fees for both in- and out-of-network withdrawals are the same, as well as disclosing when ATM withdrawals are not available.
The office of a State Attorney General and an industry trade association specifically addressed payroll card accounts. The office of the State Attorney General said that its research revealed that ATMs were the most common way for payroll card accountholders in its State to access their wages and that accountholders regularly incurred fees for ATM transactions. It recommended that all payroll card account programs be required to provide free and unlimited withdrawal of wages via ATMs with no third-party fees. The trade association recommended permitting disclosure in the short form of the number of free ATM withdrawals available to payroll card accountholders.
Two consumer groups and the office of the State Attorney General recommended additional ATM-related disclosures, such as the name of the ATM network and whether the prepaid account is affiliated with the network, the full extent of the network, whether third-party fees apply, whether there are limits on in-network ATM withdrawals, and the cost of international ATM transactions.
No commenters objected to the inclusion of ATM withdrawal fees in the short form, or generally regarding distinguishing between in- and out-of-network ATM withdrawal fees.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
To address the comments recommending that the Bureau require more fulsome disclosure of the details regarding ATM fees for payroll card accounts (and similar comments made elsewhere recommending disclosure of other information in addition to ATM fees), the Bureau is finalizing new § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(B), which permits inclusion of a statement in the short form disclosure for payroll card accounts directing consumers to a location outside the short form for information on how to access funds and balance information for free or for a reduced fee. Final § 1005.15(c)(2)(ii) contains a similar provision for government benefit accounts. To address the comment recommending disclosure of a single ATM fee if the fees for both in- and out-of-network withdrawals are the same (and similar comments made elsewhere regarding two-tier fee disclosures), the Bureau is finalizing new § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii), which permits a single disclosure for like fees. Regarding the comment recommending disclosure of when ATM withdrawals are not available, both proposed and final § 1005.18(b)(2) require such disclosure through use of “N/A” as discussed above.
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau also proposed to adopt comment 18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
As described in the proposal, the Bureau considered requiring financial institutions to list on the short form disclosure both cash reload methods discussed in proposed comment 18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
One issuing bank and a number of consumer groups expressed concern that failing to reflect third-party fees in connection with the proposed disclosure of the cash reload fee in the short form might create consumer confusion given that it is a standard industry practice for reload network providers or third-party retailers, not the financial institutions that issue prepaid accounts, to provide and charge for the reloading of cash into prepaid accounts. In such circumstances, due to the prohibition on inclusion of third-party fees in the short form pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(C), a financial institution that does not offer proprietary cash reloading capabilities would typically disclose the cash reload fee as “$0,” while a financial institution that offers proprietary cash reloading capabilities would have to disclose the cost for the cash reload. In addition to confusing consumers, commenters suggested this outcome would result in a competitive disadvantage for financial institutions that offer proprietary systems, which are usually less expensive than third-party systems, and thereby dissuade financial institutions from offering this service. A trade association recommended eliminating the term “cash reload” fee in favor of “deposit” fee for consistency and clarity. An issuing bank recommended disclosure of a range of fees for cash reloads and a statement explaining where to find reload locations as well as allowing disclosure of the conditions under which the cash reload fee could be waived instead of the asterisk and linked statement for variable fees pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(C). A program manager commenter recommended permitting disclosure of a disclaimer for third-party charges for cash reloads. An office of a State Attorney General recommended prohibiting cash reload fees, particularly for payroll card accounts, but otherwise supported the disclosure.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau is adopting the final rule with a notable change from the proposal. The final rule requires
The Bureau is adopting proposed comment 18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau is persuaded that labeling this fee as “cash deposits,” rather than “cash reloads,” may be more meaningful to consumers in certain circumstances. Final comment 18(b)(2)(iv)-2 thus allows a financial institution that does not permit cash reloads via a third-party reload network but instead permits cash deposits, for example, in a bank branch, to use the term “cash deposit” instead of “cash reload.” Regarding the comment requesting that the Bureau ban fees for cash reloads, such request is outside the scope of this rulemaking.
The disclosure and updating of third-party cash reload fees is discussed in further detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(3) below.
Directly below the top line in the short form disclosure, the Bureau proposed to include balance inquiry fees charged by a financial institution for inquiring into the prepaid account's balance at an ATM. Specifically, proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau believed that, just as it is important for consumers to know that different fees could be imposed for ATM withdrawals depending on whether the ATM is in-network or out-of-network, it is also important for consumers to know that different fees could be imposed when requesting balance inquiries at an ATM in a financial institution's network or outside of the network. However, the Bureau did not propose to include balance inquiry fees in the top line of the short form disclosure, because it believed that it is less common for consumers to initiate ATM balance inquiry transactions compared to withdrawals at ATMs.
The Bureau received comments about the proposed ATM balance inquiry fees disclosure from several industry and consumer group commenters, and an office of a State Attorney General. In response to the Bureau's question regarding placement of ATM balance inquiry fees on the short form disclosure, a program manager stated that placing these fees below the top line of the short form disclosure is sufficient, because consumers are not assessed this fee frequently enough to justify its inclusion in the top line. According to this commenter, as well as a trade association and issuing bank, an ATM is one of the most expensive ways for consumers to check their balance on a prepaid card. The program manager added that consumers generally use free and more convenient methods to obtain balance information such as via interactive voice response, the internet, email, and text message.
A consumer group suggested that the Bureau either eliminate the disclosure to save space or require financial institutions to disclose all methods a consumer may use to check the consumer's prepaid account balance to make consumers aware of free balance inquiry methods. Another consumer group recommended that the Bureau replace the “or” in the text of the ATM balance inquiry fee disclosure in the proposed model short form disclosure with a slash (“/”) to distinguish between in- and out-of-network fees. If there are two fees listed, the commenter stated that the use of “or,” as opposed to “/,” may create uncertainty with respect to which fee is the in-network fee, and which fee is the out-of-network fee.
An office of a State Attorney General supported the Bureau's proposal as an alternative to its primary recommendation that the Bureau ban ATM balance inquiry fees for payroll card accounts. The commenter further suggested that the Bureau require financial institutions to list the in-network and out-of-network ATM balance inquiry fee on separate lines of the short form to enhance consumer comprehension.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau believes the final rule's ATM balance inquiry fee disclosure requirement balances the most important information for consumers with the brevity and clarity necessary for optimal consumer comprehension and therefore declines to require disclosure of additional content in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(v) as requested by one of the commenters. Regarding the recommendation that the Bureau use a slash (“/”) instead of “or” to distinguish between in- and out-of-network fees, the
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
No commenters opposed inclusion of customer service fees in the short form disclosure. Instead of disclosing the single highest customer service fee, an issuing bank and several consumer groups recommended disclosing either the fee for both live agent and interactive voice response (IVR) customer service or just the IVR fee. They said otherwise customers may be misled into thinking the disclosed fee includes the cost of a call to an IVR customer service, which generally is free. An office of a State Attorney General recommended that the Bureau ban customer service fees for payroll card accounts because such fees chill inquiry into fraudulent or erroneous charges, but it otherwise supported the disclosure.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau is adopting the final rule with a notable change from the proposal. The Bureau agrees with commenters that it is beneficial for consumers to specifically be alerted to the generally free or less expensive IVR method of customer service, and thus is finalizing § 1005.18(b)(2)(vi) requiring disclosure in the short form of fees for both automated and live agent customer service. The Bureau's post-proposal consumer testing revealed that, consistent with several commenters' observations, disclosure of a general customer service fee resulted in many participants incorrectly assuming the fee would remain the same whether the service was live or automated, while all participants understood the distinction when both automated and live agent customer service fees were disclosed.
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
Proposed comment 18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau received comments from a program manager, an issuing bank, an industry trade association, a consumer group, and an office of a State Attorney General about the proposed inactivity fee disclosure. In response to the Bureau's solicitation of comments as to whether inactivity fees should be included in the short form disclosure, the program manager responded that disclosure of both the monthly fee and the inactivity fee would not confuse consumers, as most prepaid products either charge a monthly fee or an inactivity fee, but not both. Even if both fees are charged, it said, consumers can get more information about the fees from the long form disclosure or on the Web site associated with the prepaid program disclosed on the short form. In contrast, the trade association and the issuing bank urged the Bureau not to require disclosure of inactivity fees because, they said, both studies of prepaid cards that they reviewed and information provided to the trade association by its members indicate that inactivity fees are not commonly charged. Additionally, the commenters said there are better means than the short form through which consumers can learn about inactivity fees, such as the Bureau's Web site, the prepaid issuer's Web site or its customer service, and that contact information for those sources is included in the short form disclosure. The consumer group and the office of a State Attorney General recommended primarily that the Bureau ban inactivity fees, but otherwise generally supported the disclosure.
The consumer group also asserted that the portion of proposed comment 18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The office of the State Attorney General also recommended that the Bureau require a minimum 10-day notice prior to imposition of an inactivity fee on a payroll card account. The commenter stated that the notice should include the amount of the inactivity fee, the date the fee will be assessed, and a description of how to avoid the fee. The commenter asserted that the notice should be provided through the employee's preferred method of receiving communications from the payroll card account vendor.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
In the final rule, in place of the proposed disclosure of the “duration of inactivity,” the Bureau is requiring the broader disclosure of the “conditions” that trigger the financial institution to impose the inactivity fee.
In response to the comment from a consumer group that proposed comment 18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
Regarding the comment requesting that the Bureau ban inactivity fees either generally or for payroll card accounts, such a request is outside the scope of this rulemaking.
The proposal would have required two distinct disclosures in the short form designed to alert consumers to other fees financial institutions may charge in addition to the standardized static fees disclosed at the top of the short form. First, following the static fee disclosures, pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
As discussed further below in connection with both final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii) and (ix), the Bureau is adopting both proposed disclosures with substantial revisions and is placing them together on the short form to provide greater clarity to consumers and enhance the impact of each disclosure relative to the proposed version. Other adjustments to the final rule to improve consumer comprehension and reduce implementation burdens for financial institutions include, for example, requiring disclosure of the number of additional types of fees charged in connection with the prepaid account program, rather than counting each variation in fees toward the total as proposed, and requiring disclosure of specific fee types on the short form based on revenue, rather than frequency, and only if in excess of a de minimis threshold. The Bureau believes that these and other changes will make the disclosures easier for financial institutions to prepare and more meaningful for consumers.
In proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau sought comment on whether the proposed disclosure would be useful to consumers or whether listing the total number of additional fees without any other information would actually interfere with consumers' ability to make an informed choice between prepaid account programs. The Bureau acknowledged that there was some risk that consumers might assume that the additional fees were punitive, rather than covering the cost of optional services or product features that the consumer might find advantageous. However, the Bureau also noted that some participants in the Bureau's pre-proposal consumer testing reported finding out about fees only after purchasing their card, and sometimes only after incurring them.
Unlike the proposed incidence-based fees, the Bureau did not believe it was necessary to propose provisions about updating this statement regarding other fees. Pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(f), a financial institution would have been required to include the long form disclosure in a prepaid account's § 1005.7(b)(5) initial disclosures. Any updates made to the fees disclosed in the long form would have required an overhaul of all of the disclosures for a given prepaid account product, which the Bureau believed was unlikely to occur. Proposed comment 18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
Several consumer groups generally supported this portion of the proposed short form disclosure as beneficial to alert consumers to fees not disclosed in the short form and to encourage financial institutions to simplify their fee schedules, although some groups also advocated providing a paper long-form disclosure in all settings to ensure that consumers could immediately review more detailed information about any additional fees.
A number of industry commenters, including trade associations, issuing banks, and program managers, recommended eliminating the proposed disclosure of the number of additional fees charged. In its place, many of these commenters favored a general statement that other fees are charged, generally with reference to the cardholder agreement for more information about these other fees. One trade association and an issuing bank stated that they found the proposed disclosure rational and reasonable, as it provided useful data to consumers without overwhelming them with information and without overcrowding the short form disclosure, though they also preferred a requirement simply to state that additional fees could apply.
Many of these industry commenters expressed concern that presenting the number of fees would tend to mislead and confuse consumers and thus interfere with consumers' ability to make an informed choice among prepaid account programs. Several industry commenters said that the statement would mislead consumers into believing that these other fees are common fees they are likely to incur when in fact the commenters asserted that the fees may only be charged in connection with optional specialized services. Other industry commenters said that the number of other fees could mislead and confuse consumers into thinking that a product with a higher number of available functions—and fees for those functions—is more expensive or otherwise inferior to a product with fewer other fees, when in fact the opposite may be true. Some industry commenters warned that this stigmatized perception of a higher number of other fees and commensurate costs to update the disclosures may undermine innovation and flexibility, as financial institutions may either discontinue or cease developing new and flexible services that may be advantageous to consumers.
Similarly, one of the consumer groups that recommended disclosure of all fees in all acquisition settings noted that an account that has many more other fees may actually charge fewer fees for the services it has in common with another account, but the proposed short form would make it seem as though it was potentially a more costly product. The consumer group recommended that the Bureau monitor the effect of requiring only the listing of the number of “other” fees on market innovation and the cost and types of fees that are charged.
An issuing bank agreed that the disclosure of the number of additional fees charged can be a factor for consumers in comparing prepaid account terms, but also challenged the methodology of counting each fee
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
Finally, the Bureau is not adopting any of the proposed commentary, but rather is adopting new comments 18(b)(2)(viii)(A)-1 through -4 and 18(b)(2)(viii)(B)-1 to clarify various issues regarding application of the final rule.
Final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii)(A) requires a statement disclosing the number of additional fee types the financial institution may charge consumers with respect to the prepaid account, using the following clause or a substantially similar clause: “We charge [x] other types of fees.” The number of additional fee types disclosed must reflect the total number of fee types under which the financial institution may charge fees, excluding fees required to be disclosed pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) through (vii) and (5) and any finance charges as described in final Regulation Z § 1026.4(b)(11) imposed in connection with a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61.
The Bureau is finalizing § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii) because it continues to believe, as explained in the proposal, that it is crucial to inform consumers that there may be a cost for features not otherwise captured in the short form disclosure. Disclosure of this information will help both alert consumers that the short form is not a comprehensive fee disclosure and encourage consumers to seek out more information about the prepaid account from the long form disclosure and other sources. As noted in the proposal, the Bureau's pre-proposal consumer testing revealed that participants often did not know all the fees that might be assessed prior to their purchase of a prepaid account. In addition, the Bureau's post-proposal consumer testing revealed that, while not all participants understood the significance of the disclosure of the number of additional fee types, participants were keenly interested in this disclosure, which the Bureau believes will motivate consumers to seek more information about these additional fee types.
The Bureau declines to use a more general statement to alert consumers that there may be additional fees, as requested by some industry commenters. The Bureau believes that disclosure of the specific number of additional fee types, as opposed to a general statement regarding other fees charged, provides consumers with concrete information and stronger motivation to both better inform themselves and to direct their searches for additional information. Moreover, as discussed below, the Bureau believes that focusing the disclosure on tallying the
The Bureau disagrees with commenters that the comprehensive disclosure of all fees in another disclosure, such as the long form or the cardholder agreement, negates the rationale for disclosing the number of additional fee types in the short form. The Bureau believes that consumers generally would rely solely on the short form disclosure in making their acquisition decisions if they do not see language that specifically emphasizes the value of consulting the long form. The Bureau thus believes that listing the total number of fee types that are not otherwise listed on the short form will complement and enhance the statement in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiii) directing consumers to the long form, providing a concrete incentive to consult the longer disclosure for products that are more complex.
The Bureau acknowledges commenters' concerns that some consumers may tend to assume that a prepaid account with a relatively high number of additional fees is more expensive or less desirable than other accounts, even when the opposite may be true. In part to address this concern, the Bureau is finalizing the rule
In addition, the Bureau believes that this modification addresses commenters' concerns, at least in part, regarding a potential chill to innovation of new features because such fee variations within a fee type will not be required to be separately counted for purposes of this disclosure. The Bureau intends to monitor compliance with this rule, including financial institutions' disclosures of the number of additional fee types charged, as well as market innovations in the prepaid industry more generally, and will consider additional action in future rulemakings if necessary.
Modifying the final rule to require disclosure of the number of fee types also addresses concerns raised by some commenters that the proposed disclosure would have included many fees that are not commonly incurred by consumers—including fees for discretionary features that require specific consumer action before they are incurred. For example, under the final rule, a financial institution would count bill payment as an additional fee type if it offered this feature, but, unlike the rule as proposed, would not count each of the discrete fee variations within bill payment such as ACH bill payment, paper check bill payment, check cancellation, and regular or expedited delivery of a paper check. Thus, in addition to a reduction in the overall number of additional fees required to be disclosed under the final rule, a financial institution would similarly not be required to disclose many of the less common fees and fees triggered by affirmative consumer action. While some of the additional fee types required to be disclosed in the final rule may still be less common or triggered only when a consumer elects to use an optional service, the Bureau reiterates that the primary objective of this provision is to alert consumers to fee information absent from the short form and to spur consumers to take action to gain a more fulsome understanding of the terms of a prospective prepaid account; this disclosure fulfils this objective.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix) below, the Bureau is adopting a de minimis threshold with respect to the disclosure of specific additional fee types. The Bureau does not believe a de minimis threshold would be appropriate for the disclosure required by § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii)(A) regarding the total number of additional fee types. The Bureau notes, however, that with the de minimis threshold in § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix), disclosure of such fee types under final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix) would not be required, although such fee types would be counted in the total number of additional fee types disclosed pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii).
Finally, the Bureau continues to believe it is not necessary to include in the final rule specific requirements for updating the statement regarding the number of additional fee types charged required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii)(A). As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b) above, the Bureau does not believe that financial institutions change the fee schedules for prepaid accounts often, particularly those sold at retail. If a financial institution is making available a new optional service for all prepaid accounts in a particular prepaid account program, Regulation E provides a means for financial institutions to notify consumers of terms associated with a new EFT service that is added to a consumer's account, in § 1005.7(c). A financial institution may provide new consumer disclosures in accordance with § 1005.7(c) post-acquisition, without needing to pull and replace card packaging that does not reflect that new optional feature in the disclosure of the number of additional fee types pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii)(A). The Bureau does expect, however, that financial institutions will keep their other disclosures up to date (including those provided electronically and orally, as well as disclosures provided in writing that are not a part of pre-printed packaging materials, such as those printed by a financial institution upon a consumer's request). The Bureau intends to monitor financial institutions' practices in this area, however, and may consider additional requirements in a future rulemaking if necessary.
Final comment 18(b)(2)(viii)(A)-1 clarifies what fee types to count in the total number of additional fee types, specifically excluding fees otherwise required to be disclosed in and outside the short form pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) through (vii) and (5) and any finance charges as described in final Regulation Z § 1026.4(b)(11) imposed in connection with a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in final § 1026.61. Excluding the static fees and fees required to be disclosed outside the short form avoids the duplicative counting of fees already disclosed to the consumer. As discussed in more detail below, the Bureau has made a strategic decision to focus the bulk of the short form disclosure on usage of the prepaid account itself rather than any charges related to overdraft credit features. The possibility that consumers may be offered an overdraft credit feature for use in connection with the prepaid account is addressed in the short form pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(2)(x), which requires the following statement if such a feature may be offered: “You may be offered overdraft/credit after [x] days. Fees would apply.” Consistent with this overall decision, the Bureau believes that it is appropriate to exclude any finance charges related to an overdraft credit feature that may be offered at a later date to some prepaid consumers from the disclosures regarding additional fees under both final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii) and (ix). If consumers are interested in such a feature, they can look to the Regulation Z disclosures in the long form pursuant
Final comment 18(b)(2)(viii)(A)-1.i explains that the number of additional fee types includes only fee types under which the financial institution may charge fees; accordingly, third-party fees are not included unless they are imposed for services performed on behalf of the financial institution. The comment additionally clarifies that the number of additional fee types includes only fee types the financial institution may charge consumers with respect to the prepaid account; accordingly, additional fee types does not include other revenue sources such as interchange fees or fees paid by employers for payroll card programs, government agencies for government benefit programs, or other entities sponsoring prepaid account programs for financial disbursements.
Final comment 18(b)(2)(viii)(A)-1.ii explains that fee types that bear a relationship to, but are separate from, the static fees disclosed in the short form must be counted as additional fee types for purposes of final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii). The comment also provides a detailed explanation regarding the treatment of international ATM fees and fees for reloading funds into a prepaid account in a form other than cash (such as electronic reload and check reload). In addition, the comment explains that additional fee types disclosed in the short form pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix) must be counted in the total number of additional fee types. This is because the exclusions in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(A)(
The Bureau is adopting new comment 18(b)(2)(viii)(A)-2 to provide guidance regarding the calculation of the number of additional fee types pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii) as well as to address concerns raised by an industry commenter regarding how to categorize fees in determining the additional fee types to disclose under final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix). The comment explains that the term fee type, as used in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii) and (ix), is a general category under which a financial institution charges fees to consumers. A financial institution may charge only one fee within a particular fee type, or may charge two or more variations of fees within the same fee type. (The Bureau notes that an additional fee type for which a financial institution does not charge any fee to the consumer, including for any variations of the additional fee type, is not counted in the total number of additional fee types under final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii) nor required to be disclosed on the short form under final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix).) The comment goes on to provide a list of examples of fee types a financial institution may use when determining both the number of additional fee types charged pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii)(A) and any additional fee types to disclose pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix). The comment also explains that a financial institution may create an appropriate name for other additional fee types.
The Bureau compiled the list of examples of fee types in new comment 18(b)(2)(viii)(A)-2 to provide guidance to financial institutions and to help facilitate their categorization of additional fee types for satisfying the requirements in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii)(A) and (ix). The list also may encourage standardization of this portion of the short form in that, although additional fee types disclosed will vary across short forms for different prepaid account programs, the Bureau believes financial institutions will generally use consistent nomenclature for additional fee types identified on the list. The Bureau compiled this list of examples of fee types based on particular fee types referenced in comments received on the proposal and by reviewing the packaging of and disclosures for scores of prepaid account programs.
Final comment 18(b)(2)(viii)(A)-3 clarifies that, pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(vi), a financial institution using the multiple service plan short form disclosure pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(6)(iii)(B)(
Final comment 18(b)(2)(viii)(A)-4 clarifies that a financial institution must use the same categorization of fee types in the number of additional fee types disclosed pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii) and in its determination of which additional fee types to disclose pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix). The Bureau is including this comment on consistency to make clear that a financial institution is not permitted to, for example, shorten its list of fee types into a few broad categories (in order to minimize the number of additional fee types required to be disclosed pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii)) but use a more detailed list of fee types broken out into a greater number of categories when assessing its obligations under final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix) (in order to maximize the number of fee types that may fall below the de minimis threshold pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(A)(
Final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii)(B) requires that, if a financial institution makes a disclosure of specific additional fee types pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix), the financial institution must include a statement directing consumers to that disclosure, located after but on the same line of text as the statement regarding the number of additional fee types required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii)(A), using the following clause or a substantially similar clause: “Here are some of them:”.
The disclosure required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii)(A) indicating the number of additional fee types will
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix) below, the Bureau believes that the brevity and clarity of the short form disclosure necessary for optimal consumer comprehension and engagement cannot support a detailed explanation of what additional fee types are or the criteria the financial institution used in determining which additional fee types to disclose. The Bureau's pre-proposal consumer testing of such explanations support this conclusion.
Thus, to make the connection for consumers that the additional fee types disclosed pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix) are a subset of the number of additional fee types disclosed pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii)(A), and that absence of any feature on the short form does not necessarily mean the prepaid account program does not offer that feature, the Bureau is including in the final rule the transition statement set forth above.
Final comment 18(b)(2)(viii)(B)-1 provides guidance regarding the statement required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii)(B) directing consumers to the disclosure of additional fee types pursuant final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix). The comment explains that a financial institution that makes no disclosure pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix) may not include a disclosure pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii)(B). The comment also provides examples regarding substantially similar clauses a financial institution may use in certain circumstances to make its disclosures under final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii)(A) and (B), such as when a financial institution has several additional fee types but is only required to disclose one of them pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix).
As explained at the beginning of the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii) above, the proposal would have required two distinct disclosures in the short form designed to alert consumers to other fees financial institutions may charge in addition to the standardized static fees disclosed at the top of the short form. First, following the static fee disclosures, pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
As discussed in connection with both final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii) and (ix), the Bureau is adopting both proposed disclosures with substantial revisions and is placing them together on the short form to provide greater clarity to consumers and enhance the impact of each disclosure relative to the proposed version. Other adjustments made to the final rule to improve consumer comprehension and reduce implementation burdens for financial institutions include, for example, requiring disclosure of the number of additional types of fees charged in connection with the prepaid account program, rather than counting each variation in fees toward the total as proposed and requiring disclosure of specific fee types on the short form based on revenue, rather than frequency, and only if in excess of a de minimis threshold. The Bureau believes that these and other changes will make the disclosures easier for financial institutions to prepare and more meaningful for consumers.
In addition to the fees that all financial institutions would have had to disclose in the static portion of the short form disclosure pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau proposed this disclosure because it was concerned that, while the fee disclosures in the static portion of the short form under the proposed rule would have included the key fees on most prepaid accounts, that list is not comprehensive and there could be other fees that consumers might incur with some frequency. The Bureau also had concerns that, absent this incidence-based disclosure, there was a risk of evasion whereby a financial institution trying to gain an advantage relative to its competitors could restructure its fee schedule to make the fees disclosed in the static portion of the short form lower, while structuring its pricing to make up or even increase overall revenue by imposing fees that would not otherwise be disclosed on the short form. The Bureau believed that requiring financial institutions to disclose other fees that are frequently
Additionally, the Bureau believed that the incidence-based portion of the short form, though it would have mandated a specific metric to determine which additional fees may be listed, would have provided some flexibility to industry participants to disclose up to three more fees on the short form particular to each prepaid account product and that may be imposed for features that could be appealing to consumers.
For existing prepaid account products, proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau believed that it was important for the incidence-based fee disclosure to list a prepaid account product's most commonly incurred fees. The Bureau, however, recognized that financial institutions would need time to update disclosures upon assessing whether any changes to the incidence-based fee disclosure are needed, although the Bureau expected such changes would be infrequent. The Bureau believed such updates would be easier for disclosures provided in electronic form or in written form outside of a retail setting. Thus, the Bureau proposed that financial institutions would have had to make updates to written, electronic, and oral disclosures within 90 days to ensure that consumers receive up-to-date incidence-based fee disclosures. The Bureau, however, recognized that it could be more complicated and time-consuming for financial institutions to make updates to packages used to market prepaid accounts in retail stores, and therefore proposed that financial institutions would have been able to implement updates on packaging material whenever they are printing new stock during normal inventory cycles. The Bureau acknowledged that the proposal could result in some disclosures for the same prepaid account product (
The Bureau also recognized that allowing financial institutions to continue to use packaging with out-of-date incidence-based fee disclosure in retail stores could reduce the effectiveness of this disclosure. The Bureau, however, believed that imposing a cut-off date after which sale or distribution of out-of-date retail packages would be prohibited could be overly burdensome.
The Bureau also proposed to adopt several comments to provide additional guidance on incidence-based fee disclosures. Proposed comment 18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau noted in the proposal that its proposed model forms did not isolate or identify these incidence-based fees in a way that would have distinguished them from the other fees, outside the top-line, disclosed under proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau also recognized that the proposed procedure for determining and disclosing incidence-based fees could be complicated in some instances, particularly for new prepaid accounts or those with revised fee schedules. Further, the Bureau acknowledged that basing the incidence-based fees determination on fee incidence might not make sense for all prepaid products. Thus, the Bureau sought comment on all aspects of this incidence-based fees proposal. Among other things, the Bureau specifically solicited feedback on whether other measures, such as fee revenue, would be better measures of the most important remaining fees to disclose to consumers considering a prepaid account, and whether there should be a de minimis threshold below which changes to the incidence ranking would not require form revisions, and if so, what that threshold should be.
Numerous industry commenters spanning a panoply of interests in the prepaid industry including trade associations, issuing banks, credit unions, program managers, a law firm commenting on behalf of a coalition of prepaid issuers, and other parties involved in the prepaid industry, as well as several employers, addressed the proposed requirement to disclose incidence-based fees, with the vast majority recommending the Bureau eliminate this aspect of the short form disclosure. Their specific concerns and criticisms are discussed in detail below. Industry commenters, however, generally supported the proposed reprint exception. That exception would have excused financial institutions from annually updating the incidence-based fees for disclosures provided on a prepaid account product's packaging material, for example, in retail stores, until the financial institution prints new packaging material.
Industry commenters offered myriad reasons in support of their recommendation that the Bureau not finalize the requirement to disclose incidence-based fees. Industry commenters' concerns, summarized here, are discussed in more detail in the paragraphs that follow. Some said that the disclosure would heavily burden industry with what they viewed to be little, if any, benefits to consumers and, if finalized as proposed, would likely cause some prepaid providers to exit the market. Many said that this disclosure defeats the uniformity in the short form and thus could inhibit consumers' ability to comparison shop. Many others asserted that the disclosure would create a discrepancy between fees disclosed online and those disclosed on packaging for financial institutions taking advantage of the reprint exception. Some industry commenters suggested that the incidence-based fees disclosed may not be germane to all consumers. Some also asserted the disclosure would be redundant because the incidence-based fees can be found elsewhere, such as on the long form disclosure.
Specifically, some industry commenters voiced concern regarding consumer comprehension of the significance of incidence-based fees. They said that the disclosure defeats uniformity within and comparison shopping among short form disclosures because incidence-based fees would vary among different prepaid account programs and over time even for the same program, which they contended would mislead consumers into thinking that absence of a certain fee on the short form may mean the feature is not offered. A few commenters said that because of differences in customer usage, some of the disclosed incidence-based fees would not be germane to some consumers. Some industry commenters contended that the Bureau's pre-proposal consumer testing
Some industry commenters questioned the Bureau's rationale for the disclosure of incidence-based fees in the proposed rule, saying that the risk of fee evasion by industry is unwarranted in the current competitive prepaid marketplace.
Some industry commenters questioned the validity of the data upon which incidence-based fees would be calculated, saying incidence-based fees were unlikely to change significantly absent structural changes to the program and that, because prepaid accounts are typically short-lived, annual assessment would not provide a sufficient basis from which to extrapolate meaningful information.
Some industry commenters, including issuing banks, credit unions, and industry trade associations, asserted that requiring disclosure of incidence-based fees for products distributed in bank branch settings is unnecessary as availability of the long form disclosure prior to acquisition and bank personnel to answer questions both encourage more thoughtful consumer review. Some of these industry commenters claimed incidence-based disclosures would disproportionately burden community banks and credit unions because they use outside vendors to handle disclosures, creating higher costs and unfair due diligence demands on banks to oversee the vendors. Some said that, without an exemption for small issuers, compliance costs may force these providers out of the market. A program manager for government benefit account programs recommended an exemption for accounts arranged for or issued by government agencies, saying agencies usually each offer only one prepaid account program and consequently, consumers do not need disclosures to be provided in a format designed to facilitate comparison of multiple prepaid accounts offered by the agency. Alternatively, the commenter recommended permitting government agencies to aggregate their data for incidence-based fees rather than analyzing each program separately.
Many industry commenters focused on the perceived burden of this proposed requirement, saying the disclosure would be complex, costly, and difficult to implement. One industry commenter said the fear that any changes to incidence-based fees will require changes to packaging and marketing materials would stifle innovation and development of new services or new prepaid products. Another recommended the Bureau commission a study to confirm that the benefits of the incidence-based disclosure outweigh the burden. Many industry commenters said it would be a major undertaking to identify and calculate incidence-based fees, with some saying the proposed annual update alone would necessitate a massive amount of new procedures, controls, system updates, and packaging design changes.
Some questioned the meaning in the proposed rule of the term “separate prepaid account program,” saying initial and ongoing identification and calculation of incidence-based fees would be particularly cost prohibitive for entities with hundreds or thousands of separate prepaid account programs, as they said is the case with certain companies that issue or manage payroll card account programs. Some commenters involved in payroll card account programs queried whether the proposed rule would require them to calculate incidence-based fees for each individual program negotiated separately with an employer or whether they could aggregate data across programs. For example, one payroll card account program manager with 4,000 individual employer programs said every annual printing would cost $1 per cardholder such that annual printing costs alone would be a multimillion dollar undertaking.
Some industry commenters questioned specific aspects of the proposed incidence-based fee disclosure. A few commenters questioned the proposed 90-day period for updates, saying it was unclear whether both assessing and updating incidence-based fees would be required in that time frame and recommended various extensions of the period, for example, to 120 days for both assessment and updating, 12 months after analysis to update, or within a reasonable time after a change. A trade association commenter said the requirement to disclose additional fee types would pose a “compliance trap” because financial institutions could be second-guessed on how they categorized them.
Many industry commenters responded to the Bureau's solicitation of comments regarding alternatives to the proposed incidence-based fee disclosure. They variously recommended the following in the short form disclosure: A general statement that other fees may apply, disclosing all fees, or adding to the static fees already disclosed on the short form up to three more common fees chosen by the financial institution or determined by the Bureau on the basis of research. Some industry commenters recommended modifying the proposed update schedule by requiring the update every two years, or requiring it only when there is a fee change which would require the financial institution to update the prepaid account terms, packaging, and disclosures in any case.
A few industry commenters addressed the Bureau's queries regarding whether the disclosure should be based on assessment of fee frequency, as proposed, or fee revenue. A trade association and an issuing bank said they had no preference, as long as the criteria are clear, easy to determine, and not subject to annual updating. A program manager also said it had no preference as it has the data necessary for either calculation, and the cost and compliance burden would be the same either way.
The proposal sought comment on a de minimis threshold below which changes to the incidence ranking would not require form revisions. While some industry commenters supported this idea, others went further and advocated for a general de minimis threshold that would not require disclosure of additional fee types below a threshold set by the Bureau. A trade association, a payment network, an issuing bank, and several program managers urged the Bureau to adopt a general de minimis exclusion from the incidence-based fee
A trade association recommended the Bureau adopt a safe harbor to the proposed incidence-based fee requirement that allows financial institutions to disclose all fees on the short form, with a de minimis exception for fees that are imposed on fewer than 25 percent of accounts. A credit union similarly recommended that the Bureau give financial institutions the option of listing all fees on the short form, which it said would be more transparent to consumers and more beneficial particularly for issuers who charge a limited number of fees on their prepaid accounts.
Several consumer group commenters, on the other hand, supported the proposed disclosure of incidence-based fees. These commenters said that requiring disclosure of incidence-based fees would prevent financial institutions from designing their fee schedules to minimize fees required to be disclosed on the short form and to maximize those that are only listed on the long form disclosure, where consumers are less likely to see them. They also said the disclosure of incidence-based fees would help consumers evaluate and avoid the most-commonly charged fees.
The consumer group commenters also recommended some changes to the proposed requirement. They all recommended requiring calculation of the fees based on revenue, rather than frequency of incidence, saying it is more important to warn consumers about high fees that impact small numbers of consumers rather than small fees charged often. They warned that placing more importance on a commonly incurred but inexpensive fee, rather than a rare expensive fee, could result in consumers paying more for fees that are not prominently displayed. They said the rule could incent some providers to bring down cost of the most common fees in favor of higher fees on those incurred less often, thus hiding potential costly charges.
One consumer group commenter recommended eliminating the 12-month lookback period for assessment of incidence-based fees because an expensive fee, such as a legal process fee, may be charged sporadically but could devastate a consumer. That commenter also argued against a de minimis exception, saying any fee so small or so rarely incurred should be eliminated. Moreover, it said, a de minimis threshold would likely eliminate disclosure of infrequent but costly fees, such as legal fees for garnishment. The consumer group also suggested requiring standardized use of the term “bill payment” for incidence-based fees. Another consumer group recommended permitting a financial institution that charges a total of four other fees to disclose all four of those fees in lieu of disclosing three of those fees and the statement regarding other fees.
Regarding purchase price, one consumer group commenter agreed that, as the Bureau had proposed, the purchase price for a prepaid account should be a potential incidence-based fee and not be required as a static fee because of the limited space in the short form and other parts of the packaging can disclose this information. Moreover, the commenter said, it is a one-time fee and consumers will take notice of the price they have to pay for the prepaid account. On the other hand, another consumer group commenter recommended that the purchase price be required to be disclosed as a static fee on the short form or, alternatively, as an incidence-based fee. It said disclosure of this fee was important because almost half of regular GPR card users buy a new card when their funds are exhausted, so the purchase price is a frequent expense. Further, it stated that simply because the purchase price is deducted from the amount of cash loaded onto a prepaid card does not mean that consumers understand this fee.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
Second, the Bureau is finalizing several changes to the nature of the disclosure. In particular, the Bureau is requiring disclosure of two fee types
Third, the Bureau has made a number of other adjustments intended to reduce compliance burden relative to the proposal regarding the tracking and reporting of the additional fee types. These adjustments are in addition to proposed burden-reducing measures that the Bureau is adopting in the final rule, such as the exemption from having to update the listing of additional fee types on previously printed packaging materials, pursuant to the update printing exception in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(E)(
The Bureau has considered the industry comments objecting to the proposed disclosure of incidence-based fees
As discussed in detail in the next few paragraphs, the Bureau continues to believe it is important that financial institutions disclose to consumers certain fee types not otherwise listed on the short form. The Bureau believes that this may be particularly important for certain virtual wallets and other products covered by this final rule that may have pricing structures that do not mirror those of GPR cards or other more traditional prepaid products, as well as for capturing potential major evolutions in pricing structures on traditional products that may occur in the future. Further, the final rule provides some flexibility to financial institutions that have fewer than two fee types required to be disclosed pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(B) to disclose additional fee types of their choice, such as those particular to their prepaid account program and imposed for features that could be appealing to consumers. It also provides additional flexibility for financial institutions to disclose the names and fee amounts of the discrete fee variations for additional fee types with two or fewer fee variations pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(C).
First, as pointed out by some consumer group commenters, the requirement to disclose additional fee types in the short form disclosure creates a dynamic disclosure designed to reduce incentives for manipulating fee structures to reduce the cost of the most common fee types in favor of higher fees on fee types incurred less often, thus hiding potential costly charges. The Bureau is not convinced, as asserted by some industry commenters, that market forces alone would adequately control for potential fee manipulation. Requiring disclosure of additional fee types in the short form will help prevent financial institutions from minimizing the cost of the fees required to be disclosed in and outside the short form by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) through (vii) and (5) in favor of higher fees for fee types that would only be required to be disclosed in the comprehensive long form disclosure, where the Bureau believes consumers are much less likely to see them before acquiring a prepaid account. In particular for prepaid accounts sold at retail, consumers may not see the additional fee types disclosed only in the long form and, thus, could be more likely to incur such fees unknowingly. Putting consumers on notice of additional fee types that, outside of those excluded from disclosure pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(A)(
Second, eschewing full standardization in a static short form disclosure in favor of the dynamic disclosure of additional fee types enables the disclosure to capture market changes and innovations. In this way, the short form is capable of reflecting over time significant changes in consumer use patterns that affect the amount of revenue generated for new features. Disclosing additional fee types in the short form allows the disclosure to reflect the advent of new fee types that consumers may come to incur frequently and for significant cost that, without this requirement, otherwise would be prohibited from disclosure in the short form and thus could render it outdated and of diminished value to consumers over time. This same dynamism also permits disclosure of fees for certain types of prepaid accounts, such as mobile wallets, whose currently scant fee structures may not otherwise be represented in the short form. Further, requiring disclosure of additional fee types allows the short form to capture future fee types charged by new products and under new pricing models that emerge over time. Without this mechanism, the information provided to consumers in the short form disclosure may become ossified and anachronistic over time absent additional rulemakings by the Bureau to update the required elements of the short form.
The Bureau recognizes that there are some tradeoffs for consumers and for industry in providing the disclosures, but believes those disadvantages are outweighed by the benefits of these disclosures to consumers. Moreover, the Bureau believes that the changes it has made in the final rule address many of the concerns raised by industry commenters and also substantially reduce the burden on financial institutions related to providing these disclosures relative to the proposal.
One objection raised by industry commenters is that, because the additional fee types disclosures will be the only non-standardized elements of the short form, the lack of uniformity will cause consumer confusion and prevent comparison shopping. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii) above, the Bureau had consumer tested language to explain how the incidence-based fees were selected for disclosure on the short form but found that the information did not track well with consumers. The Bureau believes that the final rule substantially reduces this problem by linking the disclosures in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii) and (ix) by using a transition statement between the two (“Here are some of them:”) as discussed above, making clear that the specific additional fee types listed are examples of additional types of fees not otherwise disclosed on the short form. While the short form will not specifically explain why those two particular fee types were selected for disclosure, consumers will be able to understand that this portion of the form is variable across prepaid account programs, evaluate the specific information provided for potential applicability to their expected prepaid account use, and seek more information. The Bureau does not believe it necessary for consumers to understand the calculations behind and the specific purpose of the additional fee types to benefit from their disclosure.
Some commenters said the proposed reprint exemption would create discrepancies among short form disclosures for the same prepaid account program depending on where a consumer views the form (for example, at retail versus online). However, in
With regard to comparison shopping, the Bureau believes that having the same disclosures in the bulk of the short form, including the static fees and informational statements, will create more than sufficient consistency to facilitate consumer comparison shopping based on key fees in the marketplace, despite some variance introduced by the disclosure of two additional fee types. At the same time, the disclosure of additional fee types will ensure that consumers are made aware of significant fee types relating to each particular prepaid account program. Also, the transition statement linking the statement regarding the number of additional fee types and the disclosure of additional fee types provides sufficient information to orient consumers to these disclosures and will help dispel the consumer confusion that concerned industry commenters, particularly in light of consumer testing of explanations of the criteria for selection of additional fee types that proved ineffective.
To preserve standardization and consistency across short form disclosures, the Bureau declines to exempt prepaid accounts distributed in branches, particularly those of community banks and credit unions, and by government agencies from the requirement to disclose additional fee types. In addition to preserving standardization across short form disclosures, the Bureau is concerned that creating an individualized disclosure regime for different acquisition settings would create a patchwork regulatory regime, which is what this rule seeks to eliminate. The Bureau believes it is important to make the short form disclosure as informative as possible considering its space constraints; the disclosures regarding additional fee types will encourage consumers to review the long form for more detailed information in a way that simply providing the long form disclosure will not do.
In finalizing this provision, the Bureau attempted to maximize the usefulness of the disclosure for consumers while exacting the minimum burden on industry. As discussed above and below, the final rule incorporates many burden-reducing measures relative to the proposal, such as excluding certain fees from potential disclosure as additional fee types altogether (final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(A)(
Each aspect of final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix) is addressed in turn below, together with other specific comments from both industry and consumer groups.
Final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(A) requires disclosure of the two fee types that generate the highest revenue from consumers for the prepaid account program or across prepaid account programs that share the same fee schedule during the time period provided in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(D) and (E), excluding (
Specific aspects of this provision, and related commentary, are discussed in turn below.
The Bureau does not believe the use of fee types will compromise the benefit to consumers of the disclosure required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix), as suggested by some commenters. While it is true that the additional fee types disclosed will constitute broader categories than disclosure of individual fee types, such as the disclosure of fees for bill payment generally versus a specific fee for regular or expedited delivery of a bill payment, there are benefits and detriments to either approach for both consumers and financial institutions and as discussed above, the Bureau believes the approach in the final rule strikes an appropriate balance. To allow financial institutions flexibility to disclose discrete fee variations, pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(C), financial institutions with additional fee types with two or fewer fee variations may disclose those fee variations by name and fee amount. Similarly, final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(B) permits financial institutions to disclose fee types of their choice if they have fewer than two fee types that require disclosure under final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix), thereby creating opportunities for more transparent disclosure to consumers and greater flexibility and control for financial institutions, including the option of highlighting innovative and unique product features or features that financial institutions project may require disclosure by the next reassessment and update deadline.
Also in the final rule, the Bureau is requiring disclosure of two additional fee types pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(A), rather than three as proposed. The Bureau has made this modification, in part, to create additional space on the short form for other disclosures required by the final rule, such as the statement associated with the alternate disclosure of a variable periodic fee pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(3)(ii). The Bureau also believes some financial institutions will find that this modification will impose less burden on an ongoing basis with respect to recalculation and updates than the rule as proposed would have done. The Bureau does not believe that the disclosure of two additional fee types rather than three will reduce the effectiveness of the short form disclosure for consumers, especially when balanced with other measures the Bureau has taken in the final rule to inform consumers of other fee types, such as the requirement under final § 1005.18(b)(2)(vi) to generally disclose two customer service fees (for interactive voice response and live customer service) instead of the highest fee that would have been required under the proposed rule.
Final comment 18(b)(2)(ix)(A)-1 clarifies that a prepaid account program that has two fee types that satisfy the criteria in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(A) must disclose both fees. If a prepaid account program has three or more fee types that potentially satisfy the criteria in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(A), the financial institution must disclose only the two fee types that generate the highest revenue from consumers. This comment cross-references final comment 18(b)(2)(ix)(B)-1 for guidance regarding the disclosure of additional fee types for a prepaid account with fewer than two fee types that satisfy the criteria in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(A).
Final comment 18(b)(2)(ix)(A)-1 also cross-references final comment 18(b)(2)(viii)(A)-2 for guidance on and examples of fee types. To address an industry commenter's concerns regarding categorization of fee types, comment 18(b)(2)(viii)(A)-2 provides concrete guidance on how to categorize fee types. The comment provides an explanation of the term “fee type” and examples of more than a dozen fee types, along with fee variations within those fee types, that a financial institution may use when determining both the number of additional fee types charged pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii)(A) and any additional fee types to disclose pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix). In response to the recommendation of one consumer group commenter, this comment provides standardized terms for many fee types, including bill payment. Final comment 18(b)(2)(ix)(A)-2 explains that commonly accepted or readily understandable abbreviations may be used as needed for additional fee types and fee variations disclosed pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix), and offers several example to illustrate this concept.
The Bureau also believes that there is additional information conveyed in using revenue; namely that a fee type's revenue is a measure of the impact of that fee type on consumers—it is the amount, in dollars, of the cost of that feature to consumers. In contrast, an incidence-based approach could have led to disclosure of fee types that were commonly incurred but had a low impact because the fee amount was low.
Final comment 18(b)(2)(ix)(A)-4 explains that, if a financial institution offers more than one prepaid account program, unless the programs share the same fee schedule, the financial institution must consider the fee revenue data separately for each prepaid account program and not consolidate the fee revenue data across prepaid account programs. The comment explains that prepaid account programs are deemed to have the same fee schedules if they charge the same fee amounts, including offering the same fee waivers and fee reductions for the same features. The comment also provides examples of how to assess revenue within and across prepaid account programs to determine the disclosure of additional fee types. In addition, the comment explains that, for multiple service plans disclosed pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(6)(iii)(B)(
The Bureau notes that, financial institutions disclosing only the default service plan for a prepaid account program offering multiple service plans pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(6)(iii)(B)(
The Bureau understands from some industry commenters that many fees that would have qualified under the proposal as additional fee types neither generate significant revenue nor are charged very frequently, though they often relate to services that certain consumers find valuable. With the de minimis threshold, disclosure of such fee types under final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix) would not be required, although such fee types would be counted in the total number of additional fee types disclosed pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii). Even with a de minimis exclusion, the Bureau believes that this disclosure requirement removes the potential incentive for financial institutions to restructure their fee schedules to avoid disclosure on the short form of certain fees from which they garner significant revenue. The short form disclosure likewise still remains dynamic such that it can reflect significant changes in the marketplace and in consumer use patterns over time. The Bureau believes the dynamic disclosures may also be useful to reflect the fees of certain types of prepaid accounts, such as mobile wallets, that are less likely to charge the types of fees that are represented in the static portion of the short form.
Moreover, with a de minimis threshold, this disclosure requirement will impose less burden relative to the proposal on financial institutions whose potential additional fee types fall below the de minimis threshold, as they may but are not required to disclose or update those fee types under final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix). The Bureau acknowledges, as pointed out by industry commenters, that some fee types may not be germane to all consumers. The Bureau believes that by applying a de minimis threshold, additional fee types that will not be germane to most consumers are not likely to be required to be disclosed. In response to the consumer group commenter that urged prohibiting any fee so small as to fall below a de minimis threshold, the Bureau states that such request is outside the scope of this rulemaking. The Bureau acknowledges the consumer group commenter's concerns regarding high fees with low incidence, but believes that the de minimis exception, in combination with the disclosure of additional fee types based on revenue, as opposed to incidence, strikes the appropriate balance for the final rule.
After determining that a de minimis exclusion from the requirement to disclose additional fee types would be appropriate, the Bureau considered
A 2014 study evaluated transactions on more than 3 million GPR cards from one program manager over a one-year period in 2011-2012.
The Bureau also received information from several commenters regarding fee revenue for a number of prepaid account programs. These commenters provided data mainly for GPR programs, but the Bureau received some information regarding corporate disbursement cards and non-reloadable cards sold at retail as well. Based on this information, across all of these programs except one, fee revenue from consumers amounted to 97 to 99 percent of fee revenue from fees required to be disclosed on the static portion of the short form or outside the short form pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(5) under the final rule. Of the remaining fees, fee revenue ranged from 3 percent to a fraction of 1 percent. In the one other program, 79 percent of fee revenue was from fees required to be disclosed on the static portion of the short form. Of the remaining fees, one comprised approximately 18 percent of fee revenue, while the others ranged between 1 and 2 percent each.
After considering the requests from commenters for a de minimis exclusion and the information available in studies and provided by commenters, the Bureau believes that a 5 percent threshold is appropriate and offers a clear dividing line between fee types that generate only a small amount of revenue from consumers and those that generate significant revenue and thus are most important to be disclosed to consumers prior to acquisition of a prepaid account. Based on this information, the Bureau believes that this threshold level would facilitate compliance and reduce burden, as requested by industry commenters, because a 5 percent de minimis threshold would exclude a majority of the applicable fees (other than the fees disclosed on the static portion of the short form disclosure or outside the short form disclosure pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(5)) that generate a small amount of revenue and would be less germane to consumers. At the same time, the Bureau believes that the 5 percent threshold appropriately tailors the additional fee type disclosure requirement to ensure consumers are alerted to fees that would potentially impose significant costs. In addition, the Bureau believes that the 5 percent threshold helps effectuate the intent of the dynamic portion of the short form disclosure to reflect significant changes in the marketplace and in consumer use patterns over time. The Bureau intends to monitor developments in the market in this area.
As discussed in more detail below, the Bureau has made a strategic decision to focus the bulk of the short form disclosure on usage of the prepaid account itself (
The Bureau notes that the calculation for the disclosure of additional fee types does not include fees that are not imposed with respect to the prepaid account program. For example, any finance charges imposed in connection with a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, where such finance charges are imposed on the separate credit account (not on the prepaid account) would not be included as part of the denominator
Final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(B) provides that a financial institution that has only one additional fee type that satisfies the criteria in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(A) must disclose that one additional fee type; it may, but is not required to, also disclose another additional fee type of its choice. A financial institution that has no additional fee types that satisfy the criteria in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(A) is not required to make a disclosure under final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix); it may, but is not required to, disclose one or two fee types of its choice. Final comment 18(b)(2)(ix)(B)-1 contains several examples to provide guidance on the additional fee types disclosure pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(B) for a prepaid account with fewer than two fee types that satisfy the criteria in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(A). Final comment 18(b)(2)(ix)(B)-2 clarifies that, pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(3)(vi), a financial institution may not disclose any finance charges as a voluntary additional fee disclosure under final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(B).
The Bureau has included this provision in the final rule to clarify the disclosure requirements for a financial institution that has fewer than two additional fee types that neither exceed the de minimis threshold nor otherwise satisfy the criteria in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(A), given that some financial institutions may have additional fee types that are not required to be disclosed on the short form pursuant to the de minimis exclusion in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(A)(
Final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(C) provides that, if an additional fee type required to be disclosed pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(A) has more than two fee variations, or when providing a short form disclosure for multiple service plans pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(6)(iii)(B)(
Final comment 18(b)(2)(ix)(C)-1 provides examples to illustrate disclosures when a financial institution charges two or more fee variations under a particular fee type, including how to disclose two fee variations with different fee amounts, two fee variations with like fee amounts, more than two variations, and multiple service plans with two fee variations. Final comment 18(b)(2)(ix)(C)-2 provides an example illustrating the options for disclosing a fee type with only one fee variation.
The Bureau has included § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(C) in the final rule to create consistency in the short form disclosure by conforming the requirements for disclosure of fee variations for additional fee types with the requirements for disclosure of fee variations for the static fees disclosed pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) through (vii). In addition, this provision will give consumers the opportunity to see more detailed information about fee variations and their respective costs as well as to allow financial institutions flexibility to disclose more details about discrete fee variations. This provision, together with final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(B) which permits financial institutions to disclose fee types of their choice if they have fewer than two fee types that are required to be disclosed under final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(A), creates opportunities for more transparent disclosure to consumers and greater flexibility and control for financial institutions.
Many industry commenters recommended that the Bureau eliminate the proposed requirement to disclose incidence-based fees based on the burden those commenters said the disclosure would place on industry, particularly with regard to assessing and updating the additional fee types disclosure. As discussed above, however, the Bureau is finalizing the requirement to disclose additional fee types because it believes it will bring significant benefit to consumers. Moreover, the Bureau recognizes that certain industry practices already in place as well as modifications the Bureau is making in the final rule serve to ameliorate some of the burden financial institutions face in complying with final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix). For example, the Bureau notes that industry commenters have confirmed that prepaid issuers and program managers already generally track and tag all fees imposed on consumers, typically analyzing both frequency and revenue, thereby collecting similar metrics in their normal course of business as those necessary for assessing and updating the disclosure of additional fee types. In addition, the Bureau has attempted to minimize burden on industry by basing the detailed list of examples of fee types and fee variations in final comment 18(b)(2)(ix)(A)-2 on fee classifications
The Bureau also notes that, as discussed above, the final rule permits calculation of additional fee types across prepaid account programs with like fee schedules, such that entities that have multiple programs with identical fee schedules, as may be the case particularly with payroll card account and government benefit account programs, may perform a single assessment for all of the programs sharing the same fee schedule.
The specific elements of final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(D) and (E) are discussed in turn below.
Final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(D)(
Final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(D)(
In response to the industry commenter recommending against the reasonableness standard under which a financial institution must project revenues for prepaid account programs in certain circumstances (in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(D)(
In response to the industry commenters questioning the validity of data collected over the proposed one-year period and recommending that the Bureau expand the proposed time frame from which to calculate data, the Bureau agrees that 24 months of data, rather than the proposed one year, will improve the data set from which financial institutions calculate the additional fee types and thus is modifying the final rule as set forth above. In response to industry commenters recommending elimination of this disclosure entirely due to the burden of calculating the additional fee types, the Bureau notes that industry commenters have confirmed that prepaid issuers and program managers currently track and tag all fees imposed on consumers, typically analyzing both frequency and revenue, thereby collecting similar metrics in their normal course of business as those necessary for assessing and updating the disclosure of additional fee types and thus, the Bureau does not believe compliance with this requirement will be particularly challenging or burdensome for most financial institutions.
In addition, the Bureau expects that both the de minimis threshold and the change in the reassessment and update timeframes from one year to 24 months will reduce variation over time in the additional fee types that must be disclosed pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix) for each prepaid account or across prepaid account programs that share the same fee schedule, resulting in fewer instances that financial institutions will be required to make changes to the disclosure of additional fee types on their short form disclosures.
Final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(E)(
Final comment 18(b)(2)(ix)(E)(
Final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(E)(
At the same time, as discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b) above, the Bureau does not believe that financial institutions change the fee schedules for prepaid accounts often, and that financial institutions may need to pull and replace card packaging in some circumstances anyway.
Final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(E)(
Final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(E)(
The Bureau agrees with industry and consumer group commenters recommending longer time periods between periodic assessments and updates (if applicable) that the change from one year to two may improve the data set from which to calculate additional fee types because, absent structural changes to the prepaid account program, revenue garnered from additional fee types above the de minimis threshold in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(A)(
In response to industry commenters' requests for clarification of the time period within which financial institutions must reassess and update (if applicable) the additional fee types disclosure, the final rule explicitly states that both the reassessment and the update must take place within three months of the end of the 24-month period, except as provided in the update printing exception in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(E)(
The Bureau also added additional flexibility to the final rule by expressly permitting financial institutions to carry out the required reassessment and update (if applicable) more frequently than every 24 months. As clarified in final comment 18(b)(2)(ix)(E)(
With regard to the provisions regarding fee schedule changes in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(E)(
Final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(E)(
Similar to the proposed rule, final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(E)(
While there is a chance that allowing financial institutions to continue to use packaging with significantly out-of-date additional fee types disclosures in retail locations could reduce the effectiveness of the short form disclosure, the Bureau believes that imposing a cut-off date after which sale or distribution of out-of-date retail packages would be prohibited could be complex and would be an overly burdensome requirement to impose on financial institutions on an ongoing basis.
While the Bureau is finalizing an update printing exception for the additional fee types disclosure on prepaid account packaging materials, it did not propose, nor is it finalizing, any other specific update requirements with respect to disclosures generally. The Bureau notes that financial institutions generally must ensure all other aspects of pre-acquisition disclosures, whether on packaging materials, online, or provided through other means, are accurate at the time such disclosures are provided to consumers. In this final rule, as in the proposal, the Bureau does not believe that a general disclosure update requirement is necessary for other elements of the short form or long form disclosures provided before a consumer acquires a prepaid account, as a financial institution must continue to honor the fees and terms it discloses to the consumer, at least until such time as it satisfies the change-in-terms requirements as set forth in § 1005.8(a) and final § 1005.18(f)(2). See the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.8(b) above for a more detailed discussion of the Bureau's expectations regarding changes in terms and the addition of new EFT services.
The Bureau proposed to include in the short form disclosure a statement indicating whether a consumer might be offered certain types of credit features in connection with a prepaid account. Specifically, proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
As discussed in the proposal, in the Bureau's pre-proposal consumer testing, many participants expressed a desire to avoid using any financial products that offer overdraft. Further, other research indicates that many consumers turn to prepaid cards specifically to avoid incurring any overdraft charges.
Proposed comment 18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
While the Bureau received many comments regarding its proposed approach to regulating overdraft and certain other credit features on prepaid accounts generally, few commenters addressed the Bureau's proposal regarding how to disclose these features in the short form and long form disclosures.
Two consumer groups recommended including the disclosure in the short form only when overdraft or credit are offered and not when such features are not offered. They said that disclosure when such features are not offered would confuse consumers, as most prepaid account programs do not offer overdraft or credit. They also said the absence of the negative disclosure would offer a starker contrast to the affirmative disclosure required when such features are offered. These consumer groups also recommended more fulsome disclosure in the short form regarding offered overdraft and credit features, such as requiring disclosure of fees for transfers, loads, negative balances, and insufficient funds. These groups also recommended that this disclosure should be made more prominent, such as by requiring a larger-size font. One consumer group recommended that the disclosure distinguish between prepaid account programs that offer overdraft and those that offer credit features so that financial institutions that offer prepaid accounts with low cost lines of credit (with consumer consent) can be distinguished from those that offer overdraft. Finally, two consumer groups recommended that the Bureau require the word “overdraft” in the disclosure because, they said, consumers know this term and it is crucial information for them. These consumer groups also opposed using the term “credit-related fees,” as they believed it would be opaque and incomprehensible to consumers.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
Specifically, if a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in Regulation Z § 1026.61 may be offered at any point to a consumer in connection with the prepaid account, the final rule requires the financial institution to disclose a statement that overdraft/credit may be offered, the time period after which it may be offered, and that fees would apply, using the following clause or a substantially similar clause: “You may be offered overdraft/credit after [x] days. Fees would apply.” If no such credit feature will be offered at any point to a consumer in connection with the prepaid account, the financial institution must disclose a statement that no overdraft/credit feature is offered, using the following clause or a substantially similar clause: “No overdraft/credit feature.” Comment 18(b)(2)(x)-1, adopted largely as proposed, clarifies that this statement must be provided on the short form disclosures for all prepaid accounts that may offer such a feature, regardless of whether some consumers may never be solicited or qualify to enroll in such a feature.
As discussed in the proposal, the Bureau is adopting the requirement to disclose in the short form whether an overdraft credit feature as defined by the final rule may be offered in connection with a prepaid account because it believes this is key information consumers should know to better inform their prepaid account purchase and use decisions, particularly for those
The Bureau does not believe it is possible to give consumers the detailed information needed to make a decision about an overdraft credit feature on the short form, and that attempting to do so would substantially undermine the value of the form—that is, succinctly providing consumers with the most important information needed to make a decision about whether to acquire the prepaid account. Moreover, the Bureau is concerned that devoting scarce space to overdraft credit features would distract consumers from this decision-making process, resulting in less space to address the core functionalities of the prepaid account. In addition, given that some consumers may not satisfy creditors' underwriting requirements or other eligibility criteria, the Bureau believes that a limited disclosure strikes the best practicable balance between competing considerations.
Accordingly, the Bureau has made a strategic decision to limit information on the short form disclosure about overdraft credit features to this one statement, and to refer consumers to the long form for more detailed information about all fees and conditions, including information about any overdraft credit feature. The Bureau recognizes that the short form disclosure will not provide consumers with a detailed definition of the term “overdraft/credit” or the details about a particular overdraft credit feature, but believes that the disclosure strikes a reasonable balance given the goals of the form, its performance in testing, and its space constraints. In short, the Bureau believes that the form will give consumers the most critical information about any overdraft credit features with a strong incentive to seek additional details in the long form disclosure or elsewhere if they are interested. Relatedly, consistent with this overall decision, the Bureau believes that it is appropriate to exclude any finance charges related to an overdraft credit feature from the additional fee type disclosures required in the short form pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii) and (ix), as discussed above.
Participants in the Bureau's post-proposal consumer testing generally understood that an affirmative statement about the availability of overdraft or credit in a prototype short form disclosure indicated the feature was offered while a negative statement indicated it was not offered. All participants given a short form indicating a prepaid card did not offer overdraft or credit correctly understood that no such program would be offered or that a transaction would not go through if the consumer tried to make a purchase for more money than the amount loaded on the card. Conversely, all participants given a short form indicating a prepaid card offered overdraft or credit who noticed the statement correctly understood that a transaction might be allowed in some cases if they tried to make a purchase for more money than the amount loaded on the card.
Moreover, the long form disclosure will provide additional information about overdraft credit features for consumers who are interested in such programs including, as referenced by a consumer group commenter, programs under which prepaid accounts with low lines of credit are offered. As discussed in detail below, final § 1005.18(b)(4)(iv) requires that the long form disclosure contain a statement that mirrors the overdraft credit statement required in the short form by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(x). In addition, for prepaid account programs offering an overdraft credit feature as defined by the final rule, the long form disclosure must include the actual fees consumers may incur for using that feature that are imposed in connection with the prepaid account (pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)),
The Bureau also believes that the final rule's refinements to the language and placement of the short form statement about overdraft credit features will reduce the risk of consumer confusion about the nature and timing of any credit offers. To emphasize its importance, pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(7)(ii)(B)(
The Bureau's consumer testing and other considerations, such as commenters' concerns that consumers may be confused by the proposed short form's lack of information regarding availability of the feature and the Bureau's proposed 30-day waiting period, after which consumers may be solicited for or may link credit to a prepaid account, led the Bureau to require disclosure that a consumer “
The disclosures required under the final rule use the term “overdraft/credit” instead of the proposed “credit-related [fees]” and “overdraft or credit-related [fees]” because the Bureau agrees with commenters that use of the term “overdraft” in both versions of the disclosure may be more meaningful to consumers. The Bureau is concerned that, while the term “overdraft credit” (without a slash) is more technically
For all of these reasons, the Bureau believes that the refined and relatively short statement regarding whether overdraft credit features may be offered in connection with the prepaid account strikes the best balance for the short form disclosure. The Bureau therefore declines to add additional details about the terms of such overdraft credit features to the short form disclosure.
As described in detail below, the proposed rule would have required a statement in the short form disclosure communicating to consumers that a prepaid account must be registered in order for the funds to be protected. On the following line, the proposed rule would have required disclosure of a lack of FDIC or NCUSIF insurance. In the final rule, the Bureau has combined the registration and insurance disclosures and is requiring the financial institution to disclose whether or not the prepaid account program is eligible for FDIC or NCUA insurance.
The Bureau proposed that a statement regarding the importance of registering the prepaid account with the financial institution be included on the short form disclosure. Specifically, proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
As discussed in part II.B above, registration typically means that a consumer provides identifying information such as name, address, date of birth, and Social Security Number or other government-issued identification number so that the financial institution can identify the cardholder and verify the cardholder's identity. The Bureau proposed to add this statement because many consumer protections set forth in the proposed rule would not take effect until a consumer registers an account. For example, under proposed § 1005.18(e)(3), a consumer would not have been entitled to error resolution rights or protection from unauthorized transactions until after registering the prepaid account. The Bureau believed that this is an important protection insofar as unregistered prepaid accounts are like cash—once lost, funds may be difficult or impossible to protect or replace because the financial institution may not know who the rightful cardholder is.
The Bureau, however, recognized that in some acquisition scenarios, for example, government benefit accounts, payroll card accounts, or cards used to disburse financial aid to students, this type of statement might be less useful because consumers must register with the government agency, employer, or institution of higher education, in order to acquire the account. The Bureau therefore specifically solicited comment on whether the short form disclosure provided to consumers pre-acquisition should always include this statement regarding registering the prepaid account.
The Bureau also proposed to address pass-through deposit (and share) insurance in proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
As discussed in part II.B above, the FDIC, among other things, protects funds placed by depositors in insured banks and savings associations; the NCUA provides a similar role for funds placed in credit unions. As explained in the FDIC's 2008 General Counsel Opinion No. 8, the FDIC's deposit insurance coverage will “pass through” the custodian to the actual underlying owners of the deposits in the event of failure of an insured institution, provided certain specific criteria are met.
In response to the Prepaid ANPR, many consumer advocacy group commenters suggested that the Bureau require that pass-through deposit (or share) insurance cover all funds loaded into prepaid accounts, while many industry group commenters suggested that the Bureau propose clear disclosure of whether a prepaid product carries FDIC insurance or not. The Bureau believed it is not always easy to determine or explain whether FDIC or NCUSIF pass-through deposit or share insurance would apply to a particular prepaid account. Thus, the Bureau proposed that disclosure be made regarding FDIC or NCUSIF insurance in only limited situations.
In the Bureau's Study of Prepaid Account Agreements, the Bureau found that about two thirds of all account agreements reviewed stated that cardholder funds were protected by FDIC deposit (or NCUSIF share) insurance (this includes agreements that explained insurance coverage depends on card registration, or explained that it only applies to funds held by a bank or credit union in a pooled account associated with the program). The Bureau found that only about 11 percent of agreements explicitly stated that the program was not insured.
In its pre-proposal consumer testing, the Bureau observed that some participants misunderstood the scope of the protections FDIC pass-through deposit insurance actually provides for prepaid accounts. During the consumer focus groups, for example, nearly all participants said they had heard of FDIC deposit insurance, and many consumers believed the funds on their GPR cards were FDIC-insured.
In light of the results of the Bureau's Study of Prepaid Account Agreements indicating that many products meeting the proposed definition of prepaid account already provide pass-through deposit insurance coverage and consumers' misunderstandings about what protections pass-through deposit insurance actually affords, the Bureau decided not to propose any requirements related to the affirmative existence of pass-through deposit insurance. The Bureau did propose, however, that financial institutions would have to disclose a statement on the short form if a prepaid account is not set up to be eligible for FDIC (or NCUSIF) pass-through deposit (or share) insurance.
Industry commenters, including an industry trade association, an issuing bank, a program manager, and the office of a State Attorney General generally supported the proposed statement regarding registration. The industry commenters also expressed concern, however, that the disclosure could mislead consumers because the statement implies that registration alone protects against fraud, rather than just providing a step toward FDIC insurance coverage and protections under Regulation E. The program manager recommended modifying the disclosure by combining the registration and insurance disclosures into one disclosure because, it said, registration is necessary for FDIC insurance coverage and a combined disclosure would be more accurate and less confusing to consumers. It also recommended stating that registration protects the consumer's “rights” rather than “money,” as a more accurate statement. The program manager recommended the following statement: “Register your card to be eligible for [FDIC/NCUSIF] insurance and to protect your rights.” The trade association and issuing bank recommended the following statement: “Register your card to protect your money.”
Several industry commenters, including a trade association, a program manager, and two issuing banks also recommended eliminating the registration disclosure for certain types of prepaid account programs, including non-reloadable prepaid products, payroll card accounts, and government benefit accounts. One of the issuing banks and the program manager said the statement was not relevant for non-reloadable products because there is no customer identification or account registration process for such programs and, thus, the statement would be confusing to consumers. The remaining commenters said the registration requirement was not relevant for payroll card accounts and/or government benefit accounts because registration occurs prior to card issuance and because such accounts would be required to provide error resolution and limited liability protections regardless of registration. The program manager suggested that the space could be better used to disclose other information, such as how to access full wages without fees for payroll card accounts.
A number of industry commenters, including industry trade associations, issuing banks, and a credit union, and as well as several consumer groups commented on the proposed insurance disclosure (which, as discussed above, would have required disclosure only of the lack of insurance). Several industry trade associations and a credit union supported the Bureau's proposed disclosure requirement; one commenter noted that it is essential for consumers to know that they could lose their money if the financial institution were to fail. Most industry commenters, however, recommended that the Bureau require disclosure of both when pass-through deposit insurance is available and when it is not. One industry trade association and an issuing bank recommended requiring disclosure when a prepaid account program is not eligible for insurance coverage and permitting the issuer to decide whether to disclose when the program is eligible for insurance coverage. The credit union commenter recommended disclosure only when the program is eligible for insurance coverage.
Two consumer groups recommended more fulsome disclosure of insurance coverage. One recommended disclosure in the short form of the risks of uninsured deposits and, when the program is eligible for insurance coverage, the need to register for insurance to attach. The other consumer group recommended that the Bureau include a section in the long form disclosure which would provide fuller disclosure regarding the lack of insurance. (See a detailed discussion of this issue in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(4)(iii) below.) One of the consumer groups recommended requiring providers to inform consumers that registration of the prepaid account is required for deposit insurance to attach and protect funds.
Although the Bureau had not proposed to require financial institutions affirmatively to obtain deposit or share insurance, some commenters urged such a requirement. In particular, many consumer groups, individual consumers who submitted comments as part of a comment submission campaign organized by a national consumer advocacy group, and the offices of two State Attorneys General argued that disclosures are insufficient in this instance and requested that the Bureau require that prepaid account funds be held in custodial accounts that carry deposit insurance. Several commenters requested FDIC insurance for specific accounts, such as payroll card accounts and registered prepaid accounts. A few commenters argued that virtual payment accounts that offer the same features as prepaid cards should also be FDIC insured because the non-bank entities that offer such accounts might attempt to avoid the cost of insurance and the oversight of regulators by not storing funds at a depository institution.
These commenters primarily argued that prepaid accounts increasingly serve as bank alternatives and therefore should have the same benefits as checking and savings accounts, especially because consumers expect this type of protection. Several commenters argued that accepting a consumer's core income and holding it in an uninsured account would be an unfair, deceptive or abusive act or practice; requiring FDIC insurance would not be unexpected or onerous
Conversely, one industry trade association advocated against requiring pass-through insurance for prepaid accounts, arguing that such a measure would put credit unions at a competitive disadvantage because of their field of membership restrictions.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau continues to believe it is important that financial institutions disclose to consumers purchasing prepaid accounts both that registration and insurance coverage provide protection. Because certain protections do not attach until registration, such that unregistered prepaid accounts are akin in some ways to carrying cash, the Bureau believes it is important for consumers to be aware that they should register their accounts. As discussed below, the final rule links the act of registration with insurance coverage and other protections. The Bureau believes that, even absent a consumer's full understanding of the protections afforded by registration, linking registration to insurance coverage and other protections will help motivate consumers to register their prepaid accounts.
Similarly, the Bureau believes it is important to disclose to consumers information about insurance coverage. While the Bureau's post-proposal consumer testing confirmed that some consumers erroneously equate FDIC coverage with fraud or theft protection, a number of participants understood that the insurance protects consumers' funds in the case of bank insolvency.
The Bureau is persuaded by commenters, the results of its post-proposal consumer testing, and information received during the interagency consultation process that the registration and insurance disclosures should be combined, and that both the existence as well as the lack of insurance eligibility should be disclosed. First, registration is a prerequisite to insurance protection; the two processes are conceptually linked and the Bureau believes that disclosing them together will help consumers appreciate this cause and effect. Also, while under the proposed rule registration would have been a prerequisite to certain Regulation E protections, the final rule expands error resolution and limited liability protections for unregistered consumers, thereby reducing the urgency to emphasize registration in its own dedicated line in the short form disclosure.
Second, the Bureau believes that disclosure of both the existence or lack of insurance eligibility will be more beneficial to consumers than disclosing only when insurance is not available. Consistent with the position of many commenters, the Bureau found in its post-proposal consumer testing that, while participants understood the meaning of statements regarding coverage and non-coverage, when the prototype short form was silent (as it would be under the proposed rule if the prepaid account program was eligible for insurance coverage) most participants did not understand that to mean insurance was offered.
The final rule refers to NCUA, rather than NCUSIF, insurance for credit unions. After further consideration and based on information received during the interagency consultation process, the Bureau believes the term “NCUA” may be more meaningful to consumers than “NCUSIF” and has revised the disclosures accordingly in both final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xi) and (4)(iii).
In response to concerns raised by commenters, the Bureau has tailored the final rule to take into account the existence and timing of a financial institution's consumer identification and verification process. For some types of prepaid account programs, such as payroll card accounts and government benefit accounts, financial institutions conduct customer identification and verification before the card is distributed or activated, while others, such as certain non-reloadable cards, may have no customer identification and verification process at all. As noted above, the Bureau has added to the regulatory text of the final rule specific language that financial institutions should use to make the disclosure for clarity. The tailored language required under the final rule accounts for these distinctions.
Specifically, the final rule covers five different scenarios:
• Final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xi)(A) requires that, if a prepaid account program is set up to be eligible for FDIC deposit or NCUA share insurance, and customer identification and verification does not occur before the account is opened, the financial institution make this
• Final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xi)(B) requires that, if a prepaid account program is not set up to be eligible for FDIC deposit or NCUA share insurance, and customer identification and verification does not occur before the account is opened, the financial institution make this disclosure using the following clause or a substantially similar clause: “Not [FDIC] [NCUA] insured. Register your card for other protections.”
• Final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xi)(C) requires that, if a prepaid account program is set up to be eligible for FDIC deposit or NCUA share insurance, and customer identification and verification occurs for all prepaid accounts within the prepaid program before the account is opened, the financial institution make this disclosure using the following clause or a substantially similar clause: “Your funds are [eligible for FDIC insurance] [NCUA insured, if eligible].”
• Final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xi)(D) requires that, if a prepaid account program is not set up to be eligible for FDIC deposit or NCUA share insurance, and customer identification and verification occurs for all prepaid accounts within the prepaid account program before the account is opened, the financial institution make this disclosure using the following clause or a substantially similar clause: “Your funds are not [FDIC] [NCUA] insured.”
• Finally, final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xi)(E) requires that, if a prepaid account program is set up such that there is no customer identification and verification process for any prepaid accounts within the prepaid account program, the financial institution make this disclosure using the following clause or a substantially similar clause: “Treat this card like cash. Not [FDIC] [NCUA] insured.”
The Bureau had specifically requested comment as to whether non-banks that issue prepaid accounts could apply the proposed statement regarding FDIC or NCUA insurance to their products, or whether the Bureau should propose an alternative requirement regarding the disclosure of the availability of FDIC or NCUA insurance for non-banks that issue prepaid accounts. The Bureau did not receive any comments in response to this request. The Bureau believes that it nonetheless would be useful to provide additional guidance as to when the disclosure should refer to NCUA insurance coverage and when it should instead refer to FDIC insurance coverage. Thus, new comment 18(b)(2)(xi)-1 clarifies when to use the term “FDIC” and when to use “NCUA.” Specifically, the comment explains that if the consumer's prepaid account funds are held at a credit union, the disclosure must indicate NCUA insurance eligibility. The comment goes on to say that if the consumer's prepaid account funds are held at a financial institution other than a credit union, the disclosure must indicate FDIC insurance eligibility. As a result of requests received during the interagency consultation process, the disclosures of both FDIC and NCUA insurance pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(2)(xi) expressly reflect eligibility in the statement, to put consumers acquiring prepaid accounts on notice that insurance protections may not attach in all cases. This includes, for example, when the consumer is not a member of the issuing credit union with respect to NCUA.
New comment 18(b)(2)(xi)-2 addresses certain aspects of customer identification and verification. Specifically, the comment cross-references final § 1005.18(e)(3) and comments 18(e)-4 and -5 for additional guidance on the timing of customer identification and verification processes, and on prepaid account programs for which there is no customer identification and verification process for any prepaid accounts within the prepaid account program.
The Bureau considered adding additional information to the registration and insurance disclosure in the short form, as requested by one commenter, such as an explanation of what protections in addition to insurance eligibility registration provides or more fulsome information about the implications of insurance coverage. However, in light of overall space constraints and the multiple goals for the short form, the Bureau ultimately decided against adding any more information to the registration/insurance disclosure. The Bureau believes this disclosure balances the most important information for consumers with the brevity and clarity necessary for optimal consumer comprehension of the short form disclosure. The Bureau is, however, requiring financial institutions to provide more detailed information about insurance coverage in the long form disclosure.
In light of the results of the Bureau's Study of Prepaid Account Agreements indicating that many products meeting the proposed definition of prepaid account already provide pass-through deposit insurance coverage, consumers' misunderstandings about what protections pass-through deposit insurance actually affords, and the complexities inherent in ensuring pass-through insurance coverage, the Bureau is not including a requirement mandating FDIC or NCUA insurance coverage at this time.
The proposed rule would have required financial institutions to disclose in proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau received comments from the office of a State Attorney General, an industry trade association, and a group advocating on behalf of business interests about this portion of the proposal. The office of the State Attorney General generally supported the disclosure while the trade association and business group recommended that the Bureau eliminate the disclosure. The industry trade association suggested that eliminating the disclosure would make room in the short form for information more valuable to consumers and reduce consumer confusion. It first asserted that the disclosure would not be necessary in bank branches because Bureau contact information was included in the proposed long form, which would be provided to consumers at the same time as the short form in a bank branch. Second, it said that the Bureau's pre-proposal consumer testing suggested consumers are unlikely to access the Bureau's Web site when reviewing the short form disclosure. Third, the commenter expressed concern about consumer confusion, stating that the Bureau's pre-proposal consumer testing suggested consumers would more likely access a financial institution's Web site for additional information about a prepaid account rather than obtaining more general information from the Bureau's Web site. Finally, it argued that listing both the financial institution's Web site and the Bureau's Web site on the short form disclosure would misdirect consumers,
The business group opposed including a link to the Bureau's Web site in both the short form and long form disclosures. It stated that the link to the Web site in the model short form disclosure was not yet an operating Web site, and therefore the commenter said it could not comment on the wisdom of directing consumers to this particular Bureau Web page. The commenter further suggested that requiring financial institutions to disclose the Bureau's Web site URL on the short form disclosure constituted Bureau interference with the purchasing process and would instill doubt in the consumer's mind about the safety of the prepaid account. It said it believed questions about prepaid accounts should be directed to the financial institution in the first instance, not to a regulatory agency.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau is not persuaded by industry commenters' objections that this disclosure is unnecessary, inappropriate, or confusing. In the Bureau's post-proposal consumer testing of the short form disclosure, most participants understood that the Web site in this disclosure was administered by a government agency, not the financial institution, and that it would contain general information about prepaid accounts.
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
Proposed comment 18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau considered requiring that this number be toll-free, but ultimately decided that having a toll-free number is less important to consumers, most of whom use mobile phones and do not incur additional fees for making long distance calls, and such a requirement could impose a burden on smaller financial institutions because they would perhaps have to maintain a separate toll-free line just for their prepaid account products. The Bureau noted that some card networks may require financial institutions to maintain toll-free lines, and therefore believed that telephone numbers disclosed in such cases would likely be toll-free.
Proposed comment 18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
Relatedly, proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(i)(A) would have required, among other things, that the URL disclosed pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau also considered whether to require financial institutions to disclose an SMS short code, which might be easier to type than a Web site URL, that consumers could text to receive the Web site URL that links directly to the long form disclosure.
The Bureau received few but varied comments regarding the requirement in proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
Several industry commenters recommended eliminating the character limit and the “meaningfully named” standard from the Web site URL. Specifically, an industry trade association and an issuing bank said that the limited space of the short form already requires brevity and a program manager said that use of real words and phrases does not mean web addresses will be easier to remember and that many recognizable trademarks and product names do not qualify as real words and phrases.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The final rule requires a statement in the short form disclosure directing the consumer to the location of the long form disclosure required by final § 1005.18(b)(4) to find details and conditions for all fees and services. For financial institutions offering prepaid accounts pursuant to the retail location exception in final § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii), this statement must also include a telephone number and Web site URL that a consumer may use to directly, respectively, access an oral and an electronic version of the long form disclosure required under final § 1005.18(b)(4). The Bureau proposed this exception from the requirement to provide the long form disclosure pre-acquisition at retail in recognition of the space limitations inherent in selling prepaid accounts at retail. However, the Bureau continues to believe it is important for consumers to be able to access the long form disclosure through other modes prior to purchasing a prepaid account at retail. The Bureau's post-proposal consumer testing of the short form disclosure confirmed that nearly all participants understood they could find information about additional fees not disclosed on the prototype short form by visiting the Web site or calling the telephone number on the form.
As stated above, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiii) to require disclosure in all short forms of a statement directing the consumer to the location of the long form to find details and conditions for all fees and services. Pursuant to the final rule, short form disclosures provided in locations other than retail locations are not required to disclose the additional information of a telephone number or Web site URL. Thus, the proposed disclosure remains the same in the final rule for financial institutions offering prepaid accounts pursuant to the retail location exception in final § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii). The Bureau is adopting the additional requirement that all short form disclosures contain a similar statement directing consumers to the location of the long form disclosure to alert consumers that there is a comprehensive list of fees and information available to them and where to find it in order to help them make prepaid account purchase and use decisions. The location included in the
Final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiii) provides that this disclosure must be made using the following clause or a substantially similar clause: “Find details and conditions for all fees and services in [location]” or, for prepaid accounts offered at retail locations pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii), made using the following clause or a substantially similar clause: “Find details and conditions for all fees and services inside the package, or call [telephone number] or visit [Web site].”
The Bureau declines to follow the recommendation of the commenter that all short forms, not just those provided in retail settings, disclose a telephone number and Web site URL through which to access the long form in lieu of requiring the written long form disclosure be provided pre-acquisition. For a full discussion of the Bureau's rationale for requiring disclosure of both a short form and a long form, see the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b) above. Also, the Bureau believes that providing consumers with written versions of required disclosures that they can keep, without requiring them to have access to the internet and a printer (or a telephone), is superior to limiting consumer access to such disclosures solely through a Web site or telephone number.
The Bureau has removed the requirement that the Web site URL provided be “unique,” and instead is requiring that both the telephone number and Web site URL provide the consumer with direct access, respectively, to an oral and an electronic version of the long form disclosure. This modification makes explicit the reasoning set forth in the proposed rule that a consumer must not be required to go through excessive steps or have to pay to access the electronic and oral disclosures required under this section. In addition, comments 18(b)(2)(xiii)-1 and -2 provide further clarification of the direct access requirement for telephone number and Web site URL.
In the final rule, the Bureau has also relocated to § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiii) the requirements that the Web site URL not exceed 22 characters and be meaningfully named from its location in proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(i)(A), to consolidate the requirements regarding this Web site URL in a single place. As discussed above, several industry commenters recommended eliminating the character limit and the “meaningfully named” standard from the Web site URL. The Bureau continues to believe that the character limit and the requirement that Web site URLs be meaningfully named is important for consumer comprehension and ease of use in a retail setting; for these reasons the Bureau is adopting these requirements in the final rule. The Bureau notes that the character limit and the meaningfully named standard are not meant to make the Web site URLs easier for consumers to remember later, but rather are meant to enable consumers to more easily and accurately enter them into a web browser on their mobile phones while in a retail location. The Bureau does not believe that a Web site URL containing a long string of meaningless letters and numbers would facilitate consumer access to the long form disclosure at a retail location. The Bureau is providing clarification in final comment 18(b)(2)(xiii)-2, as discussed below, that trademark and product names and their commonly accepted or readily understandable abbreviations are deemed to comply with the requirement of final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiii) that the Web site URL be meaningfully named.
Finally, the Bureau is adopting the final rule with the added provision that a financial institution may, but is not required to, disclose an SMS code at the end of the statement disclosing the telephone number and Web site URL, if the SMS code can be accommodated on the same line of text as the statement required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiii). The Bureau agrees with industry and consumer group commenters that consumers could benefit from allowing financial institutions to provide an additional easy method to access the long form disclosure at retail locations. The Bureau believes that an SMS code can fit within the short form disclosure without sacrificing consumer engagement and comprehension. The Bureau is not permitting a QR code to be disclosed in the short form, however, because although potentially useful, a QR code would require a substantial amount of space on the small short form disclosure and, the Bureau believes, QR code adoption continues to remain low.
Final comment 18(b)(2)(xiii)-1 clarifies that, to provide the long form disclosure by telephone, a financial institution could use a live customer service agent or an interactive voice response system. In response to the commenter referenced above, the comment goes on to clarify that a financial institution could use a telephone number specifically dedicated to providing the long form disclosure or a more general customer service telephone number for the prepaid account program. It also provides an example of a financial institution that would be deemed to provide direct access pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiii) if a consumer navigates one or two prompts to reach the oral long form disclosure via a live customer service agent or an interactive voice response system using either a specifically dedicated telephone number or a more general customer service telephone number.
Final comment 18(b)(2)(xiii)-2 provides an example of a financial institution that requires a consumer to navigate various other Web pages before viewing the long form as one that would not be deemed to provide direct access pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiii). The comment also clarifies that trademark and product names and their commonly accepted or readily understandable abbreviations comply with the requirements of final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiii) that the Web site URL be meaningfully named and provides an example.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b) above, the Bureau proposed to require the same short form and long form disclosures for payroll card accounts (and government benefit accounts) as for prepaid accounts generally. However, as discussed in detail below, the Bureau also proposed in § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(A) to require that the short form disclosure for payroll card accounts include a statement at the top of the short form indicating that a consumer does not have to accept the payroll card account and instructing the consumer to ask the employer about other ways to receive
Pursuant to the existing compulsory use prohibition in § 1005.10(e)(2), no financial institution or other person may require a consumer to establish an account for receipt of EFTs with a particular institution as a condition of employment or receipt of a government benefit.
Specifically, proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(A) would have required that, when offering a payroll card account, a financial institution must include a statement on the short form disclosure that a consumer does not have to accept the payroll card account, and that a consumer can ask about other ways to get wages or salary from the employer instead of receiving them via the payroll card account, in a form substantially similar to the language set forth in Model Form A-10(b). Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(A) would have also cross-referenced proposed § 1005.15(c)(2) for requirements regarding what notice to give a consumer when offering a government benefit account.
Many industry commenters, including industry trade associations (including several that focus on payroll and employment issues), issuing banks, program managers, payment networks, as well as several employers, several State government agencies, and a think tank commented on this aspect of the proposal. Specifically, they expressed concern that the proposed compulsory use statement was negative and implies that the payroll or government benefit card is an inferior product, thereby discouraging its use. One commenter said the negative statement would, in effect, “warn away” consumers from choosing a payroll card account or government benefit card. A number of industry commenters suggested alternative disclosure language that they said would render more neutral the statement proposed by the Bureau.
Several industry commenters also asserted out that many States allow employee wages paid only via electronic means; because there is no paper check option for receiving wages, the commenters concluded that unless the employee has a bank account that can receive direct deposits, the payroll card account would be the sole way to receive wages. Others noted that most State wage and hour laws already require disclosure of information about all wage payment options before an employee decides how to receive wages. One trade association stated that the Bureau should not require financial institutions to list all available wage payment options as part of the banner notice in the final rule, as it would be difficult for employers operating in multiple states who would need to have different forms for different states, but also stated that it would support such a disclosure if it were available as an alternative to the version the Bureau proposed.
Relatedly, as discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b) above, some industry commenters generally objected to the proposed short form disclosure requirement for payroll card accounts (and government benefit accounts) citing, among other things, State-required disclosure of certain fee discounts and waivers as a factor distinguishing these accounts from GPR cards. Other industry commenters recommended that the Bureau permit additional disclosures on the short form for these products, such as disclosure of State-required methods to access wages without incurring fees.
Conversely, a number of consumer group commenters supported the proposed disclosure requirements for payroll card accounts and government benefit accounts generally. Their comments underscored the importance of the notice regarding payment options at the top of the short form disclosure, with some recommending an even more conspicuous disclosure, or an expanded disclosure explaining the benefit of direct deposit to a bank account as generally cheaper and more advantageous to the consumer than receiving funds via a payroll card account (or government benefit account). Some consumer groups recommended that the Bureau extend the banner notice requirement to other types of prepaid accounts that are not subject to Regulation E's compulsory use prohibition, such as those used to disburse students' financial aid, insurance proceeds, tax refunds, and needs-tested government benefits that are excluded from coverage under Regulation E generally. Some consumer groups also urged disclosure of additional information, such as alerting the consumer when payments stop (for example when the consumer leaves the job or no longer qualifies for benefits), instructing the consumer how to un-enroll from the prepaid program, and explicitly stating that the employer cannot require acceptance of the payroll card account as a condition of employment and cannot retaliate against an employee that does not accept a payroll card account.
A nonprofit organization representing the interests of restaurant workers submitted information gathered from a survey it conducted of 200 people employed by a company that compensates nearly half of its 140,000 hourly employees via payroll card. Survey results showed that, among other problems, 63 percent of employees surveyed reported that they were not told about all of the fees associated with the payroll card before it was issued to them and 26 percent reported not being allowed to choose an alternative method of payment.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(2)(iii) above, the office of a State Attorney General recommended free and unlimited withdrawal of wages via ATMs, stating that its research in its State revealed that ATMs were the most common way for payroll card accountholders to access their wages and that accountholders regularly incurred fees for ATM transactions.
For the reasons set forth in the proposal and herein, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(A), renumbered as § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(A), with certain modifications. First, the Bureau has modified the proposed regulatory text to permit financial institutions to choose between two statements regarding wage payment options for payroll cards. Second, the Bureau has added, in new § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(B), a provision to the final rule permitting financial institutions to include in the short form disclosure for payroll card accounts a statement directing consumers to a particular location outside the short form disclosure for information on ways the consumer may access payroll card account funds and balance information for free or for a reduced fee. In addition, for the reasons set forth below, the Bureau is adopting four new comments
The Bureau is adopting this provision pursuant to its authority under EFTA sections 904(a) and (c), and 913(2), and section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act, as discussed above. EFTA section 913(2) prohibits a person from requiring a consumer to establish an account for receipt of EFTs with a particular financial institution as a condition of employment or receipt of a government benefit. The Bureau believes it is important for consumers to realize they have the option of not receiving payment of wages or government benefits via a payroll card account or government benefit account, and that receiving such notice at the top of the short form disclosure will help to ensure consumers are aware of this right and can thus exercise their right. Further, the Bureau believes that requiring this disclosure is necessary and proper to effectuate the purposes of EFTA to provide a framework to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of prepaid account users because the revision will assist consumers' understanding of the terms and conditions of their prepaid accounts—namely, that consumers have a choice regarding whether to accept the specific account. In addition, the Bureau believes that this disclosure will, consistent with section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act, ensure that the features of the prepaid accounts—again, that consumers have a choice regarding whether to accept the specific account—are fully, accurately, and effectively disclosed to consumers in a manner that permits consumers to understand the costs, benefits, and risks associated with the account.
The Bureau disagrees with industry commenters' suggestion that the statement regarding wage (or benefit) payment options is negative and implies that payroll card accounts (and government benefit accounts) are inferior products, thereby discouraging consumers from using them. The Bureau examined this issue in its post-proposal consumer testing and found that participants did not construe the language negatively, confirming the Bureau's original understanding from the proposal.
All testing participants understood both versions of the statement language as saying that they did not have to accept their wages/government benefits via that prepaid card. Also, while participants understood from both versions that there were other ways to receive their payments, those that received version two were able to identify the specific options available to them. Finally, most participants expressed essentially neutral feelings about both versions of the statement and appeared to be drawing on past experiences, rather than the language in the statement, to decide whether or not they would want to use the payroll card account or the government benefit account.
Even though the Bureau's post-proposal consumer testing confirmed that the proposed version of the statement regarding wage or benefit payment options would not be perceived as negative by consumers and that participants understood the statement, the Bureau has decided to include in the final rule an alternative version of the statement language which the Bureau believes would address commenters' concerns and have the added advantage of providing concrete options to consumer of how they can receive their funds.
The Bureau is thus finalizing § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(A), which provides that for payroll card accounts, a financial institution must disclose a statement that the consumer does not have to accept the payroll card account and directing the consumer to ask about other ways to receive wages or salary from the employer instead of receiving them via the payroll card account using the following clause or a substantially similar clause: “You do not have to accept this payroll card. Ask your employer about other ways to receive your wages.” Alternatively, a financial institution may provide a statement that the consumer has several options to receive wages or salary, followed by a list of the options available to the consumer, and directing the consumer to tell the employer which option the consumer chooses using the following clause or a substantially similar clause: “You have several options to receive your wages: [list of options available to the consumer]; or this payroll card. Tell your employer which option you choose.” This statement must be located above the information required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) through (iv), which are located in the top line of the short form.
The statements regarding wage payment options in the final rule do not incorporate much of the additional information recommended by some consumer group commenters, such as explaining the benefit of direct deposit and providing information on how to un-enroll from the payroll card account. The Bureau declines to add such information because the design of the short form disclosure seeks a balance between the disclosure of key information necessary for consumer acquisition and use decisions and the brevity and clarity necessary for optimal consumer comprehension and engagement. While space constraints are less severe in the context of payroll card accounts and government benefit accounts than in retail locations, the Bureau is still concerned that adding this information would affect this balance and risk information overload. In response to recommendations to make the statement more conspicuous, the Bureau believes that its relative length and position at the top of the short form disclosure already provide heightened conspicuousness.
New comment 18(b)(2)(xiv)(A)-1 makes clear that financial institutions offering payroll card accounts may choose which of the two statements required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(A) to use in the short form disclosure. The list of options required in the second statement might include the following, as applicable: Direct deposit to the consumer's bank account, direct deposit to the consumer's own prepaid account, paper check, or cash. The comment also clarifies that a financial institution may, but is not required to, provide more specificity as to whom consumers must ask or inform of their choice of wage payment method, such as specifying the employer's Human Resources Department. The Bureau notes that, based on comments received, direct deposit to the consumer's own prepaid account is often not recognized as an option to receiving wages via the payroll card account for consumers. The Bureau believes that this is an important option
New comment 18(b)(2)(xiv)(A)-2 cross-references § 1005.15(c)(2)(i) for statement options for government benefit accounts. In response to commenter recommendation that the Bureau extend the notice requirement to other types of prepaid accounts, the Bureau declines to require such a statement for other types of prepaid accounts as it does not believe that to be necessary at this time. However, new comment 18(b)(2)(xiv)(A)-3 clarifies that a financial institution offering a prepaid account other than a payroll card account or a government benefit account may, but is not required to, include a statement in the short form disclosure regarding payment options that is similar to either of the statements required for payroll card accounts pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(A) or government benefit accounts pursuant to final § 1005.15(c)(2)(i). For example, a financial institution issuing a prepaid account to disburse student financial aid proceeds may disclose a statement such as the following: “You have several options to receive your financial aid payments: direct deposit to your bank account, direct deposit to your own prepaid card, paper check, or this prepaid card. Tell your school which option you choose.” The Bureau believes consumers would benefit from knowing their options and thus is clarifying that this disclosure may be provided by financial institutions for other types of prepaid accounts, but declines to require such a statement for other types of prepaid accounts as requested by some consumer group commenters.
Some industry commenters voiced concern regarding the interplay between the short form disclosure required for payroll card accounts (and government benefit accounts) and disclosure of information required by State law and other fee discounts and waivers for these products.
The Bureau believes that some commenters may have misunderstood the proposed short form disclosure as prohibiting inclusion
The Bureau examined the potential feasibility of the optional statement in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(B) during its post-proposal consumer testing. Specifically, testing was conducted to ascertain whether consumers understood the relationship between specific information provided on the same page as (but outside) the short form to the information inside the short form.
New comment 18(b)(2)(xiv)(B)-1 provides several examples of how a financial institution might disclose in the short form for payroll card accounts
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(C) would have set forth how, within the confines of the proposed short form disclosure, financial institutions could disclose fees that may vary. As noted in the proposal and above, in many instances, prepaid accounts may have certain fees that vary depending on how a consumer uses the account. The proposal gave the example of monthly periodic fees that are, for some prepaid account programs, waived when a consumer receives direct deposit or when the monthly balance exceeds a certain amount. The Bureau was concerned that in some instances, these conditional situations could become complicated and difficult to explain on a short form disclosure, particularly for multiple fees. The Bureau believed that allowing multiple, complex disclaimers on a single form would be complicated and make comprehension and comparisons more difficult.
Thus, the Bureau proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(C), which would have provided that if the amount of the fee that a financial institution imposes for each of the fee types disclosed pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B) could vary, a financial institution must disclose the highest fee it could impose on a consumer for utilizing the service associated with the fee, along with a symbol, such as an asterisk, to indicate that a lower fee might apply, and text explaining that the fee could be lower, in a form substantially similar to the clause set forth in the proposed Model Forms A-10(a) through (d). Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(C) would have also stated that a financial institution must use the same symbol and text for all fees that could be lower, but may use any other part of the prepaid account product's packaging material or its Web site to provide more detail about how a specific fee type may be lower. Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(C) would have further stated that a financial institution must not disclose any additional third-party fees imposed in connection with any of the fees disclosed pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
Proposed comment 18(b)(2)(i)(C)-1 would have provided examples of how to disclose variable fees on the short form disclosure in accordance with proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(C). The proposed comment would have also clarified that proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(C) does not permit a financial institution to explain the conditions under which a fee may be lower, but a financial institution could use any other part of the prepaid account product's packaging material or may use its Web site to disclose that information. That information would also have been required to be disclosed in the long form pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(A). Proposed comment 18(b)(2)(i)(C)-2 would have explained that third parties could include service providers and other entities, regardless of whether the entity is an agent of the financial institution. The Bureau believed that, regardless of whether a third party has a relationship with the financial institution, no additional fees should be disclosed on the short form.
The Bureau recognized that its proposed approach to the disclosure of variable fees on the short form could potentially obscure some complexity in a prepaid account's fee structure. The Bureau, however, proposed to require that this information be disclosed on the long form, pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(A) and to permit its disclosure outside the confines of the short form to mitigate any risk of confusion. The Bureau believed that the proposed short form disclosure—and the requirement to disclose the highest fee with an indication that the fee may be lower in certain circumstances—would allow consumers to know the maximum they will pay for that fee type while indicating to consumers when they could qualify for a lower fee.
Many of these industry commenters recommended alternatives to disclosure of the highest fee, such as permitting disclosure in the short form of the full variation of fees or requiring disclosure of the highest fee only if the issuer chooses not to disclose the fee variations. Others recommended disclosing the most common, highest and lowest, lower end, median, or a range of fees. Some recommended disclosing a graphic showing the proportion of consumers paying the highest fee or permitting a de minimis exception allowing disclosure of a lower fee if that lower price is within a close range of the highest fee. Two consumer groups specifically addressed this portion of the proposal, praising the Bureau for the short form disclosure's balance between simplicity and completeness, and saying that too much information reduces consumer understanding. One of the commenters stated that it is important for the consumer to know the highest fee, that financial institutions have alternative places to highlight how to avoid a higher fee, and that disclosing the highest fee also encourages consumers to turn to the long form disclosure to find out about fee waivers and discounts. The other consumer group
Several industry commenters, including an issuing bank and a trade association specifically recommended permitting inclusion in the short form disclosure of the conditions under which the monthly fee could be waived, citing the importance of this fee and the prevalence of discounts and waivers applicable to this fee as crucial to consumer decisions in choosing a prepaid card. A consumer group said its research showed that 14 of 66 prepaid cards disclose that the monthly fee can be waived entirely if the consumer takes certain actions.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(C), renumbered as § 1005.18(b)(3), with certain modifications. While the Bureau is adopting the proposed requirement to disclose the highest fee when the amount of a fee can vary in final § 1005.18(b)(3)(i), it is also adopting new § 1005.18(b)(3)(ii) to give financial institutions the option to disclose more detailed fee waiver or discount information specifically for the periodic fee required to be disclosed by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(i).
Finally, the Bureau has made technical modifications to the rule and related commentary for conformity and clarity and, for the reasons set forth below, the Bureau has revised proposed comments 18(b)(2)(i)(C)-1 and 2, renumbered as 18(b)(3)(i)-1 and 18(b)(3)(iv)-1, respectively, and has added new comments 18(b)(3)(ii)-1, 18(b)(3)(iii)-1, 18(b)(3)(v)-1, and 18(b)(3)(vi)-1 to provide additional clarification and guidance regarding the requirements set forth in final § 1005.18(b)(3).
Final § 1005.18(b)(3)(i) generally provides that if the amount of any fee that is required to be disclosed in the short form disclosure could vary, a financial institution shall disclose the highest amount it may impose for that fee, followed by a symbol, such as an asterisk, linked to a statement explaining that the fee could be lower depending on how and where the prepaid account is used, using the following clause or a substantially similar clause: “This fee can be lower depending on how and where this card is used.” Except as provided in final § 1005.18(b)(3)(ii), a financial institution must use the same symbol and statement for all fees that could vary. The linked statement must be located above the statement required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(x). As discussed in more detail below, final rule § 1005.18(b)(3)(ii) provides an alternative for periodic fees disclosed pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) where a financial institution can disclose either the asterisk statement pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(3)(i) or can disclose specific information about fee waiver or reduction for the periodic fee.
As discussed above in connection with the periodic fee disclosure under § 1005.18(b)(2)(i), the Bureau acknowledges the concerns expressed by commenters regarding the need to provide more information about how such fees can vary. However, for the reasons discussed below, the Bureau believes that providing the same level of tailoring and detail with regard to all other fees on the short form would substantially increase the complexity of the form and decrease its usefulness to consumers as an introductory overview of account pricing. Accordingly, the Bureau believes that the best balance is to allow more flexibility with regard to periodic fees while maintaining the proposal's approach to variations in other fees. The Bureau continues to believe that information on fee variations for all other fees could not be disclosed in a manner that is both engaging and comprehensible to consumers. The design of the short form disclosure seeks a balance between the disclosure of key information necessary for consumer purchase and use decisions and the brevity and clarity necessary for optimal consumer comprehension and engagement. Incorporating into the short form disclosure multiple complex disclaimers, often featuring a variety of conditions under which consumers may receive fee waivers or discounts or obtain fee waivers or discounts for a certain time period, would disrupt this balance.
Further, many of the alternatives recommended by commenters, such as disclosing a range of fees or using a graphic to show the proportion of consumers paying the highest fees, posed a degree of complexity the Bureau also believes would disrupt this balance. In addition, as opposed to alternatives recommended by commenters such as disclosing the median, lowest, or most common fee, the Bureau believes, as stated in the proposal, it is paramount for consumers to know the maximum they could pay for a particular fee. In this way, consumers will not be surprised by being charged fees higher than they expected and, as pointed out by a consumer group commenter, the linked statement can incent consumers to turn to other sources to learn about available discounts and waivers. As the Bureau explained in the proposal, financial institutions have the alternative of explaining these fee variations elsewhere, such as on other parts of the packaging or on their Web sites. In addition, financial institutions must disclose these details in the long form disclosure pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii), discussed below. The Bureau believes that once the standardized short form disclosure is used by all prepaid account programs, it will not be counterintuitive, as asserted by some industry commenters, to look outside of its contours for additional information like fee waivers and discounts.
In response to the consumer group commenter raising concerns and recommending that the Bureau monitor and assess the impact of requiring disclosure of the highest fee, the Bureau notes that the commenters' concerns regarding disclosure of periodic fees and fees for cash reloads are specifically addressed in the final rule, respectively, by § 1005.18(b)(3)(ii) and (v). Also, the Bureau intends to continue to monitor the issues addressed in this rule, including disclosure of the highest fee.
In response to the industry commenter citing to the Bureau's pre-proposal consumer testing as indicating that the proposed system for disclosing fee variation with an asterisk linked to a generic statement that fees could be lower would confuse consumers, the cited testing actually revealed the opposite: Participants were confused by multiple asterisks linked to the details of fee variations for specific fees. The Bureau's post-proposal consumer testing supports adoption of the proposed system in that, although some misconceptions persisted, most participants understood the significance of the presence or absence of the asterisk when linked to fees other than the monthly fee.
As discussed above, some commenters recommended that the Bureau permit fuller fee disclosure in the short form for waivers and discounts of the monthly fee. The Bureau recognizes that the monthly fee is a key fee and is one of the most commonly waived or discounted prepaid account fees. The Bureau understands such waivers and discounts are based on the consumer meeting one or a combination of the following conditions: Having direct deposit into the prepaid account, making a set number of transactions per month, or loading a minimum amount of money per month into the prepaid account.
The Bureau followed up on this issue in its post-proposal consumer testing. In addition to an asterisk linking the highest fees to a statement indicating the fee can be lower depending on how and where the card is used, the Bureau also tested adding a dagger symbol (†) after the highest fee disclosed for the periodic fee, linked to an additional line of text located above the asterisked statement, describing variations in the monthly fee due to waivers and discounts when certain conditions are met.
The primacy of the periodic fee, prevalence of fee variations associated with the periodic fee, successful consumer testing of disclosure of fee variation for the monthly fee, and both industry and consumer group comments suggesting particular consideration regarding disclosure of the periodic fee have led the Bureau to adopt new § 1005.18(b)(3)(ii), which permits financial institutions an alternative disclosure for a periodic fee that may vary. Specifically, if the amount of the periodic fee disclosed in the short form disclosure pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) could vary, as an alternative to the disclosure required by final § 1005.18(b)(3)(i), the financial institution may disclose the highest amount it may impose for the periodic fee, followed by a symbol, such as a dagger, that is different from the symbol the financial institution uses pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(3)(i), to indicate that a waiver of the fee or a lower fee might apply, linked to a statement in one additional line of text disclosing the waiver or reduced fee amount and explaining the circumstances under
The Bureau believes that this optional addition to the short form disclosure will help consumers better understand nuances regarding this important fee without serious compromise to the overall integrity of the short form design, especially in light of the reduction of information disclosed in the short form pursuant to the final rule.
Final comment 18(b)(3)(i)-1 provides an example illustrating the general disclosure requirements of variable fees pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(3)(i). The comment also explains that, except as described in final § 1005.18(b)(3)(ii), final § 1005.18(b)(3)(i) does not permit a financial institution to describe in the short form disclosure the specific conditions under which a fee may be reduced or waived, but the financial institution could use, for example, any other part of the prepaid account's packaging or other printed materials to disclose that information. The comment also explains that the conditions under which a fee may be lower are required to be disclosed in the long form disclosure pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii).
New comment 18(b)(3)(ii)-1 explains that, if the amount of the periodic fee disclosed in the short form pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) could vary, a financial institution has two alternatives for disclosing the variation, as set forth in final § 1005.18(b)(3)(i) and (ii), and provides an illustrative example of both alternatives.
In new § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii), the final rule provides that, as an alternative to the two-tier fee disclosures required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(iii), (v), and (vi) and any two-tier fee required by § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix), a financial institution may disclose a single fee amount when the amount is the same for both fees. New comment 18(b)(3)(iii)-1 provides examples illustrating how to provide a single disclosure for like fees on both the short form disclosure and the multiple service plan short form disclosure. The Bureau believes that permitting disclosure of a single fee amount for a two-tier fee disclosure where the same fee is charged for both variations creates efficiency by simplifying and shortening the short form disclosure without sacrificing consumer comprehension. The Bureau's post-proposal consumer testing confirmed that, for example, participants shown a short form with a single ATM withdrawal fee seemed to understand that the company providing the prepaid account would not charge different fees depending on what network the cardholder used.
For the reasons set forth in herein, the Bureau is adopting the proposed general prohibition on inclusion of third-party fees in the short form explicitly in its own provision of the final rule in § 1005.18(b)(3)(iv). Specifically, final § 1005.18(b)(3)(iv) states that, except as provided in final § 1005.18(b)(3)(v) with regard to cash reload fees, a financial institution may not include any third-party fees in a disclosure made pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2). New comment 18(b)(3)(iv)-1 explains that fees imposed by another party, such as a program manager, for services performed on behalf of the financial institution are not third-party fees and therefore must be disclosed pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(3)(iv). For example, if a program manager performs customer service functions for a financial institution's prepaid account program, and charges a fee for live agent customer service, that fee must be disclosed pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(3)(iv).
As discussed above, the Bureau received several comments in support of the Bureau's proposed exclusion of third-party fees from the short form disclosure. In response to the comments recommending that additional information or disclaimers be provided in the short form with regard to third-party fees, the Bureau believes that the abridged nature of the short form disclosure cannot accommodate disclosing all variable and third-party fees and that the comprehensive design of the long form disclosure is better suited to inform consumers about the details of fee variations and third-party fees. See the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii) below.
For the reasons set forth in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(2)(iv) above, the Bureau is requiring disclosure in the short form of third-party fees for cash reloads. This requirement is principally set forth in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(iv), and is supplemented by new § 1005.18(b)(3)(v). Final § 1005.18(b)(3)(v) provides that any third-party fee included in the cash reload fee disclosed in the short form pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(iv) must be the highest fee known by the financial institution at the time it prints, or otherwise prepares, the short form disclosure required by final § 1005.18(b)(2). A financial institution is not required to revise its short form disclosure to reflect a cash reload fee change by a third party until such time that the financial institution manufactures, prints, or otherwise produces new prepaid account packaging materials or otherwise updates the short form disclosure. Thus, whether for a prepaid account program with packaging material or for one with only online or oral disclosures, the financial institution must update the short form to disclose a third-party cash reload fee change when it otherwise updates its short form disclosure. New comment 18(b)(3)(v)-1 provides several examples illustrating when a financial institution must update its short form disclosure to reflect a change in a third-party cash reload fee.
As explained in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(2)(iv) above, the Bureau believes it is important to disclose cash reload fees for proprietary and non-proprietary cash reload systems alike. However, the Bureau does not believe it would be appropriate to require financial institutions to reprint or otherwise reissue their short form disclosures whenever a third party changes its fees for cash reloads, as the financial institution may not always have control over when a third party changes its fees. Rather, the Bureau believes it is appropriate to require financial institutions to update the disclosure of these third-party fees when the financial institution manufactures, prints, or otherwise produces new packaging materials or until such time that the financial institution otherwise updates the short form disclosure.
In new § 1005.18(b)(3)(vi), the final rule provides that a financial institution may not include in a disclosure made pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) through (ix) any finance charges as described in Regulation Z § 1026.4(b)(11) imposed in connection with a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61. New comment 18(b)(3)(vi)-1 explains that if a financial institution imposes a higher fee or charge on the asset feature of a prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit
As discussed in more detail above, the Bureau has made a strategic decision to focus the bulk of the short form disclosure on usage of the prepaid account itself (
Thus, the Bureau believes that it is appropriate to exclude any finance charges related to an overdraft credit feature that may be offered at a later date to some prepaid consumers from general disclosure on the short form, including in the disclosures regarding additional fee types under both final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii) and (ix). If consumers are interested in such a feature, they can look to the Regulation Z disclosures in the long form pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(4)(vii) (as well as the main fee disclosure pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii) for finance charges imposed on the asset features of the prepaid account), discussed below, for more details.
In addition to the short form, the proposed rule would have required financial institutions to provide a long form disclosure providing all fees and certain other specified information prior to the consumer's acquisition of a prepaid account. Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii) would have provided that, in accordance with proposed § 1005.18(b)(1), a financial institution shall provide the disclosures listed in proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(A) through (E). In contrast to the short form, where the Bureau proposed very specific formatting requirements and model forms that would provide a safe harbor for compliance, the Bureau did not specify as detailed formatting requirements with regard to the long form in the proposal. It included proposed Sample Form A-10(e) as one possible way to organize the detailed fee information, but noted that long forms might vary more widely depending on the number of fees and conditions and therefore solicited comment on whether to provide a model form.
The Bureau did not receive any comments specifically regarding whether to provide a long form as a sample form or a model form. More general comments received regarding the Bureau's proposal to require financial institutions to provide long form disclosures pre-acquisition, and the Bureau's reasons for finalizing that requirement overall, are discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b) above.
The Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii), renumbered as § 1005.18(b)(4), with minor modifications for clarity. The final rule requires that, in accordance with final § 1005.18(b)(1), a financial institution shall provide a disclosure setting forth the fees and information listed in final § 1005.18(b)(4)(i) through (vii) for a prepaid account, as applicable. Specific revisions and additions to the enumerated list of fees and information required in the long form disclosure are discussed in the section-by-section analyses of § 1005.18(b)(4)(i) through (vii) below.
The Bureau is finalizing Sample Form A-10(f) rather than providing a specific model long form (which would have provided safe harbor). In light of the variation in long forms that may occur where financial institutions have different fee structures and conditions, the Bureau has also revised the text of the final rule from the proposed version to remove language that would have required the long form to be in substantially similar format to the sample form. The Bureau believes this change will further underscore the fact that financial institutions are afforded discretion in formatting the long form in a way that will best convey the amount and nature of the information that is required to be provided under the rule. Thus, Sample Form A-10(f) is provided as an example that financial institutions may, but are not required to, incorporate or emulate in their own long form disclosures.
Upon further consideration, the Bureau is adopting the final rule with an additional requirement in new § 1005.18(b)(4)(i) to include in the first line of the long form a heading stating the name of the prepaid account program and that the long form disclosure contains a list of all fees for that particular prepaid account program.
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(A) would have required the financial institution to disclose in the long form all fees that may be imposed by the financial institution in connection with a prepaid account. For each fee type, the financial institution would have had to disclose the amount of the fee and the conditions, if any, under which the fee may be imposed, waived, or reduced. This would include, to the extent known, any third-party fee amounts that may apply. Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(A) would also have required that if such third-party fees may apply but the amount of those fees are not known, a financial institution would have had to instead include a statement indicating that third-party fees may apply without specifying the fee amount. Under the proposal, a fee imposed by a third party that acts as an agent of the financial institution for purposes of the prepaid account always would have had to be disclosed.
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(A) would have also stated that a financial institution may not utilize any symbols, such as asterisks, to explain the conditions under which any fee may be imposed. The Bureau believed it is important that consumers be able to easily follow the information in the long form, and that, when financial
The Bureau also proposed to add commentary to explain the format of the long form disclosure. Specifically, proposed comment 18(b)(2)(ii)(A)-1 would have explained that, for example, if a financial institution charges a cash reload fee, the financial institution must list the amount of the cash reload fee and also specify any circumstances under which a consumer can qualify for a lower fee. The proposed comment would have further explained that relevant conditions to disclose could also include, for example, if there is a limit on the amount of cash a consumer may load into the prepaid account in a transaction or during a particular time period.
Proposed comment 18(b)(2)(ii)(A)-2 would have explained that a financial institution may, at its option, choose to disclose pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(A), any service or feature it provides or offers even if it does not charge a fee for that service or feature. The proposed comment would have clarified that, for example, a financial institution may choose to list “online bill pay service” and indicate that the fee is “$0” or “free” when the financial institution does not charge consumers a fee for that service or feature. By contrast, where a service or feature is available without a fee for an introductory period, but where a fee may be imposed at the conclusion of the introductory period for that service or feature, the financial institution could not indicate that the fee is “$0.” The proposed comment would have clarified that the financial institution should instead list the main fee and explain in the separate explanatory column how the fee could be lower during the introductory period, what that alternative fee would be, and when it will be imposed. Similarly, if a consumer must enroll in an additional service to avoid incurring a fee for another service, neither of those services should disclose a fee of “$0,” but should instead list each fee amount imposed if a consumer does not enroll. The proposed comment also would have provided an example that if the monthly fee is waived once a consumer receives direct deposit payments into the prepaid account, the monthly fee imposed upon a consumer if they do not receive direct deposit would be disclosed in the long form, and an explanation regarding how receiving direct deposit might lower the fee should be included in the explanatory column in the long form.
Proposed comment 18(b)(2)(ii)(A)-3 would have provided guidance on the disclosure of third-party fees in the long form disclosure. Specifically, the proposed comment would have explained that, for example, a financial institution that offers balance updates to a consumer via text message would disclose that mobile carrier data charges may apply for each text message a consumer receives. Regarding the requirement in proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(A), a financial institution must always disclose in the long form any fees imposed by a third party who is acting as an agent of the financial institution for purposes of the prepaid account product, the proposed comment would have provided an example that any fees that the provider of a cash reload service who has a relationship with the financial institution may impose would have had to be disclosed in the long form.
In the context of recommending against requiring the long form disclosure altogether, a number of industry commenters—including an industry trade association, program managers, and issuing banks—asserted that the amount and complexity of the information proposed to be included in the long form disclosure would overwhelm consumers. See the section-by-section analysis § 1005.18(b) above for discussion of such comments and the Bureau's reasoning for finalizing the overall requirement to disclose the long form.
With regard to recommendations for the specific content of the long form disclosure, two issuing banks requested that the Bureau limit the proposed requirement to disclose on the long form all fees that may be imposed in connection with a prepaid account by eliminating disclosure of optional, incidental services. The commenters said such features generally are not available at the time of purchase and are disclosed in a prepaid account program's terms and conditions at the time the consumer elects such services. The commenter asserted that mandating disclosure of fees connected with such services would add complexity to the long form disclosure and discourage financial institutions from creating new features and enhanced functionality due to the burden of having to update the disclosure and distribute new packaging.
Two consumer group commenters and individual consumers who submitted comments as part of a comment submission campaign organized by a national consumer advocacy group generally supported the long form disclosures' proposed scope and urged the Bureau to add additional content requirements, such as disclosure of when funds become available after consumer deposits via ATM, teller, and remote deposit capture; free ways to get cash such as cash back at point of sale when making a purchase; and the number of surcharge-free ATM withdrawals available to the consumer. One consumer group commenter suggested that the Bureau's proposed sample long form disclosure was ambiguous in certain places regarding fees disclosure, particularly with respect to payroll card account fees.
An industry trade association recommended that free services and features be disclosed as “$0” in the long form instead of the two options in proposed comment 18(b)(2)(ii)(A)-2 of “$0” or “free.”
Several industry commenters, including trade associations, issuing banks, program managers, and a payment network recommended eliminating the requirement to disclose third-party fees in the long form disclosure. They said it is not practical to disclose third-party fees because the amount, timing, and frequency of such fees are outside of the control of the financial institution and because any changes in such fees would require updates to the long form disclosure and change-in-fee notices. Some industry commenters urged the Bureau to require instead a general disclosure that third-party fees may apply or a more specific disclosure that third-party fees apply with information on how to obtain the specific fee information. A consumer group supported the disclosure of third-party fees in the long form as a method of creating a fair comparison among financial institutions that use third parties to load cash into prepaid accounts and those with proprietary cash reload systems.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(A), renumbered as § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii), with certain modifications. Most significantly, as explained below, the final rule contains several additional accommodations regarding disclosure of third-party fees in the long form. The Bureau is also adopting proposed comments 18(b)(2)(ii)(A)-1 through -4, renumbered as 18(b)(4)(ii)-1 through -4, with certain revisions as discussed below. Finally, the Bureau has made
The Bureau is adopting this provision pursuant to its authority under EFTA sections 904(a) and (c), and 905(a), and section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Bureau believes that pre-acquisition disclosures of all fees for prepaid accounts will, consistent with EFTA section 902 and section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act, assist consumers' understanding of the terms and conditions of their prepaid accounts, and ensure that the features of prepaid accounts are fully, accurately, and effectively disclosed to consumers in a manner that permits consumers to understand the costs, benefits, and risks associated with the account. The Bureau also believes that the long form disclosure will, in many ways, be similar to what many financial institutions currently disclose regarding prepaid accounts' fee structures in their prepaid account agreements, although pursuant to final § 1005.18(b) the long form disclosure will be provided to consumers as a stand-alone document before they acquire a prepaid account (unless the exception in final § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii) or (iii) applies).
As discussed above, some industry commenters urged the Bureau not to require disclosure of
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b) above, the Bureau believes there should be a comprehensive disclosure to which a consumer can turn prior to purchasing a prepaid account for straightforward information on all fees and the circumstances under which they may be imposed. The Bureau is not requiring disclosure in the long form of additional information related to fees as requested by some commenters because the Bureau believes disclosing fee amounts and the conditions under which they may be imposed provides consumers with the most important information they need to have access to pre-acquisition. The Bureau has observed that many financial institutions include details in their account agreements' fee schedules about free services, and the Bureau encourages financial institutions to continue to do so. To provide support to the proposed commentary regarding how to disclose free services and features, the Bureau has added to the regulatory text a sentence stating that a financial institution may, but is not required to, include in the long form disclosure any service or feature it provides or offers at no charge to the consumer.
While the Bureau is generally permitting formatting flexibility on the long form disclosure, the Bureau also is adopting the prohibition in the proposed rule against using any symbol, such as an asterisk, to explain the conditions in the long form disclosure under which any fee may be imposed. The Bureau continues to believe that it is important that consumers can easily follow the information in the long form disclosure and, absent the space constraints of the short form disclosure, the financial institution is able to explain any information about fees directly instead of relying on consumers to notice symbols and then associate them with explanatory text.
Regarding the consumer group's comment that the Bureau's proposed sample long form disclosure was ambiguous in certain places regarding fees disclosure, particularly with respect to payroll card account fees, the Bureau notes that the sample long form is meant to provide an example to aid financial institutions in complying with the requirements of final § 1005.18(b)(4). Financial institutions, including those offering payroll card accounts, should ensure that their long form disclosures accurately reflect the fees and features of their prepaid accounts.
Final comment 18(b)(4)(ii)-1 explains that the requirement in final § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii) that a financial institution disclose in the long form all fees that may be imposed in connection with a prepaid account and is not limited to just fees for EFTs or the right to make transfers. It further explains that the requirement to disclose all fees in the long form includes any finance charges imposed on the prepaid account as described in Regulation Z § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii) in connection with a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61 but does not include finance charges imposed on the covered separate credit feature as described in § 1026.4(b)(11)(i). The comment cross-references comment 18(b)(7)(i)(B)-2 for guidance on disclosure of finance charges as part of the § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii) fee disclosure in the long form. The comment also clarifies that a financial institution may also be required to include finance charges in the Regulation Z disclosures required pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(4)(vii).
Final comment 18(b)(4)(ii)-2 elaborates on the disclosure of conditions in the long form. The comment provides several examples illustrating how a financial institution would disclose the amount of each fee and the conditions, if any, under which the fee may be imposed, waived, or reduced. The comment also clarifies that a financial institution may, but is not required to, include on the long form disclosure additional information or limitations related to the service or feature for which a fee is charged, such as, for cash reloads, any limit on the amount of cash a consumer may load into the prepaid account in a single transaction or during a particular time period. Finally, the comment clarifies that the general requirement in final § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii) does not apply to individual fee waivers or reductions granted to a particular consumer or group of consumers on a discretionary or case-by-case basis.
Final comment 18(b)(4)(ii)-3 addresses disclosure of a service or feature without a charge. It reiterates the provision in the rule that a financial institution may, but is not required to, list in the long form disclosure any service or feature it provides or offers at no charge to the consumer. For example, a financial institution may list “online bill pay” in its long form disclosure and indicate a fee amount of “$0” when the financial institution does not charge
Comment 18(b)(4)(ii)-3 further explains, however, that where a fee is waived or reduced under certain circumstances or where a service or feature is available for an introductory period without a fee, the financial institution may not list the fee amount as “$0” or “free.” Rather, the financial institution must list the highest fee, accompanied by an explanation of the waived or reduced fee amount and any conditions for the waiver or discount. The comment also provides several examples.
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b) above, the Bureau does not believe that financial institutions change the fee schedules for prepaid accounts often, particularly for those sold at retail locations, and changes may require pulling and replacing or providing appropriate change-in-terms notices.
If a financial institution is making available a new optional service for all prepaid accounts in a particular prepaid account program, a financial institution may provide new customers disclosures in accordance with § 1005.7(c) post-acquisition, without needing to pull and replace card packaging that does not reflect that new optional feature in any disclosure contained inside the package in accordance with §§ 1005.7 and 1005.18(b)(1)(ii)(C), (b)(4)(ii), and (f)(1). The Bureau intends to monitor financial institutions' practices in this area, however, and may consider additional requirements in a future rulemaking if necessary.
Specifically, the final rule provides that for any such third-party fee disclosed, the financial institution may, but is not required to, include a statement that the fee is accurate as of or through a specific date, a statement that the third-party fee is subject to change, or both statements. As in the proposal, if a third-party fee may apply but the amount of that fee is not known by the financial institution, the final rule requires that the long form disclosure include a statement indicating that the third-party fee may apply without specifying the fee amount.
The Bureau moved language clarifying disclosure of fees by a party acting on behalf of the financial institution from the proposed regulatory text to the commentary in the final rule. Specifically, comment 18(b)(4)(ii)-4 clarifies that fees imposed by another party, such as a program manager, for services performed on behalf of the financial institution are not third-party fees and therefore must be disclosed on the long form pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii).
The final rule also provides that a financial institution is not required to revise the long form disclosure required by § 1005.18(b)(4) to reflect a fee change by a third party until such time that the financial institution manufactures, prints, or otherwise produces new prepaid account packaging materials or otherwise updates the long form disclosure. Thus, whether for a prepaid account program with packaging material or for one with only online or oral disclosures, the financial institution must update the long form to disclose a third-party fee change when it otherwise updates its long form disclosure. Final comment 18(b)(4)(ii)-4 provides an example illustrating a disclosure on the long form of a third-party fee when that fee is known to a financial institution and an example of when it is not.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(3) above, the comprehensive design of the long form disclosure is better suited to inform consumers about the details of fee variations and third-party fees than the short form disclosure for which, due to its abridged nature, the final rule disallows disclosure of most third-party fees. Indeed, the Bureau believes that the comprehensiveness of the long form disclosure would be compromised by the exclusion of third-party fees, which would result in consumers not being made aware of all fees they could incur in connection with the prepaid account. The Bureau believes the final rule strikes an appropriate balance by requiring disclosure in the long form of third-party fees but providing, among other things, a safe harbor regarding reprinting or otherwise updating the long form disclosure when a third-party fee changes and a general statement for situations in which a financial institution does not know the amount of the third-party fee.
Disclosing the date as of or through which a third-party fee is accurate, the fact that the third-party fee is subject to change, or both provides flexibility to alert consumers to the limitations of the financial institution's knowledge about third-party fees. The Bureau also believes that it reduces the need to require instantaneous updates as third-party fees shift. Regarding the safe harbor for reprinting due to third-party fee changes, the Bureau believes it is appropriate to require updates of these third-party fees when the financial institution prints new packaging materials or, if there are no packaging materials, when the financial institution otherwise updates the long form disclosure.
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(D) would have required that the long form also include the disclosure required in the short form under proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau received one comment regarding the disclosure of FDIC or NCUSIF insurance in the long form. A consumer group recommended that, in addition to requiring disclosure of the statement regarding insurance eligibility required in the short form (
As noted above, one consumer group also requested that the Bureau consider adding additional information to the registration and insurance disclosure in the short form, such as an explanation of what protections in addition to insurance eligibility registration provides or more fulsome information about the implications of insurance coverage. As discussed in connection with § 1005.18(b)(2)(xi), the Bureau is declining to add any more information to the registration/insurance disclosure in the short form disclosure, but has concluded that it would be useful to require financial institutions to provide more detailed information about insurance coverage in the long form disclosure.
Thus, for the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(D), renumbered as § 1005.18(b)(4)(iii), with substantial modifications. Specifically, the Bureau
Unlike the proposal, final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xi) requires that financial institutions disclose a statement regarding eligibility for FDIC deposit insurance or NCUA share insurance, as appropriate, rather than just a statement in situations where the prepaid account was not eligible for insurance. Final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xi) also requires that the statement direct the consumer to register the prepaid account for insurance and other account protections, where applicable, which had been a separate provision in the proposal. In addition, final § 1005.18(b)(4)(iii) requires an explanation of FDIC or NCUA insurance coverage and the benefit of such coverage or the consequence of the lack of such coverage, as applicable. New comment 18(b)(4)(iii)-1 provides examples illustrating how this disclosure might be made for FDIC and NCUA insurance in certain circumstances, and cross-references final comment 18(b)(2)(xi)-1 for guidance as to when NCUA insurance coverage should be disclosed instead of FDIC insurance coverage.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(2)(xi), the Bureau is persuaded by commenters, the results of its post-proposal consumer testing, and information received during the interagency consultation process that the registration and insurance disclosures should be combined, and that both the existence as well as the lack of insurance eligibility should be disclosed. The Bureau also believes that mirroring the § 1005.18(b)(2)(xi) disclosure in the long form will assist consumers in comparison shopping and reinforce the need to register prepaid accounts, where applicable.
As discussed above, while the Bureau's post-proposal consumer testing confirmed that some consumers erroneously equate FDIC coverage with fraud or theft protection, a number of participants understood that the insurance protects consumers' funds in the case of bank insolvency.
As noted above in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(2)(xi), the final rule refers to NCUA, rather than NCUSIF, insurance for credit unions. After further consideration and based on information received during the interagency consultation process, the Bureau believes the term “NCUA” may be more meaningful to consumers than “NCUSIF” and has revised the disclosures accordingly in both final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xi) and (4)(iii).
Under the proposed rule, fees relating to overdraft and certain other credit features would have been subject to the general requirement in proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(A) to disclose all fees and the condition under which they may be imposed, as well as the requirement in proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(B) to provide certain Regulation Z disclosures if, at any point, a covered credit plan might have been offered in connection with the prepaid account. The proposed rule would not have required a basic statement in the long form regarding whether an overdraft or credit feature could be provided at all in connection with the prepaid account, parallel to the proposed statement in the short form.
Several consumer groups recommended that the long form, as the more comprehensive disclosure, should indicate whether the financial institution offers overdraft or other credit features in connection with that prepaid account program. The Bureau agrees that the long form disclosure, like the short form disclosure, should include an explicit statement as to whether or not the prepaid account offers any overdraft or credit feature because this is key information for consumers to consider in making their purchase and use decisions regarding prepaid accounts. See the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(2)(x) above for further discussion of this disclosure requirement generally. While a financial institution offering a prepaid account program with an overdraft credit feature must disclose in the long form any fees that are imposed in connection with the prepaid account pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii), the Bureau believes a more explicit statement regarding the existence or lack of such a feature is also appropriate, as the availability of such a feature may not be obvious depending on the nature of the fees imposed in connection with the overdraft credit feature and where they are imposed (
For these reasons, the Bureau is adopting the final rule with the additional requirement in new § 1005.18(b)(4)(iv) to disclose in the long form the same statement regarding overdraft credit features required in the short form pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(x).
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(C) would have required disclosure of the telephone number, mailing address, and Web site of the person or office that a consumer may contact to learn about the terms and conditions of the prepaid account, to obtain prepaid account balance information, to request a written copy of transaction history pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii) if the financial institution does not provide periodic statements pursuant to existing § 1005.9(b), or to notify the person or office when a consumer believes that an unauthorized EFT has occurred as required by existing § 1005.7(b)(2) and proposed § 1005.18(d)(1)(ii).
Having received no comments on this portion of the proposal, and for the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(C), renumbered as § 1005.18(b)(4)(v), with technical modifications for conformity and clarity. The Bureau believes that it is axiomatic for the comprehensive long form disclosure to include the contact information for the financial institution or its service provider through which consumers may obtain information about their prepaid accounts and provide notice of unauthorized transfers.
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(D) would have required disclosure of the URL of the Web site of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, and a telephone number a consumer can contact and the URL a consumer can visit to submit a complaint about a prepaid account. As discussed in the proposal and the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(2)(xii) above, the Bureau intends to develop resources on its Web site that would, among other things, provide basic information to consumers about prepaid accounts, the benefits and risks of using them, and how to use the prepaid account disclosures. The Bureau also believed that consumers would benefit from seeing on the long form disclosure the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau's Web site and telephone number that they can use to submit a complaint about a prepaid account.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(2)(xii) above, a group advocating on behalf of business interests opposed disclosing contact information for the Bureau in both the short form and long form disclosures. The commenter suggested that disclosure in the long form of a Bureau Web site URL and telephone number through which consumers could submit complaints about prepaid cards would undermine the relationship between financial institutions and their customers. The commenter said consumers should be encouraged to raise issues about their prepaid cards directly with the financial institution rather than directing those issues to the Bureau. An issuing bank similarly opposed the proposed requirement to include in the long form contact information through which consumers could submit complaints about their prepaid accounts, saying that the statement casts prepaid cards in a negative light. The commenter instead supported disclosure of a neutral statement referring consumers to the Bureau for more information about prepaid products.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(D), renumbered as § 1005.18(b)(4)(vi), with certain modifications. Specifically, for clarity, the Bureau has added to the regulatory text the specific language for this statement. In addition, the Bureau made technical modifications to the rule for conformity and clarity.
Final § 1005.18(b)(4)(vi) requires inclusion in the long form of a statement directing the consumer to a Web site URL of the Bureau (
The Bureau is not persuaded by industry commenters that it should not include these disclosure requirements in the final rule. In the same vein, regarding the long form disclosure of the telephone number and Web site URL for submitting a complaint, the Bureau believes it both logical and crucial to inform consumers of an available resource that can help them connect with financial institutions so their complaints about prepaid accounts can be heard and addressed. Indeed, the Bureau included a similar requirement in the Remittance Rule; there, remittance transfer providers must disclose the Bureau's contact information on the receipt provided in conjunction with a remittance transfer.
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(B) would have required the financial institution to include in the long form the disclosures described in Regulation Z § 1026.60(a), (b), and (c) if, at any point, a credit plan that would be a credit card account under Regulation Z (12 CFR part 1026) may be offered in connection with the prepaid account. Regulation Z § 1026.60 sets forth disclosure requirements for credit and charge card application and solicitations commonly referred to as “Schumer Box” disclosures. Section 1026.60(b) lists the required disclosure elements, § 1026.60(a) contains general rules for such disclosures, and § 1026.60(c) contains specific requirements for direct mail and electronic applications and solicitations. Proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(B) would have explained that a credit plan that would be a credit card account under proposed Regulation Z § 1026.2(a)(15) could be structured either as a credit plan that could be accessed through the same device that accesses the prepaid account, or through an account number where extensions of credit are permitted to be deposited directly only into particular prepaid accounts specified by the creditor offering the plan.
The Bureau recognized that Regulation Z does not require these disclosures to be provided until a consumer is actually solicited for a credit plan. The Bureau, however, believed it would be important for consumers who are considering whether to acquire a prepaid account to know not only if a credit plan could be offered at any point, as would have been required to be disclosed in the short form pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
Proposed comment 18(b)(2)(ii)(B)-1 would have clarified that the disclosures described in Regulation Z § 1026.60(a), (b), and (c) must appear in the form required under § 1026.60(a), (b), and (c), and, to the extent possible, on the same printed page or Web page as the rest of the information required to be listed pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii). The Bureau recognized that depending on the number of fees included in the long form disclosure, it might not be possible to include both disclosures on the same printed page. The Bureau believed, however, that to the extent it would be possible to include these disclosures on the same printed page or Web page, doing so would make it easier for the consumer to review the disclosures.
An issuing bank opposed the proposed requirement to include the above-cited Regulation Z disclosures along with the long form disclosure, arguing that providing this level of detail regarding a potential overdraft or credit feature of a prepaid account is not logical at the pre-acquisition stage. It cautioned the information disclosed will likely be outdated by the time a consumer seeks or is offered such credit, and suggested that consumers may become confused or angry if the actual credit terms offered differ from those disclosed in the long form, which it said is likely considering the mandatory 30-day waiting period before solicitation and infrequency with which the proposed rule would have required updating disclosures in a retail location. It stated that this would result in stale Regulation Z disclosures, including the APR, that could be more than a year old at the time a consumer would actually apply for credit. The commenter suggested that the disclosures would confuse consumers who, upon seeing them in the long form disclosure, will likely assume credit is being or will be offered to them. The commenter also expressed concern that consumers seeking credit who do not ultimately qualify for it may be confused or angered and suspect the financial institution has engaged in discrimination or false advertising. Finally, the commenter expressed concern that consumers who do obtain credit may be confused by being provided with the Regulation Z disclosures again at the time of solicitation and, perhaps, with changed terms. In sum, the commenter recommended that the Bureau remove this long form requirement as likely to provide little consumer benefit but rather lead to significant consumer misunderstanding.
A consumer group commenter supported disclosure of the Regulation Z and E information on the same page, if possible.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(B), renumbered as § 1005.18(b)(4)(vii), with certain modifications. The Bureau is also finalizing proposed comment 18(b)(2)(ii)(B)-1, renumbered as 18(b)(4)(vii)-1, with certain revisions and is adding new comment 18(b)(4)(vii)-2, as discussed below.
Specifically, final § 1005.18(b)(4)(vii) requires that, as part of the long form disclosure, the disclosures required by Regulation Z § 1026.60(e)(1) must be given, in accordance with the requirements for such disclosures in § 1026.60, if a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61, may be offered to a consumer in connection with the prepaid account. Under the proposal, a financial institution would have been required to include the Regulation Z disclosures pursuant to § 1026.60(a), (b), and (c). While the content required for disclosures given under Regulation Z § 1026.60(b) and (e)(1) are largely the same, the disclosures pursuant to § 1026.60(e)(1) are tailored for credit card applications and solicitations made available to the general public—commonly referred to as “take one” disclosures—which the Bureau believes to be more apt for inclusion in the long form.
As discussed in the proposal and in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(2)(x) above, the Bureau believes it is important for consumers to be informed of the key costs and terms of an overdraft credit feature in order to be able to make informed purchase and use decisions with regard to both prepaid accounts and associated overdraft credit features—even though they may not be eligible for the feature until after a waiting period or at all. In response to the comment suggesting that such information may become stale and cause consumer confusion or worse, the Bureau notes that Regulation Z § 1026.60(e)(1) permits inclusion in a prominent location in the disclosure of the date the required information was printed, including a statement that the required information was accurate as of that date and is subject to change after that date, as well as a statement and contact information regarding any change in the required information since it was printed. The Bureau has also added an additional provision to § 1005.18(b)(4)(vii), discussed below, limiting the requirement to update these disclosures. For an overview of the Bureau's overall approach to regulating overdraft credit features offered in conjunction with prepaid accounts, see the
Final § 1005.18(b)(4)(vii) also provides that a financial institution may, but is not required to, include above the Regulation Z disclosures required by § 1005.18(b)(4)(vii), a heading or other explanatory information introducing the overdraft credit feature. Given the organization of the long form disclosure and the placement of the Regulation Z disclosures at the end, the Bureau believes it is appropriate to provide financial institutions this option in case they deem it necessary or appropriate to include brief additional text to orient or explain to consumers to the ensuing disclosures.
Finally, the final rule provides that a financial institution is not required to revise the disclosures required by final § 1005.18(b)(4)(vii) to reflect a change in the fees or other terms disclosed therein until such time as the financial institution manufactures, prints, or otherwise produces new prepaid account packaging materials or otherwise updates the long form disclosure. In conjunction with the final rule's incorporation of the Regulation Z § 1026.60(e)(1) disclosures, the Bureau believes it would be inefficient to require financial institutions to update their long form disclosures (and their initial disclosures, pursuant to final § 1005.18(f)(2)), each time a change is made to the fees and terms required to be included in the credit portion of that disclosure. The Bureau has thus added this exception, which mirrors the exception for third-party fees in final § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii) discussed above.
Final comment 18(b)(4)(vii)-1 provides guidance on where these disclosures must be located in the long form. Specifically, it states that if the financial institution includes the disclosures described in Regulation Z § 1026.60(e)(1), pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(7)(i)(B), such disclosures must appear below the disclosures required by final § 1005.18(b)(4)(vi). If the disclosures provided pursuant to Regulation Z § 1026.60(e)(1) are provided in writing, these disclosures must appear in the form required by § 1026.60(a)(2), and to the extent possible, on the same page as the other disclosures required by final § 1005.18(b)(4). The Bureau continues to believe that consumers could more easily review these Regulation Z disclosures if they are on the same page as the rest of the long form information, although the Bureau understands that this may not be possible depending on the length of the prepaid account program's long form.
Final comment 18(b)(4)(vii)-2 explains that the updating exception in § 1005.18(b)(4)(vii) does not extend to any finance charges imposed on the prepaid account as described in final Regulation Z § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii), in connection with a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in final § 1026.61 that are required to be disclosed on the long form pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii). This comment
The proposed rule did not include a prepaid account's purchase price or activation fee in the static portion of the short form disclosure. However, proposed comment 18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
An industry trade association recommended against requiring disclosure of the purchase price in the short form because, it said, consumers already are sufficiently alerted to its display on the packaging of the prepaid account or by the retailer. An issuing bank, on the other hand, recommended disclosure of the purchase price in the short form because, it said, consumers lack clarity on this fee in certain situations, such as when confronted with hundreds of prepaid cards in some retail settings. Several industry commenters, including an issuing bank, a program manager, and a trade association, recommended requiring disclosure of the activation fee instead of the purchase price. Several industry commenters recommended against requiring disclosure of the activation fee in the short form as an incidence-based fee because, they said, it is not a common fee and would be disclosed in the terms and conditions for the prepaid account. They suggested the activation fee be added as a static fee to the short form, perhaps in lieu of one of the incidence-based fees, if the Bureau's research indicated the fee was common enough. Otherwise, they recommended it be disclosed only in the long form.
A consumer group agreed that the purchase price should not be disclosed in the short form as a static fee because it would take up scarce space when there is no fee (such as for online purchases of prepaid accounts), the purchase price can be conspicuously disclosed on other parts of the packaging, consumers already take notice of the price they have to pay for a prepaid card, and it is a one-time fee such that disclosing it within the short form would overemphasize it and mislead consumers to compare it with recurring fees. It also said that, for prepaid account programs where consumers frequently buy new prepaid cards, the purchase price may appear in any case as an incidence-based fee. Conversely, a consumer group urged requiring disclosure of the purchase price and any activation fee; another consumer group specifically recommended disclosure of the purchase price as a static fee or, alternatively, as a potential incidence-based fee. In support of its recommendation, this latter commenter said its research indicated that nearly half of regular GPR users purchase new cards after exhausting their funds on their current card. Moreover, it said, being charged a purchase fee at the point of purchase does not mean the consumer understands that fee is reducing the amount of funds being loaded onto the card at purchase. It also warned that consumers could confuse the “purchase fee” with the “per purchase fee.” Individual consumers who submitted comments as part of a comment submission campaign organized by a national consumer advocacy group recommended that the short form disclosure include the purchase price.
With regard to branding, one industry commenter urged the Bureau to clarify that identification within the short form of the name of the prepaid issuer and the name of the prepaid account program would not violate the requirements of the rule.
For the reasons set forth below, the Bureau is adopting new § 1005.18(b)(5) and comments 18(b)(5)-1 and -2 to address issues of the disclosure of the purchase price and activation fee as well as identification of the financial institution and the prepaid account program. The final rule requires that, at the time a financial institution provides the short form, it must also disclose the following information: the name of the financial institution; the name of the prepaid account program; the purchase price for the prepaid account, if any; and the fee for activating the prepaid account, if any. Pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(7)(iii), short form disclosures must contain only information required or permitted under final § 1005.18(b)(2). Thus, the information required by § 1005.18(b)(5) must appear outside of the confines of the short form disclosure.
New § 1005.18(b)(5) sets forth the required location for the above-referenced disclosures. In a setting other than a retail location, this information must be disclosed in close proximity to the short form. In a retail location, this information, other than the purchase price, must be disclosed on the exterior of the access device's packaging material. In a retail location, the purchase price must be disclosed either on the exterior of or in close proximity to the prepaid account access device's packaging materials. As described in more detail below, new comment 18(b)(5)-1 clarifies the content of the disclosure and comment 18(b)(5)-2 clarifies its location, including the meaning of “close proximity.”
The Bureau agrees that, because the purchase price invariably is disclosed on the packaging or otherwise at the point of purchase prior to acquisition of a prepaid account, it is unnecessary to use the limited space in the short form to disclose this one-time fee as a static fee. The Bureau likewise agrees that it is unnecessary to use the limited space in the short form to disclose the activation fee as a static fee, as it is not a common fee and if charged is only incurred once. The Bureau also believes that including these fees as potential additional fee types in the disclosure under final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix) is neither an optimal way to alert consumers to the cost of purchasing or activating a prepaid account nor a good use of the additional fee type disclosure. Because the Bureau believes it is important for consumers to be aware of this fee prior to purchase in all situations, it is requiring that the purchase price and activation fee be disclosed, but outside the short form disclosure.
To ensure that consumers see the purchase price, it must be disclosed in close proximity to the short form—except that in a retail location the financial institution has the option to disclose the purchase price on the exterior of the packaging for the prepaid account access device (other than in the short form) or in close proximity to the display of packaging. The Bureau understands that at present, the purchase price for prepaid accounts sold at retail is disclosed either on the exterior of the prepaid account access device's packaging or displayed near the packaging by the retailer. In an effort not to disturb this system, the Bureau is permitting disclosure of the purchase price in a retail location either on the exterior of or in close proximity to the prepaid account access device's packaging material. The Bureau believes that either location would provide consumers with ample opportunity to be alerted to a prepaid account's purchase price.
While the activation fee is not a common fee, unless it is plainly disclosed prior to acquisition when it does exist, the Bureau is concerned that it likely would not be noticed by many consumers before they acquire the prepaid account. The Bureau has observed that, similar to purchase price, financial institutions that charge activation fees for prepaid accounts sold at retail often conspicuously disclose the activation fee on the front of the packaging. The Bureau believes that it is important that consumers be informed if a prepaid account they are considering charges an activation fee. The Bureau also believes that, considering that activation fees are uncommon, incurred once, and that in the current marketplace the Bureau has observed such fees disclosed on the front of the packaging in a retail setting, it is appropriate to require the disclosure outside the confines of the short form but in close proximity to it—and, in retail locations, on the exterior of the access device's packaging material. The Bureau believes this requirement will more clearly apprise consumers of when the activation fee is charged and the amount of the fee.
Regarding the general issue of branding, branding information is not permitted to be included within the short form. However, the Bureau recognizes the importance to both industry and consumers of connecting the short form disclosure with the prepaid account's commercial identity. The Bureau understands that it is common industry practice for financial institutions offering prepaid accounts at retail to include this information on the exterior of their packaging. The Bureau believes it is important for this information to be readily available for all prepaid programs, not just those sold at retail. For this reason, the Bureau is requiring, pursuant to new § 1005.18(b)(5), that the name of the financial institution and the name of the prepaid program be disclosed outside the short form but in close proximity to it or, in retail locations, on the exterior of the prepaid account access device's packaging material.
New comment 18(b)(5)-1 clarifies that, in addition to the disclosures required by final § 1005.18(b)(5), a financial institution may, but is not required to, also disclose the name of the program manager or other service provider involved in the prepaid account program.
New comment 18(b)(5)-2 provides additional guidance regarding the location requirement of the rule and the meaning of “close proximity.” The comment explains that, for example, if a financial institution provides the short form online, the information required by final § 1005.18(b)(5) is deemed disclosed in close proximity to the short form disclosure if it appears on the same Web page as the short form disclosure. If the financial institution offers the prepaid account in its own branch locations and provides the short form disclosure on the exterior of its preprinted packaging materials, the information required by final § 1005.18(b)(5) is deemed disclosed in close proximity to the short form disclosure if the information appears on the exterior of the packaging. If the financial institution provides written short form disclosures in a manner other than on preprinted packaging materials, such as on paper, the information required by final § 1005.18(b)(5) is deemed disclosed in close proximity to the short form if it appears on the same piece of paper as the short form disclosure. If the financial institution provides the short form disclosure orally, the information required by final § 1005.18(b)(5) is deemed disclosed in close proximity to the short form disclosure if it is provided immediately before or after disclosing the fees and information required pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2).
Comment 18(b)(5)-2 also explains that, for prepaid accounts sold in a retail location pursuant to the retail location exception in final § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii), final § 1005.18(b)(5) requires the information other than purchase price be disclosed on the exterior of the access device's packaging material. If the purchase price, if any, is not also disclosed on the exterior of the packaging, disclosure of the purchase price on or near the sales rack or display for the packaging materials is deemed disclosed in close proximity to the short form disclosure.
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(3) would have set forth the requirements for how the short form and long form disclosures must be presented. Specifically, proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(i) would have set forth general requirements for written, electronic, and oral disclosures. Proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(ii) would have provided requirements regarding whether these disclosures must be made in a retainable form. Proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii) would have set forth parameters for the tabular form in which the disclosures must be presented, including specific requirements for short forms presenting fee disclosures for multiple service plans. The Bureau has renumbered these provisions, each discussed in detail below, under § 1005.18(b)(6) in the final rule.
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(i)(A) would have required that the short form and long form disclosures be provided in writing, except as provided in proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii)(B) and (C) for electronic and oral disclosures. The Bureau believed consumers could best review the terms of a prepaid account before acquisition when seeing these disclosures in written form.
The Bureau did not receive any comments specific to this proposed general requirement to provide the short form and long form disclosure in writing, and therefore, is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(i)(A), renumbered as § 1005.18(b)(6)(i)(A), with minor modifications for clarity. The final rule states that, except as provided in final § 1005.18(b)(6)(i)(B) and (C), the disclosures required by final § 1005.18(b) must be in writing.
Currently, § 1005.4(a)(1) permits disclosures required by Regulation E to be provided in electronic form, subject to compliance with consumer consent and other applicable provisions of the E-Sign Act. The E-Sign Act generally allows the use of electronic records to satisfy any statute, regulation, or rule of law requiring that such information be provided in writing, if a consumer has affirmatively consented to such use and has not withdrawn such consent, and if certain delivery format requirements are met. Before receiving such consent, the E-Sign Act requires financial institutions to make clear to a consumer that the consumer has the option of receiving records in paper form, to specify whether a consumer's consent applies to a specific transaction or throughout the duration of the consumer's relationship with the financial institution, and to inform a consumer of how the consumer could withdraw consent and update information needed to contact the consumer electronically, among other requirements. The E-Sign Act also requires financial institutions to retain records of any disclosures that have been provided to a consumer electronically so that the consumer can access them later.
When the Bureau issued regulations on remittance transfers in subpart B of Regulation E, the Bureau altered the general requirement to provide disclosures in writing, such that
The Bureau similarly proposed to modify Regulation E's default requirements for pre-acquisition disclosures for prepaid accounts. Specifically, proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii)(B) would have required a financial institution to provide the short form and long form disclosures required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) and (ii) in electronic form when a consumer acquires a prepaid account through the internet, including via a mobile application. Although the Bureau believed that consumers can best review the terms of a prepaid account before acquiring it when seeing the terms in written form, it recognized that in certain situations, it is not practicable to provide written disclosures. For example, when a consumer acquires a prepaid account via the internet, the Bureau believed that a financial institution could not easily provide written (non-electronic) disclosures to a consumer pre-acquisition.
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(i)(B) also would have stated that short form and long form disclosures required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) and (ii) must be provided electronically in a manner which is reasonably expected to be accessible in light of how a consumer is acquiring the prepaid account. In addition, proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(i)(B) would have provided that these electronic disclosures need not meet the consumer consent and other applicable provisions of the E-Sign Act. Last, proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(i)(B) would have required that disclosures provided to a consumer through a Web site where required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii)(C) and as described in proposed § 1005.18 (b)(2)(i)(B)(
Similar to pre-payment disclosures for remittance transfers, the Bureau believed that altering the general Regulation E requirement for electronic disclosures in § 1005.4(a)(1) was necessary to ensure that consumers receive relevant information at the appropriate time. The Bureau believed that during the pre-acquisition time period for prepaid accounts, it was important for consumers who decide to go online to acquire prepaid accounts to see the relevant disclosures for that prepaid account product in electronic form. The Bureau also said it believes that consumers will often decide whether to acquire a particular prepaid account after doing significant research online, and that if they are not able to see disclosures on the prepaid accounts' Web sites, consumers cannot make an informed acquisition decision. Accordingly, the Bureau believed that, for acquisition of prepaid products via the internet or mobile applications, it would be more appropriate to require financial institutions to provide pre-acquisition disclosures electronically.
As discussed above, § 1005.4(a)(1) requires that financial institutions comply with the E-Sign Act when providing disclosures electronically. The Bureau did not propose to require such compliance for prepaid accounts that are acquired through the internet or mobile applications. Proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(i)(B) only would have required that electronic short form and long form disclosures for prepaid accounts acquired through the internet be provided electronically in a manner which is reasonably expected to be accessible in light of how a consumer acquired the prepaid account. The Bureau believed that if a consumer has acquired a prepaid account through a Web site, it is reasonable to expect that the consumer would be able to view electronic disclosures on a Web site, and no E-Sign consent would be necessary. The Bureau also noted in the proposal that the requirement in proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(i)(B) would apply only to the pre-acquisition disclosure of the short form and long form disclosures for prepaid accounts acquired over the internet or via mobile applications. It would not have altered the application of § 1005.4(a)(1) to prepaid accounts after acquisition nor to any other type of account.
The Bureau also proposed comment 18(b)(3)(i)(B)-1, which would have explained how to disclose the short form and long form electronically. Specifically, the proposed comment would have explained that a financial institution may, at its option, provide the short form and long form disclosures on the same Web page or on two different Web pages as long as the disclosures were provided in accordance with the pre-acquisition disclosure requirements in proposed § 1005.18(b)(1)(i). The Bureau recognized, as several consumer advocacy group commenters to the Prepaid ANPR stated, that disclosures provided electronically on Web sites may be difficult for consumers to find. Sometimes the disclosures are buried several pages deep or are only accessible to a consumer after the consumer completes some form of registration or otherwise logs onto the Web site. The Bureau generally believed that pre-acquisition disclosures provided on a Web site should be easy to locate, whether they are provided on the same Web page or on two separate pages, as addressed in proposed § 1005.18(b)(1) and proposed comment 18(b)(1)-2.
Proposed comment 18(b)(3)(i)(B)-2 would have provided guidance with respect to the lack of an E-sign requirement for prepaid account pre-acquisition disclosures. The proposed comment would have clarified that, for example, if a consumer is acquiring the prepaid account using a financial institution's Web site, it would be reasonable to expect that a consumer would be able to access pre-acquisition disclosures provided on a similar Web site.
Proposed comment 18(b)(3)(i)(B)-3 would have clarified that a disclosure would not comply with the requirement in § 1005.18(b)(3)(i)(B) regarding machine-readable text if it was not provided in a textual format that can be read automatically by internet search engines or other computer systems.
Several industry commenters, including industry trade associations, program managers, and a digital wallet provider as well as some consumer groups commented on the Bureau's proposal regarding electronic disclosure of the short form and long form. The Bureau received no comments regarding the requirement that disclosures be provided in machine-readable text.
Industry commenters primarily asked for clarification regarding the placement and treatment of the short form and long form disclosures in an online setting. Some commenters indicated that prepaid cards increasingly will be marketed and acquired via the internet, including through mobile applications and wearable devices. Commenters said that the rule, as proposed, did not sufficiently address how to comply when providing the short form and long form disclosures via these electronic delivery methods. One commenter noted that the prescriptive font size and other form and formatting requirements of the proposed rule remove the flexibility to shrink or resize disclosures to fit onto mobile screens, which could result in a confusing and frustrating user experience in which it would be impossible to view the entire disclosure
One consumer group supporting the proposed requirement regarding electronic disclosure of the short form and long form urged the Bureau to additionally require that financial institutions also provide the disclosures in writing if they issue physical cards. Another consumer group expressed concern that consumers may not see the electronic disclosures and recommended that the Bureau require they be prominently displayed on financial institutions' Web sites. It also urged the Bureau to adopt specific rules regarding location of the short form and long form disclosures on the financial institution's Web site.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(i)(B), renumbered as § 1005.18(b)(6)(i)(B), with certain modifications. First, the Bureau has added requirements to the final rule that electronic disclosures be provided in a responsive form and viewable across all screen sizes. Second, the Bureau has made technical modifications to the rule and comments for consistency and clarity. Third, in response to the comments discussed above, the final rule and commentary more specifically address how to provide the required disclosures through electronic means. Fourth, in the final rule the Bureau has removed proposed comment 18(b)(3)(i)(B)-2 because it believes the rule is clear that financial institutions may provide disclosures electronically without regard to consumer consent and other applicable provisions of the E-Sign Act. Finally, final comments 18(b)(6)(i)(B)-1 and -2 now specifically address access to the required disclosures on Web sites and final comment 18(b)(6)(i)(B)-3, which addresses machine-readable text, is adopted generally as proposed.
The final rule requires that the disclosures required by final § 1005.18(b) must be provided in electronic form when a consumer acquires a prepaid account through electronic means, including via a Web site or mobile application, and must be viewable across all screen sizes. The Bureau has added the requirement that these disclosures be viewable across all screen sizes to clarify that they must be able to be seen by consumers regardless of the electronic method used. The final rule also states that the long form disclosure must be provided electronically through a Web site when a financial institution is offering prepaid accounts at a retail location pursuant to the retail location exception in final § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii). The rule also finalizes the proposed requirements that electronic disclosures must be provided in a manner which is reasonably expected to be accessible in light of how a consumer is acquiring the prepaid account, in a responsive form, and using machine-readable text that is accessible via web browsers or mobile applications, as applicable, and via screen readers. Also, the final rule, like the proposed rule, provides that electronic disclosures provided pursuant to final § 1005.18(b) need not meet the consumer consent and other application provisions of the E-Sign Act.
Final comment 18(b)(6)(i)(B)-1 explains the rule's requirement that electronic disclosures be provided in a manner which is reasonably expected to be accessible in light of how a consumer is acquiring the prepaid account. Specifically, the comment states that, for example, if a consumer is acquiring a prepaid account via a Web site or mobile application, it would be reasonable to expect that a consumer would be able to access the disclosures required by final § 1005.18(b) on the first page or via a direct link from the first page of the Web site or mobile application or on the first page that discloses the details about the specific prepaid program. The comment also cross-references final comment 18(b)(1)(i)-2 for additional guidance on placement of the short form and long form disclosures on a Web page. The additions to comment 18(b)(6)(i)(B)-1 respond to comments requesting clarification regarding the required location of the short form and long form disclosures when provided via electronic means.
In response to commenters' concerns discussed above, new comment 18(b)(6)(i)(B)-2 specifically addresses how to provide the required disclosures in a way that responds to smaller screen sizes. The comment clarifies that, in accordance with the requirement in final § 1005.18(b)(6)(i)(B) that electronic disclosures be provided in a responsive form, electronic disclosures provided pursuant to final § 1005.18(b) must be provided in a way that responds to different screen sizes, for example, by stacking elements of the disclosures in a manner that accommodates consumer viewing on smaller screens, while still meeting the other formatting requirements set forth in final § 1005.18(b)(7). For example, the disclosures permitted by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(B) or (3)(ii) must take up no more than one additional line of text in the short form disclosure. The comment explains that if a consumer is acquiring a prepaid account using a mobile device with a screen too small to accommodate these disclosures on one line of text in accordance with the size requirements set forth in final § 1005.18(b)(7)(ii)(B), a financial institution is permitted to display the disclosures permitted by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(B) and (3)(ii), for example, by stacking those disclosures in a way that responds to smaller screen sizes, while still meeting the other formatting requirements in final § 1005.18(b)(7). The Bureau's source code for web-based disclosures provides an example of stacking.
Final comment 18(b)(6)(i)(B)-3, which addresses machine-readable text, clarifies that a disclosure would not be deemed to comply with § 1005.18(b)(6)(i)(B) if it was not provided in a form that can be read automatically by internet search engines or other computer systems. As noted in the proposal, this textual format could include, for example, JSON, XML, or a similar format.
The Bureau proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(i)(C), which would have stated that disclosures required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) must be provided orally when a consumer acquires a prepaid account orally by telephone as described in proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(iii). Proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(i)(C) would have also stated that disclosures provided to a consumer through the telephone number described in proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau did not receive any comments specific to proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(i)(C) and therefore, is adopting this provision generally as proposed, renumbered as § 1005.18(b)(6)(i)(C), with technical modifications to the rule for conformity and clarity. Specifically, the Bureau has made clear that this provision applies both when a consumer is acquiring a prepaid account in a retail location and
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(ii) would have provided that, except for disclosures provided to a consumer through the telephone number described in proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
As noted in the proposal, § 1005.13(b) contains recordkeeping requirements applicable to Regulation E generally. However, the Bureau did not believe it was necessary that the oral disclosures provided to a consumer for a prepaid account acquired orally by telephone or the long form disclosure accessed by a consumer via telephone pre-acquisition in a retail store be retainable. Pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(f), after having acquired a prepaid account orally (or by any other means), a consumer would have received the long form disclosure in the initial disclosures provided for the prepaid account. Further, the long form disclosure would also generally be available on the financial institution's Web site, as part of the full prepaid account agreement that would be required to be posted pursuant to proposed § 1005.19. The Bureau also did not believe it would be practicable to provide retainable forms of oral disclosures. The Bureau did, however, believe that providing retainable forms of written and electronic disclosures would be feasible.
One consumer group commented regarding the proposed retainability requirement. It supported the proposed requirement generally but recommended that the Bureau clarify that electronic disclosures provided via a pop-up window must be able to be easily printed to comply with the rule.
For the reasons set forth herein, and in the absence of comments raising concerns about the proposed retainability requirement, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(ii), renumbered as § 1005.18(b)(6)(ii), with certain modifications. The Bureau has added additional specificity to this provision to clarify exceptions to the retainability requirements for certain disclosures permitted or required under the final rule. The Bureau has also added to the final rule a cross-reference to § 1005.4(a)(1), which generally requires that disclosures provided pursuant to Regulation E be in a form consumers may keep, and conforms the language in the final rule to parallel that of § 1005.4(a)(1). In addition, as set forth below, the Bureau is adopting revisions to comment 18(b)(3)(ii)-1, renumbered as comment 18(b)(6)(ii)-1. Finally, the Bureau has made technical modifications to the rule for conformity and clarity.
Final § 1005.18(b)(6)(ii) provides that, pursuant to § 1005.4(a)(1), disclosures required by § 1005.18(b) must be made in a form that a consumer may keep, except for disclosures provided orally pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii) or (iii), long form disclosures provided via SMS as permitted by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiii) for a prepaid account sold at retail locations pursuant to the retail location exception in final § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii), and the disclosure of a purchase price pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(5) that is not disclosed on the exterior of the packaging material for a prepaid account sold at a retail location pursuant to the retail location exception in final § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii).
The Bureau continues to believe that its modification to the general retainability requirement in Regulation E for oral disclosures (and certain other disclosures) is appropriate, as the Bureau does not believe it would be practicable to provide retainable forms of oral disclosures. The Bureau also notes that the requirements of final § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii)(D) and (f)(1) will ensure that even consumers who acquire prepaid accounts orally by telephone or who access the long form disclosure for prepaid accounts sold at retail locations either orally or via SMS will receive the long form disclosure in a retainable format, albeit after they acquire the prepaid account.
Final comment 18(b)(6)(ii)-1 illustrates the retainability requirement with an example stating that a short form disclosure with a tear strip running through it would not be deemed retainable because use of the tear strip to gain access to the prepaid account access device inside the packaging would destroy part of the short form disclosure. Electronic disclosures are deemed retainable if the consumer is able to print, save, and email the disclosures from the Web site or mobile application on which they are displayed. Therefore, a pop-up window or modal
The Bureau declines to require that electronic disclosures provided via a pop-up window be
The Bureau set forth in proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii) the tabular format requirements that would be used to present the short and long form disclosures. Specifically, proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii)(A) would have required that, except as provided in proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii)(B), short form disclosures required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) that are provided in writing or electronically shall be in the form of a table substantially similar to proposed Model Forms A-10(a) through (d), as applicable. It also would have
The Bureau had observed that most (though not all) financial institutions currently use some sort of table to disclose fees in their prepaid account agreements, although each institution generally selects different fees to highlight and presents them in different orders. The Bureau also noted that financial institutions implement a variety of formats to present fee information on packaging material in retail stores. Thus, the burden is on consumers to identify the fees that are most important to them and find them across various formats to determine the best product for their needs.
The Bureau's pre-proposal consumer testing revealed that few participants researched prepaid accounts before acquisition, particularly when they acquired their accounts in retail stores. The Bureau believed that one of the reasons that consumers do not often engage in comparison shopping is because doing so is not straightforward. At retail, prepaid accounts are often displayed behind counters, close to check-out lanes at ends of aisles, and in other often crowded or difficult to access areas which the Bureau believed can limit careful review of a product's terms. The Bureau believed that financial institutions are more likely to present fee information in a clearer and more complete format for prepaid account products offered online, but, as mentioned above, the format used to display this information varies, making comparison shopping challenging. Although some variation is inevitable because each financial institution offers different services in connection with its prepaid accounts, the Bureau believed that requiring use of a standardized form to disclose fee information would be appropriate to minimize variation in presentation format. Additionally, in the case of the short form disclosure, a standardized form also would keep many of the fee types listed constant.
The Bureau proposed a sample form for the long form disclosure instead of a model form for the short form disclosure. The Bureau believed long form disclosures could vary depending on the number of fees included in the form and the extent of relevant conditions that would have had to be disclosed in connection with each fee.
While many commenters critiqued certain aspects of the proposed form and format of the short form and long form disclosures, the Bureau received no specific comments regarding the proposed general tabular format requirement for those disclosures. See the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(7)(i) below for discussion of comments regarding grouping and other format requirements.
For the reasons set forth herein, and in the absence of comments, the Bureau is adopting § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii)(A) as proposed, renumbered as § 1005.18(b)(6)(iii)(A), with certain modifications for clarity and to set forth more explicitly the content required in the tabular format.
The final rule requires that when a short form disclosure is provided in writing or electronically, the information required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) through (ix) shall be provided in the form of a table. Except as provided in final § 1005.18(b)(6)(iii)(B), the short form disclosures required by final § 1005.18(b)(2) shall be provided in a form substantially similar to Model Forms A-10(a) through (d), as applicable. The final rule requires that specific sections of the short form disclosure be in a tabular format. The Bureau continues to believe that this standardized format will increase consumer comprehension and enhance comparability among prepaid accounts, thereby creating a system under which consumers have the tools to make improved purchase and use decisions with regard to prepaid accounts.
The final rule, like the proposed rule, also requires that when a long form disclosure is provided in writing or electronically, the information required by final § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii) shall be provided in the form of a table. Sample Form A-10(f) provides an example of the long form disclosure required by final § 1005.18(b)(4) when the financial institution does not offer multiple service plans. The Bureau has removed the proposed requirement that the table in the long form be substantially similar to the table in the proposed sample form in favor of the statement that Sample Form A-10(f) provides an example of the long form disclosure. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(4) above, the sample form for the long form disclosure, unlike the model forms for the short form disclosures, does not impose a “substantially similar” requirement. Unlike the short form disclosure, the Bureau believes that the comprehensive content of the long form, together with the wide variety of fees, fee types, and conditions under which those fees are imposed across financial institutions, is likely not suitable for a strictly standardized content and format design.
Because the long form disclosures, unlike the standardized short form disclosure, could vary substantially, the Bureau continues to believe that it is more appropriate to provide a sample form as an example that financial institutions may, but are not required to, incorporate or emulate in their own long form disclosures, rather than a model form that would only provide a safe harbor if financial institutions adhered closely to its parameters. Thus, in the regulatory text of the final rule, the Bureau has replaced any reference to long form content required to be disclosed in a form substantially similar to a sample form with language indicating that the sample form provides an example of the long form disclosure.
As an alternative to proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii)(A) (which would have applied to products with a single fee schedule), proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii)(B) would have set forth tabular format requirements for prepaid products offering multiple service plans. Specifically, proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii)(B)(
As discussed in the proposal and herein, the Bureau believed that it was important for short and long form disclosures to have a standardized format in order to facilitate consumer comparison of multiple products and the ability to understand key fee and service information about a prepaid product. The Bureau also recognized, however, that financial institutions offering multiple service plans on one prepaid account needed flexibility to disclose information about multiple plans to a consumer. The Bureau therefore proposed that financial institutions may use one short form table that discloses the information required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) for each of the service plans to highlight for a consumer that such plans exist. The Bureau explained that, a financial institution, at its option, could also choose to disclose only the service plan in which a consumer is enrolled upon acquiring the prepaid account using the tabular format described in proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii)(A) and note elsewhere on the packaging material or on its Web site the other service plans it offers. The Bureau believed that these options would give financial institutions the flexibility to accommodate disclosure of multiple service plans, while also maintaining the simplicity of the tabular short form and long form designs to facilitate consumers' comparison shopping.
In the Bureau's pre-proposal consumer testing, some participants were confused by short forms that included multiple service plans similar to the one in proposed Model Form A-10(f). The Bureau therefore also considered proposing that financial institutions must disclose each service plan in a separate short form table instead of allowing financial institutions to disclose all of the plans on one short form. Some participants also were unsure of which service plan applied upon purchase when seeing multiple service plans on one short form, an issue that the Bureau believed may be resolved if a financial institution only discloses the fee schedule for the plan that applies upon a consumer's acquisition of the account. The Bureau thus sought comment on the best way to accommodate prepaid accounts products offering multiple service plans on the short form disclosure while providing accurate and sufficient information to consumers.
In the proposal, the Bureau also acknowledged that only disclosing the service plan in which a consumer is automatically enrolled by default upon acquiring the prepaid account could potentially conflict with the requirement in proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(C) that financial institutions would have to disclose the highest fee for each fee type required to be disclosed in the short form. For example, a “pay-as-you-go” plan in which a consumer is enrolled upon acquisition might not impose a periodic fee, and thus, could disclose “$0” in the top line of the short form where the periodic fee disclosure would be required. Under such a plan, if consumers were to opt into a monthly plan, however, they could be charged a periodic fee higher than $0. The Bureau therefore also sought comment on whether the disclosure of only the default plan on the short form would be clear or if the Bureau should require that financial institutions always disclose multiple service plans on the short form.
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii)(B)(
Additionally, the Bureau proposed comment 18(b)(3)(iii)(B)-1, which would have provided additional guidance on the proposed definition of multiple service plans. Specifically, proposed comment 18(b)(3)(iii)(B)-1 would have stated that the multiple service plan disclosure provisions in proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii)(B) apply when a financial institution offers more than one service plan for a particular prepaid account product, and each plan has a different fee schedule. For example, a financial institution might offer a prepaid account product with one service plan where a consumer pays no periodic fee but instead pays a fee for each transaction, and another plan that includes a monthly fee but no per transaction fee. A financial institution may also offer a prepaid account product with one service plan for consumers who utilize another one of a financial institution's non-prepaid services (
Several industry commenters, including industry trade associations, a program manager, and an issuing bank, commented on the proposed multiple service plan short form disclosure and recommended that the Bureau adopt a final rule permitting such disclosures for prepaid account loyalty programs and other current and future innovative fee structures. Some commenters asserted that the proposed rule failed to contemplate loyalty programs and thus urged the Bureau to permit use of the multiple service plan short form disclosure for such programs. Commenters also asserted that the rule as proposed would stymie future innovation of new fee plans by limiting use of the multiple service plan short form disclosure to plans already in existence.
Several consumer groups urged the Bureau to eliminate the multiple service plan short form disclosure. They believed the multiple service plan short form disclosure compared poorly with the general short form disclosure, saying it was too complex and confusing, defeated the comparison-shopping purpose of the short form disclosure, failed to disclose all the information in the short form (such as the two-tier distinction between certain fees, including the in-network and out-of-network ATM withdrawal and balance inquiry fees), and lacked the top-line emphasis on key fees. Some of these groups also expressed concern that financial institutions seeking to minimize emphasis on certain of their fees might use the complexity of the multiple service plan short form disclosure to hide expensive fees, such as by starting with a pay-as-you-go plan with no monthly fee before disclosing higher fees for other plans.
Some consumer groups suggested that the Bureau require disclosure of the default fee plan in short forms at retail, and require that short form disclosures for the other plans be provided inside the packaging material or at the time the consumer chooses to switch to another fee plan. In other contexts that do not have the same space constraints as retail settings, such as online or at bank branches, consumer groups said the Bureau should require disclosure of
The Bureau is adopting final § 1005.18(b)(6)(iii)(B) largely as proposed, but has divided the provision regarding multiple service plan short form disclosures to separately address disclosure of the default service plan and disclosure of all service plans. Other modifications to these provisions are described in turn below.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting the portion of proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii)(B)(
Final § 1005.18(b)(6)(iii)(B)(
In accordance with § 1005.18(b)(3)(i), a financial institution providing a short form for a multiple service plan's default plan only must disclose the highest fees under the default plan but not the highest fees across all service plans. The Bureau believes that to require otherwise would distort the information disclosed about the default service plan, leading to potential consumer confusion.
The Bureau notes that financial institutions disclosing the default plan can inform consumers of the prepaid program's other service plan options outside the short form disclosure, such as on other portions of the packaging, online, or via the telephone; further, disclosure of all plan information is required in the long form pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(4) discussed below. The Bureau also notes that nothing in the final rule would prohibit a financial institution from providing a short form disclosure for each of its service plans separately (such as on its Web site or in other acquisition scenarios without the same space constraints as in retail locations) though, if doing so, the Bureau encourages financial institutions to make clear to consumers which plan, if any, is the default plan.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting the portion of proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii)(B)(
Final § 1005.18(b)(6)(iii)(B)(
The Bureau has substantially redesigned the multiple service plan short form disclosure in order to address many of the concerns raised by consumer group commenters as described above. The short form disclosure for multiple service plans includes the following changes: Expansion of the multi-columned table to disclose all required fees pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) through (vii) and (ix) together, rather than separating out fees that vary across plans from fees that do not; use of bold-face type for the fees listed pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) through (iv) to mirror the general short form disclosure's emphasis on the top-line fees; and addition of rows to separately disclose the two-tier fees for in-network and out-of-network ATM withdrawals and balance inquiries.
The Bureau's post-proposal consumer testing indicated that the redesigned short form disclosure for multiple service plans markedly improved the disclosure's usability. Participants were able to navigate a prototype short form disclosure for multiple service plans and to use the disclosure to find specific information about particular plans. Moreover, the relative complexity of the form, although off-putting to some participants, did not appear to alter testing results.
The Bureau recognizes that financial institutions offering multiple service plans may not have a default plan or may find a requirement to disclose only a short form for the default plan overly restrictive and choose instead to discontinue their multiple service plan programs. The Bureau does not intend to disfavor any prepaid account program over another in its rule and seeks to avoid potential disruption to prepaid account programs offering multiple service plans. While the Bureau acknowledges that the relative complexity and density of the multiple service plan short form disclosure may render it somewhat less consumer friendly than the general short form disclosure, the Bureau believes the redesigned form will provide financial institutions with flexibility to accommodate disclosure of products with multiple service plans, while also retaining much of the standardization of the short form design that facilitates comprehension and comparison shopping for consumers.
As referenced above, the rule sets forth specific requirements for the column headings required to describe each service plan. The Bureau is finalizing the proposed requirement to use the terms “Pay-as-you-go plan,” “Monthly plan,” “Annual Plan,” or substantially similar terms. To illustrate,
As noted above, some industry commenters requested that the Bureau allow use of the multiple service plan short form for loyalty plans; this issue was addressed in proposed comment 18(b)(3)(iii)(B)-1. For clarity, the Bureau has addressed use of the multiple service plan short form for loyalty plans in the regulatory text of the final rule as described above. Final comment 18(b)(6)(iii)(B)(
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii)(B)(
The Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii)(B)(
Final § 1005.18(b)(6)(iii)(B)(
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(i)(A) would have contained several formatting requirements for the short form disclosure. First, proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(i)(A) would have stated that the information that would have been required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(A) or proposed § 1005.15(c)(2), when applicable, must be grouped together. Proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(i)(A) would have further stated that the information that would have been required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(i)(A) would have further stated that the information required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau also proposed in § 1005.18(b)(4)(i)(A) that the Web site URL disclosed pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
Several industry commenters addressed the proposed grouping or other related format requirements for the prepaid disclosures. A program manager supported the proposed grouping requirements saying they are reasonable and very similar to current disclosures, but cautioned that the short form disclosure format requirements would crowd out or dilute other critical information and oblige industry to extensively redesign current packaging. Another program manager said the rigidity of the format of the short form disclosure would limit the ability of industry to offer new types of prepaid cards. Two industry trade associations said the rule was unclear regarding the extent to which a financial institution could depart from the format of the required disclosures. In a comment generally addressing the format of the proposed disclosures, an issuing bank recommended that the short form and long form disclosures have the same format to avoid confusion and be recognizable.
For the reasons set forth herein and in the absence of comments opposing the specific grouping requirements of the short form, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(i)(A), renumbered as § 1005.18(b)(7)(i)(A),
The Bureau is adopting the proposed grouping requirements for the short form disclosure essentially as proposed. As stated in the proposal, the Bureau designed the top line of the short form disclosure to direct consumers' attention to what it believes are the most important fees for consumers to know in advance of acquiring a prepaid account. With regard to the statement regarding wage or salary payment options required for payroll card account (and government benefit account) short form disclosures, the Bureau believes that consumers understanding that their job (or government benefit) is not contingent upon their acceptance of the payroll card (or government benefit card) is of paramount importance in the short form disclosure. As in the proposed rule, the final rule generally groups fees together and non-fee information together. Similar to the proposed rule, the final rule also groups together the statements regarding fees that can vary, including new provisions § 1005.18(b)(3)(ii) (variable fee disclosure for the periodic fee) and § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(B) (State-required information or other fee discounts and waivers for payroll card accounts and government benefit accounts).
The Bureau has made minor changes to the proposed grouping requirements. First, to conform to the principle stated above to group fees together and group other information together, the Bureau has relocated the statement regarding overdraft and credit, required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(x), from the fee section in the proposed rule to a location among the non-fee other information. To more effectively connect the fee section with the statement regarding the number of additional fee types, required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii)(A), the Bureau relocated this statement to the fee section. Finally, the new statement required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii)(B) directing consumers to the disclosure of additional fee types required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix) is located immediately after the statement regarding the number of additional fee types charged and immediately before the disclosure of any actual additional fee types.
Specifically, the final rule requires that the information required in the short form disclosure by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) through (iv) must be grouped together and provided in that order. The information required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(v) through (ix) must be generally grouped together and provided in that order. The information required by final § 1005.18(b)(3)(i) and (ii), as applicable, must be generally grouped together and in the location described by § 1005.18(b)(3)(i) and (ii). The information required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(x) through (xiii) must be generally grouped together and provided in that order.
The final rule also provides that the statement regarding wage or salary payment options for payroll card accounts required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(A) must be located above the information required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) through (iv), as described in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(A). The statement regarding State-required information or other fee discounts or waivers permitted by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(B), when applicable, must appear in the location described in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(B).
In response to comments generally addressing the format and formatting requirements of the short form and long form disclosures, the Bureau states that those requirements, together with the content requirements for the disclosures, were designed to create companion disclosures intended to facilitate consumers' prepaid account purchase and use decisions. The Bureau intended these disclosures to play very different but complementary roles and, thus, purposefully gave them different formats. The abridged nature of the short form, with its emphasis on key fees and information, versus the comprehensive nature of the long form, with its requirement to disclose, among other things, all fees and the conditions under which they may be imposed, require different formats that together create a synergistic whole.
Regarding the comments questioning the extent to which a financial institution could depart from the required format, financial institutions must comply with the disclosure requirements set forth in the final rule but the Bureau notes that the regulatory text and commentary contain additional information and direction clarifying specific requirements in the final rule, including a number of optional modifications. Also the Bureau is providing the model and sample forms to provide concrete illustrations of the requirements under the rule.
The Bureau proposed in § 1005.18(b)(4)(i)(B) that all fees that may be imposed by the financial institution in connection with a prepaid account that proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(A) would have required to be disclosed in the long form must be generally grouped together and organized by categories of function for which a consumer would utilize the service associated with each fee. The Bureau believed that disclosing fees in categories would aid consumers' navigation of the long form disclosure, which would include all of a prepaid account's fees and could be much longer than the short form disclosure. Proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(i)(B) would also have required that text describing the conditions under which a fee may be imposed must appear in the table directly to the right of the numeric fee amount disclosed pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(A). The information required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(B) (that is, the Regulation Z disclosures regarding overdraft and other credit features) must be generally grouped together. The information required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(C) through (E) (that is, the telephone number, Web site and mailing address; the statement regarding FDIC insurance, if applicable; and the Bureau Web site and telephone number), must be generally grouped together.
The Bureau received two comments from industry on the grouping
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(i)(B), renumbered as § 1005.18(b)(7)(i)(B), with modifications to reflect additional content added by other provisions of the final rule. The Bureau has also made technical modifications to the rule for conformity and clarity. Finally, the Bureau has added new comments 18(b)(7)(i)(B)-1 and-2 to provide guidance regarding the requirements of final § 1005.18(b)(7)(i)(B).
First, the final rule addresses the grouping requirement for new § 1005.18(b)(4)(i), the title or heading for the long form disclosure. The final rule provides that the information required by new § 1005.18(b)(4)(i) be located in the first line of the long form disclosure.
The final rule, like the proposed rule, generally requires that like categories be grouped together in the long form disclosure. Regarding the disclosure in the long form of all fees and the conditions under which they may be imposed, the final rule, like the proposed rule, requires that the information required by final § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii) be generally grouped together and organized under subheadings by the category of function for which a financial institution may impose the fee.
While the proposed rule would have required that text describing the conditions under which a fee may be imposed must appear in the table directly to the right of the numeric fee amount disclosed, the final rule relaxes this requirement. In the final rule, the text describing the conditions under which a fee may be imposed must appear in the table required by final § 1005.18(b)(6)(iii)(A) in close proximity to the fee amount. The Bureau continues to believe that disclosing fees in categories will aid consumers in navigating the long form disclosure which, with the disclosure of all of a prepaid account's fees, could be much longer than the short form disclosure and will benefit from such organization. The Bureau has observed that many financial institutions currently organize the fees schedules in their prepaid account agreements in this manner. With regard to the change to “close proximity” in the final rule, the Bureau believes that, while the short form disclosure necessitates stricter requirements to achieve more precise standardization, financial institutions should have more discretion in the long form. To this end, the sample form for the long form disclosure, as opposed to the model forms for the short form disclosures, serves as an example of a disclosure structure financial institutions may emulate or use to develop their own long form disclosure.
In response to the industry commenters requesting examples of the categories of function required in the long form disclosure, the Bureau directs financial institutions to the sample long form disclosure, Sample Form A-10(f). The sample form is provided as an example that financial institutions may, but are not required to, incorporate or emulate in developing their own long form disclosures. The following categories of function that appear in the sample form can serve as examples of categories that financial institutions might use in designing their long form disclosures: Get started (disclosing the purchase price), Monthly usage (disclosing the monthly fee), Add money (disclosing fees for direct deposit and cash reload), Spend money (disclosing bill payment fees), Get cash (disclosing ATM withdrawal fees), Information (disclosing customer service and ATM balance inquiry fees), Using your card outside the U.S. (disclosing fees for international transactions, international ATM withdrawals, and international ATM balance inquiries), and Other (disclosing the inactivity fee). Financial institutions may use some or all of the categories in the sample form or may create their own categories.
Regarding the statements in the long form disclosure, the rule requires that the information in the long form disclosure required by final § 1005.18(b)(4)(iii) through (vi) be generally grouped together, provided in that order, and appear below the information required by final § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii). As in the short form disclosure, the Bureau believes that grouping together like categories of information here will improve readability and enhance consumer comprehension.
Finally, the final rule explains that if, pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(4)(vii), the financial institution includes the disclosures described in Regulation Z § 1026.60(e)(1), such disclosures must appear below the disclosures required by final § 1005.18(b)(4)(vi).
New comment 18(b)(7)(i)(B)-1 provides an example illustrating the meaning of close proximity as used in the final § 1005.18(b)(7)(i)(B). The comment states that, for example, a financial institution is deemed to comply with this requirement if the text describing the conditions is located directly to the right of the fee amount in the long form disclosure, as illustrated in Sample Form A-10(f). The comment also cross-references final comment 18(b)(6)(i)(B)-2 regarding stacking of electronic disclosures for display on smaller screen sizes. As discussed above, that comment describes how compliance with the requirements of § 1005.18(b)(7)(i)(B) may be achieved, for example, through stacking of the long form disclosure for a consumer viewing it on an electronic device with a smaller screen size.
New comment 18(b)(7)(i)(B)-2 explains how to create a subheading by category of function for any finance charges that may be imposed on a prepaid account as described in Regulation Z § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii) in connection with a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61. The comment explains that, pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(7)(i)(B), the financial institution may, but is not required to, group all finance charges together under a single subheading. The comment goes on to say that this includes situations where the financial institution imposes a higher fee or charge on the asset feature of a prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card than the amount of a comparable fee or charge it imposes on any prepaid account in the same prepaid account program that does not have such a credit feature. The comment illustrates this with an example of a financial institution that charges on the prepaid account a $0.50 per transaction fee for each transaction that accesses funds in the asset feature of a prepaid account and a $1.25 per transaction fee for each transaction where the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses credit from the covered separate credit feature in the course of the transaction. In this case, the financial institution is permitted to disclose the $0.50 per transaction fee under a general transactional subheading and disclose the additional $0.75 per transaction fee under a separate subheading together with any other finance charges that may be imposed on the prepaid account.
The Bureau proposed in § 1005.18(b)(4)(i)(C) that when a financial institution provides disclosures in compliance with proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii)(B)(
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(i)(C) also would have stated that when providing disclosures for multiple service plans on one short form in compliance with proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii)(B)(
The Bureau received comments from industry and consumer groups regarding the multiple service plan short form generally, which are addressed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(6)(iii)(B) above. Most relevant to this provision were the comments from several consumer groups that urged the Bureau to eliminate the multiple service plan short form disclosure. The Bureau did not receive any comments, however, specific to proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(i)(C).
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(i)(C), renumbered as § 1005.18(b)(7)(i)(C), with substantial modifications to reflect the redesigned short form for multiple service plans as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(6)(iii)(B) above.
The final rule's grouping requirements correspond to the formatting requirements for the redesigned short form disclosure for multiple service plans set forth in final § 1005.18(b)(6)(iii)(B)(
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)(A) through (D) would have set forth the prominence and size requirements for the short form and long form disclosures. Generally, the Bureau believed that the information provided to consumers in the short form and long form disclosure should appear in a large enough font size to ensure that consumers can easily read the information. Further, the Bureau observed in its pre-proposal consumer testing that some participants had to use reading glasses or otherwise struggled to read existing prepaid account disclosures and that many participants reported a preference for larger font sizes to facilitate their ability both to read and to understand disclosures. Thus, the Bureau proposed minimum font size requirements for both the short form and long form disclosures in order to ensure that consumers can easily read the disclosures. In addition, the Bureau believed that the proposed relative font sizes for the disclosures made on the short form would ensure that consumers' attention is quickly drawn to the most important information about a prepaid account (
The Bureau also noted in the proposal that the proposed minimum font sizes were likely also the maximum sizes that could be used on the short form disclosure to ensure that it will still fit on most packaging material currently used in retail settings. In other acquisition scenarios, when space constraints are not as much of an issue, the Bureau expected that financial institutions would use larger versions of the short form disclosure. For example, when distributing disclosures for payroll card accounts in printed form, financial institutions could use a 8.5x11 inch piece of paper to present a larger version of the short form disclosure, as long as the form maintains the visual hierarchy of the information as reflected in the proposed relative font size requirements. Proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)(B)(
The Bureau received few comments regarding the proposed prominence and size requirements. A digital wallet provider commented that the prescriptive font size and other format and formatting requirements of the proposed rule would remove the flexibility to shrink or resize disclosures to fit onto mobile screens, resulting in a confusing and frustrating user experience as it would be impossible to view the entire disclosure at once without zooming out to a wider view.
The Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)(A) through (D), renumbered as § 1005.18(b)(7)(ii)(A) through (D), generally as proposed with additional specificity for certain requirements and other modifications as discussed below. The Bureau is also adopting new comments 18(b)(7)(ii)-1 and -2 to provide additional clarification regarding type size requirements in final § 1005.18(b)(7)(ii). See the section-by-section analyses of § 1005.18(b)(7)(ii)(A), (B), (C), and (D) below for prominence and size requirements with respect to typeface and type color generally as well as specific requirements regarding the general short form disclosure, the long form disclosure, and the multiple service plan short form disclosure, respectively.
The Bureau is finalizing the proposed visual hierarchy of information for the short form disclosure created by requiring minimum type sizes in descending order because, as explained in the proposal, this format quickly garners consumers' attention, directing it first to the information the Bureau's research indicates is most important to consumers when selecting a prepaid account. The final rule also retains the actual type size requirements as proposed, with the addition of size requirements for newly-created permissible or required disclosures or those that were unspecified in the proposed rule. The Bureau continues to believe that the size requirements will ensure that consumers can read and understand the disclosures without struggling to see small print while also accommodating the existing packaging constraints for prepaid accounts sold at retail locations. Also, in the final rule, the Bureau has replaced “font” size with “type” size for clarity, as the term font can refer to both type size and type style. Finally, instead of stating that disclosures must be made in the “corresponding pixel size” for electronic disclosures when providing the minimum type size for each element of the disclosures, the final rule includes the actual corresponding pixel size for each type size specified.
The Bureau declines to mandate type size requirements that vary depending on the setting in which consumers receive the pre-acquisition disclosures. As discussed above, the Bureau designed the minimum type sizes requirements for the short form disclosure, that appear in final § 1005.18(b)(7)(ii)(B) and (D), to accommodate the existing packaging constraints related to the sale of prepaid accounts on J-hooks displays in retail locations. Financial institutions are encouraged, but not required, to use larger type sizes when providing pre-acquisition disclosures for prepaid accounts in less space-restrictive settings. For example, financial institutions offering prepaid accounts online, in a bank branch, in the context of payroll card accounts and government benefit accounts, and in other similar circumstances are encouraged to provide the short form disclosure in a type size that exceeds the minimum requirements in the rule to enhance both consumer engagement and comprehension of the prepaid account's terms.
To illustrate this, both the proposed and final model forms for government benefit accounts and payroll card accounts use type sizes that exceed the regulatory minimum.
The Bureau declines to follow the recommendation of an industry commenter that the Bureau preempt certain State law font size requirements that it believes would be impracticable to reconcile with the Bureau's font size requirements. Section 1005.12(b) addresses standards for when inconsistent State law is preempted, but the Bureau does not read the comment to argue that the Bureau's font size requirements are inconsistent with any State law requirements. Moreover, the Bureau notes that financial institutions can provide short form disclosures for payroll accounts in a larger font and on 8.5″ x 11″ or larger paper, as they are not subject to the same space constraints, for example, as are many retail locations.
In addition, as explained in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(7)(iii) below generally regarding State-required information not permitted within the short form disclosure, financial institutions are free to disclose State-required information outside the confines of the short form disclosure, even on the same page as the short form disclosure. In fact, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(B), the final rule permits inclusion in the short form disclosure of a statement directing the consumer to a particular location outside the short form disclosure for certain information (ways the consumer may access payroll card account funds and balance information for free or for a reduced fee). Financial institutions have the option of providing other State-required information, including information complying with State conspicuousness requirements, in the location referenced in the short form disclosure pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(B) or in any other location the financial institution sees fit outside the short form disclosure. Because financial institutions have these options outside the short form disclosure to disclose information required by or otherwise comply with the laws of specific States, the Bureau does not believe either further modification to this final rule nor preemption of State law regarding prominence and size is necessary or appropriate.
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)(A) would have required that all text used to disclose information pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(2) be in a single, easy-to-read type face. All text included in the tables required to be disclosed pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii) must be all black or one color type and printed on a white or other neutral contrasting background whenever practical. The Bureau believed that contrasting colors for the text and the background of the short form and long form disclosures would make it easier for consumers to read the disclosures. The Bureau did not receive any comments on this proposed requirement.
For the reasons set forth herein, and in the absence of comments, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)(A), renumbered as § 1005.18(b)(7)(ii)(A), with technical
The final rule requires that all text used to disclose information in the short form or in the long form disclosure pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2), (3)(i) and (ii), and (4) be in single, easy-to-read type that is all black or one color and printed on a background that provides a clear contrast. The Bureau has removed the proposed requirement that the background be provided in clear contrast to the type whenever practical because the Bureau does not believe there is a circumstance under which providing a clear contrast would not be practical. As stated in the proposal, the Bureau believes that contrasting colors for the text and the background of the short form and long form disclosures will make it easier for consumers to read and comprehend the disclosure.
New comment 18(b)(7)(ii)(A)-1 explains that a financial institution complies with the color requirements if, for example, it provides the disclosures required by final § 1005.18(b)(2), (3)(i) and (ii), and (4) printed in black type on a white background or white type on a black background. While the Bureau continues to believe that using black/white for the text and a contrasting white/black for the background of the disclosures would provide an ideal presentation, it also recognizes that using other similarly dark colors for text with a neutral background color could also provide clear contrast. For example, as noted in the proposal, the Bureau believes that the statement at the top of the short form disclosure for payroll card accounts required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(A) disclosed in black type on a grey background, if the background of the rest of the short form disclosure is white, could provide a clear contrast that would help alert consumers to that notice.
The comment also explains that, pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(7)(ii)(A), the type and color may differ between the short form disclosure and the long form disclosure provided for a particular prepaid account program. For example, a financial institution may use one font/type style for the short form disclosure for a particular prepaid account program and use a different font/type style for the long form disclosure for that same prepaid account program. Similarly, a financial institution may use black type for the short form disclosure for a particular prepaid account program and use blue type for the long form disclosure for that same prepaid account program.
The Bureau notes that neither final § 1005.18(b)(7)(ii)(A) nor anything else in the final rule specifies the minimum type size or other prominence requirements for the disclosures required outside the short form by final § 1005.18(b)(5).
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)(B)(
As discussed above, the Bureau believed that consumers commonly incur these top-line fees when a financial institution imposes charges for these services. In the Bureau's pre-proposal consumer testing, participants reported that these fee disclosures were the most important to them.
Additionally, the Bureau proposed in § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)(B)(
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)(B)(
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)(B)(
The Bureau did not receive any comments specifically regarding the prominence and size requirements in proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)(B)(
For the reasons set forth herein, and in the absence of comments opposing the specific prominence and size requirements for the fees and other information in the short form disclosure, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)(B)(
As stated in the proposal and above, the top line of the short form disclosure uses prominence and relative type size to highlight what the Bureau's research indicates are the fees that are most important to consumers when selecting a prepaid account. Thus, the final rule requires that the information required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) through (iv) appear as follows: Fee amounts in bold-faced type; single fee amounts in a minimum type size of 15 points (or 21 pixels); two-tier fee amounts for ATM withdrawal in a minimum type size of 11 points (or 16 pixels) and in no larger a type size than what is used for the single fee amounts; and fee headings in a minimum type size of eight points (or 11 pixels) and in no larger a type size than what is used for the single fee amounts.
Echoing the proposed rule, the next rung of the visual hierarchy for the short form disclosure includes the remaining fees and the statements regarding additional fee types. The Bureau continues to believe that this information, while important, is not as crucial as the top-line information in driving consumer acquisition decisions and, thus, merits disclosure in a relatively smaller type size. Thus, the final rule requires that the information required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(v) through (ix) appear in a minimum type size of eight points (or 11 pixels) and appear in the same or a smaller type size than what is used for the fee headings required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) through (iv).
As in the proposed rule, the final rung of the visual hierarchy for the short form disclosure includes the statements required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(x) through (xiii). The Bureau believes that this information, while important, is secondary to the fee information provided in larger type above the statements. Thus, the final rule requires that the information required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(x) through (xiii) appear in a minimum type size of seven points (or nine pixels) and appear in no larger a type size than what is used for the information required to be disclosed by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(v) through (ix).
While the proposal would have required that certain disclosures in the short form be more prominent than other parts of the disclosure, the final rule specifies that those disclosures appear in bold-faced type. The Bureau believes that the statement regarding the number of additional fee types should be in bold-faced type to alert consumers that the short form does not disclose all fee types that the consumer may incur using that particular prepaid account and to inform them of the total number of additional fee types that could be charged. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii) above, in the Bureau's post-proposal consumer testing, participants expressed interest in knowing more about these fee types.
Finally, the final rule sets forth the smallest type size requirements for the remaining elements of the short form disclosure, which provide the details of certain fees. The final rule requires that text used to distinguish each of the two-tier fees pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(iii), (v), (vi), and (ix), to explain that the fee required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(vi) applies “per call,” where applicable, or to explain the conditions that trigger an inactivity fee and that the fee applies monthly, or for the applicable time period, pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(vii) appear in a minimum type size of six points (or eight pixels) and appear in no larger a type size than what is used for the information required by § 1005.18(b)(2)(x) through (xiii).
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)(B)(
The Bureau did not receive any comments on the prominence and size requirements for variable fees in proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)(B)(
For the reasons set forth herein, and in the absence of comments opposing the specific prominence and size requirements regarding variable fees in the short form disclosure, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)(B)(
In keeping with the rationale set forth in the proposed rule, the final rule conforms the size of the explanatory text and symbols for variable fees pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(3)(i) and (ii) with the type size of the rest of the statements required in the short form disclosure. Thus, the final rule requires that the symbols and corresponding statements regarding variable fees disclosed in the short form pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(3)(i) and (ii), when applicable, appear in a minimum type size of seven points (or nine pixels) and appear in no larger a type size than what is used for the information required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(x) through (xiii). A symbol required next to the fee amount pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(3)(i) and (ii) must appear in the same type size or pixel size as what is used for the corresponding amount.
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)(B)(
The Bureau did not receive any comments regarding the prominence and size requirements in proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)(B)(
For the reasons set forth herein, and in the absence of comments opposing the specific prominence and size requirements regarding the payroll card account and government benefit account banner notices in the short form disclosure, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)(B)(
As discussed above, the Bureau continues to believe that the statement regarding wage or salary payment options required in the short form disclosure pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(A) is key information for consumers being offered payroll card accounts to know before they choose whether or not to accept the payroll card account. For this reason, the Bureau believes the type size of the statement should be no larger than, but generally the same size as, the top-line fee headings. Thus, the final rule requires the statement regarding wage or salary payment options for payroll card accounts required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(A), when applicable, appear in a minimum type size of eight points (or 11 pixels) and appear in no larger a type size than what is used for the fee headings required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) through (iv).
Because the new disclosure permitted for payroll card accounts by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(B) regarding State-required information and other fee discounts or waivers is a statement similar to and located near the statements required by final § 1005.18(b)(3)(i) and (ii) and those required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(x) through (xiii), the final rule requires the statement regarding State-required information and other fee discounts and waivers permitted final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(B) to appear in the same type size used to disclose variable fee information pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(3)(i) and (ii), or, if none, the same type size used for the information required by final § 1005.18(b)(2)(x) through (xiii).
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)(C) would have provided that the disclosures required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii) (that is, the fees and other information in the long form disclosure) must appear in a minimum eight-point font or the corresponding pixel size. The Bureau believed that the long form disclosure, which would list all of a prepaid account's fees, need only appear in a font that is clear enough for consumers to read. The Bureau did not believe any part of the long form disclosure should be more prominent than another part. Thus, the Bureau did not propose any rules regarding the relative font size of information disclosed in the long form.
The Bureau did not receive any comments regarding the prominence and size requirements for the long form disclosure in proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)(C).
For the reasons set forth in the proposal, and in the absence of comments opposing the prominence and size requirements regarding the long form disclosure, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)(C), renumbered as § 1005.18(b)(7)(ii)(C), with technical modifications for conformity and clarity. Final § 1005.18(b)(7)(ii)(C) provides that the long form disclosures required by final § 1005.18(b)(4) must appear in a minimum type size of eight points (or 11 pixels). The final rule does not impose any additional prominence or size requirements for the long form disclosure.
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)(D) would have required that when providing disclosures in compliance with proposed § 1005.18(b)(3)(iii)(B)(
The Bureau did not receive any comments on the prominence and size requirements for the multiple service plan short form in proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)(D).
For the reasons set forth below, and in the absence of comments opposing the prominence and size requirements regarding the short form disclosure for multiple service plans, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii)(D), renumbered as § 1005.18(b)(7)(ii)(D), with certain modifications. The Bureau generally is adopting the size requirements for the multiple service plan short form disclosure as proposed but with additional prominence and size requirements to address the redesigned short form disclosure for multiple service plans and, upon further consideration, to include specifications that were not addressed in the proposed rule. The Bureau has made technical modifications to the rule for conformity and clarity.
The design structure and increased density and complexity of the short form disclosure for multiple service plans, as compared to the general short form disclosure, requires more simplified uniform size requirements. Thus, the final rule requires that, when providing a short form disclosure for multiple service plans pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(6)(iii)(B)(
Proposed § 1005.18(b)(5) would have explained that disclosures that would have been required under § 1005.18(b) that are provided in writing or electronically must be segregated from
A number of industry commenters, including trade associations and program managers, as well as several employers and a local government agency commented on the proposed segregation provision, recommending that the Bureau eliminate the segregation requirements for payroll card account disclosures to permit inclusion in the short form and long form of State-required information for prepaid accounts. Some commenters said that much of this information could not be feasibly or lawfully disclosed on other parts of the packaging material or online and would require a third disclosure form in addition to the short form and long form disclosures just to disclose State-required information.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is adopting proposed § 1005.18(b)(5), renumbered as § 1005.18(b)(7)(iii), with technical modifications for conformity and clarity. The Bureau is also adopting new comment 18(b)(7)(iii)-1.
As discussed in the proposal, to preserve the design integrity of the short form and long form disclosures, which the Bureau believes will facilitate consumer engagement and optimal consumer comprehension, it is necessary that the information in these disclosures be restricted to that required or permitted under this final rule. Thus, the final rule requires that the short form and long form disclosures required by final § 1005.18(b)(2) and (4) must be segregated from other information and must contain only information that is required or permitted for those disclosures by final § 1005.18(b).
New comment 18(b)(7)(iii)-1 addresses information permitted outside the short form and long form disclosures. Specifically, the comment explains that the segregation requirement does not prohibit the financial institution from providing information elsewhere on the same page as the short form disclosure, such as the information required by final § 1005.18(b)(5) (that is, the names of the financial institution and prepaid account program and any purchase price or activation fee), additional disclosures required by State law for payroll card accounts, or any other information the financial institution wishes to provide about the prepaid account. Similarly, the comment explains that the segregation requirement does not prohibit a financial institution from providing the long form disclosure on the same page as other disclosures or information, or as part of a larger document, such as the prepaid account agreement, cross-referencing § 1005.18(b)(1) and (f)(1).
Thus, as long as the long form disclosure remains intact and free of extraneous information not required or permitted within its structure, neither the segregation requirement nor any other part of the final rule prohibits disclosure of the long form as part of the cardholder agreement. Thus, the long form may be disclosed as a separate document or may be inserted intact within another document such as the cardholder agreement.
The Bureau declines to exclude payroll card accounts from the segregation requirements of final § 1005.18(b)(7)(iii), as requested by some commenters. The Bureau believes it is necessary to preserve the design integrity of the short form and long form disclosures for all types of prepaid accounts. The Bureau notes that, pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii), all fees and conditions, including those required by State law, must be disclosed in the long form disclosure. Thus, inclusion of State-required information in the long form (with regard to fees and the conditions under which they may be imposed for the prepaid account) would not only
With regard to the short form disclosure, see the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(B) above for discussion of how State-required and other fee discounts and waivers may be disclosed in conjunction with the short form disclosure. Pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(B), the final rule permits disclosure in the short form for payroll card accounts (and government benefit accounts pursuant to final § 1005.15(c)(2)(ii)) of a statement directing consumers to State-required information and other fee discounts and waivers, whether this information is located on the same page as (but outside) the short form disclosure or in another location such as the cardholder agreement or on a Web site.
Also, because payroll card accounts (and government benefit accounts) are not provided in retail locations where space may be limited, the Bureau is not persuaded by arguments that State-required information cannot be provided in other ways such as on the same page but outside the short form disclosure, on another portion of the packaging for the prepaid account, or in a package of information accompanying the account.
For the reasons set forth below, the Bureau is adopting the final rule with the addition of § 1005.18(b)(8), which requires that fee names and other terms must be used consistently within and across the disclosures required by final § 1005.18(b). New comment 18(b)(8)-1 provides an example illustrating this requirement. The comment also clarifies that a financial institution may substitute the term prepaid “account” for the term prepaid “card” as appropriate, wherever it is used in final § 1005.18(b).
A consumer group commenter recommended that the Bureau require uniform terms across disclosures to prevent use of a variety of terminology for certain required fees and information. The Bureau agrees that use of consistent terminology within and across the short form and long form disclosures for a particular prepaid account program will enhance consumer comprehension, and thus is adopting new § 1005.18(b)(8). The Bureau declines to eliminate the “substantially similar” requirement for various terms throughout final § 1005.18(b)(2) and replace it with a less flexible standard. Thus, the final rule generally does not require the uniform use of a specific term for particular fees across all short form disclosures. The Bureau believes it can achieve a degree of standardization across short form disclosures that will enhance consumer engagement and comprehension by
However, as set forth in the comment 18(b)(8)-1, a financial institution may use the terms prepaid “account” and prepaid “card” interchangeably in the short and long forms, as appropriate. The Bureau is allowing use of these terms because they may be used synonymously in the prepaid context, particularly in light of the terminology used in this final rule, but the Bureau recognizes that in some cases one of the terms may be more apt than the other.
Regulation E generally permits, but does not require, that disclosures be made in a language other than English, provided that where foreign language disclosures are provided the disclosures are made available in English upon a consumer's request.
The Bureau proposed to modify the general Regulation E foreign language requirement for prepaid accounts such that proposed § 1005.18(b)(6) would have required that if a financial institution principally uses a foreign language on prepaid account packaging material, by telephone, in person, or on the Web site a consumer utilizes to acquire a prepaid account, the short form and long form disclosures made pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i) and (ii) would have to be provided in that same foreign language. Proposed § 1005.18(b)(6) would have also required a financial institution to provide the long form disclosure required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii) in English upon a consumer's request and on any part of the Web site where it provides the long form disclosure in a foreign language. Proposed comment 18(b)(6)-1 would have provided several examples as to when financial institutions would have to provide the short form and long form disclosures in a foreign language.
The Bureau received several comments from industry, consumer groups, and one State government agency addressing this aspect of the proposal. Specifically, the consumer groups and the State government agency generally supported requiring financial institutions to provide pre-acquisition disclosures in the foreign language the financial institution uses in connection with the acquisition of a prepaid account. Some of these commenters argued that, if financial institutions market prepaid accounts in a foreign language, or otherwise reach out to non- and limited-English speaking consumers, they should also be required to provide the disclosures in that language. One commenter urged the Bureau to require financial institutions to provide disclosures in commonly spoken languages. Another commenter explained that providing disclosures in a consumer's preferred language gives non- and limited-English speaking families accurate information regarding their prepaid accounts and creates an inclusive culture that consumers seek when making financial decisions. Another commenter requested that the Bureau extend this requirement to all required disclosures, not just the pre-acquisition disclosures.
Some of the consumer groups urged the Bureau to further expand the proposed foreign language requirements to require foreign language support for live customer service calls in any language the financial institution uses in connection with the marketing or acquisition of a prepaid account. Some commenters stated that customer service representatives (and interpreters) should be both fluent in the spoken language and knowledgeable about prepaid accounts to ensure that communication with non- and limited-English speaking consumers is as effective as communication with other consumers. One commenter explained that deploying a customer service representative (or an interpreter) that does not have the necessary expertise can result in the dissemination of inaccurate information. Other commenters stated that customer service calls in foreign languages also enable non- and limited-English speaking consumers to obtain account balances, request transaction information, access general account information, and exercise dispute rights. See the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(c)(1) for a discussion of the comments received on foreign language support for customer service calls as it relates to accessing account information.
Two industry trade associations and a coalition of prepaid account issuers agreed that, where a financial institution engages in a deliberate marketing program to solicit consumers in a foreign language, it may be reasonable to require disclosures in that same language. One of the commenters explained that, in those situations, financial institutions control the languages used in the marketing programs and can determine whether it makes business sense to develop and implement disclosures in a particular language.
The Bureau received several comments from industry, including from industry trade associations, and a law firm writing on behalf of a coalition of prepaid issuers, arguing, however, that the foreign language disclosure requirement, as proposed, would discourage financial institutions from servicing non- and limited-English speaking consumers in their preferred languages, especially at branch locations and call centers. Several commenters argued that the “by telephone” and “in person” components of the proposed requirement could actually be detrimental to consumers because employees of a financial institution would be prohibited from engaging with them in their preferred languages if the financial institution did not have pre-acquisition disclosures available in those languages. These commenters stated that the proposed requirement would also undermine financial institutions' efforts to service communities with a high number of non- and limited-English speaking consumers (by hiring staff with specific language abilities and establishing branches and offices in those areas), which they stated is generally supported by other bank regulators. Several commenters urged the Bureau to apply instead the current foreign language disclosure requirements under Regulation E to prepaid accounts.
These industry commenters argued that the requirement as proposed would also impose significant compliance burdens on financial institutions. These commenters explained that financial institutions would need to train their employees to speak only in English, or in the specific languages for which pre-acquisition disclosures are available, if the topic of prepaid accounts comes up while assisting consumers. These commenters stated that customer service interactions that are in person or over the telephone could implicate hundreds of languages, thereby making compliance with the proposed requirements virtually impossible. These commenters further stated that financial institutions cannot always control the languages spoken at a retail setting, by a program manager, or even at branch locations. In addition, these commenters stated that financial institutions cannot ensure that third-party providers, such as employers and government agencies, will comply with the requirement because financial institutions might not know whether a language other than English is spoken at the time of acquisition.
One industry commenter urged the Bureau not to require financial institutions to provide the long form disclosure in English upon request in addition to providing the disclosures in a foreign language, as it did not believe it would be necessary or customary to do so.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing proposed § 1005.18(b)(6), renumbered as § 1005.18(b)(9), pursuant to its authority under EFTA sections 904(a) and (c), 905(a), and section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act, with several modifications explained below. The Bureau believes that certain foreign language disclosures are necessary and proper to effectuate the purposes of EFTA to provide a framework to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of prepaid account users, because the proposed revision will assist consumers' understanding of the terms and conditions of their prepaid accounts. In addition, consistent with section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act, the foreign language disclosures will ensure that the features of the prepaid accounts are fully, accurately, and effectively disclosed to consumers in a manner that permits consumers to understand the costs, benefits, and risks associated with the account.
Final § 1005.18(b)(9)(i) sets forth the general foreign language disclosure requirements for prepaid accounts. Specifically, it requires a financial institution to provide the pre-acquisition disclosures required by § 1005.18(b) in a foreign language, if the financial institution uses that same foreign language in connection with the acquisition of a prepaid account in the following circumstances: (1) The financial institution principally uses a foreign language on prepaid account packaging material; (2) the financial institution principally uses a foreign language to advertise, solicit, or market a prepaid account and provides a means in the advertisement, solicitation, or marketing material that the consumer uses to acquire the prepaid account by telephone or electronically; or (3) the financial institution provides a means for the consumer to acquire a prepaid account by telephone or electronically principally in a foreign language.
The Bureau is finalizing in § 1005.18(b)(9)(i) the general requirement from the proposal that a financial institution must provide the pre-acquisition disclosures in a foreign language, if the financial institution principally uses that foreign language on prepaid account packaging material, by telephone, or on the Web site a consumer uses to acquire a prepaid account. The Bureau is clarifying in final § 1005.18(b)(9)(i) that the requirement to provide the pre-acquisition disclosures in a foreign language applies only in connection with the acquisition of a prepaid account. In addition, the Bureau has replaced the phrase “on the Web site” with “electronically” in final § 1005.18(b)(9)(i) to more clearly cover all situations in which a consumer can electronically acquire a prepaid account, such as by clicking on a link provided by the financial institution on an advertisement accessed on a mobile device, for example. The Bureau continues to believe that if a financial institution provides a way for a consumer to acquire a prepaid account in a foreign language, the financial institution is making a deliberate effort to obtain the consumer's business and therefore should be required to provide the pre-acquisition disclosures in that foreign language. The Bureau also believes that if a financial institution principally uses a foreign language on the interface that a consumer sees or uses to initiate the process of acquiring a prepaid account, the consumer should receive pre-acquisition disclosures in that foreign language to ensure they are able to understand the required disclosures.
However, the Bureau has removed from final § 1005.18(b)(9)(i) the proposed requirement to provide the pre-acquisition disclosures in a foreign language if the financial institution principally uses that foreign language in person, as requested by several commenters. The Bureau agrees with commenters that servicing non- and limited-English speaking consumers in their preferred language is critical and would not want to discourage employees of financial institutions at branch locations from using their foreign language abilities to assist these consumers. Similarly, the Bureau understands the importance of servicing communities with a high number of non- and limited-English speaking consumers and does not seek to stifle efforts made by financial institutions to reach out to these communities.
The Bureau has added a trigger for when a financial institution principally uses a foreign language to advertise, solicit, or market a prepaid account and provides a means in the advertisement, solicitation, or marketing material for the consumer to acquire a prepaid account by telephone or electronically, in response to the comments it received. The Bureau agrees with commenters that if a financial institution deliberately targets consumers by advertising, soliciting, or marketing to them in a foreign language, the financial institution should be required to provide the pre-acquisition disclosures in that same language. The Bureau
Final § 1005.18(b)(9)(ii) provides that a financial institution required to provide pre-acquisition disclosures in a foreign language pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(9)(i) must also provide the information required to be disclosed in its pre-acquisition long form disclosure pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(4) in English upon a consumer's request and on any part of the Web site where it discloses this information in a foreign language. The Bureau believes that the ability to obtain the long form disclosure information in English will be beneficial to consumers in various situations, such as when a family member is assisting a non-English speaking consumer to manage his prepaid account but only reads English. Further, this requirement is consistent with existing § 1005.4(a)(2), which requires that disclosures made under Regulation E in a language other than English be made available in English upon the customer's request. The Bureau has observed that many financial institutions that offer prepaid accounts in a foreign language already provide the pre-acquisition disclosures and the initial disclosures in both English and the foreign language without a request from the consumer, which the Bureau believes is beneficial for consumers. The Bureau has also revised the internal paragraph references within final § 1005.18(b)(9) and related commentary to conform to numbering changes in this final rule and has made other technical revisions for organizational purposes.
The Bureau is finalizing proposed comment 18(b)(6)-1, renumbered as comment 18(b)(9)-1, with examples that reflect the changes to § 1005.18(b)(9)(i) and that illustrate situations in which a financial institution must provide the pre-acquisition disclosures in a foreign language and situations in which it is not required to provide the disclosures.
The Bureau is adopting new comment 18(b)(9)-2 to clarify when a foreign language is principally used. This comment explains that all relevant facts and circumstances determine whether a foreign language is principally used by the financial institution to advertise, solicit, or market under final § 1005.18(b)(9). Whether a foreign language is principally used is determined at the packaging material, advertisement, solicitation, or marketing communication level, not at the prepaid account program level or across the financial institution's activities as a whole. A financial institution that advertises a prepaid account program in multiple languages would evaluate its use of foreign language in each advertisement to determine whether it has principally used a foreign language therein.
The Bureau is adopting new comment 18(b)(9)-3 to explain the term “advertise, solicit, or market.” This comment clarifies that any commercial message, appearing in any medium, that promotes directly or indirectly the availability of prepaid accounts constitutes advertising, soliciting, or marketing for purposes of § 1005.18(b)(9). This comment also provides examples illustrating advertising, soliciting, and marketing. The Bureau notes that advertising, soliciting, and marketing could include, for example, outreach via social media. New comment 18(b)(9)-3 resembles comment 31(g)(1)-2, which corresponds to the foreign language disclosure requirements for remittance transfers in § 1005.31(g)(1). However, new comment 18(b)(9)-3 has been altered to accommodate for the differences between how consumers acquire prepaid accounts and how they initiate remittance transfers. For example, the Bureau did not include in new comment 18(b)(9)-3 specific examples from comment 31(g)(1)-2 related to advertisements, solicitations, and marketing communications at an office because scenarios at an office do not usually apply in the prepaid account context.
The Bureau is adopting new comment 18(b)(9)-4 to explain the requirements in final § 1005.18(b)(9)(ii), which states that a financial institution required to provide pre-acquisition disclosures in a foreign language pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(9)(i) must also provide the information required to be disclosed in its pre-acquisition long form disclosure pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(4) in English upon a consumer's request and on any part of the Web site where it discloses this information in a foreign language. New comment 18(b)(9)-4 clarifies that a financial institution required to provide pre-acquisition disclosures in a foreign language pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(9)(i) may, but is not required to, provide the English version of the pre-acquisition long form disclosure information required by final § 1005.18(b)(4) in accordance with the formatting, grouping, size and other requirements set forth in final § 1005.18(b) for the long form disclosure.
The Bureau declines to implement at this time other suggestions made by several commenters, which include requiring foreign language support for customer service calls; requiring customer service representatives and interpreters to be both fluent in a foreign language and knowledgeable about prepaid accounts; and requiring all disclosures, not just pre-acquisition disclosures, to be provided in a foreign language. The Bureau believes these measures are beyond the scope of this rulemaking and therefore declines to adopt them now. The Bureau is also concerned that imposing additional requirements in this final rule would discourage financial institutions from servicing non- or limited-English speaking consumers and from offering prepaid accounts in foreign languages. The Bureau understands that the costs associated with such requirements involve hiring and retaining trained personnel fluent in other languages, which may be cost prohibitive for many financial institutions. In addition, the Bureau has focused on the pre-acquisition disclosures because it believes that they present a reasonable and appropriate step forward focusing on the most important information at the stage that the consumer is acquiring the prepaid account. But for the reasons discussed above, the Bureau declines to insert additional requirements in this final rule.
EFTA section 906(c) requires that a financial institution provide each consumer with a periodic statement for each account of such consumer that may be accessed by means of an EFT. Section 1005.9(b), which implements EFTA section 906(c), generally requires a periodic statement for each monthly cycle in which an EFT occurred or, if there are no such transfers, a periodic
In the Payroll Card Rule, the Board modified the periodic statement requirement for payroll card accounts similar to what it had done previously for government benefit accounts under § 1005.15. Pursuant to existing § 1005.18(b), financial institutions can provide for payroll card accounts periodic statements that comply with the general provisions in Regulation E, or alternatively, the institution must make available to the consumer: (1) The account balance, through a readily available telephone line; (2) an electronic history of account transactions that covers at least 60 days (including all the information required in periodic statements by § 1005.9(b)); and (3) a written history of account transactions that is provided promptly in response to an oral or written request and that covers at least 60 days (including all the information required in periodic statements by § 1005.9(b)).
As discussed below, the Bureau proposed § 1005.18(c)(1) and (2) to apply Regulation E's periodic statement requirement to prepaid accounts, and an alternative that would allow financial institutions to instead provide access to account balance by telephone, at least 18 months of electronic account transaction history, and at least 18 months written account transaction history upon request. Proposed § 1005.18(c)(3) would have required financial institutions to disclose all fees assessed against the account, in any electronic or written account transaction histories and on periodic statements. In addition, the Bureau proposed in § 1005.18(c)(4) to require financial institutions to disclose, in any electronic or written account transaction histories and on periodic statements, monthly and annual summary totals of the amount of all fees imposed on the prepaid account, and the total amounts of deposits to and debits from the prepaid account.
As discussed in detail in the section-by-section analyses that follow, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.18(c) generally as proposed with several modifications. Specifically, final § 1005.18(c)(1) requires 12 months of electronic account transaction history and 24 months of written account transaction history instead of 18 months for both. The Bureau is also adopting new § 1005.18(c)(2) to provide a modified version of the periodic statement alternative for prepaid accounts when a consumer's identity cannot be or has not been verified by the financial institution. Furthermore, the Bureau is finalizing proposed § 1005.18(c)(2), renumbered as § 1005.18(c)(3), as proposed to require that the history of electronic and written account transactions include the information set forth in § 1005.9(b), which lists the various items that must be included in a periodic statement, such as detailed transaction information and fees assessed. In addition, the Bureau is finalizing proposed § 1005.18(c)(3), renumbered as § 1005.18(c)(4), generally as proposed to require a financial institution to disclose the amount of any fees assessed against the account, whether for EFTs or otherwise, on any periodic statement provided pursuant to § 1005.9(b) and on any history of account transactions provided or made available by the financial institution. Finally, the Bureau has modified proposed § 1005.18(c)(4), renumbered as § 1005.18(c)(5), to require financial institutions to provide the summary totals of the amount of all fees assessed by the financial institution against the consumer's prepaid account for the prior calendar month and for the calendar year to date; the Bureau is not finalizing the proposed requirement that financial institutions provide summary totals of all deposits to and debits from a consumer's prepaid account.
As discussed above, existing § 1005.18(b) states that financial institutions that issue payroll cards can provide periodic statements that comply with the general provisions in Regulation E, or alternatively, the institution must make available to the consumer: (1) The account balance, through a readily available telephone line; (2) an electronic history of account transactions that covers at least 60 days (including all the information required in periodic statements by § 1005.9(b)); and (3) a written history of account transactions that is provided promptly in response to an oral or written request and that covers at least 60 days (including all the information required in periodic statements by § 1005.9(b)). The Bureau proposed to extend this alternative to all prepaid accounts, with certain modifications, as described in the section-by-section analyses of § 1005.18(c)(1)(i) through (iii) below.
The Bureau received a number of comments regarding whether the Regulation E periodic statement requirement should be applied to prepaid accounts. Many consumer groups supported such a requirement, arguing that the periodic statement is an important tool for managing consumer finances, as consumers use information about their account usage when making financial decisions. One commenter also argued that receiving periodic statements encourages consumers to monitor their accounts on a regular basis for errors and unauthorized transactions. Another commenter requested that the Bureau require financial institutions to provide annual statements for record-keeping and tax-preparation purposes.
Several of these commenters and one State government agency argued that consumers should have the option to sign up for paper periodic statements for free or a nominal fee, instead of having to call each time to make a request—taking up customer service resources and possibly incurring a fee. These commenters argued that periodic statements in paper form are essential for recordkeeping purposes, especially for older consumers and consumers with no internet or electronic access. These commenters also argued that paper periodic statements are more convenient and easier to review for consumers who find it difficult to remember passwords or log into their online accounts, or for consumers who simply prefer paper over electronic statements. One commenter stated that a myriad of regulations, laws, and court procedures necessitate the continued availability of paper periodic statements and noted several circumstances in which it believed paper statements are necessary.
Conversely, some industry commenters, including issuing banks, credit unions, and a credit union trade association, argued that periodic statements should not be required for prepaid accounts, considering the lifespan of a prepaid account is usually very short. One commenter added that statements would not make sense particularly for non-reloadable, low-value prepaid accounts, as these products are anonymous and do not have the functionality or associated fees of reloadable prepaid accounts, deposit
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing the portion of the proposal that extends the Regulation E periodic statement requirement to prepaid accounts. As stated above, the requirement to provide consumers with a periodic statement for each account that may be accessed by means of an EFT is required by EFTA section 906(c), and the Bureau does not believe it would be appropriate to completely exempt prepaid accounts from this requirement. The Bureau also recognizes that access to account information—whether through a periodic statement or the periodic statement alternative pursuant to final § 1005.18(c)(1) discussed below—is essential for consumers to manage their prepaid accounts and to monitor account transactions and fees on a regular basis.
The Bureau declines to require financial institutions to provide periodic statements in paper form, as requested by several commenters. The Bureau notes that § 1005.4(a)(1) allows disclosures, including periodic statements, required by Regulation E to be provided to the consumer in electronic form, subject to compliance with the consumer-consent and other applicable provisions of the E-Sign Act.
The Bureau does not believe it is necessary to provide additional information or guidance about the form and content of the periodic statement, as requested by some commenters. Because prepaid accounts are subject to Regulation E by virtue of this final rule, the requirements for periodic statements set forth in § 1005.9(b), as well as the general disclosure requirements in § 1005.4, apply to prepaid accounts.
The Bureau received several comments addressing the periodic statement alternative generally. Several consumer groups, a State government agency, industry trade associations, and a few credit unions supported the proposal, arguing that the alternative would benefit consumers and impose little to no additional burden on industry. These commenters explained that the requirements to provide account information by telephone and online are consistent with consumer preference. These commenters further stated that the alternative would impose no additional costs and burden for financial institutions that currently provide periodic statements. One of the consumer groups urged the Bureau to require all financial institutions to provide access to account information as would be required under the proposed alternative, even if financial institutions provide periodic statements pursuant to § 1005.9(b).
Conversely, several industry commenters, including credit union trade associations, a credit union, and a think tank, argued that the proposed alternative would provide no relief to financial institutions and could in fact be equally or more costly and burdensome than providing periodic statements, leaving financial institutions—particularly credit unions—with few options. These commenters explained that financial institutions that do not have the proper infrastructure in place to meet the requirements of the alternative would need to invest in system upgrades and Web site development and coordinate with third-party data processors to obtain the information needed to provide periodic statements or account transaction history. Several of the credit union trade associations explained that most credit unions rely on third parties to maintain their Web sites and to provide the data for account transaction history; therefore, reliance on the third parties to capture the required information and to make necessary changes would require industry-wide coordination and may result in higher fees. Several other credit union trade associations argued that the proposed alternative would not be appropriate for prepaid accounts because prepaid accounts are generally seen as short-term or disposable products, and the consumer relationship typically lasts as long as there are funds available on the account. Relatedly, one think tank argued that government agencies would find it difficult to manage beneficiaries' account transaction histories for 18 months.
For the reasons discussed herein, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.18(c)(1) generally as proposed, with certain modifications as discussed below. To further the purposes of EFTA to provide a framework to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of prepaid account consumers, the Bureau believes it is necessary and proper to exercise its authority under EFTA section 904(c) to create an exception to the periodic statement requirements of EFTA section 906(c), because the periodic statement alternative will assist consumers' understanding of their prepaid account activity.
The Bureau believes the periodic statement alternative adopted by the Board for payroll card accounts, with the modifications discussed below, is appropriate to extend to all prepaid accounts. The Bureau proposed to adopt the periodic statement alternative for prepaid accounts, which was based on the on the alternative under the Payroll Card Rule, to reduce some of the burden financial institutions would have otherwise experienced if required to provide periodic statements for prepaid accounts. The Bureau believes that the alternative it is adopting not only helps reduce costs, but also strikes the
The Bureau does not expect the alternative to be particularly burdensome for most financial institutions. As noted in the Bureau's Study of Prepaid Account Agreements and other public studies, many financial institutions already follow the existing alternative from the Payroll Card Rule.
The Bureau declines to require all financial institutions to provide access to account information as required under the alternative, even if they provide periodic statements, as requested by a commenter, as it does not believe it to be necessary or appropriate to do so at this time. As discussed above, the Bureau proposed to adopt the periodic statement alternative for prepaid accounts in order to reduce some of the burden financial institutions experience with regard to mailing periodic statements. Requiring a financial institution to provide access to account information pursuant to the alternative, despite its election to provide periodic statements, would contradict the intended purpose of the alternative.
The Bureau sought comment on the methods of access consumers need to their account information and on other alternatives to the Payroll Card Rule's approach regarding access to account information. The Bureau received several industry and consumer group comments in response to this request. All of these commenters generally supported the idea that consumers should have access to their prepaid account information. However, commenters were divided on whether the Bureau should require other methods of access—in addition to the periodic statement requirement pursuant to § 1005.9(b) and the periodic statement alternative provided by final § 1005.18(c)(1)—and whether such access should be provided at no cost to the consumer.
Several consumer groups urged the Bureau to require free text message and email alerts and free access to customer service, arguing that these methods are essential tools for consumers to successfully manage their accounts. These commenters argued that imposing fees to access account information discourages consumers, especially those experiencing financial hardship, from monitoring transactions and exercising their error resolution rights under Regulation E. These commenters explained that text messages and email alerts provide a quick and easy way for consumers to be notified about low account balances and transactions made. One commenter stated that offering text message updates available at no charge can help consumers that have limited internet access and also assist financial institutions in identifying fraud and other unauthorized transactions more quickly. In addition, these commenters explained that consumers need access to customer service for a variety of reasons, such as to ask questions, check balances, dispute charges, and verify the receipt of wages and other transactions. Several commenters requested that the Bureau require foreign language support for customer service calls, particularly if a financial institution uses a foreign language in connection with the marketing or acquisition of a prepaid account.
On the other hand, industry commenters argued against a requirement to provide other methods of access for account information at no cost to the consumer. These commenters stated that text message and email alerts should be optional, so that financial institutions can determine the needs of their customers without unnecessary restrictions. These commenters also stated that providing various methods of access to account information can be costly to industry and therefore financial institutions should be permitted to charge consumers reasonable fees for certain methods of access.
The Bureau has considered the above comments and declines to require financial institutions to provide other methods of access to account information at this time. The Bureau is concerned that requiring financial institutions to provide free text message and email alerts and free access to customer service could increase technological and operational costs and burdens, including the hiring and training of additional customer service personnel. The Bureau also believes that financial institutions can assess the methods of access that best meet the needs of their customers. For example, the Bureau is aware that many financial institutions already provide free text message and email alerts and access to customer service, as the competitive nature of the industry is moving financial institutions to offer these services.
Regarding commenters' request that the Bureau require financial institutions to provide foreign language support for customer service, the Bureau does not believe such a requirement is necessary or appropriate at this time. The Bureau understands that financial institutions that market prepaid accounts in foreign languages generally offer customer service support in those languages and that some offer foreign language customer service support, particularly in Spanish, even if they do not engage in foreign language marketing. However, the Bureau has concerns about the costs and burdens to industry, if it were to formalize such a requirement in this final rule. While consumers will have the right to obtain, in certain situations, pre-acquisition disclosures in a foreign language pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(9), the Bureau is concerned that a foreign-language customer-service requirement here could deter financial institutions from offering prepaid accounts in foreign languages because financial institutions would have to ensure, among other things, that live customer service in a foreign language is available at all times. However, the Bureau will continue to monitor industry practice in this area and may revisit this issue in a future rulemaking.
As noted above, under the Payroll Card Rule, a financial institution is not required to furnish periodic statements pursuant to § 1005.9(b) if it instead follows the periodic statement alternative for payroll card accounts in existing § 1005.18(b)(1). Existing § 1005.18(b)(1)(i) requires a financial institution to provide access to the consumer's account balance through a readily available telephone line. The Bureau proposed to extend this requirement as proposed § 1005.18(c)(1)(i) to all prepaid accounts.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.15(d)(1)(i) above, the periodic statement alternative for government benefit accounts requires access to balance information through a readily available telephone line as well as at a terminal (such as by providing balance information at a balance-inquiry terminal or providing it, routinely or upon request, on a terminal receipt at the time of an EFT). The Bureau sought comment on whether a similar requirement to provide balance information at a terminal should be added to the requirements of proposed § 1005.18(c)(1)(i) for prepaid accounts generally. The Bureau also requested comment on whether, alternatively, the requirement to provide balance information for government benefit accounts at a terminal should be eliminated from § 1005.15, given the other enhancements proposed and for parity with proposed § 1005.18.
A number of commenters, including consumer groups, an office of a State Attorney General, a State government agency, and a credit union, supported the proposal to extend to prepaid accounts the first part of the periodic statement alternative to provide access to a consumer's account balance through a readily available telephone line. In addition, these commenters, as well as several labor organizations, urged the Bureau to require free access to balance information at a terminal for all prepaid accounts. They explained that terminals are convenient and easy to use, especially for non-English speakers and consumers who have difficulty navigating an automated menu over the telephone. These commenters also noted that terminals provide account balances in real-time and are valuable to consumers with limited telephone and internet access.
Several consumer groups also argued that imposing fees to access balance information at a terminal discourages consumers, especially those experiencing financial hardship, from monitoring transactions and exercising their error resolution rights under Regulation E. These commenters noted that paying for such access is especially difficult for consumers who are already experiencing financial hardship and that consumers generally do not expect to be charged for checking their balance information. They suggested that the cost of providing balance information at a terminal is minimal and should be bundled with the cost of withdrawals. However, one program manager challenged this point, arguing that access to balance information at a terminal is the most expensive method to check account balances because these transactions would likely generate a cost to merchants and networks that would likely then be assessed back to financial institutions. Another program manager urged the Bureau not to require access to balance information at a terminal given the costs to industry, and a credit union specifically requested that financial institutions not be required to provide access to balance information by both telephone and at a terminal.
One industry commenter requested that the Bureau allow online access to a digital wallet account balance as an alternative to providing access via a readily accessible telephone line. This commenter explained that consumers who use digital wallets must have a means to access their accounts electronically, and that digital wallet providers use email and other electronic communications as the primary way to provide information to consumers. This commenter further explained that, given the relationship between the consumer and the digital wallet provider, it does not believe consumers of such products wish to check their account balance via telephone.
For the reasons discussed herein, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.18(c)(1)(i) as proposed. The Bureau believes that, as part of the periodic statement alternative, access to balance information is essential for consumers to use and manage their accounts, The Bureau understands that providing such access through a readily available telephone line is a common method of doing so. In addition, the Bureau believes that most financial institutions already provide balance information by telephone. Notwithstanding the consumer benefits of accessing balance information at a terminal, the Bureau does not believe that requiring such access for all prepaid accounts justifies the additional costs to industry at this time, given that consumers can obtain balance information through other, less expensive methods. The Bureau also declines to exempt digital wallets that are prepaid accounts from the requirement to provide balance information by telephone under the periodic statement alternative, as requested by one commenter, because balance information should be accessible by telephone in the event online access to such information is unavailable.
As explained in the proposal, the Bureau expects that a readily available telephone line for providing balance information be a local or toll-free telephone line that, at a minimum, is available during standard business hours. Further, the Bureau expects that, in most cases, financial institutions would provide 24-hour access to
Existing § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii) requires financial institutions to provide an electronic history of the consumer's payroll card account transactions, such as through a Web site, that covers at least 60 days preceding the date the consumer electronically accesses the account.
The Bureau proposed to extend this existing requirement in § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii) to prepaid accounts in proposed § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii) and to expand the length of time that online access must cover from 60 days to 18 months. The Bureau proposed to extend this time period because it believed that based on how consumers are currently using prepaid accounts, more than 60 days of account history may be, in many cases, beneficial for consumers. While recent account history is important for consumers tracking balances or monitoring for unauthorized transactions, a longer available account history serves a variety of potential purposes. For example, some consumers might need to demonstrate on-time bill payment or to compile year-end data for tax preparation purposes. The Bureau also believed that a consumer may realize during any given year that he or she needs financial records from the prior calendar year and that access to 18 months of prepaid account history would give the consumer six months into the next calendar year. In addition, based on pre-proposal outreach to prepaid account providers and publicly available studies, the Bureau believed that many prepaid accounts provide at least 12 months of account history and that, even if they do not, the cost of extending existing online histories to 18 months would be minimal.
Existing § 1005.18(b)(1)(iii) requires financial institutions to provide a written history of the consumer's payroll card account transactions promptly in response to an oral or written request, that covers at least 60 days preceding the date the financial institution receives the consumer's request. Similar to the requirement to provide electronic account transaction history, the Bureau proposed to extend this requirement to all prepaid accounts in proposed § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii) and to expand the length of time for which written history must be provided from 60 days to 18 months. The Bureau also proposed to extend to all prepaid accounts existing comment 18(b)-1, which requires that the account transactions histories provided under existing § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii) and (iii) reflect transactions once they have been posted to the account, renumbered as proposed comment 18(c)-1. In addition, the Bureau also proposed to extend to all prepaid accounts existing comment 18(b)-2 regarding retainability of electronic account history renumbered as proposed comment 18(c)-2.
The Bureau recognized that in certain situations, consumers' requests for written account information may exceed what would be required under the proposal; therefore, the Bureau proposed to clarify in proposed comment 18(c)-3 those instances where a financial institution would be permitted to charge a fee for providing such information. Proposed comment 18(c)-3 would have included several examples of requests that exceed the requirements of proposed § 1005.18(c)(1) for providing account information and for which a financial institution would be permitted to charge a fee.
Proposed comment 18(c)-4 would have explained that a financial institution may provide fewer than 18 months of written account transaction history if the consumer requests a shorter period of time. If a prepaid account has been open for fewer than 18 months, the financial institution need only provide account information pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii) and (iii) since the time of account opening. If a prepaid account is closed or becomes inactive, as defined by the financial institution, the financial institution must continue to provide at least 18 months of account transaction information from the date the request is received. In addition, this comment would have explained that when a prepaid account has been closed or inactive for 18 months, the financial institution is no longer required to make any account or transaction information available. The proposed comment would have referenced existing comment 9(b)-3, which provides that, with respect to written periodic statements, a financial institution need not send statements to consumers whose accounts are inactive as defined by the institution.
The Bureau received many comments requesting that it modify the time period that must be covered in a consumer's electronic and written account transaction history. Most consumer groups supported the Bureau's proposal to provide at least 18 months of account transaction history, noting the consumer benefits of having a longer time period and arguing that the impact on industry should be minimal because data storage costs continue to decrease and consumers rarely request copies of their account transaction history. These commenters also argued that—contrary to the Bureau's proposal—financial institutions should not be permitted to charge a fee for providing written account transaction history that is older than the required time period, arguing that it should not cost more to print and mail older information than it is to print and mail newer information.
A few consumer groups argued, however, that a 24-month time period would be more appropriate than 18 months because consumers could identify seasonal patterns, and October 15 tax filers could access transactions earlier than March 15 of the previous year. One of these commenters explained that it could take months for unauthorized transactions to be recognized and months or years to complete fraud investigations and resolve disputes with third parties. This commenter also stated that 24 months would allow consumers to access a longer period of account history, which would be particularly helpful to consumers who are unable to print or save transaction history on a regular basis. These commenters also requested that written account transaction histories go back at least seven years, which they said would be consistent with some document retention policies, so that consumers who use prepaid accounts as primary transaction accounts could look up older charges in the event of a tax audit or when applying for a mortgage.
A number of industry commenters, including issuing banks and credit unions, trade associations, and program managers, urged the Bureau to shorten the proposed 18-month time period and, relatedly, stated that financial institutions would need longer than the proposed nine-month compliance period to implement the requirement as proposed. These commenters argued that the potential costs to industry would outweigh any consumer benefit, since, in their experience, consumers rarely request 18 months of transaction history and do not currently use account
Several of these industry commenters argued that maintaining 18 months of account transaction history would result in significant costs to financial institutions. These commenters explained that storing and securing such information would lead to operational costs related to upgrading systems, changing record retention policies and procedures, and training personnel.
Several industry commenters explained some of the differences between the types of information needed to make available and provide electronic and written account transaction histories and the costs associated with maintaining each. These commenters stated that generally, information in a real-time, online database is necessary to make available electronic account transaction history, and archived information is retrieved to provide written account transaction history that extends beyond the time period retained in the real-time database. These commenters stated that real-time information is usually archived after 12 months of the account being opened or when the account is closed, if sooner, and typically retained for several years. They explained that real-time information is easier to access, but more expensive to maintain than archived information, and archived information is inexpensive to maintain, but can be difficult to access. These commenters therefore concluded that maintaining 18 months of electronic account transaction information would be costly because maintaining that length of real-time information is expensive. These commenters further argued that responding to one-off requests from consumers for 18 months of written account transaction history would also be problematic because archived information, although inexpensive to maintain, is usually restricted to certain personnel or stored with a third-party processor, who typically charges a fee to retrieve the information. These commenters also argued that mailing account transaction histories that cover a time period longer than 60 days would increase printing and mailing costs.
Despite the costs associated with retrieving archived information, these commenters stated that they would rather provide a longer period of written account transaction history than make available a longer period of electronic account transaction history, given that maintaining electronic history is more expensive. However, because of the cost and complexity associated with retrieving archived information, these commenters requested that the Bureau allow financial institutions to begin accumulating data as of the effective date of the final rule (until they have built up to 18 months of accumulated transaction history), rather than requiring financial institutions to make available or provide the full length of account transaction histories as of the effective date, to alleviate some of the compliance burden.
A few program managers suggested further modifications that they believed would help reduce the costs associated with the proposed periodic statement alternative. Two of these program managers urged the Bureau to allow financial institutions to charge a fee for responding to requests for written account transaction histories. Another requested that the Bureau expressly allow financial institutions to inform consumers that they may request written history that covers less than the required time period.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii) and (iii) with modifications to revise the time periods a consumer's electronic and written account transaction history must cover. Specifically, final § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii) requires financial institutions to make available electronic account transaction history that covers at least 12 months preceding the date the consumer electronically accesses the account, instead of 18 months as proposed. Final § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii) requires financial institutions to provide written account transaction history that covers at least 24 months preceding the date the financial institution receives the consumer's request, instead of 18 months as proposed. The Bureau continues to believe that, based on how consumers are currently using prepaid accounts, access to more than 60 days of electronic and written account transaction history will be beneficial to consumers for a variety of reasons, such as monitoring for unauthorized transactions, tracking spending habits, demonstrating on-time bill payment, and compiling year-end data for tax preparation purposes.
However, based on the response from industry commenters, the Bureau is persuaded that providing 18 months of electronic account transaction history could be particularly burdensome to industry, especially since costs related to retaining electronic history increase as the time period lengthens. The Bureau believes that 12 months of electronic account transaction history is consistent with the length of history consumers expect to access online and should not be problematic for financial institutions since many already provide at least 12 months of account transaction history, as discussed by industry commenters. The Bureau thus believes this revision strikes the appropriate balance between burden imposed on industry overall while, in conjunction with final § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii), ensuring that additional transaction history will be available for consumers who need it. The Bureau reminds financial institutions that neither they nor their
Considering the costs associated with maintaining electronic account transaction history, as discussed by commenters, the Bureau declines at this time to require financial institutions to provide electronic account transaction history covering a time period longer than 12 months. However, under the final rule, consumers will be able to request 24 months of written account transaction history pursuant to § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii), which the Bureau believes adequately addresses the various scenarios offered by consumer group commenters as to why consumers may need access to a longer period of account transaction history. In addition, the Bureau does not believe that the time period for electronic account transaction histories should be left to the financial institution's discretion, as requested by one commenter, because consistency across the market reduces any potential for consumer confusion and assures that sufficient history is available for all consumers.
With regard to written account transaction histories, under the final rule, consumers will benefit from having access to two full years of transaction information if needed, without requiring industry to absorb the expense of making that length of information available electronically on an ongoing basis. The Bureau declines to require financial institutions to provide seven years of written account transaction history, as suggested by several commenters. The Bureau believes that 24 months of written history upon request is sufficient to meet the needs of consumers and does not believe it is necessary at this time to require financial institutions to provide an even longer written account history upon request at no cost. Based on information received from industry commenters, the Bureau believes the requirement to provide 24 months of written account transaction history, in conjunction with the requirement to provide 12 months of electronic account transaction history under final § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii), strikes an appropriate balance in providing consumers with the information necessary to manage their accounts while not imposing undue burden on industry. As explained by these commenters, maintaining archived information, which a financial institution will likely need to retrieve to provide 24 months of written history, is less expensive than retaining the real-time information necessary for making electronic history available online. Moreover, because, as explained by some commenters, many financial institutions already retain several years of archived data and consumers do not typically request long periods of written history, the Bureau does not believe that maintaining, retrieving, and providing 24 months of written history upon request should be particularly burdensome to financial institutions. The Bureau notes that financial institutions are not required to provide written history for a longer period than what the consumer actually wants; a financial institution may, for example, inform consumers that they may request written history that covers less than 24 months.
Furthermore, as explained in the proposal, the Bureau anticipates that, in general, written transaction account histories will be sent the next business day or soon after a financial institution receives the consumer's oral or written request. Financial institutions may also designate a specific telephone number for consumers to call and a specific address for consumers to write to request a written copy of their account transaction history.
Regarding industry commenters' concerns about the proposed nine-month compliance period, final § 1005.18(h)(1) imposes a general effective date of October 1, 2017 for this final rule. However, final § 1005.18(h)(3)(i) provides an accommodation for financial institutions that do not have readily accessible the data necessary to make available 12 months of electronic account transaction history pursuant to final § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii) or 24 months of written account transaction history upon request pursuant to final § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii) on October 1, 2017. Specifically, in that case, the financial institution may make available or provide the electronic and written histories using the data for the time period it has until the financial institution has accumulated the data necessary to comply in full with the requirements of final § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii) and (iii). See the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(h) below for additional information about the final rule's effective dates and related accommodations.
The Bureau received no comments specifically addressing proposed comment 18(c)-1. Accordingly, the Bureau is finalizing comment 18(c)-1 as proposed. This comment explains that the electronic and written history of the consumer's account transactions provided under final § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii) and (iii), respectively, shall reflect transfers once they have been posted to the account. Thus, a financial institution does not need to include transactions that have been authorized but that have not yet posted to the account.
The Bureau received no comments regarding proposed comment 18(c)-2. Accordingly, the Bureau is finalizing comment 18(c)-2 as proposed. This comment explains that the electronic history required under final § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii) must be made available in a form that the consumer may keep, as required under § 1005.4(a)(1). Financial institutions may satisfy this requirement if they make the electronic history available in a format that is capable of being retained. For example, a financial institution satisfies the requirement if it provides electronic history on a Web site in a format that is capable of being printed or stored electronically using a web browser.
The Bureau is finalizing comment 18(c)-3 substantially as proposed, with minor modifications for consistency with the revised time periods in the regulatory text. Specifically, final comment 18(c)-3 clarifies that financial institutions may charge a fee for providing written account transaction history that is older than 24 months. This comment also provides examples of requests that exceed the requirements of final § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii) and which therefore a financial institution may charge a fee. In addition, the Bureau has revised the internal paragraph references to conform to other numbering changes in this final rule.
The Bureau declines at this time to permit financial institutions to charge consumers a fee for providing the written account transaction history required by final § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii), as suggested by some commenters. As with the electronic account transaction history required by § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii), the Bureau believes it is necessary for consumers to have free access to at least 24 months of written account transaction history to effectively manage their prepaid accounts. The Bureau believes that charging fees to consumers who make occasional requests for written histories could have a chilling effect on consumers' ability to obtain information about transactions and, thus, to exercise their error resolution rights. The Bureau reminds financial institutions that neither they nor their service providers are permitted to charge consumers a fee for requesting written account transaction history when providing that information as part
For the final rule, the Bureau has divided proposed comment 18(c)-4 into two, numbered as final comments 18(c)-4 and -5, to discuss the requirements for electronic and written account transaction history separately. The Bureau is finalizing the portion of comment 18(c)-4 addressing electronic account transaction history, with several modifications. Specifically, final comment 18(c)-4 no longer explains that if a prepaid account is closed or becomes inactive, as defined by the financial institution, the financial institution must continue to provide at least 18 months of account transaction information from the date the request is received. In addition, final comment 18(c)-4 no longer states that when a prepaid account has been closed or inactive for 18 months, the financial institution is no longer required to make available any account or transaction information. Given the revised time periods that electronic and written account transaction histories must cover, the Bureau has also removed from final comment 18(c)-4 the references to written account transaction history and, as discussed below, is adopting new comment 18(c)-5 to explain separately the requirements for providing access to written account transaction history. In addition, the Bureau has revised the internal paragraph references in comment 18(c)-4 to conform to other numbering changes in this final rule and has made several other modifications for clarity.
Specifically, final comment 18(c)-4 clarifies that, if a prepaid account has been opened for fewer than 12 months, the financial institution need only provide electronic account transaction history pursuant to final § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii) since the time of account opening. Final comment 18(c)-4 also explains that, if a prepaid account is closed or becomes inactive, as defined by the financial institution, the financial institution need not make available electronic account transaction history. This comment cross-references comment 9(b)-3.
As noted above, the Bureau is adopting new comment 18(c)-5 to explain the requirements for providing access to written account transaction history that had been addressed in proposed comment 18(c)-4. The Bureau is adopting the requirements substantially as proposed, with several minor modifications. Specifically, new comment 18(c)-5 explains that a financial institution may provide fewer than 24 months of written account transaction history if the consumer requests a shorter period of time. This comment also clarifies that, if a prepaid account has been opened for fewer than 24 months, the financial institution need only provide written account transaction history pursuant to final § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii) since the time of account opening. Even if a prepaid account is closed or becomes inactive, the financial institution must continue to provide upon request at least 24 months of written account transaction history preceding the date the request is received. When a prepaid account has been closed or inactive for 24 months or longer, the financial institution is no longer required to make available any written account transaction history pursuant to final § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii). In addition, the Bureau has revised the internal paragraph references in comment 18(c)-5 to conform to other numbering changes in this final rule and has made several other modifications for clarity.
The Bureau is adopting new § 1005.18(c)(2) to provide a modified version of the periodic statement alternative for prepaid accounts that cannot be or have not been verified by the financial institution. Specifically, for prepaid accounts that are not payroll card accounts or government benefit accounts, the final rule does not require a financial institution to provide written account transaction history pursuant to final § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii) for any prepaid account for which the financial institution has not completed its consumer identification and verification process as described in final § 1005.18(e)(3)(i)(A) through (C).
The Bureau did not receive any comments on this issue, but upon further consideration, believes this modification to the periodic statement alternative would be appropriate, particularly in light of the modifications the Bureau has made to the error resolution requirements for unverified accounts in final § 1005.18(e)(3). The Bureau believes that the limited nature of prepaid accounts that cannot be or have not been verified by a financial institution does not justify requiring financial institutions to provide written account transaction histories upon request for these accounts. The Bureau believes that these accounts do not typically remain active for more than 12 months, and even if they do, they are usually only used to conduct a limited number of transactions. In addition, a financial institution will not likely have a physical address for an unverified prepaid account, and therefore, cannot mail a copy of the consumer's written account transaction history. The Bureau believes, however, that consumers of these accounts still need to have access to balance information by telephone as well as electronic account transaction history in order to manage their accounts.
The Bureau is adopting new comment 18(c)-6 to provide further guidance on the periodic statement alternative for unverified accounts provided in § 1005.18(c)(2). Specifically, comment 18(c)-6 explains that, if a prepaid account is verified, a financial institution must provide written account transaction history upon the consumer's request that includes the period during which the account was not verified, provided the period is within the 24-month time frame specified in final § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii).
Under existing § 1005.18(b)(2), the history of electronic and written account transactions for payroll card accounts must include the information set forth in § 1005.9(b). Section 1005.9(b) lists the various items that must be included in periodic statements, including, but not limited to, detailed transaction information and fees assessed. The Bureau proposed to extend this existing requirement to all prepaid accounts as new § 1005.18(c)(2) and revise the cross-references to correspond with proposed § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii) and (iii), but otherwise leave the requirement unchanged.
The Bureau received comments from an issuing bank, an industry trade association, and a program manager on this provision, stating that they agreed with the Bureau's proposal to leave this provision unchanged. Accordingly, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.18(c)(2), renumbered as § 1005.18(c)(3), as proposed.
EFTA section 906(c), generally implemented in § 1005.9(b), provides that, among other things, a periodic statement must include the amount of any fees assessed against an account for EFTs or account maintenance. The Bureau notes that Regulation DD requires that periodic statements disclose all fees debited to accounts covered by that regulation.
Proposed § 1005.18(c)(3) would have stated that a periodic statement furnished pursuant to § 1005.9(b) for a prepaid account, an electronic history of account transactions whether provided under proposed § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii) or otherwise, and a written history of account transactions provided under proposed § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii) must disclose the amount of any fees assessed against a prepaid account, whether for EFTs or otherwise. The Bureau received no comments on this portion of the proposal.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.18(c)(3), renumbered as § 1005.18(c)(4), substantially as proposed, with several modifications for clarity. To further the purposes of EFTA to provide a framework to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of prepaid account consumers, the Bureau believes it is necessary and proper to exercise its authority under EFTA section 904(c) to modify the periodic statement requirements of EFTA section 906(c) to require inclusion of all fees charged. These revisions will assist consumers' understanding of their prepaid account activity. In addition, the Bureau is also using its disclosure authority pursuant to section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act because the Bureau believes that comprehensive disclosure of fee information will help ensure that the features of prepaid accounts are fully, accurately, and effectively disclosed to consumers, over the term of the product or service, in a manner that permits consumers to understand the costs, benefits, and risks associated with prepaid accounts.
Final § 1005.18(c)(4) states that a financial institution must disclose the amount of any fees assessed against the account, whether for EFTs or otherwise, on any periodic statement provided pursuant to § 1005.9(b) and on any history of account transactions provided or made available by the financial institution.
The Bureau is also adopting new comment 18(c)-7 to further clarify the requirements of final § 1005.18(c)(4). Specifically, this comment explains that a financial institution that furnishes a periodic statement pursuant to § 1005.9(b) for a prepaid account must disclose the amount of any fees assessed against the account, whether for EFTs or otherwise, on the periodic statement as well as on any electronic or written account transaction history the financial institution makes available or provides to the consumer. For example, if a financial institution sends periodic statements and also makes available the consumer's electronic account transaction history on its Web site, the financial institution must disclose the amount of any fees assessed against the account, whether for EFTs or otherwise, on the periodic statement and on the consumer's electronic account transaction history made available on its Web site. Likewise, a financial institution that follows the periodic statement alternative in final § 1005.18(c)(1) must disclose the amount of any fees assessed against the account, whether for EFTs or otherwise, on the electronic history of the consumer's account transactions made available pursuant to final § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii) and any written history of the consumer's account transactions provided pursuant to final § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii).
The Bureau sought comment on whether any other specific protections of Regulation DD, which may not apply to prepaid accounts provided by financial institutions (as defined in Regulation E) that are not depository institutions (as defined in Regulation DD), could be addressed for all prepaid accounts to ensure consistent protections for prepaid accounts regardless of who is providing the account. The Bureau received no comments on this issue and the Bureau is making no additional changes to final § 1005.18(c)(4) other than those discussed herein.
Proposed § 1005.18(c)(4) would have required financial institutions to provide a summary total of the amount of all fees assessed against the consumer's prepaid account, the total amount of all deposits to the account, and the total amount of all debits from the account, for the prior calendar month and for the calendar year to date. This information would have been disclosed on any periodic statement provided pursuant to § 1005.9(b), in any electronic history of account transactions whether provided pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii) or otherwise, and on any written history of account transactions provided pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii). The Bureau's proposed summary total of fees requirement was similar to the requirement to disclose fees and interest in open-end credit plans under Regulation Z.
Proposed comment 18(c)-5 would have explained that if a financial institution provides periodic statements pursuant to § 1005.9(b), the total fees, deposits, and debits may be disclosed for each statement period rather than for each calendar month, if different. Proposed comment 18(c)-5 would have also explained that the fees that must be included in the summary total include those that are required to be disclosed pursuant to proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii)(A). For example, an institution would have been required to include the fee it charges a consumer for using an out-of-network ATM in the summary total of fees, but it would not have been required to include any fee charged by an ATM operator with whom the institution has no relationship for the consumer's use of that operator's ATM.
In addition, proposed comment 18(c)-5 would have explained that the summary total of fees should be net of any fee reversals and that the total amount of all debits from the account should be exclusive of fees assessed against the account. Finally, proposed comment 18(c)-5 would have explained that the total deposits and total debits
The Bureau received comments from several consumer groups, who supported this portion of the proposal and argued that setting apart monthly and year-to-date fee totals would help consumers understand the costs associated with their accounts and how to minimize fees. These commenters stated that financial institutions should also be required to include a statement that indicates actions consumers can take to lower their fees, such as using network ATMs.
Several industry groups, including program managers, issuing banks, credit unions, and a trade association generally supported this portion of the proposal and the goal of providing consumers access to information needed to manage their prepaid accounts, but cautioned that implementing the requirement as proposed would require more time than the proposed nine-month compliance period and would require costly system updates. For example, a credit union explained that the proposed summary total of fees requirement would be complex and burdensome for a financial institution that houses its data with a third-party processor and stated that retrieving the data to perform the analysis would be costly. In addition, an issuing bank explained that the proposal would require changes to the prepaid account processing infrastructure design and stated that those changes would be inconsistent with how statements are calculated for checking and other consumer asset accounts that tend to share the same processing infrastructure. A government benefits card program manager argued that, because the summary totals requirement would take significant time and investments to implement, the Bureau should exempt government benefit accounts from this aspect of the proposal. A program manager argued that the summary totals requirement would not be appropriate for non-reloadable products. A program manager requested that, for financial institutions that do not have the data to calculate the summary totals as of the final rule's effective date, the requirement be implemented on a going-forward basis only.
Regarding the proposed requirement to disclose the summary totals of fees specifically, these commenters stated that they recognize the value in providing aggregated fees paid over time and therefore support the overall goal the Bureau seeks to achieve by including this provision. However, several industry commenters, including program managers and issuing banks, urged the Bureau to require financial institutions to include in the summary totals of fees only fees that are discernible to the financial institution. These commenters explained that a transaction that includes a third-party fee, such as an out-of-network ATM fee, may not separate the fee portion from the total amount and therefore determining the fee amounts for each consumer would be costly and burdensome. These commenters also stated that financial institutions cannot provide details about or accurately disclose those fees. An issuing bank stated that a financial institution also cannot determine whether a fee was waived due to the consumer's relationship with the third party. One consumer group argued, however, that financial institutions can determine the amounts of third-party fees. This commenter explained that, if a consumer withdraws $40 in cash from an ATM that charges a $2.50 out-of-network fee, the withdrawal will appear as $42.50, and the financial institution would be able to discern the $2.50 third-party fee. A payroll card program manager requested that the Bureau allow financial institutions to provide a form disclaimer regarding fees that are outside of the financial institution's control or an example showing consumers when such fees may occur. Another program manager requested that the Bureau allow financial institutions to distinguish fees for using a prepaid account (such as per transaction fees), optional fees, and third-party fees.
Several industry commenters also suggested other modifications to this aspect of the proposal, which they believed would minimize the costs and burdens to industry. For example, a credit union requested that financial institutions not be required to provide paper statements displaying the summary totals of fees and argued that displaying fees on electronic statements is sufficient and the most appropriate way to communicate with consumers. Another credit union and a program manager requested that the year-to-date calculation be eliminated. The credit union argued that consumers usually find year-to-date totals confusing and can instead calculate their own totals using the information available online. On the other hand, another program manager argued that that the proposed summary by calendar month is overly proscriptive and inconsistent with consumer usage and preference. This commenter explained that the transaction history begins on the date of the first transaction (not the first day of the month) and continues until the account is closed or becomes inactive for a period of time.
One issuing bank opposed this portion of the proposal altogether, arguing that providing summary totals of fees would not help consumers understand how to limit such fees, unless the summary distinguishes behavior-based fees (
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing proposed § 1005.18(c)(4), renumbered as § 1005.18(c)(5), with modifications as described below. To further the purposes of EFTA to provide a framework to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of prepaid account consumers, the Bureau believes it is necessary and proper to exercise its authority under EFTA section 904(c) to modify the periodic statement requirements of EFTA section 906(c) to require a summary total of both monthly and annual fees. These proposed revisions will assist consumers' understanding of their prepaid account activity. In addition, the Bureau is also using its disclosure authority pursuant to section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act because the Bureau believes that disclosure of these summary totals of fees will help ensure that the features of prepaid accounts, over the term of the product or service, are fully, accurately, and effectively disclosed to consumers in a manner that permits consumers to understand the costs, benefits, and risks associated with prepaid accounts.
The Bureau is finalizing the requirement that financial institutions provide the summary totals of the amount of all fees assessed by the financial institution against the consumer's prepaid account for the prior calendar month and for the calendar year to date. The Bureau has removed the requirement that financial institutions provide summary totals of all deposits to and debits from a
The Bureau believes the final rule will provide consumers important information for better understanding and managing their prepaid accounts. The Bureau agrees with commenters that displaying the summary totals of fees is valuable to consumers and believes the requirement will be an important consumer education and money management tool that will help consumers understand the actual costs of using their prepaid accounts. The Bureau believes that this requirement will be beneficial to consumers of all prepaid accounts, including government benefit accounts, and is therefore not exempting any accounts from this requirement. The Bureau is not, however, requiring financial institutions to include a statement that indicates actions consumers can take to lower their fees, as requested by consumer group commenters. The Bureau does not believe such a requirement justifies the additional costs to financial institutions at this time. However, the Bureau believes it is beneficial for financial institution to educate and inform consumers on how to avoid fees, as many do currently. The Bureau will continue to monitor industry practice and may revisit this issue at a later time.
The Bureau believes that not requiring financial institutions to provide the summary totals of all deposits to and debits from a prepaid account will not harm consumers. The Bureau believes that consumers likely know how much money is deposited into and debited out of their accounts and can easily calculate this information by using the data from their transaction history and account balance. In addition, the Bureau believes that the modification to limit the summary totals requirement to fees only and the modifications to the rule's effective date discussed below addresses industry commenters' concerns about not having sufficient time to implement the requirement.
The Bureau is finalizing the proposed portion of § 1005.18(c)(4) (renumbered as § 1005.18(c)(5)) that requires the summary totals of fees to appear on any periodic statement for a prepaid account provided pursuant to § 1005.9(b) and on any history of account transactions provided or made available by the financial institution pursuant to final § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii) and (iii). As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(c)(1) above, consumers value receiving information about their accounts in both electronic and paper forms. The Bureau believes that it is important for consumers to have access to summary totals of fees for their accounts regardless of the method by which they access their account information.
The Bureau is not requiring that third-party fees, such as out-of-network ATM fees and cash reload fees, be included in the summary totals. Final § 1005.18(c)(5) provides, in part, that the summary totals consist of fees assessed by the financial institution against the consumer's account, as explained further in comment 18(c)-8.ii, discussed below. The Bureau agrees with industry commenters that, even if financial institutions can determine whether third-party fees were assessed against a prepaid account, requiring them to extract details about such fees could be problematic for financial institutions, especially for transactions that involve foreign currency conversion calculations. The Bureau notes that third-party cash reload fees do not need to be included in the summary totals of fees. This is different from how cash reload fees are treated in the pre-acquisition disclosures context, where financial institutions must include third-party cash reload fees on the short form disclosure.
Regarding a program manager's request to permit financial institutions to distinguish fees in the fee totals, noted above, the Bureau agrees that allowing some flexibility in how financial institutions display summary totals of fees may be beneficial to consumers. The Bureau has clarified in comment 18(c)-9, discussed below, that financial institutions may also include sub-totals of the types of fees that make up the summary totals of fees. The Bureau reminds financial institutions that all disclosures should be clear and readily understandable as required by § 1005.4(a), including the summary totals of fees pursuant to final § 1005.18(c)(5) and any sub-totals thereof.
Regarding industry commenters' concerns about the proposed nine-month effective date, final § 1005.18(h)(1) imposes a general effective date of October 1, 2017 for this final rule. However, final § 1005.18(h)(3)(ii) provides an accommodation for financial institutions that do not have readily accessible the data necessary to calculate the summary totals of fees pursuant to final § 1005.18(c)(5) on October 1, 2017. Specifically, in that case, the financial institution may provide the summary totals using the data it has until the financial institution has accumulated the data necessary to display the summary totals as required by final § 1005.18(c)(5). See the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(h) below for additional discussion regarding the final rule's effective date and related accommodations.
The Bureau has modified proposed comment 18(c)-5, renumbered as comment 18(c)-8, to reflect the revision to the regulatory text discussed above, and to make several modifications for clarity. Also, for clarity, the Bureau has divided this comment into two parts: Final comment 18(c)-8.i explains the summary totals of fees requirement generally and final comment 18(c)-8.ii clarifies the requirements regarding third-party fees. Specifically, final comment 18(c)-8.i explains that a financial institution that furnishes a periodic statement pursuant to § 1005.9(b) for a prepaid account must display the monthly and annual fee totals on the periodic statement, as well as on any electronic or written account transaction history the financial institution makes available or provides to the consumer. For example, if a financial institution sends periodic statements and also makes available the consumer's electronic account transaction history on its Web site, the financial institution must display the monthly and annual fee totals on the periodic statement and on the consumer's electronic account transaction history made available on its Web site. Likewise, a financial institution that follows the periodic statement alternative in final § 1005.18(c)(1) must display the monthly and annual fee totals on the electronic history of the consumer's account transactions made available pursuant to final § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii) and any written history of the consumer's account transactions provided pursuant to final § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii). In addition, this comment clarifies that, if a financial institution provides periodic statements pursuant to § 1005.9(b), fee totals may be disclosed for each statement period rather than each calendar month, if different. This comment also clarifies that the summary totals of fees should be net of any fee reversals.
Final comment 18(c)-8.ii clarifies that a financial institution may, but is not required to, include third-party fees in its summary totals of fees provided pursuant to final § 1005.18(c)(5). For example, a financial institution must include in the summary totals of fees the fee it charges a consumer for using an out-of-network ATM, but it need not include any fee charged by an ATM operator, with whom the financial institution has no relationship, for the consumer's use of that operator's ATM.
The Bureau is also adopting new comment 18(c)-9 to clarify that a financial institution may, but is not required to, also include sub-totals of the types of fees that make up the summary totals of fees as required by final § 1005.18(c)(5). For example, if a financial institution distinguishes optional fees (
The Bureau proposed to extend the requirements in existing § 1005.18(c)(1) related to initial disclosures regarding access to account information and error resolution, and in existing § 1005.18(c)(2) regarding annual error resolution notices, to all prepaid accounts. The Bureau proposed to renumber existing § 1005.18(c)(1) and (2) as § 1005.18(d)(1) and (2) for organizational purposes and to separate the modified requirements related to disclosures in existing § 1005.18(c)(1) and (2) from the modifications for limitations on liability and error resolution requirements in existing § 1005.18(c)(3) and (4).
EFTA section 905(a)(7) requires financial institutions to provide consumers with an annual error resolution notice. The annual error resolution notice provision for payroll card accounts in existing § 1005.18(c)(2) permits a financial institution, in lieu of providing an annual notice concerning error resolution, to include an abbreviated error resolution notice on or with each electronic and written history provided in accordance with existing § 1005.18(b)(1). Financial institutions providing periodic statements are similarly permitted to provide an abbreviated error resolution notice on or with each periodic statement pursuant to § 1005.8(b). In preparing the proposal, the Bureau considered limiting the requirement to provide annual error resolution notices to only active and registered prepaid accounts, but given this existing alternative for providing an abbreviated notice with electronic and written history, the Bureau did not believe such a modification was necessary.
The Bureau requested comment on the application of these provisions for initial disclosures regarding access to account information and error resolution, and annual error resolution notices, to all prepaid accounts. Specifically, the Bureau sought comment on whether financial institutions would face particular challenges in providing annual error resolution notices to all prepaid consumers, as well as whether it should have required that annual error resolution notices be sent for prepaid accounts in certain circumstances, such as those accounts for which a consumer has not accessed an electronic history or requested in written history in an entire calendar year and thus would not have received any error resolution notice during the course of the year.
Few commenters submitted feedback on this portion of the proposal. An issuing bank urged the Bureau to shorten the written error resolution notice it would be required to provide consumers by proposed § 1005.18(d)(1)(ii), and to permit financial institutions to post the complete notice electronically instead of providing it in writing. The commenter argued that the initial disclosures were generally too lengthy, potentially leading to consumer inattention and confusion. A consumer group commenter similarly urged the Bureau to simplify the notice and require that it be distributed as a separate, stand-alone form.
With respect to the annual error resolution notice and the alternative in proposed § 1005.18(d)(2), several industry commenters, including trade associations, a program manager, and a payment processor, argued that the Bureau should eliminate the annual error resolution requirement, or narrow it to only apply to active and/or registered prepaid accountholders. These commenters argued that consumers do not want to receive unsolicited paper notices. A trade association representing credit unions argued that both the annual and periodic notices were unnecessary since the terms of these notices remain static from year to year and could more simply be incorporated into the cardholder agreement. A consumer group commenter argued by contrast that the Bureau should retain a requirement to provide a written annual notice for dormant accounts.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.18(d) as proposed, with minor revisions for clarity and consistency. To further the purposes of EFTA to provide a framework to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of prepaid account users, the Bureau believes it is necessary and proper to exercise its authority under EFTA section 904(c) to adopt an adjustment to the error resolution notice requirement of EFTA section 905(a)(7), to permit notices for prepaid accounts as described in final § 1005.18(d)(2), in order to facilitate compliance with error resolution requirements.
The Bureau has considered the modifications suggested by commenters but declines to adopt tailored requirements for how and when financial institutions must disclose information about consumers' rights related to error resolution, limited liability, and access to account information for prepaid accounts. The Bureau continues to believe that it is appropriate to apply to all prepaid accounts the account access and error resolution disclosure requirements that currently apply to payroll card accounts. The Bureau believes that the existing regime strikes an appropriate balance by providing consumers with enough information to know about and exercise their rights without overwhelming them with more information than they can process or put to use.
EFTA section 908 governs the timing and other requirements for consumers and financial institutions pertaining to error resolution, including provisional credit. EFTA section 909 governs consumer liability for unauthorized EFTs. The Bureau proposed to extend to all prepaid accounts the Payroll Card Rule's limited liability provisions and error resolution provisions, including provisional credit. The Bureau also proposed to reorganize existing § 1005.18(c)(3) and (4) into proposed § 1005.18(e)(1) and (2) and to revise the paragraph headings for proposed § 1005.18(e), (e)(1) and (e)(2). Similar to the reorganization of existing § 1005.18(c)(1) and (2) above into final § 1005.18(d)(1) and (2), these changes were proposed to simplify the organization of proposed § 1005.18 generally and to separate the modified requirements related to limited liability and error resolution from other modifications made for prepaid accounts.
As discussed in detail in the section-by-section analyses of § 1005.18(e)(1), (2), and (3) below, the Bureau proposed to modify Regulation E's limited liability and error resolution timing requirements for prepaid accounts to accommodate how account information
EFTA section 909 addresses consumer liability and is implemented in § 1005.6. For accounts under Regulation E generally, including payroll card accounts and government benefit accounts, § 1005.6(a) provides that a consumer may be held liable for an unauthorized EFT resulting from the loss or theft of an access device only if the financial institution has provided certain required disclosures and other conditions are met.
Existing § 1005.18(c)(3)(i) provides that, for payroll card accounts following the periodic statement alternative in existing § 1005.18(b), the 60-day period in § 1005.6(b)(3) for reporting unauthorized transfers begins on the earlier of (1) the date the consumer electronically accesses his account under § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii), provided that the electronic history made available to the consumer reflects the transfer, or (2) the date the financial institution sends a written history of the consumer's account transactions requested by the consumer under § 1005.18(b)(1)(iii) in which the unauthorized transfer is first reflected. Alternatively, existing § 1005.18(c)(3)(ii) provides that a financial institution may comply with the requirements of § 1005.18(c)(3)(i) by limiting a consumer's liability for an unauthorized transfer as provided under § 1005.6(b)(3) for any transfer reported by the consumer within 120 days after the transfer was credited or debited to the consumer's account. The Bureau notes that this provision only modifies the 60-day period for consumers to report an unauthorized transfer and does not alter any other provision of § 1005.6.
The Bureau proposed to extend to all prepaid accounts the existing limited liability provisions of Regulation E with modifications to certain timing requirements for financial institutions following the periodic statement alternative in proposed § 1005.18(c)(1).
Several consumer groups urged the Bureau to harmonize the liability limitations provided under Regulation E with those provided in Regulation Z for credit cards. Under Regulation Z § 1026.12(b), a cardholder's liability for an unauthorized transfer cannot exceed $50; the payment networks' dispute rules, which apply to network-branded prepaid cards, generally apply the Regulation Z limitations on liability. The commenters argued that it is confusing to have different liability limitation amounts potentially apply to a transaction on the same card. The commenters argued that the limitation amounts in Regulation E should be reduced to $50, in line with the limitation amounts in Regulation Z.
The Bureau is adopting § 1005.18(e)(1) as proposed, with minor revisions for clarity and consistency. To further the purposes of EFTA to provide a framework to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of prepaid account users and to facilitate compliance with its provisions, the Bureau believes it is necessary and proper to exercise its authority under EFTA 904(c) to modify the timing requirements of EFTA 909(a). In addition, the Bureau has considered the modifications suggested by commenters, but declines to revise the liability limitations for prepaid accounts set forth in § 1005.18(e)(1). The dollar amount a consumer may be liable for an unauthorized transfer is specified by statute in EFTA section 909(a)(1) and (2). These limitations already apply to payroll card accounts and government benefit accounts. The Bureau is not persuaded that the process of identifying or resolving errors with respect to prepaid accounts is sufficiently different from the process applied with respect to payroll card accounts or government benefit accounts to warrant a separate limited liability regime. Further, the Bureau believes that adopting a different limited liability regime for prepaid accounts than the regime currently in existence accounts generally under Regulation E would require many financial institutions to change their practices, since, as the Bureau noted in the proposal, the vast majority of programs reviewed in the Bureau's Study of Prepaid Account Agreements already limit consumer liability in accordance with existing Regulation E provisions.
EFTA section 908 governs the timing and other requirements for consumers and financial institutions on error resolution, including provisional credit, and is implemented for accounts under Regulation E generally, including payroll card accounts and government benefit accounts, in § 1005.11. Specifically, § 1005.11(c)(1) and (3)(i) requires that a financial institution, after receiving notice that a consumer believes an EFT from the consumer's account was not authorized, must investigate promptly and determine whether an error occurred (
Existing § 1005.11(c)(2) provides that if the financial institution is unable to complete the investigation within 10 business days, its investigation may take up to 45 days if it provisionally credits the amount of the alleged error back to the consumer's account within 10 business days of receiving the error notice.
Existing § 1005.18(c)(4) provides that, for payroll card accounts following the periodic statement alternative in existing § 1005.18(b), the period for reporting an unauthorized transaction is tied, in part, to the date the consumer electronically accesses the consumer's account pursuant to existing § 1005.18(b)(1)(ii), provided that the electronic account history made available to the consumer reflects the alleged error, or the date the financial institution sends a written history of the consumer's account transactions requested by the consumer pursuant to existing § 1005.18(b)(1)(iii) in which the alleged error is first reflected. The Bureau notes that this provision only modifies the 60-day period for consumers to report an error and does not alter any other provision of § 1005.11.
The Bureau proposed to extend to all prepaid accounts the error resolution provisions of Regulation E, including provisional credit, with modifications to the § 1005.11 timing requirements in proposed § 1005.18(e)(2) for financial institutions following the periodic statement alternative in proposed § 1005.18(c)(1). The text of proposed § 1005.18(e)(2) updated internal paragraph citations to reflect other numbering changes made in the proposal, but otherwise was unchanged from existing § 1005.18(c)(4). Notably, as set forth in greater detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(e)(3) below, the Bureau also proposed an exception to the requirement to provide limited liability and error resolution when a financial institution had not completed collection of consumer identifying information and identity verification for a prepaid account, assuming appropriate notice of the risk of not registering the prepaid account had been provided to the consumer. The Bureau proposed to extend to all prepaid accounts existing comment 18(c)-1 regarding the 120-day error resolution safe harbor provision, renumbered as comment 18(e)-1 and with the reference to payroll card accounts changed to prepaid accounts. The Bureau also proposed to extend existing comment 18(c)-2, regarding consumers electronically accessing their account history, to all prepaid accounts, renumbered as comment 18(e)-2. In that proposed comment, the reference to payroll card account was changed to prepaid account, plus one substantive modification to clarify that access to account information via a mobile application, as well as through a web browser, would constitute electronic access to an account for purposes of the timing provisions in proposed § 1005.18(e)(1) and (2). The Bureau also proposed to add an additional sentence to the end of proposed comment 18(e)-2 to explain that a consumer would not be deemed to have accessed a prepaid account electronically when the consumer receives an automated text message or other automated account alert, or checks the account balance by telephone.
The Bureau proposed to extend existing comment 18(c)-3, regarding untimely notice of error by a consumer, to all prepaid accounts, renumbered as comment 18(e)-3 and with internal paragraph citations updated to reflect other numbering changes made in the proposal. The last sentence of the existing comment currently provides that where the consumer's assertion of error involves an unauthorized EFT, the institution must comply with § 1005.6 before it may impose any liability on the consumer. The Bureau proposed to specifically note that compliance with § 1005.6 included compliance with the extension of time limits provided in § 1005.6(b)(4).
Most industry commenters and all consumer group commenters generally supported the proposal to extend to all prepaid accounts the error resolution provisions currently applicable to payroll card accounts. At the same time, several industry commenters argued that prepaid accounts may have a higher incidence of fraudulently asserted errors than other accounts covered by Regulation E for a number of reasons, including that prepaid accounts are often purchased anonymously; prepaid cards are easier to abandon and are more frequently abandoned by consumers who quickly spend down the balance and discard the card; and prepaid consumers may not have any other ongoing relationship with the issuing bank or program manager. Requiring financial institutions to provide error resolution rights to all prepaid accounts, they argued, would thus result in unsustainable fraud losses for industry, leading to market exit and rising consumer costs. These commenters did not, however, provide any data or particular details in support of their assertions. To avoid this result, these commenters urged the Bureau to limit the application of the error resolution provisions to prepaid accounts in certain respects.
Several industry commenters, including issuing banks, program managers, a payment network, and an industry trade association, urged the Bureau not to require error resolution for certain types of prepaid accounts, such as reload packs or cards that cannot be reloaded.
Some industry commenters, including several issuing banks, a payment network, and a number of trade associations, expressed particular concern about the requirement to extend provisional credit to prepaid accounts. The issuing bank commenters confirmed that they currently extend provisional credit where appropriate for most types of prepaid accounts. These issuing banks and other industry commenters argued, however, that a mandate requiring them to extend provisional credit would increase their fraud-related costs by emboldening wrongdoers to submit more fraudulent error claims. The commenters urged the Bureau to take one of several approaches to limit the provisional credit requirement. One group of commenters, including several issuing banks and a trade association, suggested that the provisional credit requirement be limited to prepaid accounts held by consumers with whom the issuer has an “ongoing relationship,” as evidenced, for example, by repeated electronic deposits to the prepaid account. Another group of commenters, including an industry trade association and an issuing bank, urged the Bureau not to require provisional credit for accounts or transaction types that exhibit characteristics correlated with a heightened risk of fraud. Commenters suggested varied and at times inconsistent ideas about what these characteristics might be, ranging from, for example, the age of the account, how soon after account opening the alleged error occurred, or whether the transaction occurred at the point of sale or at an ATM.
Commenters who recommended limiting provisional credit also argued that the aggregate amount of fraud losses related to provisional credit increases as the time period within which a financial institution must provide provisional credit decreases, and that 10 business days is not long enough to complete an investigation for errors asserted on prepaid accounts. Accordingly, a number of commenters urged the Bureau to extend the 10 business days permitted under § 1005.11(c)(1) to 20 business days for all prepaid accounts, and 30 business days for prepaid accounts held by consumers who do not have an ongoing relationship with the financial institution. Similarly, a payment network and a law firm writing on behalf of a coalition of prepaid issuers requested that financial institutions have flexibility to delay granting provisional credit beyond 10 business days where a factors-based test indicated that there was a significant risk of loss related to the extension of provisional credit.
Consumer advocates, by contrast, argued against rolling back the provisional crediting requirements. They noted that prepaid accounts are used in substantially similar ways as traditional consumer transaction accounts and thus should receive protections for funds lost due to unauthorized use in the same timeframe as other accounts covered by Regulation E. The commenters repeatedly emphasized how important provisional credit can be for consumers, noting that many consumers who use prepaid cards have limited liquid assets and may put a substantial portion of those assets into their prepaid accounts. Without provisional credit, in the event of an unauthorized transfer, a consumer could be without critical funds for the duration of the financial institution's investigation—up to 45 days, or 90 days in certain circumstances.
Several consumer groups also commented on the timelines in proposed § 1005.18(e)(2) governing when a consumer must report an unauthorized transfer in order to receive error resolution protections, arguing that the current regime is confusing. For example, they noted that the 120-day safe harbor in proposed § 1005.18(e)(2)(ii) is not disclosed on the error resolution notice required by proposed § 1005.18(d)(1)(ii).
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.18(e)(2) and comments 18(e)-1, -2, and -3 largely as proposed, with minor revisions for clarity and consistency. To further the purposes of EFTA to provide a framework to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of prepaid account users and to facilitate compliance with its provisions, the Bureau believes it is necessary and proper to exercise its authority pursuant to EFTA section 904(c) to modify the timing requirements of EFTA section 909(a).
The Bureau has considered the comments regarding the implications of extending all of Regulation E's error resolution requirements to prepaid accounts. The Bureau acknowledged in the proposal that prepaid accounts might present unique fraud risks that other transaction accounts may not. The Bureau also acknowledges that these risks may be especially heightened with respect to prepaid accounts that have not been or cannot be registered or whose cardholder identity has not or cannot be verified. It was for these reasons that the Bureau proposed in § 1005.18(e)(3) to exempt financial institutions from the requirement to provide limited liability or error resolution protections, including provisional credit, for accounts with respect to which the financial institution had not completed its consumer identification and verification process. The Bureau is finalizing a limited exemption as to provisional credit, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(e)(3) below, but is not exempting financial institutions from the general requirement to provide limited liability and error resolution protections for such accounts.
The Bureau is not persuaded by commenters that the unique risks posed by prepaid accounts warrant modifications to Regulation E's limited liability and error resolution regime beyond the final rule's accommodation for provisional credit on unverified accounts. Indeed, the Bureau understands that most prepaid issuers already provide error resolution with respect to most prepaid accounts, in compliance with the Payroll Card
The Bureau also declines to categorically exempt non-reloadable cards from the error resolution requirements, as some industry commenters had urged. The Bureau notes that non-reloadable cards can be used to disburse large sums of money to consumers. For example, prepaid accounts that are used to disburse insurance proceeds, tax refunds, or non-recurring employment benefits such as bonuses or termination payments are—or could be—non-reloadable. The funds held in such accounts may be particularly important to a consumer, who may have, for example, lost a home or a job; error resolution is especially critical for a consumer in that position who has been victimized by fraud. The Bureau does not anticipate that the requirement to provide error resolution rights to non-reloadable cards specifically should place a significant regulatory burden on industry.
Likewise, the Bureau declines to exempt certain types of accounts or transactions from the requirement to provisionally credit a consumer's account in the event a financial institution takes longer than permitted by § 1005.11(c)(1) (or § 1005.11(c)(3)(i), as applicable) to investigate an error. The Bureau understands, as noted by consumer group commenters, that consumers who use prepaid accounts may have limited liquid assets and may place or hold a substantial portion of those assets in the prepaid account. Without provisional credit, in the event of an unauthorized transaction or other error, a consumer could be without access to those funds for as long as 90 days, a period of time that could cause a significant disruption to the consumer's household finances. In addition, the Bureau notes that there appears to be no industry consensus around the criteria the Bureau should use as a proxy for an account or transaction's relative riskiness for purposes of determining whether it should be excluded from the provisional credit requirements.
With respect to the suggestions that the Bureau extend the time periods that apply before a financial institution must extend provisional credit, the Bureau notes that, under both the proposal and the final rule, the 20-day time frame requested by some commenters already applies in some circumstances—specifically, financial institutions may take up to 20 business days to investigate errors asserted with respect to transfers that occurred within 30 days of the date of the first deposit into the account.
With respect to the suggestion that financial institutions have 30 business days to investigate errors before provisionally crediting the consumer's account, the Bureau notes that, depending on calendar timing, 30 business days could be nearly as long or longer than the 45 calendar days financial institutions currently have to investigate claims when provisional credit is provided.
The Bureau is adopting proposed comment 18(e)-3 with a revision to correct an existing scrivener's error.
Proposed § 1005.18(e)(3) would have provided that for prepaid accounts that are not payroll card accounts or government benefit accounts, if a financial institution disclosed to the consumer the risks of not registering a prepaid account using a notice that is substantially similar to the proposed notice contained in paragraph (c) of appendix A-7, a financial institution would not be required to comply with the liability limits and error resolution requirements under §§ 1005.6 and 1005.11 for any prepaid account for which it has not completed its collection of consumer identifying information and identity verification.
Proposed comment 18(e)-4 would have explained that for the purpose of compliance with proposed § 1005.18(e)(3), consumer identifying information could include the consumer's full name, address, date of birth, and Social Security number or other government-issued identification number. The comment would have also explained that for an unauthorized transfer or an error asserted on a previously unverified prepaid account, whether a consumer has timely reported the unauthorized transfer or alleged error was based on the date the consumer contacted the financial institution to report the unauthorized transfer or alleged error, not the date the financial institution completed its customer identification and verification process. Comment 18(e)-4 would have further explained that for an error asserted on a previously unverified prepaid account, the time limits for a financial institution's investigation of errors pursuant to § 1005.11(c) began on the day following the date the financial institution completed its customer identification and verification process. A financial institution may not delay completing its customer identification and verification process, or refuse to verify a consumer's identity, based on the consumer's assertion of an error.
The Bureau stated its understanding that financial institutions often conduct customer identification and verification at the onset of a relationship with a consumer, such as at the time a consumer signs up to receive wages via a payroll card account or when a consumer requests a GPR card online. For GPR cards purchased at retail stores, the financial institution may—but does not always—obtain customer-identifying information and perform verification at the time the consumer calls or goes online to activate the card. Because of restrictions imposed by FinCEN's Prepaid Access Rule
Collection of consumer identifying information and verification of identity under proposed § 1005.18(e)(3) would have included information collected, and identities verified, by a financial institution directly as well as by a service provider or agent of the institution. Thus, the Bureau expected that financial institutions providing prepaid accounts for purposes such as student financial aid disbursements or property or casualty insurance payments would likely not be able to avail themselves of the exclusion in § 1005.18(e)(3) because consumer identifying information was collected and consumers' identities verified by the financial institution, or a service provider or agent of the institution, prior to distribution of such prepaid accounts. The Bureau proposed to adopt the exemption for unverified accounts because it understood that a financial institution could face difficulties in determining whether an unauthorized transaction occurred if it did not know a prepaid accountholder's identity. For example, a financial institution could have a video recording provided by a merchant or ATM operator showing the card user, but without having identified the accountholder, it would have no way of knowing if the individual conducting the transaction is authorized to do so.
The Bureau believed that financial institutions would follow the customer identification and verification requirements set forth in FinCEN's CIP requirements for banks in 31 CFR 1020.220 or for providers and sellers of prepaid access in 31 CFR 1022.210(d)(1)(iv). However, it sought comment on whether FinCEN's regulations, as discussed above, were the appropriate standard to use for identification and verification of prepaid accountholders, or whether some other standard should be used. Further, the Bureau anticipated that when a consumer called to assert an error on an unverified account, the financial institution would inform the consumer of its policy regarding error resolution on unverified accounts and would begin the customer identification and verification process at that time. As noted previously, the Bureau believed that providers had an incentive to encourage consumers to register their cards to increase the functionality and thus the longevity of the consumer's use of the account. However, the Bureau sought comment on the accuracy of this assumption, and on whether the Bureau should impose a time limit for completion of the customer identification and verification process.
All consumer group commenters expressed support for the Bureau's decision to extend error resolution and limited liability protections to prepaid accounts. Several consumer group commenters detailed at great length the importance of providing consumers—especially consumers who may have a hard time making ends meet—with recourse if their accounts are subject to error or fraud. Thus, while a number of consumer groups expressed cautious support for the proposed limitation on protections for unregistered accounts, stating that they believed it struck a
In addition, two consumer groups expressed concern that the Bureau's decision to exempt unregistered accounts from the requirement to provide error resolution and limited liability protections would incentivize issuers to avoid registering accounts. They urged the Bureau to require registration for all prepaid accounts, arguing that, if registration were not a requirement, financial institutions may try to prevent consumers from registering, and then use the fact of an account's non-registration and verification as a pretext for not providing that account with complete limited liability and error resolution protections. Going further, a city government agency for consumer affairs objected to any limitation on protections for unregistered accounts, arguing that consumers who do not have a chance to register their accounts before becoming victims of fraud nonetheless deserve equal protections under Regulation E.
Several industry commenters expressed support for the Bureau's approach in proposed § 1005.18(e)(3) of not requiring limited liability or error resolution for accounts for which the financial institution had not completed its collection and verification of consumer identifying information. By contrast, there was significant industry opposition to the provision requiring that, once an account was registered and verified, financial institutions provide limited liability and error resolution rights, including provisional credit, for transactions that occurred
A program manager and a credit union objected to proposed § 1005.18(e)(3) for slightly different reasons: They viewed it as a requirement that financial institutions conduct consumer identification and identity verification for all prepaid accounts. The program manager, which manages non-reloadable, non-registrable prepaid cards, among other products, argued that not only did the exemption require financial institutions to offer account registration, but it essentially obligated financial institutions to undertake a robust identity verification process with respect to each consumer. Otherwise, consumers could register their accounts with fake names and still be entitled to provisional credit. The Bureau's proposal, the commenter argued, would therefore extend an account registration requirement to accounts that are not currently required to perform such a process under FinCEN regulations, such as single-use or non-reloadable accounts. Such a change to industry practice, it argued, would necessitate major software and systems revisions at a great cost to financial institutions and their customers.
With respect to the Bureau's request for comment on whether it should require financial institutions to adopt a specific standard for collecting and verifying a consumer's identity, several industry commenters, including program managers and a trade association, argued that financial institutions should retain discretion with respect to which registration standard they adopt. They argued further that, whereas the FinCEN standard is effective and should be deemed sufficient for purposes of analyzing whether the financial institution had adequate consumer identification procedures in place, it should not be adopted as the required standard because the goals underlying the FinCEN customer identification requirements—preventing money laundering—differ from those of the proposed rule. Another industry commenter disagreed, arguing that the Bureau should require a single uniform standard for consumer identification and verification, and that the FinCEN standard should be the standard adopted. According to this commenter, the FinCEN standard has been effective in monitoring and preventing fraud for other transaction account types, and as such should prove effective for screening the identities of prepaid accountholders as well.
For the reasons discussed herein, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.18(e)(3) and related commentary with several substantive revisions. Specifically, the Bureau has revised the limitation on a financial institution's requirement to provide limited liability and error resolution protections for unregistered accounts. Under the final rule, financial institutions must provide limited liability and error resolution protections for all accounts, regardless of whether the financial institution has completed its consumer identification and verification process with respect to the account. However, for accounts with respect to which the financial institution has not completed its identification and verification process (or for which the financial institution has no process), the financial institution may take up to the maximum length of time permitted under § 1005.11(c)(2)(i) or (3)(ii), as applicable, from receipt of a notice of error to investigate and determine whether an error occurred without provisionally crediting a consumer's account. The Bureau has made several changes to § 1005.18(e)(3) and its commentary to conform the
To further the purposes of EFTA to provide a framework to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of prepaid account users and to facilitate compliance with its provisions, the Bureau believes it is necessary and proper to exercise its authority under EFTA section 904(c) to finalize § 1005.18(e)(3) with a modified limitation on financial institutions' requirement to provide limited liability and error resolution for accounts that have not completed the consumer identification and verification process.
As explained in greater detail below, the Bureau is adopting § 1005.18(e)(3) revisions to clarify, in response to industry comments, that it is not requiring financial institutions to adopt a consumer identification and verification process for all prepaid accounts. Because it is concerned that this revision, on its own, would result in a class of un-registrable prepaid accounts that do not receive any limited liability or error resolution protections, however, the Bureau has also revised the scope of the exception in proposed § 1005.18(e)(3). Under the final rule, financial institutions must provide limited liability and error resolution protections for all accounts, regardless of whether the financial institution has completed its consumer identification and verification process with respect to the account. However, for accounts with respect to which the financial institution has not completed its identification and verification process (or for which the financial institution has no process), the financial institution may take up to the maximum length of time permitted under § 1005.11(c)(2)(i) or (3)(ii), as applicable, from receipt of a notice of error to investigate and determine whether an error occurred without provisionally crediting a consumer's account.
The Bureau agrees with commenters that the proposed rule left open the question of whether financial institution had to adopt a consumer identification and verification process, or whether certain prepaid account types that do not offer or require an account registration process could continue to allow their customers to use the cards anonymously. The Bureau believes that there are legitimate reasons a consumer may opt for a particular account type—such as certain non-reloadable cards—that allows him or her to remain anonymous. Similarly, the Bureau is sensitive to industry's concerns that requiring financial institutions to adopt a consumer identification and verification regime where they previously did not have one would result in increased costs and, potentially, decreased consumer access to certain prepaid account products. Accordingly, the Bureau has declined to finalize a requirement that all prepaid accounts offer some sort of registration process.
However, the Bureau is also concerned that financial institutions will choose not to offer registration or to delay completing registration as a way to avoid having to provide provisional credit. To that end, the Bureau is adopting new comment 18(e)-5, which provides an example of when a financial institution has not concluded the consumer identification and verification process with respect to a particular consumer: The example describes a financial institution that initiates the identification and verification process by collecting identifying information about a consumer and informing the consumer of the nature of the outstanding information, but, despite efforts to obtain additional information from the consumer, is unable to conclude the process because of conflicting information about the consumer. For the same reasons, the Bureau is finalizing a clarification in new comment 18(e)-5 stating that a financial institution may not delay completing its customer identification and verification process or refuse to verify a consumer's identity based on a consumer's assertion of an error. The Bureau believes that, as stated above, financial institutions have an incentive to encourage consumers to register their accounts to increase the functionality and thus the longevity of consumers' use of their accounts.
To clarify that it is not requiring financial institutions to adopt a consumer identification and verification process for prepaid accounts, the Bureau has finalized a provision that makes clear that financial institutions that do not offer a process by which a consumer's identifying information is collected and identity verified have not completed the consumer identification and verification process with respect to that account. As such, and as described in more specific detail below, with respect to such accounts that cannot be registered, the financial institution may avail itself of the limited exemption from the provisional credit requirements.
The Bureau is concerned, however, that adding this clarification would expand the scope of the limited exemption in proposed § 1005.18(e)(3) in ways that would leave many vulnerable consumers unprotected. The Bureau agrees with the numerous consumer groups that emphasized the importance of limited liability and error resolution for prepaid consumers. In addition, while it is true that consumers may not generally use non-reloadable products as transaction account substitutes given that the funds will eventually be spent down in their entirety, the Bureau believes that extending protections to all broadly usable prepaid accounts is necessary to avoid consumer confusion as to what protections apply to similar accounts. Indeed, the Bureau notes that its testing showed that prepaid consumers currently expect prepaid products to be accompanied by protections for error or unauthorized use.
The Bureau is concerned, therefore, that § 1005.18(e)(3), as revised by the clarification discussed above regarding un-registrable accounts, would leave such accounts without any limited liability and error resolution protections enforceable under Federal law during its entire existence, instead of only during the limited time before which a consumer registers his or her card. The Bureau did not intend to leave this entire class of prepaid accounts without such consumer protections. At the same time, as stated above, the Bureau acknowledges industry's concerns about the potential costs of having to extend provisional credit for accounts where the financial institution does not know and has not verified the consumer's identity.
To balance these concerns, the Bureau has revised the proposed limitation on the requirement to provide limited liability and error resolution protections in proposed § 1005.18(e)(3). Rather than limit the requirement to provide any limited liability and error resolution protections, the final rule only limits the requirement to extend provisional credit for accounts with respect to which the
The Bureau believes this revision is necessary to ensure that all prepaid account consumers have some recourse when they experience an unauthorized or erroneous transfer. While the Bureau considered whether to require limited liability and error resolution for unregistered accounts only when the accounts cannot be registered, the Bureau believes it is preferable to treat all unregistered accounts uniformly. Once again, the Bureau also believes this approach will help reduce consumer confusion as to what protections apply to similar accounts, especially in light of the Bureau's observations that prepaid consumers currently expect prepaid products to be protected against unauthorized use and other errors. Furthermore, the Bureau understands that, by revising the proposed limitation on the requirement to provide limited liability and error resolution as described herein, the Bureau is aligning § 1005.18(e)(3) with current industry practice. The Bureau believes the narrower limitation in revised § 1005.18(e)(3)(i) addresses the majority of industry's concerns. Again, the Bureau understands that most prepaid issuers already offer limited liability and error resolution protections with respect to most account types they offer.
The Bureau is also revising the scope of the exclusion in § 1005.18(e)(3) beyond government benefit and payroll card accounts. As it noted in the proposal, the Bureau agrees with commenters that financial institutions providing prepaid accounts for purposes such as student financial aid disbursement or insurance payments should not be able to avail themselves of the exclusion in § 1005.18(e)(3), because consumer identifying information is typically collected and verified by the financial institution or its service provider prior to or as part of the acquisition process for those accounts.
Specifically, new comment 18(e)-6 states that a financial institution that collects and verifies consumer identifying information, or that obtains such information after it has been collected and verified by a third party, prior to or as part of the account acquisition process, is deemed to have completed its consumer identification and verification process with respect to that account. The reference to a third party collecting the verified information is intended to codify the Bureau's understanding, stated in the proposal, that collection and verification of information can be done by the financial institution directly, as well as by a service provider or agent of the institution. The comment provides an example of a financial institution that obtains from a university the identifying information necessary to disburse funds to students via the financial institution's prepaid account. Such a financial institution, the example states, would be deemed to have completed its consumer identification and verification process with respect to those students' accounts.
Next, the Bureau believes that financial institutions should maintain discretion with respect to the type of consumer identification and verification process they adopt. As such, the Bureau is not finalizing a requirement that financial institutions adopt the FinCEN registration process, nor any other specific process for how to identify and verify an account, except that it is finalizing the guidance in proposed comment 18(e)-4 that consumer identifying information may include the consumer's full name, address, date of birth, and Social Security number, or other government-issued identification number. The Bureau notes, however, that on March 21, 2016, the Board, the FDIC, the NCUA, the OCC, and FinCEN issued interagency guidance to clarify that the FinCEN registration requirements apply to the cardholders of general purpose prepaid cards that have the features of an account and are issued by a bank.
Instead of adopting a single standard for consumer registration, the Bureau is adopting several provisions and commentary to clarify when, for purposes of § 1005.18(e)(3)(i), a financial institution can assert that it has not completed its consumer identification and verification process. Together, the new provisions are intended to make clear that a financial institution is only required to extend provisional credit for accounts where it actually knows and has verified the consumer's identity.
Specifically, pursuant to new § 1005.18(e)(3)(ii)(A), a financial institution has not completed its consumer identification and verification process where it has not concluded its consumer identification and verification process, provided the financial institution has disclosed to the consumer the risks of not registering the account using a notice that is substantially similar to the model notice contained in paragraph (c) of appendix
Finally, as stated earlier, new § 1005.18(e)(3)(ii)(C) sets forth that a financial institution has not completed the process where the financial institution does not have a consumer identification and registration process by which the consumer can register the prepaid account. To qualify for this provision, a financial institution need not provide the notice in paragraph (c) of appendix A-7 since the consumer cannot register his or her card to obtain provisional credit protections. For the same reason, the Bureau has revised proposed comment 18(e)-4. The proposed comment would have recounted that proposed § 1005.18(e)(3) provided that, in order to take advantage of the exception from the requirement to comply with the limited liability and error resolution requirements, a financial institution would have had to disclose to the consumer the risks of not registering a prepaid account using a notice substantially similar to paragraph (c) of appendix A-7. Since the requirement to provide the notice in paragraph (c) of appendix A-7 now appears in § 1005.18(e)(3)(ii)(A) and (B), but not in § 1005.18(e)(3)(ii)(C), the statement is no longer accurate, and as such has been removed.
With respect to the requirement in proposed § 1005.18(e)(3) that, once an account is verified, financial institutions must provide limited liability and error resolution protections for pre-verification errors, the Bureau has considered the comments objecting to this aspect of the proposal, but is finalizing the general approach in new § 1005.18(e)(3)(iii). To conform the proposed provision to the revisions discussed above (narrowing the scope of the exclusion set forth in final § 1005.18(e)(3)(i)), new § 1005.18(e)(3)(iii) states that, if a consumer's account has been verified, a financial institution must comply with the provisions set forth in § 1005.11(c) in full with respect to any errors that satisfy the timing requirements of § 1005.11, or the modified timing requirements of § 1005.18(e), as applicable, including with respect to errors that occurred prior to verification. Thus, under the revised exclusion approach, once an account has been verified, financial institutions that take longer than 10 business days (or 20 business days, as applicable) to investigate a timely error report must provisionally credit the account with respect to an error, whether it occurred before or after the account was verified, in compliance with the applicable time limitations set forth in § 1005.11(c).
The Bureau agrees with industry commenters that it is unlikely that there will be many unauthorized transfers between the time a consumer acquires a prepaid account and the time the consumer is able to register the account.
The Bureau has made two other substantive revisions to address the timing requirements governing a financial institution's obligation to provide limited liability and error resolution rights once a consumer's account has been verified. First, the Bureau has removed a large portion of proposed comment 18(e)-4, which addressed the timelines for a consumer's timely report and a financial institution's timely investigation of an unauthorized transfer for accounts that were previously unverified. Because the final rule requires financial institutions to provide limited liability and error resolution rights to accounts regardless of whether or not they have been verified, the substance of that portion of the proposed comment is no longer applicable.
Second, as referenced above, the Bureau is adopting new § 1005.18(e)(3)(iii)(A) to address circumstances where a financial institution verifies an account
In addition to the changes outlined above, the Bureau has made several minor revisions for clarity and conformity with revisions to other parts of the rule.
EFTA section 905(a)(4) requires that financial institutions disclose to consumers, as part of an account's terms and conditions, any charges for EFTs or for the right to make such transfers. Existing § 1005.7(b)(5) implements this requirement by stating that, as part of the initial disclosures, any fees imposed by a financial institution for EFTs or for the right to make transfers must be disclosed.
Proposed § 1005.18(f) would have required a financial institution to disclose any fees imposed by a financial institution for EFTs or the right to make such transfers and to include in its initial disclosures given pursuant to § 1005.7(b)(5) all other fees imposed by the financial institution in connection with a prepaid account. For each fee, a financial institution would have been required to disclose the amount of the fee, the conditions, if any, under which the fee may be imposed, waived, or reduced, and, to the extent known, whether any third-party fees may apply. Proposed § 1005.18(f) would have also required a financial institution to include all of the information required to be disclosed in the long form disclosure and be provided in a form substantially similar to proposed Sample Form A-10(e).
The Bureau received comments from an industry trade association, issuing banks and a credit union, and program managers on this aspect of the proposal. These commenters generally supported full disclosure of all fees, not just fees related to EFTs. However, some expressed concern that proposed § 1005.18(f)'s inclusion of the long form disclosure would be duplicative, given that prepaid accounts would also be subject to other disclosure requirements under Regulation E as well. Specifically, these commenters argued that requiring financial institutions to provide the short form, long form, and initial disclosures is redundant and would result in information overload and consumer confusion. One issuing credit union urged the Bureau not to require financial institutions to include the long form disclosure in the initial disclosures, while an issuing bank suggested that the Bureau require the long form disclosure be delivered only as part of the initial disclosures. See the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b) above for a more detailed discussion of the comments received on the pre-acquisition long form disclosure generally.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing proposed § 1005.18(f), renumbered as § 1005.18(f)(1), generally as proposed, with certain modifications for clarity as explained below. The Bureau is adopting this provision pursuant to its authority under EFTA section 904(c) to adjust the requirement in EFTA section 905(a)(4), which is implemented in existing § 1005.7(b)(5), for prepaid accounts, and its authority under section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Bureau believes that disclosure of all fees for prepaid accounts will, consistent with EFTA section 902 and section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act, assist consumers' understanding of the terms and conditions of their prepaid accounts, and ensure that the features of prepaid accounts are fully, accurately, and effectively disclosed to consumers in a manner that permits consumers to understand the costs, benefits, and risks associated with a prepaid account.
The Bureau believes that it is important that the initial account disclosures provided to consumers list all fees that may be imposed in connection with a prepaid account. The Bureau believes that because consumers will likely reference these disclosures throughout their ongoing use of their prepaid accounts, it is important that these disclosures include all relevant fee information, not just those fees related to EFTs. In addition, the Bureau believes that most financial institutions are already disclosing all fees in the terms and conditions accompanying prepaid accounts. Regulation DD, which implements the Truth in Savings Act, requires that initial disclosures for deposit accounts include the amount of any fee that may be imposed in connection with the account (or an explanation of how the fee will be determined) and the conditions under which the fee may be imposed.
Final § 1005.18(f)(1) provides that a financial institution must include, as part of the initial disclosures given pursuant to § 1005.7, all of the information required to be disclosed in its pre-acquisition long form disclosure pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(4). The Bureau is adopting new comment 18(f)-1, which clarifies that a financial institution may, but is not required to, disclose the information required by final § 1005.18(b)(4) in accordance with the formatting, grouping, size and other requirements set forth in final § 1005.18(b) for the long form disclosure as part of its initial disclosures provided pursuant to § 1005.7; a financial institution may choose to do so, however, in order to satisfy other requirements in final § 1005.18.
Relatedly, the Bureau is adopting new § 1005.18(f)(2) to avoid any uncertainty as to when a change-in-terms notice is required. Specifically, this provision makes clear that the change-in-terms notice provisions in § 1005.8(a) apply to any change in a term or condition that is required to be disclosed under § 1005.7 or final § 1005.18(f)(1). New § 1005.18(f)(2) also provides, however, that if a financial institution discloses the amount of a third-party fee in its pre-acquisition long form disclosure pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii) and initial disclosures pursuant to final § 1005.18(f)(1), the financial institution is not required to provide a change-in-terms notice solely to reflect a change in that fee amount imposed by the third party.
New § 1005.18(f)(2) also states that if a financial institution provides pursuant to § 1005.18(f)(1) the Regulation Z disclosures required by § 1005.18(b)(4)(vii) for an overdraft credit feature, the financial institution is not required to provide a change-in-terms notice solely to reflect a change in the fees or other terms disclosed therein.
The Bureau proposed § 1005.18(b)(7) to require a financial institution to disclose on the prepaid account device itself the name of the financial institution, a Web site URL, and a telephone number that a consumer can use to access information about the prepaid account. Proposed § 1005.18(b)(7) would have provided that, if a financial institution did not provide a physical access device in connection with a prepaid account, this disclosure would have been required to appear at the URL or other entry point a consumer must visit to access the prepaid account electronically. Proposed § 1005.18(b)(7) would have also stated that a disclosure made on an accompanying document, such as a terms and conditions document, on packaging material surrounding an access device, or on a sticker or other label affixed to an access device would not constitute a disclosure on the access device. Proposed comment 18(b)(7)-1 would have clarified that a consumer might use this information disclosed on the access device to contact a financial institution with a question about a prepaid account's terms and conditions, or to report when an unauthorized transaction has occurred involving a prepaid account.
The Bureau received no comments regarding these proposed requirements for disclosures on prepaid account devices. The Bureau is thus finalizing proposed § 1005.18(b)(7), renumbered as § 1005.18(f)(3), substantially as proposed, with modifications as to the location of this disclosure at an electronic entry point to the account. The Bureau has also removed from the regulatory text the explanation regarding disclosures made on an accompanying document and included it in final comment 18(f)-3, as discussed below. The Bureau is finalizing this provision pursuant to its authority under EFTA sections 904(a) and (c), and 905(a), and section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act, because it will assist consumers in better understanding the terms and conditions of their prepaid accounts, even after they have acquired the account.
The Bureau is also finalizing proposed comment 18(b)(7)-1, renumbered as comment 18(f)-3, with modifications to clarify the examples for why a consumer might use the information disclosed on an access device to contact the financial institution. Specifically, this comment now clarifies that the financial institution must provide this information to allow consumers to, for example, contact the financial institution to learn about the terms and conditions of the prepaid account, obtain prepaid account balance information, request a copy of transaction history pursuant to final § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii) if the financial institution does not provide periodic statements pursuant to § 1005.9(b), or notify the financial institution when the consumer believes that an unauthorized EFT occurred as required by § 1005.7(b)(2) and final § 1005.18(d)(1)(ii). Final comment 18(f)-3 also clarifies that a disclosure made on an accompanying document, such as a terms and conditions document, on packaging material surrounding an access device, or on a sticker or other label affixed to an access device does not constitute a disclosure on the access device. The Bureau believes it is important for a consumer to be able to access fee information, as well as check an account's balance, and have a means for reporting unauthorized transactions, even after a consumer has acquired a prepaid account. Disclosing telephone numbers on an access device will allow consumers to access this information, even if they are not in the location where they retained the disclosures or are unable to access disclosures via the internet.
The proposal would have added proposed § 1005.18(g)(1) to set forth timing rules related to when a credit card plan under Regulation Z could be linked to a prepaid account. The proposal also would have added proposed § 1005.18(g)(2) to set forth rules related to the terms applicable to a prepaid account when a credit card plan could be is linked to a prepaid account. For the reasons discussed below, the Bureau has not adopted proposed § 1005.18(g)(1). The Bureau is finalizing proposed § 1005.18(g)(2) as § 1005.18(g) with revisions, as discussed below. For organizational purposes, proposed § 1005.18(g)(2) is discussed first, followed by a discussion of proposed § 1005.18(g)(1).
Proposed § 1005.18(g)(2) would have set forth rules related to the terms applicable to a prepaid account when a credit card plan could be linked to a prepaid account. Specifically, proposed § 1005.18(g)(2) would have provided that where a credit card plan subject to Regulation Z may be offered at any point to the consumer with respect to a prepaid account that is accessed by an access device for the prepaid account where the access device is a credit card under Regulation Z, a financial institution that establishes or holds such a prepaid account may not apply different terms and conditions to a consumer's account that do not relate to an extension of credit, carrying a credit balance, or credit availability, depending on whether the consumer elects to link such a credit card plan to the prepaid account.
The proposal would have added proposed comment 18(g)-1 to cross-reference provisions in Regulation Z that would have provided guidance on when a program would have constituted a credit plan under the proposal (
Proposed comment 18(g)-2.i would have provided guidance on the applicability of the restriction in proposed § 1005.18(g)(2). Specifically, proposed comment 18(g)-2.i would have explained that a financial institution may offer different terms on different prepaid account products, where the terms may differ between a prepaid account product where a credit card plan subject to Regulation Z cannot be linked to the prepaid account, and a prepaid account product where a credit card plan subject to Regulation Z can be linked to the prepaid account. Nonetheless, on the prepaid account product where a credit card plan subject to Regulation Z may be offered at any point to the consumer that is accessed by an access device for the prepaid account that is a credit card under Regulation Z, a financial institution that establishes or holds such a prepaid
Proposed comment 18(g)-2.ii would have provided examples of account terms and conditions that would be subject to the restrictions in proposed § 1005.18(g)(2). The proposed examples in comment 18(g)-2.ii would have included fees assessed on the prepaid account that do not relate to an extension of credit, carrying a credit balance, or credit availability, including any transaction fees for transactions that are completely funded by the prepaid account and any one-time or periodic fees imposed for opening or holding a prepaid account. The proposed comment also would have cross-referenced proposed Regulation Z § 1026.4(b)(2) and proposed Regulation Z comment 4(b)(2)-1.iii and iv, which would have provided additional guidance on fees that would have related to an extension of credit, carrying a credit balance, or credit availability.
Proposed comment 18(g)-2.iii also would have provided examples of account terms and conditions that are not subject to the restrictions in proposed § 1005.18(g)(2) because these terms and conditions would have related to an extension of credit, carrying a credit balance, or credit availability. The proposed examples would have included (1) fees or charges assessed on the prepaid account applicable to transactions that access the credit card plan subject to Regulation Z, including transaction fees for transactions that either access just the credit card plan, or access both the prepaid account and the credit card plan; and (2) any one-time or periodic fees imposed for the issuance or availability of the credit card plan subject to Regulation Z. Proposed comment 18(g)-2.iv would have provided examples that illustrate the prohibition in proposed § 1005.18(g)(2).
The Bureau did not receive any industry comments on this specific aspect of the proposal. One consumer group commenter expressed concern that under proposed comment 18(g)-2.i, a financial institution may offer different terms on two separate card programs, one that has the potential for a credit feature accessed by prepaid card that is a credit card and one that does not. This commenter expressed concern that a financial institution could steer consumers who want to activate such a credit feature to an entirely different prepaid account that has additional fees or other features, including one that is not even offered to the general public, but is only offered to consumers who have asked about or likely to opt in to such a credit feature.
This commenter also noted the partial list of terms and conditions set forth in proposed comment 18(g)-2 where a financial institution under the proposal would not have been able to vary these terms and conditions between consumers who do and do not link a credit feature to the prepaid account that would make the prepaid card into a credit card. The commenter urged the Bureau to add load or transfer fees to this list of fees. The commenter believed that a financial institution should not be permitted to charge a higher or lower fee on the prepaid account for loading funds if the consumer links the credit feature to his or her prepaid account.
The Bureau is finalizing proposed § 1005.18(g)(2), renumbered as § 1005.18(g), with revisions for consistency with final Regulation Z §§ 1026.4 and 1026.61.
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(2) below, a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card includes an overdraft credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner that can be accessed by a prepaid card (except as provided in new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(4)). The prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new Regulation Z § 1026.61 and a credit card under final Regulation Z § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
The Bureau is adopting new § 1005.18(g) pursuant to its authority under EFTA sections 904(a) and (c). In implementing its overdraft opt-in rule under § 1005.17, the Board required that “[a] financial institution shall provide to consumers who do not affirmatively consent to the institution's overdraft service for ATM and one-time debit card
The Bureau believes that a similar requirement should be extended here for similar reasons. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of Regulation Z § 1026.12(a)(1) below, a covered separate credit feature may be added to a previously issued prepaid card only upon the consumer's application or specific request and only in compliance with new Regulation Z § 1026.61(c). New Regulation Z § 1026.61(c) requires that with respect to a covered separate credit feature that could be accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card at any point, a card issuer must not do any of the following until 30 days after the prepaid account has been registered: (1) Open a covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card; (2) make a solicitation or provide an application to open a covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card; or (3) allow an existing credit feature that was opened prior to the consumer obtaining the prepaid account to become a covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card.
The Bureau believes some institutions could otherwise effectively compel the consumer to apply for or request a covered separate credit feature as described above by providing consumers who do not make such an application or request with less favorable terms, conditions, or features than consumers who do make such applications or requests. For example, an institution could waive the monthly fee for holding a prepaid account for consumers who apply for or request that a covered separate credit feature be connected to the prepaid account, but not waive the monthly fee for consumers who do not make such an application or request.
The Bureau is revising the commentary to § 1026.18(g) from the proposal to be consistent with new Regulation Z §§ 1026.4(b)(11)(ii) and 1026.61. New comment 18(g)-1 provides that new Regulation Z § 1026.61 defines the term covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. The Bureau also is adding new comment 18(g)-2.i to provide that new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(5)(ii) defines the term “asset feature.” Under new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(5)(ii), the term “asset feature” means an asset account that is a prepaid account, or an asset subaccount of a prepaid account. New comment 18(g)-2.ii provides that new § 1005.18(g) applies to account terms, conditions, and features that apply to the asset feature of the prepaid account. New § 1005.18(g) does not apply to the account terms, conditions, or features that apply to the covered separate credit feature, regardless of whether it is structured as a separate credit account or as a credit subaccount of the prepaid account that is separate from the asset feature of the prepaid account.
The final rule moves proposed comment 18(g)-2.i to comment 18(g)-3 and revises it to be consistent with new Regulation Z § 1026.61. New comment 18(g)-3 provides that under new § 1005.18(g), a financial institution may offer different terms on different prepaid account programs. For example, the terms may differ between a prepaid account program where a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card is not offered in connection with any prepaid accounts within the prepaid account program, and a prepaid account program where a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card may be offered to some consumers in connection with their prepaid accounts. The Bureau notes concerns expressed by the consumer group commenter that financial institutions could steer consumers who want to activate a credit feature accessible by a prepaid card that is a credit card to an entirely different prepaid account that has additional fees or other features, including one that is not even offered to the general public, but is only offered to consumers who have asked about or likely to opt in to such a credit feature. Nonetheless, at this time, the Bureau retains the flexibility for financial institutions to impose different fees on different prepaid account programs. The Bureau will monitor whether financial institutions are structuring prepaid account programs in an attempt to evade the provisions in new § 1005.18(g).
The final rule moves proposed comment 18(g)-2.ii to new comment 18(g)-4 and revises it to be consistent with new Regulation Z § 1026.61. New comment 18(g)-4 provides that account terms, conditions, and features subject to new § 1005.18(g) include, but are not limited to (1) interest paid on funds deposited into the asset feature of the prepaid account, if any; (2) fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account;
The final rule moves proposed comment 18(g)-2.iii through iv to new comment 18(g)-5 and revises it to be consistent with final Regulation Z §§ 1026.4 and 1026.61. New comment 18(g)-5.i provides that with respect to a prepaid account program where consumers may be offered a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined by new Regulation Z § 1026.61, new § 1005.18(g) only permits a financial institution to charge the same or higher fees on the asset feature of a prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature than the amount of a comparable fee it charges on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that do not have a such a credit feature. This comment explains that new § 1005.18(g) prohibits a financial institution from imposing a lower fee or charge on prepaid accounts with a covered separate credit feature than the amount of a comparable fee or charge it charges on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program without such a credit feature. This comment also states that with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature of a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new Regulation Z § 1026.61, a fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account generally is a finance charge under final Regulation Z § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii) to the extent that the amount of the fee or
As discussed in more detail below, new comment 18(g)-5.ii through iv also provides illustrations of how new § 1005.18(g) applies to fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new Regulation Z § 1026.61.
New comment 18(g)-5.ii provides three examples that illustrate how new § 1005.18(g) applies to per transaction fees for each transaction to access funds available in the asset feature of the prepaid account. For example, assume that a consumer has selected a prepaid account program where a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card may be offered. For prepaid accounts without such a credit feature, the financial institution charges $0.50 for each transaction conducted that accesses funds available in the prepaid account. For prepaid accounts with a credit feature, the financial institution also charges $0.50 on the asset feature for each transaction conducted that accesses funds available in the asset feature of the prepaid account. New comment 18(g)-5.ii.A provides that for purposes of new § 1005.18(g), the financial institution is imposing the same fee for each transaction that accesses funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account, regardless of whether the prepaid account has a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. New comment 18(g)-5.ii.A also states that with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature of a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as those terms are defined in new Regulation Z § 1026.61, the $0.50 per transaction fee imposed on the asset feature for each transaction that accesses funds available in the asset feature of the prepaid account is not a finance charge under new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii). This comment cross-references new Regulation Z § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii) and comment 4(b)(11)(ii)-1 for a discussion of the definition of finance charge with respect to fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature of a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new Regulation Z § 1026.61.
As set forth in new comment 18(g)-5.ii.B, if in the above example with respect to prepaid accounts with a covered separate credit feature, the financial institution imposes a $1.25 fee for each transaction conducted that accesses funds available in the asset feature of the prepaid account for prepaid accounts with a covered separate credit feature, the financial institution is permitted to charge a higher fee under new § 1005.18(g)(2) on prepaid accounts with a covered separate credit feature than it charges on prepaid accounts without such a credit feature. The $0.75 excess in this example is a finance charge under new Regulation Z § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii).
Nonetheless, as discussed in new comment 18(g)-5.ii.C, if in the above example for prepaid accounts with a covered separate credit feature, the financial institution imposes a $0.25 fee for each transaction conducted that accesses funds available in the asset feature of the prepaid account, the financial institution is in violation of new § 1005.18(g) because it is imposing a lower fee on the asset feature of a prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature than it imposes on prepaid accounts in the same program without such a credit feature.
New comment 18(g)-5.iii and iv provides additional guidance on the type of fees that are considered comparable fees to fees imposed on prepaid accounts for credit extensions from covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards. This guidance is consistent with the guidance provided in Regulation Z comment 4(b)(11)(ii)-1.ii and iii with respect to the definition of finance charge in new Regulation Z § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii).
In developing these rules, as set forth in new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(2)(i)(B) and comment 61(a)(2)-4.ii, the Bureau was conscious that there were two potentially distinct types of credit extensions that could occur on a covered separate credit feature. The first type of credit extension is where the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses credit in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. The second type of credit extension is where a consumer makes a standalone draw or transfer of credit from the covered separate credit feature, outside the course of any transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. For example, a consumer may use the prepaid card at the prepaid account issuer's Web site to load funds from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. Because the two scenarios involve different sets of activities, the range of fees that are likely to be triggered is also likely to be different. New comment 18(g)-5.iii and iv therefore provides separate guidance on the comparable fees under new § 1005.18(g) with respect to each of the two types of credit extensions.
To illustrate these principles, comment 18(g)-5.iii sets forth a set of several examples explaining how new § 1005.18(g) applies in situations in which credit is accessed from a covered separate credit feature in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers.
New comment 18(g)-5.iii.A provides the following example: Assume that a prepaid account issuer charges $0.50 on prepaid accounts for each transaction that accesses funds in the asset feature of the prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature. Also,
As described in new comment 18(g)-5.iii.B, if the prepaid account issuer in the above example instead charged $1.25 on the asset feature of a prepaid account for each transaction where the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses credit from the covered separate credit feature in the course of the transaction, the financial institution is permitted to charge the higher fee under new § 1005.18(g) for transactions that access the covered separate credit feature in the course of the transaction than the amount of the comparable fee it charges for each transaction that accesses funds available in the asset feature of the prepaid accounts without such a credit feature. The $0.75 excess is a finance charge under new Regulation Z § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii).
Nonetheless, as discussed in new comment 18(g)-5.iii.C, if in the above example, the financial institution imposes $0.25 on the asset feature of the prepaid account for each transaction conducted where the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses credit from the covered separate credit feature in the course of the transaction, the financial institution is in violation of new § 1005.18(g) because it is imposing a lower fee on the asset feature of a prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature than the amount of the comparable fee it imposes on prepaid accounts in the same program without such a credit feature.
Comment 18(g)-5.iii.D provides another example. Assume a prepaid account issuer charges $0.50 on prepaid accounts for each transaction that accesses funds in the asset feature of the prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature. Assume also that the prepaid account issuer charges both a $0.50 per transaction fee and a $1.25 transfer fee on the asset feature of prepaid accounts in the same prepaid program where the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses credit from a covered separate credit feature in the course of a transaction. In this case, both fees charged on a per-transaction basis for the credit transaction (
Comment 18(g)-5.iii.E provides the last in this set of examples. Assume a prepaid account issuer charges $0.50 on prepaid accounts for each transaction that accesses funds in the asset feature of the prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature, and charges a load fee of $1.25 whenever funds are transferred or loaded from a separate asset account, such as from a deposit account via a debit card, in the course of a transaction on prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature. Assume also that the prepaid account issuer charges both a $0.50 per transaction fee and a $1.25 transfer fee on the asset feature of prepaid accounts in the same prepaid program where the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses credit from a covered separate credit feature in the course of a transaction. In this case, both fees charged on a per-transaction basis for the credit transaction (
For the reasons set forth in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of Regulation Z § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii) below, the Bureau believes that the above standard for determining comparable fees with respect to fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of prepaid accounts accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards will help prevent evasion of the rules set forth in the final rule with respect to hybrid prepaid-credit cards. The Bureau believes that many prepaid cardholders who wish to use covered separate credit features may not have other deposit accounts or savings accounts from which they can transfer funds to prevent an overdraft on the prepaid account in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers to prevent an overdraft on the prepaid account. As a result, the Bureau does not believe that a per transaction fee for credit drawn or transferred from a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card during the course of a transaction should be allowed to be compared with a per transaction fee for a service that many prepaid cardholders who wish to use covered separate credit features may not be able to use. For this reason, the Bureau believes that it is appropriate to limit the comparable fee in this case to per transaction fees imposed on prepaid accounts for transactions that access funds in the prepaid account in the same prepaid account program that does not have a covered separate credit feature. All prepaid accountholders can use prepaid accounts to make transactions that access available funds in the prepaid account, so these types of transactions will be available to all prepaid accountholders.
Comment 18(g)-5.iv provides that load or transfer fees imposed for draws or transfers of credit from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction are compared only with fees, if any, to load funds as a direct deposit of salary from an employer or a direct deposit of government benefits that are charged on prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature. Fees imposed on prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature for a one-time load or transfer of funds from a separate asset account or from a non-covered separate credit feature are not comparable for purposes of new § 1005.18(g).
Comment 18(g)-5.iv provides examples to illustrate this guidance. The first example set forth in comment 18(g)-5.iv.A relates to loads to transfer funds from a non-covered separate credit feature. Specifically, assume a prepaid account issuer charges a $1.25 load fee to transfer funds from a non-covered separate credit feature, such as a non-covered separate credit card account, into prepaid accounts that do not have a covered separate credit feature and does not charge a fee for a direct deposit of salary from an employer or a direct deposit of government benefits on those prepaid accounts. Assume the prepaid account issuer charges $1.25 on the asset feature of a prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature to load funds from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction. In this case, the load or transfer fees imposed for draws or transfers of credit from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction (
As set forth in comment 18(g)-5.iv.B, a second example relates to a one-time transfer of funds from a separate asset account. In this second example, assume that a prepaid account issuer charges a $1.25 load fee for a one-time transfer of funds from a separate asset account, such as from a deposit account via a debit card, to a prepaid account without a covered separate credit feature and does not charge a fee for a direct deposit of salary from an employer or a direct deposit of government benefits on those prepaid accounts. Assume the prepaid account issuer charges $1.25 on the asset feature of a prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature to load funds from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction. In this case, the load or transfer fees imposed for draws or transfers of credit from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction (
For the reasons set forth in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of Regulation Z § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii) below, the Bureau believes that many prepaid accountholders who wish to use covered separate credit features may not have other asset accounts, such as checking accounts or savings accounts, or other credit accounts, from which they can draw or transfer asset funds or credit for deposit into the prepaid account outside the course of a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. As a result, the Bureau does not believe that load or transfer fees for credit from a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card outside the course of a transaction should be allowed to be compared with a load or transfer fees from an asset account, or non-covered separate credit feature, outside the course of a transaction. For this reason, the Bureau believes that it is appropriate to limit the comparable fee in this case to fees, if any, to load funds as a direct deposit of salary from an employer or a direct deposit of government benefits that are charged on prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature. The Bureau believes that such direct deposit methods commonly are offered on most types of prepaid accounts and that most prepaid accountholders who wish to use covered separate credit feature are able to avail themselves of these methods.
The proposal would have added proposed § 1005.18(g)(1) that generally would have restricted financial institutions that establish or hold prepaid accounts from linking a credit card plan under Regulation Z to a prepaid account, or allowing the prepaid account to be linked to such a credit card plan, until 30 days after the prepaid account has been registered. Specifically, proposed § 1005.18(g)(1)(i) would have restricted financial institutions that establish or hold prepaid accounts from providing solicitations or applications to holders of prepaid accounts to open credit card accounts subject to Regulation Z, prior to 30 days after the prepaid accounts have been registered. For purposes of proposed § 1005.18(g)(1), the term
Proposed § 1005.18(g)(1)(ii) would have restricted financial institutions that establish or hold prepaid accounts of consumers from allowing prepaid access devices to access credit card plans subject to Regulation Z that would make the prepaid access devices into credit cards at any time prior to 30 days
Proposed § 1005.18(g)(1) would have complemented a similar proposed provision in Regulation Z, proposed § 1026.12(h) (renumbered as new § 1026.61(c) in the final rule), which would have required credit card issuers to wait at least 30 days after the prepaid account has been registered before the card issuer may provide a solicitation or an application to the holder of the prepaid account to open a credit or charge card account that will be accessed by the prepaid card that is a credit card under Regulation Z, or by an account number that is a credit card under Regulation Z where extensions of credit are permitted to be deposited directly only into particular prepaid accounts specified by the creditor.
In the proposal, the Bureau noted that proposed § 1005.18(g)(1) and proposed Regulation Z § 1026.12(h) would have overlapped in cases where the credit card plan is accessed by a prepaid card or the credit card plan is being offered by a financial institution that holds the prepaid account and is accessed by an account number where extensions of credit are permitted to be deposited directly only into particular prepaid accounts specified by the creditor. In those cases, the financial institution would have been a “card issuer” under existing Regulation Z § 1026.2(a)(7)
The Bureau has not finalized proposed § 1005.18(g)(1) because the Bureau believes the amendment is unnecessary in light of other revisions in the final rule, as discussed below. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of Regulation Z § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) below, the Regulation Z proposal provided that the term “credit card” would have included an account number that is not a prepaid card that may be used from time to time to access a credit plan that allows deposits directly into particular prepaid accounts specified by the creditor. For the reasons set forth in the section-by-section analysis of Regulation Z § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) below, the Bureau has decided not to adopt the provisions related to the account numbers that would have made these account numbers into credit cards under Regulation Z. Thus, the Bureau believes that the provisions in proposed § 1005.18(g)(1) are not needed to address covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards because those credit features are addressed in new Regulation Z § 1026.61(c).
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(2) below, a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card includes an overdraft credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner that can be accessed by a prepaid card (except as provided in new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(4)). The prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new Regulation Z § 1026.61 and a credit card under final Regulation Z § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
New Regulation Z § 1026.61(c) provides that with respect to a covered separate credit feature that could be accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card at any point, a card issuer must not do any of the following until 30 days after the prepaid account has been registered: (1) Open a covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card; (2) make a solicitation or provide an application to open a covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card; or (3) allow an existing credit feature that was opened prior to the consumer obtaining the prepaid account to become a covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card.
With respect to a hybrid prepaid-credit card, the financial institution would be a “card issuer” under final Regulation Z § 1026.2(a)(7).
The Bureau proposed, in general, a nine-month effective date for its rulemaking on prepaid accounts. Specifically, proposed § 1005.18(h)(1) would have stated that, except as provided in proposed § 1005.18(h)(2), the requirements of EFTA and Regulation E, as modified by proposed § 1005.18, would have applied to prepaid accounts nine months following the publication of the Bureau's final rule
However, this first proposed effective date would not have required immediate destruction or removal of previously printed materials because it would have only required packages, cards, and other materials printed on or after the nine month date to comply with the rule's disclosure requirements in proposed § 1005.18(b) and (f)(2). Instead, the Bureau proposed a delayed effective date for certain additional packaging-related changes, which would have been 12 months following the publication of the final rule in the
For prepaid account packaging, access devices, and other printed materials created prior to this first effective date, the Bureau believed that nothing it proposed would trigger requirements under existing Regulation E to provide a change-in-terms notice insofar as the proposal would not have required increased fees, liability, or fewer types of available EFTs for consumers.
The Bureau also noted that, independent of the proposed rule, financial institutions that wish to make substantive changes to prepaid account fees or terms are often required by other laws to remove from retail stores and other distribution channels prepaid account packaging, access devices, and other printed materials that their changes render inaccurate, and to provide notice of those changes to consumers with existing prepaid accounts. Such laws may include operative state consumer protection and contract laws.
The Bureau received many comments from industry, including trade associations, issuing banks, credit unions, program managers, payment networks, a payment processor, and a law firm writing on behalf of a coalition of prepaid issuers, arguing that the proposed nine- and 12-month compliance periods would be insufficient to implement the changes that would be required under the proposal.
These commenters argued that, due to the perceived complexity of the proposal, industry would need more time to review the requirements of the final rule and implement extensive system and operational changes, which would include, among other things, revising internal procedures and training staff. Commenters recommended a range of time periods, starting at 12 months but generally converging around 18 to 24 months. One trade association, however, said that it found the proposed nine- and 12-month effective dates reasonable. Commenters stated that the rule will affect the entire prepaid industry at the same time and will require coordination and planning among all industry participants, including third-party vendors. They explained that high demand for packaging manufacturers would strain resources and suppliers and cause significant delays in the production process. Industry commenters also expressed concern about the costs and waste associated with pulling and replacing packaging with non-compliant disclosures. These commenters stated that a longer compliance period would ensure that industry has time to comprehensively implement the required changes, with minimal business disruption, and avoid the destruction of millions of card packages. These commenters also urged the Bureau to consider holiday season system freezes and peak time demands when setting an effective date for the final rule, as well as impacts related to the roll-out of EMV-enabled cards and POS terminals. These commenters explained that, as an industry practice, various entities involved in the prepaid value chain observe a “freeze period” during which no major system updates should take place, often due to increased volumes during certain times of the year. The exact periods may differ for financial institutions, program managers, data processors, and retail stores, but combined generally span October through April.
Several commenters explained that industry would need more time than the Bureau proposed to implement necessary system and operational changes, in order to comply with specific aspects of the proposal. For example, with respect to disclosures, several commenters stated that the proposed requirements would, among other things, require industry to design new disclosures that would appear on packaging materials, which would need to be newly produced, and on Web sites and mobile applications, which would need to be redesigned and reprogrammed. These commenters explained that providing disclosures prior to the acquisition of government benefit accounts, payroll card accounts, and campus cards would require revisions to current procedures, training of third parties and employees, enhanced monitoring of third-party practices, and the removal and replacement of preprinted card stock. To help mitigate the costs that would be associated with destroying unused packaging material, several credit unions and credit union trade associations urged the Bureau to consider a compliance period driven by the expiration date on the card stock. These commenters explained that some credit unions purchase card stock four years in advance of the last expiration date, as cards are sold with a three-year expiration date range. One industry trade association suggested that the Bureau grant a safe harbor for any prepaid account packaging manufactured in the ordinary course of business within 90 days of publication of the final rule in the
Regarding the proposed access to account information requirements, several commenters stated that displaying the proposed summary totals of fees, deposits, and debits for the prior calendar month and the calendar year to date in proposed § 1005.18(c)(4) would require financial institutions to map the fee information for each cardholder, redesign online transaction history pages, and change the formatting for paper statements. With respect to the proposed requirement to provide 18 months of account transaction history under the periodic statement alternative in proposed § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii) and (iii), several industry commenters stated that making the changes necessary to provide 18 months of account history nine months after publication of the final rule would be problematic and time-consuming. These commenters explained that financial institutions may not currently have 18 months of account transaction history for prepaid accounts and, if they do, older information is likely archived and not easily accessible. These commenters also explained that financial institutions would need to redesign systems to be capable of supporting 18 months of account transaction history and would need to train staff on the new systems and capabilities.
Several commenters stated that submitting prepaid account agreements to the Bureau and posting agreements on the issuer's Web site pursuant to proposed § 1005.19(b) and (c), respectively, would require financial institutions to create a process for updating agreements on a quarterly basis, develop a periodic monitoring process to ensure accuracy of these agreements, create a location on their Web sites for the posting of agreements, and develop a process for maintaining inventory of these agreements.
Regarding the proposed changes to the treatment of overdraft services and certain other credit plans for prepaid accounts, several industry commenters explained that, to avoid coverage under the rule as proposed for inadvertent overdrafts such as those resulting from force pay transactions, financial institutions would either need to block authorization requests where the final transaction amount is not known in advance (such as gasoline purchases at automated fuel dispensers) and require cardholders to pay in advance for every transaction that could potentially result in an inadvertent overdraft, or add transaction audit steps for merchant-initiated transactions to ensure that merchants have a current, accurate authorization before any prepaid card transaction is processed. One program manager that currently offers overdraft services on some of its prepaid accounts requested a compliance period of at least 24 months to develop and test new systems for delivering the required disclosures (
Several commenters suggested modifications to the proposed effective dates that they believed would reduce the potential compliance burden on industry. A few industry commenters suggested a longer compliance period for products sold at retail and for portions of the rule that require system changes. One payment network and a law firm writing on behalf of a coalition of prepaid issuers urged the Bureau to allow consumers to continue using their existing prepaid cards until the card expires, which the payment network believed would allow financial institutions to avoid destroying millions of cards consistent with the spirit of what is commonly referred to as the “ECO Card Act.”
The Bureau received few comments from consumer groups regarding this portion of the proposal. One consumer group suggested that the Bureau could allow financial institutions to implement the access to account information requirements set forth in § 1005.18(c) on a rolling basis. This commenter explained that under such scenario, a financial institution would not be required to provide account information from prior to the final rule's effective date, but instead could begin accumulating it on the effective date until the financial institution has the information needed for the full time periods required by the rule.
Upon consideration of the comments received, the Bureau believes it is appropriate to provide a longer implementation period in light of some of the logistical issues raised by industry. The Bureau believes it is important to ensure that industry has sufficient time to implement the changes required by this final rule, but it is also important not to delay the important consumer protections the rule sets forth any longer than necessary. The Bureau has thus extended the general effective date of this final rule from the proposed nine months
Specifically, the Bureau's final rule on prepaid accounts, as set forth herein, will generally become effective on October 1, 2017, with a few exceptions as discussed below. Under this final rule (unlike the proposal), financial institutions are not required to pull and replace prepaid account access devices and packaging materials with non-compliant disclosures that were produced in the normal course of business prior to October 1, 2017. The final rule also includes specific provisions addressing how financial institutions should provide notices of changes and updated initial disclosures in certain circumstances. Further, this final rule includes an accommodation for financial institutions that do not have readily available the data necessary to comply fully with the periodic statement alternative requirements in final § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii) and (iii) or the summary totals of fees requirement in final § 1005.18(c)(5) as of October 1, 2017. In addition, the requirement to submit prepaid account agreements to the Bureau pursuant to final § 1005.19(b) is delayed until October 1, 2018.
The Bureau has included several provisions in regulatory text and commentary to make clearer these specific modifications to the rule's general October 1, 2017 effective date. Specifically, final § 1005.18(h) establishes a general effective date as well as special transition rules for certain disclosure provisions. The delayed effective date for submission of prepaid account agreements to the Bureau is addressed in § 1005.19(f).
The Bureau notes that nothing in this final rule changes the existing requirements for payroll card accounts or government benefit accounts prior to October 1, 2017. Financial institutions offering payroll card accounts or government benefit accounts must comply with all existing requirements applicable to those accounts under EFTA and Regulation E until October 1, 2017. Beginning October 1, 2017, financial institutions must comply with modified requirements in subpart A of Regulation E for such accounts as set forth in this final rule.
Final § 1005.18(h)(1) provides that except as provided in § 1005.18(h)(2) and (3), the requirements of the final rule apply to prepaid accounts beginning October 1, 2017. Final § 1005.18(h)(2)(i) establishes an exception for non-compliant disclosures on existing prepaid account access devices and packaging materials to eliminate the proposed pull and replace requirement. In return, final § 1005.18(h)(2)(ii) requires that financial institutions provide notices of certain changes and updated initial disclosures to consumers who acquire prepaid accounts on or after October 1, 2017 via non-compliant packaging materials printed prior to the effective date. Final § 1005.18(h)(2)(iii) clarifies the requirements for providing notice of changes to consumers who acquired prepaid accounts before October 1, 2017. Final § 1005.18(h)(2)(iv) facilitates the delivery of the notices of changes and updated initial disclosures for prepaid accounts governed by § 1005.18(h)(2)(ii) or (iii). Finally, § 1005.18(h)(3) sets forth the accommodation for financial institutions that do not have readily accessible the data necessary to comply fully with the periodic statement alternative or summary totals of fees requirements. These provisions are each discussed in detail below.
The Bureau believes 12 months is an appropriate compliance period for this final rule in general, particularly given the modifications and accommodations discussed below, and should provide financial institutions sufficient time to review the requirements of the final rule, implement the necessary system and operational changes, and for coordination and planning among all industry participants. The Bureau has specified an October 1, 2017 effective date for the final rule in general, rather than making it contingent on publication of the final rule in the
The Bureau seeks to ensure that consumers receive the benefit of the protections in this final rule as soon as possible and therefore declines to provide financial institutions additional time beyond the 12-month compliance period, except as discussed herein, to comply with specific portions of the rule, as suggested by commenters. With respect to an industry commenter's request to continue overdraft services for six months after the effective date without being subject to the final rule in order to inform consumers of changes to those services, the Bureau believes the overall change to a 12-month effective date should provide sufficient time to provide such notice to consumers. The Bureau does not believe any further modifications or extensions to the effective date are necessary or appropriate. Regarding commenters' concern about the time needed to handle inadvertent overdrafts such as those resulting from force pay transactions, the Bureau has generally excluded such transactions from coverage under Regulation Z.
Regarding commenters' request to grandfather in or provide a timeframe to amend or rebid existing vendor contracts, the Bureau does not believe this is necessary and thus declines to do so; however, the Bureau believes the
The Bureau believes a 12-month compliance period is sufficient for financial institutions to make system and operational changes to comply with this final rule, especially given the modifications and accommodations discussed herein. Regarding commenters' concern about the time needed to design new disclosures, the Bureau is providing native design files (for print disclosures) and source code (for web-based disclosures) for all of the model and sample disclosures forms included in the final rule to aid in their development.
Regarding commenters' concern about the time needed to implement changes to comply with the periodic statement alternative in § 1005.18(c)(1) and the summary totals of fees requirement in § 1005.18(c)(5), the Bureau believes the modifications made to those provisions should aid industry in coming into compliance with those requirements. Specifically, the Bureau has modified § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii) to require at least 12 months of electronic account transaction history, which commenters stated many financial institutions already make available, and therefore any changes needed to comply with that portion of the rule should be minimal. Likewise, providing at least 24 months of written account transaction history pursuant to final § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii) should have minimal impact on existing business processes because many financial institutions currently archive several years of account information.
The Bureau has also made several revisions to address commenters' concerns regarding the time needed to comply with the requirements to submit prepaid account agreements to the Bureau pursuant to final § 1005.19(b) and to post agreements on the issuer's Web site pursuant to final § 1005.19(c). With respect to the submission requirement, the final rule sets forth a delayed effective date in final § 1005.19(f)(2), which will provide issuers the time needed to develop and implement their own internal processes and procedures for submitting agreements to the Bureau. Regarding the posting requirement, the Bureau believes the modification in final § 1005.19(c) to require issuers to post on their Web sites only agreements that are offered to the general public will reduce the number of agreements at least some issuers must post and therefore should decrease the amount of time needed to comply with this requirement relative to the proposal. In addition, the Bureau believes many issuers already post these agreements to their Web sites. See the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.19 for additional information about the prepaid account agreement submission and posting requirements and the related effective dates.
The Bureau is not adopting the proposed requirement that financial institutions and their third-party distribution agents remove from retail store shelves and other distribution channels any prepaid accounts with disclosures not fully in compliance with the final rule as of the effective date. Thus, financial institutions are not required to pull and replace prepaid account access devices and packaging materials that do not contain new disclosures required by this final rule (such as the short form disclosure) or that contain disclosures that are no longer accurate as a result of this final rule (such as a disclosure stating that at least 60 days of electronic and written account transaction history are available under the periodic statement alternative, rather than 12 and 24 months of history, respectively, as required by this final rule). Likewise, financial institutions are not required to retrieve from consumers prepaid account access devices, such as prepaid cards, that were distributed prior to the effective date. The Bureau believes this modification will help to reduce the demand on packaging manufacturers, which commenters stated would have strained resources and caused delays in the production process, and will also mitigate the waste that would have been associated with pulling and replacing packaging with non-compliant disclosures. Financial institutions are not required to provide the pre-acquisition disclosures pursuant to final § 1005.18(b) prior to October 1, 2017.
The Bureau is adopting new comment 18(h)-1 to explain that the October 1, 2017 effective date applies to disclosures made available or provided to consumers electronically, orally by telephone, or in a form other than on pre-printed materials, such as disclosures printed on paper by a financial institution upon a consumer's request. In addition, the Bureau is adopting new comment 18(h)-2 to provide examples of disclosures that would fall under the exception set forth in § 1005.18(h)(2)(i) and to make clear that disclosures and access devices that
Because of changes made in the final rule relative to the proposal, the Bureau believes that it is even less likely that financial institutions will make broad changes to their prepaid programs as a result of the final rule taking effect of the kind that would trigger requirements to provide a change-in-terms notice to existing customers under § 1005.8(a) or § 1005.18(f)(2). Those rules require that existing customers be provided with an advance notice in writing only for changes that would result for the consumer in increased fees, increased liability, fewer types of available EFTs, or stricter limitations on the frequency or dollar amount of transfers. For instance, because the final rule requires that Regulation E limited liability and error resolution requirements apply to all accounts, even if they are not registered or verified, the Bureau no longer anticipates that financial institutions would be making changes to their account agreements that would increase liability for consumers. However, based on comments the Bureau received from industry, the Bureau is aware that some financial institutions anticipate discontinuing an available EFT service as it is currently offered as a result of the final rule taking effect, in that the new requirements imposed on overdraft credit features offered in conjunction with prepaid accounts would require certain program restructuring in ways that may affect availability in certain circumstances or for certain consumers.
In light of these circumstances, the Bureau believes it is appropriate to impose a requirement (in § 1005.18(h)(2)(ii)(A)) on financial institutions that is parallel to the spirit of Regulation E change-in-terms requirements to notify consumers who acquire a prepaid account after the effective date of the final rule via non-compliant packaging if such changes to the prepaid account's terms and conditions are being made as a result of the rule taking effect. Accordingly, § 1005.18(h)(2)(ii) requires such notice to be provided, via the method specified in § 1005.18(h)(2)(iv), within 30 days of obtaining the consumer's contact information.
While the Bureau believes that changes to existing programs' terms and conditions as a result of this final rule taking effect that would trigger change-in-terms requirements under Regulation E for existing customers will be rare, the Bureau expects that financial institutions will make other types of changes to their initial disclosures pursuant to §§ 1005.7 and 1005.18(f)(1) in response to this final rule. Accordingly, in light of the decision not to require that outdated packaging be pulled and replaced, the Bureau believes it is appropriate to require (in § 1005.18(h)(2)(ii)(B)) that consumers who acquire a prepaid account with packaging that was printed prior to the effective date receive updated initial disclosures that accurately describe the account's terms, conditions, and related information as required under the final rule.
The Bureau is adopting § 1005.18(h)(2)(ii) pursuant to its authority under EFTA sections 904(a) and (c) and 905(a), and section 1032 of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Bureau believes that the notices required pursuant to new § 1005.18(h)(2)(ii) will, consistent with section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act, ensure that the features of the prepaid accounts are fully, accurately, and effectively disclosed to consumers in a manner that permits consumers to understand the costs, benefits, and risks associated with the account. In addition, consistent with EFTA sections 904 and 905(a), the Bureau believes the updated initial disclosures will help consumers understand the new terms of their prepaid accounts, as authorized under EFTA section 904(a) and (c) to effectuate the purposes of EFTA.
Because financial institutions generally mail to consumers a personalized prepaid card embossed with the consumer's name, and other informational materials, after the account is registered, the Bureau believes that requiring financial institutions to include a notice of the applicable changes to the prepaid account's terms and conditions and the updated initial disclosures in that mailing will impose very little burden on industry. Further, as discussed under new § 1005.18(h)(2)(iv) below, a financial institution is permitted to deliver the notice and disclosures electronically, without regard to E-Sign consent, if it is not otherwise already mailing or delivering to the consumer written account-related communications within the time periods specified in new § 1005.18(h)(2)(ii). The Bureau believes that the combined effect of new § 1005.18(h)(2)(i) and (ii) will help reduce compliance burden on industry relative to the proposal, while still providing appropriate transparency to consumers.
In light of these unusual circumstances and other considerations with regard to general implementation of the final rule, the Bureau believes that financial institutions may choose to effectuate such changes in terms as of October 1, 2017, or may want to do so earlier depending on operational convenience. New § 1005.18(h)(2)(iii), which applies to prepaid accounts acquired by consumers before October 1, 2017, is designed to address both scenarios. Specifically, it provides that if a financial institution has changed a prepaid accounts' terms and conditions as a result of this final rule taking effect such that a change-in-terms notice would have been required under § 1005.8(a) or § 1005.18(f)(2) for existing customers, the financial institution must provide to the consumer a notice of the change at least 21 days in advance of the change becoming effective, provided the financial institution has the consumer's contact information. If the financial institution obtains the consumer's contact information less than 30 days in advance of the change becoming effective or after it has become effective, the financial institution is permitted instead to notify the consumer of the change in accordance with the timing requirements set forth in § 1005.18(h)(2)(ii)(A). The financial institution is not required to send a change-in-terms notice for such change pursuant to § 1005.8(a) or § 1005.18(f)(2). As discussed under new § 1005.18(h)(2)(iv) below, a financial institution may provide the notice pursuant to § 1005.18(h)(2)(iii) in electronic form without regard to the consumer notice and consent requirements of section 101(c) of the E-Sign Act in certain circumstances.
The Bureau believes this special notice requirement provides appropriate flexibility to financial institutions in informing consumers with regard to changes to their accounts as a result of the final rule taking effect. The Bureau emphasizes, however, that all changes to a prepaid account's terms and conditions as a result of this final rule taking effect must nevertheless become effective by October 1, 2017. That is, if a financial institution were to provide to a consumer a notice of a change that is subject to § 1005.18(h)(2)(iii) on September 20, the change must nonetheless become effective by October 1; a financial institution is not permitted to delay the effective date of such a change until October 11 (
The Bureau is adopting § 1005.18(h)(2)(iii) pursuant to its authority under EFTA sections 904(a) and (c), and section 1032 of the Dodd-Frank Act. EFTA section 905(b) requires financial institutions to notify consumers in writing at least 21 days prior to the effective date of any change in any term or condition of the consumer's account if such change would result in greater cost or liability for such consumer or decreased access to the consumer's account. Because of the unique circumstances involved in effectuating the final rule particularly with regard to consumers who have never sought to activate a credit or overdraft feature in conjunction with a prepaid account and consumers who may be acquiring prepaid accounts close to the date that certain services are discontinued or restricted, the Bureau is exempting financial institutions in this limited circumstance from complying with the change-in-terms notice requirements in § 1005.8(a) and § 1005.18(f)(2). Instead, financial institutions must notify consumers of the change, using the method specified in § 1005.18(h)(2)(iv), 21 days in advance of the change taking effect or, in some circumstances, within 30 days of obtaining the consumer's contact information. Pursuant to EFTA section 904(c), the Bureau believes that exemption from the change-in-terms notice requirement is necessary and proper to effectuate the purposes of EFTA to provide a framework to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of prepaid account consumers and to facilitate compliance, by assisting consumers' understanding of the new terms and conditions of their prepaid accounts that are purchased in outdated packaging. In addition, the Bureau believes that the notice to consumers regarding changes to terms and conditions pursuant to § 1005.18(h)(2)(iii) will, consistent with section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act, ensure that the features of the prepaid accounts are fully, accurately, and effectively disclosed to consumers in a manner that permits consumers to understand the costs, benefits, and risks associated with the account.
Although the Bureau did not propose, nor is it finalizing, a requirement that financial institutions to provide updated initial disclosures to all consumers who opened prepaid accounts prior to the effective date of this final rule, the Bureau notes that it believes it would nonetheless be beneficial for financial institutions to provide updated initial disclosures to existing customers so that they will understand their rights under the new regime and to avoid potential consumer confusion. Accordingly, as discussed in connection with § 1005.18(h)(2)(iv) below, the Bureau has provided a special rule to facilitate delivery of such communications.
As discussed above, the Bureau has decided, in response to comments, that financial institutions should not be required to pull and replace prepaid account packaging materials with non-compliant disclosures that were produced in the normal course of business prior to October 1, 2017. In addition, the Bureau believes specific provisions are necessary to address how financial institutions should provide notices of certain changes to prepaid account terms and conditions and updated initial disclosures for prepaid accounts that are acquired via outdated packaging. As discussed above, the Bureau believes that most financial institutions will be able to send the notices and disclosures pursuant to § 1005.18(h)(2)(ii) and (iii) at the same time it sends an embossed card following account registration, and therefore there should be little additional burden. For existing customers from whom the financial institution has not already obtained consent to receive disclosures electronically pursuant to the E-Sign Act, or for customers to whom the financial institution is not otherwise mailing or delivering written account-related communications during the relevant time period, the Bureau believes that permitting electronic delivery of notices of changes in terms and conditions pursuant to § 1005.18(h)(2)(ii) or (iii) or required or
The Bureau is adopting new comments 18(h)-3, -4, and -5 to provide further guidance regarding the provision of consumers with notices pursuant to final § 1005.18(h)(2). Specifically, new comment 18(h)-3 explains that a financial institution that is required to notify consumers of a change in terms and conditions pursuant to § 1005.18(h)(2)(ii) or (iii), or that otherwise provides updated initial disclosures as a result of this final rule taking effect, may provide the notice or disclosures either as a separate document or included in another notice or mailing that the consumer receives regarding the prepaid account to the extent permitted by other laws and regulations. New comment 18(h)-4 explains that a financial institution that has not obtained the consumer's contact information is not required to comply with the requirements set forth in § 1005.18(h)(2)(ii) or (iii). A financial institution is able to contact the consumer when, for example, it has the consumer's mailing address or email address.
The Bureau is adopting new comment 18(h)-5 to explain the requirements for closed and inactive accounts. Specifically, new comment 18(h)-5 explains that the requirements of § 1005.18(h)(2)(iii) do not apply to prepaid accounts that are closed or inactive, as defined by the financial institution. However, if an inactive account becomes active, the financial institution must comply with the applicable portions of those provisions within 30 days of the account becoming active again in order to avail itself of the timing requirements and accommodations set forth in § 1005.18(h)(2)(iii) and (iv).
New comment 18(h)-6.i provides the following example to illustrate the provisions of final § 1005.18(h)(3)(i): a financial institution that had been retaining only 60 days of account history before October 1, 2017 would provide 60 days of written account transaction history upon a consumer's request on October 1, 2017. If, on November 1, 2017, the consumer made another request for written account transaction history, the financial institution would be required to provide three months of account history. The financial institution must continue provide as much account history as it has accumulated at the time of a consumer's request until it has accumulated 24 months of account history. Thus, all financial institutions must fully comply with the electronic account transaction history requirement set forth in § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii) no later October 1, 2018 and must fully comply with the written account transaction history requirement set forth in § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii) no later October 1, 2019.
Similarly, new § 1005.18(h)(3)(ii) provides that if, on October 1, 2017, the financial institution does not have readily accessible the data necessary to calculate the summary totals of the amount of all fees assessed by the financial institution on the consumer's prepaid account for the prior calendar month and for the calendar year to date pursuant to § 1005.18(c)(5), the financial institution may display the summary totals using the data it has until the financial institution has accumulated the data necessary to display the summary totals as required by § 1005.18(c)(5). New comment 18(h)-6.ii explains that if, on October 1, 2017, the financial institution does not have readily accessible the data necessary to calculate the summary totals of fees for the prior calendar month or the calendar year to date, the financial institution may provide the summary totals using the data it has until the financial institution has accumulated the data necessary to display the summary totals as required by § 1005.18(c)(5). That is, the financial institution would first display the monthly fee total beginning on November 1, 2017 for the month of October, and the year-to-date fee total beginning on October 1, 2017, provided the financial institution discloses that it is displaying the year-to-date total beginning on October 1, 2017 rather than for the entire calendar year 2017. On January 1, 2018, financial institutions must begin displaying year-to-date fee totals for calendar year 2018.
In 2009, section 204 of the Credit CARD Act added new TILA section 122(d) to require creditors to post agreements for open-end consumer credit card plans on the creditor's Web sites and to submit those agreements to the Board for posting on a publicly-available Web site established and maintained by the Board.
The Bureau proposed and is finalizing § 1005.19 for substantially the same reasons with respect to prepaid accounts. Specifically, the Bureau proposed § 1005.19 to require prepaid account issuers to submit agreements for prepaid accounts to the Bureau for posting on a publicly-available Web site established and maintained by the
The specific requirements in proposed § 1005.19 largely mirrored existing provisions in Regulation Z § 1026.58. The final rule mirrors Regulation Z § 1026.58 in many respects as well, although the final rule deviates from the proposal and Regulation Z § 1026.58 in some instances, as discussed below. The Bureau expects these rules to generally function in the same manner, albeit with certain modifications made in proposed § 1005.19 to address differences between the credit card and prepaid account markets. However, the requirements of Regulation Z § 1026.58 and those of § 1005.19 are distinct and independent of one another. In other words, issuers must comply with both as appropriate. The Bureau notes, however, that it does not believe it is likely that any agreement will constitute both a credit card agreement and a prepaid account agreement and thus be required to be submitted under both § 1005.19 and Regulation Z § 1026.58. Given the requirement in new Regulation Z § 1026.61(b) that credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards generally must be structured as separate sub-accounts or accounts distinct from the prepaid asset account, in conjunction with the account-opening disclosure requirements in existing Regulation Z § 1026.6 and the initial disclosure requirements in existing § 1005.7(b) as well as final § 1005.18(f)(1), the Bureau believes it is unlikely that an issuer would use a single agreement to provide all such disclosures for both a prepaid account and for a covered separate credit feature.
The Bureau proposed and is finalizing § 1005.19 pursuant to its disclosure authority in EFTA section 905(a), its adjustment authority in EFTA section 904(c), and its authority in section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Bureau believes collection and disclosure of the agreements allows for clear and accessible disclosure of the terms and conditions of prepaid accounts, and is necessary and proper to effectuate the purposes of EFTA to provide a framework to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of prepaid account consumers, because the final rule will assist consumers' understanding of and shopping for prepaid accounts based on the terms and conditions of those accounts. In addition, collection and disclosure of the agreements will, consistent with section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act, permit the Bureau to prescribe rules to ensure that the features of any consumer financial product or service, both initially and over the term of the product or service, are fully, accurately, and effectively disclosed to consumers in a manner that permits consumers to understand the costs, benefits, and risks associated with the product or service, in light of the facts and circumstances. The Bureau also proposed and is finalizing § 1005.19 pursuant to its authority in section 1022(c)(4) of the Dodd-Frank Act. Section 1022(c)(1) of the Dodd-Frank Act directs the Bureau to monitor for risks to consumers in the offering or provision of consumer financial products or services, including developments in markets for such products or services. In support of this function, the Bureau has authority under section 1022(c)(4) to gather information from time to time regarding the organization, business conduct, markets, and activities of covered persons and service providers. Thus, pursuant to the Bureau's authority under section 1022(c), the Bureau is finalizing a requirement that prepaid account issuers submit prepaid account agreements to the Bureau on a rolling basis, subject to certain exceptions, in order to aid the Bureau's monitoring for risks to consumers in the offering or provision of consumer financial products or services under section 1022(c)(1) and (4) of the Dodd-Frank Act.
In the future, the Bureau intends to publish on its Web site a database of the prepaid account agreements collected, similar to the database currently available for credit card agreements. Under section 1022(c)(3) of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Bureau “shall publish not fewer than 1 report of significant findings of its monitoring required by this subsection in each calendar year,” and “may make public such information obtained by the Bureau under this section as is in the public interest.” The Bureau is not finalizing proposed § 1005.19(b)(7) regarding posting of agreements on the Bureau's Web site, however, given that the requirement speaks to the Bureau's actions and not to regulated entities, and thus there is no need to finalize the provision through regulatory text.
For the reasons discussed below, the Bureau is generally finalizing § 1005.19 as proposed with certain modifications as summarized here and discussed in detail below. Specifically, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(a) largely as proposed, but is adopting new § 1005.19(a)(6) to define the term “offers to the general public” to accommodate a revision in final § 1005.19(c) to require only agreements that are offered to the general public to be posted to the issuer's publicly available Web site. The Bureau is also finalizing § 1005.19(b) with several modifications to revise the time period in which issuers must submit agreements to the Bureau from a quarterly basis to a rolling basis. Furthermore, the Bureau is adopting new § 1005.19(b)(1)(v) to add to the list of criteria set forth in § 1005.19(b)(1)(i) through (iv) that issuers must also include in their submission any other identifying information about each agreement, as required by the Bureau, which may include the effective date, the name of the program manager, and the name of other relevant parties, if applicable, such as the employer for a payroll card program. In addition, as discussed above, the Bureau has removed proposed § 1005.19(b)(7) regarding posting of agreements on the Bureau's Web site, though the Bureau still intends to publish the agreements it receives in the future. The Bureau is finalizing the general requirement in § 1005.19(c) that issuers post and maintain prepaid account agreements on their publicly available Web sites, except if those agreements are not available to the general public or if they qualify for one of the proposed exceptions. The Bureau is also finalizing the general requirement in § 1005.19(d) to provide consumers with access to their individual prepaid account agreements. Furthermore, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(e) as proposed to waive the requirement that issuers obtain E-Sign consent from consumers in order to provide prepaid account agreements in electronic form pursuant
The Bureau proposed in § 1005.19(a) certain definitions specific to proposed § 1005.19. The Bureau is largely finalizing § 1005.19(a) as proposed, with several modifications as discussed below.
The Bureau proposed § 1005.19(a)(1) to define “agreement” or “prepaid account agreement” for purposes of proposed § 1005.19 as the written document or documents evidencing the terms of the legal obligation, or prospective legal obligation, between a prepaid account issuer and a consumer for a prepaid account. An agreement or prepaid account agreement would have also included fee information, as defined in proposed § 1005.19(a)(3), discussed below. Proposed § 1005.19(a)(1) would have mirrored the definition of “agreement” or “credit card agreement” in Regulation Z § 1026.58(b)(1).
Proposed comment 19(a)(1)-1 would have explained that an agreement may consist of several documents that, taken together, define the legal obligation between the issuer and the consumer. The Bureau did not include the second part of Regulation Z comment 58(b)(1)-2, which gives the example of provisions that mandate arbitration or allow an issuer to unilaterally alter the terms of the card issuer's or consumer's obligation are part of the agreement even if they are provided to the consumer in a document separate from the basic credit contract. The Bureau did not believe that prepaid account agreements contain arbitration clauses or provisions allowing the issuer to unilaterally alter contract terms in documents that are separate from the main agreement, and therefore does not believe such examples are necessary to include in proposed comment 19(a)(1)-1. The Bureau also did not include a comment similar to Regulation Z comment 58(b)(1)-1, which addresses inclusion of certain pricing information in a credit card agreement, as the Bureau did not believe such a comment was relevant to prepaid accounts.
The Bureau received no comments regarding this portion of the proposal. Accordingly, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(a)(1) and comment 19(a)(1)-1 as proposed.
The Bureau proposed § 1005.19(a)(2) to provide that for purposes of proposed § 1005.19, an issuer “amends” an agreement if it makes a substantive change (an “amendment”) to the agreement. A change would have been considered substantive if it alters the rights or obligations of the issuer or the consumer under the agreement. Any change in the fee information, as defined in proposed § 1005.19(a)(3) would have been deemed to be substantive. Proposed § 1005.19(a)(2) mirrors the definition of the term amends in Regulation Z § 1026.58(b)(2).
With respect to Regulation Z § 1026.58, the Board had determined that requiring resubmission of credit card agreements following minor, technical changes would impose a significant administrative burden with no corresponding benefit of increased transparency.
Proposed comment 19(a)(2)-1 would have given examples of changes, other than changes to fee information, that generally would be considered substantive, including: (i) addition or deletion of a provision giving the issuer or consumer a right under the agreement, such as a clause that allows an issuer to unilaterally change the terms of an agreement; (ii) addition or deletion of a provision giving the issuer or consumer an obligation under the agreement, such as a clause requiring the consumer to pay an additional fee; (iii) changes that may affect the cost of the prepaid account to the consumer, such as changes in a provision describing how the prepaid account's monthly fee will be calculated; (iv) changes that may affect how the terms of the agreement are construed or applied, such as changes in a choice-of-law provision; and (v) changes that may affect the parties to whom the agreement may apply, such as provisions regarding authorized users or assignment of the agreement.
Proposed comment 19(a)(2)-2 would have given examples of changes that generally would not be considered substantive, such as: (i) Correction of typographical errors that do not affect the meaning of any terms of the agreement; (ii) changes to the issuer's corporate name, logo, or tagline; (iii) changes to the format of the agreement, such as conversion to a booklet from a full-sheet format, changes in font, or changes in margins; (iv) changes to the name of the prepaid account to which the program applies; (v) reordering sections of the agreement without affecting the meaning of any terms of the agreement; (vi) adding, removing, or modifying a table of contents or index; and (vii) changes to titles, headings, section numbers, or captions.
The Bureau received comments from two consumer groups regarding whether certain changes, such as to an issuer's corporate name or to the name of the prepaid account program to which the agreement applies, should be considered substantive for the purposes of § 1005.19. These commenters argued that such changes should be deemed substantive, explaining that they could impact a consumer's or researcher's ability to find an agreement if it was searched for using a different name.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(a)(2) as proposed. The Bureau is also finalizing comment 19(a)(2)-1 with several revisions. The Bureau has modified comment 19(a)(2)-1 to include the following as examples of changes that would generally be considered substantive: changes to the corporate name of the issuer or program manager, or to the issuer's address or identifying number, such as its RSSD ID number or tax identification number; and changes to the names of other relevant parties, such as the employer for a payroll card program or the agency for a government benefit program; and changes to the name of the prepaid account program to which the agreement applies. In addition, the Bureau is finalizing comment 19(a)(2)-2 with corresponding revisions to remove changes to the name of the prepaid account program to which the agreement applies as an example of a change that generally would not be considered substantive. The Bureau agrees with commenters that if changes to the corporate name of the issuer or program manager and changes to the name of the prepaid account program to which the agreement applies are not reflected in agreements posted to the issuer's Web site or to the Bureau's Web site in the future, a consumer might not be able to locate an agreement for an existing prepaid account or effectively compare agreements when shopping for a new prepaid account. Other parties, such as researchers, would likely also find it difficult to locate particular agreements.
The Bureau proposed § 1005.19(a)(3) to define “fee information” for purposes
Proposed § 1005.19(a)(3) was similar to the definition of pricing information in Regulation Z § 1026.58(b)(7), but omitted the exclusion for temporary or promotional rates and terms or rates and terms that apply only to protected balances, as the Bureau did not believe there is currently an equivalent to such rates and terms for prepaid accounts.
The Bureau received comments from several consumer groups regarding whether issuers should be required to include the short form disclosure (required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)) in the definition of fee information and thus be required to submit it to the Bureau and post it on the issuer's Web site. Two consumer groups requested that issuers be required to submit short form disclosures to the Bureau for posting on the Bureau's Web site. Another consumer group stated that the short form disclosure should be required to be placed on either the issuer's homepage or the landing page for the product.
The Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(a)(3) with several modifications. The Bureau is retaining the general definition of fee information from the proposal, but is modifying it to also include the short form disclosure. The Bureau has also made changes to the internal paragraph citations to reflect other numbering changes made in this final rule. Specifically, final § 1005.19(a)(3) provides that the term fee information means the short form disclosure for the prepaid account pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(2) and the fee information and statements required to be disclosed in the pre-acquisition long form disclosure for the prepaid account pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(4).
The Bureau continues to believe that to enable consumers to shop for prepaid accounts and to compare information about various prepaid accounts in an effective manner, it is necessary that the agreements posted to the issuer's Web site and on the Bureau's Web site in the future include fees and other pricing information. The Bureau expects that most issuers will include the long form disclosure itself as required by final § 1005.18(b)(4) (or the long form information pursuant to final § 1005.18(f)(1)) directly in their prepaid account agreements. Others may perhaps maintain the long form disclosure as an addendum or other supplement to their prepaid account agreements.
Upon further consideration, the Bureau believes it is necessary that issuers also submit the short form disclosure to the Bureau and post it to their Web sites, as suggested by some commenters. The Bureau believes submitting the short form disclosure, in addition to the information on the long form disclosure, will be useful to both the Bureau in its market monitoring efforts and to consumers and other parties in the future when prepaid account agreements are posted to the Bureau's Web site. The Bureau believes the short form disclosure, particularly the disclosures related to additional fee types pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii) and (ix), will provide the Bureau with insight into industry practices in implementing this final rule's disclosure requirements across a range of prepaid account types. In addition, the Bureau does not believe the requirement to submit this one additional document will be particularly burdensome or complicated for issuers, especially because the Bureau believes that issuers will generally maintain their short form disclosures in a readily accessible, electronic format.
The Bureau proposed § 1005.19(a)(4) to define “issuer” or “prepaid account issuer” for purposes of proposed § 1005.19 as the entity to which a consumer is legally obligated, or would be legally obligated, under the terms of a prepaid account agreement. Proposed § 1005.19(a)(4) would have mirrored the definition of card issuer in Regulation Z § 1026.58(b)(4).
In some cases, more than one financial institution is involved in the administration of a prepaid program. For example, a smaller bank may partner with a larger bank to market prepaid accounts to the smaller bank's customers, or a bank may partner with a program manager to offer prepaid accounts. The Bureau understands that the terms of the arrangements can vary, for example with respect to which party uses its name and brand in marketing materials, sets fees and terms, conducts customer identification and verification, provides access to account information, holds the pooled account, and absorbs the risk of default or fraud.
The Board believed that with respect to the definition of card issuer in what is now Regulation Z § 1026.58(b)(4), without a bright-line rule defining which institution is the issuer, institutions might find it difficult to determine their obligations under § 1026.58.
Proposed comment 19(a)(4)-1, which mirrors Regulation Z comment 58(b)(4)-1, would have provided an example of how the definition of issuer would have applied when more than one bank is involved in a prepaid program.
Proposed comment 19(a)(4)-2, which mirrors Regulation Z comment 58(b)(4)-2, would have explained that while an issuer has a legal obligation to comply with the requirements of proposed § 1005.19, it generally may use a third-party service provider to satisfy its obligations under proposed § 1005.19, provided that the issuer acts in accordance with regulatory guidance regarding the use of third-party service providers and other applicable regulatory guidance. In some cases, an issuer may wish to arrange for the entity with which it partners to issue prepaid accounts to fulfill the requirements of proposed § 1005.19 on the issuer's behalf. Proposed comment 19(a)(4)-2 would have provided an example describing such an arrangement between a bank and a program manager.
Proposed comment 19(a)(4)-3, which mirrors Regulation Z comment 58(b)(4)-3.i, would have noted that, as explained in proposed comment 19(c)-2, if an issuer provides consumers with access to specific information about their individual accounts, such as providing electronic history of consumers' account transactions pursuant to § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii), through a third-party Web site, the issuer would have been
The Bureau did not propose a comment similar to that of Regulation Z comment 58(b)(4)-3.ii which addresses Web site posting of private label credit card plans, as the Bureau did not believe such a comment was relevant for prepaid accounts, as discussed below.
In the proposal, the Bureau acknowledged that an institution that partners with multiple other entities to issue prepaid accounts, such as in the payroll card account context, will in many cases use the same agreement for all of the prepaid accounts issued in connection with those arrangements. Therefore, while the number of prepaid accounts issued with a given partner may be small, the total number of consumers subject to the corresponding agreement may be quite large. The Bureau solicited comment on whether submission of a separate agreement for each issuer is the best approach in this situation or whether such agreements should be submitted in some other manner. The Bureau received comments from one consumer group regarding this issue, stating that a single agreement could be submitted as long as the agreement is labeled and searchable in such a way that the names of the multiple entities are listed on it. This commenter explained that this approach would enable the public to see that the agreement is the same for several entities, without having to spend time reviewing each agreement. The Bureau did not receive any other comments on this portion of the proposal.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(a)(4) and its related commentary substantially as proposed, with several revisions for clarity. The Bureau has also changed the name of final comment 19(a)(4)-3 from
The Bureau continues to believe that the definition of issuer creates a bright-line rule that will enable institutions involved in issuing prepaid accounts to determine their obligations under final § 1005.19. The Bureau also believes that the definition is consistent with the actual legal relationship into which a consumer enters under a prepaid account agreement. In addition, the Bureau believes that the institution to which the consumer is legally obligated under the agreement may be in the best position to provide accurate, up-to-date agreements to both the Bureau and consumers.
Regarding situations in which an institution partners with multiple other entities to issue prepaid accounts, the Bureau is adopting new comment 19(b)(1)-2, to explain that if a program manager offers prepaid account agreements in conjunction with multiple issuers, each issuer must submit its own agreement to the Bureau. This comment also explains that each issuer may use the program manager to submit the agreement on its behalf, in accordance with final comment 19(a)(4)-2. Because the number and the role of the entities involved in a particular prepaid account agreement may vary, the Bureau believes it is clearer to require issuers, not program managers (or other parties), to submit these agreements to the Bureau. In addition, the Bureau believes that submitting a separate agreement for each issuer, rather than submitting one agreement with multiple issuers listed, as suggested by one commenter, will be less confusing to consumers and other parties reviewing agreements on the Bureau's Web site in the future.
The Bureau proposed § 1005.19(a)(5) to provide that for purposes of proposed § 1005.19, an issuer “offers,” or “offers to the public,” a prepaid account agreement if the issuer solicits applications for or otherwise makes available prepaid accounts that would be subject to that agreement.
Proposed comment 19(a)(5)-1 would have explained that an issuer is deemed to offer a prepaid account agreement to the public even if the issuer solicits applications for or otherwise makes available prepaid accounts only to a limited group of persons. For example, agreements for affinity cards marketed to students and alumni of a particular institution of higher education, or agreements offered only to residents of a specific geographic location for a particular prepaid account, would have been considered to be offered to the public. Similarly, agreements for prepaid accounts issued by a credit union would have been considered to be offered to the public even though such prepaid accounts are available only to credit union members. Agreements for payroll card accounts, government benefit accounts, or for prepaid accounts used to distribute student financial aid disbursements, or property and casualty insurance payouts, and other similar programs would have also been considered to be offered to the public.
Proposed § 1005.19(a)(5) was similar to the definition of the term “offers” in Regulation Z § 1026.58(b)(5). Regulation Z § 1026.58(b)(5) provides that an issuer “offers” or “offers to the public” an agreement if the issuer is soliciting or accepting applications for accounts that would be subject to that agreement. The Bureau did not believe that prepaid account issuers solicit or accept applications for prepaid accounts in the same manner as credit card issuers do for credit card accounts, and thus modified this language for purposes of proposed § 1005.19(a)(5). Proposed comment 19(a)(5)-1 was similar to Regulation Z comment 58(b)(5)-1 but would have included several additional examples of prepaid accounts offered to the public. The Bureau did not propose an equivalent comment to Regulation Z comment 58(b)(5)-2, which provides that a card issuer is deemed to offer a credit card agreement to the public even if the terms of that agreement are changed immediately upon opening to terms not offered to the public, as the Bureau did not believe that prepaid account terms are modified in this manner.
The Bureau received no comments regarding this portion of the proposal. Accordingly, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(a)(5) with modifications to accommodate the revision in final § 1005.19(c), discussed below, to require only agreements that are offered to the general public to be posted to the issuer's publicly available Web site. Specifically, the Bureau has removed the phrase “offers to the public” from § 1005.19(a)(5) and, as discussed below, is adopting new § 1005.19(a)(6) to define
As noted above, the Bureau is adopting new § 1005.19(a)(6) to define the term “offers to the general public.” Specifically, new § 1005.19(a)(6) provides that for purposes of final § 1005.19, an issuer “offers to the general public” a prepaid account agreement if the issuer markets, solicits applications for, or otherwise makes available to the general public a prepaid account that would be subject to that agreement.
The Bureau is finalizing proposed comment 19(a)(5)-1, renumbered as comment 19(a)(6)-1, with modifications for consistency with new § 1005.19(a)(6). Specifically, final comment 19(a)(6)-1 explains that an issuer is deemed to offer a prepaid account agreement to the general public even if the issuer markets, solicits applications for, or otherwise makes available prepaid accounts only to a limited group of persons. This comment explains that if, for example, an issuer solicits only residents of a specific geographic location for a particular prepaid account, the agreement would be considered to be offered to the general public. In addition, this comment explains that agreements for prepaid accounts issued by a credit union are considered to be offered to the general public even though such prepaid accounts are available only to credit union members.
The Bureau is also adopting new comment 19(a)(6)-2 to explain prepaid account agreements not offered to the general public. Specifically, this comment explains that a prepaid account agreement is not offered to the general public when a consumer is offered the agreement only by virtue of the consumer's relationship with a third party. This comment provides that agreements for payroll card accounts, government benefit accounts, or for prepaid accounts used to distribute student financial aid disbursements, or property and casualty insurance payouts, and other similar programs are examples of agreements that are not offered to the general public.
The Bureau proposed § 1005.19(a)(6) to provide that for purposes of proposed § 1005.19, a prepaid account is an “open account,” or “open prepaid account,” if (i) there is an outstanding balance in the prepaid account; (ii) if the consumer can load funds to the account even if the account does not currently hold a balance; or (iii) the consumer can access credit through a credit plan that would be a credit card account under Regulation Z (12 CFR part 1026) that is offered in connection with a prepaid account. A prepaid account that has been suspended temporarily (for example, due to a report by the consumer of unauthorized use of the card) would have been considered an open account or open prepaid account.
Proposed comment 19(a)(6)-1 would have explained that a prepaid account that meets any of the criteria set forth in proposed § 1005.19(a)(6) is considered open even if the issuer considers the account inactive. The term open account was used in the provisions regarding the de minimis and product testing exceptions in proposed § 1005.19(b)(4) and (5) and the requirements in proposed § 1005.19(d) for agreements not submitted to the Bureau, discussed below.
Proposed § 1005.19(a)(6) was similar to the definition of open account or open credit card account in Regulation Z § 1026.58(b)(6). While Regulation Z § 1026.58(b)(6) defines an open credit card account as one in which the cardholder can obtain extensions of credit on the account, or there is an outstanding balance on the account that has not been charged off, the Bureau modified the definition to better reflect what it believed constitutes an open account in the prepaid context. Proposed § 1005.19(a)(6) would have included the explanation used in Regulation Z § 1026.58(b)(6), which provides that an account that has been suspended temporarily (for example, due to a report by the consumer of unauthorized use of the card) is nonetheless considered an open account. Proposed comment 19(a)(6)-1 was similar to Regulation Z comment 58(b)(6)-1, with modifications to reflect the terms of proposed § 1005.19(a)(6).
The Bureau received no comments regarding this portion of the proposal. Accordingly, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(a)(6), renumbered as § 1005.19(a)(7), largely as proposed, with revisions to reflect the changes in final Regulation Z § 1026.61 regarding hybrid prepaid-credit cards. Specifically, final § 1005.19(a)(6) provides, in part, that for the purposes of § 1005.19, a prepaid account is an “open account” or “open prepaid account” if the consumer can access credit from a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in Regulation Z § 1026.61, in connection with the account. The Bureau is also finalizing comment 19(a)(6)-1, renumbered as comment 19(a)(7)-1, as proposed, with minor revisions for clarity.
The Bureau proposed § 1005.19(a)(7) to provide that for purposes of proposed § 1005.19, “prepaid account” means a prepaid account as defined in proposed § 1005.2(b)(3). Proposed comment 19(a)(7)-1 would have explained that for purposes of proposed § 1005.19, a prepaid account includes, among other things, a payroll card account as defined in proposed § 1005.2(b)(3)(iii) and a government benefit account as defined proposed §§ 1005.2(b)(3)(iv) and 1005.15(a)(2).
The Bureau received comments from several industry commenters, including issuing banks, industry trade associations, program managers, a think tank, and a law firm writing on behalf of a coalition of prepaid issuers, in response to the Bureau's request for comment regarding whether there were any types of prepaid accounts as defined in proposed § 1005.2(b)(3) that should be excluded from the definition of prepaid account for purposes of § 1005.19, or that should be excluded from certain requirements in § 1005.19. These commenters urged the Bureau to exclude prepaid account agreements that are not offered to the public (such as for payroll card, government benefit, and campus card accounts) from the requirement in proposed § 1005.19(b) to submit agreements to the Bureau for posting on the Bureau's publicly available Web site and the requirement in proposed § 1005.19(c) to post agreements on the issuer's publicly available Web site. These commenters explained that for these types of accounts, an issuer could have thousands of agreements that have been negotiated between the issuer and a third party (such as an employer, a government agency, or a university) and that are often tailored to fit the needs of individual programs. These commenters stated that such volume and variety would clutter the Bureau's and issuer's Web sites, overwhelm consumers, and cause confusion because consumers might not understand which agreement
Several consumer groups and the office of a State Attorney General urged the Bureau not to exclude any prepaid account agreements from the requirement to submit agreements to the Bureau for posting on the Bureau's publicly available Web site and the requirement to post agreements on the issuer's publicly available Web site. These commenters argued that publicly posting these agreements would encourage competition and transparency, which they stated would help lower fees, and facilitate comparison shopping, which they stated would result in more informed consumer decisions. One consumer group argued that the public posting of agreements would assist the Bureau, researchers, and consumer advocates in compiling information to issue reports and shed light on inappropriate practices by market participants. This commenter explained that the payroll card market, in particular, is secretive and issuers and employers in this market do not generally provide fee schedules when asked. This commenter added that when it began issuing reports on unemployment compensation cards, fees started to come down. This commenter also argued that employers, government agencies, nonprofit organizations, and other entities considering a prepaid card program would be able to see and compare the various terms offered in the market. This commenter further argued that, while payroll card issuers may have confidentiality clauses in their contracts with employers, those clauses do not bind employees because once a card is issued to an employee, the agreement is no longer confidential. Finally, the office of a State Attorney General argued that even though consumers who enroll in payroll card programs are not typically able to comparison shop because the employer selects their program, they would still be able to compare their plan with other wage payment options, such as a checking account, direct deposit, and other prepaid accounts.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(a)(7), renumbered as § 1005.19(a)(8), as proposed. The Bureau is also finalizing comment 19(a)(7)-1, renumbered as comment 19(a)(8)-1, with minor revisions for clarity and an updated internal paragraph citation to reflect numbering changes made in this final rule.
The Bureau believes that the submission of all prepaid account agreements, including payroll card, government benefit, campus card, and other account agreements that are not available to the general public, is essential for the Bureau's market monitoring efforts. Furthermore, the Bureau's posting of these agreements to its Web site in the future will increase transparency in the terms of these agreements and the types and amounts of the fees imposed in these programs. The increased transparency will allow the public, including consumers, to become better informed about these accounts, which will likely encourage competition and improve fees in the various markets. In addition, the public posting to the Bureau's Web site in the future will allow entities such as employers, government agencies, and universities considering making prepaid account programs available to their constituencies to review similar agreements with other institutions and compare the various terms before entering into their own agreements. The Bureau also agrees that consumers of accounts with agreements that are not available to the general public, such as payroll card accounts, will be able to make meaningful comparisons with other wage payment options, such as a checking account, direct deposit, and other prepaid accounts. For these reasons, the Bureau declines to exclude payroll card, government benefit, campus card, and other account agreements that are not available to the general public from the final rule's submission requirement, as requested by some commenters.
The Bureau is persuaded, however, that posting agreements that are not offered to the general public to the issuer's publicly available Web site may impose unnecessary administrative burden and have little consumer benefit. The Bureau has thus modified § 1005.19(c), discussed below, to exempt agreements that are not offered to the general public from the posting requirement. The final rule does not require issuers to post on the issuer's publicly available Web site agreements that are not offered to the general public, such as payroll card, government benefit, and campus card agreements. However, issuers of these agreements are still required to provide consumers with access to their specific agreements, as required by final § 1005.19(d). See the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.19(c) below for additional information regarding the posting requirement.
The Board defined the term “private label credit card account” in what is now Regulation Z § 1026.58(b)(8)(i) as a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan with a credit card that can be used to make purchases only at a single merchant or an affiliated group of merchants. The term “private label credit card plan” in Regulation Z § 1026.58(b)(8)(ii) is similarly defined as all of the private label credit card accounts issued by a particular issuer with credit cards usable at the same single merchant or affiliated group of merchants. Regulation Z contains an exception and other specific provisions tailored specifically to private label credit card accounts and plans.
The Bureau did not believe that equivalent provisions were necessary or appropriate for proposed § 1005.19, as the equivalent of a private label credit card in the prepaid context would be a closed-loop gift card. Such gift cards were outside the scope of the term prepaid account, as defined in proposed §§ 1005.2(b)(3) and 1005.19(a)(7). The Bureau did not receive any comments on this issue.
Proposed § 1005.19(b) would have required each issuer to electronically submit to the Bureau prepaid account agreements offered by the issuer on a quarterly basis for the Bureau to post on its Web site pursuant to proposed § 1005.19(b)(7).
The Bureau received many comments from consumer groups and industry on this portion of the proposal. Consumer groups generally supported the proposal, arguing that it would provide important consumer benefits and impose little burden on industry. On the other hand, industry commenters, including trade associations, issuing banks, credit unions, a payment
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(b) with several modifications. The final rule also establishes a delayed effective date of October 1, 2018 for final § 1005.19(b), as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.19(f)(2) below. The Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(b)(1) with revisions to change the time period in which issuers must submit prepaid account agreements to the Bureau from a quarterly basis to a rolling basis and to clarify the information that each submission must contain. The Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(b)(2) and (3), regarding the submission requirements for amended and withdrawn agreements, substantially as proposed. The Bureau is also finalizing § 1005.19(b)(4) and (5), regarding the de minimis and product testing exceptions, with modifications to clarify that whether an issuer or agreement qualifies for either exception is determined as of the last day of the calendar quarter. Moreover, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(b)(6), regarding the form and content requirements for submissions to the Bureau, generally as proposed. Finally, the Bureau is not adopting § 1005.19(b)(7) at this time, as discussed below. The Bureau notes that due to the change requiring submissions to be made on a rolling, rather than quarterly, basis, as well as other modifications the Bureau has made for this final rule, the Bureau believes that the Regulation Z § 1026.58 guidance referenced in a number of the proposed comments would no longer be particularly useful to prepaid account issuers and thus the Bureau has modified the comments accordingly to include examples specific to prepaid directly in the commentary text.
The Bureau proposed § 1005.19(b)(1) to require issuers to make quarterly submissions of prepaid account agreements to the Bureau, in the form and manner specified by the Bureau, unless certain exceptions applied. Such quarterly submissions would have been required to be sent to the Bureau no later than the first business day on or after January 31, April 30, July 31, and October 31 of each year. Proposed comment 19(b)(1)-1 would have referred to Regulation Z comment 58(c)(1)-1 for additional guidance as to the quarterly submission timing requirement.
Regulation Z § 1026.58(b)(3) defines the term “business day,” for purposes of § 1026.58, to mean a day on which the creditor's offices are open to the public for carrying on substantially all of its business functions. Section 1005.2(d) contains a similar definition of the term business day (any day on which the offices of the consumer's financial institution are open to the public for carrying on substantially all business functions). Because that definition applies generally in subpart A and the Bureau believed it was appropriate for use in proposed § 1005.19, the Bureau believed it was unnecessary to define the term again within proposed § 1005.19.
Proposed § 1005.19(b)(1) would have required that each quarterly submission contain the following four items. First, a quarterly submission would have been required to contain identifying information about the issuer and the agreements submitted, including the issuer's name, address, and identifying number (such as an RSSD ID number or tax identification number), and the name of the program manager, if any, for each agreement.
Second, the quarterly submission would have been required to contain the prepaid account agreements that the issuer offered to the public as of the last business day of the preceding calendar quarter that the issuer had not previously submitted to the Bureau.
Third, the quarterly submission would have been required to contain any prepaid account agreement previously submitted to the Bureau that was amended during the previous calendar quarter and that the issuer offered to the public as of the last business day of the preceding calendar quarter, as described in proposed § 1005.19(b)(2).
Finally, the quarterly submission would have been required to contain notification regarding any prepaid account agreement previously submitted to the Bureau that the issuer was withdrawing, as described in proposed § 1005.19(b)(3), (4)(iii), and (5)(iii).
Proposed comment 19(b)(1)-2.i would have explained that an issuer would not be required to make any submission to the Bureau at a particular quarterly submission deadline if, during the previous calendar quarter, the issuer did not take any of the following actions: (A) Offering a new prepaid account agreement that was not submitted to the Bureau previously; (B) amending an agreement previously submitted to the Bureau; or (C) ceasing to offer an agreement previously submitted to the Bureau. Proposed comment 19(b)(1)-2.ii would have referred to Regulation Z comment 58(c)(1)-2.ii for additional guidance as to when a quarterly submission is not required.
Proposed comment 19(b)(1)-3 would have explained that proposed § 1005.19(b)(1) permits an issuer to submit to the Bureau on a quarterly basis a complete, updated set of the prepaid account agreements the issuer offers to the public. Proposed comment 19(b)(1)-3 would have also referred to Regulation Z comment 58(c)(1)-3 for additional guidance regarding quarterly submission of a complete set of updated agreements.
Proposed § 1005.19(b)(1) generally mirrored Regulation Z § 1026.58(c)(1), except for the addition of the program manager's name into proposed § 1005.19(b)(1)(i). Proposed comments 19(b)(1)-1, -2, and -3 were similar to Regulation Z comments 58(c)(1)-1, -2, and -3 except that proposed comments 19(b)(1)-1, -2.ii and -3 were shortened to cross-reference the parallel comments in Regulation Z for specific examples regarding quarterly submission of agreements as the Bureau intended that these provisions would function the same for prepaid accounts as they do for credit card accounts.
The Bureau received comments from both consumer groups and industry regarding whether the submission of agreements on a quarterly basis would be appropriate. The consumer groups and most of the industry commenters urged the Bureau to require issuers to submit agreements whenever changes are made. A few other industry commenters requested an annual submission. The industry commenters stated that because prepaid account agreements do not change often, imposing a quarterly submission requirement would result in burden associated with constantly monitoring
Several consumer groups and a labor organization requested that submissions to the Bureau include the names of the issuing bank, program manager, and branding entity (such as an employer, government agency, or institute of higher education), and other names that might be associated with a prepaid account (such as the entity that provides customer support). One of these commenters explained that many issuers use marketing or other affinity-related names that make it difficult for a consumer to know which entity issued the prepaid account. Another commenter suggested that submissions also include employer information and the effective date of the agreement. Conversely, one credit union trade association objected to providing to the Bureau the issuer's identifying information, arguing that such information is provided on the agreement as well as the disclosures, and the tax identification number and program manager are irrelevant.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(b)(1) with modifications to revise the time period in which issuers must make prepaid account agreement submissions to the Bureau from a quarterly basis to a rolling basis. Specifically, final § 1005.19(b)(1)(i) provides that an issuer must make submissions of prepaid account agreements to the Bureau on a rolling basis, in the form and manner specified by the Bureau. Final § 1005.19(b)(1)(i) also provides that submissions must be made to the Bureau no later than 30 days after an issuer offers, amends, or ceases to offer a prepaid account agreement, as described in final § 1005.19(b)(1)(ii) through (iv).
The Bureau believes that requiring submission of a prepaid account agreement on a rolling basis will help alleviate potential compliance burden related to the submission requirement. Specifically, the Bureau believes it will be less burdensome for issuers to submit agreements as they are offered or amended (or notification when an agreement is being withdrawn) than it would be for issuers to wait to submit agreements on a fixed schedule, especially since prepaid account agreements do not change often. Furthermore, the Bureau expects that issuers will incorporate the agreement submission process into their own internal business processes and believes the revision to require submission on a rolling basis (rather than quarterly) will help align those processes. In addition, the Bureau believes that requiring submission no later than 30 days after an issuer offers, amends, or ceases to offer an agreement will help ensure that the most up-to-date agreements are available to the Bureau for its market monitoring purposes, as well as on the Bureau's Web site in the future.
As noted above, § 1005.19(b)(1)(i) through (iv) lists the items that each submission to the Bureau must contain. Based on the comments it received, the Bureau has revised § 1005.19(b)(1)(i) to require that each submission also contain the effective date of the prepaid agreement, the name of the program manager, and the names of other relevant parties, if applicable, such as the employer for a payroll card program or the agency for a government benefit program. The Bureau believes that providing this identifying information about each agreement will help the Bureau, consumers, and other parties locate agreements quickly and more effectively. For example, submitting the name of each employer that offers a payroll card account under a specific agreement will assist consumers in identifying the agreement to which their payroll card account is subject. The Bureau notes, however, that submissions should not contain personally identifiable information relating to any consumer, such as the consumer's name, address, telephone number, or account number.
The Bureau is finalizing comment 19(b)(1)-1, with modifications for clarity and consistency with the revisions to § 1005.19(b)(1). This comment does not refer to Regulation Z comment 58(c)(1)-1 for additional guidance because, given that final § 1005.19(b)(1) requires submission of prepaid account agreements on a rolling rather than quarterly basis, the Bureau does not believe that comment would provide useful guidance. The Bureau is therefore adopting new comment 19(b)(1)-1 to provide examples illustrating the 30-day time period in which issuers must submit agreements.
The Bureau is not finalizing proposed comments 19(b)(1)-2 and -3, which would have provided clarification for the quarterly submission requirement, because the Bureau has revised § 1005.19(b)(1) to require issuers to make submissions of prepaid account agreements to the Bureau on a rolling basis.
As noted in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.19(a)(4) above, the Bureau is adopting new comment 19(b)(1)-2 to explain the submission requirement for an institution that partners with multiple other entities to issue prepaid accounts. This comment explains that if a program manager offers prepaid account agreements in conjunction with multiple issuers, each issuer must submit its own agreement to the Bureau. This comment further explains that each issuer may use the program manager to submit the agreement on its behalf, in accordance with comment 19(a)(4)-2. Because the number and role of the parties involved in a particular prepaid account agreement may vary, the Bureau believes it is clearer to require issuers, not program managers (or other parties), to submit these agreements to the Bureau. In addition, the Bureau believes that submitting separate agreements for each issuer, rather than submitting one agreement with multiple issuers as suggested by one commenter, will be less confusing to consumers and other parties reviewing agreements on the Bureau's Web site in the future.
The Bureau proposed § 1005.19(b)(2) to provide that if a prepaid account agreement has been submitted to the Bureau, the agreement has not been amended, and the issuer continues to offer the agreement to the public, no additional submission regarding that agreement is required. Proposed comment 19(b)(2)-1 would have referred to Regulation Z comment 58(c)(3)-1 for additional guidance regarding no requirement to resubmit agreements that have not been amended.
Proposed § 1005.19(b)(2) would have also required that if a prepaid account agreement that previously has been submitted to the Bureau is amended, and the issuer offered the amended agreement to the public as of the last business day of the calendar quarter in which the change became effective, the issuer must submit the entire amended agreement to the Bureau, in the form and manner specified by the Bureau, by the first quarterly submission deadline after the last day of the calendar quarter in which the change became effective. Proposed comment 19(b)(2)-2 would have further explained that the issuer is required to submit the amended agreement to the Bureau only if the issuer offered the amended agreement to the public as of the last business day of
Finally, proposed comment 19(b)(2)-4 would have explained that an issuer may not fulfill the requirement in proposed § 1005.19(b)(2) to submit the entire amended agreement to the Bureau by submitting a change-in-terms or similar notice covering only the terms that have changed. In addition, amendments would have been required to be integrated into the text of the agreement (or the optional addendum described in proposed § 1005.19(b)(6)), not provided as separate riders. Proposed comment 19(b)(2)-4 would have also referred to Regulation Z comment 58(c)(3)-4 for additional guidance as to the submission of revised agreements.
Proposed § 1005.19(b)(2) mirrored the Regulation Z provisions regarding submission of amended agreements in Regulation Z § 1026.58(c)(3). Proposed comments 19(b)(2)-1 through -4 mirrored Regulation Z comments 58(c)(3)-1 through -4, although the proposed 19(b)(2) comments were shortened to cross-reference the parallel comments in Regulation Z for specific examples of submission of amended agreements as the Bureau intended that these provisions would function the same for prepaid accounts as they do for credit card accounts.
The Bureau received no comments on this portion of the proposal. Accordingly, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(b)(2) as proposed, with several modifications for clarity and consistency with the revisions to § 1005.19(b)(1) to change the time period in which issuers must submit agreements to the Bureau from quarterly to rolling. Specifically, final § 1005.19(b)(2) provides that if a prepaid account agreement previously submitted to the Bureau is amended, the issuer must submit the entire amended agreement to the Bureau, in the form and manner specified by the Bureau, no later than 30 days after the change comes effective. Given the revisions to § 1005.19(b)(1), the Bureau has removed proposed comments 19(b)(2)-1 and -2, which would have explained the requirement to submit amended agreements on a quarterly basis.
The Bureau is not finalizing proposed comment 19(b)(2)-3, which would have provided guidance for issuers submitting amended agreements that are no longer offered, because under the revised rolling submission requirement, an issuer would not likely amend an agreement and less than 30 days later decide to stop offering that agreement. If the issuer stopped offering the agreement, the issuer would be required to notify the Bureau that it is withdrawing the agreement, as required by final § 1005.19(b)(3) and as explained in final comment 19(b)(3)-1.
The Bureau is finalizing comment 19(b)(2)-4, renumbered as comment 19(b)(2)-1, largely as proposed, with several minor revisions for clarity and conformity with the revisions to § 1005.19(b)(1). Final comment 19(b)(2)-1 explains that if an agreement previously submitted to the Bureau is amended, final § 1005.19(b)(2) requires the issuer to submit the entire revised agreement to the Bureau. This comment further explains that an issuer may not fulfill this requirement by submitting a change-in-terms or similar notice covering only the terms that have changed. Amendments must be integrated into the text of the agreement (or the optional addendum described in § 1005.19(b)(6)), not provided as separate riders. This comment does not refer to Regulation Z comment 58(c)(3)-4 for additional guidance because the Bureau does not believe the example illustrated in comment 58(c)(4)-4 regarding APRs would be useful for prepaid account issuers. The Bureau continues to believe that permitting issuers to submit change-in-terms notices or riders containing amendments or revisions would make it difficult to determine a prepaid account's current fees and terms. Consumers could be required to sift through change-in-terms notices and riders in an attempt to assemble a coherent picture of the terms currently offered. The Bureau believes that issuers are better placed than consumers to assemble this information and customarily incorporate revised terms into their prepaid account agreements on a regular basis rather than only issue separate riders or notices.
The Bureau proposed § 1005.19(b)(3) to provide that if an issuer no longer offers to the public a prepaid account agreement that previously has been submitted to the Bureau, the issuer must notify the Bureau, in the form and manner specified by the Bureau, by the first quarterly submission deadline after the last day of the calendar quarter in which the issuer ceased to offer the agreement. Proposed § 1005.19(b)(3) mirrored the Regulation Z provisions regarding withdrawal of agreements previously submitted to the Bureau in Regulation Z § 1026.58(c)(4). Proposed comment 19(b)(3)-1 would have referenced Regulation Z comment 58(c)(4)-1 for a specific example regarding withdrawal of submitted agreements as the Bureau intended that this provision would function the same for prepaid accounts as it does for credit card accounts.
With respect to credit cards, the Board found that the number of credit card agreements currently in effect but no longer offered to the public was extremely large, and thus providing such agreements to the Board would have posed a significant burden on issuers as well as diluted the active agreements posted on the Board's Web site to such an extent that they might no longer be useful to consumers.
The Bureau received one comment from a consumer group on this aspect of the proposal. The consumer group argued that issuers with programs that have a significant number of open accounts whose agreements are no longer offered to the public should be required to submit such agreements to the Bureau, with a notation that the agreement is no longer offered. This commenter explained that doing so would avoid confusion about active programs that would otherwise be absent from the Bureau's Web site and would allow users to compare those programs to newer programs. The Bureau does not believe such a requirement is necessary at this time in light of the limited benefits to consumers, and thus declines to require
The Bureau is therefore finalizing § 1005.19(b)(3) and its related commentary substantially as proposed, with several modifications for clarity and consistency with the revisions to § 1005.19(b)(1) to change the time period in which issuers must submit agreements to the Bureau from a quarterly basis to a rolling basis. The Bureau has also made several revisions to conform with the changes made to the proposed definition of “offers,” reflected in final § 1005.19(a)(5) and (6), discussed above. Specifically, final § 1005.19(b)(3) provides that if an issuer no longer offers a prepaid account agreement that was previously submitted to the Bureau, the issuer must notify the Bureau, in the form and manner specified by the Bureau, no later than 30 days after the issuer ceases to offer the agreement that it is withdrawing the agreement. Upon further consideration, the Bureau believes that it is necessary to provide clarification on what it means for a prepaid account to no longer be offered. Therefore, the Bureau has revised comment 19(b)(3)-1 to clarify that an issuer no longer offers an agreement when it no longer allows a consumer to activate or register a new account in connection with that agreement. In addition, final comment 19(b)(3)-1 does not refer to Regulation Z comment 58(c)(4)-1 for additional guidance because comment 58(c)(4)-1 describes a scenario in which an issuer must notify the Bureau that it is withdrawing an agreement by a quarterly submission deadline, which is not relevant to final § 1005.19(b)(3).
The Bureau proposed § 1005.19(b)(4) to provide a de minimis exception for the requirement to submit prepaid account agreements to the Bureau. Proposed § 1005.19(b)(4)(i) would have stated that an issuer is not required to submit any prepaid account agreements to the Bureau if the issuer had fewer than 3,000 open prepaid accounts as of the last business day of the calendar quarter. As in Regulation Z, this de minimis exception would have applied to all open prepaid accounts of the issuer, not to each of the issuer's prepaid account programs separately.
For Regulation Z, the Board was not aware of a way to define a “credit card plan” that would not divide issuers' portfolios into such small units that large numbers of credit card agreements could fall under the de minimis exception.
The Bureau proposed to use a lower de minimis threshold of 3,000 open prepaid accounts, in place of the 10,000 open accounts threshold used in Regulation Z. The prepaid accounts market is smaller than the credit card market (based on number of open accounts) and there are some indications that smaller issuers (
As the Bureau explained in the proposal, recent public data indicated that none of the top 100 Visa and MasterCard credit card issuers (ranked by dollar amount of outstandings, and which covers both consumer and commercial credit cards) came close to falling below the 10,000 Regulation Z de minimis threshold, even as those issuers (when combined with Discover and American Express, which are the two largest U.S. issuers that are not MasterCard or Visa issuers) amount to more than 92 percent of total general purpose credit card loans outstanding.
In comparison, the same public source indicated that three of the top 50 Visa and MasterCard prepaid account issuers would fall below a 10,000 threshold, and one of these is right at the proposed 3,000 threshold.
Proposed comment 19(b)(4)-1 would have explained that the de minimis exception in proposed § 1005.19(b)(4) is distinct from the product testing exception in proposed § 1005.19(b)(5). The de minimis exception provides that an issuer with fewer than 3,000 open prepaid accounts is not required to submit any agreements to the Bureau, regardless of whether those agreements qualify for the product testing exception. In contrast, the product testing exception provides that an issuer is not required to submit to the Bureau agreements offered solely in connection with certain types of prepaid account programs with fewer than 3,000 open accounts, regardless of the financial institution's total number of open accounts. Proposed comment 19(b)(4)-2 would refer to Regulation Z comment 58(c)(5)-2 for additional guidance on the de minimis exception.
Proposed § 1005.19(b)(4)(ii) would have stated that if an issuer that previously qualified for the de minimis
Finally, proposed § 1005.19(b)(4)(iii) would have stated that if an issuer that did not previously qualify for the de minimis exception newly qualifies for the de minimis exception, the issuer must continue to make quarterly submissions to the Bureau until the issuer notifies the Bureau that it is withdrawing all agreements it previously submitted to the Bureau. Proposed comment 19(b)(4)-5 would have also referred to Regulation Z comment 58(c)(5)-5 for additional guidance on an issuer's option to withdraw its agreements submitted to the Bureau.
Proposed § 1005.19(b)(4) mirrored the provisions regarding the de minimis exception in Regulation Z § 1026.58(c)(5), except for the lower proposed de minimis threshold figure. Proposed comments 19(b)(4)-1 to -5 mirrored Regulation Z comments 58(c)(5)-1 to -5, although proposed comments 19(b)(1)-2 to -5 were shortened to cross-reference the parallel comments in Regulation Z for specific examples regarding the de minimis exception as the Bureau intended that these provisions would function the same for prepaid accounts as they do for credit card accounts. In addition, the references to the private label credit card exception in Regulation Z comment 58(c)(5)-1 were removed as the Bureau did not believe that exception was relevant in the prepaid card context, as discussed above.
The Bureau received comments from several credit unions, a credit union trade association, and consumer groups regarding this portion of the proposal. The credit unions and the trade association indicated that they appreciated the Bureau's proposal to include a de minimis threshold but argued that the proposed de minimis threshold was too low and that overregulating prepaid accounts will negatively impact the dynamic and growing market. These commenters urged the Bureau to raise the threshold to 10,000 open accounts, which they believed would help alleviate burden, especially for small credit unions.
The consumer groups requested that the Bureau either lower the threshold or eliminate the proposed de minimis exception altogether. Responding to the argument about the impact to small issuers, one consumer group stated that small issuers can have some of the highest fees and need public scrutiny. This commenter also stated that submitting agreements to the Bureau is not time-consuming and should not overburden small issuers. Another consumer group argued that the threshold should be lowered to 500 “active” accounts, which the commenter defined as any account with a transaction in the prior quarter. This commenter also stated that large banks with ample resources should not be permitted to qualify for a de minimis exception, regardless of the number of accounts they have.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(b)(4) with several revisions explained below. The Bureau has modified § 1005.19(b)(4)(i) to make clear that whether an issuer qualifies for the de minimis exception is determined by the number of open prepaid accounts it has as of the last day of the calendar quarter. Despite changing the submission requirement from quarterly to rolling, the Bureau believes it is appropriate to keep the de minimis exception on a quarterly schedule so that issuers have a measurable time frame to determine whether they qualify for the exception. Final § 1005.19(b)(4)(i) provides that an issuer is not required to submit any prepaid account agreements to the Bureau if the issuer has fewer than 3,000 open prepaid accounts. Final § 1005.19(b)(4)(i) makes clear that if the issuer has 3,000 or more open prepaid accounts as of the last day of the calendar quarter, the issuer must submit to the Bureau its prepaid account agreements no later than 30 days after the last day of that calendar quarter. The Bureau has eliminated proposed § 1005.19(b)(4)(ii), which would have explained an issuer's obligation to make quarterly submissions to the Bureau if it ceased to qualify for the de minimis exception, because this concept is now addressed in final § 1005.19(b)(4)(i). The Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(b)(4)(iii), renumbered as § 1005.19(b)(4)(ii), which provides that if an issuer that did not previously qualify for the de minimis exception newly qualifies for the de minimis exception, the issuer must continue to make submissions to the Bureau on a rolling basis until the issuer notifies the Bureau that the issuer is withdrawing all agreements it previously submitted to the Bureau. In addition, the Bureau has removed the term “business” from the phrase “last business day” from the regulatory text of final § 1005.19(b)(4) and its related commentary to simplify the de minimis exception. The Bureau has also made several modifications for clarity and consistency with the revisions to § 1005.19(b)(1) requiring submission to the Bureau on a rolling basis.
The Bureau declines to modify the proposed threshold of 3,000 open prepaid accounts, as requested by some commenters. A more recent version of the public data described above continues to indicate that none of the top 100 Visa and MasterCard credit card issuers (ranked by dollar amount of outstandings, and which covers both consumer and commercial credit cards) come close to falling below the 10,000 Regulation Z de minimis threshold. Those issuers (when combined with Discover and American Express, which are the two largest U.S. issuers that are not MasterCard or Visa issuers) now amount to more than 93 percent of total general purpose credit card loans outstanding.
In comparison, the same public source now indicates that three of the top 50 Visa and MasterCard prepaid account issuers would fall below a 10,000 threshold, and two of these fall below the 3,000 threshold.
The Bureau has made several changes to the commentary explaining the de minimis exception. Specifically, the Bureau is finalizing comment 19(b)(4)-1, which explains that the de minimis exception in final § 1005.19(b)(4) is distinct from the product testing exception in final § 1005.19(b)(5), as proposed. The de minimis exception provides that an issuer with fewer than 3,000 open prepaid accounts is not required to submit any agreements to the Bureau, regardless of whether those agreements qualify for the product testing exception. In contrast, the product testing exception provides that an issuer is not required to submit to the Bureau agreements offered solely in connection with a product test for a prepaid account program with fewer than 3,000 open accounts, regardless of the issuer's total number of open accounts.
The Bureau is also finalizing comment 19(b)(4)-2, with several modifications for consistency with the revisions to § 1005.19(b)(4). This comment also provides an example of an issuer that qualifies for the de minimis exception. This comment does not refer to Regulation Z comment 58(c)(5)-2 for additional guidance because the Bureau believes it is clearer to include an example that specifically addresses the de minimis exception for prepaid accounts.
Furthermore, the Bureau is finalizing comment 19(b)(4)-3, with modifications for consistency with the revisions to § 1005.19(b)(4). This comment also provides an example illustrating how an issuer determines whether it qualifies for the de minimis exception. This comment does not refer to Regulation Z comment 58(c)(5)-3 for additional guidance because the Bureau believes it is clearer to include an example that explains how an issuer determines whether it qualifies for the de minimis exception for prepaid accounts. The Bureau has also removed from final comment 19(b)(4)-3 the word “business” from the phrase “last business day,” as explained above.
In addition, the Bureau is finalizing comment 19(b)(4)-4 with modifications for consistency with the revisions to § 1005.19(b)(4). This comment also provides an example illustrating how an issuer determines whether it ceases to qualify for the de minimis exception. This comment does not refer to Regulation Z comment 58(c)(5)-4 for additional guidance because the Bureau believes it is clearer to include an example that explains how an issuer determines whether it ceases to qualify for the de minimis exception for prepaid accounts. The Bureau has also removed from final comment 19(b)(4)-4 the word “business” from the phrase “last business day,” as explained above.
Finally, the Bureau is finalizing comment 19(b)(4)-5 with modifications for clarity and consistency with the revisions to § 1005.19(b)(1) and (4). This comment does not refer to Regulation Z comment 58(c)(5)-5 for additional guidance because the Bureau believes it is clearer to include an example regarding the issuer's option to withdraw agreements when it qualifies for the de minimis exception for prepaid accounts. Thus, final comment 19(b)(4)-5 explains that if an issuer qualifies for the de minimis exception, the issuer has two options. The issuer may either notify the Bureau that it is withdrawing the agreements and cease making rolling submissions to the Bureau or not notify the Bureau and continue making rolling submissions to the Bureau as required by final § 1005.19(b).
The Bureau proposed § 1005.19(b)(5) to provide a product testing exception to the requirement to submit prepaid account agreements to the Bureau. Proposed § 1005.19(b)(5) mirrored the provisions regarding the product testing exception in Regulation Z § 1026.58(c)(7).
Proposed § 1005.19(b)(5)(i) would have provided that an issuer is not required to submit to the Bureau a prepaid account agreement if, as of the last business day of the calendar quarter, the agreement: (A) is offered as part of a product test offered to only a limited group of consumers for a limited period of time; (B) is used for fewer than 3,000 open prepaid accounts; and (C) is not offered to the public other than in connection with such a product test.
Proposed § 1005.19(b)(5)(ii) would have provided that if an agreement that previously qualified for the product testing exception ceases to qualify, the issuer must submit the agreement to the Bureau no later than the first quarterly submission deadline after the date as of which the agreement ceased to qualify. Finally, proposed § 1005.19(b)(5)(iii) would have provided that if an agreement that did not previously qualify for the product testing exception newly qualifies for the exception, the issuer must continue to make quarterly submissions to the Bureau with respect to that agreement until the issuer notifies the Bureau that the agreement is being withdrawn.
Two consumer groups commented on the Bureau's proposed product testing exception. One of the consumer groups requested that the product testing exception be limited to three months and not be available to a payroll card account program if substantially all of a company's employees are enrolled in that program. The other consumer group stated that the exception should only be granted in response to the Bureau's review.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(b)(5) with several revisions discussed below. The Bureau has modified § 1005.19(b)(5)(i) to make clear that whether an agreement qualifies for the product testing exception is determined based on whether it meets certain criteria as of the last day of the calendar quarter. Despite changing the submission requirement from quarterly to rolling, the Bureau believes it is appropriate to keep the product testing exception on a quarterly schedule so that issuers have a measurable time frame to determine whether they qualify for the exception. Final § 1005.19(b)(5)(i) provides that an issuer is not required to submit a prepaid account agreement to the Bureau if as of the last day of the calendar quarter the agreement is
The Bureau believes that requiring issuers to submit agreements that would qualify for the product testing exception would provide little benefit at this time. Specifically, consumers would not benefit from comparison shopping as the agreements would only be offered to discrete, targeted groups for a limited period of time. For similar reasons, the submission of these agreements would only minimally assist the Bureau's market monitoring efforts. In addition, the Bureau understands that preparing and submitting agreements used for a small number of prepaid accounts in connection with a product test could result in administrative burden to issuers that would likely not be justified by the consumer benefit at this time.
The Bureau declines to add to additional requirements or modifications to this portion of the final rule, as requested by some commenters. The Bureau does not believe it is necessary at this time to disallow a payroll card account program from qualifying for the product testing exception if most of a company's employees are enrolled in that program, as suggested by one commenter. The Bureau also declines to limit the product testing exception to three months, as requested by another commenter, because efforts to test new prepaid account strategies and products can vary significantly, and the Bureau does not have the necessary data at this time to determine what an appropriate time frame would be. The Bureau notes, however, that this exception is intended for the testing of new products and strategies that spans a limited period of time, and the Bureau expects issuers will avail themselves of the exception only when their agreements meet the specific criteria set forth in final § 1005.19(b)(5). Finally, the Bureau also declines to grant the product testing exception only in response to the Bureau's review, as recommended by a commenter, because it does not believe it is necessary to do so at this time. However, the Bureau intends to monitor industry practices in this area and will consider modifications in future rulemakings, if warranted.
Section 1005.19(b)(6) sets forth the form and content requirements for prepaid account agreements submitted to the Bureau. The Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(b)(6) largely as proposed, with several modifications as discussed below.
The Bureau proposed § 1005.19(b)(6)(i) to provide that each prepaid account agreement must contain the provisions of the agreement and the fee information in effect as of the last business day of the preceding calendar quarter. Proposed comment 19(b)(6)-1 would have provided the following example to aid in determining the “as of” date of an agreement: On June 1, an issuer decides to decrease the out-of-network ATM withdrawal fee associated with one of the agreements it offers to the public. The change in that fee will become effective on August 1. If the issuer submits the agreement to the Bureau on July 31 (for example, because the agreement has been otherwise amended), the agreement submitted should not include the new lower out-of-network ATM withdrawal fee because that lower fee was not in effect on June 30, the last business day of the preceding calendar quarter. Proposed comment 19(b)(6)-1 was similar to Regulation Z comment 58(c)(8)-1.
Proposed § 1005.19(b)(6)(i) would have also stated that agreements must not include any personally identifiable information relating to any consumer, such as name, address, telephone number, or account number. Proposed § 1005.19(b)(6)(i) would have also stated that the following would not be deemed to be part of the agreement for purposes of proposed § 1005.19, and therefore are not required to be included in submissions to the Bureau: (1) ancillary disclosures required by State or Federal law, such as affiliate marketing notices, privacy policies, or disclosures under the E-Sign Act; (2) solicitation or marketing materials; (3) periodic statements; and (4) documents that may be sent to the consumer along with the prepaid account or prepaid account agreement such as a cover letter, a validation sticker on the card, or other information about card security. Finally, proposed § 1005.19(b)(6)(i) would have required that agreements must be presented in a clear and legible font.
Proposed § 1005.19(b)(6)(i) generally mirrored the provisions in Regulation Z § 1026.58(c)(8)(i) regarding the form and content of agreements that would be submitted to the Bureau. This provision would have excluded, however, two additional items listed in Regulation Z § 1026.58(c)(8)(i)(C) that are not deemed to be part of a credit card agreement—ancillary agreements between the issuer and the consumer, such as debt cancellation contracts or debt suspension agreements, and offers for credit insurance or other optional products and other similar advertisements—because the Bureau did not believe these items were relevant in the prepaid account context.
The Bureau received no comments specifically addressing § 1005.19(b)(6)(i) and is therefore finalizing it as proposed, with modifications for consistency with the revisions to proposed § 1005.19(b)(1) to change the time period in which issuers must submit agreements to the Bureau from a quarterly basis to a rolling basis. The Bureau notes that final § 1005.19(b)(6)(i) is not intended to provide an exhaustive list of the ancillary State and Federal law disclosures that are not deemed to be part of an agreement under final § 1005.19. As indicated by the use of the term “such as,” the listed disclosures are merely examples of “ancillary disclosures required by Federal or State law.” The Bureau does not believe it is feasible to include in this paragraph a comprehensive list of all such disclosures, as such a list would be extensive and would change as State and Federal laws and regulations are amended. The Bureau notes that an
The Bureau received comments from several consumer groups and one credit union trade association regarding the Bureau's request for comment about whether issuers should be required to post agreements on their Web sites in an electronic format that is readily usable by the general public, or whether issuers should be required to provide agreements using, for example, a machine-readable text format, such as JSON or XML, that could be used by the Bureau or third parties to more easily create comparison shopping tools.
The Bureau also received comments from several consumer groups and a labor organization requesting that in addition to including with each submission the names of the bank issuer, program manager, and branding entity (such as an employer, organization, institution of higher education), and other names that might be associated with a prepaid account (such as the entity that provides customer support), agreements should be searchable by such information. One of these commenters explained that many issuers use marketing or other affinity related names that make it difficult for a consumer to know which entity issued the prepaid account. The Bureau has considered these comments will consider incorporating such search functionality into its Web site.
The Bureau is finalizing comment 19(b)(6)-1 substantially as proposed, with several modifications for clarity and consistency with the revisions to § 1005.19(b)(1). In addition, the Bureau has removed from final comment 19(b)(6)-1 the reference to “offers to the public” and leaving only the term “offers” to reflect the changes to § 1005.19(a)(5) as discussed. Specifically, final comment 19(b)(6)-1 explains that agreements submitted to the Bureau must contain the provisions of the agreement and fee information currently in effect. For example, on June 1, an issuer decides to decrease the out-of-network ATM withdrawal fee associated with one of the agreements it offers. The change in that fee will become effective on August 1. The issuer must submit and post the amended agreement with the decreased out-of-network ATM withdrawal fee to the Bureau by August 31 as required by final § 1005.19(b)(2) and (c).
The Bureau proposed § 1005.19(b)(6)(ii) to provide that fee information must be set forth either in the prepaid account agreement or in a single addendum to that agreement. The agreement or addendum thereto would have been required to contain all of the fee information, which was defined by proposed § 1005.19(a)(3) as the information listed for the long-form fee disclosure in proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii).
Proposed § 1005.19(b)(6)(ii) deviated from the provisions governing pricing information in Regulation Z § 1026.58(c)(8)(ii) in that the proposed language would have permitted, but did not require, prepaid account fee information to be provided in an addendum to the prepaid account agreement. Proposed § 1005.19(b)(6)(ii) also omitted the provisions contained in Regulation Z § 1026.58(c)(8)(ii)(B) and (C) that address how to disclose pricing information that varies from one cardholder to another (such as APRs) and how to disclose variable rates and margins. Because prepaid account fees and terms currently do not vary between consumers based on creditworthiness or other factors in the same way that credit card account pricing and other terms do, the Bureau did not believe these provisions were either applicable or necessary with respect to prepaid account agreements. The Bureau likewise did not propose an equivalent to Regulation Z § 1026.58(c)(8)(iii) which allows for an optional variable terms addendum that allows provisions other than those related to pricing information that may vary from one cardholder to another depending on the cardholder's creditworthiness, State of residence or other factors to be set forth in a single addendum separate from the pricing information addendum. The Bureau likewise did not propose a comment equivalent to that of Regulation Z comment 58(c)(8)-2 regarding pricing information, nor that of Regulation Z comment 58(c)(8)-4 regarding the optional variable terms addendum.
With credit cards, issuers offer a range of terms and conditions and issuers may make those terms and conditions available in a variety of different combinations, particularly with respect to items included in the pricing information. In Regulation Z, pricing information is required to be set out in a separate pricing information addendum, regardless of whether pricing information is also contained in the main text of the agreement. The Board concluded that it could be difficult for consumers to find pricing information if it is integrated into the text of the credit card agreement. The Board believed that requiring pricing information to be attached as a separate addendum would ensure that this information is easily accessible to consumers.
Proposed comment 19(b)(6)-2, which is largely similar to Regulation Z comment 58(c)(8)-3, would have explained that fee agreement variations do not constitute separate agreements. Fee information that may vary from one consumer to another depending on the consumer's State of residence or other factors would have been required to be disclosed by setting forth all the possible variations or by providing a range of possible variations. Two agreements that differ only with respect to variations in the fee information would not have constituted separate agreements for purposes of proposed § 1005.19. For example, an issuer offers two types of prepaid accounts that differ only with respect to the monthly fee. The monthly fee for one type of account is $4.95, while the monthly fee for the other type of account is $0 if the consumer regularly receives direct deposit to the prepaid account. The provisions of the agreement and fee information for the two types of accounts are otherwise identical. Under
The Bureau received comments from several consumer groups requesting that fee information be searchable separately from the terms and conditions. These commenters argued that consumers and other parties reviewing agreements on the Bureau's Web site will only want to compare fee schedules and that many will only be interested in the short form disclosures, which should include most of the relevant fees.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(b)(6)(ii) as proposed, with modifications for consistency with the revisions to § 1005.19(b)(1) to change the time period in which issuers must submit agreements to the Bureau from quarterly to rolling. The Bureau continues to believe that permitting issuers to submit fee information either in a prepaid account agreement or in a single addendum to that agreement provides issuers flexibility in submitting the fee information, while ensuring that consumers and other users of the database have access to such information. For example, for some issuers, requiring fee information to be provided in a separate addendum to the agreement might increase the administrative burden related to submitting a separate document to the Bureau.
In addition, the Bureau continues to believe that, unlike credit card issuers, prepaid account issuers do not typically offer a range of terms and conditions or make those terms and conditions available in a variety of different combinations, particularly with respect to items included in the pricing information. Therefore, the Bureau does not believe it would be difficult for consumers to find fee information if it is integrated into the text of the agreement.
The Bureau is finalizing comment 19(b)(6)-2 with several modifications to explain that issuers are not permitted to disclose fee information that varies from one consumer to another by providing a range of the possible fee variations; rather, issuers must disclose such fee information by setting forth all the possible variations. Upon further consideration, the Bureau believes that providing a range of possible fee variations would not present a clear picture of what the actual fees are and therefore would not be as helpful to the Bureau in its market monitoring, or to consumers or third parties in the future when prepaid account agreements are posted to the Bureau's Web site. Therefore, final comment 19(b)(6)-2 explains that fee information that may vary from one consumer to another depending on the consumer's State of residence or other factors must be disclosed by setting forth all the possible variations. The Bureau has removed from final comment 19(b)(6)-2 the explanation that two agreements that differ only with respect to variations in the fee information do not constitute separate agreements, as the Bureau does think the comment is necessary. The Bureau has also revised the example in final comment 19(b)(6)-2 to explain that if an issuer offers a prepaid account with a monthly fee of $4.95 or $0 if the consumer regularly receives direct deposit to the prepaid account, the issuer must submit to the Bureau one agreement with fee information listing the possible monthly fees of $4.95 or $0 and including an explanation that the latter fee is dependent upon the consumer regularly receiving direct deposit.
The Bureau proposed § 1005.19(b)(6)(iii) to prohibit issuers from providing provisions of the agreement or fee information to the Bureau in the form of change-in-terms notices or riders (other than the optional fee information addendum). Changes in provisions or fee information would have been required to be integrated into the text of the agreement, or the optional fee information addendum, as appropriate. Proposed comment 19(b)(6)-3 would have provided the following example illustrating this requirement: It would be impermissible for an issuer to submit to the Bureau an agreement in the form of a terms and conditions document dated January 1, 2015, four subsequent change-in-terms notices, and two addenda showing variations in fee information. Instead, the issuer must submit a document that integrates the changes made by each of the change-in-terms notices into the body of the original terms and conditions document and a single optional addendum displaying variations in fee information.
Proposed § 1005.19(b)(6)(iii) was similar to Regulation Z § 1026.58(c)(8)(iv) in that they both prohibit providing agreements and fee (or pricing) information to the Bureau in the form of change-in-terms notice or riders, but the Bureau modified the proposed language to reflect that prepaid account fee information may, but is not required to be, provided in an optional fee information addendum. Proposed comment 19(b)(6)-3 was similar to Regulation Z comment 58(b)-5.
The Bureau received no comments on this aspect of the proposal and is therefore finalizing § 1005.19(b)(6)(iii) as proposed with minor revisions for clarity. The Bureau continues to believe that permitting issuers to submit agreements that include change-in-terms notices or riders containing amendments and revisions would be confusing for consumers and would greatly lessen the usefulness of the agreements posted on the Bureau's Web site. In addition, the Bureau believes that prepaid account issuers customarily incorporate revised terms into their prepaid account agreements on a regular basis.
In addition, the Bureau believes that, unlike credit card agreements, a single prepaid account agreement does not typically contain a variety of variable terms predicated on the consumer's credit worthiness or other factors. With respect to Regulation Z § 1026.58(c)(8)(iv), the Board believed that there could potentially be significant burden on issuers for updating credit card agreements following changes in terms because of the potential variety in terms offered under a single agreement.
The Bureau is finalizing comment 19(b)(6)-3 substantially as proposed, with revisions to simplify the example that explains that an issuer would not be permitted to submit to the Bureau an agreement in the form of a terms and conditions document and subsequently submit a change-in-terms notice or an addendum to indicate amendments to the previously submitted agreement.
The Bureau proposed § 1005.19(b)(7) to provide that the Bureau shall receive prepaid account agreements submitted by prepaid account issuers pursuant to proposed § 1005.19(b) and shall post such agreements on a publicly available Web site established and maintained by the Bureau. There is no equivalent to proposed § 1005.19(b)(7) in Regulation Z § 1026.58 as the Bureau's posting of credit card agreements it receives is directed by TILA section 122(d).
The Bureau received several comments from consumer groups, State government agencies, and industry, including industry and credit union trade associations and credit unions, regarding the proposal to post prepaid account agreements to the Bureau's publicly available Web site.
Furthermore, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.19(a)(8) above, several industry commenters, including issuing banks, industry trade associations, program managers, a think tank, and a law firm writing on behalf of a coalition of prepaid issuers, urged the Bureau to exclude agreements that are not offered to the public (such as payroll card, government benefit, and campus card accounts) from being posted to the Bureau's publicly available Web site. These commenters explained that for these types of accounts, an issuer could have thousands of agreements that have been negotiated between the issuer and a third party (such as an employer, a government agency, or a university) and that are often tailored to fit the needs of individual programs. These commenters stated that such volume and variety would clutter the Bureau's Web site, overwhelm consumers, and cause confusion because consumers might not understand which agreement applies to their account or why the terms differ. These commenters stated that even if consumers could navigate the volume of agreements, the third party—not the consumers—chooses these agreements, so comparison shopping would not be an option. In addition, these commenters stated that the public posting of these agreements raises confidentiality concerns regarding the disclosure of proprietary account features, which would compromise the issuer's ability to negotiate customized account agreements. These commenters also argued that a public posting requirement would undermine competition because it would inhibit the incentive for companies to develop novel products.
Several consumer groups and the office of a State Attorney General supported a requirement to post all agreements, including agreements that are not offered to the public, on the Bureau's publicly available Web site because they believed it would encourage competition and transparency, which they stated would help lower fees, and facilitate comparison shopping, which they said would result in more informed consumer decisions. One consumer group argued that the public posting of agreements would assist the Bureau, researchers, and consumer advocates in compiling information to issue reports and shed light on inappropriate practices by market participants.
With respect to publicly posting agreements that are not offered to the public, one consumer group asserted that the payroll card market, in particular, is secretive and issuers and employers in this market do not generally provide fee schedules when asked. This commenter added that when it began issuing reports on unemployment compensation cards, fees started to come down. This commenter also argued that employers, government agencies, nonprofit organizations, and other entities considering a prepaid card program would be able to see and compare the various terms offered in the market. This commenter further argued that, while payroll card issuers may have confidentiality clauses in their contracts with employers, those clauses do not bind employees because once a card is issued to an employee, the agreement is no longer confidential. Finally, the office of a State Attorney General argued that even though consumers who enroll in payroll card programs are not typically able to comparison shop because the employer selects their program, they would still be able to compare their plan with other wage payment options, such as a checking account, direct deposit, and other prepaid accounts.
One trade association argued that the Bureau lacks authority to post prepaid account agreements to its Web site. This commenter argued that EFTA is concerned specifically with EFTs, not bank accounts generally or non-electronic transactions, such as cash and check deposits, which are features of prepaid accounts. This commenter also argued that EFTA focuses on the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of participants with regard to EFTs, not the consumer's ability to shop for bank accounts or understand the cost of the accounts. This commenter further stated that if EFTA was intended to ensure that consumers could understand the costs of their prepaid accounts and to be able to shop, EFTA would require the disclosure of all fees, not just charges associated with EFTs and certain ATM fees. Furthermore, this commenter argued that the Bureau's authority under section 1022 of the Dodd-Frank Act to monitor risk for consumers in financial products and to gather information regarding financial service markets does not allow the Bureau to post agreements on its Web site. Regarding the Bureau's authority under section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act, this commenter stated that consumers will already have the ability to understand the costs, benefits, and risks associated with prepaid accounts by obtaining the information from the issuer's Web site or otherwise prior to acquisition, and therefore, posting the agreements on the Bureau's Web site is unnecessary. This commenter further stated that, if Congress had intended for issuers to submit agreements to the Bureau (as it did for credit card agreements under TILA), it would have specifically required it in the Dodd-Frank Act.
Upon further consideration, the Bureau believes it is unnecessary to finalize § 1005.19(b)(7). Consistent with its request for comment, the Bureau intends to publish on its Web site in the future the agreements that issuers have submitted pursuant to final § 1005.19(b). Given that the requirement speaks to the Bureau's actions and not to regulated entities, however, there is no need to finalize the provision through regulatory text.
The Bureau continues to believe that posting prepaid accounts agreements
As discussed above, the Bureau proposed and is finalizing § 1005.19 pursuant to its authority in section 1022(c)(4) of the Dodd-Frank Act. Under section 1022(c)(3) of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Bureau “shall publish not fewer than 1 report of significant findings of its monitoring required by this subsection in each calendar year,” and “may make public such information obtained by the Bureau under this section as is in the public interest.” As discussed above, the Bureau is requiring submission of this information to the Bureau under section 1022(c)(1) of the Dodd-Frank Act, which directs the Bureau to monitor for risks to consumers in the offering or provision of consumer financial products or services, including developments in markets for such products or services, and section 1022(c)(4), which provides the Bureau with authority to gather information from time to time regarding the organization, business conduct, markets, and activities of covered persons and service providers.
The Bureau proposed § 1005.19(c) to require an issuer to post and maintain on its publicly available Web site the prepaid account agreements that the issuer would be required to submit to the Bureau under proposed § 1005.19(b). Agreements posted pursuant to proposed § 1005.19(c) would have been required to conform to the form and content requirements for agreements submitted to the Bureau specified in proposed § 1005.19(b)(6)(i)(B) through (D) and would have been permitted to be posted in any electronic format that is readily usable by the general public. Agreements posted pursuant to proposed § 1005.19(c) would have been required to be accurate and updated whenever changes are made. Agreements would have been required to be placed in a location that is prominent and readily accessible by the public and without submission of personally identifiable information.
Regulation Z § 1026.58(d)(1) requires credit card issuers to update the agreements posted on their Web sites at least as frequently as the quarterly schedule required for submission of agreements to the Bureau, but permits an issuer to update its agreements more frequently if it so chooses. For Regulation Z, the Board considered a consumer group comment requesting that the online agreement be updated within a specific period of time no greater than 72 hours. The Board declined to adopt such a requirement because it believed that the burden to card issuers of updating agreements in such a short time would outweigh the benefit. In addition, the Board noted that if a consumer applies or is solicited for a credit card, the consumer will receive the updated disclosure under existing rules in Regulation Z subpart B.
Proposed comment 19(c)-1 would have explained that an issuer's obligation to post and maintain prepaid account agreements on its Web site pursuant to proposed § 1005.19(c) is distinct from that of § 1005.7, which requires an issuer to provide certain disclosures at the time a consumer contracts for an EFT service or before the first EFT is made involving the consumer's account, as well as the change-in-terms notice required under § 1005.8(a). This requirement would have also been distinct from that of proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii), which would have required issuers to make the long form disclosure available to consumers prior to prepaid account acquisition and which, depending on the methods an issuer offers prepaid accounts to consumers, would have required posting of the long form disclosure on the issuer's Web site. If, for example, an issuer is not required to submit any agreements to the Bureau because the issuer qualifies for the de minimis exception under proposed § 1005.19(b)(4), the issuer would not have been required to post and maintain any agreements on its Web site under proposed § 1005.19(c). The issuer would have still been required to provide each individual consumer with access to his or her specific prepaid account agreement under proposed § 1005.19(d), discussed below, by posting and maintaining the agreement on the issuer's Web site or by providing a copy of the agreement upon the consumer's request. The issuer may have also been required to post the long form disclosure required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii) online as well, depending on the methods by which the issuer offers prepaid accounts to consumers.
Proposed comment 19(c)-2 would have explained that if an issuer provides consumers with access to specific information about their individual accounts, such as balance information or copies of statements, through a third-party Web site, the issuer would have been considered to maintain that Web site for purposes of proposed § 1005.19. Such a third-party Web site would have been deemed to be maintained by the issuer for purposes of proposed § 1005.19(c) even where, for example, an unaffiliated entity designs the Web site and owns and maintains the information technology infrastructure that supports the Web site, consumers with prepaid accounts from multiple issuers can access individual account information through the same Web site, and the Web site is not labeled, branded, or otherwise held out to the public as belonging to the issuer. Therefore, issuers that provide consumers with access to account-specific information through a third-party Web site would have been able to comply with proposed § 1005.19(c) by ensuring that the agreements the issuer submits to the Bureau are posted on the third-party Web site in accordance with proposed § 1005.19(c).
Proposed § 1005.19(c) was similar to Regulation Z § 1026.58(d), but did not include provisions regarding private label credit cards, as discussed above. Specifically, the Bureau did not propose an equivalent to the provision addressing the Web site to be used for posting private label credit card agreements in Regulation Z § 1026.58(d)(1) as well as Regulation Z § 1026.58(d)(4) requiring quarterly updates of credit card agreements posted on card issuers' Web sites, as discussed above. Proposed comment 19(c)-1 was similar to Regulation Z comment 58(d)-1, although the Bureau had modified it to distinguish the requirement in proposed § 1005.19(c) from other disclosure-related obligations in Regulation E. Proposed comment 19(c)-2 would have mirrored Regulation Z comment 58(d)-2, although the Bureau had modified both it and proposed comment 19(c)-1 to remove the portions discussing the private label credit card exception. An equivalent to Regulation Z comment 58(d)-3, regarding private label credit card plans, was likewise omitted.
The Bureau received comments from consumer groups, State government agencies, and industry commenters (including trade associations, credit unions, a program manager, and a payment network) regarding the proposed posting requirement in § 1005.19(c).
Furthermore, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.19(a)(8) above, several industry commenters, including issuing banks, industry trade associations, program managers, a think tank, and a law firm writing on behalf of a coalition of prepaid issuers, urged the Bureau to exclude agreements that are not offered to the public (such as payroll card, government benefit, and campus card accounts) from the requirement in proposed § 1005.19(c) to post agreements to the issuer's publicly available Web site. These commenters explained that for these types of accounts, an issuer could have thousands of agreements that have been negotiated between the issuer and a third party (such as an employer, a government agency, or a university) and that are often tailored to fit the needs of individual programs. These commenters stated that such volume and variety would clutter the issuer's Web site, overwhelm consumers, and cause confusion because consumers might not understand which agreement applies to their account or why the terms differ. These commenters stated that even if consumers could navigate the volume of agreements, the third party—not the consumers—chooses these agreements, so comparison shopping would not be an option. In addition, these commenters stated that the public posting of these agreements raises confidentiality concerns regarding the disclosure of proprietary account features, which would compromise the issuer's ability to negotiate customized account agreements. These commenters also argued that a public posting requirement would undermine competition because it would inhibit the incentive for companies to develop novel products.
Several consumer groups and the office of a State Attorney General supported a requirement to post all agreements, including agreements that are not offered to the public, on the issuer's public Web site because they believed it would encourage competition and transparency, which they stated would help lower fees, and facilitate comparison shopping, which they stated would result in better informed consumer decisions. One consumer group argued that the public posting of agreements would assist the Bureau, researchers, and consumer advocates in compiling information to issue reports and shed light on inappropriate practices by some market participants.
With respect to publicly posting agreements that are not offered to the public, one consumer group explained that the payroll card market, in particular, is secretive and issuers and employers in this market do not generally provide fee schedules when asked. This commenter added that when it began issuing reports on unemployment compensation cards, fees started to come down. This commenter also argued that employers, government agencies, nonprofit organizations, and other entities considering a prepaid card program would be able to see and compare the various terms offered in the market. This commenter further argued that, while payroll card issuers may have confidentiality clauses in their contracts with employers, those clauses do not bind employees because once the card is issued to an employee, the agreement is no longer confidential. Finally, the office of a State Attorney General argued that even though consumers who enroll in payroll card programs are not typically able to comparison shop because the employer selects their program, they would still be able to compare their plan with wage other payment options, such as a checking account, direct deposit, and other prepaid accounts.
Regarding whether the Bureau should specify a timeframe for updating agreements posted on the issuer's Web site, one credit union requested that the Bureau not designate a timeframe, and one consumer group requested that the Bureau require issuers to post agreements within seven business days of issuing the agreement.
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(c) generally as proposed, with several modifications. The Bureau has revised § 1005.19(c)(1) to exclude prepaid account agreements that are not offered to the general public from the requirement that issuers post agreements to their publicly available Web sites. In addition, the Bureau has revised § 1005.19(c)(3) to clarify that an issuer must post on its publicly available Web site and update the posted agreements as frequently as the issuer is required to submit new and amended agreements to the Bureau pursuant to § 1005.19(b). The Bureau has also made several minor revisions for clarity and consistency.
The Bureau continues to believe that the general requirement to post prepaid account agreements on the issuer's publicly available Web site will increase transparency in the terms of these agreements and the amounts of the fees assessed against the prepaid accounts. The increased transparency will allow the public and consumers to become better informed about these accounts, which will likely encourage competition and improve fees in the various markets.
The Bureau is persuaded, however, that posting to the issuer's publicly available Web site agreements that are not offered to the general public may impose unnecessary administrative burden and have little consumer benefit. The Bureau understands that issuers of payroll card, government benefit, campus card, and other types of accounts whose agreements are not offered to the general public could potentially have thousands of agreements to post and maintain on their publicly available Web sites, which could take a considerable amount of time and resources to set up and maintain without necessarily being easy for consumers to navigate. In addition, the Bureau believes that consumers who use these types of accounts would not likely visit the issuer's general Web site to access their individual agreements. The Bureau notes that issuers of these accounts are still required to provide each individual consumer with access to his or her specific prepaid account agreement under § 1005.19(d), discussed below, and to submit the agreements to the Bureau under § 1005.19(b) (unless the de minimis exception under final § 1005.19(b)(4) or the product testing exception under final § 1005.19(b)(5) applies). In contrast, the Bureau believes that there are benefits to consumers and third parties in having agreements not available to the general public posted all in one place on the Bureau's Web site. See the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.19(a)(8) above.
The Bureau is finalizing comments 19(c)-1 and -2 generally as proposed, with several modifications for clarity and consistency with the revisions to § 1005.19(c) discussed above.
Final comment 19(c)-1 explains the differences between final § 1005.19(c) and other provisions in § 1005.19, as well as other requirements elsewhere in of Regulation E, and clarifies that, for agreements that are not offered to the general public, the issuer is not required to post and maintain the agreements on its publicly available Web site, but is still required to provide each individual consumer with access to his or her specific prepaid account agreement under § 1005.19(d). This comment also clarifies the requirements for issuers that are not required to submit agreements to the Bureau because they qualify for the de minimis exception under § 1005.19(b)(4) or the agreements qualify for the product testing exception under § 1005.19(b)(5). In addition, this final comment does not contain the proposed explanation that an issuer that is not required to submit agreements to the Bureau may be required to post the long form disclosure required by proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(ii) online, depending on the methods by which the issuer offers prepaid accounts to consumers, as the Bureau does not believe it is necessary to include this clarification in commentary.
Final comment 19(c)-2 explains that, if an issuer offers an agreement to the general public as defined by § 1005.19(a)(6), that issuer must post that agreement on a publicly available Web site it maintains. If an issuer provides consumers with access to specific information about their individual accounts, such as balance information or copies of statements, through a third-party Web site, the issuer is considered to maintain that Web site for purposes of § 1005.19. Such a third-party Web site is deemed to be maintained by the issuer for purposes of § 1005.19(c) even where, for example, an unaffiliated entity designs the Web site and owns and maintains the information technology infrastructure that supports the Web site, consumers with prepaid accounts from multiple issuers can access individual account information through the same Web site, and the Web site is not labeled, branded, or otherwise held out to the public as belonging to the issuer. Therefore, issuers that provide consumers with access to account-specific information through a third-party Web site can comply with § 1005.19(c) by ensuring that the agreements the issuer submits to the Bureau are posted on the third-party Web site in accordance with § 1005.19(c).
The Bureau proposed § 1005.19(d)(1) to provide that, with respect to any open prepaid account, unless the prepaid account agreement is provided to the Bureau pursuant to proposed § 1005.19(b) and posted to the issuer's publicly available Web site pursuant to proposed § 1005.19(c), an issuer must either post and maintain the consumer's agreement on its Web site, or promptly provide a copy of the consumer's agreement to the consumer upon the consumer's request. Agreements posted pursuant to proposed § 1005.19(d) would have been permitted to be housed on a portion of the issuer's Web site that is available to consumers once they have logged into their accounts. If the issuer makes an agreement available upon request, the issuer would have been required to provide the consumer with the ability to request a copy of the agreement by telephone. The issuer would have been required to send to the consumer a copy of the consumer's prepaid account agreement no later than five business days after the issuer receives the consumer's request.
Proposed comment 19(d)-1, which was similar to Regulation Z comment 58(e)-1, would have provided examples illustrating the requirements of proposed § 1005.19(d)(1). An issuer that is not required to submit agreements to the Bureau because it qualifies for the de minimis exception under proposed § 1005.19(b)(4) would still have been required to provide consumers with access to their specific agreements under proposed § 1005.19(d). Similarly, an agreement that is no longer offered to the public would not have been required to be submitted to the Bureau under proposed § 1005.19(b), but would still have been required to be provided to the consumer to whom it applies under proposed § 1005.19(d).
The Board believed that the administrative burden associated with posting each cardholder's credit card agreement on the issuer's Web site might be substantial for some issuers, particularly smaller institutions with limited information technology resources, and thus gave issuers the option of providing copies of agreements in response to cardholders' requests. The ability to provide agreements in response to a request made via telephone or Web site would ensure that cardholders still be able to obtain copies of their credit card agreements promptly.
The Bureau did not know whether similar challenges are faced by prepaid account issuers, particularly for issuers that would qualify for the de minimis or product testing exceptions. The Bureau thus proposed to similarly allow prepaid account issuers to satisfy the requirements of proposed § 1005.19(d)(1) by providing a copy of a consumer's prepaid account agreement to the consumer upon the consumer's request.
Regulation Z § 1026.58(e)(1) requires a credit card issuer to accept cardholders' requests for copies of their credit card agreements via the issuer's Web site as
Regulation Z § 1026.58(e)(1)(ii) also requires credit card issuers to allow cardholders to request copies of their agreements by calling a readily available telephone line the number for which is displayed on the issuer's Web site and clearly identified as to its purpose. Regulation Z comment 58(e)-2 provides additional clarification as to what is required to satisfy the “readily available telephone line” standard. Because the Bureau proposed to require prepaid account issuers to provide telephone numbers for a variety of other purposes,
Regulation Z § 1026.58(e)(1) also allows a credit card issuer, in response to such a cardholder's request for a copy of the cardholder's agreement, to provide that agreement to the cardholder electronically, such as by posting a copy of the agreement to its Web site in a location that is accessible by the cardholder. Because the Bureau expected that few, if any, issuers would be required to provide agreements upon request pursuant to proposed § 1005.19(d)(1)(ii), it did not appear to be necessary or useful to allow an issuer to post a prepaid account agreement to a consumer's online account in response to a consumer's request. The Bureau thus did not propose to permit issuers to provide copies of prepaid account agreements electronically in response to consumers' requests, except as permitted in proposed § 1005.19(d)(2)(vi), discussed below. In addition, a provision corresponding to Regulation Z § 1026.58(e)(2), containing a special provision for issuers without interactive Web sites, was not included in proposed § 1005.19, as the Bureau was not aware of any prepaid issuers that do not maintain Web sites (or do not use a third-party service provider to maintain such a Web site) from which consumers can access specific information about their individual prepaid accounts and thus does not believe such a provision is necessary for prepaid accounts. The Bureau did not propose an equivalent to Regulation Z comment 58(e)-3, which provides examples regarding the deadline for providing copies of requested agreements, as the Bureau did not believe such examples were necessary given the more limited ways that issuers are permitted to respond to requests under proposed § 1005.19(d)(1)(ii).
Regulation Z § 1026.58(e)(2) provides that the card issuer must send to the cardholder or otherwise make available to the cardholder a copy of the cardholder's agreement in electronic or paper form no later than 30 days after the issuer receives the cardholder's request. The Board originally proposed requiring issuers to respond to such a request within 10 business days, but some commenters contended that 10 business days would not provide sufficient time to respond to a request. The commenters noted that they would be required to integrate changes in terms into the agreement and providing pricing information, which, particularly for older agreements that may have had many changes in terms over the years, could require more time. The Board believed it would be reasonable to provide more time for an issuer to respond to a cardholder's request for a copy of the credit card agreement, and thus allowed for 30 days in the final rule.
The Bureau did not believe that issuers would face the same challenges in integrating changes in terms into prepaid account agreements in the same manner as with credit card agreements. The Bureau believed that requiring issuers to provide prepaid account agreements within five business days would give issuers adequate time to respond to requests while providing consumers with prompt access to their prepaid account agreements.
The Bureau received comments from several industry and consumer group commenters on this aspect of the proposal. The commenters generally supported a requirement to provide consumers with access to their individual prepaid account agreements. One industry trade association and one issuing bank argued that an issuer should be required to post and maintain the consumer's payroll card agreement on a portion of the issuer's Web site that is available to the consumer once he or she has logged into his or her account. These commenters suggested that the Bureau provide a statement on its dedicated prepaid account Web site directing consumers of payroll cards to visit their issuer's Web site for a copy of their agreement and to submit a complaint to the Bureau if the consumer has trouble obtaining it (similar to what is included on the Bureau's Web site for credit card agreements).
One consumer group urged the Bureau to require issuers to both post prepaid account agreements on the issuer's Web site and make agreements available in paper form upon the consumer's request, not one or the other. This commenter also requested that the Bureau require issuers to post a consumer's agreement on a password protected section of their Web site, even if the agreement is identical to the one currently offered to the public. This commenter explained that consumers who obtained their accounts in the past will not know that their agreements are the same as those currently offered. This commenter also stated that the “my account” area of the Web site is also where consumers will logically search for their agreements. In addition, this commenter urged the Bureau to make clear that issuers may not charge consumers a fee for requesting a copy of their agreement.
One program manager requested that the Bureau strike proposed § 1005.19(d) in its entirety from this final rule. This commenter argued that consumers would need to sort through thousands of agreements—each containing multiple pages—without knowing which account is applicable to their programs. This commenter stated that consumers will not likely seek out a multi-page agreement in order to compare the features of the program most important to that consumer. This commenter also stated that it does not feel comfortable making agreements, which they explained contain proprietary and confidential information, available to the public and subject to the scrutiny of competitors in the marketplace. This commenter stated that employers and other clients with whom the commenter has negotiated certain terms would not be comfortable with their competitors' ability to see the terms that resulted
For the reasons set forth herein, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(d) substantially as proposed, with one revision for clarity. Specifically, final § 1005.19(d) provides that with respect to any open prepaid account, an issuer must either post and maintain the consumer's agreement on its Web site, or promptly provide a copy of the consumer's agreement to the consumer upon request.
The Bureau continues to believe that it would not be appropriate to apply the de minimis exception, the product testing exception, or the exception for accounts not currently offered to the general public to the requirement that issuers provide consumers with access to their specific prepaid account agreement through the issuer's Web site. The Bureau believes that the benefit of increased transparency of providing individual consumers with access to their specific prepaid account agreements is substantial regardless of the number of open accounts an issuer has and regardless of whether an agreement continues to be offered by the issuer or is offered as part of a product test. In addition, the Bureau believes that requiring issuers to provide prepaid account agreements within five business days gives issuers adequate time to respond to requests while providing consumers with prompt access to their prepaid account agreements. The Bureau is adopting new comment 19(d)-2, discussed below, to explain the requirements for sending an agreement.
The Bureau declines to modify the provision to require issuers to post an individual consumer's prepaid account agreement on the issuer's Web site
The Bureau is finalizing comment 19(d)-1 largely as proposed, with several modifications for consistency with the revisions to § 1005.19(d)(1) discussed above and to clarify that an issuer that is not required to post on its Web site agreements not offered to the general public must still provide consumers with access to their specific agreements under final § 1005.19(d).
The Bureau is adopting new comment 19(d)-2 to clarify the requirement for providing a consumer a copy of the consumer's agreement no later than five business days after the issuer receives the consumer's request. Specifically, this comment explains that, if the issuer mails the agreement, the agreement must be posted in the mail five business days after the issuer receives the consumer's request. If the issuer hand delivers or provides the agreement electronically, the agreement must be hand delivered or provided electronically five business days after the issuer receives the consumer's request. For example, if the issuer emails the agreement, the email with the attached agreement must be sent no later than five business days after the issuer receives the consumer's request.
The Bureau proposed § 1005.19(d)(2) to address the form and content requirements for agreements provided to consumers pursuant to proposed § 1005.19(d)(1). Proposed § 1005.19(d)(2)(i) would have stated that, except as otherwise provided in proposed § 1005.19(d), agreements posted on the issuer's Web site pursuant to proposed § 1005.19(d)(1)(i) or sent to the consumer upon the consumer's request pursuant to proposed § 1005.19(d)(1)(ii) must conform to the form and content requirements for agreements submitted to the Bureau as specified in proposed § 1005.19(b)(6). Proposed § 1005.19(d)(2)(ii) would have provided that if the issuer posts an agreement on its Web site pursuant to proposed § 1005.19(d)(1)(i), the agreement may be posted in any electronic format that is readily usable by the general public and must be placed in a location that is prominent and readily accessible to the consumer. Proposed § 1005.19(d)(2)(iii) would have stated that agreements posted or otherwise provided pursuant to proposed § 1005.19(d) may contain personally identifiable information relating to the consumer, such as name, address, telephone number, or account number, provided that the issuer takes appropriate measures to make the agreement accessible only to the consumer or other authorized persons.
Proposed § 1005.19(d)(2)(iv) would have stated that agreements posted or otherwise provided pursuant to proposed § 1005.19(d) must set forth the specific provisions and fee information applicable to the particular consumer. Proposed § 1005.19(d)(2)(v) would have provided that agreements posted pursuant to proposed § 1005.19(d)(1)(i) must be accurate and updated whenever changes are made. Agreements provided upon consumer request pursuant to proposed § 1005.19 (d)(1)(ii) would have been required to be accurate as of the date the agreement is mailed or electronically delivered to the consumer. Proposed § 1005.19(d)(2)(vi) would have stated that agreements provided upon the consumer's request pursuant to proposed § 1005.19(d)(1)(ii) must be provided by the issuer in paper form, unless the consumer agrees to receive the agreement electronically.
Proposed § 1005.19(d)(2) was generally similar to Regulation Z § 1026.58(e)(3), except that it contained modifications to reflect the changes in proposed § 1005.19(d)(1) regarding the methods in which prepaid account agreements may be provided to
The Bureau received no comments on this aspect of the proposal. Accordingly, the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(d)(2) substantially as proposed, with modifications for consistency with the revisions to § 1005.19(c)(3). The Bureau has also made a revision to proposed § 1005.19(d)(2)(v) to make clear that agreements provided upon a consumer's request must be accurate as of the date the agreement is sent to the consumer, rather than the date the agreement is mailed or electronically delivered to the consumer. The Bureau believes it is clearer to use the term “sent” in final § 1005.19(d)(2) and to explain in final comment 19(d)-2, discussed above, the methods in which a consumer may send an agreement to the consumer. Therefore, in addition to requiring that agreements posted pursuant to § 1005.19(d)(1)(i) must be updated as frequently as the issuer is required to submit amended agreements to the Bureau pursuant to § 1005.19(b)(2), final § 1005.19(d)(2)(v) states that agreements provided upon consumer request pursuant to § 1005.19(d)(1)(ii) must be accurate as of the date the agreement is sent to the consumer.
With respect to the statement in final § 1005.19(d)(2)(iii) regarding agreements containing personally identifiable information relating to the consumer, the Bureau cautions that this is permissible only if the issuer takes appropriate measures to make the agreement accessible only to the consumer or other authorized parties. The Bureau understands that issuers will include a consumer's name and address when mailing agreements. However, the Bureau expects issuers to protect personally identifiable information relating to the consumer as appropriate, or not to include such information in the agreements if it is not necessary to do so.
The Bureau proposed § 1005.19(e) to state that, except as otherwise provided in proposed § 1005.19, issuers may provide prepaid account agreements in electronic form under proposed § 1005.19(c) and (d) without regard to the consumer notice and consent requirements the E-Sign Act. Because TILA section 122(d) specifies that a credit card issuer must provide access to cardholder agreements on the issuer's Web site, the Board did not believe that the requirements of the E-Sign Act applied to the regulations now contained at Regulation Z § 1026.58.
The Bureau received several comments from industry supporting the proposal to provide agreements in electronic form without complying with the E-Sign consent requirements. One consumer group recommended the Bureau require compliance with the E-Sign Act for prepaid account information. This commenter explained that a consumer giving E-Sign consent and providing an email address does not necessarily mean the consumer has regular access to the Internet or a computer.
The Bureau continues to believe that it is appropriate to waive the requirement that issuers obtain E-Sign consent from consumers in order to provide prepaid account agreements in electronic form pursuant to § 1005.19(c) and (d), and thus the Bureau is finalizing § 1005.19(e) as proposed.
The Bureau proposed, in general, a nine month effective date for its rulemaking on prepaid accounts, with an additional three months for certain disclosure-related obligations. Comments regarding the proposed effective date generally are discussed in the detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(h) above and in part VI below.
With regard to application of the proposed effective date to the requirements of § 1005.19 in particular, the Bureau received comments from several industry and trade association commenters, arguing that nine months would be insufficient to make the proposed changes. Several commenters expressed concern that issuers would need additional time to comply with the proposed submission and posting requirements pursuant to proposed § 1005.19(b) and (c), respectively, to implement the necessary system and operational changes. These commenters explained that submitting and posting prepaid account agreements would require issuers to develop a process of maintaining inventory for the agreements, create a process to update them on a quarterly basis, and develop a periodic monitoring process to ensure accuracy of these agreements. In addition, these commenters explained that the posting requirement would also require issuers to create a location on their Web sites for the posting of agreements.
The Bureau is adopting an effective date of October 1, 2017 for this final rule generally, which is reflected in new § 1005.19(f)(1), which states that except as provided in new § 1005.19(f)(2), the requirements of final § 1005.19 apply to prepaid accounts beginning on October 1, 2017.
The Bureau is adopting new § 1005.19(f)(2) to establish a delayed effective date of October 1, 2018 for the requirement to submit prepaid account agreements to the Bureau on a rolling basis pursuant to final § 1005.19(b). An issuer must submit to the Bureau no later than October 31, 2018 all prepaid account agreements it offers as of October 1, 2018. The Bureau continues to work to develop a streamlined electronic submission process, which it expects will be fully operational before final § 1005.19(b) becomes effective on October 1, 2018. The Bureau expects to provide technical specifications regarding the electronic submission process in advance of that date. Issuers will have no submission obligations under this provision until the Bureau has issued technical specifications addressing the form and manner for submission of agreements.
In addition, new § 1005.19(f)(3) provides that nothing in new § 1005.19(f)(2) shall affect the requirements to post prepaid account agreements on an issuer's Web site pursuant to final § 1005.19(c) and (d) or the requirement to provide a copy of the
The Bureau is adopting new comment 19(f)-1 to further explain that, if an issuer offers a prepaid account agreement on October 1, 2018, the issuer must submit the agreement to the Bureau, as required by § 1005.19(b), no later than October 31, 2018, which is 30 days after October 1, 2018. After October 1, 2018, issuers must submit on prepaid account agreements or notifications of withdrawn agreements to the Bureau within 30 days after offering, amending, or ceasing to offer the agreements.
The Bureau is also adopting new comment 19(f)-2 to explain that, during the delayed agreement submission period set forth in new § 1005.19(f)(2), an issuer must post agreements on its Web site as required by final § 1005.19(c) and (d)(1)(i) using the agreements it would have otherwise submitted to the Bureau under final § 1005.19(b) and must provide a copy of the consumer's agreement to the consumer upon request pursuant to final § 1005.19(d)(1)(ii). For purposes of § 1005.19(c)(2) and (d)(2), agreements posted by an issuer on its Web site must conform to the form and content requirements set forth in final § 1005.19(b)(6). For purposes of final § 1005.19(c)(3) and (d)(2)(v), amended agreements must be posted to the issuer's Web site no later than 30 days after the change becomes effective as required by final § 1005.19(b)(2).
Prior to the October 1, 2018 effective date for the submission requirement in final § 1005.19(b), the Bureau will issue technical specifications addressing the form and manner for submission of agreements. The Bureau intends to publish a notice in the
The Bureau reminds credit card issuers that while final § 1005.19(h) provides a delayed effective date of October 1, 2018 to submit prepaid account agreements to the Bureau, the requirement to submit credit card agreements under Regulation Z § 1026.58 for covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards that are credit card accounts under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan becomes effective with the rest of this final rule on October 1, 2017.
Existing appendix A-5 provides model language for government agencies that offer accounts for distributing government benefits to consumers electronically; this model language reflects the modifications made to certain Regulation E provisions by existing § 1005.15. The Bureau proposed to relabel appendix A-5 as
The Bureau similarly proposed to revise paragraph (b) of appendix A-5, which sets forth model clauses regarding disclosure of error resolution procedures for government agencies that provide alternative means of obtaining account information. The Bureau proposed to revise the section citation in the paragraph heading, and to revise the first paragraph of paragraph (b) to correspond with the proposed revised language for prepaid accounts in paragraph (b) of appendix A-7. Specifically, the Bureau proposed to remove the sentence stating that the agency must hear from the consumer no later than 60 days after the consumer learns of the error, and to add language stating that the agency must allow the consumer to report an error until 60 days after the earlier of the date the consumer electronically accessed his or her account, if the error could be viewed in the electronic history, or the date the agency sent the first written history on which the error appeared. The paragraph would have also stated that the consumer could request a written transaction history at any time by calling or writing, or optionally by contacting the consumer's caseworker.
The Bureau did not receive any comments specifically regarding the proposed changes to appendix A-5. As discussed in the section-by-section analyses of §§ 1005.15(d) and 1005.18(c) below, however, the Bureau is revising the proposed time periods that apply to a consumer's right to obtain account information. Under the final rule, consumers will have the right to access up to 12 months of account history online, instead of the 18 months of account history in the proposed rule. In addition, consumers will have the right to request at least 24 months of written transaction history, instead of the 18 months set forth in the proposed rule. The Bureau is revising appendix A-5 to reflect these changed time periods and to make certain other conforming changes, but is otherwise finalizing appendix A-5 as proposed.
Existing appendix A-7 provides model clauses for financial institutions that offer payroll card accounts; these clauses reflect the modifications made by the Payroll Card Rule to certain Regulation E provisions in existing § 1005.18. To reflect the proposed expansion of § 1005.18 to cover prepaid accounts, the Bureau proposed to revise the heading for existing appendix A-7 as well as the heading for paragraph (a) of appendix A-7. The Bureau also proposed to revise paragraph (a) of appendix A-7, which currently explains to consumers how to obtain account information for payroll card accounts, to change the term payroll card account to prepaid account, and to state that at least 18 months of electronic and written account transaction history is available to the consumer, rather than 60 days, as proposed in § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii) and (iii). The Bureau also proposed to add a sentence at the end of paragraph (a) of appendix A-7 to inform consumers that they could not be charged for requesting such written account transaction history, unless requests were made more than once per month. As discussed above, the Bureau proposed to allow financial institutions to assess a fee or charge for subsequent requests for written account information made in a single calendar month, in proposed comment 18(c)-3.i.
The Bureau similarly proposed to revise the heading of paragraph (b), and
The Bureau also proposed to add a new paragraph (c) at the end of appendix A-7, for use by a financial institution that chooses, as explained in proposed comment 18(e)-4, not to comply with the liability limits and error resolution requirements in §§ 1005.6 and 1005.11 for prepaid accounts with respect to which it had not completed its collection of consumer identifying information and identity verification.
This model language would have stated that it was important for consumers to register their prepaid accounts as soon as possible and that until a consumer registered the prepaid account, the financial institution was not required to research or resolve errors regarding the consumer's account. To register an account, the consumer was directed to a Web site and telephone number. The model language would have explained that the financial institution would ask for identifying information about the consumer (including full name, address, date of birth, and Social Security Number or government-issued identification number), so that it could verify the consumer's identity. Once the financial institution had done so, it would address the consumer's complaint or question as described earlier in appendix A-7.
The Bureau did not receive any comments specifically regarding the proposed revisions to appendix A-7. The Bureau is, however, making several revisions to the substantive provisions in § 1005.18(c) and (e) that correspond to the disclosures set forth in appendix A-7, and is revising appendix A-7 to reflect those changes. First, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(c) above, the Bureau is revising the proposed time periods that apply to a consumer's right to obtain account information. Under the final rule, consumers will have the right to access up to 12 months of account history online, instead of the 18 months of account history in the proposed rule. In addition, consumers will have the right to request at least 24 months of written transaction history, instead of the 18 months set forth in the proposed rule. The Bureau is revising paragraph (a) of appendix A-7 to reflect these changed time periods.
Second, under the final rule, the Bureau is no longer requiring a financial institution to provide 24 months of written account transaction history upon request, as required under § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii), for prepaid accounts (other than payroll card accounts or government benefit accounts) with respect to which the financial institution has not completed its consumer identification and verification process. To reflect this exception, the Bureau is adding bracketed language clarifying that the language in appendix A-7 informing consumers of their right to request 24 months of written account transaction history only applies to accounts that have been or can be registered with the financial institution.
Third, the Bureau is making several revisions to § 1005.18(e)(3), which, as proposed, would have limited a financial institution's obligation to provide limited liability and error resolution for accounts with respect to which the financial institution had not completed its collection of consumer identifying information and identity verification. Under the final rule, financial institutions must provide limited liability and error resolution protections for all prepaid accounts, regardless of whether the financial institution has completed its consumer identification and verification process with respect to the account. However, for accounts with respect to which the financial institution has not completed its identification and verification process (or for which the financial institution has no such process), the financial institution is not required to provisionally credit the consumer's account in the event the financial institution takes longer than 10 or 20 business days, as applicable, to investigate and determine whether an error occurred.
To reflect these changes, the Bureau is revising paragraphs (b) and (c) of appendix A-7 as follows. The Bureau is revising the language in paragraph (b) describing a consumer's right to receive provisional credit in certain circumstances to reflect that, under the final rule, an account must be registered with the financial institution in order to be eligible for provisional credit. The Bureau is also revising paragraph (c), which under the final rule is only applicable to prepaid accounts that have a customer identification and verification process but for which the process is not completed before the account is opened (
The Bureau is otherwise adopting appendix A-7 as proposed.
The Bureau proposed Model Forms A-10(a) through (d) and (f) and Sample Forms A-10(e) and (g) in appendix A in relation to the disclosure requirements set forth in proposed § 1005.15(c)(2) and proposed § 1005.18(b). Proposed Model Form A-10(a) would have set forth the short form disclosure for government benefit accounts as described in proposed § 1005.15(c)(2). Proposed Model Form A-10(b) would have set forth the short form disclosure for payroll card accounts as described in proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(A). Proposed Model Form A-10(c) would have set forth the short form disclosure for prepaid accounts that could offer an overdraft service or other credit feature as described in proposed § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau did not receive any comments regarding the proposed model and sample forms with respect to appendix A-10 specifically. The Bureau received many comments regarding its proposed pre-acquisition disclosure regime in general as well as regarding its
The Bureau is finalizing appendix A-10 generally as proposed, with revisions to reflect changes made to the regulatory text of the short form and long form disclosure requirements in final § 1005.(c) and § 1005.18(b). In addition, the Bureau has revised the order of the model and sample forms in the final rule to include all short form disclosures together as Model Forms A-10(a) through (e) and the long form disclosure as Sample Form A-10(f). The Bureau has also removed the proposed sample long form disclosure for prepaid accounts that offer multiple service plans to provide greater flexibility to industry to develop its own designs. Moreover, the Bureau believes that Sample Form A-10(f) provides a sufficient template from which to design a long form for multiple service plans.
Thus, the Bureau is finalizing Model Forms A-10(a) through (e) and Sample Forms A-10(f) in appendix A in relation to the disclosure requirements set forth in the final rule in final § 1005.15(c) and § 1005.18(b). Model Form A-10(a) sets forth the short form disclosure for government benefit account programs as described in final § 1005.15(c). Model Form A-10(b) sets forth the short form disclosure for payroll card account programs as described in final § 1005.18(b), including the additional content specific to payroll card accounts set forth in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv). Model Form A-10(c) sets forth a general short form disclosure for prepaid account programs for which overdraft/credit features may be offered as described in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(x) and that are eligible for FDIC deposit insurance as described in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xi). Model Form A-10(d) sets forth an alternate version of a general short form disclosure for prepaid account programs that do not offer an overdraft/credit feature as described in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(x) and that are not eligible for FDIC deposit insurance as described in final § 1005.18(b)(2)(xi). Model Form A-10(e) sets forth the short form disclosure for prepaid account programs that offer multiple service plans and choose to disclose those multiple service plans on one short form disclosure pursuant to final § 1005.18(b)(6)(iii)(B)(
The Bureau is updating comment -2 in the commentary to appendix A (Appendix A—Model Disclosure Clauses and Forms). Pursuant to existing comment -2, financial institutions and remittance transfer providers have the option of using the model disclosure clauses provided in appendix A to facilitate compliance with the disclosure requirements enumerated in the comment. The comment also explains how the use of the appropriate clauses provided in appendix A will protect a financial institution and a remittance transfer provider from liability under sections 916 and 917 of EFTA, provided the clauses accurately reflect the institution's EFT services and the provider's remittance transfer services, respectively. In this final rule, the Bureau is updating the enumerated disclosure requirements in comment -2 to reflect changes to the numbering of § 1005.15 and § 1005.18 in the final rule and to add the provisions for new disclosure requirements included in the final rule.
The Bureau also is updating existing comment -3 in the commentary to appendix A (Appendix A—Model Disclosure Clauses and Forms). Pursuant to comment -3, financial institutions may use clauses of their own design in conjunction with the Bureau's model clauses in appendix A. The Bureau is adding a sentence to comment -3 to clarify that the alterations set forth in the comment apply, unless otherwise expressly addressed in the rule. The Bureau is adding this sentence to clarify the alterations permitted under existing comment -3 may not apply to certain disclosures pursuant to this final rule. For example, alternations permitting deletion of inapplicable services does not apply to the short form disclosures required by § 1005.18(b)(2).
On February 7, 2012, the Bureau published a final rule implementing section 1073 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which added section 919 to EFTA to establish consumer protections for remittance transfers sent by consumers in the United States to individuals and businesses in foreign countries.
A remittance transfer is the electronic transfer of funds requested by a sender to a designated recipient that is sent by a remittance transfer provider, regardless of whether the sender holds an account with the provider, and regardless of whether the transaction is also an EFT, as defined in § 1005.3(b).
In order to assess whether a consumer is a sender or whether an authorized recipient is a designated recipient, the location of where the funds are sent from and the location of where the funds are sent to are determinative. If the transfer is sent from an account (
With respect to products such as prepaid cards (other than prepaid cards that were already accounts under Regulation E) and digital wallets;
As the Bureau noted in the proposal, the definition of prepaid account would mean that certain prepaid products such as GPR cards and certain digital wallets would be considered accounts under Regulation E. Yet, the Bureau also noted that it did not intend to change how the Remittance Rule applied to prepaid products. Accordingly, the Bureau sought comments on whether additional clarification or guidance is necessary with respect to the Remittance Rule. Although the Bureau did not receive comments on this aspect of the proposal, the Bureau believes that to facilitate compliance, it is necessary to clarify that for prepaid accounts other than payroll card accounts and government benefit accounts, the location of these accounts does not determine where funds are being sent to or from. Accordingly, this final rule contains clarifying and conforming revisions to comments 30(c)-2.ii and 30(g)-1 to clarify that transfers involving a prepaid account (other than a prepaid account that is a payroll card account or a government benefit account) are not transfers from an account or to an account. For the same reason, this final rule also amends § 1005.32(a), as discussed in greater detail below.
As amended, comment 30(c)-2.ii explains that for transfers to a prepaid account (other than a prepaid account that is a payroll card account or a government benefit account), where the funds are to be received in a location physically outside of any State depends on whether the provider at the time the transfer is requested has information indicating that funds are to be received in a foreign country. In addition, for transfers to all other accounts, whether funds are to be received at a location physically outside of any State depends on where the account is located. If the account is located in a State, the funds will not be received at a location in a foreign country. Further, for these accounts, if they are located on a U.S. military installation that is physically located in a foreign country, then they are located in a State.
Further, comment 30(g)-1, as amended, explains that for transfers sent from a prepaid account (other than a prepaid account that is a payroll card account or a government benefit account), whether the consumer is located in a State depends on the location of the consumer. If the provider does not know where the consumer is at the time the consumer requests the transfer from the consumer's prepaid account (other than a prepaid account that is a payroll card account or a government benefit account), the provider may make the determination of whether a consumer is located in a State based on information that is provided by the consumer and on any records associated with the consumer that the provider may have, such as an address provided by the consumer. For transfers from all other accounts belonging to a consumer, whether a consumer is located in a State depends on where the consumer's account is located. Additionally, for these accounts, if they are located on a U.S. military installation that is physically located in a foreign country, then they are located in a State.
The Bureau additionally proposed making conforming changes to existing comment 30(g)-3. Comment 30(g)-3 references the regulatory citation for
The Remittance Rule generally requires that a remittance transfer provider must disclose to a sender the actual exchange rate, fees, and taxes that will apply to a remittance transfer, and the actual amount that the designated recipient of the remittance transfer will receive. However, subpart B sets forth four exceptions to this general rule. These exceptions permit providers to disclose estimates instead of actual amounts. EFTA section 919 provides two such exceptions. The exception at issue in § 1005.32(a) is a temporary exception for insured institutions with respect to remittance transfers a sender sends from the sender's account with the institution, as long as the provider cannot determined the exact amounts for reasons beyond its control. When the Bureau made the determination to extend the temporary exception to July 20, 2020, the Bureau's determination was limited to accounts under existing Regulation E. In other words, GPR cards and digital wallets that will become accounts under this final rule were not included in the scope of the temporary exemption. Accordingly, the Bureau is amending § 1005.32(a) to set forth that for purposes of § 1005.32(a), a sender's account does not include a prepaid account, unless the prepaid account is a payroll card account or a government benefit account. This amendment is intended to continue the current application of the Remittance Rule to prepaid products.
The Bureau adopts these clarifying and conforming amendments in subpart B pursuant to its authority under EFTA sections 904(a). EFTA section 904(a) authorizes the Bureau to prescribe regulations necessary to carry out the purposes of the title. The express purposes of the EFTA, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act, are to establish the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of participants in electronic fund and remittance transfer systems and to provide individual consumer rights.
In developing the proposal, the Bureau considered whether and how to
The proposal would have provided guidance on when the following devices related to prepaid accounts would be “credit cards”: (1) Prepaid cards; and (2) account numbers that are not prepaid cards that may be used from time to time to access a credit plan that allows deposits directly only into particular prepaid accounts specified by the creditor. With respect to credit features accessed by prepaid cards, the proposal would have covered a broad range of credit plans as credit card accounts under Regulation Z when they were accessed by prepaid cards. Under the proposal, this would have applied where credit is being “pulled” by a prepaid card, such as when the consumer uses the prepaid card at point of sale to access an overdraft plan to fund a purchase. In the proposal, the Bureau intended broadly to capture a prepaid card as a credit card when it directly accessed a credit plan, regardless of whether that credit plan was structured as a separate credit plan or as a negative balance to the prepaid account.
In addition, the proposal also would have included certain account numbers that are not prepaid cards as “credit cards” under Regulation Z when the account number could access a credit plan that only allows deposits directly into particular prepaid accounts specified by the creditor. This proposal language would have covered credit plans that are not accessed directly by prepaid cards but are structured as “push” accounts. The Bureau proposed to cover these account numbers for push accounts as credit cards because of concerns that these types of credit plans could act as substitutes for credit plans directly accessed by prepaid cards. In this case, a third-party creditor could have an arrangement with the prepaid account issuer such that credit from the credit account is pushed from the credit account to the prepaid account during the course of a particular prepaid account transaction to prevent the transaction from taking the prepaid account balance negative. These provisions related to account numbers for the credit account were designed to prevent this type of evasion of the rules applicable to prepaid cards that are credit cards.
In proposing to subject all three product structures to the rules for credit cards, the Bureau recognized that it would be consciously departing from existing regulatory structures that apply in the checking account context, where overdraft services structured as a negative balance on a checking account generally are governed by a limited opt-in regime under Regulation E and other forms of credit are subject to more holistic regulation under Regulation Z. As discussed further below, the final rule maintains the major thrust of the proposal by generally treating prepaid cards that access overdraft credit features as credit cards subject to Regulation Z. The final rule thus extends the credit card rules to credit features that can be accessed in the course of a transaction conducted with a prepaid card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers regardless of whether access is structured through a “pull” or “push” arrangement. However, the final rule excludes situations in which prepaid account issuers are only providing certain incidental forms of credit without charging credit-related fees (such as in so-called “force pay” transactions) as well as situations in which a consumer chooses to link a prepaid card to a credit feature offered by a third party that has no business relationship with the prepaid account issuer. The final rule also excludes situations where the prepaid card only can access a credit feature outside the course of a transaction conducted with a prepaid card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. The Bureau has also revised various elements of the proposed rule and provided additional clarity regarding operational practices to promote transparency and facilitate compliance for credit features offered in connection with prepaid accounts that are subject to the credit card rules under Regulation Z.
The majority of the comments received by the Bureau in response to this rulemaking concerned the Bureau's proposed approach to regulating credit features offered in connection with prepaid accounts. In general, most consumer groups urged the Bureau to ban overdraft services in connection with prepaid products, arguing that the overdraft fees and accumulating debt can be harmful (many individual consumers also commented in support of additional protections for overdraft services on prepaid cards, as discussed below). They argued that prepaid consumers are often more vulnerable than users of traditional deposit accounts or do not anticipate having to deal with credit on their prepaid accounts. They argued further that prepaid accounts should remain true to their name—prepaid—and similarly that prepaid consumers who wish to use credit should do so deliberately, and not inadvertently through overdraft transactions. In addition, consumer groups advocating a ban also argued that the financial incentives of an overdraft business model would become increasingly hard to resist for the issuers of prepaid accounts, most of whom do not currently offer overdraft services, and that the Bureau should remove these incentives through a regulatory prohibition on prepaid overdrafts.
For similar reasons, several consumer groups also advocated for a specific ban on overdraft features in connection with government benefit accounts and payroll card accounts, and one consumer group further advocated for a ban on overdraft features offered in connection with student cards. Several consumer groups argued that, if the Bureau did not adopt a ban on prepaid overdraft, any credit offered in connection with a prepaid account should be regulated as a credit card under Regulation Z and should be required to be offered separately from the prepaid account.
In contrast, most industry commenters (as well as some individual consumer commenters, as discussed below) generally objected to the Bureau adopting regulations that would limit
Some industry commenters that objected to the Bureau's Regulation Z approach, including trade associations, a credit union, and a program manager that offers overdraft on certain of its prepaid accounts, disputed the Bureau's proposed interpretation of the relevant Regulation Z provisions and expressed concern that the Bureau's proposed interpretation of certain credit-related definitions in Regulation Z would have broader implications for traditional overdraft services on checking accounts.
Several industry commenters argued that, if the Bureau finds that the current Regulation E opt-in approach is insufficient to regulate prepaid overdraft, the Bureau should consider other alternatives that would be preferable—and simpler—than a regime that subjects prepaid overdraft to credit card rules under Regulation Z. For example, several commenters, including a trade association and a credit union issuer, suggested that the Bureau consider a cap on overdraft fees, while others suggested that the Bureau impose a cap on the amount that any account may be overdrawn. Other commenters, including several members of Congress, urged the Bureau to put in place a set of requirements to limit overdraft credit features offered in connection with prepaid accounts, which would essentially mirror the structure of a program offered today by one industry participant. That program includes a maximum overdraft amount, limitations on the number of monthly overdrafts per account, and a cooling-off period for frequent overdrafters. A law firm writing on behalf of a coalition of prepaid issuers advocated for a similar structure, including a limit on the amount of an overdraft fee so it cannot exceed the dollar amount of the overdraft or prohibiting overdraft fees on transactions below a certain dollar threshold, together with an overdraft fee cap. An industry trade association likewise suggested that the Bureau adopt caps on overdraft amounts and fees, and also suggested that these be augmented by a limit on the number of times an overdraft fee could be charged in a given period, as well as requirements to provide detailed disclosures informing the consumer how the overdraft features work. Several industry commenters, including one credit union service organization, suggested that the Bureau adopt a dollar limit below which overdrafts occurring in connection with a prepaid account would be excluded from the definition of credit under Regulation Z and instead covered by the Regulation E opt-in regime.
Some industry commenters argued that their customers want—or even need—access to short-term credit in connection with their GPR cards. Several trade association commenters similarly stated that consumers want access to credit features on prepaid cards. These commenters expressed concern that subjecting overdraft credit on prepaid accounts to Regulation Z credit card rules would cut off consumers' access to short-term credit. The Bureau also received comments from several members of Congress stating that their constituents use and depend upon credit features attached to prepaid cards.
As noted above, the Bureau received around 6,000 comments from consumers who use prepaid products currently offering overdraft services. The Bureau understands that these letters were coordinated as part of a letter-writing campaign organized by a program manager that offers overdraft on certain of its prepaid accounts. These consumers voiced support for their overdraft services. Some noted, for example, that the overdraft fees charged on their prepaid accounts were less than the overdraft fees charged by banks, and that their overdraft services allowed them to bridge cash shortfalls between paychecks and fulfill other short-term credit needs. By contrast, the Bureau also received comments from consumers opposed to prepaid overdraft features. As part of a letter-writing campaign organized by a consumer group, the Bureau received largely identical comments from approximately 56,000 consumers generally in support of the proposal—particularly related to the requirement under Regulation Z credit card rules to assess consumers' ability to pay before offering credit attached to prepaid cards—and urging the Bureau to finalize strong credit provisions in the final rule so that consumers can avoid hidden fees and unexpected debt.
In addition to these comments about the Bureau's general approach to regulating credit offered in connection with prepaid accounts, the Bureau also received numerous comment letters from industry and consumer groups on the specifics of this part of the proposal. Most industry commenters were concerned that the proposed regime would sweep in far more products than the Bureau intended by covering situations where credit is extended to cover so-called “force pay” transactions. Force pay transactions occur where the prepaid account issuer is required by card network rules to pay a transaction even though there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the prepaid account to cover the transaction at settlement. Industry commenters were nearly universally concerned that force pay transactions would trigger coverage under the proposal even when the only fee charged in connection with the overdrawn transaction is a fee, such as a per transaction fee, that would be charged regardless of whether the transaction is paid from a positive balance on the prepaid account or overdraws the account. Industry commenters said requiring prepaid account issuers to waive neutral per transaction fees in order to avoid triggering the credit card rules on force pay transactions would be more complicated than the Bureau anticipated in the proposal and would impose substantial compliance costs. These commenters indicated that similar issues may also arise with other transaction-specific fees, such as currency conversion fees assessed on force pay transactions.
The Bureau also received industry comments that a prepaid card should not be a credit card with respect to a separate credit feature when the credit feature is being offered by an unrelated third party. These commenters were concerned that unrelated third-party creditors may not be aware that their credit features are being used as overdraft credit features with respect to prepaid accounts. If unrelated third-party creditors were subject to the proposal, commenters said these creditors would face additional compliance risk in connection with the prepaid card becoming a new access device for the credit account. This would have been true even if the creditors were already subject to the
One industry commenter expressed concern that the proposal would trigger the credit card rules in situations in which a prepaid card could be used only to complete standalone loads or transfers of credit from a separate credit feature to the prepaid account, but not to access credit in the course of a transaction conducted with the prepaid card. This commenter noted that there are several circumstances in which consumers can consciously load value to their prepaid accounts using a debit card or credit card, where this load is not occurring as part of an overdraft feature in connection with the prepaid account. Specifically, in this scenario, the consumer does not access credit automatically in the course of a transaction conducted with the prepaid card, but rather uses the credit or debit card to make a one-time load outside the course of any particular transaction. This commenter urged the Bureau to clarify that such loads do not make the prepaid card into a credit card under Regulation Z.
On the other hand, several consumer group commenters suggested that the Bureau should apply the credit card rules to any credit plan from which credit is transferred to prepaid cards, rather than limiting application only to certain “push” arrangements as proposed (where a prepaid account is the only account designated by the creditor as a destination for the credit provided). Similarly, another consumer group commenter indicated that the Bureau should apply the credit card rules to all open-end lines of credit where credit may be deposited or transferred to prepaid card accounts if either (1) the creditor is the same institution as or has a business relationship with the prepaid issuer; or (2) the creditor reasonably anticipates that a prepaid card will be used as an access device for the line of credit. Nonetheless, this commenter said the final rule should not impact a completely unrelated credit account that has no connection to prepaid issuers or consumers identified as prepaid card users, even though the creditor allows credit to be transferred from the credit account through the ACH system.
In the final rule, the Bureau generally intends to cover under Regulation Z overdraft credit features in connection with prepaid accounts where the credit feature is offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner and credit can be accessed in the course of a transaction conducted with the prepaid card (except for very limited incidental credit, as described below). The reasons for this are explained further below, but to facilitate understanding, this subsection first gives an overview of the coverage decisions and structure of the final rule. As the Bureau noted in the proposal and as discussed below, the provisions addressing credit features in connection with a prepaid account in the final rule are not intended to alter treatment of overdraft services or products on checking accounts under Regulation Z.
The final rule sets forth the rules for when a prepaid card is a credit card under Regulation Z in new § 1026.61. The Bureau generally intends to cover under Regulation Z overdraft credit features in connection with prepaid accounts where the credit features are offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliates, or its business partners. While Regulation E provides protections for the asset account of a prepaid account, the Bureau believes separate protections are necessary under Regulation Z for certain overdraft credit features in connection with prepaid accounts.
New § 1026.61(b) generally requires that such credit features be structured as separate sub-accounts or accounts, distinct from the prepaid asset account, to facilitate transparency and compliance with various Regulation Z requirements. New § 1026.61(a)(2)(i) provides that a prepaid card is a “hybrid prepaid-credit card” with respect to such separate credit features if the card meets the following two conditions: (1) the card can be used from time to time to access credit from the separate credit feature in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers; and (2) the separate credit feature is offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliates, or its business partners. New § 1026.61(a)(2)(i) defines such a separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as a “covered separate credit feature.” Thus, the hybrid prepaid-credit card can access both the covered separate credit feature and the asset feature of the prepaid account, and the hybrid prepaid-credit card is a credit card under Regulation Z with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
To effectuate these provisions and provide compliance guidance to industry, the Bureau is also revising certain other credit card provisions as a result of new § 1026.61. For example, the final rule provides guidance in new § 1026.4(b)(11) and related commentary on how the definition of finance charge applies to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards. In addition, the Bureau notes that, pursuant to the final rule, accounts that are “hybrid prepaid-credit cards” will be subject to the credit card protections in Regulation Z, as well as all other applicable provisions of Regulation Z. This includes, for example, Regulation Z's requirement that creditors retain evidence of compliance with Regulation Z.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61 below, the final rule provides certain exclusions from coverage for prepaid cards that access credit in certain situations. Specifically, new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii) provides that a prepaid card is not a credit card with respect to a credit feature that does not meet both conditions stated above, namely that the credit feature either (1) cannot be accessed in the course of a prepaid card transaction to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers; or (2) is offered by an unrelated third party (
In addition, under new § 1026.61(a)(4) a prepaid card also is not a credit card when the prepaid card only accesses credit that is incidental to certain transactions in the form of a negative balance on the asset account where the prepaid account issuer does not charge credit-related fees for the credit. This exception is intended to exempt three types of credit so long as the prepaid account issuer generally does not charge credit-related fees for the credit: (1) Credit related to “force pay” transactions; (2) a de minimis $10 payment cushion; and (3) a delayed load
The Bureau notes that the final rule does not adopt proposed provisions that would have made certain credit account numbers that were used to push credit onto a prepaid card into credit cards as described above. Instead, the Bureau in the final rule addresses the evasion concerns discussed in the proposal and raised by consumer group commenters through the definition of “hybrid prepaid-credit card” as discussed below. The Bureau will continue to monitor the market for potential evasion of the provisions addressing hybrid prepaid-credit cards, and will consider further modifications in future rulemakings if necessary.
The Board, acting in the late 1960s, decided to subject overdraft lines of credit in connection with traditional deposit accounts to Regulation Z requirements for open-end credit, while carving ad hoc “courtesy” overdraft services on traditional deposit accounts out from Regulation Z through operation of the definitions of the terms “creditor” and “finance charge.” A creditor is generally defined under Regulation Z to mean a person who regularly extends consumer credit that is subject to a finance charge or is payable by written agreement in more than four installments (not including a down payment), and to whom the obligation is initially payable, either on the face of the note or contract, or by agreement when there is no note or contract.
The Bureau believes that this existing patchwork approach should not be extended to prepaid accounts, both because the historical justification for the regulatory treatment of checking account overdraft services under Regulation Z does not apply to prepaid accounts and because there are notable differences between how prepaid accounts and checking accounts function. At the time the Board established the Regulation Z exemption, bounce-protection programs (as overdraft services were known) were necessarily check-based because checks and cash were—at that time—consumers' only ways of accessing funds in their deposit accounts. Further, a financial institution's decision whether to pay a given check that triggered an overdraft was at that time necessarily manual, or ad-hoc, because computers (and automated credit decision-making) were only in their infancy. Typically, a consumer's institution (the “paying bank,” which is equivalent to the card-issuing bank in a card transaction) cannot authorize or decline a purchase by check when the consumer seeks to make payment (
However, the account structure and logistics for prepaid accounts have never matched those for checking accounts that existed in 1969. Checking accounts generally allow consumers to write checks and present them to payees without first receiving authorization from their financial institution. Checking accounts also allow incoming debit ACH transactions without preauthorization. These types of transactions are relevant for two reasons. First, the exact timing of the check clearance and incoming ACH process can be difficult for the consumer to predict. For instance, it may sometimes take several days or longer for a check to be presented and funds to be withdrawn from the consumer's account, while other times checks may be presented faster. Uncertainty around the timing of check and ACH presentment may lead to inadvertent overdrafts. Second, where this occurs, there is a benefit to the consumer in paying the transaction rather than declining the transaction and exposing the consumer not only to NSF fees but to bounced check fees and late payment fees charged by the payee.
By contrast, the vast majority of prepaid account transactions are preauthorized, which means that the merchant seeks authorization from the financial institution before providing goods or services to the consumer.
There are several additional reasons why the Bureau believes the existing treatment of checking account overdraft would be inappropriate as applied to prepaid accounts. As stated in the proposal, a substantial portion of consumers holding prepaid accounts have had difficult experiences with overdraft services on traditional checking accounts.
Moreover, as noted in the proposal, financial institutions deliberately market prepaid accounts to consumers as products that are safer and easier to use than comparable products with credit features, in particular checking accounts with overdraft. Specifically, many companies market prepaid accounts to consumers as products that increase consumers' financial control by preventing overspending and the incurring of debt.
The Bureau believes the final rule's approach with respect to overdraft credit features on prepaid accounts will help preserve the unique character of prepaid accounts as a safe alternative to products that offer credit features, in conformance with the expectations of most prepaid consumers. This treatment is in contrast to the historical evolution of checking accounts, where overdraft services have been common across almost all such accounts and consumers often expect such services to be offered in connection with checking accounts.
Further, unlike with respect to checking accounts where overdraft services have been structured to fit a unique and separate regulatory regime
Similarly, the Bureau is concerned that if it were to extend the exception for overdraft services in connection with checking accounts to prepaid accounts, financial institutions offering overdraft on prepaid accounts would come to rely heavily on back-end pricing like overdraft fees, while eliminating or reducing front-end pricing, as has occurred with overdraft services on checking accounts. Indeed, although there are few prepaid providers currently offering overdraft services, one commenter provided data that suggests that the fee revenue attributable to overdraft fees for those prepaid providers who do offer overdraft have come to make up a significant portion of their revenue.
The Bureau believes such pricing structures can result in less transparent pricing for consumers. By labeling overdraft credit features offered on prepaid products as credit subject to the disclosure requirements of Regulation Z, the Bureau believes that the resulting product will be better understood and managed as credit by consumers to the extent some prepaid accountholders decide they want to access such credit.
Because it has elected to treat overdraft credit features offered on prepaid accounts as credit cards under Regulation Z, the Bureau declines to adopt additional restrictions or requirements in Regulation E for prepaid accounts offering overdraft credit, as some industry commenters suggested. As summarized above, some industry commenters suggested that, to the extent the Bureau was concerned that Regulation E's opt-in regime was not sufficiently robust to address the perceived consumer harms associated with prepaid overdraft, the Bureau could impose additional, prepaid-specific restrictions within Regulation E to, for example, limit the amount of prepaid overdraft fees, limit the amount by which a prepaid account could be overdrawn, or limit the number of times a prepaid account could be overdrawn during a given period. The Bureau declines to adopt this approach. For the reasons discussed below, the Bureau believes that the credit card rules provide a comprehensive existing framework that provides substantial benefits to consumers, and that it is more appropriate under these circumstances to adopt that framework than to create additional novel requirements in Regulation E.
With respect to the comment that the Bureau should adopt a dollar limit below which overdrafts occurring in connection with a prepaid account would be excluded from the definition of credit under Regulation Z and instead be covered by the Regulation E opt-in regime, the Bureau is concerned that allowing consumers to incur substantial debt in connection with an account that most do not intend to use as a credit account may pose a risk to those consumers by compromising their ability to manage and control their finances.
The Bureau has further evaluated whether such a plan satisfies the three prongs necessary to establish the plan as an open-end (not home-secured) credit plan under Regulation Z. The first prong asks whether overdraft services, including those offered in connection with prepaid accounts, can be plans under which the creditor reasonably contemplates repeated transactions. Every prepaid overdraft service that charges a fee of which the Bureau is aware contemplates and approves repeated transactions. The second prong of the definition asks whether the creditor may impose a finance charge from time to time on an outstanding unpaid balance.
The Bureau also believes that covering overdraft services offered in connection with prepaid accounts under
Finally, the Bureau believes that Regulation Z's credit card provisions, particularly as augmented by some tailored provisions that the Bureau is adopting specifically for the prepaid context, provide substantially more consumer protections than other existing regulatory regimes. These include greater protections around pricing, protections around creditors taking payments from consumers' accounts, and regulations to govern the process by which consumers make an initial decision to select a credit feature. For example, regulations implementing the Credit CARD Act impose a number of restrictions concerning credit pricing. These include restrictions on the fees that an issuer can charge during the first year after an account is opened, and limits on the instances in which and the amount of such fees that issuers can charge as penalty fees when a consumer makes a late payment or exceeds his or her credit limit. The Credit CARD Act also restricts the circumstances under which issuers can increase interest rates on credit cards and establishes procedures for doing so. The Bureau believes that applying the Credit CARD Act provisions to overdraft features in connection with prepaid accounts would promote transparent pricing for prepaid accountholders.
In addition, application of the Fair Credit Billing Act and Credit CARD Act requirements, including the FCBA's no-offset provision,
Furthermore, by not permitting financial institutions to accept applications for an overdraft credit feature until 30 days after registration of the prepaid account,
The Bureau takes seriously concerns that the proposed approach could have had unintended consequences for all prepaid issuers in circumstances where they do not intend to extend credit as well as for credit that prepaid consumers receive through other channels. Specifically, to address commenters' concerns about coverage as a result of a prepaid issuer paying force pay transactions, the final rule clarifies that a prepaid card is not a credit card when the prepaid card accesses credit that is incidental to certain transactions in the form of a negative balance on the asset account where the prepaid account issuer generally is not charging credit-related fees for the credit. In addition, the Bureau is sensitive to concerns that, by subjecting credit offered in connection with prepaid cards to Regulation Z's credit card regime, this rulemaking may reduce access to some forms of credit. For that reason, under the final rule, a separate credit feature will not be covered if it is offered by an unrelated third party that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliates, or its business partners. This is true even if the separate credit feature is providing funds to the prepaid account to cover transactions for which there would not otherwise be sufficient funds. In addition, a separate credit feature is not covered under the final rule if it cannot access the separate credit feature during the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions even if the credit feature is offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliates, or its business partners. As noted above, the Bureau anticipates that credit plans in both of these latter scenarios will be subject to Regulation Z in their own right, but has concluded that they should not be subject to heightened regulation as a result of this final rule.
The Bureau also declines to issue a ban on overdraft. Very few existing products offer credit features in connection with prepaid accounts. As such, the Bureau does not believe such a blanket prohibition is necessary or appropriate to address the potential consumer harm in this market at this time and in light of the other consumer protections that the final rule provides. Indeed, the Bureau believes that the final rule, unlike an outright ban on prepaid overdraft, which several consumer groups and one issuing bank suggested, appropriately balances the need to address consumers' need and
Finally, and as noted above, the Bureau received several comments from industry expressing concern that the Bureau's proposed interpretation of certain credit-related definitions in Regulation Z could impact the status of overdraft features accessed in connection with deposit accounts. As the Bureau noted in the proposal, the provisions addressing prepaid overdraft in the final rule are not intended to alter existing provisions that apply to deposit account overdraft, including exemptions for overdraft services from Regulation Z and Regulation E's compulsory use provision. The Bureau continues to study deposit account overdraft services on checking accounts and will propose any further regulatory consumer protections in that rulemaking initiative.
Thus, starting October 3, 2017, fees levied for credit features (including overdraft services) on a hybrid prepaid-credit card held by military service members or their dependents would, as a result of the MLA and the Bureau's final rule on prepaid accounts in combination, generally be included in calculating the MAPR for a billing cycle unless excluded under the reasonable bona fide fee exception.
The Bureau sought comment on the consequences, if any, from the combined effect of the two rules with respect to overdraft services and credit features on prepaid accounts held by military service members. With the exception of generalized comments acknowledging the potential overlap outlined above, commenters did not provide any specific feedback in response to this request.
The Bureau sought comment on these specific amendments and whether further amendments or guidance would be appropriate. The Bureau also sought comment on consumer and industry experiences with similar multipurpose products historically, and whether they yield useful lessons for further refining the Bureau's proposal with regard to prepaid cards. The Bureau did not receive any specific comments in response to these requests.
Finally, the Bureau notes that card network rules may treat a card differently depending on whether it accesses an asset account or a credit account. In the proposal, the Bureau noted that its proposal could result in an increase in the number of cards that can access both an asset account and a credit account, and the Bureau requested comment on any card network rule issues that might arise from its proposal to treat most credit plans accessed by prepaid cards, for which finance charges are imposed, as open-end credit accessed by a credit card under Regulation Z. The Bureau did not receive any specific comments in response to this request.
As discussed in the
The Bureau is making conforming changes to general Regulation Z definitions in both existing §§ 1026.2 and 1026.4 to effectuate and reflect these distinctions. For example, the Bureau is making amendments to the definition of “credit card” in existing § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) and related commentary to make clear that the term “credit card” includes a hybrid prepaid-credit card. The Bureau also is making several amendments to the commentary relating to several other terms that are defined in existing § 1026.2 that pertain to the general regulation of credit and credit cards under Regulation Z. Specifically, the Bureau is amending the commentary regarding such terms as “card issuer” in existing § 1026.2(a)(7), “open-end credit” in existing § 1026.2(a)(20), and “credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan” in existing § 1026.2(a)(15)(ii). Finally, the Bureau also is amending the definition of “finance charge” in existing § 1026.4 and related commentary with respect to credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards and with respect to other credit features that are accessible by prepaid cards that are not credit cards under Regulation Z. These changes are briefly summarized below before the more detailed discussion of specific amendments to specific subparagraphs of existing §§ 1026.2 and 1026.4, and their related commentary.
More specifically, as discussed in the
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61 below, the Bureau also has decided to exclude prepaid cards from being covered as credit cards under Regulation Z when they access certain specified types of credit. First, new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii) provides that a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a separate credit feature that does not meet both of the conditions above, for example, where the credit feature is offered by an unrelated third party that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate or its business partner. Such credit features are defined as “non-covered separate credit features,” as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2). Second, under new § 1026.61(a)(4), a prepaid card also is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card when the prepaid card accesses incidental credit in the form of a negative balance on the asset account where the prepaid account issuer generally does not charge credit-related fees for the credit.
The Bureau believes that a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card generally will meet the definition of “open-end credit,” and is amending the regulation text and commentary to facilitate the classification of a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as “open-end credit” and a “credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan.” A person that is offering a covered separate credit feature involving open-end (not home-secured) credit that is accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card will be subject to Regulation Z's open-end (not home-secured) rules and credit card rules in subparts B and G.
The open-end (not home-secured) rules in subpart B include account-opening disclosures, periodic statement disclosures, change-in-terms notices, provisions on promptly crediting payments, and billing error resolution procedures. The credit card rules in subpart B include provisions that restrict the unsolicited issuance of credit cards, limit the liability for unauthorized use of credit cards, and prohibit the offset of the credit card debt against funds held in asset accounts by the card issuer. The credit card rules in subpart G include provisions that prohibit credit card issuers from extending credit without assessing the consumer's ability to pay and restrict the amount of required fees that an issuer can charge during the first year after a credit card account is opened. Application of the particular rules is discussed further below.
The Bureau is amending existing § 1026.4 and its commentary to provide that the exclusion in existing § 1026.4(c)(3) does not apply to credit offered in connection with a prepaid account as defined in new § 1026.61 and that the exclusion in existing § 1026.4(c)(4) does not apply to a fee to participate in a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61, regardless of whether this fee is imposed on the credit feature or on the asset feature of the prepaid account. As discussed further below, these amendments help to effectuate application of certain credit card rules to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards and to better reflect the full cost of credit. In addition, the Bureau is adding new provisions to final § 1026.4 and its commentary to provide additional clarification and guidance as to what types of fees and charges constitute “finance charges” related to credit offered in connection with a prepaid account. All of these changes are discussed in more detail below in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.4.
As discussed above, the final rule contains additional guidance on the definition of “card issuer” with respect to credit offered in connection with prepaid accounts. TILA section 103(o) defines the term “card issuer” as any person who issues a credit card, or the agent of such person with respect to such a card.
As noted above, under TILA and Regulation Z, the definition of “card issuer” means both a person who issues a credit card as well as the person's agent with respect to the card. Comment 2(a)(7)-1 currently provides guidance on the term “agent” for purposes of the definition of “card issuer.” Specifically, current comment 2(a)(7)-1 provides that because agency relationships are traditionally defined by contract and by State or other applicable law, Regulation Z generally does not define agent. Nonetheless, current comment 2(a)(7)-1 provides that merely providing services relating to the production of credit cards or data processing for others does not make one the agent of the card issuer. In contrast, current comment 2(a)(7)-1 also provides that a financial institution may become the agent of the card issuer if an agreement between the institution and the card issuer provides that the cardholder may use a line of credit with the financial institution to pay obligations incurred by use of the credit card.
Proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.F would have provided that the term “credit card” generally includes a prepaid card that is a single device that may be used from time to time to access a credit plan.
The proposal also would have amended existing comment 2(a)(7)-1 to provide specific guidance on the term “agent” for purposes of existing § 1026.2(a)(7) where a credit plan offered by a third party is accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card. Under the proposal, the language of existing comment 2(a)(7)-1 would have
Under proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.F, the Bureau would have excluded from the regulation as a credit card situations in which a prepaid card only accesses credit that is not subject to any finance charge, as defined in § 1026.4, or any fee described in § 1026.4(c), and is not payable by written agreement in more than four installments. Consistent with this approach, proposed comment 2(a)(7)-2 would have explained that a person is not a card issuer where a prepaid card only accesses credit meeting this description.
Two industry trade associations indicated that the Bureau should limit the expansion of the term “agent” to creditors that have a direct agreement with the prepaid account issuer so that the third-party creditor is in a position to know that it has obligations under Regulation Z with respect to the prepaid card that is a credit card. Several consumer groups supported the proposed rule to consider a third party that offers an open-end credit plan accessed by a prepaid card to be an agent of the prepaid account issuer and thus a credit card issuer with responsibilities under Regulation Z. They believed that this provision would help avoid evasion by third-party credit plans linked to prepaid cards. One consumer group commenter indicated that if the prepaid account issuer contracts with a third party to market credit to account holders, the Bureau should provide that both companies are classified as card issuers that must comply with the rules. This commenter indicated that without this safeguard, an affiliated third party could offer credit accessed by the prepaid card that would not be subject to the proposed rules.
Consistent with the general approach in § 1026.61, the Bureau is limiting the circumstances in which an unaffiliated third party that can extend credit through a separate credit feature is considered an “agent” of a prepaid account issuer relative to the proposal. As discussed in more detail below, the Bureau is moving the existing language of current comment 2(a)(7)-1 to new comment 2(a)(7)-1.i. In addition, the Bureau is adding new comment 2(a)(7)-1.ii to provide that with respect to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61 where that credit feature is offered by an affiliate or business partner of the prepaid account issuer, as those terms are defined in new § 1026.61, the affiliate or business partner offering the credit feature is an agent of the prepaid account issuer and thus, is itself a card issuer with respect to the hybrid prepaid-credit card.
In contrast, if a person offers a credit feature accessible by a prepaid card that does not meet the definition of a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61, such a person is not a “card issuer” under final § 1026.2(a)(7) with respect to the prepaid card. Accordingly, the Bureau is not finalizing language that it had proposed in comment 2(a)(7)-2 to effectuate the narrower exclusion contemplated under the proposal. Instead, the Bureau is adopting new language in final comment 2(a)(7)-2 consistent with new § 1026.61 with regard to treatment of prepaid cards that are not hybrid prepaid-credit cards as discussed in that section. Each scenario is discussed further below.
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below, new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i) defines a separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card` as a “covered separate credit feature.” Specifically, new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i) provides that a prepaid card is a “hybrid prepaid-credit card” with respect to a separate credit feature if the card meets the following two conditions: (1) The card can be used from time to time to access credit from the separate credit feature in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers; and (2) the separate credit feature is offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. If both conditions are met, the hybrid prepaid-credit card is a credit card under Regulation Z with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
New § 1026.61(a)(5)(i) and (iii) and their related commentary define “affiliate” and “business partner” respectively. Under new § 1026.61(a)(5)(i), an affiliate is any company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another company, as set forth in the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841
Second, new comment 61(a)(5)(iii)-1.ii provides that an unaffiliated person that can extend credit through a separate credit feature is a business partner of the prepaid account issuer if (1) the prepaid account issuer or its affiliate has a business, marketing, or promotional agreement or other arrangement with the person that can extend credit, or its affiliate, where the agreement or arrangement provides that prepaid accounts offered by the prepaid account issuer will be marketed to the customers of the person who is extending credit, or that the credit feature will be marketed to the holders of prepaid accounts offered by the prepaid account issuer (including any marketing to customers to link the separate credit feature to the prepaid account to be used as an overdraft credit feature); and (2) at the time of the marketing agreement or arrangement, or at any time afterwards, the prepaid card from time to time can draw, transfer, or authorize the draw or transfer of credit from the separate credit feature in the
The Bureau is amending the commentary to existing § 1026.2(a)(7)'s definition of card issuer to effectuate coverage of these relationships. Specifically, under the final rule, the Bureau is moving the existing language of current comment 2(a)(7)-1 to new comment 2(a)(7)-1.i. In addition, the Bureau is adding new comment 2(a)(7)-1.ii to provide that with respect to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card where that credit feature is offered by an affiliate or business partner of the prepaid account issuer, the affiliate or business partner offering the credit feature is an agent of the prepaid account issuer and thus, is itself a card issuer with respect to the hybrid prepaid-credit card. Consistent with the general existing definition of card issuer, the Bureau believes that it is appropriate to consider a prepaid account issuer's affiliate or business partner to be an “agent” of the prepaid account issuer because, in those cases, there is a sufficient connection between the parties such that the affiliate or business partner should know that its credit feature is accessible by a prepaid card as an overdraft credit feature for the prepaid account.
The Bureau notes that current comment 2(a)(7)-1 provides that a financial institution may become the agent of the card issuer if an agreement between the institution and the card issuer provides that the cardholder may use a line of credit with the financial institution to pay obligations incurred by use of the credit card. With regard to hybrid prepaid-credit cards, the final rule incorporates and expands upon this concept of when a person is an agent of a card issuer. The Bureau believes that the new, more expansive language provides additional clarity as to when there is an agent relationship in the prepaid context and, therefore, prevents circumvention of the final rules applicable to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards as defined by new § 1026.61 that are offered by the prepaid account issuer's affiliates or business partners.
In particular, the Bureau is concerned that without new comment 2(a)(7)-1.ii, prepaid account issuers could structure arrangements with their affiliates or business partners to avoid an agency relationship under State law. Such a result could frustrate the operation of certain consumer protections provided in the final rule. In addition, without considering the person that can extend credit through the covered separate credit feature to be an agent of the prepaid account issuer (and thus considering both the prepaid account issuer and the person that can extend credit to be “card issuers”), it may not be clear whether the person that can extend credit through the covered separate credit feature or the prepaid account issuer must comply with particular provisions in Regulation Z. For example, existing § 1026.51(a) provides that a card issuer must not open a credit card account for a consumer under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan, or increase any credit limit applicable to such account, unless the card issuer considers the consumer's ability to make the required minimum periodic payments under the terms of the account based on the consumer's income or assets and the consumer's current obligations. In cases where the prepaid account issuer's affiliate or business partner offers the covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card, it would not be clear what obligations under existing § 1026.51(a), if any, apply to the prepaid account issuer (who is a “card issuer” but who is not offering the credit card account) and what obligations, if any, apply to the affiliate or business partner (who is offering the credit card account but is not a card issuer) if the affiliate or business partner were not a card issuer under final § 1026.2(a)(7) with respect to the hybrid prepaid-credit card.
Accordingly, under the final rule, new comment 2(a)(7)-1.ii provides that with respect to a prepaid card that is a hybrid prepaid-credit card that can access a covered separate credit feature offered by an affiliate or business partner as those terms are defined in new § 1026.61, the affiliate or business partner offering the credit feature that is accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card is an agent of the prepaid account issuer and thus, is a card issuer with respect to the hybrid prepaid-credit card. As a result, in the example above related to existing § 1026.51(a), the affiliate or business partner would be a “card issuer” for purposes of that provision and would be required to comply with it.
Nonetheless, as discussed in more detail below and in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2), the Bureau has decided to provide that a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a credit feature that is offered by a third party that is not an affiliate or business partner of a prepaid account issuer, even if the consumer decides to link his or her prepaid card to the credit feature offered by the third party. This type of credit feature is a “non-covered separate credit feature” as defined in new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii). The Bureau does not believe that it is appropriate to subject such an unrelated third party to the provisions in the final rule applicable to hybrid prepaid-credit cards. In this case, there is not a sufficient connection between the prepaid account issuer and the unrelated third party, and the unrelated third party may not know that its separate credit feature is functioning as an overdraft credit feature with respect to the prepaid account.
Accordingly, as discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below, new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii) provides that a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature discussed above. However, as described in new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii), the unrelated third party that offers the non-covered separate credit feature typically will be subject to Regulation Z in its own right based on the terms and conditions of the separate credit feature, independent of the connection to the prepaid account.
As discussed above, the Bureau proposed to exclude from the regulation as a credit card situations in which a prepaid card only accesses credit that is not subject to any finance charge, as defined in § 1026.4, or any fee described in § 1026.4(c), and the credit is not payable by written agreement in more than four installments. Consistent with this approach, proposed comment 2(a)(7)-2 would have explained that a person is not a card issuer where a prepaid card only accesses credit meeting this description. As discussed above, the Bureau has decided to exclude prepaid cards from being covered as credit cards under Regulation Z when they access certain specified types of credit. Accordingly, the Bureau is not finalizing language that it had proposed in comment 2(a)(7)-2 to effectuate the narrower exclusion contemplated under the
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61 below, the Bureau has decided to exclude prepaid cards from being covered as credit cards under Regulation Z when they access certain specified types of credit. With respect to separate credit features, there are two circumstances, described in new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii), where a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card when it accesses a separate credit feature. The first is where the prepaid card cannot be used to access credit from the separate credit feature in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. The second is where the separate credit feature is offered by an unrelated third party, rather than the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. In addition, under new § 1026.61(a)(4), a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card when the prepaid card accesses incidental credit in the form of a negative balance on the asset account where the prepaid account issuer generally does not charge credit-related fees for the credit. A prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61 or a credit card under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) when it accesses credit from these types of credit features. For more detailed explanations of when prepaid cards are not credit cards under Regulation Z, see the section-by-section analyses of § 1026.61(a)(2) and (4) below.
TILA section 103(f) defines the term “credit” as the right granted by a creditor to a debtor to defer payment of debt or to incur debt and defer its payment.
Proposed comment 2(a)(14)-3 would have provided that credit, for purposes of existing § 1026.2(a)(14), includes an authorized transaction on a prepaid account where the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds in the prepaid account at the time of authorization. It also would have included a paid transaction on a prepaid account where the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds in the prepaid account at the time the transaction is paid. Thus, the proposed definition would have included a situation where the consumer has sufficient or available funds in the prepaid account to cover the amount of the transaction at the time the transaction is authorized, but insufficient or unavailable funds in the prepaid account to cover the amount of the transaction at the time the transaction is paid.
Several commenters, including industry trade associations, a program manager, and a credit reporting agency, asserted that overdraft credit does not meet the definition of “credit” because, with respect to overdraft credit, there is no “right to defer payment” and/or “no right to incur debt.” One industry trade association and one issuing bank requested that the Bureau clarify that the treatment of overdrafts in connection with prepaid accounts as credit for Regulation Z purposes is not intended to imply any similar treatment under State laws. Several industry commenters suggested that the Bureau should consider a dollar threshold below which overdraft transactions would not be covered as “credit” under Regulation Z. For example, one credit union service organization urged the Bureau to set a threshold of $250 for when negative balances on the prepaid account are considered credit, such that negative balances on the prepaid account exceeding $250 in magnitude would meet the definition of “credit” and negative balances on the prepaid account of $250 in magnitude or below would not be “credit” under Regulation Z.
As discussed in more detail below, the Bureau is adopting new comment 2(a)(14)-3 as proposed with technical revisions to simplify the language of the comment and to be consistent with new § 1026.61. This comment provides that credit includes authorization of a transaction on an asset feature of a prepaid account as defined in § 1026.61 where the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account at the time the transaction is authorized to cover the amount of the transaction. It also includes settlement of a transaction on an asset feature of a prepaid account where the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account at the time the transaction is settled to cover the amount of the transaction. Credit also includes a transaction where the consumer has sufficient or available funds in the asset feature of a prepaid account to cover the amount of the transaction at the time the transaction is authorized but insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the transaction amount at the time the transaction is settled. The comment also includes a cross-reference to new § 1026.61 and related commentary on the applicability of this regulation to credit extended in connection with a prepaid account.
The Bureau continues to believe that new comment 2(a)(14)-3 reflects a straightforward interpretation of the statutory term “credit.” The Bureau believes that plain language of the definition of “credit” in TILA covers the situation when a consumer makes a transaction that exceeds the funds in the consumer's account and a person elects to cover the transaction by advancing funds to the consumer. Nothing in the statutory definition (or elsewhere in TILA) exempts overdraft services, including those that may be offered in connection with a prepaid account. By authorizing or paying a transaction where the consumer does not have
The Bureau further emphasizes that the final rule does not change how overdraft services on accounts other than prepaid accounts are treated under Regulation Z. As discussed in more detail in the
As discussed above, one industry trade association and one issuing bank requested that the Bureau clarify that the treatment of overdrafts in connection with prepaid accounts as credit for Regulation Z purposes is not intended to imply any similar treatment under State laws. The Bureau does not provide any specific guidance on how the treatment of overdrafts in connection with prepaid accounts as credit for Regulation Z purposes may impact State laws. The State law itself will determine whether, and the extent to which, the State law is impacted by the treatment of overdrafts in connection with prepaid accounts as credit under Regulation Z.
As discussed above, several industry commenters suggested that the Bureau should consider a dollar threshold below which overdraft transactions would not be covered as “credit” under Regulation Z. For example, one credit union service organization urged the Bureau to set a threshold of $250 for when overdraft funds are considered “credit” under Regulation Z, where negative balances on the prepaid account exceeding $250 in magnitude would meet the definition of “credit” and negative balances on the prepaid account of $250 in magnitude or below would not be “credit” under Regulation Z. The Bureau does not adopt such an approach. The Bureau is concerned that allowing consumers to incur substantial debt in connection with a prepaid account that most consumers do not intend to use as a credit account may pose a risk to those consumers by compromising their ability to manage and control their finances. Thus, while new § 1026.61(a)(4) would permit a prepaid account issuer to offer an incidental “payment cushion” of $10 without triggering the rules governing credit cards under Regulation Z so long as the issuer generally does not impose credit-related fees, the Bureau believes that the provision of a higher dollar amount of credit in connection with a prepaid account should be subject to full credit card protections unless otherwise excluded under new § 1026.61(a)(4).
TILA section 103(
Under the proposal, credit plans, including overdraft services and overdraft lines of credit, that are directly accessed by prepaid cards generally would have been credit card accounts under Regulation Z. In particular, proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.F would have provided that the term “credit card” includes a prepaid card (including a prepaid card that is solely an account number) that is a single device that may be used from time to time to access a credit plan, except if that prepaid card only accesses credit that is not subject to any finance charge, as defined in § 1026.4, or any fee described in § 1026.4(c), and is not payable by written agreement in more than four installments. A prepaid card that is solely an account number would have been a credit card if it satisfied the requirements of proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.F. The proposal would have revised existing comment 2(a)(15)-2.ii.C that provides guidance on when account numbers are credit cards. The proposal
The Bureau is making conforming revisions to existing § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) to provide that the term “credit card” includes a hybrid prepaid-credit card, as defined in § 1026.61. In addition, the Bureau is revising new comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.F from the proposal to provide that the term “credit card” includes a prepaid card that is a hybrid prepaid-credit card, as defined in new § 1026.61. The Bureau also is adding new comment 2(a)(15)-2.ii.D to provide that the term “credit card” does not include a prepaid card that is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card, as defined in new § 1026.61. The Bureau also is revising existing comment 2(a)(15)-2.ii.C that provides guidance on when account numbers are credit cards. The Bureau is revising this comment to provide that the rules in new § 1026.61 and related commentary determine when a hybrid prepaid-credit card that solely is an account number is a credit card, as discussed in new comment 61(a)(1)-2.
As discussed above, if a person issues a prepaid card that is a hybrid prepaid-credit card, the person is a “card issuer” under final § 1026.2(a)(7) with respect to the prepaid card. In addition, with respect to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, an affiliate or business partner offering the credit feature (if applicable) also is a “card issuer” under final § 1026.2(a)(7). Under existing § 1026.2(a)(17)(iii) and (iv), the person also is a “creditor” if the card issuer extends credit under a covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card as described above. If the card issuer extends open-end (not home-secured) credit, the person generally would need to comply with the open-end (not home-secured) rules set forth in subpart B and the credit card rules set forth in subparts B and G. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.2(a)(20) below, the Bureau believes that prepaid account issuers, their affiliates, or their business partners that offer covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards will be creditors offering open-end (not home-secured) credit under Regulation Z. See the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.2(a)(17) below for a discussion of situations in which a creditor may not be offering open-end credit in relation to a prepaid account.
Currently, under comment 2(a)(15)-2.ii.C, an account number for a credit plan is a credit card when that account number can access an open-end line of credit to purchase goods or services. For example, if a creditor provides a consumer with an open-end line of credit that can be accessed by an account number in order to transfer funds into another account (such as an asset account with the same creditor), the account number is not a credit card. However, if the account number also can access the line of credit to purchase goods or services (such as an account number that can be used to purchase goods or services on the internet), the account number is a credit card, regardless of whether the creditor treats such transactions as purchases, cash advances, or some other type of transaction.
Proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.G would have provided that these account numbers were credit cards under the proposal. In addition, the proposal would have revised existing comment 2(a)(15)-2.ii.C to provide that the current guidance for when an account number is a credit card under Regulation Z would not have applied to these account numbers, as described in proposed § 1026.2(a)(15)(vii) and proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.G. Proposed comment 2(a)(15)-5 would have provided additional guidance on these account numbers. Specifically, proposed comment 2(a)(15)-5 would have provided that a credit plan that permits a consumer to deposit directly extensions of credit into a checking account would not constitute a credit plan where extensions of credit are permitted to be deposited directly only into particular prepaid accounts specified by the creditor. Nonetheless, under proposed comment 2(a)(15)-5, a credit plan accessible by a consumer through checks or in-person withdrawals would have constituted a credit plan where extensions of credit are permitted to be deposited directly only into particular prepaid accounts specified by the creditor, so long as the credit plan allowed deposits directly into particular prepaid accounts specified by the creditor but did not allow the consumer to deposit directly extensions of credit into other asset accounts.
With respect to account numbers where extensions of credit are permitted to be deposited directly only into particular prepaid accounts specified by the creditor, the proposed rule would have covered credit plans that are not accessed directly by prepaid cards but are structured as “push” accounts. For example, such a credit plan may allow a consumer to use an account number to request an extension of credit be deposited directly into a particular prepaid account specified by the creditor when the consumer does not have adequate funds in the prepaid account to cover the full amount of a transaction using the prepaid card. In the proposal, the Bureau expressed concern that these types of credit plans could act as substitutes for credit plans directly accessible by a prepaid card. The Bureau did not, however, propose to cover general purpose lines of credit where a consumer has the freedom to choose where to deposit directly the credit funds.
Another consumer group commenter indicated that the Bureau should apply the credit card rules to all open-end lines of credit where credit is deposited or transferred to prepaid accounts if either (1) the creditor is the same institution as or has a business relationship with the prepaid issuer; or (2) the creditor reasonably anticipates that a prepaid card will be used as an access device for the line of credit. Nonetheless, this commenter said that the final rule should not impact a completely unrelated credit account that has no connection to prepaid issuers or consumers identified as prepaid card users, even though the creditor allows credit to be transferred from the credit account through the ACH system.
One issuing bank and one law firm writing on behalf of a coalition of prepaid issuers did not support subjecting push accounts to credit card rules. These industry commenters indicated that the Board should leave in place the rule currently in Regulation Z that determines when an account number for a credit plan is a credit card. One of these industry commenters indicated that attempting to cover push accounts as credit card accounts under the proposal would create an overly complex regulatory regime to address the perceived risk of circumvention or evasion of the rules for overdraft plans set forth in the proposal. This commenter believed the Bureau has better tools (
One industry trade association commenter indicated that it would be inappropriate to treat the line of credit (or its associated account number) as a credit card when the consumer has the choice of whether to use the line of credit to cover specified overdrafts or to use the line of credit funds for other purposes. This commenter believed that the consumer's ability to choose how to use the line of credit makes it clear that the line of credit is a general use line of credit and not a substitute for an overdraft line of credit.
The Bureau is addressing this type of evasion by generally covering a prepaid card as a credit card (
In addition, as described in new comment 61(a)(2)-1.iii, a prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a covered separate credit feature, as discussed above, regardless of whether the covered separate credit feature can only be used as an overdraft credit feature, solely accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card, or whether it is a general line of credit that can be accessed in other ways. For the reasons set forth in the
The Bureau believes that the provisions in the final rule described above with respect to a covered separate credit feature adequately capture situations where a separate credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner functions as an overdraft credit feature in relation to a prepaid account. Thus, the Bureau believes that it is no longer necessary to treat a credit account number as a credit card to capture situations when the credit account may function as an overdraft credit feature in relation to the prepaid account. As a result, the Bureau has not adopted proposed § 1026.2(a)(15)(vii) and proposed comments 2(a)(15)-2.i.G and 2(a)(15)-5. The Bureau also has not adopted proposed revisions to existing comment 2(a)(15)-2.ii.C related to account numbers described in proposed § 1026.2(a)(15)(vii) and proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.G. The Bureau proposed changes to other provisions in Regulation Z and related commentary to provide guidance on how these provisions would apply to such account numbers, which would have been credit cards under the proposal. The Bureau has not adopted these proposed changes to provisions in Regulation Z related to
As discussed above, several consumer group commenters suggested that the credit card rules should apply to a credit account even if the credit account did not function as an overdraft credit feature with respect to a prepaid account, so long as credit from the credit account was deposited into the prepaid account. These consumer group commenters indicated that the Bureau should apply the credit card rules to all credit transferred to a prepaid account, even if there is another way to access the credit. Another consumer group commenter indicated that the Bureau should apply the credit card rules to all open-end lines of credit where credit is deposited or transferred to prepaid accounts if either (1) the creditor is the same institution, as or has a business relationship with, the prepaid issuer; or (2) the creditor reasonably anticipates that a prepaid card will be used as an access device for the line of credit.
As discussed above and in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61 below, the Bureau generally intends to cover under Regulation Z overdraft credit features in connection with prepaid accounts where the credit features are offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliates, or its business partners. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61 below, the Bureau also has decided to exclude prepaid cards from being covered as credit cards under Regulation Z when they access certain specified types of credit. First, under new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii), a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a “non-covered separate credit feature,” which means that the separate credit feature either (1) cannot be accessed in the course of a prepaid card transaction to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers, or (2) is offered by an unrelated third party that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. Second, under new § 1026.61(a)(4), a prepaid card also is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card when the prepaid card accesses incidental credit in the form of a negative balance on the asset account where the prepaid account issuer generally does not charge credit-related fees for the credit. A prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61 or a credit card under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) when it accesses credit from these types of credit features. For more detailed explanations of when prepaid cards are not credit cards under Regulation Z, see the section-by-section analyses of § 1026.61(a)(2) and (4) below.
Comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.B currently provides guidance on when a debit card is a credit card, and the comment provides examples of credit cards that include “a card that accesses both a credit and an asset account (that is, a debit-credit card).” Proposed § 1026.2(a)(15)(iv) would have defined the term “debit card” for purposes of Regulation Z to mean “any card, plate, or other single device that may be used from time to time to access an asset account other than a prepaid account.” The proposed definition of “debit card” also would have specified that it does not include a prepaid card. Because the term “debit card” under the proposal would not have included all cards that access asset accounts, existing comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.B would have been revised to be consistent with the proposed definition of debit card. Specifically, proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.B would have been revised to provide that the term “credit card” includes a debit card (other than a debit card that is solely an account number) that also accesses a credit account (that is, a debit-credit card). This comment also would have been revised to provide a cross-reference to existing comment 2(a)(15)-2.ii.C for guidance on whether a debit card that is solely an account number is a credit card. No substantive changes were intended to the current rules for when debit cards are credit cards under existing § 1026.2(a)(15)(i).
The Bureau did not receive specific comment on this proposed definition. The Bureau is adopting the definition of “debit card” as proposed with one technical revision to provide a cross-reference to the definition of “prepaid account” in new § 1026.61. The Bureau also is adopting the changes to existing comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.B as proposed.
Regulation Z defines the term “credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan” in existing § 1026.2(a)(15)(ii) to mean “any open-end credit account that is accessed by a credit card, except: (A) [a] home-equity plan subject to the requirements of § 1026.40 that is accessed by a credit card; or (B) [a]n overdraft line of credit that is accessed by a debit card or an account number.” As discussed above, certain requirements in the Credit CARD Act, which are generally set forth in subpart G, apply to card issuers offering a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan.
The proposal would have clarified that the exception in current § 1026.2(a)(15)(ii)(B) regarding overdraft lines of credit accessed by a debit card or account number would not have applied to open-end credit plans accessed by prepaid cards that would have been credit cards under the proposal. The proposed definition of “debit card” in proposed § 1026.15(a)(2)(iv) would have excluded a prepaid card.
The Bureau did not receive specific comments on the proposed changes to existing § 1026.2(a)(15)(ii) and related commentary. The Bureau is revising existing § 1026.2(a)(15)(ii) and existing comment 2(a)(15)-4 as proposed with revisions consistent with § 1026.61.
Generally, to be a “credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan,” the credit must be “open-end credit,” as defined in existing § 1026.2(a)(20), that is not home-secured and the open-end (not home-secured) credit plan must be accessible by a “credit card,” as defined in final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i). As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.2(a)(20) below, the Bureau anticipates that most covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards will meet the definition of “open-end credit” and that credit will not be home-secured.
Regulation Z defines the term “charge card” in existing § 1026.2(a)(15)(iii) to mean “a credit card on an account for which no periodic rate is used to compute a finance charge.” Current comment 2(a)(15)-3 provides guidance on how the term “charge card” is used throughout the regulation. In particular, the current comment provides that, in general, charge cards are cards used in connection with an account on which outstanding balances cannot be carried from one billing cycle to another and are payable when a periodic statement is received. This comment also explains that under the regulation, a reference to credit cards generally includes charge cards. In particular, references to credit card accounts under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan in subparts B and G generally include charge cards. The term “charge card” is, however, distinguished from “credit card” or “credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan” in existing §§ 1026.6(b)(2)(xiv), 1026.7(b)(11) and (b)(12), 1026.9(e) and (f), 1026.28(d), 1026.52(b)(1)(ii)(C), and 1026.60, and Appendices G-10 through G-13. See also the discussion in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.2(a)(20) below relating to charge card accounts as open-end credit.
The proposal would have revised existing comment 2(a)(15)-3 in a number of ways to accommodate the proposed inclusion of some forms of prepaid cards as charge cards. First, the existing text of the comment would have been placed in proposed comment 2(a)(15)-3.i and a new comment 2(a)(15)-3.ii would have been added. Specifically, proposed comment 2(a)(15)-3.ii would have explained that a prepaid card is a charge card if it also is a credit card where no periodic rate is used to compute the finance charge. This proposed comment also would have explained that, unlike other charge cards, a prepaid card that is a charge card that accesses a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan would be subject to the requirements in proposed § 1026.7(b)(11)(i)(A), which would have required payment due dates to be disclosed on periodic statements for a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan. See the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.7(b)(11) below. Thus, under proposed § 1026.5(b)(2)(ii)(A), for credit card accounts under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan, a card issuer of a prepaid card that meets the definition of a charge card would have been required to adopt reasonable procedures designed to ensure that (1) periodic statements for the charge card account accessed by the prepaid card that is a charge card are mailed or delivered at least 21 days prior to the payment due date disclosed on the statement pursuant to proposed § 1026.7(b)(11)(i)(A); and (2) the card issuer does not treat as late for any purposes a required minimum periodic payment on the charge card account received by the card issuer within 21 days after mailing or delivery of the periodic statement disclosing the due date for that payment.
Under the proposal, the existing language in comment 2(a)(15)-3 (which would have been renumbered as proposed comment 2(a)(15)-3.i) would have been revised to be consistent with new proposed comment 2(a)(15)-3.ii and the definition of “charge card.”
The Bureau did not receive specific comments on the proposed changes to comment 2(a)(15)-3. Consistent with the proposal, the final rule places the language of current comment 2(a)(15)-3 in new comment 2(a)(15)-3.i and revises that language as proposed. The Bureau also is adding a new comment 2(a)(15)-3.ii as proposed, with revisions to clarify the intent of the language and to be consistent with new § 1026.61.
Specifically, new comment 2(a)(15)-3.ii provides that a hybrid prepaid-credit card, as defined in new § 1026.61, is a charge card with respect to a covered separate credit feature if no periodic rate is used to compute the finance charge in connection with the covered separate credit feature. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below, a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card includes an overdraft credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner that can be accessed by a prepaid card (except as provided in new § 1026.61(a)(4)). The prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61 and a credit card under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
New comment 2(a)(15)-3.ii also explains that, unlike other charge card accounts, the requirements in final § 1026.7(b)(11) apply to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card that is a charge card when that covered separate credit feature is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan. Thus, under final § 1026.5(b)(2)(ii)(A), with respect to a covered separate credit feature that is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan, a card issuer of a hybrid prepaid-credit card that meets the definition of a charge card because no periodic rate is used to compute a finance charge in connection with the covered separate credit feature must adopt reasonable procedures for the covered separate credit feature designed to ensure that (1) periodic statements are mailed or delivered at least 21 days prior to the payment due date disclosed on the statement pursuant to final § 1026.7(b)(11)(i)(A); and (2) the card issuer does not treat as late for any purposes a required minimum periodic payment received by the card issuer within 21 days after mailing or delivery of the periodic statement disclosing the due date for that payment.
Although current Regulation Z and its commentary use the term “debit card,” that term is not defined. Generally, under existing comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.B, the term “debit card” refers to a card that accesses an asset account. Specifically, existing comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.B provides as an example of a credit card: “A card that accesses both a credit and an asset account (that is, a debit-credit card).” In addition, existing comment 2(a)(15)-2.ii.A provides that the term credit card does not include a debit card with no credit feature or agreement, even if the creditor occasionally honors an inadvertent overdraft.
Under the proposal, different rules generally would have applied in Regulation Z depending on whether credit is accessed by a card or device that accesses a prepaid account (which would have been defined in proposed § 1026.2(a)(15)(vi) to match the definition under proposed Regulation E § 1005.2(b)(3)) or a card or device that accesses another type of asset account. To assist compliance with the regulation, the proposal would have defined “debit card” for purposes of Regulation Z in proposed § 1026.2(a)(15)(iv) to mean “any card, plate, or other single device that may be used from time to time to access an asset account other than a prepaid account.” The proposed definition of “debit card” would have specified that it does not include a prepaid card. Proposed § 1026.2(a)(15)(v) would have defined “prepaid card” to mean “any card, code, or other device that can be used to access a prepaid account” and would have defined “prepaid account” in proposed § 1026.2(a)(15)(vi) to mean a prepaid account as defined in proposed Regulation E § 1005.2(b)(3). Proposed comment 2(a)(15)-6 would have provided that the term “prepaid card” in proposed § 1026.2(a)(15)(v) would have included any card, code, or other device that can be used to access a prepaid account, including a prepaid account number or other code. The proposed comment would have provided that the phrase “credit accessed by a prepaid card” means any credit that is accessed by any card, code, or other device that also can be used to access a prepaid account.
The Bureau did not receive specific comment on the proposed definition of “debit card.” The Bureau is adopting the definition of “debit card” in new § 1026.2(a)(15)(iv) as proposed with one technical revision to cross-reference the definition of “prepaid account” in new § 1026.61.
Certain disclosure requirements and other requirements in TILA and Regulation Z generally apply to creditors. TILA section 103(g) generally defines the term “creditor” to mean a person who both (1) regularly extends, whether in connection with loans, sales of property or services, or otherwise, consumer credit which is payable by agreement in more than four installments or for which the payment of a finance charge is or may be required; and (2) is the person to whom the debt arising from the consumer credit transaction is initially payable on the face of the evidence of indebtedness or, if there is no such evidence of
Consistent with TILA, Regulation Z generally defines the term “creditor” in existing § 1026.2(a)(17)(i) to include a “person who regularly extends consumer credit that is subject to a finance charge or is payable by written agreement in more than four installments (not including a down payment), and to whom the obligation is initially payable, either on the face of the note or contract, or by agreement when there is no note or contract.” Under existing § 1026.2(a)(17)(v) and existing comment 2(a)(17)(i)-4, for open-end credit, a person regularly extends consumer credit if it had more than 25 accounts outstanding in the preceding calendar year. If a person did not meet this numerical standard in the preceding calendar year, the numerical standards must be applied to the current calendar year. In addition, under existing § 1026.2(a)(17)(iii) and (iv), the term “creditor” includes a card issuer (which is a person that issues a credit card or its agent) that extends credit. For purposes of subpart B, under existing § 1026.2(a)(17)(iii), a person also is a “creditor” if the person is a card issuer that extends credit that is not subject to a finance charge and is not payable by written agreement in more than four installments. Thus, under existing Regulation Z as generally structured, card issuers that only meet this narrow definition of creditor (
The Bureau's proposal generally would have applied this existing framework to the prepaid context. Thus, under the proposal, a card issuer that issues a prepaid card that is a credit card (or its agent) that extends open-end (not home-secured) credit would have met the general definition of “creditor” because the person charges a finance charge and would have been subject to the rules governing open-end (not home-secured) credit plans in subpart B and the credit card rules set forth in subparts B and G. Under existing § 1026.2(a)(17)(iv), a card issuer that issues a prepaid card that is a credit card (or its agent) that extends closed-end (not home-secured) credit would have met the general definition of “creditor” where the person charges a finance charge or extends credit payable by written agreement in more than four installments. Such person would have been subject to the closed-end provisions in subpart C and, certain open-end (not home-secured) disclosure rules in subpart B, and the credit card rules in subpart B. A card issuer that issues a prepaid card that is a credit card (or its agent), extends credit (not home-secured), and charges a fee described in § 1026.4(c), but does not charge a finance charge and does not extend credit payable by written agreement in more than four installments, would have been a “creditor” under existing § 1026.2(a)(17)(iii) and would have been subject to the open-end (not home-secured) disclosure rules and the credit card rules in subpart B.
Proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.F, however, would have provided that a prepaid card is not a credit card when the prepaid card only accesses credit that (1) is not subject to a finance charge; (2) is not subject to fees described in § 1026.4(c); and (3) is not payable by written agreement in more than four installments. The Bureau would have clarified in proposed comment 2(a)(17)(iii)-2 that existing § 1026.2(a)(17)(iii) does not apply to a person that is extending credit that is accessed by a prepaid card where the credit meets these same three restrictions. In this case, under the proposal, the prepaid card would not have been a credit card and therefore the person issuing the card would not have been a card issuer. Prepaid account issuers that satisfied this exclusion still would have been subject to Regulation E's requirements, such as error resolution, and limits on liability for unauthorized use.
The Bureau did not receive comment on this aspect of the proposal, other than those related to general comments from industry not to cover overdraft plans offered on prepaid accounts under Regulation Z and instead cover these overdraft plans under existing Regulation E § 1005.17. See the
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61 below, the Bureau also has decided to exclude prepaid cards from being covered as credit cards under Regulation Z when they access certain specified types of credit. First, new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii) provides that a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a separate credit feature that does not meet both of the conditions above, for example, where the credit feature is offered by an unrelated third party that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate or its business partner. Such credit features are defined as “non-covered separate
Consistent with the proposal, the Bureau generally applies the existing framework for the definition of “creditor” to the prepaid context. Thus, a card issuer of a hybrid prepaid-credit card (or its agent) that extends credit under a covered separate credit feature is a “creditor” under existing § 1026.2(a)(17). The card issuer must comply with different provisions in Regulation Z depending on the type of credit extended. Under existing § 1026.2(a)(17)(iii), a card issuer of a hybrid prepaid-credit card (or its agent) that extends open-end (not home-secured) credit (and thus charges a finance charge for the credit) in connection with the covered separate credit feature is a “creditor” for purposes of the rules governing open-end (not home-secured) credit plans in subpart B in connection with the covered separate credit feature. The card issuer also must comply with the credit card rules set forth in subparts B and G with respect to the covered separate credit feature and the hybrid prepaid-credit card. Under existing § 1026.2(a)(17)(iii), a card issuer of a hybrid prepaid-credit card (or its agent) that extends credit (not home-secured) through the covered separate credit feature that is not subject to a finance charge and is not payable in more than four installments generally is a “creditor” for purposes of the open-end (not home-secured) rules in subpart B with respect to the covered separate credit feature. The card issuer also generally must comply with the credit card rules in subpart B with respect to the covered separate credit feature and the hybrid prepaid-credit card, but generally need not comply with the credit card rules in subpart G, except for the credit card disclosures required by existing § 1026.60 and the provisions in new § 1026.61.
With respect to guidance on the definition of “creditor” related to prepaid cards that are not hybrid prepaid-credit cards, the Bureau is revising new comment 2(a)(17)(iii)-2 from the proposal and is adding new comment 2(a)(17)(i)-8 to cross-reference new § 1026.61(a), new comment 61(a)(2)-5.iii and new comment 61(a)(4)-1.iv for guidance on the applicability of Regulation Z to prepaid cards that are not hybrid prepaid-credit cards.
TILA section 103(j) defines the term “open-end credit plan” to mean a plan under which the creditor reasonably contemplates repeated transactions, which prescribes the terms of such transactions, and which provides for a finance charge which may be computed from time to time on the outstanding unpaid balance.
With respect to a credit accessed by a prepaid card that would have been a credit card under the proposal, the proposal would have provided additional guidance on the meaning of the following three terms used in the definition of “open-end credit:” (1) “credit;” (2) “plan;” and (3) “finance charge.” For a discussion of the proposal and the final rule related to the term “credit,” see the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.2(a)(14) above. The term “plan” is discussed below. For a discussion of the proposal and the final rule related to the term “finance charge,” see below and the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.4.
To accommodate the proposed changes, the proposal also would have made several technical revisions to comment 2(a)(20)-2. Specifically, the first sentence of the existing language in comment 2(a)(20)-2 would have been moved to proposed comment 2(a)(20)-2.i, and the remaining language of the existing comment would have been moved to proposed comment 2(a)(20)-2.iv.
The Bureau also is modifying the proposed language in new comment 2(a)(20)-2.ii to be consistent with the provisions set forth in § 1026.61.
Specifically, under the final rule, new comment 2(a)(20)-2.ii provides that with respect to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61, a plan includes a program under which a creditor routinely extends credit where the prepaid card can be used from time to time to draw, transfer, or authorize the draw or transfer of credit from a covered separate credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers, and the consumer is obligated contractually to repay those credit transactions. Such a program constitutes a plan notwithstanding that, for example, the creditor has not agreed in writing to extend credit for those transactions, the creditor retains discretion not to extend credit for those transactions, or the creditor does not extend credit for those transactions once the consumer has exceeded a certain amount of credit. The comment also cross-references new § 1026.61(a) and related commentary for guidance on the applicability of this regulation to credit accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards.
With respect to the programs described above, the Bureau believes these programs are plans notwithstanding that, for example, the person offering the program reserves the right not to extend credit on individual transactions. The Bureau believes that the person's reservation of such discretion in connection with covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards does not connote the absence of an open-end credit plan. If consumers using covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards must agree to repay the debt created by an overdraft or advance, a contractual arrangement between the creditor and the consumer exists. The Bureau notes that credit card issuers similarly reserve the right to reject individual transactions, and thus the Bureau believes that automated overdraft services are comparable.
The term “finance charge” generally is defined in existing § 1026.4 to mean “the cost of consumer credit as a dollar amount” and it includes any charge payable directly or indirectly by the consumer and imposed directly or indirectly by the creditor as an incident to or as a condition of the extension of credit. The term does not include any charge of a type payable in a comparable cash transaction.
The proposal would have revised various components of the definition of finance charge in existing § 1026.4 and its commentary to (1) distinguish credit provided in connection with prepaid accounts addressed by the proposal from overdraft services on checking accounts, which is subject to a different rulemaking process; and (2) broaden the definition of “finance charge,” as applied in the prepaid context, to assure broad coverage of the credit card rules to credit plans accessed by prepaid cards that would have been credit cards under the proposal and to better reflect the full cost of credit. Consistent with this approach, the proposal also would have added proposed comment 2(a)(20)-4.ii to state that with respect to credit accessed by a prepaid card (including a prepaid card that is solely an account number), any service, transaction, activity, or carrying charges imposed on a credit account, and any such charges imposed on a prepaid account related to an extension of credit, carrying a credit balance, or credit availability, generally would be finance charges. Such charges would have included periodic participation fees for the credit plan and transaction charges imposed in connection with a credit extension. In addition, proposed comment 2(a)(20)-4.ii would have provided that with respect to that credit, such service, transaction, activity, or carrying charges would constitute finance charges imposed from time to time on an outstanding unpaid balance if there is no specific amount financed
The Bureau is adding a new § 1026.4(b)(11) and related commentary to provide guidance as to the application of Regulation Z to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards. In particular, § 1026.4(b)(11) and related commentary describe how to treat charges that may be imposed on the separate credit subaccount or account as compared to charges that may be imposed on the prepaid asset feature. The commentary to new § 1026.4(b)(11) also provides guidance as to the treatment of fees imposed on the prepaid account in relation to credit features accessible by prepaid cards that are not credit cards under the final rule.
The Bureau is adopting changes to the commentary concerning the prong of the open-end credit definition in existing § 1026.2(a)(20) concerning the creditor's ability to impose finance charges from time to time on an outstanding unpaid balance, consistent with the general approach adopted in final §§ 1026.4 and new 1026.61. Specifically, the Bureau is moving the existing language of comment 2(a)(20)-4 to new comment 2(a)(20)-4.i. The Bureau also is adding new comment 2(a)(20)-4.ii but revises this comment from the proposal to reflect changes from the proposal set forth in the final rule under final §§ 1026.4 and new 1026.61.
The Bureau does not anticipate that there will be a specific amount financed for covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards. Instead, the Bureau anticipates that the credit lines on covered separate credit features generally will be replenishing. In such cases, an amount financed for the credit feature could not be calculated because the creditor will not know at the time the credit feature is established the amount of credit that will be extended. Thus, to the extent that any finance charge may be imposed on such a credit feature, the credit feature will meet this criterion.
The Bureau believes that it is appropriate to consider covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards that are charge cards to meet this criterion of open-end credit. Under the Bureau's interpretation, a finance charge may be imposed time to time on an outstanding unpaid balance when any finance charge (including transaction fees or participation fees that are finance charges) may be imposed on the covered separate credit feature or asset feature of the prepaid account that are both accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card. In contrast, if the Bureau were to interpret narrowly the criterion of open-end credit that a finance charge may be imposed time to time on an outstanding unpaid balance and include only finance charges resulting from periodic rates, covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards that are charge card accounts instead would constitute closed-end credit. Under existing § 1026.2(a)(17)(iv), a card issuer offering such a charge card account would be a “creditor” for purposes of, and would need to comply with, the closed-end disclosure provisions in subpart C as well as certain open-end (not home-secured) disclosures rules in subpart B.
The Bureau believes that receiving closed-end disclosures for these types of accounts would be confusing to consumers because the disclosures would be different from those disclosures received in connection with other open-end credit card accounts. Where the transactions otherwise would appear to be part of an open-end plan based on repeated transactions and replenishing credit, the Bureau believes that consumers would be better protected and better informed if such transactions were treated as open-end plans in the same way as their other credit card accounts. In addition, with respect to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card where that credit feature is a charge card account, the Bureau believes that complying with the closed-end credit rules would be difficult for card issuers (for example, at point of sale) because closed-end disclosures specific to each credit extension would need to be provided prior to each transaction. Thus, the Bureau is retaining the current interpretation in existing comment 2(a)(20)-4 that a finance charge is considered to be imposed from time to time on an outstanding unpaid balance, as
The Bureau also notes that persons that offer covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards where no finance charge may be imposed on the covered separate credit feature or asset feature of the prepaid account that are both accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card still would be subject to certain Regulation Z provisions. See the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.2(a)(17) above.
TILA section 106(a) provides generally that the term “finance charge” in connection with any consumer credit transaction is the sum of all charges, payable directly or indirectly by the person to whom the credit is extended, and imposed directly or indirectly by the creditor as an incident to the extension of credit. The finance charge does not include charges of a type payable in a comparable cash transaction.
Regulation Z generally defines the term “finance charge” in existing § 1026.4(a) to mean “the cost of consumer credit as a dollar amount.” It includes any charge payable directly or indirectly by the consumer and imposed directly or indirectly by the creditor as an incident to or as a condition of the extension of credit. It does not include any charge of a type payable in a comparable cash transaction. However, certain fee or charges are specifically excluded from the current definition of “finance charge,” including as described in existing § 1026.4(c)(3) and (4) respectively: (1) Charges imposed by a financial institution for paying items that overdraw an account, unless the payment of such items and the imposition of the charge were previously agreed upon in writing; and (2) fees charged for participation in a credit plan, whether assessed on an annual or other periodic basis.
As discussed in more detail below, the proposal would have revised various components of the definition of finance charge in existing § 1026.4 and its commentary as applied to credit offered in connection with a prepaid account to (1) distinguish credit provided in connection with prepaid accounts addressed by the proposal from overdraft services on checking accounts, which is subject to a different rulemaking; and (2) broaden the definition of “finance charge,” as applied in the prepaid context, to assure broad coverage of the credit card rules to credit plans accessed by prepaid cards that would have been credit cards under the proposal and to better reflect the full cost of credit.
Specifically, the proposal would have provided that existing § 1026.4(c)(3)'s exclusion of fees imposed in connection with overdraft services on checking accounts from the definition of finance charge would not have applied to credit accessed by a prepaid card. It also would have exempted credit accessed by a prepaid card from the exclusion in existing § 1026.4(c)(4) for participation fees. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analyses of § 1026.4(a) and (b) below, the proposal also would have made other modifications to general finance charge precepts as applied to credit offered in connection with prepaid cards, to assure broad coverage of the credit card rules to such credit.
As discussed in more detail below, consistent with the goals of the proposal in relation to the definition of “finance charge,” the Bureau is revising the definition of “finance charge” with regard to the covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards as defined under new § 1026.61 to (1) distinguish credit provided in connection with prepaid accounts addressed by the final rule from overdraft services on checking accounts, which is subject to a different rulemaking process; and (2) broaden the definition of “finance charge,” as applied in the prepaid context, to assure broad coverage of the credit card rules to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards and to better reflect the full cost of credit. The Bureau also is adding language to the definition of “finance charge” in existing § 1026.4 and related commentary to provide greater guidance regarding the treatment of fees that are charged to the separate credit subaccount or account accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, as compared to fees charged to the prepaid asset feature. Finally, the Bureau has added commentary to § 1026.4 to provide guidance as to the application of the definition of “finance charge” to credit features accessible by prepaid cards that are not credit cards under the final rule.
As discussed in the
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61 below, the Bureau also has decided to exclude prepaid cards from being covered as credit cards under Regulation Z when they access certain specified types of credit. First, new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii) provides that a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a separate credit feature that does not meet both of the conditions above, for example, where the credit feature is offered by an unrelated third party that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate or its business partner. Such credit features are defined as “non-covered separate credit features,” as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below. Second, under new § 1026.61(a)(4), a prepaid card also is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card when the prepaid card accesses incidental credit in the form of a negative balance on the asset account where the prepaid account issuer generally does not charge credit-related fees for the credit. A prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-
As discussed in more detail below, the Bureau is amending existing § 1026.4 and its commentary to (1) distinguish credit provided in connection with prepaid accounts addressed by the final rule from the overdraft services on checking accounts, which is subject to a different rulemaking process; and (2) broaden the definition of “finance charge,” as applied in the prepaid context, to assure broad coverage of the credit card rules to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards and to better reflect the full cost of credit. Specifically, the final rule provides that the exclusion in existing § 1026.4(c)(3) for certain charges in connection with overdraft services on checking accounts does not apply to credit offered in connection with a prepaid account and that the exclusion in existing § 1026.4(c)(4) for participation fees does not apply to a fee to participate in a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61, regardless of whether this fee is imposed on the credit feature or on the asset feature of the prepaid account.
In addition, the Bureau is amending existing § 1026.4 and its commentary to provide additional clarification and guidance as to what types of fees and charges constitute “finance charges” related to credit offered in connection with a prepaid account. For example, with regard to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards, the Bureau has added new § 1026.4(b)(11) and related commentary to address the classification of fees as finance charges depending on whether those fees are imposed on the covered separate credit feature or on the asset feature of the prepaid account. Specifically, new § 1026.4(b)(11) provides that the following fees generally are finance charges with respect to such covered separate credit features and asset features: (1) Any fee or charge, such as interest rates and service, transaction, activity, or carrying charges, imposed on the covered separate credit feature, whether it is structured as a credit subaccount of the prepaid account or a separate credit account; and (2) any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account to the extent that the amount of the fee or charge exceeds comparable fees or charges imposed on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that do not have a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card.
The commentary to new § 1026.4(b)(11) also provides guidance with regard to the treatment of fees imposed on the prepaid account in relation to credit features accessible by prepaid cards that are not hybrid prepaid-credit cards. For example, with regard to non-covered separate credit features, the final rule provides that new § 1026.4(b)(11) and related commentary do not apply to fees or charges imposed on the non-covered separate credit feature; instead, the non-covered credit feature is evaluated in its own right under the general rules set forth in existing § 1026.4 to determine whether these fees or charges are finance charges. In addition, with respect to these non-covered separate credit features, fees or charges on the asset feature of the prepaid account are not finance charges under existing § 1026.4 with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. The commentary also provides that with respect to incidental credit that is provided via a negative balance on the prepaid account under new § 1026.61(a)(4), fees that can be imposed on the prepaid account under § 1026.61(a)(4) are not finance charges under final § 1026.4.
Under Regulation Z, the term “finance charge” generally is defined in existing § 1026.4(a) to mean “the cost of consumer credit as a dollar amount.” It includes any charge payable directly or indirectly by the consumer and imposed directly or indirectly by the creditor as an incident to or as a condition of the extension of credit. It does not include any charge of a type payable in a comparable cash transaction.
With regard to credit card accounts, generally all transaction fees imposed on the account are treated as finance charges, even if the creditor imposes comparable transaction fees on asset accounts. Existing comment 4(a)-4 provides guidance on when transaction charges imposed on credit card accounts are finance charges under existing § 1026.4(a). (Transaction charges that are imposed on checking accounts or other transaction accounts are discussed in the section-by-section analyses of § 1026.4(b) and (b)(11) below.) Specifically, existing comment 4(a)-4 provides that any transaction charge imposed on a cardholder by a card issuer is a finance charge, regardless of whether the issuer imposes the same, greater, or lesser charge on withdrawals of funds from an asset account such as a checking or savings account. For example, any charge imposed on a credit cardholder by a card issuer for the use of an ATM to obtain a cash advance (whether in a proprietary, shared, interchange, or other system) is a finance charge, regardless of whether the card issuer imposes a charge on its debit cardholders for using the ATM to withdraw cash from a consumer asset account, such as a checking or savings account. In addition, any charge imposed on a credit cardholder for making a purchase or obtaining a cash advance outside the United States with a foreign merchant, or in a foreign currency, is a finance charge, regardless of whether a charge is imposed on debit cardholders for such transactions. This comment essentially provides that debit card transactions are not considered “comparable cash transactions” to credit card transactions with respect to transaction charges imposed by a card issuer on a credit cardholder when those fees are imposed on the credit card account.
The proposal would have added proposed comment 4(a)-4.iii to provide that any transaction charge imposed on a cardholder by a card issuer for credit accessed by a prepaid card is a finance charge regardless of whether the card issuer imposes the same, greater, or lesser charge on the withdrawal of funds from a prepaid account.
The Bureau received substantial comment on the circumstances in which fees imposed on a prepaid account should be considered finance charges under § 1026.4. These comments are discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.4(b)(11) below. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.4(b)(11), new § 1026.4(b)(11) and related commentary set forth guidance regarding the circumstances in which a fee is a finance charge for credit offered in connection with a prepaid account. Thus, the Bureau is not revising existing comment 4(a)-4 to include the proposed prepaid card example discussed above.
Existing § 1026.4(b) provides examples of the types of charges that are finance charges, except if those charges are specifically excluded under existing § 1026.4(c) through (e). In particular, existing § 1026.4(b)(2) provides that examples of finance charges generally include service, transaction, activity, and carrying charges. However, the Board added a partial exception to this example stating that any charge imposed on a checking or other transaction account, such a service or transaction account charge, is only a finance charge to the extent that the charge exceeds the charge for a similar account without a credit feature. Existing comment 4(b)(2)-1 similarly provides that a checking or transaction account charge imposed in connection with a credit feature is a finance charge under existing § 1026.4(b)(2) to the extent the charge exceeds the charge for a similar account without a credit feature. If a charge for a checking or transaction account with a credit feature does not exceed the charge for an account without a credit feature, the charge is not a finance charge under existing § 1026.4(b)(2). For purposes of existing § 1026.4(b)(2), a per transaction fee imposed on a checking account with a credit feature (
The proposal would have set forth a different rule for when fees imposed on prepaid accounts would have been finance charges than the standard set forth in existing § 1026.4(b)(2). Specifically, proposed § 1026.4(b)(2)(ii) would have provided that any charge imposed in connection with an extension of credit, for carrying a credit balance, or for credit availability would have been a finance charge where that fee is imposed on a prepaid account in connection with credit accessed by a prepaid card, regardless of whether the creditor imposes the same, greater, or lesser charge on the withdrawal of funds from the prepaid account, to have access to the prepaid account, or when credit is not extended. Proposed comment 4(b)(2)-1.ii through iv, would have clarified the rule set forth in proposed § 1026.4(b)(2)(ii). The existing language in § 1026.4(b)(2) would have been moved to proposed § 1026.4(b)(2)(i). The existing language in comment 4(b)(2)-1 would have been moved to proposed comment 4(b)(2)-1.i.
The Bureau received substantial comments on the circumstances in which fees imposed on prepaid accounts should be considered finance charges under § 1026.4. These comments are discussed in the section-by-section to § 1026.4(b)(11) below. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.4(b)(11), new § 1026.4(b)(11) and related commentary set forth guidance regarding the circumstances in which a fee is a finance charge for credit offered in connection with a prepaid account. Thus, the Bureau has not adopted proposed § 1026.4(b)(2)(ii) and the changes to comment 4(b)(2)-1 as proposed.
As discussed in the section-by-section analyses of § 1026.4(a) and (b)(2) above, the Bureau proposed § 1026.4(b)(2) and comments 4(a)-4.iii and 4(b)(2)-1.ii through iv to provide guidance regarding when a fee imposed in relation to credit accessed by a prepaid card would have been a finance charge under § 1026.4.
Proposed comment 4(a)-4.iii would have set forth guidance on when transaction fees imposed on credit card accounts accessed by prepaid cards would have been considered finance charges under the proposal. Specifically, this comment would have provided that any transaction charge imposed on a cardholder by a card issuer for credit accessed by a prepaid card is a finance charge regardless of whether the card issuer imposes the same, greater, or lesser charge on the withdrawal of funds from a prepaid account.
Proposed § 1026.4(b)(2)(ii) and proposed comment 4(b)(2)-1.ii through iv would have provided guidance on when service, transaction, activity, and carrying charges imposed on a prepaid account in connection with credit accessed by a prepaid card would have been a finance charge under the proposal. Specifically, proposed § 1026.4(b)(2)(ii) would have provided that any charge imposed on the prepaid account in connection with an extension of credit, for carrying a credit balance, or for credit availability would have been a finance charge where that fee is imposed on a prepaid account in connection with credit accessed by a prepaid card, regardless of whether the creditor imposes the same, greater, or lesser charge on the withdrawal of funds from the prepaid account, to have access to the prepaid account, or when credit is not extended.
Under proposed comment 4(b)(2)-1.ii, transaction fees imposed on a prepaid account for credit extensions would have been finance charges, regardless of whether the creditor imposes the same, greater, or lesser per transaction fee to withdraw funds from the prepaid account. To illustrate, assume a $1.50 transaction charge is imposed on the prepaid account for each transaction that is made with the prepaid card, including when the prepaid card is used to access credit where the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds in the prepaid account at the time of authorization or at the time the
In addition, under proposed comment 4(b)(2)-1.ii, a fee imposed on the prepaid account for the availability of an open-end plan that is accessed by a prepaid card would have been a finance charge regardless of whether the creditor imposes the same, greater, or lesser monthly service charge to hold the prepaid account. For example, assume a creditor imposes $5 monthly service charge on the prepaid account for the availability of an open-end plan that is accessed by a prepaid card. Under the proposal, the $5 monthly service charge would have been a finance charge regardless of whether the creditor imposes the same, greater, or lesser monthly service charge to hold the prepaid account.
In the proposal, the Bureau recognized that if a prepaid account issuer imposes a per transaction fee on a prepaid account for any transactions authorized or settled on the prepaid account, the prepaid account issuer would need to waive that per transaction fee imposed on the prepaid account when the transaction accesses credit to take advantage of the exception for when a prepaid card would not be a credit card under the proposal.
Proposed comment 4(b)(2)-1.iii would have provided that examples of charges imposed on a prepaid account in connection with an extension of credit, for carrying a credit balance, or for credit availability include (1) transaction fees for credit extensions; (2) fees for transferring funds from a credit account to a prepaid account; (3) a daily, weekly, or monthly (or other periodic) fee assessed each period a prepaid account is in “overdraft” status, or would be in overdraft status but for funds supplied by a linked line of credit; (4) a daily, weekly, or monthly (or other periodic) fee assessed each period a line of credit accessed by a prepaid card has an outstanding balance; and (5) participation fees or other fees that the consumer is required to pay for the issuance or availability of credit.
Proposed comment 4(b)(2)-1.iv would have provided that proposed § 1026.4(b)(2)(ii) would not apply to: (1) Transaction fees imposed on the prepaid account that are imposed only on transactions that solely access funds in the prepaid account (and are not imposed on transactions that either are funded in whole or in part from credit); (2) fees for opening or holding the prepaid account; and (3) other fees, such as cash reload fees and balance inquiry fees, that are not imposed on the prepaid account because the consumer engaged in a transaction that is funded in whole or in part by credit, for holding a credit plan, or for carrying a credit balance. These fees would not have been considered charges imposed on a prepaid account in connection with an extension of credit, for carrying a credit balance, or for credit availability even if there were not sufficient funds in the prepaid account to pay the fees at the time they were imposed on the prepaid account. Nonetheless, under the proposal, any negative balance on the prepaid account, whether from fees or other transactions, would have been a credit extension, and if a fee were imposed for such credit extension, the fee would have been a finance charge under proposed § 1026.4(b)(2)(ii). For example, if a cash-reload fee were imposed on the prepaid account and an additional charge were imposed on the prepaid account for a credit extension because there were not sufficient funds in the prepaid account to pay the cash reload fee when it was imposed on the prepaid account, the additional charge would have been a transaction charge imposed on a prepaid account in connection with an extension of credit and would have been a finance charge under proposed § 1026.4(b)(2)(ii).
The Bureau received substantial comment on the circumstances in which fees imposed in connection with credit accessed by a prepaid card should be considered finance charges under § 1026.4. As discussed below, in response to comments received, the Bureau is revising substantially from the proposal the circumstances in which a fee or charge imposed with respect to credit extended in connection with a prepaid account is a finance charge under § 1026.4.
Many industry commenters raised concerns regarding the breadth of fees that would be considered finance charges under the proposal. Many industry commenters were concerned that even though they did not intend to offer credit in connection with the prepaid account, credit could result in certain circumstances, such as forced pay-transactions as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61 below. Because this credit could be extended, many commenters were concerned that fees that generally applied to the prepaid account, but were not specific to the overdraft credit, could be finance charges under the proposal and thus would subject the prepaid account issuer to the credit card rules under Regulation Z. These commenters were concerned that they could not charge certain fees on the prepaid account, or would have to waive certain fees, for the prepaid card not to be considered to be a credit card under the proposal. In particular, proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.F would have provided that the term “credit card” includes a prepaid card (including a prepaid card that is solely an account number) that is a single device that may be used from time to time to access a credit plan, except for when the prepaid card only accesses credit that is not subject to any finance charge, as defined in § 1026.4, or any fee described in § 1026.4(c), and is not payable by written agreement in more than four installments. Under the proposal, for a prepaid card not to be a credit card when it accesses a credit plan, the credit accessed by the prepaid card could not be subject to any finance charge, as defined in § 1026.4, or any fee described in § 1026.4(c), and any credit accessed could not be payable by written agreement in more than four installments.
Many industry commenters indicated that certain fees should not be considered finance charges in connection with credit accessed by a prepaid card, and thus, a prepaid account issuer could continue to charge these fees on the prepaid account without the prepaid card becoming a credit card under the proposal.
For example, several commenters, including an industry trade association, an issuing bank, a program manager, and a digital wallet provider, indicated that consistent with existing § 1026.4(b)(2), a fee that is imposed on a prepaid account in both credit and cash transactions should not be a finance charge when the fee is imposed on a prepaid account. They argued that these fees are exempt from the definition of finance charge under the “comparable cash transaction” exception. Existing § 1026.4(b)(2) provides that examples of finance charges generally include service, transaction, activity, and carrying charges. However, existing § 1026.4(b)(2) contains a partial exception to this example stating that for any charge imposed on a checking or other transaction account, such a service or transaction account charge, is only a finance charge to the extent that the charge exceeds the charge for a similar account without a credit feature.
In addition, several commenters, including an industry trade association, an issuing bank, a program manager,
Two industry trade associations indicated that the term “finance charge” should only include fees or charges arising from the fact that the transaction is an overdraft and specifically exclude other fees or charges that are wholly unrelated to the fact that the transaction is an overdraft, such as a fee for a balance inquiry at an ATM. These two commenters argued that such unrelated fees or charges should not be “finance charges” even if they are imposed when the prepaid account balance is negative. Another industry trade association indicated that a monthly fee to hold the prepaid account should not be a “finance charge” simply because it may be imposed when the balance on the prepaid account is negative or because negative balances can occur on the prepaid account.
Several consumer groups commented on this aspect of the proposal. One consumer group commenter indicated that per transaction fees for credit extensions imposed on prepaid accounts should be finance charges even if they are the same amount as the fee charged for transactions paid entirely with funds available in the prepaid account. This consumer group commenter indicated that if a prepaid account issuer wanted to avoid charging a finance charge on the prepaid account, the cleanest solution is the one the Bureau proposed: Simply waive the fee. Another consumer group commenter indicated that any fee or charge that occurs when credit is accessed should be considered a finance charge.
The Bureau is amending existing § 1026.4 and its commentary to provide additional clarification and guidance as to what types of fees and charges constitute “finance charges” related to credit offered in connection with a prepaid account. First, the Bureau provides guidance on the definition of finance charge in relation to covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit cards. Second, the Bureau also provides guidance on the definition of finance charge in relation to credit features accessible by prepaid cards that are not hybrid prepaid-credit cards. Starting with the first category, as described above, the Bureau generally intends the final rule to regulate prepaid cards as credit cards when they can access overdraft credit features offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliates, or its business partners (except as provided in new § 1026.61(a)(4)). Such credit features are generally required under new § 1026.61(b) to be structured as a separate subaccount or account, distinct from the prepaid asset account, to facilitate transparency and compliance with Regulation Z. To effectuate this decision and provide compliance guidance to industry, new § 1026.4(b)(11) and its related commentary specify rules for distinguishing when particular types of fees or charges that are imposed on the covered separate credit feature or on the asset feature on a prepaid account, which are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, are finance charges under Regulation Z. Specifically, new § 1026.4(b)(11) provides that the following fees generally are finance charges with respect to such covered separate credit features and asset features: (1) Any fee or charge, such as interest rates and service, transaction, activity, or carrying charges, imposed on the covered separate credit feature, regardless of whether the credit feature is structured as a credit subaccount of the prepaid account or a separate credit account; and (2) any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account to the extent that the amount of the fee or charge exceeds comparable fees or charges imposed on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that do not have a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. These provisions are discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analyses of § 1026.4(b)(11)(i) and (ii).
The commentary to new § 1026.4(b)(11) also provides guidance regarding credit features that are accessible by prepaid cards that are not credit cards under the final rule. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61 below, the Bureau also has decided to exclude prepaid cards from being covered as credit cards under Regulation Z when they access certain specified types of credit. First, under new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii), a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a “non-covered separate credit feature,” which means that the separate credit feature either (1) cannot be accessed in the course of a prepaid card transaction to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers; or (2) is offered by an unrelated third party that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. Second, under new § 1026.61(a)(4), a prepaid card also is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card when the prepaid card accesses incidental credit in the form of a negative balance on the asset account where the prepaid account issuer generally does not charge credit-related fees for the credit. A prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61 or a credit card under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) when it accesses credit from these types of credit features. For more detailed explanations of when prepaid cards are not credit cards under Regulation Z, see the section-by-section analyses of § 1026.61(a)(2) and (4) below.
New comment 4(b)(11)-1.i provides that the rules for classification of fees or charges as finance charges in connection with a covered separate credit feature and the asset feature of the prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card are specified in § 1026.4(b)(11) and related commentary. This guidance is discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analyses of § 1026.4(b)(11)(i) and (ii). As discussed in more detail below, new comment 4(b)(11)-1.ii and iii sets forth guidance on when fee or charges are finance charges under § 1026.4 when these fees or charges are imposed in connection with credit features that are accessible by prepaid cards that are not credit cards.
New § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii) defines a separate credit feature that does not meet these two conditions as a “non-covered separate credit feature.” As described in new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii), a non-covered separate credit feature is not subject to the rules applicable to hybrid prepaid-credit cards; however, it typically will be subject to Regulation Z in its own right, depending on the terms and conditions of the product.
New comment 4(b)(11)-1.ii provides that new § 1026.4(b)(11) and related commentary do not apply to fees or charges imposed on the non-covered separate credit feature; instead, the general rules set forth in existing § 1026.4 determine whether these fees or charges are finance charges. In addition, fees or charges on the asset feature of the prepaid account are not finance charges under final § 1026.4 with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature.
With respect to what “credit-related fees” will cause such a credit feature to fall outside the scope of the new § 1026.61(a)(4) exclusion, new § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B) provides that with respect to prepaid accounts that are accessible by the prepaid card, the prepaid account issuer may not charge the following fees or charges on the asset feature of the prepaid account: (1) Any fees or charges for opening, issuing, or holding a negative balance on the asset feature, or for the availability of credit, whether imposed on a one-time or periodic basis. This would not include fees or charges to open, issue, or hold the prepaid account where the amount of the fee or charge imposed on the asset feature is not higher based on whether credit might be offered or has been accepted, whether or how much credit the consumer has accessed, or the amount of credit available; (2) any fees or charges that will be imposed only when credit is extended on the asset feature or when there is a negative balance on the asset feature, except that a prepaid account issuer may impose fees or charges for the actual costs of collecting the credit extended if otherwise permitted by law; or (3) any fees or charges where the amount of the fee or charge is higher when credit is extended on the asset feature or when there is a negative balance on the asset feature.
This language in new § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B) allows a prepaid account issuer to qualify for the exception in new § 1026.61(a)(4) even if it charges transaction fees on the asset feature of the prepaid account for overdrafts so long as the amount of the per transaction fee does not exceed the amount of the per transaction fee imposed for transactions conducted entirely with funds available in the asset feature of a prepaid account. New § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(C) also makes clear that a prepaid account issuer may still satisfy the exception in new § 1026.61(a)(4) even if it debits fees or charges from the asset feature when there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature to cover those fees or charges at the time they are imposed, so long as those fees or charges are not the type of fees or charges enumerated in new § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B) as discussed above.
Thus, in order to qualify for the exception in new § 1026.61(a)(4), a prepaid account issuer generally may not charge additional fees or higher fees when credit is extended on the asset feature of the prepaid account or there is a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account, except for fees or charges for the actual costs of collecting the credit extended if otherwise permitted by law. Provided it meets this limitation and the other requirements of new § 1026.61(a)(4), the prepaid account issuer will not be a “card issuer” under final § 1026.2(a)(7) and thus the credit card rules in Regulation Z do not apply to such a credit feature.
In addition, new comment 4(b)(11)-1.iii provides that fees charged on the asset feature of the prepaid account in accordance with new § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B) are not finance charges. This ensures that a prepaid account issuer is not a “creditor” under the general definition of “creditor” set forth in existing § 1026.2(a)(17)(i) as a result of charging these fees on the prepaid account.
The Bureau believes that many of the concerns raised by industry commenters as discussed above with respect to the definition of “finance charge” have been addressed by creating new § 1026.61(a)(4) and its treatment of credit-related charges in new § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B) and new comment 4(b)(11)-1.iii. As discussed above, many industry commenters were concerned that even though they did not intend to offer credit in connection with the prepaid account, credit could result in certain circumstances, such as force pay transactions as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61 below. Because this credit could be extended, many commenters were concerned that fees that generally applied to the prepaid account, but were not specific to the overdraft credit, could be finance charges under the proposal and thus would subject the prepaid account issuer to the credit card rules under Regulation Z. Because of these concerns, many industry commenters urged that that the Bureau not consider certain fees to be finance charges, and thus, a prepaid account issuer could continue to charge these fees on the prepaid account without making the prepaid card also a credit card under the proposal.
For example, several commenters, including an industry trade association, an issuing bank, a program manager, and a digital wallet provider, indicated
The final rule addresses these concerns in a number of ways, so long as the types of credit provided are limited to the narrow types addressed in new § 1026.61(a)(4). First, new § 1026.61(a)(4) does not require a prepaid account issuer to waive per transaction fees imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account if the amount of the per transaction fee imposed for transactions involving credit is not higher than the amount of the fee that is imposed for transactions that only access funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account. Second, under the exception in new § 1026.61(a)(4), the final rule provides that if a fee is not a fee enumerated in new § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B), the prepaid account issuer may still debit these fees or charges from the asset feature when there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature to cover those fees or charges at the time they are imposed. Third, the final rule clarifies that under this exception, a prepaid account issuer may charge a fee to hold the prepaid account, so long as the amount of the fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account is not higher based on whether credit might be offered or has been accepted, whether or how much credit the consumer has accessed, or the amount of credit available.
In addition, as discussed above, new comment 4(b)(11)-1.iii provides that fees charged on the asset feature of the prepaid account in accordance with new § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B) are not finance charges. This ensures that a prepaid account issuer is not a “creditor” under the general definition of “creditor” set forth in existing § 1026.2(a)(17)(i) as a result of charging these fees on the prepaid account.
New § 1026.4(b)(11)(i) provides that with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, as defined in new § 1026.61, any fee or charge described in final § 1026.4(b)(1) through (10) imposed on the covered separate credit feature is a finance charge, regardless of whether the separate credit feature is structured as a credit subaccount of the prepaid account or a separate credit account. Fees would be excluded from the definition of finance charge if they are described in final § 1026.4(c) through (e), as applicable, although as discussed in more detail below, the Bureau is narrowing certain of these existing exclusions as they are applied to credit in connection with prepaid accounts. This approach is similar to the approach to the definition of “finance charge” that currently applies to credit card accounts generally, except the Bureau is narrowing certain exclusions contained in § 1026.4(c)(3) and (4) as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.4(c) below.
Comment 4(b)(11)(i)-1 provides further guidance on this framework. Specifically, it provides that any transaction charge imposed on a cardholder by a card issuer on a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card is a finance charge. This comment also provides that transaction charges that are imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account are subject to new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii) and related commentary, instead of new § 1026.4(b)(11)(i).
New comment 4(b)(11)(i)-1 also clarifies that the treatment of transaction fees on the separate covered credit feature is consistent with the treatment of transaction fees on a credit card account, as specified in existing comment 4(a)-4. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.4(a) above, existing comment 4(a)-4 provides guidance on when transaction charges imposed on credit card accounts are finance charges under § 1026.4(a).
In the supplemental information accompanying the rule that adopted this comment, the Board noted the inherent complexity of distinguishing transactions that are “comparable cash transactions” to credit card transactions from transactions that are not.
With respect to whether a per transaction charge imposed on the covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card should be a finance charge, the Bureau believes that it is appropriate to follow the same rules that generally apply to credit cards, as set forth in existing comment 4(a)-4. Thus, consistent with existing comment 4(a)-4, any transaction charge imposed on a cardholder by a card issuer on a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card is a finance charge. With regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, transaction charges that are imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account are subject to new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii) and related commentary, instead of new § 1026.4(b)(11)(i).
In contrast to the rule for fees imposed on a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii) provides that any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account is a finance charge only to the extent that the amount of the fee or charge exceeds comparable fees or charges imposed on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that do not have a credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. Fees described in final § 1026.4(c) through (e), as applicable, are excluded from the definition of finance charge, although, as discussed in more detail below, the Bureau is narrowing certain of these existing exclusions as they are applied to credit offered in connection with prepaid accounts.
The Bureau's approach with regard to fees charged on an asset feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card is consistent with the comparable cash exception to the definition of finance charge. This approach is similar to the existing approach that Regulation Z takes outside the credit card context in exempting fees from the definition of finance charge if they are comparable to fees charged on a checking or other asset account for transactions that do not involve a credit feature as discussed in final § 1026.4(b)(2), although there are important distinctions as discussed below.
Compared to the proposed approach, the Bureau believes that the approach adopted in the final rule with respect to the asset feature will make it easier for both prepaid account issuers and for consumers to track and understand how the separate credit feature and asset features operate in connection with a hybrid prepaid-credit card. The Bureau is concerned that excluding all fees charged on an asset feature from the definition of finance charge would invite prepaid account issuers to structure their programs in ways that make it very difficult for consumers to analyze the true cost of credit on a hybrid prepaid-credit card. At the same time, the Bureau recognizes that certain fees charged in conjunction with the operation of the prepaid asset feature are not driven by credit use, and that it is useful to both prepaid account issuers and consumers to differentiate those fees from other charges. The Bureau believes that new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii) appropriately balances these considerations by providing that with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are finance charges only to the extent that the amount of the fee or charge exceeds comparable fees or charges imposed on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that do not have a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card.
While the Bureau's approach with regard to charges imposed on an asset feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card is somewhat similar to the rule provided in existing § 1026.4(b)(2) with regard to when transaction fees, service fees, and carrying fees imposed on checking and other transaction accounts are finance charges under Regulation Z, the final rule differs in one particularly important respect: It provides detailed guidance in new comment 4(b)(11)(ii)-1 regarding how fees on prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature should be compared to fees imposed on prepaid accounts with a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. This guidance is more detailed and more restrictive than the guidance provided under final § 1026.4(b)(2) with regard to checking and transaction accounts other than prepaid accounts.
In developing these rules, as set forth in new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i)(B) and new comment 61(a)(2)-4.ii, the Bureau was conscious that there were two potentially distinct types of credit extensions that could occur on a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. The first type of credit extension is where the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses credit in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. The second type of credit extension is where a consumer makes a standalone draw or transfer of credit from the covered separate credit feature, outside the course of any transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or service, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. For example, a consumer may use the prepaid card at the prepaid account issuer's Web site to load funds from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. Because the two scenarios involve different sets of activities, the range of fees triggered is also likely to be different. As discussed in more detail below, new comment 4(b)(11)(ii)-1 therefore provides separate guidance on the comparable fees under new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii) with respect to each of the two types of credit extensions.
New comment 4(b)(11)(ii)-1.i explains that new comment 4(b)(11)(ii)-1.ii and iii provides guidance with respect to comparable fees under § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii) for these two types of
To illustrate these principles, new comment 4(b)(11)(ii)-1.ii sets forth several examples explaining when a finance charge is imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account in situations in which credit is accessed from a covered separate credit feature in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers.
New comment 4(b)(11)(ii)-1.ii.A provides the following example: Assume that a prepaid account issuer charges $0.50 on prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature for each transaction that accesses funds in the asset feature of prepaid accounts. Also, assume that the prepaid account issuer charges $0.50 per transaction on the asset feature of prepaid accounts in the same prepaid program where the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses credit from a covered separate credit feature in the course of a transaction. In this case, the $0.50 per transaction fee imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature is not a finance charge because it is a comparable fee to the $0.50 per transaction fee imposed on the prepaid account without a covered separate credit feature.
Nonetheless, as described in new comment 4(b)(11)(ii)-1.ii.B, in this example, if the prepaid account issuer instead charged $1.25 on the asset feature of a prepaid account for each transaction where the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses credit from the covered separate credit feature in the course of the transaction, the additional $0.75 is a finance charge.
As another example set forth in new comment 4(b)(11)(ii)-1.ii.C, assume a prepaid account issuer charges $0.50 on prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature for each transaction that accesses funds in the asset feature of prepaid accounts. Assume also that the prepaid account issuer charges both a $0.50 per transaction fee and a $1.25 transfer fee on the asset feature of prepaid accounts in the same prepaid program where the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses credit from a covered separate credit feature in the course of a transaction. In this case, both fees charged on a per-transaction basis for the credit transaction (
New comment 4(b)(11)(ii)-1.ii.D provides another example. Under this example, assume a prepaid account issuer charges both a $0.50 fee for each transaction that accesses funds in the asset feature of prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature, and charges a load fee of $1.25 whenever funds are transferred or loaded from a separate asset account, such as from a deposit account via a debit card, in the course of a transaction on prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature. Assume also that the prepaid account issuer charges both a $0.50 per transaction fee and a $1.25 transfer fee on the asset feature of prepaid accounts in the same prepaid program when the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses credit from a covered separate credit feature in the course of a transaction. In this case, both fees charged on a per-transaction basis for the credit transaction (
The Bureau also notes that the per transaction fee for a credit extension in the course of a transaction from a covered separate credit feature cannot be compared to a fee for declining to pay a transaction that is imposed on a prepaid account without such a credit feature in the same prepaid account program.
The Bureau believes that the above standard for determining comparable fees with respect to fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of prepaid accounts accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards will help prevent evasion of the rules set forth in the final rule with respect to hybrid prepaid-credit cards. The Bureau believes that many prepaid cardholders who wish to use covered separate credit features may not have other deposit accounts or savings accounts from which they can transfer funds to prevent an overdraft on the prepaid account in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing a transaction to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. As a result, the Bureau does not believe that a per transaction fee for credit drawn or transferred from a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card during the course of a transaction should be allowed to be compared with a per transaction fee for a service that many prepaid cardholders who wish to use covered separate credit features may not be able to use.
The Bureau is concerned that if it permitted such a comparison, card issuers could charge a substantial fee to transfer funds from the checking account or savings account during the course of a transaction using the prepaid account (which many prepaid cardholders who wish to use covered separate credit features may not be able to use as a practical matter) and then
New comment 4(b)(11)(ii)-1.iii provides that load or transfer fees imposed for draws or transfers of credit from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction are compared only with fees, if any, to load funds as a direct deposit of salary from an employer or a direct deposit of government benefits that are charged on prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature. Fees imposed on prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature for a one-time load or transfer of funds from a separate asset account or from a non-covered separate credit feature are not comparable for purposes of new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii).
New comment 4(b)(11)(ii)-1.iii provides examples to illustrate this guidance. New comment 4(b)(11)(ii)-1.iii.A provides the following example: Assume a prepaid account issuer charges a $1.25 load fee to transfer funds from a non-covered separate credit feature, such as a non-covered separate credit card account, into prepaid accounts that do not have a covered separate credit feature and does not charge a fee for a direct deposit of salary from an employer or a direct deposit of government benefits on those prepaid accounts. Assume the prepaid account issuer charges $1.25 on the asset feature of a prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature to load funds from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction. In this case, the $1.25 fee imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature is a finance charge because no fee is charged for a direct deposit of salary from an employer or a direct deposit of government benefits on prepaid accounts without such a credit feature. Fees imposed on prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature for a one-time load or transfer of funds from a non-covered separate credit feature (in this example, the $1.25 fee to load funds from the non-covered separate credit feature) are not comparable for purposes of new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii).
In a second example described in new comment 4(b)(11)(ii)-1.iii.B, assume that a prepaid account issuer charges a $1.25 load fee for a one-time transfer of funds from a separate asset account, such as from a deposit account via a debit card, to a prepaid account without a covered separate credit feature and does not charge a fee for a direct deposit of salary from an employer or a direct deposit of government benefits on those prepaid accounts. Assume the prepaid account issuer charges $1.25 on the asset feature of a prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature to load funds from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction. In this case, the $1.25 fee imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature is a finance charge because no fee is charged for a direct deposit of salary from an employer or a direct deposit of government benefits on prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature. Fees imposed on prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature for a one-time load or transfer of funds from a separate asset account (in this example, the $1.25 fee to load funds form the separate asset account) are not comparable for purposes of new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii).
As an initial matter, the Bureau believes that it is appropriate to compare fees imposed to load or transfer credit from a covered separate credit feature outside the course of transactions conducted with the card to fees, if any, for a direct deposit of salary from an employer or a direct deposit of government benefits on prepaid accounts with no covered separate credit feature because those direct deposits also occur outside the course of transactions conducted with the card that access funds in the prepaid account. Thus, the Bureau believes that these two types of situations are comparable because they both occur outside the course of transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or service, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers.
The Bureau recognizes that there may be other types of loads or transfers of asset funds or credit that can occur outside the course of a transaction, including loads or transfers of funds from other asset accounts, such as checking accounts or savings accounts, or loads or transfers of credit from other credit accounts that are not covered separate credit features. Nonetheless, the Bureau believes that many prepaid accountholders who wish to use covered separate credit features may not have other asset accounts, such as checking accounts or savings accounts, or other credit accounts, from which they can draw or transfer asset funds or credit for deposit into the prepaid account outside the course of a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or service, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. As a result, the Bureau does not believe that load or transfer fees for credit from a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card outside the course of a transaction should be allowed to be compared with a load or transfer fees from an asset account, or non-covered separate credit feature, outside the course of a transaction.
The Bureau is concerned that if it did so, card issuers could charge a substantial fee to load or transfer funds from the checking account or savings account or a non-covered separate credit feature (which many prepaid cardholders who wish to use covered separate credit features may not be able to use as a practical matter) and then charge that same substantial fee for load or transfer fees for credit loaded or transferred from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction without that fee being a finance charge. This could allow the prepaid account issuer to avoid charging a finance charge and avoid the application of the Credit CARD Act provisions that are generally set forth in subpart G, such as the restriction on fees set forth in § 1026.52. For this reason, the Bureau believes that it is appropriate to limit the comparable fee in this case to fees, if any, to load funds as a direct deposit of salary from an employer or a direct deposit of government benefits that are charged on prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature. The Bureau believes that such direct deposit methods commonly are
New comment 4(b)(11)(ii)-2 provides a cross-reference to a related provision in final Regulation E § 1005.18(g). As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of Regulation E § 1005.18(g) above, this provision only permits a financial institution to charge the same or higher fees on the asset feature of a prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card than the amount of a comparable fee it charges on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program without such a credit feature. Under that provision, a financial institution cannot charge a lower fee on the asset feature of a prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card than the amount of a comparable fee it charges on prepaid accounts without such a credit feature that are in the same prepaid account program.
Existing § 1026.4(c) provides a list of charges that are excluded from the definition of finance charge under § 1026.4. The charges listed in existing § 1026.4(c) include: (1) Application fees charged to all applicants for credit, whether or not credit is actually extended; (2) charges for actual unanticipated late payment, for exceeding a credit limit, or for delinquency, default, or a similar occurrence; (3) charges imposed by a financial institution for paying items that overdraw an account, unless the payment of such items and the imposition of the charge were previously agreed upon in writing; and (4) fees charged for participation in a credit plan, whether assessed on an annual or other periodic basis.
The proposal would have provided that the exclusion from the definition of finance charge in existing § 1026.4(c)(3) for overdraft services on checking accounts would not have applied to credit accessed by a prepaid card. It also would have provided that the exclusion for participation fees in existing § 1026.4(c)(4) would not apply to credit accessed by a prepaid card.
As discussed in the
Several consumer group commenters stated that the exception in § 1026.4(c)(1) for application fees for credit features should not apply to credit accessed by prepaid cards. One consumer group commenter urged that the exceptions in existing § 1026.4(c)(2) for late fees, over the limit fees, and returned payment fees should not apply to credit accessed by prepaid cards. This commenter expressed concern that prepaid account issuers might use such fees as a back-end method of credit pricing, and stated that the Bureau should either include these fees in definition of “finance charge” or make clear that they cannot be charged on prepaid accounts.
As discussed in more detail below, the Bureau is amending existing § 1026.4 and its commentary to provide that the exclusion in existing § 1026.4(c)(3) does not apply to credit offered in connection with a prepaid account and that the exclusion in existing § 1026.4(c)(4) does not apply to a fee to participate in a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61, regardless of whether this fee is imposed on the credit feature or on the asset feature of the prepaid account.
The Bureau has not adopted any changes to the exception in existing § 1026.4(c)(1) related to application fees, or to the exception in existing § 1026.4(c)(2) related to late fees, over the limit fees, returned check fees, and other fees for delinquency, default, or a similar occurrence. The Bureau believes these changes are outside the scope of the proposal and does not believe that these changes are warranted at this time. The Bureau will continue to monitor whether changes to these exceptions with respect to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards are needed.
Existing § 1026.4(c)(3) provides that the term “finance charge” does not include charges imposed by a financial institution for paying items that overdraw an account, unless the payment of such items and the imposition of the charge were previously agreed upon in writing. As discussed in the
As discussed in the
As discussed in the
The Bureau notes that existing § 1026.4(c)(3) focuses on written agreements in determining whether charges imposed by a financial institution for paying items that overdraw an account are finance charges. As discussed in the
Existing § 1026.4(c)(4) provides that the term “finance charge” does not include fees charged for participation in a credit plan, whether assessed on an annual or other periodic basis. Existing comment 4(c)(4)-1 explains that the participation fees described in existing § 1026.4(c)(4) do not necessarily have to be formal membership fees, nor are they limited to credit card plans. The provision applies to any credit plan in which payment of a fee is a condition of access to the plan itself, but it does not apply to fees imposed separately on individual closed-end transactions. The fee may be charged on a monthly, annual, or other periodic basis; a one-time, non-recurring fee imposed at the time an account is opened is not a fee that is charged on a periodic basis, and such a fee may not be treated as a participation fee.
The Bureau proposed to amend existing § 1026.4(c)(4) and existing comment 4(c)(4)-1 to provide that this exception would not have applied to credit accessed by a prepaid card. One credit union service organization indicated that the Bureau should provide that the exception in existing § 1026.4(c)(4) should apply to annual and other periodic fees to hold a credit plan in connection with a prepaid account. This commenter argued that defining the maintenance fee as a finance charge is confusing to consumers, and it is not what consumers expect “finance charges” to be. One consumer group supported the Bureau's proposal to include participation fees within the definition of “finance charge” in Regulation Z when those fees are charged in connection with credit on prepaid cards. This commenter argued that participation fees have been used to disguise the cost of credit. This commenter suggested that including participation fees in the definition of “finance charge” would prevent these evasions.
The Bureau is adopting proposed § 1026.4(c)(4) with revisions to be consistent with new § 1026.61. Specifically, the Bureau is amending existing § 1026.4(c)(4) to provide that this exception does not apply to a fee to participate in a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61, regardless of whether this fee is imposed on the credit feature or on the asset feature of the prepaid account.
The Bureau believes that the exception in existing § 1026.4(c)(4) is not dictated by TILA's definition of “finance charge.” Rather, the Board added this exception to existing § 1026.4(c)(4) in 1981 based on an interpretation letter that the Board had previously issued.
As discussed in the
The Bureau especially believes that the protections in Regulation Z subpart G that generally apply to open-end credit that is accessible by a credit card will be beneficial to consumers using such credit features. For example, existing § 1026.51 prohibits credit card issuers from extending credit without assessing the consumer's ability to pay, with special rules regarding the extension of credit to persons under the age of 21. In addition, existing § 1026.52(a) restricts the amount of fees (including annual or other periodic fees to access the plan) that an issuer can charge during the first year after an account is opened, such that the fees generally cannot exceed 25 percent of the initial credit limit. These provisions will provide important protections to consumers to help ensure that consumers using covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards where only annual or other periodic fees are imposed for
Thus, the Bureau is revising existing § 1026.4(c)(4) and existing comment 4(c)(4)-1 to provide that the exception for participation fees from the definition of “finance charge” does not apply in relation to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, regardless of whether this fee is imposed on the credit feature or on the asset feature of the prepaid account. The Bureau also is adding new comment 4(c)(4)-3 to cross-reference new comment 4(b)(11)-1 for guidance on when fees imposed in connection with credit accessed in connection with a prepaid account as defined in § 1026.61 are finance charges.
As discussed above, the Bureau is amending existing § 1026.4(c)(4) to provide that the exclusion in that paragraph does not apply to a fee to participate in a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61. This change to existing § 1026.4(c)(4) is limited to fees to participate in a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, rather than covering all credit in connection with a prepaid account. The Bureau intends to preserve existing § 1026.4(c)(4) with respect to non-covered separate credit features for which a participation fee is charged. Thus, the exclusion of participation fees from the definition of finance charge in final § 1026.4(c)(4) would still apply with respect to participation fees imposed on non-covered separate credit features, as applicable.
When a prepaid account issuer offers incidental credit, new § 1026.61(a)(4) generally does not allow credit-related fees to be charged for the incidental credit, including fees or charges for holding a negative balance on the asset feature, or for the availability of credit, whether imposed on a one-time or periodic basis. Thus, if a prepaid account issuer did charge these participation fees, it would fall outside the scope of new § 1026.61(a)(4) and would become subject to the general rules for hybrid prepaid-credit cards including new § 1026.4(c)(4). This prepaid account issuer would be subject to new § 1026.61(b) and thus must structure the credit feature as a covered separate credit feature, as well as being subject to new § 1026.4(c)(4).
The provisions in subpart B generally apply to a “creditor,” as defined in existing § 1026.2(a)(17), that extends “open-end credit,” as defined in existing § 1026.2(a)(20). As set forth in existing § 1026.2(a)(17)(iii) and (iv), the provisions of subpart B also generally apply to card issuers that extend credit. These card issuers generally would be “creditors” for purposes of subpart B. These provisions generally require that such creditors must provide account-opening disclosures and periodic statement disclosures. These provisions also set forth rules for the treatment of payments and credit balances as well as procedures for resolving credit billing errors. While most of the provisions in subpart B apply generally to open-end credit, as described below, some of the provisions only apply to a “credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan,” as that term is defined in existing § 1026.2(a)(15)(ii). In addition, subpart B also sets forth, in existing § 1026.12, provisions applicable to credit card transactions; those provisions generally apply to a “card issuer” as defined in existing § 1026.2(a)(7).
As discussed in the
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61 below, the Bureau also has decided to exclude prepaid cards from being covered as credit cards under Regulation Z when they access certain specified types of credit. First, new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii) provides that a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a separate credit feature that does not meet both of the conditions above, for example, where the credit feature is offered by an unrelated third party that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate or its business partner. Such credit features are defined as “non-covered separate credit features,” as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below. Second, under new § 1026.61(a)(4), a prepaid card also is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card when the prepaid card accesses incidental credit in the form of a negative balance on the asset account where the prepaid account issuer generally does not charge credit-related fees for the credit. A prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61 or a credit card under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) when it accesses credit from these types of credit features. For more detailed explanations of when prepaid cards are not credit cards under Regulation Z, see the section-by-section analyses of § 1026.61(a)(2) and (4) below.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.2(a)(20) above, the Bureau anticipates that most covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards will meet the definition of “open-end credit” and that credit will not be home-secured. See the section-by-section analysis of the definition of “open-end-credit” in § 1026.2(a)(20), the definition of “finance charge” in § 1026.4, and the definition of “hybrid prepaid-credit card” in § 1026.61(a).
In addition, as discussed in the section-by-section analyses of §§ 1026.2(a)(7), (a)(15)(i) and (ii), and 1026.61(a), a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card that is an open-end (not home-secured) credit plan is a “credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan” under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(ii) and the person issuing the hybrid prepaid-credit card (and the person offering the covered separate credit feature) are “card issuers” under final § 1026.2(a)(7). For a discussion of how card issuers would still be subject to certain
The Bureau is revising subpart B to provide guidance on how certain provisions in subpart B apply to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards. Specifically, the final rule provides additional guidance regarding: (1) Disclosure requirements applicable to account opening in final § 1026.6; (2) disclosure requirements applicable to periodic statements in final §§ 1026.5, 1026.7, and 1026.8; (3) treatment of payment requirements as set forth in final § 1026.10; and (4) billing error procedures in final § 1026.13.
The Bureau also is revising certain provisions that apply to credit card transactions in final § 1026.12 to provide guidance on how those provisions apply to credit card transactions that are made from a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. Specifically, the final rule provides additional guidance on: (1) Unsolicited issuance of a credit card in final § 1026.12(a); (2) the right of a cardholder to assert claims or defenses against a card issuer in final § 1026.12(c); and (3) the prohibition on offsets by a card issuer in final § 1026.12(d).
To facilitate compliance, the Bureau also is clarifying that with respect to a non-covered separate credit feature that is accessible by a prepaid card, as defined in new § 1026.61, fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are not “charges imposed as part of the plan” under final § 1026.6(b)(3) with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature, and thus these fees or charges are not required to be disclosed under Regulation Z with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. In addition, the Bureau is clarifying that fees or charges that are not charges imposed as part of the plan are not subject to the offset restrictions set forth in final § 1026.12(d). As discussed in the section-by-section analyses of Regulation E § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii) and (f)(1) above, fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are required to be disclosed under Regulation E.
TILA sections 127(b) and 163, which are implemented in existing § 1026.5(b)(2), set forth the timing requirements for providing periodic statements for open-end credit accounts and credit card accounts.
Existing § 1026.5(b)(2)(ii)(A) provides that for credit card accounts under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan, a card issuer must adopt reasonable procedures designed to ensure that: (1) Periodic statements for those accounts are mailed or delivered at least 21 days prior to the payment due date disclosed on the statement pursuant to existing § 1026.7(b)(11)(i)(A); and (2) the card issuer does not treat as late for any purpose a required minimum periodic payment received by the card issuer within 21 days after mailing or delivery of the periodic statement disclosing the due date for that payment. See the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.2(a)(15)(ii) above for a discussion of the term “credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan.”
TILA sections 127(b)(12) and (o), which are implemented in existing § 1026.7(b)(11)(i)(A), set forth requirements related to the disclosure of payment due dates on periodic statements in the case of a credit card account under an open-end consumer credit plan.
Although TILA sections 127(b)(12) and (o) do not, on their face, exclude charge card accounts that are open-end credit, the Board, in implementing these provisions, set forth in existing § 1026.7(b)(11)(ii)(A) that the payment due date requirement in existing § 1026.7(b)(11)(i)(A) does not apply to periodic statements provided solely for charge card accounts. Thus, as explained in existing comment 5(b)(2)(ii)-4.i, the requirement in existing § 1026.5(b)(2)(ii)(A)(
The proposal would have amended existing § 1026.7(b)(11)(ii)(A) to provide that the due date disclosure does apply to periodic statements provided solely for charge card accounts where the charge card account is accessed by a charge card that is a prepaid card and the charge card account is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan. Thus, under the proposal, the due date disclosure in proposed § 1026.7(b)(11)(i)(A) would have applied to periodic statements provided for a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan, including a charge card account, where the account is accessed by a credit card that is a prepaid card. Thus, as a technical revision, the proposal would have revised existing comment 5(b)(2)(ii)-4.i to reflect the proposed changes to existing § 1026.7(b)(11) that the due date requirement would apply to a charge card account accessed by a prepaid card that is a charge card where the charge card account is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan.
One industry trade association indicated that the Bureau should not subject prepaid cards that are charge cards to rules that do not apply to other types of charge cards but did not specify why this specific proposal was not necessary.
The Bureau is modifying comment 5(b)(2)(ii)-4.i as proposed with technical revisions to clarify the intent of the comment and to be consistent with new § 1026.61. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.7(b)(11) below, the final rule provides that the due date disclosure set forth in final § 1026.7(b)(11)(i)(A) applies to periodic statements provided for a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card that is a charge card account where the charge card account is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan. Thus, as a technical revision, the final rule revises comment 5(b)(2)(ii)-4.i to state that the exception from the disclosure requirements in final § 1026.7(b)(11) for charge card accounts does not apply to covered separate credit features that are charge card accounts accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards as defined in new § 1026.61.
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analyses of §§ 1026.7(b)(11) and 1026.12(d)(3) below, the Bureau believes that it is important to provide strong protections to prepaid accountholders to ensure that they can control when and if funds are swept from their accounts to repay credit extended through a covered separate credit feature. In particular, the Bureau believes that for all covered separate credit features—including charge card accounts—accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, where these credit features are credit card accounts under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan, the card issuer should be required to adopt reasonable procedures designed to ensure that periodic statements for these credit features are mailed or delivered at least 21 days prior to the payment due date disclosed on the statement, pursuant to final § 1026.7(b)(11)(i)(A). As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analyses of §§ 1026.7(b)(11) and 1026.12(d)(3), the Bureau believes that this requirement, along with changes to the offset prohibition in final § 1026.12(d)(3), will ensure that the due date of the covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card is not so closely aligned with the timing of when funds are deposited into the prepaid account that card issuers can circumvent TILA's offset prohibition.
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.12(d)(3) below, the Bureau is concerned that with respect to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards, some card issuers may attempt to circumvent the prohibition on offsets by both specifying that each transaction on the covered separate credit feature is due on the date on which funds are subsequently deposited into the account and obtaining a consumer's written authorization to deduct all or part of the cardholder's credit card debt from the prepaid account when deposits are received into the prepaid account. The Bureau believes that card issuers that offer covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards may rely significantly on obtaining a consumer's written authorization of daily or weekly debits to the prepaid account to repay the credit card debt given the overall creditworthiness of prepaid accountholders who choose to rely on covered separate credit features. The Bureau also believes that card issuers that offer covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards may be able to obtain a consumer's written authorization to debit the prepaid account more easily than for other types of credit card accounts because consumers may believe that, in order to obtain credit, they must provide written authorization to allow a card issuer to deduct all or part of the cardholder's credit card debt from the linked prepaid account.
TILA section 127(a) requires creditors to provide consumers with information about key credit terms before opening an open-end account or a credit card account, such as rates and fees that may be assessed on the account.
Existing § 1026.6(b) sets forth the account-opening disclosures that must be provided with respect to open-end credit or credit card accounts that are not home-secured. Under existing § 1026.6(b)(1) and (2), certain account-opening disclosures must be disclosed in a tabular format. These disclosures include: (1) The APRs applicable to the account for purchases, cash advances, and balance transfers; (2) any annual or other periodic fee, expressed as an annualized amount, that is imposed for the issuance or availability of a credit account, including any fee based on account activity or inactivity; (3) any non-periodic fees related to opening the account, such as one-time membership or participation fees; (4) any minimum or fixed finance charge that could be imposed during a billing cycle; (5) any transaction charge imposed on purchases, cash advances or balance transfers; (6) any late payment fees, over the limit fees, or returned payment fees; (7) whether a grace period on transactions applies; (8) the name of the balance computation method used to determine the balance for each feature on the credit account; (9) any fees for required insurance, debt cancellation, or debt suspension coverage; and (10) if the fees imposed at account opening are 15 percent or more of the minimum credit limit for the credit account, disclosures about the available credit that will remain after those fees are imposed.
Existing § 1026.6(b)(3) sets forth general disclosure requirements about costs imposed as part of the plan. Specifically, existing § 1026.6(b)(3) provides that a creditor must disclose, to the extent applicable: (1) For charges imposed as part of an open-end (not home-secured) plan, the circumstances under which the charge may be imposed, including the amount of the charge or an explanation of how the charge is determined; and (2) for finance charges, a statement of when the charge begins to accrue and an explanation of whether or not any time period exists
Existing § 1026.6(b)(3)(ii) provides that charges imposed as part of the plan are: (1) Finance charges identified under existing § 1026.4(a) and (b); (2) charges resulting from the consumer's failure to use the plan as agreed, except amounts payable for collection activity after default, attorney's fees whether or not automatically imposed, and post-judgment interest rates permitted by law; (3) taxes imposed on the credit transaction by a State or other governmental body, such as documentary stamp taxes on cash advances; (4) charges for which the payment, or nonpayment, affect the consumer's access to the plan, the duration of the plan, the amount of credit extended, the period for which credit is extended, or the timing or method of billing or payment; (5) charges imposed for terminating a plan; and (6) charges for voluntary credit insurance, debt cancellation, or debt suspension.
Existing § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii) provides that charges that are not imposed as part of the plan include: (1) Charges imposed on a cardholder by an institution other than the card issuer for the use of the other institution's ATM in a shared or interchange system; (2) a charge for a package of services that includes an open-end credit feature, if the fee is required whether or not the open-end credit feature is included and the non-credit services are not merely incidental to the credit feature; and (3) charges under § 1026.4(e) which are disclosed as specified.
Existing § 1026.5(b)(1) provides that charges imposed as part of the plan that must be disclosed in the account-opening table under existing § 1026.6(b)(2) must be provided before the first transaction is made under the plan. Charges that are imposed as part of the plan and are not required to be disclosed under existing § 1026.6(b)(2) may be disclosed after account opening but before the consumer agrees to pay or becomes obligated to pay for the charge, provided they are disclosed at a time and in a manner that a consumer would be likely to notice them.
The proposal did not contain proposed changes to existing § 1026.6(b)(2) and (3). Nonetheless, the Bureau believes that additional guidance is needed with respect to these disclosure requirements given the changes that the final rule makes to the existing definition of “finance charge” in § 1026.4 with respect to credit offered in connection with prepaid accounts. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.4(b)(11) above, the final rule provides guidance on when fees or charges imposed on prepaid accounts are finance charges under final § 1026.4. Consistent with the changes to the definition of “finance charge” in the final rule, the final rule also provides guidance with respect to the disclosure requirements in § 1026.6(b)(2) and (3).
As discussed below, to ensure compliance with the disclosure requirements in final § 1026.6(b)(2) and (3), with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature of the prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, the final rule provides guidance on how the account-opening disclosure requirements in final § 1026.6(b)(2) and (3) apply to fees and charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account. Specifically, the final rule provides that, with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature of the prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are not “charges imposed as part of the plan” with respect to the covered separate credit feature to the extent that the amount of the fee or charge does not exceed comparable fees or charges imposed on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that do not have a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. Thus, these fees or charges are not required to be disclosed in the account-opening disclosures pursuant to final § 1026.6(b)(2) and (3) with respect to the covered separate credit feature. As discussed in the section-by-section analyses of Regulation E § 1005.18(b)(4)(ii) and (f)(1) above, these fees or charges are required to be disclosed under Regulation E.
In addition, a non-covered separate credit feature may be subject to the provisions in § 1026.6(b)(2) and (3) in its own right based on the terms and conditions of the non-covered separate credit feature, independent of the connection to the prepaid account. To facilitate compliance, the Bureau also is clarifying that fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are not “charges imposed as part of the plan” with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. Thus, these fees or charges are not required to be disclosed under final § 1026.6(b)(2) and (3) with respect to that non-covered separate credit feature.
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below, a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card includes an overdraft credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner that can be accessed by a prepaid card (except as provided in new § 1026.61(a)(4)). The prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61 and a credit card under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
With regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature of the prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, the Bureau is adding new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D) and new comment 6(b)(3)(iii)(D)-1 to provide guidance on when a fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account is considered a “charge imposed as part of the plan” under final § 1026.6(b)(3) with respect to the covered separate credit feature. Specifically, new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D) provides that with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, as defined in new § 1026.61, the term “charges imposed as part of the plan” does not include any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account to the extent that the amount of the fee or charge does not exceed comparable fees or charges imposed on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that do not have a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card.
New comment 6(b)(3)(iii)(D)-1.i provides an example of the rule set forth in new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D). For example, assume a prepaid account issuer charges a $0.50 per transaction fee on an asset feature of the prepaid account for purchases when a hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses a covered separate credit feature in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing purchase transactions conducted with the card and a $0.50 transaction fee for purchases that access funds in the asset feature of a prepaid account in the same program without such a credit feature. In this case, the $0.50 fees are comparable. Thus, the $0.50 fee for purchases when a hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses a covered separate credit feature in the course of a transaction conducted with the card is not a charge imposed as part of the plan.
New comment 6(b)(3)(iii)(D)-1.i also states that this $0.75 excess also is a finance charge under new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii). New comment 6(b)(3)(iii)(D)-1.ii cross-references new comment 4(b)(11)(ii)-1 for additional illustrations of when a prepaid account issuer is charging comparable per transaction fees or load or transfer fees on the asset feature of the prepaid account.
The Bureau believes that without this clarification, with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature of the prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, certain fees imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account that are not finance charges still could be considered charges imposed as part of the plan under existing § 1026.6(b)(3)(ii) with respect to the covered separate credit feature. Specifically, existing § 1026.6(b)(3)(ii)(D) provides that the term “charges imposed as part of the plan” includes “charges for which the payment, or nonpayment, affect the consumer's access to the plan, the duration of the plan, the amount of credit extended, the period for which credit is extended, or the timing or method of billing or payment.” Existing comment 6(b)(3)(ii)-2.i provides that charges for which the payment or nonpayment affect the consumer's access to the plan include “fees for using a card at a creditor's ATM to obtain a cash advance.”
The Bureau is concerned that without the clarification in new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D) and new comment 6(b)(3)(iii)(D)-1, with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature of the prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, existing § 1026.6(b)(3)(ii)(D) and existing comment 6(b)(3)(ii)-2.i could be read to include per transaction fees imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account as “charges imposed as part of the plan” with respect to the covered separate credit feature when those fees are imposed for transactions that involve credit extensions from a covered separate credit feature, even if the fee is not a finance charge under new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii). As a result, any per transaction fees for those transactions would be disclosed under both Regulations Z and E, even if the fee is not a finance charge under new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii). For example, assume a prepaid account issuer charges $0.50 on prepaid accounts for each transaction that accesses funds in the asset balance of the prepaid account without a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. Also, assume that the prepaid account issuer charges $0.50 per transaction on the asset feature of prepaid accounts in the same prepaid program where the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses credit from a covered separate credit feature in the course of a transaction. In this case, the $0.50 per transaction fee imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature is not a finance charge under new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii).
Nonetheless, if these per transaction fees were “charges imposed as part of the plan” under existing § 1026.6(b)(3)(ii) with respect to the covered separate credit feature, these per transaction fees would need to be disclosed in the Regulation Z account-opening table required by existing § 1026.6(b)(1) and (2) with respect to the covered separate credit feature. In addition, these per transaction fees would need to be disclosed on the Regulation Z periodic statement for the covered separate credit feature in any billing cycles in which they were imposed as set forth in existing § 1026.7(b)(6).
If disclosure of these per transaction fees were required under Regulation Z, these disclosures would duplicate Regulation E disclosures of the fees that are required under the Regulation E final rule. Pursuant to final Regulation E § 1005.18(b)(4) and (f)(1), these per transaction fees must be disclosed in the long form pre-acquisition disclosure and in the initial disclosures for the prepaid account, respectively, because they are imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account. In addition, under existing Regulation E § 1005.9(b), these per transaction fees must also be disclosed on the Regulation E periodic statement or on the written and electronic transaction histories pursuant to the periodic statement alternative under final Regulation E § 1005.18(c)(1) because these fees are imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account.
New § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D) and new comment 6(b)(3)(iii)(D)-1 make clear that with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, as defined in new § 1026.61, a fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account is not a “charge imposed as part of the plan” for purposes of Regulation Z with respect to the covered separate credit feature if the fee or charge is not a finance charge under new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii). As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii), the Bureau believes that to the extent that a prepaid account issuer is charging the same comparable fee on the asset balance of a prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature as the fee that it charges on a prepaid account in the same prepaid account program without such a credit feature, the fee is not being charged for credit and thus, is not a finance charge. As such, the Bureau believes that these fees are more appropriately disclosed on the Regulation E disclosures for the asset feature of the prepaid account and should not be disclosed as well on the Regulation Z disclosures with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
Consistent with new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D) and new comment 6(b)(3)(iii)(D)-1, with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature of the prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, the Bureau also is adding new commentary to § 1026.6(b)(2) regarding the disclosure of fees imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account in the account-opening table. Specifically, new comment 6(b)(2)-1 provides that with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61, a creditor is required to disclose under existing § 1026.6(b)(2) any fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account that are charges imposed as part of the plan under final § 1026.6(b)(3) to the extent those fees or charges fall within the categories of fees required to be disclosed under existing § 1026.6(b)(2). For example, assume a creditor imposes a $1.25 per transaction fee on an asset feature of the prepaid account for purchases when a hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses a covered separate credit feature in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing purchase transactions conducted with the card and a $0.50 transaction fee for purchases that access funds in the asset feature of a prepaid account in the same program without such a credit feature. In this case, the $0.75 excess is a “charge imposed as part of the plan” under § 1026.6(b)(3)
To ease compliance risk and burden and for other reasons, with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, the Bureau expects that prepaid account issuers will choose not to impose finance charges on the asset feature of the prepaid account. Instead, the Bureau expects that prepaid account issuers will choose to charge comparable fees on the asset feature of a prepaid account with a linked covered separate credit feature as those charged on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that are not linked to a covered separate credit feature. The Bureau expects that prepaid account issuers will choose to impose finance charges on the credit feature itself, and not on the asset feature of the prepaid account.
As noted above, if a prepaid account issuer does impose finance charges on the asset feature of the prepaid account, as described in new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii), these finance charges must be disclosed under both Regulations Z and E as applicable. In that case, the prepaid account issuer must coordinate the disclosures under Regulations Z and E and must provide these disclosures in a way that ensures that consumers understand the fees that could be imposed. Nonetheless, as discussed above, the Bureau believes that most prepaid account issuers will choose to avoid imposing finance charges on the asset feature of the prepaid account in order to avoid compliance issues and risks related to providing disclosures with respect to these fees under both Regulations E and Z.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61 below, the Bureau has decided to exclude prepaid cards from being covered as credit cards under Regulation Z when they access certain specified types of credit. First, under new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii), a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a “non-covered separate credit feature,” which means that the separate credit feature either (1) cannot be accessed in the course of a prepaid card transaction to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers; or (2) is offered by an unrelated third party that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. Second, under new § 1026.61(a)(4), a prepaid card also is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card when the prepaid card accesses incidental credit in the form of a negative balance on the asset account where the prepaid account issuer generally does not charge credit-related fees for the credit. A prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61 or a credit card under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) when it accesses credit from these types of credit features. For more detailed explanations of when prepaid cards are not credit cards under Regulation Z, see the section-by-section analyses of § 1026.61(a)(2) and (4) below.
A non-covered separate credit feature may be subject to the provisions in § 1026.6(b)(2) and (3) in its own right based on the terms and conditions of the non-covered separate credit feature, independent of the connection to the prepaid account. With respect to non-covered separate credit features that are subject to § 1026.6, to facilitate compliance with the disclosure requirements in final § 1026.6(b)(2) and (3), the final rule provides guidance on how the disclosure requirements in final § 1026.6(b)(2) and (3) apply to fees and charges imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account in relation to non-covered separate credit features accessible by prepaid cards. Specifically, new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(E) and new comment 6(b)(3)(iii)(E)-1 provide that with regard to a non-covered separate credit feature accessible by a prepaid card as defined in new § 1026.61, the term “charges imposed as part of the plan” does not include any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account. New comment 6(b)(3)(iii)(E)-1 also cross-references new comment 4(b)(11)-1.ii.B that provides that fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are not finance charges with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. New comment 6(b)(2)-2 provides that a creditor is not required to disclose in the account-opening table under final § 1026.6(b)(2) any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account that is not a charge imposed as part of the plan under final § 1026.6(b)(3). Thus, none of the fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account would be required to be disclosed under final § 1026.6(b) with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature.
As discussed above in relation to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards, the Bureau believes that without this clarification, certain fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account that are not finance charges with respect to the non-covered separate credit features still could be considered fees imposed as part of the plan under existing § 1026.6(b)(3)(ii). Specifically, existing § 1026.6(b)(3)(ii)(D) provides that the term “charges imposed as part of the plan” includes “charges for which the payment, or nonpayment, affect the consumer's access to the plan, the duration of the plan, the amount of credit extended, the period for which credit is extended, or the timing or method of billing or payment.” The Bureau is concerned that without this clarification, existing § 1026.6(b)(3)(ii)(D) could be read to include a load or transfer fee imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account as a “charge imposed as part of the plan” with respect to a non-covered separate credit feature when the fee is imposed for a transaction where credit is drawn or transferred from a non-covered separate credit feature, even if the fee is not a finance charge with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. Without this clarification, the load or transfer fees for those transactions would need to be disclosed under both Regulations Z and E, even if the fee or charge is not a finance charge under § 1026.4.
New § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(E) and new comment 6(b)(3)(iii)(E)-1 make clear that with regard to a non-covered separate credit feature accessible by a prepaid card, as defined in new § 1026.61, none of the fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are charges imposed as part of the plan with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature for purposes of Regulation Z. Under new comment 4(b)(11)-1.ii.B, these fees or charges are not finance charges with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. The Bureau believes that because fees or charges that are imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are not finance charges under final § 1026.4 with regard to a non-covered separate credit feature, these fees or charges are more appropriately disclosed on the Regulation E disclosures, and they should not be disclosed as well on the Regulation Z disclosures with respect to non-covered separate credit features.
TILA section 127(b) identifies information about an open-end account or credit card account that must be disclosed when a creditor is required to provide periodic statements.
The periodic statement requirements in existing § 1026.7 generally apply to a “creditor” as defined in existing § 1026.2(a)(17) that extends “open-end credit” as defined in existing § 1026.2(a)(20). The periodic statement requirements in existing § 1026.7 also generally apply to card issuers that extend credit, as set forth in existing § 1026.2(a)(17)(iii) and (iv). These card issuers generally are considered “creditors” for purposes of the periodic statement requirements.
Existing § 1026.7(b) sets forth the content requirements for periodic statements given with respect to open-end plans or credit card accounts that are not home-secured. Generally, under existing § 1026.7(b), such periodic statements must include, among other things, information about: (1) The amount of the balance outstanding at the beginning of the billing cycle; (2) any credit to the account during the billing cycle, such as payments; (3) any credit transactions that occurred during a billing cycle, described in accordance with existing § 1026.8; (4) the APRs that may be used to compute interest charges during the billing cycle; (5) the amount of the balance to which an APR was applied and an explanation of how that balance was determined; (6) the amount of each “charge imposed as part of the plan” incurred during the billing cycle; (7) the date by which or the time period within which the new balance or any portion of the new balance must be paid to avoid additional finance charges; (8) the closing date of the billing cycle and the account balance outstanding on that date; and (9) the due date for a payment with respect to a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan.
As discussed above, any “charge imposed as part of the plan,” as that term is defined in existing § 1026.6(b)(3), must be disclosed on the Regulation Z periodic statement if it was incurred during the billing cycle. If the charges imposed as part of the plan are interest charges, these charges must be itemized by type of transaction, and the total interest charges that were imposed during the billing cycle and year to date must also be disclosed. If the charges imposed as part of the plan are fees other than interest charges, these fees must be itemized by type, and the total fee charges that were imposed during the billing cycle and year to date must be disclosed.
Existing § 1026.7(b)(13) requires that certain disclosures on the Regulation Z periodic statement must be disclosed on the front of the first page of the periodic statement. Existing comment 7(b)(13)-1 explains that some financial institutions provide information about deposit account and open-end credit account activity on one periodic statement. This existing comment provides that for purposes of providing disclosures on the front of the first page of the periodic statement pursuant to existing § 1026.7(b)(13), the first page of such a combined statement shall be the page on which credit transactions first appear.
Existing § 1026.5(a)(1)(iii) also provides that certain disclosures required by subpart B, including periodic statements required under § 1026.7, may be provided to the consumer in electronic form, subject to compliance with the consumer consent and other applicable provisions of the E-Sign Act.
The periodic statement requirements in final § 1026.7(b) apply to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards because card issuers that extend credit under those credit features are “creditors” that are subject to the periodic statement requirements in final § 1026.7, pursuant to existing § 1026.2(a)(17)(iii) or (iv). As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below, a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card includes an overdraft credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner that can be accessed by a prepaid card (except as provided in new § 1026.61(a)(4)). The prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61 and a credit card under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
Under the proposal, under Regulation E, periodic statements would have been required under existing § 1005.9(b) to disclose non-credit transactions on the prepaid account, unless the financial institution complied with proposed § 1005.18(c). Specifically, in lieu of providing periodic statements required under § 1005.9(b), proposed § 1005.18(c)(1) would have permitted a financial institution to make available to the consumer: (1) The consumer's account balance through a readily available telephone line; (2) an electronic history of the consumer's account transactions, such as through a Web site, that covers at least 18 months preceding the date the consumer electronically accesses the account; and (3) a written history of the consumer's account transactions that is provided promptly in response to an oral or written request and that covers at least 18 months preceding the date the financial institution receives the consumer's request.
In addition, under the proposal, a creditor would have been required to provide a Regulation Z periodic statement with respect to credit features accessed by prepaid cards that are credit cards because card issuers that extend credit under those credit features would have been “creditors” that are subject to the periodic statement requirements in proposed § 1026.7(b), pursuant to existing § 1026.2(a)(17)(iii) or (iv).
One industry trade association urged the Bureau not to impose a Regulation Z periodic statement requirement in addition to the Regulation E statement requirement. This commenter believed that dual statements would add to consumer confusion. This commenter believed that the Regulation E statement requirements should be modified to disclose the finance charge and payment information that otherwise would be included in a Regulation Z statement.
One consumer group commenter indicated that a periodic statement under Regulation Z should be required, and supported allowing a financial institution to combine the Regulations E and Z periodic statements, so long as the combined periodic statement meets the requirements of both regulations.
Under the final rule, a creditor is required to provide a Regulation Z periodic statement under final § 1026.7(b) with respect to a covered separate credit feature that is accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card because card issuers that extend credit under those credit features are “creditors” that are subject to the periodic statement requirements in final § 1026.7(b), pursuant to existing § 1026.2(a)(17)(iii) or (iv).
The Bureau believes that retaining the requirement to provide a Regulation Z periodic statement with respect to such an overdraft credit feature that is structured as a separate credit feature will reinforce for consumers that this credit feature is separate from the asset feature of the prepaid account.
As discussed above, existing § 1026.7(b)(13) requires that certain disclosures on the Regulation Z periodic statement must be disclosed on the front of the first page of the periodic statement. Existing comment 7(b)(13)-1 explains that some financial institutions provide information about deposit account and open-end credit account activity on one periodic statement. This existing comment provides that for purposes of providing disclosures on the front of the first page of the periodic statement pursuant to existing § 1026.7(b)(13), the first page of such a combined statement is the page on which credit transactions first appear. To facilitate compliance, the Bureau is amending comment 7(b)(13)-1 to provide that the guidance in this comment also applies to financial institutions that provide information about prepaid accounts and account activity in connection with covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards as defined in § 1026.61 on one periodic statement. This revision to final comment 7(b)(13)-1 clarifies that if a financial institution elects to provide a periodic statement under existing Regulation E § 1005.9(b) to a holder of the prepaid account, the financial institution is permitted to combine the Regulation E and Regulation Z periodic statements. In this case, the financial institution must satisfy the requirements of both Regulation E and Regulation Z in providing the combined statement. If a financial institution instead elects to follow the periodic statement alternative set forth in final Regulation E § 1005.18(c)(1), the financial institution still is required to provide Regulation Z periodic statements in writing pursuant to final § 1026.7. Under existing § 1026.5(a)(1)(iii), financial institutions are permitted to provide the Regulation Z periodic statements in electronic form, subject to compliance with the consumer consent and other applicable provisions of the E-Sign Act.
Existing § 1026.7(b)(6) provides that a creditor must disclose on the Regulation Z periodic statement, among other things, information about the amount of each “charges imposed as part of the plan,” as that term is defined in existing § 1026.6(b)(3), if the charge was incurred during the billing cycle. If the charges imposed as part of the plan are interest charges, these charges must be itemized by type of transaction, and the total interest charges that were imposed during the billing cycle and year to date must also be disclosed. If the charges imposed as part of the plan are fees other than interest charges, these charges must be itemized by type, and the total fee charges that were imposed during the billing cycle and year to date must be disclosed.
Under the final rule, new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D) provides that with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, as defined in new § 1026.61, the term “charges imposed as part of the plan” with respect to the covered separate credit feature does not include any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account to the extent that the amount of the fee or charge does not exceed comparable fees or charges imposed on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that do not have a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. As described in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.4(b)(11) above, these fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are not finance charges under new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii) with respect to the covered separate credit feature. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii) above, the Bureau believes that to the extent that a prepaid account issuer charges the same comparable fee on the asset balance of a prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature as the fee that it charges on a prepaid account in the same prepaid account program without such a credit feature, the fee is not related to credit, and thus, is not a finance charge. As such, the Bureau believes that these fees are more appropriately disclosed on the Regulation E disclosures for the asset feature of the prepaid account and should not be disclosed as well on the Regulation Z disclosures with respect to the covered separate credit feature. Thus, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.6 above, the Bureau is excluding these fees or charges from the term “charges imposed as part of the plan” with respect to covered separate credit features under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D). Because these fees or charges are not charges imposed as part of the plan, these fees or charges are not required to be disclosed on the Regulation Z periodic statement under existing § 1026.7(b)(6) with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
The fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account must be disclosed on the Regulation E periodic statement pursuant to existing
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.6 above, to facilitate compliance with the disclosure requirements in final § 1026.6(b)(2) through (3) for non-covered separate credit features that are subject to existing § 1026.6, the final rule provides guidance on how the disclosure requirements in final § 1026.6(b)(2) and (3) apply to fees and charges imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account in relation to non-covered separate credit features accessible by prepaid cards. Specifically, new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(E) and new comment 61(b)(3)(iii)(E)-1 provide that with regard to a non-covered separate credit feature accessible by a prepaid card, as defined in new § 1026.61, the term “charges imposed as part of the plan” does not include any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account. New comment 6(b)(3)(iii)(E)-1 also cross-references new comment 4(b)(11)-1.ii.B, which provides that fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are not finance charges with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.6 above, the Bureau believes that these fees or charges are more appropriately disclosed on the Regulation E disclosures for the asset feature of the prepaid account and should not be disclosed as well on the Regulation Z disclosures with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. Thus, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.6 above, the Bureau is excluding these fees or charges from the term “charges imposed as part of the plan” with respect to non-covered separate credit features under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(E). Because these fees or charges are not charges imposed as part of the plan, these fees or charges are not required to be disclosed on the Regulation Z periodic statement under existing § 1026.7(b)(6) with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature that are subject to final § 1026.7. As discussed above, fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account must be disclosed on the Regulation E periodic statement under existing § 1005.9(b) or on the electronic and written account transaction histories provided to consumers pursuant to the periodic statement alternative set forth in final Regulation E § 1005.18(c)(1).
One consumer group commenter indicated that the Bureau should prohibit creditors from making consumers consent to electronic communications a condition of a credit feature and from charging fees for providing paper periodic statements under Regulation Z. The consumer group commenter indicated that while it believes that this prohibition should apply to all credit cards and open-end credit, the commenter was particularly concerned that prepaid cardholders whose cards are linked to credit will be coerced into accepting electronic communications even if paper would serve them better.
The Bureau believes the change is beyond the scope of the proposal, and the change is not warranted at this time. Thus, the Bureau is not including changes to Regulation Z on these issues as part of the final rule. The Bureau will monitor this issue with respect to prepaid cardholders who link covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards to their prepaid accounts.
TILA sections 127(b)(12) and (o), which are implemented in existing § 1026.7(b)(11)(i), set forth requirements related to the disclosure of payment due dates on periodic statements in the case of a credit card account under an open-end consumer credit plan.
As also noted in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.5(b)(2)(ii) above, although TILA sections 127(b)(12) and (o) do not, on their face, exclude charge card accounts that are open-end credit from the requirement to disclose the due date on each periodic statement, the Board in implementing these provisions set forth in existing § 1026.7(b)(11)(ii)(A) provided that the payment due date requirement and other disclosures set forth in existing § 1026.7(b)(11)(i) do not apply to periodic statements provided solely for charge card accounts. In the supplemental information to the final rule adopting the exclusion for charge cards from the due date disclosure requirement, the Board noted that charge cards are typically products where outstanding balances cannot be carried over from one billing cycle to the next and are payable when the periodic statement is received.
The proposal would have amended existing § 1026.7(b)(11)(ii)(A) to provide that the due date disclosure does apply to periodic statements provided solely
One industry trade association indicated that the Bureau should not subject prepaid cards that are charge cards to rules that do not apply to other types of charge cards but did not specify why this specific proposal was not necessary.
The Bureau is adopting § 1026.7(b)(11)(ii)(A) as proposed, with revisions to be consistent with new § 1026.61. Specifically, final § 1026.7(b)(11)(ii)(A) provides that the due date disclosure does apply to periodic statements provided for covered separate credit features that are charge card accounts accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards, as defined in § 1026.61, where the charge card account is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan.
The Bureau believes that this due date requirement, the requirement in final § 1026.5(b)(2)(ii)(A), and the changes to the offset prohibition in final § 1026.12(d)(3), will ensure that the due date of a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card that is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan is not so closely aligned with the timing of when funds are deposited into the prepaid account that card issuers can circumvent the offset prohibition.
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.12(d)(3) below, the Bureau is concerned that with respect to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards, including charge card accounts, that are credit card accounts under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan, some card issuers may attempt to circumvent the prohibition on offsets by specifying that each transaction on the covered separate credit feature is due on the date on which funds are subsequently deposited into the account, and obtaining a consumer's written authorization to deduct all or part of the cardholder's credit card debt when deposits are received into the prepaid account to help ensure that the debt is repaid. The Bureau believes that card issuers that offer covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards may rely significantly on obtaining a consumer's written authorization of daily or weekly debits to the prepaid account to repay the credit card debt given the overall creditworthiness of prepaid accountholders who choose to use covered separate credit features. The Bureau also believes that card issuers that offer covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards may be able to obtain a consumer's written authorization to debit the prepaid account for the credit card debt more easily than for other types of credit card accounts because consumers may believe that, in order to obtain credit, they have no alternative but to provide written authorization to allow a card issuer to deduct all or part of the cardholder's credit card debt from the linked prepaid account.
The revisions adopted in final § 1026.7(b)(11), along with the changes adopted in final § 1026.5(b)(2)(ii)(A), in the offset provisions in final § 1026.12(d)(3), and in the compulsory use provisions in final Regulation E § 1005.10(e)(1), would mean, respectively, that with respect to covered separate credit features that are accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards, including charge card accounts, that are credit card accounts under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan, card issuers: (1) Would be required to adopt reasonable procedures designed to ensure that periodic statements for the covered separate credit features are mailed or delivered at least 21 days prior to the payment due date disclosed on the periodic statement and the due date disclosed must be the same day of the month for each billing cycle; (2) could move funds automatically from the asset account held by the card issuer to the covered separate credit feature held by the card issuer to pay some or all of the credit card debt no more frequently than once per month, such as on the payment due date (pursuant to the consumer's signed, written agreement that the issuer may do so); and (3) would be required to offer consumers a means to repay their outstanding credit balances on the covered separate credit feature other than automatic repayment (such as by means of a transfer of funds from the asset account to the credit account that the consumer initiates on the prepaid account's online banking Web site following a cash reload to the asset account).
TILA section 127(b)(2) requires creditors to identify on periodic statements credit extensions that occurred during a billing cycle.
Existing § 1026.8 sets forth the requirements for how issuers must describe each credit transaction on the periodic statement. Existing § 1026.8 generally provides that a creditor must identify credit transactions on or with the first periodic statement that reflects the transaction by furnishing certain information. Existing § 1026.8(a) sets forth the requirements for describing a “sale credit” transaction on the periodic statement. A “sale credit” generally means a credit transaction involving the sale of property or services. Existing § 1026.8(b) sets forth the requirements for describing a “nonsale credit” transaction on the periodic statement. A “nonsale credit” transaction generally means a credit transaction that does not involve the sale of property or services.
Existing § 1026.8(a) provides that for each credit transaction involving the sale of property or services, the creditor generally must disclose the amount and date of the transaction, and either: (1) A brief identification of the property or services purchased, for creditors and sellers that are the same or related; or (2) the seller's name and the city and State or foreign country where the transaction took place. The creditor may omit the address or provide any suitable designation that helps the consumer to identify the transaction when the transaction took place at a location that is not fixed; took place in the consumer's home; or was a mail, internet, or telephone order. Existing comment 8(a)-1 provides that the term “sale credit” refers to a purchase in which the consumer uses a credit card or otherwise directly accesses an open-end line of credit to obtain goods or services from a merchant, whether or not the merchant is the card issuer or creditor.
Under the proposal, sale credit would have included credit transactions where a prepaid card that is a credit card is used to obtain goods or services from a merchant. Thus, under the proposal, any time a prepaid card that was a credit card was used to obtain goods or services from a merchant and the transaction in whole or in part was funded with credit, the credit transaction would have been disclosed as “sale credit” under proposed § 1026.8(a) rather than as nonsale credit under proposed § 1026.8(b).
Existing comment 8(a)-2 provides guidance on how to disclose the amount of the credit transaction if sale transactions are not billed in full on any single statement. The proposal would have moved the existing language of comment 8(a)-2 to proposed comment 8(a)-2.i. The proposal also would have added comment 8(a)-2.ii to provide that the term “sale credit” includes a purchase in which the consumer uses a prepaid card that is a credit card to obtain goods or services from a merchant and the transaction is wholly or partially funded by credit, whether or not the merchant is the card issuer or creditor. Proposed comment 8(a)-2.ii also would have provided guidance on how to disclose the amount of the credit transaction for purposes of certain prepaid transactions. Proposed comment 8(a)-2.ii would have set forth guidance on how to disclose a transaction at point of sale where credit is accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card, and that transaction partially involves the purchase of goods or services and partially involves other credit, such as cash back given to the cardholder. In this situation, proposed comment 8(a)-2.ii would have provided that the creditor must disclose the amount of credit as “sale credit” under existing § 1026.8(a), including the portion of the transaction that involves credit that is not for a purchase of goods or services.
Proposed comment 8(a)-2.ii also would have provided that if a prepaid card that is a credit card is used to obtain goods or services from a merchant and the transaction is partially funded by the consumer's prepaid account and partially funded by credit, the amount to be disclosed under existing § 1026.8(a) is the amount of the credit extension, not the total amount of the purchase transaction. For example, assume that a cardholder makes a $50 purchase with the prepaid card but only has $20 in funds in the prepaid account. The $30 of credit would have been disclosed on the Regulation Z periodic statement. Under the Regulation E proposal, the amount of the transaction that is funded from the prepaid account would have been disclosed either on the Regulation E periodic statement or on the electronic and written histories of account transactions pursuant to the periodic statement alternative set forth in proposed Regulation E § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii).
The Bureau solicited comment on whether the Bureau should consider a disclosure that would appear on the Regulation Z periodic statement that would notify consumers when a particular transaction is funded partially through the prepaid account and partially funded through credit so that consumers would know to look at the Regulation E periodic statement or account history for additional information related to that transaction.
One consumer group commenter indicated that the Bureau should require that the entire transaction be disclosed on both the Regulation Z periodic statement and the Regulation E periodic statement under § 1005.9(b) (or on the electronic and written account transaction histories pursuant to the periodic statement alternative under proposed § 1005.18(c)(1)), indicating on each statement that only part of the transaction came from each account. This commenter believed that consumers who are trying to identify transactions would be confused if the amount listed on each statement does not match the transaction amount.
The final rule moves proposed comment 8(a)-2.ii to new comment 8(a)-9 and revises this guidance as discussed below. The Bureau also is revising existing comment 8(a)-1 to provide a cross-reference to new comment 8(a)-9 for guidance on when credit accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card from a covered separate credit feature must be disclosed on the Regulation Z periodic statement as sale credit or nonsale credit.
New comment 8(a)-9 provides guidance on when credit accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card from a covered separate credit feature must be disclosed on the Regulation Z periodic statement as sale credit or nonsale credit. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below, a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card includes an overdraft credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner that can be accessed by a prepaid card (except as provided in new § 1026.61(a)(4)). The prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61 and a credit card under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
New comment 8(a)-9 recognizes that a card issuer with respect to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card may structure the overdraft credit feature in two ways to cover situations where the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account at the time of authorization or settlement to cover the amount of the transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. With respect to the first way, new comment 8(a)-9.i explains that the covered separate credit feature could be structured such that a consumer can use a hybrid prepaid-credit card to make a purchase to obtain goods or services from a merchant, and credit is drawn directly from the covered separate credit feature without transferring funds into the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the purchase. For example, assume that the consumer has $10 of funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account and initiates a transaction with a merchant to obtain goods or services with the hybrid
New comment 8(a)-9.i provides that such a transaction is a “sale credit” under final § 1026.8(a). In this example, the $15 credit transaction will be treated as “sale credit” under final § 1026.8(a).
With respect to the second way, new comment 8(a)-9.ii explains that a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card could be structured where a consumer uses a hybrid prepaid-credit card to make a purchase to obtain goods or services from a merchant, and credit is transferred from the covered separate credit feature into the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the purchase. For example, again, assume that the consumer has $10 of funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account and initiates a transaction with a merchant to obtain goods or services with the hybrid prepaid-credit card for $25. In this case, the $15 is transferred from the covered separate credit feature to the asset feature, and a transaction of $25 is debited from the asset feature of the prepaid account.
New comments 8(a)-9.ii provides that such a transaction is a “nonsale credit” under final § 1026.8(b). In this example, the $15 credit transaction is treated as “nonsale credit” under § 1026.8(b). The Bureau notes, however, that while this type of credit transaction is disclosed as “nonsale credit” under final § 1026.8(b) on the Regulation Z periodic statement, this transaction is still considered a transaction made with the card to purchase goods or services under final § 1026.12(c) and would be subject to final § 1026.12(c). See the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.12(c) below.
The Bureau believes that for disclosure purposes under final §§ 1026.7(b)(2) and 1026.8, it is appropriate to distinguish these two ways in which a creditor may structure a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. The Bureau believes that this distinction will help consumers better recognize and understand the credit transactions when they are disclosed on the Regulation Z periodic statement. The Bureau believes that this is particularly true when a transaction involves situations where the hybrid prepaid-credit card is used to obtain goods or services from a merchant and the transaction is partially paid with funds from the asset feature of the consumer's prepaid account, and partially paid with credit from a covered separate credit feature.
As discussed above, a credit transaction will be disclosed as “sale credit” on the Regulation Z periodic statement where a consumer uses a hybrid prepaid-credit card to make a purchase to obtain goods or services from a merchant, and credit is drawn directly from the covered separate credit feature to cover the amount of the purchase without transferring funds into the asset feature of the prepaid account. New comment 8(a)-9.iii provides for these types of transactions, if a hybrid prepaid-credit card is used to obtain goods or services from a merchant and the transaction is partially funded by the consumer's prepaid account and partially funded by credit from the covered separate credit feature, the amount to be disclosed under final § 1026.8(a) as a “sale credit' is the amount of the credit extension, not the total amount of the purchase transaction.
For example, again, assume that the consumer has $10 of funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account and initiates a transaction with a merchant to obtain goods or services with the hybrid prepaid-credit card for $25. In this case, $10 is debited from the asset feature, and $15 of credit is drawn directly from the covered separate credit feature to cover the amount of the purchase without any transfer of funds into the asset feature of the prepaid account. The $15 credit transaction is disclosed as “sale credit” on the Regulation Z periodic statement, and the $10 part of the transaction is disclosed on the Regulation E periodic statement under existing Regulation E § 1005.9(b), or alternatively, on the electronic and written account transaction histories pursuant to the periodic statement alternative under final Regulation E § 1005.18(c)(1).
In this example, because the credit transaction is treated as “sale credit” under existing § 1026.8(a), the following information regarding the credit portion of the transaction (the $15 credit portion, in the example above) generally will be disclosed on the Regulation Z periodic statement: (1) The amount of the transaction; (2) the date of the transaction; (3) the merchant's name; and (4) the merchant's location. In this example, as set forth in existing Regulation E § 1005.9(b)(1) and final § 1005.18(c)(3), similar information will be disclosed on the Regulation E periodic statement, or alternatively, the electronic and written account transaction histories regarding the portion of the transaction that involves asset funds ($10 in the above example), namely: (1) The amount of the transaction; (2) the date of the transaction; (3) the merchant's name; and (4) the merchant's location. The Bureau believes that because both parts of the transaction are disclosed consistently on the Regulation Z and Regulation E periodic statements (or on the electronic and written account transaction histories provided to consumers pursuant to the periodic statement alternative under final Regulation E § 1005.18(c)(1)), a consumer will be better able to match up the two parts of the transaction. Thus, the Bureau does not believe that it is necessary in this case to disclose both portions of the transaction on each periodic statement, as suggested by a consumer group commenter as discussed above.
The Bureau recognizes that for purchases of goods or services that involve overdrafts on asset accounts that are executed via debit cards, the credit transaction may be disclosed as nonsale credit. In particular, comment 8(b)-1.iii provides that nonsale credit includes the use of an overdraft credit plan accessed by a debit card, even if such use is in connection with a purchase of goods or services. In a 1981 rulemaking implementing the Truth in Lending Simplification and Reform Act, the Board indicated that several commenters requested clarification regarding whether a creditor should identify a transaction as sale or nonsale credit when a consumer uses a debit card with an overdraft feature to purchase goods, and in doing so, activates the overdraft. The Board expressed its belief that the credit portions of such transactions could be viewed as cash advances, and therefore permitted the credit portions to be disclosed as nonsale credit at the creditor's option even though a purchase is involved.
If the credit transaction were treated as nonsale credit, the consumer would not receive the information about the seller's name and address. As discussed above, the Bureau believes that the information about the seller's name and address may be useful to consumers in identifying the credit transactions where a hybrid prepaid-credit card is used to obtain goods or services from a merchant, and credit is drawn directly from the covered separate credit feature to cover the amount of the purchase without transferring funds into the asset feature of the prepaid account. As discussed above, the Bureau also notes that under Regulation E, on the periodic statement, or the electronic and written account transaction histories under the periodic statement alternative, a transaction that involves a withdrawal from the prepaid account at point of sale must include the merchant's name and location. Thus, as discussed above, with respect to a single transaction that involves both a withdrawal from the prepaid account and an extension of credit, disclosing such a credit transaction as sale credit could help consumers match up the part of the transaction that appears on the Regulation Z periodic statement with the part of the transaction that appears on the Regulation E periodic statement or account transaction history.
On the other hand, as set forth in new comments 8(a)-9.ii and 8(b)-1.vi a credit transaction is disclosed as “nonsale credit” under final § 1026.8(b) on the Regulation Z periodic statement where a consumer uses a hybrid prepaid-credit card to make a purchase to obtain goods or services from a merchant, and credit is transferred from the covered separate credit feature accessed by the hybrid prepaid-credit card into the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the purchase. For example, again assume that the consumer has $10 of funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account and initiates a transaction with a merchant to obtain goods or services with the hybrid prepaid-credit card for $25. In this case, $15 will be transferred from the covered separate credit feature to the asset feature, and a transaction of $25 is debited from the asset feature of the prepaid account.
In this example, the following information must be disclosed under § 1026.8(b) on the Regulation Z periodic statement with respect to the portion of the transaction that involves credit ($15 in this example): (1) A brief identification of the transaction; (2) the amount of the transaction; and (3) at least one of the following dates: The date of the transaction; the date the transaction was debited to the consumer's account; or if the consumer signed the credit document, the date appearing on the document.
Also, in this example, as set forth in existing Regulation E § 1005.9(b)(1) and final § 1005.18(c)(3), the following information will be given on the Regulation E periodic statement (or alternatively, the electronic and written account transaction histories) regarding the transfer of credit into the asset feature of the prepaid account (the $15 transfer from the covered separate credit feature): (1) The type of transfer and type of account from which funds were transferred; (2) the amount of the transfer; and (3) the date the transfer was credited to the consumer's account. In addition, as set forth in existing Regulation E § 1005.9(b)(1) and final § 1005.18(c)(3), the following information will be provided on the Regulation E periodic statement (or alternatively, the electronic and written account transaction histories) regarding the $25 debit to the asset feature: (1) The amount of the transaction; (2) the date of the transaction; and (3) the merchant's name and location.
The Bureau believes that this information on the Regulation Z and E periodic statements (or alternatively, on the electronic and written account transaction histories pursuant to the periodic statement alternative under final Regulation E § 1005.18(c)(1)) will allow consumers to understand better the connection between outgoing transfers from covered separate credit features that are shown on the Regulation Z periodic statements and the incoming transfers that are shown on the Regulation E periodic statements (or alternatively, the electronic and written account transaction histories). The Regulation E periodic statement or account transaction histories also will show information about the purchase transaction made with the card. In the example above, the entire amount of the transaction ($25 purchase transaction) will be shown on the Regulation E periodic statement or the account transaction histories.
The Bureau understands that creditors may not be able to identify separately the amount of the credit transaction that relates to the purchase of goods or services at a merchant and the amount of the credit transaction that relates to other types of credit, such as cash back given to the cardholder. In this case, the card issuer may only be able to determine the total amount of credit extended for that transaction. To ensure that consumers are better able to recognize credit transactions disclosed on periodic statements, new comment 8(a)-9.iii requires that a creditor disclose the entire amount of the credit transaction as “sale credit” under final § 1026.8(a). Under this approach, a creditor must disclose the entire amount of the credit transaction, the date of the transaction, and the merchant's name and location on the Regulation Z periodic statement. The Bureau believes such information is sufficient to allow a consumer to identify a transaction, even where part of the amount of the transaction is for cash back or other forms of credit given to the cardholder at point of sale. For these types of transactions, the Bureau anticipates that the cardholder will associate the entire credit transaction, including the cash back portion of the credit, with the merchant's name.
Existing § 1026.8(b) provides that for each credit transaction not involving the sale of property or services, the creditor generally must disclose a brief identification of the transaction; the amount of the transaction; and at least one of the following dates: (1) The date of the transaction; (2) the date the transaction was debited to the consumer's account; or (3) if the consumer signed the credit document, the date appearing on the document. Existing comment 8(b)-1 provides that the term “nonsale credit” refers to any form of loan credit, including, for example: (1) A cash advance; (2) an advance on a credit plan that is accessed by overdrafts on a checking account; (3) the use of a “supplemental credit device” in the form of a check or draft or the use of the overdraft credit plan accessed by a debit card, even if such use is in connection with a purchase of goods or services; and (4) miscellaneous debits to remedy mispostings, returned checks, and similar entries.
The proposal would have added an additional example to existing comment 8(b)-1 to provide guidance on when credit transactions are “nonsale credit” when credit is accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card. First, proposed comment 8(b)-1.v would have explained that “nonsale credit” includes an advance at an ATM on a credit plan that is accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card. This proposed comment also would have clarified that if a prepaid card that is a credit card is used to obtain an advance at an ATM and the transaction is partially funded by the consumer's prepaid account and partially funded by a credit extension, the amount to be disclosed under proposed § 1026.8(b) is the amount of the credit extension, not the total amount of the ATM transaction.
The proposal also would have made technical revisions to two comments—existing comment 8(b)-1.ii and existing comment 8(b)-2—which would have provided guidance regarding overdraft credit plans in order to make clear that these comments do not apply to overdraft credit plans related to prepaid accounts.
The Bureau did not receive any specific comments on this aspect of the proposal. The Bureau is adopting new comment 8(b)-1.v as proposed, with revisions to be consistent with new § 1026.61.
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.8(a), the Bureau also is adding new comment 8(b)-1.vi to provide that a credit transaction will be disclosed as “nonsale credit” under final § 1026.8(b) on the Regulation Z periodic statement where a consumer uses a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61 to make a purchase to obtain goods or services from a merchant, and credit is transferred from a covered separate credit feature accessed by the hybrid prepaid-credit card into the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the purchase, as described in new comment 8(a)-9.ii. In this scenario, the amount to be disclosed under final § 1026.8(b) is the amount of the credit extension, not the total amount of the purchase transaction.
Consistent with the proposal, the final rule also adopts final comments 8(b)-1.ii and comment 8(b)-2 as proposed with revisions to specify that the term “prepaid account” is defined in new § 1026.61.
TILA section 164(a), which is implemented in existing § 1026.10(a), provides that payments received from an obligor under an open-end consumer credit plan or a credit card account by the creditor shall be posted promptly to the obligor's account as specified in regulations of the Bureau.
The proposal would have amended this comment to reference proposed changes that would have been added to proposed § 1026.12(d)(3) related to the prohibition on offsets. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.12(d) below, existing § 1026.12(d)(1) provides that a card issuer may not take any action, either before or after termination of credit card privileges, to offset a cardholder's indebtedness arising from a consumer credit transaction under the relevant credit card plan against funds of the cardholder held on deposit with the card issuer. Nonetheless, existing § 1026.12(d)(3) provides that the prohibition on offsets does not prohibit a plan, if authorized in writing by the cardholder, under which the card issuer may periodically deduct all or part of the cardholder's credit card debt from a deposit account held with the card issuer (subject to the limitations in existing § 1026.13(d)(1)). With respect to credit cards that are also prepaid cards, the proposal would have added proposed § 1026.12(d)(3)(ii) to define “periodically” to mean no more frequently than once per calendar month. Thus, under proposed § 1026.12(d)(3), with respect to such credit card accounts that would have been accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card, a card issuer would have been permitted to deduct automatically all or a part of the cardholder's credit card debt from the prepaid account or other deposit account held by the card issuer no more frequently than once per month, pursuant to a signed, written authorization by the cardholder to do so.
The proposal would have revised existing comment 10(a)-2.ii to explain that proposed § 1026.12(d)(3)(ii) prevents card issuers, with respect to credit card accounts accessed by prepaid cards that are credit cards, from automatically deducting credit card account payments from a prepaid account or other deposit account held by the card issuer more frequently than once per calendar month. In a payroll deduction plan in which funds are deposited to a prepaid account held by the creditor, and from which payments are made on a monthly basis to a credit card account accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card, payment would have been considered to be received on the date when it is debited to the prepaid account (rather than on the date of the deposit), provided the payroll deduction method is voluntary and the consumer retains use of the funds until the contractual payment date.
The Bureau did not receive comment on this aspect of the proposal. The
Existing § 1026.10(b) generally sets forth certain rules related to how creditor must handle payments received from consumers. Existing § 1026.10(b)(1) generally provides that a creditor may specify reasonable requirements for payments that enable most consumers to make conforming payments. Nonetheless, existing comment 10(b)-1 explains that a creditor may be prohibited from specifying payment by preauthorized EFT and cross-references EFTA section 913.
As a technical revision, the proposal would have amended this comment to cross-reference Regulation E § 1005.10(e), which implements EFTA section 913. The Bureau did not receive any comments on this proposed revision. Consistent with the proposal, the final rule adopts final comment 10(b)-1 to explain that a creditor may be prohibited from specifying payment by preauthorized EFT and to cross-reference both EFTA section 913 and Regulation E § 1005.10(e).
Existing § 1026.12 contains special rules applicable to credit cards and credit card accounts, including conditions under which a credit card may be issued, liability of cardholders for unauthorized use, cardholder rights to assert merchant claims and defenses against the card issuer, and the prohibition on offsets by issuers.
TILA section 132, which is implemented by existing § 1026.12(a), generally prohibits a person from issuing credit cards except in response to a request or application. Section 132 explicitly exempts from this prohibition credit cards issued as renewals of or substitutes for previously accepted credit cards.
Existing § 1026.12(a) provides that regardless of the purpose for which a credit card is to be used, including business, commercial, or agricultural use, no credit card shall be issued to any person except: (1) In response to an oral or written request or application for the card; or (2) as a renewal of, or substitute for, an accepted credit card. As discussed in more detail below, the final rule provides guidance on how the prohibition on issuing unsolicited credit cards applies to hybrid prepaid-credit cards that can access covered separate credit features.
Under the proposal, a prepaid card could not have accessed automatically a credit feature that would make the prepaid card into a credit card at the time the card is purchased by the consumer at point of sale. A card issuer could have added a credit card feature to a prepaid card only in response to a consumer's explicit request or application.
The proposal would have modified existing comment 12(a)(1)-2 specifically to explain that the addition of a credit card feature to an existing prepaid card constitutes “issuance” for purposes of unsolicited issuance under existing § 1026.12(a). Specifically, the existing comment 12(a)(1)-2 provides that if the consumer has a non-credit card, the addition of credit features to the card (for example, the granting of overdraft privileges on a checking account when the consumer already has a check guarantee card) constitutes issuance of a credit card. The proposal would have revised existing comment 12(a)(1)-2 to provide guidance relating to prepaid cards. Specifically, proposed comment 12(a)(1)-2 would have provided that if the consumer has a non-credit card, including a prepaid card, the addition of a credit feature or plan to the card that would make the card into a credit card under § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) constitutes issuance of a credit card. The proposal also would have added an example related to prepaid cards. Specifically, the proposal would have added proposed comment 12(a)(1)-2.ii to provide that allowing a prepaid card to access a credit plan that would make the card into a credit card under § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) would constitute issuance of a credit card. The existing example relating to check guarantee cards would have been moved to proposed comment 12(a)(1)-2.i.
The Bureau did not receive any specific comments on the proposed revisions to existing comment 12(a)(1)-2. The Bureau is adopting comment 12(a)(1)-2 as proposed, with revisions to be consistent with new § 1026.61. Consistent with the proposal, the final rule revises existing comment 12(a)(1)-2 to provide that if the consumer has a non-credit card, including a prepaid card, the addition of a credit feature or plan to the card that would make the card into a credit card under § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) constitutes issuance of a credit card. The final rule also moves the existing example related
Existing comment 12(a)(1)-7.i explains that a non-credit card may be sent on an unsolicited basis by an issuer that does not propose to connect the card to any credit plan.
Under the proposal, the current language of existing comment 12(a)(1)-7.i and ii would have been moved to proposed comment 12(a)(1)-7.i.A and B respectively and would have been limited to the issuance of non-credit cards that are not prepaid cards. The proposal also would have added comment 12(a)(1)-7.ii to provide guidance on when the issuance of a prepaid card would be viewed as the issuance of a credit card. Specifically, proposed comment 12(a)(1)-7.ii would have provided that existing § 1026.12(a)(1) would not apply to the issuance of a prepaid card where an issuer does not connect the card to any credit plan that would make the prepaid card into a credit card at the time the card is issued and only opens a credit card account, or provides an application or solicitation, to open a credit or charge card account, that would be accessed by that card in compliance with proposed § 1026.12(h) (which has been moved to new § 1026.61(c) in the final rule). As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(c) below, the Bureau proposed to add § 1026.12(h) to require a card issuer to wait at least 30 days after the prepaid account has been registered before opening a credit card account for the holder of the prepaid account that will be accessed by the prepaid card, or providing a solicitation or an application to the holder of the prepaid account to open a credit or charge card account that will be accessed by the prepaid card. Proposed comment 12(a)(1)-7.ii also would have explained that a credit feature may be added to a previously issued prepaid card only upon the consumer's specific request and only in compliance with proposed § 1026.12(h).
Proposed comment 12(a)(1)-7.ii further would have explained, however, that an issuer does not make a prepaid card into a credit card simply by providing the disclosures required by proposed Regulation E § 1005.18(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau did not receive any specific comments on proposed comment 12(a)(1)-7.ii. As technical revisions, consistent with the proposal, the final rule moves the current language of existing comment 12(a)(1)-7.i and ii to final comment 12(a)(1)-7.i.A and B respectively and limits this language to the issuance of non-credit cards that are not prepaid cards.
The Bureau also is adopting new comment 12(a)(1)-7.ii as proposed, with revisions to be consistent with new § 1026.61. New comment 12(a)(1)-7.ii provides that existing § 1026.12(a)(1) does not apply to the issuance of a prepaid card where an issuer does not connect the card to any covered separate credit feature that would make the prepaid card into a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61 at the time the card is issued and only opens a covered separate credit feature, provides an application or solicitation to open a covered separate credit feature, or allows an existing credit feature to become a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61 in compliance with new § 1026.61(c). As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below, a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card includes an overdraft credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner that can be accessed by a prepaid card (except as provided in new § 1026.61(a)(4)). The prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61 and a credit card under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
New comment 12(a)(1)-7.ii also clarifies that a covered separate credit feature may be added to a previously issued prepaid card only upon the consumer's application or specific request and only in compliance with new § 1026.61(c). This comment clarifies that an issuer does not make a prepaid card into a hybrid prepaid-credit card simply by providing the disclosures required by Regulation E
Existing § 1026.12(a) provides that regardless of the purpose for which a credit card is to be used, including business, commercial, or agricultural use, no credit card shall be issued to any person except: (1) In response to an oral or written request or application for the card; or (2) as a renewal of, or substitute for, an accepted credit card. Existing comments 12(a)(2)-5 and -6 provide guidance on the exception to the unsolicited issuance rule when a card is issued as a renewal of, or substitute for, an accepted credit card.
Specifically, existing comment 12(a)(2)-5 (the so-called “one for one” rule) provides that an accepted card generally may be replaced by no more than one renewal or substitute card. For example, the card issuer may not replace a credit card permitting purchases and cash advances with two cards, one for the purchases and another for the cash advances. Existing comment 12(a)(2)-6 provides, however, two exceptions to this general “one for one” rule. First, existing comment 12(a)(2)-6.i provides that the unsolicited issuance rule in existing § 1026.12(a) does not prohibit the card issuer from replacing a debit/credit card with a credit card and another card with only debit functions (or debit functions plus an associated overdraft capability) because the latter card could be issued on an unsolicited basis under Regulation E. Existing comment 12(a)(2)-6.ii also provides that existing § 1026.12(a) does not prohibit a card issuer from replacing an accepted card with more than one renewal or substitute card, provided that: (1) No replacement card accesses any account not accessed by the accepted card; (2) for terms and conditions required to be disclosed in account-opening disclosures under existing § 1026.6, all replacement cards are issued subject to the same terms and conditions, except that a creditor may vary terms for which no change-in-terms notice is required under existing § 1026.9(c); and (3) under the account's terms the consumer's total liability for unauthorized use with respect to the account does not increase.
Under the proposal, the example in existing comment 12(a)(2)-6.ii would have been moved to proposed comment 12(a)(2)-6.iii. The proposal also would have added comment 12(a)(2)-6.ii to explain that the one-for-one rule would not prevent an issuer from replacing a single card that is both a prepaid card and a credit card with two cards—one card that is a credit card and another card that is a separate prepaid card, where the latter card is not a credit card. In addition, under the proposal, the example in comment 12(a)(2)-6.i related to debit cards would have been revised for clarity; no substantive changes would have been intended.
The Bureau did not receive comments on the proposed revision to existing comment 12(a)(2)-6. The Bureau is adopting this comment as proposed, with revisions as discussed below. First, the Bureau is revising the example in existing comment 12(a)(2)-6.i related to debit cards for clarity; no substantive changes are intended. Second, the Bureau is moving existing comment 12(a)(2)-6.ii to final comment 12(a)(2)-6.iii.
Third, the Bureau is adopting comment 12(a)(2)-6.ii as proposed with revisions to use consistent terminology with new § 1026.61. Specifically, the Bureau is adding new comment 12(a)(2)-6.ii to provide that the one-for-one rule does not prevent an issuer from replacing a single card that is both a prepaid card and a credit card with two cards—one card that is a credit card and one card that is a separate prepaid card where the latter card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below, a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card includes an overdraft credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner that can be accessed by a prepaid card (except as provided in new § 1026.61(a)(4)). The prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61 and a credit card under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
Under TILA section 170, as implemented in existing § 1026.12(c), a cardholder may assert against the card issuer a claim or defense for disputes as to goods or services purchased in a consumer credit transaction with a credit card. The claim or defense applies only as to unpaid balances for the goods or services and any finance or other charges imposed on that amount if the merchant honoring the card fails to resolve the dispute. The right is further limited generally to disputes exceeding $50 for purchases made in the consumer's home State or within 100 miles of the cardholder's address.
Existing comment 12(c)-3 and existing comment 12(c)(1)-1 provides guidance on the types of transactions that are covered by existing § 1026.12(c) and the types of transactions that are not covered. Existing comment 12(c)(1)-1 provides that the consumer may assert claims or defenses only when the goods or services are “purchased with the credit card.” This could include mail, internet, or telephone orders, if the purchase is charged to the credit card account.
The proposal would have amended existing comment 12(c)(1)-1 and added proposed comment 12(c)-5 to explain that existing § 1026.12(c) would apply when goods or services are purchased using a credit card that also is a prepaid card. Proposed comment 12(c)-5 also would have provided guidance on how existing § 1026.12(c) applies to transactions at point of sale where a prepaid card that is a credit card is used to obtain goods or services from a merchant, and the transaction is partially funded by the consumer's prepaid account and partially funded by credit. For these types of transactions, proposed comment 12(c)-5 would have provided that the amount of the purchase transaction that is funded by credit generally would be subject to the requirements of existing § 1026.12(c), and it also would have provided that the amount of the transaction funded from the prepaid account would not be subject to the requirements of § 1026.12(c).
Existing comments 12(c)-3 and 12(c)(1)-1.iv provide that the provisions in existing § 1026.12(c) generally do not apply to purchases effected by use of either a check guarantee card or a debit card when used to draw on overdraft credit plans. Existing comment 12(c)(1)-1.ii also provides that the provisions in existing § 1026.12(c) do not apply to the purchase of goods or services using a check accessing an overdraft account and a credit card used solely for identification of the consumer. On the other hand, if the credit card is used to make partial payment for the purchase and not merely for identification, the right to assert claims or defenses would apply to credit extended via the credit
The Bureau did not receive comments from industry on proposed comments 12(c)(1)-1 and 12(c)-5. With respect to split-tender transactions discussed above, two consumer group commenters urged the Bureau to use its authority under TILA section 105 to extend the claim and defenses provision to the amount of the transaction that is funded from the prepaid account. They believed that doing so would help reduce consumer confusion.
The Bureau is adopting proposed comments 12(c)(1)-1 and 12(c)-5 with revisions.
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below, a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card includes an overdraft credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner that can be accessed by a prepaid card (except as provided in new § 1026.61(a)(4)). The prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61 and a credit card under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.8(a) above, the Bureau recognizes that a card issuer with respect to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card may structure the credit feature in two ways to cover situations where the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account at the time of authorization or settlement to cover the amount of the transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. First, the covered separate credit feature could be structured such that a consumer can use a hybrid prepaid-credit card to make a purchase to obtain goods or services from a merchant, and credit is drawn directly from the covered separate credit feature without transferring funds into the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the purchase. For example, assume that the consumer has $10 of funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account and initiates a transaction with a merchant to obtain goods or services with the hybrid prepaid-credit card for $25. In this case, $10 is debited from the asset feature, and $15 of credit is drawn directly from the covered separate credit feature accessed by the hybrid prepaid-credit card without any transfer of funds into the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the purchase.
Second, the covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card could be structured such that when a consumer uses a hybrid prepaid-credit card to make a purchase to obtain goods or services from a merchant, credit is transferred from the covered separate credit feature into the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the purchase. For example, assume the same facts as above, except that the $15 is transferred from the covered separate credit feature to the asset feature, and a transaction of $25 is debited from the asset feature of the prepaid account.
The Bureau is adding new comment 12(c)-5.i to provide that both of these situations would be examples of a consumer using a hybrid prepaid-credit card to access a covered separate credit feature to purchase property or services. This is true even though the latter situation (where credit is transferred from the covered separate credit feature to the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the purchase transaction) is disclosed as nonsale credit under final § 1026.8(b).
Consistent with the proposal, the Bureau has not exempted from the provisions of existing § 1026.12(c) credit extended for purchases made with hybrid prepaid-credit cards. For the reasons set forth in the
Consistent with the proposal, the Bureau also is adding new comment 12(c)-5.ii to provide that for a transaction at point of sale where a hybrid prepaid-credit card is used to obtain goods or services from a merchant and the transaction is partially paid with funds from the asset feature of the prepaid account and partially paid with credit from the covered separate credit feature, the amount of the purchase transaction that is funded by credit is subject to the requirements of existing § 1026.12(c). The amount of the transaction funded from the prepaid account is not subject to the requirements of existing § 1026.12(c).
With respect to split-tender transactions where a purchase with the hybrid prepaid-credit card is partially paid with funds from the asset feature of the prepaid account and partially paid with credit from the covered separate credit feature, the Bureau is not using its adjustment authority under TILA section 105 to extend the claims and defenses provision in existing § 1026.12(c) to the amount of the transaction that is funded from the asset feature of the prepaid account. In split-tender transactions, the Bureau believes that the provision in existing § 1026.12(c) should only apply to the
For the reasons discussed in the
TILA section 169 generally prohibits card issuers from taking any action to offset a cardholder's credit card indebtedness against funds of the cardholder held on deposit with the card issuer. Nonetheless, a card issuer would not violate this provision if the card issuer periodically deducts all or a portion of a consumer's credit card debt from the consumer's deposit account, if the periodic deductions are in accordance with a preauthorized written authorization by the consumer and the card issuer does not deduct payment for any portion of the outstanding balance that is in dispute.
Existing § 1026.12(d)(1) provides that a card issuer may not take any action, either before or after termination of credit card privileges, to offset a cardholder's indebtedness arising from a consumer credit transaction under the relevant credit card plan against funds of the cardholder held on deposit with the card issuer. Existing § 1026.12(d)(2) provides that the prohibition on offsets in existing § 1026.12(d)(1) does not alter or affect the right of a card issuer acting under State or Federal law to do any of the following with regard to funds of a cardholder held on deposit with the card issuer if the same procedure is constitutionally available to creditors generally: (1) Obtain or enforce a consensual security interest in the funds; (2) attach or otherwise levy upon the funds; or (3) obtain or enforce a court order relating to the funds. Existing § 1026.12(d)(3) provides that the prohibition on offsets set forth in existing § 1026.12(d)(1) does not prohibit a plan, if authorized in writing by the cardholder, under which the card issuer may periodically deduct all or part of the cardholder's credit card debt from a deposit account held with the card issuer (subject to the limitations in existing § 1026.13(d)(1)).
Congress added the offset provision in TILA section 169 as part of the Fair Credit Billing Act.
Funds in these accounts can be attached without any recourse to the courts and in spite of any valid legal defense the cardholder may have against the bank. Banks which issue cards and also have the cardholder's funds on deposit may thus obtain a unique leverage over the consumer. Other creditors would have to apply to a court before being permitted to attach funds in a borrowers' deposit account.
Existing § 1026.12(d)(1) provides that a card issuer may not take any action, either before or after termination of credit card privileges, to offset a cardholder's indebtedness arising from a consumer credit transaction under the relevant credit card plan against funds of the cardholder held on deposit with the card issuer.
The proposal would have provided that the term “credit card” includes a prepaid card (including a prepaid card that is solely an account number) that is a single device that may be used from time to time to access a credit plan, except if that prepaid card only accesses credit that is not subject to any finance charge, as defined in § 1026.4, or any fee described in § 1026.4(c), and is not payable by written agreement in more than four installments. Thus, under the proposal, the offset provision in existing § 1026.12(d) would have applied to credit plans that are accessed by prepaid cards that are credit cards under the proposal. The proposal also would have added proposed comment 12(d)-1 to make clear that for purposes of the prohibition on offsets in existing § 1026.12(d), funds of the cardholder held on deposit include funds in a consumer's prepaid account and the term deposit account includes a prepaid account.
Existing comment 12(d)(1)-2 provides that if the consumer tenders funds as a deposit (to a checking account, for example) held by the card issuer, the card issuer may not apply the funds to repay indebtedness on the consumer's credit card account. The proposal would have amended this comment to provide guidance on the tender of funds as a deposit to a prepaid account. Specifically, this comment would have been revised to specify that if the card issuer receives funds designated for the consumer's prepaid account with the issuer, such as by means of an ACH deposit or cash reload, the card issuer may not automatically apply the funds to repay indebtedness on the consumer's credit card account. As a technical revision, the proposal also would have added the title “General rule” to existing § 1026.12(d)(1); no substantive change would have been intended by this addition.
Several commenters, including industry trade associations and issuing banks, opposed applying the offset provision to overdrafts on prepaid accounts. One of these commenters indicated that applying the offset provision to overdraft credit features accessed by prepaid cards would deny consumers the ability to access short-term credit in connection with prepaid accounts. Another of these industry commenters believed that when a prepaid account user overdraws his account, the consumer likely intends funds subsequently deposited into the prepaid account to satisfy the overdraft. This industry commenter believed that the offset provision would prevent a consumer from achieving that expected outcome and could mislead prepaid account users into thinking they have more funds available than they actually do. Another of these industry commenters indicated that the offset prohibition would increase the cost of credit to consumers. This commenter indicated that the offset prohibition would make it more difficult for
Several consumer groups supported application of the offset provision to prepaid cards that would have been credit cards under the proposal. One consumer group commenter urged the Bureau to make clear that payroll deduction plans are covered by the offset prohibition.
Consistent with the proposal, the final rule adds the title “General rule”
Pursuant to the final rule, the offset prohibition in existing § 1026.12(d) applies to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards because these credit features are credit card accounts under the final rule.
As discussed above, several commenters, including industry trade associations and issuing banks, opposed applying the offset provision to overdrafts on prepaid accounts. One of these commenters indicated that applying the offset provision to overdraft credit features accessed by prepaid cards would deny consumers the ability to access short-term credit in connection with prepaid accounts. One industry commenter indicated that the offset prohibition would increase the cost of credit to consumers by making it more difficult for creditors to recover debts owed to them. For the reasons set forth in the
As discussed above, one industry commenter believed that when a prepaid account user overdraws his account, the consumer likely intends funds subsequently deposited into the prepaid account to satisfy the overdraft. This industry commenter believed that the offset provision would prevent a consumer from achieving that expected outcome and could mislead prepaid account users into thinking they have more funds available than they actually do. The Bureau believes that the Regulation Z account-opening disclosures and periodic statement disclosures, as well as explanations of contractual terms that card issuers typically provide to consumers, will help ensure that consumers understand the terms of their covered separate credit features, including how to make payments on the credit card accounts.
As discussed above, one consumer group commenter urged the Bureau to make clear that payroll deduction plans are covered by the offset prohibition. The Bureau has not added any additional guidance in final § 1026.12(d) or its related commentary regarding the applicability of the offset provision to payroll deduction plans. The Bureau does not believe that special guidance related to payroll deduction plans is necessary. The Bureau believes that under the current offset provision (and the final rule), the offset provision would apply to payroll deductions that are deposited into a consumer's asset account that is held by the credit card issuer. Nonetheless, the offset provision does not apply if the payroll deductions are deposited into a consumer's asset account that is held with the employer or with a person other than the credit card issuer. The offset provision also would not apply to payroll deductions that are used directly to pay a covered separate credit feature that is accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card where payroll deduction funds are never deposited into a consumer's asset account with the credit card issuer.
TILA section 169(a) generally prohibits card issuers from taking any action to offset a cardholder's credit card indebtedness against funds of the cardholder held on deposit with the card issuer.
Implementing TILA section 169, existing § 1026.12(d)(2) provides that that the prohibition on offsets in existing § 1026.12(d)(1) does not alter or affect the right of a card issuer acting under State or Federal law to attach or otherwise levy upon the funds of a cardholder held on deposit with the card issuer if the same procedure is constitutionally available to creditors generally. Existing § 1026.12(d)(2) also provides two additional methods for obtaining funds that the Board found were not prohibited by the prohibition on offsets in TILA section 169. Specifically, existing § 1026.12(d)(2) provides that the prohibition on offsets in existing § 1026.12(d)(1) does not alter or affect the right of a card issuer acting under State or Federal law to use either of the following two methods if the same method is constitutionally available to creditors generally: (1) Obtain or enforce a consensual security interest in the funds; or (2) obtain or enforce a court order relating to the funds.
The Board adopted these additional two methods in 1981 as part of its rulemaking to implement the Truth in Lending Simplification and Reform Act.
Existing comment 12(d)(2)-1 is intended to ensure that the security interest is consensual. Specifically, existing comment 12(d)(2)-1 provides that in order to qualify for the exception stated in § 1026.12(d)(2), a security interest must be affirmatively agreed to by the consumer and must be disclosed in the issuer's account-opening disclosures under § 1026.6. The security interest must not be the functional equivalent of a right of offset; as a result, routinely including in agreements contract language indicating that consumers are giving a security interest in any deposit accounts maintained with the issuer does not result in a security interest that falls within the exception in existing § 1026.12(d)(2).
For a security interest to qualify for the exception under existing § 1026.12(d)(2), as discussed in existing comment 12(d)(2)-1.i and ii, the following conditions must be met: (1) the consumer must be aware that granting a security interest is a condition for the credit card account (or for more favorable account terms) and must specifically intend to grant a security interest in a deposit account; and (2) the security interest must be obtainable and enforceable by creditors generally. If other creditors could not obtain a security interest in the consumer's deposit accounts to the same extent as the card issuer, the security interest is prohibited by existing § 1026.12(d)(2).
Current comment 12(d)(2)-1.i provides that indicia of the consumer's awareness and intent to provide a security interest include at least one of the following (or a substantially similar procedure that evidences the consumer's awareness and intent): (1) Separate signature or initials on the separate agreement indicating that a security interest is being given; (2) placement of the security agreement on a separate page, or otherwise separating the security interest provisions from other contract and disclosure provisions; or (3) reference to a specific amount of deposited funds or to a specific deposit account number.
The proposal would have retained current guidance in comment 12(d)(2)-1.i requiring that the consumer must be aware that granting a security interest is a condition for the credit card account (or for more favorable account terms) and must specifically intend to grant a security interest in a deposit account. The proposal would have moved the current guidance in comment 12(d)(2)-1.i discussing indicia of the consumer's awareness and intent to grant a security interest to proposed comment 12(d)(2)-1.ii and would have amended that comment to indicate that guidance only applies to deposit accounts that are not prepaid accounts. The proposal would have added new comment 12(d)(2)-1.iii discussing indicia of the consumer's awareness and intent to grant a security interest with respect to prepaid accounts. The proposal also would have moved guidance in existing comment 12(d)(2)-1.ii to new proposed comment 12(d)(2)-1.iv; no substantive change would have been intended.
With respect to proposed comment 12(d)(2)-1.iii, the Bureau believed that additional protections may be needed to ensure that consumers understand that they are giving a security interest with respect to credit features that are accessed by prepaid cards that are credit cards. To prevent the security interest from becoming the functional equivalent to an offset, the proposal would have set forth in proposed comment 12(d)(2)-1.iii the steps that card issuers must take to demonstrate a consumer's awareness of and intent to grant a security interest in a prepaid account. Specifically, a card issuer would have been required to meet all the following conditions: (1) In addition to being disclosed in the issuer's account-opening disclosures under § 1026.6, the security agreement must be provided to the consumer in a document separate from the prepaid account agreement and the credit card account agreement; (2) the separate document setting forth the security agreement must be signed by the consumer; (3) the separate document setting forth the security agreement must refer to the prepaid account number and to a specific amount of funds in the prepaid account in which the card issuer is taking a security interest, and these two elements of the document must be separately signed or initialed by the consumer; and (4) the separate document setting forth the security agreement must specifically enumerate the conditions under which the card issuer will enforce the security interest, and each of those conditions must be separately signed or initialed by the consumer.
In addition, as a technical revision, the proposal would have added the title “Rights of the card issuer” to § 1026.12(d)(2); no substantive change was intended.
The Bureau solicited comment on the approach discussed above. The Bureau also solicited comment on whether these additional protections are sufficient to ensure that security interests do not become the functional equivalent to an offset when a credit card account is directly linked to a prepaid account through an overdraft feature. If these additional protections were not sufficient, the Bureau sought comment on what additional protections would be sufficient to ensure that the security interests taken in prepaid accounts are consensual. Alternatively, the Bureau sought comment on whether it should prohibit a card issuer from obtaining or enforcing any consensual security interest in the funds of a cardholder held in a prepaid account with the card issuer, to ensure that card issuers cannot circumvent the prohibition on offsets by taking routinely a security interest in the prepaid account funds without consumer awareness of the security interest.
The Bureau did not receive specific comments from industry commenters on proposed comment 12(d)(2)-1.iii. One consumer group commenter indicated that the Bureau should ban card issuers from taking a security interest in prepaid accounts or require they be established only using a separate account. This commenter believed that even with the proposed safeguards, it would be too easy for a card issuer to obtain the consumer's signature on a
The Bureau is adopting comment 12(d)(2)-1 as proposed with technical revisions to clarify the intent of the provision and with revisions to be consistent with new § 1026.61. Consistent with the proposal, the final rule retains current guidance in 12(d)(2)-1.i requiring that the consumer must be aware that granting a security interest is a condition for the credit card account (or for more favorable account terms) and must specifically intend to grant a security interest in a deposit account. The final rule also moves the current guidance 1.ii and revises this current guidance to clarify the intent of the provision and to provide that it only applies in relation to credit card accounts other than covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards as defined in § 1026.61. As discussed in more detail below, the final rule also adds new comment 12(d)(2)-1.iii discussing indicia of the consumer's awareness and intent to provide a security interest in relation to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid in comment 12(d)(2)-1.i discussing indicia of the consumer's awareness and intent to provide a security interest to final comment 12(d)(2)—credit cards. The final rule also moves guidance in existing comment 12(d)(2)-1.ii to final comment 12(d)(2)-1.iv; no substantive change is intended. As technical revisions, the final rule adds the title “Rights of the card issuer” to § 1026.12(d)(2) and revises the existing language of § 1026.12(d)(2) to use the phrase “this paragraph (d)” instead of “this paragraph”; no substantive change is intended.
As discussed above, the Bureau is adopting new comment 12(d)(2)-1.iii as proposed, with technical revisions to clarify the intent of the provision and with revisions to be consistent with new § 1026.61. Specifically, new comment 12(d)(2)-1.iii provides that with respect to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61, for a consumer to show awareness and intent to grant a security interest in a deposit account, including a prepaid account, all of the following conditions must be met: (1) In addition to being disclosed in the issuer's account-opening disclosures under existing § 1026.6, the security agreement must be provided to the consumer in a document separate from the deposit account agreement and the credit card account agreement; (2) the separate document setting forth the security agreement must be signed by the consumer; (3) the separate document setting forth the security agreement must refer to the deposit account number, and to a specific amount of funds in the deposit account in which the card issuer is taking a security interest and these two elements of the document must be separately signed or initialed by the consumer; and (4) the separate document setting forth the security agreement must specifically enumerate the conditions under which the card issuer will enforce the security interest, and each of those conditions must be separately signed or initialed by the consumer.
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below, a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card includes an overdraft credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner that can be accessed by a prepaid card (except as provided in new § 1026.61(a)(4)). The prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61 and a credit card under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
The Bureau believes that prepaid account issuers may have significant interest in securing credit card debt on a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card by means of the prepaid account. These credit features will always be associated with this linked asset account, and the Bureau believes that prepaid card users who use the cards to obtain consumer credit from a covered separate credit feature are likely to have lower credit scores than credit card users overall. Unlike traditional secured credit cards, these prepaid cards likely would not be marketed as secured credit cards and would not require consumers to establish a new separate account or to set aside specific funds. As a result, prepaid consumers are less likely than secured credit card users to understand that they are required to provide a security interest in the prepaid account in order to receive the covered separate credit feature. In addition, these prepaid consumers may have a need to be able to manage their prepaid accounts very carefully to cover both daily expenses and any credit repayments.
With regard to security interests in connection with covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards, the Bureau believes that all of the indicia in new comment 12(d)(2)-2.iii, including delineating a specific dollar amount as being subject to the security interest, will help to ensure that such security interest arrangements do not circumvent the offset provision in TILA section 169 by ensuring that consumers focus careful attention on the consequences of granting security interests so that consumers are better prepared to manage their accounts to both cover daily expenses and repay any credit extensions.
At this time, the Bureau does not believe that it is necessary to ban security interests in prepaid accounts or to provide that a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card only can be secured by a separate asset account that is not the prepaid account. The Bureau believes that the protections adopted in the final rule are sufficient to protect consumers from security interests taken in prepaid account with respect to a covered separate credit feature from becoming functional equivalents of offsets, but the Bureau will continue to monitor how providers in the prepaid market use consensual security interests.
Implementing TILA section 169, existing § 1026.12(d)(3) provides that the prohibition on offsets set forth in § 1026.12(d)(1) does not prohibit a plan, if authorized in writing by the cardholder, under which the card issuer may periodically deduct all or part of the cardholder's credit card debt from a deposit account held with the card issuer (subject to the limitations in existing § 1026.13(d)(1)).
Neither TILA section 169 nor existing § 1026.12(d)(3) defines “periodically” for purposes of existing § 1026.12(d)(3). The proposal would have added proposed § 1026.12(d)(3)(ii) to provide that with respect to prepaid cards that are credit cards, for purposes of existing § 1026.12(d)(3), “periodically” means no more frequently than once per calendar month. For example, a deduction could be scheduled for each monthly due date disclosed on the applicable periodic statement in accordance with the requirements of proposed § 1026.7(b)(11)(i)(A) or on an earlier date in each calendar month in accordance with a written authorization signed by the consumer. Thus, under proposed § 1026.12(d)(3), with respect to such credit plans accessed by prepaid
As technical revisions, the proposal also would have: (1) Added the title “Periodic deductions” to § 1026.12(d)(3); and (2) moved existing § 1026.12(d)(3) to proposed § 1026.12(d)(3)(i). No substantive changes would have been intended.
One credit union service organization indicated that the Bureau should not adopt the proposed definition of “periodically.” This commenter indicated that consumers should have the choice to allow for automatic multiple payments within the same month, like consumers have with other financial products such as traditional credit card programs. This commenter indicated that some consumers may prefer to pay smaller amounts more frequently instead of paying a larger amount once a month.
One consumer group commenter indicated that the preauthorized payment plan exception set forth in existing § 1026.12(d)(3) should not apply to credit features accessed by prepaid cards that are credit cards. Thus, card issuers of those credit features should not be permitted to deduct credit card balances on those credit features from prepaid accounts pursuant to existing § 1026.12(d)(3). Another consumer group commenter indicated that with respect to credit features accessed by prepaid cards that are credit cards, a card issuer should be permitted under proposed § 1026.12(d)(3) to deduct no more than 4 percent of the outstanding balance on a monthly basis from the prepaid account pursuant to the preauthorized payment plan.
One consumer group commenter indicated that the Bureau should make clear that consumers have the right to revoke authorization for a payment plan described in proposed § 1026.12(d)(3). This commenter indicated that consumers should be able to exercise the right to revoke authorization under existing § 1026.12(d)(3) easily, such as in writing, electronically or orally. One consumer group commenter indicated that the Bureau should monitor the process that card issuers use to gain automatic payment authorization to ensure that it is not coercive or misleading so that consumers understand that they have signed up for it.
As discussed in more detail below, the Bureau is adopting § 1026.12(d)(3) as proposed, with revisions to be consistent with new § 1026.61. Consistent with the proposal, the final rule moves the current language in existing § 1026.12(d)(3) to new § 1026.12(d)(3)(i). The final rule also adds new § 1026.12(d)(3)(ii) and new comment 12(d)(3)-3 as proposed, with revisions to be consistent with new § 1026.61. New § 1026.12(d)(3)(ii) provides that with respect to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards, for purposes of § 1026.12(d)(3), “periodically” means no more frequently than once per calendar month. Thus, under new § 1026.12(d)(3)(ii), with respect to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, a card issuer may deduct all or a part of the cardholder's credit card debt on the covered separate credit feature automatically from the prepaid account or other deposit account held by the card issuer no more frequently than once per month, pursuant to a signed, written authorization by the cardholder to do so. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below, a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card includes an overdraft credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner that can be accessed by a prepaid card (except as provided in new § 1026.61(a)(4)). The prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61 and a credit card under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
As discussed in more detail below, the Bureau also is amending existing comment 12(d)(3)-2 to provide that a card issuer is not prohibited under final § 1026.12(d) from automatically deducting from the consumer's deposit account any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account that is not a charge imposed as part of the plan under final § 1026.6(b)(3).
The Bureau also is making three technical revisions to final § 1026.12(d)(3) and related commentary. First, the final rule adds the title “Periodic deductions” to § 1026.12(d)(3). Second, the final rule revises the language of existing § 1026.12(d)(3) (renumbered as final § 1026.12(d)(3)(i)) to use the phrase “this paragraph (d)” rather than “this paragraph.” Third, the final rule revises existing comment 12(d)(3)-1.iii, which references EFTA section 913, to also reference final Regulation E § 1005.10(e), which implements that section of EFTA.
The Bureau also is adopting comment 12(d)(3)-3 as proposed, with revisions to be consistent with new § 1026.61. New comment 12(d)(3)-3 provides that with respect to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards, a card issuer would not be prohibited under final § 1026.12(d) from periodically deducting all or part of the cardholder's credit card debt on the covered separate credit feature from a deposit account (such as a prepaid account) held with the card issuer (subject to the limitations of existing § 1026.13(d)(1)) under a plan that is authorized in writing by the cardholder, so long as the creditor does not deduct all or part of the cardholder's credit card debt from the deposit account more frequently than once per calendar month pursuant to such a plan.
This comment provides the following example: With respect to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, assume that a periodic statement is sent out each month to a cardholder on the first day of the month and the payment due date for the amount due on that statement is the 25th day of each month. In this case, the card issuer is not prohibited under final § 1026.12(d) from automatically deducting the amount due on the periodic statement on the 25th of each month, or on an earlier date in each calendar month, from a deposit account held by the card issuer, if the deductions are pursuant to a plan that is authorized in writing by the cardholder (as discussed in final comment 12(d)(3)-1) and comply with the limitations in existing § 1026.13(d)(1). New comment 12(d)(3)-3 also explains that the card issuer is prohibited under final § 1026.12(d) from automatically deducting all or part of the cardholder's credit card debt on the covered separate credit feature from a deposit account (such as a prepaid account) held with the card issuer more frequently than once per calendar month, such as on a daily or weekly basis, or whenever deposits are made or expected to be made to the deposit account.
The Bureau believes that allowing a card issuer to execute a preauthorized transfer once per calendar month to repay all or some of a consumer's credit card balance on a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card is appropriate because card issuers of covered separate credit features linked to prepaid accounts generally are restricted from providing periodic statements more frequently than on a monthly basis, and the due date must be the same day of the month for each billing cycle. As discussed in the section-by-section analyses of §§ 1026.5(b)(2)(ii) and 1026.7(b)(11) above, for covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards that are credit card accounts under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan, the card issuer must adopt reasonable procedures to ensure that periodic statements are mailed or delivered at least 21 days prior to the payment due date disclosed on the periodic statement, and the due date must be the same day of the month for each billing cycle.
The Bureau is concerned that, with respect to covered separate credit features that are accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards, some card issuers may attempt to circumvent the prohibition on offsets by obtaining a consumer's written authorization to deduct all or part of the cardholder's credit card debt on the covered separate credit feature on a daily or weekly basis from the prepaid account to help ensure that the debt is repaid. If “periodically” is not defined for purposes of final § 1026.12(d)(3), the Bureau believes that card issuers that offer covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards may obtain a consumer's written authorization to daily or weekly debits to the prepaid account to repay the credit card debt on the covered separate credit feature given the overall creditworthiness of prepaid accountholders who rely on covered separate credit features. In addition, the Bureau believes prepaid consumers may grant the authorization more readily than other credit cardholders because these consumers may believe that providing such authorization is required.
An appropriate interval for “periodic[]” deduction plans may depend on the facts and circumstances of the particular credit feature, but because of the above reasons, the Bureau believes that an appropriate interval for covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards is no more frequently than once per calendar month.
The Bureau believes that the requirement in final § 1026.12(d)(3), along with changes to the timing requirement for a periodic statement in final § 1026.5(b)(2)(ii)(A) and the compulsory use provision in Regulation E (final § 1005.10(e)(1)), are necessary to fully effectuate the intent of the provisions and would allow consumers to retain control over the funds in their prepaid accounts even when a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card becomes associated with that account, which is consistent with the prohibition on offsets. In particular, with these changes, such card issuers (1) are required to adopt reasonable procedures designed to ensure that periodic statements for covered separate credit features are mailed or delivered at least 21 days prior to the payment due date disclosed on the periodic statement, and the due date disclosed must be the same day of the month for each billing cycle; (2) can move funds automatically from the asset account held by the card issuer to the credit card account held by the card issuer to pay some or all of the credit card debt on covered separate credit features no more frequently than once per month, such as on the payment due date (pursuant to the consumer's signed, written agreement that the issuer may do so); and (3) are required to offer consumers a means to repay their outstanding credit balances on covered separate credit features other than automatic repayment (such as by means of a transfer of funds from the asset account to the credit account that the consumer initiates on the prepaid account's online banking Web site).
As discussed above, one credit union service organization indicated that the Bureau should not adopt the proposed definition of “periodically.” This commenter indicated that consumers should have the choice to allow for automatic multiple payments within the same month, like consumers have with other financial products such as traditional credit card programs. This commenter indicated that some consumers may prefer to pay smaller amounts more frequently instead of paying a larger amount once a month. The Bureau notes that under existing comment 12(d)(3)-2.ii, a card issuer is not prohibited under the offset provision in § 1026.12(d)(1) from debiting the cardholder's deposit account on the cardholder's specific request rather than on an automatic periodic basis (for example, a cardholder might check a box on the credit card bill stub, requesting the issuer to debit the cardholder's account to pay that bill). Thus, under the final rule, a consumer may still provide specific requests for payment more frequently than once per month as described in existing comment 12(d)(3)-2.ii (for example, a cardholder might check a box on the credit card bill stub, requesting the issuer to debit the cardholder's account to pay that bill), so long as those payments are not on an automatic periodic basis more frequently than once per month.
In addition, as discussed above, one consumer group commenter indicated that the preauthorized payment plan exception set forth in existing § 1026.12(d)(3) should not apply to credit features accessed by prepaid cards that are credit cards. Thus, card issuers of those credit features should not be permitted to deduct credit card balances on those credit features from prepaid accounts pursuant to existing § 1026.12(d)(3). Another consumer group commenter indicated that with respect to credit features accessed by prepaid cards that are credit cards, a card issuer should be permitted under proposed § 1026.12(d)(3) to deduct no more than 4 percent of the outstanding balance on a monthly basis from the prepaid account pursuant to the preauthorized payment plan. The Bureau does not adopt these additional protections suggested by these commenters at this time. The Bureau believes that the requirement in final § 1026.12(d)(3), along with changes to the timing requirement for a periodic statement in final § 1026.5(b)(2)(ii)(A) and the compulsory use provision in Regulation E (final § 1005.10(e)(1)), provide sufficient protections to consumers to help ensure that consumers retain control over the funds in their prepaid accounts even when a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card becomes associated with that account, which is consistent with the prohibition on offsets. The Bureau will continue to monitor the use of automatic payment plans.
Also, as discussed above, one consumer group commenter indicated that the Bureau should make clear that consumers have the right to revoke authorization for a payment plan, described in proposed § 1026.12(d)(3). This commenter indicated that consumers should be able to exercise the right to revoke authorization under existing § 1026.12(d)(3) easily, such as in writing, electronically or orally. Another consumer group commenter indicated that the Bureau should monitor the process that card issuers use to gain automatic payment authorization to ensure that it is not coercive or misleading so that consumers understand that they have signed up for it.
The final rule does not provide specific guidance on how consumers may revoke the authorization provided pursuant to final § 1026.12(d)(3). The Bureau notes that under final § 1026.12(d)(3), the exception from the offset provision for automatic payments only applies to automatic payment plans that are “authorized” in writing by the cardholder. At this time, the Bureau believes that State or other applicable law, including UDAAP law, should determine whether an automatic payment plan has been “authorized” and when an authorization has been revoked for purposes of final § 1026.12(d)(3). The Bureau will continue to monitor the processes that card issuers use to gain automatic payment authorization and the processes by which consumers can revoke authorization, to ensure that processes provided by card issuers for obtaining authorization are understandable to consumers and that consumers have reasonable methods available to revoke the authorization.
The Bureau did not propose revisions to existing comments 12(d)(1)-3 or 12(d)(3)-2. Nonetheless, as discussed in more detail below, the Bureau is adopting revisions to comment 12(d)(3)-2 to be consistent with new § 1026.61, changes in the final rule to the definition of “finance charge” in final § 1026.4, and the definition of “charges imposed as part of the plan” in final § 1026.6(b)(3). To reflect these changes and to facilitate compliance with § 1026.12(d), the Bureau is adding comment 12(d)(3)-2.iii to provide that the offset prohibition in final § 1026.12(d) does not prohibit a card issuer from automatically deducting any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account that is not a charge imposed as part of the plan under final § 1026.6(b)(3) from a consumer's deposit account, such a prepaid account, held by the card issuer. This clarification applies to both covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card and non-covered separate credit features that are subject to final § 1026.12(d).
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below, new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i) provides that a prepaid card is a “hybrid prepaid-credit card” with respect to a separate credit feature if the card meets the following two conditions: (1) The card can be used from time to time to access credit from the separate credit feature in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers; and (2) the separate credit feature is offered by the prepaid account issuer,
Nonetheless, new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii) provides that a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a separate credit feature that does not meet both of the conditions above, for example, where the credit feature is offered by an unrelated third party that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate or its business partner. As described in new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii), a non-covered separate credit feature is not subject to the rules applicable to hybrid prepaid-credit cards; however, it typically will be subject to Regulation Z depending on its own terms and conditions, independent of the connection to the prepaid account. Thus, a non-covered separate credit feature may be subject to the provisions in § 1026.12(d) in its own right based on the terms and conditions of the non-covered separate credit feature, independent of the connection to the prepaid account.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.6(b)(3) above, the Bureau is adding new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D) and new comment 6(b)(3)(iii)(D)-1 which provide that with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61, the term “charges imposed as part of the plan” does not include any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account to the extent that the amount of the fee or charge does not exceed comparable fees or charges imposed on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that do not have a credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. As described in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.4(b)(11) above, these fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are not finance charges under new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii). With respect to a covered separate credit feature, new comment 12(d)(3)-2.iii makes clear that final § 1026.12(d) does not prevent a card issuer from automatically deducting from a consumer's deposit account, such as a prepaid account, held with the card issuer any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account that is not a charge imposed as part of the plan under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D) with respect to the covered separate credit feature. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analyses of §§ 1026.4 and 1026.6, the Bureau believes that fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account that are not finance charges, and thus are not charges imposed as part of the plan under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D), are more appropriately regulated under Regulation E than under Regulation Z with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
The Bureau also is adding new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(E) and new comment 6(b)(3)(iii)(E)-1, which provide that with regard to a non-covered separate credit feature accessible by a prepaid card, as defined in § 1026.61, the term “charges imposed as part of the plan” does not include any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account. New comment 61(b)(3)(iii)(E)-1 also cross-references new comment 4(b)(11)-1.ii.B, which provides that fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are not finance charges with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. With respect to a non-covered separate credit feature, new comment 12(d)(3)-2.iii makes clear that final § 1026.12(d) does not prevent a card issuer from automatically deducting from a consumer's deposit account, such as a prepaid account, held with the card issuer any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account that is not a charge imposed as part of the plan under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(E) with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. Because none of the fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are charges imposed as part of the plan with respect to a non-covered separate credit feature under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(E), final § 1026.12(d) does not prevent a card issuer from automatically deducting any of these fees or charges from a consumer's deposit account, such as a prepaid account, held with the card issuer. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analyses of §§ 1026.4 and 1026.6, the Bureau believes that fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account are more appropriately regulated under Regulation E rather than Regulation Z with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature.
TILA section 161, as implemented in existing § 1026.13, sets forth error resolution procedures for billing errors that relate to any extension of credit that is made in connection with an open-end account or credit card account. Specifically, it requires a consumer to provide written notice of an error within 60 days after the first periodic statement reflecting the alleged error is sent.
Existing § 1026.13(a) defines a “billing error” for purposes of the error resolution procedures. Under existing § 1026.13(a)(3), the term “billing error” includes disputes about an extension of credit for property or services not accepted by the consumer or not delivered to the consumer as agreed. Existing comment 13(a)(3)-2 explains that, in certain circumstances, a consumer may assert a billing error under existing § 1026.13(a)(3) with respect to property or services obtained through any extension of credit made in connection with a consumer's use of a third-party payment service.
Proposed § 1026.2(a)(15)(vii) would have provided a definition for “account number where extensions of credit are permitted to be deposited directly only into particular prepaid accounts specified by the creditor.” As used in the proposal, this term would have meant an account number that is not a prepaid card that may be used from time to time to access a credit plan that allows deposits directly into particular prepaid accounts specified by the creditor but does not allow the consumer to deposit directly extensions of credit from the plan into asset accounts other than particular prepaid accounts specified by the creditor. Proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.G would have provided that these account numbers were credit cards under the proposal.
Similar to the provision relating to third-party intermediaries, the proposal would have added proposed comment 13(a)(3)-2.ii to address situations where goods or services are purchased using funds deposited into a prepaid account and those funds are credit drawn from a credit plan that is accessed by an account number where extensions of credit are permitted to be deposited directly only into particular prepaid
The Bureau did not receive specific comments on proposed comment 13(a)(3)-2.ii. For the reasons set forth in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.2(a)(15)(i), the Bureau has not adopted proposed § 1026.2(a)(15)(vii) and proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.G that would have made these account numbers into credit cards under Regulation Z. Thus, Bureau has not adopted proposed comment 13(a)(3)-2.ii related to these account numbers.
Existing § 1026.13(i) provides guidance on whether billing error provisions under Regulation E or Regulation Z apply in certain overdraft-related transactions. Specifically, existing § 1026.13(i) provides that if an extension of credit is incident to an EFT and is under an agreement between a consumer and a financial institution to extend credit when the consumer's account is overdrawn or to maintain a specified minimum balance in the consumer's account, the creditor must comply with the requirements of Regulation E § 1005.11 governing error resolution rather than those of existing § 1026.13(a), (b), (c), (e), (f), and (h). The provisions of existing § 1026.13 (d) and (g) would still apply to the credit portion of these transactions.
As discussed in the
As discussed in existing comment 13(i)-1, credit extended directly from a non-overdraft credit line is governed solely by Regulation Z, even though a combined credit card/access device is used to obtain the extension.
First, the proposal would have moved the existing language of current § 1026.13(i) to proposed § 1026.13(i)(1) and would have revised that language to specify that this provision would apply to asset accounts that are not prepaid accounts. Second, existing comment 13(i)-2 would have been revised to specify that the comment only apply to asset accounts that are not prepaid accounts. Third, existing comment 13(i)-3 would have been revised to specify that the example set forth in that comment only applies to debit cards. Proposed § 1026.2(a)(15)(iv) would have defined “debit card” to mean “any card, plate, or other single device that may be used from time to time to access an asset account other than a prepaid account.” The proposed definition of “debit card” also would have specified that it does not include a prepaid card.
The proposal would have added proposed § 1026.13(i)(2) to provide that with respect to a credit plan in connection with a prepaid account, a creditor must comply with the requirements of existing Regulation E § 1005.11 governing error resolution rather than those of § 1026.13(a), (b), (c), (e), (f), and (h) with respect to an extension of credit incident to an EFT when the consumer's prepaid account is overdrawn if the credit plan is subject to subpart B of this regulation. The provisions of existing § 1026.13(d) and (g) would still apply to the credit portion of these transactions.
The proposal also would have added proposed comment 13(i)-4 to provide guidance on how proposed § 1026.13(i)(2) would have applied to credit plans in connection with prepaid accounts. Specifically, proposed comment 13(i)-4 would have provided that for a credit extension involving a credit plan in connection with a prepaid account that is subject to subpart B, when the credit extension is incident to an EFT and occurs when the prepaid account is overdrawn, whether Regulation E or Regulation Z applies depends on the nature of the transaction. For example, if the transaction solely involves an extension of credit under an overdraft plan and does not include a debit to the prepaid account, the error resolution requirements of Regulation Z would have applied. If the transaction debited a prepaid account only (with no credit extended under the overdraft plan), the provisions of Regulation E would have applied. Nonetheless, under the proposal, if the transaction debits a prepaid account but also draws on an overdraft plan subject to subpart B, a creditor would have been required to comply with the requirements of existing Regulation E § 1005.11 and proposed § 1005.18(e) governing error resolution, rather than those of § 1026.13 (a), (b), (c), (e), (f), and (h).
Proposed comment 13(i)-5 would have explained that an overdraft credit plan would not be subject to subpart B if the credit plan is only accessed by a prepaid card that is not a credit card. Under proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.F, a prepaid card would not have been a credit card if the prepaid card only accesses credit that is not subject to any finance charge, as defined in § 1026.4, or fee described in § 1026.4(c), and is not payable by written agreement in more than four installments. For these types of credit plans, under the proposal, only the error resolution provisions in Regulation E would have applied.
The Bureau did not receive comment on this aspect of the proposal. Consistent with the proposal, the Bureau is adopting § 1026.13(i) as proposed, with several technical revisions to clarify the intent of the provision and to be consistent with new § 1026.61.
As discussed in more detail below, the Bureau also is adding new § 1026.13(i)(2) to provide guidance on how the error resolution provision in Regulations E and Z apply to transactions with respect to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61. As a technical revision, the Bureau also is revising final § 1026.13(i) to reference the error resolution provisions in both final Regulation E §§ 1005.11 and 1005.18(e) as applicable because the Regulation E error resolution rules that apply to prepaid accounts are set forth in both final §§ 1005.11 and 1005.18(e). Specifically, with respect to covered separate credit features, a creditor must comply with the requirements of final Regulation E §§ 1005.11 and 1005.18(e) governing error resolution rather than those of existing § 1026.13(a), (b), (c), (e), (f), and (h) with respect to an extension of credit incident to an EFT when the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses both funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account and a credit extension from the credit feature with respect to a particular transaction. The provisions of existing § 1026.13(d) and (g) still apply to the credit portions of these transactions. The final rule also is adopting comment 13(i)-4 as proposed with revisions to be consistent with new § 1026.61. The Bureau has revised the guidance in new comment 13(i)-5 to be consistent with new § 1026.61.
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below, a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card includes an overdraft credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner that can be accessed by a prepaid card (except as provided in new § 1026.61(a)(4)). The prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61 and a credit card under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
The Bureau is adding new § 1026.13(i)(2) to provide guidance on how the error resolution provisions in Regulations E and Z apply to transactions with respect to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61. Specifically, with respect to these credit features, a creditor must comply with the requirements of final Regulation E §§ 1005.11 and 1005.18(e) governing error resolution rather than those of existing § 1026.13(a), (b), (c), (e), (f), and (h) with respect to an extension of credit incident to an EFT when the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses both funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account and a credit extension from the credit feature with respect to a particular transaction. The provisions of existing § 1026.13(d) and (g) still apply to the credit portion of these transactions.
In addition, the Bureau is adopting proposed comment 13(i)-4 with revisions to be consistent with new § 1026.61. New comment 13(i)-4 provides that with respect to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, whether Regulation E or Regulation Z applies depends on the nature of the transaction. If the transaction solely involves an extension of credit under a covered separate credit feature and does not access funds from the asset feature of the prepaid account, the error resolution requirements of Regulation Z apply. New comment 13(i)-4.i provides the following example: Assume that there is $0 in the asset feature of the prepaid account, and the consumer makes a $25 transaction with the card. The error resolution requirements of Regulation Z apply to the transaction. New comment 13(i)-4.i provides that this is true regardless of whether the $25 of credit is drawn directly from the covered separate credit feature without a transfer to the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the transaction, or whether the $25 of credit is transferred from the covered separate credit feature to the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the transaction.
New comment 13(i)-4.ii provides that if the transaction accesses funds from the asset feature of a prepaid account only (with no credit extended under the covered separate credit feature), the provisions of Regulation E apply.
New comment 13(i)-4.iii provides that if the transaction accesses funds from the asset feature of a prepaid account but also involves an extension of credit under the covered separate credit feature, a creditor must comply with the requirements of final Regulation E §§ 1005.11 and 1005.18(e) governing error resolution rather than those of § 1026.13(a), (b), (c), (e), (f), and (h). New comment 13(i)-4.iii provides the following illustration: Assume that there is $10 in the asset feature of the prepaid account, and the consumer makes a $25 transaction with the card. The error resolution requirements of Regulations E and Z apply as described above to the transaction. New comment 13(i)-4.iii also provides that this is true regardless of whether $10 is debited from the asset feature and $15 of credit is drawn directly from the covered separate credit feature without a transfer to the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the transaction, or whether $15 of credit is transferred from the covered separate credit feature to the asset feature of the prepaid account and a $25 transaction is debited from the asset feature to cover the amount of the transaction.
Except with respect to prepaid accounts as defined in § 1026.61, new § 1026.13(i)(1) focuses on whether there is an agreement between a consumer and a financial institution to extend credit when the consumer's account is overdrawn or to maintain a specified minimum balance in the consumer's account, consistent with current § 1026.13(i). On the other hand, for covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, new § 1026.13(i)(2) applies if credit is extended under a covered separate credit feature that is accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit card and the transaction involves an extension of credit incident to an EFT when the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses both funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account and a credit extension from the credit feature. As described in new comment 61(a)(1)-1, a prepaid card can be a hybrid prepaid-credit card under Regulation Z even if, for example, the person that can extend credit does not
The Bureau believes that it is appropriate to apply the error resolution procedures in Regulation E generally to transactions that debit a prepaid account but also draw on a covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card. The Bureau believes that this approach is consistent with EFTA section 909(c), which applies EFTA's limits on liability for unauthorized use to transactions which involve both an unauthorized EFT and an extension of credit pursuant to an agreement between the consumer and the financial institution to extend such credit to the consumer in the event the consumer's account is overdrawn.
An unauthorized EFT on a prepaid account generally would be subject to the limits on liability in existing Regulation E § 1005.6 and final § 1005.18(e); an unauthorized EFT on a prepaid account also is an error for purposes of the error resolution procedures set forth in existing Regulation E § 1005.11(a)(1) and final § 1005.18(e). Although billing errors under existing § 1026.13(a) include a broader category than only unauthorized use, the Bureau believes it is necessary and proper to exercise its adjustment and exception authority under TILA section 105(a) to apply Regulation E's error resolution provisions and limited Regulation Z error resolution provisions to these transactions, to facilitate compliance with EFTA section 908 and TILA section 161 on error resolution. The Bureau is concerned that conflicting provisions could apply to transactions that debit a prepaid account but also draw on a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card if Regulation E's provisions applied to limits on liability for unauthorized use, and Regulation Z's provisions generally apply to investigation of billing errors, including transactions involving unauthorized use. To avoid these potential conflicts and to facilitate compliance, new § 1026.13(i)(2) requires a creditor to comply with the requirements of final Regulation E §§ 1005.11 and 1005.18(e) governing error resolution, rather than those of § 1026.13(a), (b), (c), (e), (f), and (h), if the transaction debits a prepaid account but also draws on a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. This approach is also consistent with the existing provisions in Regulation E § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv) and Regulation Z § 1026.13(i), which apply Regulation E's liability limitation and error resolution procedures to an extension of credit that is incident to an EFT for overdraft lines of credit accessed by debit cards.
As discussed above, proposed comment 13(i)-5 would have explained that an overdraft credit plan would not be subject to subpart B if the credit plan is only accessed by a prepaid card that is not a credit card. Under proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.F, a prepaid card would not have been a credit card if the prepaid card only accesses credit that is not subject to any finance charge, as defined in § 1026.4, or fee described in § 1026.4(c), and is not payable by written agreement in more than four installments. For these types of credit plans, under the proposal, only the error resolution provisions in Regulation E would have applied.
The Bureau did not receive any specific comment on proposed comment 13(i)-5. The Bureau has revised the guidance in new comment 13(i)-5 to be consistent with new § 1026.61 and with revisions to Regulation E § 1005.12(a).
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61 below, the Bureau has decided to exclude prepaid cards from being covered as credit cards under Regulation Z when they access certain specified types of credit. First, under new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii), a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a “non-covered separate credit feature,” which means that the separate credit feature either (1) cannot be accessed in the course of a prepaid card transaction to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers; or (2) is offered by an unrelated third party that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. A non-covered separate credit feature is not subject to the rules applicable to hybrid prepaid-credit cards; however, it typically will be subject to Regulation Z depending on its own terms and conditions, independent of the connection to the prepaid account. Second, under new § 1026.61(a)(4), a prepaid card also is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card when the prepaid card accesses incidental credit in the form of a negative balance on the asset account where the prepaid account issuer generally does not charge credit-related fees for the credit. A prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61 or a credit card under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) when it accesses credit from these types of credit features. For more detailed explanations of when prepaid cards are not credit cards under Regulation Z, see the section-by-section analyses of § 1026.61(a)(2) and (4) below.
New comment 13(i)-5 explains that Regulation E § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(C) and (D), and (2)(iii) provide guidance on whether error resolution procedures in Regulations E or Z apply to transactions involving credit features that are accessed by prepaid cards that are not hybrid prepaid-credit cards as defined in § 1026.61. New Regulation E § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(C) provides that with respect to transactions that involve credit extended through a negative balance to the asset feature of a prepaid account that meets the conditions set forth in § 1026.61(a)(4), these transactions are governed solely by error resolution procedures in Regulation E, and Regulation Z does not apply. New Regulation E § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(D) and (2)(iii), taken together, provide that with respect to transactions involving a prepaid account and a non-covered separate credit feature as defined in § 1026.61, a financial institution must comply with Regulation E's error resolution procedures with respect to transactions that access the prepaid account as applicable, and the creditor must comply with Regulation Z's error resolution procedures with respect to transactions that access the non-covered separate credit feature, as applicable.
The Bureau notes that overdraft credit features that are exempt under new § 1026.61(a)(4) would not be subject to final § 1026.13(i) because these credit features are not accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards and are not subject to Regulation Z generally (including § 1026.13).
A non-covered separate credit feature may be subject to the provisions in § 1026.13 generally in its own right based on the terms and conditions of the non-covered separate credit feature, independent of the connection to the prepaid account. Nonetheless, even if § 1026.13 generally is applicable to a non-covered separate credit feature, final § 1026.13(i) will not be applicable to the credit feature. Instead, the prepaid account issuer must comply with Regulation E with respect to the transactions on the prepaid account, and the creditor must comply with Regulation Z with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. The Bureau believes that it is appropriate that a non-related third-party creditor must comply only with Regulation Z error resolution procedures with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature even if the credit feature functions as an overdraft credit feature
Except for existing § 1026.60, which concerns certain credit card disclosures, all of the provisions in subpart G implement the Credit CARD Act. The provisions in subpart G that implement the Credit CARD Act generally apply to a “card issuer,” as defined in existing § 1026.2(a)(7), that extends credit under a “credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan,” as defined in existing § 1026.2(a)(15)(ii).
• Prohibit card issuers from extending credit without assessing the consumer's ability to pay, with special rules regarding the extension of credit to persons under the age of 21.
• Restrict the amount of required fees that an issuer can charge during the first year after an account is opened.
• Limit the amount card issuers can charge for “back-end” penalty fees, such as when a consumer makes a late payment or exceeds his or her credit limit.
• Ban “declined transaction fees” and other penalty fees where there is no cost to the card issuer associated with the violation of the account agreement.
• Restrict the circumstances under which card issuers can increase interest rates and certain fees on credit card accounts and establish procedures for doing so.
• Restrict fees for over-the-limit transactions to one per billing cycle and require that the consumer opt-in to payment of such transactions in order for the fee to be charged.
• Require institutions of higher education to publicly disclose agreements with card issuers and limit the marketing of credit cards on or near college campuses.
The Bureau is adding a new § 1026.61 which defines when a prepaid card is a credit card under Regulation Z (using the term “hybrid prepaid-credit card”). As discussed in the
New § 1026.61(c) (moved from § 1026.12(h) in the proposal) provides that with respect to a covered separate credit feature that could be accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card at any point, a card issuer must not do any of the following until 30 days after the prepaid account has been registered: (1) Open a covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card; (2) make a solicitation or provide an application to open a covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card; or (3) allow an existing credit feature that was opened prior to the consumer obtaining the prepaid account to become a covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61 below, the Bureau also has decided to exclude prepaid cards from being covered as credit cards under Regulation Z when they access certain specified types of credit. First, under new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii), a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a “non-covered separate credit feature,” which means that the separate credit feature either (1) cannot be accessed in the course of a prepaid card transaction to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers; or (2) is offered by an unrelated third party that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. Second, under new § 1026.61(a)(4), a prepaid card also is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card when the prepaid card accesses incidental credit in the form of a negative balance on the asset account where the prepaid account issuer generally does not charge credit-related fees for the credit. A prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61 or a credit card under new § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) when it accesses credit from these types of credit features. For more detailed explanations of when prepaid cards are not credit cards under Regulation Z, see the section-by-section analyses of § 1026.61(a)(2) and (4) below.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.2(a)(20) above, the Bureau anticipates that most covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards will meet the definition of “open-end credit” and that credit will not be home-secured. See the section-by-section analysis of the definition of “credit” in final § 1026.2(a)(14), the definition of “open-end-credit” in final § 1026.2(a)(20), and the definition of “finance charge” in final § 1026.4. In addition, as discussed in the section-by-section analyses of § 1026.2(a)(7), (15)(i), and (ii) above, a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card that is an open-end (not home-secured) credit plan is a “credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan,” and the person issuing the hybrid prepaid-credit card (and its affiliate or business partner if that entity is offering the covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card) are “card issuers.” As a result, pursuant to the final rule, provisions in subpart G generally will apply to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid
As discussed in more detail below, the Bureau is amending commentary to the following provisions to provide guidance on how certain provisions in subpart G would apply to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards that are open-end (not home-secured) credit plans:
(1) Section 1026.52(a), which restricts required fees charged during the first year the account is opened;
(2) Section 1026.52(b), which restricts the imposition of penalty fees, including the ban on declined transaction fees;
(3) Section 1026.55(a), which restricts the circumstances under which card issuers can increase interest rates and certain fees on credit card accounts; and
(4) Section 1026.57, which limits the marketing of credit cards to college students.
The final rule also provides guidance on how provisions in existing § 1026.52(a) and (b), and in existing §§ 1026.55 and 1026.60, apply to non-covered separate credit features that are accessible by prepaid cards as defined by new § 1026.61. A non-covered separate credit feature may be subject to the provisions in § 1026.52(a) and (b), and in existing §§ 1026.55 and 1026.60, in its own right based on the terms and conditions of the non-covered separate credit feature, independent of the connection to the prepaid account. The final rule provides that with respect to such non-covered separate credit features, the provisions in existing § 1026.52(a) and (b), and in existing §§ 1026.55 and 1026.60, do not apply to fees or charges imposed on a prepaid account in relation to non-covered separate credit features.
TILA section 127(n)(1) restricts the imposition of certain fees during the first year after opening a credit card account under an open-end consumer credit plan in order to restrict certain “fee harvester” or subprime credit cards that charged a large amount of fees early in the account relationship to the credit line, which significantly reduced the credit available to a consumer during the first year. Specifically, the statute provides that no payment of any fees (other than any late fee, over-the-limit fee, or fee for a payment returned for insufficient funds) may be made from the credit made available under the terms of the account where the account terms would require consumers to pay an aggregate amount of non-exempt fees in excess of 25 percent of the total amount of credit authorized under the account when the account is opened.
This provision is implemented in existing § 1026.52(a). Specifically, existing § 1026.52(a)(1) provides that generally the total amount of fees a consumer is required to pay with respect to a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan during the first year after account opening must not exceed 25 percent of the credit limit in effect when the account is opened. Under existing § 1026.52(a)(2), fees not subject to the 25 percent restriction are late payment fees, over-the-limit fees, returned-payment fees, or fees that the consumer is not required to pay with respect to the account. Existing comment 52(a)(1)-1 provides that the 25 percent limit in existing § 1026.52(a)(1) applies to fees that the card issuer charges to the account as well as to fees that the card issuer requires the consumer to pay with respect to the account through other means (such as through a payment from the consumer's asset account to the card issuer or from another credit account provided by the card issuer).
The proposal would have amended existing comment 52(a)(1)-1 to add a prepaid account as an example of a consumer's asset account. Thus, under the proposal, for a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan that is accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card, the 25 percent limit in existing § 1026.52(a)(1) would have applied to fees that the card issuer charges to the credit card account as well as to fees that the card issuer requires the consumer to pay with respect to the account through other means (such as through a payment to the card issuer from the consumer's prepaid account or other asset account or from another credit account provided by the card issuer). Proposed comment 52(a)(1)-1.iii and iv would have added two new examples to existing comment52(a)(1)-1 to illustrate how the prohibition in existing § 1026.52(a) would have applied to credit card accounts under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan that are accessed by prepaid cards that are credit cards.
One industry trade association indicated that the Bureau should not apply the 25 percent cap to fees imposed for overdrafts on prepaid accounts or should include broader exemptions for fees (such as for cash advance fees) that are more appropriately tailored for prepaid account usage. This commenter believed that the 25 percent cap on fees imposed during the first year the credit card account is opened will likely make it cost-prohibitive for issuers to provide overdraft and other credit features.
Several consumer group commenters indicated that the restriction in existing § 1026.52(a) should be expanded to apply beyond the first year after a credit feature accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card is opened. One of the consumer groups indicated that in the alternative, the rule could state that any increase in the credit limit under a credit feature accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card constitutes a new credit agreement and results in another year where fees cannot exceed 25 percent of the credit limit. This commenter indicated that without this safeguard, a card issuer could offer a very small amount of credit free of charge for a year, and then increase the credit limit after the first year while charging any fees it wishes, potentially causing cardholders serious harm.
Several consumer group commenters also indicated that the restriction in existing § 1026.52(a) should apply to fees that are charged by the card issuer
The Bureau sought comment on whether additional amendments to the regulation or commentary would be helpful to effectuate its interpretation of the statute or to facilitate compliance. For example, the Bureau sought comment on whether it would be helpful to mandate the disclosure to consumers of the initial credit line that is made available under the terms of the account, including any linked credit accounts. One consumer group commenter also indicated that with respect to a credit feature accessed by prepaid cards that are credit cards, card issuers should be required to disclose to consumers the credit limit that will apply to the credit feature. This commenter indicated that consumers should not have to guess at their credit limits. This commenter indicated that the restrictions in existing § 1026.52(a) cannot fully protect consumers unless they know what their credit limit is and can check to see if fees exceed 25 percent of that limit.
As discussed below, consistent with the proposal, existing § 1026.52(a) applies to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card that is a “credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan,” as that term is defined in final § 1026.2(a)(15)(ii). As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below, a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card includes an overdraft credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner that can be accessed by a prepaid card (except as provided in new § 1026.61(a)(4)). The prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61 and a credit card under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
In addition, the Bureau is adopting revisions to existing comment52(a)(1)-1 consistent with the proposal with a technical revision to refer to § 1026.61 for the definition of “prepaid account.” Also, the Bureau is adopting the examples in proposed comment 52(a)(1)-1.iii and iv as proposed, with several technical revisions to clarify the intent of the examples and to be consistent with new § 1026.61.
With respect to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards, the Bureau has not expanded the scope of the restriction in existing § 1026.52(a) to apply this restriction beyond the first year the credit feature is opened, or to apply to fees that are charged prior to account opening. In addition, the Bureau has not provided that that any increase in the credit limit under a credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card constitutes a new credit agreement and results in another year where fees cannot exceed 25 percent of the credit limit. Also, the Bureau has not exempted additional credit-related fees (such as for cash advance fees) from the restriction in existing § 1026.52(a), as requested by one industry commenter as discussed above. The Bureau believes that existing § 1026.52(a) should apply to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards in similar circumstances in which it applies to other credit card accounts that are subject to that restriction.
The Bureau also has not required card issuers to disclose credit limits on covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards. For customer-service reasons and other reasons, credit card issuers typically disclose the credit limits applicable to credit card accounts to consumers even though that disclosure is not specifically required by TILA and Regulation Z. For similar reasons, the Bureau believes that card issuers that are providing covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards will have an incentive to disclose the credit limits on these credit features as well. For these reasons, the Bureau at this time does not believe that it is necessary under Regulation Z to require that card issuers providing covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards must disclose a credit limit with respect to these credit features.
Existing § 1026.52(a)(2) provides that the 25 percent restriction does not apply to late payment fees, over-the-limit fees, returned-payment fees, or fees that the consumer is not required to pay with respect to the account. Existing comment 52(a)(2)-1 provides guidance on the types of fees that are included in the 25 percent threshold. Specifically, existing comment 52(a)(2)-1 provides that except as provided in existing § 1026.52(a)(2), existing § 1026.52(a) applies to any fees or other charges that a card issuer will or may require the consumer to pay with respect to a credit card account during the first year after account opening, other than charges attributable to periodic interest rates. The existing comment further clarifies that for example, § 1026.52(a) applies to: (1) Fees that the consumer is required to pay for the issuance or availability of credit described in § 1026.60(b)(2), including any fee based on account activity or inactivity and any fee that a consumer is required to pay in order to receive a particular credit limit; (2) fees for insurance described in § 1026.4(b)(7) or debt cancellation or debt suspension coverage described in § 1026.4(b)(10) written in connection with a credit transaction, if the insurance or debt cancellation or debt suspension coverage is required by the terms of the account; (3) fees that the consumer is required to pay in order to engage in transactions using the account (such as cash advance fees, balance transfer fees, foreign transaction fees, and fees for using the account for purchases); (4) fees that the consumer is required to pay for violating the terms of the account (except to the extent specifically excluded by existing § 1026.52(a)(2)(i)); (5) fixed finance charges; and (6) minimum charges imposed if a charge would otherwise have been determined by applying a periodic interest rate to a balance except for the fact that such charge is smaller than the minimum.
The proposal would have moved current comments 52(a)(2)-2 and -3 to proposed comments 52(a)(2)-4 and -5, respectively with no intended substantive change. The Bureau proposed to add new comment 52(a)(2)-2 that would have provided additional examples of the types of fees that would be covered by the 25 percent limitation for credit card accounts under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan that are accessed by prepaid cards that are credit cards. Specifically, proposed comment 52(a)(2)-2 would have provided that except as provided in existing § 1026.52(a)(2), existing § 1026.52(a) applies to any charge or fee, other than a charge attributable to a periodic interest rate, that the card issuer will or may require the consumer to pay in connection with a credit account accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card, including fees that are assessed on the prepaid account in connection with credit accessed by the prepaid card. Under proposed comment 52(a)(2)-2, these fees would have included, but would not have been limited to: (1) Per transaction fees for “shortages” or “overdrafts;” (2) fees for transferring funds from a credit account to a prepaid account that are both accessed by the prepaid card; (3) a daily, weekly, or monthly (or other periodic) fee (other than a periodic interest rate) assessed each period a prepaid account is in “overdraft” status, or would be in overdraft status but for funds supplied by a linked line of credit accessed by the prepaid card; or (4) a daily, weekly, or
The proposal also would have revised the section heading to § 1026.52(a) to delete the reference to limitations prior to account opening to be consistent with the scope of the limitations set forth in § 1026.52(a); no substantive change would have been intended.
One consumer group commenter indicated that the Bureau should clarify that “load” fees are included for purposes of the 25 percent restriction, even if they are charged to the prepaid account. This commenter indicated that transfer fees and a load fees are essentially the same thing and the card issuer should not be allowed to evade the restriction in existing § 1026.52(a) by charging the fees to the prepaid account.
In the final rule, the Bureau is moving existing comments 52(a)(2)-2 and -3 to final comments 52(a)(2)-4 and -5 respectively; no substantive change is intended. In addition, the section heading to § 1026.52(a) is revised to delete the reference to limitations prior to account opening to be consistent with the scope of the limitations set forth in § 1026.52(a); no substantive change is intended. As discussed in more detail below, the Bureau is adding new comments 52(a)(2)-2 and -3 to provide guidance on how § 1026.52(a) applies to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards and non-covered separate credit features as defined in § 1026.61 that are subject to § 1026.52(a).
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.6 above, with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, a fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account is a “charge imposed as part of the plan” under final § 1026.6(b)(3) to the extent that the amount of the fee or charge exceeds comparable fees or charges imposed on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that do not have a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. This fee or charge also is a finance charge under new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii).
The Bureau believes that the restriction on fees set forth in TILA section 127(n)(1), as implemented in existing § 1026.52(a), provides important protections for consumers, particularly in the context of covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards. As discussed above, a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii) includes an overdraft credit feature offered by prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner in connection with a prepaid account. In this case, the covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card is designed to provide liquidity to the prepaid account. As discussed above, except as provided in existing § 1026.52(a)(2), with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61, the restriction in final § 1026.52(a) applies to fees or charges imposed on the covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, as well as fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account when those fees are “charges imposed as part of the plan” under final § 1026.6(b)(3).
Although the Bureau believes that issuers will generally assess credit-related fees on the covered separate credit feature, TILA section 127(n)(1) applies to “any fees,” with some exceptions, that the consumer is required to pay under the terms of a credit card account under an open-end consumer credit plan. That term readily encompasses credit-related fees that are imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account because it speaks to what the fees relate to, not where they are placed. Even if the term were ambiguous, the Bureau believes—based on its expertise and experience with respect to credit card markets—that interpreting it to encompass credit-related fees imposed on the asset feature would promote the purposes of TILA to protect the consumer against inaccurate and unfair credit billing and credit card practices. The Bureau believes that from the consumer's perspective, there is no practical difference between a fee charged against the covered separate credit feature and a credit-related fee charged to the asset feature of the prepaid account in order to access credit because both functionally reduce the total amount of credit available to the consumer through the covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card until such fees are paid. If TILA section 127(n)(1) were not interpreted to include credit-related fees charged across any linked accounts, the Bureau is concerned that card issuers could hide non-exempt fees by imposing them on the asset feature of the prepaid account or by creating separate artificially distinct credit accounts and attempting to collect the non-exempt fees from those linked credit accounts.
The Bureau also is adding new comment 52(a)(2)-3 to provide that final § 1026.52(a) does not apply to any fee or
As discussed above, one consumer group commenter indicated that the Bureau should clarify that “load” fees are included for purposes of the 25 percent restriction, even if they are charged to the prepaid account. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii) above, new comment 4(b)(11)(ii)-1 sets forth the circumstances in which load or transfer fees imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are finance charges under new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii). To the extent that a load fee or transfer fee that is imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account is a finance charge under new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii), that load or transfer fee is subject to the 25 percent restriction under § 1026.52(a) because those fees would be “charges imposed as part of the plan” under final § 1026.6(b)(3).
With respect to such non-covered separate credit features that are subject to § 1026.52(a), new comment 52(a)(2)-3 also provides that final § 1026.52(a) does not apply to any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account that is not a charge imposed as part of the plan under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(E) with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. Under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(E) and new comment 6(b)(3)(iii)(E)-1, with respect to a non-covered separate credit feature that is accessible by a prepaid card as defined in new § 1026.61, none of the fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are “charges imposed as part of the plan” under final § 1026.6(b)(3) with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. New comment 6(b)(3)(iii)(E)-1 also cross-references new comment 4(b)(11)-1.ii.B, which provides that none of the fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are finance charges under final § 1026.4 with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. Thus, final § 1026.52(a) does not apply to any fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analyses of §§ 1026.4 and 1026.6 above, the Bureau believes that fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account are more appropriately regulated under Regulation E, rather than regulated under Regulation Z, with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature.
TILA section 149(a) provides that the amount of any penalty fee or charge that a card issuer may impose with respect to a credit card account under an open-end consumer credit plan in connection with any omission with respect to, or violation of, the cardholder agreement, including any late payment fee, over-the-limit fee, or any other penalty fee or charge, shall be reasonable and proportional to such omission or violation.
Implementing TILA section 149, existing § 1026.52(b) provides that a card issuer must not impose a fee for violating the terms or other requirements of a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan unless the dollar amount of the fee: (1) Is consistent with either the cost analysis in existing § 1026.52(b)(1)(i) or the safe harbors in existing § 1026.52(b)(1)(ii); and (2) does not exceed the dollar amount associated with the violation in accordance with existing § 1026.52(b)(2)(i). Under existing § 1026.52(b)(2)(ii), a card issuer also must not impose more than one fee for violating the terms or other requirements of a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan based on a single event or transaction.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.52(b)(2)(i)(B) below, the Bureau proposed guidance on declined transaction fees in relation to credit card accounts under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan accessed by prepaid cards that would have been credit cards under the proposal. These declined transaction fees are discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.52(b)(2)(i)(B) below.
The Bureau did not propose any other additional guidance in relation to § 1026.52(b) with respect to credit card accounts under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan accessed by prepaid cards that would have been credit cards under the proposal. Nonetheless, the Bureau believes that additional guidance is needed with respect to the restrictions on penalty fees contained in final § 1026.52(b) given the changes in the final rule to the definition of “finance charge” in final § 1026.4, and the definition of “charges imposed as part of the plan” in final § 1026.6(b)(3), and the addition of new § 1026.61.
As discussed in more detail below, the final rule adds new comment 52(b)-3 to provide guidance on how the restrictions in final § 1026.52(b) generally apply to fees or charges imposed in connection with covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards, as defined in new § 1026.61, where the credit feature is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan. The final rule also adds new comment 52(b)-4 to provide that the restrictions in final § 1026.52(b) do not apply to fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account with respect to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards when the fees or charges are not “charges imposed as part of the plan” under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D) with respect to the covered separate credit feature. Comment 52(b)-4 also provides that the restrictions in final § 1026.52(b) do not apply to fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account with respect to non-covered separate credit features.
In addition, in the proposal, the Bureau solicited comment on issues related to fees imposed by card issuers when preauthorized payments are returned unpaid. Specifically, the Bureau solicited comment on situations where at the time a preauthorized payment is set to occur, the prepaid account does not have sufficient funds to cover the amount of the credit card payment. The Bureau solicited comment on: (1) How credit card issuers anticipate handling this situation, including cases where the prepaid account contains funds sufficient to pay some but not all of the credit card payment due; (2) whether issuers anticipate charging a specific fee because the preauthorized payment could not be completed, in addition to any late fee that might be charged if the credit card balance were not paid by the due date; and (3) whether the Bureau should adopt any specific rules to address these issues, and if so, what rules should the Bureau adopt.
The proposal included this request for comment in the discussion of the offset prohibition in proposed § 1026.12(d). With respect to credit card accounts accessed by prepaid cards that would have been credit cards under the proposal, proposed § 1026.12(d)(3) would have allowed an exception for certain preauthorized payment plans to the offset prohibition in proposed § 1026.12(d)(1). In response to this request for comment, several consumer group commenters indicated that the Bureau should adopt additional restrictions in § 1026.52(b) related to the circumstances in which card issuers can charge fees when preauthorized payments are returned unpaid and/or related to the amount of the fees. As discussed in more detail below, one consumer group commenter indicated that the Bureau should prohibit these fees under § 1026.52(b). Several consumer group commenters indicated that the Bureau should adopt additional restrictions in § 1026.52(b) limiting the circumstances in which these fees can be charged and limiting the amount of the fees.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.12(d)(3) above, respect to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards, as defined in new § 1026.61, final § 1026.12(d)(3) sets forth an exception for certain preauthorized payment plans with respect to the offset prohibition in final § 1026.12(d). As discussed in more detail below, the restrictions in existing § 1026.52(b) related to returned payment fees apply to fees that are imposed by card issuers when preauthorized payments are returned unpaid. The Bureau does not believe that additional restrictions are needed at this time under final § 1026.52(b) with respect to the circumstances in which these fees can be charged or the amount of the fees in connection with covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards.
New § 1026.61(b) generally requires that such credit features be structured as separate subaccounts or accounts, distinct from the prepaid asset account, to facilitate transparency and compliance with various Regulation Z requirements. To reflect this change and to ensure compliance with the restrictions in § 1026.52(b), new comment 52(b)-3 provides that with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61 where the credit feature is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan, final § 1026.52(b) applies to any fee for violating the terms or other requirements of the credit feature, regardless of whether those fees are imposed on the credit feature or on the asset feature of the prepaid account. For example, assume that a late fee will be imposed by the card issuer if the separate credit feature becomes delinquent or if a payment is not received by a particular date. This fee is subject to final § 1026.52(b) regardless of whether the fee is imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account or on the covered separate credit feature.
The Bureau believes that the restriction on penalty fees set forth in TILA section 149(a), and implemented in existing § 1026.52(b), provides important protections for consumers, particularly in the context of covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards. Covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards are designed to provide liquidity to the prepaid account.
As described above, new comment 52(b)-3 provides that with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, as defined in § 1026.61 where the credit feature is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan, § 1026.52(b) applies to any fee for violating the terms or other requirements of the credit feature, regardless of whether those fees are imposed on the credit feature or on the asset feature of the prepaid account. TILA section 149(a) applies to any penalty fee or charge that a card issuer may impose with respect to a credit card account under an open-end consumer credit plan. Those terms readily encompass credit-related fees that are imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account. Even if the terms were ambiguous, the Bureau believes—based on its expertise and experience with respect to credit markets—that interpreting them to encompass credit-related fees imposed on the asset feature would promote the purposes of TILA to protect the consumer against inaccurate and unfair credit billing and credit card practices. From the consumer's perspective, there is no practical difference when a penalty fee for a violation of the covered separate credit feature is charged against the covered separate credit feature and when it is charged to the asset feature of the prepaid account. If TILA section 149(a)
In addition, to facilitate compliance with final § 1026.52(b), new comment 52(b)-4 provides that final § 1026.52(b) does not apply to any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account that is not a charge imposed as part of the plan under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D) with respect to a covered separate credit feature. As discussed above, the Bureau believes this additional guidance is needed given the changes in the final rule to the definition of “finance charge” in final § 1026.4, the definition of “charges imposed as part of the plan” in final § 1026.6(b)(3), and the addition of new § 1026.61.
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.6 above, with respect to a fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, a fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account is a “charge imposed as part of the plan” under final § 1026.6(b)(3) to the extent that the amount of the fee or charges exceeds comparable fees or charges imposed on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that do not have a credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. This fee or charge also is a finance charge under new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii).
Nonetheless, under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D) and new comment 6(b)(3)(iii)(D)-1, with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, as defined in new § 1026.61, a fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account is not a “charge imposed as part of the plan” with respect to the covered separate credit feature to the extent that the amount of the fee or charges does not exceed comparable fees or charges imposed on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that do not have a credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. As described in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii) above, these fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are not finance charges under new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii).
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analyses of §§ 1026.4 and 1026.6 above, the Bureau believes that fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account that are not finance charges (and thus, not charges imposed as part of the plan under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D)) with respect to the covered separate credit feature are more appropriately regulated under Regulation E, rather than regulated under Regulation Z, with respect to the covered separate credit feature. Thus, new comment 52(b)-4 provides that final § 1026.52(b) does not apply to any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account that is not a charge imposed as part of the plan under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D) with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
With respect to non-covered separate credit features that are subject to final § 1026.52(b), new comment 52(b)-4 also provides that final § 1026.52(b) does not apply to any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account that is not a charge imposed as part of the plan under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(E) with respect to a non-covered separate credit feature. Under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(E) and new comment 6(b)(3)(iii)(E)-1, with respect to a non-covered separate credit feature as defined in new § 1026.61, none of the fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are “charges imposed as part of the plan” under final § 1026.6(b)(3) with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. New comment 6(b)(3)(iii)(E)-1 also cross-references new comment 4(b)(11)-1.ii.B, which provides that none of the fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are finance charges under final § 1026.4 with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. Thus, final § 1026.52(b) does not apply to fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analyses of §§ 1026.4 and 1026.6 above, the Bureau believes that fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account are more appropriately regulated under Regulation E, rather than regulated under Regulation Z, with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature.
As discussed above, in the proposal, the Bureau solicited comment on situations where at the time a preauthorized payment is set to occur, the prepaid account does not have sufficient funds to cover the amount of the credit card payment. The Bureau solicited comment on: (1) How credit card issuers anticipate handling this situation, including cases where the prepaid account contains funds sufficient to pay some, but not all, of the credit card payment due; (2) whether issuers anticipate charging a specific fee because the preauthorized payment could not be completed, in addition to any late fee that might be charged if the credit card balance was not paid by the due date; and (3) whether the Bureau should adopt any specific rules to address these issues, and if so, what rules should the Bureau adopt.
The proposal included this request for comment in the discussion of the offset prohibition in proposed § 1026.12(d). With respect to credit card accounts accessed by prepaid cards that would have been credit cards under the proposal, proposed § 1026.12(d)(3) would have allowed an exception for certain preauthorized payment plans to the offset prohibition in proposed § 1026.12(d)(1). In response to this request for comment, several consumer group commenters indicated that the Bureau should adopt additional restrictions in § 1026.52(b) related to the circumstances in which card issuers can charge fees when preauthorized payments are returned unpaid and/or related to the amount of the fees. One consumer group commenter indicated that the Bureau should adopt rules to cover the situation where the consumer authorizes periodic deductions, but there is not enough money to cover a payment when due. In particular, this commenter indicated the Bureau should
In the alternative, this commenter indicated that the Bureau should use its authority to establish “additional requirements” to provide for a “right to cure” period for the limited circumstance of prepaid consumers who have authorized automatic deductions to repay credit associated with their prepaid card. This commenter indicated that the Bureau should require the card issuer to provide a limited time period, such as one week, to add funds to the prepaid account before a penalty fee under § 1026.52(b) could be imposed. In that case, any penalty fees would be subject to the limitations of existing § 1026.52(b), namely, that the fee amount (1) must be consistent with either the cost analysis in existing § 1026.52(b)(1)(i) or the safe harbors in existing § 1026.52(b)(1)(ii); and (2) does not exceed the dollar amount associated with the violation under existing § 1026.52(b)(2)(i). In addition, under existing § 1026.52(b)(2)(ii), a card issuer could not impose more than one fee for violating the terms or other requirements of a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan based on a single event or transaction.
Another consumer group commenter indicated that if the prepaid account does not have enough funds to satisfy a requested transfer or a preauthorized payment, the Bureau should provide some kind of cushion where consumers could avoid a fee if the debt obligation falls below a certain threshold—
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.12(d)(3) above, with respect to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards, as defined in § 1026.61, final § 1026.12(d)(3) sets forth an exception for certain preauthorized payment plans with respect to the offset prohibition in final § 1026.12(d). The Bureau does not believe that fees imposed by card issuers when preauthorized payments are returned unpaid are fees for declined transactions under § 1026.52(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau has not established additional requirements beyond those contained in § 1026.52(b)(1), (2)(i)(A), and (2)(ii) and related commentary regarding returned payment fees in connection with covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards, such as a right to cure period for prepaid consumers where preauthorized payments have been returned unpaid. At this time, the Bureau believes that the fee restrictions that apply generally to credit card accounts in existing § 1026.52(b)(1), (2)(i)(A), and (2)(ii) and related commentary with respect to returned payments are sufficient to protect consumers with respect to the circumstances in which card issuer can impose fees for preauthorized payments that are returned unpaid in connection with covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards. The Bureau will continue to monitor whether additional safeguards are needed.
Existing § 1026.52(b)(2)(i)(B) provides that a card issuer must not impose a fee for violating the terms or other requirements of a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan when there is no dollar amount associated with the violation. Existing § 1026.52(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau proposed to add comment 52(b)(2)(i)-7, which would have provided guidance on when the ban on declined transaction fees in existing § 1026.52(b)(2)(i)(B)(
The Bureau requested comment on whether once a credit card account has been added to a prepaid card, it should prohibit a card issuer from thereafter assessing a fee for declining to authorize a prepaid card transaction,
Also, as discussed in more detail below, several consumer groups requested that the Bureau adopt additional protections under § 1026.52(b) with respect to credit card accounts that are accessed by prepaid cards that are credit cards. For example, one consumer group commenter indicated that the Bureau should clarify that the following two types of fees are penalty fees prohibited under existing § 1026.52(b)(2)(i)(B) because no dollar amount is associated with the violation: (1) Fees for placing a stop payment on preauthorized transfers; and (2) legal process fees. Another consumer group commenter indicated that any expenditure not associated with a purchase transaction should not be able to trigger an overdraft fee.
As discussed in more detail below, the final rule adopts new comment 52(b)(2)(i)-7 as proposed with revisions to be consistent with new § 1026.61. New comment 52(b)(2)(i)-7 provides that with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61, § 1026.52(b)(2)(i)(B)(
Also, as discussed above and in more detail below, several consumer groups requested that the Bureau adopt additional protections under § 1026.52(b) with respect to credit card accounts that are accessed by prepaid cards that are credit cards. As discussed in more detail below, the Bureau has not adopted such restrictions in final § 1026.52(b) or related commentary in relation to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards.
The Bureau requested comment on whether, once a credit card account has been added to a prepaid card, the Bureau should prohibit a card issuer from thereafter assessing a fee for declining to authorize a prepaid card transaction, notwithstanding that a given transaction would not have accessed the credit card account even had it been authorized. Several consumer group commenters indicated that the Bureau should prohibit declined transaction fees on prepaid accounts generally. One of these consumer group commenters indicated that it could be confusing to determine whether a declined transaction would have accessed the prepaid account or a credit feature. This commenter believed that these fees are unfair penalty fees, especially if they exceed the cost (if any) to the prepaid account issuer of the declined transaction.
The Bureau is adopting proposed comment 52(b)(2)(i)-7 with revisions to reflect terminology consistent with new § 1026.61.
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below, a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card includes an overdraft credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner that can be accessed by a prepaid card (except as provided in new § 1026.61(a)(4)). The prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61 and a credit card under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
The Bureau believes that a fee for declining a transaction where the prepaid account issuer attempts to access credit from the covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card and the transaction is declined is no different than a fee for declining a credit card transaction, which is prohibited by current § 1026.52(b)(2)(i)(B)(
As discussed above, several consumer group commenters indicated that the Bureau should prohibit declined transaction fees on prepaid accounts generally. One of these consumer group commenters indicated that it could be confusing to determine whether a declined transaction would have accessed the prepaid account or a credit feature. This commenter believed that these fees are unfair penalty fees, especially if they exceed the cost (if any) to the prepaid account issuer of the declined transaction. Consistent with
The Bureau has not adopted a restriction on imposing credit-related fees on a credit extension from a covered separate credit feature unless the credit extension is for a purchase transaction. The requirement is beyond the scope of the proposal. In addition, as discussed above and in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.52(a), the Bureau notes that the provisions in § 1026.52(a) and (b) apply to credit-related fees in connection with covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards, as applicable.
TILA section 171(a) generally prohibits creditors from increasing any APR, fee, or finance charge applicable to any outstanding balance on a credit card account under an open-end consumer credit plan, with some exceptions.
TILA sections 171 and 172 are implemented in existing § 1026.55. Existing § 1026.55(a) provides that except as provided in existing § 1026.55(b), a card issuer must not increase an APR or a fee or charge required to be disclosed under existing § 1026.6(b)(2)(ii), (iii), or (xii) on a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan.
The Bureau did not propose changes to § 1026.55 or related commentary. Nonetheless, the Bureau believes that additional guidance is needed with respect to the restrictions in final § 1026.55 given the changes in the final rule to the definition of “finance charge” in final § 1026.4, the definition of “charges imposed as part of the plan” in final § 1026.6(b)(3), and the addition of new § 1026.61.
As discussed in more detail below, the final rule adds new comment55(a)-3 to provide guidance on how the restrictions in final § 1026.55 generally apply to fees or charges imposed in connection with covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards, as defined in new § 1026.61, where the credit feature is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan. The final rule also adds new comment 55(a)-4 to provide that the restrictions in final § 1026.55 do not apply to fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account with respect to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards when the fees or charges are not “charges imposed as part of the plan” under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D) with respect to the covered separate credit feature. New comment 55(a)-4 also provides that final § 1026.55 does not apply to fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account with respect to a non-covered separate credit feature.
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below, a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card includes an overdraft credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner that can be accessed by a prepaid card (except as provided in new § 1026.61(a)(4)). The prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61 and a credit card under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
New § 1026.61(b) generally requires that such credit features be structured as separate subaccounts or accounts, distinct from the prepaid asset account, to facilitate transparency and compliance with various Regulation Z requirements. Given this change and to ensure compliance with § 1026.55, the Bureau is adding new comment 55(a)-3 to provide guidance on when fees or charges imposed in connection with covered separate credit features are subject to the restrictions in existing § 1026.55. New comment 55(a)-3 provides that with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61 where the credit feature is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan, final § 1026.55(a) prohibits card issuers from increasing an APR or any fee or charge required to be disclosed under existing § 1026.6(b)(2)(ii), (iii), or (xii) on a credit card account unless specifically permitted by one of the exceptions in existing § 1026.55(b). This is true regardless of whether these fees or APRs are imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account or on the credit feature.
TILA section 171 and 172 apply, respectively, to any APR, fee, or finance charge applicable to any outstanding balance and to any APR, fee, or finance charge on any credit card account under
New comment 55(a)-4 provides that with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61, final § 1026.55(a) does not apply to any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account that is not a charge imposed as part of the plan under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D) with respect to the covered separate credit feature. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.6 above, with respect to a fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, a fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account is a “charge imposed as part of the plan” to the extent that the amount of the fee or charges exceeds comparable fees or charges imposed on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that do not have a credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. This fee or charge also is a finance charge under new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii).
Under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D) and new comment 6(b)(3)(iii)(D)-1, a fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account is not a “charge imposed as part of the plan” to the extent that the amount of the fee or charges does not exceed comparable fees or charges imposed on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that do not have a credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. These fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are not finance charges under new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii) in relation to the covered separate credit feature. The Bureau believes that this guidance facilitates compliance with final § 1026.55(a) by providing additional clarity to card issuers on how the restrictions in final § 1026.55(a) apply to fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analyses of §§ 1026.4 and 1026.6 above, the Bureau believes that fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account that are not finance charges (and thus, not charges imposed as part of the plan under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D)) with respect to the covered separate credit feature are more appropriately regulated under Regulation E, rather than regulated under Regulation Z, with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below, a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a “non-covered separate credit feature,” which means that the separate credit feature either (1) cannot be accessed in the course of a prepaid card transaction to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers; or (2) is offered by an unrelated third party that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. As described in new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii), a non-covered separate credit feature is not subject to the rules applicable to hybrid prepaid-credit cards; however, it typically will be subject to Regulation Z depending on its own terms and conditions, independent of the connection to the prepaid account. Thus, a non-covered separate credit feature may be subject to the provisions in § 1026.55 in its own right.
With respect to non-covered separate credit features that are subject to § 1026.55, new comment 55(a)-4 provides that final § 1026.55 does not apply to any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account that is not a charge imposed as part of the plan under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(E). The Bureau notes that under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(E) and new comment 6(b)(3)(iii)(E)-1, with respect to a non-covered separate credit feature as defined in new § 1026.61, none of the fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are “charges imposed as part of the plan” under final § 1026.6(b)(3) with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. New comment 6(b)(3)(iii)(E)-1 also cross-references new comment 4(b)(11)-1.ii.B which provides that none of the fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are finance charges under final § 1026.4 with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. Thus, final § 1026.55 does not apply to any fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analyses of §§ 1026.4 and 1026.6 above, the Bureau believes that fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account are more appropriately regulated under Regulation E, rather than regulated under Regulation Z, with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature.
TILA section 127(r) requires creditors to submit an annual report to the Bureau containing the terms and conditions of all business, marketing, promotional agreements, and college affinity card agreements with an institution of higher education, or other related entities, with respect to any college student credit card issued to a college student at such institution.
Existing § 1026.57(a)(5) defines “college credit card agreement” to mean any business, marketing, or promotional agreement between a card issuer and an institution of higher education or an affiliated organization in connection with which college student credit cards are issued to college students currently enrolled at that institution. Existing § 1026.57(a)(1) defines “college student credit card” as used in the term “college credit card agreement” to mean a credit card issued under a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan to any college student.
Existing comment 57(a)(1)-1 provides guidance on the definition of “college student credit card” which is used in the definition of “college credit card agreement.” The proposal would have amended this comment to include a prepaid card that is a credit card that is issued to any college student under a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan. Proposed comment 57(a)(1)-1 also would have provided that the definition of college student credit card includes a prepaid account that is issued to any college student where an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan may be added in connection with the prepaid account and the credit account may be accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card.
Existing comment 57(a)(5)-1 provides guidance on the definition of “college credit card agreement.” The proposal would have amended this comment to include guidance on when an agreement related to a prepaid account would be considered a “college credit card agreement.” Proposed comment 57(a)(5)-1 would have provided that the definition of “college credit card agreement” includes a business, marketing, or promotional agreement between a card issuer and a college or university (or an affiliated organization, such as an alumni club or a foundation) if the agreement either provides for the addition of open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plans to previously-issued prepaid accounts that were issued to full-time or part-time students, where that credit account would be accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card. Proposed comment 57(a)(5)-1 also would have provided that the definition of “college credit card agreement” includes a business, marketing, or promotional agreement between a card issuer and a college or university (or an affiliated organization, such as an alumni club or a foundation) if (1) an agreement provides for the issuance of prepaid accounts to full-time or part-time students; and (2) an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan may be added in connection with the prepaid account where that credit account may be accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card.
The Bureau did not receive any comment on this aspect of the proposal. The Bureau is adopting proposed comments 57(a)(1)-1 and 57(a)(5)-1 with technical revisions to clarify the intent of the comments, and to be consistent with new § 1026.61.
Final comment 57(a)(5)-1 provides that the definition of “college credit card agreement” includes a business, marketing, or promotional agreement between a card issuer and a college or university (or an affiliated organization, such as an alumni club or a foundation) if the agreement provides for the addition of a covered separate credit feature that is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card to prepaid accounts previously issued to full-time or part-time students. This definition also includes a business, marketing, or promotional agreement between a card issuer and a college or university (or an affiliated organization, such as an alumni club or a foundation) if (1) the agreement provides for the issuance of prepaid accounts as defined in § 1026.61 to full-time or part-time students; and (2) a covered separate credit feature that is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan may be added in the future to the prepaid account.
Pursuant to the Bureau's amendments to commentary, final § 1026.57(d) requires a card issuer that is a party to one or more college credit card agreements in connection with covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards to submit annual reports to the Bureau regarding those agreements. In addition, a card issuer is required to submit agreements that provide for the issuance of prepaid accounts to full-time or part-time students even if a covered separate credit feature is not linked to the prepaid account when the prepaid accounts are issued, so long as such credit features may be added in connection with the prepaid accounts.
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(c) below, new § 1026.61(c) provides that with respect to a covered separate credit feature that could be accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card at any point, a card issuer must not do any of the following until 30 days after the prepaid account has been registered: (1) Open a covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card; (2) make a solicitation or provide an application to open a covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card; or (3) allow an existing credit feature that was opened prior to the consumer obtaining the prepaid account to become a covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card. Thus, a prepaid card in connection with a prepaid account cannot access a covered separate credit feature at the time the prepaid account is opened. Nonetheless, the Bureau believes that the marketing efforts related to a prepaid account, including the inducements given by a card issuer to open a prepaid account, have an impact on whether consumers may request that a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card be linked to the prepaid account when such covered separate credit features are offered to them. Thus, even though a prepaid account will not have a covered separate credit feature linked to it at the time the prepaid account is opened, if a covered separate credit feature that is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card may be linked to a prepaid account as described above in the future, the prepaid account at the time of issuance
The Bureau believes it is necessary and proper to exercise its adjustment authority under TILA section 105(a), to apply section 127(r)'s requirements for college card agreements to prepaid cards where covered separate credit features that are credit card accounts under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards may subsequently be added, to further the purposes of TILA. The provisions in TILA section 127(r) addressing college credit cards reflect Congress's particular concern with providing special protections for students to ensure that students can make informed credit decisions, and the Bureau believes that including such cards is consistent with such congressional concerns for college students and credit card debt. Further, these concerns might be heightened with respect to prepaid accounts to which covered separate credit features that are credit card accounts under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards may be linked because students might be prone to use such prepaid accounts as their primary transaction account.
TILA section 140(f)(1) provides that an institution of higher education must publicly disclose any contract or other agreement made with a card issuer or creditor for the purpose of marketing a credit card.
The Bureau proposed comment57(b)-3 to explain that existing § 1026.57(b) applies to any contract or other agreement that an institution of higher education makes with a card issuer or creditor for the purpose of marketing either (1) the addition of open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit accounts to prepaid accounts previously issued to full-time or part-time students, where that credit account would be accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card; or (2) prepaid accounts where a credit account may be added in connection with the prepaid account and that credit account may be accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card. Thus, under proposed § 1026.57(b), an institution of higher education would have been required to publicly disclose such agreements.
One consumer group commenter indicated that it is not enough to require an institution of higher education to offer a disclosure on marketing agreements with card issuers. This commenter believed that the Bureau should specifically require that these disclosures be made available on the institution's Web site. This commenter believed that these disclosures should be available on the same screen as the application for the card and would disclose the dollar amount received by the institution and any terms associated with those fees. The commenter believed that these terms should be listed in English and Spanish.
The Bureau is adopting proposed comment 57(b)-3 as proposed with technical revisions to clarify the intent of the comment and to be consistent with new § 1026.61.
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below, a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card includes an overdraft credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner that can be accessed by a prepaid card (except as provided in new § 1026.61(a)(4)). The prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61 and a credit card under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
The Bureau believes it is necessary and proper to exercise its adjustment authority under TILA section 105(a) to effectuate the purposes of TILA by applying section 140(f)'s requirements for college card agreements to prepaid cards where covered separate credit features that are credit card accounts under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards may subsequently be added. The provisions in TILA section 140(f) addressing college card agreements reflect Congress's particular concern with providing special protections for students to ensure that students can make informed credit decisions, and the Bureau believes that including such cards is consistent with such congressional concerns for college students and credit card debt. The Bureau believes that the marketing efforts related to a prepaid account, including the inducements given by a card issuer to open a prepaid account, may have an impact on whether consumers may request that a covered separate credit feature that is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit card be linked to the prepaid account, as discussed above, when such covered separate credit features are offered to them. Thus, the Bureau believes that the marketing related to a prepaid account where a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card may be added would constitute marketing of a credit card. Thus, under the final rule, an institution of higher education must publicly disclose agreements for the marketing of prepaid accounts where a covered separate credit feature that is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit
As discussed above, one consumer group commenter indicated that it is not enough to require an institution of higher education to offer a disclosure related to marketing agreements with card issuers. This commenter believed that the Bureau should specifically require that these disclosures be made available on the institution's Web site. This commenter believed that these disclosures should be available on the same screen as the application for the card and disclose the dollar amount received by the institution and any terms associated with those fees. The commenter believed that these terms should be listed in English and Spanish.
The final rule does not impose additional requirements on institutions of higher education to disclose marketing agreements. The Bureau believes such changes are outside the scope of the proposal and does not make the change at this time. The Bureau notes that existing comment1026.57(b)-1 provides that institutions of higher education may comply with the requirement in existing § 1026.57(b) by publishing any relevant credit card agreement on their Web site or by making such agreements available free of charge upon request using reasonable procedures and in a reasonable timeframe. In addition, the Bureau sent a warning letter in December 2015 to several institutions of higher education because their agreements were not posted on their Web sites and could not be publicly obtained by the Bureau using reasonable procedures and in a reasonable timeframe.
TILA section 140(f)(2) provides that no card issuer or creditor may offer to a student at an institution of higher education any tangible item to induce such student to apply for or participate in an open-end consumer credit plan offered by such card issuer or creditor, if such offer is made: (1) On the campus of an institution of higher education; (2) near the campus of an institution of higher education, as determined by rule of the Bureau; or (3) at an event sponsored by or related to an institution of higher education.
The Bureau proposed to add comment 57(c)-7 to explain that existing § 1026.57(c) applies to (1) the application for or opening of a credit card account that is being added to previously-issued prepaid accounts that were issued to full-time or part-time students, where that credit account would be accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card; or (2) the application for or opening of a prepaid account where a credit account may be added in connection with the prepaid account where that credit account may be accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card.
The Bureau did not receive comments on this aspect of the proposal. The Bureau is adopting proposed comment 57(c)-7 with revisions to be consistent with new § 1026.61.
The Bureau believes that the marketing efforts related to a prepaid account, including the inducements given by a card issuer to open a prepaid account, may have an impact on whether consumers may request that a covered separate credit feature that is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card be linked to the prepaid account, as discussed above, when such covered separate credit features are offered to them. Thus, any tangible item given to induce college students to apply for or open a prepaid account where a covered separate credit feature that is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card may be added in connection with the prepaid account would also be interpreted as an inducement to encourage a college student to apply for or open such a covered separate credit feature in connection with the prepaid account. As a result, under final § 1026.57(c), a card issuer or creditor would be prohibited from offering a college student any tangible item to induce the student to apply for or open a prepaid account offered by the card issuer or creditor where a covered separate credit feature that is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card may be added in connection with the prepaid account, if the offer is made: (1) On the campus of an institution of higher education; (2) near the campus of an institution of higher education; or (3) at an event sponsored by or related to an institution of higher education.
TILA section 122(d), implemented by existing § 1026.58, generally requires card issuers to post their card agreements on the internet and to provide those agreements to the Bureau. Separately, as part of this final rule, the Bureau is adopting similar provisions
The Bureau reminds credit card issuers that while final Regulation E § 1005.19(f) provides a delayed effective date of October 1, 2018 to submit prepaid account agreements to the Bureau, the requirement to submit credit card agreements for covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards that are credit card accounts under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan becomes effective with the rest of this final rule on October 1, 2017.
TILA section 127(c) generally requires card issuers to provide certain cost disclosures on or with an application or solicitation to open a credit or charge card account.
Existing comment 60-1 provides that § 1026.60 generally requires that credit disclosures be contained in application forms and solicitations initiated by a card issuer to open a credit or charge card account. The existing comment also cross-references § 1026.60(a)(5) and (e)(2) for exceptions, § 1026.60(a)(1) and accompanying commentary for the definition of solicitation, and § 1026.2(a)(15) and accompanying commentary for the definition of charge card. The proposal would have amended existing comment 60-1 to cross-reference proposed § 1026.12(h) (renumbered as new § 1026.61(c) in the final rule) for restrictions on when credit or charge card accounts can be added to previously issued prepaid accounts.
The Bureau did not receive any specific comments on the proposed revisions to comment 60-1. Consistent with the proposal, the final rule adopts final comment 60-1 with revisions to be consistent with new § 1026.61. The final rule revises comment 60-1 to provide a cross-reference to new § 1026.61(c) for restrictions on when credit or charge card accounts can be added to previously issued prepaid accounts. See the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(c) below for a discussion of these restrictions.
Existing § 1026.60(a)(5) provides several exceptions to the requirements in existing § 1026.60 to provide cost disclosures on or with credit or charge card applications or solicitations. Specifically, existing § 1026.60(a)(5) provides that existing § 1026.60 does not apply to: (1) Home-equity plans accessible by a credit or charge card that are subject to the requirements of existing § 1026.40; (2) overdraft lines of credit tied to asset accounts accessed by check-guarantee cards or by debit cards; (3) lines of credit accessed by check-guarantee cards or by debit cards that can be used only at ATMs; (4) lines of credit accessed solely by account numbers; (5) additions of a credit or charge card to an existing open-end plan; (6) general purpose applications, unless the application, or material accompanying it, indicates that it can be used to open a credit or charge card account; or (7) consumer-initiated requests for applications. These exemptions are not specifically listed in TILA section 127(c).
In 1989, to implement the disclosure provisions in TILA section 127(c) as amended by the Fair Credit and Charge Card Disclosure Act of 1988,
In 1990, the Board added commentary to its Regulation Z § 226.5a (now existing § 1026.60) to provide that the disclosures set forth in its Regulation Z § 226.5a also did not apply to: (1) Lines of credit accessed solely by account numbers; (2) the addition of a credit or charge card to an existing open-end plan; (3) general purpose applications unless the application, or material accompanying it, indicates that it can be used to open a credit or charge card account; or (4) consumer-initiated requests for applications.
As discussed above, existing § 1026.60(a)(5)(iv) currently provides that the disclosure requirements in existing § 1026.60 do not apply to lines of credit accessed solely by account numbers. The proposal would have amended existing § 1026.60(a)(5)(iv) to provide that this exception does not apply where the account number is a credit card where extensions of credit are permitted to be deposited directly only into particular prepaid accounts specified by the creditor. Under the proposal, these account numbers would have been credit cards. Thus, under the proposal, a card issuer would have been required to provide the disclosures required by existing § 1026.60 on or with a solicitation or application to open a credit or charge card account that would have been accessed by an account number that is a credit card where extensions of credit are permitted to be deposited directly only into particular prepaid accounts specified by the creditor.
The Bureau did not receive any comments on proposed
Nonetheless, the Bureau is revising the proposed changes to § 1026.60(a)(5)(iv) to refer to an account number that is a hybrid prepaid-credit card, rather than an account number where extensions of credit are permitted to be deposited directly only into particular prepaid accounts specified by the creditor. Specifically, the Bureau is revising the exemption in existing § 1026.60(a)(5)(iv) that relates to lines of credit accessed solely by account numbers so that this exception would not apply to a covered separate credit feature solely accessible by an account number that is a hybrid prepaid-credit card, as defined in new § 1026.61.
The Bureau noted in the proposal that a card issuer generally would be required to provide the cost disclosures in existing § 1026.60 on or with solicitations or applications to open a credit or charge card account that is accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card. Consistent with the intent of the proposal, the Bureau is revising the exemption in existing § 1026.60(a)(5)(iv) to make clear that the cost disclosures in existing § 1026.60 must be provided on or with solicitations or applications to open a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card even when that hybrid prepaid-credit card is solely an account number.
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below, a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card includes an overdraft credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner that can be accessed by a prepaid card (except as provided in new § 1026.61(a)(4)). The prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61 and a credit card under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
The Bureau does not believe that it is appropriate to except a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card that is solely an account number from the disclosure requirements set forth in TILA section 127(c). The Bureau believes that the cost disclosures in final § 1026.60 would be helpful to consumers in deciding whether to open such a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card.
TILA section 127(c), implemented by existing § 1026.60, generally requires card issuers to provide certain cost disclosures on or with an application or solicitation to open a credit or charge card account.
Under existing § 1026.60(b), charge card issuers generally are required to provide the above disclosure on or with the applications or solicitations for charge cards, except that a charge card issuer is not required to disclose: (1) The APRs applicable to the account for purchases, cash advances, and balance transfers; (2) any minimum or fixed finance charge that could be imposed during a billing cycle; (3) whether a grace period on purchases applies; (4) the name of the balance computation method used to determine the balance for purchases; (5) any fees for required insurance, debt cancellation, or debt suspension coverage; and (6) if the fees imposed at account opening are 15 percent or more of the minimum credit limit for the card, disclosures about the available credit that will remain after those fees are imposed.
The Bureau did not propose any changes to existing § 1026.60(b) or its related commentary. One consumer group commenter indicated that with respect to credit card accounts that will be accessed by a prepaid card that is a charge card, the Bureau should require disclosure of the following items in the table required to be provided on or with applications or solicitations: (1) Any minimum or fixed finance charge that could be imposed during a billing cycle; (2) any fees for required insurance, debt cancellation, or debt suspension coverage; and (3) if the fees imposed at account opening are 15 percent or more of the minimum credit limit for the card, disclosures about the available credit that will remain after those fees are imposed. This commenter believed that unlike traditional charge cards, prepaid cards that are charge cards have a significant possibility of imposing fixed finance charges; offering credit insurance, debt cancellation, or debt suspension; or having fees in excess of the 15 percent threshold for the credit availability disclosure.
As discussed in more detail below, the Bureau is revising existing § 1026.60(b) to provide that with respect to a covered separate credit feature that is a charge card account accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61, a charge card issuer must provide the above three disclosures.
In addition, as discussed in more detail below, new comment 60(b)-3 provides guidance on the application of the disclosure requirements in existing § 1026.60(b) to fees or charges imposed on a covered separate credit feature or an asset feature that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. The final rule also adds new comment 60(b)-4 to provide that the disclosures in final § 1026.60(b) do not apply to fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account with respect to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards when the fees or charges are not “charges imposed as part of the plan” under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D) with respect to the covered separate credit feature. New comment 60(b)-4 also provides that the disclosures in final § 1026.60(b) do not apply to fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account with respect to a non-covered separate credit feature. The Bureau believes this additional guidance in new comments 60(b)-3 and -4 is needed given the changes in the final rule to the definition of “finance charge” in final § 1026.4, the definition of “charges imposed as part of the plan”
As discussed above, one consumer group commenter indicated that with respect to a credit card account that will be accessed by a prepaid card that is a charge card, the Bureau should require disclosure of the following items in the table required to be provided on or with applications or solicitations: (1) Any minimum or fixed finance charge that could be imposed during a billing cycle; (2) any fees for required insurance, debt cancellation, or debt suspension coverage; and (3) if the fees imposed at account opening are 15 percent or more of the minimum credit limit for the card, disclosures about the available credit that will remain after those fees are imposed. This commenter believed that unlike traditional charge cards, prepaid cards that are charge cards have a significant possibility of imposing fixed finance charges; offering credit insurance, debt cancellation, or debt suspension; or having fees in excess of the 15 percent threshold for the credit availability disclosure.
In response to the comment, the Bureau is revising existing § 1026.60(b) to provide that with respect to a covered separate credit feature that is a charge card account accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61, a charge card issuer also must provide the above three disclosures. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below, a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card includes an overdraft credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner that can be accessed by a prepaid card (except as provided in § 1026.61(a)(4)). The prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under § 1026.61 and a credit card under § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
TILA section 127(c)(5) states that the Bureau may, by regulation, require the disclosure of information in addition to that otherwise required by 127(c), and modify any disclosure of information required by 127(c), in any application or solicitation to open a charge card account for any person, if the Bureau determines that such action is necessary to carry out the purposes of, or prevent evasions of, any paragraph of this subsection. The Bureau believes that use of its authority under TILA section 105(a) and 127(c)(5) to amend § 1026.60(b) to require such charge card issuers to provide these three disclosures is necessary and proper to effectuate the purposes of TILA to help ensure the informed use of covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards that are charge cards. Specifically, TILA section 102 provides that one of the main purposes of TILA is to promote the informed use of credit by ensuring meaningful disclosure of credit terms so that consumers will be able to compare more readily the various credit terms available and avoid the uninformed use of credit.
The Bureau believes that these disclosures may be more helpful for covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards that are charge cards than they would be for traditional charge card accounts. Traditional charge card accounts typically require charge cardholders to repay the charge card balance in full each month. Thus, the required credit insurance, debt cancellation, or debt suspension disclosures typically would not apply to these accounts because the cardholders are not allowed to revolve charge card balances. In addition, traditional charge card accounts are generally targeted to more creditworthy individuals. Thus, these charge cards typically have a higher credit limit and typically do not charge fees for credit availability that exceed 15 percent of the initial credit line. Traditional charge card issuers also typically do not impose fixed finance charges.
Nonetheless, the Bureau believes that covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards that are charge cards may more likely be targeted to consumers with lower credit scores than credit card users overall and the card issuer may not require that charge card balances be repaid in full each month. Thus, in these cases, charge card issuers may be more likely to charge fixed finance charges; require credit insurance, debt cancellation, or debt suspension products; or charge fees for credit availability that might exceed the 15 percent threshold. Thus, the Bureau believes that it is appropriate to apply these disclosures when a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card that is a charge card is opened.
New § 1026.61(b) generally requires that such credit features be structured as separate subaccounts or accounts, distinct from the prepaid asset account, to facilitate transparency and compliance with various Regulation Z requirements. Nonetheless, the final rule characterizes certain fees or charges that are imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account as finance charges in connection with a covered separate credit feature where both the asset feature and the credit feature are accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii) above, new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii) provides that with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61, fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account generally are finance charges only to the extent that the amount of the fee or charge exceeds comparable fees or charges imposed on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that do not have a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.6 above, the final rule also clarifies that with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61, fees or charges imposed on the asset feature that are not finance charges also are not “charges imposed as part of the plan” with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
Given this guidance in the final rule related to fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account in connection with a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, new comment 60(b)-3 provides that with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61, a card issuer is required to disclose under final § 1026.60(b) any fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account that are charges imposed as part of the plan under final § 1026.6(b)(3) to the extent those fees or charges fall within the categories of fees or charges required to be disclosed under final § 1026.60(b). For example, assume that a card issuer imposes a $1.25 per transaction fee on the asset feature of a prepaid account for purchases when a hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses a separate credit feature in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing purchase transactions conducted with the card, and the card issuer charges $0.50 per transaction for purchases to access funds in prepaid accounts in the same program without such a credit feature. In this case, the $0.75 excess is a charge imposed as part of the plan under final § 1026.6(b)(3) and must be disclosed under final § 1026.60(b)(4).
To facilitate compliance with the disclosure requirements in § 1026.60, new comment 60(b)-4 provides that a card issuer is not required under final § 1026.60(b) to disclose any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account that is not a charge imposed as part of the plan under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D) with respect to the covered separate credit feature. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.6 above, under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D) and new comment 6(b)(3)(iii)(D)-1, a fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account is not a “charge imposed as part of the plan” to the extent that the amount of the fee or charge does not exceed comparable fees or charges imposed on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that do not have a credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. As described in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii) above, these fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are not finance charges under new § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii). The Bureau believes that the guidance in new comment 60(b)-3 aids compliance with final § 1026.60 by providing additional clarity to card issuers on how the disclosure requirements in final § 1026.60(b) apply to fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analyses of §§ 1026.4 and 1026.6 above, the Bureau believes that fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account that are not finance charges (and thus, not charges imposed as part of the plan under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D)) with respect to the covered separate credit feature are more appropriately regulated under Regulation E, rather than regulated under Regulation Z, with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
With respect to non-covered separate credit features that are subject to § 1026.60, new comment 60(b)-4 provides that the disclosure requirements in final § 1026.60 do not apply to any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account that is not a charge imposed as part of the plan under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(E) with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. Under new § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(E) and new comment 60(b)(3)(iii)(E)-1, with respect to a non-covered separate credit feature as defined in new § 1026.61, none of the fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are “charges imposed as part of the plan” under final § 1026.6(b)(3) with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. New comment 6(b)(3)(iii)(E)-1 also cross-references comment 4(b)(11)-1.ii.B which provides that none of the fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account are finance charges under final § 1026.4 with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. Thus, a card issuer of a non-covered separate credit feature would not be required to disclose any fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account under final § 1026.60(b) with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analyses of §§ 1026.4 and 1026.6 above, the Bureau believes that fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account are more appropriately regulated under Regulation E, rather than regulated under Regulation Z, with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature.
Existing § 1026.60(b)(4), which implements TILA section 127(c)(1)(A)(ii)(III), generally requires that card issuers disclose on or with solicitations or applications to open credit or charge card accounts any transaction charge imposed on purchases.
The Bureau did not receive specific comments on this aspect of the proposal. The Bureau is adopting proposed comment 60(b)(4)-3 with revisions to be consistent with §§ 1026.8 and 1026.61. New comment 60(b)(4)-3.i provides that with respect to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined by
With respect to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, new comment 60(b)(4)-3.ii provides guidance on whether a fee must be disclosed as a fee for a purchase transaction under final § 1026.60(b)(4) or a cash advance transaction under final § 1026.60(b)(8). New comment 60(b)(4)-3.ii provides that a fee for a transaction will be treated as a fee to make a purchase under final § 1026.60(b)(4) in cases where a consumer uses a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61 to make a purchase to obtain goods or services from a merchant, and credit is drawn directly from a covered separate credit feature accessed by the hybrid prepaid-credit card without transferring funds into the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the purchase. For example, assume that the consumer has $10 of funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account and initiates a transaction with a merchant to obtain goods or services with the hybrid prepaid-credit card for $25. In this case, $10 is debited from the asset feature and $15 of credit is drawn directly from the covered separate credit feature accessed by the hybrid prepaid-credit card without any transfer of funds into the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the purchase. A per transaction fee imposed for the $15 credit transaction must be disclosed under final § 1026.60(b)(4).
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.8(a) above, this guidance in new comment 60(b)(4)-3.ii is consistent with guidance for disclosing those credit transactions as “sale credit” on Regulation Z periodic statements under final §§ 1026.7(b)(2) and 1026.8(a) with respect to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards.
In contrast, new comment 60(b)(4)-3.iii provides that a fee for a transaction will be treated as a cash advance fee under final § 1026.60(b)(8) in cases where a consumer uses a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61 to make a purchase to obtain goods or services from a merchant, and credit is transferred from a covered separate credit feature accessed by the hybrid prepaid-credit card into the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the purchase. For example, assume the same facts as above, except that the $15 will be transferred from the covered separate credit feature to the asset feature, and a transaction of $25 is debited from the asset feature of the prepaid account. In this case, a per transaction fee for the $15 credit transaction must be disclosed under final § 1026.60(b)(8).
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.8(a) above, this guidance in new comment 60(b)(4)-3.iii is consistent with guidance for disclosing those credit transactions as “nonsale credit” on Regulation Z periodic statements under final §§ 1026.7(b)(2) and 1026.8(b) with respect to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards.
Existing § 1026.60(b)(8), which implements TILA section 127(c)(1)(B)(i), generally requires that card issuers disclose on or with solicitations or applications to open credit or charge card accounts any fee imposed for an extension of credit in the form of cash or its equivalent.
The proposal would have added proposed comment 60(b)(8)-4 to provide guidance on when fees would be considered cash advance fees that must be disclosed under existing § 1026.60(b)(8) for credit card accounts that are accessed by prepaid cards. In addition, proposed comment 60(b)(8)-4 would provide guidance on how cash advance fees must be disclosed. Specifically, proposed comment 60(b)(8)-4 would have provided that if a card issuer assesses a fee (other than a periodic rate that may be used to compute the finance charge on an outstanding balance) for a cash advance accessed by a credit card that is a prepaid card, such as a cash withdrawal at an ATM, that fee is a cash advance fee. Under proposed comment 60(b)(8)-4, if the cash advance fee is the same dollar amount as the transaction charge for purchases described in existing § 1026.60(b)(4), the card issuer could have disclosed the fee amount under a heading that indicates the fee applies to both purchase transactions and cash advances. Proposed comment 60(b)(8)-4 would have provided the following three examples of how cash advance fees must be disclosed.
Under proposed comment 60(b)(8)-4.i, the first example would have provided that a card issuer assesses a $15 fee for credit accessed by a credit card that is a prepaid card to purchase goods or services at the point of sale when the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds in the prepaid account. Under this proposed example, the card issuer assesses a $25 fee for credit accessed by a prepaid card for a cash advance at an ATM when the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds in the prepaid account. In this instance, under the proposal, the card issuer could have disclosed separately a purchase transaction charge of $15 and a cash advance fee of $25.
Under proposed comment 60(b)(8)-4.ii, the second example would have provided that a card issuer assesses a $15 fee for credit accessed by a credit card that is a prepaid card to purchase goods or services at the point of sale when the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds in the prepaid account. Under this proposed example, the card issuer also assesses a $15 fee for credit accessed by a credit card that is a prepaid card for providing cash at an ATM when the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds in the prepaid account. In this instance, under the proposal, the card issuer could have disclosed the $15 fee under a heading that indicates the fee applies to both purchase transactions and ATM cash advances. Alternatively, under the proposal, the card issuer could have disclosed the $15 fee on two separate rows, with one row indicating that a $15 fee applies to purchase transactions, and a second row indicating that a $15 fee applies to ATM cash advances.
Under proposed comment 60(b)(8)-4.iii, the third example would have provided that a card issuer assesses a $15 fee for credit accessed by a credit card that is a prepaid card for providing cash at an ATM when the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds in the prepaid account. The card issuer also assesses a fee of $1.50 for out-of-network ATM cash withdrawals and $1.00 fee for in-network ATM cash withdrawals. The card issuer must
The Bureau did not receive specific comments on this aspect of the proposal. The Bureau is adopting proposed comment 60(b)(8)-4 as proposed with technical revisions to clarify the intent of the comment and to be consistent with final § 1026.8 and new § 1026.61.
For the reasons discussed in the section-by-section analyses of §§ 1026.8 and 1026.60(a)(4), new comment 60(b)(8)-4.i also provides that a fee for a transaction will be treated as a cash advance fee under final § 1026.60(b)(8) in cases where a consumer uses a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61 to make a purchase to obtain goods or services from a merchant, and credit is transferred from a covered separate credit feature accessed by the hybrid prepaid-credit card into the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the purchase.
New comment 60(b)(8)-4.ii also provides that if the cash advance fee is the same dollar amount as the transaction charge for purchases described in final § 1026.60(b)(4), the card issuer may disclose the fee amount under a heading that indicates the fee applies to both purchase transactions and cash advances. Consistent with proposed comment 60(a)(8)-4, new comment 60(a)(8)-4.ii provides examples of how fees for purchase transactions described in final § 1026.60(b)(4) and fees for cash advances described in final § 1026.60(b)(8) that are charged on the covered separate credit feature must be disclosed.
The Bureau is adding new § 1026.61 which defines when a prepaid card is a credit card under Regulation Z (using the term “hybrid prepaid-credit card”). As discussed in the
New § 1026.61(c) (moved from § 1026.12(h) in the proposal) provides that with respect to a covered separate credit feature that could be accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card at any point, a card issuer must not do any of the following until 30 days after the prepaid account has been registered: (1) Open a covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card; (2) make a solicitation or provide an application to open a covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card; or (3) allow an existing credit feature that was opened prior to the consumer obtaining the prepaid account to become a covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61 below, the Bureau also has decided to exclude prepaid cards from being covered as credit cards under Regulation Z when they access certain specified types of credit. First, new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii) provides that a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a separate credit feature that does not meet both of the conditions above, for example, where the credit feature is offered by an unrelated third party that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate or its business partner. Such credit features are defined as “non-covered separate credit features,” as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below. Second, under new § 1026.61(a)(4), a prepaid card also is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card when the prepaid card accesses incidental credit in the form of a negative balance on the asset account where the prepaid account issuer generally does not charge credit-related fees for the credit. A prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61 or a credit card under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) when it accesses credit from these types of credit features. For more detailed explanations of when prepaid cards are not credit cards under Regulation Z, see
New comment 61(a)-1 explains that in addition to the rules set forth in new § 1026.61, hybrid prepaid-credit cards and covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards are also subject to other rules in Regulation Z, and some of those rules and related commentary contain specific guidance related to hybrid prepaid-credit cards and covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards. For example, as discussed in the section-by-section analyses of §§ 1026.2(a)(15)(i) and 1026.61(a), a hybrid prepaid-credit card is a credit card for purposes of this regulation with respect to a covered separate credit feature. A covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card also will be a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan, as defined in final § 1026.2(a)(15)(ii), if the covered separate credit feature is an open-end (not home-secured) credit plan. Thus, the provisions of Regulation Z that apply to credit cards and credit card accounts under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan generally will apply to hybrid prepaid-credit cards and covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards as applicable (
TILA section 103(
The proposal would have provided guidance on when the following devices related to prepaid accounts are “credit cards”: (1) Prepaid cards, as defined in proposed § 1026.2(a)(15)(v) to mean any card, code, or other device that can be used to access a “prepaid account” as defined in proposed § 1026.2(a)(15)(vi) consistent with proposed Regulation E; and (2) account numbers that are not prepaid cards that may be used from time to time to access a credit plan that allows deposits directly only into particular prepaid accounts specified by the creditor but does not allow consumers to deposit directly extensions of credit from the plan into asset accounts other than particular prepaid accounts specified by the creditor, as defined in proposed § 1026.2(a)(15)(vii).
The proposal intended broadly to capture a prepaid card as a credit card when it directly accessed a credit plan, regardless of whether that credit plan was structured as a separate credit plan or as negative balance to the prepaid account. The Bureau recognized that under the proposal, credit would have included: (1) Transactions that are authorized where the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds in the prepaid account at the time of authorization; and (2) transactions on a prepaid account where the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds in the prepaid account at the time the transaction is paid. Such transactions would have been credit accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card under the proposal regardless of whether the person established a separate credit account to extend the credit or whether the credit was simply reflected as a negative balance on the prepaid account.
The proposal would not have applied the credit card rules in situations in which a prepaid card only assessed credit that is not subject to any finance charge, as defined in § 1026.4, or fee described in § 1026.4(c), and was not payable by written agreement in more than four installments. Specifically, the proposal provided that the prepaid card in such situations would not have been a credit card. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.4 above, the proposal also included revisions to the definition of “finance charge” in § 1026.4(a) and (b)(2) and their related commentary to delineate when a fee imposed in relation to credit accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card would have been a finance charge under § 1026.4. In general, the proposal would have treated any transaction charges imposed on a cardholder by a card issuer on a prepaid account in connection with credit accessed by a prepaid card as a finance charge, regardless of how the amount of the fees compared to fees the issuer charged on non-credit transactions or accounts that did not involve credit access. The Bureau recognized that, under the proposal, if a prepaid account issuer would have imposed a per transaction fee on a prepaid account for any transactions authorized or settled on the prepaid account, the prepaid account issuer would have needed to waive that per transaction fee imposed on the prepaid account when the transaction accessed credit in order to take advantage of the proposed exception for when a prepaid card would not be a credit card under the proposal.
This proposal language would have covered credit plans that are not accessed directly by prepaid cards but instead are structured as “push” accounts. Under such a credit plan, a person would provide credit accessed by an account number where such extensions of credit may only be deposited directly into particular prepaid accounts specified by the person and cannot be deposited directly
In response to the proposal, several commenters expressed concern about the way the proposal would have applied the credit card rules to credit products that were structured as standalone plans or products, rather than as negative balances on the prepaid account. An issuing credit union requested clarification that the proposal would have applied the credit card rules to situations in which a prepaid card could be used to initiate the load or transfer of credit to a prepaid account, but this load or transfer could not occur in course of processing transactions conducted with the card when there were insufficient funds in the prepaid account to cover the amount of the transaction. This commenter noted that consumers can consciously load value to their prepaid account using their debit card or credit card, where this load is not occurring as part of an overdraft feature in connection with the prepaid account. When using the debit card, the consumer may consciously load funds from an overdraft or line of credit product that is linked to a traditional checking account. When using a credit card, the consumer is loading credit from an available credit card balance to fund the prepaid account. This commenter urged the Bureau to clarify that such loads do not make the prepaid card into a credit card under Regulation Z.
On the other hand, as discussed above, several consumer group commenters suggested that the credit card rules should apply to a credit account even if the credit account did not function as an overdraft credit feature with respect to a prepaid account, so long as credit from the credit account was deposited into the prepaid account. These commenters urged the Bureau to apply the credit card rules to all credit transferred to a prepaid account, even if there is another way to access the credit.
Another consumer group commenter suggested that the Bureau should apply the credit card rules to all open-end lines of credit where credit is deposited or transferred to prepaid accounts if either (1) the creditor is the same institution as or has a business relationship with the prepaid issuer; or (2) the creditor reasonably anticipates that a prepaid card will be used as an access device for the line of credit. Nonetheless, this commenter said that the final rule should not impact a completely unrelated credit account that has no connection to prepaid issuers or consumers identified as prepaid card users, even though the creditor allows credit to be transferred from the credit account through the ACH system.
Two industry trade associations said the Bureau should not consider a prepaid card to be a credit card with respect to a separate credit feature when the credit feature is offered by an unrelated third party rather than the prepaid account issuer or an associated company. These commenters indicated that such unrelated third-party creditors are not in a position to know that they have additional obligations under Regulation Z at the point in time that a prepaid account issuer or a consumer chooses to use a credit feature offered by the unrelated third-party creditor as a form of overdraft credit feature in relation to a prepaid account. Several other commenters, including an industry trade association, a program manager, and several issuing banks, requested clarification that a prepaid card would not be a credit card under the proposal where it accesses credit deposited into the prepaid account from a separate credit feature offered by an unrelated third-party creditor. These commenters argued that prepaid account issuer may not know that the deposited funds are credit.
On the other hand, several consumer groups supported the proposed rule's approach in considering a third party that offers an open-end credit feature accessed by a prepaid card to be an agent of the prepaid account issuer and thus a credit card issuer with responsibilities under Regulation Z. They believed the proposed rule would deter evasion by third-party creditors that allow their credit features to be used as an overdraft credit feature accessed by prepaid cards.
The Bureau also received comments on the proposal regarding when a prepaid card is a credit card when it accesses credit extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account. As discussed above, the proposal would have provided that a prepaid card would not have been a credit card under existing § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) if the prepaid card only accesses credit that is not subject to any finance charge, as defined in § 1026.4, or fee described in § 1026.4(c), and is not payable by written agreement in more than four installments.
Many industry commenters argued that the Bureau should not regulate overdraft credit features in connection with prepaid accounts under Regulation Z except where there is an agreement to extend credit, consistent with how overdraft credit is treated currently with respect to checking accounts. These commenters said that the Bureau should instead subject overdraft credit programs where there is not an agreement to the opt-in regime in Regulation E § 1005.17, which currently applies to overdraft services provided for ATM and one-time debit card transactions. Several commenters, including industry trade associations, a credit union service organization, a credit reporting agency, and a program manager, also asserted that overdraft credit does not meet the definition of “credit” under TILA because with respect to overdraft credit, there is no right to defer payment and/or no right to incur debt. These comments are discussed in more detail in the
In commenting on the specifics of the Regulation Z proposal, many industry commenters were concerned that because of the breadth of the fees that would be considered finance charges under the proposal, a prepaid account issuer either could not charge general transactional fees on the prepaid account or would have to waive certain fees on any transaction that happened to have involved credit, as defined under the proposal, in order to avoid triggering the credit card rules.
For example, one payment network indicated that a prepaid card should not be a credit card when it accesses credit extended through a negative balance on the asset balance of the prepaid account if the
Another industry trade association indicated that a monthly fee to hold the prepaid account should not be a “finance charge” simply because it may be imposed when the balance on the prepaid account is negative or because negative balances can occur on the prepaid account.
A program manager indicated that the Bureau should clarify that a prepaid card is not a credit card simply because the prepaid account issuer charges reasonable debt collection costs (including attorney's fees) related to collecting the overdraft credit from a consumer.
Many industry commenters were particularly concerned that under the proposal, a prepaid account issuer would need to waive per transaction fees in certain circumstances to avoid triggering the credit card rules. The circumstances raised by industry commenters centered on: (1) Force pay transactions; (2) payment cushions; and (3) transactions that take the account negative when a load of funds from an asset account is pending. These comments are discussed below and in further detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(4).
One payment network predicted that if the proposal were finalized, rather than create complex waiver rules, a prepaid account issuer might instead impose much stricter authorization rules in order to prevent inadvertent overdrafts. This commenter indicated that this could make it more difficult for prepaid cardholders to use their cards at gas pumps, restaurants, hotels, or other locations where these overdrafts from force pay transactions are most likely to occur.
One program manager also indicated that while issuers of other prepaid products could possibly avoid being subject to the credit rules by changing their fee structure (
With respect to force pay transactions, one consumer group commenter supported requiring a prepaid account issuer to waive the per transaction fee imposed on a credit transaction where credit is extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account in order to avoid triggering the credit card rules under the proposal. Nonetheless, this commenter indicated that if the Bureau decides to make any exceptions with respect to force pay transactions, these exceptions should be limited to prepaid account issuers who do everything possible to prevent overdrafts, have overdrafts in only very rare and unpreventable situations, and do not charge penalty fees related to declined transactions, overdrafts, or negative balances.
Another consumer group commenter similarly urged that if the Bureau decides to provide an exception for force pay transactions, the exception should only be allowed if the prepaid account issuer does not charge a fee to account holders who have a negative balance, and the exception should only be provided to those prepaid account issuers that take reasonable steps to minimize unpreventable overdrafts. In this case, the commenter said that the Bureau also should allow prepaid account issuers to recoup no more than 5 percent of funds deposited each month until all debts caused by unpreventable overdrafts are paid.
One consumer group commenter supported not triggering the credit card rules where a prepaid card can only access a de minimis amount of credit, using $10 as a safe harbor, if such credit is not promoted or disclosed.
The commenter indicated that in all its multi-currency transactions, it charges a currency conversion fee for the transaction, including on transactions where credit is extended as described above. Nonetheless, this currency conversion fee for a credit transaction as described above is the same amount as the fee charged for transactions that are paid entirely with funds from the prepaid account. This commenter indicated that under the proposal, it would need to waive this currency conversion fee for transactions where credit is extended to prevent the prepaid card from becoming a credit card under the proposal, even though the currency conversion fee it charges for these transactions is the same amount as the current conversion fee it charges for transactions entirely paid from funds from the prepaid account. This commenter said that if a prepaid card would be a credit card in this scenario and it was required to waive these fees in order to avoid triggering the credit card rules, it would likely stop processing transactions that take the prepaid account negative (such as remittances discussed above) before the incoming transfer of funds from the checking account is complete.
One consumer group commenter expressed concern that the proposal to exclude prepaid cards from the definition of credit card if the prepaid card only accesses credit that is not subject to a finance charge, as defined in § 1026.4, or a fee described § 1026.4(c) would lead to evasions. For example, this commenter was concerned that a prepaid issuer could offer a “deluxe” prepaid card that comes with $100 in “free” overdraft protection, but the prepaid account issuer recovers the costs for the credit through other fees charged on the credit account that are not finance charges or fees described in § 1026.4(c), such as higher fees for “voluntary” credit insurance that is not a finance charge or fee described in § 1026.4(c). This commenter urged the Bureau to cover all prepaid cards as credit cards when the prepaid card accesses credit, regardless of whether a finance charge or a fee described under § 1026.4(c) is imposed for the credit. This commenter recognized, however, that exceptions for force pay transactions and payment cushions as discussed above may be necessary.
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) above, consumer group commenters indicated that the proposal with respect to push accounts was too limited. Several consumer group commenters suggested that the credit card rules should apply to a credit account even if the credit account did not function as an overdraft credit feature with respect to a prepaid account, so long as credit from the credit account was deposited into the prepaid account. These consumer group commenters indicated that the Bureau should apply the credit card rules to all credit transferred to a prepaid account, even if there is another way to access the credit.
Another consumer group commenter indicated that the Bureau should apply the credit card rules to all open-end lines of credit where credit may be deposited or transferred to prepaid accounts if either (1) the creditor is the same institution as or has a business relationship with the prepaid issuer; or (2) the creditor reasonably anticipates that a prepaid card will be used as an access device for the line of credit. Nonetheless, this commenter said that the final rule should not impact a completely unrelated credit account that has no connection to prepaid issuers or consumers identified as prepaid card users, even though the creditor allows credit to be transferred from the credit account through the ACH system.
One issuing bank and one law firm writing on behalf of a coalition of prepaid issuers did not support subjecting push accounts to credit card rules. One of these industry commenters indicated that attempting to cover push accounts as credit card accounts under the proposal created an overly complex regulatory regime to address the perceived risk of circumvention or evasion of the rules for overdraft plans set forth in the proposal.
One industry trade association commenter indicated that for arrangements where the consumer has the choice of whether to use the line of credit to cover specified overdrafts or to use the line of credit funds for other purposes, this commenter believes it would be inappropriate to treat the line of credit (or its associated account number) as a credit card. This commenter believed that consumer choice makes it clear that the line of credit is a general use line of credit and not a substitute for an overdraft line of credit.
Based on the comments received as discussed above, the Bureau is making substantial changes from the proposal to narrow the circumstances in which a prepaid card is a credit card (
Under the final rule, new § 1026.61(a) sets forth when a prepaid card is a credit card under the regulation. New § 1026.61(a)(1)(i) provides that credit offered in connection with a prepaid account is subject to new § 1026.61 and the regulation as specified in that section. New § 1026.61(a)(1)(ii) provides generally that a prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a separate credit feature, as described in new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i), or with respect to a credit feature structured as a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account as described in new § 1026.61(a)(3). New § 1026.61(a)(1)(ii) also provides that a hybrid prepaid-credit card is a credit card for purposes of Regulation Z with respect to those respective credit features. New § 1026.61(a)(1)(iii) specifies that a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card—and thus not a credit card for purposes of Regulation Z—if the only credit offered in connection with the prepaid account is incidental credit meeting the conditions set forth in new § 1026.61(a)(4).
New § 1026.61(a)(2)(i) also provides that a separate credit feature that meets the two conditions set forth above is a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card even with respect to credit that is drawn or transferred, or authorized to be drawn or transferred, from the credit feature outside the course of a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers.
New § 1026.61(a)(2)(i) would capture overdraft credit features that are separate credit features offered by prepaid account issuers, their affiliates, or their business partners in connection with a prepaid account. For example, a prepaid card is a “hybrid prepaid-credit card” with respect to a separate credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner in cases where transactions can be initiated using a prepaid card when there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature in the prepaid account at the time the transaction is initiated, and credit can be drawn, transferred, or authorized to be drawn or transferred, from the credit feature at the time the transaction is authorized to complete the transaction. In addition, a prepaid card is a “hybrid prepaid-credit card” with respect to such a credit feature in cases related to settlement of transactions where credit can be automatically drawn, transferred, or authorized to be drawn or transferred, from the credit feature to settle transactions made with the card where there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account at the time the transaction is settled.
New § 1026.61(a)(2)(i) also captures situations where transactions can be initiated using a prepaid card where the card is a traditional “dual purpose” card. In this case, the card can be used both to access the asset feature of a prepaid account and to draw on the covered separate credit feature independent of whether there are sufficient or available funds in the asset feature to complete the transaction. For example, assume that a consumer has $50 in available funds in her prepaid account. The consumer initiates a $25 transaction with the card to purchase goods and services. If the consumer chooses at the time the transaction is initiated to use the card to access the asset feature of the prepaid account, the card will draw on the funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account to complete the transaction. If the consumer chooses at the time the transaction is initiated to use the card to access the covered separate credit feature, the card will draw on credit from the covered separate credit feature to complete the transaction, regardless of the fact that there were sufficient or available funds in the prepaid account to complete the transaction.
As discussed in more detail below in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2), new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii) defines the term “non-covered separate credit feature” to mean a separate credit feature that does not meet the two conditions set forth in new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i). A prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a non-covered separate credit feature, even if the prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a covered separate credit feature as described in new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i). A non-covered separate credit feature is not subject to the rules in Regulation Z applicable to hybrid prepaid-credit cards; however, it typically will be subject to Regulation Z depending on its own terms and conditions, independent of the connection to the prepaid account.
First, a separate credit feature is a “non-covered separate credit feature” when the separate credit feature is offered by an unrelated third party that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. This is true even if the separate credit feature functions as an overdraft credit feature with respect to the prepaid account. For example, if a consumer links her prepaid account to a credit card issued by a card issuer, where the card issuer is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner, and credit is drawn automatically into the prepaid account in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the prepaid card for which there are insufficient funds in the prepaid account, the prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to the separate credit feature offered by the unrelated third party.
Second, a separate credit feature is a “non-covered separate credit feature” if a prepaid card cannot access the separate credit feature during the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. This is true even if the separate credit feature is offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. For example, assume that a consumer can only conduct a draw or transfer of credit, or authorization of either, from a separate credit feature to a prepaid account at the prepaid account issuer's Web site, and these draws, transfers, or authorizations cannot occur in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing a transaction at the Web site to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers.
For this type of “non-covered separate credit feature,” the credit feature would not be functioning as an overdraft credit feature with respect to the prepaid account. In addition, the prepaid card also is not functioning as a traditional “dual purpose” card where the card can be used both to access the asset feature of a prepaid account and to draw on a credit feature in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers independent of whether there are sufficient or available funds in the asset feature to complete the transaction. Instead, the prepaid card can only be used to draw or transfer credit from a separate credit feature outside the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers.
As described above, under new § 1026.61(a)(1)(i) and final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i), a prepaid card is a credit card (
For the reasons set forth in the
As discussed above and in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below, the Bureau also is clarifying that a prepaid card is not a credit card when the prepaid card accesses a separate credit feature that is not functioning as an overdraft credit feature, and the card is not a traditional “dual purpose” card as discussed above. In this case, the prepaid card only can access the separate credit feature outside the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. Pursuant to its interpretive authority under TILA section 105(a), the Bureau is defining “credit card” in current TILA section 103(
In terms of triggering coverage under Regulation Z, under new § 1026.61(a)(1)(i) and (3)(i) and final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i), a prepaid card is a credit card (
However, as discussed further below, new § 1026.61(b) prohibits a card issuer from structuring an overdraft credit feature as a negative balance on the
As described in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(4) below, new § 1026.61(a)(4) provides that an overdraft credit feature structured as a negative balance on the asset feature of a prepaid account is not accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card where: (1) The prepaid card cannot access a covered separate credit feature as defined in new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i); (2) with respect to the prepaid account accessible by the prepaid card, the prepaid account issuer generally has a policy and practice of declining to authorize transactions made with the card when there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the transactions, or the prepaid account issuer only authorizes those transactions in circumstances related to certain payment cushions and delayed load cushions; and (3) with respect to the prepaid account that is accessible by the prepaid card, the prepaid account issuer does not charge credit-related fees for any credit extended on the asset feature of the prepaid account, except for fees or charges for the actual costs of collecting the credit extended if otherwise permitted by law.
Under this exception, a prepaid account issuer may extend credit through a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account in certain situations, such as force pay transactions, without having to waive general transaction fees, as would have been required under the proposal to avoid triggering the credit card rules. As discussed above, force pay transactions occur where the prepaid account issuer is required by card network rules to pay a transaction even though there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the transaction at settlement. This can occur, for example, where a transaction is either not authorized in advance, or where there were sufficient or available funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account at the time the transaction is authorized, but there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature at the time the transaction is settled, and a negative balance results on the asset feature when the transaction is paid.
The exception in new § 1026.61(a)(4) also would allow a prepaid account issuer to adopt a payment cushion where the issuer could authorize transactions that would take the account balance negative by no more than $10 at the time the transaction is authorized. In addition, the exception would allow a prepaid account issuer to adopt a delayed load cushion. Specifically, in cases where the prepaid account issuer has received an instruction or confirmation for an incoming EFT originated from a separate asset account to load funds to the prepaid account or where the prepaid account issuer has received a request from the consumer to load funds to the prepaid account from a separate asset account but in either case the funds from the separate asset account have not yet settled, the final rule allows a prepaid account issuer to authorize transactions that take the prepaid account negative, so long as the transactions will not cause the account balance to become negative at the time of the authorization by more than the incoming or requested load amount, as applicable.
Thus, the Bureau is intending to exempt overdraft credit features that are structured as a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account under Regulation Z where the prepaid account issuer generally is not authorizing transactions that will take the asset feature of the prepaid account negative and the prepaid account issuer generally does not charge credit-related fees on credit extended on the asset feature of the prepaid account. As discussed in more detail below, the Bureau believes that this exception will address a substantial number of the concerns expressed by industry commenters about situations in which the proposal would have required them to waive general transaction fees on incidental credit to avoid triggering the credit card rules. In light of the very limited nature of the incidental credit at issue, the Bureau believes that it is appropriate to exclude this incidental credit from coverage under Regulation Z. Thus, to facilitate compliance with TILA, the Bureau believes it is necessary and proper to exercise its exception authority under TILA section 105(a), to exclude such prepaid cards that qualify for the exception under new § 1026.61(a)(4) from the definition of “credit card” under TILA section 103(
Given that a prepaid account issuer can only extend credit through a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account in limited circumstances under the exception in new § 1026.61(a)(4), and credit-related fees generally may not be imposed for the credit extended, the Bureau anticipates that the credit extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of a prepaid account that qualifies for the exception would be limited. The Bureau believes that certain harms to consumers, such as becoming overextended in using this credit, would be limited. Thus, to facilitate compliance, the Bureau believes that this type of credit is more properly regulated under Regulation E as credit incidental to the prepaid card transaction. For example, as discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of Regulation E § 1005.12(a) above, Regulation E's provisions in final §§ 1005.11 and 1005.18(e) regarding error resolution would apply to extensions of this credit. In addition, such credit extensions would be disclosed on Regulation E periodic statements under existing § 1005.9(b) or, if the financial institution follows the periodic statement alternative in final § 1005.18(c)(1), on the electronic and written histories of the consumer's prepaid account transactions.
Also, as discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of Regulation E § 1005.17 above, although this incidental credit generally is governed by Regulation E, the Bureau is exempting this incidental credit from the opt-in rule in final § 1005.17. Existing § 1005.17 sets forth requirements that financial institutions must follow in order to provide “overdraft services” to consumers related to consumers' accounts. Under existing § 1005.17, financial institutions must provide consumers with notice of their right to opt-in, or affirmatively consent, to the institution's overdraft service for ATM and one-time debit card transactions, and obtain the consumer's affirmative consent before fees or charges may be assessed on the
The Bureau is addressing this type of evasion by generally covering a prepaid card as a credit card (
In addition, the final rule also provides that a prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a covered separate credit feature regardless of whether the covered separate credit feature can only be used as an overdraft credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card, or whether it is a general line of credit that can be accessed in other ways than through the hybrid prepaid-credit card. For the reasons set forth in the
The Bureau believes that the provisions in the final rule described above with respect to a covered separate credit feature adequately capture situations where a separate credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner functions as an overdraft credit feature in relation to a prepaid account. Thus, the Bureau believes that it is no longer necessary to treat an account number of the credit account as a credit card to capture situations when the credit account may function as an overdraft credit feature in relation to the prepaid account.
As discussed above and in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(2) below, the Bureau generally intends to cover under Regulation Z overdraft credit features in connection with prepaid accounts where the credit features are offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliates, or its business partners. As discussed above and in more detail in the section-by-section analyses of § 1026.61(a)(2) and (4) below, the Bureau also has decided to exclude prepaid cards from being covered as credit cards under Regulation Z when they access certain specified types of credit. First, under new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii), a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a “non-covered separate credit feature,” which means that the separate credit feature either (1) cannot be accessed in the course of a prepaid card transaction to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers, or (2) is offered by an unrelated third party that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. Second, under new § 1026.61(a)(4), a prepaid card also is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card when
New § 1026.61(a)(1)(i) provides that credit offered in connection with a prepaid account is subject to new § 1026.61, as specified in that section. New § 1026.61(a)(1)(ii) provides generally that a prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a separate credit feature as described in new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i), or with respect to a credit feature structured as a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account, as described in new § 1026.61(a)(3). New § 1026.61(a)(1)(ii) also provides that a hybrid prepaid-credit card is a credit card for purposes of Regulation Z with respect to those respective credit features. New § 1026.61(a)(1)(iii) specifies that a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card—and thus not a credit card for purposes of Regulation Z—if the only credit offered in connection with the prepaid account is incidental credit meeting the conditions set forth in new § 1026.61(a)(4).
As described below, the commentary to new § 1026.61(a)(1) contains general guidance on the circumstances in which a prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under § 1026.61(a).
New comment 61(a)(1)-1 makes clear that a prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card if the prepaid card can access credit from a covered separate credit feature described in new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i), or if the prepaid card can access credit through a negative balance on the asset feature of a prepaid account described in new § 1026.61(a)(3) (except as provided in new § 1026.61(a)(4)), even if, for example: (1) The person that can extend the credit does not agree in writing to extend the credit; (2) the person retains discretion not to extend the credit; or (3) the person does not extend the credit once the consumer has exceeded a certain amount of credit. For the reasons discussed in the
Proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.F would have provided that the term “credit card” includes a prepaid card (including a prepaid card that is solely an account number) that is a single device that may be used from time to time to access a credit plan, except if that prepaid card only accesses credit that is not subject to any finance charge, as defined in § 1026.4, or any fee described in § 1026.4(c), and is not payable by written agreement in more than four installments. Thus, under the proposal, a prepaid card that is solely an account number would have been a credit card under § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) if it met this standard.
For reasons discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analyses of § 1026.61(a)(2) and (4) below, the Bureau is revising from the proposal the circumstances in which a prepaid card is a credit card (
Current comment 2(a)(15)-1 provides that a credit card under Regulation Z must be usable from time to time. Because this involves the possibility of repeated use of a single device, checks and similar instruments that can be used only once to obtain a single credit extension are not credit cards. The proposal would have revised this comment to provide that with respect to a preauthorized check that is issued on a prepaid account for which the funds are withdrawn at the time of preauthorization using the prepaid account number, the credit is obtained using the prepaid account number and not the check. The proposal also would have revised this comment to cross-reference proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.F for a discussion of when a prepaid account number is a credit card.
The Bureau did not receive specific comment on this aspect of the proposal. The final rule moves the proposed guidance in proposed comment 2(a)(15)-1 related to prepaid accounts to new comment 61(a)(1)-3 and revises it to be consistent with new § 1026.61. Consistent with current comment 2(a)(15)-1, new comment 61(a)(1)-3 provides that in order for a prepaid card to be a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61(a), the prepaid card must be capable of being used from time to time to access credit as described in new § 1026.61(a). Because this involves the possibility of repeated use of a single device, checks and similar instruments that can be used only once to obtain a single credit extension are not hybrid prepaid-credit cards. Consistent with the proposal, new comment 61(a)(1)-3 also provides that with respect to a preauthorized check that is issued on a prepaid account for which credit is extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account, or credit is drawn, transferred or authorized to be drawn or transferred from a separate credit feature, the credit is obtained using the prepaid account number and not the check at the time of preauthorization using the prepaid account number. The comment states that a prepaid account number is a hybrid prepaid-credit card if the account number meets the conditions set forth in new § 1026.61(a), as discussed above.
One digital wallet provider indicated that the Bureau should clarify that the proposal's restrictions do not apply to a digital wallet's stored payment credentials. This commenter indicated that stored credentials do not present the same risks of consumer harm as overdraft protection for prepaid cards. New comment 61(a)(1)-4 provides guidance on the circumstances in which prepaid account number for a digital wallet that is a prepaid account is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61(a).
Specifically, new comment 61(a)(1)-4 states that a digital wallet that is capable of being loaded with funds is a prepaid account under final Regulation E § 1005.2(b)(3).
New comments 61(a)(1)-4.i.A and B provide illustrations of this rule. First, the comments explain that a prepaid account number that can access such a digital wallet is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i) where it can be used from time to time to: (1) Access a covered separate credit feature
Second, new comments 61(a)(1)-4.i.C and D state that a prepaid account number that can access such a digital wallet is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to: (1) Credentials stored in the prepaid account that access a non-covered separate credit feature as described in new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii) that is not offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner, even if the prepaid account number can access those credentials in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing a transaction conducted with the prepaid account number to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers; or (2) credentials stored in the prepaid account that access a non-covered separate credit feature as described in new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii), where the prepaid account number cannot access those credential in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing a transaction conducted with the prepaid account number to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers, even if such credit feature is offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner.
Third, comment 61(a)(1)-4.ii states that a digital wallet is not a prepaid account under final Regulation E § 1005.2(b)(3) if the digital wallet can never be loaded with funds, such as a digital wallet that only stores payment credentials for other accounts. See final Regulation E § 1005.2(b)(3) and comment 2(b)(3)(i)-6. The comment explains that an account number that can access such a digital wallet would not be a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61(a), even if the wallet stores a credential for a separate credit feature that is offered by the digital wallet provider, its affiliate, or its business partner and can be used in the course of a transaction involving the digital wallet.
To help ensure compliance with the final rule, the Bureau also is including guidance in the final rule on when a prepaid card that can be used for an online bill payment service offered by the prepaid account issuer is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under § 1026.61(a). New comment 61(a)(1)-5 provides that where a prepaid account can be used for online bill payment services offered by the prepaid account issuer, the prepaid card (including a prepaid account number) that can access that prepaid account is a hybrid prepaid-credit card if it meets the requirements set forth in § 1026.61(a). For example, if a prepaid account number can be used from time to time to initiate a transaction using the online bill payment service offered by the prepaid account issuer to pay a bill, and credit can be drawn, transferred, or authorized to be drawn or transferred to the prepaid account from a covered separate credit feature offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing that transaction as described in § 1026.61(a)(2)(i), the prepaid account number would be a hybrid prepaid-credit card under § 1026.61(a). In this case, the prepaid account number can be used to draw or transfer credit, or authorize the draw or transfer of credit, from a covered separate credit feature offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner in the course of completing a transaction to pay for goods or services through the online bill payment service.
In the proposal, the Bureau discussed the possibility of requiring additional real-time notifications of transactions triggering an overdraft or requiring real-time opt-in by consumers to approve each overdraft in addition to applying the credit card rules in Regulation Z to overdraft credit features in connection with prepaid accounts. The Bureau understood that there may be technological, operational, and procedural challenges to the timing and delivery of such a notice or compliance with such an opt-in requirement, particularly in the point of sale retail environment. The Bureau was unsure at the time whether such a procedure could be implemented given that notifications and/or opt-in might require multiple communications among financial institutions, card networks, and merchants. Accordingly, the Bureau did not propose any requirements related to real-time notification or opt-in, but it solicited comment on possible options and suggestions for what it might require in this regard for prepaid accounts.
Several commenters, including industry trade associations and an issuing bank, indicated that real-time notification and opt-in is not feasible with current technology. Two of these commenters were concerned that such notices are not feasible given existing technology and that such notices could thus never be reliable and therefore would be more likely to lead to consumer confusion. These commenters stated that current processing systems will not necessarily have real-time balances and cannot be depended upon for providing real-time notices with any reliability. Further, these commenters stated that current terminals are not capable of displaying the required messaging. Thus, these commenters stated that it is not clear that the requisite technology is in place to comply with the potential notification and opt-in requirements discussed above, and thus there is a likelihood that such a requirement could lead to consumer confusion. Moreover, even if the card issuer clearly discloses that real-time notifications will not always be provided, the fact that they could be provided for the majority of transactions will lead consumers over time to believe that the notices are more reliable than in fact they are.
One program manager that offers an overdraft feature in connection with some of its prepaid accounts indicated that consumers who use the overdraft feature consent to receive notifications electronically, and the program manager sends electronic messages notifying consumers when they have overdrafted. The program manager indicated that most of these consumers with the overdraft feature also choose to receive alert messages that provide balance information periodically and after every transaction. This program manager indicated that a point-of-sale opt-in may present challenges, but it may be feasible to create a program where the overdraft feature could be turned on for a time-period during which the consumer intends to use the feature.
One consumer group said that the Bureau should mandate clear and deliberate opt-in processes so the consumer knows exactly the moment when they can begin incurring overdraft charges. Another consumer group commenter stated that current technology exists that can notify a person that the account has insufficient funds, via text or email. After receiving this notification, consumers could
Based on these comments, the Bureau is not adopting real-time notification and opt-in requirements at this time. The Bureau will continue to monitor developments with respect to real-time notification and opt-in.
As discussed above, the Bureau received industry comments stating that a prepaid card should not be a credit card with respect to a separate credit feature when the credit feature is offered by an unrelated third party. On the other hand, as discussed above, several consumer groups supported the proposed rule to consider a third party that offers an open-end credit feature accessed by a prepaid card to be an agent of the prepaid account issuer and thus a credit card issuer with responsibilities under Regulation Z.
In addition, the Bureau received an industry comment that the Bureau should clarify that a prepaid card should not be a credit card when the prepaid card could be used to initiate the load or transfer of credit to the prepaid account, but this load or transfer could not occur in order to process transactions conducted with the card when there were insufficient funds in the prepaid account to cover the amount of the transaction. On the other hand, as discussed above, several consumer group commenters suggested that the credit card rules should apply to a credit account even if the credit account did not function as an overdraft credit feature with respect to a prepaid account, so long as credit from the credit account was deposited into the prepaid account. These consumer group commenters indicated that the Bureau should apply the credit card rules to all credit transferred to a prepaid account, even if there is another way to access the credit.
Another consumer group commenter indicated that the Bureau should apply the credit card rules to all open-end lines of credit where credit may be deposited or transferred to prepaid accounts if either (1) the creditor is the same institution as or has a business relationship with the prepaid issuer; or (2) the creditor reasonably anticipates that a prepaid card will be used as an access device for the line of credit. Nonetheless, this commenter said that the final rule should not impact a completely unrelated credit account that has no connection to prepaid issuers or consumers identified as prepaid card users, even though the creditor allows credit to be transferred from the credit account through the ACH system.
As discussed in more detail below, under the final rule, new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i)(A) defines a separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as described in new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i) as a covered separate credit feature. Under new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i)(A), a prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a separate credit feature (and the separate credit feature is a covered separate credit feature) when it is a single device that can be used from time to time to access the separate credit feature where the following two conditions are both satisfied: (1) The card can draw, transfer, or authorize the draw or transfer of credit from the separate credit feature in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers; and (2) the separate credit feature is offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. As discussed in more detail below, new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i)(B) provides that a separate credit feature that meets the two conditions set forth above is a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card even with respect to credit that is drawn or transferred, or authorized to be drawn or transferred, from the credit feature outside the course of a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers.
As discussed in more detail below, consistent with the proposal, under new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i), a prepaid card is a credit card under Regulation Z (
Under the final rule, a prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card when it can access credit from a covered separate credit feature as described in new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i), even if finance charges are not charged in relation to this credit. As discussed above, under the proposal, a prepaid card would not have been a credit card under § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) if the prepaid card only accesses credit that is not subject to any finance charge, as defined in § 1026.4, or fee described in § 1026.4(c), and is not payable by written agreement in more than four installments. One consumer group commenter expressed concern that the exclusion of prepaid cards from the definition of credit card if the prepaid card only accesses credit that is not subject to a finance charge, as defined in § 1026.4, or a fee described § 1026.4(c) would lead to evasions. For example, this commenter was concerned that a prepaid issuer could offer a “deluxe” prepaid card that comes with $100 in “free” overdraft protection but recover the costs for the credit through other fees charged on the credit account that are not finance charges or fees described in § 1026.4(c), such as higher fees for purportedly “voluntary” credit insurance that is not a finance charge or fee described in § 1026.4(c). This commenter urged the Bureau to cover all prepaid cards as a credit card when the prepaid card accesses credit, regardless of whether a finance charge or a fee described under § 1026.4(c) is imposed for the credit. This commenter recognized, however, that exceptions for force pay transactions and payment cushions may be necessary.
To address these concerns, the Bureau provides that a prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a covered separate credit feature when it meets the two conditions set forth in § 1026.61(a)(2)(i), regardless of whether finance charges are imposed in connection with the credit from the covered separate credit feature. The Bureau believes that the final rule is consistent with the intent of the proposal and the definition of “credit card” under Regulation Z, which applies to “charge cards” and other credit products meeting the regulatory definitions even if they do not involve finance charges.
With regard to covered separate credit features, however, the same logic does not apply. Not all credit extensions accessing separate credit features via a prepaid card would be subject to Regulation E protections if Regulation Z did not apply. Rather, Regulation E would apply to credit extensions that are deposited in a prepaid account by use of an EFT, but it would not apply to extensions of credit where the transaction does not involve an EFT to or from the prepaid account. The final rule also is consistent with the definition of “credit card” under Regulation Z, which does not require that finance charges be charged for the credit in order for a device to meet the definition of “credit card.”
The Bureau also believes that considering a prepaid card to be a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a covered separate credit feature when it meets the two conditions set forth in § 1026.61(a)(2)(i), regardless of whether finance charges are imposed in connection with the credit from the covered separate credit feature, also would help prevent card issuers from structuring their fees to recover the cost of credit through fees that are not finance charges to avoid triggering the credit card rules. The Bureau believes that this will help promote transparency and consumers understanding of the costs of credit.
Thus, the final rule provides that a prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a covered separate credit feature, as defined in § 1026.61(a)(2)(i), regardless of whether finance charges are imposed for the credit from the covered separate credit feature.
New § 1026.61(a)(2)(i)(A) provides that a prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a separate credit feature when it is a single device that can be used from time to time to access the separate credit feature and the following two conditions are both satisfied: (1) The card can be used to draw, transfer, or authorize the draw or transfer of credit from the separate credit feature in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers; and (2) the separate credit feature is offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. Under new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i)(A), a separate credit feature that is accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card is a covered separate credit feature.
New § 1026.61(a)(2)(i)(B) provides that a separate credit feature that meets the conditions set forth above is a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card even with respect to credit that is drawn or transferred, or authorized to be drawn or transferred, from the credit feature outside the course of a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. In developing these rules, the Bureau was conscious that there were two distinct types of credit extensions that could occur with respect to a covered separate credit feature. The first type of credit extension is where the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses credit in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. The second type of credit extension is where a consumer makes a standalone draw or transfer of credit from the covered separate credit feature, outside the course of any transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. For example, a consumer may use the prepaid card at the prepaid account issuer's Web site to load funds from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. The Bureau believes that if the prepaid card is capable of accessing the separate credit feature in the two conditions set forth in § 1026.61(a)(2)(i), the covered separate credit feature is a credit card account under Regulation Z, even with respect to draws or transfers of credit from the covered separate credit feature that occur outside the course of any transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or service, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. This is consistent with other provisions in Regulation Z that apply the credit card rules to the credit card account generally, even with respect to transactions that are not conducted with the credit card, such as convenience check transactions.
Under new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i), a hybrid prepaid-credit card that can access a covered separate credit feature, as defined in new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i), is a credit card under Regulation Z with respect to that covered separate credit feature. In this case, the hybrid prepaid-credit card can access both the covered separate credit feature and the asset feature of the prepaid account. New comment 61(a)(2)-1.i provides that for a prepaid card to be a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i) with respect to a separate credit feature, the prepaid account must be structured such that the draw or transfer of credit, or authorizations of either, from a separate credit feature offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner is capable of occurring in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the prepaid card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct a P2P transfer. In this case, the separate credit feature is a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i).
New comment 61(a)(2)-1.ii makes clear a prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a covered separate credit feature regardless of whether (1) the credit is pushed from the covered separate credit feature to the asset feature of the prepaid account in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers; or (2) the credit is pulled from the covered separate credit feature to the asset feature of the prepaid account in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. This provision prevents a prepaid account issuer from evading the credit card provisions of Regulation Z by structuring the transactions as a push of credit funds to the prepaid account (as opposed to a pull of credit funds from the separate credit feature) during the course of a particular prepaid
New comment 61(a)(2)-1.iii makes clear that a prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a covered separate credit feature regardless of whether the covered separate credit feature can only be used as an overdraft credit feature, solely accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card, or whether it is a general line of credit that can be accessed in other ways.
New comment 61(a)(2)-2 provides guidance on when a draw, transfer, or authorization of a draw or transfer occurs within the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers, as described in new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i). Specifically, new comment 61(a)(2)-2.i provides that a draw, transfer, or authorization from a separate credit feature is deemed to be in the “course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing” a transaction if it occurs during the authorization phase of the transaction or in later periods up to the settlement of the transaction. This comment makes clear that a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card includes an overdraft credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner in connection with a prepaid account.
New comment 61(a)(2)-2.ii focuses on situations in which the credit is drawn, transferred, or authorized to be drawn or transferred in the course of authorizing a transaction. New comment 61(a)(2)-2.ii makes clear that under new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i), a prepaid card is a “hybrid prepaid-credit card” with respect to a separate credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner in cases, for example, where (1) transactions can be initiated using a prepaid card when there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account at the time the transaction is initiated, and credit is transferred from the credit feature to the asset feature at the time the transaction is authorized to complete the transaction; and (2) transactions can be initiated using a prepaid card when there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account at the time the transaction is initiated and credit is directly drawn from the credit feature to complete the transaction, without transferring funds into the prepaid account.
New comment 61(a)(2)-2.iii provides illustrations of transactions in which credit is drawn, transferred, or authorized to be drawn or transferred in the course of settling a transaction. For example, under new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i), a prepaid card is a “hybrid prepaid-credit card” with respect to such a separate credit feature in cases where credit can be automatically drawn, transferred, or authorized to be drawn or transferred from the separate credit feature at the time of settlement where there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the original transaction with the card.
New comment 61(a)(2)-3 clarifies that in addition to overdraft credit features, new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i) also covers a prepaid card as a hybrid prepaid-credit card (and thus a credit card under Regulation Z) where the card is a traditional “dual purpose” card. In this case, a prepaid card can be used from time to time both to access the asset feature of a prepaid account and to draw on the covered separate credit feature in the course of a transaction independent of whether there are sufficient or available funds in the asset feature to complete the transaction. For example, assume that a consumer has $50 in funds in her prepaid account. The consumer initiates a $25 transaction with the card to purchase goods and services. If the consumer chooses at the time the transaction is initiated to use the card to access the prepaid account, the card will draw on the funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account to complete the transaction. If the consumer chooses at the time the transaction is initiated to use the card to access the covered separate credit feature, the card will draw on credit from the credit feature to complete the transaction, regardless of the fact that there were sufficient or available funds the prepaid account to complete the transaction.
New comment 61(a)(2)-4.i clarifies that new § 1026.61 and other provisions in Regulation Z related to hybrid prepaid-credit cards use the terms “covered separate credit feature” or “covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card” to refer to a separate credit feature that meets the conditions of new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i).
New comment 61(a)(2)-4.ii provides guidance on new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i)(B), which provides that a separate credit feature that meets the two conditions set forth in new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i)(A) is a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card even with respect to credit that is drawn or transferred, or authorized to be drawn or transferred, from the credit feature outside the course of a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or service, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. New comment 61(a)(2)-4.ii clarifies that if a prepaid card is capable of drawing or transferring credit, or authorizing either, from a separate credit feature offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the prepaid card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct a P2P transfer, the credit feature is a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, even with respect to credit that is drawn or transferred, or authorized to be drawn or transferred, from the credit feature outside the course of a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. For example, with respect to a covered separate credit feature, a consumer may use the prepaid card at the prepaid account issuer's Web site to load funds from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. This credit transaction is considered a credit transaction on a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, even though the load or transfer of funds occurred outside the course of a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. As discussed above, the Bureau believes that if the prepaid card is capable of accessing the separate credit feature in the two conditions set forth in § 1026.61(a)(2)(i), the covered separate credit feature is a credit card account under Regulation Z, even with respect to draws or transfers of credit from the covered separate credit feature that occur outside the course of any transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers.
As discussed above, in order for a separate credit feature to be a “covered
New § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii) defines the term “non-covered separate credit feature” to mean a separate credit feature that does not meet these two conditions. Under § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii), a prepaid card that accesses credit from a non-covered separate credit feature is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to this non-covered separate credit feature, even if the prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a covered separate credit feature as described above. A non-covered separate credit feature is not subject to the rules applicable to hybrid prepaid-credit cards; however, it typically will be subject to Regulation Z depending on its own terms and conditions, independent of the connection to the prepaid account.
New comment 61(a)(2)-5.i clarifies that a separate credit feature is a “non-covered separate credit feature” when the separate credit feature is offered by an unrelated third party that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. This is true even if the separate credit feature functions as an overdraft credit feature with respect to the prepaid account. For example, assume a consumer links her prepaid account to a credit card issued by a card issuer that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner so that credit is drawn automatically into the asset feature of the prepaid account in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the prepaid card for which there are insufficient funds in the asset feature. In this case, the separate credit feature is a non-covered separate credit feature under § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii). In this situation, the prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to the separate credit feature offered by the unrelated third-party card issuer.
New comment 61(a)(2)-5.ii clarifies that a separate credit feature is a “non-covered separate credit feature” if a prepaid card cannot access the separate credit feature during the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. This is true even if the separate credit feature is offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. For example, assume that a consumer can only conduct a draw or transfer of credit, or authorization of either, from a separate credit feature to a prepaid account at the prepaid account issuer's Web site, and these draws, transfers, or authorizations of either, cannot occur in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions at the Web site to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. In this case, the separate credit feature is a non-covered separate credit feature under § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii). In this situation, the prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card under § 1026.61(a)(2) with respect to this non-covered separate credit feature.
New comment 61(a)(2)-5.iii explains that a person offering a non-covered separate credit feature does not become a card issuer under final § 1026.2(a)(7), and thus does not become a creditor under final § 1026.2(a)(17)(iii) or (iv), because the prepaid card can be used to access credit from the non-covered separate credit feature. The person offering the non-covered separate credit feature, however, may already have obligations under Regulation Z with respect to that separate credit feature. For example, if the non-covered separate credit feature is an open-end credit card account offered by an unrelated third-party creditor that is not an affiliate or business partner of the prepaid account issuer, the person already will be a card issuer under final § 1026.2(a)(7) and thus a creditor under final § 1026.2(a)(17)(iii). Nonetheless, in that case, the person does not need to comply with the provisions in Regulation Z applicable to hybrid prepaid-credit cards even though the prepaid card can access credit from the non-covered separate credit feature. The obligations under Regulation Z that apply to a non-covered separate credit feature are not affected by the fact that the prepaid card can access credit from the non-covered separate credit feature.
Each of the two types of non-covered separate credit features is discussed in more detail below.
In contrast, several consumer groups supported the proposed rule to consider a third party that offers an open-end credit feature accessed by a prepaid card to be an agent of the prepaid account issuer and thus a credit card issuer with responsibilities under Regulation Z.
Based on the comments, the Bureau believes it is appropriate not to trigger status as a hybrid prepaid-credit card where a credit feature is not offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner, even if an individual consumer decides to link the two accounts such that a draw or transfer of credit, or authorization of either, occurs during the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers.
With respect to a third party offering a separate credit feature that is neither an affiliate nor a business partner of the prepaid account issuer, the Bureau recognizes that this unrelated third party may not be aware when its credit feature is used as an overdraft credit feature with respect to a prepaid account. If unrelated third parties were subject to the provisions applicable to hybrid prepaid-credit cards, such third parties would face additional compliance risk in connection with the prepaid card becoming a new access device for the credit account. This can occur when the prepaid account issuer uses the ACH network to execute an authorization from a consumer to pull credit for a consumer from a separate credit account offered by an unrelated third party. Financial institutions participating in the ACH network may have difficulty specifically identifying and blocking pulls of credit by a prepaid account (and, unlike with credit/debit
The Bureau also is concerned that unrelated third parties that are already subject to the credit card rules in their own right also may be unwilling to assume that compliance risk due to the prepaid account issuer's actions in linking a separate credit feature offered by an unrelated third party to a prepaid account to be used as an overdraft credit feature. As a result, the Bureau is concerned that credit card networks could prevent prepaid account issuers from being merchants in the network for all purposes because credit card issuers would not want to be subject to the enhanced obligations in Regulation Z that would apply if a prepaid card were deemed to be a credit card with respect to a credit card account offered by an unrelated third party. The Bureau believes that this rule will reduce the risk that unrelated third parties offering separate credit features would take the steps described above, which could harm consumers by making prepaid accounts less widely usable by consumers.
Thus, the final rule does not consider a prepaid card to be a credit card under the regulation in relation to a separate credit feature where an unrelated third party that is not an affiliate or business partner of the prepaid account issuer offers the credit feature.
In contrast, the Bureau does believe that it is appropriate to consider a prepaid card to be a credit card when it can access an overdraft credit feature that is offered by a third party where the third party is the prepaid account issuer's affiliate or its business partner. As discussed further below in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(5), new § 1026.61(a)(5)(i) defines the term “affiliate” for purposes of § 1026.61 and other provisions in Regulation Z related to hybrid prepaid-credit cards to mean any company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another company, as set forth in the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841
As discussed further below in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a)(5), new § 1026.61(a)(5)(iii) defines the term “business partner” for purposes of § 1026.61 and other provisions in Regulation Z related to hybrid prepaid-credit cards generally to mean a person (other than the prepaid account issuer or its affiliates) that can extend credit through a separate credit feature where either (1) the person that can extend credit or its affiliate has an agreement with the prepaid account issuer or its affiliate that the prepaid card can access the separate credit feature in the course of a transaction; or (2) the person that can extend credit or its affiliate has a cross-marketing agreement or other similar arrangement with the prepaid account issuer or its affiliate and where, whether or not by agreement, the prepaid card can access the separate credit feature in the course of a transaction.
The Bureau believes that it is appropriate to consider such an unaffiliated third party that can extend credit to be the prepaid account issuer's business partner in the above circumstances because in those cases, there is a sufficient connection between the parties such that the unaffiliated third party should know that its credit feature is accessible by a prepaid card as a credit feature for the prepaid account. Also, the Bureau believes that these types of links between the prepaid account issuer and the unaffiliated third party are likely to involve revenue sharing or payments between the two companies and the pricing structure of the two accounts may be related. Thus, the Bureau believes that it is appropriate to consider these entities to be business partners in this context.
The Bureau believes that the approach described above of not covering a prepaid card as a credit card with respect to a separate credit feature when it is offered by a third party that is not an affiliate or business partner of the prepaid account issuer addresses the concerns discussed above about unintended consequences for consumers and third parties alike, while appropriately guarding against the risk that third parties offering separate credit features or their affiliates would cooperate with prepaid account issuers or their affiliates to attempt to evade the intended scope of the rules regarding overdraft credit features.
Several consumer group commenters suggested that the credit card rules should apply to a credit account even if the credit account did not function as an overdraft credit feature with respect to a prepaid account, so long as credit from the credit account was deposited into the prepaid account. These consumer group commenters indicated that the Bureau should apply the credit card rules to all credit transferred to a prepaid account, even if there is another way to access the credit.
Another consumer group commenter indicated that the Bureau should apply the credit card rules to all open-end lines of credit where credit may be deposited or transferred to prepaid accounts if either (1) the creditor is the same institution as or has a business relationship with the prepaid issuer; or (2) the creditor reasonably anticipates that a prepaid card will be used as an access device for the line of credit. Nonetheless, this commenter said that the final rule should not impact a completely unrelated credit account that has no connection to prepaid issuers or consumers identified as prepaid card users, even though the creditor allows credit to be transferred from the credit account through the ACH system.
In the final rule, the Bureau is clarifying the circumstances in which a prepaid card is a credit card from the proposal to address circumstances in which credit can only be loaded or transferred from a separate credit feature to the prepaid account outside the course of completing a transaction conducted with the prepaid card. Under new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii), even if a separate credit feature is offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner, a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card under
With respect to this type of non-covered separate credit feature, the separate credit feature cannot function as an overdraft credit feature with respect to the prepaid account. In addition, the prepaid card also cannot function as a traditional “dual purpose” card where the card can be used both to access the asset feature of a prepaid account and to draw on the separate credit feature in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers independent of whether there are sufficient or available funds in the asset feature to complete the transaction. Instead, the prepaid card can only be used to draw or transfer credit from the separate credit feature on an occasional and intentional basis, outside the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. The Bureau believes that this situation is somewhat less risky for consumers because consumers would be required to make a deliberate decision to access the credit outside the course of a transaction, and thus can separately evaluate the tradeoffs involved. The Bureau also believes that this clarification is consistent with the proposal's general focus on covering overdraft credit features offered in connection with prepaid accounts as credit card accounts under Regulation Z.
In addition, in adopting this approach, the Bureau is drawing on the same logic and maintaining consistency with the existing credit card rules' treatment of overdraft lines of credit that can be accessed by debit cards. Under the existing rules as set forth in existing comments 2(a)(15)-2.i.B and 2(a)(15)-2.ii.A., debit cards are generally treated as credit cards under existing § 1026.2(a)(15)(i) when they access overdraft lines of credit (where there is an agreement to extend credit). In addition, the term “credit card” also includes a deposit account number even when there is no physical debit card device when the account number can be used to access an open-end line of credit to purchase goods or services. Nonetheless, under the current definition of credit card as set forth in existing comment 2(a)(15)(i)-2.ii.C, a deposit account number is not a credit card if the account number can only be used as a destination for the transfer of money from a separate credit account.
The Bureau recognizes that a prepaid card may access multiple separate credit features in a variety of circumstances. New § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii) and new comment 61(a)(2)-6 clarify coverage under new § 1026.61(a)(2) when a prepaid card can access multiple separate credit features. New § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii) and new comment 61(a)(2)-6 provide that even if a prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a covered separate credit feature, it is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to any non-covered separate credit features. New comment 61(a)(2)-6 provides the following example to illustrate: Assume that a prepaid card can access “Separate Credit Feature A” where the card can be used from time to time to access credit from a separate credit feature that is offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. In addition, assume that the prepaid card also can access “Separate Credit Feature B,” but that credit feature is offered by an unrelated third-party creditor that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. The prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to “Separate Credit Feature A” because it is a covered separate credit feature under new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i). The prepaid card, however, is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to “Separate Credit Feature B” because it is a non-covered separate credit feature under new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii).
Many industry commenters argued that the Bureau should not regulate overdraft credit features under Regulation Z except where there is an agreement to extend credit, consistent with how overdraft credit is treated with respect to checking accounts. These commenters said that the Bureau should instead subject overdraft credit programs where there is not an agreement to the opt-in regime in Regulation E § 1005.17, which currently applies to overdraft services provided for ATM and one-time debit card transactions. For the reasons discussed in the
Accordingly, new § 1026.61(a)(3)(i) provides that a prepaid card that can access credit extended through a negative balance on the asset balance of the prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card unless the card can only access incidental credit as described in new § 1026.61(a)(4). Nonetheless, as discussed in more detail below, new § 1026.61(a)(3) is intended to trigger coverage under the credit card rules with respect to such overdraft credit features. For purposes of coverage, a person offering such an overdraft credit feature is a “card issuer” under final § 1026.2(a)(7) that is subject to Regulation Z, including new § 1026.61(b). However, as discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(b) below, new § 1026.61(b) prohibits card issuers from structuring an overdraft credit feature as a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account, unless the program is structured to involve only incidental credit as provided in new § 1026.61(a)(4). The Bureau believes that this rule is necessary to promote transparency and compliance with the credit card requirements. Thus, under new § 1026.61(b), a card issuer must structure an overdraft credit feature in connection with a prepaid account as a separate credit feature, such as a credit account or credit subaccount to the prepaid account that is separate from the asset feature of the prepaid account, except for overdraft credit features described in new § 1026.61(a)(4). This
In terms of providing guidance on the situations that trigger coverage under § 1026.61(a)(3)(i), new comment 61(a)(3)(i)-1.i provides a cross-reference to new comment 2(a)(14)-3 for examples of when transactions authorized or paid on the asset feature of a prepaid account meet the definition of credit under final § 1026.2(a)(14). New comment 61(a)(3)(i)-1.ii provides that except as provided in § 1026.61(a)(4), a prepaid card would trigger coverage as a hybrid prepaid-credit card if it is a single device that can be used from time to time to access credit that can be extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account. This comment clarifies, however, that unless the only credit offered meets the requirements of § 1026.61(a)(4), such a product structure would violate the rules under § 1026.61(b).
New comment 61(a)(3)(i)-1.ii also explains that a credit extension through a negative balance on the asset feature of a prepaid account can occur during the authorization phase of the transaction or in later periods up to the settlement of the transaction. New comment 61(a)(3)(i)-1.iii provides that, for example, credit is extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of a prepaid account where a transaction is initiated using a prepaid card when there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account at the time the transaction is initiated, and credit is extended on the asset feature of the prepaid account when the transaction is authorized. New comment 61(a)(3)(i)-1.iv also provides, for example, that credit is extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of a prepaid account where a transaction occurs when there are sufficient or available funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account at the time of authorization to cover the amount of the transaction but where the consumer does not have sufficient or available funds in the asset feature to cover the transaction at the time of settlement. In this case, credit is extended on the asset feature at settlement to pay those transactions. Also, credit is extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of a prepaid account where a transaction settles even though it was not authorized in advance, and credit is extended through a negative balance on the asset feature at settlement to pay that transaction.
As discussed above, new § 1026.61(a)(3) is intended to trigger coverage under the credit card rules with respect to such overdraft credit features. New comment 61(a)(3)(ii)-1 explains that new § 1026.61(a)(3)(i) determines whether a prepaid card triggers coverage as a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61(a), and thus, whether a prepaid account issuer is a card issuer under final § 1026.2(a)(7) subject to this regulation, including new § 1026.61(b). However, new § 1026.61(b) requires that any credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card must be structured as a separate credit feature using either a credit subaccount of the prepaid account or a separate credit account. In that case, a card issuer would violate new § 1026.61(b) if it structures the credit feature as a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account, unless the only credit offered in connection with the prepaid account satisfies new § 1026.61(a)(4). A prepaid account issuer can use a negative asset balance structure to extend credit on a prepaid account if the prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card as described in new § 1026.61(a)(4).
As discussed above, many industry commenters raised concerns regarding the breadth of fees that would be considered finance charges under the proposal. Many industry commenters were concerned that even though they were not intending to offer credit in connection with the prepaid account, credit could result in certain circumstances, such as forced pay-transactions as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a) above. Because this credit could be extended, many commenters were concerned that fees that generally applied to the prepaid account, but were not specific to the overdraft credit, could be finance charges under the proposal and thus would subject the prepaid account issuer to the credit card rules under Regulation Z. These commenters were concerned that they could not charge certain fees on the prepaid account, or would have to waive certain fees, for the prepaid card not to be a credit card under the proposal.
For example, one payment network indicated that a prepaid card should not be a credit card when it accesses credit extended through a negative balance on the asset balance of the prepaid account if the
Another industry trade association indicated that a monthly fee to hold the prepaid account should not cause a prepaid card to be a credit card simply because the fee may be imposed when the balance on the prepaid account is negative or because negative balances can occur on the prepaid account.
A program manager indicated that the Bureau should clarify that a prepaid card is not a credit card simply because the prepaid account issuer charges reasonable debt collection costs (including attorney's fees) related to collecting the overdraft credit from a consumer.
As discussed above, many industry commenters were particularly concerned that under the proposal, a prepaid account issuer would need to waive per transaction fees in certain circumstances to avoid triggering the credit card rules. The circumstances raised by industry commenters centered on (1) force pay transactions; (2) payment cushions; and (3) transactions that take the account negative when a load of funds from an asset account is pending, as discussed in more detail below and in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a).
One consumer group commenter urged the Bureau to cover all prepaid cards as credit cards when the prepaid card accesses credit, regardless of whether a finance charge, as defined in § 1026.4, or a fee described under § 1026.4(c) is imposed for the credit. This commenter recognized, however, that exceptions for force pay transactions and payment cushions may be necessary. With respect to payment cushions, this commenter supported not triggering the credit card rules where a prepaid card can only access a de minimis amount of credit, using $10 as a safe harbor, if such credit is not promoted or disclosed. With respect to force pay transactions, this commenter supported requiring a prepaid account issuer to waive the per transaction fee that is imposed on a credit transaction where credit is extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account in order to avoid triggering the credit card rules under the proposal. Nonetheless, this commenter indicated that if the Bureau decides to make any exceptions with respect to force pay transactions, these exceptions should be limited to prepaid account issuers who do everything possible to prevent overdrafts, have overdrafts in only very rare and unpreventable situations, and do not charge penalty fees related to declined transactions, overdrafts, or negative balances.
As discussed above, new § 1026.61(a)(4) creates an exception to the general rule that credit structured as a negative balance feature on an prepaid asset account is subject to the credit card rules, in order to provide flexibility for the kinds of incidental credit that commenters raised concerns about. Specifically as described in new § 1026.61(a)(4), an overdraft credit feature where credit is extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account is not accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card where: (1) The prepaid card cannot access a covered separate credit feature as defined in new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i); (2) with respect to the prepaid account accessible by the prepaid card, the prepaid account issuer generally has a policy and practice of declining to authorize transactions made with the card when there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the transactions, or the prepaid account issuer only authorizes those transactions in circumstances related to payment cushions and delayed load cushions discussed below; and (3) with respect to the prepaid account accessible by the prepaid card, the prepaid account issuer does not charge credit-related fees for any credit extended on the asset feature of the prepaid account, except for fees or charges for the actual costs of collecting the credit extended if otherwise permitted by law.
The Bureau believes that the exception in new § 1026.61(a)(4) addresses many of the concerns raised by industry commenters and consumer group commenters. To address evasion risks and other concerns raised by consumer group commenters discussed above, the Bureau has carefully calibrated new § 1026.61(a)(4). Specifically, under the final rule, a prepaid card is not a credit card under the regulation when it accesses credit through a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account only in circumstances where, with respect to a prepaid account accessible by the prepaid card: (1) The prepaid account issuer generally declines to authorize transactions on the prepaid account that will create negative balances on the asset feature of the prepaid account (or allows those authorizations in limited circumstances related to payment cushions and delayed load cushions); and (2) the prepaid account issuer generally does not charge credit-related fees for the credit extended on the asset feature of the prepaid account. Thus, for example, a prepaid card is a credit card under Regulation Z (
Thus, where new § 1026.61(a)(4) has not been satisfied, the final rule prohibits a prepaid account issuer from offering an overdraft credit feature as a negative balance to the asset feature of the prepaid account and requires the prepaid account issuer to offer the overdraft credit feature as a “covered separate credit feature” under new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i). Specifically, under new § 1026.61(a)(3), a prepaid card that can access credit extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card for purposes of coverage under the credit card rules unless the card can only access credit described in new § 1026.61(a)(4). A person offering such an overdraft credit feature is a “card issuer” under final § 1026.2(a)(7) and is subject to Regulation Z, including new § 1026.61(b). However, to facilitate transparency and compliance with Regulation Z, the Bureau is prohibiting card issuers under new § 1026.61(b) from structuring an overdraft credit feature as a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account, except as provided in new § 1026.61(a)(4). Instead, under new § 1026.61(b), a card issuer must structure an overdraft credit feature in connection with a prepaid account as a separate credit feature, such as a credit account or credit subaccount to the prepaid account that is separate from the asset feature of the prepaid account, except for overdraft credit features described in new § 1026.61(a)(4). This separate credit feature is a “covered separate credit feature” under new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i).
The Bureau believes that new § 1026.61(a)(4) will allow prepaid account issuers who do not intend to offer substantive credit programs to provide incidental credit in circumstances that will benefit consumers, without opening the door to widespread evasion of the rule. First, with respect to force pay transactions, payment cushions, and delayed load cushions, under this exception, the final rule provides that credit card rules will not be triggered so long as the prepaid account issuer generally does not charge credit-related fees for the credit extended and has met the other requirements. Second, the final rule provides that a prepaid account issuer is not required under this exception to
To the extent that a prepaid account issuer meets the conditions as described in new § 1026.61(a)(4) with respect to a prepaid card, the prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card and thus is not a credit card under the regulation. As discussed in more detail below, the final rule provides that in the case where a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card because the only credit it can access meets the conditions set forth in new § 1026.61(a)(4), the prepaid account issuer is not a card issuer under final § 1026.2(a)(7) with respect to the prepaid card. The prepaid account issuer also is not a creditor under final § 1026.17(a)(iii) or (iv) because it is not a card issuer under final § 1026.2(a)(7) with respect to the prepaid card. The prepaid account issuer also is not a creditor under final § 1026.2(a)(17)(i) as a result of imposing fees on the prepaid account because those fees are not finance charges as described in new comment 4(b)(11)-1.iii. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(a), in light of the very limited nature of the incidental credit, the Bureau believes that it is appropriate to exclude this incidental credit from coverage under Regulation Z.
New comment 61(a)(4)-1.i and ii explain that § 1026.61(a)(4)(i) is designed to limit the exception for when a prepaid card is not a credit card to circumstances in which (1) the card can only access credit extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account in accordance with both the conditions set forth in new § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(A) and (B); and (2) the card can access credit from a non-covered separate credit feature, as defined in new § 1026.62(a)(2)(ii), but cannot access credit for a covered separate credit feature, as defined in new § 1026.62(a)(2)(i).
New comment 61(a)(4)-1.iii makes clear that a prepaid account issuer does not qualify for the exception in new § 1026.61(a)(4) if the prepaid account issuer structures the arrangement such that when there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account at the time a transaction is initiated, the card can draw, transfer, or authorize the draw or transfer of credit from a covered separate credit feature offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner during the authorization phase to complete the transaction so that credit is not extended on the asset feature of the prepaid account.
New comment 61(a)(4)-1.iv provides guidance on how the regulation applies in cases where the prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card. Specifically, new comment 61(a)(4)-1.iv provides that in the case where a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card because the only credit it can access meets the conditions set forth in new § 1026.61(a)(4), the prepaid account issuer is not a card issuer under final § 1026.2(a)(7) with respect to the prepaid card. The prepaid account issuer also is not a creditor under final § 1026.17(a)(iii) or (iv) because it is not a card issuer under final § 1026.2(a)(7) with respect to the prepaid card. The prepaid account issuer also is not a creditor under final § 1026.2(a)(17)(i) as a result of imposing fees on the prepaid account because those fees are not finance charges, as described in new comment 4(b)(11)-1.iii.
This prong is designed to limit the exception under new § 1026.61(a)(4) to situations where the prepaid account issuer generally is not authorizing transactions that will take the asset feature of the prepaid account negative. The Bureau believes that this prong will help ensure that consumers do not develop a substantial negative balance on their prepaid asset accounts that most do not intend to use as a credit account, which could pose risks to consumers by compromising their ability to manage and control their finances. This prong is intended to address concerns raised by industry commenters that the proposed circumstances in which a prepaid card would be a credit card captured (1) “force pay” transactions, (2) payment cushions; and (3) delayed load cushions, while also balancing consumer group concerns that any such limited exceptions be cabined in a way that does not undermine the broader rule. Thus, the final rule does not cover overdraft credit features under Regulation Z where these three types of credit are extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account, so long as the prepaid account issuer generally does not charge credit-related fees for the credit.
As discussed above, “force pay” transactions occur where the prepaid account issuer is required by card network rules to pay a transaction even though there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the transaction at settlement. This can occur, for example, when a transaction is either not authorized in advance, or there were sufficient or available funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account at the time the transaction is
New comment 61(a)(4)(ii)(A)-1 makes clear that a prepaid account issuer is not required to receive an authorization request for each transaction to comply with this requirement. Nonetheless, the prepaid account issuer generally must establish an authorization policy as described above and have reasonable practices in place to comply with its established policy with respect to the authorization requests it receives. In that case, a prepaid account issuer is deemed to satisfy the requirement set forth in new § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(A) even if a negative balance results on the prepaid account when a transaction is settled.
New comment 61(a)(4)(ii)(A)-2 also makes clear that a prepaid account issuer may still satisfy the requirements set forth in § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(A) even if a negative balance results on the asset feature of the prepaid account because the prepaid account issuer debits the amount of any provisional credit that was previously granted on the prepaid account, as specified in final Regulation E § 1005.11, so long as the prepaid account issuer otherwise complies with the conditions set forth in new § 1026.61(a)(4). For example, under new § 1026.61(a)(4), a prepaid account issuer may not impose a fee or charge enumerated under new § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B) with respect to such a negative balance.
This exception also allows a prepaid account issuer to adopt a payment cushion where the issuer would authorize transactions that would take the account balance negative by no more than $10 at the time the transaction is authorized. The Bureau believes that this $10 payment cushion will benefit consumers without allowing consumers to develop a substantial negative balance on their prepaid asset accounts, which could pose risks for consumers.
As discussed above, one consumer group commenter suggested that prepaid account issuer should be prevented from advertising or disclosing this payment cushion in order to take advantage of any exception of this credit from coverage under Regulation Z. The final rule does not prevent a prepaid account issuer from advertising or disclosing this payment cushion to consumers in order to take advantage of the exception in new § 1026.61(a)(4). The Bureau does not believe that it is necessary to restrict prepaid account issuers from advertising or disclosing this payment cushion to consumers, given the de minimis amount of credit ($10) that they may offer through the payment cushion. The Bureau believes that such a restriction may discourage prepaid account issuers from offering such a payment cushion, which could harm consumers.
In addition, the exception allows a prepaid account issuer to adopt a delayed load cushion. Specifically, in cases where the prepaid account issuer has received an instruction or confirmation for an incoming EFT originated from a separate asset account to load funds to the prepaid account or where the prepaid account issuer has received a request from the consumer to load funds to the prepaid account from a separate asset account but in either case the funds from the separate asset account have not yet settled, a prepaid account issuer may still qualify for the exception in new § 1026.61(a)(4) if the prepaid account authorizes transactions that take the prepaid account negative, so long as the transactions will not cause the account balance to become negative at the time of the authorization by more than the incoming or requested load amount, as applicable.
The Bureau recognizes that, in some cases, a prepaid account issuer may receive instructions or confirmation with respect to incoming EFTs from a separate asset account to load funds to the prepaid account, such as in cases involving direct deposits of salaries or government benefits. In such cases, prepaid account issuers may provide access to these funds to prepaid cardholders based on the instructions or confirmations even though the prepaid account issuer's transfer of funds has not yet settled, and therefore the prepaid account issuer does not have the funds.
In addition, the Bureau also recognizes that, in some cases, prepaid account issuers may receive a request from the consumer to load funds to the prepaid account from a separate asset account, including where the consumer, in the course of a transaction, requests a load from a deposit account or uses a debit card to cover the amount of the transaction. This can occur, for example, when a consumer authorizes a remittance through a mobile wallet which is linked to a checking account, the consumer requests that funds be taken from the consumer's checking account to pay for the remittance, and the remittance is sent before the incoming transfer of funds from the checking account is complete. In this case, the prepaid account issuer is extending credit through a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account until the incoming transfer of funds from the checking account is complete.
In these two situations, the Bureau believes that it would benefit consumers to receive access to the funds prior to settlement, so long as the consumer generally is not charged credit-related fees. The Bureau does not believe these situations raise the same concerns as overdraft credit features offered by prepaid account issuers in connection with prepaid accounts.
To facilitate compliance, new comment 61(a)(4)(ii)(A)-3.i provides examples of cases where the prepaid account issuer may receive an instruction or confirmation for an incoming EFT originating from a separate asset account to load funds to the prepaid account. This comment describes that such instructions or confirmations may occur in relation to a direct deposit of salary from an employer and a direct deposit of government benefits. New comment 61(a)(4)(ii)(A)-3.ii also provides an example of a case where the prepaid account issuer may receive a request from the consumer to load funds to the prepaid account from a separate asset account. This comment describes an example where the consumer, in the course of a transaction, requests a load from a deposit account or uses a debit card to cover the amount of the transaction if there are insufficient funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account to pay for the transaction.
New comment 61(a)(4)(ii)(A)-4 also makes clear that the two circumstances described above in which a prepaid account issuer can authorize transactions that create a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account, namely payment cushions and delayed load cushions, are not mutually exclusive. For example, assume a prepaid account issuer has adopted the $10 payment cushion and the delayed load cushion. Also, assume the prepaid account issuer has received an instruction or confirmation for an incoming EFT originating from a separate asset account to load funds to the prepaid account, but the prepaid account issuer has not received the funds from the separate asset account. In this case, a prepaid account issuer satisfies this requirement if the amount of a transaction at authorization will not cause the prepaid account balance to become negative at the time of the authorization by more than the requested load amount plus the $10 payment cushion.
Thus, this prong prevents a prepaid account issuer from charging credit-related fees for the credit extended through a negative balance on the prepaid account, except for fees or charges for the actual costs of collecting the credit extended if otherwise permitted by law. Because the credit extended through the exception in new § 1026.61(a)(4) is intended to be limited to inadvertent or de minimis credit, the Bureau believes that it is appropriate to limit the exception to instances in which the prepaid account issuer does not charge credit-related fees for the credit, except for fees or charges for the actual costs of collecting the credit extended if otherwise permitted by law. In addition, the Bureau believes that preventing prepaid account issuers from generally charging credit-related fees to take advantage of this exception will provide greater incentive to prepaid account issuers to limit the circumstances resulting in “forced pay” transactions extended through this exception. For the reasons discussed in the
To facilitate compliance, new comment 61(a)(4)(ii)(B)-1 clarifies that new § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B) does not prohibit a prepaid account issuer from charging different terms on different prepaid account programs. For example, the terms may differ between a prepaid account program where a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card is not offered in connection with any prepaid accounts within the prepaid account program and a prepaid account program where a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card may be offered to some consumers in connection with their prepaid accounts. The Bureau recognizes that prepaid account issuer may offer prepaid programs for different purposes and offer different services on those prepaid account programs. Those service differences may impact the pricing on the prepaid programs. The Bureau believes that requiring prepaid account issuers to charge the same fees on all of its prepaid account programs to take advantage of this exception would make the exception generally unavailable for most prepaid account issuers.
New § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B)(
New comment 61(a)(4)(ii)(B)(
New comment 61(a)(4)(ii)(B)(
New § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B)(
Consistent with the proposal, a prepaid card is a credit card under the final rule if the prepaid account issuer charges a late fee with respect to the credit.
New § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B)(
New comment 61(a)(4)(ii)(B)(
New comment 61(a)(4)(ii)(B)(
Nonetheless, new comment 61(a)(4)(ii)(B)(
New comment 61(a)(4)(ii)(B)(
New § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(C) also makes clear that a prepaid account issuer may still satisfy the exception in new § 1026.61(a)(4) even if it debits fees or charges from the asset feature when there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature to cover those fees or charges at the time they are imposed, so long as those fees or charges are not the type of fees or charges enumerated in new § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B), as discussed above. New comment 61(a)(4)(ii)(C)-1 explains that a fee or charge not otherwise covered by new § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii))(B) does not become covered by that provision simply because there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account to pay the fee when it is imposed. For example, assume that a prepaid account issuer imposes a fee for an ATM balance inquiry and the amount of the fee is not higher based on whether credit is extended or whether there is a negative balance on the prepaid account. Also assume that when
New § 1026.61(a)(5) sets forth definitions of the following terms that are used in new § 1026.61 and throughout the regulation in relation to hybrid prepaid-credit cards: (1) Prepaid account; (2) prepaid card; (3) prepaid account issuer
Although Regulation Z and its commentary use the term “debit card,” that term is not defined. Generally, under the existing regulation, this term refers to a card that accesses an asset account. Specifically, existing comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.B provides as an example of a credit card: “A card that accesses both a credit and an asset account (that is, a debit-credit card).” In addition, existing comment 2(a)(15)-2.ii.A provides that the term credit card does not include a debit card with no credit feature or agreement, even if the creditor occasionally honors an inadvertent overdraft.
Under the proposal, different rules generally would have applied in Regulation Z depending on whether credit is accessed by a card or device that accesses a prepaid account or a card or device that accesses another type of asset account. To assist compliance with the regulation, the proposal would have defined “debit card” for purposes of Regulation Z in proposed § 1026.2(a)(15)(iv) to mean “any card, plate, or other single device that may be used from time to time to access an asset account other than a prepaid account.” The proposed definition of “debit card” would have specified that it does not include a prepaid card. Proposed § 1026.2(a)(15)(v) would have defined “prepaid card” to mean “any card, code, or other device that can be used to access a prepaid account.” The proposal would have defined “prepaid account” in proposed § 1026.2(a)(15)(vi) to mean a prepaid account as defined in proposed Regulation E § 1005.2(b)(3). Proposed comment 2(a)(15)-6 would have provided that the term “prepaid card” in proposed § 1026.2(a)(15)(v) includes any card, code, or other device that can be used to access a prepaid account, including a prepaid account number or other code. That proposed comment also would have provided that the phrase “credit accessed by a prepaid card” means any credit that is accessed by any card, code, or other device that also can be used to access a prepaid account.
The term “prepaid account” as defined in proposed Regulation E § 1005.2(b)(3) would not have included gift cards, government benefit accounts that are excluded under Regulation E § 1005.15(a)(2), employee flex cards, and HSA and other medical expense cards. Under current Regulation Z and the proposal, these cards would not been credit cards unless they were subject to an agreement to extend credit.
Nonetheless, the Bureau solicited comment on whether gift cards, government benefit accounts that are excluded under Regulation E § 1005.15(a)(2), employee flex cards, and HSA and other medical expense cards should be included within the definition of “prepaid accounts” for purposes of Regulation Z, even if those accounts would not been considered prepaid accounts for purposes of error resolution, disclosure, and other purposes under Regulation E. The Bureau solicited comment on current and potential credit features that may be offered on these types of cards, the nature of potential risks to consumers if credit features were offered on these types of cards, and incentives for the industry to offer credit features on these types of cards. The Bureau also solicited comment on any implications of treating these products as prepaid accounts under Regulation Z but not Regulation E.
Several industry commenters, including programs managers and a payment network, indicated that these products should not be covered by Regulation Z if they are not prepaid accounts under Regulation E. One consumer group commenter indicated that these accounts should be covered by Regulation Z if they offer overdraft credit even if they are not prepaid accounts under Regulation E. This commenter indicated that while those types of accounts would rarely, if ever, have a credit or overdraft feature, the Bureau should to include prepaid cards in the Regulation Z definition of credit card if they access credit or overdraft features in connection with such accounts.
One program manager also indicated that the Bureau should exempt student cards and payroll cards from the overdraft provisions in the proposal under Regulation Z even if these cards access prepaid accounts as defined in Regulation E.
As discussed in the
Consistent with the proposal, as discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.2(a)(15)(iv) above, the term “debit card” is defined in new § 1026.2(a)(15)(iv) to mean any card, plate, or other single device that may be used from time to time to access an asset account other than a prepaid account, as defined in new § 1026.61. Under the final rule, the term “debit card” does not include a prepaid card, as defined in § 1026.61.
The final rule moves the definition of “prepaid card” from proposed § 1026.2(a)(15)(v) to new § 1026.61(a)(5)(vii) and adopts this definition as proposed. New § 1026.61(a)(5)(vii) defines “prepaid card” to mean any card, code, or other device that can be used to access a prepaid account. The final rule moves proposed comment 2(a)(15)-6 to new comment 61(a)(5)(vii)-1 and revises it. Consistent with proposed comment 2(a)(15)-6, new comment 61(a)(5)(vii)-1 clarifies that the term “prepaid card” in new § 1026.61(a)(5)(vii) includes any card, code, or other device that can be used to access a prepaid account, including a prepaid account number or other code. Proposed comment2(a)(15)-6 also would have provided that the phrase “credit accessed by a prepaid card” means any credit that is accessed by any card, code, or other device that also can be used to access a prepaid account. The Bureau has not adopted this part of proposed comment 2(a)(15)-6 because the final rule does not use the term “credit accessed by a prepaid card.” Instead, the final rule uses the term “hybrid prepaid-credit card” as defined in § 1026.61(a).
The Bureau is not exempting categorically student cards and payroll cards from the provisions in the final rule under Regulation Z even if these cards access prepaid accounts as defined in Regulation E and meet the definition of “hybrid prepaid-credit card” under new § 1026.61(a). These cards would be “prepaid cards” under new § 1026.61(a)(15)(vii) to the extent
The final rule moves the definition of “prepaid account” from proposed § 1026.2(a)(15)(vi) to new § 1026.61(a)(5)(v) and adopts this definition as proposed. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of Regulation E § 1005.2(b)(3)(ii) above, the term “prepaid account,” as defined in final Regulation E § 1005.2(b)(3)(ii), does not include, among other things, products such as gift cards, accounts established for distributing certain needs-tested government benefits that are excluded under Regulation E § 1005.15(a)(2), and certain types of health care and employee benefit accounts. The provisions in the final rule that apply to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards do not apply to cards or access devices that access these types of accounts because they are not “prepaid accounts” under final Regulation E § 1005.2(b)(3) or new Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(5)(v). At this time, the Bureau does not believe that it is appropriate to include these accounts in the definition of “prepaid account” for purposes of new § 1026.61(a)(5)(v), when these accounts are not “prepaid accounts” for purposes of final § 1005.2(b)(3). The Bureau is unaware of any credit features currently associated with cards that access these types of accounts. At this time, the Bureau believes that it is appropriate to maintain consistency between the definitions of “prepaid account” in Regulation E § 1005.2(b)(3) and Regulation Z § 1026.61(a)(5)(v).
The proposal did not define the terms “prepaid account issuer,” “affiliate,” or “business partner.” For the reasons discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61, the Bureau is revising the circumstances from the proposal for when a prepaid card is a credit card (
Second, new comment 61(a)(5)(iii)-1.ii provides that an unaffiliated person that can extend credit is a business partner of the prepaid account issuer if the person or its affiliate has a business, marketing, promotional agreement, or other arrangement with the prepaid account issuer or its affiliate where the agreement or arrangement provides that prepaid accounts offered by the prepaid account issuer will be marketed to the customers of the person that can extend credit; or the credit feature will be marketed to the holders of prepaid accounts offered by the prepaid account issuer (including any marketing to customers to link the separate credit feature to the prepaid account to be used as an overdraft credit feature); and (2) at the time of the marketing agreement or arrangement, or at any time afterwards, the prepaid card from time to time can draw, transfer, or authorize the draw or transfer of credit from the separate credit feature in the course of transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers. In this case, this requirement is satisfied even if there is no specific agreement between the parties that the card can access the separate credit feature, as described above under new comment 61(a)(5)(iii)-1.i. For example, this requirement is satisfied even if the draw, transfer, or authorization of the draw or transfer, from the separate credit feature is effectuated through a card network or payment network.
New comment 61(a)(5)(iii)-2 provides that a person (other than a prepaid account issuer or its affiliates) that can extend credit through a separate credit feature will be deemed to have an arrangement with the prepaid account issuer if the person that can extend credit, its service provider, or the person's affiliate has an arrangement with the prepaid account issuer, its service provider such as a program manager, or the issuer's affiliates. In that
To prevent evasion of the protections provided in the final rule related to hybrid prepaid-credit cards, the Bureau believes that it is important to include an unaffiliated third party that can extend credit through a separate credit feature as a “business partner” of the prepaid account issuer where the person that can extend credit, or its affiliate, has a marketing agreement or arrangement with the prepaid account issuer, or its affiliate, and where, whether or not by agreement, the prepaid card can access the separate credit feature in the course of a transaction. Otherwise, the Bureau is concerned that without including such arrangements, prepaid account issuers or their affiliates could structure an arrangement with an unaffiliated third party that can extend credit, or its affiliate, to avoid forming an “agreement,” as discussed in new comment 61(a)(5)(iii)-1.i, that the card may be used to access the third party's credit feature as an overdraft credit feature when all the parties understand that this type of connection is occurring. Such a result could frustrate the operation of certain consumer protections provided in the final rule. The Bureau believes that when there is a marketing agreement or arrangement between the parties as described in new comment 61(a)(5)(iii)-1.ii.A, the parties have a sufficient connection such that the unaffiliated third party that can extend credit should understand when its credit feature is used as an overdraft credit feature with respect to a prepaid account, even if there is no specific agreement between the parties to that effect under new comment 61(a)(5)(iii)-1.i. Also, the Bureau believes that these types of links between the prepaid account issuer and the unaffiliated third party that can extend credit are likely to involve revenue sharing or payments between the two companies, and the pricing structure of the two accounts may be tied together. Thus, the Bureau believes that it is appropriate to consider these entities to be business partners in this context.
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.61(b) below, the final rule requires that credit features that are accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card be structured as a separate credit feature—either a separate sub-account or account—rather than as a negative balance on the asset feature of a prepaid account. While a negative balance structure would be permissible where an issuer only offers incidental credit pursuant to new § 1026.61(a)(4),
The Bureau defines the terms “asset feature,” “credit feature,” and “separate credit feature” to effectuate the provisions set forth in new § 1026.61(b), as well as other provisions set forth in new § 1026.61 and in Regulation Z generally that relate to hybrid prepaid-credit cards. These defined terms are discussed in more detail below.
New comment 61(a)(5)(iv)-1 provides that the definition of “credit feature” set forth in new § 1026.61(a)(5)(iv) only defines that term for purposes of Regulation Z in relation to credit offered in connection with a prepaid account or prepaid card. This comment explains that this definition does not impact when an account, subaccount or negative balance is a credit feature under Regulation Z with respect to credit in relation to a checking account or other transaction account that is not a prepaid account, or a debit card.
One issuing credit union indicated that the Bureau should clarify that where a prepaid account is loaded with funds using a deposit account where an overdraft protection program or overdraft line of credit is activated, the prepaid card does not become a credit card under the proposal because the overdraft protection program or overdraft line of credit was activated. New comment 61(a)(5)(iv)-2 provides that a “credit feature” for purposes of § 1026.61(a)(5)(iv) does not include an asset account other than a prepaid account that has an attached overdraft feature. For example, assume that funds are loaded or transferred to a prepaid account from an asset account (other than a prepaid account) on which an overdraft feature is attached. The asset account is not a credit feature under new § 1026.61(a)(5)(iv) even if the load or transfer of funds to the prepaid account triggers the overdraft feature that is attached to the asset account.
Under the proposal, credit plans, including overdraft services and overdraft lines of credit, that are directly accessed by certain prepaid cards would have been subject to the rules for credit cards under Regulation Z. In particular, proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2.i.F would have provided that the term “credit card” includes a prepaid card (including a prepaid card that is solely an account number) that is a single device that may be used from time to time to access a credit plan, except if that prepaid card only accesses credit that is not subject to any finance charge, as defined in § 1026.4, or any fee described in § 1026.4(c), and is not payable by written agreement in more than four installments.
The proposal made clear that the Bureau intended that the credit card rules apply broadly to a range of product structures. In the proposal, for instance, the Bureau specifically stated that the proposal was intended to cover: (1) Transactions that are authorized where the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds in the prepaid account at the time of authorization; and (2) transactions on a prepaid account where the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds in the prepaid account at the time the transaction is paid. Such transactions would have been credit accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card under the proposal, regardless of whether the person established a separate credit account to extend the credit or whether the credit was simply reflected as a negative balance on the prepaid account.
In addition to proposing a broad scope of coverage, the Bureau sought to explore practical considerations regarding product structure and operations for credit that would be subject to the credit card rules. Specifically, in the proposal, the Bureau stated its belief that creditors would tend to establish separate credit accounts to extend credit accessed by the prepaid card that is a credit card, instead of having the credit balance be reflected as a negative balance on the prepaid account, because creditors generally would find that separate credit accounts aid compliance with the periodic statement requirements in proposed §§ 1026.5(b)(2)(ii) and 1026.7(b)(11) and the offset provisions in proposed § 1026.12(d)(3) that would apply to credit card accounts accessed by prepaid cards. The Bureau solicited comment on whether creditors would likely establish separate credit accounts, instead of reflecting the credit balance as a negative balance on the prepaid account. The Bureau also solicited comment on any implications for compliance depending on how the account is structured (
The commenters that responded to the Bureau's questions on this issue universally supported separate account structures. Specifically, one industry trade association stated that it believed a credit feature that is accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card under the proposal should not be structured as a negative prepaid account balance. This commenter pointed out that, if an account is a “dual” account, the overdraft line of credit would only be accessed if a transaction amount were more than the amount in the prepaid account, and such a transaction would create two distinct balances. Similarly, one consumer group commenter stated with respect to credit accessed by a prepaid card that is a credit card, the Bureau should require the credit feature to be structured as a separate account, rather than reflected as a negative balance on the prepaid account. This commenter indicated that allowing credit to be reflected solely as a negative balance on the prepaid account would be confusing to consumers and would undercut the message that the consumer is being given credit, and being charged for credit.
After consideration of these comments and additional internal analysis regarding transparency and compliance concerns, in the final rule, the Bureau requires that credit features that are accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card be structured as a separate credit feature—either a separate sub-account or account—rather than as a negative balance on the asset feature of a prepaid account. While a negative balance structure would be permissible where an issuer only offers incidental credit pursuant to new § 1026.61(a)(4),
The Bureau believes that this structural requirement will make it substantially easier for creditors and consumers alike to implement and understand credit accessible via a hybrid prepaid-credit card under a credit card regime. Regulation Z's open-end rules are generally drafted with the assumption that the product in question is a pure credit product, without substantial positive funds. For example, existing § 1026.11(a) generally provides that creditors must refund any positive balances on the credit account to the consumer within six months. And, as discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.4(a) above, the rules for defining finance charges in the credit card context generally treat all transaction charges as finance charges, which makes sense when all transactions are generally assumed to involve use of credit.
But because hybrid prepaid-credit cards by their nature involve consumer assets as well as use of credit, bifurcating the asset feature from the credit feature makes application of the credit card rules more intuitive in a number of respects. For example, as discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii) above, it provides a structure by which general transaction fees that are imposed in the same amount for any transaction conducted on the prepaid account—regardless of whether there are sufficient positive funds in the account—to be excluded from the finance charge. This both makes the program easier for the prepaid account issuer to operate and easier for the
Bifurcating the two features also will make it easier to apply standard credit card requirements, such as periodic statements requirements and no-offset rules in the prepaid context. Specifically, the periodic statement requirements in § 1026.7(b)(1) and (10) (which implement TILA section 127(b)(1) and (8) respectively) require card issuers to disclose for each billing cycle both the outstanding balance in the account at the beginning of statement period and the outstanding balance in the account at the end of the period.
Accordingly, the Bureau believes that use of its authority under TILA section 105(a) to add the provisions in new § 1026.61(b) is necessary and proper to effectuate the purposes of TILA to help ensure the informed use of the credit or charge card account. Specifically, TILA section 102 provides that one of the main purposes of TILA is to promote the informed use of credit by ensuring meaningful disclosure of credit terms so that consumers will be able to compare more readily the various credit terms available and avoid the uninformed use of credit.
The Bureau recognizes under this requirement, card issuers will be required after the final rule becomes effective to structure any overdraft credit feature offered by a prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner as a separate credit feature, except to the extent that overdraft credit feature meets the conditions set forth in new § 1026.61(a)(4). To the extent a prepaid account issuer has been offering overdraft credit as a negative balance on prepaid accounts prior to these rules becoming effective, the prepaid account issuer will need to restructure its overdraft credit feature as a separate credit feature if the overdraft credit feature does not meet the conditions set forth in new § 1026.61(a)(4). Nonetheless, as discussed above, the Bureau believes that bifurcating the two accounts is likely to make it easier for card issuers to comply with the Regulation Z requirements, such as the periodic statement and offset provisions discussed above, that will apply to the overdraft credit feature once the final rule becomes effective and facilitate consumers' understanding of the operation of their accounts and their rights with respect to each account.
To provide additional clarity on the provisions in new § 1026.61(b), new comment 61(b)-1 provides that if a credit feature that is accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card is structured as a subaccount of the prepaid account, the credit feature must be set up as a separate balance on the prepaid account such that there are at least two balances on the prepaid account—the asset account balance and the credit account balance.
New comment 61(b)-2 provides guidance on how a card issuer may comply with the requirement in new § 1026.61(b). New comment 61(b)-2.i provides that if at the time a prepaid card transaction is initiated there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account to complete the transaction, credit must be drawn, transferred, or authorized to be drawn or transferred from the covered separate credit feature at the time the transaction is authorized. The card issuer may not allow the asset feature on the prepaid account to become negative and draw or transfer the credit from the covered separate credit feature at a later time, such as at the end of the day. The card issuer must comply with the applicable provisions of this regulation with respect to the credit extension from the time the prepaid card transaction is authorized. Because of the offset prohibition set forth in final § 1026.12(d) and the due date and 21-day timing requirements for periodic statements in final § 1026.7(b)(11) and in final § 1026.5(b)(2)(ii)(A) respectively, incoming deposits to the asset feature of the prepaid account could not be applied automatically to repay the negative balance on the asset balance of the prepaid account when those incoming deposits are received. Thus, new comment 61(b)-2.i makes clear that a card issuer may not allow the asset feature on the prepaid account to become negative and draw or transfer the credit from the covered separate credit feature at a later time, such as at the end of the day, to ensure that the card issuer is complying with these Regulation Z provisions in a manner that is clear to consumers.
New comment 61(b)-2.ii provides that for transactions where there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the transaction at the time it settles, and the prepaid transaction either was not authorized in advance or the transaction was authorized and there were sufficient or available funds in the prepaid account at the time of authorization to cover the transaction, credit must be drawn from the covered separate credit feature to settle these
New comment 61(b)-2.iii provides that if a negative balance would result on the asset feature in circumstances other than those described in new comment 61(b)-2.i and ii, credit must be drawn from the covered separate credit feature to avoid the negative balance. The card issuer may not allow the asset feature on the prepaid account to become negative. The card issuer must comply with the applicable provisions in this regulation from the time credit is drawn from the covered separate credit feature. For example, assume that a fee for an ATM balance inquiry is imposed on the prepaid account when there are insufficient or unavailable funds to cover the amount of the fee when it is imposed. Credit must be drawn from the covered separate credit feature to avoid a negative balance. The Bureau expects that the card issuer will make it clear to consumers in the credit arrangement that credit will be drawn from the covered separate credit feature to avoid a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account, including if applicable for fees imposed on the prepaid account where there are insufficient or unavailable funds to cover the amount of the fee when it is imposed.
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.12(a) above, credit cards generally may not be issued on an unsolicited basis. Thus, TILA section 132 and existing § 1026.12(a) prevent a card issuer from issuing on an unsolicited basis a prepaid card that also is a credit card at the time of issuance. For example, prepaid cards that are sold in retail locations could not access automatically an overdraft credit feature that would make the prepaid card into a credit card at the time the prepaid card is sold. Under TILA section 132 and existing § 1026.12(a), a card issuer could add a credit card feature to a prepaid card only in response to a consumer's explicit request or application.
The Bureau proposed to use its authority in TILA section 105(a) and Dodd-Frank Act section 1032(a) to add new proposed § 1026.12(h)(1) that would have required card issuers to wait at least 30 days after a prepaid account is registered before the card issuer may make a solicitation or provide an application to the holder of the prepaid account to open a credit or charge card account that would be accessed by a prepaid card. In addition, card issuers would have been required to wait until at least 30 days after registration to open a credit card account for the holder of a prepaid account that would be accessed by the prepaid card. Moreover, if a card issuer has established an existing credit or charge card account with a holder of a prepaid account that is accessed by a prepaid, the card issuer would have been prevented from allowing an additional prepaid card obtained by the consumer from the card issuer to access the credit or charge card account, until at least 30 days after the consumer has registered the additional prepaid account.
Proposed § 1026.12(h)(2) would have defined “solicitation” for purposes of § 1026.12(h)(1) to mean an offer by the card issuer to open a credit or charge card account that does not require the consumer to complete an application. This proposed definition of “solicitation” would have been the same as one used with respect to credit card disclosures set forth in existing § 1026.60(a)(1) that must be provided on or with credit card applications and solicitations. See the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.60 above. Consistent with existing § 1026.60, proposed § 1026.12(h)(2) also would have specified that a “firm offer of credit,” as defined in section 603(l) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act
Proposed comment 12(h)-1 would have explained that a prepaid card or prepaid account is registered, such that the 30-day timing requirement required by proposed § 1026.12(h) begins, when the issuer of the prepaid card or prepaid account successfully completes its collection of consumer identifying information and identity verification in accordance with the requirements of applicable Federal and State law. The beginning of the required 30-day timing requirement would have been triggered by successful completion of collection of consumer identifying information and identity verification, not by the consumer's mere purchase or obtaining of the card.
Proposed comment 12(h)-2 would have provided a cross-reference to existing § 1026.12(a)(1) and proposed comment 12(a)(1)-7 for additional rules that would apply to the addition of a credit or charge card account to a previously-issued prepaid account. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.12(a)(1) above, proposed comment 12(a)(1)-7 would have provided that a credit card feature may be added to a previously issued prepaid card only upon the consumer's specific request and only in compliance with proposed § 1026.12(h). Proposed comment 12(h)-2 also would have cross-referenced § 1026.60 and related commentary for disclosures that generally must be provided on or with applications or solicitations to open a credit or charge card account.
Several consumer group commenters urged the Bureau to extend the 30-day waiting period to 90 days. They noted that in 30 days, the consumer will only have completed one monthly cycle and will not have time to explore all the card's features. They believed that more time would help the consumer see whether she can manage her finances without resorting to credit at the end of the month. They also believed that a 90 day waiting period would help creditors to determine whether the consumer has the ability to repay credit.
Several commenters, including industry trade associations, an issuing bank, and a payment network, indicated that the Bureau should not adopt a waiting period. For example, one payment network said that this approach may create burdens and frustration for consumers who are explicitly seeking a prepaid account that has credit features. This commenter believed that the risks identified by the Bureau are more appropriately mitigated by requiring an affirmative consumer opt-in for any prepaid card to be linked with a credit feature, and that this opt-in can be given only after disclosures about the credit have been provided.
One digital wallet provider suggested that the Bureau clarify that this restriction does not apply to a digital wallet's funding sources. This commenter was concerned that applying the 30-day waiting period to digital wallets would effectively ban new consumers from linking a credit card as a funding source for their digital wallet.
After consideration of the comments, the Bureau is adopting the 30-day waiting period largely as proposed. Specifically, the Bureau is moving proposed § 1026.12(h) to new § 1026.61(c) and is revising it to clarify the intent of the provision and to be
New § 1026.61(c)(2) provides that for purposes of new § 1026.61(c), the term “solicitation” has the same meaning set forth in § 1026.60(a)(1). The term “solicitation” in existing § 1026.60(a)(1) means an offer by the card issuer to open a credit or charge card account that does not require the consumer to complete an application. In addition, existing § 1026.60(a)(1) provides that a “firm offer of credit” as defined in section 603(l) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act
The Bureau is moving proposed comment 12(h)-1 to comment 61(c)-1 and is revising it to provide additional clarification. Consistent with the proposal, new comment 61(c)-1 provides that a prepaid card or prepaid account is registered, such that the 30-day timing requirement required by new § 1026.61(c) begins, when the issuer of the prepaid card or prepaid account successfully completes its collection of consumer identifying information and identity verification in accordance with the requirements of applicable Federal and State law. The beginning of the required 30-day timing requirement is triggered by successful completion of collection of consumer identifying information and identity verification, not by the consumer's mere purchase or obtaining of the card. New comment 61(c)-1 is revised from the proposal to provide guidance on situations where customer identification and verification are completed on a prepaid account before the account is opened. In that case, new comment 61(c)(1)-1 provides that the 30-day timing requirement begins on the day the prepaid account is opened.
The Bureau is moving proposed comment 12(h)-2 to new comment 61(c)-2 and is adopting it as proposed. The Bureau also is adding new comment 61(c)-3 to address situations where a hybrid prepaid-credit card is replaced or substituted for another hybrid prepaid-credit card. Specifically, new comment 61(c)-3 provides that a card issuer is not required to comply with new § 1026.61(c) when a hybrid prepaid-credit card is permitted to be replaced, or substituted, for another hybrid prepaid-credit card without a request or application under final § 1026.12(a)(2) and related commentary. For example, new § 1026.61(c) does not apply to situations where a prepaid account or credit feature that is accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card is replaced because of security concerns, and a new hybrid prepaid-credit card is issued to access the new prepaid account or credit feature without a request or application under final § 1026.12(a)(2).
With regard to comments urging the Bureau to clarify that the 30-day restriction does not apply to a digital wallet's funding sources, the Bureau is adding new comment 61(a)(1)-4 to provide guidance on the circumstances in which a prepaid account number for a digital wallet that is a prepaid account is a hybrid prepaid-credit card under new § 1026.61(a).
Specifically, new comment 61(a)(1)-4.i states that a digital wallet that is capable of being loaded with funds is a prepaid account under final Regulation E § 1005.2(b)(3).
Thus, new § 1026.61(c) applies to a digital wallet that is capable of being loaded with funds (and thus is a prepaid account under final Regulation E § 1005.2(b)(3)), where the prepaid account number that can access such a digital wallet is a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in new § 1026.61(a). The Bureau believes that this additional guidance will help relieve any concerns that the 30-day period would effectively ban new consumers from linking a credit card as a funding source for their digital wallet, except where the linked credit feature is a covered separate credit feature as defined in new § 1026.61(a)(2)(i).
With regard to the two conflicting sets of comments urging the Bureau to drop the 30-day waiting period entirely and conversely to expand it to 90 days, the Bureau has concluded based on additional consideration to adopt the 30-day waiting period as proposed. The Bureau continues to believe the 30-day waiting period would benefit consumers by separating the decisions to obtain and register the prepaid account from the decision to obtain a covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card. Nonetheless, the Bureau believes that extending the waiting period to 90 days seems unnecessary to ensure that a consumer can make an informed decision regarding whether to link the account to a covered separate credit feature. The Bureau believes that a longer waiting period may restrict consumers who are seeking prepaid accounts with covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards.
The Bureau notes that if the prepaid account issuer offers the covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card, the prepaid account issuer is the “card issuer” for purposes of Regulation Z, including new § 1026.61(c). This is because the hybrid prepaid-credit card accessing the covered separate credit feature is a credit card, and existing § 1026.2(a)(7) defines “card issuer” as a person that issues a credit card or that person's agent with respect to the card. If the prepaid account issuer's affiliate or business partner offers the covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, both the person offering the covered separate credit feature and the prepaid account issuer are card issuers for purposes of new § 1026.61(c). In this case, under new comment 2(a)(7)-1.ii, the person offering the covered separate credit feature would be an agent of the prepaid account issuer.
The Bureau believes that use of its authority under TILA section 105(a) to add the provisions in new § 1026.61(c) is necessary and proper to effectuate the purposes of TILA to help ensure the informed use of the credit or charge card
The Bureau believes that the requirement in new § 1026.61(c) of a 30-day waiting period for a prepaid card to access a covered separate credit feature will promote the informed and voluntary use of credit. Under new § 1026.12(c)(1), a card issuer must not do any of the following until 30 days after the prepaid account has been registered: (1) Open a covered separate credit feature that could be accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card; (2) make a solicitation or provide an application to open a covered separate credit feature that could be accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card; or (3) allow an existing credit feature that was opened prior to the consumer obtaining the prepaid account to become a covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card. The Bureau believes that it would promote the informed use of the credit to separate the decision to purchase and register a prepaid account from the decision to accept an offer to add a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. The Bureau believes that consumers may be able to focus more effectively on the credit terms of the covered separate credit feature, and make a more informed decision whether to request such a credit feature, if the decision to accept the credit feature occurs apart from the process to register the card. Without these protections, card issuers may attempt to market the covered separate credit feature to prepaid cardholders at the time they purchase the prepaid card or at registration. The Bureau believes that without this provision, prepaid account issuers would be likely to provide solicitations or applications to the prepaid cardholder to open a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, or suggest that the prepaid cardholder allow an existing credit feature held by the prepaid cardholder to become a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, at the time the prepaid accounts are registered because prepaid account issuers will already be collecting information from the cardholders in order to register the prepaid accounts.
Without the waiting period, consumers may feel pressured to decide whether to add the covered separate credit feature without having the opportunity to fully consider the terms of the credit feature and the consequences of obtaining the credit feature. Therefore, the Bureau believes that a consumer's decision to add a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card to the prepaid account should be distinct from the decision to obtain or register the prepaid card.
In addition, the Bureau believes that separating these decisions would better allow consumers to focus on the terms and conditions that apply to the prepaid account at the time of purchase and registration, which may enable the consumer to better understand those terms and conditions. This is consistent with EFTA section 905(a), which requires financial institutions to disclose the terms and conditions of EFTs involving a consumer's account. The Bureau also believes that requiring at least 30 days to elapse between the registration of a prepaid account and any offer of a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card would enhance consumer understanding of the terms of the prepaid account and would help consumers to make more informed decisions regarding linking a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card to the prepaid account.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of Regulation E § 1005.18(e)(3) above, existing customer identification requirements limit the functionality of most prepaid accounts prior to registration. In addition, the registration process is critical for application of full Regulation E protections under this final rule. For example, Regulation E § 1005.18(e)(3) provides that for all prepaid accounts, other than payroll card accounts and government benefit accounts, with respect to which the financial institution has not completed its identification and verification process (or for which the financial institution has no process), the financial institution is not required to provisionally credit the consumer's account in the event the financial institution takes longer than 10 or 20 business days, as applicable, to investigate and determine whether an error occurred.
The Bureau is generally establishing that this rule take effect on October 1, 2017, which is approximately 12 months from the issuance of this final rule. However, the Bureau is adopting several specific accommodations related to the effective date as set forth in § 1005.18(h), and a delayed effective date for the requirement to submit prepaid account agreements to the Bureau as described in § 1005.19(f).
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(h) above, the 12-month implementation period is a change from the proposal, which would have required that the rule generally take effect nine months following the publication of the rule in the
For instance, final § 1005.18(h)(2)(i) sets forth an exception to the October 1, 2017 effective date that states that the disclosure requirements of Regulation E subpart A as modified by final § 1005.18 shall not apply to any disclosures that are provided, or that would otherwise be required to be provided, on prepaid account access devices, or on, in, or with prepaid account access devices and packaging materials that were manufactured, printed, or otherwise produced in the normal course of business prior to October 1, 2017. Accordingly, unlike the proposed rule, the final rule does not require that financial institutions pull and replace existing access devices and packaging material after the rule takes effect. In return, final § 1005.18(h)(2)(ii) requires that financial institutions provide notices of certain changes and updated initial disclosures to consumers who acquire prepaid accounts on or after October 1, 2017 via non-compliant packaging materials printed prior to the effective date. Final § 1005.18(h)(2)(iii) clarifies the requirements for providing notice of changes to consumers who acquired prepaid accounts before October 1, 2017. Final § 1005.18(h)(2)(iv) facilitates the delivery of notices of certain changes and updated initial disclosures for prepaid accounts governed by § 1005.18(h)(2)(ii) or (iii). Final § 1005.18(h)(3) provides an accommodation to financial institutions that do not have sufficient data in a readily accessible form in order to comply fully with the requirements for providing electronic and written account transaction history pursuant to final § 1005.18(c)(1)(ii) and (iii), respectively, and the summary totals of fees pursuant to final § 1005.18(c)(5) by October 1, 2017.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.19(f) above, final § 1005.19(f)(2) sets forth a delayed effective date of October 1, 2018 for the requirement to submit prepaid account agreements to the Bureau on a rolling basis pursuant to final § 1005.19(b). The Bureau believes that the effective dates discussed herein strike the appropriate balance between providing consumers with necessary protections while giving financial institutions adequate time to comply with all aspects of this final rule.
In developing the final rule, the Bureau has considered the potential benefits, costs, and impacts required by section 1022(b)(2) of the Dodd-Frank Act. Specifically, section 1022(b)(2) calls for the Bureau to consider the potential benefits and costs of a regulation to consumers and covered persons (which in this case would be the providers subject to the proposed rule), including the potential reduction of access by consumers to consumer financial products or services, the impact on depository institutions and credit unions with $10 billion or less in total assets as described in section 1026 of the Dodd-Frank Act, and the impact on consumers in rural areas. In addition, 12 U.S.C. 5512(b)(2)(B) directs the Bureau to consult, before and during the rulemaking, with appropriate prudential regulators or other Federal agencies, regarding consistency with objectives those agencies administer. The Bureau has consulted, or offered to consult with, the prudential regulators, the Department of the Treasury, the Securities and Exchange Commission, and the Federal Trade Commission regarding consistency with any prudential, market, or systemic objectives administered by these agencies.
As discussed above, the final rule amends both Regulation E, which implements EFTA, and Regulation Z, which implements TILA, as well as the official interpretation to those regulations. The final rule creates comprehensive consumer protections for prepaid financial products. It expressly brings such products within the ambit of Regulation E as prepaid accounts and creates new provisions specific to such accounts. It also modifies certain Regulation E provisions as they apply to prepaid accounts, including provisions that currently apply to government benefit accounts and payroll card accounts.
In applying the consumer protections in Regulation E to a broader set of consumer accounts, the Bureau furthers the statutory purposes of EFTA, which include providing a basic framework establishing the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of participants in EFT systems and providing individual consumer rights. In addition, the Bureau believes that applying the consumer protections articulated in Regulation Z to covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card conforms to TILA's statutory purposes, which include assuring a meaningful disclosure of credit terms, avoiding the uninformed use of credit, and protecting consumers against inaccurate and unfair billing and credit card practices.
Below, the Bureau considers the benefits, costs, and impacts of the following major provisions of the final rule:
1. The establishment of certain disclosures that financial institutions are required to provide to consumers (or, in certain circumstances, provide consumers access to) prior to the acquisition of a prepaid account and modifications of initial disclosures that are provided at account acquisition;
2. The application of Regulation E's periodic statement requirement to prepaid accounts and the establishment of an alternative that requires financial institutions to provide consumers access to certain types of account information;
3. The extension of Regulation E's limited liability and error resolution regime to all prepaid accounts, including provisional credit requirements in most circumstances;
4. The requirement that all issuers of prepaid accounts submit their prepaid account agreements to the Bureau on an ongoing basis, post publicly available prepaid account agreements on their own Web sites, and in limited circumstances, respond to consumers' requests for written copies of their account agreements; and
5. The modification and application of particular Regulation E and Regulation Z provisions to covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card.
With respect to each major provision of the final rule, the Bureau considers the benefits, costs, and impacts to consumers and covered persons. In addition, the Bureau discusses certain alternative provisions that it considered, in addition to the major provisions ultimately adopted, and addresses comments received in response to the proposed rule's section 1022(b)(2)(A) treatment of these topics. Where comments discuss the benefits or costs of a provision of the proposed rule in the context of commenting on the merits of that provision, the Bureau has addressed those comments above in the relevant section-by-section analysis. In this respect, the Bureau's section 1022(b)(2)(A) discussion is not limited to the discussion in this part of the final rule.
In considering the relevant potential benefits, costs, and impacts, the Bureau
General economic principles, coupled with available quantitative information, provide insight into the potential benefits, costs, and impacts arising from the final rule. Where possible, the Bureau makes quantitative estimates based on these principles as well as available data. However, where data are limited, the Bureau generally provides a qualitative discussion of the final rule's benefits, costs, and impacts.
The baseline for this discussion is the current market for prepaid accounts.
The final rule both extends Regulation E to cover additional accounts and amends Regulation E to include new provisions for those accounts, such as the final rule's requirements relating to pre-acquisition disclosures. With respect to the provisions addressing consumer access to account information, limited liability, and error resolution protections, the Bureau generally extends existing provisions of Regulation E, as they apply to payroll card accounts, to all prepaid accounts. For some prepaid accounts, such as GPR cards that do not receive Federal payments, these protections are newly required. However, certain other prepaid accounts, such as payroll card accounts and GPR cards that receive Federal payments, are currently subject to Regulation E's requirements (as they apply to payroll card accounts) directly or indirectly.
Current industry practice is consistent with the final rule's requirements in some cases. In such cases, the benefits, costs, and impacts of the final rule on both financial institutions and consumers are more modest than those that would result if industry practice deviated from the final rule's requirements. As discussed above, the Bureau's Study of Prepaid Account Agreements, performed in connection with the proposed rule, suggested that many financial institutions subject to the final rule already implement many of the final rule's requirements pertaining to consumer access to account information, limited liability, and error resolution. In addition to existing Federal regulatory requirements, the need for issuing financial institutions to comply with payment card associations' network rules may explain why some financial institutions currently fully or partially implement the final rule's requirements with respect to limited liability and error resolution.
The final rule also includes protections for consumers using prepaid cards to access covered separate credit features offered by prepaid account issuers, their affiliates, or their business partners (except as provided in new § 1026.61(a)(4)). The Bureau understands that few providers currently offer prepaid accounts with overdraft services.
The Bureau believes that those few prepaid account providers offering overdraft services do not presently comply with requirements set forth in the final rule's credit provisions. The Bureau understands that those prepaid account providers offering overdraft services condition consumer eligibility on receipt of a regularly occurring direct deposit and require consumers to opt-in to the service.
The Bureau believes that additional prepaid account providers may be considering offering products that would be covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, suggesting the potential for increased consumer access to these products in the future.
The final rule applies to any prepaid product that meets the definition of prepaid account set forth in § 1005.2(b)(3). With respect to the Regulation E provisions, covered persons include financial institutions that issue prepaid accounts. Financial institutions may work with program managers or other industry participants in marketing, establishing, or maintaining prepaid accounts.
In applying the consumer protections in Regulations E and Z to a broader class of accounts, the Bureau intends to reduce consumer and industry uncertainty regarding responsibilities and liabilities among market participants. With the possible exception of the final rule's credit provisions, which apply to covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, the Bureau does not believe that the final rule will meaningfully reduce consumer access to consumer financial products and services. This is because, with the exception of the credit provisions, most financial institutions are already partially complying with many of the final rule's requirements (due to preexisting regulatory requirements or payment card association network rules), and the additional requirements of the final rule will result in relatively modest ongoing burden for these institutions.
By adopting the final rule, the Bureau aims to lessen consumer risk associated with using those prepaid account products that currently do not offer the protections required by the final rule. In addition, the final rule lessens the potential risk incurred by consumers who would use prepaid account products in the future that, absent the final rule's requirements, would lack these protections. In particular, the Bureau is concerned that some prepaid account consumers may be unaware that certain prepaid account products currently on the market offer fewer protections than comparable products currently subject to Regulation E, and consumers may be unaware of the diversity of protections currently offered in connection with prepaid account products. In addition, because both prepaid cards and debit cards linked to checking accounts enable consumers to access their own funds and have similar functionalities and appearances, prepaid accountholders may believe that the accounts associated with these cards offer similar consumer protections. By bringing prepaid accounts within the ambit of Regulation E, the final rule ensures that prepaid accountholders receive consistent protections, regardless of the prepaid account held, and have the opportunity to enjoy the protections afforded to consumers of similar products.
The final rule's disclosure requirements ensure that consumers generally have access to comparable, transparent, key, and comprehensive information prior to acquiring a prepaid account. Motivated by private incentives, financial institutions may choose to disclose a socially suboptimal amount of information to consumers.
In addition to reducing search costs by making information more comparable and transparent, the final rule's disclosure requirements ensure that consumers have access to comprehensive information regarding prepaid accounts. Financial institutions have strong incentives to make consumers aware of generally attractive product features, such as functionality offered without an additional fee. However, financial institutions have less incentive to identify and make transparent unattractive product features, such as high fees that may be associated with certain types of activities. In some cases, prepaid accountholders may utilize high-cost features frequently, and these consumers may have selected a different product were the fee information transparent when they acquired the account.
One commenter suggested that the Bureau analyze more recent data describing prepaid card consumer spending and behavior but did not point to particular spending or behavior studies that it deemed more informative than those discussed in the proposal. Commenters noted that various third-party sources aggregate information regarding prepaid cards and offer consumers evaluations of prepaid card fees and terms, including tailored recommendations in some cases. However, not all consumers rely on these evaluations in their search. Consumers may not access these evaluations due to lack of awareness, difficulty in accessing the evaluations, or skepticism regarding their objectivity. The Bureau believes that the final rule's content and formatting requirements increase transparency by ensuring that financial institutions disclose certain terms to consumers before they acquire prepaid accounts.
In addition to depending on financial institutions to disclose information about account features to aid purchasing decisions, consumers rely on financial institutions to provide information regarding their account status, as well as other services such as error resolution, on an ongoing basis. Although the account terms and conditions may articulate the financial institution's commitments with respect to these features, many consumers may not review these documents or be able to anticipate their needs accurately before acquiring an account. Moreover, a financial institution's strength in performing these functions may be difficult to ascertain or impossible to observe in advance. While a financial institution's reputation would suffer if it consistently provided poor service, such long-term consequences may not protect all consumers sufficiently from the financial institution's incentives for short-term gain.
Although most prepaid account programs reviewed in the Bureau's Study of Prepaid Account Agreements offered many of the limited liability and error resolution protections set forth in the final rule, the Bureau is concerned that the total number of consumers at risk of an unexpected loss could increase in the future as more consumers adopt and use prepaid accounts. Prepaid accounts, which leverage the same large payment network rails as credit cards, are widely accepted by merchants and increasingly used by consumers. A survey conducted by the Board in 2013 (and published in 2014) found that 15 percent of respondents reported using a general purpose prepaid card in the past 12 months.
Although consumers have different motivations for acquiring prepaid accounts, some financial institutions design and market these accounts to consumers as an alternative to traditional checking accounts. According to one survey, of the 5 percent of adults who reported using a prepaid card at least once a month, 41 percent did not simultaneously maintain a checking account.
Although consumers may hold funds in certain types of prepaid accounts that are currently subject to Regulation E, some consumers regularly deposit funds into prepaid accounts that are not currently subject to Regulation E's requirements.
In addition, the final rule helps consumers assess the risks and costs associated with using prepaid accounts by requiring more comprehensive disclosure of account transaction history than currently required. These new requirements may help consumers to understand the financial costs associated with using prepaid accounts, to recognize errors, and to exercise error resolution rights. As discussed below, many financial institutions currently implement several of the final rule's provisions relating to communication of account information to accountholders, including providing consumers with electronic access to their transaction history.
The final rule also modifies Regulations E and Z to impose new requirements in relation to covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. As described in greater detail above, in the final rule, the Bureau generally intends to cover under Regulation Z overdraft credit features offered in connection with prepaid accounts where the credit features are offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner (except as described in new § 1026.61(a)(4)). New § 1026.61(b) generally requires that such overdraft credit features be structured as separate sub-accounts or accounts, distinct from the prepaid asset account, to facilitate transparency and compliance with various Regulation Z requirements. New § 1026.61 refers to these overdraft credit features as “covered separate credit features.” In addition, under the final rule, a prepaid card that can access a covered separate credit feature is a “credit card” under Regulation Z with respect to that credit feature. The final rule defines such a prepaid card that is a credit card as a “hybrid prepaid-credit card” in new § 1026.61.
The Bureau anticipates that most covered separate credit features will meet the definition of “open-end credit.” Persons offering covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card that are open-end (not home-secured) credit generally are required to comply with the disclosure provisions and credit card provisions in subparts B and G of Regulation Z, including certain fee and payment restrictions. Additionally, the final rule provides that card issuers must adhere to timing requirements regarding solicitation and application that generally prevent card issuers from doing any of the following within 30 days of prepaid account registration: (1) Opening a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card; (2) making a solicitation or providing an application for such a feature; or (3) allowing an existing credit feature to become such a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. Moreover, for those prepaid account programs where consumers may be offered a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, the final rule requires that a financial institution generally provide to any prepaid account without an associated covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card the same account terms, conditions, and features that it provides on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that have such a credit feature.
Although few providers currently offer overdraft services in connection with prepaid accounts, the Bureau believes that such offerings could become more prevalent in the future. Therefore, the Bureau believes that it is important to ensure that consumers using prepaid cards that access covered separate credit features receive appropriate protections. By adopting the requirements at this time, the Bureau hopes to mitigate harm to consumers arising from the absence of these protections and to lessen disruption that industry could experience if regulatory uncertainty were resolved after such products had become widespread.
To assess the potential impacts of the final rule on consumers and covered persons, the Bureau separately discusses the benefits and costs associated with each major provision. For clarity, costs arising from compliance burdens that are imposed on financial institutions, card issuers, and creditors are discussed under the subheading “Benefits and Costs to Covered Persons” for each major provision. The final rule's provisions may impose one-time implementation costs and may affect ongoing operational costs, both of which may be fixed or variable.
Providers' ability to recoup variable cost increases by raising prices depends on both the relative elasticities of supply and demand for the product and the extent of market competition.
The final rule requires new pre-acquisition disclosures for prepaid accounts, extends existing Regulation E disclosure requirements to prepaid accounts, and requires new disclosures to be made on prepaid account access devices. Under the final rule, newly printed disclosures will need to be compliant beginning October 1, 2017. The final rule also modifies the initial disclosures of fees required by Regulation E. The final rule extends § 1005.7 to prepaid accounts; and, in § 1005.18(f)(1), adds the requirement that the financial institution must disclose all fees imposed by the financial institution in connection with a prepaid account, not just fees related to EFTs. In addition, section § 1005.18(f)(3) requires that financial institutions disclose on prepaid account access devices the financial institution's name, and both the URL of a Web site and a telephone number that a consumer can use to contact the financial institution about the prepaid account.
Section 1005.18(b)(1) generally requires that a financial institution provide a short form disclosure and a long form disclosure before a consumer acquires a prepaid account.
The short form disclosure includes a “static” portion, an “additional fee types” portion, and a portion for additional information. The static portion includes the seven fees or fee types that the Bureau believes to be the most important to consumers when shopping for a prepaid account. The “additional fee types” portion states the total number of fees that the prepaid account charges (not including finance charges, purchase price, or activation fees)
The final rule restricts the information that may be disclosed on, or with, the short form and long form disclosures. Section 1005.18(b)(7) requires that when a short form or long form disclosure is presented in writing or electronically, it must be segregated from other information and contain only the information required or permitted by the final rule. Section 1005.18(b)(3) requires that if the amount of a fee associated with a fee type listed in the short form disclosure could vary, a financial institution must disclose the highest fee associated with the fee type, along with a symbol, such as an asterisk, linked to a statement that explains the fee could be lower depending on how and where the prepaid account is used. With the exception of a periodic fee, a financial institution must use the same symbol and explanatory statement for all fees that could be lower. In addition, § 1005.18(b)(3) establishes, with the exception of cash reload fees, that short form disclosures must not include any third-party fees; and it allows financial institutions to disclose any of the two-tiered disclosures required under § 1005.18(b)(2) as a single fee disclosure, if the amount is the same for both fees.
The final rule establishes certain aspects of the timing, form, and formatting of the short form and long form disclosures. Section 1005.18(b)(6) requires financial institutions provide certain portions of these disclosures in
The final rule also sets forth requirements for how and when the short form and long form disclosures must be provided to consumers. Section 1005.18(b)(1) requires financial institutions to provide consumers with the short form disclosure prior to acquisition of the prepaid account. It similarly requires that the long form disclosure be provided prior to acquisition of a prepaid account; however, it also provides exceptions if the account is acquired in a retail location or orally by telephone, as discussed below. Section 1005.18(b)(6) requires that the disclosures must be in writing, sets forth special rules that apply if they are provided in electronic form or orally, and provides that these disclosures must be in a retainable form (excepting disclosures that are provided orally).
The final rule creates exceptions to the pre-acquisition disclosure regime if the prepaid account is acquired in a retail location or orally by telephone. In a retail location, financial institutions may provide the long form disclosure after the consumer acquires a prepaid account as long as the prepaid account access device is contained inside the product's packaging material, the short form disclosure is visible to consumers, and the short form includes information about how to access the long form disclosure by telephone and via a Web site, among other requirements.
Before a consumer acquires a prepaid account orally by telephone, a financial institution must orally disclose the information required in the short form disclosure. However, the final rule allows a financial institution to provide the long form disclosure after the consumer acquires the prepaid account, provided that certain conditions are met before the consumer acquires the prepaid account, including that the financial institution informs the consumer orally that the information required to be disclosed on the long form disclosure is available both by telephone and on a Web site.
Pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(9), financial institutions must provide the short form and long form disclosures in a foreign language, if the financial institution uses that same foreign language in connection with the acquisition of a prepaid account in the following circumstances: (1) The financial institution principally uses a foreign language on prepaid account packaging material; (2) the financial institution principally uses a foreign language to advertise, solicit, or market a prepaid account and provides a means in the advertisement, solicitation, or marketing material that the consumer uses to acquire the prepaid account by telephone or electronically; or (3) the financial institution provides a means for the consumer to acquire a prepaid account by telephone or electronically principally in a foreign language. The financial institution must also provide the long form disclosure in English upon the consumer's request and on its Web site wherever it provides the long form disclosure in a foreign language.
A short form disclosure for a payroll card account or government benefit account must also contain a statement that consumers do not have to accept such an account and which directs the consumer to ask about other ways to receive wages, salary, or benefits; or a statement that the consumer has several options to receive wages, salary, or benefits, followed by a list of options available to the consumer, and which directs the consumer to choose one.
The final rule sets forth disclosure requirements when a financial institution offers multiple service plans within a particular prepaid account program. The financial institution may provide the standard short form disclosure (as described above) for the service plan in which the consumer is enrolled by default upon acquisition. Alternatively, the financial institution may simultaneously disclose the required information for all of its service plans in a short from substantially similar to Model Form A-10(e). The long form disclosure for a prepaid account program with multiple service plans must present the required information for all service plans in the form of a table.
Finally, § 1005.18(h)(1) provides that, except in certain circumstances, the requirements of subpart A of Regulation E, as modified by final § 1005.18, apply to prepaid accounts, including government benefit accounts subject to § 1005.15, beginning October 1, 2017. If a financial institution has changed a prepaid account's terms and conditions as a result of § 1005.18(h)(1) taking effect such that a change-in-terms notice would have been required under § 1005.8(a) or § 1005.18(f)(2) for existing customers, the financial institution must provide certain disclosures to the consumer. Section 1005.18(h)(2)(iii) requires that financial institutions notify consumers with accounts acquired before the effective date of any change to the prepaid account's terms and conditions as a result of § 1005.18(h)(1) taking effect such that a change-in-terms notice would have been required under § 1005.8(a) or § 1005.18(f)(2) for existing customers, at least 21 days in advance of the change becoming effective.
The benefits and costs to consumers arising from the disclosure requirements for prepaid accounts are addressed in four parts: (i) A general discussion of the benefits to consumers of information; (ii) a discussion of the anticipated benefits of the disclosure requirements; (iii) a discussion of consumer engagement with disclosure; and (iv) a discussion of potential costs to consumers of the disclosure requirements.
According to standard models of consumer choice, when consumers face
Information provision (
The Bureau believes that disclosures required by the final rule provide consumers with the additional information necessary to make informed choices regarding the prepaid account products available to them. The short form discloses key fees, key fee types, and other important information. So that the fees may be quickly located and compared, the fees and fee types that the Bureau believes are most important to consumers in shopping for prepaid accounts are listed at the top of the short form disclosure.
The Bureau designed the short form disclosure in part to help consumers who are shopping for prepaid accounts to find the most important information. The Bureau limited the information that is displayed in order to make the information that is presented more salient and easier to locate.
One potential outcome of the Bureau's emphasis on a limited amount of information on the short form disclosure is that consumers could begin to rely on this information to guide their purchase decisions more heavily than they do currently. If so, then financial institutions may in turn increase their competitive efforts on disclosed fees and information, which could result in a benefit for consumers, for example, in the form of a reduction in disclosed fees. The requirement that financial institutions disclose only the highest possible fee for each required fee disclosure on the short form could encourage financial institutions with varying fees to simplify their fee structure. Such a reduction in complexity could improve consumers' comprehension of the products they are considering prior to acquisition.
Another benefit of the final rule will be to standardize prepaid account product disclosures. Currently, while providers generally disclose certain fees and information to consumers pre-acquisition, there is significant variation in the content and formatting of the disclosures offered to consumers before they acquire a prepaid account.
Consumers will also benefit from disclosed fees, terms, and conditions that are accurate pre-acquisition. Under the final rule, prepaid accounts are being brought within the ambit of Regulation E, which, among other things, requires that financial institutions provide consumers with written notice at least 21 days before implementing, generally, a change that would result in increased fees or liability for the consumer, or fewer types of EFTs or stricter limitations on EFTs. Therefore consumers can have confidence that the fees and features of the products that they purchase are accurately disclosed, and that certain changes to those products are properly disclosed to the consumer with advance notice.
As discussed in detail above, under the final rule, financial institutions may offer consumers multiple service plans within a single prepaid account program. This provides consumers with the benefit of additional options from which to choose, which may therefore improve the quality of consumers' purchasing decisions or product use. However, multiple service plans may also present challenges to consumers. In particular, because financial institutions that disclose multiple plans on the short form will utilize a unique disclosure format, these disclosures may be relatively difficult to compare to other prepaid products. This could decrease the overall quality of consumers' purchasing decision. In addition, the multiple service plan option will result in a larger amount of information for consumers to process, somewhat lessening the above-discussed benefits of limited information on the short form disclosure.
Also as discussed above, in certain situations, if a financial institution principally uses a foreign language on retail packaging, to market a prepaid account, or to communicate with a consumer during account acquisition, then the short form and long form must be provided in that same foreign language. A financial institution must also provide the long form disclosure in English upon a consumer's request and on any part of the Web site where it provides the long form disclosure in a foreign language. The Bureau believes that if a consumer relies on a foreign language in the acquisition of a prepaid account, then it is likely that that foreign language is the consumer's language of greatest proficiency. Furthermore, the Bureau believes that the ability to obtain the long form disclosure information in English will be beneficial to consumers in various situations, such as when a family member who only reads English is assisting a non-English speaking consumer to manage his prepaid account.
The proposed rule would have required that if a financial institution primarily used a foreign language in-person with a consumer who was acquiring a prepaid account, then the financial institution would have to provide pre-acquisition disclosures in that foreign language. Two trade associations and one law firm commenting on behalf of a coalition of credit unions commented that the requirement that financial institutions provide disclosures in the foreign language that they use to converse to consumers in-person, as specified in the proposed rule, would be overly burdensome, create a potential compliance trap, and could result in a reduction in access to foreign language speakers. In response to these comments, the Bureau has removed this requirement for in-person interactions in this final rule. The Bureau has maintained the requirement that financial institutions provide disclosures in the foreign language if a financial institution principally uses a foreign language to market a prepaid account and provides a means there for a consumer to acquire the account by telephone or through a Web site; or provides a means for a consumer to acquire a prepaid account by telephone or through a Web site principally in a foreign language; or primarily uses a foreign language on packaging material. The Bureau believes that this approach ensures that the majority of consumers who acquire a prepaid account using a foreign language have the ability to receive disclosures in that language while not limiting the ability of financial institutions to interact with their customers in the language that the customer is most comfortable.
The final rule also requires disclosure on the short form of whether the prepaid account might offer the consumer an overdraft credit feature at some time in the future.
Additionally, as discussed above, the final rule requires the short form disclosure for payroll card accounts and government benefit accounts to contain either a statement that the consumer does not have to accept the account and which directs the consumer to ask about other ways to receive wages, salary, or benefits; or a statement that the consumer has several options to receive wages, salary, or benefits, followed by a list of options available to the consumer, and which directs the consumer to choose one of the available options. The Bureau believes that these disclosures may prompt consumers to ask questions about alternative ways of receiving their wages or benefits and thereby facilitate consumer choice.
Section 1005.18(b)(2)(viii) requires disclosure of the total number of fee types charged by the financial institution other than those disclosed on the short form disclosure. In the Bureau's consumer testing, this number became a focal point for participants. If this number becomes a focal point for consumers, then financial institutions may choose to compete on this metric, which could potentially reduce the number of fee types imposed in connection with prepaid accounts. As a result, consumers may benefit from fewer fees and simpler products, generally.
Section 1005.18(b)(2)(ix) requires disclosure of up to two fee types, other than those disclosed on the static portion of the short form disclosure, that generated the highest total revenue from consumers of the prepaid account program over the prior 24-month period.
As discussed in greater detail in the section-by-section analyses of § 1005.18(b)(2) and (b)(2)(ix) above, the Bureau proposed to require financial institutions to disclose up to three incidence-based fees on the short form. Incidence-based fees would have been fees that were incurred most frequently in the prior 12-month period by consumers of a particular prepaid account product. A number of industry commenters, including trade associations, issuing banks, program managers, payment network providers, and a law firm commenting on behalf of a coalition of prepaid issuers, suggested that the incidence-based fee disclosures should be eliminated because they would confuse consumers and restrict the ability of consumers to comparison shop.
While the Bureau's pre-proposal and post-proposal consumer testing indicates that many individuals will understand the additional fee types portion of the short form disclosure, it is possible that some consumers will incorrectly interpret it. In Bureau's pre-proposal and post-proposal consumer testing, participants did not comprehend statements that were intended to explain what are now additional fee types in the final rule.
According to the standard social science models of consumer decision-making presented above, consumers must have relevant and accurate information in order to make good choices. However, recent research in social science, law, and design suggests that even if consumers were provided an unlimited amount of information, many consumers would not comprehend or utilize all of that information.
The Bureau designed the model short form disclosure not only to provide relevant information to consumers, but also to increase consumer engagement. To appeal to consumers' emotional response, the Bureau designed the short form disclosure to be visually appealing. In addition, to reduce the perceived difficulty of learning about a prepaid product, the short form disclosure assigns terms a clear hierarchy through positioning, type-size, contrasting background, and bold-faced type; includes concise descriptions of fees and conditions; and limits the use of symbols and fine-print. Finally, as the perceived cost to a consumer of using a disclosure increases with the amount of information provided, the short form disclosure presents consumers with a reduced, manageable set of information about the product.
A number of industry commenters, including a trade association and an issuing credit union, stated that consumers generally do not read disclosures or comparison shop. One issuing credit union asserted that only one in 30,000 consumers actually read the provided disclosures. The Bureau disagrees with the claim that a minute number of consumers read disclosures for prepaid products. A recent survey of prepaid consumers reported that approximately one in three prepaid consumers comparison shopped before purchase, and, of those that did not, nearly one third stated that they would be more likely to comparison shop if disclosures were standardized across prepaid products.
One academic institution questioned whether consumers would be able to make use of the disclosures because financial literacy is low in general and particularly low for the consumers whom the Bureau is attempting to assist. However, the fact that the majority of consumers who use prepaid products do so to avoid fees such as overdraft and check-cashing fees
The Bureau's effort to simplify pre-acquisition disclosures may generate costs as well as benefits for consumers. As discussed above, the Bureau's emphasis of a limited number of fees in the short form disclosure could result in a reduction in the amounts of those particular fees through competitive pressure. However, to the extent they exist, fees that would be relatively
Section 1005.18(b)(3)(i), which generally requires a financial institution to disclose the highest amount for any fee or fee type listed on the short form disclosure, may also generate costs for consumers. As discussed above, the Bureau believes that there is a clear benefit to consumers of providing a simple and concise short form disclosure, and the Bureau believes that this is achieved, in part, by limiting footnotes and fine print. However, in acquisition channels in which the short form disclosure is not necessarily provided with the long form disclosure, this provision could result in a consumer having less information about a particular prepaid product than they would have had in the current marketplace. In such circumstances, although the long form disclosure must always be made available (
One consumer advocacy group and a number of industry commenters, including trade associations, prepaid program managers, issuing banks, a law firm commenting on behalf of a coalition of prepaid issuers, and a payment network provider cautioned that requiring the disclosure of the highest potential fee could be misleading. One consumer advocacy group and a number of trade associations further cautioned that the disclosure of the highest potential fee could result in the elimination of useful fee waivers, such as a program that allows a number of free customer service calls per month before a fee is charged. Several industry commenters, including an issuing bank and a trade association specifically recommended permitting inclusion in the short form disclosure of the conditions under which the monthly fee could be waived, citing the importance of this fee and the prevalence of discounts and waivers applicable to this fee as crucial to consumer decisions in choosing a prepaid card. A consumer group said its research showed that 14 of 66 prepaid cards disclose that the monthly fee can be waived entirely if the consumer takes certain actions.
The Bureau is requiring disclosure of the highest possible fee both because doing so significantly reduces the complexity of the short form disclosure, and because doing so significantly reduces the chances that a consumer will be caught off guard by an unexpected fee or an unexpectedly large fee. Financial institutions can bring the existence of potentially lower fees to consumers' attention through the use of an asterisk, and these beneficial fee waivers can be marketed to consumers elsewhere on the retail packaging, the firm's Web site, or over the phone. In addition, based on the prevalence of monthly fee waivers and recommendations from both industry and consumer group comments, the Bureau has included in the final rule a provision enabling financial institutions to disclose details regarding waivers to the periodic fee using a second symbol, such as a dagger. The final rule also permits inclusion in the short form disclosure for payroll card accounts and government benefits accounts of a statement directing the consumers to a location outside the short form for information on ways to access funds and balance information for free or for a reduced fee.
One State government agency, and a number of industry commenters, including trade associations, prepaid program managers, issuing banks, a law firm commenting on behalf of a coalition of prepaid issuers, and a credit union service organization, questioned the benefit of requiring both short form and long form disclosures. These commenters essentially suggested that the Bureau is requiring redundant information and placing unnecessary burden on industry participants. Commenters further argued that multiple disclosures will add to consumer confusion. The Bureau used results from its consumer testing to design a tiered disclosure regime in order to provide consumers with a manageable amount of information when first engaging with a product, while not limiting consumers' ability to obtain additional information if they choose to do so. The information provided on the short form disclosure aligns with what the Bureau believes consumers value most in their shopping and decision-making processes. The long form disclosure guarantees that any consumer who wishes to search for additional fee information can do so easily. The combination of the short form and long form disclosures allows for an accurate depiction of a prepaid account's fee structure, enabling consumers to quickly comparison shop on key fees and terms, while ensuring that comprehensive information is available to them should they decide to use it.
A trade association and several industry commenters, including prepaid program managers and an issuing bank, noted that in order to compete on the number of additional fee types metric, financial institutions may reduce the number of optional features that are beneficial to consumers but which carry a fee, such as the option to purchase
This final rule also differs from the proposed rule in that it requires that the number of fee types is disclosed as opposed the number of to individual fees. This change allows for fee variation within fee types, such that different fees for a similar service, such as standard and expedited delivery of a replacement card, are considered a single fee type. This enables financial institutions to maintain the flexibility to offer useful services to consumers without it reflecting negatively on their products.
This section primarily considers the benefits and costs to a covered person from developing, maintaining, and delivering the new pre-acquisition disclosures. Some of the content and the method of delivery (
Regarding the modified initial disclosure requirements, § 1005.7(b) currently requires financial institutions to provide certain initial disclosures for accounts subject to Regulation E, and this final rule extends this provision to prepaid accounts. Generally, the Bureau believes that financial institutions already disclose full terms and conditions for prepaid accounts in their account agreements, which include most or all of what is required by § 1005.7(b). The disclosure requirements of § 1005.7(b) (not considering the modifications in § 1005.18(f)(1), which are considered below) will therefore entail very small cost to covered persons.
The Bureau also recognizes that certain financial benefits to consumers from the disclosures may have an associated financial cost to covered persons. Covered persons generate revenue through consumers' use of their products. Therefore, when a consumer experiences a financial benefit, a financial institution may experience a financial cost of the same magnitude. Such costs could stem from each of the primary consumer benefit channels identified above: Bolstered consumer knowledge of alternative products; improved acquisition choices from among available products; lower-cost, higher-benefit usage of acquired products; and increased competitive pressures.
Sections 1005.18(b)(2) through (9) set forth the content and form requirements for the short form and long form disclosures. To satisfy these requirements, financial institutions will incur one-time costs of designing compliant disclosures. Based on pre-proposal industry outreach, the Bureau understands that the design process will require as many as 100 labor hours per prepaid account program, including time for design work and legal and financial institution review. However, the design costs should be offset somewhat by the Bureau's provision of model forms for the short form disclosure and a sample form for the long form disclosure.
Financial institutions will incur ongoing costs of maintaining the short form and long form disclosures pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(2) through (7). The magnitude of these costs will vary by financial institution and will depend on current practices and the acquisition channels used to sell prepaid accounts. Under the final rule, the long form and the static portion of the short form disclosure will require updating at most as often as a prepaid product's account agreement is updated; and based on industry outreach, the Bureau believes that financial institutions rarely change the prepaid account agreements of their prepaid products in a way that would require changes to the pre-acquisition disclosures. When a change to the disclosures is required, financial institutions that sell prepaid accounts online and over the phone will incur small costs to update their Web sites and interactive voice response (IVR) systems. Financial institutions that sell prepaid accounts in a branch setting will incur small costs to update and print new disclosures.
Financial institutions will incur one-time and ongoing costs to comply with the short form disclosure's required statement regarding the number of additional fee types charged pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii)(A) and disclosure of additional fee types pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix). As discussed in greater detail above, the additional fee types portion of the short form requires disclosure of the two fee types that generated the most revenue from consumers over the prior 24-month period for that particular prepaid account program that are (1) not already disclosed in the static portion of the short form disclosure and (2) not less than 5 percent of total revenue from consumers for that 24-month period. These fee types could vary over time for a given account program due to changes in how consumers use the card or due to changes in the program itself. In either case, financial institutions are responsible for updating the disclosure of additional fee types portion of their short form disclosures. The reassessment must occur at a minimum frequency of every 24 months and financial institutions will have 90 days from the end of the 24 month period to reassess and update the disclosure of additional fee types on their short form.
Financial institutions are also required to reassess the statement regarding the number of additional fee types disclosure and the disclosure of additional fee types whenever a program's fee schedule is revised. In situations where a financial institution does not have data to calculate fee
Regarding one-time costs, financial institutions may need to update their accounting systems or practices to evaluate fee revenue from all sources on a 24-month basis. Based on comments received from industry participants, and for reasons explained in the Alternatives section below, the Bureau believes that most financial institutions are already capable of tabulating fees in this manner, and thus it expects this cost to be small.
Regarding ongoing costs, for a given prepaid account program, the burden of updating short form disclosures due to changes in the additional fee types portion will depend on the frequency with which the top two additional fee types change for that product and the channel through which that product is distributed. Similarly, if a financial institution changed its product, then it will be required to populate the additional fee types portion with a reasonable estimate of the fees that would match the additional fee types portion's criteria. The Bureau believes the costs of updating the additional fee types portion are very small for acquisition channels where disclosures are not printed on packaging material. As explained above, financial institutions would have 90 days to reassess and update the additional fee types portion on their short form disclosures.
A number of industry commenters, including trade associations, an issuing bank, an issuing credit union, program managers, and payment network providers, suggested that the ongoing cost of updating the proposed incidence-based portion of the short form disclosure would have been overly burdensome. Some commenters, including a trade association, a law firm commenting behalf of a coalition of prepaid issuers, and a payment network provider, suggested that the annual reassessment would have resulted in changes from year to year of the most commonly-charged fees and therefore create costs to update disclosures, despite the fact that the prepaid product itself had not changed. However, the Bureau learned in comments from industry participants that the fee types that generate the highest
A number of the provisions detailed above require financial institutions to provide or make available pre-acquisition disclosures orally via a telephone. The Bureau expects that compliance with these provisions may require implementation costs of updating an IVR system, training live customer service agents, or both. To the extent that the provisions increase usage of financial institutions' telephone systems, financial institutions may incur additional ongoing costs of utilizing or operating these systems. Financial institutions will also bear small ongoing costs of monitoring and updating their telephone systems to ensure that they provide accurate information.
The Bureau learned in its pre-proposal industry outreach that utilizing an IVR system costs up to $0.12 per minute, while live agent customer service costs up to $0.90 per minute. The total burden of these costs for any single financial institution will depend on the financial institution's potential customers' demand for obtaining disclosures orally over the telephone, and may depend on the financial institution's negotiated rates for IVR, live agent customer service, or both. Based on a review of current prepaid account fee schedules and the long form disclosure requirements, the Bureau estimates that a long form disclosure could be provided orally, on average, in approximately 4.5 minutes. Therefore, if a consumer calls for more information and listens to the entire long form disclosure, via an IVR system, then this would cost the financial institution approximately $0.54 per call.
A number of the provisions detailed above require financial institutions to provide, or may result in financial institutions providing, pre-acquisition disclosures electronically via a Web site. The Bureau believes that all current prepaid account providers already maintain a Web site, and therefore that implementation costs of complying with these provisions would not include the costs of obtaining and initializing a Web site. To the extent that the provisions increase usage of financial institutions' Web sites, financial institutions may bear additional ongoing costs of bandwidth usage. In addition, financial institutions will be required to design an electronic version of the relevant disclosures, and therefore will bear a one-time web-design cost. The Bureau believes this cost will be relatively small and also mitigated by the Bureau's provision of model forms, sample forms, and native design files for print and source code for web-based disclosures for all of the model and sample forms included in the final rule. The total burden of these costs for any single financial institution will depend on the financial institution's customers' demand for obtaining disclosures electronically, via a Web site, and may depend on the financial institution's negotiated web-hosting rates. Finally, financial institutions will bear small ongoing costs of monitoring and updating their Web sites to ensure that they provide accurate information.
In addition to providing pre-acquisition disclosures to consumers on an ongoing basis, financial institutions are required to provide notices of changes to consumers when certain changes are made to their accounts. Specifically, § 1005.18(f)(2) provides that the change-in-terms notice provisions in § 1005.8(a) apply to any change in a term or condition that is required to be disclosed under § 1005.7 or § 1005.18(f)(1). The Bureau does not believe that these requirements introduce a significant cost. Based on pre-proposal industry outreach, the Bureau believes that financial institutions rarely alter their fee structures, and when such a change does occur, financial institutions are generally already providing these notices to consumers due to the FMS Rule, State laws, or as a best practice.
If a financial institution changes a prepaid account's terms and conditions as a result of § 1005.18(h)(1) taking effect such that a change-in-terms notice would have been required under § 1005.8(a) or § 1005.18(f)(2) for existing customers, a financial institution must notify consumers with accounts acquired before October 1, 2017 at least 21 days in advance of the change becoming effective, provided the financial institution has the consumer's contact information. If the financial institution obtains the consumer's contact information fewer than 30 days in advance of the change becoming effective or after it has become effective, the financial institution is permitted instead to provide notice of the change within 30 days of obtaining the consumer's contact information.
For prepaid accounts governed by § 1005.18(h)(2)(ii) or (iii), if a financial institution has not obtained a consumer's consent to provide disclosures in electronic form pursuant to the E-Sign Act, or will not be mailing or delivering written account-related communications to the consumer within the time periods specified in § 1005.18(h)(2)(ii) or (iii), then the financial institution will be able to provide to the consumer a notice of a change in terms and conditions or required or voluntary updated initial disclosures as a result of this final rule taking effect in electronic form without regard to the consumer notice and consent requirements of section 101(c) of the E-Sign Act.
Financial institutions with prepaid accounts that offer overdraft credit features are likely to trigger this requirement. For any consumer who has not consented to electronic communications and who will be receiving other physical mailings from the financial institution in the specified time period, that financial institution will incur a cost of printing the notice, which can be included in the envelope or package which was already scheduled to be delivered. It is unlikely that the financial institution will incur additional mailing costs to send these notices. The remaining notices of change may be sent to consumers electronically. Therefore, the Bureau believes that the cost associated with providing these notices is minimal.
In-person (non-retail locations) and direct mail acquisitions will require the short form and long form disclosures to be provided on paper. The long form disclosure must be provided pre-acquisition, and all the fees and information required on the long form must also be included as part of the prepaid account agreement. For each prepaid account sold, this will entail additional costs of materials (
Acquisitions that do not occur in person, such as those that occur over the telephone, via direct mail, or electronically, may result in financial institutions sending consumers an account access device via the mail. Section 1005.18(f)(1) requires financial institutions to include all of the information required to be disclosed in the long form as part of the initial disclosures given pursuant to § 1005.7. Accordingly, financial institutions that offer these methods of account acquisition may incur new ongoing costs in the form of increased shipping costs and increased materials costs. However, financial institutions typically include the prepaid account agreement with the access device they send to consumers. Therefore, the cost to include the long form disclosure in the mail will be minimal, likely at a cost of printing an additional sheet of paper.
As discussed above, § 1005.18(b)(1)(iii) requires a financial institution to orally disclose the short form disclosure before a consumer acquires a prepaid account orally by telephone. Financial institutions will be able to choose between disclosing the information required by the long form disclosure orally prior to acquisition, and communicating prior to acquisition that the information required by the long form is available both orally by telephone and electronically via a Web site. Both the costs of providing disclosures orally over the telephone and the costs of providing disclosures electronically via a Web site were considered in generality above. Because the labor and capital necessary to conduct business over the telephone may also be used to disclose the fees and other information required in the short form and long form disclosures, the Bureau believes that the costs of providing disclosures orally over the
Pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(6), prepaid account acquisitions conducted electronically (for example, via a Web site or a mobile application) will necessitate electronic disclosure of both the short form and long form disclosure prior to acquisition. Financial institutions may choose the manner of electronic disclosure. However, electronic disclosures must be provided in a manner which is reasonably expected to be accessible to the consumer given how the consumer is acquiring the prepaid account. The cost of this provision will depend on the manner in which the financial institution complies; however, given that the financial institution can generally provide disclosures in the same format in which the acquisition occurs, the Bureau expects that this provision will result in very little additional cost. For example, the costs of providing disclosures electronically, via a Web site, were considered above; however, because financial institutions that transact via a Web site must successfully operate a Web site, they also already bear most costs associated with disclosing information via a Web site, such as the cost of updating and maintaining a Web site. Similarly, because financial institutions that transact via a mobile application must successfully operate a mobile application, they also already bear most costs associated with disclosing information via a mobile application. Moreover, the Bureau believes that such financial institutions generally already disclose fees and account agreements electronically, further reducing the marginal burden of this provision.
One industry commenter asserted that requiring the short form and long form disclosures during electronic acquisition will confuse consumers and increase the number of potential customers who abandon the sign-up process. The Bureau conducted multiple rounds of consumer testing to ensure that the disclosures that it designed were straightforward and provided consumers with useful information for their purchasing decisions. While the Bureau did not specifically test the disclosure regime in an electronic setting, the Bureau believes that a consumer who is shopping for a prepaid card online or through an app is likely familiar with electronic disclosures. Further, information and formatting requirements that the final rule imposes for disclosures provided electronically will ensure that those disclosures are comparable to the disclosures provided in the retail setting. Therefore, the Bureau disagrees with the assertion that electronic disclosure of the short form and long form will confuse consumers. If, instead, a consumer chooses not to purchase a prepaid product electronically because the disclosures make the consumer more informed, then there will be a cost to the financial institution but also a benefit to the consumer.
Financial institutions that offer payroll card accounts or government benefit accounts could potentially incur additional costs to disclose in the short form the statement required by § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(A) or § 1005.15(c)(2)(i), as applicable, regarding alternate forms of accepting wages, salary, and benefits. Additional costs could accrue, for example, if the additional disclosure caused the short form disclosure to exceed the space constraints of current payroll card account packaging materials or government benefit account packaging materials. However, the Bureau believes that in these contexts, prepaid accounts are not usually distributed within space-constrained packaging, and that the short form disclosure requirements could be easily met if, for example, the financial institution provides the short form disclosure on an 8
One member of Congress, several State government agencies, one county government agency, and a number of industry commenters, including trade associations, program managers, issuing banks, payment network providers, and employers, stated that the proposed notice regarding payment options would be seen as a warning and would dissuade consumers from accepting a payroll card account or government benefit account. The member of Congress and State government agencies further suggested that the proposed statement would impel consumers to ask to receive their government benefits through paper checks, which are more costly to government agencies than prepaid accounts. The member of Congress requested that the Bureau quantify the impact on taxpayers of requiring government agencies disclose the statement of payment options.
As discussed in greater detail above in the section-by-section analysis of § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiv)(A), the Bureau made changes to the statement of payment options in the final rule in response to comments that the proposed language would drive consumers away from prepaid accounts. Most participants in the Bureau's post-proposal consumer testing expressed essentially neutral feelings about both versions of the statement and appeared to be drawing on past experiences, rather than the language in the statement, to decide whether or not they would want to use the payroll card account or the
In the Board's annual report to Congress on government-administered prepaid cards, it reported that of the $148 billion in government benefits disbursed through prepaid cards in 2015, five program types accounted for 97 percent of disbursed funds.
In 2010 the Treasury finalized a rule that requires that all recipients of Federal nontax benefits receive payment by EFT by May 1, 2013.
The remaining two large government disbursement programs, unemployment insurance payments and child support payments, are State-administered. State laws determine the methods by which benefits recipients can receive payments.
The Bureau believes that this final rule will not impose a significant cost on States that disburse benefits to prepaid accounts. The rule will have virtually no impact in States that restrict payment methods to EFT because consumers will not have the option to receive paper checks. In addition, the Bureau believes, based on the neutral reaction of consumers to the statement of payment options during the Bureau's post-proposal consumer testing, that it is unlikely that a large proportion of consumers will not opt to receive benefits to a prepaid account due to a negative reaction to the statement of payment options, and therefore, any impact in States that still allow for paper checks will be small. Moreover, the statement of payment options is provided to consumers pre-acquisition. Therefore, current government benefits recipients that hold prepaid accounts should be unaffected, and any change to the number of payments made using prepaid accounts will only come due to the choices of new recipients. Accordingly, any impact the disclosures do have will take place gradually. If, for example, the disclosure requirements prompt consumers to ask about their options and 1 percent of consumers who would have accepted a prepaid account now ask for paper checks, then the rule will result in costs to the States of approximately $555,000 annually.
Under § 1005.18(b)(9), a financial institution must provide the short form and long form disclosures in a foreign language, if the financial institution uses that same foreign language in connection with the acquisition of a prepaid account in the following circumstances: (1) It principally uses a foreign language on prepaid account packaging material, (2) it principally uses a foreign language to advertise, solicit, or market a prepaid account and provides a means in the advertisement, solicitation, or marketing material that the consumer uses to acquire the prepaid account by telephone or electronically, or (3) it provides a means for the consumer to acquire a prepaid account by telephone or electronically principally in a foreign language. In addition, the financial institution is also required to provide the information required to be disclosed on the long
Final § 1005.18(b)(2)(x) requires disclosure on the short form of whether the prepaid account might offer the consumer an overdraft credit feature at some time in the future. If an overdraft credit feature might be offered, then the financial institution must also disclose the time period after which it might be offered and that fees would apply. If consumers choose prepaid products in order to avoid overdraft credit features (see discussion in the
Through industry outreach, the Bureau understands that the final rule could generate many costs unique to the retail acquisition channel. For this reason, the retail acquisition channel is considered separately here. Nonetheless, costs borne by financial institutions transacting in the retail acquisition channel are largely the same as those borne by the financial institutions described above. This treatment therefore takes the above treatment as a starting point and describes costs to covered persons only as they deviate from that treatment.
In a retail location, the final rule requires a financial institution to provide the short form disclosure before a consumer acquires a prepaid account. Through pre-proposal discussions with industry participants, the Bureau learned that some financial institutions would not have been able to accommodate the short form disclosure on the exterior of their current packaging materials without making significant changes, such as redesigning of packages. As discussed above, the one-time costs associated with a package redesign are relatively small. However, some financial institutions currently use the exterior of their prepaid account packaging materials to facilitate retail transactions or to incorporate fraud prevention mechanisms (
As discussed in greater detail above, in a retail location, the financial institution is able to choose between two methods of providing the long form disclosure. As it is required to do in other acquisition channels, the financial institution could provide the long form disclosure before a consumer acquires a prepaid account. Alternatively, the financial institution could provide the long form disclosure after the consumer acquires a prepaid account, provided that, among other things, the short form disclosure includes both a telephone number and a URL of a Web site that the consumer could use to directly access the long form disclosure. Financial institutions that provide the long form disclosure prior to acquisition could potentially bear additional costs to train personnel to provide it in retail locations, as well as shipping and materials costs to provide physical copies of the long form to consumers. Financial institutions choosing to provide the long form after the consumer acquires a prepaid account may bear additional costs of shipping and materials. However, because the long form disclosure may be included with the product's terms and conditions in the prepaid account agreement, which is generally included in the prepaid account packaging, the Bureau believes these costs will be very small. These financial institutions will also bear the costs of making the long form available electronically via a Web site and orally over the telephone. These costs were considered in generality above. The Bureau estimates that if 1 percent to 5 percent of retail consumers call to access the long form then the cost to the prepaid industry of disclosing the long form disclosure orally by telephone would be approximately $148,600 to $1,532,700 per year.
For 2013 Aite Group report,
Financial institutions are tasked with maintaining accurate disclosures and account agreements. If a financial institution makes changes to a prepaid account's fees or other terms, then that financial institution will make changes to the account agreements and disclosures, as appropriate, for newly printed cards and packaging. However, the financial institution may continue to sell stock that has already been printed as long as the financial institution honors the disclosed fees and terms, or, in some circumstances, follows Regulation E's system for notifying consumers of changes in terms to existing accounts, set forth in § 1005.8(a).
It is the current practice of some financial institutions, when changing the terms or conditions of a prepaid account agreement, to sell old card stock at retail and inform consumers who purchase old stock that the terms of their account have changed when they register their prepaid account. This final rule subjects prepaid accounts to the protections of Regulation E, which, among other things, requires that a financial institution provide written notice to the consumer, at least 21 days before the effective date, of any change
The Bureau understands financial institutions do not change the fee schedules for most prepaid accounts often, especially for prepaid products distributed in person, such as GPR cards and similar products sold at retail. When financial institutions do decide to make changes to their accounts sold at retail,
Section 1005.18(h)(2)(ii) requires that financial institutions notify any consumer, who acquires a prepaid account on or after the effective date via packaging materials that were manufactured, printed, or otherwise produced prior to the effective date, of any changes to the prepaid account's terms and conditions as a result of § 1005.18(h)(1) taking effect such that a change-in-terms notice would have been required under § 1005.8(a) or § 1005.18(f)(2) for existing customers within 30 days of obtaining the customer's contact information. In addition, financial institutions must also mail or deliver updated initial disclosures pursuant to § 1005.7 and § 1005.18(f)(1) within 30 days of obtaining the consumer's contact information. Those financial institutions that are affected should not incur significant costs to notify consumers and provide updated initial disclosures. Consumers who have consented to electronic communication may receive the notices and updated disclosures electronically, at a minimal cost to financial institutions. Those consumers who cannot be contacted electronically may receive the notices and updated initial disclosures with another scheduled mailing within the 30 day time period. Financial institutions will incur small costs to print these notices and disclosures, but it is unlikely that financial institutions will incur additional mailing costs. Any remaining consumers who are not scheduled to receive mailings may be notified without regard to the consumer notice and consent requirements of section 101(c) of the E-Sign Act.
The Bureau believes that the cost of monitoring and updating the additional fee types portion of the short form disclosure in the retail channel will be almost fully mitigated by two factors: First, because financial institutions will be able to phase out and replace old stock at the pace that it is sold (a strategy commonly referred to as “sell-through”) there should be no costs of product destruction or resetting; and second, because financial institutions could choose their reassessment dates to coincide with their natural product refresh cycle, there will be few additional costs to printing or shipping new prepaid cards.
Industry commenters, including one trade association and one issuing credit union, asserted that the potential adjustments to the proposed incidence-based portion of the short form disclosure would prevent financial institutions from purchasing card stock in bulk, which helps to keep the per unit cost low. However, in the final rule, the Bureau is only requiring that updates to the disclosure of additional fee types portion of the packaging material be made when new stock is printed. Moreover, as discussed above, financial institutions can sell stock printed prior to the reassessment date indefinitely. Accordingly, if smaller institutions purchase in bulk to minimize costs, those institutions would still be able to sell that stock until it is gone. Therefore, complying with the disclosure of additional fee types will not force institutions to alter their ongoing purchasing practices.
Lastly, the final rule requires that prepaid account packaging printed on or after the effective date of October 1, 2017 must be accurate. However, it will allow financial institutions to sell-through prepaid account packaging or other preprinted materials that are prepared in the ordinary course of business prior to the effective date but which do not comply with the final rule's disclosure requirements. This approach to stock manufactured before the effective date in the ordinary course of business will minimize the costs to financial institutions that sell products in the retail setting, and is discussed further in the Alternatives section below.
Finally, the Bureau recognizes that when a consumer chooses one prepaid
The Bureau considered a number of alternatives to key provisions in the development of the final rule. Industry outreach, consumer testing, and public comments from industry, consumer groups, and others, influenced the evolution of the rule from its proposed form to its current, final form. Modifications to the disclosure requirements for the final rule from those that were included in the proposed rule are discussed in this section as alternatives.
One such alternative would have been the exclusion of third-party fees from the short form, including the requirement to disclose the cash reload fee. This alternative would have required that financial institutions disclose the highest potential cash reload fee that a consumer could incur but without including any fee charged by a third party, such as by the retail location where funds are added. However, through industry comments, the Bureau learned that there is considerable variety in how financial institutions impose cash reload fees. Some firms charge cash reload fees to consumers directly, others do not charge consumers but allow third parties to charge consumers, and others implement some combination of the two methods. Therefore, this alternative could have resulted in poorer purchasing decisions by consumers because it would not have ensured that the cash reload fee disclosure is comparable across products. Moreover, if this alternative were adopted, consumers who purchase products that charge third-party fees might not fully understand that there is considerable variety in how financial institutions impose cash reload fees at the time of acquisition and thereby could have incurred unexpected, additional costs of use. Therefore, this alternative would have undermined the Bureau's stated goal of creating a disclosure regime that provides consumers with complete information so that they can make informed decisions.
The final rule requires that the short form and long form disclosures include a statement regarding account registration and FDIC deposit insurance or NCUA share insurance, as applicable, regardless of whether or not such insurance coverage is available for a prepaid account. An alternative, as would have been required under the proposed rule, is to only require a statement when FDIC deposit insurance or NCUA share insurance is
The proposed rule would have required that any prepaid account program which could offer an overdraft credit feature accessed by a prepaid card that would have been a credit card under the proposal must include in its long form disclosure certain fees related to the credit account. One issuing bank recommended that credit features and fees not be included on the long form disclosure because of the proposed 30-day waiting period that prevents financial institutions from offering credit features at or soon after acquisition. The commenter stated that certain charges, such as APR, could vary depending on the creditor or could otherwise change in the 30 day waiting period, and could therefore be inaccurate by the time a consumer consults them. The Bureau has modified the long form disclosure's content requirement regarding the disclosure of credit or other overdraft features in the final rule. Financial institutions will not be required to include all fees applicable to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card on the long form disclosure. This information must still be disclosed to the consumer when credit is offered after the 30-day waiting period (further discussion of the final rule's Regulation Z requirements that are extended to prepaid accounts can be found in the
As discussed above, the final rule provides a retail location exception to the requirement to provide the long form disclosure pre-acquisition. The proposed commentary would have stated that a retail store that offers one financial institution's prepaid account products exclusively would have been considered an agent of the financial institution and would therefore have been required to provide both the short form and long form disclosures pre-acquisition. In other words, such a retail store would not have been able to rely on the retail location exception. Several industry commenters, including trade associations, program managers, and an issuing bank, suggested that the proposed definition of agent would have made it difficult for retailers with
The proposed rule would have required that financial institutions disclose on the short form disclosures, the three fees, not including those already disclosed in the static portion of the short form disclosures, that are incurred most often. As discussed above, the final rule replaces these incidence-based fee disclosures with the requirement that financial institutions disclose the two additional fee types that generate the highest revenue from consumers. The Bureau received comments from a number of industry participants, including trade associations, financial institutions, and program managers that cautioned that financial institutions would incur significant costs to update systems to calculate fee incidence. Industry commenters, including trade associations, an issuing bank, an issuing credit union, and a program manager stated that the data needed to calculate fee incidence is often housed with a third-party data processor, and therefore any calculation would require a transfer of data from the third party to the financial institution. Alternatively, the data processor could create a report for the financial institution (or its program manager, if any), but since the financial institution is ultimately responsible for the accuracy of its disclosures, any report or data provided would still need to be reviewed by the financial institution for accuracy. The commenters warned that these changes would increase costs for data processors and financial institutions, which would ultimately increase the cost of prepaid accounts for consumers.
The Bureau also received comments from consumer groups that suggested that basing additional fee disclosures on revenue was superior to basing additional disclosures on how frequently fees are incurred because a fee's revenue is a direct measure of the impact of that fee on consumers. Incidence-based fee disclosures would have guaranteed that the most commonly charged fees are disclosed, but could result in high impact fees being left off of the short form disclosure if their costs are high but the frequency with which they are incurred is low. Further, a disclosure based on incidence could incent financial institutions to alter their fee structure such that the disclosed incidence-based fees are purposefully low while the undisclosed fees are exceedingly high.
The Bureau believes that while many financial institutions would have incurred costs to calculate fee incidence, most financial institutions already maintain the ability to calculate fee revenue. The Bureau recognizes that some financial institutions will incur a one-time cost to update their agreements with program managers or with third-party data processors in order to obtain the information necessary to tabulate fee revenue by fee type. However, analytics and reporting tools are features that financial institutions value and on which data processors compete;
Lastly, the proposed rule would have required that all disclosures of prepaid accounts sold in retail locations comply with the rule's pre-acquisition disclosure requirements within 12 months of the rule's effective date. If a financial institution had not sold all of its prepaid account products in packaging printed prior to the end of the 12-month period, the proposed rule may have resulted in financial institutions destroying and replacing such stock (commonly referred to as a “pull and replace”). The costs associated with a pull and replace includes the costs of creating new stock, removing and destroying old stock, confirming that no old stock remains in retailers' possession and/or is offered for sale, and replenishing retail inventory. Through pre-proposal industry outreach, post-proposal industry outreach during and after the comment period, and reviewing comments submitted by industry commenters, the Bureau has learned that the cost to a financial institution of conducting a pull and replace is high. In addition, coordinating with retailers adds a layer of complexity due to issues of timing with retailer product reset schedules, requirements of some retailers to source merchandising to third-party vendors, and general negotiations that must take place. Further, the cost of a pull and replace may have disproportionately affected small entities that might purchase card stock in bulk to keep the per-unit cost of printing low. As discussed in the proposal, based on pre-proposal industry outreach, the Bureau estimates that after 12 months, 40 percent of total prepaid account stock will remain in distribution. Thus, the cost to the prepaid industry to conduct a large-scale pull and replace might have been significant.
As discussed above, the final rule requires that newly printed retail prepaid account packaging materials must be accurate if printed on or after October 1, 2017, but allows financial institutions to sell through prepaid account packaging or other preprinted materials prepared in the ordinary course of business prior to October 1, 2017 that do not comply with the final rule's disclosure requirements. This will enable financial institutions to phase out and replace old stock at the pace that it is sold. A sell-through strategy should prove to be significantly less expensive than a pull and replace for many financial instructions. This modification will come at a cost to consumers who may not fully realize the benefits of the prepaid disclosure regime immediately at retail locations because old packaging remains in commerce. For example, a consumer who is contemplating the purchase of a prepaid account in the retail setting may be provided with old disclosures that do not incorporate important fee information required by the final rule during a transition period. For this limited period of time, a consumer may have difficulty comparing multiple products with older disclosures, and to compare multiple products with a mix of older disclosures and updated disclosures. Over time, however, the eventual replacement of old stock will result in consumers having the full benefits of a thoughtfully designed and tested disclosure regime.
While expressly defining prepaid accounts as accounts subject to Regulation E, the final rule also provides an alternative means of compliance with Regulation E's periodic statement requirement. The alternative means of compliance is a modified version of the alternative means of compliance offered to payroll card account providers under current § 1005.18(b)(1). Section 1005.15(d) of the final rule also modifies the alternative means of compliance with Regulation E's periodic statement requirement for government benefit accounts so that it is consistent with the alternative means of compliance for prepaid accounts.
Under current § 1005.18(b), a financial institution offering payroll card accounts need not furnish periodic statements if the financial institution makes available to the consumer his or her account balance through a readily available telephone line, an electronic history of the consumer's account transactions that covers at least 60 days preceding the date that the consumer electronically accesses the account, and, upon oral or written request, a written transaction history that covers at least 60 days. Similarly, under current § 1005.15(c), government agencies offering government benefit accounts need not comply with the periodic statement requirement if they make available to the consumer the account balance, through a readily available telephone line and at a terminal, and promptly provide at least 60 days of written history of the consumer's account transactions in response to an oral or written request.
The final rule requires that financial institutions wishing to avail themselves of this alternative means of complying with the Regulation E periodic statement requirement make available to the consumer at no charge his or her account balance through a readily available telephone line, provide the consumer with access to at least 12 months of transaction history electronically, and, if requested by the consumer, provide at least 24 months of transaction history in writing. For those payroll card account providers and providers of prepaid accounts that receive Federal payments that are currently required to comply with the Regulation E periodic statement requirement and are meeting their compliance obligations by relying on the alternative means of compliance, this provision extends the present requirement to provide 60 days of transaction history to 12 months when provided electronically and 24 months when provided in writing. For government agencies that are currently required to comply with the Regulation E periodic statement requirement, this provision additionally requires electronic access to government benefit account history information as part of the alternative means of compliance, which current Regulation E does not require.
Regardless of how a financial institution chooses to comply, the final rule also requires that the financial institution disclose to the consumer a summary total of the amount of all fees assessed against the consumer's prepaid account for both the prior month as well as the calendar year to date. This information must be disclosed on any periodic statement and any electronic or written history of account transactions provided.
Extending Regulation E's periodic statement requirement to all prepaid accounts will help to ensure that consumers receive the benefits associated with increased information regarding their prepaid accounts. These benefits include having the ability to monitor account transactions for both budgeting and the identification of errors.
The final rule requires that financial institutions disclose to the consumer summary totals of the amount of all fees assessed against the consumer's prepaid account on any periodic statement, any written history of account transactions, and any electronic history of account transactions.
The final rule also requires that those financial institutions relying on the alternative means of complying with the periodic statement requirement make accessible at least 12 months of transaction history electronically and, if requested, at least 24 months of transaction history in writing. Consumers, especially those who rely on a prepaid account as their primary transaction account, may need to consult more extensive account history in connection with, for example, housing and employment applications or tax filings; in these situations, they may benefit from having up to 24 months of account history available. Additionally, transaction histories may help consumers to discover unauthorized transfers or other errors. For instance, in certain circumstances, consumers have up to 120 days from the date of the unauthorized transfer to assert an error. In order to fully exercise these protections, consumers must be able to access at least 120 days of transaction history.
The final rule requires that at least 12 months of transaction history provided as part of the alternative means of compliance with the periodic statement requirement be provided electronically. As discussed further below, the Bureau's understanding is that, while prepaid accounts generally are not subject to this requirement at present, most financial institutions offer electronic access to prepaid accounts' transaction histories and a substantial number of them maintain 12 months of transaction data in some electronic format.
In developing the proposed rule, the Bureau considered how consumers prefer to obtain information about their transaction history. In focus group research, the Bureau generally found that consumers were satisfied with the amount of information they receive regarding their transaction history (either online, through text message, or over the telephone) under existing industry practice, and they generally did not express a desire to receive a paper statement.
Many consumers participating in the Bureau's focus groups also stated that they monitor their account balance using the internet and mobile devices.
Although consumers generally have access to written transaction history information at present, many financial institutions currently charge fees for written account information, and in these cases the final rule will lower the cost to consumers of accessing account information in this way. Of the 66 GPR card programs reviewed by one organization, 68 percent disclosed a fee for paper account statements ranging from 99 cents to $10 (median $2.95).
The benefits and costs to covered persons arising from the application of Regulation E's periodic statement requirement to all prepaid accounts will depend on the financial institution's current business practices and whether the financial institution chooses to avail itself of the alternative means of complying with the periodic statement requirement. Specifically, financial institutions may comply with the requirement by providing periodic statements, either in paper form or in electronic form having obtained E-Sign consent from the consumer, or they may choose to implement the alternative means of complying with the periodic statement requirement.
As discussed above, financial institutions are already required to comply with the Regulation E periodic statement requirement, or the specified alternative, for payroll card accounts and for accounts that receive Federal payments (pursuant to the FMS Rule). Government agencies that offer government benefit accounts are similarly required to comply with this requirement (without the requirement to provide electronic access to account history under the periodic statement alternative). Based on pre-proposal outreach to industry participants, the Study of Prepaid Account Agreements, and review of various industry studies, the Bureau understands that financial institutions generally provide consumers with electronic access to transaction histories or electronic periodic statements and generally provide telephone access to account information similar to what is required by the final rule.
The Bureau expects that most financial institutions will continue to offer account history information to consumers electronically (except for those cases where a written transaction history is required in response to an ad hoc consumer request) and will continue to use an automated telephone line to provide 24-hour access to account balance information. Therefore, the Bureau believes that the majority of costs to covered persons of the final rule will arise from two sources.
First, periodic statements or transaction histories must display a summary total of the amount of all fees assessed against the consumer's prepaid account for the prior month and for the calendar year to date. Financial institutions will need to modify existing statements or electronic transaction histories to include these totals. Second, those financial institutions that do not currently make at least 12 months of transaction history available to consumers electronically or do not maintain access to at least 24 months of transaction history would potentially incur additional data storage costs and may need to implement system changes if they choose to avail themselves of the alternative means of complying with
The structure of the costs associated with these changes depends on whether the financial institution relies on vendors to format or host online periodic statements or transaction histories or whether it performs these functions in-house. Those financial institutions that format their own periodic statements or transaction histories will incur a one-time implementation cost to capture and summarize fee information and modify their disclosures to display this information.
The proposal would have required financial institutions to make available 18 months of account history, and according to discussions with industry participants prior to issuing the proposed rule, the costs associated with such an expansion would have been minimal. In response to the proposal, however, several industry commenters said that they do not currently make available 18 months of account history and that the cost of doing so would be significant. Of these, several commenters noted that they currently provide 12 months of electronic transaction history or that their systems maintain at least 12 months of transaction history in readily accessible electronic format. Industry commenters also noted that older account history information is typically archived and is less readily accessible, but can be retrieved in response to specific requests. One commenter that currently archives account information after six months estimated that it would cost an additional $1.00 per account to keep account information in active, rather than archived, status for 18 months. Because the final rule requires 12 rather than 18 months of transaction history to be made electronically available, and because it permits financial institutions that, as of the effective date, do not have readily accessible the data necessary to provide at least 12 months of electronic account history to gradually increase the number of months of account data that they provide until they have enough account information to fully comply with the requirement, the Bureau believes that the requirement to provide electronic account history information will have a minimal burden for most financial institutions.
Many providers of prepaid accounts rely on processors to provide online portals that give consumers access to account history information. Based on pre-proposal discussions with industry participants, the Bureau understands that program managers typically pay processors a flat fee per account that may be a function of both the extent of the account history provided and the number of accounts that are being serviced.
In formulating its proposal, the Bureau conducted outreach to prepaid issuers and program managers regarding the utilization of paper account statements by consumers and the cost to financial institutions of providing such statements. Based on these discussions and information provided by commenters, the Bureau's understanding is that consumer requests for written account histories for GPR cards are infrequent, generally well under 1 percent of active cardholder-months, regardless of whether the consumer is charged a fee for the statement. One commenter stated that it serves over 2 million cardholders and that it receives 750 requests per month for written transaction histories, equivalent to approximately 0.04 percent of all cardholder accounts.
Some commenters said that the requirement in the proposal to mail 18 months of transaction history upon request would impose a substantial burden on financial institutions. The commenter, mentioned above, which stated that it receives 750 requests per month for written transaction histories noted that the increase from 60 days to 18 months of transaction history is a 900 percent increase in the volume of history that would have to be provided. Another commenter estimated that extending the timeline to 18 months would increase the cost of mailing statements by three to four times. Additionally, some commenters explained that transaction data is generally moved to archived status after 12 months, and that once the data is archived, a financial institution may incur costs for retrieving information on a one-off basis in order to respond to consumers' requests for written histories.
The Bureau acknowledges that it may cost substantially more to provide a 24 month written transaction history than to provide a 60 day written transaction history. The Bureau notes, however, that the final rule further clarifies that a financial institution may send less than 24 months of written transaction history if the consumer requests a shorter timeframe. The Bureau anticipates that many consumers requesting written transaction histories will not need access to a full 24 months of transaction history and that therefore in many cases financial institutions will be able to send a significantly shorter transaction history. The Bureau also notes that, given the small fraction of consumers that request written transaction histories, the overall burden of the requirement to send written transaction histories is small, even if the cost of each mailing is substantially higher than it would be if sending a 60-day history.
If the final rule expands consumer access to account information, financial institutions could benefit from receiving more timely notice of unauthorized transfers by consumers and potentially fewer inquiries by telephone or email. For example, in the event that a consumer identifies an unauthorized transfer, the financial institution may be able to place the appropriate holds on the account to prevent further unauthorized use. Timely notification could also decrease the costs associated with investigations of alleged errors. In addition, if timely notification by some consumers were to provide an early warning of a widespread or systemic set of unauthorized transfer attempts, the financial institution could benefit from cutting off the avenue for the unauthorized transfers before the issue becomes more widespread. However, to the extent that consumers are able to identify unauthorized transfers and other errors that they would not have identified in the absence of these disclosures, financial institutions may incur additional costs.
The final rule extends Regulation E's limited liability and error resolution regime to all prepaid accounts; provisional credit is also required for all prepaid accounts that have successfully completed the financial institution's customer identification and verification processes.
For accounts subject to the Regulation E error resolution provisions, EFTA places the burden of proof on the financial institution to show that an alleged unauthorized transfer was, in fact, authorized.
Prepaid accounts that are payroll card accounts, government benefit accounts, and those that receive Federal payments are currently required to provide Regulation E's limited liability and error resolution protections. Other types of prepaid accounts, such as GPR cards that do not receive Federal payments, currently are not required to provide these protections, although some do so by contract. One study reviewed 18 GPR card programs, estimated to represent 90 percent of the number of active GPR cards in circulation, and found that all of the programs reviewed had adopted the consumer liability protections outlined by Regulation E as it applies to payroll cards.
To the extent that financial institutions already follow policies consistent with Regulation E's limited liability and error resolution regime, the potential impacts on most consumers and covered persons arising from these provisions are limited. Additionally, prepaid accounts are typically subject to payment card association network rules that provide zero-liability protection and chargeback rights in some circumstances that, unless changed by the networks, apply regardless of what Regulation E requires.
In general, the potential benefits to consumers arising from the final rule's requirements include reduced risk (relative to a baseline where some programs do not offer the protections of the final rule) and reduced uncertainty regarding responsibilities and liabilities among market participants. With respect to consumer uncertainty, the Bureau does not have information that would permit it to quantify the extent to which some consumers may overestimate the risks associated with using prepaid accounts (and so may underutilize them) or the extent to which other consumers may underestimate the risks (and therefore may fail to take certain precautions if they use them). Both groups will benefit from the reduced uncertainty regarding limited liability and error resolution protections that will result from the final rule.
Consumers using prepaid accounts will further benefit from any reduction in expected financial losses incurred due to unauthorized EFTs or other errors that will result from the final rule. Although financial institutions typically offer limited liability and error resolution protections in connection with prepaid accounts, the final rule will reduce consumer losses from unauthorized transfers in cases where such protections were not offered as well as ensure that errors are investigated expeditiously and that consumers regain access to funds more quickly. This potential benefit to consumers will depend on the following: (a) The number of consumers with prepaid accounts that do not currently follow the limited liability and error resolution regime, including access to provisional credit, that is described in the final rule; (b) the average magnitude of the financial losses consumers would experience from unauthorized transfers or other errors absent the final rule; and (c) the probability that these unauthorized transfers or other errors would occur absent the final rule. The Bureau notes that these benefits could be concentrated among certain segments of the population.
In order to quantify the potential benefits to consumers from the final rule's requirements, the Bureau would need the quantities in (a), (b), and (c) or a database of representative market information that can be used to estimate these quantities. To the Bureau's knowledge, neither these quantities nor such a database currently exists. However, industry studies provide some insight into the magnitude and distribution of these determinants of the potential benefits from these provisions.
The Bureau first considers the number of consumers with prepaid accounts that currently do not offer the limited liability and error resolution protections, including access to provisional credit, which the final rule requires for prepaid accounts that have completed a financial institution's customer identification and verification process (and continues to require for all payroll card accounts and government benefit accounts). As described above, surveys suggest that between 8 and 16 percent of consumers have used a general purpose prepaid card in the past 12 months.
However, financial institutions offering prepaid accounts may (and often do) voluntarily offer these protections, in many cases because similar protections are required by payment card association network rules. As discussed above, the Bureau's Study of Prepaid Account Agreements found that the vast majority of programs reviewed followed Regulation E's limited liability protections. In addition, most prepaid programs appeared to follow Regulation E's error resolution regime, including provisional credit requirements. Excluding payroll card account programs and government benefit account programs (which are currently required to comply), over two-thirds of included programs provided error resolution protections, with provisional credit, consistent with Regulation E. The majority of the remainder offered some form of error resolution, albeit with limitations on the conditions under which provisional credit is offered. Among the programs reviewed that were offered by the largest GPR providers, the Study of Prepaid Account Agreements found that roughly 80 percent offered error resolution with provisional credit and all offered limited liability protections. Most remaining programs offered full error resolution with provisional credit in limited circumstances.
For the foregoing reasons, the Bureau believes that the number of consumers with prepaid accounts that do not currently offer the limited liability and error resolution protections (including provisional credit) that are required by the final rule is small.
The Bureau has been unable to obtain data describing the average size of the financial losses consumers currently experience from unauthorized transfers or other errors that are covered by the final rule or the frequency with which these events occur. However, these quantities may be associated with certain observable factors. The average size of a transaction is likely correlated
Although data that would permit the Bureau to quantify the typical balances and transaction sizes of prepaid accounts are limited, recent research can provide some information. One study analyzed prepaid accounts from one large program manager's GPR card program and reports whether the prepaid accounts receive periodic government direct deposits (and therefore are subject to the FMS Rule if it is a Federal payment), periodic non-government direct deposits, periodic self-funded loads, occasional reloads, or are never reloaded.
Only limited data describing the frequency of transactions is available, and while these frequencies should correlate with the probability of a loss, the Bureau would require additional information to convert these frequencies into probabilities.
The Bureau believes that some consumers with prepaid accounts could receive important benefits in certain circumstances from the additional protections that are required by the final rule. Further, the share of consumers with prepaid accounts who could potentially receive these benefits may grow over time. One group of industry analysts predicts that the GPR segment of prepaid accounts will grow on average 10 percent each year from 2014 to 2018, and there appears to be sustained interest among consumers in using GPR cards as transaction accounts.
To the extent that financial institutions sustain increased losses from the requirement to extend Regulation E's limited liability and error resolution regime, including provisional credit, to all prepaid accounts, the final rule's limited liability and error resolution provisions may result in decreased access to these products if financial institutions are more apt to close accounts that have repeated or unusual error claims or to limit who can open accounts in the first place. The requirement to provide limited liability and error resolution protection for transactions taking place prior to customer identification and verification could also lead financial institutions to prevent prepaid accounts from being used until after such identification and verification or to limit accounts' functionality prior to identification and verification, reducing access for consumers who wish to use accounts before they have been registered or who are unable or unwilling to complete the identification and verification process.
In general, the costs to financial institutions arising from the final rule's requirements will depend on their current business practices, the number and types of errors that their consumers claim, and any potential future changes
The final rule requires that those financial institutions that do not currently offer their consumers limited liability and error resolution protections in accordance with Regulation E establish procedures for complying with the requirements or modify existing procedures (depending on their current practices). Specifically, financial institutions that do not currently offer these protections will need to develop the capacity to give the required disclosures to consumers, receive oral or written error claims, investigate error claims, provide consumers with investigation results in writing, respond to any consumer request for copies of the documents that the institution relied on in making its determination, and correct any errors discovered under the required timeframes.
For those financial institutions that do not currently offer limited liability and error resolution protections in the manner required by the final rule, the extension of these protections will require the establishment or modification of practices and procedures, as well as employee training. The establishment or modification of these practices and procedures will constitute a one-time implementation cost for those financial institutions that do not currently offer limited liability and error resolution in the manner required by Regulation E, and implementing these procedures will constitute an ongoing cost for financial institutions.
Errors may vary on many dimensions that affect the cost associated with their investigation.
Errors may also vary in terms of their legitimacy. Consumers may assert that an error occurred when one did not occur either to attempt to defraud the financial institution or due to a misunderstanding. Since, under EFTA, the burden is on the financial institution to establish that the transaction in question was not an error, it is possible that the financial institution would be liable for errors that may not be legitimate. Because the financial institution is liable for an asserted error unless it can determine the error is not legitimate, a financial institution may incur a cost whether or not the error actually occurred. The Bureau therefore finds it more helpful to classify alleged errors as either accepted or denied, as explained below, when considering the various cases in which a financial institution may incur a cost.
Accepted disputes include situations in which the financial institution credits the consumer's account, either because an error occurred or, where an error did not occur, because an error was asserted and the financial institution could not establish that the transaction was authorized.
Additionally, the final rule requires financial institutions to extend provisional credit to consumers asserting an error claim when the length of the investigation exceeds 10 business days, so long as the prepaid account has
In contrast, denied disputes occur when the financial institution is able to establish that a transfer was authorized and, therefore, the institution is not ultimately required to return funds to the consumer. In the case of denied disputes, financial institutions that do not currently offer error resolution rights will incur costs associated with conducting investigations, and financial institutions that do not currently offer provisional credit will incur costs associated with crediting accounts when the length of the investigation exceeds 10 business days. Although a financial institution extending provisional credit can subsequently reverse the credit when it is able to establish that the transfer was authorized, the consumer may draw down the funds in the interim or intentionally close the account and abscond with the funds.
The Bureau believes that, to a certain extent, financial institutions are able to limit losses associated with error claims. In pre-proposal discussions with financial institutions that provide prepaid accounts, the Bureau learned that financial institutions often close (or could close) accounts that have repeated error claims, thereby limiting their exposure to potential losses, and may add individuals to a watch list. Additionally, industry partners sometimes share information regarding individuals who appear to be instigating fraudulent activity, and one payment card network has plans to create a centralized database to better detect fraud on prepaid cards.
Several industry commenters said that the application of limited liability and error resolution provisions, and in particular the provisional credit requirements, to prepaid accounts under certain circumstances could increase financial institutions' fraud losses associated with prepaid accounts. Some commenters claimed that fraud risk is especially high for transactions taking place before an account has been registered or in the period shortly after a prepaid account has been opened. One commenter that processes prepaid transactions estimated that providing limited liability and error resolution rights for transactions taking place before a prepaid account is registered would lead to an increase in fraud exposure of one additional basis point, compared to a baseline fraud exposure of between four and five basis points.
The Bureau acknowledges that extending limited liability and error resolution protections, including provisional credit, to prepaid accounts that do not already offer these protections prior to customer identification and verification could increase the fraud exposure of financial institutions. Partly in response to these concerns, the Bureau has determined not to require provisional credit for prepaid accounts that have not successfully completed the financial institution's customer identification and verification process. To the extent that financial institutions nonetheless face increased fraud risk because limited liability and error resolution requirements apply before customer identification and verification, the Bureau notes that financial institutions can limit this risk by restricting a prepaid account's functionality before the identification and verification process is complete. The Bureau understands that currently many prepaid accounts cannot be used prior to customer identification and verification, or are subject to restrictions on how they can be used or the amount of funds they can hold. To the extent that the requirement to provide limited liability and error resolution protections increases fraud exposure related to transactions prior to identification and verification or early in the account's history, such restrictions may permit financial institutions to reduce fraud exposure.
Although most programs reviewed as part of the Bureau's Study of Prepaid Account Agreements provided error resolution with provisional credit, there was some heterogeneity across programs with respect to the error resolution and provisional credit policies. To the extent that concern regarding the absence of a comprehensive Federal regulatory regime governing error resolution is currently limiting consumer adoption of prepaid accounts, providing for Regulation E limited liability and error resolution coverage, with provisional credit, for prepaid accounts—which include P2P transfer products—may help to facilitate wider adoption of these accounts and could benefit financial institutions. Additionally, since the costs associated with complying with the final rule vary across financial institutions, those that are already offering these protections may benefit if competitors need to raise prices or reduce the quality of their products to cover the costs associated with extending these protections to consumers. However, those financial institutions that currently offer these protections on a voluntary basis will lose the option of ceasing to offer such protections to consumers in the future.
Section 1005.19 of the final rule requires issuers to submit agreements governing prepaid accounts that they
In addition to these requirements, § 1009.19(d) requires that issuers provide access to individual account agreements to any consumer holding an open prepaid account, unless such agreements are required to be posted on the issuer's Web site pursuant to § 1005.19(c). An issuer may fulfill this requirement by posting and maintaining the consumer's agreement on its Web site or by promptly providing a copy of the agreement in response to a consumer's request.
The final rule will generally increase the amount of information available to consumers regarding prepaid accounts both when shopping for a prepaid account and after acquisition of the prepaid account. Having online access to account agreements (both on the Bureau's Web site and on the issuer's Web site) will enable suitably motivated consumers to more easily compare the fees, as well as other terms and conditions, of various prepaid account products. Entities may use the information in the repository to develop more competitive products or extract information that they could sell or otherwise provide to consumers or third parties, for example in the form of tools that consumer can use to compare the terms of different prepaid accounts. As discussed in more detail above with respect to the final rule's pre-acquisition disclosure requirements, consumers benefit from having more information about available products and their terms because it helps them to make better choices and because it can lead to additional competition in the market for prepaid accounts. Increased competition could benefit consumers through lower prices, higher quality products, or both.
For those consumers who have already acquired a prepaid account, access to their own account's terms and conditions, regardless of whether the account is currently offered to the public, could be helpful should a question arise regarding the terms of the account. Given that some accounts are held for a period of years,
Actual and potential consumer holders of prepaid accounts could also benefit from the requirement that issuers provide prepaid account agreements to the Bureau on a rolling basis. Provision of agreements to the Bureau will facilitate the Bureau's market monitoring, helping to ensure that prepaid accounts comply with regulatory requirements. Knowing that agreements must be provided to the Bureau and posted on the issuer's Web site could serve as an impetus for prepaid account issuers to ensure that they are complying with applicable regulatory requirements because public posting will make it more likely that agreement terms or disclosures that do not comply with such requirements are discovered.
Under the final rule, issuers of prepaid accounts offered to the public that do not qualify for the de minimis or testing exceptions will be required to establish procedures that ensure they provide agreements to the Bureau when required by the final rule and notify the Bureau when they withdraw an agreement. In addition, issuers will need to ensure that any submission includes the elements described in § 1005.19(b)(1). The Bureau expects that the burden imposed by this reporting requirement will be minimal, as issuers are required to maintain current account agreements for other purposes.
In addition, issuers of prepaid accounts that are offered to the public are also required to post prepaid account agreements on their publicly available Web site. Many issuers of prepaid accounts currently make account agreements available on their Web sites, but the final rule requires that issuers that do not qualify for the de minimis exception post and maintain any agreements currently offered to the public that do not qualify for the product testing exception. Therefore, issuers will need to ensure that their Web sites include current agreements. The Bureau anticipates that some issuers will incur costs to make required agreements publicly available on their Web sites.
The final rule also requires that all issuers provide consumers with access to the agreement for their own prepaid account, unless such agreements are required to be posted on the issuer's Web site pursuant to § 1005.19(c). For those issuers choosing to comply with this requirement by posting the relevant agreements online, the issuer must ensure that its Web site includes all agreements for open accounts and ensure that the agreements posted online are complete and up-to-date should product offerings evolve. For those issuers choosing to comply with the requirement by mailing a paper copy of the agreement or otherwise making a copy of the agreement available in response to a consumer request, the cost associated with this provision will depend on the frequency with which consumers make requests for such information. Costs associated with fulfilling such requests could consist of customer service agent time spent receiving and responding to a request made via telephone, as well as postage or other materials should the issuer respond to the inquiry with a paper copy of the agreement. Those issuers choosing to comply in this manner may also incur implementation costs associated with training customer service agents to handle such requests and/or changing existing IVR menu options.
Greater availability of information about the terms of available prepaid accounts could increase competition by making it easier for consumers to
The proposed rule would have required agreements for all prepaid accounts that do not qualify for the product testing exception, including payroll card accounts and other accounts not offered to the general public, to be posted to the issuer's publicly available Web site. Several commenters noted that issuers of payroll card accounts in particular may have different account agreements for potentially thousands of different employers, and that the burden of maintaining a public Web site making such a large number of agreements available could be especially high. Because the final rule does not require issuers to post publicly available versions of agreements for prepaid accounts that are not offered to the general public, issuers will not bear the burden of making such agreements available on their Web sites, while consumers will still have access to their own agreements pursuant to § 1009.19(d), and such agreements will be available to the public through the Bureau's future Web site.
The final rule provides new protections for consumers with respect to certain overdraft credit features offered in connection with prepaid accounts. As described in greater detail above, in the final rule, the Bureau generally intends to cover under Regulation Z overdraft credit features offered in connection with prepaid accounts where the credit features are offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner (except as described in new § 1026.61(a)(4)). New § 1026.61(b) generally requires that such overdraft credit features be structured as separate sub-accounts or accounts, distinct from the prepaid asset account, to facilitate transparency and compliance with various Regulation Z requirements. Under final § 1026.2(a)(15)(i), a prepaid card is a credit card under Regulation Z when it is a “hybrid prepaid-credit card.” New § 1026.61(a)(2)(i) provides that a prepaid card is a “hybrid prepaid-credit card” with respect to a separate credit feature if the card meets the following two conditions: (1) The card can be used from time to time to access credit from the separate credit feature in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers; and (2) the separate credit feature is offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. A “covered separate credit feature” is defined in new § 1026.61(a)(2) to mean a separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card.
Certain provisions in Regulation Z apply to “creditors” and other provisions apply to “card issuers.” Under the final rule, a person that offers a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card is both a “card issuer” and a “creditor” under Regulation Z. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1026.2(a)(20) above, the Bureau anticipates that most covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards will meet the definition of “open-end credit” and that credit will not be home-secured. A card issuer of a hybrid prepaid-credit card that extends open-end credit (and thus charges a finance charge for the credit) that is not home-secured in connection with the covered separate credit feature is a “creditor” for purposes of the rules governing open-end (not home-secured) credit plans in subpart B in connection with the covered separate credit feature. The card issuer also must comply with the credit card rules set forth in subparts B and G with respect to the covered separate credit feature and the hybrid prepaid-credit card.
The final rule excludes prepaid cards from coverage as credit cards under Regulation Z when they access certain specified types of credit. First, new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii) provides that a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card when it accesses a “non-covered separate credit feature.” A non-covered separate credit feature is a separate credit feature that either: (1) Cannot be accessed in the course of a prepaid card transaction to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers; or (2) is offered by an unrelated third party that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. Although prepaid cards that access non-covered separate credit features are not considered hybrid prepaid-credit cards, the non-covered separate credit feature is often subject to Regulation Z in its own right, depending on its terms and conditions. Second, under new § 1026.61(a)(4), a prepaid card also is not a credit card when the prepaid card accesses incidental credit in the form of a negative balance on the asset account where the prepaid account issuer generally does not charge credit-related fees. Under the final rule, this incidental credit is generally subject to Regulation E, instead of Regulation Z.
By generally classifying prepaid cards that access covered separate credit features as credit cards, the final rule makes existing credit card provisions in Regulation Z that restrict the structure and types of fees that providers may impose applicable to covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card that are open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plans. As discussed above, the Bureau anticipates that most covered separate credit features will meet the definition of “open-end credit” and these credit plans will not be home-secured. Accordingly, the provisions applicable to open-end consumer credit plans are of particular importance in considering the potential impacts of the final rule. For example, existing Regulation Z § 1026.52(a) generally prohibits card issuers from imposing fees in excess of 25 percent of the credit limit during the first year following the opening of a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan. Under the final rule, this restriction applies to credit-related fees assessed in connection with covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card that are open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plans. In addition, § 1026.52(b) limits penalty fees, and § 1026.56 prohibits over-the-limit fees unless the consumer consents by opting-in to such fees, with respect to covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card that are open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plans.
The final rule also modifies Regulation E to specify in § 1005.18(g)(1) that a financial institution generally must provide to any prepaid account without a covered separate credit feature the same account terms, conditions, and features that it provides on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that have
In addition to these restrictions on fee structure and type, certain newly applicable provisions of Regulations E and Z restrict how a financial institution may obtain repayment of a balance incurred on a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. The final rule, in § 1005.10(e)(1), applies the EFTA compulsory use prohibition to covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. Accordingly, creditors are prohibited from requiring the electronic repayment of credit extended through a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card on a preauthorized, recurring basis.
In particular, the final rule's provisions ensure a minimum period of time between when a debt is incurred and when the debt is due to be repaid for covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card that are open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plans. Specifically, with regard to such plans, the final rule requires card issuers to adopt reasonable procedures designed to ensure that periodic statements are mailed or delivered at least 21 days prior to the fixed monthly payment due date.
Pursuant to Regulation Z as amended by the final rule, card issuers offering hybrid prepaid-credit cards must comply with a number of requirements governing solicitation and application. During the 30 days following prepaid account registration, § 1026.61(c) prohibits a card issuer from opening a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, providing a solicitation or application to open such a credit feature, or allowing an existing credit feature to become a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. Currently, § 1026.12(a)(1) prohibits unsolicited issuance of credit cards. Under the final rule, § 1026.12(a)(1) applies to hybrid prepaid-credit cards, and a card issuer may only attach a covered separate credit feature to a prepaid card in response to an oral or written request or application for the card. Any credit card applications or solicitations offered to consumers for a covered separate credit feature must comply with the requirements specified in § 1026.60. In evaluating an application, a card issuer is required by current § 1026.51(a) to establish and maintain reasonable written policies and procedures to consider the consumer's income or assets and current obligations in evaluating the consumer's ability to make the required minimum periodic payments under the terms of the plan. The final rule applies this ability to pay requirement to covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card that are open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plans.
Current Regulation Z also includes a number of additional disclosure requirements that the final rule applies to covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. Before the consumer makes a transaction using a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, creditors are required to provide the account-opening disclosures required by § 1026.6(b). Moreover, the final rule requires creditors to comply with § 1026.7 and provide a periodic statement for each billing cycle in which the account has a debit or credit balance of more than $1 or in which a finance charge has been imposed. This periodic statement requirement supplements the prepaid account periodic statement that is required by Regulation E.
Because of statutory differences, transactions performed using a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card may, in some circumstances, be afforded liability and error resolution protections that exceed those applicable to transactions exclusively involving funds drawn from the prepaid asset account. For those credit card transactions subject to Regulation Z's liability limitations, current § 1026.12(b) restricts cardholder liability to $50 in the event of unauthorized use. By contrast, Regulation E, in current § 1005.6(b), permits a financial institution to hold a consumer liable in the event of unauthorized use for up to $500 if the consumer does not report the loss in a timely manner.
Because Regulation Z and Regulation E provide for different liability limitations and error resolution procedures, the final rule specifies in Regulation E § 1026.12(a)(1)(iv)(B) and Regulation Z § 1026.13(i)(2) which limitations and error resolution procedures apply to transactions made with a hybrid prepaid-credit card.
The baseline for the Bureau's consideration of the benefits, costs, and impacts arising from the final rule is the current market for prepaid accounts. However, to inform the rulemaking, the Bureau also considers the potential future impacts of the final rule by comparing the likely future development of the market for these products to how the market might have evolved in the absence of the final rule. Consistent with the baseline used for discussion of the other final rule provisions, this baseline incorporates both the existing regulatory structure and economic attributes of the relevant market. Most notably, this baseline includes underlying consumer preferences and the current set of incumbent firms and potential entrants.
Although a number of financial institutions offer prepaid accounts to consumers, the vast majority do not currently offer overdraft services in connection with these accounts and thus their current products are not directly impacted by the various credit provisions of the final rule.
Financial institutions currently offering prepaid accounts subject to a negative balance fee that wish to continue to charge such fees will need to restructure these accounts to comply with the final rule's credit provisions. There is little evidence regarding how common such fees are in practice. In the Study of Prepaid Account Agreements conducted in connection with the proposed rule, the Bureau found that roughly 7 percent of reviewed agreements noted a negative balance fee in their terms and conditions.
Although there are few prepaid providers currently offering overdraft services, the final rule's restrictions will affect a significant portion of the fee-based revenue generated by those prepaid programs offering overdraft. According to the office of a State Attorney General, overdraft fees and declined balance fees may comprise a substantial portion of the fee-based revenue for financial institutions offering payroll card programs, stating that, in its survey of 38 employers' payroll card programs, overdraft fees comprised over 40 percent of the fees assessed by those vendors that charge them.
Consumers regularly using overdraft services offered in connection with prepaid accounts represent only a small minority of all prepaid account consumers. The Bureau understands that the small number of prepaid account providers that currently offer overdraft services condition consumer eligibility on receipt of a regularly occurring direct deposit exceeding a predetermined threshold. Additionally, consumers must affirmatively choose to activate, or opt-in to, the service. Therefore, only those consumers who both meet the eligibility requirements and affirmatively choose to use the service are able to overdraft. A reasonable estimate of current market activity suggests that less than 1 percent of prepaid accountholders regularly use overdraft features offered in connection with their prepaid accounts.
Focusing attention only on GPR card and payroll card accounts, which excludes other prepaid account products and therefore underestimates the market size, one projection estimated that there would be 22.4 million active prepaid debit and payroll cards in the United States as of 2014. Aite Group LLC,
In response to the proposal, a few industry commenters stated that the Bureau's treatment of overdraft services as credit subject to Regulation Z did not appear to be supported by any data, and they cited a lack of Bureau complaint data regarding overdraft on prepaid cards. Because relatively few consumers use overdraft services in connection with their prepaid accounts, the Bureau does not consider the volume of complaints to be informative regarding the benefits and costs of the final rule's treatment of overdraft services as credit. Further, because prepaid account providers offer overdraft services to consumers in a relatively uniform manner, there is neither an accessible counterfactual nor a natural experiment available that would enable the Bureau to evaluate alternative credit regulatory regimes.
Industry commenters also suggested that the Bureau's consumer testing did not support the Bureau's approach to regulating overdraft credit features offered in connection with prepaid accounts, stating that the testing supported a disclosure-based approach. The Bureau notes that, while consumer testing may inform the composition of a disclosure, it was not designed to evaluate behavioral responses to alternative credit regulatory regimes and, in any event, cannot capture strategic responses by industry to new regulatory requirements.
The Bureau believes that the final rule's requirements concerning disclosures, liability limitations, and error resolution procedures for covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card provide a number of consumer benefits, aligning with those conferred by Congress on credit card accountholders under TILA. In some cases, the final rule strengthens consumer protections relative to those protections offered by current industry practices. In other cases, the final rule codifies requirements that, though largely consistent with current practices, are not mandatory under Federal law.
The Bureau believes that the final rule's requirements concerning credit-related disclosures, liability limitations, and error resolution procedures will have a minimal impact on which consumers have access to covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card and the amount of credit offered. Although the credit-related disclosures provided to consumers seeking to add a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card may motivate some consumers to choose not to apply for such a feature, the incremental cost associated with producing and distributing such disclosures, considering that providers must give various other disclosures to consumers acquiring a prepaid account, is modest. In addition, providers may further mitigate costs by obtaining E-Sign consent from the consumer and delivering subsequent credit-related disclosures in electronic form. The credit limits that providers currently offer consumers in connection with overdraft services offered in connection with prepaid accounts already serve to limit liability, so the additional requirements with respect to error resolution and liability limitations for covered separate features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card should not prompt providers to engage in additional screening behaviors. These costs should not meaningfully affect which consumers are given the option to add a covered separate credit feature or the cost of that credit.
In contrast, certain other credit-related provisions of the final rule, including provisions that restrict the type and structure of certain fees and the timing of repayment, will likely have a significant impact on which consumers have access to covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, the amount of credit offered, and the payment terms associated with the credit. As will be discussed below, these impacts likely will occur because providers choosing to offer covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card likely will modify their current fee structures to comply with the rule. In addition, providers likely will change eligibility criteria for covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card due to the increased credit risk resulting from the final rule's provisions addressing the timing of repayment.
The benefits, costs, and impacts arising from the final rule's credit-related provisions likely will vary with the consumer's current intensity and intentionality of use of overdraft services. As described above, most consumers do not currently use overdraft services in connection with their prepaid accounts. Consumers use prepaid accounts for varied reasons. Some consumers rely on these accounts to aid in controlling spending or to facilitate budgeting.
Consumers who currently use prepaid accounts that offer overdraft services will experience the impacts of the final rule's credit-related provisions most directly. Some consumers who currently knowingly use overdraft services in connection with their prepaid accounts rely on such services only occasionally while others choose to rely on such services as a source of credit with regularity. The Bureau received extensive consumer comment in response to the proposed rule, including comments that were coordinated as part of a letter-writing campaign organized by a program manager that offers overdraft services in connection with some of its prepaid account products. These comments stated, among other things, that consumers benefit from having access to overdraft services to make emergency or otherwise unexpected purchases. Some consumer commenters stated that the overdraft services offered by their prepaid provider were cheaper and less risky than alternatives, such as payday loans. In addition to this intentional reliance on overdraft services as source of credit, eligible consumers who have opted-in to an overdraft service may also unintentionally overdraw their prepaid accounts if they do not monitor their prepaid account balances.
The Bureau expects that the final rule's restrictions on certain fees potentially charged to covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card will incentivize, and in some cases require, those providers offering covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card to change their pricing structures.
Because this provision restricts the level of certain fees and not others, it is likely that providers that currently offer overdraft services in connection with their prepaid accounts will change prepaid account pricing structures and raise fees not subject to the restriction (or create new fees).
Provider responses to the final rule's provisions may cause those consumers who use overdraft services infrequently to pay higher prices for the covered separate credit feature or to choose to use less credit. For example, if providers respond to the pricing restrictions by charging consumers a high application fee to access credit, those consumers who anticipate occasional use may choose not to apply for credit because they may not be willing to pay a salient and transparent up-front fee (unless they highly value the possibility of having this credit readily available). This could benefit some consumers by preventing them from inadvertently accessing a credit feature (after having opted-in) and incurring the attendant fees. However, if an unanticipated need for funds were to arise, some of these consumers may need to adapt their household budgets in other ways, which may include relying on other credit sources that are potentially higher cost or less convenient.
The fees charged currently for overdraft services in connection with prepaid accounts, which generally range from $15 to $35 per transaction, are typically lower than checking account overdraft fees. According to data obtained from one research firm, the Bureau found that the median overdraft fee among the 33 institutions monitored by the research firm was $34 in 2012, and the median overdraft fee across nearly 800 smaller banks and credit unions was $30 in 2012. CFPB Overdraft White Paper at 52.
As noted above, some consumers who frequently use overdraft services may not have developed account management skills.
Consumers who currently use overdraft features frequently will pay lower fees to access covered separate credit features under the final rule to the extent that they are able to access such services and choose to do so despite a salient up-front fee.
The final rule also likely will affect which prepaid account consumers are eligible for covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. The final rule requires that card issuers establish and maintain reasonable written policies and procedures for considering the consumer's ability to make required minimum payments in deciding whether to offer the consumer a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card that is an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan. Furthermore, to attempt to mitigate the effects on profitability of the additional credit risk borne in complying with the final rule's credit-related provisions, it is likely that providers offering covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card (or considering doing so) will alter the eligibility criteria. As a result, some consumers who are currently eligible (or would otherwise become eligible in the future) may lose (or not obtain) eligibility, and these consumers would either need to decrease consumption or rely upon alternative (and potentially higher cost) fund sources.
Other provisions of the final rule provide consumers with additional control over their funds by ensuring that there is a minimum period of time between when debts are incurred and when they are due to be repaid. The final rule requires that for covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card that are open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plans, card issuers adopt reasonable procedures designed to ensure that periodic statements are mailed or delivered at least 21 days prior to the fixed monthly payment due date.
These restrictions on the ability of a card issuer to apply prepaid account funds to outstanding debts incurred through the use of the covered separate credit feature will increase the credit risk associated with offering covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card and, all else equal, will decrease their profitability. To compensate for this risk, providers may respond by offering less credit to consumers, charging higher fees for credit extended, or increasing collections activity.
Other provisions of the final rule provide potential benefits to consumers. The final rule requires providers offering covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card to adhere to certain requirements that restrict when they may offer these features to consumers. By temporally separating the option to add a covered separate credit feature from the choice to acquire a prepaid account, these restrictions provide the prepaid accountholder with additional transparency and ensure that the consumer has the opportunity to become informed and consider options
The Bureau also considered, among other options, extending the Regulation E overdraft opt-in regime, described in § 1005.17, to prepaid accounts. Industry commenters advocated this approach, as well as variations that included additional protections (such as a cap on the number of overdraft fees). One industry commenter noted that consumers may want optional overdraft services provided under Regulation E but may not want credit card services under Regulation Z. The commenter stated that consumers use overdraft services in a manner indicating conscientious use of the service and that a Regulation E disclosure and opt-in approach is sufficient to protect consumers who do not want overdraft services and to ensure that consumers who want overdraft services understand the terms of the service. Commenters also asserted that consumer confusion could result from treating prepaid overdraft services differently from deposit account overdraft services.
The few financial institutions that currently provide overdraft services in connection with prepaid accounts generally act consistently with the Regulation E opt-in regime. However, the Bureau learned through comments that many additional financial institutions would offer overdraft services in connection with their prepaid accounts if it were to adopt a Regulation E opt-in approach. Relative to the approach taken in the final rule, the Regulation E opt-in approach could potentially result in more widespread consumer use of overdraft services in connection with prepaid accounts. This could result from additional entry by providers due to the resolution of the regulatory uncertainty that currently deters their entry and from increased marketing activities by both incumbents and entrants aimed at growing demand for overdraft services offered in connection with prepaid accounts. However, under a Regulation E opt-in approach, consumers using services that would be considered covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card under the final rule would not enjoy the protections required by Regulation Z and other benefits, as discussed above.
The Bureau believes that industry pricing could evolve to a structure that approximates the checking account overdraft pricing structure, which is heavily reliant on back-end pricing via overdraft fees, under a Regulation E opt-in approach.
In the proposed rule, the Bureau also considered an alternative variant of the Regulation Z approach that subjected a broader set of transactions to coverage, including incidental credit extended in the form of a negative balance on a prepaid account in most situations.
Commenters discussed burdens to both industry and consumers arising from the application of the proposed rule's credit provisions in these situations. Commenters stated that the proposed rule's approach would have the consequence of causing financial institutions issuing prepaid cards that do not have credit features to eliminate per transaction (“pay-as-you-go”) pricing plans and prepaid card use outside of the United States, impose stricter authorization rules, hold authorizations for longer periods than they do currently, or freeze cardholder funds, thereby inconveniencing consumers. Further, commenters argued that providers would need to implement new fee logic patterns, among other adjustments.
The final rule's approach to these issues mitigates these concerns. Under new § 1026.61(a)(4), a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card when the prepaid card accesses incidental credit in the form of a negative balance on the asset account where the provider generally does not charge credit-related fees for the credit. This exception is intended to exempt three types of credit so long as the provider generally does not charge credit-related fees for the credit: (1) incidental credit related to “force pay” transactions; (2) a de minimis $10 payment cushion; and (3) a delayed load cushion where credit is extended while a load of funds from an asset account is pending. New § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B) allows a provider to qualify for the exception in new § 1026.61(a)(4) even if it charges transaction fees on the asset feature of the prepaid account for overdrafts so long as the amount of the per transaction fee does not exceed the amount of the per transaction fee imposed for transactions conducted entirely with funds available in the asset feature of a prepaid account.
The final rule's approach of not subjecting incidental credit to the Regulation Z requirements will avoid the costs associated with subjecting products to coverage due to force pay transactions and delayed load situations. Further, the de minimis payment cushion exemption will encourage providers to extend small amounts of credit to consumers (at no additional cost) relative to the approach in the proposed rule. The Bureau believes that, in general, these provisions will benefit consumers and providers alike.
This discussion covers many of the same issues already addressed in the preceding section. The final rule introduces additional requirements for prepaid account providers that offer covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card.
The Bureau also understands that other firms currently might be considering offering covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card in the future. The final rule's requirements decrease the likelihood that such entry will occur. For example, the final rule's provision subjecting most fees charged during the first year (other than periodic interest rates) of the covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card that is an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan to a cap of 25 percent of the initial credit line prevents providers from implementing certain pricing structures. These additional constraints likely will reduce the potential profitability of offering covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card.
Several industry commenters stated that the additional costs imposed by the final rule's credit-related requirements will motivate those few prepaid account providers offering overdraft services to stop doing so or to offer it in a form that is more costly and less convenient to consumers. By contrast, one consumer advocate commenter suggested that by providing additional regulatory clarity, the final rule's provisions may lead more financial institutions offering prepaid accounts to choose to offer related credit features. While the Bureau recognizes that regulatory uncertainty has likely discouraged the widespread availability of related credit features, the Bureau considers it unlikely that greater regulatory clarity alone could offset the costs of the new regulatory requirements sufficiently so that more financial institutions would offer prepaid accounts with related credit features.
The final rule limits the types of fees that card issuers may charge during the first year after a consumer holder of a prepaid account opens a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card that is an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan. Among other restrictions, the final rule subjects most fees charged during the first year of the covered separate credit feature (other than periodic interest rates) to a cap of 25 percent of the initial credit line. Given the pricing structure and size of the lines of credit offered in conjunction with current prepaid overdraft offerings, the Bureau believes the final rule's fee cap requirement generally will be binding for any consumer incurring more than one overdraft fee in the first year after the opening of the covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card.
Providers may respond to this revenue reduction by adopting an alternative pricing structure that is less reliant on transaction-based fees to access covered separate credit features, but adoption of such an alternative
Alternatively, providers may adopt a pricing structure in which a fee is collected during the application process prior to the opening of the covered separate credit feature (and thus is not subject to the cap), or they may choose to charge a periodic interest rate. However, when faced with the option of pre-paying for overdraft services, consumers may be less willing to incur up-front charges for the service than they are under the current per transaction pricing structure, which relies on back-end fees. In addition, consumers may find disclosure of the periodic interest rate to be a salient deterrent to opening a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, especially at rate that providers may need to charge to rationalize offering the feature. Regardless of the alternative fee schedule adopted, the small group of prepaid account providers that offer covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card will earn lower profits than they do at present (all else equal).
Other provisions of the final rule also decrease the profitability of offering covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. The final rule restricts a creditor's ability to access assets held in a consumer's prepaid account, permitting creditors to sweep funds from the prepaid account only monthly to repay a debt incurred by an associated covered separate credit feature.
Aside from these implementation costs, the final rule's restriction on sweeps raises the ongoing cost to creditors associated with offering these accounts by increasing the risk of default.
To comply with the final rule's provisions, the few prepaid providers that currently offer overdraft services will incur implementation costs associated with educating consumers about any product changes, developing new disclosures, and designing and executing new procedures. Industry commenters noted that credit card regulatory expertise may not currently exist in-house and that providers wishing to offer covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card may need to acquire such expertise. In addition, one provider that currently offers overdraft services in connection with some of its prepaid products commented that modifying its business to apply Regulation Z would cause it to incur costs associated with developing a billing system and accepting alternative forms of payment, among other costs. Providers wishing to offer covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card will need to ensure that any solicitation and application materials conform to Regulation Z's requirements. This may require providers to produce new disclosures or modify existing disclosures. Providers wishing to offer covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card additionally are required to comply with the final rule's timing requirements with respect to the solicitation of consumer holders of prepaid accounts, application, and account opening.
Card issuers are also required to establish and maintain reasonable written policies and procedures to consider the consumer's ability to make required minimum payments when deciding to offer a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card that is an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan. As noted above, card issuers should incur minimal additional burden from these provisions because they can assess the consumer's ability-to-pay at low cost. Given providers' increased incentive to screen applicants due to their inability to sweep incoming funds immediately from the prepaid asset account to pay a debt incurred on the covered separate credit feature, the incremental impact of this provision on operational costs is minimal.
Providers will also incur ongoing costs in adhering to other provisions of the final rule. These costs include those associated with providing periodic statements for covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as well as additional disclosures in certain circumstances, such as when certain account terms change. Specifically, providers will incur costs designing these disclosures and ensuring that they comply with Regulation Z. In some cases, providers will also incur costs associated with printing and distributing these disclosures.
Because the final rule's provisions could affect consumer choice, the small number of prepaid providers that
In terms of alternatives, the Bureau also considered extending the Regulation E opt-in regime to prepaid accounts. Several industry commenters urged the Bureau to adopt a Regulation E opt-in approach, stating that it would provide consumers sufficient protection and would be less costly to implement than covering overdraft services under Regulation Z. Those few providers that currently offer overdraft services in connection with their prepaid accounts largely adhere to the Regulation E opt-in requirements, and therefore they would incur minimal additional costs in implementing such an approach, relative to the baseline of the current market. Based on comments received in response to the proposal, the Bureau believes that resolving the regulatory uncertainty that currently deters some providers from offering overdraft services by adopting a Regulation E opt-in approach would lead many more prepaid providers to offer overdraft services in connection with their prepaid accounts than offer such products currently. In addition, given the additional costs imposed by the Regulation Z approach relative to the Regulation E opt-in approach, more financial institutions offering prepaid accounts may have found it economically viable to offer overdraft services in the future under a Regulation E opt-in regime relative to the approach adopted by the final rule.
The Bureau also considered an alternative variant of the Regulation Z approach in the proposed rule that subjected a broader set of transactions to coverage, including those transactions accessing credit outside the course of a transaction; credit offered by parties unrelated to the prepaid account issuer, its affiliates, or its business partners; and credit extended as a negative balance on a prepaid account that would have been subject to a per transaction fee (even if the amount of the fee were the same as the amount charged for transactions paid entirely with funds available in the prepaid account). As discussed above, commenters suggested that this approach would impose a number of costs on industry, including: (1) potential compliance issues when the consumer attaches an unrelated credit feature to the prepaid account without the knowledge of the unrelated third-party creditor; and (2) interruptions to the flow of funds in contexts, such as force pay transactions, where an account balance may become negative and a transaction-related fee (that is the same as the fee charged for transactions paid entirely with funds available in the prepaid account) may be imposed, even though the prepaid account issuer does not authorize the credit extension.
The final rule's approach mitigates these concerns by excluding prepaid cards from coverage as credit cards under Regulation Z when they access certain specified types of credit. First, under new § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii), a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to “non-covered separate credit features,” which means that the separate credit feature either: (1) cannot be accessed in the course of a prepaid card transaction to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct P2P transfers; or (2) is offered by an unrelated third party that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. Second, under new § 1026.61(a)(4), a prepaid card also is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card when the prepaid card accesses incidental credit in the form of a negative balance on the asset account where the prepaid account issuer generally does not charge credit-related fees for the credit. New § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B) allows a provider to qualify for the exception in new § 1026.61(a)(4) even if it charges transaction fees on the asset feature of the prepaid account for overdrafts so long as the amount of the per transaction fee does not exceed the amount of the per transaction fee imposed for transactions conducted entirely with funds available in the asset feature of a prepaid account.
The final rule's requirements apply uniformly across covered financial institutions without regard for their asset size.
With respect to most provisions, the Bureau does not expect that the final rule will have a unique impact on depository institutions and credit unions with $10 billion or less in total assets, as described in section 1026. One exception pertains to the provisions addressing covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. Issuers with consolidated assets of less than $10 billion are exempt from the Board's Regulation II restrictions on debit card interchange fees.
Consumers in rural areas may derive benefits from the final rule that are different in certain respects from the benefits experienced by consumers in general. Consumers in rural areas may differ from other consumers in terms of their reliance on prepaid accounts as well as their ability to use online disclosures for shopping by accessing the internet.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA),
The RFA generally requires an agency to conduct an initial regulatory flexibility analysis (IRFA) and a final regulatory flexibility analysis (FRFA) of any rule subject to notice-and-comment rulemaking requirements, unless the agency certifies that the rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
The undersigned certified that the proposed rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities and that an IRFA was therefore not required. In the proposed rule, the Bureau requested comment regarding its methodology for estimating burden on small entities as well as relevant data. The Bureau received little comment with respect to these issues. However, the Bureau addresses the comments received and integrates additional information provided by commenters into its analysis of these issues when available and informative. Upon considering relevant comments as well as the modifications to the proposed rule that were made in developing the final rule, the conclusion that the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities is unchanged. Therefore, a FRFA is not required.
The analysis below evaluates the economic impact of the final rule on directly affected small entities as defined by the RFA. The Bureau considers an entity to be “directly affected” by the final rule for RFA purposes if it issues prepaid accounts, manages a prepaid account program, or offers covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card.
Further, this analysis also establishes that the only small non-bank entities likely to experience a significant economic impact from the final rule are those that currently: (1) Do not provide limited liability protections to consumers; (2) do not provide error resolution protections to consumers; or (3) offer products that would be considered covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card.
The provisions of the final rule apply to any account meeting the criteria described in § 1005.2(b)(3). Providers of these accounts include issuers and program managers. Prepaid account issuers are typically banks and credit unions, and program managers are typically non-banks.
Because the Bureau is not aware of a comprehensive list of entities that actively issue or manage prepaid accounts or a comprehensive list of prepaid account programs, the Bureau compiled its own list of known prepaid account issuers and program managers in connection with the proposed rule.
Several commenters to the proposed rule suggested that the Bureau undercounted the number of small banks or credit unions directly affected by the proposed rule's provisions. However, those commenters appeared to include banks or credit unions that offer prepaid cards through a vendor or bankers' bank in concluding that the Bureau undercounted the number of directly affected small banks or credit unions. As described in the proposed rule, the Bureau does not consider those entities directly affected by the final rule and therefore does not include such entities in its counts (to the extent that they could be identified).
In such relationships, a distinct vendor or banker's bank generally handles most compliance duties. The Bureau considered such entities, which generally perform these duties on behalf of program participants, to be directly affected by the final rule for RFA purposes but did not include program participants (to the extent that they could be identified as such by the Bureau). Program participants that rely on white-label providers or other agent-based relationships generally include small banks or credit unions that offer prepaid products as a convenience to their customers. One trade association commenter stated that small banks participating in these programs may retain certain responsibilities, including retrieving and replacing disclosures and verifying vendor compliance. The Bureau believes that these costs would not comprise a significant economic impact for such entities. Further, the Bureau understands that prepaid accounts offered through these arrangements generally provide limited liability and error resolution protections and do not provide overdraft services. Therefore, the concern raised by commenters does not affect the Bureau's conclusion for RFA purposes because such entities would not experience a significant economic impact, as discussed below, even if they were included in the Bureau's counts.
A few industry commenters also suggested that the rule would affect entities that do not currently offer prepaid products but may wish to do so in the future. For purposes of the RFA, the Bureau uses the set of current market participants as the baseline and therefore considers the impact of the final rule only on entities that currently offer products that meet the final rule's criteria for a prepaid account.
For this analysis, the Bureau considered small those banks and credit unions averaging less than $550 million in assets across the institution's four quarterly Call Report entries for 2012.
The Bureau identified 127 non-bank entities that the final rule will directly affect. The Bureau could classify the size of 44 such entities, and approximately 30 percent of these entities (13 entities) were classified as small. It is likely, however, that many of the remaining 83 non-bank entities that the Bureau was unable to classify are small as well. Therefore, the Bureau classified these entities as potentially small. Applying these classifications, the number of directly affected small or potentially small non-bank entities is a modest percentage of all small entities within the relevant NAICS code (4 percent).
Currently, the SBA considers entities within NAICS code 522320 with less than $38.5 million in average annual receipts to be small. It follows that
The following discussion summarizes the economic impacts arising from the major provisions of the final rule on directly affected small non-bank entities. Most of the final rule does not directly regulate these entities for RFA purposes if they are not financial
The final rule's provisions relating to credit could cause those entities that currently offer overdraft services in connection with prepaid accounts to experience a significant economic impact in complying with the final rule's requirements. These impacts are discussed in more detail in the section 1022(b)(2)(A) consideration of benefits, costs, and impacts above. However, the Bureau's understanding is that two small or potentially small non-bank entities, at most, offer products that would be considered covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card.
There is little evidence regarding how common such fees are in practice. One credit union league commenter stated that 91 percent of member credit union survey respondents stated that they do not charge a sustained negative balance fee, but they did not clarify if survey respondents were addressing negative balance fees assessed on prepaid accounts in particular. Even if 9 percent of credit unions offering prepaid accounts charge such fees, there is not a substantial number of credit unions directly affected by this provision. Another commenter stated that one-third of 38 employers surveyed used payroll card vendors with programs that included overdraft or negative balance fees. However, it is unclear how many distinct program managers this data included because the study reported statistics in terms of employer respondents and not in terms of the number of entities offering payroll card programs
The final rule requires financial institutions offering prepaid accounts to comply with Regulation E's limited liability and error resolution regime, with some modification to the requirement to extend provisional credit. For accounts subject to Regulation E's limited liability and error resolution provisions, EFTA places the burden of proof on the financial institution to show that an alleged unauthorized transfer was authorized.
Under EFTA and Regulation E,
Current Regulation E applies to some prepaid products that are included in the final rule's definition of prepaid account—namely payroll card accounts and certain accounts used for distribution of government benefits.
In its Study of Prepaid Account Agreements, the Bureau examined the language in prepaid account agreements that addressed limitations on consumers' liability for unauthorized transfers to assess whether each program contractually provided the limited liability protections that Regulation E requires for covered accounts. For each entity with at least one available prepaid account agreement (and offering at least one non-payroll card program),
Table 2 reports the results of this review. The Bureau determined that approximately 75 percent (16 percent + 59 percent) of all small or potentially small non-bank entities likely to be directly affected by the final rule provided protections at least as comprehensive as those required by Regulation E. The Bureau found that 4 percent of small or potentially small non-bank entities provided some liability limitations (but less than what Regulation E requires for at least one program). Six percent of small or potentially small non-bank entities had at least one agreement that did not mention any liability limitations.
The final column of Table 2 reports the relative frequency of limited liability protections offered by directly affected small or potentially small non-bank entities with at least one available agreement (or which only offer payroll card accounts). Within this narrower group of entities, 88 percent (18 percent + 70 percent) provided liability limitations at least as comprehensive as Regulation E's requirements for all reviewed programs, and thus, will not need to change their practices to comply with the final rule. An additional 5 percent provided some liability limitations for at least one of their programs and thus will incur only a portion of the total burden arising from the final rule's requirement to extend Regulation E's limited liability protections.
In its Study of Prepaid Account Agreements, the Bureau examined relevant language in prepaid account agreements addressing error resolution to assess whether each program contractually provided the same error resolution protections that Regulation E requires for covered accounts. For each small or potentially small non-bank entity with at least one available prepaid account agreement, the Bureau classified the entity's error resolution protections as belonging to one of four categories: (1) Full error resolution, consistent with Regulation E, with provisional credit for all consumers when the error is not resolved within a defined period of time (for all reviewed agreements); (2) error resolution with limitations on provisional credit; (3) error resolution with no mention of provisional credit; and (4) no error resolution.
Table 3 reports the results of that review. The Bureau determined that approximately 58 percent (16 percent + 42 percent) of all small or potentially small non-bank entities directly affected by the final rule provided full error resolution with provisional credit for all reviewed programs.
The final column of Table 3 reports the relative frequency of the error resolution policies for those directly affected small or potentially small non-bank entities for which the Bureau could locate at least one program's agreement (or that only offer payroll card accounts). Within this group of directly affected entities, 67 percent (18 percent + 49 percent) provided full error resolution with provisional credit for all reviewed programs and thus will not need to change their policies. An additional 21 percent will incur only a portion of the total burden arising from the final rule's provisional credit requirements.
Both those directly affected small or potentially small non-bank entities that offer limited liability and error resolution protections to consumers but do not provide provisional credit and those entities that provide liability protections or provisional credit in a more limited form than required by the final rule will incur costs arising from the final rule. The costs associated with paying out claims will increase for those directly affected entities offering less comprehensive liability protections than required by the final rule. Further, directly affected entities that do not offer provisional credit (or that offer it in a more limited form) will be unable to use funds extended as provisional credit during the investigation period for other uses and will therefore incur a small opportunity cost. Finally, an entity that extends provisional credit and subsequently determines that an alleged error was, in fact, an authorized transfer could incur additional costs if it is unable to reclaim provisional credit previously extended.
The costs associated with providing these consumer protections may vary across covered entities for several reasons. For example, an entity's customer base may influence both the type of errors reported (and therefore the costs associated with investigations) as well as the likelihood of reclaiming provisional credit previously extended. The initial screening procedures used by a prepaid account provider to determine account eligibility, as well as ongoing monitoring of accounts, likely affect realized losses. Although small entities could be at a disadvantage with respect to fraud screening relative to larger entities that may have access to more information or more sophisticated screening technologies, small entities are sometimes able to rely on industry partners to screen for and to investigate potential fraud.
As discussed in the proposed rule, the Bureau conducted pre-proposal industry outreach to attempt to determine the costs borne by prepaid account providers to implement Regulation E compliant error resolution, including provisional credit. Estimates of the ongoing costs associated with providing error resolution with provisional credit varied. During this outreach, one program manager, which provided limited liability and error resolution protections with provisional credit consistent with Regulation E to all consumers, stated that it reserved $0.35 per active cardholder per month for fraud losses (including both losses related to Regulation E error claims as well as other types of fraud). During pre-proposal outreach, another program manager, which also provided limited liability and error resolution with provisional credit consistent with Regulation E, stated that it incurred total fraud losses related to Regulation E that translated to roughly $0.22 per cardholder per month. One commenter to the proposed rule that processes prepaid transactions estimated that the prepaid industry generally experiences fraud losses of between four and five basis points when the cardholder's identity is known. The commenter estimated that providing limited liability and error resolution rights for transactions taking place before a prepaid account is registered would lead to an increase in fraud exposure of one additional basis point. However, the Bureau notes that the final rule does not require that financial institutions offer provisional credit to holders of unverified prepaid accounts.
Those small or potentially small non-bank entities that provide limited liability and error resolution protections to consumers but give provisional credit only in limited circumstances (or not at all) will sustain increased ongoing operational costs. The Bureau did not receive comment explicitly addressing the incremental cost associated with extending provisional credit incurred by those entities that otherwise provide error resolution protections. However, estimates derived from available information suggest that the magnitude of the ongoing cost of providing these protections is roughly one-third of the total ongoing cost associated with fraud losses (including those specifically related to provisional credit).
The final rule includes a number of additional requirements that are fully applicable to small entities. The final rule requires financial institutions to comply with the following provisions. For the reasons stated below, the cumulative burdens arising from these provisions, which are more extensively described in the section 1022(b)(2)(A) discussion above, are expected to be minimal for small non-bank entities.
Financial institutions will need to review and revise existing disclosures to ensure that they conform to the new requirements and will incur one-time implementation costs to do so. Because certain disclosure requirements depend on the channel through which the prepaid account is distributed, the magnitude of the burden associated these requirements will depend on how the prepaid account is distributed.
From industry outreach conducted in connection with the proposed rule, the Bureau learned that small non-bank entities typically do not distribute prepaid accounts through the retail channel.
As described in the section 1022(b)(2)(A) discussion, the pre-acquisition disclosure requirements also impose ongoing operational costs. To determine the composition of the short form disclosure, small non-bank entities will need to review revenue data on an annual biennial basis to ascertain which fees should be included in the revenue-based part of the short form disclosure. Absent a need to revise the short form disclosure, reviewing the information necessary to make these determinations should comprise minimal ongoing cost. If a revision to the disclosure is necessary, small non-bank entities will incur costs associated with these revisions. Small non-bank entities will incur costs, believed to be minimal, to update Web sites and phone systems to include the revised disclosures, if applicable. The Bureau believes that the costs associated with updates to written and electronic disclosures are minimal.
Although not all covered financial institutions are required to make transaction history available to consumers under current Regulation E, current industry practice is to provide consumers with electronic access to at least 60 days of transaction history. Regulation E requires financial institutions to provide payroll card accountholders with electronic access to at least 60 days of account history if they do not furnish periodic statements.
The costs associated with implementing these provisions depend on the extent to which the financial institution relies on outside vendors to perform information technology functions. For those covered entities maintaining in-house information technology platforms, the cost associated with updating systems to maintain this information and providing additional electronic storage media should be limited. Those covered entities that format their own periodic statements or transaction histories, and do not currently display the required summary total of fees on their periodic statements or transaction histories, will incur a one-time implementation cost to modify these disclosures.
Many small non-bank entities rely on processors to provide online hosting of consumer account histories. The Bureau's understanding from outreach conducted in connection with the proposed rule is that entities outsourcing this function pay processors a fee per prepaid account. This fee may depend on the extent of account history provided to consumers as well as the total number of accounts hosted by the processor.
As discussed in the section 1022(b)(2)(A) consideration of benefits, costs, and impacts, the Bureau's understanding from industry outreach is that most covered financial institutions provide consumers with telephone access to balance information. Therefore, the Bureau regards the potential burdens associated with these provisions to be de minimis and not likely, considered separately or cumulatively, to result in a significant economic impact.
The Bureau believes that the costs associated with submitting new and updated agreements to the Bureau (and withdrawing old agreements) and responding to consumer requests will be minimal because, in most cases, entities will comply with the requirement through electronic submission of the agreement to the Bureau and by posting copies of their agreement on a preexisting publicly available Web site. For those entities that choose not to post agreements online, the cost associated with responding to ad hoc consumer requests for copies of account agreements would include the one-time cost of training customer service agents and ongoing costs for postage.
To determine whether the economic impact of the final rule will be significant, the Bureau compared estimates of the cumulative costs imposed by the provisions on directly affected small or potentially small non-bank entities to estimates of revenues earned by these entities.
As described above, the Bureau estimates that those entities that do not offer any form of limited liability or error resolution protections to consumers will sustain an increase in ongoing costs of $0.22 to $0.35 per active cardholder per month. In addition, these entities will incur costs associated with implementing Regulation E compliant limited liability and error resolution protections.
The Bureau estimates that those entities that currently provide limited liability and error resolution protections without provisional credit will experience an increase in ongoing costs of roughly $0.08 to $0.12 per active cardholder per month (or up to one-third of the ongoing costs incurred by those entities that do not provide any form of limited liability or error resolution protections). In addition, these entities will incur costs associated with implementing the administration of provisional credit. The one-time implementation costs for these activities should be minimal for those entities already otherwise providing error resolution.
The Bureau does not have information that would enable it to isolate the ongoing cost associated with extending Regulation E's limited liability protections from the ongoing cost of providing error resolution generally. However, to the extent that ongoing fraud loss estimates provided to the Bureau during pre-proposal outreach include the cost associated with providing liability limitations, these costs may be, at most, $0.23 per cardholder per month.
With respect to other costs, those small or potentially small entities offering prepaid accounts typically do not provide these accounts through the retail channel. Therefore, the costs associated with the pre-acquisition disclosure requirements, expressed on a per active cardholder per month basis, are minimal.
The costs associated with providing the pre-acquisition disclosure for accounts distributed online are minimal because they consist largely of a Web site update. According to one survey, online distribution is nine times as common as phone distribution. 2014 Pew Survey at 5. Therefore, accounting for the relative frequency of the distribution channel, the costs associated with the pre-acquisition disclosure requirements, expressed on an active cardholder per month basis, are de minimis.
Further, the Bureau believes that non-compliance related economic costs, such as potential future changes in market share arising from the new disclosure requirements, are minimal for all provisions except for those concerning covered separate credit features accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. Such non-compliance related economic costs, including potential costs relating to disclosure, are difficult to predict, and the Bureau does not have reason to believe that they would cause small entities to experience a significant economic impact. In the aggregate, the costs not related to credit, error resolution, and limited liability are estimated to comprise at most $0.06 per active cardholder per month.
In sum, the Bureau believes that there are approximately 14 directly affected small or potentially small non-bank entities are likely to experience a significant economic impact from the final rule's provisions. In arriving at this conclusion, the Bureau used the observed distribution of error resolution and limited liability protections to impute likely levels of protection for those entities for which no account agreement is available.
These 14 entities comprise less than 1 percent of the 2,325 small non-bank entities in the relevant NAICS code. The Bureau also believes that roughly 2 percent of all small non-bank entities in the relevant NAICS code that perform either EFTs or electronic payment services will experience a significant economic impact.
Accordingly, the undersigned certifies that the final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA),
On December 23, 2014, notice of the proposed rule was published in the
The Bureau received one comment specifically addressing the PRA notice. A commenter from a university research center summarized the quantitative information presented in the PRA notice and asked why the analysis of regulatory costs did not include an estimate of how the proposal would affect prepaid account users and sellers beyond initial regulatory compliance. The Bureau considered the benefits and costs to consumers of the proposed rule, as well as the impact on access to credit, in the discussion pursuant to Dodd-Frank Act section 1022(b). Regarding PRA burden specifically, however, there is no impact on consumers from this rulemaking since only business entities are respondents with respect to the information collections that are materially affected. Regarding program managers and issuers, the Bureau used current market information about costs and other data as well as data on the numbers of users to estimate both the one-time and the ongoing PRA burden of the information collections in the rule. Ongoing PRA burden accounts for burden from the information collections beyond initial regulatory compliance.
The final rule amends 12 CFR part 1005, Electronic Fund Transfers (Regulation E) and 12 CFR part 1026, Truth in Lending (Regulation Z). Regulation E and Regulation Z currently contain collections of information approved by OMB. The Bureau's OMB control number for Regulation E is 3170-0014 (Electronic Fund Transfer Act (Regulation E) 12 CFR part 1005). The Bureau's OMB control number for Regulation Z is 3170-0015 (Truth in Lending Act (Regulation Z) 12 CFR part 1026). As described below, the final rule amends the collections of information currently in Regulation E and Regulation Z subparts B and G. The frequency of response is on occasion. These information collections are required to provide benefits for consumers and are mandatory. The only information the Bureau collects under the final rule are the account agreements
The Bureau generally accounts for the paperwork burden associated with Regulation E and Regulation Z for the following respondents pursuant to its administrative enforcement authority: insured depository financial institutions and insured credit unions with more than $10 billion in total assets, their depository institution affiliates (together, the Bureau depository respondents), and certain non-depository financial institutions (the Bureau non-depository respondents), such as prepaid account program managers. The Bureau and the FTC generally both have enforcement authority over non-depository financial institutions under Regulation E and Regulation Z. Accordingly, the Bureau has allocated to itself half of the estimated burden on Bureau non-depository respondents. Other Federal agencies, including the FTC, are responsible for estimating and reporting to OMB the total paperwork burden for the financial institutions for which they have administrative enforcement authority. They may, but are not required to, use the Bureau's burden estimation methodology.
For Regulation E, using the Bureau's burden estimation methodology discussed below, the estimated burden for the approximately 181 prepaid account providers likely subject to the final rule, including Bureau respondents, is one-time burden of 155,347 hours and ongoing burden of 14,304 hours. The Bureau allocates to itself 76,343 hours of one-time burden: Bureau depository respondents account for 15,504 hours while Bureau non-depository respondents account for 121,678 hours, half of which the Bureau allocates to itself and half to the FTC. The remaining one-time burden (155,347−15,504−121,678 = 18,165 hours) is allocated to the other Federal agencies that have administrative enforcement authority over banks and credit unions not subject to the Bureau's administrative enforcement authority. Similarly, the Bureau allocates to itself 7,207 hours of ongoing burden: Bureau depository respondents account for 1,410 hours while Bureau non-depository respondents account for 11,595 hours, half of which the Bureau allocates to itself and half to the FTC. The remaining ongoing burden (14,304−1,410−11,595 = 1,299 hours) is allocated to the other Federal agencies that have administrative enforcement authority over banks and credit unions not subject to the Bureau's administrative enforcement authority.
For Regulation Z, using the Bureau's burden estimation methodology discussed below, the estimated burden for three non-depository institutions subject to the final rule would be one-time burden of 460 hours and ongoing burden of 6,491 hours. The Bureau allocates to itself half of both these burden estimates (230 hours and 3,245 hours, respectively) and half to the FTC.
The aggregate estimates of total burdens presented in this part are based on estimated burden hours that are averages across respondents. The Bureau expects that the amount of time required to implement each of the changes for a given institution may vary based on the size, complexity, and practices of the respondent. The Bureau used existing burden estimates, information obtained through industry research and outreach, and information provided in comments on the proposed rule to develop the figures presented below.
Most prepaid account programs already comply with the current requirements of Regulation E, as they apply to payroll card accounts. The additional requirements in the final rule would, with a few exceptions, require small extensions or revisions to existing practices after the initial costs. There are several participants in the prepaid account supply chain and the activities of the participants may vary across prepaid account programs. The Bureau understands that, in general, the respondents for purposes of PRA are program managers, except for the collection required by § 1005.19 (internet posting of prepaid account agreements and submission to the Bureau), where the respondents will likely be prepaid account issuers.
Regarding the new requirements in Regulation E, the Bureau's PRA burden estimation methodology assumes that one-time burden from the short form and long form disclosure requirements and the access to account information requirement depends on the number of fee schedules. The number of responses-per-respondent for these information collections is the number of fee schedules per program manager. The one-time burden from the error resolution requirements arises from the relatively few programs that do not already meet the requirements. The number of responses-per-respondent for this information collection is the number of non-compliant programs per program manager. We assume that the one-time burden from the rolling submission of account agreements, which includes fee schedules, depends primarily on the fee schedule, and therefore the number of responses-per-respondent for this information collection is the number of fee schedules per issuer. Ongoing burden may increase with the above factors as well as with the number of customers.
As discussed further below, the final rule requires financial institutions to make available to consumers disclosures before a consumer acquires a prepaid account. These disclosures take two forms: A short form disclosure highlighting key fees and information that the Bureau believes are most important for consumers to know about prior to acquisition and a long form disclosure that sets forth all of the prepaid account's fees and the conditions under which those fees could be imposed as well as certain other information. Second, the final rule extends, with certain modifications, existing error resolution and limited liability provisions for payroll card accounts and certain government benefit accounts to all prepaid accounts.
The Bureau's Study of Prepaid Account Agreements and review of industry research found that most programs of GPR prepaid accounts and government benefit accounts currently comply with the major provisions of the payroll card requirements of Regulation E. Thus, on an ongoing basis, these accounts will be affected mostly by the modifications adopted in the final rule to the current provisions for payroll card accounts and which will now also hold for GPR prepaid accounts and government benefits accounts.
Providers of prepaid accounts generally provide account opening disclosures, change-in-terms notices, and annual error resolution notices that meet the current requirements of Regulation E. Final § 1005.18(f)(1) expands the account opening requirements of § 1005.7(b)(5) as applied to prepaid accounts to require the disclosure of all fees, not just fees for EFTs. However, the Bureau understands that most fees are currently generally disclosed at account opening. Thus, the one-time and ongoing burden from this requirement should be minimal.
Providers offering certain EFT services for prepaid accounts would also need to provide transaction disclosures. For example, a disclosure would be required for transactions conducted at an ATM. The Bureau believes that most or all providers currently give these disclosures. In the alternative, however, these disclosures impose minimal burden as they are machine-generated and do not involve an employee of the institution. For preauthorized transfers to the consumer's account occurring at least once every 60 days, such as direct deposit, the institution would be required to provide notice as to whether the transfer occurred unless positive notice was provided by the payor. In lieu of sending a notice of deposit, the institution may provide a readily available telephone number that the consumer can call to verify receipt of the deposit. Thus, the burden of this requirement is also minimal. For preauthorized transfers from the account, either the institution or the payee would need to notify the consumer of payment variations. Because in the vast majority of instances the payee, rather than the account provider, would satisfy this obligation, the burden on providers is minimal.
Under final § 1005.18(b)(2) and (4), a financial institution is required to make available a short form and a long form disclosure before the consumer acquires the prepaid account, subject to certain exceptions provided in § 1005.18(b)(1). The Bureau estimates that providers, including Bureau respondents, will take 40 hours per prepaid account fee schedule, on average, to develop the short form disclosure and to update systems. Providers will take eight hours every 24 months for each prepaid account fee schedule to evaluate, and if necessary, update the information on the short form disclosure regarding additional fee types. Providers will incur no other ongoing costs for the short form disclosure since they already offer consumers a pre-acquisition disclosure. The Bureau estimates that providers, including Bureau respondents, will take on average 8 hours per prepaid account fee schedule to develop the long form disclosure and update systems. Most of the content of the long form disclosure is already provided in prepaid account agreements.
Final § 1005.18(f)(3) requires that certain disclosures be made on the actual prepaid account access device. These include the name of the financial institution and the URL of a Web site and a telephone number that the consumer can use to contact the financial institution about the prepaid account. The Bureau believes that currently all prepaid account access devices provide these disclosures.
Final § 1005.18(c)(1) requires financial institutions to furnish periodic statements unless the provider uses the alternative method of compliance, which requires the financial institution to make available to the consumer the following information: The consumer's account balance, through a readily available telephone line, at least 12 months of transaction history electronically, and written transaction history in response to an oral or written request that covers the 24 months preceding the date the financial institution receives the request. The Bureau expects that most providers will use the alternative method of compliance. The Study of Prepaid Account Agreements found that most prepaid account programs provided electronic access to account information; and while few agreements stated that the program provided at least 12 months of prepaid account transaction history, many programs provided access to account information for much longer time frames than what was listed in the account agreements. In addition, several commenters stated that they provided 12 months of electronic transaction history. Regarding the requirement to provide a transaction history in writing pursuant to § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii), few consumers ever request a written transaction history.
Regardless of how a financial institution chooses to comply, final § 1005.18(c)(5) requires that the financial institution disclose to the consumer a summary total of the amount of all fees assessed against the consumer's prepaid account for both the prior month as well as the calendar year to date. This information must be disclosed on any periodic statement and any electronic or written history of account transactions provided.
The final rule extends to all prepaid accounts the limited liability and error resolution provisions of Regulation E, as they currently apply to payroll card accounts.
If a financial institution changes a prepaid account's terms and conditions as a result of § 1005.18(h)(1) taking effect such that a change-in-terms notice would have been required under § 1005.8(a) or § 1005.18(f)(2) for existing customers, a financial institution must notify consumers with accounts acquired before October 1, 2017 at least 21 days in advance of the change becoming effective, provided the financial institution has the consumer's contact information. If the financial institution obtains the consumer's contact information fewer than 30 days in advance of the change becoming effective, the financial institution is permitted instead to provide notice of the change within 30 days of obtaining the consumer's contact information.
If a financial institution has received E-Sign consent from the consumer, then the financial institution may notify the consumer electronically. Otherwise, if a financial institution is mailing or delivering written communications to the consumer within the applicable time period, then that financial institution must send a notice in physical form. If the financial institution will not be mailing or delivering communications to the consumer within the applicable time period, then the financial institution will be able to notify the consumer in electronic form without regard to the consumer notice and consent requirements of section 101(c) of the E-Sign Act.
Financial institutions with prepaid accounts that offer overdraft credit features are likely to trigger this requirement. For any consumer who has not consented to electronic communications and who will be receiving other physical mailings from the financial institution in the specified time period, that financial institution will incur a cost of printing the notice, which can be included in the envelope or package which was already scheduled to be delivered. It is unlikely that the financial institution will incur additional mailing costs to send these notices. The remaining notices of change may be sent to consumers electronically. Therefore, the Bureau believes that the cost associated with providing these notices is minimal.
Final § 1005.18(h)(2)(ii) requires that financial institutions notify any consumer, who acquires a prepaid account after the effective date in packaging printed prior to the effective date, of any changes as a result of § 1005.18(h)(1) taking effect such that a change-in-terms notice would have been required under § 1005.8(a) or § 1005.18(f)(2) for existing customers within 30 days of acquiring the customer's contact information. In addition, financial institutions must also mail or deliver updated initial disclosures pursuant to § 1005.7 and § 1005.18(f)(1) within 30 days of obtaining the consumer's contact information. Those financial institutions that are affected should not incur significant costs to notify consumers and provide updated initial disclosures. Consumers who have consented to electronic communication may receive the notices and updated disclosures electronically, at a minimal cost to financial institutions. Those consumers who cannot be contacted electronically may receive the notices and updated initial disclosures with another scheduled mailing within the 30 day time period. Financial institutions will incur small costs to print these notices and disclosures, but it is unlikely that financial institutions will incur additional mailing costs. Any remaining consumers who are not scheduled to receive mailings may be notified without regard to the consumer notice and consent requirements of section 101(c) of the E-Sign Act.
Final § 1005.19(b) requires certain issuers to submit to the Bureau, on a rolling basis, short form disclosures and prepaid account agreements (including fee schedules) that are offered, amended or withdrawn. The Bureau estimates that each issuer will initially take 1 hour to register and spend 5 minutes to upload each of 17 agreements (our estimate of the overall average number of fee schedules per issuer). Thus the one-time burden is 145 (= 60 + (5*17)) minutes or 2.42 hours per issuer. There is considerable uncertainty regarding the number of issuers that will offer, amend or withdraw an issuer agreement each year on an ongoing basis and the number of issuer agreements that each issuer will offer, amend or withdraw. The Bureau's experience with the submission of credit card agreements pursuant to § 1026.58 of Regulation Z suggests that issuers who upload issuer agreements will upload at most 5 issuer agreements annually on an ongoing basis.
The estimated burden on Bureau respondents from the final rule's changes to Regulation E are summarized below.
The Bureau understands that approximately 218,000 consumers currently have a form of overdraft protection on their GPR and payroll cards.
As described in greater detail above, in the final rule, the Bureau generally intends to cover under Regulation Z overdraft credit features offered in connection with prepaid accounts where the credit features are offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliates, or its business partners (except as described in new § 1026.61(a)(4)).
As discussed below, certain disclosure provisions in Regulation Z apply to “creditors” and other disclosure provisions apply to “card issuers.” Under the final rule, a person that is offering an overdraft credit feature as described above in connection with a prepaid account would be both a “card issuer” and a “creditor” under Regulation Z.
Persons offering an overdraft credit feature described above in connection with a prepaid account are required to inform consumers of costs and terms before they use the credit feature and in general to inform them of certain subsequent changes in the terms of the credit feature. Initial information would need to include the finance charge and
Creditors are required to provide a written statement of activity for each billing cycle (
Creditors are required to notify consumers about their rights and responsibilities regarding billing errors. Creditors have to provide either a complete statement of billing rights each year or a summary on each periodic statement. If a consumer alleges a billing error, the creditor must provide an acknowledgment, within 30 days of receipt, that the creditor received the consumer's error notice and must report on the results of its investigation within 90 days. If a billing error did not occur, the creditor must provide an explanation as to why the creditor believed an error did not occur and provide documentary evidence to the consumer upon request. The creditor must also give notice of the portion of the disputed amount and related finance or other charges that the consumer still owed and notice of when payment was due. The Bureau estimates 8 hours of one-time burden per respondent to develop these disclosures and a small ongoing burden per account. The Bureau further assumes that, based on discussions with industry, in any year 1.5 percent of customers will assert errors that require significant time from customer service representatives.
Persons offering an overdraft credit feature discussed above in connection with a prepaid account are required, when advertising their product, to include certain basic credit information if the advertisement refers to specified credit terms or costs. The Bureau estimates 8 hours of one-time burden per respondent to develop these disclosures and small ongoing burden to maintain or revise these disclosures.
Persons offering an overdraft credit feature described above in connection with a prepaid account are required to send the Bureau copies of the overdraft credit feature agreement. The Bureau estimates each card issuer will take 5 minutes to upload each agreement. We assume the same overall average number of agreements per issuer as above (which will not be representative of any of the three), so each issuer will initially take 85 minutes to upload 17 agreements and will upload 5 agreements annually on an ongoing basis.
Finally, persons offering overdraft credit features as described above in connection with a prepaid account must provide additional disclosures with solicitations and applications. Such card issuers must disclose key terms of the account, such as the APR, information about variable rates, and fees such as annual fees, minimum finance charges, and transaction fees for purchases. The Bureau estimates 8 hours of one-time burden per respondent to develop these disclosures and small ongoing burden to maintain or revise these disclosures.
The estimated burden on Bureau respondents from the changes to Regulation Z are summarized below.
The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has a continuing interest in the public's opinions of our collections of information. At any time, comments regarding the burden estimate, or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing the burden, may be sent to: The Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Attention: Desk Officer for the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Washington, DC 20503, or by the internet to
Automated teller machines, Banks, Banking, Consumer protection, Credit unions, Electronic fund transfers, National banks, Remittances, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Savings Associations.
Advertising, Appraisal, Appraiser, Banking, Banks, Consumer protection, Credit, Credit unions, Mortgages, National banks, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Savings associations, Truth in lending.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Bureau amends 12 CFR parts 1005 and 1026 as follows:
12 U.S.C. 5512, 5532, 5581; 15 U.S.C. 1693b. Subpart B is also issued under 12 U.S.C. 5601 and 15 U.S.C. 1693o-1.
(b) * * *
(2) The term does not include an account held by a financial institution under a bona fide trust agreement.
(3) The term includes a prepaid account.
(i) “Prepaid account” means:
(A) A “payroll card account,” which is an account that is directly or indirectly established through an employer and to which electronic fund transfers of the consumer's wages, salary, or other employee compensation (such as commissions) are made on a recurring basis, whether the account is operated or managed by the employer, a third-party payroll processor, a depository institution, or any other person; or
(B) A “government benefit account,” as defined in § 1005.15(a)(2); or
(C) An account that is marketed or labeled as “prepaid” and that is redeemable upon presentation at multiple, unaffiliated merchants for goods or services or usable at automated teller machines; or
(D) An account:
(
(
(
(ii) For purposes of paragraphs (b)(3)(i)(C) and (D) of this section, the term “prepaid account” does not include:
(A) An account that is loaded only with funds from a health savings account, flexible spending arrangement, medical savings account, health reimbursement arrangement, dependent care assistance program, or transit or parking reimbursement arrangement;
(B) An account that is directly or indirectly established through a third party and loaded only with qualified disaster relief payments;
(C) The person-to-person functionality of an account established by or through the United States government whose primary function is to conduct closed-loop transactions on U.S. military installations or vessels, or similar government facilities;
(D)(
(
(
(
(E) An account established for distributing needs-tested benefits in a program established under state or local law or administered by a state or local agency, as set forth in § 1005.15(a)(2).
(e)
(c) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) * * *
(A) The institution requires but does not receive written confirmation within 10 business days of an oral notice of error;
(B) The alleged error involves an account that is subject to Regulation T of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Securities Credit by Brokers and Dealers, 12 CFR part 220); or
(C) The alleged error involves a prepaid account, other than a payroll card account or government benefit account, for which the financial institution has not completed its consumer identification and verification process, as set forth in § 1005.18(e)(3)(ii).
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
(ii) The issuance of an access device (other than an access device for a prepaid account) that permits credit extensions (under a preexisting agreement between a consumer and a financial institution) only when the consumer's account is overdrawn or to maintain a specified minimum balance in the consumer's account, or under an overdraft service, as defined in § 1005.17(a) of this part;
(iv) A consumer's liability for an unauthorized electronic fund transfer and the investigation of errors involving:
(A) Except with respect to a prepaid account, an extension of credit that is incident to an electronic fund transfer that occurs under an agreement between the consumer and a financial institution to extend credit when the consumer's account is overdrawn or to maintain a specified minimum balance in the consumer's account, or under an overdraft service, as defined in § 1005.17(a);
(B) With respect to transactions that involve a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as those terms are defined in Regulation Z, 12 CFR 1026.61, an extension of credit that is incident to an electronic fund transfer that occurs when the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses both funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account and a credit extension from the credit feature with respect to a particular transaction;
(C) Transactions that involves credit extended through a negative balance to the asset feature of a prepaid account that meets the conditions set forth in Regulation Z, 12 CFR 1026.61(a)(4); and
(D) With respect to transactions involving a prepaid account and a non-covered separate credit feature as defined in Regulation Z, 12 CFR 1026.61, transactions that access the prepaid account, as applicable.
(2) * * *
(i) The addition of a credit feature or plan to an accepted access device, including an access device for a prepaid account, that would make the access device into a credit card under Regulation Z (12 CFR part 1026);
(ii) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, the issuance of a credit card that is also an access device; and
(iii) With respect to transactions involving a prepaid account and a non-covered separate credit feature as defined in Regulation Z, 12 CFR 1026.61, a consumer's liability for unauthorized use and the investigation of errors involving transactions that access the non-covered separate credit feature, as applicable.
(a)
(2) For purposes of this section, the term “account” or “government benefit account” means an account established by a government agency for distributing government benefits to a consumer electronically, such as through automated teller machines or point-of-sale terminals, but does not include an account for distributing needs-tested benefits in a program established under state or local law or administered by a state or local agency.
(b)
(c)
(2)
(ii)
(3)
(d)
(i) The consumer's account balance, through a readily available telephone line and at a terminal (such as by providing balance information at a balance-inquiry terminal or providing it, routinely or upon request, on a terminal receipt at the time of an electronic fund transfer);
(ii) An electronic history of the consumer's account transactions, such as through a Web site, that covers at least 12 months preceding the date the consumer electronically accesses the account; and
(iii) A written history of the consumer's account transactions that is provided promptly in response to an oral or written request and that covers at least 24 months preceding the date the agency receives the consumer's request.
(2)
(e)
(1)
(i)
(ii)
(2)
(3)
(A) The date the consumer electronically accesses the consumer's account under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, provided that the electronic history made available to the consumer reflects the unauthorized transfer; or
(B) The date the agency sends a written history of the consumer's account transactions requested by the
(ii) An agency may comply with paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section by limiting the consumer's liability for an unauthorized transfer as provided under § 1005.6(b)(3) for any transfer reported by the consumer within 120 days after the transfer was credited or debited to the consumer's account.
(4)
(A) Sixty days after the date the consumer electronically accesses the consumer's account under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, provided that the electronic history made available to the consumer reflects the alleged error; or
(B) Sixty days after the date the agency sends a written history of the consumer's account transactions requested by the consumer under paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this section in which the alleged error is first reflected.
(ii) In lieu of following the procedures in paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this section, an agency complies with the requirements for resolving errors in § 1005.11 if it investigates any oral or written notice of an error from the consumer that is received by the agency within 120 days after the transfer allegedly in error was credited or debited to the consumer's account.
(f)
(g)
(a) * * *
(2) A service that transfers funds from another account held individually or jointly by a consumer, such as a savings account;
(3) A line of credit or other transaction exempt from Regulation Z (12 CFR part 1026) pursuant to 12 CFR 1026.3(d); or
(4) A covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in Regulation Z, 12 CFR 1026.61; or credit extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account that meets the conditions of 12 CFR 1026.61(a)(4).
(a)
(b)
(ii)
(A) The prepaid account access device is contained inside the packaging material.
(B) The disclosures required by paragraph (b)(2) of this section are provided on or are visible through an outward-facing, external surface of a prepaid account access device's packaging material.
(C) The disclosures required by paragraph (b)(2) of this section include the information set forth in paragraph (b)(2)(xiii) of this section that allows a consumer to access the information required to be disclosed by paragraph (b)(4) of this section by telephone and via a Web site.
(D) The long form disclosures required by paragraph (b)(4) of this section are provided after the consumer acquires the prepaid account.
(iii)
(A) The financial institution communicates to the consumer orally, before the consumer acquires the prepaid account, that the information required to be disclosed by paragraph (b)(4) of this section is available both by telephone and on a Web site.
(B) The financial institution makes the information required to be disclosed by paragraph (b)(4) of this section available both by telephone and on a Web site.
(C) The long form disclosures required by paragraph (b)(4) of this section are provided after the consumer acquires the prepaid account.
(2)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(
(
(B)
(ix)
(
(
(
(B)
(C)
(D)
(
(
(E)
(
(
(
(x)
(xi)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(xii)
(xiii)
(xiv)
(B)
(3)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(4)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(5)
(6)
(B)
(C)
(ii)
(iii)
(B)
(
(
(7)
(B)
(C)
(ii)
(B)
(
(
(C)
(D)
(iii)
(8)
(9)
(A) The financial institution principally uses a foreign language on the prepaid account packaging material;
(B) The financial institution principally uses a foreign language to advertise, solicit, or market a prepaid account and provides a means in the advertisement, solicitation, or marketing material that the consumer uses to acquire the prepaid account by telephone or electronically; or
(C) The financial institution provides a means for the consumer to acquire a prepaid account by telephone or electronically principally in a foreign language.
(ii)
(c)
(i) The consumer's account balance, through a readily available telephone line;
(ii) An electronic history of the consumer's account transactions, such as through a Web site, that covers at least 12 months preceding the date the consumer electronically accesses the account; and
(iii) A written history of the consumer's account transactions that is provided promptly in response to an oral or written request and that covers at least 24 months preceding the date the financial institution receives the consumer's request.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(d)
(1)
(i)
(ii)
(2)
(e)
(i) For purposes of § 1005.6(b)(3), the 60-day period for reporting any unauthorized transfer shall begin on the earlier of:
(A) The date the consumer electronically accesses the consumer's account under paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section, provided that the electronic account transaction history made available to the consumer reflects the unauthorized transfer; or
(B) The date the financial institution sends a written history of the consumer's account transactions requested by the consumer under paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section in which the unauthorized transfer is first reflected.
(ii) A financial institution may comply with paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section by limiting the consumer's liability for an unauthorized transfer as provided under § 1005.6(b)(3) for any transfer reported by the consumer within 120 days after the transfer was credited or debited to the consumer's account.
(2)
(i) The financial institution shall comply with the requirements of § 1005.11 in response to an oral or written notice of an error from the consumer that is received by the earlier of:
(A) Sixty days after the date the consumer electronically accesses the consumer's account under paragraph
(B) Sixty days after the date the financial institution sends a written history of the consumer's account transactions requested by the consumer under paragraph (c)(1)(iii) of this section in which the alleged error is first reflected.
(ii) In lieu of following the procedures in paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section, a financial institution complies with the requirements for resolving errors in § 1005.11 if it investigates any oral or written notice of an error from the consumer that is received by the institution within 120 days after the transfer allegedly in error was credited or debited to the consumer's account.
(3)
(ii) For purposes of paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section, a financial institution has not completed its consumer identification and verification process where:
(A) It has not concluded its consumer identification and verification process, provided the financial institution has disclosed to the consumer the risks of not registering the account using a notice that is substantially similar to the model notice contained in paragraph (c) of appendix A-7 of this part.
(B) It has concluded its consumer identification and verification process, but could not verify the identity of the consumer, provided the financial institution has disclosed to the consumer the risks of not registering the account using a notice that is substantially similar to the model notice contained in paragraph (c) of appendix A-7 of this part; or
(C) It does not have a consumer identification and verification process by which the consumer can register the prepaid account.
(iii)
(A) Notwithstanding paragraph (e)(3)(iii) of this section, if, at the time the financial institution was required to provisionally credit the account (pursuant to § 1005.11(c)(2)(i) or (c)(3)(ii), as applicable), the financial institution has not yet completed its identification and verification process with respect to that account, the financial institution may take up to the maximum length of time permitted under § 1005.11(c)(2)(i) or (c)(3)(ii), as applicable, to investigate and determine whether an error occurred without provisionally crediting the account.
(f)
(2)
(3)
(g)
(2)
(h)
(2)
(ii)
(A)
(B)
(iii)
(iv)
(3)
(ii)
(a)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(b)
(i) Identifying information about the issuer and the agreements submitted, including the issuer's name, address, and identifying number (such as an RSSD ID number or tax identification number), the effective date of the prepaid account agreement, the name of the program manager, if any, and the names of other relevant parties, if applicable (such as the employer for a
(ii) Any prepaid account agreement offered by the issuer that has not been previously submitted to the Bureau;
(iii) Any prepaid account agreement previously submitted to the Bureau that has been amended, as described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section; and
(iv) Notification regarding any prepaid account agreement previously submitted to the Bureau that the issuer is withdrawing, as described in paragraphs (b)(3), (b)(4)(ii), and (b)(5)(ii) of this section.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(ii) If an issuer that did not previously qualify for the de minimis exception newly qualifies for the de minimis exception, the issuer must continue to make submissions to the Bureau on a rolling basis until the issuer notifies the Bureau that the issuer is withdrawing all agreements it previously submitted to the Bureau.
(5)
(A) Is offered as part of a product test offered to only a limited group of consumers for a limited period of time;
(B) Is used for fewer than 3,000 open prepaid accounts; and
(C) Is not offered other than in connection with such a product test.
(ii) If an agreement that did not previously qualify for the product testing exception newly qualifies for the exception, the issuer must continue to make submissions to the Bureau on a rolling basis with respect to that agreement until the issuer notifies the Bureau that the issuer is withdrawing the agreement.
(6)
(B) Agreements must not include any personally identifiable information relating to any consumer, such as name, address, telephone number, or account number.
(C) The following are not deemed to be part of the agreement for purposes of this section, and therefore are not required to be included in submissions to the Bureau:
(
(
(
(
(D) Agreements must be presented in a clear and legible font.
(ii)
(iii)
(c)
(2) Agreements posted pursuant to this paragraph (c) must conform to the form and content requirements for agreements submitted to the Bureau set forth in paragraph (b)(6) of this section.
(3) The issuer must post and update the agreements posted on its Web site pursuant to this paragraph (c) as frequently as the issuer is required to submit new or amended agreements to the Bureau pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
(4) Agreements posted pursuant to this paragraph (c) may be posted in any electronic format that is readily usable by the general public. Agreements must be placed in a location that is prominent and readily accessible to the public and must be accessible without submission of personally identifiable information.
(d)
(i) Post and maintain the consumer's agreement on its Web site; or
(ii) Promptly provide a copy of the consumer's agreement to the consumer upon the consumer's request. If the issuer makes an agreement available upon request, the issuer must provide the consumer with the ability to request a copy of the agreement by telephone. The issuer must send to the consumer a copy of the consumer's prepaid account agreement no later than five business days after the issuer receives the consumer's request.
(2)
(ii) If the issuer posts an agreement on its Web site under paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section, the agreement may be posted in any electronic format that is readily usable by the general public and must be placed in a location that is prominent and readily accessible to the consumer.
(iii) Agreements posted or otherwise provided pursuant to this paragraph (d) may contain personally identifiable information relating to the consumer, such as name, address, telephone number, or account number, provided that the issuer takes appropriate
(iv) Agreements posted or otherwise provided pursuant to this paragraph (d) must set forth the specific provisions and fee information applicable to the particular consumer.
(v) Agreements posted pursuant to paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section must be updated as frequently as the issuer is required to submit amended agreements to the Bureau pursuant to paragraph (b)(2) of this section. Agreements provided upon consumer request pursuant to paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section must be accurate as of the date the agreement is sent to the consumer.
(vi) Agreements provided upon consumer request pursuant to paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section must be provided by the issuer in paper form, unless the consumer agrees to receive the agreement electronically.
(e)
(f)
(2)
(3)
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
(iii) The remittance transfer is sent from the sender's account with the institution; provided however, for the purposes of this paragraph, a sender's account does not include a prepaid account, unless the prepaid account is a payroll card account or a government benefit account.
The additions and revisions read as follows:
(a) Disclosure by government agencies of information about obtaining account information for government benefit accounts (§ 1005.15(e)(1)(i)).
You may obtain information about the amount of benefits you have remaining by calling [telephone number]. That information is also available [on the receipt you get when you make a transfer with your card at (an ATM) (a POS terminal)] [when you make a balance inquiry at an ATM] [when you make a balance inquiry at specified locations]. This information, along with a 12-month history of account transactions, is also available online at [Internet address].
You also have the right to obtain at least 24 months of written history of account transactions by calling [telephone number], or by writing to us at [address]. You will not be charged a fee for this information unless you request it more than once per month. [Optional: Or you may request a written history of account transactions by contacting your caseworker.]
(b) Disclosure of error resolution procedures for government agencies that do not provide periodic statements (§ 1005.15(e)(1)(ii) and (e)(2)).
In Case of Errors or Questions About Your Electronic Transfers Telephone us at [telephone number] Write us at [address] [or email us at [email address]] as soon as you can, if you think an error has occurred in your [agency's name for program] account. We must allow you to report an error until 60 days after the earlier of the date you electronically access your account, if the error could be viewed in your electronic history, or the date we sent the FIRST written history on which the error appeared. You may request a written history of your transactions at any time by calling us at [telephone number] or writing us at [address] [optional: or by contacting your caseworker]. You will need to tell us:
• Your name and [case] [file] number.
• Why you believe there is an error, and the dollar amount involved.
• Approximately when the error took place.
If you tell us orally, we may require that you send us your complaint or question in writing within 10 business days.
We will determine whether an error occurred within 10 business days after we hear from you and will correct any error promptly. If we need more time, however, we may take up to 45 days to investigate your complaint or question. If we decide to do this, we will credit your account within 10 business days for the amount you think is in error, so that you will have the use of the money during the time it takes us to complete our investigation. If we ask you to put your complaint or question in writing and we do not receive it within 10 business days, we may not credit your account.
For errors involving new accounts, point-of-sale, or foreign-initiated transactions, we may take up to 90 days to investigate your complaint or question. For new accounts, we may take up to 20 business days to credit your account for the amount you think is in error.
We will tell you the results within three business days after completing our investigation. If we decide that there was no error, we will send you a written explanation.
You may ask for copies of the documents that we used in our investigation.
If you need more information about our error resolution procedures, call us at
(a) Disclosure by financial institutions of information about obtaining account information for prepaid accounts (§ 1005.18(d)(1)(i)).
You may obtain information about the amount of money you have remaining in your prepaid account by calling [telephone number]. This information, along with a 12-month history of account transactions, is also available online at [Internet address].
[For accounts that are or can be registered:] [If your account is registered with us,] You also have the right to obtain at least 24 months of written history of account transactions by calling [telephone number], or by writing us at [address]. You will not be charged a fee for this information unless you request it more than once per month.
(b) Disclosure of error-resolution procedures for financial institutions that do not provide periodic statements (§ 1005.18(d)(1)(ii) and (d)(2)).
In Case of Errors or Questions About Your Prepaid Account Telephone us at [telephone number] or Write us at [address] [or email us at [email address]] as soon as you can, if you think an error has occurred in your prepaid account. We must allow you to report an error until 60 days after the earlier of the date you electronically access your account, if the error could be viewed in your electronic history, or the date we sent the FIRST written history on which the error appeared. You may request a written history of your transactions at any time by calling us at [telephone number] or writing us at [address]. You will need to tell us:
Your name and [prepaid account] number.
Why you believe there is an error, and the dollar amount involved.
Approximately when the error took place.
If you tell us orally, we may require that you send us your complaint or question in writing within 10 business days.
We will determine whether an error occurred within 10 business days after we hear from you and will correct any error promptly. If we need more time, however, we may take up to 45 days to investigate your complaint or question. If we decide to do this, [and your account is registered with us,] we will credit your account within 10 business days for the amount you think is in error, so that you will have the money during the time it takes us to complete our investigation. If we ask you to put your complaint or question in writing and we do not receive it within 10 business days, we may not credit your account. [Keep reading to learn more about how to register your card.]
For errors involving new accounts, point-of-sale, or foreign-initiated transactions, we may take up to 90 days to investigate your complaint or question. For new accounts, we may take up to 20 business days to credit your account for the amount you think is in error.
We will tell you the results within three business days after completing our investigation. If we decide that there was no error, we will send you a written explanation.
You may ask for copies of the documents that we used in our investigation.
If you need more information about our error-resolution procedures, call us at [telephone number] [the telephone number shown above] [or visit [Internet address]].
(c)
It is important to register your prepaid account as soon as possible. Unless you register your account, we may not credit your account in the amount you think is in error until we complete our investigation. To register your account, go to [Internet address] or call us at [telephone number]. We will ask you for identifying information about yourself (including your full name, address, date of birth, and [Social Security Number] [government-issued identification number]), so that we can verify your identity.
A-11 through A-29 [Reserved]
The revisions, additions, and removals read as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
i. An account's primary function is to enable a consumer to conduct transactions with multiple, unaffiliated merchants for goods or services, at automated teller machines, or to conduct person-to-person transfers, even if the account also enables a third party to disburse funds to a consumer. For example, a prepaid account that conveys tax refunds or insurance proceeds to a consumer meets the primary function test if the account can be used,
ii. Whether an account satisfies § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(D) is determined by reference to the account, not the access device associated with the account. An account satisfies § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(D) even if the account's access device can be used for other purposes, for example, as a form of identification. Such accounts may include, for example, a prepaid account used to disburse student loan proceeds via a card device that can be used at unaffiliated merchants or to withdraw cash from an automated teller machine, even if that access device also acts as a student identification card.
iii. Where multiple accounts are associated with the same access device, the primary function of each account is determined separately. One or more accounts can satisfy § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(D) even if other accounts associated with the same access device do not. For example, a student identification card may act as an access device associated with two separate accounts: An account used to conduct transactions with multiple, unaffiliated merchants for goods or services, and an account used to conduct closed-loop
iv. An account satisfies § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(D) if its primary function is to provide general transaction capability, even if an individual consumer does not in fact use it to conduct multiple transactions. For example, the fact that a consumer may choose to withdraw the entire account balance at an automated teller machine or transfer it to another account held by the consumer does not change the fact that the account's primary function is to provide general transaction capability.
v. An account whose primary function is other than to conduct transactions with multiple, unaffiliated merchants for goods or services, or at automated teller machines, or to conduct person-to-person transfers, does not satisfy § 1005.2(b)(3)(i)(D). Such accounts may include, for example, a product whose only function is to make a one-time transfer of funds into a separate prepaid account.
9.
10.
1.
2.
3.
1.
1.
2.
ii. Credit extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of a prepaid account that meets the conditions of Regulation Z, 12 CFR 1026.61(a)(4), is considered credit extended pursuant to an overdraft credit plan for purposes of § 1005.10(e)(1). Thus, the exception for overdraft credit plans in § 1005.10(e)(1) applies to this credit.
3.
ii. Under Regulation Z, 12 CFR 1026.12(d)(1), a card issuer may not take any action, either before or after termination of credit card privileges, to offset a cardholder's indebtedness arising from a consumer credit transaction under the relevant credit card plan against funds of the cardholder held on deposit with the card issuer. Under Regulation Z, 12 CFR 1026.12(d)(3), with respect to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards as defined in 12 CFR 1026.61, a card issuer generally is not prohibited from periodically deducting all or part of the cardholder's credit card debt from a deposit account (such as a prepaid account) held with the card issuer under a plan that is authorized in writing by the cardholder, so long as the card issuer does not make such deductions to the plan more frequently than once per calendar month. A card issuer is prohibited under Regulation Z, 12 CFR 1026.12(d), from automatically deducting all or part of the cardholder's credit card debt under a covered separate credit feature from a deposit account (such as a prepaid account) held with the card issuer on a daily or weekly basis, or whenever deposits are made to the deposit account. Section 1005.10(e)(1) further restricts the card issuer from requiring payment from a deposit account (such as a prepaid account) of credit card balances of a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card by electronic means on a preauthorized, recurring basis.
4.
i. Mortgages with graduated payments in which a pledged savings account is automatically debited during an initial period to supplement the monthly payments made by the borrower.
ii. Mortgage plans calling for preauthorized biweekly payments that are debited electronically to the consumer's account and produce a lower total finance charge.
2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
ii. Under § 1005.12(a)(1)(iv)(A), with respect to an account (other than a prepaid account) where credit is extended incident to an electronic fund transfer under an agreement to extend overdraft credit between the consumer and the financial institution, Regulation E's liability limitations and error resolution provisions apply to the transaction, in addition to Regulation Z, 12 CFR 1026.13(d) and (g) (which apply because of the extension of credit associated with the overdraft feature on the asset account).
iii. For transactions involving access devices that also function as credit cards under Regulation Z (12 CFR part 1026), whether Regulation E or Regulation Z applies depends on the nature of the transaction. For example, if the transaction solely involves an extension of credit, and does not access funds in a consumer asset account, such as a checking account or prepaid account, the liability limitations and error resolution requirements of Regulation Z apply. If the transaction accesses funds in an asset account only (with no credit extended), the provisions of Regulation E apply. If the transaction access funds in an asset account but also involves an extension of credit under the overdraft credit feature subject to Regulation Z attached to the account, Regulation E's liability limitations and error resolution provisions apply, in addition to Regulation Z, 12 CFR 1026.13(d) and (g) (which apply because of the extension of credit associated with the overdraft feature on the asset account). If a consumer's access device is also a credit card and the device is used to make unauthorized withdrawals from an asset account, but also is used to obtain unauthorized cash advances directly from a credit feature that is subject to Regulation Z that is separate from the asset account, both Regulation E and Regulation Z apply.
iv. The following examples illustrate these principles:
A. A consumer has a card that can be used either as a credit card or an access device that draws on the consumer's checking account. When used as a credit card, the card does not first access any funds in the checking account but draws only on a separate credit feature subject to Regulation Z. If the card is stolen and used as a credit card to make purchases or to get cash advances at an ATM from the line of credit, the liability limits and error resolution provisions of Regulation Z apply; Regulation E does not apply.
B. In the same situation, if the card is stolen and is used as an access device to make purchases or to get cash withdrawals at an ATM from the checking account, the liability limits and error resolution provisions of Regulation E apply; Regulation Z does not apply.
C. In the same situation, assume the card is stolen and used both as an access device for the checking account and as a credit card; for example, the thief makes some purchases using the card to access funds in the checking account and other purchases using the card as a credit card. Here, the liability limits and error resolution provisions of Regulation E apply to the unauthorized transactions in which the card was used as an access device for the checking account, and the corresponding provisions of Regulation Z apply to the unauthorized transactions in which the card was used as a credit card.
D. Assume a somewhat different type of card, one that draws on the consumer's checking account and can also draw on an overdraft credit feature subject to Regulation Z attached to the checking account. The overdraft credit feature associated with the card is accessed only when the consumer uses the card to make a purchase (or other transaction) for which there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the checking account. In this situation, if the card is stolen and used to make purchases funded entirely by available funds in the checking account, the liability limits and the error resolution provisions of Regulation E apply. If the use of the card results in an extension of credit that is incident to an electronic fund transfer where the transaction is funded partially by funds in the consumer's asset account and partially by credit extended under the overdraft credit feature, the error resolution provisions of Regulation Z, 12 CFR 1026.13(d) and (g), apply in addition to the Regulation E provisions, but the other liability limit and error resolution provisions of Regulation Z do not. Relatedly, if the use
E. The same principles in comment 12(a)-5.iv.A, B, C, and D apply to an access device for a prepaid account that also is a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a covered separate credit feature under Regulation Z, 12 CFR 1026.61.
2.
3.
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
4.
i.
1.
i. A government agency informs a consumer that she can receive distribution of benefits via a government benefit account in the form of a prepaid card. The consumer receives the prepaid card and the disclosures required by § 1005.18(b) to review at the time the consumer receives benefits eligibility information from the agency. After receiving the disclosures, the consumer chooses to receive benefits via the government benefit account. These disclosures were provided to the consumer pre-acquisition, and the agency has complied with § 1005.15(c). By contrast, if the consumer does not receive the disclosures required by § 1005.18(b) to review until the time at which the consumer received the first benefit payment deposited into the government benefit account, these disclosures were provided to the consumer post-acquisition, and were not provided in compliance with § 1005.15(c).
2.
3.
4.
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
1.
2.
1.
i. A consumer inquires about obtaining a prepaid account at a branch location of a bank. A consumer then receives the disclosures required by § 1005.18(b). After receiving the disclosures, a consumer then opens a prepaid account with the bank. This consumer received the short form and long form pre-acquisition in accordance with § 1005.18(b)(1)(i).
ii. A consumer learns that he or she can receive wages via a payroll card account, at which time the consumer is provided with a payroll card and the disclosures required by § 1005.18(b) to review. The consumer then chooses to receive wages via a payroll card account. These disclosures were provided pre-acquisition in compliance with § 1005.18(b)(1)(i). By contrast, if a consumer receives the disclosures required by § 1005.18(b) to review at the end of the first pay period, after the consumer received the first payroll payment on the payroll card, these disclosures were provided to a consumer post-acquisition, and thus not provided in compliance with § 1005.18(b)(1)(i).
2.
i. A financial institution presents the short form disclosure required by § 1005.18(b)(2), together with the information required by § 1005.18(b)(5), and the long form disclosure required by § 1005.18(b)(4) on the same Web page. A consumer must view the Web page before choosing to accept the prepaid account.
ii. A financial institution presents the short form disclosure required by § 1005.18(b)(2), together with the information required by § 1005.18(b)(5), on a Web page. The financial institution includes, after the short form disclosure or as part of the statement required by § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiii), a link that directs the consumer to a separate Web page containing the long form disclosure required by § 1005.18(b)(4). The consumer must view the Web page containing the long form disclosure before choosing to accept the prepaid account.
iii. A financial institution presents on a Web page the short form disclosure required by § 1005.18(b)(2), together with the information required by § 1005.18(b)(5), followed by the initial disclosures required by § 1005.7(b), which contains the long form disclosure required by § 1005.18(b)(4), in accordance with § 1005.18(f)(1). The financial institution includes, after the short form disclosure or as part of the statement required by § 1005.18(b)(2)(xiii), a link that directs the consumer to the section of the initial disclosures containing the long form disclosure pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(4). A consumer must view this Web page before choosing to accept the prepaid account.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
2.
1.
2.
1.
1.
1.
2.
1.
1.
1.
i.
ii.
2.
i.
A.
B.
ii.
A.
B.
C.
D.
iii.
A.
B.
C.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.
A.
B.
C.
ix.
3.
4.
1.
i. A financial institution that has one additional fee type and discloses that additional fee type pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix) might provide the statements required by § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii)(A) and (B) together as: “We charge 1 other type of fee. It is:”.
ii. A financial institution that has five additional fee types and discloses one of those additional fee types pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix) might provide the statements required by § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii)(A) and (B) together as: “We charge 5 other types of fees. Here is 1 of them:”.
iii. A financial institution that has two additional fee types and discloses both of those fee types pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix) might provide the statement required by § 1005.18(b)(2)(viii)(A) and (B) together as: “We charge 2 other types of fees. They are:”.
1.
2.
3.
4.
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
5.
i.
ii.
iii.
1.
i. A financial institution has a prepaid account program with only one fee type that satisfies the criteria in § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(A) and thus, pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(A), the financial institution must disclose that one fee type. The prepaid account program has three other fee types that generate revenue from consumers, but they do not exceed the de minimis threshold or otherwise satisfy the criteria in § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(B). Pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(B), the financial institution is not required to make any additional disclosure, but it may choose to disclose one of the three fee types that do not meet the criteria in § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(A).
ii. A financial institution has a prepaid account program with four fee types that generate revenue from consumers, but none exceeds the de minimis threshold or otherwise satisfy the criteria in § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(A). Pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(B), the financial institution is not required to make any disclosure, but it may choose to disclose one or two of the fee types that do not meet the criteria in § 1005.18(b)(2)(ix)(A).
2.
1.
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
2.
1.
1.
1.
i.
ii.
iii.
2.
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
1.
2.
1.
2.
3.
1.
1.
1.
1.
i. A financial institution charges $1 for both in-network and out-of-network automated teller machine withdrawals in the United States. The financial institution may list the $1 fee once under the general heading “ATM withdrawal” required by § 1005.18(b)(2)(iii); in that case, it need not disclose the terms “in-network” or “out-of-network.”
ii. A financial institution using the multiple service plan short form disclosure pursuant to § 1005.18(b)(6)(iii)(B)(
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
i.
ii.
1.
2.
1.
2.
1.
2.
3.
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
1.
2. “
1.
1.
1.
1.
i.
A. The financial institution principally uses a foreign language on the packaging material of a prepaid account sold in a retail location or distributed at a bank or credit union branch, even though a few words appear in English on the packaging.
B. The financial institution principally uses a foreign language in a television advertisement for a prepaid account. That advertisement includes a telephone number a consumer can call to acquire the prepaid account, whether by speaking to a customer service representative or interacting with an interactive voice response (IVR) system.
C. The financial institution principally uses a foreign language in an online advertisement for a prepaid account. That advertisement includes a Web site URL through which a consumer can acquire the prepaid account.
D. The financial institution principally uses a foreign language on a printed advertisement for a prepaid account. That advertisement includes a telephone number or a Web site URL a consumer can call or visit to acquire the prepaid account. The pre-acquisition disclosures must be provided to the consumer in that same foreign language prior to the consumer acquiring the prepaid account.
E. The financial institution does not principally use a foreign language on prepaid account packaging material nor does it principally use a foreign language to advertise, solicit, or market a prepaid account. A consumer calls the financial institution and has the option to proceed with the prepaid account acquisition process in a foreign language, whether by speaking to a customer service representative or interacting with an IVR system.
F. The financial institution does not principally use a foreign language on prepaid account packaging material nor does it principally use a foreign language to advertise, solicit, or market a prepaid account. A consumer visits the financial institution's Web site. On that Web site, the consumer has the option to proceed with the prepaid account acquisition process in a foreign language.
ii.
A. A consumer visits the financial institution's branch location in person and speaks to an employee in a foreign language about acquiring a prepaid account. The consumer proceeds with the acquisition process in that foreign language.
B. The financial institution does not principally use a foreign language on prepaid account packaging material nor does it principally use a foreign language to advertise, solicit, or market a prepaid account. A consumer calls the financial institution's customer service line and speaks to a customer service representative in a foreign language. However, if the customer service representative proceeds with the prepaid account acquisition process over the telephone, the financial institution would be required to provide the pre-acquisition disclosures in that foreign language.
C. The financial institution principally uses a foreign language in an advertisement for a prepaid account. That advertisement includes a telephone number a consumer can call to acquire the prepaid account. The consumer calls the telephone number provided on the advertisement and has the option to proceed with the prepaid account acquisition process in English or in a foreign language. The consumer chooses to proceed with the acquisition process in English.
2.
3.
i. Messages in a leaflet, promotional flyer, newspaper, or magazine.
ii. Electronic messages, such as on a Web site or mobile application.
iii. Telephone solicitations.
iv. Solicitations sent to the consumer by mail or email.
v. Television or radio commercials.
4.
1.
2.
3.
i. A financial institution may assess a fee or charge to a consumer for responding to subsequent requests for written account transaction history made in a single calendar month. For example, if a consumer requests written account transaction history on June 1 and makes another request on August 5, the financial institution may not assess a fee or charge to the consumer for responding to either request. However, if the consumer requests written account transaction history on June 1 and then makes another request on June 15, the financial institution may assess a fee or charge to the consumer for responding to the request made on June 15, as this is the second response in the same month.
ii. If a financial institution maintains more than 24 months of written account transaction history, it may assess a fee or charge to the consumer for providing a written history for transactions occurring more than 24 months preceding the date the financial institution receives the consumer's request, provided the consumer specifically requests the written account transaction history for that time period.
iii. If a financial institution offers a consumer the ability to request automatic mailings of written account transaction history on a monthly or other periodic basis, it may assess a fee or charge for such automatic mailings but not for the written account transaction history requested pursuant to § 1005.18(c)(1)(iii).
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
i.
ii.
9.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
ii. Section 1005.18(g) applies to account terms, conditions, and features that apply to the asset feature of the prepaid account. Section 1005.18(g) does not apply to the account terms, conditions, or features that apply to the covered separate credit feature, regardless of whether it is structured as a separate credit account or as a credit subaccount of the prepaid account that is separate from the asset feature of the prepaid account.
3.
4.
A. Interest paid on funds deposited into the asset feature of the prepaid account, if any;
B. Fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account. See comment 18(g)-5 for additional guidance on how § 1005.18(g) applies to fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account.
C. The type of access device provided to the consumer. For instance, an institution may not provide a PIN-only card on prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature that is accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, while providing a prepaid card with both PIN and signature-debit functionality for prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program with such a credit feature;
D. Minimum balance requirements on the asset feature of the prepaid account; or
E. Account features offered in connection with the asset feature of the prepaid account, such as online bill payment services.
5.
ii. The following examples illustrate how § 1005.18(g) applies to per transaction fees for each transaction to access funds available in the asset feature of the prepaid account.
A. Assume that a consumer has selected a prepaid account program where a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card may be offered. For prepaid accounts without such a credit feature, the financial institution charges $0.50 for each transaction conducted that accesses funds available in the prepaid account. For prepaid accounts with a credit feature, the financial institution also charges $0.50 on the asset feature for each transaction conducted that accesses funds available in the asset feature of the prepaid account. In this case, for purposes of § 1005.18(g), the financial institution is imposing the same fee for each transaction that accesses funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account, regardless of whether the prepaid account has a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card. Also, with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature of a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as those terms are defined in Regulation Z, 12 CFR 1026.61, the $0.50 per transaction fee imposed on the asset feature for each transaction that accesses funds available in the asset feature of the prepaid account is not a finance charge under 12 CFR 1026.4(b)(11)(ii). See Regulation Z, 12 CFR 1026.4(b)(11)(ii) and comment 4(b)(11)(ii)-1, for a discussion of the definition of finance charge with respect to fees or charges imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account with regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature of a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in 12 CFR 1026.61.
B. Same facts as in paragraph A, except that for prepaid accounts with a covered separate credit feature, the financial institution imposes a $1.25 fee for each transaction conducted that accesses funds available in the asset feature of the prepaid account. In this case, the financial institution is permitted to charge a higher fee under § 1005.18(g)(2) on prepaid accounts with a covered separate credit feature than it charges on prepaid accounts without such a credit feature. The $0.75 excess is a finance charge under Regulation Z, 12 CFR 1026.4(b)(11)(ii).
C. Same facts as in paragraph A, except that for prepaid accounts with a covered separate credit feature, the financial institution imposes a $0.25 fee for each transaction conducted that accesses funds available in the asset feature of the prepaid account. In this case, the financial institution is in violation of § 1005.18(g) because it is imposing a lower fee on the asset feature of a prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature than it imposes on prepaid accounts in the same program without such a credit feature.
iii. Where the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses credit from a covered separate credit feature in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct person-to-person transfers, any per transaction fees imposed on the asset feature of prepaid accounts, including load and transfer fees, with such a credit feature are comparable only to per transaction fees for each transaction to access funds in the asset feature of a prepaid account that are imposed on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that does not have such a credit feature. Per transaction fees for a transaction that is conducted to load or draw funds into a prepaid account from a source other than the funds in the asset feature are not comparable for purposes of § 1005.18(g). To illustrate:
A. Assume a financial institution charges $0.50 on prepaid accounts for each transaction that accesses funds in the asset feature of the prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature. Also, assume that the financial institution charges $0.50 per transaction on the asset feature of prepaid accounts in the same prepaid program where the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses credit from a covered separate credit feature in the course of a transaction. In this case, for purposes of § 1005.18(g), the financial institution is imposing the same fee for each transaction it pays, regardless of whether the transaction accesses funds available in the asset feature of the prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature, or is paid from credit from a covered separate credit feature in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct person-to-person transfers. Also, for purposes of Regulation Z, 12 CFR 1026.4(b)(11)(ii), the $0.50 per transaction fee imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature is not a finance charge.
B. Assume same facts as in paragraph A above, except that assume the financial
C. Same facts as in paragraph A, except that the financial institution imposes $0.25 on the asset feature of the prepaid account for each transaction conducted where the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses credit from the covered separate credit feature in the course of the transaction. In this case, the financial institution is in violation of § 1005.18(g) because it is imposing a lower fee on the asset feature of a prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature than the amount of the comparable fee it imposes on prepaid accounts in the same program without such a credit feature.
D. Assume a financial institution charges $0.50 on prepaid accounts for each transaction that accesses funds in the asset feature of the prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature. Assume also that the financial institution charges both a $0.50 per transaction fee and a $1.25 transfer fee on the asset feature of prepaid accounts in the same prepaid program where the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses credit from a covered separate credit feature in the course of a transaction. In this case, both fees charged on a per-transaction basis for the credit transaction (
E. Assume same facts as in paragraph D above, except that assume the financial institution also charges a load fee of $1.25 whenever funds are transferred or loaded from a separate asset account, such as from a deposit account via a debit card, in the course of a transaction on prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature, in addition to charging a $0.50 per transaction fee. In this case, both fees charged on a per-transaction basis for the credit transaction (
iv. A consumer may choose in a particular circumstance to draw or transfer credit from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or service, obtain cash, or conduct person-to-person transfers. For example, a consumer may use the prepaid card at the financial institution's Web site to load funds from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct person-to-person transfers.
A. Assume a financial institution charges a $1.25 load fee to transfer funds from a non-covered separate credit feature, such as a non-covered separate credit card account, into prepaid accounts that do not have a covered separate credit feature and does not charge a fee for a direct deposit of salary from an employer or a direct deposit of government benefits on those prepaid accounts. Assume the financial institution charges $1.25 on the asset feature of a prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature to load funds from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction. In this case, the load or transfer fees imposed for draws or transfers of credit from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction (
B. Assume that a financial institution charges a $1.25 load fee for a one-time transfer of funds from a separate asset account, such as from a deposit account via a debit card, to a prepaid account without a covered separate credit feature and does not charge a fee for a direct deposit of salary from an employer or a direct deposit of government benefits on those prepaid accounts. Assume the financial institution charges $1.25 on the asset feature of a prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature to load funds from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction. In this case, the load or transfer fees imposed for draws or transfers of credit from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction (
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
ii.
1.
1.
i. Addition or deletion of a provision giving the issuer or consumer a right under the agreement, such as a clause that allows an issuer to unilaterally change the terms of an agreement.
ii. Addition or deletion of a provision giving the issuer or consumer an obligation under the agreement, such as a clause requiring the consumer to pay an additional fee.
iii. Changes that may affect the cost of the prepaid account to the consumer, such as changes in a provision describing how the prepaid account's monthly fee will be calculated.
iv. Changes that may affect how the terms of the agreement are construed or applied, such as changes to a choice of law provision.
v. Changes that may affect the parties to whom the agreement may apply, such as changes to provisions regarding authorized users or assignment of the agreement.
vi. Changes to the corporate name of the issuer or program manager, or to the issuer's address or identifying number, such as its RSSD ID number or tax identification number.
vii. Changes to the names of other relevant parties, such as the employer for a payroll card program or the agency for a government benefit program.
viii. Changes to the name of the prepaid account program to which the agreement applies.
2.
i. Correction of typographical errors that do not affect the meaning of any terms of the agreement.
ii. Changes to the issuer's corporate logo or tagline.
iii. Changes to the format of the agreement, such as conversion to a booklet from a full-sheet format, changes in font, or changes in margins.
iv. Reordering sections of the agreement without affecting the meaning of any terms of the agreement.
v. Adding, removing, or modifying a table of contents or index.
vi. Changes to titles, headings, section numbers, or captions.
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
1.
1.
1.
2.
1.
1.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
1.
2.
1.
2.
2. * * *
ii. For transfers to a prepaid account (other than a prepaid account that is a payroll card account or a government benefit account), where the funds are to be received in a location physically outside of any State depends on whether the provider at the time the transfer is requested has information indicating that funds are to be received in a foreign country. See comments 30(c)-2.iii and 30(e)-3.i.C for illustrations of when a remittance transfer provider would have such information and when the provider would not. For transfers to all other accounts, whether funds are to be received at a location physically outside of any State depends on where the account is located. If the account is located in a State, the funds will not be received at a location in a foreign country. Further, for these accounts, if they are located on a U.S. military installation that is physically located in a foreign country, then these accounts are located in a State.
1.
3.
2.
3.
12 U.S.C. 2601, 2603-2605, 2607, 2609, 2617, 3353, 5511, 5512, 5532, 5581; 15 U.S.C. 1601
(a) * * *
(15)(i)
(ii) * * *
(A) A home-equity plan subject to the requirements of § 1026.40 that is accessed by a credit card;
(B) An overdraft line of credit that is accessed by a debit card; or
(C) An overdraft line of credit that is accessed by an account number, except if the account number is a hybrid prepaid-credit card that can access a covered separate credit feature as defined in § 1026.61.
(iv)
(b) * * *
(2) Service, transaction, activity, and carrying charges, including any charge imposed on a checking or other transaction account (except a prepaid account as defined in § 1026.61) to the extent that the charge exceeds the charge for a similar account without a credit feature.
(11) With regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61:
(i) Any fee or charge described in paragraphs (b)(1) through (10) of this section imposed on the covered separate credit feature, whether it is structured as a credit subaccount of the prepaid account or a separate credit account.
(ii) Any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account to the extent that the amount of the fee or charge exceeds comparable fees or charges imposed on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that do not have a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card.
(c) * * *
(3) Charges imposed by a financial institution for paying items that overdraw an account, unless the payment of such items and the imposition of the charge were previously agreed upon in writing. This paragraph does not apply to credit offered in connection with a prepaid account as defined in § 1026.61.
(4) Fees charged for participation in a credit plan, whether assessed on an annual or other periodic basis. This paragraph does not apply to a fee to participate in a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61, regardless of whether this fee is imposed on the credit feature or on the asset feature of the prepaid account.
(b) * * *
(3) * * *
(iii) * * *
(D) With regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61, any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account to the extent that the amount of the fee or charge does not exceed comparable fees or charges imposed on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that do not have a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card.
(E) With regard to a non-covered separate credit feature accessible by a prepaid card as defined in § 1026.61, any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account.
(b) * * *
(11) * * *
(ii) * * *
(A) Periodic statements provided solely for charge card accounts, other than covered separate credit features that are charge card accounts accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards as defined in § 1026.61; and
(d)
(2)
(3)
(ii) With respect to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61, for purposes of this paragraph (d)(3), “periodically” means no more frequently than once per calendar month, such as on a monthly due date disclosed on the applicable periodic statement in accordance with the requirements of § 1026.7(b)(11)(i)(A) or on an earlier date in each calendar month in accordance with a written authorization signed by the consumer.
(i)
(1) Except with respect to a prepaid account as defined in § 1026.61, an extension of credit that is incident to an electronic fund transfer occurs under an agreement between the consumer and a financial institution to extend credit when the consumer's account is overdrawn or to maintain a specified minimum balance in the consumer's account; or
(2) With regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature of a prepaid account where both are accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61, an extension of credit that is incident to an electronic fund transfer occurs when the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses both funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account and a credit extension from the credit feature with respect to a particular transaction.
(a) Limitations during first year after account opening—* * *
(a) * * *
(5) * * *
(iv) Lines of credit accessed solely by account numbers except for a covered separate credit feature solely accessible by an account number that is a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61;
(b)
(a)
(ii) For purposes of this regulation, except as provided in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, a prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a separate credit feature as described in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section when it can access credit from that credit feature, or with respect to a credit feature structured as a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account as described in paragraph (a)(3) of this section when it can access credit from that credit feature. A hybrid prepaid-credit card is a credit card for purposes of this regulation with respect to those credit features.
(iii) A prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card or a credit card for purposes of this regulation if the only credit offered in connection with the prepaid account meets the conditions set forth in paragraph (a)(4) of this section.
(2)
(
(
(B) A separate credit feature that meets the conditions set forth in paragraph (a)(2)(i)(A) of this section is a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card even with respect to credit that is drawn or transferred, or authorized to be drawn or transferred, from the credit feature outside the course of a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct person-to-person transfers.
(ii)
(3)
(ii)
(4)
(i) The prepaid card cannot access credit from a covered separate credit feature as described in paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section; and
(ii) The prepaid card only can access credit extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account where both paragraphs (a)(4)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section are satisfied.
(A) The prepaid account issuer has an established policy and practice of either declining to authorize any transaction for which it reasonably believes the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account at the time the transaction is authorized to cover the amount of the transaction, or declining to authorize any such transactions except in one or more of the following circumstances:
(
(
(B) The following fees or charges are not imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account:
(
(
(
(C) A prepaid account issuer may still satisfy the exception in paragraph (a)(4) of this section even if it debits fees or charges from the asset feature when there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature to cover those fees or charges at the time they are imposed, so long as those fees or charges are not the type of fees or charges enumerated in paragraph (a)(4)(ii)(B) of this section.
(5)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(b)
(c)
(i) Open a covered separate credit feature that could be accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card;
(ii) Make a solicitation or provide an application to open a covered separate credit feature that could be accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card; or
(iii) Allow an existing credit feature that was opened prior to the consumer obtaining the prepaid account to become a covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card.
(2) For purposes of paragraph (c) of this section, the term
The revisions, additions, and removals read as follows:
1.
ii. Under § 1026.2(a)(7), with respect to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61 where that credit feature is offered by an affiliate or business partner of the prepaid account issuer as those terms are defined in § 1026.61, the affiliate or business partner offering the credit feature is an agent of the prepaid account issuer and thus, is itself a card issuer with respect to the hybrid prepaid-credit card.
2.
3.
2. * * *
i. * * *
B. A debit card (other than a debit card that is solely an account number) that also accesses a credit account (that is, a debit-credit card). See comment 2(a)(15)-2.ii.C for guidance on whether a debit card that is solely an account number is a credit card.
F. A prepaid card that is a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61.
ii. * * *
C. An account number that accesses a credit account, unless the account number can access an open-end line of credit to purchase goods or services or as provided in § 1026.61 with respect to a hybrid prepaid-credit card. For example, if a creditor provides a consumer with an open-end line of credit that can be accessed by an account number in order to transfer funds into
D. A prepaid card that is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61.
3.
ii. A hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61 is a charge card with respect to a covered separate credit feature if no periodic rate is used to compute the finance charge in connection with the covered separate credit feature. Unlike other charge card accounts, the requirements in § 1026.7(b)(11) apply to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card that is a charge card when that covered separate credit feature is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan. Thus, under § 1026.5(b)(2)(ii)(A), with respect to a covered separate credit feature that is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan, a card issuer of a hybrid prepaid-credit card that meets the definition of a charge card because no periodic rate is used to compute a finance charge in connection with the covered separate credit feature must adopt reasonable procedures for the covered separate credit feature designed to ensure that (1) periodic statements are mailed or delivered at least 21 days prior to the payment due date disclosed on the statement pursuant to § 1026.7(b)(11)(i)(A); and (2) the card issuer does not treat as late for any purposes a required minimum periodic payment received by the card issuer within 21 days after mailing or delivery of the periodic statement disclosing the due date for that payment.
4.
A. The account is accessed by a credit card, as defined in § 1026.2(a)(15)(i); and
B. The account is not excluded under § 1026.2(a)(15)(ii)(A) through (C).
ii. As noted in § 1026.2(a)(15)(ii)(C), the exclusion from credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan provided by that paragraph for an overdraft line of credit that is accessed by an account number does not apply to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card (including a hybrid prepaid-credit card that is solely an account number) as defined in § 1026.61.
8.
2.
2.
ii. With respect to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61, a plan means a program where the consumer is obligated contractually to repay any credit extended by the creditor. For example, a plan includes a program under which a creditor routinely extends credit from a covered separate credit feature offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner where the prepaid card can be used from time to time to draw, transfer, or authorize the draw or transfer of credit from the covered separate credit feature in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct person-to-person transfers, and the consumer is obligated contractually to repay those credit transactions. Such a program constitutes a plan notwithstanding that, for example, the creditor has not agreed in writing to extend credit for those transactions, the creditor retains discretion not to extend credit for those transactions, or the creditor does not extend credit for those transactions once the consumer has exceeded a certain amount of credit. See § 1026.61(a) and related commentary for guidance on the applicability of this regulation to credit accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards.
iii. Some creditors offer programs containing a number of different credit features. The consumer has a single account with the institution that can be accessed repeatedly via a number of sub-accounts established for the different program features and rate structures. Some features of the program might be used repeatedly (for example, an overdraft line) while others might be used infrequently (such as the part of the credit line available for secured credit). If the program as a whole is subject to prescribed terms and otherwise meets the definition of open-end credit, such a program would be considered a single, multifeatured plan.
4.
ii. With regard to a covered separate credit feature and an asset feature on a prepaid account that are both accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61, any service, transaction, activity, or carrying charges imposed on the covered separate credit feature, and any such charges imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account to the extent that the amount of the charge exceeds comparable charges imposed on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that do not have a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, generally is a finance charge.
4.
1.
i. A $5 service charge is imposed on an account with an overdraft line of credit (where the institution has agreed in writing to pay an overdraft), while a $3 service charge is imposed on an account without a credit feature; the $2 difference is a finance charge. (If the difference is not related to account activity, however, it may be excludable as a participation fee. See the commentary to § 1026.4(c)(4).)
ii. A $5 service charge is imposed for each item that results in an overdraft on an account with an overdraft line of credit, while a $25 service charge is imposed for paying or returning each item on a similar account without a credit feature; the $5 charge is not a finance charge.
2.
1.
i. A separate credit feature that meets the conditions of § 1026.61(a)(2)(i) is defined as a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card.
ii. If a prepaid card can access a non-covered separate credit feature as described in § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii), the card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to that credit feature. In that case:
A. Section 1026.4(b)(11) and related commentary do not apply to fees or charges imposed on the non-covered separate credit feature; instead, the general rules set forth in § 1026.4 determine whether these fees or charges are finance charges; and
B. Fees or charges on the asset feature of the prepaid account are not finance charges under § 1026.4 with respect to the non-covered separate credit feature. See comment 61(a)(2)-5.iii for guidance on the applicability of this regulation in connection with non-covered credit features accessible by prepaid cards.
iii. If the prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card because the only credit extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account is pursuant to § 1026.61(a)(4), fees charged on the asset feature of the prepaid account in accordance with § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B) are not finance charges.
1.
1.
ii. Where the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses credit from a covered separate credit feature in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct person-to-person transfers, any per transaction fees imposed on the asset feature of prepaid accounts, including load and transfer fees, for such credit from the credit feature are comparable only to per transaction fees for each transaction to access funds in the asset feature of a prepaid account that are imposed on prepaid accounts in the same prepaid account program that does not have such a credit feature. Per transaction fees for a transaction that is conducted to load or draw funds into a prepaid account from some other source are not comparable for purposes of § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii). To illustrate:
A. Assume a prepaid account issuer charges $0.50 on prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature for each transaction that accesses funds in the asset feature of the prepaid accounts. Also, assume that the prepaid account issuer charges $0.50 per transaction on the asset feature of prepaid accounts in the same prepaid program where the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses credit from a covered separate credit feature in the course of a transaction. In this case, the $0.50 per transaction fee imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature is not a finance charge.
B. Assume same facts as in paragraph A above, except that assume the prepaid account issuer charges $1.25 on the asset feature of a prepaid account for each transaction where the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses credit from the covered separate credit feature in the course of the transaction. In this case, the additional $0.75 is a finance charge.
C. Assume a prepaid account issuer charges $0.50 on prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature for each transaction that accesses funds in the asset feature of the prepaid accounts. Assume also that the prepaid account issuer charges both a $0.50 per transaction fee and a $1.25 transfer fee on the asset feature of prepaid accounts in the same prepaid program where the hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses credit from a covered separate credit feature in the course of a transaction. In this case, both fees charged on a per-transaction basis for the credit transaction (
D. Assume same facts as in paragraph C above, except that assume the prepaid account issuer also charges a load fee of $1.25 whenever funds are transferred or loaded from a separate asset account, such as from a deposit account via a debit card, in the course of a transaction on prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature, in addition to charging a $0.50 per transaction fee. The $1.25 excess in paragraph C is still a finance charge because load or transfer fees that are charged on the asset feature of prepaid account for credit from the covered separate credit feature are compared only to per transaction fees
iii. A consumer may choose in a particular circumstance to draw or transfer credit from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct person-to-person transfers. For example, a consumer may use the prepaid card at the prepaid account issuer's Web site to load funds from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct person-to-person transfers.
A. Assume a prepaid account issuer charges a $1.25 load fee to transfer funds from a non-covered separate credit feature, such as a non-covered separate credit card account, into prepaid accounts that do not have a covered separate credit feature and does not charge a fee for a direct deposit of salary from an employer or a direct deposit of government benefits on those prepaid accounts. Assume the prepaid account issuer charges $1.25 on the asset feature of a prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature to load funds from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction. In this case, the $1.25 fee imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature is a finance charge because no fee is charged for a direct deposit of salary from an employer or a direct deposit of government benefits on prepaid accounts without such a credit feature. Fees imposed on prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature for a one-time load or transfer of funds from a non-covered separate credit feature are not comparable for purposes of § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii).
B. Assume that a prepaid account issuer charges a $1.25 load fee for a one-time transfer of funds from a separate asset account, such as from a deposit account via a debit card, to a prepaid account without a covered separate credit feature and does not charge a fee for a direct deposit of salary from an employer or a direct deposit of government benefits on those prepaid accounts. Assume the prepaid account issuer charges $1.25 on the asset feature of a prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature to load funds from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction. In this case, the $1.25 fee imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account with a covered separate credit feature is a finance charge because no fee is charged for a direct deposit of salary from an employer or a direct deposit of government benefits on prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature. Fees imposed on prepaid accounts without a covered separate credit feature for a one-time load or transfer of funds from a separate asset account are not comparable for purposes of § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii).
2.
1.
2.
1.
3.
4. * * *
i.
1.
2.
1.
i. Assume a prepaid account issuer charges a $0.50 per transaction fee on an asset feature of the prepaid account for purchases when a hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses a covered separate credit feature in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing purchase transactions conducted with the card and a $0.50 transaction fee for purchases that access funds in the asset feature of a prepaid account in the same program without such a credit feature. The $0.50 fees are comparable fees and the $0.50 fee for purchases when a hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses a covered separate credit feature in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing purchase transactions conducted with the card is not a charge imposed as part of the plan. However, if in this example, the prepaid account issuer imposes a $1.25 per transaction fee on an asset feature of the prepaid account for purchases when a hybrid prepaid-credit card accesses a covered separate credit feature in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing purchase transactions conducted with the card, the $0.75 excess is a charge imposed as part of the plan. This $0.75 excess also is a finance charge under § 1026.4(b)(11)(ii).
ii. See comment 4(b)(11)(ii)-1 for additional illustrations of when a prepaid account issuer is charging comparable per transaction fees or load or transfer fees on the prepaid account.
1.
1.
1.
9.
ii. On the other hand, a transaction will be treated as “nonsale credit” for purposes of § 1026.8(b) in cases where a consumer uses a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61 to make a purchase to obtain goods or services from a merchant and credit is transferred from a covered separate credit feature accessed by the hybrid prepaid-credit card into the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the purchase. For example, assume the same facts as above, except that the $15 will be transferred from the credit feature to the asset feature, and a transaction of $25 is debited from the asset feature of the prepaid account. In this case, the $15 credit transaction is treated as “nonsale credit” under § 1026.8(b).
iii. If a transaction is “sale credit” as described above in comment 8(a)-9.i, the following applies:
A. If a hybrid prepaid-credit card is used to obtain goods or services from a merchant and the transaction is partially paid with funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account, and partially paid with credit from a covered separate credit feature, the amount to be disclosed under § 1026.8(a) is the amount of the credit extension, not the total amount of the purchase transaction.
B. For a transaction at point of sale where credit from a covered separate credit feature is accessed by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, and that transaction partially involves the purchase of goods or services and partially involves other credit such as cash back given to the cardholder, the creditor must disclose the entire amount of the credit transaction as sale credit, including the part of the transaction that does not relate to the purchase of goods or services.
1. * * *
ii. An advance on a credit plan that is accessed by overdrafts on an asset account
v. An advance at an ATM on a covered separate credit feature accessed by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61. If a hybrid prepaid-credit card is used to obtain an advance at an ATM and the transaction is partially paid with funds from the asset feature of the prepaid account, and partially paid with a credit extension from the covered separate credit feature, the amount to be disclosed under § 1026.8(b) is the amount of the credit extension, not the total amount of the ATM transaction.
vi. A transaction where a consumer uses a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61 to make a purchase to obtain goods or services from a merchant and credit is transferred from a covered separate credit feature accessed by the hybrid prepaid-credit card into the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the purchase, as described in comment 8(a)-9.ii. In this scenario, the amount to be disclosed under § 1026.8(b) is the amount of the credit extension, not the total amount of the purchase transaction.
2.
2. * * *
ii. In a payroll deduction plan in which funds are deposited to an asset account held by the creditor, and from which payments are made periodically to an open-end credit account, payment is received on the date when it is debited to the asset account (rather than on the date of the deposit), provided the payroll deduction method is voluntary and the consumer retains use of the funds until the contractual payment date. Section 1026.12(d)(3)(ii) defines “periodically” to mean no more frequently than once per calendar month for payments made periodically from a deposit account, including a prepaid account, held by a card issuer to pay credit card debt in a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61 held by the card issuer. In a payroll deduction plan in which funds are deposited to a prepaid account held by the card issuer, and from which payments are made on a monthly basis to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card that is held by the card issuer, payment is received on the date when it is debited to the prepaid account (rather than on the date of the deposit), provided the payroll deduction method is voluntary and the consumer retains use of the funds until the contractual payment date.
1.
2.
i. Granting overdraft privileges on a checking account when the consumer already has a check guarantee card; or
ii. Allowing a prepaid card to access a covered separate credit feature that would make the card into a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61 with respect to the covered separate credit feature.
7.
B.
ii.
6. * * *
i. Replacing a single card that is both a debit card and a credit card with a credit card and a separate debit card with only debit functions (or debit functions plus an associated overdraft capability), since the latter card could be issued on an unsolicited basis under Regulation E.
ii. Replacing a single card that is both a prepaid card and a credit card with a credit card and a separate prepaid card where the latter card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61.
5.
A. A consumer uses a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61 to make a purchase to obtain goods or services from a merchant and credit is drawn directly from a covered separate credit feature accessed by the hybrid prepaid-credit card without transferring funds into the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the purchase. For example, assume that the consumer has $10 of funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account and initiates a transaction with a merchant to obtain goods or services with the hybrid prepaid-credit card for $25. In this case, $10 is debited from the asset feature and $15 of credit is drawn directly from the covered separate credit feature accessed by the hybrid prepaid-credit card without any transfer of funds into the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the purchase. In this case, the consumer is using credit accessed by the hybrid prepaid-credit card to purchase property or services where credit is drawn directly from the covered separate credit feature accessed by the hybrid prepaid-credit card to cover the amount of the purchase.
B. A consumer uses a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61 to make a purchase to obtain goods or services from a merchant and credit is transferred from a
ii. For a transaction at point of sale where a hybrid prepaid-credit card is used to obtain goods or services from a merchant and the transaction is partially paid with funds from the asset feature of the prepaid account, and partially paid with credit from the covered separate credit feature, the amount of the purchase transaction that is funded by credit generally would be subject to the requirements of § 1026.12(c). The amount of the transaction funded from the prepaid account would not be subject to the requirements of § 1026.12(c).
1.
ii. The purchase of goods or services by use of a check accessing an overdraft account and a credit card used solely for identification of the consumer. (On the other hand, if the credit card is used to make partial payment for the purchase and not merely for identification, the right to assert claims or defenses would apply to credit extended via the credit card, although not to credit extended by the overdraft line other than a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card.)
1.
2.
1. * * *
i. The consumer must be aware that granting a security interest is a condition for the credit card account (or for more favorable account terms) and must specifically intend to grant a security interest in a deposit account.
ii. With respect to a credit card account other than a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61, indicia of the consumer's awareness and intent to grant a security interest in a deposit account include at least one of the following (or a substantially similar procedure that evidences the consumer's awareness and intent):
A. Separate signature or initials on the agreement indicating that a security interest is being given.
B. Placement of the security agreement on a separate page, or otherwise separating the security interest provisions from other contract and disclosure provisions.
C. Reference to a specific amount of deposited funds or to a specific deposit account number.
iii. With respect to a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61, in order for a consumer to show awareness and intent to grant a security interest in a deposit account, including a prepaid account, all of the following conditions must be met:
A. In addition to being disclosed in the issuer's account-opening disclosures under § 1026.6, the security agreement must be provided to the consumer in a document separate from the deposit account agreement and the credit card account agreement;
B. The separate document setting forth the security agreement must be signed by the consumer;
C. The separate document setting forth the security agreement must refer to the deposit account number and to a specific amount of funds in the deposit account in which the card issuer is taking a security interest and these two elements of the document must be separately signed or initialed by the consumer;
D. The separate document setting forth the security agreement must specifically enumerate the conditions under which the card issuer will enforce the security interest and each of those conditions must be separately signed or initialed by the consumer.
1. * * *
iii. If the cardholder has the option to accept or reject the automatic debit feature (such option may be required under section 913 of the Electronic Fund Transfer Act and Regulation E, 12 CFR 1005.10(e)), the fact that the option exists should be clearly indicated.
2. * * *
iii. Automatically deducting from the consumer's deposit account any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account that is not a charge imposed as part of the plan under § 1026.6(b)(3). See § 1026.6(b)(3)(iii)(D) and (E) and related commentary regarding fees imposed on the asset feature of a prepaid account that are not charges imposed as part of the plan under § 1026.6(b)(3) with respect to covered separate credit features accessible by hybrid prepaid-credit cards and non-covered separate credit features as those terms are defined in § 1026.61.
3.
i. The card issuer is not prohibited under § 1026.12(d) from automatically deducting the amount due on the periodic statement on the 25th of each month, or on an earlier date in each calendar month, from a deposit account held by the card issuer, if the deductions are pursuant to a plan that is authorized in writing by the cardholder (as discussed in comment 12(d)(3)-1) and comply with the limitations in § 1026.13(d)(1).
ii. The card issuer is prohibited under § 1026.12(d) from automatically deducting all or part of the cardholder's credit card debt from a deposit account (including the prepaid account) held with the card issuer more frequently than once per calendar month, such as on a daily or weekly basis, or whenever deposits are made or expected to be made to the deposit account.
2.
3.
i. An error asserted with respect to the transaction is subject, for error resolution purposes, to the applicable Regulation E (12 CFR part 1005) provisions (such as timing and notice) for the entire transaction.
iv. The provisions of § 1026.13(d) and (g) apply only to the credit portion of the transaction.
4.
i. If the transaction solely involves an extension of credit under a covered separate credit feature and does not access funds from the asset feature of the prepaid account, the error resolution requirements of Regulation Z apply. To illustrate, assume that there is $0 in the asset feature of the prepaid account, and the consumer makes a $25 transaction with the card. The error resolution requirements of Regulation Z apply to the transaction. This is true regardless of whether the $25 of credit is drawn directly from the covered separate credit feature without a transfer to the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the transaction, or whether the $25 of credit is transferred from the covered separate credit feature to the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the transaction.
ii. If the transaction accesses funds from the asset feature of a prepaid account only (with no credit extended under the credit feature), the provisions of Regulation E apply.
iii. If the transaction accesses funds from the asset feature of a prepaid account but also involves an extension of credit under the covered separate credit feature, a creditor must comply with the requirements of Regulation E, 12 CFR 1005.11, and 1005.18(e) as applicable, governing error resolution rather than those of § 1026.13(a), (b), (c), (e), (f), and (h). To illustrate, assume that there is $10 in the asset feature of the prepaid account, and the consumer makes a $25 transaction with the card. The error resolution requirements of Regulations E and Z apply as described above to the transaction. This is true regardless of whether $10 is debited from the asset feature and $15 of credit is drawn directly from the covered separate credit feature without a transfer to the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the transaction, or whether $15 of credit is transferred from the covered separate credit feature to the asset feature of the prepaid account and a $25 transaction is debited from the asset feature to cover the amount of the transaction. When this paragraph applies:
A. An error asserted with respect to the transaction is subject, for error resolution purposes, to the applicable Regulation E (12 CFR part 1005) provisions (such as timing and notice) for the entire transaction.
B. The creditor need not provisionally credit the consumer's account, under Regulation E, 12 CFR 1005.11(c)(2)(i), for any portion of the unpaid extension of credit.
C. The creditor must credit the consumer's account under § 1005.11(c) with any finance or other charges incurred as a result of the alleged error.
D. The provisions of § 1026.13(d) and (g) apply only to the credit portion of the transaction.
5.
1.
iii. Assume that a consumer opens a prepaid account accessed by a prepaid card on January 1 of year one and opens a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined by § 1026.61 that is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan on March 1 of year one. Assume that, under the terms of the covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card, a consumer is required to pay $50 in fees for the issuance or availability of credit at account opening. At credit account opening on March 1 of year one, the credit limit for the account is $200. Section 1026.52(a)(1) permits the card issuer to charge the $50 in fees to the credit account. However, § 1026.52(a)(1) prohibits the card issuer from requiring the consumer to make payments to the card issuer for additional non-exempt fees with respect to the credit account during the first year after account opening. Section 1026.52(a)(1) also prohibits the card issuer from requiring the consumer to open an additional credit feature with the card issuer to fund the payment of additional non-exempt fees during the first year after the covered separate credit feature is opened.
iv. Assume that a consumer opens a prepaid account accessed by a prepaid card on January 1 of year one and opens a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61 that is a credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan on March 1 of year one. Assume that, under the terms of the covered separate credit feature accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card, a consumer is required to pay $120 in fees for the issuance or availability of credit at account opening. The consumer is also required to pay a cash advance fee that is equal to 5 percent of any cash advance and a late payment fee of $15 if the required minimum periodic payment is not received by the payment due date (which is the 25th of the month). At credit account opening on March 1 of year one, the credit limit for the account is $500. Section 1026.52(a)(1) permits the card issuer to charge to the account the $120 in fees for the issuance or availability of credit at account opening. On April 1 of year one, the consumer uses the account for a $100 cash advance. Section 1026.52(a)(1) permits the card issuer to charge a $5 cash advance fee to the account. On April 26 of year one, the card issuer has not received the consumer's required minimum periodic payment. Section 1026.52(a)(2) permits the card issuer to charge a $15 late payment fee to the account. On July 15 of year one, the consumer uses the account for a $50 cash advance. Section 1026.52(a)(1) does not permit the card issuer to charge a $2.50 cash advance fee to the account, because the total amount of non-exempt fees reached the 25 percent limit with the $5 cash advance fee on April 1 (the $15 late fee on April 26 is exempt pursuant to § 1026.52(a)(2)(i)). Furthermore, § 1026.52(a)(1) prohibits the card issuer from
1.
2.
i. Except as provided in § 1026.52(a)(2), any fee or charge imposed on the covered separate credit feature, other than a charge attributable to a periodic interest rate, during the first year after account opening that the card issuer will or may require the consumer to pay in connection with the credit feature, and
ii. Except as provided in § 1026.52(a)(2), any fee or charge imposed on the asset feature of the prepaid account, other than a charge attributable to a periodic interest rate, during the first year after account opening that the card issuer will or may require the consumer to pay where that fee or charge is a charge imposed as part of the plan under § 1026.6(b)(3).
3.
3.
4.
7.
3.
4.
1.
1.
3.
7.
1.
3.
4.
3.
ii. A fee for a transaction will be treated as a fee to make a purchase under § 1026.60(b)(4) in cases where a consumer uses a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61 to make a purchase to obtain goods or services from a merchant and credit is drawn directly from a covered separate credit feature accessed by the hybrid prepaid-credit card without transferring funds into the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the purchase. For example, assume that the consumer has $10 of funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account and initiates a transaction with a merchant to obtain goods or services with the hybrid prepaid-credit card for $25. In this case, $10 is debited from the asset feature and $15 of credit is drawn directly from the covered separate credit feature accessed by the hybrid prepaid-credit card without any transfer of funds into the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover the amount of the purchase. A per transaction fee imposed for the $15 credit transaction must be disclosed under § 1026.60(b)(4).
iii. On the other hand, a fee for a transaction will be treated as a cash advance fee under § 1026.60(b)(8) in cases where a consumer uses a hybrid prepaid-credit card as defined in § 1026.61 to make a purchase to obtain goods or services from a merchant
4.
ii. If the cash advance fee is the same dollar amount as the transaction charge for purchases described in § 1026.60(b)(4), the card issuer may disclose the fee amount under a heading that indicates the fee applies to both purchase transactions and cash advances. Examples of how fees for purchase transactions described in § 1026.60(b)(4) and fees for cash advances described in § 1026.60(b)(8) must be disclosed are as follows. Assume that all the fees in the examples below are charged on the covered separate credit feature.
A. A card issuer assesses a $15 fee for credit drawn from a covered separate credit feature using a hybrid prepaid-credit card to purchase goods or services at the point of sale when the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds in the prepaid account as described in comment 60(b)(4)-3.ii. The card issuer assesses a $25 fee for credit drawn from a covered separate credit feature using a hybrid prepaid-credit card for a cash advance at an ATM when the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds in the prepaid account. In this instance, the card issuer must disclose separately a purchase transaction charge of $15 and a cash advance fee of $25.
B. A card issuer assesses a $15 fee for credit drawn from a covered separate credit feature using a hybrid prepaid-credit card to purchase goods or services at the point of sale when the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds in the prepaid account as discussed in comment 60(b)(4)-3.ii. The card issuer assesses a $15 fee for credit drawn from a covered separate credit feature using a hybrid prepaid-credit card for providing cash at an ATM when the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds in the prepaid account. In this instance, the card issuer may disclose the $15 fee under a heading that indicates the fee applies to both purchase transactions and ATM cash advances. Alternatively, the card issuer may disclose the $15 fee on two separate rows, one row indicating that a $15 fee applies to purchase transactions, and a second row indicating that a $15 fee applies to ATM cash advances.
C. A card issuer assesses a $15 fee for credit drawn from a covered separate credit feature using a hybrid prepaid-credit card for providing cash at an ATM when the consumer has insufficient or unavailable funds in the prepaid account. The card issuer also assesses a fee of $1.50 for out-of-network ATM cash withdrawals and $1.00 for in-network ATM cash withdrawals. The card issuer must disclose the cash advance fee as $16.50 for out-of-network ATM cash withdrawals, indicating that $1.50 is for the out-of-network ATM withdrawal fee, such as “$16.50 (including a $1.50 out-of-network ATM withdrawal fee).” The card issuer also must disclose the cash advance fee as $16.00 for in-network ATM cash withdrawals, indicating that $1.00 is for the in-network ATM withdrawal fee, such as “$16 (including a $1.00 in-network ATM cash withdrawal fee).”
1.
1.
i. The person that can extend the credit does not agree in writing to extend the credit;
ii. The person retains discretion not to extend the credit, or
iii. The person does not extend the credit once the consumer has exceeded a certain amount of credit.
2.
3.
4.
A. A prepaid account number that can access such a digital wallet is a hybrid prepaid-credit card where it can be used from time to time to access a covered separate credit feature offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing a transaction
B. A prepaid account number that can access such a digital wallet also is a hybrid prepaid-credit card where it can be used from time to time to access the stored credentials for a covered separate credit feature offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing a transaction conducted with the prepaid account number to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct person-to-person transfers as described in § 1026.61(a)(2)(i).
C. A prepaid account number that can access such a digital wallet is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to credentials stored in the prepaid account that can access a non-covered separate credit feature as described in § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii) that is not offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner, even if the prepaid account number can access those credentials in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing a transaction conducted with the prepaid account number to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct person-to-person transfers.
D. A prepaid account number that can access such a digital wallet is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to credentials stored in the prepaid account that can access a non-covered separate credit feature as described in § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii) where the prepaid account number cannot access those credentials in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing a transaction conducted with the prepaid account number to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct person-to-person transfers, even if such credit feature is offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner.
ii. A digital wallet is not a prepaid account under Regulation E, 12 CFR 1005.2(b)(3), if the digital wallet can never be loaded with funds, such as a digital wallet that only stores payment credentials for other accounts.
5.
1.
ii. A prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a covered separate credit feature regardless of whether:
A. The credit is pushed from the covered separate credit feature to the asset feature of the prepaid account in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct person-to-person transfers; or
B. The credit is pulled from the covered separate credit feature to the asset feature of the prepaid account in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct person-to-person transfers.
iii. A prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to a covered separate credit feature regardless of whether the covered separate credit feature can only be used as an overdraft credit feature, solely accessible by the hybrid prepaid-credit card, or whether it is a general line of credit that can be accessed in other ways.
2.
ii. The following examples illustrate transactions where credit can be drawn, transferred, or authorized to be drawn or transferred from a separate credit feature in the course of authorizing a transaction.
A. A transaction initiated using a prepaid card when there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account at the time the transaction is initiated and credit is transferred from the credit feature to the asset feature at the time the transaction is authorized to complete the transaction.
B. A transaction initiated using a prepaid card when there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account at the time the transaction is initiated and credit is directly drawn from the credit feature to complete the transaction, without transferring funds into the prepaid account.
iii. The following examples illustrate transactions where credit can be drawn, transferred, or authorized to be drawn or transferred, in the course of settling a transaction.
A. A transaction initiated using a prepaid card when there are sufficient or available funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account at the time of authorization to cover the amount of the transaction but where the consumer does not have sufficient or available funds in the asset feature to cover the transaction at the time of settlement. Credit automatically is drawn, transferred, or authorized to be drawn or transferred from the credit feature at settlement to pay the transaction.
B. A transaction that was not authorized in advance where the consumer does not have sufficient or available funds in the asset feature to cover the transaction at the time of settlement. Credit automatically is drawn, transferred, or authorized to be drawn or transferred from the credit feature at settlement to pay the transaction.
3.
i. The prepaid card can be used from time to time both to access the asset feature of a
4.
ii. If a prepaid card is capable of drawing or transferring credit, or authorizing either, from a separate credit feature offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the prepaid card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct a person-to-person transfer, the credit feature is a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, even with respect to credit that is drawn or transferred, or authorized to be drawn or transferred, from the credit feature outside the course of a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct person-to-person transfers. For example, with respect to a covered separate credit feature, a consumer may use the prepaid card at the prepaid account issuer's Web site to load funds from the covered separate credit feature outside the course of a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct person-to-person transfers. This credit transaction is considered a credit transaction on a covered separate credit feature accessible by a hybrid prepaid-credit card, even though the load or transfer of funds occurred outside the course of a transaction conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct person-to-person transfers.
5.
i. A prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card under § 1026.61(a)(2)(i) with respect to a separate credit feature if the credit feature is not offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. This is true even if the draw or transfer of credit, or authorization of either, occurs during the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct person-to-person transfers. For example, assume a consumer links her prepaid account to a credit card issued by a card issuer that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner so that credit is drawn automatically into the asset feature of the prepaid account in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the prepaid card for which there are insufficient funds in the asset feature. In this case, the separate credit feature is a non-covered separate credit feature under § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii). In this situation, the prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to the separate credit feature offered by the unrelated third-party card issuer.
ii. Even if a separate credit feature is offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner, a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card under § 1026.61(a)(2)(i) with respect to that separate credit feature if the separate credit feature cannot be accessed within the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct person-to-person transfers. For example, assume that a consumer can only conduct a draw or transfer of credit, or authorization of either, from a separate credit feature to a prepaid account at the prepaid account issuer's Web site, and these draws, transfers, or authorizations of either, cannot occur in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions at the Web site to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct person-to-person transfers. In this case, the separate credit feature is a non-covered separate credit feature under § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii). In this situation, the prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to this non-covered separate credit feature.
iii. The person offering the non-covered separate credit feature does not become a card issuer under § 1026.2(a)(7) and thus does not become a creditor under § 1026.2(a)(17)(iii) or (iv) because the prepaid card can be used to access credit from the non-covered separate credit feature. The person offering the non-covered separate credit feature, however, may already have obligations under this regulation with respect to that separate credit feature. For example, if the non-covered separate credit feature is an open-end credit card account offered by an unrelated third-party creditor that is not an affiliate or business partner of the prepaid account issuer, the person already will be a card issuer under § 1026.2(a)(7) and a creditor under § 1026.2(a)(17)(iii). Nonetheless, in that case, the person does not need to comply with the provisions in the regulation applicable to hybrid prepaid-credit cards even though the prepaid card can access credit from the non-covered separate credit feature. The obligations under this regulation that apply to a non-covered separate credit feature are not affected by the fact that the prepaid card can access credit from the non-covered separate credit feature.
6.
ii. For example, assume that a prepaid card can access “Separate Credit Feature A” where the card can be used from time to time to access credit from a separate credit feature that is offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct person-to-person transfers. In addition, assume that the prepaid card can also access “Separate Credit Feature B” but that credit feature is being offered by an unrelated third-party creditor that is not the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner. The prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to Separate Credit Feature A because it is a covered separate credit feature. The prepaid card, however, is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card with respect to Separate Credit Feature B because it is a non-covered separate credit feature.
1.
ii. Except as provided in § 1026.61(a)(4), a prepaid card would trigger coverage as a hybrid prepaid-credit card if it is a single device that can be used from time to time to access credit that can be extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account. (However, unless the only credit offered meets the requirements of § 1026.61(a)(4), such a product structure would violate the rules under § 1026.61(b).) A credit extension through a negative balance on the asset feature of a prepaid account can occur during the authorization phase of the transaction as discussed in comment
iii. The following example illustrates transactions where a credit extension occurs during the course of authorizing a transaction.
A. A transaction initiated using a prepaid card when there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account at the time the transaction is initiated and credit is extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account when the transaction is authorized.
iv. The following examples illustrate transactions where a credit extension occurs at settlement.
A. Transactions that occur when there are sufficient or available funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account at the time of authorization to cover the amount of the transaction but where the consumer does not have sufficient or available funds in the asset feature to cover the transaction at the time of settlement. Credit is extended through a negative balance on the asset feature at settlement to pay those transactions.
B. Transactions that settle even though they were not authorized in advance where credit is extended through a negative balance on the asset feature at settlement to pay those transactions.
1.
1.
A. The card cannot access credit from a covered separate credit feature under § 1026.61(a)(2)(i), though it is permissible for it to access credit from a non-covered separate credit feature as described under § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii); and
B. The card can only access credit extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account in accordance with both the conditions set forth in § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(A) and (B).
ii. Below is an example of when a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card because the conditions set forth in § 1026.61(a)(4) have been met.
A. The prepaid card can only access credit extended through a negative balance on the asset feature of the prepaid account in accordance with both the conditions set forth in § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(A) and (B). The card can access credit from a non-covered separate credit feature as defined in § 1026.61(a)(2)(ii), but cannot access credit for a covered separate credit feature as defined in § 1026.61(a)(2)(i).
iii. Below is an example of when a prepaid card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card because the conditions set forth in § 1026.61(a)(4) have not been met.
A. When there is insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account at the time a transaction is initiated, the card can be used to draw, transfer, or authorize the draw or transfer of credit from a covered separate credit feature offered by the prepaid account issuer, its affiliate, or its business partner during the authorization phase to complete the transaction so that credit is not extended on the asset feature of the prepaid account. The card is a hybrid prepaid-credit card because it can be used to draw, transfer, or authorize the draw or transfer of credit from a separate credit feature in the circumstances set forth in § 1026.61(a)(2)(i).
iv. In the case where a prepaid card is not a hybrid prepaid-credit card because the only credit it can access meets the conditions set forth in § 1026.61(a)(4):
A. The prepaid account issuer is not a card issuer under § 1026.2(a)(7) with respect to the prepaid card. The prepaid account issuer also is not a creditor under § 1026.2(a)(17)(iii) or (iv) because it is not a card issuer under § 1026.2(a)(7) with respect to the prepaid card. The prepaid account issuer also is not a creditor under § 1026.2(a)(17)(i) as a result of imposing fees on the prepaid account because those fees are not finance charges.
1.
2.
3.
ii.
4.
1.
1.
i. The types of fees or charges prohibited by § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B)(
A. A daily, weekly, monthly, or other periodic fee assessed each period a prepaid account has a negative balance or is in “overdraft” status; and
B. A daily, weekly, monthly or other periodic fee to hold the prepaid account where the amount of the fee that applies each period is higher if the consumer is enrolled in a purchase cushion as described in § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(A)(
ii. Fees or charges described in § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B) do not include:
A. A daily, weekly, monthly, or other periodic fee to hold the prepaid account where the amount of the fee is not higher based on whether the consumer is enrolled in a purchase cushion as described in § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(A)(
1.
i. These types of fees or charges include:
A. A fee imposed because the balance on the prepaid account becomes negative;
B. Interest charges attributable to a periodic rate that applies to the negative balance;
C. Any fees for delinquency, default, or a similar occurrences that result from the prepaid account having a negative balance or being in “overdraft” status, except that the actual costs to collect the credit may be imposed if otherwise permitted by law; and
D. Late payment fees.
ii. Fees or charges described in § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B) do not include:
A. Fees for actual collection costs, including attorney's fees, to collect any credit extended on the prepaid account if otherwise permitted by law. Late payment fees are not considered fees imposed for actual collection costs.
1.
A. Transaction fees where the amount of the fee is higher based on whether the transaction accesses only asset funds in the asset feature or accesses credit. For example, a $15 transaction charge is imposed on the asset feature each time a transaction is authorized or paid when there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature at the time of the authorization or settlement. A $1.50 fee is imposed each time a transaction only accesses funds in the asset feature. The $15 charge is a charge described in § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B)(
B. A fee for a service on the prepaid account where the amount of the fee is higher based on whether the service is requested when the asset feature has a negative balance. For example, if a prepaid account issuer charges a higher fee for an ATM balance inquiry requested on the prepaid account if the balance inquiry is requested when there is a negative balance on the asset feature than the amount of fee imposed when there is a positive balance on the asset feature, the balance inquiry fee is a fee described in § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B)(
ii. Fees or charges described in § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B) do not include:
A. Transaction fees on the prepaid account where the amount of the fee imposed when the transaction accesses credit does not exceed the amount of the fee imposed when the transaction only accesses asset funds in the prepaid account. For example, assume a $1.50 transaction charge is imposed on the prepaid account for each paid transaction that is made with the prepaid card, including transactions that only access asset funds, transactions that take the account balance negative, and transactions that occur when the account balance is already negative. The $1.50 transaction charge imposed on the prepaid account is not a fee described in § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B); and
B. A fee for a service on the prepaid account where the amount of the fee is not higher based on whether the service is requested when the asset feature has a negative balance. For example, if a prepaid account issuer charges the same amount of fee for an ATM balance inquiry regardless of whether there is a positive or negative balance on the asset feature, the balance inquiry fee is not a fee described in § 1026.61(a)(4)(ii)(B).
1.
1.
i. A person that can extend credit or its affiliate has an arrangement with a prepaid account issuer or its affiliate if the prepaid account issuer or its affiliate has an agreement with the person that can extend credit or its affiliate that allows a prepaid card from time to time to draw, transfer, or authorize a draw or transfer of credit from a credit feature offered by the person that can extend credit in the course of authorizing, settling, or otherwise completing transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct person-to-person transfers. However, the parties are not considered to have such an agreement merely because the parties participate in a card network or payment network.
ii. A person that can extend credit or its affiliate has an arrangement with a prepaid
A. Has a business, marketing, or promotional agreement or other arrangement with the person that can extend credit or its affiliate where the agreement or arrangement provides that:
B. At the time of the marketing agreement or arrangement described in comment 61(a)(5)(iii)-1.ii.A, or at any time afterwards, the prepaid card from time to time can draw, transfer, or authorize the draw or transfer of credit from the credit feature in the course of transactions conducted with the card to obtain goods or services, obtain cash, or conduct person-to-person transfers. This requirement is satisfied even if there is no specific agreement, as described in comment 61(a)(5)(iii)-1.i, between the parties that the card can access the credit feature. For example, this requirement is satisfied even if the draw, transfer, or authorization of the draw or transfer from the credit feature is effectuated through a card network or payment network.
2.
1.
2.
1.
1.
2.
i. If at the time a prepaid card transaction is initiated there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account to complete the transaction, credit must be drawn, transferred or authorized to be drawn or transferred, from the covered separate credit feature at the time the transaction is authorized. The card issuer may not allow the asset feature on the prepaid account to become negative and draw or transfer the credit from the covered separate credit feature at a later time, such as at the end of the day. The card issuer must comply with the applicable provisions of this regulation with respect to the credit extension from the time the prepaid card transaction is authorized.
ii. For transactions where there are insufficient or unavailable funds in the asset feature of the prepaid account to cover that transaction at the time it settles and the prepaid transaction either was not authorized in advance or the transaction was authorized and there were sufficient or available funds in the prepaid account at the time of authorization to cover the transaction, credit must be drawn from the covered separate credit feature to settle these transactions. The card issuer may not allow the asset feature on the prepaid account to become negative. The card issuer must comply with the applicable provisions of this regulation from the time the transaction is settled.
iii. If a negative balance would result on the asset feature in circumstances other than those described in comment 61(b)-2.i and ii, credit must be drawn from the covered separate credit feature to avoid the negative balance. The card issuer may not allow the asset feature on the prepaid account to become negative. The card issuer must comply with the applicable provisions in this regulation from the time credit is drawn from the covered separate credit feature. For example, assume that a fee for an ATM balance inquiry is imposed on the prepaid account when there are insufficient or unavailable funds to cover the amount of the fee when it is imposed. Credit must be drawn from the covered separate credit feature to avoid a negative balance.
1.
2.
3.
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |